Skip to main content

Full text of "Records of the Indian Museum"

See other formats 


vpmenterts termes, 
nuthtnteteaeaeedaeaee ee 
ot errors nes eniyeieet 


Rarennagrpepone 


NY srevesanesvershareunmnayrieinreoe 


menses wit sehanns 
ee nr neat semen 
. ese edesbvereehtes ree ns bal _— 
Tap rertemonatnreomteetent nts sree a 

Traces scoters Soreeea wpe ner tence ge teinaaen onto te rageese 

Co ties erates etna pemenne sree 

Swcsplsmeaseerets 

2s - 


“en 
e oe a0 beret oe bm Me wtePenloees 
Ieagtincieorsiee ST ae [SS 
= Ra ay Secor III Soeara! Soa erage sae abana 
eee PR Nerreerleae es cerees 
. : ssecsomsnicentsnested bapeirn rn hall ee) 
Seite Neen enmemnens y Scteretenceneret 7 = 
Seay 
: name ses nes one 
2 ae 
ioe beh somretebasbateroastnts sa saasyaborionnepocaeete 
eprovtateneataresate’ = trata ratbneteesa 


RECORDS 


of the 


INDIAN MUSEUM 


(A JOURNAL OF INDIAN ZOOLOGY) 


Z> Vol. XXII, 1921. 


EDITED BY 


THE DIRECTOR, 
ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. 


Ealcutta: 
PUBLISHED BY THE DIRECTOR, ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA 


1921 


= 


irs v2qnoogs _ 


ita oy Warde To damues ® 


AY . 
an - 
=n « 
es 
om 
v; 
: 
=. 
me 7 of : 
es 
« sige 
A > 
— 


— A] 


abe itr RS 


10. 


Mie 


VIII. 


IX. 


XIII. 


CONTENTS. 


Part I. Published 29th April, 1921. 


. Materials for a generic Revision of the Freshwater Gas- 


tropod Molluses of the Indian Empire, No. 3.—The 
freshwater genera of Hydrobiidae a 


Materials for generic Revision of the Freshwater Gas- 
tropod Molluses of the Indian Pee No. 4.—The 
Indian Ampullariidae 


Notes on Fishes in the Indian Museum, I.—On a new 
genus of Fish closely resembling Psilorhynchus, Mc- 
Clelland 


. Notes on Fishes in the Indian Museum, IT.—On a new 


species of Nemachilus from the Nilgiri Mills 


. Notes on Cryptostome Beetles 
. Un Linguatulide nouveau Parasite d’un Batracien 


. Notes on the occasional absence of the paired fins in 


freshwater fishes, with some observations on the two 
Apodal Genera Channa, Gronow and Apua, Blyth 


Report on a collection of Bryozoa from the Bay of 
Bengal and other Eastern Seas 
Part II. Published 22nd August, 1921. 


The Indian species of the genus T'ricula, Benson 


. A new species of Termitaphis (Hemiptera-Heteroptera) 


from India 


. Alist of the Dragonflies recorded from the Indian 


Empire with special reference to the collection of 
the Indian Museum. Part IV. 


. On an Anisozygopterous Larva from the Himalayas 


(Order Odonata) 


Phayrea isabellina, Theobald, re-described 


Page. 


67 


i Contents. 


XIV. Notes on Lamellibranchs in the Indian Museum, No. 3 


XY. The Indian Molluses of the Estuarine Subfamily Steno- 
thyrinae os Sic ne 506 


XVI. Notes on Lamellibranchs in the Indian Museum, No. 
ADL ie 


XVII. Remarks on the Indian species of Dendrophis and Den- 
drelaphis ee a 00 


Part III. Published 20th October, 1921. 


XVIII. Notes on a small collection of Pentastomids from the 
Indian Museum, Calcutta 


XIX. Fish and Fisheries of Manipur with some observations 
on those of the Naga Hills ... 


XX. The Banded Pond-Snail of India (Vivipara bengalensis) 


XXI. The genus Temnotaia (Viviparidae) 


Part IV. Published 14th December, 1921. 
XXII. Notes on Stomatopoda 


XXIII. The Fauna of an Island in the Chilka Lake— 


Introduction 

Birds a0¢ 
Reptiles and Batrachia 
Cicindelid Beetles 
Carabidae 

Butterflies 

Moths abc 
Wasps and Bees 
Dipterous Insects 
Neuropteroid Insects 
Spiders and Scorpions 


XXIV. Some Indian Spiders of the Subfamily Tetragnathinae 


XXV. Report on a collection of Sumatran Molluses from Fresh 
and Brackish water 


“XXVI. Two new species of Ragmus from South India 


Contents. iii 
Page. 
XXVII. On some Cavernicolous Dermaptera and Orthoptera 


from Assam moe aa. was ae 511 


XXVIII. The Aquatic and Amphibious Molluses of Manipur... 529 


Part V. Published 30th December, 1921. 


XXIX. Indian Cyprinoid fishes belonging to the genus Garra, 
with notes on related species from other countries 633 


XXX. Notes on some Leeches in the collection of the Indian 


Museum roe ae See ar 689 
XXXI. Records of some Indian Cicindelidae am 3 721 
XXXII. Remarks on a specimen of Calamaria javanica ae 729 


XXXITI. On some new and rare species of Fish from the Eastern 


Himalayas ene 38¢ 50¢ “de 731 
XXXIV. Oligochaeta from Manipur, the Laccadive Islands, 
Mysore, and other parts of India ea doc 745 
APPENDIX. 


List of Literature referring to Indian Zoology (excluding 
Insecta) received in Caleutta during the year 1921. pp. imxv 


aii esa tunisia iene on aay 
bi x, 

eee 4 a ary ih 
Gal feo! TURE ATA ty sositho tt nelle Kies Praag ass : 


. re tae Juttiny ae wis), 


° Te’ wae oa "his Ty ae VY vient 
“ive leven ity ER eeetged iyo heating ef Bes enbily 2 sFE 
$i PHT nk Mead 419) bate Ae 
iv 
dyitwad wlth tiie eli od ab eh ain needotavt ; LA : 
on rt; ad et ae ecm yvas ig : 
pee =. 74 = ey vba aang on ell ae qeemenyt i? rides seeS 
ZF on nek \y meet yb feats atm iy ee adiomtty;. ~ 
i - Li de P 7 a) | 
7 retell ab sais ail Fie ere ‘tenn roms De pe 
ray WE ; " af vaerehenllt, 
my : Loe teat linda VY pz raion ait 
‘ advrntol oregon all say! unit ‘niger eA VERA 
MAT ae an! o Oar et oy widnat Tey ating ‘tle 1 


: op rr ele A 
a6 i gal PO well @ _ 
Pte 0b, thot )shvaert sitell Viegorlyepeetypare eh 2 tant \ 
pode Caan hye it seta atin A icigives token, 


é 
; ‘ 

a) i * 
+" Fi 


7 
' ~s 
uae 
= is r wh 
‘: - 
i ! | 
ae || ; bel hore 
ete iia 


meee hii) ey) Ae 
as Ny ee NP eal 


jee, JN 26m eee 
a he ame a ee! 7 


LIST OF PLATES. 


Follow page 


Plates I—III (Mollusca) ae sks oe aE 292 
Plates IV—-VHUI (Mollusca) S0 oe 56 632 
Plates [X—XII (Fish and fishing nets, ete.) a see 214 
Plate XIII (Dragonfly larva) nA a ne 108 
Plate XIV (Mollusca) ei nes a sss 508 
Plate XV (Mollusca) Bs as Sas Sco 120 
Plate XVI (Mollusca) Sts ses st on 136 
Plates XVII—XIX (Spiders and their burrows, etc.) Se 422 
Plate XX (Mollusca) se = ste ae 150 
Plate XXI—-XXIII (Orthoptera) Pe ve ie 528 
Plates XXIV—XXVI (Fish) ... ia te ow. 688 
Plate XX VII (Heteroptera) ... 506 500 ae 510 
Plate XXVIII (Oligochaeta) ei eh ds 768 


Plate XXIX (Fish) Ey rr S. an ee 


es | ae ee a =. 
= 


Barratt 0 el 
=. 
sce Maret AN = 
avopiotha tid LLY <0 wnt tS 
Bude ott yaaa fran Sei ae 
kerr tcggg EARRE 7 a 
oe alealady R A 
‘sy “eapotanl vlaike Scie wmilaallV ak tice aaa a 
; ae 


bs 


wi 


ee de j J 

(eaten) NER, ASE Pr 

lll) PEA Oe 
eS eee 

=) ayo Hh) ry, 


’ - 
= a 
y & P ¢ 


LIST OF AUTHORS. 


Amry-up-Din, 
The Aquatic and Amphibious Molluscs of Manipur. (Jn 
collaboration with N. Annandale and B. Prashad) 
ANDREWES, H. E. 
The Carabidae of Barkuda Island ... 


ANNANDALE, N., D. Sc. 


Materials for a generic Revision of the Freshwater Gastropod 
Molluses of the Indian Empire. No. 3.—The Freshwater 
genera of Hydrobiidae. (In collaboration with B. Prashad) 


Materials for a generic Revision of the Freshwater Gastropod 
Molluscs of the Indian Empire. No. 4—The Indian 
Ampullariidae. (In collaboration with B. Prashad) 


The Indian Molluses of the Estuarine Subfamily Stenothy- 
rinae (In collaboration with B. Prashad) 


The Banded Pond-Snail of India (Vivipara bengalensis) (In 
collaboration with R. B. Seymour Sewell) ; 
The genus Z'emnotaia (Viviparidae) 
The Fauna of an Island in the Chilka Lake— 
Introduction 
Birds 
Reptiles un Heese a 
Cicindelid Beetles. (In collaboration with C. ies 
Butterflies. (In collaboration with C. Dover) 
The Aquatic and Amphibious Molluses of Manipur. (J col- 
laboration with B. Prashad and Amin-ud-Din) 
BALuarD, E., B. A. 
Two new species of Ragmus from South India . 
CHoparD, L., D. Sc. 


On some Cavernicolous Dermaptera and Orthoptera from 
Assam 


‘Cuopra, B., M. Se. 
Notes on Stomatopoda. (In collaboration with S. Kemp) ... 
Dover, C. 


The Cicindelid Beetles of Barkuda Island. oF collaboration 
with N. Annandale) 


The Butterflies of Barkuda Taide (In ee wit ith 
N. Annandale) sis sac . 


297 


viil List of Authors. 


Dover, C.—contd. 
The Moths of Barkuda Island 
The Wasps and Bees of Barkuda Island 
The Dipterous Insects of Barkuda Island 
The Neuropteroid Insects of Barkuda Island 
Records of some Indian Cicindelidae. (Jn collaboration w ith 
S. Ribeiro) 
GEDOoELST, L. 
Un Linguatulide nouveau Parasite d’un Batracien 


GraveELy, F. H., D. Se. 
The Spiders and Scorpions of Barkuda Island ... 
Some Indian Spiders of the Subfamily Tetragnathinae 


Herr, Mary L., B. Sc. 
Notes on a small collection of Pentastomids from the Indian 
Museum, Calcutta 
Hora, 8. L., M. Se. 


Notes on Fishes in the Indian Museum, I—On a new genus 
of fish closely resembling Psilorhynchus, McClelland 


Notes on Fishes in the Indian Museum, II.—Ona new species 
of Nemachilus from the Nilgiri Hills 


Notes on the occasional absence of the paired fins in Fresh- 
water Fishes, with some observations on the two Apodal 
Genera Channa, Gronow and Apua, Blyth 


Fish and Fisheries of Manipura with some observations on 
those of the Naga Hills 


Indian Cyprinoid Fishes belonging to the genus nee with 
notes on related species from other countries 


On some new and rare species of Fish from 7 Eastern eae 
layas 
KapurakI, T. 
Notes on some Leeches in the collection of the Indian Museum 


Kump, S., Sc. D. 
Notes on Stomatopoda. (Jn collaboration with B. Chopra) 


Larwiaw, F. F., M. A. 
A List of the Dragonflies recorded from the Indian Empire 
with special reference to the collection of the Indian Mu- 
seum. Part IV 
Mavtix, S. 
Notes on Cryptostome Beetles ave ves nee 


163 


13 


19 


75 


23 


List of Authors. ix 


Page. 
Prasad, B., D. Se. 
Materials for a generic revision of the Freshwater Gastropod 
Molluses of the Indian Empire, No. 3—The Freshwater 
genera of aes (In collaboration with N. An- 
nandale) ... i me : 1 


Materials for a generic revision of the F Wrectiveater Gieaoned 
Molluses of the Indian Empire, No. 4.—The Indian Ampul- 


lariidae. (In collaboration with N. Annandale) ba @ 
The Indian species of the genus 7'’ricula, Benson om 67 
Notes on Lamellibranchs in the Indian Museum, No.3 _... 111 
The Indian Molluses of the Estuarine Subfamily Te 

nae. (In collaboration with N. Annandale) 121 
Notes on Lamellibranchs in the Indian Museum, No. 4, 5 137 


Report on a collection of Sumatran Molluses from Fresh and 
Brackish water see 461 


The Aquatic and Amphibious Mclicecs of Mi’ (In col- 
laboration with N. Annandale and Amin-ud-Din) He 529 
RisBerro, 8. 
Records of some Indian Cicindelidae. (In collaboration with 
C. Dover) ... wee sa sh ts 721 
Rospertson, Arice., Ph. D 
Report on a ae of Bryozoa from the Bay of Bengal 
and other Eastern Seas os ioe at 33 
SEWELL, R. B. Srymour., B. 4., I. M.S. 
The Banded Pond-Snail of India (Vivipara bengalensis.) (In 
collaboration with N. Annandale) ee ee 215 
SrtvestrIi, F. 
A new species of Termitaphis (Hemiptera-Heteroptera) from 
India iss sg sie a3 or 71 
StepHenson, J., M. B., D. Sc., I. M.S. 


Oitechaat from Manone the Laccadive eo ae 
and other parts of India 666 : 745 


Tinttyvarp, R. J., M. A., D. Se. 
On an Anisozygopterous Larva from the Himalayas (Order 


Odonata) ... ae ae see oe 93 
Watt, F., C. M.G., I. M.S. 
Phayrea isabellina, Theobald, re-described Bs a 109 
Remarks on the Indian species of Dendrophis and Dendr a 
phis <S: nie ae oe ea 151 


Remarks on a specimen of Calamaria javanica .. xy 729 


a ri eh sila a bo 


} 
fi b 
i 
dn’ 
fh i 
‘ 
1 ea 
aut 
P| 
is i 
uP 
m 
. 
ft , 
‘ pee TE wie 
KS 
| 7 
y 
i 


- 


4 a ee i 

| . 4 - : ft iki; > 

ae | *. 3 + aa sear vay, 

Liem las hy eee oa 
hal or ; 

Mee ai 


rT Tif da 
oo 7 


Wiht gabe ae iaine Pres | eae up) 
re aa Mir sault 
: eM. 3 
p 7 Pill 
ll BA ‘i tov : 
Clank Pokal arharns ie oom je 


y a . 


—_ ae 


INDEX, 


[V.B.—An asterisk (*) preceding a line denotes a new variety or subspecies ; 
a dagger ({) indicates a new species ; a double dagger ({) a new genus or sub- 


genus ; synonyms are printed in italics. ] 


A 

Page. 

Abacetus Ae 345 
antiquus ae oe 344 
raflexus oA 344 
tAborichthys elongatus 735 
kempi bee 735, 736 
Abramis blicca cos wee 31 
Acanthagyna basiguitata =a 90 
hyalina 605 s 90 
Acanthoclisis 397 
edax ae vee 397 
horridus Ses 316, 397 
Acanthodon 403 


tbarkudensis 399, 400, 401, 402, 403 


constructor 400, 401, 403 
erassus 400 
opifex 400 
Acanthophthalmus 32, 170, 198 
pangia 32, 167, 170, 175, 197, 198, 

199 

Acanthopterigii 204 
Acridiidae oes oe 316 
Acridotheres tristis ... 314, 324 
Acropyga acutiventris op: 319 
Acrostoma 260, 485, 559, 625 
curvicosta bs 464 
curvicosta prestoniana 464 
episcopalis ae 464 
hugeli 559, 560 
indragirica 464 
papillosa : 464 
stricticosta “05 464 
sumatrensis 464 
suplicata O09 464 
variabile 208, 485, 486 
variabile binodulifera 464, 487, 488 


464, 487, 488 
464, 488 


variabile infracostata 
variabile menkeana 
variabile pseudospinosa 464, 488 
variabile sumatreusis 464, 486. 487 
variabilis 559, 560, 562, 619, 621, 
i 622, 625 
variabilis binodulifera ee 561 
*variabilis laevis 559, 560, 561 
variabilis pseudospinosa 560 
variabilis semilaevigata 560, 561 


variabilis spinata oes 561 
*variabilis subspinata 560, 561 
varicosa Per = 486 
verbecki a aes 464 
zollingeri “te 464 
Aculeatae ace 465 
Adelonychia nigrostriata aes 403 
Adeonella Fee Are 43 
distoma nee see 53 
japonica cat «. 35, 59 
ymarginata 4 35, 59, 60 
platalea a5 +. 35,59 
Adiposia ... a as 198 


Page. 

Aegialitis alexandrina 327 
Aelosoma 5 an 748 
Aeschna ... 75, 77, 81, 82, 87, 89 
coluberculus as x0 88 
erythromelas... 87, 88, 89 
mixta ooh ene 88 
ornithocephala ... 82, 87, 88 
petalura Be oe 97, 89 
Aeschninae bes con 75 
Aetea truncata 34, 35 
Agamidae 160 
Ageneiogarra 636 
Agrionidae 537 
Alcedo ispida no 330 
Aleyonidium mytili ... cen, D5 O2 
Alectryonia 465, 501, 502 
Aleurodidae aa 318 
Allocotasia aurata ... 388, 394 
Alocinma 2, 5, 539, 540, 543, 620 
sistanica on on 5 
travancorica 543 
Alocosternaliae ae <b 335 
Alphaea vittata 377 
Amathia semiconvoluta +» 30; 60 
connexa aes oc 63 
Amaurobius 405, 406 
taprobanicola 405 
Ambassis nama con 206 744 
ranga . 166, 167, 175, 204 
Amblyceps mangois ... ean 738 
Amblystomus punctatus 344 
Ameiurus natalis a des 31 
Amia calva con ae 27 
Ammophila atripes 382, 384 
leavigata oe 382, 385 
Amnicola 2, 3, 4, 5, 287, 539, 540, 620 
porata sae = 5 
sistanica 540 
stenothyroides 540, 621 


Amnicola (Alocinma) orcula 540, 541,619, 


621 

Amphiaeschna a aaa 81 
Amphiesma CoS 110 
Amphisbaena alba ... mee 26 
Ampulex compressa ... 382, 385 
Ampullaria oe 7, 463, 477 
ampullacea As and 478 
ampullacea javaensis 478, 479 
ampullacea sumatrensis 478 
celebensis 478 
conica eae 477 
conica borneensis Res 477 
conica javanica ... owe 477 
conica orientalis oe 477 
conica scutata ... owe 477 
globosa ee v549 
limnaei ae 478, 479 
magnifica ore 478, 479 
maura on 557 


Page. 

Ampullaria nux 7,9; LO, e 
orientalis 405 477 
scutata .. 477 
sumatrensis 478 
winkleyt ce 557 
Ampullariidae 7, 8, 287, 463, 476, 588, 552, 
557, 619 

Amsacta lineola 379 
Anaciaeschna ace 56d 82 
jaspidea : “0 87 
Anaphaeis mesentina.. 359, 367 
Anas poecilorhyncha 330 
Anastomus oscitans ... a0 538 
Anax 81, 82, 83, 87 
bacchus see (82,86 
guttatus 80, "82, 833985; /°86; OL 
immaculifrons ... 82, 86 
julius ax 86 
parthenope 82, 83. 86 
Anax (Hemianax) Preps 75,87 91 
Ancylidae 565, 587, 6:0 
Ancylinae cos 587 
Ancylus ... 565, “587, 588, 592, 622 
baconi ... bs 588, 592 
ceylanicus . 588, 589, 591, 621 
fluviatilis ae 591 
tenuis . 588, 592 
verruca ..588, 589, 592, 621 
Fviola 587, 588, 589, 590, 622, 625 
Ancylus (Ferrissia) baconi 3 592 
ceylanicus 591, 620 
tenuis 591, 592 
verruca ” 589, 591, 592, 620 
tviola oc 589, 620 
Andropogon sorghum 509, 510 
Anisoptera 75, 93, 99, 103, 106 
Anisozygoptera 93, 106 
Anodontia 500 =o 465 
Anona squamosa__... 318, 323 
Anopheles culicifacies 393 
rossii.. 319 
subpictus “319, 393 
Anophelinae Bee as 537 
Anser indicus 329 
Anthomyiidae oe 395 
Avthophila 382, 387 
Anthrax afra 394 
Anurida maritima 316 
Aoria : 179 
Aphidae ... ees oe 318 
Aphnaeus vulcanus ... 360, 372 
Apidae 318, 381, 382, 387 
Apis dorsata ¢ 318, 381 
florea 318, 381 
Aplecta ... ode 475 
Appias albina confusa 360, 367 
libythea . 3959, 367 
Aptera 315 
Apua “ape 31, 32, 8 
fusca... 198 
Arachneethra asiatica nee 324 
Arachnomimus 511, 523 
Aranea extensa 425 
Araneae ... 399 
Araneae Verae 405 
Araneus cicatrosus ... 413 
excelsus pec 416 
masoni tee =n 414 


Page. 

Araneus melanocrania 415 
nauticus oo 414, 416 
origena 415 
rumphi 414, 415 
tviridisoma 415 
Arca granosa ae 465 
Arcidae ... a4 e- 465 
Arcidopsis footei 610 
Ardea cinerea 329 
Ardeola grayi 329 
Argiope anasuja "412, 413 
pulchella 412, 413 
Argiopidae on 411 
Argyrodes argentata ... 411 
scintillulana 410 
Argyroepeira 423, 450 
bigibba ey oH 450 
celebesiana or 412, 454 
fastigata oes 412, 456 
stellimicans Be 450 
striata ae 450 
tessellata 200 oe 455 
ventralis ee 452 
Arhynchobdellae 690, 703 
Ariadna nebulosa_... = 406 
Ariophanta 315 
infausta Ax 323 
Aristolochia on eee 357 
Arius “6 326 
Artema atlanta 410 
Asamangulia cuspidata oe 23 
Asaphis rugosa 466 
Asilidae ... soc 394 
Asisoderopsis nigra ... oe 23 
Aspidomorpha chandrika one 23 
fusconotata 20 o03 24 
inuncta eae nos 24 
spaethet Bee 24 
Assiminea (Cyclotropis) banka 464 
carinata 464 
lirata 464 
Assimineidae ae 464 
tAstenothyra 123, 128, 133 
+burmanica 133, 134, 135 
miliacea 133, 134, 135, 136 
miliacea gibbosula 133, 134 
miliacea subangulata ye 135 
Astur badius 3 326 
Asura conferta 379 
rubricosa 379 
Atelidea ... ae. ee 423 
Atella phalanta acc 359, 363 
Athene brama aa 325 
Atimiosa ... ee Say 423 
Attacus ... 319 
Attidae 419 
Atyidae ... moe 537 
Aulodrilus 747, 748, 753 
limnobius 747, 748 
pluriseta : “05 748 
tremex 746, 748, she 753 
Aulophorus ae : 752 
Auricula ... anc waar 
auris-midae “00 ane 467 
judae eae 463, 467 
flimnaeiformis ... 463, 468 
midae 463, 467 


morchi wan aan 469 


xili 


Page. 

}Auricula percha 468 
scheepmakeri a 463 
Auriculatae 465, 497 
Auriculidae 463, 466 
Austroaeschna 17, 78 
intersedens sae a5 79 
milnei Soe ae 79 
parvistigma 385 a 80 
Azadirachta indica 5 329 
Azanus ubaldus 360, 371 


Azolla ... 636, 558 


B 


Badamia exclamationis 360, 373 


Badis badis 168, 175, 204 
buchanani 530 ate 204 
Balitora ... 655, 663 
Barbus ne 188, 214 
caudimarguiatus att 183 
chagunio 185 
ehrysopterus 744 
clayatus 167, Wi 174, “Iss, 186, 
743 

conchonius 166, 167, 174, 186, 743, 
744 

fluviatilis . 692 
hexastichus 167, 168, 174, 186 
oatesil 167 174, 184, 185 
phutunio 168, 172, 174, 186 
sarana aS 184 
sarana caudimargniatus 166, 167, 174, 
183, 184 

spilopholus 185 
stigma : 743 
ticto 166, 167, 174, 187, “211, 744 

COD ess 167, 174, 186 
Barilius ... 168, 170, 172 
barila 27, 28, 167, 170, 174, 199, 197 
bendelisis chedra 168, 174, 189, 190 
tdogarsingchi 27, 187, 174, 191, 192, 
123, 198 

vagra ae 144 
Barkudia insularis 315, 331, 332 
Barychelidae : Ae 403 
Barysomus semivittatus ‘ 344 
Batagur baska ao 164 
Batasio affinis a 180 
Batissa 145, 146, 147 
capillata 145, 148 
inflata 145, 146, 148, 149 
jayensis “ 465 
similis 145, 146, 147, 148, 149 
sphaericula coc Eee 465 
violacea 145 
violacea celebensis 145, 147, 149 
violacea discoidea ae 465 
Batrachia 314, 315, 331, 332 
Beania conferata .... «. 34,38 
tostia “ac «. 34,38 
Belgrandia bc ce 133 
miliacea Ses acs 1 
Belostoma indicum ... aus 172 
Bibionidae ae aes 393 
Pithinella cas Poaloo 
canningensis Res 1, 129, 134 
miliacea Bi “pe 3 


Puy Ce 
Bithynia ...1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 287, 483, 589—542 
ceramcopoma ... one 3 
everzardt ono Aa 5 
orcula cee as 540 
orcula producia ... cio 540 
pulchella 265 oa 54] 
tertaculats ate - 3 
trescheli mr 5 3 
truncata 464, 484 
Bithyniidae ae 122 
Bithyniinae DOs Laas, 
Elattidae wae 512 
Blattinae sae Sa 512 
Boa constrictor <e 500 26 
impeiator o¢r 26 
Bombyliidae “319, ; 394 
Bombylius wulpii 394 
Eecthrioneurum iris ... x 747 
Botia berdmorei 167, 172, 175, 195, 211 


histrionica 167, 172, 175, 195, 196 
Botyecdes asialis Bs 378 
Bowertankia biserialis =e 63 
Boyeria ... oo: 76 
Brachytron 75, 76, 77, 81 
Branchellion Sep 691 
Branchiodrilus 746, 749, 752 

menoni 746, 752 
Branchiura 749, 752 

sowerbyi o3 746, 747, 752 
Briartia ... ond as 12] 
Brotia ... oh 485, 559 
Bryczoa ... o80 cee 33 
Buccinum “05 ee 283, 
Bufo melanostictus 26, 332, 537 
Bugula neritina 34, 36, 37 

neritina minima 34, 38 
Bullinus ... «.. 284, 474, 475, 579 
Bungarus coeruleus ... 332 

fasciatus gs 163 
Buthidae =a8 399 
Bythinella ae 1, 133 
Bythinia ... one =e 122 
Bytbiniae “ot ass 122 
By thiniinae one 122 

(E 
Cabdio ... “ie 066 188 
Caberca lata Pe 24, 36 
Caenis 397 
Caladium ons 536 
Calamaria 508 On 729 

javanica tins 729 

pavimentata 5 ae 729 
Caliaeschna an 77, 78,79 

acutifrons 595 aoe 78 

conspersa cos 77, 78,79 

laidlawi Ade 77, 78,81 

masoni S51 oe 78 

microstigma 77, 78,79 


Callichrous bimaculatus 166 IBY, 173,178 


macropthalmus ... 178 
pabda eee oes 743 
Callinethis 450 
Callistomimus ae 342 
Callistomyia pavonina ose 395 
Calopterygidae 106 
Calotes versicolor major 381, 351 


xiv 


Page. 

Colotis calaisamatus 351, 352. 351. 355, 
360, 369 

Caltoris colaca 374 
Calyculina ° 617 
Calyptopogon albitarsis 319, 293 
Camponotus aes 345 
compressus te 318, 381 
Camptoceras 565, 577, 578, 586, 587, 620 
hirasei 586, 587 


lineatum 565, 586. 5 


terebra 
subspinosum 
Canavalia 
ensiformis 
Canda retiformis 
Canidia 
helena 
theminckiana 
Capritermes 
Carabidae oe 
Carbasea cribrifor mis 
rhizophora 
Cazarea rutila 
Cassida be'liformis 
cherrapunijiensis 
circumdata dentata 
consp reata 


panxilla 

stupa wee 
Cassidinae aS 
Cassidula C00 


auris-felis ve 
multiplicata ... 
mustelina aco 
Castalius rosimon ... 
Catachrysops cnejus ... 
strako 
Catenaria lafontii 
Catopsilia 
crecale 
pomona 
pyranthe 
Cellaria johnsont 
salicornoides 
Cellepora costazii 
mammillata 
ridenticulata 
Cellularia cirrata 
Cephalaeschna 
lugubris 
orbifrons 
sikkima 
Cephalopoda 
Cephanodes hylas _... 
Ceratina viridissima ... 
Cerberus rhynchops ... 
Cerceris ... at 
vigilans 
Cerithidea, 
Cerithiidae 
Cerithium 
fluviatile 
telescopium 


Cerithium (Cerithidea) oblswum 


quadratum 


Cerithiwm (Telesco; ium) telescopium 


87 591, 620, 622, 


625 


250, 363, 364, 387 
34, 36 

496 

464, 496 

464, 496 

316 


360, 371 
360, 371 
360, 370 
.. 34,36 
350, 368 
368 
360, 368 
360, 368 
BS 45 
34, 45 
61 
61 
61 
Z » 43 
77, 78, an 80 
pa 78 
Apa llreriths} 
77, 78, 79 

: 2% 
"219, 377 
382, 389 
aio 332 
382, 386 
382, 386 
464, 493, 495 
464, 493 
494 
494 
493 
495 
ese 495 
494 


Cerithium (Tympanotonos) microptera 495 


Page. 

Cervus axis 317, ee 324, 329, 395, 306 
Ceryle varia AX 324 
Cetoniinae 317 
Chaetobranchus sez nperi one 749 
Charna ... ids 27,31, 32 
burmanica As 32 
Ohasborus c 537 
Chapra mathias 373 
Charadrius fulvus 327 
Charmus laneus 399 
Cheilostomata 35 
Chelisoches 512 
morio Fane 512 
Chelisochinae 20 sy De, 
Chersydrus granulatus.. 5 326, 332 
Chilades laius 355, 360, 370 
Chilosia .. Bon ek 
Chirida binduta 23 
hina 23 
mystica bes 24 
novemkalankita ... 24 
Chironomidae 319, 393 
Chlaenius henryi 342 
Chloridella 298 
Chlorogomphinae 94, 103 
Chlorostracia 293 
bocourtei 233 293 
Chondrostoma mullya ... 634, 635, 658 
Chrotogonus oe pees 
Chrysididae 382, 390 
Chrysis lusca : 382, 391 
Chrysocoris marginellus 318 
Cicindela ... a 335, 723 
albina 726 
angulata ‘ 724 
assamensis 725 
aurovittata "335, 337 
aurulenta aon 725 
aurulenta batesi ... 725 
bigemina 723 
bigemina brevis cer.,. whee 
biramosa 724, 726 
cardoni rece nts! 
eatena 335, 337 
chinensis 725 
chloris 725 
cognata 724 
copulata 726 
cyanocephala : 345 
decempunctata obseure- dilatata 725 
despectata : 724 
discreta reducta ... cea. shoe 
distinguenda 336, 724 
dromicoides ron mets: 
duponti oo 725 
duponti barmanica eae eee 
fastidiosa 335, 336, 723 
foveolata oes a. hoes 
funerea 725 
grammophora 724 
haemorrhoidalis ... 335, 337 
hamiltoniana 725 
imperfecta 724 
intermedia 725 
intermediola 725 
limosa aoe ee feo 
melanckclica SS eared} 
minuta — we = 24 


Page. 

Cicindela mouhoti cariana aes) | nezO 
nitida aM 724 
octcnotata fan eee p20 
punctatissima 5 a 726 
quadrilineata ae ap) eas 
quadrilineata renei 726 
seriepunctata ood Soa) PUR! 
spinolae cod ae) 28} 
striolata mee trap RIZO 
striolatalineifrons ca 26 
sumatrensis . 335, 336, 337, 724 
sumatrensis imperf>cta ote) WU 
tetrastacta owe eB 
(Tetremytarsa) tetrastacta 336. 337 
triguttata noe Ren ice 
umbropolita roe UB} 
undulata 336, 724 
undulata dubia 724 
vigintiguttata 725 
viridicincta oe 723 
viridilabris =o Re 123 
Cicindelidae ae 317, 721 
Cicindelinae 335, 336 
Cirrhina ... 643, "645, 646, 648, 682 
latia ... Reo) HER 


mrigala 1.644, 646, 647, 682 
Clarias batrachus 166, 168, 173, 178, 212 
Claupanodon chanpole RF 188 
Clea S35 ee 496, 497 

bocki ... ah 464, 497 
Cliona : oe 502 
Clithon ... 465, 500 

* Clivina be 341 

attenuata oe6 340 

lobata ono 340 

mordax aes 340 
Clubiana ... 208 eee RAT 
Clubiondae aes 416 
Clypeolum é 465 
Cobitidae ... 6 168, 175, 195 
Cobitis zonalternans ... 0 199 
Coccidae ... 318 
Coelioxys capitatus 3582, 389 

fuscipennis 382, 389 
Coenoptichus pulchellus soy IEE 
Coleolissus ons we 342 
Coleoptera ox soe GI / 
Collembola ae oe) = culls 
Collyrinae = coer WORD) 
Collyris brevipennis ... ben) 
Colotis amata mee .. 369 

colais albina a ro ee) 
Coluber malanoleucus “cc 26 
Columba intermedia ... BS) 327 
Comsodiscus picturatus cer HY 
Conosia irrorata wae 319, 393 
Contradens cy wey 4503 

dimotus aes poe, Aes 

dimotus lugens 465, 503 

hageni aoe 465, 504 

laticeps oo: a. = 465 

verbecki oes 465, 504 
Copsychus saularis... we O24 
Coptodera transversa v. 346 
Coptotermes bos oot 71 

heimi ... , 74 
Corbicula 112, 115, ‘116, 146, 147, 504, 


602, 612, 616, 623, 624 


Page. 

Corbicula agrensis ve G13 
angulifera 466, 505 
dayakorum 505 
ducalis 466 
fluminalis 612 
gibba 466 
gustairana 466 
lacustris 466 
largillierti pe GiLz 
moltkeana 466, 504 
moussoni .. 466 
occidens 612, 613, 620, 624, 625 
pullata 466, 505 
quilonica Seu 
striatella O12, 613, 620, 624 
subradiata . 612, 613, 620, 624 
subrostrata 5 466 
sulcata 466 
tobae nos 74.00 
trapezoidea 466, 504 
tumida 466 
Corbiculidae ces, WED 
Corinnomma 417, 418 
Corvus macrorhynchus 314, 323 
splendens 314, 323, 324 
Cosmodiscus picturatus 345 
platynotus 345 
rubripictus 345 
rubropictus 500 345 
Craspedophorus bifasciatus 341 
Cribrilina punctata ... . 34, 52 
radiata ... 34, 52 
Crisia 35, 48, 44, 62 
Croce filipennis 200 398 
Crocodilia ... 315 
Crocodilus palustris 164, 331 
Crocopus phoenicopterus 326 


Crossochilus 
latia 167, 170, 174, 183, 


170, 643, 646, ‘648, 682 
211, 644, 646, 


647, 682, 743 


latius ... 183 
Crotolaria juncea 3 . 509 
striata "318, 372, 381, 390 
Crustacea ... > 320, 537 
Ctenizidae ... 399 
Ctenostomata 62 
Culex concolor 393 
sitiens 393 
Culicidae 393, 
Culicinae ... ae ote OO 
Culicoides peregrinus ... 319, 393 
Cultellus 506 
attenuatus org AN 
javanicus 466, 506 
Cultellus (Ph>rella) j javanicus 506 
Cuphus coc 466 
Cupularia caniriensis ... - 35, 61 
Curetis bulis 360, 372 
phaedrus cede | MOSS 
thetis ... 360, 372 
thetys ... Se 372 
Cyclosa albisternis 413 
insulana 413 
spirifera 413 
Cyclostomata 62 
Cyclotropis 464 
Cydia pseudonictis 379 


Cyprinidae 


"168, 169, 173, 182 


xvl 


Page. 

Cyprininae . 13 
Cyprinoidea -- 646 
Cyprinus : 188, 634 
carpio eos . 692 
chagunio “1 185 
devario acs Bar | US 
godyari 636, 637 
gotyla ... 634, 653 
lamta 634, 636, 637 
sucatio iam 
Cyprinus (Cabdio) cotio cao) keh) 
Cyprinus (Garra) lamta 634, 660 
Cyrena 111, 113, 137, 504 
bengalensis <00 137, 138, 141 
ceylonica 137, 138, 140, 142, 143, 144 
cochinensis “0 ae KG) 
corbiculiformis ssoppells 
cyprinoides 111, 114 
eximia ise 40) 
galatheae .-- 137, 188, 144, 145 
impressa 137, 138, 140 
patima Pent eos} 
proxima 137, 138, 141 
siamica 138, 139 
sinuosa 137 
sumatrana Bed) HH!) 
sumatrensis 139, 465 504 
tennentii eae 137, 138, 142 
Cyrenidae ... ed 612, 620, 623, 624 
Cyreniidae 465, 504 
Cyrtophora aslo 
cicatrosa », 405, 410, 413, 419 
citricola nee w. 405 
Cystobranchus oon sande O92 
yanoculatus 690, 692 
fasciatus 692 
mamillatus 692, 693 
respirans 692, 693 
vividus 692 

D 

Dactylispa asoka 23 
bindusara 23 
harsha 23 
kamarupa 23 
krishna ae aco 23 
kunala 23 
lohita 23 
parbatya 23 
peregrina 23 
pitapada 23 
sadonensis 23 
variabilis 23 
Damarchus 417 
assamensis .. 403 
yexcavatus 400, 402, 403 
oatesi ssa c408 
Danaida chrysippus 360 
limniace 360 
plexippus 360 
Danainae ... 354 


Danais chrysippus 350, 351, 352, 354, 355, 


359, 360 

limniace : 359, 360, 370 
plexippus .. 854, 355, 359, 360 
Danio ; ce erbS: 


Page. 

Danio aequipinnatus 166, 167, 175, 193, 
743, 744 

dangila 167, 175, 193 
naganensis 166, 167, 175 


rerio ... Se leo) 
7Danio (Brachydanio) acuticephala 167, 
175, 193, 194, 195 


Datura 336 
Decapoda ... : 537 
Deiopeia pulchella 320, 377 
Dendrelaphis 151, 159 
caudolineolatus 161 
biloreatus 159 
subocularis eee 5!) 
tristis... 151, 159, "160, ees 332, 351 
Dendroaeschna oes ati ate 
Dendrocitta rufa a BED) 
Dendrocyena fulva 330 
javanica 329 
Dendrophis eae 751 
bifrenalis 158, 161 
caudolineolatus 151, 152, 161 
effrenis ace 152 
gorei ... 151, 153, 161 
grandoculis 156 
pictus 151, 153, "154, 157, ‘160, 161 
pictus andamanensis 155 
pictus cyanochloris "153, 155 
proarchus 151, 157, 161 
subocularis sity) 59 
Dermaptera 511 
Dero 752 
Derocrania ‘longesulcata 722 
Desmogaster 3 «. = 748 
Dicrurus ater oma A seh) 
Dictyna_... os 405 
viridissima 405 
Dictynidae ase “405, 406 
Diestrammena 511, 516, 517, 520 
annandalei 518, 520 
apicalis <q DLT 
brevifrons 511, 517, 518 
eryptopygia Py) 
feai avbiatD ld) 
pravelyi 518, 520 
eriffinil eee OLS: 
tindica 511, 518, 519 
ingens ! 517, 518 
longipes 516, 518 
maculata sem DLS 
marmorata 516, 517, 518 
minuta Poe ee Uy ley 
palpata 518, 523 
vitalisi Pep ceayi ly 
Digoniostoma 1, 2, 3, 4 539, 540, 543, 620 
cerameopoma 541, 622 
lutea ... ais file OSL 
pulchellum 541, 619, 622 


Htextum 541, 042, 543, 619, 622, 623 


Dina blasei 703 
lineata 703 
quadristriata «steel Os 

}Dioryche chinnada 342, 343 
colombensis 342 
indochinensis con Peas cL} 
nagpurensis 342, 343 

Diplacodes trivialis , = ails 

Diplodon noyo-hollandiae w= 465 


Xvil 


Page. 
Diploecium simplex . 34, 37 
Diploptera 382, 386 
Diplothele walshi 403 
Dipsadomorphus trigonatus 332 
Diptera 314, 319 


Discognathus 634, 635, 636, 638, 643, 648, 
680, 681, 682 


adiscus 681 
blanfordi 681 
borneensis 636 
chiarinii 635 
dembeensis 636 
elegans we) OD 
fusiformis 635, 658 
gotyla 654 
gravelyt . 654 
imberbis 635, 648 
jerdont . 635, 653, 657, 659 
jerdonikangrae ... ee 653 
kangrae ak 653 
lamta ... 635, 636, 651, 654, 655, 657 


659, 665, 673, 677, 680, 681, 682 
lamta nasutus 636, 656 
lamta rufus 681 


macrochir 635, 662 
modestus 635, 662, 663 
nasutus 635, 655, 659 
phryne 682, 683 
prochilus ce Wats 
rossicus 635, 682, 683 
rothschildi ao) GRE 
rufus ... 635, 681 
stenorhynchus -- 654 
variabilis 635, 636, 682 
Dissura episcopus Roc! | eA!) 
Dolichognatha 423 
Dolichopodidae 394 
Domopora truncata . 35, 62 
Dorichthys deocata 743 
Dorosoma indica «» 694 
Dostia ewe 465, 497, 498 
Downesia ratana ee se 23 
Drassidae ... eee 400 
Drawida 748, 755 
fraui | 746, 748, 749, 755 
willsi ... a pare) 048 
Dromius 347 
Drosophila... 395 
Drosophilidae ez 395 
Drymobius bifossatus .. se 26 
Duomitus mineus 320, 377 
Dyschiriognatha - 423 
Dyschirius so 341 
Dysderidae oD 406 
Dytiscidae : 537 
E 

Elis thoracica 382, 383 
Elizia orbicularis nn 466 
Enisculus ... 506 
Ennallagma insula 316 
Ennea <AS SE oLo 
Entalophora raripora ... . 35, 62 
Entomostraca sco 320 
Entoprocta wee ice 63 
Epeira melanocrania 415 
nigro-trivittata 454 


Page. 
Ephemeridae 397 
Ephydridae 706 395 
Epicosmus castelmani ... 341 


Epiophlebia 93, 94, 95, 99, 104, 105, 106 


tlaidlawi -. 95, 96, 97, 99, 102 
superstes 93, 104, 105, 106 
Epiophlebiidae 104, 106 
Epiophlebiinae a “80 93 
Epistictia fulvonigra ... ace 23 
reichiana Fon 24 
viridimaculata trivandrumensis 24 
Eresidae e406. 
Erethistes ... 739, 740 
asperus 300 een ea) 
elongata 166, 167, 173, 731, 738, 739 
hara 166, 167, 173 
Esacus recurvirostris 327 
Escharalichenoidas ... aos 53 
Escharoides oeclusa . 34, 58 
Buchrysops crejus oro ll 
Eucta £ 423, 446 
anguilla 446, 447 
caudicula 446 
isidis ... He | 
javana 446, 447 
Eudichogaster 750, 765 
tbarkudensis cee 746, 749, 765 
Eudynamis honorata ... 325 
Eugubinus intrudens ... 413 
reticolus 413 


Eulepis athamas 


: 359, 361 
Eumenes brey irostrata. 


382, 386 


conica 382, 386 
esuriens 382, 386 
petiolata 382, 386 
Eumenidae 318, 382, 486 
Euphorbia 367, 369 
neriifolia 318, 394 
Euploea 5 a. 304 
core ... 352, 353, "354, 355, 356, 359, 
361, 362 

Euproctis ... 377 
Eutyphoeus coe SATB) 
jmanipurensis 746, 749, 763 
mohammedi ; oo TAD 
Exoprosopa flammea ... 319, 394 
pennipes 394 


F 


Fairbankia (Bithynia) turrita e 
Farcimia oculata 34, 38, 45, 62 


Farciminaria 33, 44 
+andamanensis 34, 44, 45 
hexagona ed “oc 45 
simplex oo = 45 

Faunus ater .. 464 

Ferrissia 565, 588 

Ferrissiinae ore, Latest 

Ficus 317, 367, 369, 408, 404, 419 


bengalensis 74, 316, 318, 324, 325, 326, 
332, 370, 373, 398 


gibbosa as 318 
gibbosa parasitica a18 
globosa orc a EK 
infectoria . 324, 326,370,372 
obtusa 318, 326, 232 


religiosa nee ood 


xvill 


Page. 

Filisparsa tubulosa . 35, 62 
Filistata 406 
Filistatidae 406 
Vilistatoides 406 
Flustra cribriformis . 34,46 
rhizophora . 34, 46 
{Foraminobdella se TOR 
fheptamerata 691, 707,708 
Forcipula ... : 511 
trispinosa 511 
Forficulidae 511 
Tossores 382 
Fulgoridae 318 
Fundambulus 387 
Fureella .. 506 

G 

Gagata 179 
cenia .. 167, 173, “180, 182 
Galba 568, 579 


Garra 13, 14, 169, 176, 182, 202, 633-640, 
642-649, 663, 676, 680, 682, 683 


tabhoyai . 167, 174, 647, 650 
adiscus 646, 647, 650, 676, 681, 682 
alta 5 aco, | tats) 
tannandalei 649, 657, 743 


farabica 646, 647, 649, 677, 678, 680 
bicornuta - 638, 647, 649, 651 
blanfordi 646, 647, 651, 676, 677, 681 


ceylonensis «» 635 
+chaudhurii -. 643, 650, 671, 672 
gotyla si 635, ‘646, 647, 649, 653, 
680, 743 

gravelyi 646, 647, 649, 650, 654 
imberba 6 636, 648, 649 
imberbis we 1649) 
fjenkinsonianum .. | 646, 647, 651, 673 
jerdoni 638, 647, 649, 654, 657 
jerdonia 654, 659 
jerdonia brevimentalia soo, (OBS) 
jtkempi wee 647, 650, 665 
lamta ...635, 636, 637, 638, 647, 650, 
659, 660, 675, 677, 679 
lissorhynchus ... 646, 647, 650, 662 
malabarica : aoe aGD8. 
+monti-salsi 649, 651 


mullya 644, 646, 647, 650, 658, 659 
ynaganensis 167, 174, 647, 650, 667 
nasutus 167, 171, 173, 639, 646, 

647, 649, 655 


notata 647, 650, 670 
persica 635, 681 
phryne 677, 683 
platycephala ee GD, 
+prashadi 647, 650, 669 
quadrimaculatus ... 643, 648 


ressicus 644, 646, 647, 650, 677, 682, 


683 

rufus 646, 647, 651, 677, 681 
rupeculus 167, 170, 171, 174, 639, 647, 
651, 674, 

stenorhynchus 638, 646, 647, 649, 653, 
654, 680 

variabilis 677, 683 
vinciguerrae w. = 648 
wanae ,.. 649, 676 


Page. 
Gasteracantha brevispina 416 
hasseltii .. 416 
Gastropoda .. 461, 463, 619, 621 
Gavialis gangeticus a5 331 
Gecko verticillatus ... “0 26 
Geckonidae 160 
Geophilidae 320 
Glaucomya sumatrensis. 466 
Glaucomyiidae 466 
lessula 315 
Glossogobius giuris a5 tbe 
Glossoseolecidae : 750 
Glossosiphonia 321, 637, 550, 553, 628, 695 
ceylanica 690, 700 
heteroclita ". 695, 696, 697, 698 
lata 690, 699 
marginala 694 
paludosa bore TAD 
jreticulata 690, 700, 701 
smaragdina acy yo TAL 
weberi 690, 695, 696, 699, 700 
Glossosiphonidae 690, 694 
Glycosmis .. <s- 309 
pentaphylla 317, 321, 332, 349, 355, 
365, 378, 381, 405 
Glyphidrilus oe con TABU 
annandalei 746, 767 
Glyphodes negatalis 378 
Glyptosternon sulcatus ... 737 
Glyptosternum 167 


Glyptothorax 168, 169, 170, 739, 740, 742 


dorsalis . 167, 173, 180, 182 
y+minutus a0 .. 167, 173, 180, 181 
Glytogona excelsa .. 416 
Gnathobdellidae 691, 710 
Gomphinae Pra isti tes 
Gonodactylus 297, 309 
acanthurus 297 
brevisquamatus 297, 311 
chiragra 297, 309 
chiragra platysoma Sy 
demani Seb 297, 309 
demanispinosus ... 297, 310, 311 
excayatus 297, 311 
furcicaudatus 297 
glaber 297 
glabrous Cec eee Ze 
glyptocereus 297, 311 
graphurus occ etl! 
herdmani Bee 15)76 
nefandus 297, 311 
oerstedi 297, 309 
proximus Sieur Ti 
pulchellus 297, 311 
spinosissimus 297, 311 
spinosus 310 
tuberculatus 311 
Gonorhynchus .. 634 
brachypterus 674, 675 
caudatus Aare (tlie) 
gotyla ... 635, 653 
rupeculus 674, 675 
stenorhynchus .. 653 
Gryllidae = 316, 523 
Gunda lugubris see On 
Gynacantha 78, 81, 90 
basiguttata Bos soc 90 
furcata ao ode 91 


Page. 
Gynacantha hyaline ... oc 90 
khasiaca a --- 90, 91 
millardi “ee on 91 
saltatrix an = 90 
subinterrupta .. 91 
Gyraulus 315, 473, 474, B65, 578, 582584 
albus ... ser O84: 
cantori 582, 583, 620, 621, 624 
convexiusculus ,.. 463, 473, 474, 582, 
584, 620, 621 
euphraticus ee oGe 
proclivis 463, 474 
sagoensis mo ACS 
sumatranus 436, 474 

H 
Haemadipsa aes ow. 715 
sylvestris on a palo 
zeylanica sen 619, 715 
Haematopota 394 
Haemopis ... 712; 714, 715 
birmanica of 691, 712 
+eoncolor oc 691, 713, 714 
sanguisuga +0 OGL TU2 13,5) 114 
webert “6 eee ly. 
Halcyon smyrnensis 330 
Haliaetus leucogaster ... 325 
Haliastur indus. 326 
Hamitermes coc ane 71 
Hara : 740 
elongata 738 
Harpalus advolans ww 344 
Hasora butleri See 360, 373 
Haswellia australiensis see 00s 0D 
Hebomoia glaucippe australis 369 
Heliaeschna, ace soc 81 
Helix 260 
ampullacea moe 478 
tentaculatus A co 3 
Helobdella gracilis ere whl 
Hemerobiidae eae 316, 397 
Hemianax cae 82 
Hemiclepsis ax =e 604: 
marginata 690, 694 
Hemidactylus brookii .. 331 
frenatus 315, 331, 387 
Hemiptera... oe Bcc 71 
Hemisphericae -. 465 
Hemisquilla 297, 307 
stylifera 297 
Heptodonta kraatzi 723 
nodicillis 722 
pulchella 723 
ferrarii a APR 
{Hermippoides ferjuna 407, 408 
Hermippus 407 
Herodias alba 2a a BPH 
garzetta “00 329 
intermedia 260 w. 329 
Harpobdella 703, 706 
bistriata “ce ape, 8 CAUR 
thexoculata Bn 690, 703, 704 
lineata 690, 703 
weberi Sc nae Py 
Herpobdellidae a 690, 703 
tHerpobdelloidea oa 705 
tlateroculata 690, 705 


Page. 
Hersilia savienyi “65 410 
Hersiliidae on «= 410 
Hesperidae 351, 360, 373 
Heterogen ceo 246) 
turris ... 20 246 
Heterophlebia Bat 106 
Heteropoda 3 417 
sexpunctata 417 
venatoria coe 417 
Heteroptera — ono 71 
Himantopus candidus 328 
Hipassa pantherina se aS 
Hippeutis 565, 578, 584. 585. 622 
caenosus : 584 
umbilicalis 583, 584, 585, 620, 621, 622, 
624 
Hippoboscidae + 396 
Hirudo)  <.. 710, 715 
flava Ot6 715 
laevis ... aa 710 
lineata “AS 703 
marginata 694 
zeylanica 715 
Hirudo (Chthonobdella) ‘sumatrana 715 
Hispinae ... ses wee 23 
Holoporella aperta oa ODOT 
mammillata «-. 35, 61 
tridenticulata . 35, 61 
Homaloptera 732 
bilineata sce = 731 
Hoplionota chapuisi ... a 24 
modesta = oe 23 
nitida = 24 
Huphina nerissa evagete "359, 367 
Hyalinella ner 321 
Hyblaea puera Bc 378 
Hydrilla 169, 212, 536, 548, 558 
Hydrobia 2, 122, 133 
Hydrobia (Belgrandia) miliacea 133, 134 
Hydrobia(Bythinella) miliacea 134 
miliacea gibbosula 134 
miliacea minor oe 134 
miliacea subangulata 135 
Hydrobiidae 1, 67, 121—123, 464, 483, 538, 
: 539, 619 
Hy drobiinae 2, 121, 122 
Hy drobioides 2, 3, 4, 539—541, 621 
nassa ... Onc 543, 
Hydrophis obscurus  ... 332 
Hydrozoa ... aes = 536 
Hymenoptera 317, 381 
Hyperalonia suffusipennis 394 


Hypolimnas bolina 349, 352, 353, 354, 355, 


359, 362 

misippus 355, 359, 362 
Hypolithus ae oh 342 
Hypolophus sephen ... 692, 694 
Hypsa alciphron sos 377 

I 

Tbis melanocephala_... o. $29 
Ichthy obdellidae ot 690, 691 
Idielliopsis similis te 396 
Idiopoma ... on 285 
Idmonea atlantica ... -. 35, 62 
eracillima . 35, 62 


xx 


Page 
Indonaia __ 602, 604, 620, 621, 623, 625 
bonneaudi on 603, 620, 625 | 
caerulea --- 604 | 
caerulea gaudichaudi 603 | 
crispisuleatus 5 eae OUD) | 
lima 603, ‘604, 605, 620, 625 
oceata 603, 620 
occatus 603, 604, 605 
scobina 603, 604 620 
siliguriensis ss see HOOD 
theokaldi 602, 604, 620, 625 


tIndoplanorbis 315, 471, 472, 565,577,578 | 


exustus 463, 472, 537, 580—582, 620, 


621, 624 
Iraota timoleon 360, 372, 373 
Ischnobena henrici wen ERS, 
Tisidoraj. (=<: 463, 475 
Tsidorella ... - 475 
Tsometrus assamensis . ses 399 
Isoptera oe BUG 
Ixias marianne as 360, 367 
pyrene pirenassa ... 352, 360, 367 
J 
Jagoria 76 
martini "6, 77 
venatrix 77 
Jamides bochus 371 
celeno 371 
Jassidee 318 | 
Jatropha gossypifolia .. 419 
Junonia almana 359, 362 
lemonias 352, 359, 361 
orithyia 359, 362 | 
Justicia diffusa procumbens 349, 362 
K 
Kachuga donghoka 691 
lineata 164 
tectum 692 
Kalotermes ae BK 
Kinetoskias ao 88 BER GH Zs 
farabianensis .. 34, 39, 40, 42, 43 
L 
Labeo 643, 645 
angra ... é 167, 183 
calbasu . 166, 167, 174, 182 
pangusia . 166, 167,174, 183 © 
rohita 644, 646, 647 
Labidurinze sae et Oa 
Laccoptera fruhstorferi wie 24 
quadrimaculata plagiograpta ... 24 
Lagenipora costazii 35, 61 
tuberculata 35, 61 
tLaguvia ... aaa are ates) 
+ribeiroi fp 741, 742 
tshawi coop ot tAOn Aa 
Lamellidens 602, 605, 606, 607, 623, 625, 


694, 700 
605, 607, 608, 620 
537, 605, 606, 607, 608, 


consobrinus 
corrianus 


Page. 

Lamellidens.mainwaringi .- 608 
marginalis 605, 606, 607, 608, 609, 
620, 624 

marginalis consobrinus 608 
marginalis corrianus 605, 609 
Lampides bochus 360, 371 
boeticus pes aii 
celeno 360, 371 
Lampito 749 
mauritil 749 
Larus ichythetus 328 
ridibundus 328 


Lecythoconcha 243, 248, 250, 
251, 252, 255, 259, 261, 262, 284, 
538, 552, 553, 620, 621, 626, 628 


lecythis 243, 245, 246 
249, 250, 251, "252, 256, 257, 260 

261, 266, 279, 284, 286, 291, 537 

539, 544, 550, 552, 553, 554, 619 

624, 627, 628 

lecythis ampulliformis 556 

| Leguminosxe é00 318 
| Lemna eS 5c «- 536 
Lepidocephalichthys 266 168, 170 
berdmorei 167, 169, 170, 172, 
175, 196 

guntea 167, 175, 196, 743 
firrorata 166, 167, 170, 175, 196, 197, 

211 

Lepidoptera 319 
Lepralia adpressa 34, 56 
depressa 34, 56 
feegeensis 34, 56 
occlusa . 56 
pertusa oe 55 
turrita 34, 56 
Leptispa rufithorax 23 
Leptodenia reticulata 318 
Leptogaster 203 -- 394 
Leptosia xiphia 352, 354, 359, 366 
Leptostoma pigrum csc THI) 
Lestidz 2 305 93 
Leucauge ... 423, 450, 453 
angustata -. 450 
argentata ... 450, 455 
argentina 3 peo) eat) 
argentina nigriceps see 450 
auro-cincta 450° 
beata ... 450 
+bengalensis | 452, 458, 455 
celebesiana 450, 452, 453, 454, 455, 

456 

culta ... 450, 452, 453 
decorata ..412, 450, 452—455 
ditissima oo «. 450 
elegans 450 
emtertoni ot 451 
fastigata ». 412, aL, 452, 456 
fastuosa : 451 
fibulata 451 
geimmea 451 
granulata 451 
hasseltii con 451 
lamperti 451 
leprosa see 451 
macrochera ees Ano eal 
macrochera tenasserimensis 451 
nicobarica ech 451 


609, 620, 624 


xXX1 


) 


Puge. 
Leeuauge. nigrotrivittata 451, 455 
pumila : 451 
pusilla 451 
quadrifasciata 451 | 
rubrotrivittata 451 
scalaris so 461 
sexpustulata 451, 453 
stictopyga 451 
superba 5 ou, CHT | 
tessellata vise 452, 455, 456 
tredecim-guttata ... 451 | 
tristicta oe. 401 
ventralis 451, 452, 456 
vibrabunda 451 | 
Leucinodes apicalis... oS 
Leucochloridium 291, 550, 553, 627 
Leucotermes a80 ie 71 
Lib: llulidee 537 
Lichenopora radiata 35, 62 
Ligia exotica ee 321 
Limnacea acuminata ... 702 


287, 315, 321, 468, 469, 471, 

475, 565, 566, 568, 573, 576, 578, 
579, 629 
acuminata 537,565, 567, 568, 569, 
570, 572, 619, 621, 624, 625, 629, 


Limnzea 


630 

acuminata nana 568, 569 
amygdalum .. 568 
andersoniana +» 565, 566, 567 
573, 574, 575, 576, 619, 625, 629, 630 
bongsonensis : 463 
brevispira 463, 469 
chlamys 568, 570 
excayvata nog. GOB} 
gracilior 568, 569, 570 
hians ... soy aA) 
javanica 463, 469, 470 


463, 469, 470 
463, 469, 471 
463, 469, 470 
463, 469, 471 
463, 469, 470, 505 

463, 469, 471 


javanica angustior 
javanica costulata 
javanica intumuscens 
javanica porrecta 
javanica subteres 
javanica turgidula 


lagotis ofa Gar 
luteola 469, 566, 567, 580 
mimetica 565, 567, 629 


fovalior 565, 566, , B67, 572, 573, 574, | 


575, 576, 619, 622, 625, 629 

ovalis 565, 566, 567, 572, 575, 619, 

621 

ovalis nucleus 572 
ovalis prunum eel Dre, 
patula 568, 569 
peregra ws O67 
rufescens 568, 569 
shanensis 566, 567, 629 
strigata Ee OOS 
succinea 469, 567 
ventricularis cC 570 
Limnea (Bulimnea) megasoma 284 
Limnvea (Galba) reflexa nee a 20 
Limnaea (Gulnaria) simulans 574, 576 
Limnza (Radix) auricularia 281 


284, 463, 469, 565, 566, 568, 
619, 626 
568 
572 


Limneidze 


Limnaeus acuminatus ... 
ovalis ... 


Page: 
Limnaeus succineus javanica 469 
Limnatis eon fil 
granulosa 691, 702, 711 
javanica ope hit 
nilotica 691, 711, 712 
Limnodrilus socialis teat hy IAT 
Limosa belgica 327 
| Limoxera chaulicdus 425 
gracillima 427 
jejuna 429 
lineata 429 
marginata 430 
trichodes w= 484 
Linus 410, 419, 420 
| Lipoptena cervi 319, 396 
| Lispa 395 
| assimilis 395 
glabra 395 
Lithoglyphine 25 
Lithoglyphus : 2,5 
eburneus aco aoe 5 
liliputanus 5 
martabanensis 5 
Lithyphantes peyeuianus 411 
| Littorina 283, 484 
angulifera .. 484 
Littorina (Littorinopsis) carinifera 464,484 
conica 464, 485 
intermedia 464, 484 
scabra 464, 484 
undulata 464 
Littorina (Melarraphe) ‘biangulata 464 
ventricosa subgranosa 464 
Littorina (Nodilittorina) vilis ww. = 464 
Littorinidze 1, 122, 464, 484 
Littorinopsis 464, 484 
Lophoceros birostris bo 24a) 
Loxura atymnus 360, 373 
Lucanidze ces cill/ 
Lucilia 396 
due Rs. . 396 
Lucina (Anodontia) phillipinarum 465 
Lucinidse a . 465 
Lumbricidz 750, 767 
Lumbricinze sco a) 
Lumbriculidze ae Y/ 
Lycenide 351, 360, 370 
Lychas scaber a 2099 
Lycosa 418 
| Lycoside ... 415 
Ly gosoma albopunctatum 332 
Lymantria rhodina 378 
Lyperosia minuta 396 
Lysiosquilla 297 
acanthocarpus 297 
eusebia 297 
insignis 297 
maculata ‘ 297 
maculata sulcirostris 297 
multifasciata 297 
spinosa 297 
vicina 297 

M 
Macrispa krishnalohita x5 23 
Macromeris violaceze 381 382, 383 


ss 


xxi 


Page. 

Macrones ... 170, 179, 326 
affinis eg BT: 
bleekeri 166, 167, 170, 173, 179 
blythii ee nee. Akh) 
cavasius e879 
dayi 179, 737 
leucophasis 179 
marianiensis teen ereln®, 
merianiensis 736, 737 
vittatus 743 


Macrones (Macronoides) affinis 
173, 179, 180, 182 

sda TRIG 
aes 179, 180, 737 
243, 247, 249, 252, 254, 261, 


merianiensis 
{Macronoides 
Margarya ... 


265, 266, 628 
melanoides . 243, 246, 254, 259 
melanoides carinata .. 266 
melanoides mansuyi w- = DAT 
Mastacembelidee 168, 175, 205 
Mastacembelus 168, 207 
caudatus 207 
erythrotenia 207 
+Mastacembelus manipurensis 167, 
175, 206 
mellandi 207 
moeruensis 207 
stappersii o 207 
Mastigophora dutertrei 55 
Mayoa ee 635 
modest os 635, 662 
Megachile cwlioxaides 382, 389 
disjuncta .. 9381, 382, 388 
lanata 318, 381, 382, 388 
Megapodagrionine 98 
Megapora ringens BA, 52 
Megascolecide 26 756 
Megascolecinz 750, 756 
Megascolex 749, 750, 759 
escherichi papillifer ay eH) 
konkanensis 746, 747, 759 
mauritii 649, 747, 759 
Megascolides 750, 757 | 
yannandalei 746, 749, 757 
duodecimalis oe hist) 
Melampus fasciatus 463 
tpercha 463 
Melanella ... 558 | 
Melania 496 
acutissima 489 
amara 464 
aspirans 489 
berkoltzi 464 
bocki ... 464 
crenulata 490 
cybele 464 
episcopalis 560 
fuscata aspirans 489 
infracostata 487 
lineata semigranosa 493 
lirata ... a3 493 
litigosa 491 
mitra ... 464 
monile 490 
plicaria 489 
rudis ... 464 
scabra AQ «. 492 
semigranosa A we «493 


167, 172, | 


Page. 
| Melania setosa 464 
snellmani 464 
spinata 560 
spinosa ~~ 488 
sumatrensis és 486, 488 
theminckiana ae eva) 496 
tuberculata nO 491 
tuberculata angularis 492 
tuberculata seminuda 492 
tuberculata truncatula 492 
tuberculata virgulata 492 
turris ... sec 489 
uniformis 490 
uniformis equisulcata 490 
uniformis crispulata 490 
uniformis geraeee --. 490 
variabilis a 485, 560 
winteri 464 
Melania (Brotia) episcopalis 486 
sumatrensis -» 486 
Melania (Melanoides) variabilis 
episcopalis binodulifera 487 
variabilis episcopalis pseudo- 
spinosa 488 
variabilis infracostata 487 
variabilis menkeana 488 
Melania (Tarebia) semigranosa 493 


Melaniidee ae 251, 462, 464, 
485, pete Oe 560, 619, 625 
Melaninze ... 558 
Melanitis leda ismene . 353, 359, 361 
ismene eee Ok 
Melanoides 260, 485, ‘488, 491, 558, 559, 
564 

acanthica 505 464, 559 
acutissima 464, 489, 490 
arctecava 464 
aspirans ‘464, 489 
bisinuata eae a. = 464 
erenulata 464, 490 
crepidinata aoe ww. =464 
datura ee «. «=. 464 
dissimulans 464 
distinguenda 464 
flavida on 464 
granifera 464 
granum 464 
javanica 464 
kobelti 464 
laevigata 464 
lineata 464, 493 
lirata ... seseee 464 
litigosa 464, 491 
monile 464, 489, 490 
mucronata . = =—464 
pagoda costulata .. 464 
palembangensis ... 464 
perplicata e 464 
pinguiuneule eee o. 464 
plicaria Pe 464, 489 
pulchella ea .. 464 
pyramis 50 559 
pyramis puteicola 559 
riqueti 800 464 
rudis ... . «=. 464 
rustica 5 -. 464 
savinieri are ten 64 
scabra | aun 464, 492, 559 


bes 


xXx 


Page. 

Melanoides scabra angulifera 464, 493 
scabra mutica 464, 493 
scabra nodosocostata 464, 493 
semigranosa 464, 493 
fsluiteri 464, 490 
sobria .- 464 
spectabilis 464 
spinata 560 
sykesi --- 464 
tuberculata 464, 488, 491 
tuberculata angularis 464, 492 
tuberculata seminuda 464, 492 
tuberculata truncatula 464, 492 
tuberculata virgulata 464, 492 
tuberculatus ... 559, 619, 621, 625 
turris ... : 464, 489 
unifasciata w. =—464 
uniformis 464, 490, 491 
Melanopsis we 496 
Melarraphe . 464 
Membranipora 33, 49 
yamoyensis 34, 49, 50 
bengalensis 33, 49 
cervicornis 34, 46 
curvirostris 34, 46 
tdevinensis 34, 50, 51 
thugliensis 34, 51 
incrustans 34, 46 
lacroixii 34, 46 
perfragilis 34, 46 
simplex 34, 47 
}spinostoma 34, 47, 48 
tehuelcha 34, 47 


tehuelcha intertuberculata 34, 47 


trifolium minor 34, 47 
Menipea_ ... sco 43 
Merops viridis 506 ‘324, 350 
Meta = coo 423, 450 

celebesiana ree we 454 

decorata 454 

elegans 456 

gracilis 427 

nigro-triviltata 454 

ventralis 452 
Metacerearia 288 
Microchetinze 767 
Micronia aculeata eos 
Microporella ciliata 34, 53 

distoma 34, 53 

impressa 34, 53 

malusii 34, 53 

yarraensis 34, 53 
Mimobdella 709 
Miratesta ... 579 
Mitoscelis 423 
Mitrule ee 405 
Mollusea 461, 529 
Moniligastridz een V5 
Monochirus sthulacundus 23 
Monodontina west ly 2203 

yondembuschiana.... 465, 503 

vondembuschiana chaperi 465, 503 
Monophlebus ay ols 
Monopterus : Pee 7 

albus 168, ‘169, 173, 177, 213 | 
Monopylephorus parvus oA aE 
Moringua ... aoe 168 
morio orientalis ofc 345 


Mucronella vultur 
Murex cingulatus 
fluviatilis 
Muscidie 
Mutilla 
indostana 
pondicherensis 
ruficrus 
sexmaculata 
Mutillide ... 
Mycalesis visala 
Myctocryptus mutillarius 
Mygalomorphxe 
Mylabris pustulata 
Myriapoda 
Myrmaleonide 
Mysorella ... 
Mysorellinze 
Myxobdella 
annandalei 


Naia tripudians 

Naididee 

Naidium pluriseta 

Nais 
paraguayensis 


paraguay ensis zequalis 


690, 691, 714 


~ 26, 163, 332 


748, 750 

748 

750, 752 
746, 750, 752 
= tsps 


*paraguayensis barkudensis 746. 75], 


752 


Nandide 169, 175, 204 
Narosa soon eos 
Nassidie 464, 496 
Natica 293 
Nellia oculata 45 
simplex 5 47 
Nemachilus 19, 168, 169, 170, 172, 637, 
743, 

botia ... 168, 175, 199 
botius 743, 744 


¢kangjupkhulensis 28, 167, 175, 202, 


manipurensis 
}monilis 
multifasciatus 
fprashadi 
tsikmaiensis 
zonalternans 


tNematohdella 
jindica 
Nematura ... 
delte ... 
foveolata 
minima 
monilifera 
puncticulata 
Nemesiellus 
montanus 
Nemocera ... 
Nemopteridz aa 
Neocollyris attenuata .., 
bonelli 
bonelli diversipes 
bonelli ortygia ... 
distincta ne 


ee 
167, 170, 175, 201, 202 
167, 170, 172, 175, 199, 


203 


— 167, 175, 199 


19, 20 
mea, 143 
175, 203, 204, 


200 

Bee OO 
691, 706 
122, 124 
131 
aa 
129, 130 

wa 12% 
124, 133 

oe OL 
401, 402 
319 

398 

721 

335, 721, 722 
722 
722 
722 


XxiV 


Page. 

Neocoliyris fe 722 
fuscitarsis 722 
insignis 722 
redtenbacheri 721 
saphyrina 722 
smaragdina 722 
varilcornis 721 
variitarsis 721 
Neomelanien ee =o. dais) 
Neopithecops zalmora 360, 370 
Neothauma So etd) 
tanganyikense 221, 226 
Nephelis bistriata sel) 03 
gallica 703 
lineata 703 
quadristriata 703 
Nephila 320 
angustata 454 
Nephottetix apicalis 318 
bipunctatus 318 
Neptis eurtynome, ee 353, 361 
hylas astola 308, 354, gee 361 
Neptunus ... : 326 
pelagicus 326 
Neripteron... 465, 497, 498 
Nerita coed OU 
lineata 465, 501 
planospira 465, 501 
tessellata wes) 465 
tessellata clypeolum 465 
tessellata compressa 465 
tessellata insignis 465 
tessellata lineata ... w= 465 
Neritie 465, 500 
Neritide 465, 497 
Neritina so 497 
aculeata ws) 465 
auriculata 465, 498 
brevispina 465, 500 
cliadema . 465 
communis peetoD 
eornea 465, 500 
crepidularia , ... 465, 498 
crepidularia exaltata 465, 499 
crepidularia melanostoma 465, 498 
499 

exaltata 499 
gagates 465 
guerini 465 
iris 465 
melanostoma 498 
pennata 465 
pulligera we 465 
fsimoni 465, 497, 499 
solium pan 460. 
squarrosa 465, 500 
subpunctata «- 465 
turrita Se 465 
turrita semiconica 465 
ualensis ay 45) 
variegata 465, 500 
tweberi 465, 499 
zicezac : ae 465, 500 
Neritina (Neritodryas) cornea 500 
Neritodryas 200 465, 500 
Neuroptera sen LO 
Nodilittorina 464 
Nodularia ... 503, 604 


Page. 
Nodularia contradens . at DUS: 
lugens «3 503 
Nodularia (Nodularia) bonneaudi - 603 
occata Ree fo, 8} 
scobina <6 pe) 603 
theobaldi ws = 604 
Nodularia ( Radiatula) lima «a | 604 
Nomia oxybeloides 381, 382, 387, 394 
westwoodi ne Bi 388 
Notoscolex aoe 750 
Numenius arquata eei ee) O27 
Nycticorax griseus 329 
Nyctipao macrops’... “319, 378 
Nymphalid 350, 352, ae 360 
Nystia 121 
Oo 
Octocheetine 750, 763 
Octochetus spo is) 
barkudensis 321, 746, 763 
Ocypoda macrocera ee 20 
Odonata 93, 106, 316 
Odontodactylus fon 
brevirostris coat 297 
carinifer 307, 308 
cultrifer 297, 307, 308 
japonicus sco CHI 
scyllarus 297, 308 
southwelli Ae AR 
Odontodes aleuca 378 
Odontomyia minuta 393 
Odontotermes Soo) et) 
Odynerus punctum 382, 387 
Oecophylla smaragdina 317, 381 
Oedignatha bo 417 
scrobiculata 500 418 
Oligocheta 745 
Olyra kempi 737 
longicauda 737 
Omia 463 
Omphra atrata 346 
brevis ... 345 
complanata 345 
Ompok bimaculatus 178 
Opeas 00 seston tOLD) 
Ophiocephalide 168, 176, 207 
Ophiocephalus doc oe 31 
gachua ao) ES) 
harcourt-butleri 166, 167, 169, 176, 
208, 212 
punctatus sa 176, 207, 208 
Ophionea indica SOep ot) 
Ophiusa coronata 320, 378 
dotata 378 
mezentia 378 
Opuntia we. «= 
Orchestia platensis ... 321, 324, 331 
Oreinus molesworthi ... availa: 


Orogomphus 


“5 94 
Orsinome ... 423, 448, 453 


armata 448 
flisteri 448, 449 
marmorea ee 448, 449, 450 
phrygiana Jf ASS 
vethi ... 448 
Ortalidie 395 


XXV 


Page. Page. 
Orthogonius 346 | Paludina bengalensis gigantea 270 
fugax ... a0 Bec A8) bengalensis phaeostoma nee 270) 
Orthoptera 314, 316, 511, 512 bengalensis polygramma 267, 479, 480 
Orthotomus sutorius .,. .. 330 cerameopoma 4 
Ostariophysi 178 chinensis ampulliformis 553 
Osteobrama 187 chinensis lecythis ... 553 
alfrediana 188 costigera curta 6 
belangert 188 digona 273 
Ostrea ong | OIL doliaris we 203 
cuculata 465, 502 elongata 268, 270 
folium 465, 502 fulva ... ooo) Ay! 
gryphoides 465, 501, 502 gigantica 268, 270 
imbricata 55 lecythis 553 
virginiana .. 502 lecythis ampulliformis 553 
Ostreidx 465, 501 lineolata C6 480 
Oxylobus costatus 339 naticoides 294 
Oxyopes 419 naticoides concolor... 294 
Oxyopidze 419 oxytropis 548 
Ozobranchus son Wel parvula 4 
jantseanus 690, 691, 692 polygramma 480 
+papillatus 690, 692 pulchella 541 
pyramidata 548 
stamensis 553, 557 
P siamensis bur: manic 2 553, 556 
sumatrensis 479, 480 
Pachydrobia lacustris 464 | Paludinidae 122 
Pachygastrinze 393 | Paludominae cc -- 062 
Pachygnatta 423 | Paludomus 545, 562, 564 623, 625 
Pachylabra 7, 8, 9, ‘287, 476, 477, 538, clavata wee BO4 
552, 557, 558 conica -. 045, 562, 564, 623 
ampullacea 463, 478, 479 conica kopiliensis 564 
ampullacea magnifica 463, 479 olivacea 464 
ampullacea sumatrensis 463, 479 paludinoides 2 w» = 564 
ampullacea typica 463, 479 fpustulosa 545, 560, 563, 619, 622, 625 
celebensis c 463, 479 | Palystes flavidus 417 
conica 463, 477, 478 | Panchax panchax 315 
globosa 8, 557, 622 | Pandion haliaetus 325 
involuta 463 | Pantala flavescens : 316 
javanica 477 | Panthous bimaculatus... -. 369 
lubrica oo ... 477 | Papilio aristolochiae 350, 252, 353, 355, 
maura 057, 558, 619, 622 357, 359, 363, 364 
jnevilliana ee Woop tik) i tae i demoleus 350, 352, 353, 354, 356, 
scutata ce 478 359, 365 
stoliczkana 477 doson eleius 359, 366 
turbinoides 477 euryplus 366 
Pachyrrhama 525 evagete ae OOM 
Pachyura ... 314 heetor 350, 352, 353, 355, 357, 
Palemon ... 537 359, 363, 364, 365 
Paleomelanien 485 nomius : 359, 366 
Palpares 397 polymnestor .. 366 
contrarius oS polytes 324, "349, 350, 353, 354, 
pardus 316, 398 355, 356, 357, 359, 365 
patiens con) BEE} polytes romulus 352, 353, 357, 358 
Palpimanide 407 359, 363 ,365 
Paludestrina 122 polytes romulus cyrus 352, 353, 357 
jenkinsi SA ore 2 358, 359, 365 
Paludestrina (Belgrandia) miliacea polytes romulus polytes 352, 357, 365 
gibbosula . 134 polytes romulus romulus 352, 365 
miliacea subangulata 135 polytes stichius 356, 358, 365 
Paludestringe 2 zeuxippe ono cos. 2 GLB 
Paludestrinidze ... 123 | Papilionidae .. 350, 352, 359, 363 
Paludina 133, 287 | Paradiestrammena a DIG 
ampulliformis .. 6553 | Paragus serratus 395 
angularis . 481 | Paranerita oon 25 4, 6 
bengalensis 267, 270 physcus ed - 4 
bengalensis balteata” 273 | Paraplectana maritata 416 
bengalensis canaliculata 268, ‘270, 271, nigroanalis ote eal T2LG 
bengalensie cingulata 267, 546, 548 | {Parapsilorhynchus ... 13, 14, 732 


Page. 
7Parapsilorhynchus discophorus 14, 15, 17 
tentaculatus 16, 17 | 
Parasa hilaris 3 owes 
Parata butleri 373 
Pardosa 418 
Pareronia hippia See i) 
valeria hippia 352, 360, 369 
Parnara bada 360, 374 
colaca... 360, 374 
guttalus ceo ile! 
mathias 373 
Passalidae : 317 
Pectinatella burmanica 537 
Pectinibranchiata 619 | 
Pedicellina cernua | 35, 63 | 
cernua glabra 63 
Pedipalpi ... 320 
Pelalurinae a6 eee OS 
Pelecypoda ...465, 602, 620, 621 
Pencettia viridana LO. 
Pentastoma furcocercum 26 
Pentastomum bifurcatum 26 
geckonis oo aes 26 
Percidae geo) WUGOs A; (204 
Periaeschna .. 77, 78, 79, 81, 90 
magdalenae ae 81 
Perina nuda 377 
Perionyx 760 
excavatus 746, 760 
}mysorensis 746, 762 
saltans 746, 749, 760 
sansibaricus 746, 760, 761 
Petalia see 75 
Petaliini 3 97, 98 
}Petralia laccadivensis 34, 56, 57 
vultur 34, 57, 58 
vultur armata 34, 58 
Phalacrocorax carbo ... 328 
fascicollis ae 328 
javanicus 328 
Phalangopsinae oo LD 
Pharella 466, 506 
Phasgonuridae 317, 514 
Phayrea isabellina oie LOD 
Pheretima en 1100 
hawayana 746, 760 
heterochaeta 746, 760 
Pheropsophus curtus ... Ts etod-O, 
tripustulatus wos 346 
Phidole rhombinoda 318, 340, 381 
Philoganga See LOD 
Phlebotomus 319, 393 
Pholadidae 466, 506 
Pholeidae ... a» 410 
Phoridae ... 394 
Phrygophysa mariei 475 
Phycodes minor 379 
Physa 413, 475, 517, 578 
Physastra ... 474, 475 
badae .. 475 
celebensis ae 475 
}doopi 463, 475, 476 
minahassae seo MATS 
ovalina veo) ATID 
sarasinorum we | 475 
stagnalis 463, 475 
sumatrana 475, 476 
sumatrensis ae 463 


XXV1 


Physastra timorensis ... 
vestita 
Physunio superbus 


Page. 
475 
475 
465 


Pieridae 351, 352 , 355, 359, 366 
Pila ons 7 
conica 477 
conica orientalis 477 
Pilsbryoconcha exilis .., 465 
expressa 465 
Pimelodus asperus nen EA) 
Piscicola 321, 693, 694 
caeca ... 690, 694 
geometra «= 694 
olivacea ‘ 690, 693 
Pisidium “602, 618, 6238, 624 
- clarkeanum 618, 620, 624, 625 
hydaspicola 618, 620, 624 
sumatranum 466 
Pistia 536 
stratiotes 275 
Placobdella pare Ol 
emydae 690, 701 
gracilis 690, 702 
Plagadis falcinellus 538 
Planaeschna 79 
milnei... ads cee 77 
Planorbidae 462, 463, 471, 565, 577, 620 
Planorbis ... 284, 472, 474, 577, 578, 
579, 580, 585 

brunneus 472, 473 
caenosus 584 
cantori 582, 583 
compressus faae 473, 474 
corneus mare O19 
coromandelicus 472, 473, 580 
eburneus A472, 473 
exustus “463, 472, 565, 579 
exustus brunneus ... oe. 472 
exustus eburneus ... 472 
exustus zonatus 472 
fontanus 584 
hindu <i OSU 
indicus 463, 472, 580 
merguiensis ws AND 
orientalis 472 
proclivis . 474 
sindicus 584 
sumatranus 474 
umbilicalis 583, 584 
zebrinus 472, 473 
Planorbis (Hippe utis) ’ wmbilicali: 584 
Plan orbis (Segme souee calathus 474 
cantori 460 583 
umbilicalis ron 584 
Platycara 634, 635, 663 
lis Beto gee sao 662 
nasula.. 655 
nolata 670 
Platymetopns (avilabris 344 
rugosus 343 
Platysternaliae 336 
Plecia tergorata 393 
Plesiophrictus 404 
Plionogaster e100 
Plotia , .. 464, 491, ar 558 
Plotosus a 326 
Plotus melanogaster 329 
Plumatella... se 321 


vs 


xxVill 


Page. 
Plumatella longigemuai: 321 
repens tee 287 
Plutellus eet) 100 
faquatilis 746, 749, 756 
indicus coca Ee UDU 
Pogonus biroi 341 
hindustanus 341 
Polistes hebraeus cao MUOSIL 
stigma 318, 382, 387 
Polygonum 5 .- 936 
Polyommatus boeticus | 360, 371 
Polytes pammon 356 
Polyxenidae 320 
Polyzoa ace Ne oat 
Pompilidae ...018, 381, 382, 383 
Pompilus analis 5 382, 384 
pedestris «. 384 
rothneyi 382, 384 
Pongamia glabra "319, 329, 373, 387 
Pontodrilus bermudensis eee ONG 
laccadivensis oe eT 
Porina tubulosa 34, 53 
Porocephalus 163 
bifurcatus ... 26 
bifurcatus mediterraneus 26 
bifurcatus orientalis 26 
boulengert 26 
kachugensis 163, 164 
megacephalus 164 
moniliformis 163 
pattoni 163 
Potamides 493 
charbonnieri Sn a4 
cingulatus 464, 494 
cornea 464 
jluviatilis i 464 
micropterum 464, 495 
obtusum 464, 495, 496 
ornatus -. 464 
palustris oto wo ~=—«464 
quadratum tas 464, 495 
radula 494 
suleatus “ec «» 464 
telescopium 2A 464, 493 
weyers w= 464 
Potamides (Cerithidea) “obtusus 495 
quadratus 495 
Potamides (Telescopium) ) fuscum 494 
telescopium 494 
Potamides (Tympanotonos cingulatus 494 
Jluviatilis nena) aoe. 
micropterus -- 495 | 
Potamogeton 169, 886, 558, ‘570, 571 
pectinatus 130 
Precis almana 362 | 
lemonias 361 
orithyia ae OO 
Premna latifolia 356, 364 
wightiana out 356 
Prionispa himalayensis 23 
Pristomachaerus 342 
Prodenia litura ace. ets) 
Prosobranchia 468, 538 
Prothyma proxima ceo US 
reconciliatrix 722 
Prolia 464 
Protodonata cc 107 
Protosquilla tuberculata aco waulal 


Page. 
Psammophis condanarus 109 
Psamobiidae 466 
Psamotellina palleus 466 
Pseudagrion paneer 316 
Pseudamnicola F we O40) 
Pseudecheneis sulcatus 14375 738 
Pseudeutropius murius 743 
Pseudocryptops agharkari 320 
agharkari singbhumensis 320 
Pseudodon bicristatus 465 
vondembuschianus 503 
Pseudophyllides ae OLE 
Pseudosquilla 297, 307 
cerisii ... es 297 
ciliata 297 
oculata 297 
ornata 297 
pilaensis 297 
stylifera 307 
Pseudovivipara hypocrites 556 
Psilopus o- «04 
Psilorhynebus 13, 167, 173, 182, 732 
balitora a2 
sucatio 731, 732, 734 
tentaculalus oC 13, 14 
Psychodidae en 319, 393 
Pterobdella 100 een OO 
amara... 680, 692 
Pulicaria xo tele) 
Pulmonata... 315, cai 565, 619 
Pustulopora proboseiden 62 
Pyrazus ono 493 
Pyrgophysa aro 475 
Pythia ons 466 
imperforata 200 «-- 463 
pantherina vee 463, 466 
plicata c90 463, 466, 467 
scarabeus a0 -. 463 
trigona 463, 466 
undata 463, 466, 467 
R 

Rachisellus 315 

praetermissus ec eset 1732 
Radiatula ... fee. 604, 605 
Radina BS 658 
Ragmus coe 2 1509 
}flavomaculatus .. Ere SLO 
importunitas : . 809 
‘y}morosus cc 509, 510 
pellucidus wes woe) BOD 
Raillietiella ee B00 26 
bifurcata mediterranea 26 
bifurcata orientalis 26, 163 
boulengert 26 
furcocerca ae 26 
geckonis 26 
indica 26 
Rana eyanopblyctis 315, 321, 332 
limnocharis ee) RT 
Pasbora buchanant —... 187 
daniconius Sey ISS, 
rasbora 168, 174, shen 187, 744 
Rattus rattus ee 314 
Reetidens gracilis sas 465 
palembangensis oo. 465 


XXViil 


Page. 

Rectidens pressirostris 465 
sumatrensis 465 
Relepora crassa “6 na 59 
delicatula 34, 59 
porcellana 34, 59 
punctiligera 35, 59 
Reteporella minor 35, 59 
Rhadinosa girija <r one 23 
laghua ze eae 23 
Rhaphidophora 514 
mulmeinensis ane 516 
}rufobrunnea 511, 514 
Rhaphidophorinae 514 
Rhodens amarus 692 
Rhomphaea : peo ELO) 
Rhynchium brunneum 382, 386 
brunneum carnaticum ss | B80 
Rhynchobdella 168, 171 
aculeata “08 seo aul) 
+dhanashorii 168, 175, 205 
Rhynchobdellae 690, 691 
Rhynchota rad 314, 518 
Rissoa ach 590 zeovee PLZ, 
Rissoidae ... 20: cle 
Rita ons nes : 29 
rita <o2 28, 30, 198 
Rivularioides 261, 265 
Rohtee 187, 188, 189 
alfrediana, 167, 174, 188 
belangeri 166, 167, 174, 188, 189 
feae, ... oy LSS 
ogilbii... ae elses 
pangut 506 oS 
ticto ... 20 188 
Rutaceae ... 355 
Rutelinae ... 317 


iS) 


382, 384 
382, 384 
319, 355, 369 
noo GANS 


Salius madraspatanum 
perplexus 

4 : 

Salvadora persica 

Sarascelis raftrayi 


Sarcogrammus indicus... 327 
Sarcophagidae 396 
Sason 404 
Sasonichus arthrapophysis 404 
Sataria ... Foe) 
everzardi ase ae 5 
Saturnmiidae, | | cesig gi) tenes 319 
Satyrinae ... 350 
Scaptobdella one oo Abie) 
horsti 580 691, 709 
Scarabinae... 317 
Scarcophaga 396 
Scarites arenarius 339 
indus ... 340 
MANCUS 340 
pacificus 339 
terricola SP eee) 
Sceliphron madr: aspatanum 382, 385 
violaceum 381, 382, 385 
Schedoehinotermes ... 71 
Schizocleitherium hajakomboensis _ 465 
Schizoporella auriculata 34, 53 
biaperta “59 34, 54 
brunnescens nee 34, 54 


Page. 

Schizoporella cecilii .. 34, 54 
dutertrei : 34, 55 
*dutertrei folincea 34, 55 
linearis 34, 54 
linearis quineuncialis 34, 54 
nivea . 34, 54 
pertusa. 34, 55 
Schoenobius bipunctifer 379 
Scincidae ... : 160 
Sciurus palmarum 387 
Sclerodermi eae (O28 
Scoliidae 382, 383 
Scolopendra .. 320 
Scorpiones eae 399 
Scrupocellaria 38 aoe 43 
cervicornis 34, 36 
jolloisii 34, 36 
macandrei 34, 36 
pilosa 34, 36 
Scylla serrata 326 
Seytodes pallida oe Ae) alli) 
Segmentina 474, 538, 565, 578, 582, 
584, 585 

CAenosus 585 
calathus 463, 474, 85, 620, ‘621, 622 
cantori 585 
kennardi 463 
nitidus 584 
sindicus 585 
trochoideus 584 
umbilicalis aon 585 
Semiplotus semiplotus... 743 
Sepsidae 395 
Sepsis coprophila 395 
Septaria 501 
sculpta 465 
suborbicularis wes 5 46D 
tessellata x 465, 501 
tessellata cly ypeolum POOL 
tessellata compressa 501 
tessellata lineata 501 
Sermyla -. 464 
Serratae 465, 500 
Sesamum indicum ot p 009. 
Sicarlidae ... 406 
Siliqua radiata 466 
winteriana 466 
Siluridae 168, “169, 173, 178, 537 
Sisyra 316, 397 
indica ee LAOOT 
Smeringopus 410, 419 
elongatus 410 
Smittia landsborovii 34, 58 
latiavicularia 34, 58 
marmorea 34, 58 
nitida 34, 58 
trispinosa 34, 58 
trispinosa producta 34, 58 
Smittipora abyssicola .. 34, 52 
Solenidae ... 466, 506 
Sparassus ... 384, 417 
impudicus 417 
lamarcki 416 
Spelaeoblatta w. 512 
teaeca 511, 512, 514 
gestroi Soe p DL 
Sphaerium... 505, 602, ‘614, 628, 624, 631 


fausteni 614, 615, 617, 620, 624, 63. 


Xxix 


Page. 

Sphaerium avanum 614, 615, 631 
borneense aC Pee OUD 
teeciliae 466, 505 
cornea of 616 
indicum 537, 614, 615, 616, 618, 
620, 624, 625, 631 

montanum 614, 630 
sulcatum 616 


“318, 381, 382, 384 
382, 385 
382, 385 


Sphegidae ... 
Sphex aurulentus 
luteipennis 


Sphingius ... 417 
Sphingomorpha chlorea 378 
Spodoptera mauritia ... Sco wali’) 
Spongilla alba 316, 321, 397 
carteri ve 000 
Spongillidae ae -- 536 
Squilla 297, 299, 301, 303. 
africana 208 Sop ee! 
annandalei 298, 307 
armata ton 1298 
biformis 298 
boops 298 
braziliensis 298 
chlorida 299, 300 
costata 298, 303,3 06 
decorata 298, 299 
desmaresti con PASS} 
dubia ... 298 
empusa «. 298 
fasciata 298, 300 
foveolata Sco, PAB 
gibba ... 298 
gilesi ... scx, 298 
gonypetes 298, 300, 301 
hieroglyphica can | ABS) 
holoschista 298, 301 
interrupta e200 
investigatoris 298 
laevis ... 298 
lata 298 
latreillei 500 298 
leptosquilla oc se 298 
flirata 298, 303, 304, ee 306 
mantis 300 298 
massavensis 298 
microphthalma 298, 299, 300 
tmikado 298, 301, 302, 303. 
multicarinata 298, 303, 304, 305, 306, 
307 
nepa ... 298 
oratoria Be 298 
oratoria perpensa_ 298 
panamensis 298 
polita C0 con PAHS 
prasino-lineata ... ooo peas) 
quinquedentata ... 298, 301 
raphidea <3 298 
rugosa 298 
scorpio 298, 300 
scorpio immaculata 298, 300 
stridulans 298, ant 302, 303 
supplex 298 
tenuispinis 298 
wood-masoni 2 so), 298 
eganomus nodicornis 382, 388 
ganopora magnilabris 34, 52 
godyphus on oe = 726 


Page. 

Stegodyphus sarasinorum 406 
Stegomyia albopicta 393 
w-alba ceo BtER) 
Stenomelania 464, 489, 558 
Stenothyra Piet 122, W235 La 
128, 130, 133 

atomus ace} 125, 12 
blanfordiana 125, 129, 1308 
ceylonica cc 130 
chilkaensis fig Sap 129 
deltae... 124, 125, 126, 131, 132, 133 
dellae minima at eh 132 
deltae minor so ale 
echinata 125, 126 
foveolata 121, 125, 132 
foveolata minor... sok, BR 
hungerfordiana... 125, 127 
minima 125, 127, 128, 129, 130 
monilifera coh 125; 127, 133 
nana ... ond 125, 130 
obesula 5c cont ll) 
orissaensis 129, 130 
tornata 125, 126 
perobvia 130 
perpumila 134, 135 
puncticulata ach 127, 133 
soluta Bd 125, 128 
strigilata son IRB} 
rigona mee rile’ 
weyersi 464 
woodmasoniana ... 125, 130 
Stenothyra (Astenothyra) miliacea 126, 
129, 130 

miliacea subangulata ofos, PA) 
Stenothyrinae & {PAE PPE BPR 
Sterna melanogaster coo) ee) 
minuta Soon BATS} 
Stilbum cyanorum splendidum 382, 399 


Stizus vespiformis 382, 385 
Stomatopoda coo a 


Stomonoxus platynotus. 345 
Storena 409 

{birenifer 408 

redimita 408 
Stratiomyidae -. 393 
Striatella 492, 558 
Strix flammea 330 
Suaeda multiflora 327 


Succinea ... : 592, 593, 595 
telegantior 593, 595, 596, 597, 598, 
601, 619, 622, 623, 625 


horticola so, EB! 
indica 593, 595, 601 
putris «. 993 
rutilans 593, "595, 598, 599, 619 
semiserica 593, 594, 595, 599, 600, 623 
Succineidae Doe SOLS 
Suffucia cingulata 408, 409 
Sulculosae —_—....... 465 
Symbranchidae C56 168, 173, 177 
Symbranchoidea ee 555, alee] 
Sympetrum fonscolombei oo 86 
Syncrossus berdmoret ... 195 
Synlestinae eee “8 98 
Synnotum aviculare ie 35, 36 
contorta Bes oo 36 
Syntomis passalis 377 


Page. 
Syrisca... Os soot ALT 
Syrphidae ... S 395 
T 
Tabanidae 394 
Tabanus striatus 394 
Tachinidae sex BOD. 
Tachycines 516, 520 523 
fadelungi 511, 520 
asynamorus 516, 520 
cryptopygius eee 523 
}validus oH eP2D: 
Tachycines (Gymnaeta) “peresowskii 522 
Tachys emarginatus 341 
orientalis 341 
ornatus =o0 ar el 
Tachytes modesta ... 382, 5 
Taia 243 247, 248, 252, 25 
261, 265, 266, 284, = 
621, 626, 627, 628, 629 
elitoralis 243, 253, 256, 259 
intha ... 243, 246, 247, 251, 252<« 
256. 259, 266, 284 
naticoides 243, 261, 294, 629, 630 
shanensis ae 4243) 
theobaldi F cine PAT, 
Talorchestia martensii.., 321, 324 
Taphrosia purpura... SOLS 
Tarebia 464, 493, 558, 559 
Telchinia violae 352, 353, 359; 363 
Telescopium 464, 493 
fuscum seo. ht} 
Teliota bambusae 360, 373 
Temnotaia 293, 621 
bhamoensis 294, 295 
concolor vss 204: 
fulva ... 294, 295 
incisa ... Ree 294, 295 
Tenebrionidae Bec cares re lad 
Teracolus ama'a 369 
Terebralia ... 464 
Teredo =e o0G: 
arenaria 466, 506 
Teredo (Furcella) seein . 606 
Terias blanda silhelana soar Gl) 
hecabe 360, 368 
libythea 360, 368 
silhetana 360, 369 
Termes... = At BBL 
obesus.. 316, 335 
Termes (Odontotermes) ‘obesus 316, 317, 
319, 331, 394 
Terminalia arjuna 348 
Termitaphis 71 
y+annandalei 71, Way ao 
australiensis TL 
circumvallata 71 
mexicana ffi 
subafra 71 
Termitocoridae : 71 
Termitodiscus heimii ... 317 
Termitoxenia oe 319, 394 
Tetracanthagyna oH : 81 
Tetragnatha 423, 424, 429, 435, 447, aoe 
anguilla 424 


Page. 

Tetragnatha biseriata ... 424 
celebesiana 454 
ceylonica ae 427 
chauliodus ae. 0425 
}cochinensis 436, 442, 443 
culta ... 453 
decorata 454 
delumbis 425 
extensa 425 
fallax ... 426 
flagellens oo» 426 
+fletcheri 435, 440 
fronto... 427, 437 
geniculata 426, 430, 431, 433, 436 
: 440, 441, 442, 443 
gracillima ow «= 427 
gracilis 411, 423, 427, 435, 436, 
437, 439 

hamata 427 
hasseltii ooh 428 
hasseltii birmanica seu | 428 
irridescens 428, 429, 435 
jejuna ae ©6429 
latifrons 427 
leptognatha 429 
lineata oe 429 
flisteri 436, 443 
lupata “aye eB 
tmackenziei "498, 437, 438, 439 
mandibulata 411, 429, 430, 436 


437, 440, 441, 442, 446, 


*mandibulata bidentata 440, 442 
marginata 430 
maxillosa 430 
minatoria 429 
minax 429 
modesta coe 40 
}moulmeinensis 435, 439 
nepaeformis 431 
parvula oe ao 
puella 432. 438, 439 
pulchella --- 432 
rubriventris 426, 432 
serra ... sae 9c BB} 
tsutherlandi 436, 444 
tonkina 434 
trichodes 434 
tridens ep aa 
tviridorufa 411, "434, 436, 441, 445 
Tetragnathinae soe 128 
Tetragonoderus quadrinotatus 347 
Tetrodon reticularis 694. 
Thalamoporella rozieri 34, 52 
Theraphosidae 404 
Therates chenelli 722 
dohertyi 722 
gestroi : 722 
gestroi annandalei : 722 
hennigi 722, 725 
obliquus 122 
Yheridiidae we 410, 
Theridion ... 410, 411 
Thomisidae 416 
Thosea cana 377 
Thymallus vulgaris 692 
Thyrassia subcordata . Soa cui 
Thysanura... 315, 316 
Tiara (Melanoides) variabilis 485, 486 


XXXI 


Page. 
Timonoe ... 20 we 423 
Tipulidae ... 319, 393 
Totanus calidris «. 328 
glareola 327 
glottis... 328 
Tragulus javanicus 163 
Trapa 169 
bispinosa see - 536 
Trapezoideus 602 609, 620, 621, 623 
}+dhanushori 610, 611, 612, 623 
foliaceus ao 609, 612 
misellus 610, 620, 623 
peninsularis 465 | 
Trematobdella 709 | 
perspicax 708 | 
Triacanthus previrostris 326 | 
Triassolestes 106 
Trichoptera 319 
Tricondyla gounelli 722 
macrodera 722 
mellyi... 722 
Tricula 1, im 67, 68 
tgravelyi 67, 68, 69 
montana 3, 67, 68, 69 
montana curta 67 
Tridactylinae see 316 
Trigastrinae ses 750 
Tringa subarquata 328 
Tropidonotus 109 
Trutta fario 692 
Trygon uarnak 692 
Trypetidae... 395 
Tubifex 753 


Tubifex (Tubifex) tubifex 
Tubificidae 
Tubucellaria cereoides... 
Tubulifera 
{Turbinicola 
nux 
Turtur orientalis 
risorius 
Tylorida 
Tympanotonos 
fluviatilis 
microplera 
Typhlops ... 
braminus 
diardi 
porrectus 
Typus permianus 


Uloboridae... 
Uloborus ... 
quadri- tuberculatus 
servulus . 
Unio crispisuleatus 
cucumoides 
lugens 
macropterus 
radula... 
scobina 
stolatus 
sumatrensis 
theca ... 


746, 747, 753 
747, 748, 752 
34, 53 


382, 390 | 


apo UD) 
5.9; G2 


327 | 


- 327 

423, 450 
464, 493, 494 
494 

495 

160 

332 

332 

332 

107 


405 
405 
405 
405 
604 
465 


503. | 


465 
604 


Unionidae ... 465, 


Urogonimus 


V 


Vanessa cardui 
Varanus bengalensis 
{Velinda 

tlirata... 
Velorita 

cochinensis 


Page. 

502, 537, 602, 620 
621, 623 

291 


354, 359, 362 
oo 
339, 347 
Bo BLY! 
111, 112, 113 


“112, 113, 114, 116. 


cyprinoides so coe Las 
delicatula ... 112, 113, 114 118 
parvula 6 112, 114 
Venus woe LIS 
cyprinoides 111, 114 
Vespa cincta 318, 382, 387 
Vespidae ... 382, 387 
Villorita ... 111, 12 Ghee 117, 119, 146, 
147 

feornucopia = 114, 117, 118 
cyprinoides 111, 112, 114, 115, 116 
117, 118, 119 

eyprinoides cochinensis 116) 117, 
cyprinoides delicatula 117, 118 
recurvata os 112 
Vincularia abyssicola ... 52 
Vipera russelli Pea 332 
Vitis vitigenia 356 


Vivipara 235, 236, 243, 245, 246, 247 
248, 252, 254, 266, 282, 287, 

291, 293, 479, 543, 552, 553, 

555, 622, 627 

annardalet 276 
annandalei halophila 276 
bengalensis 215, 217—221, 293, 2 225, 
229, 231-234, 236-238, 243- 

246, 247, 248, 249, 251- 256, 


259, 263, 


264, 265, 267, 269, 


603 | 


465 
465 
609 


270, 272, 274, 276, 279, 280, 
281—290, 480, 543, 545, 546, 

548, 549, 556, 628 

bengalensis annandalei 267, 268, 270, 
273, 276, 277, 290 

bengalensis balteata 247, 267, 268 
270, 272, 273, 274, 276 

*bengalensis colairensis 267, 268, 
270, 275 

247, 267, 270, 
273, 274, 277, 


bengalensis doliaris 


545 

*bengalensis eburnea 267, 268, 270, 
274, 275, 276, 277, 278 

bengalensis halophila ‘247, 267, 270, 
277 

*bengalensis incrassata 267, 270, 277, 
278 

bengalensis mandiensis 267, 268, 
270, 271 

bengalensis nepalensis 267, 270, 272, 
274 

bengalensis pachydolicha 267, 270, 
277 
ceylonica 552 
ciliata.. tes ae 246 
contecta 243, 249, 256, 257, 258, 259 


CALCUTTA ; 


XXXIl 


Page. | Page. 
Vivipara costata laevior .. 481 | Viviparae sindicae ae ae 4S 
crassa 283, 285 | Viviparidae 122, 248, 244, 247-249, 251, 
jcrassispiralis 544, ‘564, 619, 622, 623 256, 260, 264, 269, 279, 291, 
deliensis --» 463 | 293, 462, 463, 479, 537-539, 
dissimilis 232, ‘243, 245, 246, 248, 543, 555, 619, 624, 626, 630 
249, 251, 256, 259, 261, 263, | Volvox ... «cd epee 

265, 269, 285, 291, 294 

fasciata aoe 288 

grassicosta 463 WwW 

hamiltoni 463 
helmandica ... 248 | Wallacea dactyliferae ... - 23 
thendrici 463, 479, 483. Wallago attu 167, 173, 178, 209 
ingalsiana 283 .. 463 | Whitmania me 710 
javanica 463, 479, 480, 481, 483 | laevis ... eee 691, 710 
javanica borneensis 463, 481, 482 PIGTA wo. oe fon AAD) 

javanica laevior 463, 481 

javanica moussoni 463, 481, 482 

javanica saleyerica 463, 481 x 

javanica scalaris ... 463, 481, 482 
javanica sumatrana .. 463 | Xenorhynchus asiaticus ace. 20 
lapillorum 246, ‘261, 266 | Xiphidiocercaria 288, 289 
leeythis 752  Xiphidiocercariae oe 208 
lineolata .-- 480 | Xylocopa ... 318, 389, 390 
+microchaetophora 546, 547, 548, aestuans 382, 390 
549, 550, 628 albofasciata A Pees!) 
ytmicron 550, 551, 619, 622, 623 fenestrata ee 382, 390 
naganensis sas 267, 543 | ferruginea Bo ee 
oxytropis 243, 246, 247, 249, 251, | latipes Bee 389 
252, 255, 256, 259, 261, 263 , lunata ... aoc Be eH 
264, 265, 269, 284, 286, 291, rufescens aoe 318, 382, 390 
537, 543, 544, 545, 546, 548, tenuiscapa eee 382, 389 

549, 550, 552, 553, 554, 555, 

619, 624, 626, 627, 628, 629, 

695 Z 

polygramma 480 
remossii ... 243 | Zamenis constrictor ... 555 26 
shanensis seek 204 gemonensis so men 26 
sumatrensis 463, 479, 480 mucosus 26, 163, 332 
vivipara 290- 222, 228, 231-233, | Zizera lysimon karsendra 360, 370 
235, 236, 243, 249, 269, | Zizyphus oenoplia .. 356 
282, 288, 290, 291 | Zodariidae 407 
Viviparae bengalenses 543, 550, 623 | Zonabris pustulata 5 vet aw 
Viviparae dissimiles 543, 550, 623 | Zoobotryon pellucidus... 35, 37, 63 
Viviparae oxytropides... 543, 546, 550 | Zygoptera... or 93. 98, 106 


PRINTED BY SUPDT. GOVT. PRINTING, INDIA, 8, HASTINGS STREET. 


I MATERIALS FOR A GENERIC REVISION 
©} Eee ERE, SHE Wiel HR GrAS SHR Ore: OD 
MOLLUSCS OF THE INDIAN EMPIRE. 


No. 3. THE FRESHWATER GENERA OF HYDROBIIDAE. 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Director, and B. PRASHAD, 
D.Sc., Assistant Superintendent, Zoological Survey of India. 


The small size and insignificant appearance of the members of 
this family have caused them to be generally neglected, and the 
classification of the Indian forms in the official Fauna of British 
India seems to be based on no principle at all. Indeed, one of 
the genera is even placed in the Littorinidae, apparently through 
inddvertence. The recent attempt! of one of us to revise the 
species assigned to Bithynia, Leach, was not, as Mr. A. S. Kennard 
has pointed out in a letter, sufficiently drastic, for some species 
distinct from it had been retained in the genus. For these species 
the name Digontostoma has been already* proposed. We include 
here a detailed description of this new genus. 

It will be convenient to begin our discussion of the genera 
with a key, in which we will ignore their distribution into sub- 
families, the diagnostic features of which are concealed in some 
species by secondary modifications in such a way that it is some- 
times easier on first examination to recognize the genus than the 
subfamily. The subfamilies, nevertheless, seem to be founded on 
good anatomical as well as conchological characters. We do not 
propose at present to discuss the estuarine and maritime genus 
Stenothyra, Benson, which calls for a special revision, or the brack- 
ish-water species called Bythinella or Belgrandia miliacea by Nevill*® 
and Bithinella canningensis by Preston. The true generic position 
of this species will be considered best in reference to Stenothyra. 


KEY TO THE INDIAN FRESHWATER GENERA OF HYDROBIIDAE. 


I. Shell very small, thin, elongate, narrowly perforate or im- 
perforate, with the columellar callus poorly developed 
and the lip thin. Operculum thin, horny, paucispiral. 
Central tooth of radula without basal denticulations. 
Male organ without lateral process a ee ixrcwlae 
II. Shell thick, globose, with the spire directed backwards 
and outwards, with the mouth broad and the columellar 


! Rec. Ind. Mus. XIX, pp. 41—46 (1920). 

® Ind. Fourn. Med. Res. (paper in the press). 

8 Hand-List Moll. Ind. Mus. 11, p. 52 (1885). 

+ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XIX, p. 216, fig. in text (1907), and Fauna 
Brit. Ind. Freshw.-Moll., p- 66 (1915). 


2 Records of the Indian Museum. 


callus flattened and plate-like, occluding the umbilicus. 
Central] tooth of radula with basal denticulations. 
A. Lip of shell thickened. Operculum thick, calcare- 
ous, concentric. Male organ with a lateral process 
B. Lip of shell not or ee thickened. Operculum 
horny, spiral i 
III. Shell more or less elongate, thick or - moderately so, with the 
main axis of the spire and the body-whorl in the same 
straight line, and the mouth comparatively narrow. 

Operculum thick, calcareous. Male organ with a lateral 

process. 

A. Shell turbinate, conspicuously perforate, ornament- 
ed with prominent spiral ridges. Operculum con- 
centric externally. Central tooth of radula with a 
vertical lateral process on each side, but without basal 
denticulations 

B. Shell not turbinate, withers fin fadian species) pro- 
minent sculpture. Central tooth of radula with basal 
denticulations. 

1. Shell almost trochiform, shallowly but openly 
umbilicate, ornamented with spiral incised lines. 
Operculum concentric externally 

. Shell ovate, narrowly umbilicate or imperforate, 
with sculpture microscopic, except for a varix in 
some species. 

a. Lip of shell distinctly thickened. Opercu- 
lum concentric externally. 

a. Columellar callus more or less flattened 
and plate-like; no channel proceeding 
downwards from the umbilicus; inner 
lower extremity of lip rounded 

B. Columellar callus ridge-like; a dis- 
tinct channel proceeding downwards 
from the umbilicus; inner lower extre- 
mity of lip angulate and produced 

b. Lip of shell not distinctly thickened. 

a. Operculum concentric 

8. Operculum spiral 
?. Operculum horny 


iS) 


tv. Operculum calcareous ... 


[Vor xsxe: 


Paranertta. 


Lithoglyphus. 


Mysorella. 


Sataria. 


Hydrobivides. 


Digoniostoma. 


Bithynia. 
Amnicola. 
subgenus Am- 
nicola (S.S.) 
subgenus A/o- 
cinma. 


We divide these genera into four subfamilies, viz. Hydrobiinae 
(or Paludestrinae), Bithyniinae, Mysorellinae and Lithoglyphinae. 


Subfamily HYDROBIINAE. 


The representatives of this subfamily are small or minute. 
They may be recognized by their horny, paucispiral operculum, 
undivided foot, unbranched male organ! and by the absence of 
denticulations at the base of the central tooth of the radula. 


Their shells are never thick or inflated. 


! In the European Hydrobia or Paludestrina jenkinsi males are seldom or 
never produced and the females are parthenogenetic. See Robson, Ann. Mag. 


Nat. Hist. (9), V, pp. 425—431, pl. xv (1920). 


o>) 


1921. ] N. ANNANDALE & B. PrasHApD: Gastropods. 


Genus Tricula, Benson (1843). 


43. Tricula, Benson, Calcutta Fourn. Nat. Hist., p. 467. 
51. Bithinella (in part), Moquin-Tandon, Fourn. Conciyliol. i, p. 
239 (footnote). 
1892. Bithinella (in part), Kobelt in Rossmassler’s con. Land- w. 
Stisswass. Moll. (2), V, p. 36. 

We can find no generic difference between the shell of the 
Himalayan species on which Benson founded his genus Tvicula, 
and those assigned by most recent authors to Bithinella. Some of 
the figures published by Kobelt are very like the shells of T. mon- 
tana, the type-species, and we have been able to examine a con- 
siderable number of European specimens. There is nothing, more- 
over, in Benson’s brief description of the animal to contradict this 
view. 

T. montana is the only described Indian species that can be 
assigned to this genus, but we have a second from the Central 
Provinces as yet undescribed. Nevill’s Bithinella miliacea is not a 
Tricula. It is, however, an inhabitant of brackish water and need 
not be discussed here. 


Subfamily BITHYNIINAE. 


The great majority of the Indian genera and species belong to 
this subfamily, in which (except in Ammicola) the operculum is 
thick and calcareous, the male organ has a lateral appendage, the 
foot is simple (as it is in all Indian genera of the family) and the 
central tooth of the radula is provided with several basal denti- 
culations. 


Genus Bithynia, Leach (1818). 


1920. Bithynia (in part), Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XIX, p. 41. 


In the recent notes on the Indian species of the genus Bithy- 
nia by one of us, certain characters in the mouth of the shell were 
overlooked. These, as Mr. A. §. Kennard suggests in a letter, call 
for reconsideration of the generic position of cerameopoma and 
other true Indian species. For these the new name Digoniostoma 
has recently been proposed. There can be no doubt, however, 
that the Kashmir forms assigned provisionally to B. tentaculata 
(Linné) and B. troscheli (Paasch) have been placed in the correct 
genus. In Bithynia the lip of the shell is sharp and not at all 
thickened and the columellar margin is narrow and ridge-like. 

The type-species is Helix tentaculatus, Linné. 


Genus Hydrobioides, Nevill (1884). 


1885. Hydrobioides (subgenus of Bithynia), Nevill, Hand-List Moll. 
Ind. Mus. il, p. 42. 

1918. Hydrobioides, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XIV, p. 117- 

1920. Hydrobioides, id., ibid., XIX, p. 44. 


4 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Fully formed shells of this genus are easily distinguished from 
those of Bithynia by their thickened lip and much broader and 
flatter columellar margin. The channel leading from the umbilicus 
is also practically absent. 

The type-species is Fairbankia? (an Bithynia?) turrita, Blan- 
ford, a form with a very narrow elongate shell. The genus is 
Burmese. Mr. Kennard tells us that he has seen a fossil (tertiary) 
species from the Loess of Lei Chung, west of Shun Le-fu, N. China. 


Genus Paranerita, Annandale (1920). 


1920. Paranerita (sudgenus of Hydrobioides), Annandale, op. cit., p. 
45. 

The structure of the animal and operculum in P. physcus, 
the only known species, is too close to that of Hydrobioides to 
permit of its expulsion from the Bithyniinae, but that of the shell 
is perhaps too different to allow its retention in the genus. 

P. physcus is only known from the Shan Plateau in Upper 
Burma. 

Genus Digoniostoma, Annandale (1920). 
1920. Bithynia (in part), Annandale, of. cit., p. 41. 
1920. Digoniostoma, Annandale, /nd. Fourn. Med. Res. (in the press). 

The shell of this genus differs from that of the true Bithynia 
in the structure of the mouth. The lip is somewhat thickened, 
though usually less so than in Hydvobioides, and more or less lami- 
nate. Itis produced and angulate at the inner lower extremity. 
The columellar callus is broad and stout and as a rule distinctly 
laminate, but not so flat asin Hydvobioides. Otherwise the two 
genera are closely related. 

The type-species is Paludina cerameopoma, Benson, a common 
and widely distributed Indian mollusc. — 


Genus Amnicola, Gould and Haldeman (1841). 


This genus is American and is distinguished from the other 
Bithyniine genera by its horny, spiral operculum and by the pre- 
sence of only a single denticulation on each side of the base of the 
central tooth of the radula. Hutton’s Paludina parvula' must be 
assigned to it provisionally as he says, ‘‘Operculum horny,” and 
Hanley and Theobald? say that the shell is that of an Amnicola; 
but the species needs further investigation. It was found near 
Chaman, which is now on the Northern Afghan frontier of Balu- 
chistan, and is not represented in the collection of the Indian 
Museum. Mr. G. C. Robson has kindly informed us that the oper- 
cula are no longer present in the two specimens figured by Hanley 
and Theobald, originally from Hanley’s collection, and now pre- 
served in the British Museum. 


1 Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal, XVIII, p. 655, pl. ii (1849). 
2 Conch. Ind., p. 61, pl. cli, figs. 8, 9 (1876). 


192I.] N. ANNANDALE & B. PRASHAD: Gastropods, 5 


The type-species of the genus is A. forata, Say, from Massa- 
chusetts, United States of America. 


Subgenus Alocinma, Annandale and Prashad (1919). 


1919. Alocinma (subgenus of Ammnicola), Annandale and Prashad, 
Rec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, pp. 23, 24. 
1920. Alocinma, Annandale, zbid., XIX, p. 43. 

This subgenus was recently established for A. sistanica and 
its Indian and Mesopotamian allies. Its distinguishing characters 
are noted in the two papers cited above. 

The type-species of Alocinma is A. sistanica, Annandale and 
Prashad. 


Genus Sataria, Annandale (1920). 
1920. Satavia, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XIX, pp. 45, 46. 

The genus Satavia was recently established for the species 
described by Blanford as Bithynia everzardi from Mahableshwar in 
the Satara district and from Khandalla in the Poona district of the 
Bombay Presidency. The shell is almost trochiform, ornamented 
with spiral incised lines, and is shallowly but openly umbilicate. 
The operculum is calcareous and externally marked with strong 
concentric ridges. The radula resembles that of Bithynia, but has 
blunter denticulations and there is a quadrate process on the disc 
of the central tooth. 

S. everzardi is the only known species of the genus. 


Subfamily LITHOGLYPHINAE. 


The shells of this subfamily are among the very few fresh- 
water forms that have the main axis of the spire not quite in the 
same straight line as that of the body-whorl. This, with their 
globose outline and plate-like columellar callus, gives them an 
almost neritiniform appearance. ‘The true diagnostic features of 
the subfamily are, however, to be found in the structure of the 
operculum (see key) and possibly in that of the male organ, about 
which there is some conflict of evidence ; their shell-characters are 
closely analogous to those of the genus Paranerita, which we see 
no reason to separate from the Bithyniinae. 


Genus Lithoglyphus, Miihlfeldt (1821). 


1821. Lithoglyphus, Muhlfeldt in Sturm’s Fauna (fide Kobelt). 
1892. Lithoglyphus, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 28. 

Lithoglyphus martabanensis, the only species known from the 
Indian Empire, seems to be, so far as can be judged from the shell 
only, a normal species of the genus, to which the Chinese L. lili- 
putanus, Gredler, certainly belongs. 

; The type-species of the genus is L. eburneus, Mag. v. Mihl- 
eldt. 


6 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 1921.] 


Subfamily MYSORELLINAE., 


Genus Mysorella, Godwin-Austen (1919). 
1919. JMMysorella, Godwin-Austen, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVI, p. 431. 
1920. Mysorella, Annandale, Rec. Jnd. Mus. XIX, p. 46. 

In the second paper cited above, one of us has recently dis- 
cussed the relationships of the genus and the subfamily and we 
have nothing to add to this account. 

The genotype is Paludina costigera var. curta, Nevill. There 
are two local races of the only known species, the typical form from 
the plains of the southern part of the Madras Presidency and Ceylon, 
and the variety or subspecies cuvta from the Mysore Plateau. It 
is possible that the latter will ultimately be regarded as a distinct 
species. 


ET ~~ _ 


II. MATERIALS FOR A GENERIC REVISION 
Of DHE ERE SE WANE RGAS ROL OD 
WEO I AW SCS OI SAVIO, IWIN; ID)IC I Is] 
EMPIRE. 


No. 4. THE INDIAN AMPULLARIIDAE, 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Director, and B. PRASHAD, 
D.Sc., Assistant Superintendent, Zoological Survey of India. 


The Indian species of this family present great difficulties to 
the systematist. A large number of species have been described, 
but between many of them annectant forms occur and some of 
them exhibit considerable individual variability. Hitherto all 
have been placed in a single genus, which has been variously 
called Ampullaria, Pila and Pachylabra, but recently one of us 
has expressed the belief! that Reeve’s Ampullaria nux was prob- 
ably worthy of generic distinction. Unfortunately very little is 
yet known of the anatomy of this species, but both the shell- 
characters and those of the radula certainly offer conspicuous 
differences from those of Swainson’s Ampullaria globosa (the type- 
species of both Pila, Bolten and Pachylabya, Swainson) and its 
allies. Indeed the only difficulty in the way of granting generic 
rank to A. nux lay in the existence of the form referred to by 
Nevill? as ‘‘ Ampullavia nux, var. (? n. sp.)’? As we have been 
able to examine the radula of this form and find that it belongs 
to the normal Pachylabra-type, while that of A. mux shows distinct 
differences, we now feel justified in regarding the latter as the 
genotype of a new genus, for which we propose the name Turbint- 
cola in reference to its habits. We describe this genus here and 
also the apparently intermediate form, which we regard as an 
undescribed species, calling it after Nevill, Pachylabra nevilliana. 


Genus Pachylabra, Swainson. 


The sheil is dextral,? large or very large, moderately thick, 
with a short globose spire and itself subspherical or broadly but 
irregularly ovoid. Its mouth is large but not greatly expanded, 
with a complete or almost complete but not very prominent peri- 
stome, and with the outer lip as a rule slightly thickened. The 
columellar callus is never expanded or incrassate. The sculpture 


! Annandale, Fourn. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam 1V, p. 2 (1920). 
2 Nevill, Hand List Moll. Ind. Mus. 11, p. 4 (1885). 
8 Abnormal sinistral shells occur very rarely. 


8 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


is never prominent and the surface of the shell always has a 
smooth appearance. The periostracum is of some olivaceous tint, 
often with dark spiral bands. The interior of the shell is pale but 
still more frequently with dark spiral bands. 

The operculum is thick and testaceous with an outer horny 
layer, more or less flame-shaped in outline. It exhibits no trace 
of spiral sculpture, but bears on the internal surface a large elongate 
sculptured scar. Its nacre is polished but not iridescent. 


PPP = 


Fic. 1.— Radular teeth of Ampullaridae, x 50. 


A. Pachylabra globosa. 
B. Pachylabra nevilliana. 
C. Turbinicola nux. 


The vadula.—Owing to the poor figures published by Troschel ! 
and Fischer? great confusion has been caused as to the exact struc- 
ture of the radular teeth of Pachylabra. One of us has recently 
(Joc. cit.) figured the radular teeth of some of the Siamese species. 
We now figure those of P. globosa, the type-species of the genus. 
Without giving a detailed description we may note hae the 
marginal teeth have three denticulations, of these the middle one 
is the jeter and best dev ak and is ‘always sharply pee 


! Troschel, Gebiss der Schnecken, 1, p. 88, a vi, fig. 5 (1856—1863). 
* Fischer, Man. Conchyliol. p. 736, fig. 505 (1887). 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE & B. PRASHAD: Gastropods. 9 


while the outer one is usually much reduced and may even be 
absent. The lateral teeth have five cusps, of these the third or 
central one is the largest and the innermost cusp is very much 
reduced. 

Soft parts.—The right epipodial lobe is prominent and well 
developed. The inhalent siphon, which is formed by the left 
epipodial lobe, has, when contracted, the form of a prominent fold, 
forming part of a circle, but with its extremities widely separated. 
When expanded it is funnel-shaped and much broader than long. 

Type-spectes.—A mpullaria globosa, Swainson. 

Geographical Range and Habitat.—The genus is found all over 
the Oriental Region except in mountainous country. No recent 
species are known from the Punjab, but sub-fossil remains have 
been found in the Salt Range. At present no characters are known 
by which African species can be distinguished from Asiatic forms. 

The species are found in ponds, rice-fields and backwater 
swamps in which there is abundant submerged vegetation of a 
succulent kind. 


Turbinicola, gen. nov. 


The shell is dextral, comparatively small, regularly ovate and 
less globose than in Pachylabra. Its mouth is relatively high and 
narrow. ‘The outer lip is thin, the peristome is complete and the 
callus of the columellar region is, though narrow, flat and porcel- 
laneous. The umbilicus is closed. 

The operculum is precisely like that of Pachylabra. 

The rvadula has the following peculiarities : the lateral cusps of 
all the teeth are reduced, while the main cusp is extremely large 
and broad forming a scoop-like organ, more particularly on the 
laterals and the marginals. Only two cusps remain on the laterals 
and marginals and the inner cusp is vestigial, while the outer is 
expanded and obliquely truncate. We figure the radular teeth of 
the type-species, with that of P. nevilliana for comparison. 

The soft parts have not been studied in detail, but it has been 
noted that the foot is short, broad and rounded behind and with 
the antero-lateral angles but slightly produced. 

Type-species.—A mpullaria nux, Reeve. 

Geographical Range and Habitat.—Only known from the 
northern part of the Western Ghats in the Nasik and Poona dis- 
tricts of the Bombay Presidency. 

The type-species lives on rocks in small pools in mountain 
streamlets. The peculiar structure of its radular teeth doubtless 
permits it to scrape the algae from stones or to scoop up mud 
containing nutritious substances. 


Turbinicola nux (Reeve). 


1856. Ampullaria nux, Reeve, Conchologia Iconica X, Ampullarta, pl. 
XXvill, fig. 132. 

1876. Ampullavia mux, Hanley and Theobald, Conch. /nd., pl. cxv. fig. 
I. 


ade) Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXIT, 


1877. Ampullaria nux (typical), Nevill, Cat. Moll. Ind. Mus. Fasc. E., 


5 Be pullaria nux, id., Hand List Moll. Ind. Mus. II, p. 3. 
8. Ampullavia nyx, Annandale and Prashad, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVI, 

pp- 149, 150, pl. v, fig. 8. 

The shell is very small compared with other species of the 
family (not more than 30 mm. high), and has 44 whorls. ‘The 
apex is bluntly pointed and the first 2} whorls, which are always 
slightly eroded, are minute. The third whorl is much larger but 
shallow, band-shaped and much narrower than the body-whorl. 
Its outlines are feebly convex. The suture is linear and slightly 
impressed; the whorls are not or very slightly flattened outside 
it. The body-whorl is narrowly heart-shaped with the upper 
extremity nearly straight and the lower pointed and turned in- 
wards ; its outer outline as seen from above forms a regular curve 
and is relatively short, while the inner outline is long and sinuate. 
The whorl as a whole is by no means greatly swollen. The aperture 
is oblique, rather narrow and pyriform. It extends upwards for 
at least 2? of the height of the shell. The incrassate columellar 
margin is narrow and is joined to the upper lip above by a thin 
porcellaneous deposit ; it is considerably produced below the um- 
bilicus, which is closed or rimate. The aperture as a whole pro- 
jects outwards from the body-whorl and also forwards below the 
umbilicus. In the latter region the surface of the whorl slopes 
inwards and forwards. The surface has a matt appearance owing 
to the minute sculpture which consists of minute longitudinal and 
spiral lines crossing one another very regularly and closely, and of 
coarse longitudinal sinuate striae. The periostracum is of a pale 
yellowish olivaceous tint with ill-defined. longitudinal streaks of a 
darker shade, and in some shells obscure narrow spiral bands of a 
pale brownish colour can be detected on the external surface. The 
mouth is pure white, but the interior of the shell is sometimes 
tinted with brown. 

The outline of the operculum resembles that of the mouth. 
The external surface is slightly concave and is covered with a deli- 
cate brown periostracum. The scar on the internal surface is rela- 
tively large; it is divided longitudinally by a narrow ridge and sur- 
rounded completely by a groove; its sculpture is lobose. The 
nacre has a pinkish tinge.! 

The characters of the radular teeth? are well shown in the 
figure. Unfortunately we have no detailed description of the 
animal. The following notes on its colouration were made from a 
living specimen at Khandalla. The foot and mantle are yellowish, 


! Reeve’s original figure and description are somewhat misleading. The 
former gives the impression, owing to the position of the operculum, that the outer 
lip is thickened, while the description, in stating that the columellar lip is unusally 
callously reflected, does not indicate that it is in close apposition to the surface of 
the shell. 

The figure of the radular teeth, in our paper cited already, is rather poor. 
It was unfortunately drawn from worn out teeth and does not show their real 
characters. 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE & B. PRASHAD: Gastropods. re 


tinged and clouded with black above; the free edge of the mantle 
is bright yellow. The tentacles are leaden grey on the dorsal sur- 
face, paler at the base and below. ‘The eye-stalks are bright 
yellow. 

Geographical distribution.—The species is only known from 
small streams near Khandalla and Igatpuri (Poona and Nasik dis- 
tricts) in the Western Ghats and from altitudes between 2500 and 
3000 feet. 


We may now give a description of the new species Pachylabra 
nevilliana. ‘The shell characters are so similar to those of 7. nux 
that we can best do so by means of a short comparison. 


Fic. 2—Photographs of the type-shell of Pachylabra nevilliana, natural 
size. 


Pachylabra nevilliana, sp. nov. 
1877. Ampullaria nux, var. (2? n. sp.), Nevill, of. cit., p. 5. 
1885. Ampullaria nux, var. (? n. sp.), id., op. cit., p. 4. 

The species is considerably larger, stouter and more globose 
than T. nux, the spire is more swollen, the body-whorl more trans- 
verse, the aperture broader above, the suture more oblique and 
the sculpture of the shell coarser and less regular. The external 
colour is deep chestnut, with which the interior is also tinged. 
The peristome is white. The scar of the operculum is relatively 
smaller and its central ridge broader and flatter. 

We have extracted the radula from one of the shells examined 
by Nevill, which have been in Calcutta for at least 60 years, but 
still in several instances contain the dried animal in a fairly good 


state of preservation. 
Type- specimens.—No. M 11864/2 Z. S. I. (Ind. Mus.) 


12 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 1921.] 


Measurements of shells (in millimetres). 


| T. nux. | P. nevilliana. 
Total height .. | 26 | 22) liens 35°) 1437-1 34 
Maximum diameter .. | 20°5 } 79 | 145 28°5 | 33 | 29°5 
Oblique height of mouth | 18 | 165 | 13°55 | 25°5 | 27 | 25'5 
Maximum diameter of) 10 | 85 a 16 16 | 14°5 


mouth. 


Locality.—The specimens are labelled, in writing on each shell; 
as being from Tranquebar, which is on the east coast of Southern 
India, and it is stated in the old catalogue of the A.S.B. collection 
that they were collected by Captain Lewis. Nevill, however, was 
of opinion that the “‘ locality can only be accepted with considerable 
reserve.” We have seen no other specimens, but Nevill’s doubt as 
to the provenance of the type-series was probably due to his 
belief in its apparent specific identity with T. nux. 


TI, IWIOAMBS OI" IIS) JOIN SPIEL ID, WNP IDI HAN Ay 
MUSEUM. 


tT. On A NEw GENUS OF FISH CLOSELY RESEMBLING 
PSILORHYNCHUS, McCCLELIAND. 


By SUNDER LAL Hora, M.Sc., Research Assistant, Zoological 
Survey of India. 


While sorting out the fish of the genus Garra in the unnamed 
collection of the Indian Museum, I happened to mistake the speci- 
men described below for one of Garva. On closer examination it 
has turned out to be an interesting species of a new genus, which 
I propose to describe in this paper. 


Parapsilorhynchus, gen. nov. 


The new genus consists of small hill-stream Cyprininae closely 
resembling Pstlorhynchus, McClell., from which it differs in the 
following characters :— 

(i) There are two blunt, cylindrical barbels on the snout in 
the new genus, while in Pstlorhynchus barbels are absent. 

(ii) In Pstlorhynchus the air-bladder! is always more or less 
reduced, while in this genus it is large and is of the normal Cyprinid 
type. 

(iii) In Psilorhynchus the upper lip is exposed, and the lower 
lip, though it may be glandular, is never prominent, while in 
Parapsilorhynchus the upper lip is concealed by a fringed, plicate, 
labial fold which is densely covered with minute tubercles; the 
lower lip is very prominent, and usually there is either an indica- 
tion of or a rudimentary disc behind it. 

(iv) In Parapsilorhynchus the origin of the dorsal is almost 
opposite to that of the ventrals, while in Pstlorhynchus it is in 
advance of the ventrals. 

Of this genus I regard Psilorhynchus tentaculatus, Annand.,” 
as the type-species. I assign to it also the new species described 
below. While dealing with the genus Psilorhynchus in a recent 
paper, I provisionally included Dr. Annandale’s species in it, but 
the discovery of the second species in the same range of mountains 
makes it desirable to lay stress on the differences between the 
forms found in the north-east of India, and those inhabiting the 
hills in the western part of Peninsular India. Dr. Annandale tells 


‘ Hora, Rec. Ind. Mus. XIX, p. 209 (1920). 
* Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVI, pp. 128-129 (1919). 


14 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XXII, 


me that he considers these forms to be probably convergent; but 
in describing Psilorhynchus tentaculatus preferred not to set up a 
new genus on a monotypic basis. 

My new genus has some points in common with Garra ; the 
main characters that distinguish it from this genus are the follow- 
ing :— 

(i) The presence of two characteristic blunt barbels in a posi- 
tion quite different from that in any species of Garra with two 
barbels. 

(ii) The gill-openings extend to the ventral surface, whereas 
in Garra they are usually restricted to the sides. 

(iii) In Parapsilorhynchus the mouth is very small, while in 
Garra it is usually much wider. 


Parapsilorhynchus discophorus, sp. nov. 
D2/050 Mog 0 AS Jae P a6: 


This is a small-sized fish, with the back moderately elevated. 
The dorsal profile rises gracefully from the tip of the snout to the 
origin of the dorsal, beyond which it slopes imperceptibly down to 
the base of the caudal fin. The ventral surface is somewhat 
flattened and its profile is almost straight and horizontal. The 
length of the head is contained 4} times, the depth of the body 
near the origin of the dorsal fin 44 times, and the length of the 
caudal fin 35 times in the total length without the caudal fin. The 
eyes are of a moderate size and are situated slightly nearer to the 
posterior margin of the operculum than to the end of the snout ; 
their diameter is contained 35 times in the length of the head, 
twice in the interorbital width and 14 times in the length of the 
snout. ‘The gape of the mouth is 14 times the diameter of the 
eye. The head is short and narrow; its greatest width is con- 
tained I+ times in its length. There are definite rows of open 
pores on the sides and upper surface of the head and also along 
the opercular borders on the under surface. The greatest height 
of the caudal peduncle is equal to its length. The vent is situated 
in the beginning of the last fourth of the distance between the end 
of the snout and the base of the caudal fin. There is a pair of 
short barbels on the snout. The barbels are thick and stumpy 
and are not pointed distally; they are situated ventrally, a short 
distance behind the anterior end of the snout and are partly visi- 
ble from above. There is a deep groove on either side running 
from the base of the barbel to the angle of the mouth. The mouth 
is small and crescentic, and is situated on the ventral surface con- 
siderably behind the anterior end of the snout. The upper labial 
fold is long and fringed and is covered with minute tubercles. 
The lower lip forms the anterior free border of the mental disc and 
is studded with fairly big tubercles. ‘The labial fold tapers towards 
the angle of the mouth and partially covers the lateral borders of 
the lower lip. The most significant point about this species is the 
presence of a small, rudimentary disc behind the lower lip. The 


1921.] S. L. Hora: Notes on Fishes. 15 
dise consists of an oval callous portion in the middle, with its 
longest diameter at right angles to the length of the fish and a well- 


Parapstlorhynchus discophorus, sp. nov. 
Lateral view of the type-specimen, X 2. 


Dorsal surface of head of the same, X 3. 
Ventral surface of head of the same, X 3. 
Anterior part of the ventral surface of head of the same, X 9 


DOS 


defined tubercular border anteriorly, but becoming obscure behind. 
The opercular borders meet a short distance behind the mental 


16 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoyL. XXII, 


disc. The scales are small and are totally absent from the ventral 
surface; there are 34 scales along the lateral line and 9 rows 
between the bases of the dorsal and the ventral fins. The dorsal fin 
is 2 as high as the depth of the body below it; it is situated nearer 
to the base of the caudal than to the end of the snout and its 
origin is equidistant from the nostrils and the base of the caudal. 
The origin of the ventrals is almost opposite or slightly behind 
that of the dorsal fin. The pectorals are shorter than the head 
and are separated from the ventrals by a considerable distance. 
The caudal is forked and both the lebes are pointed. The ventrals 
are provided with a short fleshy appendage. The air-bladder is of 
the normal Cyprinid type. 

The sides and the upper surface of the head are dusky; while 
the ventral surface is white. There is a dark bar across the dorsal 
fin near its free border and a short black bar at the base of the 
caudal 

Type-specimen.—F. 9952/1. Zool. Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Locality. —Only one specimen was obtained by Dr. F. H. 
Gravely at Pophli in the Vashishti valley, in the Western Ghats, 
Ratnagiri district, Bombay Presidency, at an altitude of 400 ft. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


Total length excluding caudal .. nv 
Depth of body in front of dorsal 
Length of head 

Width of head 

Diameter of eye 

Length of snout 

Interorbital width 

Gape of mouth 

Length of caudal peduncle ; 
Least height of caudal peduncle 
Height of dorsal fin .. es 
Length of pectoral 


NE DUUABRAR DOB 
mamnonoomnwnonodoood 


Length of ventral .. Wy: Sap 1055 
Length of anal are so BC 
Length of caudal... : Be) OS 
Distance of vent from end of snout so BEC) 


The new species is closely related to Parapsilorhynchus tenta- 
culatus (Annand.), recently described from the adjacent Poona 
and Satara districts of the Bombay Presidency. ‘The fundamental 
points of resemblance are the presence of two short, stumpy and 
blunt barbels on the snout and also the presence of a well-defined 
ait-bladder. The species are also alike in having a narrow and 
pointed operculum which is sharply marked off and bluntly 
truncate above. In both the species there is a black bar across 
the dorsal and a black spot at the base of the caudal fin. The 


IQ2T.| S. L. Hora: Notes on Fishes. 17 


general facies in the two is similar as is also the position of the 
mouth and the structure of the labial fold. The points of differ- 
ences are, however, numerous and important. In a well-preserved 
specimen of P. tentaculatus a small pad can be made out just be- 
hind the bilobed lower lip, while in the new species there is a 
distinct callous disc and the lower lip is not bilobed. In P. dis- 
cophorus the ventral surface is more rounded and. is absolutely 
devoid of scales, the head is shorter and narrower and the eyes 
are distinctly visible from below. The two species also differ in 
proportions and number of scales. The paired fins in P. disco- 
phorus are not so expanded as in P. tentaculatus and are not pro- 
vided with muscles on their ventral aspect. 


iv. NOTES ON FISHES ENat Be LN DT AN 
MUSEUM. 


II. ON A NEW SPECIES 0F NEMACHILUS FROM THE 
NILGIRI HILLs. 


By SUNDER LAt Hora, M.Sc., Research Assistant, 
Zoological Survey of India. 


In this paper I give a description of a small loach, obtained by 
Dr. N. Annandale from the Bhavani River in the Nilgiri Hills. The 
species is easily distinguished from all previously known by the 
peculiar moniliform band of black pigment on either side. 


Nemachilus monilis, sp. nov. 
ID, SHi7i5 IP. WOR Wie Va Ge. (Ce aoe 


In this little loach the head and body are slightly de- 
pressed and are almost flat on the under surface; the dorsal 
profile rises from the tip of the snout to the base of the dorsal fin 
beyond which it ‘is almost straight; the ventral is straight 
and horizontal throughout. The head is sharp and bluntly pointed ; 
its length is contained four times in the length of the body 
without the caudal. The height of the head near the occiput 
is less than its greatest width and is half the length of the 
head. The length of the caudal fin is equal to the length of 
the head and the depth of the body near the origin of the dorsal fin 
equals its width. The eye is large and its diameter is contained 
almost four times in the length of the head; it is dorso-lateral 
in position and is invisible from below. ‘The length of the snout is 
greater than the post-orbital length of the head and is almost 
twice the diameter of the eye. ‘The interorbital width is 1-3 times 
the diameter of the eye. The nostrils are situated consider- 
ably nearer to the eye than to the tip of the snout. Close to the 
antero-inferior border of the orbit there is a short pad-like process 
covering a pit ; it is probably a secondary sexual character of the 
male. There are three pairs of long, thread-like barbels ; 
the longest is twice the diameter of the eye. The mouth is an 
inferior, crescentic opening bordered by well-developed promi- 
nent lips. The upper lip is raised into a short proboscis in 
the middle and the lower lip is interrupted in the same region. 
The origin of the dorsal fin is nearer to the base of the caudal than 
to the tip of the snout; it is higher than the depth of the 
body below it. ‘The ventral commences almost below the dorsal 


20 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


and is likewise in the posterior half of the body. ‘The pectorals are 
shorter than the head and are separated from the ventrals by 
a considerable distance. ‘The ventrals do not reach the anus which 
is situated in the beginning of the last third of the distance 
between the origin of the ventral and the anal fins. There 
is a prominent tube running from between the bases of the 
ventrals backwards and posteriorly ends as the opening of the 
anus. The caudal fin in emarginate; the lobes are subrounded 
and equal. The height of the caudal peduncle is slightly less 
than its length. 


Nemachilus monilis, sp. nov. 


a. \ateral view of type-specimen X 13 
6. Ventral surface of head of same x 2. 
c. Dorsal surface of head of same xX 2. 


Nemachilus monilis possesses a characteristic colouration and 
can be easily distinguished from the rest of the species in the genus. 
There is a well-developed moniliform black band along the lateral 
line in the middle of the body from the base of the caudal fin 
to the tip of the snout , interrupted by the eye in its course ; 
those of the two sides meet across the tip of the snout anteriorly. 
The last of the component spots in the series is more prominent. 
Ths band is continued as a black streak along the middle of the 
caudal fin; otherwise the bedy is of a dirty white colour 


rg2t.]| S. L. Hora: Notes on Fishes. 21 


somewhat infuscated along the back. ‘The fins are whitish and 
some of the barbels are streaked with black. 
Type-specimen :—F 9981/1 Zoological Survey of India 

(Ind. Mus.) 

Locality :—Two specimens of this species were collected by 
Dr. N. Annandale in August ror8, at the edge of the Bhavani 
River, 1to miles from Mettupalaiyam, near the base of the 
Nilgiri Hills at an altitude of 1,800 ft. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


pb 


Length of fish excluding caudal 
Length of caudal.. 
Depth of body near origin of dorsal 
Length of head is 
Depth of head 
Width of head 
Diameter of eye .. 
Length of snout .. 
Interorbital width 
Length of caudal peduncle 
Minimum height of caudal peduncle 
Longest ray of dorsal 
», of anal 

Length of pectoral 

,, of ventral 


(e) 
ho 


Hw OL 


re 
DOIG MDIWWUN ARN WO 


MOMDODONUNSOUOUUUI 
OPO Coc N TER Csr yon ty 
onmNomnt OM OOH DOON 0 O 


We IN OAS) OW Ci WIS OS we OWI, 18319,19; Ib 13S) 


By S. Mauutx, Professor of Zoology, Calcutta University. 


I published two papers on the Cryptostome beetles of the 
Indian Museum in this Journal, (1) in Vol. IX, Part II, June rgr3, 
page 105, and (2) in Vol. XI, Part V, September 1915, page 367. In 
July, 1919, I published in the Fauna of British India series a com- 
plete review of the Cryptostome beetles of India, Burma and 


Ceylon, so far as they were known up to that date. 


In this work 


the results of my study of the material of these groups sent to me 


from the Indian Museum were incorporated. 
unnecessary to report separately on that collection. 


It will therefore be 
I shall, how- 


ever, give here a list of types and cotypes of Hispinae and Cassi- 
dinae deposited in the Indian Museum. 


The following is the list :— 


HISPINAE. 


Macrispa krishnalohita, Maulik 


(cotype). 

Anisoderopsis nigra, Maulik (type 
of 2). : 
Leptispa rufithorax, Maulik (co- 

type). 

Prionispa himalayensis, Maulik 
(type). 

Wallacea dactyliferae, Maulik 
(cotype). 


Downesia vatana, Maulik (cotype). 

Monochirus sthulagundus, Maulik 
(type). 

Rhadinosa laghwa, Maulik (type). 

Rhadinosa girija, Maulik (type). 


Asamangulia cuspidata, Maulik (co- 
type). 
Dactylispa krishna, Maulilk (type). 
Dactylispa peregrina, Maulik (type). 
Dactylispa harsha, Maulik (type). 
Dactylispa sadonensts, Maulik (type). 
Dactylispa bindusara, Maulik (type). 
Dactylispa lohita, Maulik (type). 
Dactylispa variabilis, Maulik (type). 
Dactylispa pitapada, Maulik (cotype). 
Dactylispa asoka, Maulik (cotype). 
Dactylispa kamarupa, Maulik (type). 
Dactylispa parbatya, Maulik (type). 
Dactylispa kunala, Maulik (type). 


CASSIDINAE. 


Epistictia fulvonigra, Maulik 
(type). ; 

Aspidomorpha chandrika, Maulik 
(type). 


Cassida stupa, Maulik (type). 
Cassida belliformis, Maulik (type). 


Cassida 
(type). 

Cassida citycumdata_ var. dentata, (type 
Maulik of var.). 

Chirida hina, Maulik (type). 

Chirida binduta, Maulik (cotype). 


cherrapunjiensis, Maulik 


During the European war (1914-1919) I was unable to commu- 
nicate with workers on these groups except Dr. R. Gestro of the 
Genoa Museum. But since the publication of my book I have 


been in correspondence with Dr. F. Spaeth. 


As a result I find it 


is necessary to publish certain notes on the Cassidinae. 
Dr. Spaeth informs me that Hoplionota modesta, Wagener, is 


found only in the Philippine Islands. 


The author, wrongly re- 


24 Records of the Indian Mitseum. |[VoL. XXII, 1921.] 


ported it from “ India Orientalis.” It is synonymous with H. 
chapuisi, Spaeth and nitida, Weise, but has priority over both. 

Epistictia viridimaculata var. trivandrumensis, Maulik, is the 
same as Epistictia reicheana, Guer. When I proposed the variety 
I had not discovered the type of reicheana in the British Museum. 

According to Spaeth Aspidomorpha spaethei Maulik—=A. in- 
uncta, Boh. 

Aspidomorpha jusconotata, Boh., is found only in the Philip- 
pine Islands. 

Laccoptera quadrimaculata var. plagiograpta, Maulik—L. fruh- 
storfert, Spaeth. 

~ Spaeth’s Chirida mystica (December, 1919) falls as a synonym 

of my Ch. novemkalankita (July, 1919). 

According to Spaeth Cassida pauxilla, Boh.=C. conspurcata, 
Boh. 


Wal, WIR! pI IN SON APO) We, ID) IS, IN) OIG) WBN WU) IP aN IRS aN 
SC 15, IOP INT 18) ANA IR ak (CIS; IN 


Pay YW. GEDOELST. 


Parmi des matériaux parasitologiques recus del’ Indian Museum 
ce Calcutta et comprenant essentiellement des larves de dipteres, 
nous avons trouvé un objet d’un particulier intérét, dont nous 
donnons la description ci-aprés. 

Longueur: 3°6mm., largeu1 maximum: 0°83 mm. 

Le corps est cylindroide, 4 face ventrale aplatie, a face 
dorsale fortement bombée; 1l’extrémité antérieure est atténuée 
aux dépens des faces dorsale et latérales, de telle sorte que la 
face ventrale s’étend sans déviation jusqu’a l’extréme limite 
antérieure du corps; l’extrémité postérieure est atténuée progres- 
sivement et uniformément sur toutes ses faces et se termine par 
deux lobes coniques latéraux, 4 axes divergents. Le tegument est 
blanc, plus ou moins transparent. 

Ia téte vue par la face ventrale présente un contour trian- 
gulaire 4 sommet légérement tronqué. Prés de celui-ci s’ ouvre la 
bouche, médiane, orbiculaire. Au-devant de celle-ci et sur le bord 
antérieur de la téte, on voit deux petits appendices papilliformes 
latéraux, qui représentent les deux renflements antennaires ; en 
arriére de la bouche sont disposées deux paires de crochets ; 
ceux-ci occupent les angles d’une figure trapézoidale a grande 
base postérieure ; ces crochets sont simples, hyalins, legérement 
jaunatres, et proéminents au niveau d’un mamelon leur servant 
de gaine et accosté a droite et A gauche d’un mamelon plus petit 
hémisphérique. Les crochets antérieurs sont plus petits que les 
postérieurs ; ils sont écartés l’un de 1’ autre de 450/, les postérieurs 
de 720, ceux-ci étant situés 4 I4opn, en arriére des premiers. 
A la face dorsale de la téte on observe en avant du niveau occupé 
par la paire antérieure de crochets une paire d’appendices papilli- 
formes et plus en arriére Ala hauteur de la paire postérieure de 
crochets la cuticule se souléve 4 droite et a gauche en un renfle- 
ment vésiculaire hémisphérique. 

Le corps est formé de 25 anneaux comptés en arriére de la 
paire postérieure de crochets, le 25° anneau étant constitué par 
les deux lobes divergents de 1l’extrémité bifide du corps, entre 
lesquels s’ouvre l’anus. Le relief des différents anneaux est en 
général peu accusé. Le pore génital se trouve situé au sommet 
d’un mamelon médian, court et épais, vers les 3¢-4® anneaux du 
corps. Le deuxiéme anneau porte latéralement de chaque cdté 
une petite papille ventrale. 

Par ces caractéres, cet organisme se range dans la famille des 


26 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 1921] 


Linguatulides et plus particuliérement dans le genre Raiilietiella 
Sambon, 1910, dont il représente une espéce nouvelle, caractérisée 
surtout par ses petites dimensions et pour laquelle nous proposons 
le nom de Raillietiella indica. Mais ce qui fait tout lVintérét de 
cette observation, c’est que ce parasite a été rencontré dans le 
poumon d'un Bufo melanostictus et constitue par conséquent le 
premier exemple d'un Linguatulide parasite d’un Batracien. 

Le genre Razllietiella renferme actuellement les espéces sui- 
vantes :— 


1. Ratiliettella furcocerca (DIESING, 1835). 


Syn. : Pentastoma furcocercum D1ESING, 1835- 
Pentastomum bifurcatum DIESING, 1850. 
Porocephalus bifurcatus SHIPLEY, 1893. 
Porocephalus boulengeri VANEY et SAMBON, 1910. 
Raillietiella boulengert SAMBON, 1910. : 

Hotes : Amphisbaena alba GRAY. 1844. 
Drymobius bifossatus RADD#, 1820. 
Zamenis constirctoy LINN#, 17606. 
Boa constrictor LINN, 1758. 

Boa imperatoy DaupIN, 1803. 
Coluber melanoleucus DAuUDIN, 1803. 


2. Raillietiella bifurcata var. orientalis (HETT, 1915). 
Syn. : Porocephalus bifurcatus var. orientalis HETT, 1915. 
Hotes : Zamenis mucosus 1.1NN&, 1700. 
Naia tripudians M&uRREM, 1820, 
3. Raiillietiella bifurcata var. mediterranea (HETT, 1915). 


Syn. : Porocephalus bifurcatus var. mediterraneus ETT, 1915. 
Hote : Zamenis gemonensis LAURENTI, 1768. 
4. Raillietiella geckonis {(DIESING, 1850). 
Syn. : Pentastomum geckonis DIESING, 1850. 
Raillietiella geckonis SAMBON, 1910. 
Hote : Un gecko de Siam (probablement Gecko verticillatus \AuR- 
ENTI, 1768). 
5. Raillietiella indica (GEDOELST, 1921). 
Hote : Bufo melanostictus SCHNEIDER, 1799. 


Voie NOM BS (OON] AVC OC CAISEORN Aull) VAR. - 
SWICW Oi Ais iw AIR I) Iwi GS Iwi 
ERESH WATER FISHES, With SOME 
OI SIRO AAVILO INS OI APiseIs, Ae \WO) ANP) 1D) ANI, 
GENERA CHANNA, GRONOW AND APUA, 
WIL WAT IEE 


By SuNDER LAL Hora. M.Sc., 
Research Assistant, Zoological Survey of India. 


Willey ' has recently referred to the absence of the ventral 
fins in a male specimen of Amita calva and urges the necessity of 
recording such observations as they are likely to throw some light 
on ‘natural mutations amongst fishes.’’ In the course of my 
studies on the freshwater fishes of India, I have come across 
a few “ mutations ’’ of this nature and I take this opportunity of 
bringing them to notice. 

(i) While examining a large collection of fish made in Manipur 
by the Manipur Survey party and myself, I found a specimen of 
Barilius barila (Ham. Buch.), in which both the ventral fins were 
totally absent. The abnormal specimen was captured in Khurda 
stream near Thanga, with a large number of normal specimens. 
It does not seem to have suffered any disadvantage on account of 
the absence of the ventrals. ‘There is no external mark or scar to 
show that the condition is the result of an accident or injury. 
The proper place of the origin of the ventrals is completely covered 
with scales. Comparison of the arrangement of the scales in 
a normal and the abnormal specimen is shown in figure I (a). 

Dissection of the body wall in the region of the pelvic fins 
under a high power of a binocular microscope, by stripping the 
different layers one by one, revealed no irregularity of arrange- 
ment and no trace of the pelvic girdle was found. 

The total length of the abnormal specimen including the 
length of the caudal fin is 94 mm., while the average length of 
the species is about 125 mm. 

(ii) In the Manipur collection I found another interesting 
specimen of a new species which I call Bavilius dogarsinght, in 
which the ventral fin of the left side was absent. The place of 
origin of the ventral fin is here also covered with scales. In a 
normal specimen there are four scales between the bases of the 
ventrals. They are longer than the rest and are more pointed 
posteriorly ; they are arranged in such a way as to form a sheath 
on the inner side of the bases of the ventrals. In the abnormal 


! Willey, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 84—90 (1920). 


28 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voz. XXII, 


specimen there are no special scales in the region of the ventrals 
and the arrangement of these is not interrupted on the left side. 

It is rather interesting to note that on dissection of this 
region the fin muscles and the girdle of the right side only were 
found to be present, while on the abnormal side no trace of either 
the muscles or the girdle was observed. ‘ 

The abnormal specimen is 62 mm. in length and was collected 
in the Etok stream near Chanderkhong with eleven other normal 
specimens of the same species. The average length of the species 
is 85 mm. 

(iii) In a specimen of another new species, Nemachilus kang- 


Text-FiG. 1.—Normal and abnormal specimens of Barilius barila (Ham. 
Buch. ) 
1. Normal specimen x 2. 2. Abnormal specimen X 2. 
a=Lepidosis in the region of the ventrals. 


jupkhulensis, the ventral fin of the right side is lacking. Even the 
fin on the other side is not normal. It is distorted in such a way 
that there appear to be two fins, one immediately behind the 
other. In the anterior portion of the abnormal fin there are three 
rays while in the posterior only four. In a normal specimen there 
are in all six to seven rays in the ventral fin. There is no indica- 
tion that the absence of the ventral fin is due to any accident or 
injury. The abnormal specimen was collected in a small hill 
stream near Bishenpur, Manipur. It is about 43 mm. in length 
which is the average length of the species. 

(iv) The most interesting specimen is that of Rita rita (Ham. 
Buch.), in which the pectoral fin of the right side is absent. The 


1921.] - S. L. Hora: Absence of fins in fishes. 29 


specimen was collected by Mr. Hamid Khan in the Ravi River 
near Lahore. He noticed this abnormality and presented the 
specimen to the Government College Museum, Lahore. I am in- 
debted to Prof. George Matthai for lending me the specimen from 
the above Museum and for allowing me to dissect it for study 
of the skeleton and the musculature of the abnormal region. 

The pectoral fin in the genus Rita is a characteristic structure, 
as it is provided with a very strong spine. The spine is almost as 
long as the length of the pectoral girdle. The fish does not seem 
to have suffered as regards its size; its length including the length 
of the caudal fin is 32°6 cm., which is the average length of the 
species at Lahore. 

Correlated with the absence of the fin, the various muscles, 
associated with it are either absent or have undergone considerable 
degeneration. The abductor and adductor muscles (e, /) are total- 
ly absent. Of the muscles (a, 6, c, d), which control the move- 
ments of the spine, a and d are not represented, while the other 
two, b and c, are greatly reduced. An accessory nodule of bone 
was found in the course of the greatly reduced muscle of the ab- 
normal side. I am unable to understand its significance as the 
structure is not represented in the muscle of the opposite side or 
in other normal specimens. 

The shoulder girdle of the abnormal side is considerably short- 
er in width than that of the opposite side. The primary girdle 
(p-g.), consisting mainly of the scapular and coracoid bones, is 
either altogether absent on the abnormal side or has so fused with 
the secondary investing bones of the girdle as to be quite indistin- 
guishable from them. Consequently the canals (c’, c”) for the pas- 
sage of the muscles of the spine are wanting, and this to a certain 
extent may account for the absence or degeneration of the muscles. 
The deep groove (a.g.), for the articulation of the condyle at the 
base of the spine, formed by the cubito-humeral process (f) and 
the clavicular element (s.g.) is represented on the abnormal side 
only by a notch (z) in the cubito-humeral process. 

The degeneration of the muscles of the right side and the 
abnormalities in the skeleton of this region indicate that the ab- 
sence of the fin is not due to any recent accident or injury. It 
seems quite probable that all the abnormalities noticed above are 
the direct or indirect result of the absence of the primary shoulder- 
girdle of the abnormal side; this will also account for the absence 
of the right fin. The musculature was probably affected second- 
arily, while the reduction in the secondary girdle is chiefly due to 
the disuse of the associated structures. 

In almost all such abnormalities, it has been pointed out that 
the growth of the fish is not effected by them. It is only after 
careful examination that these abnomal forms can be separated 
from normal specimens netted with them. 

Abnormalities of this nature have been regarded as con- 
genital variations. Willey (op. cit.) regards them as mutations and 
comes to the conclusion “‘ that the presence or absence of such deep- 


I 


30 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


T ext-riG. 2.—Musculature and skeleton of the pectoral girdle in an abnormal 
specimen of Rita rita (Ham. Buch.). 

1. Muscles of the pectoral fin seen from above. 

2. Muscles of the pectoral fin seen from below. 

3. Skeleton of the pectoral arch seen from below. 
a= muscle attached above the base of the condyle of the spine. ‘This pulls 
the spine outwards thus expanding the fin; = muscle that pull s the spine in- 
wards, thus folding the fin; c= pulls the spine outwards; d= folds the fin ; 
e = abductor muscle ; f= adductor muscle; g= nodule of bone ; h =cubito- 
humeral process ; a.g.= articular groove; p.g. = primary should er girdle ; s.g. 
= secondary shoulder girdle ; 1 = notch in the cubito-humeral process ; s = 
spine ; c’, c’ = canals for the passage of muscles. 


1g2r.] S. L. Hora: Absence of fins in fishes. 31 


seated characters is linked up with their use or disuse, and that 
they do not necessarily dwindle away to vanishing point, but may 
simply drop out of the factorial system.’’ Kigenmann and Cox,! 
who have recorded the absence of the ventrals in Ameturus natalis, 
consider this character as a prepotent variation and suggest that 
‘““it is possible that some of the genera of fishes without ventrals 
have arisen from such prepotent variants, .... ’’ Brindley,” who 
noticed the absence of the ventrals in a specimen of the White 
Bream (A bramis blicca, Bloch.) observed “that the defect is con- 
genital and not the result of accidental injury. ....”’ Too much 
importance seems to have been attached to the variations in the 
germ-plasm especially when dealing with such cases of abnor- 
malities. Dr. N. Annandale suggests, and I agree with him, that 
such abnormalities may be the result of some injury to the anlagen 
of the ventral or the pectoral fins in the developing embryo. 
There is, however, very little material available at present to come 
to any satisfactory conclusion. 

I will now briefly deal with the two Indian genera of fresh- 
water fishes that are distinguished from their nearest relatives by 
the absence of the ventral fins. These are Channa, Gronoy. and 
Apua, Blyth. The genus Channa, which was hitherto known from 
Ceylon, the Philippines, China and Japan, has recently been record- 
ed from Burma by Chaudhuri. According to both Gtinther* and 
Day® this genus is distinguished from Ofhiocephalus, Bloch., by 
the absence of the ventral fins and the pyloric or coecal appen- 
dages. In the original description of the genus by Gronovius® the 
only significant phrase is ‘‘ Ventrales nulie.” I have examined 
two species of Channa, one described by Chaudhuri (0p. cit.) and the 
other contained in Dr. N. Annandale’s Chinese collection. In both 
these species pyloric appendages similar to those of Ophiocephalus 
are present. The only character, therefore, that distinguishes 
Channa from Ophiocephalus is the absence of the ventral fins. The 
occasional absence of the ventrals has been regarded in other 
genera as an abnormality or a case of genital variation; but in 
Channa this character seems to have become permanent, for large 
series of specimens with the ventrals absent have been collected 
from the same locality. Moreover, no species of Channa has been 
described having the same specific characters as any known species 
of Ophtocephalus. Some people attribute the absence of the ven- 
trals to the habits of these fishes, but how far this is true I have no 
evidence to judge at present. 

It is otherwise in the case of the second genus, Afuwa, which 
was described from two specimens and has not been recorded since. 
Vinciguerra? doubted the existence of cous and referred his SPE: 


! Kigenmann and Cox, Amer. Naturalist, XXXV, Pp: 33 (1901). 

Brindley, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 108—109, pl. x (1891). 

Chaudhuri, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVI, p. 284 (1919). 

Gunther, Cat. Brit. Mus. Fishes 111, pp. 468 and 483. 

Day, Fishes of India, II, p. 368. 

Catalogue of Fish in the British Museum, p. 99 (1854). 

Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, XXIX, pp. 348-49 (1889). 


yrrnrw 


32 Records of the Indian Museum, [Vou XXII, 1921.] 


cimens to Acanthophthalmus from which Blyth’s genus is distin- 
guished chiefly by the absence of the ventral fins. I have carefully 
examined the two unique type-specimens preserved in the Indian 
Museum and a large series of fresh specimens of Acanthophthalmus 
pangia from Manipur. I do not find any trace of the ventrals or 
of accidental injury in the former. Moreover, I cannot distinguish 
Blyth’s specimen from Acanthophthalmus pangia except by the 
absence of the ventrals. I am, therefore, led to believe that the 
specimens of Apua were abnormal and that the genus Apua can- 
not stand distinct from Acanthophthalmus. 

I conclude, therefore, that the cases of Apua and Channa ate 
not to be considered parallel. Channa has been found by numer- 
ous collectors at many different places over a very wide area and 
the ventrals are invariably absent. Apua, on the other hand, has 
only once been collected and only two individuals were then found. 

I have carefully dissected a specimen of Channa burmanica, 
Chaudhuri, and have not been able to find any trace of the pelvic 
girdle. 


Vii “AE PORT JON SA CORE C PEON, OF 
BRYOZOA FROM THE BAY OF BENGAL 
AND OTHER EASTERN SEAS. 


By AticE RoBErtson, Ph.D. 


The collection of bryozoa here reported upon was sent me by 
Dr. Annandale, Superintendent of the Museum at Calcutta, India. 
It consists of bryozoa obtained, for the most part, at various 
points on the coast of India and from various depths in the Bay 
of Bengal and vicinity. Both shore and deep water species 
are included, the bathymetric range varying from a few to several 
hundred fathoms. 

The specific identification is accompanied with one or two 
synonyms only, referring both to a description and a plate, the 
endeavour being simply to make the identification intended unmis- 
takable. In case the plate referred to is not easily accessible, or 
in those instances in which new species are described, drawings are 
given together with a description. No attempt has been made to 
give a complete synonymy, the authority adopted being that of 
Miss Jelly (1889). Any departure from this has been chiefly 
on the authority of Waters, especially as given in his recent papers 
on the Red Sea (rg0g) and the Zanzibar (1913) faunas. 

This collection contains representatives of forty-five genera 
and ninety-five species. Of these nine species and one variety are 
thought to be new to science. Two genera, Kinetoskias and 
Farciminaria, are of special interest, since not only are they from 
abyssal depths, but also while possessing undoubted characteristics 
of these two genera, the two species by which they are represented 
possess other characters which link them to other but probably 
related genera in a manner not hitherto shown. Considerable 
interest attaches to certain membraniporas found in brackish 
waters. Three such are considered new to science. Their mem- 
braniporidan character was early recognized but certain other 
characters were extremely puzzling, and it was not until the work 
of Stoliczka (1869) on M. bengalensts was discovered that their 
true nature was tevealed. Judging from the work done by 
Dr. Annandale on brackish water forms together with these river 
species of Membranipora, India abounds in brackish water vari- 
ational forms of much interest. 

Considerable difficulty has been encountered in this investiga- 
tion since the writer has been unable in most cases to secure 
actual specimens for comparison. My thanks are specially due 
to Professor Trevor Kincaid in so cordially lending the facilities of 


34 


Records of the Indian Museum. 


[Voy. XXII, 


the Department of Zoology and of the Library of the University 
of Washington for the furtherance of this work. 


List OF SPECIES TREATED. 


I. Aetea truncata, Lands- 
borough 
2. Synnotum aviculare, Pieper. 
3. Catenaria lafonti, Aud. 
4. Scrupocellaria  cervicornts, 
Busk. 
5 = jolloisiz, Aud. 
6. ¥ pilosa, Aud. 
Te macandret, Busk. 
8. Canda retiformis, Pourtales. 
g. Caberea lata, Busk. 
10. Diploecium simplex, Kirk. 
11. Bugula neritina, Linn. 
Te . var. minima, 
Waters. 
13. Beania oslia, sp. nov. 
4). ,, conferta, MacG. 
15. Kinetosktias avabtanensis, sp 
nov. 
16. Farciminaria andamanensts, 
Sp. nov. 
17: Cellaria salicoynoides, Lamx., 
18. Farcimia oculata, Busk. 
19. Flustra cribritformis, Busk. 
20. ,, rizophora, Ortmann. 
21. Membranipora  cervicornis, 
Busk. 
22. ,. eurvirostris, Hincks. 
23: ,, tncrustans, Waters. 
24. ,, lacroixiu, Aud. 
25. .. perfragilis, MacG. 
26. ,, simplex, Busk. 
27 ,, tehuelcha, D’Orb. 
28. 5 5, var. intertu- 
berculata,Waterts. 
29. 5, trifolium var. m- 
nor, Hincks. 
30. 5, SPtinostoma, sp. nov. 
ore » amoyensis, Sp. Nov. 
22% », devinensis, sp. nov. 
33. », Mughensts, sp. nov. 
34. Megapora ringens, Busk. 
35. Steganopora magnilabyis, 
Busk. 


36. Thalamoporella rozert, Aud. 


37. Smittipora abyssicola, Smitt. 
38. Cribrilina radiata, Moll. 
30. Bs bunctata, Hassall. 
40. Microporella ciliata, Pallas. 
AI. , distoma, Busk. 
42. 5, wmpressa, Aud. 
St » malusi, Aud. 
44. » yarraensis, Waters. 
45. Porina tubulosa, Norman. 
46. Tubucellaria cereoides, Ell. 
and Sol. 
47. Schizoporella auriculata, 
Hassall. 
48. ,, biaperta, Michelin. 
49. ,. brunnescens,  Ort- 
mann. 
50. ,, cecil, Aud. 
51. ,, linearis, Hassall. 
52 55 ,, form quincun- 
cialis, Hincks. 
53. » nivea, Busk. 
54. ,, pertusa, Esper. 
55: ,, dutertver, Aud. 
56. s 5 var. foltacea, 
nov. 
57. Lepralia adpressa, Busk. 
58. ,, depressa, Busk. 
59. ,, feegeensis, Busk. 
60. ,, turrita, Smitt. 
61. Eschareides occlusa, Busk. 
62. Petralia laccadivensis, sp. 
nov: 
63. ,, vultur, Hincks. 
64. 5 » vat. armata, 
Waters. 
65. Smittia landsborovit, John- 
ston. 
66. ,, marmorea, Hincks. 
67. , mitida, Verrill. 
68. ,, tvispinosa, Johnston 
69. x var. pro- 
ducta, Thornely. 
70. ,, 4latiavicularia, Kirk. 
71. Retepora delicatula, Busk. 


») 


porcellana, MacG. 


1921.] A. Rospertson: Report on Bryozoa. 35 


73. Retepora punctiligera, Ort- 84 Cupularia canariensis,Busk. 
mann. 85. Crisia sp ? 

74. Reteporella minor, Ortmann. 86. I*ilisparsa tubulosa, Busk. 

75. Haswellia australiensis,Has- 87. Idmoneaatlantica, E. Forbes. 


well. 88. » gracillima, Busk. 
76, Adeonella japonica, Ort- 89. Entalophora raripora, d’ Orb. 
mann, 90. Lichenopora radiata, Aud. 
as ,, platalea, Busk. gt. Domopora truncata,J ameson. 
78. ,. marginata, sp. nov. 92. Alevonidium mytith, Dalyell. 
79. Lagenipora costazit, Aud. 93. Amathia semtconvoluta, 
80. ,, tuberculata, MacG. Waters. 
81. Holoporella aperta, Hincks. 94. Zoobotryon pellucitdus, Eh- 
82 ,, &ridenticulata, Busk. renberg. 
83. ,. mammillata, Busk. 95. Pedicellina cernua, Pallas. 
ABBREVIATIONS USED IN TEXT-FIGURES. 
av. avicularium. op. operculum. 
av.ay. avicularian area. op.y. opercular rim. 
av.z0e. avicularian zocecium. op.sp. opercular spine. 
b.j. break joint. p. pote. 
ba.sp. basal spine. ped.av. pedunculated aviculari- 
um. 
chi.y. chitinous rim. pl. plate. 
de.mus. degenerating muscle. pr. process. 
de.poly. degenerating polypide. = pvi.mo. primary mouth. 
emb. embryo. ve.ele. reproductive elements. 
fery.zoe. fertile zocecium. ses.av. sessile avicularium. 
1. lobe. ' sh. sheath. 
lat.sp. lateral spine. sp.av. spatulate avicularium. 
mus. muscle. sé. stomach. 
nu.zoe. nutritive zocecium. t.ba. tubular base. 
oe. ocecium, um. umbo. 
0e.z0e. ocecial zocecium. zoe. zocecium. 


CHEILOSTOMATA. 
1. Aetea truncata, Landsborough. 


Aetea truncata, Robertson, 1905, vol. 2, no. 5, p. 246, pl. iv, figs. 5, 6. 

A mere fragment growing ona piece of shell together with 
other Bryozoa. Obtained on the Pearl Banks, Ceylon, depth 
unknown. This species seems to be a northern form which has 
strayed south. Itis present as a shore form on the coast of 
Alaska, has been obtained on a holdfast at La Jolla, California, at 
a depth of two fathoms, and is reported from Zanzibar at eight 
fathoms. 


2. Synnotum aviculare, Pieper. 


Synnotum aviculare, Hincks, 1886, ser. 5, vol. 17, p- 257- 
Synnotum aviculare. Robertson, 1905, vol. 2, no. 5, p. 2 
84, 85. 


36 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XXII, 


Mr. Waters (1913) criticises my identification of S. aviculare 
obtained from the coast of California, considering that the species 
there obtained is S. contorta. After examining the specimen from 
Madras Harbour I am the more inclined to the opinion that the 
California species is identical with the species in this collection 
and that both are S. aviculare. A piece of a colony growing with 
B. neritina obtained from Madras Harbour ; also found at a depth 
of 6 to 8 fathoms, growing on cinder at the entrance to Palk 
Straits. 

3. Catenaria lafontii, Audouin and Savigny. 
Catenaria lafontii, Harmer, 1902, vol. xlvi, p. 305, pl. 17, fig. 40. 

Obtained at three stations in Madras Harbour, dredged at 

from 6 to 8 fathoms; also at Mergui, Burma. 


4. Scrupocellaria cervicornis, Busk. 
Scrupocellarva cervicornis, Busk, 1852, pt. i, p. 24, pl. Ix. 
Common in Madras Harbour at depths of from 4 to 6 


fathoms ; obtained also at the entrance to Palk Straits and at 
Mangalore, west coast of India. 


5. Scrupocellaria jolloisii, Audouin and Savigny. 
Scrupocellaria jolloisii, Waters, 1900, p. 132, pl. 10, figs. 5-10. 

A common species in this vicinity obtained at several local- 
ities: Mangalore, Gaspar Straits, Malay Archipelago and Mergui, 
Burma. Also dredged at depths of from 30 to 24 fathoms off the 
Ganjam coast and at station 387 (off C. Negrais, Burma, 
15°25’ N., 93°45’ E.) at depths of from 49 to 4o fathoms. 


6. Scrupocellaria pilosa, Audouin and Savigny. 
Scrupocellaria pilosa, Waters, 1913, p. 478, pl. Ixviii. figs. 3, 4. 
Found growing on cinder at depths of from 6 to 8 fathoms, 
at the entrance of Palk Straits. 


7. Scrupocellaria macandrei, Busk. 
Scrup ocellaria macandrei, Busk, 1852, pt. i, p. 24, pl. xxiv, figs. 1-3. 
Dredged at 31 fathoms at Mangalore, west coast of India. 


8. Canda retiformis, Pourtales. 
Canda retiformis, Waters, 1913, p- 479, Pl. Ixix, figs. I, 2, 6. 
Obtained at the Andamans growing on coral; also at station 
287 (Arabian Sea, 21°8’30” N. 65°47’ E.) and dredged at 34 
fathoms in 81°16’ K., 6°o1’ N. 


g. Caberea lata, Busk. 


Cabevea lata, Busk, 1852, pt. i, p- 39, pl. xlix. 
Obtained off Ganjam, east coast of Madras Presidency, at 
24 to 30 fathoms. 


1g2I.] A. RoBERTSON: Report on Bryozoa. 37 


10. Diploecium simplex, Kirkpatrick. 
Diplecium simplex Kirkpatrick, 1888, ser, 6, vol. 1, p. 73, pl. vii, fig. 1. 

Zoarium consisting of many branches composed of relatively 
short internodes, the whole forming bushy tufts 25 or 30 mm. 
in height. Internodes separated by 
chitinous joints which form in place 
of the two distal zocecia of the in- 
ternode, and consisting commonly 
of eight zocecia although varying 
in number from four to twelve. 
Branching dichotomous.  Zo@cia 
atranged in pairs, back to back, each 
pair at right angles to the preced- 
ing pair (Fig. 1); tubular, some- 
what wider in the middle. Zocecial 
wall delicately calcareous, and regu- 
larly porous. Ortfices rounded above 
with a sinus on the lower margin. 
Ocecia porous, somewhat flattened, 
closed by the operculum; lower 
margin curved so that the orifice of 
the fertile zocecium is larger than 
that of an ordinary zocecium. In 
older parts of the colony the rim 
of the ocecia is somewhat thickened, 
due probably to increased calcifica- 
tion. 

The species here identified differs 
slightly from that described by 
Kirkpatrick, notably in the greater 
size of internodes and in the shape 
of ‘the ocecio-zocecial orifice. The : 
latter is thought to be an import- FiG. 1—Drplecium simplex Kirk. 
ant difference, perhaps of specific Ge 
value. For the present, however, 
these differences will be considered mere variations of the original 
species. This species is a puzzling one and it is doubtful, as Kirk- 
patrick remarks, just where it belongs in the present classifica- 
tion of the bryozoa. 

Obtained at station 47, off mouth of Godaveri R., 5-6 fathoms. 
Probably dredged or taken in tangles, judging from the condition 
of the material. Miss Thornely reports this species from the 
Andamans at 17 fathoms. 


11. Bugula neritina, Linnaeus. 


Bugula neritina, Waters, 1909, p- 135, Ppl. xi, figs. 1-3. 
Abundant in Madras Harbour, often growing in large masses with 
hydroids and other bryozoa; in one instance entangled in Zoobo- 
tryon pellucidus. Dredged at depths varying from 4 to 6 fathoms. 


38 Records of the Indian Museum. fVoL. XXII, 


12. Bugula neritina, var. minima, Waters. 
B. nevitina, var. minima, Waters, 1909, vol. xxxi, p. 139, pl. ii. figs. q, 7. 


Small piece of a colony dredged at 31 fathoms, 21 miles S. W. 
by W. of Mangalore, west coast of India. 


13. Beania ostia, sp. nov. 


Zoarium forming a flat lace-like mass growing on old pieces 
of bone. Zoecia hoat-shaped, each connected with its neighbour 
by four tubes of approximately equal length (Fig. 2). Aperture 
occupying the whole or almost the whole of the front. Five short 
spines at the distal extremity. In a few instances there are but 
four spines, the margin between the second and fourth being 
raised, much curved and bounded by a strong chitinous rim. 


Fig. 2.—Beania ostia, sp. nov. X 50. 


This is thought to represent the o@ctuwm (@.). In one instance 
only has an aviculavium been found, although many zocecia have 
been examined. Unfortunately the material became dry before it 
could be studied, and hence very brittle. On a few zocecia there 
are indications of the remains of an avicularium but nothing that 
can be positively so regarded. Aviculariwm small, pedunculated, 
situated at one side near the base of the aperture. 

Obtained at Gopalpore, east coast of India, dredged at depths 
of from 25 to 28 fathoms. 


14. Beania conferta, MacGillivray. 
Beania conferta, MacGillivray, 1886, vol. xxii, p. 130, pl. 1, fig. 5. 


A minute quantity growing with F. oculata on a worm tube, 
obtained at Gaspar Straits, Malay Archipelago. 


1g21.] A. RoBERTSON: Report on Bryozoa. 39 


15. Kinetoskias arabianensis, sp. nov. 


Zoarium incomplete, consisting of a single stem with a few 
branches at the distal end and breaking into a number of rootlets 
at the attached end. The stem is composed of a number of radical 
tubes, and of zocecia which are smaller and stiffer than the zocecia 
of the distal branches, the two forming a stalk or stem which is 
probably flexible in the natural state but sufficiently rigid to hold 
the crown of branches two or more inches above the ocean-floor. 
That the substratum in which this specimen grew is similar to that 
usually described for Kinetoskias is shown by the globigerina and 
other shells, and grains of sand adhering to the finest rootlets. The 
branches at the distal end consist of zocecia in two series, the 
zocecia of each series forming an acute angle with the zocecia of 
the other. 

The adult or nutritive zocecia (Fig. 3, A) are very long and 
may be considered to consist of two parts or regions, the zocecia 
proper (zoe.) and the tubular base (¢.ba.) more or less independent 
of the former, and into which the polypide does not extend. 
Indeed, the connection between it and the main body of the 
zocecium is easily and frequently broken, in which case the tubular 
portion remains attached to the zocecium from which it sprang, 
while the main portion is lost. Outlining each zocecium and thus 
strengthening the rim is a chitinous border. At the point of 
union of the zocecium proper and the basal prolongation, the 
chitinous rim is frequently bent inward forming a weakened 
place or break joint (b.7.). At the distal end of the zocecium the 
chitinous margin grows thinner and there forms a blunt point. 
The wall of the zocecium is delicate and transparent, the orifice 1s 
formed by the opening of a broadly semicircular lip bounded by a 
heavy chitinous bar. Both sessile and pedunculated avicularia 
occur. At the dorso-lateral angle of each zocecium there is a 
sessile avicularium (ses.av.) with a mandible curved at the extre- 
mity and fitting into a chitinous groove. ‘This avicularium is seated 
ona distinct area on the dorso-lateral wall to which the strong 
mandibular muscle is attached and which is outlined by a delicate 
rim (C, av.ar.). These avicularia frequently break off, in which 
case the area is exposed. On a few zocecia only were frontal 
pedunculated avicularia found, attached to the lower inner margin 
(B, ped.av.). These have an extremely short peduncle, but the 
avicularia are relatively large. Through the transparent wall of 
the zocecium the polypide is clearly visible especially in stained 
preparations. Within the zocecium is found also a large and 
powerful muscular organ (A,B, mus.). This is composed of two 
groups of muscle fibres lying in the lower part of the zocecium 
just above the tubular prolongation and spreading on two sides 
of the median line like two fans. Viewed from the front, the 
stomach of the contracted polypide is visible between the two 
groups of muscle fibres (A, st.). 

In this colony there is but one fertile zocecium. It arises as 


Fic. 3 —Kinetoskias avabianensis, sp. nov. X 40. 

(A) Outlines of a few nutritive zocecia showing detail in one. 

B) Three zocecia possessing both pedunculated (ped.av.) and sessile avicula- 
ria (ses.av.). 

(C) Dorsal surface of a zocecium to show area from whicha sessile avicularium 
has broken away (av.ar.). 

(D) Three nutritive and one fertile zocecia (fer.zoe.) to show especially the 
relative position and size of the latter, together with certain details : 
embryo (emb.), ocecium (ce.), sheath of embryo (sh.), degenerating 
polypide (de. poly.) and muscles (de. mus.). 


[VoL. XXII, 1921.] A. ROBERTSON: Report on Bryozoa. AT 


do the nutritive zocecia, and indeed is a transformed nutritive 
zocecium. It also consists of two parts, a much enlarged zocecium 
proper and a basal prolongation (Fig. 3, D). The zocecium 
proper, again, consists of two parts. These may be distinguished 
by a difference in the texture of the wall, the lower half being 
membranous, the upper half being thickened and strengthened by 
delicate calcareous plates (fev.zoe.). ‘The calcareous wall of the 
upper half is bulging and rounded and obviously forms a brood 
sac or o@cium (oe.). ‘The dorsal and ventral walls of this zocecium 
unite distally and are bounded by broadly rounded chitinous bars, 
one forming the distal edge of the dorsal wall, the other forming 
the distal edge of the ventral wall, the whole closing the mouth of 
the ocecium through which the developed embryo (emb.) or larva 
eventually escapes. That the chitinous rim of the ventral wall is 
homologous with the operculum of the nutritive zocecia is obvious 
when the muscular attachment of each is studied. The chitinous 
opercula possess a rather broad expansion at each end to which 
the opercular muscles are fastened. The chitinous rim of the 
ocecium possesses a similar expansion at each end to which muscle 
fibres are attached, and whose action presumably serves to open 
the ocecium. Conclusive proof that the fertile zocecium is a 
transformed nutritive zocecium is afforded by the presence within 
the fertile zocecium of the degenerating remains of a polypide 
(de. poly.) and of parietal muscles (de. mus.). Lying above these 
is the large opaque body of the embryo suspended in a membran- 
ous sheath (sh.) and only partially cnclosed by the calcareous 
wall of the ovicell. Traces of reproductive elements were found 
in a few zocecia (B, ve. e/e.), and in each case these resemble 
testis rather than ovary. In the zocecium adjoining the ocecium, 
what is regarded as testis is also found and it is perhaps signi- 
ficant that similar tissue extends into the basal prolongation of 
this zocecium (? ve. ele.). Inno case has undoubted ovary been 
apparent. 

Obtained at station 193, Arabian Sea, 72°28'45” EK. 15°11’ N., 
dredged at 931 fathoms. 

This interesting specimen was obtained at a depth of 931 
fathoms or from a depth of over a mile and is therefore to be 
regarded as an abyssal form. Considerable difficulty has been 
encountered in the attempt to identify it because, while it possesses 
features undoubtedly allying it with Kinetoskias, it possesses others 
which differ markedly from any known species of that interesting 
genus and which relate it to another family, viz. the Cellulariide. 

It is allied to Kinetoskias by its unique muscular organ 
coupled with the possession of articulated avicularia, and by its 
abyssal habitat. It is allied to the Cellularians by the possession 
of sessile avicularia and by the structure of its peduncle, while the 
unique structure of the ocecium is unlike that of any Cheilostoma- 
tous ovicell known to the writer save one, that of Cellularia cirrata, 
Busk (1884), to which the species under consideration is related 
if not identical. 


42 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


According to the discussion of the genus Kinetoskias presented 
by Busk (1881), this genus was originally established to embrace 
two peculiar abyssal species of bryozoa first described by Daniels- 
sen in 1867, later more fully by Koren and Danielssen. Among 
the Challenger bryozoa, Busk (1884) describes two new species of 
this genus obtained in the North Atlantic, the one from a depth of 
1526 fathoms, the other from 265 fathoms. The distinguishing 
mark of these four species is the strong ‘‘ parietal muscle arising 
near the base of the zocecium and passing obliquely backwards 
and upwards expanding ina fan-shaped manner to be inserted into 
its hinder wall to the height of about one-third or one-fourth of the 
zocecium,’’ To quote further, the author adds, ‘‘ the action of 
this muscle must be to draw the entire zocecium downwards and 
forwards, or in other words, to bend it on itself, and thus by the 
concurrent action in many zocecia to curl the branches forwards ; 
an action that has in fact been noticed by Koren and Danielssen 
in the living condition.’’ 

It is clearly shown in the various figures that this Arabian 
species possesses the Kinetoskian muscle developed to a greater 
degree than it is in any of the species heretofore described. It is 
seen to arise at two points near the base of the zocecium proper 
and to spread out in two directions forming a double muscle, that 
portion lying toward the inner side of the zocecium being some- 
what more strongly developed than that lying toward the outer 
side. The four species hitherto described agree in the possession of 
pedunculated avicularia, one for each zocecium. One of the 
puzzling things about the K. avabianensis was the apparent lack 
of these structures. After a close and painstaking search three 
zocecia were found, each of which possessed one. Whether the 
rest of the material is mutilated in this respect it is impossible to 
say. The union between these avicularia and the margin of the 
zocecia is extremely delicate and may have been broken, leaving 
no trace. Certain it is that no traces of their former presence 
are visible. It is further noted that in this species the pedun- 
culated avicularia are attached to the inside border, where- 
as in other species reported they are attached to the outside 
border. 

In the discussion mentioned above Busk makes a point of the 
structure of the peduncle, considering it to be a specialized, highly 
differentiated structure, formed by a coalescence of radicle fibres. 
In the species he describes, the peduncle consists of transparent, 
homogeneous tissue, homologous, according to that investigator, 
with an internode of a root fibre. In the Arabian species the 
peduncle is a more primitive structure, consisting as does that of 
some Bugulas, its near relatives, of an intermixture of root fibres 
and zocecia, the former twisting about the somewhat rigid zocecia 
for a considerable distance before the stem thus formed divides 
into several branches. One root fibre at least continues upward 
on the dorsal side of each branch, while at the base the main stem 
again divides into a few coarse fibres, these into smaller and 


1g21.] A. Ropertson: Report on Bryozoa. 43 


smaller branches, the finest rootlets clasping minute objects in 
the substratum. 

In so far the characters of the K. avabianensis, while differing 
somewhat from other members of this genus, do not remove it 
from the family Bicellariidee to which Kinetoskias and the Bugulas 
belong. The two characters remaining to be discussed, viz. 
sessile avicularia and the peculiar structure of the ocecium are 
both unknown in that family. The former is a distinguishing 
mark of the family Cellulariide, and except in a slight difference 
in position the sessile avicularia on the Arabian species are similar 
to the lateral avicularia found on such Cellularians as Mem:pea or 
Scrupocellaria, 

The unique ocecium of this species reveais a wholly unexpect- 
ed dimorphism previously unknown in either of the two families 
mentioned above and only rarely occurring in the Cheilostomes. 
The only other Cheilostomatous bryozoan which shows a similar 
condition is Adeonella and its congeners where a trimorphism 
exists, resulting in nutritive zocecia, reproductive or ocecial zovecia, 
and zocecia transformed into avicularia. In Crista, a Cyclostome, 
there is found a dimorphic condition quite similar to that which 
obtains in K. avabianensis, in which a zocecium grows to an 
unusual size and takes on the reproductive instead of the 
nutritive function. Unlike the ocecium of Cvista which never 
assumes the nutritive functions, the species found in the Arabian 
Sea first performs'the nutritive function, indicated by the presence 
of a polypide, and only secondarily assumes the ocecial func- 
tion. 

The ocecial condition most nearly resembling that shown by 
K. arabianensis is found in Cellularia cirrata, Busk (1884). ‘‘ The 
ocecium,’’ as Busk remarks, “is formed by an entire metamor- 
phosed zocecium, with a wide opening closed by a broad valve 
having a semilunar chitinous border.’’ At first glance, the occur- 
rence of ocecia so unusal in structure and yet so similar externally 
would lead one to suspect close relationship between C. cirrata 
and the present species. And indeed for a time the two were 
thought to be identical. ‘This opinion was strengthened by the 
facts that both are abyssal and both come from regions geographi- 
cally similar. Busk, however, makes no mention of internal 
structure, but remarks that the material was in poor condition 
and much curled. He evidently found no articulated avicularia 
and no parietal muscles, and the characters which his specimen 
dis\ .osed justified him in placing it in the Cellulariidee. How- 
ever he expresses a doubt that he is correct and remarks that 
perhaps a new genus should be established to receive his species. 
The occurrence of this peculiar ocecium in these two species leads 
one to wonder if C. civrata and the species from the Arabian Sea 
are identical, especially when one reflects that the curled condition 
upon which Busk remarks might be caused by the contraction of 
parietal muscles and at the same time might make the detection 
of tiiese muscles impossible. 


44 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


The facts in regard to the reproductive elements and the 
reproductive processes which have been ascertained through a 
study of this material reveal a curious parallel between it and 
Crisia and other Cyclostomes. In both, testis is abundan‘ 
while ovary is apparently correspondingly scarce. Is it perhaps 
true, as has been shown for Crisia, that but few ova are produced, 
or that ova arrive at maturity in but one zocecium, or in but few 
zocecia ? Again, since, the ovicells and embryos are of such size 
and character it seems probable that zocecia destined to become 
ovicells are early set apart for that purpose, and likewise possible, 
as in the Cyclostoines, that the ova are produced in the growing 
tissues and become secondarily united with a zocecium. Judging 
from the size of the embryos together with their small number, 
the supposition that embryonic fission may occur here is not 
improbable, and increases the interest in this species as an object 
of study. 


16. Farciminaria andamanensis, sp. nov. 


Part of a colony consisting of a long stem and numerous 
branches (fig. 4, A). Stem incomplete, made up of four rows of 
aborted zocecia arranged around an imaginary axis, four sided, 
the corners strengthened by chitinous bars or modified root fibres, 
from tle inner edges of which strong teeth project into the 
interior of the zocecia; the four zocecia in each group at the same 
level so that the stem has a segmented appearance. At the distal 
end the stem divides into two branches connected for a short 
distance by a filmy membrane. The segmented appearance 
continues for four or six segments above the first branches when 
the second branching occurs, and the zocecia from this point 
contain polypides. The branches, at first biserial, soon become 
tri- or quadriserial, the zocecia assuming an alternate arrangement 
(fig. 4, B). 

Branches \ose their segmentation, and the zocecia face out- 
wardly and laterally. Zoecia elongated, area occupying the 
whole of the front. Orifice at the summit closed with a protruding 
lip. No spines and no avicularia. No ocecia have been observed. 
In older parts of the colony rounded or oval bodies occur which 
may be embryos. ‘These are always found, when they occur, in 
the upper part of the zocecium, sometimes in company with a 
degenerating polypide, again with a regenerating one. ‘These are 
not brown bodies. 

Considerable hesitation is experienced in placing this speci- 
men in this genus since the zocecia are not all arranged around an 
imaginary axis, as is usually described for Farciminaria, but 
simply folded, as it were, one or two middle rows projecting 
forward and the two lateral rows turned somewhat, so that the 
zocecia when viewed from the front are seen in profile. So many 
characters, however, both of the zocecia and of the zoarium as a 
whole, are Farciminarian that it seems to belong here rather than 
with any allied genus. 


192I.} A. ROBERTSON: Report on Bryozoa, 45 


In the absence of spines, avicularia, and ocecia this species 
resembles Farciminaria hexagona, Busk (1884). That species, how- 
ever, has six series of zocecia facing around the branch, the two 
inner rows consisting of sterile zocecia only. ‘There is also consider- 
able resemblance between it and Farciminaria simplex, MacGillivray 
(1886). The Australian species has a prominent ocecium, and both 
description and plate are so meagre that identification by their 
means alone seemed impossible. 

Material obtained at the Andamans (1899). 


Hic. 4.—Farciminaria andamanensis, sp. nov. 
A. Habit sketch. x 2. 
B. A few zocecia. X 50. 


17. Cellaria salicornioides. Lamouroux. 
Cellaria johnsoni, Hincks, 1880, p. 112, pl. xiii, figs. 9-12. 
Obtained at one locality only, Santapilly, Madras (east coast). 


18. Farcimia oculata, Busk. 
Nellia oculaia, Busk, 1852, pt. i, p. 64, fig. 6. 
Extremely abundant, obtained at at least nine stations: 
Mergui; Palk Straits; Mangalore; Gaspar Straits ; Ganjam coast ; 
Ancutta Reef, Laccadives ; Gopalpore. 


46 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


19. Flustra cribriformis, Busk. 


Carbasea cribriformis, Busk, 1884, vol. x, p. 50, pl. xxx. 

Zoaritum dry and in fragments, but fenestrated condition 
very apparent. Zocecial characters agree with description as 
given by Busk. This material contained many embryos in various 
stages of growth. When full grown, the embryos hang suspended 
in a bag or membrane, the distal end shoved into the shallow 
ocecium while the larger portion extends into the zocecium, about 
filling the upper half. 

Obtained at Singapore. 


20. Flustra rhizophora, Ortmann. 


Carbasea rhizophora, Ortmann, 1890, p. 27, taf. i, fig. 24. 
Dredged at 31 fathoms, 21 miles S.W. by W. of Mangalore, 
east coast of India. 


21. Membranipora cervicornis, Busk. 
Membranipora cervicornis, Busk, 1854, pt. 11, p. 60, pl. C, fig. 3. 
Obtained at two stations at the entrance to Palk Straits, 3 
miles N.N.W. of Pt. Pedro, dredged in sand at from 6 to 8 
fathoms. 
22, Membranipora curvirostris, Hincks. 
Membranipora curvirostris, Hincks, 1880, p. 153, pl. xx, figs. 5, 6. 


Dredged off the Ganjam coast at from 24 to 30 fathoms. 


23. Membranipora incrustans, Waters. 
Membranipora incrustans, Waters, 1808, p. 686, pl. 47, 1fig. 13- 
Obtained at entrance to Palk Straits and on Ancutta Reef, 
Laccadives. 
24. Membranipora lacroixii, Audouin. 
Membranipora lacroixi1, Busk, 1854, pt. ti, p. 60, pl. 69, fig. 1. 


Found growing on shells and pieces of bamboo at Puri beach, 
Orissa coast. Also growing on crab. 


25. Membranipora perfragilis, MacGillivray. 
Abembranipors perfragilis, Hincks, 1884, ser. 5, vol. xiv, p. 278, pl. 
viii, fig. 4. 

Abundant in this collection, being found at nine or ten 
stations: Madras; Mergui, on the Brig ‘‘ Cassandra; ”’ off Akyab, 
Arrakan coast at 17 fathoms; Puri beach and Black Pagoda, 
Orissa coast ; Virkalay, Travancore coast; at Andamans Is.,; off 
Carwar and Molki; and Gopalpore. Also at stations 468 (Andaman 
Is., Port Blair Harbour) ; st. 387 (off C. Negrais, Burma, 15°25’ N., 
93°45’ E.) at 49 to 4o fathoms, and st. 532 (Mergui Archipelago, 
12°15’20” N., 97°10’10" E.), 62 fathoms. 


1921. |] A. ROBERTSON: Report on Bryozoa. 47 


26, Membranipora simplex, Busk. 


Nellia simplex, Busk, 1852, pt.1, p. 19, pl. Ixv, fig. i; pl. Ixv (bis), fig. 3, 
Obtained at Santapilly and at Madras. 


27. Membranipora tehuelcha, D’Orbigny. 


Membranipora tehuelcha, Robertson, 1908, p. 265, pl. 15, figs. 16, 17 ; 
pl. 16, fig. 18. 

More or less abundant at Puri beach, Orissa coast on bits of 
wood, also at station 380 (off Akyab, Burma, 19°8’ N., 92°59’ E.), 
said to be dredged at 530 fathoms, but since the specimens were 
growing on sea weed this is thought to be doubtful. [The weed on 
which it grew commonly floats on the surface. WN. A.] 


28. Membranipora tehuelcha var. intertuberculata, Waters. 


M. tehuelcha var. intertuberculata, Waters, 1808, p. 676, pl. 48, figs. 1, 2 
Obtained from two localities, Puri beach, Orissa coast and 
from tide pools at Kyouk-Phyu, Burma. In the adult stage this 
variety assumes a inost fantastic appearance due to the elevated, 
folded, spinous walls. The tubercles are often more numerous 
and fantastic than represented by Waters, mere seasonal or 
environmental variations, probably, of this cosmopolitan species. 


29. Membranipora trifolium var. minor, Hincks. 
Membranipora trifolium var. minor, Hincks, 1885, ser. 5, vol. 15, p. 
255, pl. viii, fig. 7. 
Obtained at Mangalore at 31 fathoms, and at the Andamans ; 
also off Ceylon at 703 fathoms, growing on shell. 


30. Membranipora spinostoma, sp. nov. 


Zoartum loosely incrusting a stem. Zoecia irregularly quadr- 
angular with a broad calcareous border crenulated on the inner 
margin (fig. 5, A). Apertuve membranous, occupying the whole of 
the front. Operculum large, with a heavy chitinous rim, opening 
close to the caleareous border. The spinal adornment of operculum 
and area constitutes the unique feature of thisspecies. Spines occur 
in three locations: (1) on the margin of the area; (2) on the oper- 
culum ; (3) below and at each extremity of the operculum. Spznes 
on the margin of the area, delicate, finely pointed, varying in 
number from 12 to 15 placed regularly, to a few at irregular 
intervals. Sines on the operculum (fig. 5, A, C) heavy, chiti- 
nous, arranged in two rows, alternate, at least six, usually eight 
in number, one springing from near the base of the operculum, 
the other about half way from the base, stiff, longer than the 
width of the operculum, directed upward or toward and beyond 
the distal border (C, op.sp.). Two lateral spines at the extremi- 
ties of the opercular bar invariably present. These grow in 
sockets and are movable in two directions, upward and downward. 


48 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy XXII, 


(A, B, C, /at.sp.). In their slenderness, length and mobility they 
resemble vibracula. In the space between these lateral spines or 
vibracula, other spines, from one to four in number, are some- 
times found springing from the top of the area and extending 
stifly downward. These are more or less inconstant being 
apparently easily broken. 


Fic. 5.—Membranipora spinostoma, sp. nov. 
A. Three zocecia, X25. 
B. Operculum thrown widely open showing the inner 
surface, primary mouth (fv7.mo.) and chitinous 
rim above it. X 100, 
C. A magnified view of operculum and opercular spines. 
X 100. 


Obtained at station 352, Persian Gulf, 29°20’ N., 48°47’ E., 
at a depth of 13 fathoms. 

The material upon which these observations are made is dry, 
hence brittle and difficult to study. The upstanding spines on 
the operculum serve to catch and hold debris, thus increasing this 
difficulty. In Figure 5, B, showing the operculum thrown back 
and revealing the inner surface, the primary mouth (p7?.m0.) 


1g21.| A. Rospertrson: Report on Bryozoa. 49 


seems to consist of a slit or opening under the operculum. Above 
and close to the caleareous margin is a rather broad, delicate, 
semi-chitinous rim (ch?. 7.) against which the spiny operculum 
closes. The space formed by the opening of the operculum consti- 
tutes a secondary mouth. Moreover the heavy operculum fre- 
quently tears away from the delicate membrane of the area, 
leaving an opening between operculum and area having the 
appearance of a mouth. This was confusing until, after soaking 
small pieces in oil for a few hours, then teasing on a slide, 
instances were found in which the operculum was thrown back 
and opened as in fig. 5, B. It is important that this species be 
examined further, either fresh or preserved in alcohol. 


BRACKISH WATER MEMBRANIPORA. 


he three species of Membranipora which follow belong to 
brackish-water forms similar to Membranipora bengalensis des- 
cribed by Stoliczka (1869). ‘That investigator found this species 
in a tank of water only one-fifth as saline as sea-water. Later he 
found it distributed throughout that region of India known as the 
Sunderbans, incrusting old pieces of wood, or trunks of trees at the 
mouths of rivers and on the shores of salt lakes, but never in fresh 
water. In his description of this species, Stoliczka remarks that 
he has observed similar forms incrusting shells and fragments of 
wood in various places along the coast of Bengal Bay, but had not 
succeeded in obtaining specimens which were in a good state of 
preservation. 

In this collection there are three species of Membranipora 
which have proved most puzzling until the description and plates 
of M. bengalensis were obtained. ‘These three species resemble 
each other and M. bengalensis in several features: (1) in the loose 
connection existing between the zoaria and the substratum, and 
oiten between the zocecia themselves; (2) in the possession of 
delicate chitinous rather than calcareous lateral walls, together 
with an extremely delicate calcareous wall over portions of the 
front of the zocecia; (3) in the development, as a rule, of con- 
spicuous spines which are highly characteristic and distinct for 
each species. Like M. bengalensis also, all grow on wood more or 
less sodden or on shells of brackish- water mollusks. 


31. Membranipora amoyensis, sp. nov. 


Zoarium loosely incrusting a shell and in places forming 
bilaminar folds. Zoacia large, quadrangular, alternate, separated 
by thickened lines (fig. 6). Aperture occupying more than half 
the front. Operculum semicircular, large, situated close to the 
top. Aperture surrounded by a calcareous margin from which 
project numerous small calcareous spines, 17 or 18, or perhaps Io 
to 12, depending on the size of the zocecium. On young zocecia a 
single stout spine on each side at the upper angles. On older 


50 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XXII, 


zocecia this spine becomes trifid, one branch usually extending 
outward, one upward and one downward. No o@cia have been 
found. 

This species was obtained from Amoy, China. No other data 
given. The material incrusts a shell which is judged to be from 
water only slightly saline since, while calcareous, it is extremely 
soit and chalk-like and not of the ordinary marine type. 


Fic. 6.—Membranipora amoyensis, sp. nov. X go. 
ry 


32. Membranipora devinensis, sp. nov. 


Zoarium incrusting bark of sodden wood, loosely attached. 
Zoecia elongated, sometimes of extreme length and connected 
together loosely (fig. 7). Aperture occupying almost all of the 
front, the margin beset with a large number of spines which meet 
across the front. Operculum semicircular, large at the top of the 
aperture. The portion of the zocecium below the aperture covered 
with a delicate calcareous wall marked by two large pores. Some- 
times two zocecia form in the place of one, when each zocecium 
possesses but one pore. Inno case has a spine been found project- 
ing from these pores. Oacium small, projecting over the zocecium 
above, almost to its pores. 


1gal.| A. Ropertson: Report on Bryozoa. Sit 


Obtained on the Orissa coast at the mouth of the Devi river, 
Bay of Bengal, dredged at depths varying from 23 to 25 fathoms. 


33. Membranipora hug- 
liensis, sp. nov. 

Zoarium growing in a sin- 
gle layer on chips of wood 
to which hydroid stems ad- 
here and encircling these 
stems, where it forms small 
bilaminate expansions. 
Zoecia elongated, aperture 
occupying three-fourths of 
the front or more, surround- 
ed by a delicate calcareous 
border crenulated on the 
inner margin (fig. 8). The 
lower part of the front of 
the zowcia covered witha 
ealcareous layer. The dis- 
tal portion of each zocecium 
projecting over the zocecium 
above almost to the crenu- 
lated margin of the aper- 
ture. Where the zocecia are 
crowded, the aperture much 


Fig. 7.—Membranipora devinensis, sp. 


nov. X 50. 


reduced and may become almost circular. That part of the zoa- 
rium growing flat and single layered is without spines, while 


Fic. 8.—Membranipora hugliensis, sp. 


nov. X 90. 


that part which climbs on 
the hydroid stems and 
sends out bilaminate folds, 
possesses many conspicuous 
basal spines. Usually each 
zocecium in the spinous re- 
gion possesses two or more 
spines situated on the calca- 
reous layer of the front wall 
just below the aperture. _ In 
some cases where the zocecia 
are narrowed below, but one 
process may occur, usually 
then in the middle of the 
lower front wall. In still 
other instances no spines 
occur on the double layered 
portion. These spines (sp.) 
are tall, hollow, tapering 
processes formed of a trans- 
parent membrane, and lined 
with a delicate epithelium 


52 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


continuous with that of the parietal lining of the zocecium. 
They are not articulated but bend easily, the membranous layer 
simply wrinkling on one side. No ocecia were found. 

Obtained in considerable abundance at the mouth of the 
Hugli river, Bay of Bengal. 


34. Membranipora ringens, Busk. 
Megapora vingens, Hincks, 1880, p. 172, pl. xxii, fig. 1. 
Obtained at entrance to Palk Straits, 3 miles N.N.W. of 
Point Pedro, dredged at 6 to 8 fathoms. Incrusting a coral mass 
with sponge and other bryozoa. 


35. Steganoporella magnilabris, Busk. 
Steganoporella magnilabris, Busk, 1884, pt. xxx, p. 75, pl. xxiii, fig. 2. 

Obtained at four rather widely separated localities showing 
that the species is abundant in the Bay of Bengal. Found at the 
Andamans growing over masses of coral; on Ancutta Reef, 
Laccadives; off Ceylon at 703 fathoms, and at station 384 (off 
C. Negrais, Burma, 16°0’ N , 93°37’ E.), dredged at 40 fathoms, 
growing over roots and debris. 


36. Thalamoporella rozieri, Audouin. 
Thalamoporella rozieri, Robertson, 1908, vol. 4, no. 5. p. 277, pl. 17, 
figs. 27, 28, 29. 


Obtained at one locality only, Pedro Shoal, Palk Straits. 


37. Smittipora abyssicola, Smitt. 


Vincularvia abyssicola, Smitt, pt. ii, p. 6, pl. i, figs. 60, 61. 
Obtained at the entrance to Palk Straits, dredged at 6 to 8 
fathoms, also at station 387 (off C. Negrais, Burma, 15°25’ N., 
93°45’ E.), dredged at 40 to 49 fathoms. 


38. Cribrilina radiata, Moll. 
Cribrilina radiata, Hincks, 1880, p. 185, pl. xxv, figs. 1-9. 

Abundant in this collection. Obtained at Palk Straits, 
dredged at 6 to 8 fathoms; Andamans ; Laccadives; Puri, 
Orissa coast; off Ceylon at 703 fathoms ; off Gopalpore at 25 to 
28 fathoms; at station 522 (Mergui Archipelago, 12°35’ 15” N., 
98° 16’ E.); at station 387 (off C. Negrais, Burma, 15°25’ N., 
93°45 E.). 

39. Cribrilina punctata, Hassall. 
Cribrilina punctata, Hincks, 1880, p. 199, pl. 26, fig. 3. 

Obtained at two points: off Gopalpore at 25 to 28 fathoms 

and in the Bay of Bengal at 15 to 30 fathoms. 


192. ] A. Ropertson: Report on Bryozoa. 53 


40. Microporella ciliata, Pallas. 
Microporella ciliata, Hincks, 1880, p. 206, pl. xxvili, figs. 1-8. _ 
Abundant in this collection: obtained at Gopalpore at 24 
fathoms; Palk Straits at 6-8 fathoms; Andamans, Bay of Bengal 
at 15 to 30 fathoms; at station 387 (off C. Negrais, Burma, 15°25’ 
N., 93°45’ &.) dredged at 40 to 49 fathoms. 


41. Microporella distoma, Busk. 
Adeonella distoma, Busk, 1884, pt. xxx, p. 187, wood cuts, 56, 57. 
Rather widely distributed. Obtained at the Andamans, North 
Berets ; : a . Bot equates Non ey 
Paget one ncisae we Cape DINE iedged at 375 
fathoms. 
42. Microporella impressa, Audouin. 
Microporella impressa, Hincks, 1880, p. 214, pl. xxvi, figs. 9-11. 
Obtained off Ceylon, growing on a dead shell dredged at 703 
fathoms. 
43. Microporella malusii, Audouin. 
Microporella malusii, Hincks, 1880, p. 211, pl. xxvii, fig. 11. 
Dredged at 6-8 fathoms at the entrance to Palk Straits. 


44. Microporella yarraensis, Waters. 
Eschara lichenoidas, Busk, 1854, pt. ii, p. 90, pl. evi, figs. 1, 2, 3. 
Obtained 21 miles S.W. by W. of Mangalore, west coast of 
India, dredged at 31 fathoms, growing on a shell. 


45. Porina tubulosa, Norman. 
Porina tubulosa, Hincks, 1880, p. 230, pl. xxxii, figs. 6-9. 


~Obtained at the Andamans and dredged at the entrance to 
Palk Straits at 6-8 fathoms. 


46. Tubucellaria cereoides, Ellis and Solander. 
Tubucellaria cereoides, Waters, 1907, p. 130, pl. xv, fig. 8. 


A Small piece of a colony about an inch in height obtained by 
the ‘‘ Investigator ’’ at the Andamans at 20 fathoms. 


47. Schizoporella auriculata, Hassall. 
Schizoporella atriculata, Hincks, 1880, p. 260, pl. xxix, fig. 4. 

Dredged in the Bay of Bengal (off C. Negrais, Burma, 15°25’ 
N., 93°45’ E.) at 15 to 30 fathoms, also at station 237 (Andaman 
Sea, 13°17’ N., 93°7’ E.) at go fathoms, at station 387 at 4o to 49 
fathoms and off Ceylon at 703 fathoms. Obtained also at the 
Andamans. 

These specimens conform to the description and plates given 
by Hincks except in a variation in position and size of avicularia. 


54 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Most of the zocecia possess the avicularium just below the sinus. 
This is lacking in other instances but replaced apparently by 
another avicularium, somewhat larger usually, but placed some- 
where else on the front wall, most generally on the lower part 
with mandible directed transversely. Occasionally both kinds of 
avicularia are found on the same zocecium. 


48. Schizoporella biaperta, Michelin. 
Schizoporella biaperta, Hincks, 1880, p. 255, pl. xl, figs. 7-9. 

Obtained at two stations at the Andamans. 

Slight variations occur in these specimens differing from 
those described by Hincks. The ocecia possess twg transparent 
areas on the front instead of an area with radiating lines. The 
mammillated avicularia possess a spatulated mandible, not a 
triangular one, as does the British species. 


49. Schizoporella brunnescens, Ortmann. 


Schizoporella brunnescens, Ortmann, 1890, p. 50, pl. 4, fig. 2. 
Obtained on the Ceylon Pearl Banks, and Marble Rock, 
Mergui. Also at 11°334’ N. and 98°203’ EH. 


50. Schizoporella cecilii, Audouin. 
Schizoporella cecilii, Hincks, 1880, p. 260, pl. xliii, fig. 6. 
Obtained at the Andamans. 


51. Schizoporella linearis, Hassall. 


Schizoporella linearis, Hincks, 1880, p. 247, pl. xxxviii, fig. 5. 
Dredged at 31 fathoms 21 miles S.W. by W. off Mangalore ; 
at 29 fathoms, off Carwar and Molki; off Ceylon; 26 miles W. 
S.W. of Honawar, at 28 fathoms, west coast of India. 


52. Schizoporella linearis, Hassall, form 
quincuncialis, Hincks. 


Schizoporella linearis, form guincuncialis, Hincks, 1881, ser. 5, vol. 7, 
p. 158, pl. ix, fig. 3. 

A small colony growing on the inside of sea-urchin’s test, 
obtained at ‘‘ Investigator’’ stations 532 (Mergui Archipelago, 
12°15’ 20” N., 97°I0’Io0” B.) and 534 (Mergui Archipelago, 12°59’ 
N., 96°48’30” E.). 


53. Schizoporella nivea, Busk, 


Schizoporella nivea, Busk, 1884, pt. xxx, vol. x, p. 163, pl. xvii, fig. 1. 
Dredged at 6-8 fathoms at entrance to Palk Straits, 3 miles 
N.N.W. of Pt. Pedro. Obtained also at Santapilly. 


1g2I.] A. RoBERTSON: Report on Bryozoa. 5 


On 


54. Schizoporella pertusa, Esper. 
Lepralia pertusa, Hincks, 1880, p. 395, pl. xliil, figs. 4, 5- 


Obtained at Santapilly, and dredged off Ganjam coast at 
24-30 fathoms. 


55. Schizoporella dutertrei, Audouin. 


Mastigophora dutertve’, Hincks, 1880, p. 279, pl. xxxvii, fig. 2. 
Dredged off Gopalpore at 25 to 28 fathoms growing on Ostrea 
wmbricata. Obtained also at “Investigator’’ station 384 (olf 
C. Negrais, Burma, 16°0’ N., 93°37’ E.). 


Fie 9.—Schizoporella dutertre:, var. foliacea, nov. 


A. Two zocecia showing detail, x 40. 

B. Operculum much magnified, x go. 

C. Distal portion of older zocecium showing an aviculariam (av. 
on umbo below orifice, X 40. 


56. Schizoporella dutertrei var. foliacea, nov 


Zoarium loosely attached to coral conglomerate. Zo@cia 
flat, surface finely porous. Orifice surrounded by a thickened 
calcareous border from which six or eight spines extend (fig. 
9, A). Upper margin of orifice arched, lower margin with a deep 
narrow sinus which widens suddenly at the lowest part. Ofer- 
culum, assuming the shape of the orifice, resembles a flat rounded 
plate with a handle (fiz. 9,B). The zocecial wall projecting on 
each side of the narrow neck or handle in two conspicuous cal- 
careous lobes (fig. 9A, b.), the thickened border of the orifice uniting 
below into a flat triangular platform (f/.). in older zocecia an 
umbo forms below the orifice (#m.) hiding the stem-like portion of 
the operculum. Occasionally this umbo supports an avicularium 
(fig. 9 C, av.) with mandible directed horizontally. On each 
side of the orifice a sessile avicularium with mandible directed 


56 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


upward, In at least one of these the mandible is prolonged into 
a branching process sometimes bifid, sometimes trifid, each 
branch assuming the form of a rather broad thin blade, reminding 
one of the wings of maple seed or of the membranous wings of an 
insect. The avicularium on the other side small, with a triangular 
mandible directed upward. Occium shallow, widely open, two or 
three spines on each side projecting in front of it (fig. 9, A, @.). 

Dredged at 25 to 28 fathoms off Gopalpore, Ganjam district, 
east coast of India. 


57. Lepralia adpressa, Busk. 
Lepralia adpressa, Busk, 1854, pt. lly p. 82, pl. cil, figs. 3, 4. 


Obtained at ‘Investigator’? station 532, at 62 fathoms, 
Mergui Archipelago (12°15’ 20” N., 97°10’ 10” E.). 


58. Lepralia depressa, Busk. 
Lepralia depressa, Busk, 1854, pt. ii, p- 75, pl. xl, figs. 3, 4. 

Many avicularia possess mandibles long and tapeting, almost 
vibraculoid in character, others possess stout mandibles which 
terminate in a three parted process resembling the claws of a 
gallinaceous bird. Commonly the avicularia are similar to those 
represented by Busk. 

Growing on a mass of conglomerate, dredged at 15 to 30 
fathoms in the Bay of Bengal, and at 70 fathoms off Ceylon. 


59. Lepralia feegeensis, Busk. 
Lepralia feegeensis, Busk, 1884, pt. xxx, vol. x, p. 144, pl. xxii, fig. 10. 
Loosely incrusting coral conglomerate obtained from coral 
reefs of Kilakarai, Ramnad district, G. of Manaar. 


60. Lepralia turrita, Smitt. 
Lepralia turrita, Smitt, 1873, pt. ii, p. 65, pl. xl, figs. 226, 228. 
Dredged at 24 fathoms on the Ganjam coast, also at 6 to 8 


fathoms at the entrance to Palk Straits. Obtained off Gopalpore, 
and at Galle, Ceylon. 


61. Escharoides occlusa, Busk. 
Lepralia occlusa, Waters, 1909, vol. \xxi, p. 152, pl. 14, figs. 1, 2. 
A fine specimen obtained in Gaspar Straits, Malay Archi- 
pelago. Small, broken and somewhat imperfect specimens obtained 


at the Andamans and dredged at 112 fathoms off Port Blair, Anda- 
mans. 


62. Petralia laccadivensis, sp. nov. 


Material consisting of several small colonies incrusting sponge 
or small shells. Adult zo@cia with front wall rounded, porous, 


192I.] A. ROBERTSON: Report on Bryozoa. 57 


heavily calcified, ornamented with numerous outstanding processes 
(Fig. 10). Orifice rounded above, possessing in young zocecia 
three distinct denticles 
on the lower margin, 
the middle one forming 
a relatively broad muc- 
ro. Below the orifice a 
plain non-porous plat- 
form (f/.) which in old- 
er zocecia tends to 
grow thicker and to 
extend up each side of 
the orifice to form the 
supports of small eleva- 
ted, sessile, lateral avi- 
cularia (av.). Frequent- 
ly one of these lateral 
avicularia is replaced 
by an elongated one of 
considerable size with 
spatulate mandible 
directed downward. Fic. 10o—Petralia laccadivensis, sp. nov. X 4v. 
(sp.av.). From the 

platform below the orifice there springs a tall process which may 
become bi- tri- or even quadrifid, almost completely obliterat- 
ing the orifice (fy.). The tips of the branches of these frontal 
processes may acquire small rounded avicularia. Other processes 
of considerable height, usually tipped with an avicularium, may 
decorate any part of the front wall. Occta rounded, wall granu- 
lar or pierced with minute pores. 

A species easily recognized by the unusual number of fantastic 
processes scattered over the surface of the zoaritum. Obtained 
at Ancutta Reef, Laccadives, at Santapilly, Madras, and dredged 
at 24 to 30 fathoms off the Ganjam coast. 


63. Petralia vultur, Hincks. 
Mucronella vultur, Hincks, 1882, (5), vol. x, p. 167, pl. vill, fig. 2. 

Identification tentative since no comparison with identified 
specimens has been possible and since certain variations occur 
here not noted by Hincks. ‘These consist chiefly of numbers of 
large avicularia found mainly in older parts of the colonies, with 
mandibles of much variety of form. The mandibles of these 
avicularia are sometimes long and narrow, sometimes duck-bill 
shaped, and others again are forked at the extremity. Material 
fairly abundant. Obtained off Gopalpore, Ganjam district, Madras 
Presidency, at depths varying from 24 to 30 fathoms; near 
Mangalore at 31 fathoms; also at Black Pagoda, Orissa coast, at 
15 fathoms. 

Other material found at Santapilly and at station 296 {Per- 


58 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL,, XXII, 


sian Gulf, 26°4’ N., 56°2’ E.) in 47 fathoms, agrees with the des- ° 
cription of P. vultuy in most respects, but differs in showing a 
variable number of upstanding processes around the orifice, often 
a median triangular one and several smaller lateral ones, all of 
which may or may not support small avicularia. These it is 
thought are only of variational value. 


64. Petralia vultur, var. armata, Waters. 


Petvalia vultur, var, armata, Waters, 1913, p- 518, pl. Ixx, fig. 18. 


Material loosely incrusting small oyster-shells dredged at 160 
fathoms, Java Sea, Malay Archipelago (Eastern Telegraph Co.). 


65. Smittia landsborovii, Johnston. 
Smittia landsboryovit, Hincks, 1880, p. 341, pl. xlviil, figs. 6-9. 


Obtained near Puri, Orissa coast, and at Black Pagoda, 
Orissa coast, dredged at 15 fathoms. 


66. Smittia marmorea, Hincks. 
Smittia marmorea, Hincks, 1880, p. 350, pl. xxxvi, figs. 3-5. 


Obtained at the Andamans and dredged at 40 to 49 fathoms 
at station 387 (off C. Negrais, Burma, 15°25’ N., 93°45’ E.). 


67. Smittia nitida, Verrill. 
Smittia nitida, Hincks, 1881, ser. 5, vol. 7, p- 159, pl. x, fig. 5. 
Obtained off Gopalpore, Ganjam coast, dredged at 24 fathoms. 


68. Smittia trispinosa, Johnston. 


Smittia trispinosa, Hincks, 1880, p. 353, pl. xlix, figs. 1-8. 

This species rather widely distributed: obtained at the Anda- 
mans; the entrance to Palk Straits at 6 to 8 fathoms; Black 
Pagoda, Orissa coast, at 15 fathoms; off Gopalpore at 25 to 28 
fathoms at station 532 (Mergui Archipelago, 12°15/20” N., 97°10’10” 
E.) at 62 fathoms. 


69. Smittia trispinosa var. producta, Thornely. 


Smittia trispinosa var. producta, Waters, 1909, p 173, pl, xvil, fig. 5. 
Obtained at Santapilly and at station 528 (Mergui Archi- 
pelago, Elphinstone I., Port Maria). 


70. Smittia latiavicularia, Kirkpatrick. 


Smittia latiavicularia, Kirkpatrick, 1888, ser. 6, vol. 1, pl. x, fig. 3. 
Obtained off the Ganjam coast, dredged at 24 to 30 fathoms. 


1921. | A. RoBertson: Report on Bryozoa. 59 


71. Retepora delicatula, Busk. 


Retepora delicatula, Busk, 1884, pt. xxx, vol. x, p. 124, pl. xxvi, fig. 3. 
Obtained off the Ganjam coast, dredged at 24 to 30 fathoms, 
and at station 387 (off C. Negrais, Burma, 15°25’ N., 93°45’ E.) 
dredged at 40 to 49 fathoms. 


72. Retepora porcellana, MacGillivray. 
Retepora crassa, Busk, 1884, pt. xxx, vol. x, p. 115, pl. xxvi. fig. 10; pl. 
XXxvil, fig. 3. 
Obtained at 6°or’ N. 81°16’E. at 34 fathoms; also in the 
Bay of Bengal, dredged at 15 fathonis. 


73. Retepora punctiligera, Ortmann. 
Retepora punctiligeva, Ortmann, 1890, p. 35, taf. ii, fig. 24. 
Obtained off Gopalpore, Ganjam coast, dredged at 24 to 30 
fathoms. 
74. Reteporella minor, Ortmann. 
Reteporella minor, Ortmann, 1890, p. 37, taf. ii, fig. 28. 


Obtained at station 532 (Mergui Archipelago, 12°15’20” N., 
97°10’ro” FE.) in 62 fathoms. 


75. Haswellia australiensis, Haswell. 
Haswellia australiensis, Busk, 1884, pt. xxx, vol. x, p. 172, pl. xxiv, 
fig. 8. 
Obtained off Port Blair at rr12 fathoms; also dredged at 8 


fathoms in 136° E., 10’ S., and at 49 fathoms in 142° E., and 
8’ S. 


76. Adeonella japonica, Ortmann. 
Adeonella japonica, Ortmann, 189¢, p. 54, taf. iv, fig. 11. 


Obtained at Santapilly and at station 464 (S. of Ceylon, 6°2’ 
30” N., 81°20’ FE.) in 52-68 fathoms. 


77. Adeonella platalea, Busk. 
Adeonella platalea, Busk, 1884, pt. xxx, vol. x, p. 184, pl. xxi, figs. 4, 4a 
and text figure 50. 


Fine specimen obtained at Mergui, Burma. 


78. Adeonella marginata, sp. nov. 


Zoarium consisting of numerous flat, strap-like branches, two 
or more inches in height. Mode of attachment not known, the 
material consisting of fragments only. To the naked eye each 
fragment or branch is seen to consist of a somewhat flattened 
middle portion with a border or margin of large zocecia forming 
irregularly radiating lines. The two surfaces of each branch are 


60 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


almost exact duplicates of each other. This may be seen readily 
if one inspects the margins, and especially a cross section of a 
branch. As is characteristic of this genus, the zocecia are poly- 
morphic consisting of three kinds of individuals: 1, the ordinary 
nutritive zocecia (fig. 11, A and B, mw. z0e.), 2, the ocecial 
zocecia (B, oe. zoe.), 3, the avicularian zocecia (B av. z@.). The 
middle portion of each branch is occupied by six or eight rows of 
nutritive zocecia regularly alternate(A, mu. zoe.). Bordering these 
on each side are two or more rows of large reproductive zocecia, 
and outside these a row of large avicularian zocecia. 


Frc. 11.—Adeonella marginata, sp. nov. X 4o. 

A. Four young zocecia in middle portion of a branch. 

B. To show the three kinds of zoceecia on the margin of the 
colony. 


At the tips of the branches, the young nutritive zocecia (fig. 
tr, A) are more than half immersed although the whole of the out- 
line may be detected while the matrix is thin. Front wall hyaline, 
non-porous. Ovifice round with a deep wide sinus, the upper edges 
of which soon close to form a large pore (f.). On each side of the 
pore an avicularium with triangular mandible directed upward. 
Lower down, somewhat to one side of the median line, another 
avicularium with mandible directed transversely (B). In older 
zocecia avicularia increase in number and with increase in calcifi- 
cation may increase or decrease in size. 


1g2t.| A. ROBERTSON: Report on Bryozoa. 61 


Even nutritive zocecia tend to become larger as they approach 
the margin (B, mu. zoe.). A relatively small number of zocecia 
attain a very large size (B oe. zoe.), whose wall becomes highly 
calcified and porous. These are the reproductive zocecia charac- 
teristic of this genus. The outermost row of the margin consists 
of zocecia which function only as avicularia (av. zoc.); mandible 
directed obliquely upward and outward. 

Dredged at 65 fathoms near Mergui Archipelago, station 535 
(13°4’30" N., 96°44’ E.). 


79. Lagenipora costazii, Audouin. 
Cellepora costasti, Hincks, 1880, p. 411, pl. lv, figs. 11-14. 


Found quite commonly, incrusting stems of seaweed: Manga- 
lore, off Carwar and Mulki; at Cheval Paar ; Colombo; dredged 
at 10-15 fathoms at Seven Pagodas, Madras, and at 34 fathoms 
by the “Investigator’’ at 6°01’ N., 81°16’ E.;_ also dredged off 
Gopalpore at 28-25 fathoms and Ganjam at 25 fathoms. 


80. Lagenipora tuberculata, MacGillivray. 
Lagenipora tuberculata, MacGillivray, 1882, p. 209, pl. 156, figs. 1, 2. 
Identification tentative. Material obtained at two localities 


growing on coral conglomerate: Laccadives, and dredged at 34 
fathoms by the “‘ Investigator ’’ in 6°01’ N. and 81°16’ FE. 


81. Holoporella aperta, Hincks. 


Holoporella aperta, Waters, 1909, p. 161, pl. 18, figs. 20-23. 
Dredged at 24-30 fathoms off the Ganjam coast. 


82. Holoporella tridenticulata, Busk. 
Cellepora tridenticulata, Busk, 1884, pt. xxx, vol. x, p. 195, pl. xxix, 
fig. 5. 
Obtained at Cinque Island, Andamans, “ Investigator ”; also 
near Puri, Orissa coast. 


83. ? Holoporella mammillata, Busk. 
? Cellepora mammillata, Busk, 1854, pt. ii, pl. exx, figs. 3, 4, 5. 
In most points this species agrees with the description 
given by Busk, but this identification considered somewhat 


doubtful. Common, found at depths ranging from 15 fathoms to 
703 fathoms at eight stations in the Bay of Bengal. 


84. Cupularia canariensis, Busk. 


Cupularia canariensis, Busk, 1859, vol. 7, p. 66, pl. 23, figs. 6-0. 
Several colonies of various sizes obtained at the Andamans. 
The largest colony is about Ir mm. in diameter and 2 mm. high at 
the apex. The others vary from 8 to 5mm. in diameter. ‘The 


62 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoOL. XXII, 


material is dry, but it is thought to have contained living colonies 
when collected. 


CyCLOSTOMATA. 
85. Crisia sp. 


Material consists of several fragments of Crista which contain 
no ovicells, hence impossible to identify. Obtained off Ganjam 
coast at 24 to 30 fathoms, also from Gaspar Straits, and from 
station 152 (114miles S. 83° W. of Colombo It., Ceylon) at 264 
fathoms. 


86, Filisparsa tubulosa, Busk. 


Filisparsa tubulosa, Waters, 1910, p. 235, pl- xxv, figs. 16, 17. 
Obtained in Gaspar Straits growing with F. oculata. 


87. Idmonea atlantica, E. Forbes. 
Idmonea atlantica, Hincks, 1880,\p. 451, pl. Ixv, figs. 1-4. 


Obtained in Gaspar Straits and at station 47 (off mouth of 
Godaveri R., Bay of Bengal) in 5-6 fathoms. 


88. Idmonea gracillima, Busk. 
Idmonea gracillima, Ortmann, 1890, p. 60, pl. iv, fig. 26. 


Beautiful specimen obtained 4 miles south of Ganjam at 
25 fathoms. 


89. Entalophora raripora, d’Orbigny. 
Pustuloporva proboscidea, Busk, 1886, pt. 4, vol. xvii, p. 19, pl. lv, fig. 1. 


Several colonies obtained at Santapilly, also at station 152 
(113 miles S. 83° W. of Colombo Lt.) at 264 fathoms. 


go. Lichenopora radiata, Audouin. 
Lichenopora radiata, Hincks, 1880, p. 476, pl. Ixviil, figs. 9, 10. 
A single colony growing on the inside of a shell obtained by 


the “‘Investigator’’ at station 384 (off C. Negrais, Burma, 16°0’ 
N., 93°37’ E.) in 40 fathoms. 


91. Domopora truncata, Jameson. 
Domopora truncata, Hincks, 1880, p. 485, Ixiii, figs. 5-9. 
A single specimen growing on a mass of coral conglomerate 


obtained at entrance to Palk Straits, 3 miles N.N.W. of Point 
Pedro, in 6 to 8 fathoms. 


CTENOSTOMATA. 
g2. Alcyonidium mytili, Dalyell. 


Alcyonidium mytili, Hincks, 1880, p. 498, pl. Ixx, figs. 2, 3. 


Obtained at Puri beach, Orissa coast, growing on twigs. 


1921. | A, Ropertson: Report on Bryozoa. 63 


93. Amathia semiconvoluta, Lamouroux. 


Amathia semiconvoluta, Waters, 1910, p. 243, pl. 24, fig. 9. 
Amathia connexa, Busk, 1886, pt. 1, vol. 17, p. 35, pl. 6. fig. 3. 


Obtained at Karachi. 


94. Zoobotryon pellucidus, Ehrenberg. 
Zoobotryon pellucidus, Reichert, 1869. 
Bowerbankia biserialis, Hincks, 1887, ser. 5, vol. xlx, p. 309, pl. 9, fig. 6. 
Obtained in abundance in Madras Harbour where it was 
collected by Dr. Annandale at four stations. As Reichert retuarks, 
this species seems to be distributed throughout the warm seas. 
The writer can bear witness to its presence in the warm waters 
of the north Pacific ecean, from which region it has not hitherto 
been reported. Specimens have been sent me from Hokkaido, 
Japan, and from Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. In the summer of 
Igo5 it occurred in abundance in San Diego Bay, California. 
There, in water Io or 12 feet deep, it grew in luxuriant masses of 
a green tint, the whole resembling clumps of freshly cut hay. 


ENTOPROCTA. 


95. Pedicellina cernua, Pallas. 
Pedicellina cernua var. glabra, Hincks, 1880, p. 505, pl. Ixxxi, 
files. 1-3. 


Obtained at Puri beach, Orissa coast, growing on twigs. 


LITERATURE CITED. 
Busk, George. 
1852-54. British Marine Catalogue, Pts. i and ii. 
1859. Zoophytology. Quart. Journ. Micro. Sct., Vol. vii. 
1881. Notes on a Peculiar Form of Polyzoa closely allied to 
’ Bugula (Kinetoskias, Kor. and Dan.) Quart. Journ. 
Micro. Sct. (n.s.), Vol. xxi. 
1884. Challenger Reports, Vol. x, pt. xxx. 
1886. , Vol. xvii, pt. 1. 


Harmer, S. F. 


1¢02. On the Morphology of the Cheilostomata. Quart. Journ. 

Micro. Scicnce. 
Hincks, Th. 

1880. British Marine Polyzoa, Vols. I and 2. 

1881. Contributions toward a general History of the Marine 
Polyzoa. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 7. 

mers, te, WO s< 

1884. Ibid., Vol. xiv. 

1885. Jbid., Vol. xv. 

1886. Polyzoa of the Adriatic. Jbid., Vol. xvii. 


3 ”’ 


64 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Jelly, E. C. 

1889. A Synonymic Catalogue of Marine Bryozoa. 
Kirkpatrick, R. 

1888. Polyzoa of Mauritius. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) Vol. 1. 


MacGillivray, P. H. 
1868. New or Little Known Polyzoa. Tvans, Roy. Soc. Vict. 
1882. New or Little Known Polyzoa. Ibid. 
1886. Ibid. 


3) 33 +” 


Ortmann, A. 


1890. Die Japanische Bryozoen Fauna. Arch. f. Nat. Ges. 
IBX6l, Ten JetSiits Ie 


Okada, Yaichiro. 
1917. A Report on the Cyclostomatous Bryozoa of Japan. 
Annotationes Zoologice Japonenses, Vol. ix, pt. 3. 
1920, Notes on some Species of Retepora and Adeonella occur- 
ring in Japan, with descriptions of one New Variety 
and Five New Species. I[bid., pt. 5. 


Reichart, K. B. 
1869. Vergleichende anatomische Untersuchungen uber Zoobo- 
tryon pellucidus Ehrenberg. K. k. Akad. Wissens. 
Berlin. Publ. 1870. 


Robertson, Alice. 


1905. Non-Incrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the West 
Coast of North America. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. Vol. 
Z NOMS: 

1908. Incrusting Chilostomatous Bryozoa of the West Coast of 
North America I[bid., Vol. 4, No. 5. 

19gto. Cyclostomatous Bryozoa of the west Coast of North 
America. IJbid., Vol. 6, No. 12. 


Stoliczka, F. 


1869. On the Anatomy of Sagartia schilleriana and Membrant- 
pora bengalensis, a new coral and a bryozoon, etc. 
Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal. Vol, xxxviil. 
Smitt, F. 


1872-73. Floridan Bryozoa, Pts. 1 and 2. 


Waters, A. W. 


1898. Observations of the Membraniporidee. Linnean Soctety’s 
Journal, Zool., Vol. xxvi. a 

1907. Tubucellaria: its Species and Ovicells. Ibid., Vol. xxx. 

1909. Report on the Marine Biology of the Sudanese Red Sea. 
Pt. 1, Cheilostomata. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Vol. 
XXX1. 


1921.] 


IQI0, 


1913. 


A. RoBERTSON : Report on Bryozoa. 65 


Report on the Marine Biology of the Sudanese Red Sea. 
Pt. 2, Cyclostomata, Ctenostomata, and Endoprocta. 
Thid. 

The Marine Fauna of British East Africa and Zanzibar. 
Ibid. 


136 GMS INDIAN) Sie WCBS Oye Asti, 
GUS INOS WIRICE OIL A BB INT SO) IN 


By B. Prasuap, D.Sc., Offg. Superintendent, Zoological 
Survey of India. 


In a recent paper! I discussed at length the systematic position 
of the genus Tvicula, Benson, and further notes on the same subject 
were added by Dr. Annandale and myself? in our revision of the 
Indian genera of the family Hydrobiidae. In this paper I propose 
giving a revised description of the shell of 7. montana, Benson——the 
type-species of the genus, together with an account of a new species 
which was discovered by Dr. F. H. Gravely in the Nerbudda River 
in the Central Provinces. A reference to this second species \as 


made by Dr. Annandale in his recent paper.’ 


The two species may be distinguished by the help of the follow- 
ing key: 
1. Shell conico-ovate, iwice as long as broad; with very fine 
ribs; whorls not greatly swollen, body-whorl in dorsal 
view subtrigonal, only a little longer than broad; mouth 
nearly # the height of the body-whorl, acutely pointed 
above and with the columellar callus of unequal width ... 7. montana. 
2. Shell elongate-ovate, not more than 1% as long as broad ; 
smooth; whorls very tumid; body-whorl in dorsal view 
band-shaped, about twice as long as broad; mouth only 
a little more than } the height of the body-whorl, narrowly 
rounded above and with a columellar callus of about the 
same width in its entire length... T. gravelyt. 


I am unable to add any notes on the var. curta of Nevill,* 
a variety of T. montana based by Nevill on two specimens from 
the Jhiri valley at an altitude of 3,000 feet in North Cachar, 
collected by Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen, as I have not succeeded 
in tracing the specimens in the Indian Museum collection. 


Tricula montana, Benson. 


1843. Lricula montana. Benson, Calcutta Fourn. Nat. Hist., II. p. 467. 
1862. Tricula montana, id., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3)X, pp. 415, 416. 
1876. Tricula montana, Hanley and Theobald, Conch. /nd., pp. xvii and 


62, pl. clv, fig. 5. 
1885. Zvicula montana, Nevill, op. cit., p. 04. 
1915. Tricula montana, Preston, Faun. brit. Ind. Freshw. Moll.. p. 68. 
Nothing is known about this interesting mollusc beyond the 
original descriptions of Benson and the poor figure of the ventral 


Prashad, Rec. /id. Mus., XVIII, pp. 221, 222 (1921). 
2 Annandale and Prashad, Rec. Ind. Mus., XXII, p. 3 (1921). 
8 Annandale, Jud. Fourn. Med. Research, VIII, p. 103 (1920). 
4 Nevill. Hand List Moll. Ind. Mus., \1, p. 64 (1885). 


68 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XXII, 


view of the shell published by Hanley and Theobald.  Fortu- 
nately, however, some of Benson’s co-types are preserved in the 
Indian Museum, and I have, therefore, thought it desirable to give 
a complete description and accurate figures of a full-grown shell. 
It may also be mentioned here that I failed to discover any more 
specimens of the species in the type-locality at Bhim Tal in August, 
1920, whence Benson’s specimens were obtained, nor did I find any 
in the tanks at Moradabad, where Benson introduced living speci- 
mens. 

The shell of this species is conico-ovate, twice as long as 
broad; with an obtuse apex, sometimes decollate; consisting 
of 54-6 whorls and of a light olive colour. The whorls increase 
somewhat irregularly and are not very tumid. The suture 
is oblique, curved and somewhat canaliculate, the whorls them- 
selves being a little flattened just next to it. The first whorl is 


re) 


Text-fig. 1—Shells of Tyicula, x 12. 


(a) Dorsal view of 7. montana, Benson. 
(6) Ventral view of the same. 
(c) Dorsal view of 7. gravelyi, Prashad. 
(d) Ventral view of the same. 


minute, the penultimate whorl is band-shaped and comparatively 
yore swollen than the other whorls; the body-whorl, which is not 
very tumid, is 24 times as broad as the penultimate whorl, it is 
roughly trigonal or subtrigonal in both dorsal and ventral views. 
Its upper surface is somewhat flattened but not angulate, the 
inner margin is regularly arched and ends in a short projecting 
lobe corresponding to the inner angle of the mouth, the outer 
margin is sharply curved and is continued with the regularly 
curved ventral margin to form the lobe noted already. The mouth 
is large, oblique, ovoid, pointed above and has a part of the 
peristome curved over its angle. The peristome is continuous, but 
the columellar callus is narrow and of unequal width, the outer 
and lower margins of the mouth are only slightly re-curved. The 
shell is subumbilicate. 

Distribution.—The original series of specimens was found 
attached to the stems and leaves of an aquatic plant in a stream 


1g2I. | B. Praswap: The genus Tricula. 69 


flowing through a marsh at the head of the Bhim Tal Lake in the 
United Provinces. Besides these there are a few specimens in the 
Indian Museum collection from Naini Tal. 


Tricula gravelyi, sp. nov. 


The shell of this species is elongate-ovate, not more than 14 as 
long as broad, with an obtuse apex consisting of 54-63 whorls and 
of a pale yellowish colour. The whorls increase regularly and are 
evenly swollen. The suture is oblique, deeply impressed but not 
canaliculate. The first two whorls are minute, but the others in- 
crease regularly and evenly in size; the body-whorl is fairly tumid, 
narrow, about twice as broad as the penultimate whorl and band- 
shaped in dorsal view. The lobe corresponding to the anterior 
angle of the mouth seen in dorsal view and described for T. montana 
is present, but is not so deep, both the inner and outer margins 
are sharply curved. The mouth is oblique, rather smaller than in 
T. montana, ovate and narrowly rounded above. The peristome - 
is continuous and the columellar lip is of the same thickness 
throughout, the outer margin is only narrowly recurved back- 
wards. The shell is sub-umbilicate or even umbilicate. 

I give below the measurements of three specimens of each 
species for comparison. 


Measurements (in millimetres). 


T. gravelyt. T. montana. 


Length of shell ‘ SH | 2 24 | Bes 36 38 35 
Breadth of shell | 16 TOL Masel) | ats} 18 17, 
Length of aperture lee Tes) |e tee ii 1'6 
Breadth of aperture | lI Tea | ese Hee Nh 19) 115 


Type sertes.—No. M 11895/2 in the registers of the Zoological 
Survey of India (Indian Museum). 

Habitat.—Specimens of this interesting form were collected 
by Dr. F. H. Gravely in still creeks amongst small islands in the 
bed of the Nerbudda River at Hoshangabad in the Central Provin- 
ces of India in March 1919, attached to weeds. 


La 4 ora, Vie 
f oy nis 
. iy» % 


i ae » ’ io 
’ 
' 
e et 
a i 
ar i . 
Pe 
+ o = ‘ 
' 
a 
ne 
1 
: . ; : 
- 1 GA eee i> 
» a p d 
i _ 4 ard ie ju +e Ral, : 
\ . i : 
; = 7 
5 ay aly bee Lanta? Os 
t Pt 
j . ’ ra a 
pilad 
4 } 
‘ 
\ 1 
1 
‘ - ‘ 
=- . 
2 
ve ' i 5 aah 
t 
° 
eh | 
7" | . 
“| 
« i 
4 , 
% : - I N ¥ 
4 ‘ ole ; ha 
' & XY i ¥ fg Ar - 
a f yt , 
ea Prey ; 1 iy 4 


: y vir, j 
aa ‘. 
coe ds 
y i 
“~ ae al 


< 
tim ys 6 


Boy EX INIA SDB MIDS; OAS IIS SI IP AIP EIS 
(HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) 
FROM INDIA. 


By F. SInvestrt (Porlict), 


Dr. N. Annandale, Director of the Zoological Survey of India, 
has kindly sent me for examination a collection of Termites and 
Termitophils carefully made by himself on Barkuda Island in the 
Chilka Lake, Orissa. Among this material I have found several 
specimens of the interesting termitophil genus Tervmitaphis Wasm. 

As these specimens are the first collected in India and as 
among them are young females and adult males, which until now 
were unknown, I wish, with Dr. Annandale’s kind permission, to 
describe them in the present paper. 


HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA. 
Fam. TERMITOCORIDAE. 


The family Termitocoridae was founded by me! in rorr on 
the genus Termitaphis Wasm.* first referred to the Aphididae. 
The type of the genus is Vermitaphis circumvallata Wasm. from 
Columbia. In 1911 (op. cit.) I described T. mexicana from Mexico 
and T. subafra from Principe I. (West Africa) ; Mjoberg * added 
the description of another species (T. australiensis) from Australia. 

The species now found in India by Dr. Annandale confirms 
the general distribution of Termitaphis in the tropics, in nests of 
Termites, especially of the genera Leucotermes, Coptotermes, 
Schedorhinotermes, Hamitermes. 

The three species T. civcumvallata, T. mexicana and T. subafra 
were described from a single stage, it was thus not possible to know 
the different characters of adult females, adult males, and young. 
The material collected by Dr. Annandale has enabled me to give 
complete descriptions of the various stages. 


Termitaphis annandalei sp. n. 
(Figs. I-II1). 
2? Corpus (Fig. I, 1) testaceo-isabellinum parte ventrali 


pallidiore, antennis pedibusque isabellinis; valde depressum, 
circumlitione ellipticum, fere 3/7 longius quam latius. 


! Boll. Lab. Zool. v, p. 232 (1911). 
2 Tijdschr. v. Entom. x\v, p. 105, pl. 9, figs. 7-7 (1902). 
5 Entomologisk Tidskrift, p. 98. (1914). 


Records of the Indian Museum [Vor. XXII, 


“I 
N 


Dorsum areolatum et tuberculis (Fig. II, 6-7) perparvis 
porigeris, denticulatis numerosis nec non poris sparsis instructum. 
Caput 4-lobatum lobis medianis quam laterales multo majoribus, 
lobulis marginalibus 8 instructis, lobis lateralibus lobulis tribus. 
Lobulorum setae clavatae, fere 2/3 longiores quam ad apicem 
latiores, pilosulae. Antennae articulo primo quam ultimus parum 
longiore, articulo secundo quam tertius aliquantum longiore, 
articulo ultimo aliquantum magis quam duplo longiore quam 
latiore. Rostrum ad mesosterni marginem anticum pertinens. 

Thorax. Pronotum lateribus integris margine 10—lobulate, 
meso- et metanotum lateribus inter sese fusis incisione perparva 
vix distinctis, marginibus 6-7-lobulatis, metanoti medio dorso sulco 
secundario transversali, arcuato signato. Meso- et metasterni 


Fic. 1.—Termitaphis annandalei: 1. femina adulta ; 2. larva ultimae aetatis ; 
3. larva (?) secundae aetatis. 

A caput, B prothorax, C mesothorax, I) metathorax, E-P abdominis segmenta 
1-10 


superficies submediana setis brevioribus et brevibus nonnullis 
instructa est, carinarum superficies infera setis 3-4 praemarginalibus 
sat longis, et setis aliis brevibus et brevioribus aucta. Pedes forma 
et setis vide fig. II, 3-5, tibiis primi paris tantum setis apicalibus 
robustis et robustioribus instructis, tibiis secundi et tertii paris 
etiam spinis brevissimis robustis 2-3 armatis. 

Abdomen. Segmentum primum lateribus partim a metanoti 
lateribus incisione parum profunda separatis. Segmenta 2-8 inter 
sese bene separata, segmenta nonum et decimum tubiformia 
obtecta. Marginum lobuli eisdem capitis et thoracis forma similes 
et segmenti primi 7-8, segmentorum 2-6 lobulis 8-ro, segmenti 
septimi lobulis 5, segmenti octavi lobulis duobus. Segmentum 
octavum postice sat late et sat profunde incisum ; segmenta nonum 


Ig2t.| F. SILVESTRI: A new species of Termitaphis. 73 


Pic. 1l.—Termitaphis annandalei: 1. caput pronum; 2. antenna; 3. pes 


paris tertil; 4. tarsi apex et praetarsus subtus inspecti ; 5. idem lateraliter inspecti; 
6. corporis particula marginalis cum lobulis duobus supra inspecta; 7. corporis 
superhciei particula submediana; 8. carina abdominis séegmenti secundi supina ; 
9. feminae adultae segmenta abdominalia 7-10 prona; 10. feminae segmenta 
g-10; It. feminae abdominis segmenta 4-10 supina. 


S6-So stigmata. 


Fre. II1.—Termitaphis annandalei, mas: 1. abdominis segmenta 4-10 
supina; 2. abdominis segmenta 7-10 prona; 3. eadem supina; 4. segmentum 
septimum separatum; 5. penis. G-P abdominis segmenta 4-10, R penis, S 


stigma segmenti septimit abdominalis. 


74 Records of the Indian Muszum. [Vou XXII, 1921. ] 


et decimun (Fig. II, 10) parva tubiformia a segmenti octavo 
obtecta; segmentum decimum setis brevioribus mumerosis ins- 
tructuin. 

Long. corp. mm. 3'5, lat. 2°71; long. antennarum 0°65, pedum 
paris tertii 1°62. 

@ A femina forma abdominis segmentorum 8-10 (Fig. III, 1-4) 
valde diversus: segmentum septimum abdominis apicem posticum 
formans carinis inter sese tangentibus et antice segmentum 8-10 
continens, segmentum octavum supra lateraliter in processus acutos 
duos introrsum et antrorsum vergentes productum; segmentum 
nonum etiam supra in processus duos arcuatos, acuti antrorsum 
vergentes productum ; penis percrassus forma vide fig. III, 5. 

Larva ultima (Fig. 1,2). Ab adulto differt mesonoti carina a 
metanoti carina profunde separata, quam metanoti carina singula 
aliquantum minore, et metanoti carinis duabus bene distinctis. 

Long. corp. mm. 3, lat. 2. 

Larva (?) secunda (Fig. 1,3). Carina mesonoti quam meta- 
noti carina singula haud minor et similiter 4-lobulata. 

Long. corp. mm. 2°2, lat. 13. 

Habitat.—India: Ins. Barkuda (Chilka Lake) in nido Copto- 
termes Heimi Wasm., in trunco arboris (Ficus bengalensis) emortui 
et super solum sistentis exempla nonnulla Dr. N. Annandale legit. 
(TB X10 20): 


SW, IN TEAC OP AM ISO, ID) IRAN (GAO) IN IG WIA S 
REE C|@) RED ss Dy PE ERT OME ele) Ti eAWIN Seve Tek; 
WWII Is IP IC WIIG, IL IG IAG IN ID IN (Eas, AP @ 
Is, COI IG IB CA iw O IN, We 40386 Iz, 
INDIAN MUSEUM. 


Part IV.—Suborder ANISOPTERA. 
THE SUBFAMILY AESCHNINAE. 
By F. F. Laipraw, M.A. 


This dominant subfamily has an almost universal distribution 
and many of its species range over vast areas. 

The Aeschnines are for the most part large insects often of 
brilliant colouring, aud with powerful and long sustained flight. 

Probably some ot the species are of great economic impor- 
tance both in the larval and in the adult stages. A single indivi- 
dual in the complete course of its life-history must destroy au 
enormous number of Diptera. 

Some of the species show migratory tendencies, for example 
Anax (Hemianax) ebhippiger, which is one of the commonest of 
Indian dragonflies. 

At present the subfamily is divided into three ‘groups’ of 
which the first ‘ Petalia-group’ is not found anywhere in the 
Orient, and so needs no notice here. 

The second and third groups Brachytron and: Aeschna are 
further subdivided into * series’ which are noticed below. 

This classification though probably the best available on our 
present knowledge of the subfamily is not altogether satisfactory, 
as there is a likelihood of series of the Aeschna group, the mostly 
highly organized section of the family, being polyphyletic, and it 
is possible that some genera of the Brachytron group may be reces- 
sive rather than primitive. 

For a general survey of the subfamily reference should be 
made to Walker’s “Monograph of the North American species of 
Aeschna’’ (University of Toronto Studies, Biological series No. 11, 
1912); to Tillyard’s paper “ Life-Histories and Descriptions of 
Australian Aeschninae”’ (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., XXXII1, 1916) 
and lastly to Martin’s ‘‘ Monograph of the Aeschninae ’’ (Catalogue 
systématique et descriptif. Collections Zoologiques du Baron Edm. 
de Selys Longchamps Fasc. XVIII, XIX, XX, teferred to in this 
paper as ‘‘ Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschninae.’’ ) 


70 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


4 


Group BRACHYTRON. 
Series BOYERIA. 


The genera of this series are characterized by the absense of 
a fork to Rs, and by the single row of cells between Rs and Rs/i., 
and between M, and Msfl. respectively. These genera are but 
few in number, and are generally regarded as primitive. The 
oriental genus Jagoria shows some specialization in respect of the 
large eves and of the dentigerous plate of the female. 


Jagoria martini, n. sp. 


12. Near pool, Tiger hill, 8,300 ft , Darjiling Distr., 26-vi- 
1918 (S. W. Kemp). 1407-2. The specimen is the type. 

Length of hinder-wing 40 mm, of abdomen 40 mm. 

Venation. hat characteristic of the genus. Nodal indicator 
16— 7 
Qu wil aa de) 
four celled. Supra-triangles free. Space between M, and Msi. 
of two rows of cellson all wings. Pterostigma dark brown, 2 mm. 
long, braced. Extreme base of wings saffron tinged, the colour 

not reaching Ax,. 

Head.—Lower lip, and all the anterior surface orange brown. 
Dorsal surface of frons very dark brown, black against the eyes: 
enclosing a yellow mark on either side in front of each eye, so 
that the dark colour forms a T-shaped median mark. Vertex and 
occiput black, the latter minute, with a tuft of black hairs. 

Prothovax.—Dark brown. 

Synthorax.—Dorsal surface very daik brown, with a pair of 
oblong oval bands of a blue green colour, running upwards and 
inwards almost to the upper end of the mid-dorsal carina, but 
not reaching it; a pair of small lines of the same colour start from 
near the upper end of the first pair and run transversely towards, 
but not so far as the humeral suture ; meso- and meta-notum green. 

Laterally the synthorax is very dark brown with a large, 
vivid green bar on the mesoepimerite and a second bar of the 
same colour nearly covering the whole of the metepimerite. 

Undersurfaces orange brown. 

Abdomen constricted sharply at the third segment, widened 
again from the fourth to the sixth, the remaining four being narrow ; 
colouring, black above, the sternites orange brown. Segment 1 
has a large, green, lateral mark, similar to those of the sides of the 
synthorax, but slightly more yellow in tone; 2 has a lateral yellow 
band. Dorxsally segments 2-6 have each a pair of apical green 
spots, semilunar in shape, and very small on 6. In addition 2-4 
have each a pair of small transverse marks of a green colour at 
about the centre of each. Further, 2 has a minute basal triangle 
of vellowish green. 

The legs are black ; the coxae, trochanteres and bases of the 
femora brown. 


Triangles of fore-wings of three cells, of hinder-wings 


1g2t.| F. F. Lariaw: Indian Dragonflies. WF. 


The dentigerous plate of the tenth segment is almost squarely 
truncate posteriorly, and carries apically a number of small irregu- 
larly placed teeth, about fifteen, on its ventral side. 

The anal appendages are small, about 2 mm. long, and are 
carried in the specimen before me directed vertically upwards. 
The discovery of a species of this genus in the Himalaya extends 
its range greatly. Hitherto I can find records for Malaya and 
Japan only, nowhere within 1,500 miles of Darjiling. 

Jagorvia martini seems to come nearest to J. venatrix, Fors- 
ter, from Buton in the Celebes group. ‘The female of the latter 
species is unknown. 


SERIES BRACHY?TRON. 


This series is characterized by the symmetrical forking of 
Rs and by the presence of but a single row of cells between that 
sector and Rsfl, as well as between M, and Msfl. The series 
contains genera which are probably rather primitive survivals of 
the main trunk of the subfamily, representing to some extent the 
ancestral line from which the dominant Aeschna group has been 
evolved. 

India has at least three genera of the series, probably more. 
-lustvoaeschna represented here by a single species is noteworthy 
ou account of its distribution; all the other species (if we exclude 
Planaeschna milnet, Maclach. treated by Martin as an Austroaes- 
chna) are Australian 

Periaeschna is also represented by a single species originally 
described from Tonkin. 

Martin puts all the other Indian species in the Selysian genus 
Caliaeschna. He includes in it also an Australian species C. 
conspersa, Tillyard, since removed by Tillyard to a distinct genus 
Dendroaeschna. 

Forster had already described a species, Caliaeschna laidlawi , 
from the Malay Peninsula. This species is evidently not a 
Caliaeschna at ail but seems to find its proper place rather in 
Periaeschna. i have only two males and a female of Caliaeschna 
muicrostigma from Persia, and a single female of the Calvaeschna 
section of the series on which to base my observations, but as 
these insects are of exceptional interest and are all rare I take the 
opportunity of making a few comments onthem. ‘The single female 
above noted I refer to as Cephalaeschna ? sp. 

In his monograph Martin omits mention of the Selysian genus 
Cephalaeschna of which Cephalaeschna orbijrons, Selys, was the type. 
He also omits mention of Karsch’s species Cephalaeschna sikkima. 

De Selys in defining Cephalaeschna states that the apical 
margin of the dentigerous plate of the female is rounded and 
subdenticulate. He was not acquainted with the female of 
Caliaeschna at the time at which he wrote his “Synopsis des 
Aeschnines.” 

Karsch in his kritik accepts Cephalaeschna, but lays no stress 
on this particular character, depending on the large development 


78 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VoL. XXII, 


of the frons in Cephalaeschna compared with its relatively small 
size in Caliaeschna as sufficing to separate the two genera. 

Martin on the other hand employed rather the Selysian 
character and finding that the dentigerous plate of Caliaeschna 
microstigma § was rounded and subdenticulate, appears to have 
suppressed Cephalaeschna for that reason. 

Unfortuuately he does not appear to have used this character 
in all his species of Caliaeschna. For example, had he done so, he 
would surely have removed C. laidlawi from the genus, since it 
is stated by Forster to have a dentigerous plate like that of 
Gvnacantha. 

Hence we cannot rely in every case on his generic determina- 
tion. The venation certainly does not, so far as my knowledge 
goes, support the view that all these species are congenaric. From 
published accounts I find that the dentigerous plate is rounded 
and subdenticulate or without denticles in the following :— 


Caliaeschna microstigma, Schneider. 
Caliaeschna acutifrons, Martin. 
Cephalaeschna orbifrons, Selys. 

It is armed with two stout spines in 
Cephalaeschna stkkima, Karsch. 
Cephalaeschna ? sp. 


The venation is dense in C. orbifrons and C. acutifrons ; 
‘moderate’ in C. microstigma; and may be described as ‘ open’ in 
Cephalaeschna? sp. and perhaps inC, stkkima and C. masoni, Martin, 
For C. lugubris, Martin, I have no data. JI hazard a guess that 
Caliaeschna will ultimately be xestricted to C. micrvostigma, Schneider, 
that Cephalaeschna will contain the species orbifrons and acuttfrons ; 
whilst a new genus will be required for C. stkkima and for Cephal- 
aeschna? sp. ‘This genus will perhaps include Caliaeschna mason, 
Martin. 

_ The following is a list of references to papers dealing with 

Oriental species of the group. 

de Selys, ‘‘ Synopsis des Aeschnines”’. Bull. Acad. Belg. (3), V 
(1883). The genera Caliaeschna and Cephalaeschna defined. 

Karsch, ‘‘ Kritik des Systems der Aeschniden.” nt. Nachr. XVII, 
1891, No. 18, pp. 273-290. Suggests a classification of the 
Aeschnine genera based mainly on venation. 

Karsch, Ent. Nachr., XVII. 1891, No. 20, pp. 6-7. Cephalaeschna 
stkkima, Karsch, described. 

Forster, Ann. Soc. entomol. Belg. LAT, 1908, pp. 213-214. Cal- 
aeschna laidlawi, Forster, described. 

Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys, Aeschnines, XIX, XX, 1909. New species 
of Caliaeschna Periaeschna and Austroaeschna described in a 
monograph of the whole subfamily. 

Ris, Supphlementa Entomologica No. 5, June 1916, pp 55-59, taf. 2, 
fiz. 5. Caliaeschna (?) acutifrons, Martin, ¢ described. 

Tillyard, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., XXXIII, July, 1916. Cal- 
aeschna conspersa, Tillyard, removed to a new genus Dendro- 


1921.| F. F. Lariaw: Indian Dragonflies. 79 


aeschna. Species originally described by Tillyard as Caliaeschna 
conspersa, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,XXXI1, pp. 727-729, 1906. 

Iastly, Ris following MacLachlan refers Awusivoaeschna milner 
(Selys), from Japan and Formosa to the genus Planaeschna, 
Supplementa Entomol. No. V, 1916, pp. 57-58, taf. 2, fig. 6, 
text-fig. 39), whilst MacIachlan (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), 
XVII, 1895, pp. 409-425) defines the genus Planaeschna, 
and refers to an undescribed genus probably identical with 
Martin’s Periaeschna. He comments on the importance of 
the dentigerous plate of the female as a generic character, 
incidentally remarking on the distinctness of Cephalaeschna 
stkkima, Karsch, as demonstrated by this character, from the 
type of the genus, and from Caltzeschna, Tillyard, Journ. 
Linn. Soc., Zool., XXXT1I. 


|Caliaeschna microstigma, Schneider. ] 


Caliaeschna microstigma, lirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 03. 
Martin, Cat. Coll. Selvs Aeschninae, pp. 
108-100, figs. 100-10T. 

2¢@19%. Shiraz, Persia, May ’71. 

Specimens named and labelled by de Selys. 

This species has not been recorded from the Indian Empire 
and probably does not occur within its boundaries. 

As stated above it is the only species included by de Selys in 
his genus Caliaeschna. 

The eyes of this species are relatively smaller than in other 
members of the group seen by me, with more regularly rounded 
margins. The inter-orbital suture is shorter than in other 
species, but as this is not a plane line it is difficult to estimate 
accurately. Perhaps the most satisfactory way of describing it is 
to say that the interorbital suture of Calvaeschna microstigma is 
shorter than a line taken from its anterior end to the anterior 
apical point of the frons, whilst in Cephalaeschna ? sp. as well as in 
Periaeschna and in Austroaeschna intersedens the interorbital suture 
is definitely longer than such a line. Further, in the three latter 
genera the anterior margins of the eyes meet the suture almost at 
a right angle, whilst in Caliaeschna the angle is about 115°. 

The pterostigma of Caliaeschna microsiigma is unbraced. ‘The 
strong antenodal cross-nerves are the first and the fifth, the latter 
lies at, or a little distal to the level of the arculus. The discoidal 
triangles are relatively small. 

The width of the frons is decidedly less than one-half of the 
total width of the head. 

Lastly, the colouring of this species is ‘ heliochromatic,’ that 
of the other species of the series ‘ hylochromatic.’ 


Austroaeschna intersedens, Martin, 


Austroaeschna intersedens, Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschninae, p. tot, 
pl iv, fig. r4 (see also Tillyard, loc. cit.). 


80 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


I 719. Cherrapunji, Assam, 4,000 ft., 2—8-x-14, S. W. 
Kemp. 8186—-87/20. 

I have been unable to find any character of sufficient import- 
ance by which to separate this species generically from Australian 
Austroaeschnas. The pterostigma has a brace (save in the r. 
hinder-wing of the female) not shown in Martin’s figure. The anal 
appendages of the male bear a considerable resemblance to those 
of Austroaeschna parvistigma, Selys, and the dentigerous plate of the 
female is a simple spout-like structure, its apical margin armed with 
a few small spines. The strong antenodals of the fore-wing are 
the first and seventh in the male, the first and sixth in the female. 

The distal strong antenodal lies, as in Australian species, 
some two or three cells distal to the arculus. 


Cephalaeschna ? sp. 


I @. Cherrapunji, Assam. 4066/H2. 

Wings relatively short and broad, with open venation. Ptero- 
2 ee On 
I3—I5 | 16—13 

the fore-wing the second and seventh, on the hinder-wing the first 
and fifth antenodals are strengthened. All four triangles contain 
four cells, Rs forks rather nearer to pterostigma than to nodus. 
The median, basal and supratriangular spaces are all traversed 
by cross-perves. 

Head.—Upper-lip, clypeus and frons brownish-yellow ; occiput 
small, black with a fringe of black hairs. Eyes large, vellowish 
green, ‘The frons is very wide, seen from in front it is semi-circular 
with a prominent ridge separating the horizontal from the vertical 
part. 

Thorax.—Dorsal surface black, with a pair of pale green 
antehumeral bands, squarely truncate above, pointed below. 

The sides of the thorax are pale green, with a single broad 
black band on either side. 

Abdomen brownish black; segment 

2 moderately inflated, 3—7 about equal 
in size, 8—ro progressively smaller. 
Segment 1 with small mid-dorsal green 
spot; 2 with longitudinal mid -dorsal 
band of green, interrupted at its mid- 
dle and widening at the apex of the 
£ segment. At the level at which the 
ext-riG. 1—Cephalaesch-  Jongitudinal band is interrupted there 
pet of dentigerous plate of Te a pair of transverse marks of the 
female from below (specimen same colour. Segments 3—6 with 
somewhat crushed). small median and apical spots of green 
divided into pairs by the mid-dorsal 

carina; 7 with minute median spots only. (The median spots on 
these segments lie on the structure I call the jugum, wide infra, 
under Anax guttatus). Segments 1—2 with lateral band of yel- 


stigma very short, well braced. Nodal indicator 


1921.] F. F. Laiwiraw: Indian Dragonflies. 81 


low, carried on to the apex of 3 laterally. Legs black-brown. 
Base of femora brown. Wings with saffron tinge at base, extend- 
ing nearly to the arculus. Length of abdomen 44 mm., of hinder- 
wing 41 mm., of pterostigma 2 mm. Breadth of hinder-wing 
12°5 mm. 

The apex of the dentigerous plate of this specimen is pro- 
duced into two stout processes, which are directed almost directly 
backwards. 

The plate has been somewhat compressed in mounting the 
specimen, and the text-fig. accordingly shows a slightly distorted 
view of the apex of the plate. 


Periaeschna magdalenae, Martin. 
Periaeschna magdalenae, Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschninae, p. 157, fig. 
157, pl. vi, fig. 22. 

I¢ 19. Tura, Garo Hills, Assam. 7975/H 1. 

These specimens agree closely with the type specimens des- 
eribed by Martin from Tonkin. Dr. Ris tells me that he possesses 
specimens of what is probably a distinct species from S. China. 
I have already noted that I believe Caliaeschna laidlawi, Forster 
is to be referred to this genus. 

Pertaeschna confronts us with the problem of the independent 
development of similar structures. It has the venation of the 
Brachytron series combined with a dentigerous plate scarcely 
distinguishable from that of Gynacantha. 


Group AESCHNA. 


Three series of genera are referred to this tribe, each series 
culminating in one of the three dominant genera of the sub- 
family, deschna, Anax. and Gvnacantha. ‘The tribe ts characterized 
by the curving of Rsfl and Msf/ so that they are concave to Rs 
and 7, respectively, and separated from them by at least three 
rows of cells. Each series is represented in India, Aeschna ts 
mainly a temperate genus and has but few representatives and 
those rather aberrant. Asax perhaps the most successful form of 
the subfamily is remarkable rather for the wide range and indivi- 
dual abundance than for the number of its species, whilst Gyna- 
cantha, a very specialized holotropical genus, includes a number of 
crepuscular or shade-loving insects, which are often caught at 
lights. In addition certain more primitive genera of the tribe 
are found in the Oriental Region, but so far as I know none have 
hitherto been recorded for the Indian Empire. Of these genera, 
which are mainly Malayan in distribution, Amp/iaeschna seems 
to me to be a primitive member of the Aeschna series, whilst 
Heliaeschna is similarly related to Gynacantha. Helvaeschna is 
also closely related, possibly even ancestral to Telracanthagyna, a 


genus which contains the most nearly gigantic of living dragon- 
flies. 


82 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


Series ANAX. 


I follow ‘Tillyard (loc. cit.) in treating Hemianax as a division 
of subgeneric value only. Amnactaeschna approaches Anax in 
sufficient degree I think to make it advisable to refer it to the 
same series. 


Anax guttatus, Burm. 
Anax guttatus, Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 84. 
‘ 4 Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschninae, p. 23, fig. 17. 
Anax bacchus & id., op. cit., p. 22. 

I have found it difficult to deal in a satisfactory manner with 
the specimens of A naw not included in the species parthenope and 
tmmaculifyons. I have adopted what seems to me the method 
least open to objection of grouping these specimens, al! of which 
I regard as belonging to guttatus in its broadest interpretation, in 
three series which for the present I do not name but merely label 
A, P,C. Dr. Annandale has given me (17 litt.) the following notes 
on the habits of this species :— 


cor 


‘he species of this family common round the little lakes 
‘near Sitong in the Darjiling District in the rains (i.e. A. guttatus 
“series C) is different from that common in the same places in the 
‘autumn after the rains (i.e. Aeschna ormthocephala). Kemp 
‘collected the former and noted that it laid its eggs in water, and 
‘“ sot in mud at the edge of the lake like the Aeschna.’’ 

And of specimens of series A, from Barkuda Is. 

‘‘__ a most active and pugnacious insect. One takes posses- 
‘sion o! the little pond on the island every morning as soon as 
““the sun is well up, and flies round it all day apparently never 
resting. Frequently another individual flies out from the jungle 
and begins the same manceuvres, but the original possessor sces 
“him at once, flies at him at once, and the two fight in the air 
hitting one another with their wings, and I think sometimes 
‘even biting with their mandibles. One captured after a fight 
of the kind had lost the greater part of a hind-wing. I have 
‘often seen one of the combatants hit down almost to the ground, 
and have found a male apparently drowned in the pond, prob- 
ably having been knocked into the water by another. Often, 
‘‘whilst two males are fighting in this way a third makes its 
appearance and a second encounter takes place with the victor 
‘in the first. 

“The Aeschnid however takes no notice of Libellulids and 
‘ Agrionids flying over the pond.’’ 

I have tried to facilitate the description of the abdominal 
colour pattern of the specimens, and to make accurate comparison 
between them by the use of a definite terminology applied to 
special areas of the tergites of the abdominal segments. The 
terms used need a short explanation (see text-fig. 2). On segments 
2—% of the abdomen each tergite is furnished with a transverse 
carina in addition to its terminal transverse carinae, On segments 


1g2I.|] F. F. Larpiaw: Indian Dragonfltes. 83 


2 and 3 this accessory carina lies at about the middle of the 
segment, but on 4—8 becomes progressively more approximated 
to its anterior end. I propose to call it the ‘jugum’ ; that part 
of the segment in front of it the prejugal part of the segment, and 
that behind the post-jugal part. Further, the post-jugal part of 
segments 4—8 can be subdivided by the presence on each of these 
segments of the ventral longitudinal carinae, and of the accessory 
longitudinal carinae into supra-carinal, inter-carinal and infra- 
carinal areas on either side. The accessory longitudinal carinae 
do not extend to the prejugal part of the segment. Whether the 
ventral carinae mark the lateral margin of the tergite or no Iam 
not sure. If they do it would follow that the infra-carinal area 
is formed on either side by the pleu- 
rite. But on the whole I think that 
this area is a part of the tergite. 

Lastly, it may be noted that between 
segments I and 2 dorsally there is a 
remarkable development of the inter- 
segmental membrane. ‘This brings it 
about that there is a considerable gap 
between the tergites of the two seg- 
ments; this gap is covered by the unt- 
formly buff-coloured membrane. 

In some species of Anax, for ex- 
ample in A. parthenope, this develop- 
ment of the inter-segmental membrane 
is much less; but the character prob- 
ably occurs to some extent in all, and 
is possibly of generic value. 

Series A. (Text-fig. 2.) 

The specimens belonging to this 
series I believe to be fairly typical 
examples of the true A. guttatus, Burm. 

I have been able to compare them 
with examples from Borneo, the Malay 
Peninsula, and I have also seen speci- 
mens from various localities in the 
British Museum. 

There are differences in details of Text-FiG. 2.—Anax gutta- 
coloration, size and shape of the anal ‘us di Series A. 
appendages, but these differences do eee Salis Sys 
not exceed the limits of sub-specific a. Prejugal. 6. Post-jugal. 
variation in my opinion. 

The characters of this series may be given briefly as follows :— 

@. (spirit specimens) from Barkuda, 1479/H 2. 

Wings —Membranule with white, basal spot. Wing mem- 
brane slightly smoked, with an orange-brown tinge extending from 
the apex of the triangle to a little beyond the nodus. 

Head.—F¥rons without T-mark, bases of mandibles and genae 
yellow: upper lip yellow, very narrowly and diffusely edged with 


84 Records of the Indian Muscum. [Vou. XXII, 


brown. Occipital triangle black with yellowish centre and pos- 
terior margin. 

Thorax greenish-brown, without black markings, save along 
the suture lines of the coxae ; base of femora brown. 

Abdomen.—Segment 1, and the inter-segmental membrane be- 
tween I and 2 buff-yellow, posterior margin of I narrowly edged 
with brown. Segment 2 turquoise blue above. The rest of the abdo- 
men is in general brownish-black dorsally, rather paler brown ven- 
trally. Segment 2 has its terminal transverse carinae and jugum 
black, the blue colour of the dorsum passes laterally to a silvery 
yellow. Segment 3 has its prejugal division turquoise-blue, passing 
to silvery yellow ventrally, mid-dorsally a longitudinal black line, 
widening distally, is continuous with the black ol the post-jugal part 
which carries on either side two large. rounded yellow spots. Seg- 
ments 4—8 have each a pair of bluish-yellow spots on the prejugal 
division, almost obsolete on 8, and two rounded yellow spots in the 
supra-carinal area of the post-jugal division on either side. On 
7—8 these supra-carinal spots coalesce to form a continuous yellow 
band, In addition 4—8 have a round lemon-yellow inter-carinal 
spot immediately behind the jugum. 

Lastly, 9—To have each a pair of large yellow lateral spots ; 
the homologues of the supra-carinal spots of the preceding seg- 
ments, on g these spots are triangular with the apex directed 
forward, on Lo they are rounded. 

The anal appendages are dark-brown, the upper pair have a 
blunt triangular projection at the middle of their inner margin. 

Length of hinder-wing 50 mm., of abdomen 51 mm., anal 
appendages 6 mm. 

Series B. 

The single male of this series is from Calcutta. It is almost 
exactly intermediate between the males of series A and series C. 
6187/20. 

In the following account the characters in which it differs 
from series A are mainly noted; where no remark is made, it may 
be assumed that the specimen is practically identical with the 
males of A. 

@ (spirit specimen from Calcutta). 

Wings.—The yellow tinge of the hinder-wing less extensive, 
extending only to the level of the nodus. Basal white mark on 
membranule very small. 

Head.—A small triangular area in front of the vertex is brown, 

Abdomen.—The black of the dorsal surfaces is much more 
intense than in A. The post-jugal spots of segment 3 and the 
supra-carinal spots of 4—8 are greenish-yellow in colour, rather 
rectangular in shape, and much smaller than those of A. The 
supra-carinal spots on 7—8 do not coalesce to form a band and the 
anterior spot on each of these segments is obsolete. ‘The spot on 9 
is small, representing the posterior supra-carinal spot only ; and Io 
is without markings. There are no inter-carinai spots. 

Anal appendages as in A. 


2) 


wt 


1g2T.| F. F. Latpraw: Indian Dragonflies. 


9 not known. 

In respect to the colour and colour-pattern of the abdomen 
this specimen differs strongly from A and approaches C. 

In other respects it is not very different from A. 

Length of hinder-wing 54 mm., of abdomen 56 mm., of upper 
anal appendages 6 mm. 

Series C. (text-fig. 3). 

3¢@ 71 9. Sitong, Darjiling district, 1405/H 2 (with 2 
exuviae); I o (spirit specimen). 

Wings smoky especially at the apices. Membranule entirely 
eray black. No vellow tinge on hinder wings. 

Head.—Upper lip with well defined, narrow, black margin. 
Frons with large T-mark. Occipital triangle black. 

Thorax with black mid-dorsal carina and sutural lines. Base 
of anterior femora yellow, the rest black. 

Abdomen.—Segment 2 with a longitudinal, mid-dorsal line oi 
black joining the black transverse carinae and the jugum, 3 with the 
dorsal black band broader in the prejugal division than it is in 
series A and B. The ground colour of the rest of the abdomen is 
an intense black, with pale blue spots. 

On the post-jugal part of segment 3 both the lateral spots are 
small, the anterior one minute. On 
segments 4—8 the anterior supra- 
carinal spot remains very small, but is 
larger on 6, 7, 8 than on 4, 5. The 
prejugal spot is obsolete on 7,8. Seg- 
ment 9 has a single small spot homo- 
logous with the posterior supra-carinal 
spot of 8; 10 is black with indistinct 
lateral brown marks. Segments 4—7 
have narrow blue inter-carinal spots 
close behind the jugum on either side. an 

The upper anal appendages are 1 eee 3-—Anax guttalus 
black, and differ in shape from those © {nal appendages. 
of series A and B. The middle third 
of the inner margin of each projects onwards as a straight-edged 
shelf. The lower appendage is whitish gray with black margins. 

The female is in general very much like the male, but the spots 
of the last six segments of the abdomen are brownish-yellow and 
not blue, and the tenth segment carries a pair of well defined small 
spots. The blue colouring of the sides of 2, 3 is largely replaced 
by greenish brown, and in addition there is a pair of infra-carinal 
spots immediately below the intercarinal spots on segments 4, 5. 


Length of hinder-wing, 7 56 mm., @ 57 mm. 
ie of abdomen, 7 55 mm., 2? 55 mm. 
i of upper anal appendages, 7 6:2 mm. 


Were it not for the existence of the specimen of series B 
I should certainly regard those of series C as belonging to a species 
distinct from A. 


86 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Certainly the appearance of well preserved spirit specimens 
belonging to the two series is strikingly different. 

I think we may without doubt regard those of series A as 
being fairly typical examples of the true 4. guttatus, Burm. On 
the other hand series C is evidently identical with the specimens 
described by Martin (loc. cit. p.22) as A. bacchus. These speci- 
mens are evidently I think not the true bacchus of Hagen which is 
at best only a slightly differentiated race of parthenope (see Calvert, 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Pheladelphia, 1875, pp. 148, 150, fig. 3). 

The difficulty is increased by the close resemblance between 
the upper anal appendages of ‘“‘ form C” and those of A. julius, 
Brauer, which again is a close ally of 4. parthenope. 

But in ‘form C’ the inferior appendix of the male is very 
much longer relatively than it is in A. julius as figured by Martin 
(op. cit., fig. 16). 

The question as to whether these series should be taken as re- 
presenting geographical subspecies is one I cannot answer. Series 
C comes from an elevation of 4000 ft. near Darjiling, and might 
be regarded as a northern and mountain-dwelling race. I have 
seen two males of the same form from Japan. 

But the Indian Museum collection includes a fine female of 
series A from 4,g00 ft. from Shillong 8252/20, and a second from 
Nepal valley, 4,500--6,000 ft., 7207/H 1; this latter, apparently 
mature, is without yellow on the wings. 

It seems therefore best to note these series and leave any 
decision for the future. 


Anax parthenope, Selys. 


Anax parthenope, Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 85. 
‘ ; Calvert, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci Philadelphia, 1808, 
pp. 148—149, fig. 3 A—E. 
a Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschn., p. 21, fig. 15. 

Spirit specimens from Kashmir, 27 7 4212/H 1,1 @ 4317/H 1, 
I? 4008/H tf. 

Mounted specimens, I % 9775/15 Bangalore, 1 ~ 6306/20 
Bangalore from 3000 ft. (damaged, the abdomen from segments 
4—Io has been replaced by that of a 9? Anax sp.), I @ 9442/14 
Seistan, I 2 5450/20 Srinagar, 1874, I o 7200/H 1 Kashmir, 
5200 ft. 

Specimens mostly in poor condition. All appear to belong to 
the European race of the species. Its occurrence in Bangalore is 
comparable to that of Sympetrum fonscolombei in the Nilgiri Hiils 
(see Calvert, loc, cit., p. 154). 


Anax immaculifrons, Ramb. 


Anax eisai Kirby, Cat. Odonata., p. 84. 
mf Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschn., p. 18, fig. 12. 
iy Martin, Bull. Soc. entomol. de France, en p. 212 
(1909). 
Ris, Supplementa Entomol. No. V,1916, pp. 63—65 


1921. ] F. F. Lamriaw; Indian Dragonflies. 3 


c 
NI 


I @. Fort, Satara, Bombay Pres. 7930/H 1 (spirit). 
I @. Talawadi, N. Kanara Distr. 4383/H 1 (spirit). 

I #. Kutrseong, E. Himalaya, 6000 ft., 25-x-090, EH. A. 
I Abreu (pinned). 

I possess also a fine pair from Poona, given me by Major 
Fraser. Dr. Annandale notes that the species is very active, 
flies high, oviposits on the surface of the water, and rests on rocks. 

The spirit specimens, both immature, have a striking appear- 
ance ; the colour is mainly greenish white with black bands. 

Dr. Ris (loc. cit.) describes the Indian form as typical and 
distinguishable from specimens from Hong Kong. 


Anax (Hemianax) ephippiger (Burm.). 


Hemianax ephippiger, Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 85. 
Fi if Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschninae, pp. 28—2y, 


fig. 22. 
Fraser, Fowrn. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 1910, 
p. 574- 


@. Agra, Dr. Hankin. 4322/H 1. 

¢. At light, Rambha Rly. Station, Ganjam Distr., Madras 
Pres. 8217/20. 

9. (fragmentary). At light in railway carriage. 

9. Marikappam, S. India. 6505/20. 


Anaciaeschna jaspidea, Burm. 


Anactaeschua jaspidea, Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 86. 
ie a Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschn., pp. 30 
he. 25. 

I @. Calcutta (N. Annandale), 9270/14. 

In very poor condition 

The dentigerous plate is almost exactly like that of Anax. 
The median area of the sternite of segment ro carries a consider- 
able number of minute denticles rather crowded together ; it is 
not specialized in any other way. 

I have seen an example of this species from Burma. Its 
range seems to be chiefly Austro-Malayan. 

Kruger notes that he has seen a specimen from Calcutta 
(Stettin Entomol. Zeit. 1898, p. 274). 


3I, 


Series AESCHNA, 


Of the Indian species referred to Aeschna, two, A. evythromelas 
Maclach. and A. ovnithocephala, Maclach., are remarkable for the 
special character of the dentigerous plate of the female which is 
rather elongate and spout-like, its margin, especially in A. erythro- 
melas, beset with teeth more regularly arranged and longer than 
in other species of the genus. A. petalura, known to me only from 
Martin’s description, should probably be removed to a separate 
genus. 


0 
) 


Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor xexciie 


Aeschna mixta. 


Aeschna coluberculus, Wirby, Cat. Odonata, p. $7. 
Aeschna mixta, Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschninae, p. 42, fig. 
22°. Kashmir. 4319/Hr. 

This is an addition to the known fauna of Kashmir. Mr. Morton 
has kindly examined one of the specimens for me and tells me 
that it cannot be separated from European examples of the 
species. 


oP) 


Aeschna erythromelas, Maclachlan. 
(TExtT-FiG. 4.) 


Aeschna erythromelas, Maclachlan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XVII, 
p- 419 (1896). 
Aeschna erythromelas, Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschninae, p. 62, 
ig. 58. 
22 21¢. Gopaldhara, Darjiling District (per H. Stevens). 
Maclachlan (/oc. cit.) has noted the character of the den- 
tigerous plate of which I give a figure 
(text-fig. 4). Perhaps with A. orni- 
thocephala, Macl it may require to 
be placed in a special section of 
the genus on account of this char- 
acter. It is a magnificent species 
Fic. 4.—Aeschna erythro- of great size and (in the case of the 
melas 3. ; female at any rate) of striking colora- 
Apex of dentigerous plate. niont 
Length of abdomen, ” 62+5°5 mm., 2? 59 mm. 
a of hinder-wing, 7 53 mm., 9 56°5 mm. 
The anal appendages as in the case of the next species are 
small and pointed in the female. 


Aeschna ornithocephala, Maclachlan. 


Aeschina ornithocephala, Maclachlan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XVIU, 
p- 308 (1896). 

Aeschna ornithocephala, Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschninae, p. 63, 
fig. 59. 

7. Nam Ting Pokri, Sendim Spur, Sitong 4,000 {t. 3007/Hr 
(teneral). 

I ¢ i 9. same locality, Oct. 22,1917. 8005/Hr. 

2 2 @.same locality and date. 8006/H1. 

I 

I 


Lon! 


2. same locality and date. 7574/H1 (teneral). 
9.same locality and date. 7570/H1 (adult). 

Dr. Annandale has sent me the following interesting note on 
this species, ‘‘ A number of females were observed ovipositing (in 
October, after the rains) ina bank of fairly dry earth at the edge of 
the lake, one or two feet above the waterlevel. After hovering, with 
a buzzing sound, a few inches off the bank for some seconds they 
settled upon it with the head uppermost. The body was raised 
on the legs, but the tibio-femoral joint was flexed. The abdomen 


1g21.] F. F. Lawriaw: Indian Dragonflies. 8g 


was turned down in an arch. The median ventral appendage (tere- 
bra) was pulled out from between the lower paired appendages 
(valves), and rapidly inserted into the earth, in which it left a 
smallhole. In this hole an egg was evidently laid. The terebra was 
then rapidly withdrawn, the abdomen turned aside a little and a 
new hole made at a different spot. Five or six eggs were thus 
laid in succession at one place. It was difficult to observe details 
of the process as it was executed with great speed, but the action 
of the terebra was easily seen.” 

The colouring of teneral specimens of both sexes is very 
similar to that of adult females of A. erythromelas. The denti- 
gerous plate of the female also resembles that of A. ervthromelas 
more than any other Aeschna that I know of, but ts rather 
nearer the typical aeschnid plate, having some irregularly placed 
spines on its ventral surface near the apex. 

@ (Teneral). Anterior surface of head dull brown, vertex 
and occiput very dark brown almost black. 

Thorax datk brown, with broad antehumeral bands, pointed 
below, truncate above, of pale yellow colour, on either side of the 
thorax two broad pale yellow bars. 

Abdomen brownish red, each segment except the last with a 
narrow terminal black ring. Segments 1 and 2 with a lateral yel- 
low band, 3 with a small lateral yellow triangle anteriorly. 

In the teneral female the colouring is almost identical with 
that of the male. It differs from that of A. evythromelas chiefly 
in not having the last three segments of the abdomen entirely 
black. 

The more mature female has the summit of the frons black. 
The abdomital colour deepens to a dull dark brown. A narrow 
sub-apical ring of greenish yellow appears on each segment from 
2-8, and in addition the position of the ‘ jugum’ is marked by a 
narrow transverse mark of the same colour, interrupted in the 
mid-dorsal line. 

The species is remarkable for the open character of the vena- 
tion, in which respect it approaches Aeschna (°?) petalura, Martin. 
The anal appendages however are small and pointed in the 
female. The wings in the adult female have a yellow tinge which 
is most marked distal to the nodus and on the anal margin. 


Length of abdomen in adult 2°, 52 mm., of hinder-wing 


’ 


57°55 mm. 
Aeschna (?) petalura, Martin. 


Aaschna petalura, Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschn., pp. 78-79, figs 
24-77- 
As above remarked this species is scarcely a true Aeschna. 
The shortness of the triangle of the hinder-wing and the 
narrow intervals above the radial and median supplements mark 
it off from the more typical species of the genus. Found near 
Darjiling and in the Khasi Hills. 


go Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII 


BJ 


Series GYNACANTHA. 


This series contains a large number of highly organized tropi- 
cal insects in both hemispheres which are crepuscular or at any 
rate shade-loving. 

The dentigerous plate of the female is remarkably specialized 
and bears a remarkable similarity to that of Periaeschna. 


Gynacantha hyalinia, Selys. 


Acanthagyna hyalinia, Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 95. 
Gynacantha hvalinia, Kruger, Stettin Entomol. Zeit. 1808, p. 275 seq 
+ Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschninae, pp. 198 
199, fig. 203. 
I @ 5455/20. loc. ?, I @ 5454/20 Darrang, 1 @ £313/4, 
I 2 8306/4 Sibsagar. These specimens all in bad condition bear 
labels in de Selys’ handwriting. 
I o 1478/H 2. Chilka Lake (N.4.), Zool. Surv. 
I 2 8287/20. Calcutta, ‘ flying at dusk.’ 
1 & 7939/H 1. Calcutta, ‘ flew to light in Museum,’ 14-viii-17 
(N.A.). 
I @ 8189/20. Cherrapunji. 


Gynacantha basiguttata, Selys. 


Acanthagyna basiguttata, Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 95. 
Gyracantha basiguttata, Kruger, Stettin Entomol. Zeit, 1898, pp. 283— 
284, fig. p. 270. 
be - Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschninae, pp. 192— 
193. 
Ris. Ann. Soc. Entomol. Belg. \.V, pp. 240— 
247, fig. 13 (1911), 
I @ (in fragments) 5456/20. “ Sibs.” (Sibsagar, N. E. Assam) 
(labelled by de Selys). 
I have examined 3 males of this species from Lower Stam. 
It ranges from the Philippine Islands to Burma and Assam. Mar- 
tin’s figure is not that of the appendages of this species (see Ris, 


loc. cit.). 
Gynacantha khasiaca, Maclachlan. 


Gynacantha khastaca, Maclachlan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XV U1, 
p- 411 (1896). 

Laidlaw, Rec. Ind. Mus. VIII, p. 340 (1914). 

Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschninae, pp. 202— 


203, fig. 207. 


I 7. Mangaldai, Assam. 6417/20. 


” ” 


Gynacantha saltatrix, Martin. 
Gynacantha saltatrix, Martin, Cat. Coll. Selys Aeschninae, pp. 194— 
195, fig. 199. 
1@. Mazbat, Mangaldai District, Assam, 11—r1g-x-10(S.JV. 
Kemp), 6419/20. 


t92T.]| F. F. Laiwiraw: Indian Dragonflies. gi 


_This is the smallest of the Indian species that I know of 
Length of abdomen 42 + 6 mm., of hinder-wing 39 mm. 

In addition Gynacantha subinterrupta, Ramb. and Gynacantha 
furcata, Ramb. have been recorded from Ceylon by Kirby, to- 
gether with Anax (Hemianax) ephippiger and Anax guttatus (Kirby, 
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., XXIV, p. 558). 


Gynacantha millardi, Fraser. 


Gynacantha millardi, Fraser, Fourn. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.,. XXVIUI, 
p. 147. ; 

I @ teneral. Chota Nagpur. 

This interesting new species differs from other Indian Gyna- 
canthas in having but little constriction of the abdomen at the 
second and third segments, a feature which makes it easily dis- 
tinguishable from its allies. 

There is also a 9 specimen from Mangaldai, N.E. Assam, 
which I am not able to determine, it does not seem to be G. 
khasiaca, Maclach. 


Mie ON AN “ANTSOZVCOPRTE ROWS SAR Y 4& 
FROM THE HIMALAYAS (OrpER ODONATA.) 


By R. J. Tuyarp, M.A., Sc.D. (Cantab.), D.Sc. (Sydney), 
F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist and Chief of the Biological 
Department, Cawthron Intitute, Nelson, New Zealand. 


(Plate XIIT). 


The Order Odonata is usually subdivided inte two Suborders, 
the Zygoptera and the Anisoptera, of which the principal characters 
are by now so well known that it is not necesary to recapitulate 
them here. Besides these two universally recognised types, there 
existed in Liassic times an extensive group of Dragonflies, which, 
to a considerable extent, appears to have combined the characters 
of the two Suborders in approximately equal measure. Handlirsch, 
who has studied these insects carefully, has separated them out 
into a new Suborder, to which he gave the name Anisozygoptera.! 

There exists at the present day, so far as is known, a single 
genus and species of Dragonfly, Epiophlebia superstes (Selys), from 
Japan, which appears to combine the characters of the Zygoptera 
and Anisoptera in such a manner that it may legitimately be 
classified in the Anisozygopteta, if Handlirsch’s decision regarding 
the Liassic types be accepted. ‘This remarkable dragonfly possesses 
a Gomphine type of coloration, a Gomphine form of head, thorax 
and abdomen, and an archaic Zygopterous type of wing-venation. 
In my book on the “ Biology of the Odonata”? I included Hand- 
lirsch’s Anisozygoptera within the Suborder Zygoptera, and have 
placed Epiophlebia in the family Lestidae, making it form by 
itself a subfamily Epiophlebiinae. 

Up to the present time, the larva of Epiephilebia has remained 
undiscovered, though it is certainly the greatest prize awaiting 
discovery in this Order. It was safe to assume, considering the 
large number of larval characters in which the Zygoptera differ 
from the Anisoptera, that the discovery of this larva would de- 
finitely settle whether Epiophichia was a true Zygopteron, as I had 
provisionally assumed, or whether it combined Zygopterous with 
Anisopterous characters in such proportion that it would support 
the recognition of Hardlirsch’s new Suborder Anisozygoptera. 

For a number of years Mr. F. F. Laidlaw, of Uffculme, Devon, 
has been working on the Odonate fauna of India. He has a 
wide knowledge of the whole Oriental fauna, and is our recog- 


! Die Fossilen Tnsekten, p. 463 (Leipzig, 1908). 
2 ~ . . 
* Pp. 276, 307 (Cambridge Univ. Press, 1917). 


04 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII. 


nised expert on the Dragonflies of this region. Recentty a small 
collection of Dragonflies from the Himalayas was sent to him 
for determination. These were collected in June, ra18. In the 
consignment was a single larva, at first sight very much like a 
Gomphine latva, which was taken from a rapidly running stream, 
between Ghum and Sonada, (S. Kemp coll.) at the very high eleva- 
tion of 7000 feet. The larva, to judge from the length of its wing- 
sheaths, which reach slightly bevond the end of the second abdominal 
segment, isin the penultimate instar. The wing-sheaths, of which 
a pair were dissected off, show the imaginal venational pattern 
fairly plainly, though the tracheation, of course, had collapsed 
through long immersion in alcohol. The result of Mr. Laidlaw’s 
study of this interesting larva was to lead him to believe that it 
belonged to the genus Epophichia. ‘This result was so startling 
that he had the larva and its wing-sheaths photographed at the 
British Museum, where he also consulted Mr. Herbert Campion as 
to its probable identity. As will be seen from the photographs, 
which are reproduced in plate XIII, it was scarcely possible to 
come to a definite conclusion on the matter, though Mr. Laidlaw 
felt very strongly that his original determination would prove 
correct. 

On June ist, 1920, I arrived in London from Sydney to attend 
the Imperial Conference of Economic Entomologists. Shortly 
after, I met Mr Laidlaw and Mr. Campion at the British Museum, 
where the photographs of the larva were submitted to me for my 
opinion. I must confess that from the photographs alone, I could 
see little evidence in support of Mr. Laidlaw’s opinion. The general 
appearance of the larva is distinctly that of a Gomphine or Petali- 
ine, while the photographs of the wing-venation did not seem to 
me sufficiently definite to go upon one way or another. As the 
antennae were five jointed, the labial mask Gomphine-like and the 
tarsi of normal form and not formed for burrowing, I was inclined 
to see in this new form the missing larval type of one of the 
Chlorogomphinae, and suggested the genus Orogomphus. 

The outcome of the discussions at the British Museum was 
that Mr. Laidlaw urged me to come down to Devonshire and study 
the specimen itself, and the slides which he had prepared from it. 
In July I had to go to Bristol for a few days, and this gave me 
the necessary opportunity of visiting Mr. Laidlaw for a week-end. 
I spent the greater part of the time studying this problematical 
larva, with the result that I came away fully convinced that it 
belonged to a new species of the genus Epiophlebia. I urged Mr. 
Laidlaw most strongly to write a paper upon it at once; but he 
most generously and insistently urged me, on the other hand, to 
undertake the work myself, and finally I consented to do so. He 
also lent me his notes and description of the larva, for use in the 
preparation of this paper. 

I desire here to thank Mr. Laidlaw for his generous help and to 
state that full credit for the original determination of this larva as 
belonging to the genus Efiophlebia is due to him alone. I consider 


1921.| R. J. Trnvarp: Epiophlebia laidlawt. 95 
that the evidence obtained from a study of the larva itself, and 
from the slides of the two wing-sheaths and the gizzard, prepared 
from it, is sufficient to prove this. Most unfortunately, Mr. Laid- 
law did not succeed in obtaining a good preparation of the rectal 
region; the larva, when I came to study it, had had the contents of 
the distal half of the abdomen removed, so that we cannot now say 
whether it possessed any rectal gills, or, if it did, what type of 
gills they were. 

In describing this larva, I propose to depart from a practice 
which I have hitherto followed most stringently, viz. never to 
give a name to a larval type. ‘The reasons for this departure may 
be shortly stated here. Firstly, the larva is of such absorbing 
interest, that it seems necessary to give it a name, to facilitate 
future discussions upon it. Secondly, it seems reasonably certain 
that, if I refrain from naming it, after having described it, some, 
body else will certainly step in and doso sceing that the precedent 
for the naming of larval types has already been set up in America. 
And thirdly, as this is only the second species of the Suborder 
known to exist in the world to-day, the other being in Japan, the 
likelihood that two species of the same genus Eftophlebia would 
occur in one locality on the Himalayas, at such a high elevation, 
seems so remote that it may be reasonably ignored. That being 
so, it is clear that the figure given of the imaginal venation on the 
wing-sheath of the larva is, to all intents and purposes, an imaginal 
character, and sufficiently clear and detailed to make the recogni- 
tion of the imago, when it is at last captured, a certainty. For 
these reasons, I have decided to name the larva, and now have much 
pleasure in dedicating the new species to my old friend Mr. Laidlaw 
in recognition of the fact that he was the first to determine its 
true affinities. 


Epiophlebia laidlawi, n. sp. 
(Plate XIII and text-figures I-4.) 
Description of the penultimate larval instar. 


Total length 20.2 mm.; length of abdomen 11°5 mm.; breadth 
of head across eyes 5°3 mm.; greatest breadth of abdomen at seventh 
segment 5°4 mm. 

Build stout, in general appearance superficially Gomphine-like 
but more closely resembling the larval type of the Petaliini. 
Hairs are entirely absent (except those of the maxillae, and a few 
small ones on the underside of the tarsi). Surface of the body and 
wing-sheaths strongly rugose, being covered with small, but very 
distinct, wart-like prominences. General colouy, a medium brown. 

Head.—Eyes large, dark brown, well-rounded, placed at the 
antero-lateral angles of the head. Postocular lobes well developed, 
somewhat projecting, convex externally, but cut off rather straight 
internally, where they converge inwards to the rather narrow 
occipital region. Ocelli present, small but well marked, and placed 
far apart to form a triangle. Antennae (text-fig. 2a) stoutly 


g6 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


built, five-jointed, arising from the outer ends of an epicranial 
ridge bordering the crescentic line which marks the division of the 
epicranium from the clypeus; first and second joints (scape and 
pedicel) stouter than the rest, the pedicel about twice as long as 
the scape, its surface pitted all over; of the distalia, the third joint 
is as long as the fourth and fifth together, and slighty longer than 
the pedicel ; the fourth joint is slightly narrower than the third, 
while the fifth is much narrower, fusiform, and ending in a minute 
conical sense-organ. A deep groove separates the clypeus from the 
labyum, which is wide, and arched slightly from side to side. 

The mandibles are shown in text-fig. 1. Each mandible is short 
with a broad base, and carries two series of teeth, one apical and 


DExXE-FiG. 1. 
Mandibles of the larva of Eptophlebia laidlawi n. sp. a, right mandible 
viewed from the inner side; 4, left mandible, similarly viewed but with the two 
lobes somewhat split apart. 


one internal. They were studied by laying the larva on its back 
and pressing each mandible in turn outwards with the point of a 
dissecting needle. In doing this, the left mandible split apart 
down its middle, thus exposing more clearly the separate teeth 
forming the two series. The two mandibles differ greatly as may 
be seen from the figure. The right mandible (text-fig. 1a) has 
five prominent teeth in the apical series, all more or less conical, 
but the two end ones somewhat narrower than the others; the 
internal series consists of four larger teeth, conical, with somewhat 
rounded apices, together with a much smaller flattened tooth 
appressed to the surface of the outermost larger tooth, two smaller 
teeth placed internally from the fourth large tooth, and a large 


1g21.] R. J. Trryarp: Epiophilebra laidlawt. 97 


tooth placed lower down and somewhat appressed into the space 
between the bases of the third and fourth teeth of the internal 
series. In the left mandible (text-fig. 1b), the apical series 
carries three narrow conical teeth on the outside, followed inter- 
nally by a single large unequally bifid tooth, separated from the 
rest by a deep notch; the internal series consists of six smaller 
conical teeth with well rounded apices, all set in a row along the 
internal edge of the internal lobe of the mandible, from which the 
apical lobe was torn away somewhat during exaniination. 


TEXT-FIG. 2. 


a. Antenna ot larva of Epiophlebia laidlawi n. sp.; pd, pedicel, sc, scape. 
6. Part of the labial mask of the same larva, showing a small portion of the 
mentum, the median lobe with its median cleft, the right lateral lobe and movable 
hook, and part of the left lateral lobe (displaced), for comparison of its denticula- 
tion with that of the right side. c. Portion of the gizzard of the same larva, 
showing five consecutive dental folds, three major and two minor. 


The maxillae have a well developed inner lobe, with five 
strong teeth; the palps carry some stiff hairs, and their tips are 
considerably hardened. 

The /abial mask (text-fig. 2b) is of the generalised type found 
in the Gomphinae and Petaliini. The submentum is short: the 
mentum somewhat longer than broad, the distal portion squarish, 
but narrowing towards the base; a median groove runs up from 
the base for more than two-thirds the length of the mentum, 
The median lobe is small, only slightly projecting, furnished with a 


98 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor,. XXII, 


row of short hairs, and split in the middle by a moderately deep, 
very narrow, cleft. The lateral lobes are large, slightly concave 
internally, the distal border rounded, with a slight notch near the 
apex ; the inner border is slightly and irregularly denticulate along 
the distal half of its length; the denticulations of the right and 
left lobes do not correspond, as may be seen from text-fig. 2b. 
The movable hook is large, strongly built, nearly as long as the 
outer margin of the lateral lobe below its insertion, and with a 
slightly nodding apex, No setae present either on the mentum or 
on the lateral lobes. 

A comparison between this labium and the types found in the 
Gomphinae and Petaliini shows that it differs from them mainly 
in the relative proportionate length of the parts of the lateral lobes 
and movable hook. In the two groups mentioned the movable 
hook is always either longer than, or at least equal to, the 
length of the margin below its insertion: the shorter movable 
hook here decribed suggests a comparison with the Megapodagrion- 
inae and Synlestinae. The proportionate amount of projection of 
the apical portion of the lateral lobe, internally to the movable hook, 
is again much less than in the Gomphinae and Petaliini, while the 
notching of the apex, and the appearance of the most prominent 
denticulations just below it, suggest the beginnings of the division 
of this part of the lobe into distinct teeth, asin Zygoptera. 

Thorax stoutly built, the prothorax without spines, but with 
its antero-lateral angles produced somewhat cephalad, as two lobes 
with rounded apices. The prothorax and median portion of the 
synthorax are very strongly rugose or tuberculated. 

Wing-sheaths laid parallel along the middle line, those of the 
hindwing projecting backwards to about the middle of the second 
abdominal segment. This probably indicates that the larva was 
in the penultimate instar. The sheaths are hairless, but with some 
patches of dirt adhering to them; the sheath of the hindwing is a 
little broader and very slightly shorter than that of the forewing. 
(The right pair of wing-sheaths was dissected off by Mr. Laidlaw, 
as shown in plate XIII, fig. 1, and mounted on two separate slides, 
from which the photomicrographs in plate XIII, figs. 2, 3, were 
taken). 

The wing-venation is of the very greatest interest. But a 
study of the photomicrographs shown in plate XIII, figs. 2, 3, 
although it reveals many points of interest, does not yield enough 
evidence to allow of a definite placing of the larva in its correct 
systematic position. After examining these, and also the slides from 
which they were prepared, I obtained Mr. Laidlaw’s permission to 
cut off the Jeff hindwing and examine it separately on a slide. 
The canada balsam mounts prepared from the right fore and 
hind wings were not satisfactory ; hence I examined this further 
wing in 70% alcohol only. By using a strong light, transmitted 
vertically upwards through the wing, it was possible to bring out 
much more definitely the pale bands foreshadowing the actual 
imaginal venation, especially on the basal part of the wing, which, 


1g2T.| R. J. Tmyarp: Epiophlebia laidlawr. 99 


owing to its greater thickness, did not yield any very clear result 
in the photomicrographs. In drawing the left hindwing, I used 
an Abbe camera-lucida, and prepared a ‘‘ negative” by the simple 
process of blacking in all the pigment bands which appeared pale 
on the wing itself. This ‘“‘negative’’, which, of course, would re- 
present very closely a ‘‘ positive’’ of the imaginal wing, (in which 
the veins are black on a hyaline background), is reproduced in 
text-fig. 3. 

The cross-venation of the distal part of the wing was not 
definitely enough outlined to allow of the drawing being completed 
distally; but a fairly good idea of the position of the cross-veins 
in this part of the wing may be obtained from a study of the photo- 
graph of the right forewing in plate XIII, fig. 2. 

In the left hindwing, the number of actually visible anteno- 
dals of the first series is twelve, of the second series fourteen; none 
of these appear to correspond exactly except the first and fourth 


TEXT-FIG. 3. 


‘“ Negative '’ of imaginal venation in left hind-wing of larva of Eprophlebia 
laidlawi n. sp. A, anal vein; Cz, cubitus with its branches Cz, and Cuz; MZ 
media with its branches M4), Mp. M3, and My, ; Ma, postnodal sector ; N, nodus ; 
gu, quadrilateral ; R, radius ; Sc, subcosta. 


of the first series, which are in line with the first and sixth res- 
pectively of the second series. These, moreover, are much more 
strongly marked than any of the others. Consequently it seems 
a legitimate assumption that they represent the two so-called 
“hypertrophied’’ antenodals, which are found in all the 
Anisoptera, but outside of that Suborder only in the genus Epro- 
phlebia. From the photograph of the right forewing (plate XIII, 
fig. 2) it can be seen that there are eight or more postnodals, though 
the exact number cannot be determined. 

The nodus is <—shaped and very clearly marked, with M 
arising directly from the subnodus below it. I have not marked 
the position of the oblique vein,in text-fig. 3, as I could not 
make out the cross-veins clearly in this region of the wing, but in the 
photograph of the right hindwing (plate XIII, fig. 3), the oblique 
vein can be clearly seen, lying about three cells distad from the 
origin of M,, below it. 


100 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


In the right forewing the pterostigma can be seen to be about 
three times as long as broad and covering several cells. 

There are no interpolated veins, except only M,,, which can 
be clearly seen, both in text-fig. 3, and in the photograph of the 
right forewing. 

Ms is a nearly straight vein lying below, and almost parallel 
with, M,. Its anterior portion, forming the so-called ‘‘bridge 
vein’’, is clearly marked, though the pigment-band becomes very 
thin basally, so that it is impossible to determine whether it arises 
from M,,, above, or from M, below. It is quite clear, however, 
that its point of origin lies not far distad from that of M.,, far 
basad from the subnodus. The origin of M, appears to be placed 
closer to the arculus than to the level of the nodus, viz. about four 
or five cells distad from the arculus. MM, and M, are nearly paral- 
lel for most of their lengths, and are separated by a single row 
of cells, except for a short space distally. 

The arculus is strongly marked, with the sectors arising separ- 
ately near its middle. ‘The quadrilateral can be quite clearly 
seen in the left hindwing; it is broad, strongly built, with the lower 
distal angle about 45°, and the upper or costal side only about two- 
thirds as long as the lower or anal side. ‘The basilar space is 
broad and free. The discoidal field is broad, but carries only a sin- 
gle row of cells for the first half of its length; distad from this, 
M, and Cu, diverge widely, so that the number of cell-rows rapid- 
ly increases. In the right forewing, the quadrilateral can be seen 
to be considerably narrower than in the left hindwing. 

Between the cubitus and anal vein, basally, there is a clearly 
marked cross-vein lying basad from the quadrilateral; this is cer- 
tainly the anal crossing, Ac. Further distad, under the quadrila- 
teral itself, there is another cross-vein. ‘The anal vein itself 
appears to run without any break below the quadrilateral, and 
Cu, leaves the distal angle of the latter obliquely, and joins the anal 
vein at a fairly acute angle. Thus the continuation of the vein 
which we usually call Cu, appears, in the wings of this larva, rather 
as if it were really A, with Cw, descending like an oblique vein 
upon it. 

Cu, and Cu, are separated by a single row of cells for most of 
their lengths. Distally, however, Cu, arches strongly over before 
teaching the wing-margin, so that the number of cell-rows above it 
is much increased, Cu, ends up very slightly beyond the level of 
the nodus, Cu, somewhat before the same level, the ends of the 
two veins being separated by six very small but quite clearly 
marked cells. 

The very distinct narrowing of the base of the larval wing 
shows quite clearly that the imaginal wing is of a somewhat petio- 
late type. The most basal cross-vein visible in the anal space is 
situated distad from the level of the arculus ; in fact, it lies distinctly 
beyond the level of the cross vein already noted as occurring in 
the subquadrangular space, helow the quadrilateral itself. 


1921.] R J. Trnyarp: Epiophlebia laidlawr. IOI 


Two patches of dirt which I failed to remove from the wing 
are shown in situ in text-fig. 3. They do not hide any important 
details. 

The Jegs are fairly short, the hind femora reaching nearly to 
the middle of the sixth abdominal segment. The femora are 
fairly wide, flattened; they carry two longitudinal ridges anteriorly 
and a single well marked ridge posteriorly. The tibiae are much 
narrower than the femora, but similarly ridged. The tarsi are 
three-jointed, not constructed for burrowing or digging, and having 
the third or apical joint longest. The claws are well developed, 
with strongly hooked ends. Ventrally, the last tarsal joint carries 
a well defined ridge furnished with hairs on either side, and projec- 
ting slightly as a small rounded prominence between the claws. 

Abdomen broad, subcylindrical from base to seventh segment, 
then tapering rapidly to analend. Dorsal surface generally convex, 
carrying alow median ridge interrupted segmentally, and having 
on each segment, from I to 8 on either side of this median ridge, 
a set of four shallow hollows separated by narrower, low ridges. 
On segments 2 to g the median ridge is notched anteriorly by a 
somewhat triangular, narrow slit or hollow. The ridges are more 
strongly rugose or tuberculated than the hollows. Neither dorsal 
nor lateral spines are present, but the lateral angles of the segments, 
dividing the dorsal from the ventral surface, are strongly marked. 
The ventral surface is somewhat flattened, trilobate in form, the 
middle division being slightly convex, the two lateral divisions flat- 
tened. From 1 to 7, the segments become consecutively slightly 
longer and wider; 8 is somewhat longer than 7, but not quite so 
wide ; 9 is both shorter and narrower than 8, but is produced back- 
wards on either side so as to embrace Io, which is very narrow, 
and about half aslong as 9 measured mid-dorsally. The rudiments 
of the male valvules are visible ventrally on segment &. 

Anal Appendages :—Caudal gills are not present. The appen- 
dages may be said to be generally similar to those of the Anisop- 
tera, but possess at least one feature not before noted in any type 
of anal appendage within the Odonata (text-fig. 4). 

The appendix dorsalis (text-fig. 4 ad) is small, not as long as 
segment Io, and triangular in shape. Dorsally it carries a raised 
area which is somewhat bifid in the middle of its distal margin 
(text-fig. 4, k); this would appear to indicate the position of the 
involucre of the male inferior appendage. 

On either side of the appendix dorsalis can he seen the small 
and somewhat conical cercoids (c’!, which become the superior 
appendages of the imago. 

The cerct (text-fig. 4¢) are broad and somewhat leaf like ap- 
pendages, more than twice as long as the appendix dorsalis. They 
are placed far apart at their bases, which are broad, and converge 
inwards towards their tips, which are well pointed. ‘Their internal 
sides, bordering the appendix dorsalis, appear to be rather com- 
plexly folded; but this may be partly due to the mode of preser- 
vation of the specimen. 


102 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


Viewed ventrally, the cerci show at their apices a very con- 
spicuous whitish swollen area, which is protected by a brush of 
strong, stiff hairs arising from around its base. The tip of this 
swelling, which is also the apex of the cercus itself, carries a tumid 
pore (g/) evidently the opening of some gland or internal cavity. 
One might perhaps hazard the guess that water may be drawn in 
through these pores, and that by this means the cerci first began 
to function as gills. These structures are, in any case, unique 
amongst Odonate larvae, and are therefore of the greatest interest. 


TEXT-FIG. 4. 


Anai appendages of larva of Epiophlebia laidlawi n. sp. ; a, dorsal view; 6, 
ventral view. ad, appendix dorsalis ; c, cerci ; c’, cercoids ; gl, pore at apex of cer- 
cus ; &, involucre of male inferior appendage of imago. 


If more material of this species, properly fixed, could be obtained, 
the internal morphology of these organs should most certainly be 
carefully worked out. 

Gizzard :—The gizzard was extracted by Mr. Laidlaw, and the 
following description is made from a study of his slide. 

The armature consists of sixteen dental folds, eight of these 
being major folds and eight minor. All the folds carry only 
generalised, separate teeth. A feature not before noted, I believe, 
in any Odonate gizzard, is the further specialisation of the eight 
major folds into four distinctly broader and shorter, and four 


1921. ] R. J. Tinyarp: Epiophiebia laidlawi. 103 
9 p 


distinctly narrower and longer ones; in text-fig. 2c, two of the 
former and only one of the latter are shown. ‘The minor folds al- 
ternate, as usual, with the major, and the two types of major 
folds also alternate with one another. Each major fold carries 
from four to six, or even in one case, seven teeth, the usual num- 
ber being five. Each minor fold carries from two to four teeth only, 
the usual number being two. The teeth are placed irregularly on the 
fold, those of the broader major folds tending to become grouped 
close together, while those of the narrower tend to become ar- 
ranged into a single longitudinal line. The teeth are subconical, 
set on fairly broad bases, and having their apices somewhat hooked. 

It will be seen that this type of gizzard comes closest to the 
more generalised type of sixteen-folded gizzard, which is found in 
the Calopterygidae and the older sub-families of the Agrionidae. 
The folds are, however, more reduced than in the generalised type 
and carry a much smaller number of teeth ; in this respect the giz- 
zard shows some affinity with that of the Synlestinae, though this 
latter has undergone reduction to a total number of eight folds. 
One might also see some affinity with the eight-fold gizzard of the 
Petalurinae, in which the reduction of the individual folds has 
proceeded even further, there being seldom more than two teeth on 
any given fold. 

The structure of the rectum could not be studied, as it had been 
removed. In his notes, Mr. Laidlaw remarks: ‘‘I have failed to 
make any satisfactory preparation of the rectum.” 

Type.—Specimen No. 1448/H2 in the collection of the Indian 
Museum at Calcutta. 

Habitat.—Rapidly running stream, 7000 feet above sea-level, 
between Ghum and Sonada, Darjiling district, Himalya Mountains. 


Discussion of the systematic position of the larva. 


In dealing with this problem, we may begin by listing those 
characters which appear to be Anisopterous into one column, and 
then arranging in another column those characters which appear 
to he Zygopterous. We then get the following result :— 


Anisopterous Characters. Zygopterous Characters. 
General build and facies of the Wing-venation. 
larva. Gizzard. 


Labial mask. 
Anal appendages. 


In addition to these, we may say that the characters offered 
by the antennae and legs do not incline us perceptibly towards 
the one Suborder more than the other. 

Bearing in mind the fact that the Petalurinae alone of all 
known Anisopterous types possesses a gizzard of eight folds, while 
all the rest of the Anisoptera have only four. I have always been 
prepared to admit the likelihood of eight folds occuring in the 
gizzard of the so far undiscovered larva of the Chlorogomphinae, 


104 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


though I think it much more unlikely that there should be sixteen. 
Apart from this, the general build of this larva, the form of its 
labial mask, and the structure of the anal appendages, might very 
well be those belonging to this sub-family. It is, therefore, to the 
wing-venation that we must finally turn for a decision. ‘That is 
absolutely conclusive. After a carefulstudy of the two slides of the 
right wings prepared by Mr. Laidlaw, and a more detailed study of 
the left hindwing dissected off by myself, I have no hesitation in 
saying that this larva belongs to the family Epiophlebiidae and 
that there is no character visible in the venation which would 
require its allocation to any other genus than to Epiophiebia itself. 

In text-fig. 5, I show the venation of the imago of Epiophiebia 
superstes (Selys) from Japan, in order to institute a close compar- 


TEXT-FIG. 5. 
Venation of Epiophlebia superstes (Selys) from Japan, (Hw. 31 mm.) After 
Needham. 


ison with that of the larva here dealt with. It will be seen at 
once that, if we allow for the fact that the wing is not yet expanded, 
the comparison is overwhelmingly in favour of the conclusion that 
the larva belongs to the genus Epiophlebia. 

The characters in which Epiophilebia differs from all other 
known non-Anisopterous genera are the following :—Presence of the 
two thickened or “‘ hypertrophied ’’ antenodals; difference in the 
shape of the fore and hindwing quadrilaterals, the latter being much 
wider than the former, and both being acutely angled distally ; 
form of the discoidal field, which is strikingly broader than the 
spaces above and below it, but at the same time possesses, for 
most of its length, only a single row of cells. 

Each of these three important characters appears to be pre- 
sent in the larval wings exactly as in Epiophlebia. 

This evidence should be sufficient to place the larva within 
the family Epiophlebiidae. But we may reinforce it by enumerat- 
ing the other venational characters, which, though not peculiar to 
Epiophlebia, are to be found in that genus, and which, taken 
together with the three characters mentioned above, practically 
define the genus as far as its wing-venation is concerned. These 


1g2I. | R. J. Trrvarp: Epiophlebia lardlawr. 105 


are :—the slightly petiolate wing-base ; the <-shaped nodus placed 
about haif-way along the wings; the form of the pterostigma, 
strongly built, elongated, about thrice as long as broad ; the presence 
of the oblique vein ; the absence of any straight or well formed 
supplementary sectors except M,,; the positions of the points of 
origin of Msand M, ; the origin of M, directly from the subnodus ; 
the great divergence of Cu, from Cu, distally, with the strong 
arching of the former, especially in the hindwing. All these charac- 
ters are to be seen in the wings of the larva here under discussion. 

We may now reinforce the argument from the wing-venation 
by considering the general build and facies of the larva. This is 
undoubtedly Anisopterous. What non-Anisopterous types are 
there known which could conceivably possess a stout larva of this 
type? Most certainly only those genera of stout, heavy build. 
The only two non-Anisopterous types known which could possibly 
satisfy these conditions are Philoganga and Epiophlebia. Philo- 
ganega is such a huge, clumsily built insect for a Zygopterid that 
it might well possess such a larva as this; also, the locality in 
which the larva was found might well be a habitat for this 
Oriental genus. Many details of the venation, however, preclude 
our acceptance of this solution. Philoganga, for instance, to 
mention only a few obvious characters, has no hypertrophied 
antenodals ; its nodus is much closer to the base of the wing than 
to the pterostigma ; it has no oblique vein between M, and Ms ; 
its quadrilateral is almost rectangular, and extraordinarily short, 
not does it differ much in fore and hind-wings ; its discoidal field 
is much narrower than the space below it; and Cw,, instead of 
diverging from Cz, distally, converges towards it. Thus we may 
with safety rule Philoganga out. 

There remains, then, Epiophlebia as the only possible known 
genus in which the general build of the imaginal body would lead 
us to expect a stoutly built larval type of the form we have here. 
The general build of Eprophlebia, apart from the wings, is distinctly 
Gomphine ; the same may be said of the larva before us. 

To settle the question whether we ought to place this larva in 
the genus Efiophlebia itself, or relegate it to a new genus in the 
family Epiophlebiidae, we have to rely only upon the wing-vena- 
tion, since the larva of the only known species of Epzophlebia has 
not yet been discovered. Against the overwhelming array of 
characters which we have marshalled, in which the wings of this 
larva agree with those of Epiophlebia supevstes, we can only mention 
the following doubtful points: the peculiar condition of the anal 
vein which appears to run continuously through to Cw,, receiving 
the basal portion of that vein from above like an oblique vein ; 
and the presence, in the hind-wing, of a double row of cells for five 
cells’ length, between Cu, and the posterior margin of the wing ; 
whereas, in text-fig. 5, the hind-wing of E. swperstes is shown with 
only one divided cell in this area. 

Regarding these points, it can easily be seen that, in the pro- 
cess of expansion of the wing at metamorphosis, the slight angula- 


106 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


tion of A at its junction with Cu, might be brought about asa 
purely imaginal character. Also, the pigment bands of the larval 
wing are so wide that, even if some slight angulation is really present 
there, it might easily be overlooked. As regards the double row 
of cells below Cu, in the hind-wing, it may be noted that a closely 
similar set occurs in the forewing of Needham’s specimen (text- 
fig. 5); so that we may regard this character as being probably a 
variable one in the different wings of separate individuals of E. 
superstes. Even if we grant the presence of these differences, they 
are not of greater moment than such as we should expect to find 
in two species of the same genus, from such widely different localt- 
ties as Japan and the Himalayas. 

From the above evidence, it may, I think, be legitimately 
concluded that the larva belongs to the genus Epiophlebia. 


The Suborder Anisozygoptera. 


We have still to answer the question as to whether the 
erection of the Suborder Anisozygoptera by MHandlirsch was 
justifiable ; and, in particular, whether the discovery of this larva 
adds to or detracts from Handlirsch’s opinion. 

It seems clear that we must now answer this question in 
Handlirsch’s favour. For a more complete blending of Anisop- 
terous with Zygopterous characters, within one single larval type, 
could scarcely have been hoped for, even by the most ardent 
supporter of Handlirsch’s view. The larval evidence is so strong 
that, taking it in conjunction with the imaginal characters already 
known, I have no hesitation now in accepting Handlirsch’s Sub- 
order Anisozygoptera ; and, consequently, a family Epiophlebirdae 
must also be recognised. Also, as it is clear for many reasons that 
the fossil type Heterophiebia, from the English Lower Lias, is a close 
ally of Epiophlebia, and the same is true of the genus Tyzassoles- 
tes, from the Upper Trias of Ipswich, Queensland, it follows that 
this Suborder is the oldest of the three at present existing, so far 
as our evidence goes. The fact that we have, in Heterophlebia, a 
type in process of changing from an Anisozygopteron to a true 
Anisopteron, by formation of a true triangle and supertriangle in 
the hind- wing, seems to indicate clearly enough that the Anisoptera 
are descended from the Anisozygoptera ; and, indeed, true Anisop- 
tera do not appear in the fossil record before the Upper Lias. 
There does not seem to be as definite evidence that the Zygoptera 
are descended from the Anisozygoptera ; for there are certainly 
some venational characters, notably the absence of an oblique vein, 
in which the Calopterygidae still remain more generalised than 
Epiophlebia and its allies. Our decision in this case would probab- 
ly rest upon what forms amongst the earliest known fossil 
Odonata we were prepared to accent as Anisozygopterous, on the 
evidence of their wing-venation, and what forms we considered 
Zygopterous. Probably the earliest true Odonate type combined 
the more generalised characters of the Calopterygidae on the one 
hand with those of the Epiophlebiidae on the other. Such a type 


1921. ]| R. J. Tityarp: Epiophlebia laidlawi. 107 
might very well have arisen, in its turn, from that remarkable 


group of Protodonata of which Typus permianus, discovered by Dr. 
Seilards in the Lower Permian of Kansas! was a representative. 


! Amer. Fourn. Sct. (4) XX, pp. 249-258 1906. 


pF 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. 


Fic. 1.—Larva of Epiophlebia laidlawi n. sp. (xX 4 
» 2.—Right forewing of same, dissected off. (xX 3 
Right hind-wing of same, dissected off. (x 3 


2 
3” 20 


Rec. InD. Mus., Vou. XXII, 1921. PLATE XIIT. 


LARVA OF HPIOPHLEBIA LAIDLAWI. 


Photo.-engraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Calcutta, 1921 


SMI, JOVI Al IS al lee IG IL ION Al, GOED. @)e 
13) ANG 1D), 18 15; = IDYIB S(O IRV IL 18} 18) 1D) = 


By CoLoner F. Wat, C.MG., I.M.S. 


Theobald in 1868 alluded to a snake in his Catalogue of Rep- 
tiles in the Asiatic Society’s Museum (p. 51) for which he proposed 
the name Phavrea isabellina. His remarks are so brief that they 
do not amount to a description, and he has made a serious mistake 
in one very important particular, viz. in the number of the costal 
rows. Boulenger on the data available made a guess at its iden- 
tity, and in his Catalogue refers to it under the name of Psammophis 
condanarus (Cat. Vol. III, 1896, p. 165). 

IT have recently examined the type-specimen in the Indian 
Museum, and find that it is not an Opisthoglyph species at all, but 
is nearly allied to the Aglyphous genus Tropidonotus. The speci- 
men is faded, and the surface of the scales rubbed, but otherwise 
is in good preservation. 

Description.—Head moderately elongate. Snout moderately 
rounded. Eye moderate with round (?) pupil. Neck hardly 
evident. Body of moderate girth and of nearly uniform calibre 
throughout. Belly rounded. Tail moderate, being about one- 
fourth the total length. 

Lepidosis.—Rostval. Depth about two-thirds the breadth; 
touching six shields ; portion visible above subequal to the suture 
between the internasals. Internasals. Two; the suture between 
them three-fourths that between the praefrontal pair, four-fifths the 
internaso-praefrontals. Praefrontals. Two; the suture between 
them about five-thirds the praefronto-frontal sutures ; in contact 
with the postnasal, loreal, praeocular, and supraocular. Fvontal. 
Rather longer than the snout, rather shorter than the parietals : 
in contact with six shields, the fronto-supraocular sutures three 
times the length of the fronto-parietals. Nasals. Divided; the 
posterior shield rather deeper and longer than the anterior. Nostril 
entirely in the anterior shield, and inthe upper two-thirds of the 
suture. . Loveal. Small, square, less than half the length of the 
nasals. Pyaeocular,one. Postoculars,two. Temporal,one. Supra- 
labials, eight ; the second and third touch the loreal, third and 
fourth the praeocular, fourth and fifth the eye, and the sixth and 
seventh the temporal. Posterior Sublinguals. Subequal to the ante- 
rior, touching the fifth and sixth infralabials. Imnfralabials, six, 
the sixth about three-fourths the length, and twice the breadth of 
the posterior sublinguals, in contact with two scales posteriorly. 

Costals.—In 19 rows two heads-lengths behind the head, 19 in 
midbody, 17 two heads-lengths before the vent. Vertebrals not 


IIo Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 1g2t | 


enlarged, smooth. No apical pits or facets. Not emarginate 
apically. Ventrals, 166. Anal divided. Szbcaudals, 82, divided. 
Length, 520 mm. (1 foot, 8} inches). Taz/, 146 mm. (53 inches), 

Colouration.—Buft dorsally with a dark dorso-lateral stripe 
beginning on the snout and continuing to the vent. A similar 
rather broader subcostal stripe. Belly yellowish. 

Dentition.--The maxillary dentition is that of the genus Am- 
phiesma. The teeth are diacranterian. The praecranterian are 
anododont, and coryphodont and number dubiously 17. The cran- 
terian are 2, subequal, and about twice the length of the last 
praecranterian. - 

Locality.—Bassein, Burma. No. 8730. 

I think the species is entitled to rank in a genus apart from 
Amphiesma, the costals not being keeled, and not emarginate. 
The postoculars are two instead of three, the posterior sublinguals 
touch three instead of two infralabials, and the 6th infralabial 
touches only two scales posteriorly. 


XIV: NOTES ON EPAMELLIBRANCHS IN 
THE INDIAN MUSEUM. 


By B. PrAsSHAD, D.Sc., Offg. Superintendent, Zoological Survey of 
India. 


(Plate XV.) 


3. THE GENUS VILLORITA GRIFFITH AND PIDGEON 
(=VELORITA, GRAY). 


The genus Villovita, Griffith and Pidgeon, hitherto known 
from shell-characters only, has been the subject of interesting 
controversy. Some of the authorities did not consider it distinct 
from the genus Cyrena, Iamarck, but others, owing to the differ- 
ences in the shape of the shell and the hinge-teeth in the two 
genera, separated Villorita as a distinct genus. The soft parts now 
described uphold this latter view. 

Iredale! recently has rightly questioned the propriety of the 
name Velorita, Gray, by which name the genus was hitherto known 
in literature. He considers that it should be replaced by Griffith 
and Pidgeon’s name Villorita, which was by all subsequent authors 
regarded as only a misprint for Gray’s Velovita. A short review 
of the whole question will not be out of place here. The type- 
species of the genus was described by Gray” as Cyvena cyprinotdes 
in 1825, and figured by Wood® as Venus cyprinoides three years 
later. Griffith and Pidgeon‘ in 1833 published a figure of Gray’s 
type-specimen under the name Vullovita cyprinoides with the 
following meagre description in the alphabetical list of figures 
‘“ Villorita cyprinoides, Gray (Cyrena cyprinoides, Wood). Olive 
green.” Iredale assumes from this and the following note in 
Griffith and Pidgeon’s preface ‘‘ Most of the inedited shells in this 
work are from the collection in the British Museum” that Gray 
had, prior to 1833, probably labelled his specimens as Vzllorita 
cyprinoides, though in his later work*® he published the name as 
Velorita. Whatever may have been the sequence of events, there 
is no doubt that Griffith and Pidgeon were the first authors to 
introduce the name Villovita in literature, and their name, prob- 


! Tredale, Pvoc. Malacol. Soc. London XI, p. 178 (1914); see also rbid., X, 
Pp: 294——309 (1913). 

2 Gray, Ann. Philosophy, n.s., 1X, p. 136 (1825). 

5 Wood, Index Test. Supplement, pl. ii, fig. 14 (1828). 

4 Griffith's Animal Kingdom, XII, pl. xxxi, fig. 5 (1834), the date on the 
plate is 1833. 

5 Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus., p. 149 (1840) and rbid., p. 78 (1842). 


112 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


ably also the original manuscript name of Gray, must have 
precedence over Gray’s later name Velorita. 

Gray believed his specimen of V. cypyinoides to have come 
from Japan, but Prime! considered it doubtfully to be an inhabit- 
ant of the Philippines. The second species V. cochinensis* was 
described by Hanley from Cochin on the Malabar Coast of 
Peninsular India, while Prime*® was not sure as to the habitat of 
his new species V. pavvula. I know of no authentic records of 
the occurrence of this genus outside the limits of the Malabar Coast 
in Peninsular India since both Grav’s and Prime’s localities can 
not be accepted as correct, and all authentic specimens in the 
Indian Museum are from the same area. Fischer * considered the 
genus to be strictly confined to India, and Preston” following him 
was of the same opinion though, without giving any reasons, he 
included the Philippine Islands in the range of distribution of the 
genus. It appears, therefore, from all authentic records available, 
that the genus is a true Indian one occurring only in the brackish 
water areas on the Malabar Coast of Peninsular India. 

Leaving aside the scattered references in literature to this 
genus the only works of importance are (i) Prime’s Catalogue of 
of Corbiculidae (loc. cit.), (ii) Sowerby’s Monograph in Reeve’s 
Conchologia Iconica, (iii) Clessin’s revision of the genus in Martini 
and Chemnitz’s Conch. Cab., and (iv) Preston’s account of the two 
species (loc. cit.) and later his description® of a new species 
(V. delicatula) from the Cochin backwaters. Prime’s earlier papers 
on the various species are referred to in his later catalogue and 
need no further remarks, beyond the fact that from his short des- 
cription it appears that his new species V. parvula is probably a 
young shell of V. cvprinoides only. His catalogue includes most 
of the earlier references on the subject. Sowerby’s monograph as 
was shown in Smith’s review’ is not a work of any importance. 
Not only are references to the species V. vecurvata and V. parvula 
omitted, but the species V. cochinensis is erroneously referred to 
Smith instead of Hanley. His descriptions and figures also are 
very poor and the habitat of the two species dealt with is in- 
correctly stated. It may be noted here, that V. recurvata is not a 
Villorita, but should, as Deshayes and Prime have done, be 
referred to the genus Corbicula, Clessin’s Monograph, though 
better than Sowerby’s, appears mainly to be a compilation. No 
critical analysis of the three species dealt with is given, and was 
very probably based on an examination of very scanty material of 
V. cyprinoides alone. Preston omits all reference to V. vecurvata 
and V. parvula, and recognizes two Indian species V. cyprinoides 


! Prime, Cat. Corbiculidae, in Amer. Fourn. Conch. V, p. 141 (1870). 
2 Hanley, Proc. Zcol. Soc. London, p. 543 (1858). 

3 Prime, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York VIII, p. 418 (1867). 

4 Fischer, Man. Conchyliologie, p. 1092 (1887). 

5 Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind., Freshw.-Moll. p. 209 (1915) 

6 Preston, Rec. Ind. Mus. XII, p. 37, figs. 13, 13a, 4 (1916). 

7 Smith, Fourn. Conchyliologie, XXIX, pp. 38—42 (1881). 


1921. |] B. PrasHap: Notes on Lamellibranchs. 113 


and V. cochinensis. As stated already he later described a new 
species from the Cochin backwaters as V. delicatula I have 
examined the types of this species and find that it is based on 
very young shells ; this is discussed fully further on. 

The collections in the Indian Museum have receatly been 
greatly enriched by a large series of specimens of both dry shells 
and spirit preserved specimens from Travancore backwaters on 
the Malabar Coast received through the courtesy of Mr. N. P. 
Panickkar of the Travancore Fisheries Department. This large 
collection has rendered it possible to go into the question of the 
validity of the different species of the genus, and to describe the 
soft parts of this interesting genus, 


Villorita, Griffith and Pidgeon. 


1825. Cyrena (in part), Gray, Ann. Philosophy, n.s., 1X, p. 137- 
1828. Venus (in part), Wood, /ndex Test. Supplement, pl. ii, fig. 14. 
1834. Villorita, Griffth and Pidgeon, Animal Kingdom XII, pl. 


Xxxi, fig. 5. 
1847. Velorita, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London XV, p. 184. 
1853. Velorita, Gray, Ann Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, X1, p. 38. 
1854. Velorita, Deshayes, Cat. Brit. Mus. Conchifera II, p. 240. 
1858. Velorita, Adams, H. and A., Gen. Rec. Moll. Il, p. 440. 
1878. Ve.orita, Sowerby, Conch. Icon. XX, p. 1, figs. ta—c. 
1879. Velorita, Clessin, Cycladea in Martini-Chemn., Conch. Cabh., p. 


244. 
1887. Velorita, Fischer, Man. Conchyliologie, p. 1092. 
1914. Villorita, Iredale, Proc. Malacol. Soc. London XI, p. 178. 
1915. Velorita, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind., Freshw. Moll., p. 209. 


The question regarding the name and the validity of the genus 
has already been discussed in the introductory part. A detailed 
description of the genus was given by Fischer and a translation of 
it in English will be found in Preston’s volume. No accurate 
description of the hinge has so far been published, I have, there- 
fore, thought it desirable to give a detailed description of the two 
valves separately. 

Right valve.—Anterior lateral tooth short and thick, nearly 
straight or only slightly slanting, with its posterior edge cut off at 
an obtuse angle and having a rather deep groove above it for the 
fitting in of the elbow-shaped anterior lateral tooth of the left valve ; 
posterior lateral elongate, about 1} times as long as the anterior, 
somewhat blade like and extending up to the anterior border of the 
sear of the adductor muscle; of the three cardinal teeth, middle 
one best developed and the anterior one very small and feeble, all 
three slanting in an antero-posterior axis. 

Left valve.—Anterior lateral fairly large, elbow-shaped, sep- 
arated from the margin of the shell by a narrow chink but having 
a deep groove for the anterior lateral of the right valve, posterior 
lateral less developed than in the right valve, somewhat curved, 
arising as a thick ridge out of a cavernous hollow; of the three 
cardinal teeth the posterior most is the most feebly developed while 
the middle is the stoutest. 


114 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XXIT, 


The muscle-scar for the anterior adductor muscle is somewhat 
pressed in below the anterior lateral tooth and is fairly deeply 
impressed, while that of posterior adductor is quite shallow. The 
palleal line shows a distinct though poorly developed sinus in its 
course very near its origin from the posterior adductor impression. 

Soft parts.—A detailed description of the soft parts is given 
further on; the following characters may, however, be noted :-— 
animal with the mantle having a regular row of finger-shaped 
papillae on its inner surface slightly internal to the edge; two 
siphons of moderate size, the anal much the shorter; siphonal 
orifices papillose ; foot triangular, acutely pointed at the apex, 
rather large but not very muscular; gills of unequal size, inner 
much broader; palpi triangular, elongate. 

As a result of a careful study of the large collection before 
me I am unable to recognize V. cochinensis, V. parvula and V. 
delicatula as species distinct from V. cyprinoides. Both V. cochin- 
ensts and V. delicatula, however, are sufficiently characterized to 
be designated as distinct varieties, while V. parvula, from its 
meagre description of the unique type of Prime, appears to be 
only based on young shells of V. cyprinoides. I also take this 
opportunity to describe a very characteristic new species from 
Travancore under the name V. cornucopia. 


Villorita cyprinoides (Gray). 
Plate XV, figs. I—4. 
1825. Cyvena cyprineides, Gray, op. cit., p. 130. 
1828. Venus cyprinoides, Wood, op. cit., pl. il, fig. 14. 
1834. Villorita cyprinoides, Griffith and Pidgeon, op. cit., pl. XXxxi, 
ng. 5. a 

1854. Velorita cyprinoides, Deshayes, op. cit., pp. 240, 241. 
1870. Velorita cyprinoides, Prime, op. cit., p. 141. 
1878. Velorita cyprinoides, Sowerby, op. cit., p. 1, figs.'10, 1, Ie. 
1879. Velovita cyprinoides, Clessin, op. cit., p. 244, pl. xlii, figs. 3, 4. 
1915. Velorita cyprinoides, Preston, op. cit., p. 209. 

I give below a full description of the forma typica, as the 
previous descriptions of the species are not quite complete. 

Shell fairly large, somewhat trigonal, cordate, very oblique ; 
swollen in the umbonal and middle regions of the shell, greatly 
compressed below, umbones lying near the anterior margin being 
recurved anteriorly and somewhat inwards, hollow, separated from 
the hinge and one another by a narrow chink only; anterior margin 
short, regularly curved above, nearly straight in the middle, then 
rapidly curving backwards in continuation of the ventral border ; 
the latter greatly curved upwards posteriorly to meet the posterior 
side in an acuminate or narrowly rounded point; posterior side 
nearly straight, much larger than the anterior and with a low keel ; 
shell very thick with concentric ridges better marked in the ante- 
rior than in the posterior half, umbones also striated, often 
weathered ; a narrow lunule anteriorly and a large, thick external 
ligament posteriorly ; hinge as in the genus; epidermis olivaecous 


1921.] B. PrAsHAD: Notes on Lamellibranchs. TI5 


to dark brown or even black, nacre whitish, light yellow near the 
margin and having a violet border. 

Geographical Distribution.—The species, so far as is known, 
is endemic in Peninsular India on the Malabar Coast only. It 
occurs in brackish water areas though specimens are sometimes 
carried into nearly fresh water. 

Soft parts.—The animal is somewhat trigonal, but the greater 
part of the umbonal region is occupied by a triangular structure 
formed by the union of the mantle flaps of the two sides only, 
the rest of the soft parts being somewhat elliptic in outline and 
lying below this hollow structure. Specimens preserved in spirit 
are of a whitish colour with dark brown black border in the region 
of the mantle papillae on the inner surface only, but seen through 
the translucent mantle flaps, the adductor muscles are dark 
yellow. 

The mantle is very thin and translucent up to the palleal 
junction, below which, owing to the large numbers of radiating 
muscle fibres, it becomes much 
thicker; in the region of the 
papillae it is very thick and 
opaque. The border is entire 
without any papillae on the 
edge, but a continuous row of 1D, 
small finger-like papillae of a 4 }#<y 
dark brownish colour with 
whitish tips is present on the 
internal surface a little distance 
fromthe margin. The papillae 
are of the same size throughout, 
and are not reduced in the Text-ric. 1.—Soft parts of V. cypri- 


middle region of the bucco- nodes (Gray). 

pedal orifice as in the genus F.=foot ; 7. G.=inner gill; = 

Corbicula Th ill mantle; 1. P. = mantle papillae F 
OUTER: S IPENOUEEKS gine OnGa—router cull spalps Sq — 


also present on the line of union siphons. 

of the mantle flaps in the 

siphonal region above and below the two siphonal orifices. The 
two mantle flaps are united with each other anteriorly to a little 
above the anterior adductor muscle, the two then separate but in 
the region of the muscle itself the free portion is not very broad 
owing to the muscle lying near the border; behind the muscle, how- 
ever, the two flaps are quite separate forming the large bucco- 
pedal orifice, which extends posteriorly in line with the posterior 
margin of the posterior adductor muscle. From the point of ter- 
mination of the bucco-pedal orifice the siphonal orifice starts. The 
flaps of the mantle are united in this region in the situation of the 
mantle papillae except for the openings of the two siphons; the 
line of union is indicated by the row of papillae in this region. 


! Prashad, Rec. Jud. Mus. XVIII, pp. 209—211 (1920). 


116 Records of the Indian Museum. [Ve1. XXII 


Above the siphonal orifice, which terminates about the middle of 
the posterior adductor muscle, the two flaps are again united in- 
timately as on the anterior margin. ~ 

Of the two siphons the upper or the anal siphon is about two- 
thirds the size of the lower or branchial siphon. Both the 
siphons are fully retracted in the preserved specimens. but from 
their structure appear to be sufficiently extensile. The anal 
siphon has only a single circle of papillae surrounding the orifice, 
but the branchial has in addition another circle of much larger 
papillae situated inside the smaller papillae. Both the siphons 
are of a dark brown colour. 

The two adductor muscles are of about the same size, but 
the posterior is more internally situated. The retractor muscles 
are similar to those of Corbicula. The radiating muscles of the 
mantle have already been mentioned ; they arise from the palleal 
line and are connected with the papillae of the mantle. The 
siphonal retractor fibres are distinctly marked off from the rest 
and are connected with the siphonal sinus. 

The attachments of the two pairs of gills are similar to those 
in the genus Corbicula except that a very narrow chink-like opening 
is distinguishable between the united edge of the inner lamellae of 
the inner pair of gills and the foot. The outer pair of gills is much 
narrower than the inner pair particularly in the anterior half. 

The two pairs of palps are rather narrow, elongately triangu- 
lar in outline; they are attached at the base with the apex point- 
ing backwards and downwards. The surface of the palps is 
marked with very fine transverse ridges. 

The abdominal mass is comparatively small, while the foot is 
of a fair size, not very thick, triangular and acutely pointed at 
the apex. 


Var. cochinensis (Hanley). 
Plate XV, figs. 5—8. 


1858. Cyvena cochinensis, Hanley, Proc. Zool. Soc. London XXVI, p. 


543: 

1860. Cyvena corbiculiformis, Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Scé. Philadel- 
pha, p. 80. 

1860. Corbicula Quilonica, Benson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3rd ser. 
VI, p. 260. 


1866. Velorita cochinensis, Hanley, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. Soc. New 
York VII, p. 236, fig. 6€. 

1870. Velorita cochinensis, Prime, op. cit., p. 141. 

1878. Velovita cochinensis, Sowerby, op. cit., p. 1, figs. 2a, 26. 

1879. Velorita cochinensis, Clessin, op. cit., p. 225, pl. Xxxvi, figs. 5, 6. 

1915. Velorita cochinensis, Preston, op. cit., p. 210. 

Hanley’s original description is very complete and needs no 
amplification. With a large collection before me I have found it 
impossible to consider Hanley’s V. cochinensis as a species distinct 
from V.cyprinoides. ‘The differences, however, are quite sufficient 
to recognize it as a distinct variety. These are:—(i) more 
centrally situated and less oblique umbones, (ii) much shorter and 


1g2I.] B. PrasHap: Notes on Lamellibranchs. U7 


more regularly curved anterior side, (iii) greatly reduced lunules, 
and (iv) the ridges on the surface more marked than in the typi- 
cal form, but quite obsolete near the margins. 

Geographical Distribution. Hanlev’s specimens were collected 
in Cochin, while in the British Museum there are specimens from 
the Malabar Coast (precise locality not stated). In the Indian 


Text-riG. 2.—Hinge-teeth of Villorita, Griffith and Pidgeon. 
(a) V. cyprinoides (Gray), typical form. 
(6) V. cyprinoides var. cochinensts (Hanley). 
(c) V. cyprinoides var. delicatula (Preston). 
(d) V. cornucopia, Prashad. 


Museum there are specimens from Beypore, south end of Vemba- 
naad Lake, Travancore, and from various backwaters in Travan- 
core. It appears, therefore, that the range of this variety is the 
same as that of the typical form of V. cyprinotdes. 

The soft parts are similar to that of the typical form. 


118 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Var. delicatula (Preston). 
Plate XV, figs. 9g, Io. 
1616. Velorita delicatla, Preston, Rec. Ind. Mus. X\I, p. 37, figs. 13, 
13a, b. 

Preston described his new species from a series of four very 
young shells, one of these he designated as the type of his new 
species and the others as the co-types. The Indian Museum has 
since received many adult shells from Travancore, all of which 
show the distinctive characters of the young shells. Asa result 
of the study of this large collection I do not think that Preston’s 
species can be considered as distinct from V. cyprinoides, though 
it must be designated asa distinct variety. The name delicatula, 
however, is unfortunate, since the full-grown shells are no more 
delicate than those of the forma tvpica, some indeed are even 
thicker and stouter. 

The main distinguishing characters of this variety are the 
more triangular shape of the shells due to a great elongation in 
the antero-posterior axis and a corresponding shortening in alti- 
tude, the greatly produced posterior angle due to the posterior side 
being much longer, sloping rapidly backwards and meeting the 
distinctly rostrate lower margin in an angularly rounded point. 
The umbones though very oblique in the young shells are less so 
in adults and the lunule becomes more marked while the liga- 
ment becomes comparatively shorter. The hinge differs from 
that of the typical form in having all the teeth more delicate and 
much sharper, the laterals more slanting and the posterior laterals 
more elongate. 

Geographical Distribution.—The type-series of young shells 
was collected in Cochin, in backwater near Ernakulam, while the 
adult shells are all from backwaters in Travancore. A full grown 
shell measures 32°2 mm. in length, 26 mm. in height and 20°5 mm. 
in maximum thickness. 

The soft parts are identical with those of the typical form. 


Villorita cornucopia, sp. nov. 
Plate XV, figs. 1I—14. 


The shell of this species is large, subovoidal, very high and 
comparatively narrow, with a very prominent umbonal region; 
dark brown to black; both valves sculptured in the umbonal 
region with coarse concentric ridges, which become obsolete lower 
down, and are represented by the lines of growth only; part of 
the inwardly curved region of the umbones eroded ; umbones 
solid, comparatively broad and high, retroverted inwards and 
somewhat to the anterior side ; dorsal margin broadly arched, but 
the greater part of it hidden behind the prominent umbones ; 
anterior margin comparatively long and regularly curved, a little 
below the middle the curve becomes very sharp and is continued 


1921. | B. PrasHap: Notes on Lamellibranchs. 11g 


with the nearly straight ventral margin; posterior margin much 
longer than the anterior, very gradually sloping downwards and 
meeting the ventral margin in a broadly rounded angle, lunule 
very small or even absent, ligament very long and thick; hinge 
as in the genus but with short and neaily transverse anterior 
laterals and very long, curved posterior laterals ; anterior adductor 
scar greatly impressed, that of the posterior adductor only feebly 
marked ; palleal line greatly curved upwards anteriorly and with 
a very shallow sinus; nacre whitish with a narrow and indistinct 
violet band on the margin. 


Measurements (in millimetres). 


I 2 
Length Be of 318 31 
Height eto te 44°60 418 
Thickness ys Be BB 312 


Type-specimen—No. M 11896/2 in the registers of the Zoolog- 
ical Survey of India (Indian Museum). 

Locality.—Two dry shells of this species were collected by 
Mr. N. P. Panickkar at Komarakam in the Vempanad backwater, 
Travancore, with a large series of specimens of V. cyprinordes. 
The shells of the genus Villovita are locally known in those parts as 
kayal kaka or backwater shells, no distinction being made between 
the various species. 

Remarks —This new species is distinguished by the shells 
being much higher than broad, the very prominent and recurved 
umbones, irregular sculpture and the different type of hinge. 


ou 4 


1 a 
iis (oly 9 FOES SS Paer ae Se ue 
UA k's Chil Gey ty wrt eee ee 
‘Weis : 


TOR EAS ain 


or “4 As) A ALIS/T It UUs 


Le Gabapehiasle AAR SAV aes 
mania writin?) Atte 3 +r sty pigs 


hula) 1Av) eel) Nee edie, wR Pie's ree 


A¢ nw) (A cad O71 te Re 
fee AS Se ee on 41% f : 
ion ; i dis br ae a 


d A viire Tels (ever evonl? ~ 
i 4 ’ a 
o/ - + 
, rs . he ee of Th ih 


feb canted Barta 7 
te Sad, i ‘ nm os “f 
4 aa 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. 
Estuarine shells of the genus Villorita. 


All the figures are natural size photographs of dry shells. 


V. cyprinoides (Gray). 
Fic. 1.—Right valve of an adult specimen from the Trav- 
ancore backwaters. 
, 2.—Lefit valve of the same. 
3.—Right valve of a half-grown specimen from Beypore 
River, Malabar Coast. 


» 4.—Leit valve of the same. 


_V. cyprinoides var. cochinensis (Hanley). 
Fic, 5.—Right valve of an adult shell from the Malabar 
Coast. 
,, ©.—Left valve of the same. 
, 7.—Right valve of a half-grown specimen from the 
Travancore backwaters. 


8.—Left valve of the same. 


22 


V. cyprinoides var. delicatula (Preston). 
Fic. 9.—-Right valve of an adult shell from the Travancore 
backwaters. 
, 10.—Left valve of the same. 


V. cornucopia, Prashad. 
Fic. 11.—Right valve of the type-shell. 
12.—Left valve of the same. 
13.—Right valve of the co-type. 
14.—Left valve of the same. 


9 
SB) 


ne 
(Both the above specimens are from the Travancore back- 
waters ) 


XY. 


PLATE 


1921. 


MXIT, 


VOL. 


IND. MUs., 


REC. 


4 iyeny))\\ 


Mondul, photo. 


VILLORITA. 


Photo.-engraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Calcutta, 12! 


XV. THE INDIAN MOLLUSCS OF THE 
ESTUARINE SUBFAMILY 
STENOTHVRINAE. 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Director and B. PRASHAD, 
D.Sc., Offg. Superintendent, Zoological Survey of India. 


(Plate XVI). 


Among the estuarine Gastropods of the coasts of India, Ma- 
laysia and China few are commoner and more characteristic, but 
smaller and less conspicuous, than the Hydrobiidae of the sub- 
family Stenothyrinae. These little water-snails, the shell of which 
is rarely more than 5 mm. long, are found mainly in brackish 
water. A few make their way far inland, but it is doubtful whe- 
ther any species ' exists only in fresh water. The species seem to 
be fairly numerous and individuals are often abundant. Their 
habits are very uniform. They frequent submerged vegetation or 
stones covered with algae and scrape therefrom the minute organ- 
isms that form their food. ‘Their mobile and extensile snouts 
enable them also to feed easily on the algae that grow on the 
shells of their companions and even on their own. The eggs are 
sessile, relatively large and few. Some species are markedly gre- 
garious. In eastern waters they apparently replace the Hydro- 
biinae of the western parts of the Palaearctic Region. 


Subfamily STENOTHYRINAE. 
1887. Stenothyrinae, Fischer, Man. Conchyliol., p. 724- 

Fischer includes in this subfamily of the Hydrobiidae two fos- 
sil genera (Briartia and Nystia) as well as the living Stenothyra. 
His description is short and he does not appear to have been 
acquainted with some of the most characteristic features of the 
shell or the animal. The subfamily, however, is well differentiated 
from both the Bithyniinae and the Hydrobiinae and has no par- 
ticular resemblance to the Mysorellinae. It may be redefined as 
follows 2 

SHELL minute, ovate or subcylindrical, compressed in its dorso-ventral 

axis ; the aperture small, oblique or transverse, oval or subcircular, with 
a complete and uniform peristome, which is never very prominent or in- 
crassate. The surface smooth, rarely ornamented with periostracal 
spines, more commonly with minute punctures arranged in spiral lines. 

OperRcuLUM horny but containing a considerable amount of calcareous mat- 

ter, paucispiral externally, with two prominent transverse ridges on tlie 
internal surface. 


__ | S. foveolata, Benson, is only known trom Sikrigalli, a distance of 300 miles 
from the sea and about 200 miles above the extreme tidal influence, but the spe- 
cies may occur lower down as well in the Gangetic Delta. 


22 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


RapvuLa as in the Bithyniinae but with the teeth relatively broader and the 
laterals and marginals less differentiated, baso-lateral denticulations 
present on the centrals. 

Sorr paRTS. Foot long and narrow when expanded, spindle-shaped, point- 
ed or produced behind, with the antero-lateral angles produced and the 
anterior margin excavate or truncate. Snout cylindrical, extremely 
mobile and extensile. Tentacles filiform, bearing the eyes on slight promi- 
nences at their base. Penis without a lateral process. 

The statements in italics in this description serve to differen- 
tiate the subfamily. The small size of the shells causes them to 
resemble those of the genus Hydvobia (Paludestrina) superficially, 
but their peculiar compressed form is most characteristic, while 
the structure of the operculum and that of the central tooth of 
the radula are different. With the Bithyniinae they agree in the 
structure of the radula but not in other characters. 

The position of the subfamily, at least so far as the genus 
Stenothyra is concerned, may now be discussed. Benson! in 
describing the genus did not assign it to any family or subfamily. 
Woodward ? included it amongst the Littorinidae as a subgenus of 
Rissoa. Gray * followed Woodward in retaining Nematura in the 
Littorinidae but differed from him in giving it a generic rank. 
Adams * placed it among the Viviparidae and the same course was 
adopted by von Frauenfeld.’ ‘Troschel*® who still desiguated the 
genus as Nematura placed it with Bythinia in his group Bythiniae, 
Stimpson’ recognised its exact position more nearly, but guided by 
both the shell and radular characters placed it in the subfamily 
Hydrobiinae. Clessin,> after discussing the courses adopted by 
previous authors, separated the subfamily Bythiniinae from the 
Hydrobiinae, both of which he included in the family Rissoidae, 
and placed the genus Stenothyva in the subfamily Bythiniinae. 
Nevill," following Adams and von Frauenfeld, assigned it to the 
family Viviparidae or what he called the Paludinidae, while as to 
its subfamily rank he agreed with Stimpson in including it amongst 
the Bythiniinae. Fischer '° as already stated separated Stenothyra 
with two fossil genera into a new subfamily of the Hydrobiidae- 
Stenothyrinae. Heude!! placed the Chinese Stenothyra amongst 
the Bithyniidae. The species from the Dutch East Indies were 
assigned by von Martens ” to the family Paludinidae, but EE Ee 
was said as to their subfamily rank. Fischer and Dautzenberg '8 


! Benson, Fourn. As. Soc. Bonea, V, p. 782 (1836), and vee Mag. Nat. 

Hist. XVIII, p. 496 (1856). 
2 Woodwz ird, Manual of Mollusca, p. 137 (1851—1856). 

® Gray, Guide Syst. Dist. Moll. Brit. Mus. \, p. 99 (1857). 

+ Adams. H. and A., Genera of Recent Mollusca |, p. 342 as Nematura (1858). 

5 von Frauenfeld, Verh. Zool.-bot. ges. Wien, XII, pp. 1157, 1158 (1862). 

6 Troschel, Gebiss der Schnecken 1, p. 104 (1856—1863). 

7 Stimpson, Smithsonian Misc. Pub. No. 201, p- 40 (1865). 

> Clessin, Malakozool. Blatt. n. s. Il, p. 193 (1880). 

* Nevill, Hand-List Moll. Ind. Mus. V1, p. 42 (1885). 

10 Becher Man. Conchyliol. p. 724 (1887)- 

11 Heude, Mem. Hist. Nat. Chinois 1, p. 173 (1880—1890). 

!2von Martens. Suss-und Brackw.-Moll. in Zool. Ergeb. Nieder. Ost. /n- 
dien UV, p. 210 (1897). 

18 Fischer and Dautzenberg, Mission Pavite Indo-China, p- 420 (1904). 


1g2t.] N. ANNANDALE & B. PrasHap: Indian Molluscs. 123 


included it in the family Hydrobiides. Preston! followed Fischer 
in keeping Stenothyrinae as a subfamily of Paludestrinidae (—Hy- 
drobiidae). We have already given our reasons for following 
Fischer. 

The position of the fossil shells assigned to the subfamily by 
Fischer is doubtful. The Indian, Chinese and Malaysian species 
we have examined belong to the single genus Stenothyra, Benson, 
which seems to be divisible into two subgenera, which we call 
Stenothyra (s.s.) and Astenothyra nov. 

The subgenera may be distinguished on shell-charactcrs 
follows :— 


34s 


1. Ventral surface of body-whorl flattened; mouth very 
small, not at all prominent, separated from the outer 
edge of the shell above by a well-defined triangular 

area ... us : Stenothyra. 
. Ventral surface of body- whorl convex; mouth larger 
and slightly prominent, less regular in_ outline ; 
area separating it from the edge of the shell small 

and ill-defined SE See ... Astenothyra. 


Genus Stenothyra, Benson. 


The shell is small, rarely * exceeding 5 mm. in length, but 
relatively thick, ovate or subcvlindrical, distinctly compressed in 
the dorso-ventral axis, with at Jeast 4 whorls, without prominent 
sculpture. The umbilicus is closed or rimate. The aperture is 
relatively broad, ovate, oval or subcircular, oblique or transverse. 
The peristome is continucus and uniform, never prominent and 
barely thickened. The periostracum is well developed. 

The operculum is horny, but thick and containing much cal- 
careous matter, very brittle, paucispiral on the external surface. 
The internal surface is somewhat convex, smooth and polished 
with a thickened rim. On it are developed two short, prominent 
tranverse ridges, situated nearer the upper and lower extremities 
than the centre. In the complete shell the operculum fits tightly 
into the mouth, but in periods of active growth it is retracted as 
far as the old peristome. 

The vadula.—The central tooth is broad and has an enlarged 
central cusp with much smaller lateral cusps on either side. It is 
produced into a lateral process on either side and each process 
bears a series of latero-basal denticulations. The outer teeth are 
also relatively broad and have their denticulations rather poorly 
developed. There is an enlarged central or internal cusp on the 
inner lateral. 


I Den ne: Brit. Ind. Freshw. Moll. p- ne 

2 In differentiating shells of this subfamily (and, indeed, those of all Hydro- 
biidae) it is important that fully formed specimens should be selected. Those 
collected in periods of active growth have the peristome incomplete. The opercu- 
lum, moreover, can be retracted as far as the old mouth and has its margin dis- 
tinctly ciliate. 


® The shells of the Bornean species S. stvigilata, Benson, measure as much as 
$8 mm. in length. 


124 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VoL. XXII, 


The soft parts.—The foot is long and narrow, fusiform as a 
whole but with the antero-lateral angles produced. The posterior 
extremity is pointed or produced into a filament. The central 
region of the sole is somewhat dilated, the dilation corresponding 
with the position of the operculum on the upper surface. The 
snout is long and cylindrical, extremely mobile and extensile. 
The tentacles are filamentous and have the eyes situated on slight 
prominences at their base. The male organ, which is situated on 
the “‘ neck,’”’ lacks a lateral appendage. 


Subgenus Stenothyra, s.s. 
1836. Nematuva, Benson, Fourn.-As. Sov. Bengal V, p. 781. 
1856. Stenothyra, Benson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser 2, XVII, p. 
400. 
1857. Nematura, Gray, Guide Syst. Dist. Moll. Brit. Mus. |, p. 90. 
1858. Mematura, Adams, H. and A., Genera Rec. Moll. 1, p. 342. 
1858. Stfenothyra, tb., zd., II, p. 626. 
1862. Nematura, von Frauenfeld, Verh. Zool.-bot.. ges. Wien XII. 
pp- 1157, 1158. 
1805. Stenothyra, Stimpson, Smithsonian Misc. Pub. No. 201, p. 40. 
1885. Stenothyra, Nevill, Hand-List Moll. Ind. Mus. 11, p. 42. 
1887. Stenothyra, Fischer, Man. Conchyliol., p. 731. 
1915. Stenothyra, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. Freshw. Moll., p. 79- 

The body-whorl of the shell is distinctly flattened on the ven- 
tral surface and the aperture is relatively small and not at all prom- 
inent, the peristome being not at all or only slightly thickened or 
dilated and of regular subcircular or oval outline. The upper and 
outer region of the mouth is separated from the outer edge of the 
whorl by a well-defined boss or triangular area that is usually 
more or less tumid. The periostracum is relatively thin and, ex- 
cept for the frequent occurrence of punctured lines and of the horny 
spines in some species, smooth. The operculum is oval or subcir- 
cular. The radula has the generic characters well developed. 
The foot is produced into a filament behind. 

Ty pe-species.—Stenothyra deltae (Benson). 

The species of this subgenus have hitherto stood in need of 
revision, and in recent years several quite unnecessary names have 
been set up by Preston. The number actually known from the 
coasts of India have, therefore, proved, as Annandale and Kemp 
suggested,’ smaller than had been supposed, but we have to des- 
cribe several hitherto undescribed forms. 

We can now recognise 12 Indian species but are doubtful 
about the Burmese species described as Nematura puncticulata by 
Gould. Of these species we have examined the types in most 
cases and authentic specimens in others. The Indian species, with 
the exception of Gould’s Nematura puncticulata, which we are 
unable to recognise, may be distinguished by the help of the fol- 


lowing key :— 


! Annandale and Kemp, Mem. Jnd. Mus. V, p. 345 (1916). 
2 Gould, Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 11, p. 220 (1847). 


192r.]| N. ANNANDALE & B. PRAsHAD: Indian Molluscs. 125 


1. Shell bearing a spiral row of large spines on some of 
the whorls in addition to the microscopic sculpture. 

A. Spines restricted to basal whorls of the spire only ; 
the whorls evenly inflated and not keeled 

B. Spines present on almost all the whorls including 
the body-whorl; the whorls especially those of 
the spire ridged or keeled in the middle 

II. Shell without any definite spines, with or without a 
definite spiral sculpture. 
A. Shell elongate-ovate, neatly cylindrical. 

7. Shell rather small and narrow (23X14 mm.) ; sub- 
perforate, rimate; with the whorls of the spire 
increasing regularly and having a microscopic Lana. 
sculpture 3 .. S. hungerfordi- 

ZI. Shell much larger (443 mm.), imperforate ; with 
the whorls of the spire increasing irregularly 
and with relatively large pits on the surface of 
the shell 

B. Shell ovate or ovoid never elongate cylindrical. 

Z. Mouth opening large, more thah 4 the size of the 
body-whorl. 

A. Body-whorl not at all flattened on the ventral 
surface, and with a very small boss separat- 
ing the mouth from the body- whorl S. soluta: 

= 5. Body-whorl distinctly flattened on the ventral 
surface, at least in its anterior half, and with a 
well-developed boss separating the mouth from 
the body-whorl. 

1. Shell small (14 mm. long), with a very short 
spire and with a well-developed boss above 
an elongate circular mouth 

Shell large, over 3 mm, long, subventricose- 
ovate, with a short spire, the whorls of the 
spire increasing irregularly ; a greatly swol- 
len body- -whorl and a biangulate suboval 
mouth .., S. blanfordiana. 

3. Shell large, 3 mm. long, elongate- ovate ; the : 
spire more produced, with regularly increas - 
ing whorls; body-w horl less tumid and the 
mouth nearly circular or having only a 
faint notch above ... ... S. minima. 
II, Mouth-opening small, less than 4 the size of the 5 
body-whorl. Lana. 
A. Shell without any spiral pitted sculpture wood masont- 
B. Shell with a definite spiral pitted sculpture. 
1. Shell minute, 2°2 mm. long, with a very short 
spire and a bluntly rounded apex S. nana. 
2. Shell relatively large, with a prominent conical 

spire and an acuminate apex. 

a. Shell globose-conical, having a large and 
swollen body-whorl, and with a well-de- 
veloped boss sot S. deltae. 

6. Shell ovate, acute, having a smaller and not 
greatly swollen body- =whorl, and with a 
much ‘smaller boss att ... SS. foveolata. 


ie) 


. echinata. 


H 


. ornata. 


Yn 


yn 


. monilifera. 


YH 


- ACOMUS. 


iS) 


H 


Stenothyra echinata, Annandale and Prashad, 
1919. Stenothyra. echinata, Annandale and Prashad, Rec. /nd. Mus. 
XVI, p. 247, pl. xx, fig. 5. 
S. echinata, as was noted in the original description of the 
species, is closely allied to S. deltae (Benson), which also shows 
traces of spines in some specimens, but is easily distinguished by 


126 Records of the Indian Museum. [VorL. XXII, 


its much smaller size, narrower and less inflated body-whorl and 
the larger but relatively broader mouth. 


Stenothyra ornata, sp. nov. 
Plate XVI, figs. I, 2. 


The shell in this species is relatively large, conoidal-ovate in 
form, and of a brownish colour. ‘The apex is acutely pointed, and 
the shell has 53 whorls. The suture is moderately impressed, 
somewhat oblique but irregular. The whorls of the spire are dis- 
tinctly keeled in the middle and a continuation of the keel is to be 
made out on the body-whorl as well; they increase regularly in 
size but owing to their keeled nature do not appear to be very 
much swollen. ‘The first two whorls are rather minute, the third 
is about as broad as the penultimate, which is somewhat band- 
shaped. ‘The body-whorl, as seen from the dorsal side, is sub- 
quadrate, ventrally it appears to be somewhat ovoidal with the 
inverted apex sharply truncated. The mouth of the shell is very 
minute, oblique and regularly subcircular. The rim of the mouth 
does not project at all and the shell is not umbilicate. All the whorls 
are covered with aclayey deposit, but in some places show distinct 
vertical vermiform striae of a darker colour. The last 4 whorls 
have a persistent spiral row of fairly large, blunt, flattened, horny 
spines in the region of the keel; the spines are directed towards 
the apex and are of a blackish colour. 


Measurements of type-shell (in millimetres). 


Length BY we on a 

Breadth of the body-whorl ay sb OFZ 
Length of the spire (dorsal view) BG) 
Aperture I°3 


We figure the radular teeth. 

Type-specimen.—No. M 11565/2 in the collections of the Zoolog- 
ical Survey of India 
Pa Lh (Indian Museum). 

To po fe Vx \ Locality.—Two shells of 
oy i; Te eo this species were collected 
a! | by Dr. S. W. Kemp in a 

4 pool of brackish water at 
Dhappa near Calcutta, 


a 
{/ f / ie Remarks.—The species 
/ ew: vs is closely allied to S. deltae 
6. 


/ 
| 
i 


(Benson) and S. echinata, 
= Le Annandale and Prashad, 
bee eet? 1.—Radular teeth of Stenothyra, but is distinguished by the 

(a) S. (S.) ovnata, sp nov. X 250. larger and more acute 

(6) S. (A.) miliacea (Nevill) x 500. spire, the form of the 
body-whorl, the keeled 

nature of the whorls, the sculpture and by the comparatively shorter 


and more circular mouth. 


1g2t.] N. ANNANDALE & B. PrasHap: Indian Molluscs. 127 


Stenothyra hungerfordiana, Nevill. 


1880. Stenothyra hungerfordiana, Nevill, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal, 
XLIX, pt. ti, pp. 159, 160. 

1881. Stenothyra hungerfordiana, ib., id., L, p. 150, pl. vil, fig. 9. 

1885. Stenothyra hungerfordiana, Nevill, op. cit., Il, p. 44. 

1915. Stenothyra hungerfordiana, Preston, op. cit., p. 80. 

This interesting species was hitherto known from the original 
specimens collected in the Andaman Islands by the late Dr. F. 
Stoliczka and Rev. J. Warneford, but we have found another 
young specimen in the Indian Museum, also collected in the Anda- 
mans (precise locality and donor not stated), which had been 
wrongly labelled as S. minima (Sowerby). The types are pre- 
served in the Indian Museum, but according to Nevill the species 
was also represented in the collections of Dohrn, Warneford, Theo- 
bald, Blanford and Hungerford. 

Nevill’s description of the species is excellent, and we have 
nothing to add to it. The distinguishing characters of the species 
are also well shown in the figure in his second paper cited above. 


Stenothyra monilifera, Benson. 


1856. Stenothyva montlifera, Benson, op. cit., p. 497. 

1858. Stenothyra monilifera, Adams, H. and A., op. cit., II, p. 626. 

1862. Nematura montlifera, von Frauenteld, op. crt., XII, p. 1159. 

1864. Stenothyra montlifera, Crosse and Fischer, Fourn. Conchyliol. 
XII, p. 331. 

1867. Stenothyra monilifera, Blanford, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal 
XXXVI, pt. tl, p. 58, pl. xii, fig. 15 

1875. Stenothyra monilifera, Morelet, Ser. Conchyliol. 1V, p. 314. 

1876. Stenothyra monilifera (as Nematura in Syst. [nd.), Hanley and 
Theobald, Conch. Jnd. p. 17, pl. xxxvii, fig. 4. 

1876. Stenothyrva monilifera, Theobald, Cat. Land. and Freshw. Shells 
India, p. 15. 

1885. Stenothyra monilifera, Nevill, op. cit., 11, p. 44. 

1915. Stenothyra monilifera, Preston, op. cit., p. 80. 


S. monilifera was described by Benson from specimens col- 
lected by the late Mr. W. Theobald at Mergui, Tenasserim. The 
same collector had also found specimens at Rangoon. Blanford 
obtained specimens at Port Dalhousie in the Bassein River, Burma, 
Crosse and Fischer recorded its occurrence in a marshy area in 
Cochin-China. In the Indian Museum collection the species is 
represented by specimens from Akyab, Amherst and Penang. 

Benson’s description of the species needs no amplification, 
while in Blanford’s and Hanley and Theobald’s figures the species 
is delineated very well. 

Nevill doubtfully considered S. punciiculata (Gould) as being 
synonymous with this species; we discuss this at length in our re- 
marks on that species (p. 133). 

The species is closely allied to S. hungerfordiana, Nevill, but is 
distinguished by the shell being much larger, the shape of the 
body-whorl, the irregular increase of the whorls and the sculp- 
ture. 


128 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Stenothyra soluta, Annandale and Prashad. 
1919. Stenothyra soluta, Annandale and Prashad, Rec. Jnd. Mus. 
XVI, pp. 247, 248, fig. 3; pl. xx, fig. 6. 

We have nothing to add to our recent account of the species 
beyond noting the intermediate character of the shell, so far as 
the form of mouth and the narrow boss are concerned, between 
the forms separated by us into the subgenera Stenothyra, s.s. and 
Astenothyva. S. scluta, however, has a closer relationship with 
other species of the subgenus Stenothyra than with any of the 
known forms of Astenothyva. Its existence prevents us from separ- 
ating Astenothyva generically. 


Stenothyra atomus, Nevill, MS. (Prashad). 
Plate XVI, figs. 3, 4. 
1885. Stenothyra, n. sp., Nevill, op. czt., p. 45. 

In the reference cited above Nevill referred to a single speci- 
men from Arakan, Burma, in the collections of the Indian Muse- 
um, as anew species of Sfenothyra. He called this species by the 
name S. atomus on a label, but did not publish any description or 
figure of it. I describe it here under Nevill’s manuscript name. 

The shell of this species is very small, thick, and in the single 
specimen bleached white. It is of a regularly ovoid form with 
the body-whorl only slightly flattened ventrally in its anterior 
half. The apex is obtuse and there are 44 whorls. The suture is 
moderately impressed, but much less so dorsally than ventrally. 
The whorls of the spire increase rapidly and irregularly ; the first 
whorl is very minute, the second is fairly prominent but narrow, 
while the penultimate whorl is much larger, band-shaped and 
moderately inflated. The body-whorl is large but rather narrow, 
in dorsal view it has a somewhat triangular outline owing to the 
outer border forming a continuous curve with the lower margin, 
the inner margin is also regularly curved ; seen from the ventral 
side it appears somewhat pyriform. The mouth is subcircular or 
rather elongate-circular, with a thickened margin which, however, 
does not show any trace of being recurved No sculpture can be 
made out in the unique type. 


Measurements of type-shell (in millimetres). 


ISialeAviol Ge 3.0 Se nna 
Breadth of the body-whorl .. see! 
Length of the spire (dorsal view) ae eee O5 
Aperture .. a aa zoe 


Type-specimen.—No. 2214 in the collections of the Zoological 
Survey of India (Indian Museum). 

Locality.—The only specimen of this species we have seen 
is the unique type from Arakan, Burma collected by the late Dr. 
F. {Stoliczka. 

Remarks.—The species, though allied to S. minima, is distin- 
cuished easily from the latter by the spire being very short and 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE & B. PrasHap: Indian Molluscs. 129 


ending in an obtuse apex, the boss being well developed, and by 
the mouth being nearly round. 


Stenothyra blanfordiana, Nevill. 


1880. Stenothyra blanfordiana, Nevill, op. cit., p. 160. 

1881. Stenothyra blanfordiana, Nevill, op. cit., p. 156, pl. vii, fig. to. 
1885. Stenothvra blanfordiana, Nevill, op. cit., p. 45. 

1907. Bithinella canningensis, Preston, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7. 


XIX, p. 216, fig. 6: 

1914. Stenothyra chilkaénsis and S. orissaénsis (in part not the fig.), 
Preston, Rec. /nd. Mus. X, p 300, fig. 1. 

1915. Stenothyra blanfordiana, S. chilkaénsts, S. orissaénsis and S. 
minima (in part), Preston, op. c’t., pp St, 82. 

1915. Stenothyra obesula, Preston, Rec. Ind. Mus. X1, pp. 292, 293, 

1916. ee vra blanfordiana, S. minima and S. ortssaénsis (in part), 
S. chilkaénsis and S. vbesula, Annandale and Kemp, Mem. 
Ind. Mus. V, p. 340. 

Nevill’s description of the species is very concise and accurate, 
and the figure of the species published in his second paper, cited 
above, is a very good representation of the species. It is unfor- 
tunate, therefore, that Preston should have described specimens 
of this species from the type-locality—the Chilka Lake, under 
the new names S. chilkaémsis and S. obesula. The latter was 
based by him on a single specimen only. We have carefully com- 
pared Preston’s types of his new species with Nevill’s type of S. 
blanjordiana and many other specimens of the species in the In- 
dian Museum, and can detect no constant differences. Preston 
further identified specimens of this species as S. minima and 
S. orissaénsis ; the latter of which names is no more than a 
synonym of S. minima. As to bithinella canningensis, we found 
on examination of the type-shell that it was a young shell of S. 
blanfordiana ; as is one of the co-types. The rest of the series 
identified by Preston as B. canningensis consists of shells of the 
forma typica and var. swbangulata ot S. (Astenothyra) miliacea. 

We have nothing to add to Nevill’s original description’ 
beyond noting the near relationship of this species to S. minima 
(Sowerby), which also occurs in the Chilka Lake. The two are so 
closely allied that one is liable to mistake specimens of the one for 
those of the other, unless the shells are carefully examined under 
a fairly strong lens from both.the dorsal and ventral sides. When 
so examined the regularly increasing whorls of the spire of S. 
minima at once mark it of from S. blanfordiana. 

S. blanfordiana is known from the Chilka Lake, Madras, and 
Port Canning in the Gangetic Delta. 

The types of S. blanfordiana, S. obesula and S. chilkaénsis are 
all preserved in the collections of the Zoological Survey of India 
(Indian Museum). 


Stenothyra minima (Sowerby). 
1837. Nematura minima, Sowerby, Charlesworth’s Mag. |, p. 217, fig. 
22 b, b. 
1851. Stenothyra minima, Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, P. 225 


130 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XXIT, 


1856. Stenothyra minima, Benson, op. cit., pp. 500, 501. 

1858. Stenothyra minima, Adams, H. and A.., op. cit., p. 626. 

1862. Nema/+ra minima, von Frauenfeld, op. cét., p. 1160. 

1876. Stenothyra minima {as Nematura in Syst. Ind.), Hanley and 
Theobald, op. c7t., p. 17, pl. xxxii, fig. 1. : 

1876. Stenothyra minima, Theobald, op. cit., p. 15. 

1885. Stensthyra minima, with var. perohvia, Nevill, op. cit., p. 45. 

1914. Stenothyra ovissaénsis, Preston, Rec. Ind. Mus. X, pp. 300, 301, 


fig 2 

1Q15.- Stenothyra ovissaeénis, 1b., id., XI, p. 293. 

1915- Stenolthyra orissaénsis, ib., op. ctt., p. 82. 

1916. Stenothyra orissaénsis and S. minima (in pt.), Annandale and 
Kemp, of. cit., p. 340. 

Sowerby’s description and figures of the type-shell of the 
species are very poor; Adam’s and von Frauenfeld’s descriptions 
also are no better; Benson’s description, however, is excellent and 
Hanley and Theobald published a good figure. 

Nevill gave the name ferobvia to some specimens from Kathi- 
awar, these specimens are subfossil, but do not materially differ 
from the large series from various places to deserve distinct 
varietal rank. We have not been able to trace the three speci- 
mens from Arakan, Burma, which Nevill referred to as ‘‘var. 
(? distinct sp.).”’ 

Preston wrongly identified specimens of this species as be- 
longing to a new species, which he described under the name S. oyis- 
saénsis, while the large series of specimens from the Chilka Lake 
which he named S. minima is a very mixed lot of specimens of S. 
blanfordiana and S. (A.) miliacea. 

The specimens we now assign to this species are from the 
Little Rann of Cutch at Kura, Kathiawar; Bombay; Ceylon 
(types of the species labelled originally ‘‘ St. ceylonica, n. sp. by 
Nevill) and the Chilka Lake, in which it is abundant in thickets of 
Potamogeton pectinatus. 


Stenothyra woodmasoniana, Nevill. 
1880, Stenothyra woodmasoniana, Nevill, op. cit., p. 159. 
1881. ‘Stenothyra woodmasoniana, Nevill, op. cit., p. 150, pl. vil, fig. 8. 
1885. Stenothyra woodmasoniana, Nevill, op. cit., p. 46. 
1915. Stenothyra woodmasoniana, Preston, op. cit., pp. St, 82. 

Nevill’s description and the notes appended to it together 
with the excellent figure in his second paper make the identifica- 
tion of this interesting species an easy matter. 

The only specimens of the species in the collections of the 
Zoological Survey of India are the types and a series of co-types 
from Port Canning in the Gangetic Delta, but Nevili noted that the 
species was also represented in the collections of Dohrn, Beddome, 
Theobald, Blanford and Hungerford. 


Stenothyra nana, Nevill, MS. (Prashad). 
Plate XVI, figs. 5, 6. 
1885. Stenothyra, n. sp., Nevill, op. cit., p. 43. 
The shell of this species, as the name indicates, is very small, 
solid, rather opaque and yellowish brown in colour. The form is 


1g2t.] N. ANNANDALE & B. PrAsHAD: Indian Molluscs. 131 


subovoid, except that the body-whorl, in ventral view, is slightly 
angulate on the outer side. The apex in the unique type is eroded 
and appears bluntly rounded. There are only 4 whorls. The 
suture is faintly impressed, but regular and somewhat oblique. 
The whorls increase very rapidly; the first one is very minute, 
the second is much larger and only slightly swollen, the penulti- 
mate whorl is band shaped and moderately swollen. The body- 
whorl is large and in dorsal view sub-rhomboidal ; in this view 
the right side is nearly straight to about half its length and then 
suddenly slopes down to the base, the opposite side is regularly 
curved except for a slight angulation about the middle. In 
ventral view the body-whorl is nearly flatin the anterior 3 of its 
length. The mouth is subcircular, rather small, being less than § 
of the size of the body- whorl; its margin is slightly reflected but 
does not project very much above the surface of the shell. The 
shell is not umbilicate, but has a very prominent boss as in the 
other species of the genus. Owing partially to erosion and parti- 
ally to a deposit on the surface the sculpture is not clear all over 
the surface, but on certain parts of the penultimate whorl 6—7 
spiral rows of punctured lines are distinctly to be made out. 


Measurements of type-shell (in millimetres). 


Length ae Le Bere 
Breadth of the body-whorl .. 51 11) SCH) 
Spire (dorsal view) AG eee re 
Aperture as Ss Aen 27, 


Type-spectmen.—No. 2196 in the collections of the Zoological 
Survey of India (Indian Museum). 

Locality.—A single specimen was collected by the late Mr. G. 
Nevill at Chandipal, Calcutta. 

Remarks.—Nevill, in the paper cited above, did not give this 
species any name_ nor did he publish a description of it ; with the 
specimen, however, there is a label with the above name, which I 
have adopted. 

The species belongs to the group of S. de/tae, but differs in 
its very small size, in having a very short spire with a rounded 
apex and relatively larger aperture. 


Stenothyra deltae (Benson). 


1836. Nematura Deltae, Benson, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal. V, p. 782. 

1837. Nematztra Deltae, Sowerby, op. cit., pp. 216, 217, figs. a, a. 

1856. Stenothyva Deltae, Benson, op. cit., p. 499. 

1857. Nematura Deltae, Troschel, Gebiss der Schnecken, l, p. 104, pl. 
vil, fig. IT. . 

1858. Nematura Deltae, Adams, H. and A.., op. cit., I, p. 342, pl. xxxv, 
fig. 5, and II, p. 626. 

1862. Mematura deltae, von Frauenteld, op. czt., p. 1159- 

1865. Stenothyra deltae, Stimpson, op. crt., p. 40. 

1876. Stenothyra Deltae, (as Nematura in Syst. Ind.), Hanley and 
Theobald, Conch Ind., p. 17, pl. xxxvu, fig. 2. 


132 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor,. XXII, 


1876. Stenotlhyra Deltae, Vheobald, op. cit., p. 15. 


1888. Stenothyra deltae, with subvars. minor and minima, Nevill, op. 
Cit.. Pp. 43. 

1915. Stenothyra deltae with subvars. minor and minima, Preston, op. 
cit., p. 79. 


S. deltac, the type-species of the genus, has been cescribed 
at length by a number of authors, we, however, think it necessary 
to note its distinctive characters once again :—The ventral surface 
of the body-whorl is flattened, and the shell is ornamented with 
spiral punctured lines; the mouth is very small, subcircular with 
merely the trace of a notch above; the peristome, though quite 
continuous, is very little raised above the surface of the body- 
whorl and, though not at all incrassate, hardly thinner than the 
shell immediately inside the lip. In 
some specimens the periostracum is 
very thick and bears traces of spines 
arranged in spiral lines. They are 
probably present in the young. 

The radula has been figured by 
Troschel. 

We are not aware of the location otf 
the types, but some of the specimens 
preserved in the collections of the 
Text-ric. 2.—Stenothyra del- Zoological Survey were presented by 

tae (Benson), side view of the Benson, ‘The species occurs far above 

shell to show the compressed : : : se 

nature of the same i the athe area of tidal infdence imgypine 

dorso-ventral. fresh water as well asin brackish water. 

In the Indian Museum, it is represented 

by specimens from Port Canning, Calcutta (Chandipal Ghat), Patna 
and Bhagalpur. 


Stenothyra foveolata, Benson. 


1856. Stenothyva foveolata, Benson, op. crt., p.497- ; 

1858. Stenothyra foveolata, Adams, H. and A., op. evt., p. 620. 

1876. Stenothyra foveolata (as Nematura in Syst. /nd.), Haniey and 
Theobald, op. cit., p. 17, pl. xxxvil, fig. 3. 

i876. Stenothyra foveolata, Theobald, op. ctt., p. 15. : 

1858. Stenothyra foveolata, with var. minor, Nevill, op. cit., p. 44. 

1915. Stenothyra foveolata with’ var. minor, Preston, op. cit., pp. 80, 
81. 

Benson described this species from a single specimen giving a 
full description but no figure. Hanley and Theobald, however, 
iater figured the unique type. In the collections of the Indian 
Museum there is a single specimen collected at Sikrigalli by Dr. T. 
Oldham. Nevill considered it to belong to a new variety, which 
he named minor, but did not describe. We have compared the 
specimen with Benson’s description and with Hanley and Theo- 
bald’s figure and consider it to be an almost typical specimen of 
the species, differing from Benson’s description only in being a 
little smaller and in the body-whorl being less swollen. Owing to 
erosion the sculpture unfortunately is not clearly to be made out. 


1g21.} N. ANNANDALE & B. PrasHap: Indian Molluscs. 133 


These differences, in our opinion, are not sufficient for separating 
this single shell as a distinct species or variety. 

As already noted the species is known only from a place at 
least 200 miles above the extreme tidal limit. 


Stenothyra puncticulata (Gould). 


1847. Mematura puncticulata, Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 
II, p. 220. 
1876. Stenothyra puncticulata, Viicobald, op. cit., p. 15. 

Gould described this species from specimens sent to him from 
Tavoy, Burma. He stated that the species was of the shape and 
size of deltae, but had the aperture much more distorted; there 
was no umbilicus and the shell had a characteristic sculpture. 

Nevill doubtfully considered it to be a synonym of S. monilt- 
jera. We have seen no specimens and it is not possible to be 
definite about it from the description only. We, therefore, hesi- 
tate in accepting Nevill’s suggestion. Should, however, the two 
prove to be synonymous, then the name of the species must be S. 
puncticulata with S. monilfera as a synonym, and a new name will 
probably have to be given to S. puncticulata, Adams,' from the 
‘Eastern Islands. ’ 


Subgenus Astenothyra, nov. 


1880. HAydrobia (Belgrandia), Nevill, op. cit., p. 161. 

1881. Hydvobia(Belgrandia), Nevill, op. cit., p. 158. 

1885. Hydrobia (Bythinella), in pt., Nevill, op. cit., p. 49. 

1915. Bithinella, Preston (nec Moquin-Tandon), op. cit., p. 66. 

1915. Paludina (Belgrandia), Preston (nec d’Orbigny and Bourguig- 
nat), 7b., z7d., p. 67. 

The shell is of more normal Hydrobiid facies in the dorsal 
and ventral aspects than in Stenothyra (s.s.) ; the surfaces of the 
body-whorl being convex, and the aperture being larger, slightly 
prominent and of ovate form. There is no definite triangular 
area between it and the outer edge of the body-whorl. The oper- 
culum natural!y corresponds in outline with the aperture, but 
agrees in structure with that of S/enothyra (s.s.) and we have not 
discovered any difference in the radula or soft parts, except that 
the foot is not produced posteriorly. 

Ty pe-species.—Hydrolia (Belgrandia) miliacea, Nevill. 

We recognize two species of this subgenus, (i) A. muiliacea 
(Nevill), and (ii) A. burmanica, nov. ; of the former we are able to 
distinguish three varieties (i) forma typica, (il) var. subangulata, 
and (iii) var. gzbbosula. These species and varieties may be distin- 
guished with the help of the following key :— 


I. Shell elongate-conical, somewhat turreted with a very 


long spire and having a smooth shell a ... A. miliacea. 
A. Body-whorl with a distinct keel 7 .. var. gibbosula. 
B. _Body-whorl smooth. 
7. Aperture evenly rounded ... forma typica. 
/7. Aperture subangulate ‘ oe ... var. subangulata. 


! Adams, Proc. Zool Soc. London, p. 226 (1851). 


134 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXIT, 


II. Shell ovate, not at all elongate, with a short spire and 
with a distinct pitted sculpture on its surface ... A. buymanica. 


Astenothyra miliacea (Nevill). 


1880. Hydrobia (Belgrandia, miliacea, Nevill, op. cit., p. 161 
1881. Hydrobia (Belgvandia) miliacea, Nevill, op. cit., p. 158, pl. vii, 
fig. 7. 
1885. Hydvobia (Bythinella) miliacea and var. minor. Nevill, op. cit., 
PP- 52; 53- 
1915. Paludestrina (Belgvandia) miliacea, with var. minor Preston, 
op. cit., pp. 67, 68. 
1915. Stenothyrva trigona (in part), Preston, op. cit., p. 203, fig. 3. 
1916. Stenothyrva trigona (in part), Annandale and Kemp, of. c?t., p. 
346. 
1916. Stenothyra perpumila (in part), Preston, Rec. Ind. Mus. XII, p. 
31, fig. 9. 
We have nothing to add to Nevill’s elaborate description of 
this species beyond the fact, that, in view of the large series of 


a éb 


TEXxT-FIG. 3.—Animal of £. (A.) miliacea (Nevill). 
(a) Dorsal view. (6) Ventral view. 


shells now available, we consider his var. minor as a synonym of 
the same species, the types of his variety being only young shells. 
His figure of the type-shell is excellent and shows the diagnostic 
characters very well. 

As has been stated already (p. 129) some of the shells identified 
by Preston as Bithinella canningensis belong to this species. 

Type-sertes.—No. M 11865/2 in the collections of the Zoolog- 
ical Survey of India (Indian Museum). 


Var. gibbosula, Nevill, MS. (Prashad). 
Plate XVI, figs. 7, 8. 
1885. Hydrobia (Bythinella) miliacea subvar. gibbosula, Nevill, op. 
GlE.5 (Die. : 
1915. Paludestrina (Belgrandia’ miliacea subvar. gibbosula, Preston, 
op. cit., p. 67. 


192t.] N. ANNANDALE & B. PRAsHAD: Indian Molluscs. 135 


The unique type of this variety differs from the shells of the 
forma typica in (i) all the whorls of the spire and particularly the 
penultimate whorl being proportionately larger and more tumid, 
(ii) body-whorl a little smaller, but distinctly keeled. (iii) suture 
more deeply impressed and (iv) the peristome thicker owing to its 
margins being greatly retroverted. 

Type-specimen :—No. M 11866/2 in the collections of the Zoo- 
logical Survey of India (Indian Museum). 

Locality.—A single shell was collected at Port Canning in the 
Gangetic Delta by the late Dr. F. Stoliczka. 

Remarks —This may possibly represent a distinct species, but 
we prefer to leave it as a variety of A. miliacea owing to there 
being a single specimen in which also the apex of the spire is 
eroded. 


Var. subangulata, Nevill, MS. (Prashad). 
Plate XVI, figs. 9, Io. 


1885. Hydrobia (Bythinella) miliacea subvar. subangulata, Nevill, op. 
Clb Pays 2 

1915. Butigetrine (Belgrandia) miliacea subvar. subangulata, Pres- 
ton, op. cit., p. 68. 

1916. Stenothyva perpumila (in part), Preston, op. cit., p. 3l- 

This variety, which is fairly common at Port Canning and in 
the Chilka Lake, occurs at the former place with the forma typica. 
Specimens of it were found in the Cochin backwaters on the Mala- 
bar Coast by Dr. F. H. Gravely; they were identified as S. perpu- 
mila by Preston. 

The variety differs from the typical form in having a propor- 
tionately smaller body-whorl and in the aperture being subangu- 
late instead of the evenly rounded one of the typical form. 

Type-series.—No. M 11867/2 in the collections of the Zoologi- 
cal Survey of India (Indian Museum). 


Astenothyra burmanica, sp. nov. (Prashad). 
Plate XVI, figs. II, 12. 


The shell of this species is minute and of a dirty creamy col- 
our. It is ovate, and has a bluntly pointed apex. There are six 
whorls, and the suture is deeply impressed, somewhat canaliculate 
and only slightly oblique. The whorls increase gradually though 
a little irregularly ; the first two are very minute, the third is a 
little more than half the breadth of the fourth, while the penulti- 
mate whorl is more than twice as broad as the fourth. The body- 
whorl is large, moderately inflated and, in dorsal view, somewhat 
trumpet-shaped. The mouth is oblique, ovate but acutely point- 
ed posteriorly ; the peristome is continuous and only slightly 
thickened with a rather broad callus. The entire surface of the 
shell is covered by spiral pitted lines; these are specially well 
marked on the body-whorl. 


136 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 1921. 


Measurements of type-shell (in millimetres). 


Length of shell a ais 1G) 
Breadth of the body whorl Ss Rep 0) 
Length of spire ys a SR: 
Mouth ne aa sae i "5 xX "4. 


Type-specimen.—No. M 11868/2 in the collection of the Zoolog- 
ical Survey of India 

Locality —The unique type was collected by the late Dr. F. 
Stoliczka at Arakan, Burma. 

Remarks.—The species comes near A. miliacea but has more 
whorls, is more compressed, shorter and has a different type of 
sculpture. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 
Stenothyra ornata, sp. nov. 


1.—Dorsal view of the type-shell. 
2.—Ventral view of the same. 


Stenothyra atomus, Prashad. 


3.—Dorsal view of the type-shell. 
4.—Ventral view of the same. 


Stenothyra nana, Prashad. 


5.—Dorsal view of the type-shell. 
6.—Ventral view of the same. 


(Astenothyra) miliacea, var. gibbosula, Prashad. 


7.—Dorsal view of the type-shell. 
8.—Ventral view of the same. 


S. (Astenothyra) miliacea, var. subangulata, Prashad. 


9.—Dorsal view of the type-shell. 
10.—Ventral view of the same. 


S. (Astenothyra) burmanica, Prashad. 


Fic. I1.—Dorsal view of the type-shell. 


12.—Ventral view of the same. 


Rec. IND. Mus., Vou. XXII, 1921. PLATE XVI. _ 


S. C. Mondul, and D, Bagchi, del. 


STENOTHYRA. 


Photo-engraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Calcutta, 1921 


-<— 


So 


» 


coal 7 
{end be 


ane 


< a 


* 


SV NODES) ONT ANOE il BiRSAUN CEES eal N 
THE INDIAN MUSEUM. 


By B. Praswap, D.Sc., Offg. Superintendent, Zoological Survey 
of Indta. 


(Plate XX.) 


4. INDIAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS CYRENA., 


The present revision of the Indian species of the genus 
Cyvena, lamarck, might appear superfluous in view of the recent 
treatment of the subject by Preston in his volume on Mollusca 
in the ‘‘ Fauna of British India,’’ but the above work is mainly 
a compilation from the earlier monographs by Prime,! Clessin ? 
and Sowerby.* It was found on examination of the collections in 
the Indian Museum that the descriptions of the Indian species in 
these works were very faulty and inadequate being based on 
insufficient material and that too, in most cases, consisting of 
young or half-zrown shells only. These descriptions, owing to 
the great changes that usually take place in the shape of the 
shells during growth, are not applicable to adult shells, and are 
incomplete so far as the description of the hinge is concerned, 
while the geographical distribution of the various forms is not 
correctly given. I have, therefore, thought it desirable to re- 
describe some of the species and in other cases to point out the 
distinguishing characters. 

According to Preston the following species occurs within the 
lim.ts of British India, Burma and Ceylon, C. ceylonica, C. im- 
pressa, C. stnuosa, C. bengalensis, C. tennentit, C. proximu and C. 
galatheae. Of these species C. sinwosa, Deshayes, was included in 
the list on Sowerby’s authority. The species is known from Java 
and except for Sowerby no other author has recorded its occur- 
rence in Ceylon. In the Indian Museum collection there are large 
collections from various parts of Ceylon, but none of these speci- 
mens are referrable to Deshayes’ C. sinwosa, and I am very doubt- 
ful whether Sowerby’s record can be accepted as correct. Sowerby 
probably confused some specimens of the nearly allied C. ceylonica 
with those of Deshayes’ species or the localities on his specimens 
must have been incorrectly stated. With the above exception I 
have found Preston’s list to be quite correct, but I have also to 


! Prime, Cat. Corbiculidae in Amer. Fourn. Conch. V (1869—1870), and 
other papers cited further on. 

* Clessin, Cycladeen in Martini and Chemnitz Conch.-Cab. (1879). 

° Sowerby, Conch. Icon. XX (1878) 


138 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


include C. stamica, Prime, in the list of Indian species, as there 
are specimens of this species in the Indian Museum collected at 
Rangoon, Burma and from the Nicobar Islands. 

As to the grouping of the various species of this genus the 
two attempts of Deshayes'! and von Martens” have to be con- 
sidered. ‘The former is only an arbitrary classification of all the 
species of the genus; von Martens’ work, however, in which the 
shape and form of the shell are utilised for the grouping of the 
Indo-Pacific forms into four sections, is more satisfactory and is 
followed in this paper. The Indian species fall into the following 
groups :— 


A. PROCLIVES .. C. bengalensis, C. siamica, C. impressa. 
B. SUBORBICULARES .. C. proxima, C. tennentii 

C. EXPANSAE .. C. cevlonica. 

D. CYPERINOIDEAE .. C. galatheae. 


As a result of my study of the Indian Museum collection the 
geographical distribution of the various species has had to be 
greatly extended. C. bengalensis is confined to Bengal. C. ceylon- 
ica and C. tennentii are endemic in Ceylon, C. galatheae is widely 
distributed in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, C. szamica has 
a wide range in Cochin-China, Siam, Burma and the Nicobar 
Islands, C impressa occuts in the Philippines, Dutch East Indies, 
Ceylon and on the West Coast of Peninsular India while C. proxi- 
ma is found only in Siam and the Mergui Archipelago. 


Cyrena bengalensis, Lamarck. 
Plate XX, figs. 1, 2. 
1918. Cyrena bengalensis, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. Freshw. Moll. 
Pp: 205, 206. 

Preston in the work cited above has given a complete synon- 
ymy of the species but the descriptions of the shell in al! pre- 
vious memoirs are very inadequate. I, therefore, give below a 
detailed description of the shell based on the large series of speci- 
mens in the Indian Museum. 

Shell large, solid, subtrigonal, rather swollen but not very 
high, very inequilateral, covered with a brownish black epidermis 
with coarse striae, and with the regions of growth distinctly 
marked by still coarser lines; dorsal margin very small, somewhat 
angulate:; anterior margin rather short, concave in its upper or 
proximal $ of the length then regularly curving round to the 
podium ; posterior margin very long, high, markedly convex and 
regularly curving down to the gonium, where it meets the ventral 
border in a broadly rounded acute angle; ventral border nearly 
straight except in the podial and gonial angles where it is curved 
upwards ; umbones of fair size, situated anterior to the middle, 


1 Deshayes, Cat. Conchifera Brit. Mus. 1, pp. 241, 242 (1853)- ! 
2 Von Martens in Max Weber’s Zool.-Ergeb. Nieder. Ost.-Ind. IV, p. 9 
(1897). 


Tg2I.] B. PrasHaD: Notes on Lamellibranchs. 139 


often weathered and wormed in fully grown specimens, greatly 
recurved anteriorly and separated from one another by a narrow 
chink only ; lunule well marked rather narrow but deep ; ligament 
prominent but not very thick, about thrice as long as the lunule. 
Hinge in general facies quite similar to that of C. ceylonica, but 
much more curved and with the lateral teeth more delicate though 
comparatively much longer; the cardinal teeth more slanting, 
stouter and not so deeply bifid. 


Measurements (in millimetres). 


Length Bn ZT 32°2 44 50 68 80 
Height eet E2350 BO 394 43 62 72 
Thickness 14 16 27 298 44 52 


Distribution —Clessin was certainly wrong in including the 
East Indies in the range of distribution of this species, as it is 
confined to Bengal only. In Bengal the species is fairly common 
in the estuarine areas of the Gangetic Delta and is burnt in large 
quantities for making lime. _It is probably the species referred to 
by Benson as C. sumatrana from the Sunderbans.! 

Remarks.—The species is distinguished from the other Indian 
species of the genus by its shape, the concave anterior border and 
the greatly recurved umbones. 


Cyrena siamica, Prime. 
Plate XX, figs. 3—5. 


1861. Cyvena siamica, Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Philadelphia, p. 
1206. 

1663. Cyrena siamica, Prime, Cat. Corbiculidae, p. ©. 

1864. Cyrena siamtca, Prime, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, 


VILI,, p. 86, fig. 35. 

1869. Cyrena siamica, Prime, Cat. Corbiculidae in Amer. Four. 
Conch. V, p. 147- 

1879. Cyvena siamica, Clessin, Cycladeen in Martini-Chemn. Conc/. 


Cab., p- 123. pl. xix, fig. +4. ; 
1897. Cyrena siamica, von Martens, Széss. und Brackw. Moll. in 
Weber's Zool. Ergeb. Nieder. Ost. Ind. 1V, p. 91. 

Two separate valves from Rangoon, Burma, two specimens 
from the Nicobars, one from Cochin-China and one from Cam- 
bodia in the Indian Museum collection belong to this species. 
The Nicobar and Cambodian species were found labelled C. suma 
trensis, but they differ from the true swmatrensis in the shell 
being less tranverse, less inflated, the hinge more curved and 
broader, all the teeth stouter and the laterals much more solid and 
curved, the umbones less prominent and not so recurved and in 
colour. 

I have nothing to add to Prime’s description of the species, 
but give below measurements of the various specimens in the 


! Benson, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal V\1, pt. i, p. 421 (7838). 


140 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 


Indian Museum collection. Some of these shells are much larger 
in size than Prime’s type-specimen. 


Measurements (in millimetres). 


AS, (9 Be ell Cato 2 a 
pelle: |__| —— : 

Length ai 68 66 | Soho | aw! 43 70 
Height ge || eis) Pie) AG) A) SrA5 40 66 
Thickness a: 30am SOe a SE 27 — = 


Specimen A is from Cochin-China, B from Cambodia, € and 
D from the Nicobars while E and F are single valves only from 
Rangoon, Burma. 

Distribution. The species was hitherto known from Siam 
only but from the series of specimens in the Indian Museum 
collection it appears to have a very wide range from Cochin- 
China, Cambodia to Burma and the Nicobar Islands. 


Cyrena impressa, Deshayes. 
Plate XX, figs. 6, 7. 


1854. Cyvenz impressa, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc London, p. 18. 
1854. Cyrvena impressa, Deshayes, Cai. Brit. Mus. Conchifera XI, p- 
‘ 249. 

1863. Cyrena eximia (in part), Prime, Cat Corbiculidae, p 6. 

1869. Cyvena eximia (in part), Prime, Amer. Fourn. Conch. V. p. 144. 

1879. Cyvena ceylonica(in part), Clessin, Cycladeen in Martini-Chemn 

} Conch.-Cab., p. 103, pl. xviii. figs. 1, 2. 

1879. Cyvena eximia (in part) id , 1b., p. 239 

1897. Cyvena impressa, von Martens, Széss und Brackw. Moll. in 
Weber's Zool. Ergeb Nieder. Ost.-Ind. 1V, p. 93- 

1915. Cyrena impressa, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. Freshw.-Moll. pp- 
202—204, figs. 25,26. 

Prime and Clessin after him considered C. impressa as a sy- 
nonym of C, eximia, Dunker, but von Martens has shown that 
the two species are quite distinct and even belong to different 
groups in his scheme of classification cited already. Deshayes’ 
description is fairly detailed and accurate, while von Martens 
added a few further notes on the species. Recently Preston has 
published good figures of the type-shell. The following distin- 
guishing characters of C. impressa may, however, be noted. The 
anterior margin is straight or nearly so, while the posterior mar- 
gin is only slightly convex in its upper or proximal half and then 
sharply turns down at an obtuse angle, this distal half is nearly 
straight and the margin here may be described as subtruncate, 
the ventral border is regularly but not greatly curved and the 
umbones are not very prominent. 

Distribution.— According to: Deshayes C. impressa is found in 
the Philippines, Java and Australia. Preston, on the basis of 
specimens in the British Museum, included Ceylon in the range of 


1g2I.] B. PrasHap: Notes on Lamellibranchs. I4I 


distribution of this species. In the Indian Museum there are 
specimens from Ratnagiri near Bombay on the west coast of 
Peninsular India and from the west coast of India (exact locality 
not stated). All these specimens agree closely with Preston’s 
figures of the type-specimen and with Deshayes’ description. ‘The 
species therefore, has a wide range comprising Australia, the Phil- 
ippines, Dutch East Indies, Ceylon and Peninsular India. ‘The 
following are the measurements of the specimens from the two 
localities in the Indian Museum collection. 


Measurements (in millimetres). 


Ratnagiri. | West Coast of India. 
Length oa pl Cy 64 | 55 61 52 
Height Sc 2l|, atet 58 | 51 60 48 
Thickness - | 47 35 | 30 33 31 


Cyrena proxima, Prime. 
Plate XX, figs. 8, 9. 


1863. Cyvena proxima, Prime, Cat. Corbiculidae, p. 6. 

1864 Cyrena proxima, Prime, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. Soc. New 
York, VIII, p. 85, fig. 34. 

1869. Cyrena proxima, Prime, Cat. Corbiculidae in Amer. Fourn. 
Conch. V, p. 147. 


1879. Cyvena proxima, Clessin, Cycladeen in Martini-Chemn. Conch.- 
Cab. p. 127, pl. xxi, fig. 2. [165. 

1389. Cyrena proxima, von Martens, Fourn. Linn. Soc. Zool. XXI, p. 

1915. Cyvena praxima, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. Fresh-Moll. pp. 206, 
207. 

In the Indian Museum collections C. proxima is represented 
by a large series of shells collected by Dr. J. Anderson in Sullivan 
Island (not Sulliman Is.) in the Mergui Archipelago, and referred 
to by the late Dr. E. von Martens in the paper cited above. The 
specimens are stated to have been collected in fresh water, but it 
is unlikely that the water was quite fresh as no species of the 
genus occur in quite fresh water. It is probable that the water 
in the streams, from which the specimens were collected, was 
subject to the influence of the tides and had variable salinity, as 
is the case with the estuarine areas in the streams of the Gangetic 
Delta where C. bengalensis is found. 

The distinguishing characters of the species are the suborbi- 
cular and nearly equilateral shell with the anterior and posterior 
borders curving regularly downwards to the podial and gonial 
angles, the greatly arcuate ventral border and the inwardly curved 
and somewhat approximate beaks. 

The largest specimen in the Indian Museum measures 64 mm. 
x59 mm. X37 mm., and is much larger than the specimens in the 
British Museum. 


The species is known from Sullivan Island and Siam only. 


142 Records of the Indian Museum. Vor. Seale 


Cyrena tennentii, Hanley. 
Plate XX, fig. ro. 
1858. Cyvena tennentiz, Hanley, Proc. Zool. Soc. London XXVI, p.z3. 


1869. Cyvena tennentit, Prime, Amer. Fourn. Conch. V, p. 148. 
1879. Cyrena tennentii, Clessin. Cycladeen in Martini-Chemn. Concii. 


Cab., p. 240. 
1915. Cyvena tennentii, Preston, Fawn. Brit. Ind. Freshw.-Moll., 
p- 206. 


The two specimens from Ceylon, which I assign to this 
species, agree fairly well with Hanley’s description except that the 
shells of both these specimens, owing to the greatly arcuate ventral 
border, have become suborbicular instead of being ovato-subtri- 
gonal. This might partly be due to age as the larger of my 
specimens is much larger than Hanley’s, while both the specimens 
are much deeper. I figure the larger of the two specimens and 
give below the measurements. . 


Measurements (in millimetres). 


Length A es 42 37 
Height tbe - 40 35 
Thickness : 3 on 20 


Habitat.—The species is only known from Ceylon. Hanley’s 
specimens were taken in the Ariho River flowing into the Gulf 
of Manaar, but the exact locality of the specimens in the Indian 
Museum is not stated. It seems to be rather scarce in Ceylon 
also, as in the large collections made in the island by the late 
Mr. G. Nevill no specimens of the species are present. 

Remarks.—The shell of this species is comparatively thinner 
and shorter than that of the other Indian species of the genus. 
The hinge is comparatively broad and greatly curved, the umbones 
are small but prominent, recurved anteriorly and inwards and 
nearly approximating with each other in the middle line. The 
shape of the shell and the position of the umbones is very char- 
acteristic of this species and easily distinguishes it from all other 
Indian forms. 


Cyrena ceylonica (Chemnitz). 
Plate XX, figs. 11—13. 


1915. Cyvena ceylonica, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. Freshw.-Moll., 
p- 202. 

Preston’s work cited above gives all references to literature, 
but the description of the species taken from Sowerby’s Concho- 
logia Iconica is very inadequate, nor is there any other complete 
account of the shell available. I have, therefore, thought it 
desirable to give a detailed description. 

Shell very large, solid, oblong-ovate or even sub-rhomboidal, 
somewhat compressed, very high, markedly inequilateral ; covered 
with a thin dark yellowish to brownish or even black epidermis 
with thin fringed striae ; regions of growth marked as coarser and 


1g2I.] B. PrasHap: Notes on Lamellibranchs. 143 


deeper ridges; dorsal margin short, regularly curved, convex; 
anterior margin fairly large but shorter than the posterior, con- 
cave and rather sinuous in the proximal or upper half, then 
regularly curved to the broad podium, from the latter the ventral 
margin sharply curves downwards and backwards until in line 
with the umbo it forms a broad are and then rapidly curves up 
again to the gonium ; posterior margin biangulate, regularly and 
convexly curved above in continuation of the dorsal margin but 
nearly straight below the upper obtuse angle ; umbones promi- 
nent but rather small, curved inwards and forwards and separated 
from one another in the middle line; ligament long and thick 
but not greatly projecting; lunule broad, but not very deep, 
carinate in the middle. Hinge.—Right valve with four laterals, 
two anterior and two posterior ; upper anterior small but thick 
and knob-like ; lower, seen from above, triangular, thick, pad-like 
with the anterior and posterior margins of approximately the 
same length ; upper posterior more elongate but less prominent 
than the upper anterior, appearing only as a slight callosity; the 
lower one elongate, ridge-like but with a low apex a little further 
off from the centre; between the two anterior and two posterior 
laterals there is a deep concavity for the fitting in of the single 
laterals of the opposite valve, the anterior concavity is much the 
deeper of the two; of the three cardinals the anterior one is sharp 
or with only a very shallow furrow across its free edge; it is in- 
clined forwards, the middle and posterior are both deeply furrowed, 
appearing somewhat bifid and both inclined backwards. Left 
valve with two laterals, anterior one very short, thick and stum- 
py, somewhat conical; posterior elongate, triangular with the 
apex lying further from the middle ; 3 cardinals, anterior forward- 
ly inclined, middle and posterior backwardly, the first two deeply 
bifid, posterior single. Pallial line with only a shallow sinus: 
The young shells differ from the adult in being subtrigonal or even 
subcircular. with the anterior margin nearly straight in its proxi- 
mal portion and evenly rounded below without a projecting 
podium ; the posterior margin not or only indistinctly showing 
the biangulate nature; the shells are comparatively thicker in 
diameter, the umbones a little more prominent and the periostracal 
ridges comparatively more regular and distinct. The series of 
shells in the Indian Museum well illustrates the change in shape 
from the young to the adult form. 


Measurements (in millimetres). 


Length ae (eae) |(e52 "154 | 63 | 74 88 | 90 , 103 
Height PAA AS 3) 5m + 62°73) seo eaeh 87 
Thickness .. | 26 | 27.5 | 28:4 | 34 | 382 | 50 |52| 53 


Distribution.—According to the earlier authors the species 
was considered to have a wide range from Ceylon to Java, but 
it has been established by later workers that the Javanse species 
is quite distinct, and that C. ceylonica is confined to Ceylon only. 


I44 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Remarks.—This species along with other species of the group 
are distinguished by their somewhat elongate, comparatively 
narrow and rather compressed shells. C. ceylonica is characterized 
by the rather large and sinuous anterior border, broadly truncate 
and elongate posterior border and the forwardly recurved um 
bones ; the hinge of this species is also very different from that of 
the other Indian species. 


Cyrena galatheae Mérch. 
Plate XX, figs. 14—17. 
1915. Cyrena galatheae, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. lreshw.-Moll., p. 
207. 

I give below a detailed description of the shell of this species 
as the original description by Mérch is not quite complete. 

Shell very large, solid, thick, greatly swollen in the upper 
third, compressed below, roughly trigonal, much longer than high, 
very inequilateral with the umbones situated much nearer to 
the anterior than the posterior edge, with a yellowish brown to 
blackish epidermis with regular concentric striae, growth-regions 
not distinctly marked; anterior margin much shorter than the 
posterior, somewhat concave in the upper region or just next to 
the umbones, then after a short straight course curving in to form 
the podium ; posterior margin in its proximal part only slightly 
curved, but rapidly descending downwards, further part straight 
owing to the truncate nature of the region next to the gonium, 
with an obtuse angle between the straight lower and the sl ghtly 
curved upper region ; ventral border only slightly arched; um- 
bones prominent, greatly eroded in adult shells, in young shells 
recurved forwards and inwards but not meeting eac.: other in 
the middle line, and sculptured with closely situated concentric 
striae, with a broad but shallow lunule, carinated in the mid- 
dle ; ligament long, thick and prominent. Hinge as in the genus 
but greatly curved and rather forwardly placed owing to the posi- 
tion of the umbones, with the lateral teeth more compact and 
solid, the upper pair of laterals in the right valve reduced to 
small thickenings only ; cardinals very slanting and strong. 


Measurements (in millimetres). 


| 4. | 2 i ade ee h Zila 
Length .. | 31 | 49 | 80 | 78 | 94 | 95 | 12 | 104 98 | 120 
Height ..| 27! 41 | 68 | 73 | 85 | 84 | 105 | 92 82 | 106 
1 52/52 | 75 


Thickness .. | 16 | 25] 49 | AZaeoo| ST | ae 


Specimens a—c are from the Andaman Islands, d from John 
Lawrence Island, e from Kondul Tsland, /, g, from Trinkat Island 
and h—j from the Nicobars. 

The specimens from various localities differ to some extent 


1g2i.] B. Prasuap: Notes on Lamellibranchs. 145 


as regards proportionate measurements, but in the large series 
before me intermediate forms connecting the different types from 
the different localities are present, and I have found it impossible 
to detect any constant differences between them. A few notes on 
the form of the young shells may be included here. The young 
shells are nearly subtrigonal with the posterior margin regularly 
arched the truncate distal half being not distinctly marked as yet, 
the umbones are placed more symmetrically and the hinge is of a 
more normal type. 

Distribution.—C. galatheae had hitherto been recorded from 
the Galatea River in the Nicobar Islands; in the collections of the 
Indian Museum it is represented by a large series of specimens 
from the Nicobars (Kar Nicobar, Kondal and Trinkat Islands in 
the Nicobar group) and Andaman Islands (John Lawrence and 
Havelock Islands in the Andaman group). The species, therefore, 
has a wide range in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands. 

Remarks.—A few specimens of this species in the collection 
were found labelled C. patima, Benson, which is apparently a 
manuscript name only as I have been unable to find any reference 
to it in literature except in Theobald’s catalogue ' 

The sheils of this species are of a very characteristic type 
and are easily distinguished by the greatly inequilateral, greatly 
vaulted shells with a highly truncate distal half of the posterior 
margin, anteriorly placed umbones and the curved and forwardly 
placed hinge with very compact but strong laterals. 


5. INDIAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS BATISSA. 


Up till recently the only known species of the genus Satissa, 
Gray, from within the limits of India, Burma and Ceylon were B. 
stmilis and B. inflata described by Prime from the Nicobar Is- 
lands in 1859* and 160° respectively. In 1go08* Preston des- 
cribed a unique specimen from the Andaman Islands, collected by 
the late Rev. J. Warneford, under the name B. capillata. In the 
Indian Museum collection I found two boxes of specimens from 
the Andaman Islands provisionally labelled 6. violacea, Brug., by 
the late Mr. G. Nevill; in addition there were a fair number of 
specimens from the Andaman Islands which had not been identi- 
fied. Through the courtesy of Professor Max Weber I received a 
specimen of B. wiolacea var. celebensis, Martens,’ collected by 
Prof. M. Weber in the Celebes and identified by the late Dr. E. von 
Martens. ‘The specimen is preserved in spirit and is in an excellent 
state of preservation. With this material I have drawn up the 
following notes on the collection in the Indian Museum including 
a detailed description of the soft parts of the genus Batissa 


! Theobald, Cat. Rec. Shells, Mus. As. Soc. Bengal, p. 140 (Calcutta, 1860). 

2 Prime, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. Soc. New York VAI, p. 112 (1859). 

® Id., Proc. Zool. Soc. London XXVIII, p. 320 (1860). 

* Preston, Rec. Ind. Mus. II, p. 207, pl. xvi, fig. 39 (1908). 

5 Von Martens, Széss. und Brackw.-Moll. in Zool. Ergeb. Nieder. Ost. Ind. 
IV, p. 104 (1897). 


146 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


On a careful comparison of Preston’s unique type with the 
other specimens in the Indian Museum I find that it is only a 
half-grown shell of 5b. similis, Prime. It is not possible to be 
quite definite as to the validity of B inflata, Prime, as a species 
distinct from 5. similis ; it will probably, when larger series are 
available, have to be considered as only a variety of B. similis, 
but for the present I have not adopted this course. Both the 
species belong to the group Ellipticae of von Martens’ classifica- 
tion. In this group the shell is elongated in an antero-posterior 
direction, the ventral border is only slightly arched and the shells 
have no radial sculpture. 

Within the limits of British India, Burma and Ceylon, the 
genus Batissa is known to occur in the Andaman and Nicobar 
Islands only and has not so far been found on the mainland. 

Soft parts.—The following description of the soft parts is 
based on the Celebes specimen sent to me by Prof. Max Weber 
and may be considered as a supplement to the short description of 
the animal in von Martens’ paper cited above. 

Corresponding to the shape of the shell the animal is trigonal- 
elliptical, and is not much swollen in the umbonal region. The 
specimen preserved in spirit is of a deep yellowish brown colour, 
the palps and the gills being somewhat greyish. 

The mantle is comparatively thicker than in the genus Corbi- 
cula or in Vuillovita, but the free region below the pallial line is 
not definitely marked off as in those genera, owing to the radial 
muscle fibres being not very thick and distinct even though they 
are well developed. The margin of the mantle is entire and 
bears a continuous row of small conical papillae on the inner sur- 
face slightly internal to the edge as in Villorita, but the papillae 
all along are not of the same size asin Vullovita. The condition 
is intermediate between that found in Cordicul/a in which they are 
absent in the pedal region and that in Villovita where they are 
approximately the same size all along 

The arrangement of the siphonal and pedal orifices is similar to 
that in the genera Corbicula and Villorita, but the limits of the two 
are different. The pedal orifice is limited anteriorly by the ven- 
tral margin of the thick anterior adductor muscle and is separated 
from the siphonal orifice by a long connection, about half an inch 
long, of the mantle flaps of the two sides with one another in 
line with the posterior side of the foot; in this region of union 
also the papillae of the mantle are present in two rows along the 
line of union. ‘The siphonal orifice is rather extensive extending 
above to very nearly the upper margin of the posterior adductor 
muscle. The mantle is not externally notched to mark off the 
regions for the two siphonal apertures. 

Of the adductor muscles, the posterior is much larger than 
the anterior and both are nearly subquadrate in outline. The 
pallial muscle-fibres have already been mentioned, in these the 
siphonal retractors are not distinctly indicated. 

The two siphons are fully contracted, but appear capable of 


1921.| B. PrasHap: Notes on Lamellibranchs. 147 
sufficient extension. The two siphons are quite separate and are 
of an ashy-grey to violet colour. ‘The aperture of the branchial 
siphon is about one and a half times as high as the anal ; it bears 
two rows of elongate papillae along its margins while the anal has 
only a single row. 

The attachments of the gills are similar to those in the genera 
Corbicula and Villorita, except that the attachments of the outer 
lamellae of the outer pair of gills with the mantle is very much 
curved and rather sinuous. Both pairs of gills are of the same 
length, but the outer pair is broader in its entire length than the 
inner. 

The palps are very large, broad, very thin and somewhat 
leaf-shaped ; the inner pair is somewhat larger than the outer one. 


Text-Fic. 1.—Soft parts of B. violacea var. celebensis, Martens. 
F. foot, 7.G. inner gill, M@. mantle, O.G. outer gill, P. palp, S. siphons. 


The foot is large and well developed with a sharp margin, 
but is not very thick. 

Remarks.—The soft parts of Batissc resemble those of Corbi- 
cula and Villortta in general, but differ in the mantle being thicker, 
the pallial muscle-fibre region not distinctly separated, the larger 
gills, the shape, form and large size of the thin leafy palps, and 
the form of the foot. 


Batissa similis, Prime. 


1859. Batissa similis, Prime, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. Soc. New York 
VII, p. 112. 

1866. Batissa similis, id., 1b., VIII, p. 229, fig. 60. 

1869. Batissa similis, Prime, Cat. Corbiculidae in Amer. Fourn. Conch. 
V, p- 140. 


148 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


1879. Batissa similis, Clessin, Cycladeen in Martini-Chemn. Concii.- 
Cab., p. 213, pl. xxxvi, fig. 3. 

1908. Batissa capillata, Preston, Rec. Ind. Mus. II, p. 207, pl. xvi, 
fig. 39. 

IQ15. ae aes and &. capillata, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. 
Freshw. Moll., p. 208. 

The specific identity of Preston’s B. capillata with Prime’s 
species has been remarked on in the introductory part. The fol- 
lowing notes on the specimens in the Indian Museum may be of 
interest as supplementing Prime’s description of the species. 

The shell in this species varies from subtrigonal or obovate to 
ovate-orbicular; it is very inequilateral, with a short anterior side 
which regularly slopes down and is straight or only slightly con- 
cave ; the posterior side is much longer and somewhat biangulate 
in its distal part. The umbones are very anteriorly placed, being 
recurved forwards and inwards but widely separated from one 
another; in most cases they are greatly eroded. Hinge.—There 
are only two laterals in each valve. The anterior lateral may be 
described as consisting of two parts, a distal curved part forming 


Trexr-riG. 2.—Photographs of the left valves (x 4) of (a) B. similis, Prime; 
(6) B. rnfiata, Prime. 


the upper boundary of the impression for the anterior adductor 
muscle and the proximal thicker nearly straight part in the hinge 
region. The posterior lateral 1s blade-like, but slightly arched and 
rather longer than the anterior. Both the teeth are finely serrate 
along their upper inner margin. Of the three cardinals the anterior 
is most small and conical in the right valve, somewhat larger and 
knob-like in the left valve; the middle one of the right valve has 
the shape of the molar teeth of mammals but has only a single 
furrow along its free edge, in the left valve it is much thinner but 
larger ; the posterior one is thinner than the other two but more 
elongate and somewhat curved and not so much compressed. The 
areas between the three teeth are deeply canaliculate. 


Measurements (in millimetres). 


Length on 53 67 77. 820), 845 1} #89 
Height 32 ASSO) a oo Tz) 73 74 
Thickness 27 Nine! 38 eens 72 


1g2I.] B. PrasHap: Notes on Lamellibranchs. 149 


Distribution.—Prime’s specimens were obtained in the Nico- 
bars, while all those in the Indian Museum are from the Anda- 
mans. Some of these, as already noted, had provisionally been 
identified as B. violacea, Brug., but they do not belong to that 
species. 

Batissa inflata, Prime. 
1915. Batissa inflata, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. Freshw. Moll., p. 208. 


For previous references to this species Preston’s volume, 
cited above, may be consulted. 

in the Indian Museum there is a specimen from the Anda- 
man Islands which I assign to this species. It differs from the 
shells of B. similis in the shell being more oblique and, as the 
name indicates, inflated, the umbones more anteriorly placed and 
greatly recurved forwards, the anterior margin shorter and more 
slanting, the posterior margin more curved and not biangulate, 
the podium more marked and the ventral border less arched. 
The hinge is much more arched but all the teeth are comparative- 
ly smaller, broader and coarser, the laterals are more serrate and 
the cardinals sharper. 

The single specimen from the Andaman Islands measures 76 
mm. X 68mm. * 45 mm.; it is smaller than Prime’s type-speci- 
men which was collected in the Nicobar group. 


a ae Ment Gt 


ba) Ae 


ae 

‘ i Gh wea 
ee Biss ae eae 

a eee 


Se Ua 
wan 
; aay te a joeag 
. Rue Te i 


a ee ¥ a « 


a 
1 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX. 


INDIAN SPECIES OF CYRENA. 


All the figures are direct photographs of the right valves of 
specimens in the Indian Museum, reduced to 4 the natural size. 


FIc. 


FIc. 


Fie. 


FIGs. 


FIG. 


Cyrena bengalensis, Lamarck. 


r.—Medium sized shell from the Sunderbans in the 
Gangetic Delta. 
2.—Adult shell from the Salt Lakes near Calcutta. 
Cyrena siamica, Prime. 
3.—Medium sized shell from Rangoon, Burma. 
4. : @ a ., the Nicobar Islands. 
5 Cochin-China. 
Cyrena impressa, Deshayes. 
. 6.—Medium sized shell from Ratnagiri, near Bombay. 
7.—Adult shell from the same locality. 
Cyrena proxima, Prime. 
. 8. —Medium sized shell from the Mergui Archipelago. 
9.—A smaller shell from the same locality. 
Cyrena tennentii, Haniey. 
10.—A full-grown shell from Ceylon. 
Cyrena ceylonica (Chemnitz). 
II—13.—Shells of different sizes, all from Ceylon. 
Cyrena galatheae, Morch. 
14. A young shell from the Andaman Islands. 


Fics. 15, 16.—-Medium and large sized shells from the Have- 


FIG. 


lock Island in the Andaman group. 


17.—A full-grown specimen from the Trinkat Island in 
the Nicobar group. 


Rec. Inp. Mus., Vol. XXIT, 1921. PLATE XX. 


S.C. Mondul, photo 


INDIAN SPECIES OF CYRENA. 


Photo-engraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Calcutta, 1921 


XVIL. REMARKS ON THE INDIAN SPECIES 
OR SDE ND ROPERS) SAUN ID) SDEINED igen EPAR EEGs Si. 


By CononeL F. Watt, C.M.G., [.M.S. 


There has been so much confusion in the past over the identi- 
fication of many of the species of Dendrophis and Dendrelaphis 
that I appealed to Dr. Annandale lately to allow me tc examine 
all the specimens of these genera in the Indian Museum, and to 
Mr. Spence to send me all the available specimens in the Bombay 
Natural History Society’s collection. 

When the Fauna of British India, Reptilia and Batrachia, 
appeared in 1890 the snake now known as Dendrelaphis tristis was 
not recognised as a separate species but included under the species 
Dendrophis pictus. Tater when the second volume of Boulenger’s 
Catalogue appeared in 1893 a clear distinction was made between 
the two, but the available specimens in the Indian Museum and 
Bombay collections had not been re-examined until I didso recently. 
As a result of my examination of this material I have acquired 
a great deal of information, and been able to correct the mis- 
takes of earlier herpetologists. Among specimens labelled pictus 
in the Indian Museum I discovered many specimens of Dendrophis 
goret described by me (Bombay N.H. Journ. tgto, p. 829), and 
also of Dendrophis proarchus described by me (Bombay N. H. 
Journ. 1910, p. 827). 

In addition to the information derived from the above collec- 
tions I have revised all my own notes, and incorporated my obser- 
vations during the last 26 years, and I hope in the succeeding 
remarks to bring the subject so far as the Indian species are con- 
cerned up to date, and make the identification of these easily 
confused species easier for other workers in this field. 

Boulenger (Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus., Vol. II, 1893, pp. 77 and 
87) separates the two genera on the posterior maxillary teeth. In 
Dendrophis the last 3 or 4 are distinctly enlarged, and compressed. 
In Dendrelaphis the posterior maxillary teeth though slightly more 
trenchant are not enlarged, but if anything rather shorter than 
the preceding teeth in the series. I have made a very critical 
comparison of all my skulls bone for bone, and can find no charac- 
teristic other than the posterior maxillary teeth that distinguishes 
the two genera. 

Genus Dendrophis. 


Dendrophis caudolineolatus Gunther. 


Gunther’s Dendrophis (or Bronze Back). 


Dendrophis caudolineolatus, Boulenger, Cat., Vol. II, p. 85; Ferguson, 
Bomb. N.H.$., 1895, p. 72; Sarasin, Zool. Fahr., Fena, 1910, p. 128. 


152 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Dendrophis caudolineatus, Willey, Spol. Zeylan., 1903, p. 86; l.c., 1906 
P. 233- 

Coleur.—Dorsally bronze. No buff anterior vertebral stripe. 
A series of blackish, equidistant, oblique, lateral stripes anteriorly. 
No buff flank stripe or black lines. Ventrally greenish, lighter 
anteriorly. Tail with two black lines on each side, the lower on 
the edges of the subcaudals and ultimate row of supracaudals. 
Head bronze above. No buff interparietal spot. A well defined 
black postocular stripe. 

One erythritic specimen has passed through my hands. It 
was a uniform chocolate colour dorsally, and ventrally unrelieved 
by any markings. The upper lip, chin and throat were a dirty 
yellow. 

Length.—My largest measured 876 mm. (2 feet Io} inches). 
A juvenile specimen apparently recently hatched measured 305 
mm. (12 inches). 

Food.—I have found a frog in the stomach. 

Breeding.—A gravid female was killed in the month of May 
on Hopewell Estate, Balangoda, measuring 870 mm. (2 feet ro} 
inches). It contained three very elongate eggs measuring 41x 8 
mm. (13 X# of an inch) 

Lepidosis.—The scales are in 13 rows to behind midbody, and 
reduce to 9 before the vent. Ventrals, 149 to 164. Anal, divided. 
Subcaudals 119 to 128. LoreaJ, one. Temporals, 1+2+2 or 
2+2+2. Supralabials, 8 (rarely 9), the 4th and 5th (5th and 6th 
when there are 9) touching the eye. 

Dentition.—From one skull in my collection. Maxillary, 28 
coryphodont. Palatine, 18 to 21. Pterygoid, 32 to 34. Mandi- 
bular, 27 to 30. 

Distribution.—Ceyloa ; S. India. 

Ceylon. Confined to the hills. Apparently uncommon and 
local. Sab’wa Prov. Balangoda, Udugama, (Haly); Hopewell 
Estate, Balangoda (F. W.); Illagalla (Haly). 

S. India. Ramnad (Ind. Mus.), Travancore (Ferguson). 

Note.—I have examined five specimens. 


Dendrophis effrenis Werner. 
Werner’s bronze-back. 
D. effrenis, Werner, Rept. Nat. Hist. Mus. Hamburg, 1900, p. 221. 


Colour.—As in the last species. 

Length.—884 mm. (2 feet 11 inches). 

Lepidosis.—The scales are in 13 rows at midbody. Ventrals, 
175. Subcaudals, 129. Loreal, none. 

Distribution.—Ceylon. Said to be from Colombo. 

Note.—May prove to be an aberrant example of caudolineo- 
latus. In one specimen seen by me I have noted that the prae- 
frontal is confluent with the loreal on one side. 


1g2I.| F. Was: Dendrophis and Dendrelaphis. 153 


Dendrophis gorei Wall. 
Gore’s Dendrophis (or Bronze Back). 


Dendrophis pictus, Sclater, List. Su. Ind. Mus., 1891, p. 34 (part). Nos. 
3945, 4042, 5703, 7705, 7707 and 7736 

Dendrophis goret, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus., 1912, pp. 37, 48 and 53 
(part). (No. 16871 from IXobo) ; Wall, Bomb. N.H.F., 1910, p. 829 ; 
Iic., 1913, p- 639. 

Colour.—Very like D. pictus variety cyanochloris. Dorsally 
bronze, blue-grey when the epidermis is shed, the bases and over- 
lapped parts of the scales black, the latter enclosing turquoise-blue 
patches. No buff anterior vertebral stripe. A series of black 
equidistant, lateral, anterior bars. An ill-defined buff flank stripe 
ending at the vent, with no black lines above or below. No caudal 
stripes. Ventrally greenish or greyish. Head bronze above. 
No buff interparietal spot. No black-bordered, anterior supra- 
labials. Loreal shield entirely or partially black. A well-defined 
black postocular stripe occupying the full depth of the temporal 
region. 

Lepidosis.—Scales in 13 rows to behind midbody reducing to 
II or 9 before the vent. Ventrals 187 to 199. Anal, divided 
(entire in a specimen from Tounggyi, S. Shan States). Sub- 
caudals, 139 to 153. Loreal as long as the nasals. its depth about 
two-fifths its length. Temporals, 1+1+2. Supralabials, 8 (9 in 
one example), usually the 2nd and 3rd touching the loreal, and 4th 
and 5th touching the eye. 

Dentition.—From one skull in my collection. Maxillary, 24 to 
25 coryphodont. Palatine, 13? to15. Pterygoid, 21. Mandibular, 
ZA LOPE. 

Distribution.—Eastern Himalayas; Assam; Burma. 

E. Himalayas. Darjeeling District (Nos. 7703, 7705, 7736). 

Assam. Kobo, Abor Expedition (No. 16871, Ind. Mus.) ; near 
Dibrugarh (F. W.); Sibsagar (No. 4042, Ind. Mus.) ; Garo Hills 
(No. 3945, Ind. Mus.); Naga Hills, Jaipur (F. W.); Samaguting 
(No. 7707, Ind. Mus.). 

Burma. S. Shan States (Tounggyi, Bombay colln.). 


Dendrophis pictus (Gmelin). 


Gmelin’s Dendrophis (or Bronze Back). 


List Sn. Ind. Mus., 1891, p. 34 (part). (Nos. 4074, 4483, 4484, 4485, 
4486, 4487, 4489, 4490, 4491, 4492, 4493, 4494, 7682, 7683, 7686, 7687, 
7691, 7692, 7696, 7698, 7700, 7701, 7704, 7700, 7799, 7710, 7711, 7712, 
7714, 7718, 7734, 7735, 7886, 8614, 8615, 8894, 8897, 8898, 12542) ; 
Wall and Evans, Bomb. N.H.F., 1900, p- 3453 /.c., 1901, p. O15; 
Wall Bomb. N.H.F., 1909, p. 347; /-c., 1910, pp. 787 and 827; ? l.c., 
1918, p. 500. 

Dendrophis gorei, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus., 1912, pp. 37, 48 and 53 
(part), (Nos. 16836 and 16993). 


154 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Specimens of pictus present three distinct colour varieties. 

Variety A. typicus.—Dorsally bronze. The bases of all scales 
black and the lateral borders of the vertebrals and lower borders 
of the costals black, enclosing a turquoise-blue patch. Ventrally 
uniform buff, greyish, or greenish-buff merging to buff anteriorly. 
No buff vertebral stripe anteriorly. A series of more or less dis- 
tinct, equidistant, lateral, black, oblique bars anteriorly. A buff 
flank stripe with a well-defined black line below on the edges of the 
ventrals and ultimate tow of scales. Sometimes a thinner black 
line above the buff on the upper half of the penultimate row. 
Tail with no black lines. Head bronze, the lore dusky not black. 
No anterior labials with black posterior borders though these may 
be dusky. A deep well-defined, black postocular stripe from the 
edge of the parietals to the edge of the supralabials. No buff inter- 
parietal spot. 

In all the five South Indian specimens I have seen, the buff 
flank stripe is but faintly indicated or absent, and there are no 
black lines above or below this. 

Food.—I have no records on this point. 

Breeding.—I have seen no gravid specimen. 

Length.—My largest specimen measured about 915 mm. 
(3 feet). I have seen juvenile examples apparently recently hatched 
measuring 298 and 330 mm. (11 and 124 inches). 

Lepidosis.—The scales are in 15 rows to behind midbody and 
reduce to II or 9 before the vent. Ventrals, 173 to 194. Anal, 
divided. Subcaudals, 131 to 160. ‘he loreal is rather shorter 
than the nasals, and its depth about two-fifths its length. 
Temporals, normally 2+2+2. Supralabials, usually 9, the 2nd, 
3rd and 4th touching the loreal, and the 4th, 5th and 6th the 
eye. 

Dentition.—From one skull in my collection. Maxillary, 25. 
Palatine, 14. Pterygoid, 28. Mandibular, 22. 

Distribution.—Hills of S. India; Bengal; Assam; Burma; 
Nicobars. 

S. India. Uncommon, Ponmudi, Travancore (F. W.); Castle 
Rock, Mercara, Coorg, Thana (Bomb. N.H. colln.). 

Bengal. Calcutta (No. 16661. Ind. Mus.). 

Assam. Nasira(No. 7701, Ind. Mus.) ; Samaguting, Naga Hills 
(No. 7709, Ind. Mus.) ; Cachar (No. 14736, Ind. Mus.) ; Chittagong 
(No. 7886, Ind. Mus.) ; No loc. (No. 7686. Ind. Mus.). 

Burma. Bhamo (No. 7696, Ind. Mus.) ; Upper Burma (No. 
7698, Ind. Mus.); Tenasserim (Nos. 4074, 8614 and 8615 Ind. 
Mus.); S. Shan States (Taounggyi, No. 142-6, Bombay collu.) 
Common in Lower Burma (F. W.). 

Nicobars. (No. 8894, Ind. Mus.); No loc. (No. 14575, Ind. 
Mus.). 

Note.—No. 7698, Ind. Mus., from Upper Burma with 154 
ventrals, anal divided, and 118 subcaudals (tail complete) and the 
praeocular touching the frontal on both sides, though coloured as 
above, suggests a distinct species. 


192I.] F. Wat: Dendrophis and Dendrelaphis. 155 


Variety B. cyanochloris.— Differs from A in the ground colour 
which is blue-green, sometimes of a peculiarly vivid hue. The 
scales are more conspicuously outlined with black. There is no 
light flank stripe or a very obscure and ill-defined one, with no 
black lines above or below. ‘The belly is eau-de-Nil or yellowish- 
green between the ventral keels. 

Length.—I have examined two juvenile erythritic specimens, 
apparently hatchlings from the Nicobars, captured on the 27th of 
October, 1880, that measured 254 and 263 mm. (10 and 102 
inches). ‘The largest example measured by me was 1220 mm. 
(4 feet). 

Food.—A gecko provided the meal on one occasion, a frog on 
another. 

Breeding.—One gravid female has passed through my hands 
killed in July. It measured 1087 mm. (3 feet 6? inches). 

Lepidosis.—As in A. The ventrals, 175 to 207. Subcaudals, 
129 to 153. 

Dentition.—From five skulls in my collection. Maxillary, 20 
to 21, coryphodont. Palatine, 13 to 14. Pterygoid, 18 to 206. 
Mandibular, 20 to 23. 

Distribution.—Kastern Himalayas ; Assam , Burma; Nicobars. 

Eastern Himalayas. Fairly common (F. W.), Darjiling District. 
(Nos. 7704, 7734 and 7735, Ind. Mus.). 

Assam. Abor Expedition (Nos. 16836 and 16993, Ind. Mus.) ; 
Jaipur (F. W.); Sibsagar (No. 7718, Ind. Mus.) ; Garo Hills (Tura, 
Nos. 18541 and 18542, Ind. Mus.); Khasi Hills (Cherrapunji, Nos. 
7700 and 14883, Ind. Mus.); Naga Hills (Samaguting, Nos. 7706 
and 7710, Ind. Mus.). 

Burma, Sima (No. 142-15, Bombay coll.); Thandung Hills 
(No. 142-16, Bombay coll.). 

Nicobars (Nos. 7711, 7712, 8886, 12542, 13516, 13517 and 
17508, Ind. Mus.). 

Note.—I have seen about thirty examples, four of which 
were erythritic specimens. ‘These latter are brown dorsaily and 
ventrally. The lore, the postocular stripe, the oblique anterior 
lateral bars and the edges of the scales are darker brown instead 
of black. Nos. 8897 and 8898 in the Indian Museum both appar- 
ently hatchlings from the Nicobars are examples. A third speci- 
men of mine is also from the Nicobars. An adult in the Indian 
Museum with no number and no recorded locality is another 
example. In this the hue is cigar-brown dorsally and ventrally, 
rather lighter in hue between the ventral keels. Like the juvenile 
examples a still darker brown replaces the black marks of the usual 
blue-green specimens. 


Variety C. andamanensis.—In this the prevailing hue is much 
like the last, being a bright blue-green. ‘The scales are still more 
conspicuously outlined with black. The posterior two-fifths of 
the vertebrals are black. Oblique black lateral bars are more or 
less in evidence. There is no light flank stripe, and no black 
lines on the flanks, or on the tail. The belly is yellowish-green. 


156 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VoL. XXII, 


The loreal shield is black. The postocular black stripe is shallow 
and ill-defined above, and runs along the lower temporals, instead 
of occupying the whole depth of the temporal region. 

Length.—The largest measurement in my notes is IoI0 mm. 
(3 feet 32 inches). 

Food.—I have taken a terrestrial frog from the stomach of 
one. 

Breeding.— Two gravid females contained respectively four 
and eight eggs. These in one instance were remarkably elongate, 
measuring 38 Xg mm. (13% of an inch). The smallest example 
was 1010 mm. (3 feet 3% inches). No dates were on record in 
either case. 

Lepidosis.—As in typicus, except that the loreal is as long as 
the nasals, and its depth one-third, or less than one-third its length. 
Usually only the 5th and 6th supralabials touch the eye. Ventrals, 
182 to 194. Subcaudals, 126 to 148. 

Dentition.—From three skulls in my collection. Maxillary, 21 
to 23, coryphodont. Palatine, 13 to 14. Pterygoid, 26 to 28. 
Mandibular, 23 to 25. 

Distvibution.—This appears to be quite peculiar to the Anda- 
mans, I have examined at least 25 specimens. 

Note.—I have seen one melanotic specimen (No. 16396, Ind. 
Mus.). ‘This is uniform bluish-black dorsally, a still deeper bluish- 
black replacing the black of normal specimens, i.e. on the lore, 
the postocular stripe, the oblique lateral anterior bars, and the 
edges of the scales. Ventrally it is uniform bluish-black merging 
to yellow on the throat and chin. 

I acquired an erythritic example from the Indian Museum, 
No. 14498 from the Andamans. ‘This was cigar-brown. The lore, 
postocular stripe, oblique lateral anterior bars, and the edges of 
the scales, and the posterior two-fifths of the vertebrals darker 
brown. The skull agrees in its dentition with the normal blue- 
green specimens, and is included among the three skulls already 
referred to. 


Dendrophis grandoculis Boulenger. 
Beddome’s Dendrophis (or Bronze Back). 
D. grandoculis, Boulenger, Cat., Vol. II, 1893, p. 84; Ferguson, Bomb. 
N.H.F., 1805, p 72; Sarasin, Zool. Fahr., Fena, 1910, p. 138. 

Colour.—Dorsally brown (chocolate in a juvenile specimen 330 
mm. inlength). A series of lighter, oblique, lateral stripes forming 
saggitate marks with those of the opposite side, the points directed 
forwards. No light anterior vertebral stripe. No light flank stripe, 
and no dark flank lines. Ventrally light brown, the shade deepening 
posteriorly and merging to buff on the throat and chin. Three more 
or less distinct caudal stripes, the median along the middle of the 
subeaudals. Head brown. No light interparietal spot. No an- 
terior supralabials with dark borders. No dark postocular stripe. 
Lepidosis.—The scales are in 15 rows to behind midbody, 
reducing to II or 9 before the vent. Ventrals, 167 to 188. Anal, 


1921. | F. Wau; Dendrobins and Dendrelaphis. 157 


divided. Subcaudals, 117 to 124. Loreal, rather shorter than 
the nasals, its depth half to less than half its length. Temporals, 
2+2+2. Supralabials 9, the 2nd, 3rd and 4th touching the loreal, 
the 4th, 5th and 6th touching the eye. 

Dentition.—Maxillary 29 2, coryphodont. I have no skull. 

Distribution.—Western Ghats, south of the Gca Gap ; Travan- 
core and Tinnevelly (Brit. Mus.) ; Nilgiris (Kollengode, Bombay 
colln.); Wynad (Brit. Mus.). 


Dendrophis proarchus Wall. 
Wall’s Dendrophis (or Bronze Back). 
Dendrophis pictus, Sclater, List Sn. Ind. Mus., 1891, p, 34 (part) (Nos. 
3998, 4046, 6909, 7680, 7713, 7717, 11308) ; Wall, Bomb. N.H.F., 1907 
. 189. 
Dupree te Wall, Bomb. N.H.F., 1910, pp. 827 and 808. 

Colour.—Very like variety typicus of pictus. Dorsally bronze, 
the bases and the overlapped edges of the scales black, the latter 
enclosing turquoise-blue patches. No buff anterior vertebral stripe. 
Blackish, equidistant, anterior, lateral bars more or less distinct. 
A conspicuous buff flank stripe ending at the vent with a thick 
black line below on the edges of the ventrals and ultimate row. 
A more or less distinct finer black line above on the upper half of 
the penultimate row. No caudal stripes. Ventrally greenish-grey 
or yellowish, lighter anteriorly. Head with no interparietal buff 
spot. The lore is dusky, not black, and none of the anterior 
supralabials have black borders. A well-defined, black, postocular 
stripe occupying the full depth of the temporal region. 

There is a melanotic specimen in the Bombay collection from 
Tura, Garo Hills. This is deep blackish dorsally, with a narrow 
ill-defined lightish flank stripe posteriorly. Ventrally uniform 
bluish-clay coloured, merging to buff on throat and chin. Head 
blackish except the =th and 6th supralabials which are buff. This 
strikingly resembles the melanotic specimens of pictus and lvistis 
herein referred to. 

Food.—I have found a gecko in one, and a tree-frog in another. 

Breeding.—I have found seven eggs in two gravid females and 
eight in another. The eggs are very elongate as in other species 
of this genus. In one they measured 41X12 mm. (133X4 an 
inch). Specimens in which the eggs appeared fit for discharge 
were killed in May and June in Assam. The smallest prospective 
dam measured 1137 mm. (3 feet 8? inches). 

Length.—My largest specimen measured 1296 mm. (4 feet 3 
inches). 

Lepidosis.—The costals are in 15 rows to behind midbody, 
and reduce to 9 before the vent. Ventrals, 181 to 196. Anal 
entire. Subcaudals, 141 to 157. The loreal is as long as the 
nasals, and its depth about two-fifths its length. Temporals, nor- 
mally 2+2+2. Supralabials 9, the 2nd, 3rd and 4th touching 
the loreal, the 4th, 5th and 6th the eye. 


158 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Dentition.—From four skulls in my collection. Maxillary, 26 
to 28, coryphodont. Palatine, 15 to 18. Pterygoid, 24 to 29. 
Mandibular, 25 to 29. 

Distribution.—S. India; Bengal; Eastern Himalayas; Assam; 
Burma. P 

S. India. Upper Godavery District (No. 6909, Ind. Mus.). 

Bengal. Jalpaiguri District (F. W.). 

Eastern Himalayas. Darjiling District (F. W.). 

Assam. As far north as Sadiya (F. W.); Sibsagar (No. 4046, 
Ind. Mus.); Narainpur (No. 3998, Ind. Mus.) ; N. Cachar (No. 11368, 
Ind. Mus.); Silchar (F. W.); Garo Hills (No. 7713, Ind. Mus.) ; 
Tura (Bombay coll.) ; Naga. Hills (No. 7717, Ind. Mus.) ; Chitta- 
gong (F.W.). 

Burma. Ramri Island, Arrakan (No. 7680, Ind. Mus.) ; Upper 
Burma (F. W.). 


Dendrophis bifrenalis Boulenger. 
Boulenger’s Dendrophis (or Bronze Back). 


Dendvophis bifrenalis, Abercromby, Spol. Zeylan., 1911, pp. 205 and 
207. Boulenger, Cat., Vol. II, 1893, p. 80; Ferguson, Bomb. N.H.F., 
1895, Pp. 72; Sarasin, Zool. Fahr., Fena. 1910, p. 128; Wall, Bomb. 
N.H.F., 1913, p-639; Werner, Rept. Nat. Hist. Mus. Hamburg, 1900, 
p- 246; Willey, Spol. Zeylan., 1904, p. 116. 

Colouy.—Dorsally bronze, the bases and the edges of the scales 
black. The lower borders of the vertebrals and costals enclose a 
turquoise-blue patch. No buff anterior vertebral stripe. Usually 
a series of more or less distinct black, lateral, anterior, oblique 
bars. A light flank stripe sometimes faintly indicated with no 
black lines above or below, more usually absent. Ventrally above 
the keels dark olive, between the keels buff or greenish-yellow 
merging to buff anteriorly. No black lines on the tail. Head 
bronze above. No buff interparietal spot. Lore dusky sometimes 
black. A well-defined black posterior stripe. No anterior supra- 
labials with black posterior edges. 

Food.—\ have twice found an arboreal frog in the stomach. 

Brecding.—A ‘Travancore specimen contained five large eggs, 
but the date of its capture is not on record. 

Length.—Boulenger gives 1030 mm. (3 feet 4 inches). I have 
seen nothing larger. 

Lepidosis.—The scales are in 15 rows to behind midbody, reduc- 
ing toil or 9 before the vent. Ventrals,154to 176. Anal, divided. 
Subcaudals, 144 to 165. Loreals, two (1+1), taken together 
longer than the nasals. Temporals 1+ 1+2 or 2+2+2. Supra- 
labials 9, the 2nd, 3rd and 4th touching the loreals, the 5th and 6th 
the eye. 

Dentition.—From three skulls in my collection, one from Trav- 
ancore and two from Ceylon. Maxillary, 22 to 25, coryphodont. 
Palatine,12 to 14. Pterygoid, 21 to 27 (both extremes from Galle.) 
Mandibular, 23 to 27. 

Distribution—S. India, Ceylon. 


1g2i.| F. Watt: Dendrophis and Dendrelaphis. 159 


S. India. Trivandrum (F. W.); Travancore (No. 13504, Ind. 
Mus.). 

Ceylon. North Prov. (Vavuniya, Mullaitivu, Colombo Mus.); 
Sab’wa Prov. (Yatiyantota, Colombo Mus.); South Prov. (Galle, 
185 Wo) ls 

Note.—I have seen over twenty-five specimens. 


Genus Dendrelaphis. 
Dendrelaphis biloreatus Wall. 
Wall, Bomb. N.H.F., 1907, p. 273, /.c., 1910, p. 830. 

Colour.—Dorsally bronze, the bases and overlapped portions of 
the scales black, the lower borders enclosing a turquoise-blue 
patch. No buff anterior vertebral stripe. A buff flank stripe on 
the lower half of the penultimate, and the whole of the ultimate 
row, ending at the vent. Head bronze above. A black loreal 
stripe. A deep postocular stripe. No buff interparietal spot. 
Lips buff, the anterior labials are edged with black posteriorly. 

Length.—699 mm. (2 feet 34 inches). 

Lepidosis.—Costals in 13 rows to behind midbody, reducing 
to 9 before the vent. Ventrals,192. Anal, divided. Subcaudals, 
147. 

Distribution.—Assam, Sadiya. 


Dendrelaphis subocularis (Boulenger). 
Fea’s Dendrelaphis (or Bronze Back). 
Dendrelaphis subocularis, Boulenger, Cat., Vol. II, p. 89; Malcolm- 
Smith, Bomb. N.H.F., 1915, p. 785. 
Dendrophis subocularis, Sclater, List Sn. Ind. Mus., 1891, P- 35- 

Colour.—Extremely like Dendrelaphis tristis. Dorsally bronze, 
the bases and overlapped portions of the scales black. A buff 
anterior vertebral stripe. A series of more or less distinct blackish 
equidistant, anterior, lateral bars. A buff flank stripe to the vent 
on the upper half of the ultimate and lower half of the penultimate 
tows. No black lines above or below the flank stripe. No caudal 
lines or stripes. Belly yellowish or greenish-yellow. Head bronze 
above. No buff interparietal spot. Loreal more or less black. 
The first four supralabials with narrow black posterior borders. A 
black postocular stripe occupying the full depth of the temporal 
region. 

Length.—82o0 mm. (2 feet 84 inches). 

Lepidosis.—The scales are in 15 rows to behind midbody, 
reducing to Ir or g before the vent. Ventrals, 158 to 188. 
Anal, divided. Subcaudals, 74 to 104. Loreal, rather shorter 
than the nasals, its depth about two-fifths its length. Temporals, 
2+2+2. Supralabials 8, the 2nd and 3rd touching the loreal, 
5th (apparently a confluence of two shields) touching the eye. 

Dentition.—Maxillary 18 ?, isodont or subisodont, not corypho- 
dont. I have no skull. 


160 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo1. XXII, 


Distribution.— Burma; Siam ; Indo-China. 

Burma. Bhamo (Brit. Mus., No. 7697, Ind. Mus.). 

Siam. Bangkok, and Fat Bua Kao (Bombay colln.) ; Deu 
Chai, Sriracha Koh Lam and Bangtophan (Ma!colm-Smith). 

Indo-China. Pavie Mission. 


Dendrelaphis tristis (Daudin). 
Seba’s Dendrelaphis (or Bronze Back). 


Dendrophis pictus, Abercromby, Spol. Zeylan., Vol. IX, p. 146; Sn. of 
Ceylon, 1910, pp. 45, 48 and 753 Annandale, Mem. A.S. Beng., Vol. 
I, p. 194; Boulenger, Cat., Vol. Il, 1893, p. 337 (part) ; D’Abreu, 
Bomb. N.H.F., 1917, p. 306; Ferguson, Boe. IN RETO, 1895, P0785 
Green, Spol. Zeylan., 1900, p. 220, Sclater, List Sn. Ind. Mus., 1891, 
p- 34 (part), (Nos. 7684, 7685, 7715, 7716, 7720, 7721 and 12952) ; 
W au ae N.H.F., 1905, p. 301; Willey, Spol. Zeylan., Vol. I, p. 
ini7/'8 , 1906, p. 233. 

Dates tvistis, Boulenger, Cat., Vol. II, 1893, p. 88; Luard, 
Bomb. N.H.F., 1917, p- 300, Sarasin, Zool. Fahy., Fena. 1910, p. 
131; Wall, Bomb. N.A.F., 1909, pp. 347 and 757; l.c., 1910, pp. 35 
and 776; l.c., 1919, p. 507. 

Colour.—Dorsally bronze, the bases and overlapped portions 
of the scales narrowly edged with black. The lower black borders 
enclosing patches of turquoise blue. A buff anterior vertebral 
stripe. More or less distinct, black, paired, lateral, anterior bars. 
A buff flank stripe ending at the vent with a black line above on 
the upper half of the penultimate row of scales. Sometimes an 
indistinct indication of a black line below the flank stripe. No 
caudal lines or stripes. Ventrally greyish, greenish. or yellowish, 
lighter anteriorly. Head bronze above. A small round buff spot 
in the middle of the interparietal suture, tending to effacement in 
some old specimens. Lore dusky not black. The 2nd, 3rd and 
4th (sometimes Ist also) supralabials with thin posterior black 
borders. A thin black postocular stripe just above the supra- 
labials, ill-defined above. 

A specimen in the Bombay collection (No. 146-8) from 
Nilambur is melanotic. It is a deep bluish-black dorsally with an 
ill-defined light flank stripe between the ultimate and penultimate 
rows. Ventrally bluish-clay-coloured, merging to buff on the 
throat and chin. 

Food.—In its natural haunts it feeds upon lizards of the 
families Agamidae, Geckonidae, and Scincidae, and frogs of both 
arboreal and terrestrial genera. It has been seen to attack a 
snake of the genus Typhlops. Young specimens, I am told, by 
Mr. Green, feed on grasshoppers, and Dr. Annandale told me one 
of his assistants once saw one eating a butterfly. In captivity in 
the Madras Museum it takes frogs and toads with avidity. 

Breeding.—From 4 to 10 eggs are produced at a time. ‘These 
are unusually elongate. Eggs deposited in Mr. Green’ s vivarium 
in Peradeniya, Ceylon, measured 28 X 9 mm. (1} X § of an inch). 
I have found them even larger before deposition, one measuring 


1921.] F. Wai: Dendrophis and Dendrelapims. 161 


32 X 11 mm. (1} X 7 of an inch). I have had a gravid female 
with the ovarian follicles impregnated in September, and others in 
which the eggs were nearly mature in December and February. 
Mr. Green’s eggs were deposited in January. Abercromby says 
the period of gestation is from 4 to 5 months, and the period of 
incubation from 4 to 6 months. My smallest gravid female was 
r028 mm. (3 feet 43 inches). 

Length.—This varies from about 266 mm. (104 inches) at the 
time of hatching to 1320 mm. (4 feet 4 inches). 

Lepidosis.—The scales are in I5 rows to behind midbody, 
reducing to It or g before the vent. Ventrals, 163 to 197 (163 
to 187 in S. Indian examples, 190 to 197 in Bengal, Himalayan, 
and Burma examples). Anal, divided. Subcaudals, 120 to 140 
(112 to 146 in S. Indian examples, 128 to 131 in Bengal, Himalayan 
and Burma examples). Loreal, shorter than the nasals, its depth 
about two-fifths its length. Temporals, 2+2+2. Supralabials 
9, the 2nd and 3rd touching the loreal, and the 5th and 6th the 
eye. 

Dentition.—From eleven skulls in my collection. Maxillary, 
17 to 22, isodont or scaphiodont. Palatine usually 11 to 13 (14 
in a Nilgiri specimen). Pterygoid usually 19 to 26 (28 to 29 ina 
Nilgiri specimen, 29 to 30 in a Ceylon specimen). Mandibular 
usually 20 to 24 (24 to 25 in a Ceylon specimen, 24 to 26ina 
Nilgiri specimen). 

Distribufton.—Penisular India; Eastern Himalayas; Burma. 

Peninsular India. As far north as Sind (Brit. Mus.). 

Bengal. Jalpaiguri Dist. (Kalna. F. W.). 

Eastern Himalayas. WDarjiling Dist. not uncommon (F. W.). 
(Brit. Mus., No. 18666, Ind. Mus., Nos. 146-10 and 142-8, Bombay 
colln.). 

Burma. Mergui (Nos. 7684 and 7685, Ind. Mus.). 


Dendrelaphis caudolineatus (Gray). 
Gray’s Dendrelaphis (or Bronze Back). 


Note.—The occurrence of this species in India rests on the 
authority of Beddome. ‘Two specimens in the British Museum are 
labelled. ‘“‘Wynad” donor Colonel Beddome. I discredit this 
locality, as many of Beddome’s localities are open to the strongest 
doubts. 

SYNOPSIS OF DENTITION. 


Max. Pale Ptergd. Mand. 


pictus A ( 25 14 28 22 
554 B J 20—2I II—1r4 18—26 20—23 
week ( 21-23 13-14 26—29 23—24 

gover 24—25 13—I15 2I 24?—25 

proarchus 26—28 15—18 25—29 25—20 

bifrenalis 22—25 I2—I4 21—27 24—27 

caudolineolatus 28—29? 18—2I 31I—34° 27—36 


162 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 1921.] 


Max. Pal. Ptergd. Mand. 

tvistis Ceylon ( 21 13 29—30 24—25 
» ©». India I9g—22 II—I4 2I—29 21—26 
,» N.Indial 17—-21 II—13 I9—24 20—23 


ERRATUM. 


Line 12 from top of page 164, for ‘‘ Stomata”’ read ‘‘ Stigmata.” 


MVITI. NOTES, ON Ay SMALE COLLECTION 
OF PENTASTOMIDS FROM THE INDIAN 
MUSEUM, CALCUTTA. 


By Mary L. Herr, B.Sc., Professor of Biology, Lady Hardinge 
Medical College, Delhi. 


The majority of the Pentastomids in this collection from the 
Indian Museum have already been described by other observers. 
Several, however, were unnamed specimens which could be referred 
to four different species; namely: Porocephalus pattont, Stephens, 
Porocephalus moniliformis, WDiesing, Porocephalus kachugensis, 
Shipley, and Raillietiella bifurcata var. orientalis, Hett. A few 
points of interest in each of these are worth noting. 


Porocephalus moniliformis, Diesing. 


(a) One specimen from the stomach of a python. This is of 
interest owing to the fact that adult Porocephalus are found as a 
rule in the air-passages or body-cavity of their host. ‘Their occur- 
rence in the stomach and intestine has been recorded in a few 
instances, but this situation is unusual, 

(b) A larval specimen encysted on the stomach of Tvagulus 
javanicus. It may be noted that 7. javanicus is a new host for 
this species. 


Porocephalus pattoni, Stephens. 

Adult. 

(a) Two 2, one @ from the lung of Zamenis sp. 

(b) Two ¢@ from the coelom of Z. mucosus. 

Lavval forms. 

(c) Encysted specimens from the mesentery of the rat-snake. 

(d) Fes fy on the stomach wall of Bungarus 
fasciatus. 

In (c) the specimens were too young to be identified with 
absolute certainty, but = have little doubt that they belong to 
P. patton. It may be noted with reference to (d) that Bungarus 
fasciatus is a new host for P. patton. 

The occurrence of the encysted forms of this species in snakes 
(the final host) is also interesting in that it lends support to the 
view that in at least some species of Porocephalus the life-history 
is normally carried out in one host. 


Raillietiella bifurcata var. orientalis, Hett. 


A number of specimens from the lungs, intestine and coelom 
of the common cobra (Nata tripudians); also from the coelom of 


164 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 19g2r.] 


the rat-snake, together with an encysted specimen from the body- 
cavity of the cobra. Here again the presence of encysted speci- 
mens in the snake points to a single host. 


Porocephalus kachugensis, Shipley. 


From the liver of Batagur baska. 

I have made a careful examination of these specimens, and, 
by the courtesy of the authorities of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, 
I have also had an opportunity of examining the type specimens 
from Kachuga lineata. I am therefore able to add the following 
particulars to the original description. 

I. The mouth is rounded and slightly narrowed anteriorly. 

2. Stomata are numerous and scattered irregularly over the 
whole surface of the body. 

3. One specimen (presumably a male) had an anterior genital 
aperture. 

4. The annulations, according to Shipley, were confined to 
the ventral surface, but I find that, though partially obliterated, 
they are in many places visible the whole way round the body. 
They are more conspicuous on the ventral surface owing to the 
presence in that region of the fine chitinous rods mentioned by 
Shipley, but the whole body is clearly annulated as in the majority 
of Pentastomids. 

I am inclined to think that this is the larval form of Poro- 
cephalus megacephalus, Baird, with which it agrees in shape and 
number of rings. In his species the annulations were faintly 
marked on the dorsal surface, and the ventral surface was flattened 
and wrinkled. Length 20—25 mm., breadth of head 8—Io mm_, 
body diminishing rapidly in size towards the tail. In B. kachu- 
gensis the length of body is from g—12 mm. and breadth of cephalo- 
thorax about 4 mm. These proportions resemble those of P. 
megacephalus, the difference in size being easily explained by 
difference in age. In P. kachugensis the hooks are markedly 
double, while those of P. megacephalus are single, but larval forms 
frequently have double hooks which are shed at metamorphosis 
and replaced by single ones in the adult. 

The host of P. megacephalus is the Soonderbund crocodile, 
Crocodilus palustris, while P. kachugensis has been found in the 
mud-turtles Kachuga lineata and Batagur baska, all from the same 
zoo-geographical region. 

Baird described the male P. megacephalus as larger than the 
female, and as possessing a posterior genital aperture. I have 
examined Baird’s specimens in the British Museum, and have 
little doubt that his statements were based on a misconception of 
the true relations of the organs. P. kachugensis certainly has an 
anterior genital aperture in the male. 


SOURS G IEG TEL NS) 1D) IP IES SMS RINGS) OU IWIN ICIP 1G) TR 
WITH SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THOSE 
OF THE NAGA> HILLS. 


By SunpER Lat Hora, M.Sc., Officiating Assistant Superintendent, 
Zoological Survey of India. 


(Plates IX—XII.) 


CONTENTS. 
PAGE 
Introduction isa OO 
The physical and other conditions as s they affect the fish 169 
Geographical relations... om sop 170 
Local names of fish, their economic vz value, etc., 172 


Systematic description of the collection from the Manipur Valley and 
the Naga Hills. 


Symbranchidae AM int Le a an 177 
Siluridae ae 178 
Cyprinidae : ner a0 5 adsl 
Cobitidae ce sak ae af 195 
Percidae : Ht Sis eZOe 
Nandidae : i ee es fay 204 
Mastacembelidae ... is ee cee O 5 
Ophiocephalidae ... 207 
Fisheries of the Manipur Valley and of the Naga Hills of the Southern 
Watershed. 
Fishing boats a ine ae nae ; 209 
Fish traps as dit a fe Pa 209 
Basket appliances ., a ae. = 212 
Nets ... : ie 3 212 
Fishing enclosure . bs as z 213 
Fish spearing 213 
Hooks and lines 214 


The collection deait with in this paper was made by the Zoo- 
logical Survey Party which visited Manipur iu February and 
March, 1920, and also to a large extent by myself. My best 
thanks are due to Sardar Dogar Singh, the State Overseer at the 
time of our visit, who after the departure of Dr. Annandale and 
other members of the party gave me material assistance in the 
collection of specimens and in arrangements for touring. He 
accompanied me to most of the places in the valley and helped 
me in various other ways. I am also indebted to Mr. A. C. 
Eleazar for giving me photographic prints from his valuable 
collection of negatives. Some of these are reproduced here as 
illustrations. ‘To the Political Agent, Mr. C. W. R. Cosgrave, I am 
indebted for the services of a man who gave me great assistance 
in collecting. 

My sincere thanks are due to Drs. Annandale and Kemp, to 


166 Keecords of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


the former for the great help and valuable suggestions that he 
gave to me throughout the preparation of this paper, and to 
the latter for going through the manuscript with me. Dr. Annan- 
dale’s Monograph! on the Fish and Fisheries of the Inlé Lake has 
served me as a model in writing up the results of my investiga- 
tions. The illustrations were executed under my supervision by 
the artists of the Zoological Survey with their usual skill and I 
must express my indebtedness to them for this work. 


INTRODUCTION. 


Only a few species of fish have hitherto been recorded from 
the Manipur Valley and the hills in its immediate vicinity. Day, 
in his volumes in the Fauna of British India records only three 
from the Naga Hills, Erethistes hara, E. elongata and Danio aequi- 
pinnatus. Specimens of other species have, however, been collected 
in small numbers from time to time in the streams of these moun- 
tains. Over half a century ago a small collection was made by 
Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, but so far as my knowledge goes no 
account of it has been published. More recently, in 1gro, the 
Rev. Mr. Pettigrew sent to the Indian Museum a small collection 
of fish from the hill streams of Northern Manipur. The species in 
this collection, as Dr. Annandale informs me, were all obtained in 
the hill country, probably from the neighbourhood of Ukhrul 
which is situated at an altitude of 6,000 ft. Two new species 
found by Mr. Pettigrew, Nemachilus manipurensis and Danio 
naganensis, were described by Dr. B. L. Chaudhuri,’ while notes on 
some of the other species are incorporated here. 

The list of the species given below is based on the informa- 
tion obtained from all these sources and from our own collection, 
which is of course much the largest. Under the name Naga Hills I 
include all the country inhabited by Naga tribes and not merely the 
district to which the name is officially applied. ; 


LIST OF FISHES OBTAINED FROM MANIPUR AND 
THE NAGA HILLS. 


LoKrak LAKE. 


Claritas batrachus (1inn.). Lepidocephalichthys trrorata, sp. 
Callichrous bimaculatus, Bloch. n. 
Macrones bleekeri, Day. Ambassis ranga (Ham. Buch.). 
Labeo calbasu (Ham. Buch.). Ophiocephalus harcourt-butlert, 
Labeo pangusia (Ham. Buch.). Annand. 
Barbus sarana caudimarginatus, Barbus conchonius (Ham. 

Blyth. Buch.). 
Rohtee belanger: (C. and V.). Barbus ticto (Ham. Buch.). 


‘ Annandale, ec. Jud. Wus., XIV, pp. 33—64, pls. i—vili (1918). 
2? Chaudhuri, Rec. Jud. Mus., VU, p. 443, pl. xl, figs. 4, 4a, 46 and pl. xli, 
gs. 1, 1a, 1b; p. 441, pl. xl, figs. 1, 1a, 16 (1912). 


1921.] 


S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 


167 


SLUGGISH STREAMS IN THE MANIPUR VALLEY. 


Clarias batrachus (Linn.). 
Wallago attu (Schn.). 
Callichrous bimaculatus, Bloch. 
Marcrones bleekeri, Day. 
Macrones (Macronoides) affinis 
(Blyth). 
Gls ptothorax ! 
guerra. 
Gly ptothorax minutus, sp. n. 
Gagata cenia (Ham. Buch.). 
Garva nasutus (McClelland). 
Labeo calbasu (Ham. Buch.). 
Labeo angra (Ham. Buch.). 
Labeo pangusia (Ham. Buch.). 
Crossochilus latia (Ham. Buch ). 
Barbus ticto (Ham. Buch.) 
Barbus conchonius (Ham. Buch.). 
Barbus savana caudimarginatus, 
Blyth. 


dorsalis, Vinci- 


STREAMS with Rocky BED IN THE SOUTHERN 


Rohtee belangert (C. and V.). 

Rohtee alfrediana (C and V.). 

Barilius barila (Ham. Buch.). 

Danio (Brachydanio) acuticepha- 
la, sp. n. 

Botia berdmorei (Blyth). 

Botva histrionica, Blyth 

Lepidocephalichthys berdimoret 
(Blyth). 

Lepidocephalichthys wvvorata, sp. 
n. 

Acanthophthalnius pangia (Ham. 
Buch.). 

Nemachilus zona!llernans (Blyth). 

Ambassis vranga (Ham. Buch.). 

Mastacembelus manipurensts, sp. 
n. 

Ophiocephalus 
Annand. 


harcourt-butlerr, 


WATERSHED 


OF THE NAGA HILts. 


Garra vupiculus (McClellaud). 
Garrva abhoyat, sp. n. 
Cressochilus latia (Ham. Buch.). 
Barbus hexastichus, McClelland. 
Barbus conchonius (Ham. 
Buch ). 
Barbus oatesit, Boulenger. 
Barilius barila (Ham. Buch.). 
Barilius dogarsinght, sp. n. 
Damo equipinnatus (McClel- 
land). 
Danio naganensis, Chaudhuri. 


Danio (Brachydanio) acuticepha- 
la, sp. 0. 

Lepidocephalichihys berdmoret 
(Blyth). 

Acanthophthalmus pangia (Ham. 
Buch.). 

Nemachilus manipurensis, Chau- 
dhuri. 

Nemachilus zonalternans (Blyth). 

Nemachilus sikmaiensis, sp. 1. 

Nemachilus kangjupkhulensis, 
sp. n. 


Nemachilus prashadi, sp. 0. 


STREAMS WITH ROcKyY BEDS IN THE NORTHERN WATERSHED 
OF THE NAGA HILIS. 


Evethistes hava (Ham. Buch.). 
Evethistes elongata, Day. 
Psilorhynchus, sp., Hora. 
Garra naganensts, sp. n. 
Barbus clavatus, McClelland. 
Barbus toy (Ham. Buch.). 


Barilius bavila (Ham. Buch.). 

Danio dangila (Ham. Buch.). 

Danio aequipinnatus (McClel- 
land). 

Lepidocephalichihys guntea 
(Ham. Buch.). 


! Ina paper to be published shortly I give reasons tor adopting this name in 


preference to Glyptosternum. 


168 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXIT, 


Barbus hexastichus, McClelland. Nemachilus boita (Ham. Buch.). 

Rasbora vasbora (Ham. Buch.). Badis badis (Ham. Buch.). 

Bartlius bendelisis var. chedva Rhynchobdella dhanashorit, sp. un. 
(Ham. Buch.). Ophiocephalus punctatus, Bloch. 


I will now discuss separately the fishes of the four areas enu- 
merated above. 

The fish-fauna of the I.oktak Lake is, unlike that of the Inlé 
Lake, ' not at all specialized. Of the dozen species obtained from it 
none are endemic, and all these have also been found in the 
streams of the valley. ‘The only new species from the lake is a 
small loach of the genus Lepidocephalichthys which was equally abun- 
dant all over the valley. The major part of our collection was 
made in the sluggish streams of the flat country. Here four new 
species were discovered, one of the genus Lepzdocephalichthys also 
found in the Loktak Lake, and others belonging to the genera 
Mastacembelus, Danio and Glyptothovax. Except the Mastacembelus, 
which may grow to a foot or more in length, the new forms are 
all very small and apt to be overlooked while collecting. Of the 
remaining species Bavbus phutunio is said to have been introduced 
in the Residency ponds from outside the valley. We obtained a 
large series of specimens but only from these ponds. The eel 
(Monopterus albus) was found buried in mud at the edge of the 
lake and in rice-fields and was not Sienaed from any of the 
streams. 

Most of the new species I collected are from the hill streams 
of the southern watershed which flow into the Manipur Valley 
from the adjacent Naga Hills. Their restricted distribution is not 
surprising since they are only found in localised areas in these 
streams. ‘The new forms chiefly belong to two genera. Nemachilus 
and Banilius. 

Of the species listed under the heading ‘‘ Northern watershed, 
Naga Hills,” Ophiocephalus punctatus, Rasbora vasbora, Bais badts 
and Rhynchobdella dhanashorii were netted by me at Dimapur in the 
plains just north of the Naga Hills. The discovery of a species of 
Rhynchobdella so far inland is interesting. A parallel instance may 
be given of a marine genus Moringua, which has been recorded 
from the Abor country by Dr. B. I. Chaudhuri.? Most of the spe- 
cies obtained in the Naga Hills were collected in the Mithapani and 
Senapati Streams near Kairong on the main northern watershed of 
the range. The rest were captured in small streams at various 
points on the road between the Manipur Valley and Dimapur. 

As a result of our investigations 56 species are now known to 
inhabit the Manipur Valley and the Naga Hills. Of these 27 be- 
long to the family Cyprinidae, 12 to the Cobitidae and 10 to the 
Siluridae. The remaining seven species are distributed among 
the families Symbranchidae, Mastacembelidae, Ophiocephalidae, 


! Rec. Ind. Mus., X1V, pp. 33—64 (1918). 
* Chaudhuri, Rec. Ind. Mus., VII, p. 255 (1913). 


1g2I. | S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 169 


Nandidae and Percidae. The large number of species and in- 
dividuals of the first three families, and especially of the family 
Cyprinidae is a noteworthy feature of the fish-fauna of these 
regions. Moreover, the members of these families that live in hill 
streams show certain adaptive characters which are dealt with in 
detail under a separate heading. 


THE PHYSICAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AS 
THRY APPECT THE FISH. 


In the general introduction to the fauna of the Manipur Valley, 
Dr. N. Annandale has given an account of the Loktak Lake. I 
need here only mention a few of the features that seem to have a 
special bearing on the fish-fauna. 

Dr. Annandale has referred to the luxuriance of vegetation 
in the lake and has pointed out that it is blocked up to the sur- 
face by a thick growth of Potamogeton, Hydrilla and Trapa. From 
the fact that no specimen of fish, more than a few inches in length, 
was found in the lake, it is evident that this thick vegetation, 
while providing food and shelter for the fish, is inimical to the 
existence of big species, probably because it would retard their 
progress and make them an easy prey to water-birds, otters, etc. 
Cover plays a great part in the life of fish and the readiness with 
which they seek it in the lake is fully illustrated by the devices 
employed by the Manipuris in capturing them. 

Except the snake-headed fish (Ophiocephalus harcourt-butlert) 
and three species of Siluridae, all the fish genera!ly feed on aquatic 
weeds, on small worms or insect larvae in the mud. Surface- 
feeding fish (Nga-wa) though abundant in the streams of the valley 
are totally absent from the lake. 

The destruction of fish brought about by man’s agency is enor- 
mous and in fishing Manipuris do not spare the small forms, which 
only inhabit the lake. After man the most active agents of destruc- 
tion are certain species of birds. The stomachs of a few cormo- 
rants shot near Potsengbaum were found to be full of specimens of 
Lepidocephalichthys berdmorei and Monopterus albus. Warge num- 
bers of these birds were often observed sitting on floating islands 
and feeding on the fishes in the Jake. The ducks and geese for 
which this lake is famous arnong sportsmen do not appear to do 
much harm, judging from the contents of their stomachs, unless it 
be by destroying spawn. 

On dissection several species of fish were found to be infected 
with round wornis, but the degree of parasitisation was not very 
high. 

The fish of the sluggish streams in the Manipur Valley com- 
prise all those that live in the lake and include some of those the 
ptoper habitat of which is the mountain torrents. It is not sur- 
ptising to find species of Glyptothorax, Garva, Nemachilus and other 
highly specialized genera in muddy streams when it is realised 
that within a short distance a mountain torrent may become a 


170 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


sluggish stream in almost level country. During my tour I was 
able to make collections from the same stream at different places 
where the bed was sometimes rocky and sometimes muddy. For 
example I made a collection in the Thaubal stream near Vari- 
buk where it is muddy and sluggish and in the same stream about 
1 mile from Phadai, where it flows rapidly over a rocky bed. 
Similarly in Sikmai Stream I made collections at two different 
places, one near Vabgai in the valley and the other near Palel 
some six miles from Kakching village, where the stream may be 
called a torrent. A comparison between the species obtained from 
the latter stream in the two places is instructive. 


Muddy and sluggish, near | Flowing rapidly over a rocky 


Vabgai. | bed, near Palel. 
Acanthophthalmus pangia. Acanthophthalmus pangia. 
Crossochilus latia. | Crossochilus latia. 
Macrones bleekert. | Garra rupiculus. 
Lepidocephalichthys berdmorei. | Bavilius barila. 
Lepidocephalichthys rrrorata. | Nemachilus zonalternans. 


Nemachilus sthmaiensts. 
Nemachilus prashadt. 


It will be observed that examples of Gavra and Nemachilus, 
the only genera that exhibit adaptations to life in hill-streams, are 
found at Palel where the water flows rapidly over a rocky bottom, 
while those of Lepidocephalichthys and Macrones that prefer a 
muddy bottom are only found near Vabgai where the stream is 
sluggish and muddy. ‘The remaining two species, belonging to 
Acanthophthalmus and Crossochilus, are capable of existence under 
both conditions. 

The greatest specialization is found, however, among those 
fish that actually live in rapid waters. In the species of the genus 
Barilius, the paired fins are greatly expanded and some of their 
outer rays have become very strong. In older specimens definite 
muscle-pads are developed on either side of the chest in front of 
the bases of the pectoral fins. In loaches the mouth is specialized 
to form a sucker, and by the help of its thick jips the fish are 
enabled to stick to stones and withstand rapid currents. In N. 
sikmaiersis the mouth is not specialized, but this is compensated 
for by the higher specialization of the paired fins which are greatly 
expanded and are provided with muscles on their ventral aspect. 
The disc of Gavva and the chest-muscles of Glyptothorax are ex- 
amples of extreme modifications due to adaptation to a particular 
environment. 


GEOGRAPHICAL RELATIONS. 


The fish dealt with in this paper belong to two watersheds. 
The line separating these is a ridge some three miles from Kairong, 


1921.] S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. Te 


between it and Kanglatombi among the Naga Hills. The Imphal 
River, the chief river of the valley, rises near Kanglatombi and 
flowing southwards through the valley ultimately joins the Chind- 
wit), a tributary of the Irrawadi. The streams of the northern 
watershed on the other hand form part of the Brahmaputra 
System. 

Seventeen species of fish belonging to six families and 12 
genera are represented from the northern watershed. All the 
families are widely distributed in the waters of the Oriental and 
Ethiopian Regions. 

Of the 12 genera, 11 are distributed in the freshwaters of the 
adjacent country, while the genus Rhynchobdella, which kas hither- 
to only been found in the deltas of all the large rivers of India 
and Burma, is now for the first time recorded from far inland. 

Of the 17 species, 4 are only known from the Naga Hills. 
Of the rest, 9 are distributed all over india and Burma and 
the remaining 4 do not extend to Burma but occur along the 
base of the Himalayas. Barbus clavatus, which is redescribed in 
this paper, has so far been known from a single specimen ob- 
tained from a river at the base of the Sikkim mountains. 

On the whole the fauna of the northern watershed, so far as 
the fish are concerned, is chiefly Assamese and only differs from 
that of the Brahmaputra Valley in so far as it contains hill: stream 
species. 

Forty-two species of fish collected from the southern water- 
shed belong to six families and 21 genera. All the families are 
widely distributed in the Oriental and Ethiopean Regions. Of the 
2I genera, 20 are widely distributed in India and Burma, while 
the genus Monopterus is confined to south-eastern Asia and has 
not so far been recorded from the Assam Valley. Of the 42 species, 
18 are widely distributed in India and Burma; Ir are known only 
from Manipur; the remainder with the exception of 3 are 
exclusively Burmese. Of these 7 were recorded and described 
from the Sitang River by Blyth,'! two have been described from 
the S. Shan States (one by Boulenger* and the other by Annan- 
dale*), and the remaining species by Vinciguerra* from Meetan. 
The only Assamese species are Garra rupiculus, which was des- 
cribed from the Mishmi Hills north-east of the Brahmaputra Valley, 
and Garra nasutus of the Khasi and the Mishmi Hills. Annandale.’ 
while dealing with the Batrachians of the Abor country, adduced 
evidence to show that the fauna of the Khasi, Mishmi and other 
adjacent hill tracts is similar and differs from that found on the 
other side of the Brahmaputra River. My results confirm the 
above statement. 


! Blyth, Fourvn. As. Soc. Bengal, XX1X, pp. 138—174 (1860) 
mz Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) X11, p. 201 (1893). 
_ 3% Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus., X1V, p. 54, text-fig. 2, pl. 2, fig. 7; pl. iv, 
figs. 16, 17 (1918). {(1889). 
4 Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, XXIX, p. 246, pl. vil, fig. 4 
6 Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus., VUTI, p. 36 (1912). 


172 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


Barbus phutunio, a widely distributed Indian species, is said 
to have been introduced into ponds in the Residency gardens at 
Imphal, in which alone it was found, as an ornamental fish. 

Thus we see that the two important elements of the fish- 
fauna of the S$, watershed are the endemic Manipur element and 
the Burmese element. ‘The endemic element is chiefly confined to 
the hill-streams and strictly speaking is an isolated one. Some of 
the species (for example Botia listrionica, Botia berdmoret, Macro- 
nes affinis, Nemachilus zonalternans, Lepidocephalichthys berdmore?) , 
which have so far been kuown only from a small number of 
specimens obtained in Burma, are among the commonest species 
of the Manipur Valley and are represented by large series in our 
collection. 


LOCAL NAMES OF FISH AND THEIR ECONOMIC 
VALUE, ETC. 


Nga is the ordinary word both in Burma and Manipur for 
fish; but it is never omitted by Manipuris, except in a few cases, 
when referring to a particular species. Even the large water-bug 
(Belostoma indicum), which Manipuris eat, is called Nga-Ki-Hum. 
Those fish that do not occur in the valley, but are found in the 
northern watershed, are called comprehensively Ching-Nga or 
“‘ mountain-fish.’”’ For most of these species I could obtain no 
Manipuri name. 

Most of the locai names were checked in the field by calling 
them out to a party of fishermen and getting the corresponding 
fish. The meanings of the names were for the most part given 
to me by Tumba Singh, whose services were lent to us by the 
Political Agent. They were also confirmed by other persons, 
who knew the Manipuri language very well. 

There was some difficulty in writing the local names in 
roman characters, because it was rather difficult to follow their 
sound, which is partly nasal. However, I was able to get a com- 
plete list of the Manipuri fishes in Hindi characters, which I can 
read myself, and the spellings of the various names may thus be 
regarded as fairly reliable. 

The Manipuris are a very intelligent and observant people and 
in giving names to the various species have had some regard 
either for its habit, colouration or resemblance to other animals 
(e.g. savinkhovbi=otter mouthed). ‘Thus all the species of Barilius 
are called Nga-wa, ‘‘ air-fish,’’ and all Nemachilus with vertical 
bands Nga-tup, ‘‘segmented-fish,” and any striped fish Nga-vang, 
*<striped-fish.” 

During my visit to Manipur I obtained a considerable amount 
of information regarding the local names of fish, their value as 
food and the method by which they are captured and cooked. In 
the table below I have given the names of all species from the 
area with which this paper deals, though in a few cases I have not 
been able to discover the local names or their meanings. 


= 


1921.] 


lL. Hora: 


Fish of Manipur. 


173 


Economic value of the 


Sere Scientific name. | Local name. pn Nees species and other 
se | ao particulars. 
| Family SYMBRANCHIDAE. H 

1 Monopterus albus (Zuiew).| Nea puram. |No explanation was | Manipuris do not eat 
given by the Mani this fish, because, as 
puris. Kaboi Nagascall| they informed me, this 
it kha-rot, snake-fish name comes after those 

of all other eatable fish 

| in their holy book, the 

Puranas. Nagas catchit 

by e two pronged spear 

Family SILURIDAE. | and smoke it without 
| | salting. 

2 | Clartas batrachus(Linn.).| Nga-kava.. ‘ Burnt black  fish’’ | Fairly good eating. This 
The name refers toits| is captured in large 
black colour. nuinbers in swamps by 

cutting the grass and 
| scooping out the water. 

3 | Wallago atiu (Schn.). Sareng .. \ “ Big fish’’.. . Good eating The big- 

gest fish sold in the 
| market. 

4 | Callichrous bimaculatus Nea tin... tin ‘‘to spit” or ‘‘a bow.” | Fairly good eating. 

(Bloch). i The dorsal profile in| During the rainy sea- 
this fishis like a bow;}| son, its roe is ground 
also, according tothe | and fried and is used 
Manipuris, the fish} in making a kind of flat 
spits when taken out) cake. 
of water. | 

5 | Macrones bleekevi, Day. | Nga-chep..|chep implies the habit | Fairly good eating. It is 

| H of the fish when taken | said to have few bones. 
| | out of water. - It 

| | shuts and opens its | 

mouth constantly. 

6 | Macrones (Macronoides) Nega-rang.. ‘‘Striped fish.” The | Good eating. 

affinis (Blyth). name is derived from | 

avangbah. This adjec- | 
| tive is used for other | 
things also. 

7 | Glyptothorax dorsalis > | pang from pangwa ‘‘inno- | It is said to be full of 

| (Vinciguerra) '( Nga-pang. | cent.” Thisimpliesthe | fat and oil. 

8 | Glyptothovax minutus, \ habit of the fish which | 

| Sp- Rov does not dart away | 
| when disturbed but re- 

mains quietly in the) 

same place and is easi- | 

ly caught. | 

9 Gagata cenia (Ham.| Nea-vang.. [See No. 6 above] = The Manipuris do not 

Buch. ). | distinguish this species 

from M. affinis. 
1o)6- Erethtstes hara (Ham. ? These species are not re- 

Buch.). presented in our collec- 

11 Erethistes elongata, Day. | \ tion. They are known 

to occur in the Naga 
Family CyPRINIDAE. | Hills. 
12 | Psilorhynchus sp., Hora. | meee | Sof | ott 
13. Garva nasutus, McClel- | Nga-mu-san- mu ‘‘black”’; sangum | Fairly good eating, said 
land. gum. ‘*an umbrella” or ‘*a/|_ to be rich in oil. 


mushroom’’ in refer- 

ence to the mental disc. © 
According to others. 
sangum is an insect | 


[Vor. XXII, 


Economic value of the 
species and other 
particulars. 


Nagas eat it. 


Good eating but bony. 


Good eating. They are- 
chiefly used for extrac- 
tion of oi] in which other 
fish and vegetables are 
fried. 

The young are bitter in 
taste while the adults 
are slightly bitter but 
not bony, 


Full of bones; thougk 
its flesh is said to have 
good flavour. 


The fish was obtained at 
Kairong and only the 
Naga name is given 
here. 


Few people eat it fresh. 

It is generally dried 
in big trays and then 
ground into powder, 
which is used as a 
condiment like pep- 
per with vegetables. 


[See No. 17 above]. 


.. | Fairly good eating. 


The intestine, which is 
also eaten, is said to be 
bitter. The fish is, 
however, good eating. 


174 Records of the Indian Museum. 
Serial | Scientific name. Local name. | HSER Os ASE OEE 
No. | name. 
| | which lives in grass 
| and by its bite pro- 
; | duces a swelling. 
14 | Garva naganensis, sp. | | 
nov. 
15 | Garra abhoyat, sp. nov. | snrbio eee 
16 | Gayva rupiculus, McClel | Nug-nga “ Stone fish ’’ 
land. | 
17. | Labeo calbasu (Ham. Paing-ba or | A fish with a red streak 
Buch ). Pemba. below the cheek and _ 
with red iris. Pemba 
denotes red. 
18 Labeo angra (Ham | Kha-bag. kha-mouth ; bag de- 
Buch.). ( notes the fleshy ap- 
19 | Labeo pangusia (Ham. do. )| pendages which  sur- 
Buch.). ( round the mouth. 
20 | Crossochilus latia (Ham. | Nga-vohi or | vohi ‘*round,’’ in refer- 
Buch.). nga vohi ma-| ence to the cylindrical | 
pr. form of the fish. The 
| young are called nga- | 
| voht and the adults nga- | 
vohimapi the mother 
of nga-rvoht. 
21 | Barbus savana caudimar- | Nga-noi not * fat ;” the young of 
ginatus, Blyth. this fish are called nga- 
hau at Wangjing vil- 
| lage. 
22 Barbus oatesit, Boulen-! 
{ ger. 
23 Barbus clavatus, McClel-| Samehet ‘©Comb fish,’’ in refer- 
| land. ence to the denticula- 
tions along the dorsal 
spine. 
24 | Barbus toy (Ham. Buch.) | ah ata 
25 | Barbus hexastichus, Mc- | Huru ‘“ Restless fish,’’ makes 
| Clelland. hur-huy agitation or 
trembling in the water. 
26 | Barbus  ticto (Ham. | Nea-kha .| khatba ‘* bitter.’’ The 
Buch. ) Manipuris compared 
the taste of these fishes | 
| to that of a tobacco leaf. | 
27. | Barbusconchonius(Ham | do. D 
| Buch.). 
28 | Barbus phutunio (Ham.| do. 
Buch.) 
29 | Rasbova vasbora (Ham. 
Buch. ). 
30 | Rohtee belungert (C. and| Tharak “* Flat and thin’ 
| Lae 
31 | Rohtee alfrediana (C. and) Nega-shiksha | ‘‘ Compressed fish”’ 
V.). 
32 | Bavilius bendelisis var. 
chedva (Ham. Buch.). wa‘‘air;" in reference 
to the surface feeding 
33 | Barilius barila (Ham. Nega-wa. habits of the fish. At | 
Buch.). Kairong some Mani- 
34 | Bavilius  dogarsinghi, do. puris called it nga-ra 
sp. nov. on account of the blue | 


the body. 


bands on the sides of | 


1921.] 


S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 


Serial | 


No. 


Scientific name. 


| Local name. | 


Meaning of the local 
name. 


Economic value of the 
species and other 
particulars. 


51 


wn 
iS) 


53ie 


Danio dangila 
Buch.), 

Danio acquipinnatus 
(McClelland). 

Danio (Brachydanio) 
aculicephala, sp. nov. | 

Danio nagarensis, Chau- 
dhuri. 


(Ham 


Family COBITIDAE. 


Botia bevdmoret (Blyth). 
Botia histvionica, Blyth 


Lepidocephalichthys gun- 
tio (Ham. Buch.) 

Lepidocephalichthy's berd- 
moret (Blyth) 


Nga-vang. 


Lepidocephalichthys trro- 
vata, sp. nov. | 


Acanthophthalmus pan 
gta (Ham. Buch.}. | 

Nemachilus botia (Hani. | 
Buch.). 

Nemachilus zonalternans 
(Blyth). 

Nemachilus mantpuren- 

_ sis, Chaudnuri. 
Nemachilus kangjupkhul-| 
ests, Sp. NOV. 1 


: f ees 
Nemachilus stkmaiensts, | 


sp. nov. 
| Nemachilus prashadi, 
nov. 


<6| 
SP-| 


Family PERCIDAE. 


Ambassis vanga (Ham. | 
Buch. ). | 


Family NANDIDAE. 


(Haim. | 


| Badis badis 

mB itchiay: 

| : 

| Family MASTACEMBELIL- 

| DAE. 
Rhynchobdella dhana- 


shovit, sp. nov. 
Mastacembelus mani 


pu- | 


Nega-nap 


Nega-sang 


Nga-rem 


Nega-sarva 


Laingot- 


phumba ot | 


Sarin 
) Nga-tup 


Nerdos 


Nga-mahi . 


Pona 


Nga-vin 


| rensis, Sp. Nov. 
| 


Sarin Khotbi 


Nga kshrou or 
Nega-ki-iavau 


«« Oiter-mouthed fish.” 

“Striped fish’? in re- 
ference to its black 
and white colour. 


hshvou ‘loose mud.” 


that of a leech javau. 
nap denotes the action 
- of pressing a thing 
between the fingers 
| heace *‘a compressed 
fish.” 
sang ‘‘ thin and long 


” 


| 


| 


| 

| phumba ‘* sand,” the fish 
lives in sand and hence 
the name. 

tup ‘* segmented,” in re 
fe'ence to the vertical 
band. on the sides. 


‘© Silvery fish’ in refer- 
ence to the colour of 


a 
| 
| the abdomen. 


be Deep-black ”’ 


«* Snake-fish ”’ 


The fish lives in loose | 
mud hence the rane. | 
The secord name signi: | 
fies its slimy skin like | 


| Very good eating. 
| do. 


It is generally smoked, 
but people occasionally 
eat it fresh. 


Manipuris do not like it 
fresh and _ generally 


| smoke it. 


. [See Nos. 25—28 above . | 


| 


| 


Bony, not bitter. 


[See No. 42 above. | 


| 
| Fairly good eating. 
| is generally smoked. 


It 


176 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor XXII, 


Econoniic value of the 
species and other 
particulars. 


Scientific names. Local name. pee local 
| H ad - 


| Family OPHIOCEPHALI- , 
DAE. 


Ophiocephalus haycourt-| Nga-mu_.. ‘‘ Black fish”’ .. Fairly good eating, very 
butlert, Annandale. | common in swamps, 
especially near the J,ok- 
tak Lake. 
Ophiocephalus punctatus, ae 
Bloch. } 


Besides those fish given in the table above, there are others 
that visit the valley only during the rains. For convenience of 
reference I give their vernacular names, but as they are not 
represented in our collection I am unable to give their scientific 
equivalents. 

Nega-mu-poram.—Imported for sale in a dried condition from 
Silchar. 

Sna-nga=gold fish. 

Nega-cha-hu or Nga-chau.—This fish is dreaded by local 
fishermen, because even a mild injury inflicted by its spine causes 
the swelling of all lymphatic glands, while a deep wound results 
in fever which may last for two to three days. It is said to be 
good eating 

Nea-khro-bt.—This literally means ‘‘a fish with its mouth on 
the under surface.”’ It is said to have a large upper lip. 

Muglang.—This fish, like mnga-noi, has a red operculum, 
caudal fin, belly, and streak of the same colour along the dorsal 
surface. Manipuri cartmen gave me this name for Rasbora 
vasbora at Dimapur, but I had no opportunity of verifying their 
statements from any other sources. 

Nea-th=ugly fish. 

Nea-pa-hi.—The fish is said to hop like a sparrow. 

Nega-hi=boat fish, in reference to its form like the Manipuri 
dugout. 

Nega-len.—From lenghba=one that does not move. A re- 
markable account of the method of capture was given to 
me. ‘The Mohammedan fishermen who alone capture and eat 
this fish dive and search for it under water. On discovering a 
fish, they come out and take a rope with them and dive again to 
the same place. They tie the rope round the tail of the fish being 
always careful not to touch its belly as this immediately disturbs 
it. ‘The rope is now taken on shore and two or three people drag 
the fish out. It is said to be the most powerful fish in the 
valley. 

For the following names I have no explanation :—Nga-san ; 
Nega-vil; Nga-chik; Nga-na-hi; ; Nga-nal; Nga-tin-chavo; Nga-rel. 


1Q2I.| S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 177 


The Manipuris do not take any other animal diet hut fish, 
and practically all species found in the valley, except the Nga— 
puram and the Nga-len, to which they have a religious objection, 
are eaten. All are said to be more or less ‘“‘ bitter,’’ when com- 
pared with the dried fish imported in large quantities from Sylhet, 
Cachar and from various other places. Below I have arranged 
the fish according to their food value as determined by Manipuris. 

Good eating.—Khabag; Sarin-khoi-bi; Sdreng, Nea-chep ; 

Nega-vang; Nga-pang; Nga-chau; Nga-wa. 

Fairly good.—Nga-rin ; Nga-—mu; Nega-kara; Nega-tin;: Nea- 

mu-sangum. 

Fairly good but bony.—Nga-tol ; Nga-rohi-mapi 

Very bitter—Hiru; Nga-kha;, Nega-sang ; Nega-rohi. 

Smoked before eating.—Nga-kshrou; Nea-nap; Nega-rin; 

Nga-tup. 


The fish sold fresh in the markets are :—Nea-mu ; Nga-kara ; 
Nea-tin ; Nga-chep ; Sareng. 

Of these the first two are very common and are sold ina 
living condition in the market. The rest of the species except 
Sareng are also brought to the market dried. The major part of 
the freshfish sold in Imphal comes from Waithu-pat and the 
dried fish are mostly from the Thanga Island. 


SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTION OF THE COLLECTION 
FROM THE MANIPUR VALLEY AND THE 
NAGA HILLS. 


Order SYMBRANCHOIDEA. 
Family SYMBRANCHIDAE. 


Monopterus albus (Zuiew). 


1916. Monopterus albus, Weber and Beaufort, Fishes Indo-Austr. 
Arch., III, p. 413, figs. 210, 211. 
1918. Monupterus albus, Annandale. Rec. Ind. Mus., X1V, p. 42. 
Monopterus albus is found all over southern Asia east of the 
Bay of Bengal ; its range extends to northern China and Japan. 
The fish is only found buried in mud at the edge of the Lok- 
tak Lake. Some specimens were also found in the rice-fields in 
partially dried ponds. It is eaten by Nagas but not by Manipuris, 
who have certain religious scruples regarding the species. ‘The 
Nagas, like the Inthas in the Inlé Lake, capture the fish with a 
two-pronged spear. 
Cormorants, judging from the contents of their stomachs, 
seem to feed largely on this species. 


178 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Order OSTARIOPHYSI 
Family SILURIDAE. 


Clarias batrachus (Linn.). 
1913. Clavias batvachus, Weber and Beaufort, Fishes Indo-Austr. 
Arch., Il, p. 190, fig. 74 (p. 187). 
1918. Clarias batvachus, Annandale, op. cit., p. 43. 

This species is common everywhere in the valley, especially in 
and about the Loktak Lake. In the market it is usually sold in a 
living condition. Though the fish is very common in the swampy 
portion of the lake, it is also fairly abundant among the weeds 
further inwards. It does not grow to a very large size in the 
valley. 

Adults are black in colour, but not quite so dark as young 
individuals. There are minute white spots forming distinct rows 
all over the body. ‘The pectoral spine i7 roughened externally and 
finely serrated along its posterior border. 

All the specimens in our collection are from the Loktak 
Lake. 


Wallago attu (Schn.). 
1889. Wallago atiu, Day, Faun. Brit. Ind. Fish., 1, p 126 fig. 54. 
1889. Wallago attu, Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, (2) 
IX, p. 199. 

This was the biggest fish brought to the Manipur market at 
the time of our visit. Waithu-pat, a lake on either side of the 
Burma Road some Io miles from Imphal, is particulary noted for 
this species. 

It is found throughout India, Burma and Ceylon. 


Callichrous bimaculatus (Bloch). 


1889. Callichrous bimaculatus, Day, op. cit., p. 131, fig. 57. 

1889. Callichrous bimaculatus, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 201. 

1919. Ompok bimaculatns, Jordon and Starks, Ann. Carnegie Mus., 
XI, p. 434. 

Young specimens of this species are very difficult to distin- 
guish from those of C. macrophthalmus (Blyth). In the identifica- 
tion of the Manipur specimens I have followed Vinciguerra, 
though an examination of the collection in the Indian Museum has 
shown that much reliance cannot be placed on the character of 
the vomerine teeth. 

The specimens in the collection were obtained from Imphal 
and Khurda streams and from the Loktak Lake. There is a 
great variation in colour even in specimens from the same locality 
Some are silvery-white all over the body with a black blotch on 
either side above the pectorals ; while in others the body is dense- 
ly covered with minute black spots on a dull-white background, 
and the mark above the pectorals is not distinct. 

In the valley C. bimaculatus does not reach a larger size than 
g to 10 inches. 


192t.]| S, L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 179 


Macrones' bleekeri, Day. 
1889. Macrones bleekeri, Day, op. cit., p. 162. 
1889. Macrones bleekeri, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 210. 
The adipose fin of this species has a very great resemblance 
to that of M. cavastus and M. leucophasis. The difference between 
the three species may be expressed in a table as follows :— 


M. cavasius {H.B.). M. leucophasis (Blyth). | M. bleekert, Day. 


| 
| 


Maxillary barbels reach | Maxillary barbels reach | Maxillary barbels reach the 


the caudal fin. | the anal fin. } anal fin. 

A black spot at the base | The head and tore part | Light longitudinal bands 
of the first dorsal} of the body bright sil- | along the body; sometimes 
spine, | very-white; no black} with a black shoulder spot. 

| spot at the base of the | In the Burmese examples a 
first dorsal spine. black spot is also present at 


| the base of the caudal fin. 
Depth of body 54 times | Depth of body 44 times | Depth of body 53 times in 


in the total length. | in the total length. the total length. 
No interneural bone. | Aninterneural bone pre- | No interneural bone. 
| sent. 
| 


The fish is very common all over the valley and is captured 
in large numbers in traps, both in the streams and the lakes. 
The specimens from the Loktak Lake are darker in colour. 


Subgenus Macronoides, nov. 


This new subgenus is proposed for species which differ from 
typical Macrones in the possession of a distinct ventral mouth 
bordered by fringed lips; in having short barbels not exceeding 
the length of the head ; in the mandibular pairs of barbels being 
disposed in a transverse row across the mandible and in the pos- 
session of a number of open pores on the ventral surface of the 
head just behind the mouth. In general facies the fish of this 
subgenus show a remarkable resemblance to those of the genus 
Gagata, from which, however, they are easily distinguished by the 
ecrescentic band of teeth and a free air-bladder in the abdominal 
cavity. 

I assign the following species to the new subgenus :—Macro- 
nes affinis (Blyth),? M. day: Vinciguerra® and M. marianiensts 
Chaudhuri. I have examined the types of the first and the 
third; while Vinciguerra’s description and figures of M. day? leave 
no doubt as to its affinity with the other two. 


! Jordan, Pros. Acad. Wai. Sci. Phil. |XX, p.341, considers Macrones a 
synonym of Aorta; but in view of the familiarity of the name Macrones, | have 
retained it in this paper. ; 

2 Blyth, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal, XXIX, p. 150 (1860). 

» Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 230, pl. vii, fig. 3 (1889). 

* Chaudhuri, Rec. Ind. Mus., VII, p. 253, pl. xi, figs. 1, 1a, b (1913). 


180 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


The subgenus Macyvonoides is distributed in Burma, the Abor 
Hills and the Manipur Valley. 


Macrones (Macronoides) affinis (Blyth). 


1860. Batasio affinis, Blyth, op. cit., p. 150. 
1889. Macrones blythiz, Day, op. cit., p. 151. 

The fishermen of Manipur do not make any distinction 
between this fish and Gagata cenia, both of which are called 
nga-vang. ‘The body is dotted with black spots which are aggre- 
gated in certain regions to form 3 or 4 indistinct vertical bands. Both 
the adipose and the spiny dorsal are edged with black. The 
alimentary canal is simple and has only two coils in its entire 
length. 

Reference may be made to the importance which has been 
attached to the number of serrations on the pectoral spine. I 
have, however, found on examining a large number of specimens 
that the number of serrations is variable not only in different 
individuals, but even in the spines of the two sides of the same 
specimen. 

There are four specimens from Amambi stream near Karam 
Lakai, about 8 miles from Imphal on the Burma Road. 

M. affinis is known from Burma and the Manipur Valley. 


Glyptothorax dorsalis, Vinciguerra. 
1889. Glyptothorax dorsalis, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 240, pl. vii, fig. 4. 

There are ten specimens of this species. five from the Imphal 
stream and the rest from Amambi stream, some eight miles from 
Imphal on the Burma road. 

The maxillary barbels reach the posterior margin of the base 
of the pectoral fin; the upper surface of the head and body is 
tuberculated, the tubercles being arranged in longitudinal rows. 
The dorsal spine is roughened externally and is smooth along its 
inner border; that of the pectoral fin is flattened and has Ir 
denticulations internally. 

Most of the female specimens are full of eggs. 

The species is known from Burma and the Manipur Valley. 


Glyptothorax minutus, sp. nov. 
ID), 2695 A\G BVO), 


The length of the caudal fin is contained 5—5} times, the 
depth of the body 54—6 times and the length of the head 53—5? 
times in the total length including the caudal fin. The head is 1} 
times as long as broad. ‘The eyes are minute, situated in 
the beginning of the posterior half of the head, they are dorso- 
Jateral in position and are not seen from the ventral surface. 
Barbels.—Vhe maxillary pair reach the base of the pectoral, the 
nasals reach the eye, the inner mandibular reach the anterior 


OQ S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 181 


margin of the adhesive apparatus and the outer the gill membrane. 
Fins.'—The adipose fin is well developed; both the dorsal and the 
pectoral fins have loose folds of skin at their bases, the spine of 
the former is smooth while that of the latter is smooth externally 
and has six denticulations internally. The lower lobe of the 
caudal fin is slightly the longer. 

The adhesive apparatus is U-shaped and is fairly well de- 
veloped. 

Colour.—The dorsal surface is dark, while the belly and the 
undersurface of the head are white; there are conspicuous black 


TEext-FIG. 1.—Glyptothovax minstus, sp. nov. 
(a) Lateral view of adult fish, x 25. 
(b) Upper view of head of same, X 3. 
(c) Lower view of head of same, X 3. 


bands at the bases of all the median fins; the caudal is grey and the 
paired fins are colourless. A V-shaped whitish area is also present 
at the base of the dorsal fin. 

Four specimens were obtained from the Imphal stream near 
Karong. Manipuris do not make any distinction between this 
species and the preceding one. 


{ In giving the formula of the fin rays, | have attached great importance to 
the number of branched rays both in the dorsal and the anal fins. In the descrip- 
tions of the new species I have omitted the number of fin- rays in the caudal fin, 
because it is very difficult to count the smaller rays on either side after the longest 
ray. I have included, however, the length of the caudal fin in the total length. 


182 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Originally I regarded these specimens as the young of G. 
dorsalis, but on dissection I found the females full of eggs. Besides 
the smaller size, the species is distinguished from G. dorsalis by 
differences in the proportions of the body, the colouration and by 
the number of denticulations on the pectoral spine. 

The largest specimen is 36 mm. in length. : 

Unfortunately the specimens are lost; but the figures clearly 
show all the features. 


Gagata cenia (Ham. Buch.). 
1889. Gagata cenia, Day, op. cit., p. 208, fig. 75. 
2889. Gagata cenia, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 240. 
This species is always confused by Manipuris with Macrones 
(Macronoides) affinis. 
All the specimens from Manipur are young; they were only 
found in the Imphal and the Amambi streams. 
The species is widely distributed in the waters of the Ganges 
and the Irrawadi. 


Family CYPRINIDAE. 
Psilorhynchus sp., Hora. 
Plate IX, figs. 6, 6a. 


1920. Psilorhynchus sp., Hora, Rec, Ind. Mus., NIX, p. 211. 


A few young specimens were collected in a small hill-stream 
at Piphima, Naga Hills. 


Garra (Ham. Buch.). 


Three species of this genus were discovered in the Manipur 
Valley and the Naga Hills by the survey party and myself. Of 
these two are represented by a large series in our collection while 
the remaining one, which is new, is known from a single specimen. 
In Mr. Pettigrew’s collection there are three specimens of, this 
genus. They represent another undescribed form. 

The discussion on these species is given in another paper in 
which i am publishing a revision of the genus Gavva. The names 
that I propose to give to the new species are included in the list 
for the sake of compieteness. 


Labeo calbasu (Ham. Buch.). 


1889. Labeo Calbasu,. Day, op. cit., p. 259, fig. 93. 
1889. Labeo calbasu, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 205. 
Only one specimen, 28°5 cm. in length, was obtained; it was 
captured in Khurda stream near its origin from the Loktak Lake. 
The fins are much elongated. The ventrals are longer than 
the pectorals and reach beyond the base of the anal, which in 
turn extends beyond the base of the caudal fin. The dorsal fin 
has a fairly long base. 


1921.] S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 183 


The colour is black all over except the under surface of the 
head and chest, which is dirty white. 


Labeo pangusia (Ham. Buch.). 


1889. Labeo pangusia, Day, op. cit., p. 266. 
1913. Labeo angra, Chaudhur:, Rec. Ind. Mus., VIII. p. 249. 

The specimens of L. pangusia from Manipur have a black 
blotch at the base of the caudal fin and are apt to be confused 
with those of L. angra. ‘They can be distinguished from the latter 
species by the possession of definite barbels instead of the mavxil- 
lary flaps inside the grooves, one on either side of the mouth, and 
in having a triangular black spot just above the fifth scale of the 
lateral line. The structure of the mouth and lips of the two spe- 
cies is also different. 

Labeo pangusia is common in the streams of the vaHley and 
three specimens were collected from the Loktak Lake. The lake 
specimens are darker in colour. 


Labeo angra (Ham. Buch.). 
1889. Labeo angra, Day, op. cit., p. 2067. 
1889. Labeo angra, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 273. 

The specimens of this species agree with Burmese examples 
in our collection. They possess a fleshy flap inside the groove 
instead of the maxillary barbels on each side of the mouth. There 
is a deep black blotch at the sides of the tail. In certain young 
individuals there is also an indication of a second blotch above the 
middle of the pectoral fin. 

The specimens in the collection were found in the muddy 
streams of the Manipur Valley. 


Crossochilus latia (Ham. Buch.). 


1889. Cirrhina latia, Day, op. cit., p. 279. 
1889. Crossochilus latius, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 280. 
1918. Cirrhina latia, Annandale, op. cit., p. 40. 

This fish is found in abundance in the muddy streams of the 
valley, and does not exceed 7 inches in length. 

The young specimens are slender in form and look somewhat 
different from the adults. Manipuris call the young mga-rohi and 
the adults nga-rohi-mapt, ‘‘ the mother of nga-rohv.” 

This is one of the commonest species found in the streams of 
the Manipur Valley. 


Barbus sarana caudimarginatus, Blyth. 


1800. Barybus caudimarginatus, Blyth, op. cit., p. 157- 
1918. Barbus sarana caudimarginatus, Annandale, op. cit., p. 46. 
The species is fairly common in the Imphal River and its 
tributaries and is also found in the Loktak Lake. ‘The lake speci- 
mens are, however, darker in colour. 


184 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor,. XXII, 


Barbus oatesii, Boulenger. 
1893. Barbus oatesiz, Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) X11, p. 201. 

Annandale! regarded this species as being synonymous with 
Barbus savana caudimarginatus, Blyth, after comparing his speci- 
mens from the Inlé Lake with a cotype of Boulenger’s oatesv and 
as a result of his examination of a series of specimens of B..savana 
from India and Burma in the collection of the Indian Museum. In 
identifying my specimens I have referred to the same sources, and 
am convinced after a careful examination of the large series, that 
5. oatesvi is a distinct species and that Annandale’s own specimens 
undoubtedly belong to the true B. sarana caudimarginatus. 

The most important difference between the two species is in 
the structure of the dorsal spine In B. oatesw it is strong and 
very strongly serrated, with 12 to 19 serrations on each margin of 
its posterior border. ‘The serrations along the two margins of the 
spine are very close together and become longer and stronger 
from below upwards. In B. savana caudimarginatus the spine is 
strong but finely serrated only in its upper half or two-thirds, the 
serrations are subequal. Along the posterior aspect, the spine is 
deeply grooved and the serrae are situated on its margins ; their 
number is indefinite. The colour of the two species is also differ- 
ent. In both the forms, however, the opercular cleft has a black 
edge, which probably led to the confusion of the two species. In 
B. oatesw, as Boulenger observed, each scale is edged with black. 
This condition is not so well-marked in the cotype examined by 
Annandale, because the colour has become very faint on account 
of the specimen having been in spirit for over a quarter of a cen- 
tury. There can be no doubt regarding the colouration of the 
young specimens collected by me in Thaubal stream about a mile 
from Phaidai. Under a lens the black edge is seen to consist of 
minute black dots which are more closely aggregated along the 
anterior border of the scale. 

The caudal fin is also different in the two species. In B. 
oatesit it is long and deeply notched, the lower lobe being broader 
and longer. In B. sarana caudimarginatus the caudal fin is rela- 
tively shorter in length, and is not so deeply notched. The two 
lobes are equal in length. 

The proportions are also different in the two species. 

In young specimens the length of the caudal fin, the depth of 
the body and the length of the head are almost equal and are 
contained 44—4% times in the total length. The caudal fin is very 
brittle and is broken in most specimens. ‘The following are the 
measurements of two complete young individuals :— 


A. B. 
Total length including caudal J 5S 6577, may 
Length of caudal . Sm Ca ae 13h? 
Depth of body sis Sever: day ees 2s 
Length of head she see 0 UB TG 5 


Annandale, Rec. Jud. Mus., X1V, p. 46 (1918). 


1g2r.] S. lL. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 185 


B. oatesti is now known from the S$. Shan States and the 
Manipur Valley. 
Barbus clavatus, McClelland. 
Plate IX, fig. r 
i$45. Barbus clavatus, McClelland, Calcutta Fourn. Nat. Hist., V, p. 
280, pl. xxi, fig. 2. 
1868. Barbus clavatus, Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., VII, p. 97- 
1878. Barbus clavatus, Day, Fish. India, I, p. 560. 
1889. Barbus clavatus, Day, op. cit., p. 300. 

There has been some confusion between Baybus chagunio 
(Ham. Buch.), B. spilopholus, McClell. and 6. ciavatus, McClell. 
At first McClelland ! Spee ie B. chagunio to be ‘‘a variety of 
the spotted barbel, 5. spilopholus, oH ‘but later in describing B. 
clavatus he remarked Pane “the collection now before us, affords, 
however, a very distinct species, which I believe to be the Cyprinus 
chagumo, Buch.” Gtinther regarded McClelland’s two species as 
distinct, but placed Cyprinus chagumio with a query under the 
synonymy of B. clavatus. Day recognised B. chagunio as a 
distinct species and regarded B. spilopholus as its variety; he 
moreover considered B, clavatus as a distinct species. Chaudhuri ” 
recognised B. spilopholus as a valid species, but had no material 
to decide about B. clavatus as it was then only known from McClel- 
land’s description which is unfortunately imperfect and meagre 
and some casual remarks in it are misleading; his figure of the 
species is also poor. 

I take this opportunity to supply a short description anda 
figure of the species from a few well-preserved examples collected 
in Senapati stream near Kairong, Naga Hills, Assam. 


DiS) AL 35.0 bra ——5. Vi. O—O. 

The length of the caudal fin equals the depth of the body 
which is contained 4—4} times in the total length. The head 
is short and conical, its tength being contained 5—5} times in 
the total length; it is comparatively longer in young specimens 
than in the adult. The snout is shorter than the diameter of 
the eye, which is contained about 3 times in the length of the 
head. The caudal peduncle is 132 times as long as broad. 
Fins.—The origin of the dorsal aS almost in the middle of the 
distance between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal 
fin, in some individuals it is nearer to the former. Its last spine 
is denticulated posteriorly and is almost as high as the depth of 
the body below it. The free margin of the fin is deeply concave. 
The caudal fin is very long and deeply forked, its rays are very 
brittle. Scales.—There are 40—42 scales along the lateral line, 
>—8 rows of scales above it and 3}—4} below it to the base of 
the ventral fin. In an oblique line there are in all It rows be- 
tween the bases of the dorsal and the ventral fins. There are 14 


! McClelland, Asiat. Reseay., XIX, pp. 272 and 341 (1839). 
2 Chaudhuri, Rec. /nd. Mus., VIL, p. seo pl. viii, figs. 1, ta, 6 (1913). 


186 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


scales in front of the dorsal. Barbels.—Both pairs of barbels are 
well developed Maxillary barbels are longer than the rostrals 
and are as long as the diameter of the eye. 

The vent is much nearer the base of the caudal fin than the 
end of the snout. 

The mouth is semicircular ; its opening extends to the anterior 
border of the orbit. There are two rows of open pores on the 
under surface of the head. The snout is usually tuberculated, 
but in young individuals these tubercles are not developed. 

The fish is blackish blue in the region above the lateral line, 
below it the sides and the ventral surface are dull white. The 
membranous portions of the skin between the rays of the dorsal 
fin are black in colour. The caudal along its superior and inferior 
margins is edged with black. The young specimens are brighter 
in colour and possess an obscure blotch at the base of the caudal 
fin. In some specimens the scales along the lateral line and of 
a few rows above and below it are covered by minute black spots, 
forming longitudinal bands along the side 

Barbus clavatus is found in rivers at the foot of the Sikkim 
mountains on the northern frontier of Bengal and in the Naga 
Hills at Kairong. 


Barbus hexastichus, McClelland 
1889. Barbus hexastichus, Day, op. cit., p. 308. 
1889. Barbus hexastichus, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 291. 

Three grown up specimens were obtained at Kairong. They 
possess an indistinct black spot on either side of the tail. This 
character is best marked in the young fry collected at various 
places in small streams in the Naga Hills and also in Itok stream 
near Chanderkhong in the Manipur Valley. 


Barbus tor (s/.) (Ham. Buch.). 


Only one specimen of this species was obtained from Senapati 
stream near Kairong, Naga Hills. ‘The lips in the example are 
well developed and are provided with thick adipose growth 

Barbus toy is a composite species and I hope to deal with its 
races and species in a separate paper when sufficient material from 
various localities is available. 


Barbus conchonius (Ham. Buch.). 
1889. Barbus conchonius, Day, op. cit., p. 325. 
Numerous specimens of this species were collected in lakes 
and streams all over the valley. 


Barbus phutunio (Ham. Buch.). 
1889. Barbus phutunio, Day, op. cit., p. 327- 
Numerous specimens of Barbus phutunio were collected from 
the Residency ponds, Imphal. The following description of the 


1921.] S. L. Hora: Fish of Man pur. 187 


colour of the living specimens was noted down by Dr. Annandale in 
the field-book :—‘‘ The dorsal surface brownish, deeply tinged with 
metallic green and dotted with black, sides metallic crimson, each 
scale edged with black ; ventral surface silvery; pelvic, anal and 
caudal fins crimson; dorsal and pectoral bright olivaceous green 
with the rays more or less infuscated and with black spots on the 
dorsal. Iris crimson, lower part of the cheek and operculum sil- 
very white densely speckled with black.”’ 

S. Dogar Singh informed me that these fish were introduced 
into the Residency ponds from outside the Manipur Valley on 
account of their beautiful colouration. 


Barbus ticto (Ham. Buch ). 
1859. Barbus ticto, Day, op. cit., p. 325- 


This is the commonest fish in the valley and is daily captured 
in large quantities with baskets. 


Rasbora rasbora (Ham. Buch.). 


1889, Rusbora buchanani, Day, op. cit., p- 337, fig. 107. 
Only two specimens were captured from the Dhanashori 
stream, near Dimapur, Assam. In both specimens the scales have 
been rubbed off leaving the black edged membranes behind. The 


caudal fin is tipped with black as in the Burmese examples. 


Rohtee, Sykes. 


Some ichthyologists have adopted the generic name Osteobra- 
ma, Heckel, in preference to Rohtee, Sykes, probably owing to a 
confusion as to the dates of publication of the works of Heckel 
and Sykes. Giinther in his ‘‘ Catalogue of the Fishes in the British 
Museum,” VT, p. 322, gives 1842 as the date of publication of 
the two works and selects Osteobrama, with Sykes’ genus Rohtec 
aS asynonym. Vinciguerra (op. cit., p. 313) in adopting the same 
course writes as follows :—‘‘ Ho adottato il nome generico di Os- 
teobvama, a preferenza di quello di Rohtee, perché, mentre essi sono 
di data sincrona, poiché il lavoro di Heckel in cui il primo é pro- 
posto (Russegger’s Reisen I, p. 1033) fu pubblicato nel 1842 data che 
porta anche quello di Svkes, in cui é stabilito il secondo (Trans. 
Zool. Soc. Lond. II, p. 364), quello ha sull’altro il vantaggio di 
non essere barbaro come esso.”’ I do not agree with the authori- 
ties quoted above and find that Sykes’ work was published on 
27th February, 1841; while Heckel established Osteobrama in 
1843. According to the rules of priority, therefore, Rojtec must 
have preference over Osteobyama. Vinciguerra’s second argument 
for adopting Osteobrama is purely sentimental and therefore needs 
no consideration. 

Another point deserving some consideration is, as to whether 


188 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Hamilton Buchanan’s' eighth subgenus ‘‘ Cabdio” of his Cy- 
prinus should be revived in place of Rohtee or not, as it includes 
Cyprinus (Cabdio) cotto which is now regarded as a Rohtee. Ona 
careful analysis of the subject, however, I find that Cabdio can 
not replace Rohiee because the forms assigned to Cabdio by Ha- 
milton Buchanan include species which have subsequently been 
assigned to’ several genera and Sykes (1841) was the first to 
_separate some species, in practice if not in theory, for in describ- 
ing Rohtee ogilbit he observes as follows:—‘‘ The Rohtee has the 
appearance of Clupanodon chanpole of Dr. Hamilton ; also of Cy- 
prinus devario in the outline of the body ; and were it proper to 
consider it a Cyprinus, which its armed back-fin renders impossible, 
it would be placed in Dr. Hamilton’s eighth subgenus ‘ Cabdio.’ ” 
Sykes in making the above remark ignored the fact that Hamilton 
Buchanan’s Cyprinus cotio had a spine of this nature. Further, 
of the four species included under Rohtee by Sykes, two viz. Rohtee 
pangut aud Rohtee ticto are now invariably referred to the genus 
Barbus, while of the other two belonging to Rohtee (ss) neither 
was known to Hamilton Buchanan. From the statements of the 
two authors it is clear, therefore, that Cyprinus cotio is congeneric 
with Rohtee, Sykes, which may stand for these and other similar 
species. I am highly indebted to Dr. N. Annandale and Dr. B. L. 
Chaudhuri for valuable suggestions on this point. 


Rohtee alfrediana (C. and V.) 
1880. Osteobvama alfrediana, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 310. 
The specimens of this species were collected in Khurda and 
Thaubal stream; the longest is tog mm. in length. In young 


individuals the body is less deep and an indistinct black band is 
usually present behind the gill cover. 


Rohtee belangeri (C. and V.). 
18809. Osteobvama belangert, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 318. 

This species is distinguished from the rest included in the 
genus Rohtee by the fact that the whole of the abdominal edge 
is sharp, whereas in others it is sharp behind the ventrals but flat 
and rounded in front of them. Moreover, the pharyngeal teeth in 
this species are armed with tubercles on their crowns ; this char- 
acter is shared by R. ogalbit. 

It will not be out of place to make some observations on the 
nature of the pharyngeal teeth here. Ina former paper by An- 
nandale and myself? a reference was made to the occurrence of 
loose teeth in the muscles surrounding the pharyngeal bones. 
Having had the opportunity to dissect a large number of fish for 
these teeth, I find the loose teeth fairly common. In A. belan- 


| Hamilton Buchanan, ‘An account of the Fishes in the Ganges,’ pp. 333 
and 392 (1822). 


2 Annandale and Hora, Rec. /nd. Mus., XVIII, p. 165 (1920) : 


1g2t.| S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 189 


veyt their crown is crenulated like that of the fixed teeth and in 
all probability they represent the older teeth that have been cast 
off and their place being taken up by new ones. Dr. Annandale 
thinks it more probable that the free teeth are young and have 
not yet fused with the bone. 

Two specimens of this species were obtained from the Manipur 
Valley, one in Loktak Take and the other in the Khurda stream. 
The Jake example is darker in colour. 

This species occurs in Burma and Manipur. Its occurrence in 
the Godaveri River needs confirmation. 


Texr-r1G. 2.—Ventral view of two species of Rohtee, Sykes. 


(a) Kohtee belangeri, showing keeled abdomen throughout. 
(b) Rohtee feae, showing keeled abdomen only between vent and base 
of ventrals, 


Barilius bendelisis var. chedra (Ham. Buch.). 
1889. Barilius bendelisis var. chedra, Day, op. ctl., p. 347. 

This species is represented in our collection by seven speci- 
mens captured in the Senapati stream near Kairong, Naga Hills. 
The water of this stream was very clear and my attention was 
drawn to a fairly big specimen of this species, which showed beau- 
tiful colour and special mucous bands on certain parts of the body. 
The fish was very sluggish in habit and we followed it from 
place to place till it was secured in an ordinary hand net Out 
of water the mucous bands were not so distinct and in spirit have 


1g0 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


left those particular portions of the fish lighterin colour. The colour 
of the fresh specimens is thus described in the field-book :—‘‘ The 
caudal fin and the apex of the dorsal dusky; other fins pinkish. 
The general surface silvery, with a black triangular spot at the 
base of each scale; the cheeks yellow ; the operculum golden or 
deep orange with black borders.”’ 

The paired ns are broad and well-expanded and most of the 
outer rays in them have become stiff. The chest is flattened and 
the scales in this region are poorly developed. There are charac- 
teristic muscular pads in front of the bases of the pectorals. The 
open pores on the snout are absent. 

barilius bendelisis var. chedva is found along the base of the 
Himalayas. 

Barilius barila (Ham. Buch.). 
1889. Barilins barila Way, op. cit., p. 348. 

The character of the barbels on which Day has based his sy- 
nopsis of the species of this genus is faulty ; not only because the 
barbels are very small, but also because they are liable to be over- 
looked owing to their being hidden underneath folds of skin. In 
the Manipur examples both pairs of barbels are present, the ros- 
tral pair being slightly longer than the maxillary. There are 22 
rows of scales in front of the dorsal fin The chief character on 
which I have based the identification of this species is the inequal- 
ity of the two lobes of the caudal fin ; the lower lobe being slightly 
the longer. This character is more marked in young indivi- 
duals. 

Barilius barila exhibits considerable variations with age and 
locality. In young individuals the pectorals do not reach the 
ventrals, nor the latter, the anal, and the origin of the dorsal is 
equidistant from the middle of the eye and the base of the caudal 
fin. With the growth of the fish, especially in hill-streams, the 
paired fins become much expanded and the area in front of the 
pectorals is specialized as in B. bendelisis var.chedva. Inaspecimen 
about 13 cm. long, the pectorals extend beyond the ventrals and 
the ventrals reach the anal, and the dorsal is equidistant from the 
hindex edge of the eye and the base of the caudal fin. 

The vertical blue bands on the body are better marked in 
young specimens than in the adults. I have the following note in 
the field-book about the colouration of a living specimen from the 
Sikmai stream :—‘‘ Upper surface dark olivaceous, sides silvery 
with blue bands extending to the lateral line; fins pinkish ; iris 
deep orange ; opercular piece dark while the rest of the gill-cover 
orange.” 

A specimen from the Khurda stream is of special interest, 
because it lacks the ventral fins. The absence of the ventrals has 
been considered to be a character of generic importance, but in 
the case of this specimen I consider it an abnormality, as it is 
impossible to separate this individual on any other character from 
5. barila, of which I have examined a large series. 


1g92I.| S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. IQI 


The following are the measurements of the unique specti- 
men :— 


Total length including caudal Ee -- 940 mm. 
Depth of body ae a Re EOS 2%. 
Length of head his or se, OPO Be 
Diameter of eye an 3 as GLO Fe 
Length of snout as Ser DO Gas 
Interorbital width a Me ee Gren es 
Length of rostral barbels Bs 38 BPO) op 
Length of maxillary barbels ae Py LISTER 


The species is widely distributed in the streams of the 
vallev. A few specimens were taken in the Senapati stream near 
Kairong in the Naga Hills. 


Barilius dogarsinghi, sp. nov. 
1D) Ae IN BOs I 3ey We i 


The length of the head is contained 5—5} times, the depth 
of the body 4—4 times, the length of the caudal 5 times in the 
total length including the caudal fin. The eyes are situated some- 
what in the anterior half of the head, their diameter being con- 
tained 4 times in the length of the head, 1{—1} times in the 
length of the snout and 1+ times in the interorbital width. Bar- 
bels.—There are two pairs of short barbels. Scales.—There are 
38—39 scales along the lateral line, 7-8 rows above it to the base 
of the dorsal fin and 3 below it to the base of the ventrals. 
There are 20 rows of scales in front of the dorsal fin. Frns.— 
The origin of the dorsal is equidistant from the end of the upper 
lobe of caudal and the anterior margin of nares. It is situated 
far back and extends to about the middle of the anal fin. The 
paired fins are well developed and possess a number of stiff rays. 
The pectorals do not reach the ventrals, which in some examples 
extend to the base of the anal fin. The auxiliary processes do not 
go beyond the bases of the pectorals. The free margins of both the 
dorsal and the pectoral fins are rounded. The lower lobe of the 
caudal fin is slightly longer than the upper. 

The mandibular knob so characteristic of the genus is absent 
in this species. 

The dorsal profile in front of the dorsal fin is almost straight, 
but posteriorly it curves to the base of the caudal fin. The ventral 
profile is deeply arched and is convex throughout. The skin on 
the sides of the head is prominently tuberculate. 

Colour.—The dorsal surface of the head and body is black 
with about 9 blue lateral bands. The band at the base of the 
caudal fin is deeper in colour than the rest. The belly and the 
under surface of the head, and the pectoral, the anal and the ven- 
tral fins white. The caudal is dusky in its posterior half, and the 
dorsal has a characteristic deep black band across its middle. 


192 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


The young individuals have longer barbels, a smooth snout 
and normal paired fins, and the band at the base of the caudal 
fin shows a deep black spot in its centre. 

As in the preceding species, I find that in one example the 
ventral fin of the left side is absent and the surface is covered with 
scales in the region from which the fin is lacking. 

A specimen 85 mm. in length was found on dissection to con 
tain eggs. 


Text-ric. 3.—Barilius dogarsinghi, sp. nov. 


(a) Lateral view of type-specimen (slightly enlarged). 
(6) Dorsal view of head of same (slightly enlarged). 
(c) Ventral view of head of same (slightly enlarged). 


I have great pleasure in associating this fish with the name 
of my friend S. Dogar Singh, State Overseer at the time of our visit 
to Manipur, who toured in the valley with me and helped me in 
various other ways. 

Ty pe-specimen.—F 6983/1. Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Twelve specimens of this species were captured in the Etok 
stream near Chanderkhong and one young individual in the 
Sikmai stream near Palel. 


1g2I.| S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 193 


Barilius dogarsinght is quite distinct from the rest of the species 
included in the genus in the form and position of the vertical fins 
and in its general facies. It might perhaps be regarded as the 
type of a new genus or subgenus, but, for the present at any rate, 
I prefer to place it in Barthus. 


Danio dangila (Ham. Buch.). 
1889. Danio dangila, Day, op. cit., p 359. 
1889. Danio dangila, Vinciguerra; op. cit., p. 306. 
wo specimens were found at Ghaspani (alt. 1500 ft.). The 
largest specimen is 58mm. in length. 
Danio dangila is found in Bengal, Bihar, Darjiling, Burma 
and the Naga Hills. 


Danio aequipinnuatus (McClell.). 
1889. Danio aequipinnatus, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 304. 

Specimens of this species were captured in various streams 
in the Naga Hills and three from a small hill-stream north-west 
of Potsengbaum and one from Itok stream near Chanderkhong. 

I have the following note in the field-book on the colouration 
of a living specimen caught in a small stream near Ghaspani :— 
“ Three blue bands on either side—the one in the middle reaching 
the base of the caudal fin which is infuscated in the middle. Inter- 
vening between these blue bands are others of a yellowish-orange 
colour. The blue bands break up behind the operculum and form 
a characteristic pattern. There is a black spot behind the angle 
of the operculum and a golden streak runs along the dorsal surface. 
The fish is partially transparent with a dusky back anda white 
belly. The caudal and the pectoral fins are reddish ; the dorsal is 
provided with a blue stripe. The remaining fins are of an orange 
colour.’’ 


Danio (Brachydanio)' acuticephala, sp. nov. 
D. 2/6—7. A. 2—4/9. 


This little fish is fairly stout and deep and has a characteris- 
tic facies, being highest in the middle and tapering towards both 
ends. The head is short and pointed. The eyes are prominent 
and are situated in the anterior half of the head. The mouth 
is small, semicircular and is turned upwards. The nostrils are 
placed midway between the antero-superior margin of the eye 
and the end of the snout. There are open pores distributed all 
over the head and those on the under surface are along the pre- 
opercular borders and the mandibles. In some specimens the pores 
are absent. 

The dorsal fin is short with 6—7 branched rays, its origin is 
equidistant from the end of the snout and the hinder end of the 


+l Weber and Beaufort, Fish. [ndo-Austya. Arch., 111, p. 85 (1916). 


194 Records of the Indian Musewm. [Vor. XXIT, 


caudal fin. The pectorals are rounded and when adpressed do not 
reach the ventrals, which in turn do not extend to the base of 
the anal. The anal fin is truncate and its base is covered with a 
scaly sheath. The caudal fin is deeply emarginate both the lobes 
are pointed, the lower one slightly the ionger. Both the pectoral 
and the ventral fins are provided with scaly appendants. 

The length of the head is contained 43—5 times and the 
length of the caudal 44—51 times in the total length including 
the caudal fin. The diameter of the eye is contained 3—3} times 


Text-r1G. 4—Danio (Brachydanio) acuticephala, sp. nov. 


(a) Lateral view of type-specimen, X 2. 
(6) Dorsal view of head of same, ¥ 3. 
(c) Ventral view of head of same, X 3. 


in the length of the head. There are 30 scales along the lateral 
line and 8 rows in an oblique line between the bases of the dorsal 
and the ventral fins 

Colour.—In the specimens preserved in spirit the upper 
surface is dusky and the lower pale-olivaceous. A broad black 
longitudinal band is present on either side of the body and a black 
uarrow streak is to be seen along the dorsal surface. 

The colour of a fresh specimen from Bishenpur, Manipur, is thus 
described in the field book :—‘‘ Upper part of body dull olivace_ 


1921.] S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 195 


ous, speckled with black, dorsal surface of head and a narrow line 
extending all along the dorsal surface of the body, black. A metal- 
lic bluish line running along the middle of each side. Sides of head 
silvery speckled with black. Ventral surface as far as the vent, 
white and silvery. Lower part of body behind the vent tinged 
with salmon, fins white, minutely speckled with black and an 
obscure salmon stripe along the centre of the caudal.” 

Type-specimen.—F 9981/1. Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Danio acuticephala is widely distributed in the small streams 
and ponds of the valley. It does not occur in big muddy streams. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


Type A. B. © D. 
9 


Total length including caudal 44°8 424 297 392 415 
Length of caudal ei eC ENOL ae 7AOle Porte mone 
Depth of body LO; SiO mmOr5) § Orlin akOrO 
Length of head a SOL CK OnE OV m7 Olmos 
Diameter of eye 68.1 MERON Weta Pa Fairer 8 7ee. 


Most of the female specimens were found to be full of eggs. 


Family COBITIDAE. 
Botia berdmorei (Blyth). 


1860. Syncrossus berdmorez, Blyth, op. cit., p. 166. 
1889. Botia berdmoret, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 345. 

Numerous individuals of this species were collected in the 
Imphal River and its tributaries in the valley. 

Vinciguerra points to the inconsistency as regards the num- 
ber of barbels in Day’s description of the species. I have ex- 
amined the type-specimens and a large series of individuals trom 
the Manipur Valley and in all I have been able to make out only 
six barbels, four of which are rostral and united at their base. 
The arrangement of the rostral barbels and the structure of the 
lower lip is very characteristic of the species. 

The colour varies greatly. Usually there are to—18 oblique 
transverse bands on the body and about 5 longitudinal rows of 
black dots. The upper surface of the head is black, with two 
black streaks running from the eye to the snout. The belly and 
the under surface of the head are white. In one specimen the 
body was uniformly pale except for light bands on the caudal fin. 

Botia berdmoret occurs in Burma and the Manipur Valley. 


Botia histrionica, Blyth. 
1860. Sotia histrionica, Blyth, op.-cit., p. 166. 
1889. Botia histrionica, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 346. 
Only two specimens of this species were obtained from the 
Amambi stream. They are 118 and 153 millimetres in length. 


196 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


The Manipur examples agree with Vinciguerra’s description 
of the species except for a little variation in colour which is, 
otherwise, characteristic of the species. In the younger specimen 
the number of bands on the caudal and the dorsal fins are fewer 
in number and in the adult black dots are present between the 
vertical bands on the body. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


Total length (including caudal) .. 153 118 
Length of caudal da 50 32 25 
Depth of body se 30 21 
Length of head we 30 a2 
Diameter of eye aus S 5 38 
Length of snout o 18 13 
Height of dorsal fin ane be 20 15 
Length of pectoral ae ou 23 18 
Length of caudal peduncle ie ai 12 
Height of caudal peduncle xe I9°5 14 


Botia histrionica is only found in Burma and the Manipur 
Valley. 


Lepidocephalichthys guntea (Ham. Buch.). 
1889. Lepidocephalichthys guntea, Vinciguerra, op. cit., Pp. 330. 


There is only one specimen of this species taken at Ghaspani 
(1527 ft.) at the base of the Naga Hills, Assam. 


Lepidocephalichthys berdmorei (Blyth). 


1889. Lepidocephalichthys berdmoret, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 341- 
1918, Lepidocephalus berdmorver, Annandale, op. cit., p. 43. 

This is the commonest loach in the valley being found every- 
where, both in the muddy and the hillstreams of the valley. It 
was curious to note that not even a single specimen of this 
species was obtained in the Loktak Lake, whereas it was quite 
common in a sluggish muddy stream near Potsengbaum. 

The chief character that distinguishes this species from the 
preceding one is the mandibular flap. The mandibular flap in 
L. beydmoret is thickened and pliated anteriorly while posterior- 
ly it is produced into three or more short barbel-like processes. 


Lepidocephalichthys irrorata, sp. nov. 
Plate IX, figs. 5, 5a, 50. 
ID. 2/78 Ae2)5 0 Vey ole. 9 — 8. AC ers oe 


This comprises small fish with the body slightly compressed 
from side to side. The dorsal profile is slightly arched while 
the ventral is straight and horizontal throughout. The length 
of the head is contained 63—7% times, the depth of the body 


1g92I.| S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 197 


61—71 times in the total length including the caudal fin. The 
eves are minute and are situated in the anterior half of the 
head. The suborbital spine is bifid, the posterior prong being 
longer and stronger. The mouth, which is situated on the 
ventral surface, is semicircular and is provided with thick lips. 
The vent is placed on a slightly raised papilla and is provided 
with thick lips, which are not continuous posteriorly. It is 
situated in the beginning of the posterior third of the distance 
between the base of the caudal fin and the eye. There are two 
nostrils on each side lying close together but separated by a val- 
vular flap. The anterior nostril is oval while the posterior is 
rounded. Barbels.—There are eight barbels, two rostral pairs, 
one maxillary pair and one pair mandibular. ‘The bases of the 
mandibular barbels are broadened outwards to meet those of the 
maxillary barbels and thus a membranous flap stretches between 
the bases of the mandibular and the maxillary barbels. In some 
individuals the membranes are wanting and all the barbels are 
free. Under the lens the barbels show spiny projections all over 
their surface. Fins.—The dorsal fin is almost as high as the 
depth of the body below it ; its origin is considerably behind the 
ventrals and is much nearer to the base of the caudal fin than to 
the end of the snout. The origin of the ventral is equidistant 
from the end of the snout and the base of the caudal fin. The 
free posterior border of the caudal fin is concave. Scales.—The 
scales are minute and there are about 34 rows in an oblique line 
between the base of the dorsal and that of the ventral fins. 

The specimens from the Loktak Lake have a characteristic 
colouration. They are pale olivaceous, more or less densely 
speckled with black There is a series of fine dark spots running 
along each side. On the dorsal surface and the sides of the head 
the dark specks are more closely aggregated. The fins are 
whitish with numerous dark transverse bars on their rays; 
narrow, irregular pale bars are aiso to be seen on the dorsal surface. 
There is also a dark streak from the eye to the snout. 

The specimens from other lakes and streams in the valley are 
of a uniform pale colour, with short bars across the back and a 
row of fine spots along the sides. ‘The fins are banded or speckled 
with black dots. 

Type-specimen —F 9904/1. Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Lepidocephalichthys irrorata is widely distributed in the lakes 
and streams of the Manipur Valley. 


Acanthophthalmus pangia (Ham. Buch.). 


1889. Acanthophthalmus pangia, Day, op. cit., p. 222. 
1889. Acanthophthalmus pangia, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 347. 
1916. Acanthophthalmus pangia, Weber and Beaufort, op. crt., III, p. 
30. 
In describing Barilius barila I referred at some length to an 
abnormal specimen in which the ventrals were totally absent and it 


198 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


was pointed out that this character did not seem to me of either 
specific or generic value. The genus Apua is distinguished from 
Acanthophthalmus by the absence of the ventral fins. Vinciguerra 
does not recognise the genus Afua, but in doing so he does not 
assign any valid reasons. According to him “‘ le ventrali fossero 
manc&nti per pura accidentalita o che per la loro estrema piccolezza 
sieno sfuggite all’ osservazione di entrambi questi naturalisti.” I 
have examined the two type-specimens (No. F 2%**) of A. fusca, 
Blyth, but can find no trace of the ventrals in them; and cannot, 
therefore, agree with Vinciguerra when he says that the ventrals 
must either have been overlooked or accidentally broken in the 
unique type-specimens of the genus. I look upon these cases as 
abnormalities, though it is surprising that both the specimens 
should have lost the ventrals. I have already referred to an 
abnormal specimen of Barilius dogarsinghi in which the ventral fin 
of the left side is absent. I have also examined a specimen of 
Rita rita, in the collection of the Government College Museum, 
Lahore, in which the pectoral fin of one side is absent. In view 
of what I have stated above I do not regard Apua as a distinct 
genus. 

There is another interesting observation which might be 
referred to in this connection. After a careful examination of a 
large collection of A. pangia from Manipur, I am of the opinion 
that the form hitherto known as Apua fusca is only a_ hill- 
stream phase of A. pangia. Vinciguerra distinguishes A. pangia 
from A. fusca, by the greater depth of its body, by the ventrals 
being placed midway between the base of the caudal and the 
middle or the posterior margin of the orbit, and by the position of 
the dorsal, which in A. fusca ends just above the origin of the anal 
fin. I have not been able to verify the above characters in the 
case of the type-specimens of A. fusca. In these specimens the 
dorsal fin is in advance of the anal, and its origin is not equidis- 
tant from the base of the pectoral and the end of the caudal fin. 
It arises in the posterior + of the body. 

The specimens from the hill-streams like Sikmai, Amambi, 
Phaidinga, etc., are slender, elongated and less deep, while those 
from the muddy streams are stouter and deeper. The muddy 
stream forms possess a soft dorsal fin like that of the genus 
Adiposia.' 

The structure of the soft dorsal fin of A. pangia is very 
simple. The wall consists of a thin layer of epithelium and of a 
muscular layer internal to it. ‘There are no specialized gland-cells 
and the muscular sheath consists of fine fibrils running transverse- 
ly. The inner core consists of a highly vacuolated tissue, supplied 
with a few blood vessels which lie in the middle. The muscles do 
not run across the dorsal muscles but are continued along the body- 
wall. 


! Annandale and Hora, Rec. 7nd. Mus. XVIII, pp. 183—186 (1920). 


1921.] S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 199 


It is unfortunate that the collection of A. pangia in the 
Indian Museum is very poor. ‘There is only one specimen No. 
2590 from Mandalay and even that has been allowed to desiccate 
and is not fit for examination. I am, therefore, unable to decide 
whether the two species should be united until further collections 
from various parts of India are available for examination. 

The largest specimen in our Manipur collection is 60 mm. in 
length. On dissection the females were found to contain eggs. 

Acanthophthalmus pangia has a very wide range, extending 
over North Eastern Bengal, Manipur, Shan States, Burma to 
Java and Sumatra. 


Nemachilus manipurensis, Chaudhuri. 

1912. Nemachilus manipurensts Chaudhuri, Rec. Ind. Mus., VIII, p. 
443, pl. xl, figs. 4, 4a, 46, and pl. xli, figs. 1, 1a, 10. 
Numerous specimens of this species were collected in the 
Auwlok and the Maklang rivers in the Kangjupkhul Hills; also a 
large number of specimens from Kangjupkhul pukhyi (pond) 
behind the inspection bungalow. 

Except for slight variation in the colour of some specimens, 

they argee with Chaudhuri’s description of the species. 


Nemachilus botia (Ham. Buch.). 


1889. Nemachilus botia, Day, op. cit., p. 227. 
1919. Nemachilus botia, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus., XVI, p. 127. 

A single specimen 68 mm. in length was obtained at Ghaspani 
among the Naga Hills. The specimen is provided with a free 
orbital process below the eye and is probably a male. The lower 
lip is interrupted in the middle and is provided with characteristic 
cushion-like swellings. 

Nemachilus botia is widely distributed all over northern and 
central India and also occurs in the Shan Plateau. 


Nemachilus zonalternans (Blyth). 
Plate X, figs. 3, 3a. 
1860. Cobitis zonalternans, Blyth, op. cit., p. 172. 
1889. Nemachilus sonalternans, Day, op. cit., p. 232. 

This species is one of the commonest fish found in the Manipur 
Valley. Of 112 specimens, 77 are females and the rest males, 
The sexual dimorphism exhibited by this species is like that found 
in N. botia and consists in the males having a groove in front of 
the eye and a movable process of the preorbital bone. 

N. zonalternans has hitherto been known from two specimens 
from Tenasserim. Both of these specimens are in the collection of 
the Indian Museum. One of these has been allowed to dessicate 
and the second one is not in a good condition for detailed examina- 
tion. Moreover as the descriptions of Blyth and Day are meagre, 
I take this opportunity of writing a short note on the type-speci- 


200 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


mens and a description of the species from fresh specimens, together 
with figures. 

Having been long in spirit, the type-specimens have lost their 
natural colouration, except for certain markings on the caudal fin. 
There is also a faint black ocellus at the upper portion of the base 
of the caudal fin. ‘The upper jaw is provided with a prominent 
knob in the middle. The lower lip is interrupted in the middle. 
The dorsal is considerably in advance of the ventrals. The 
lateral line is incomplete, ending below the origin of the dorsal. 
The eyes are nearer to the snout than the posterior extremity of 
the head. 


Measurements of type-specimens in millimetres. 


AQ Be 
Length of body (caudal teas ESO 26'8 
Length of head ee FB 6°4 
Diameter of eye ae Ig r'6 


The following is a description of the fresh-specimens from 
Manipur :— 
DF) O-—Tos A257 a eeiTen iNet 


The length of the caudal fin is contained 44—5 times, of the 
head 4#—54 times and the depth of the body 54—64 times in the 
total length including the caudal fin. The diameter of the eye is 
contained 4—4+4 times in the length of the head and 13 times in the 
length of the snout. Barbels.—There are six barbels, two rostral 
pairs and one pair maxillary. The maxillary barbels are slightly 
longer than the outer rostrals and are 1} times as long as the 
diameter of the eye. The inner rostrals are equal in length to the 
diameter of the eye. Fins.—The dorsal fin arises in advance of 
the ventrals and is almost as high as the depth of the body below 
it; its origin is nearer to the snout than to the base of the caudal 
fin. The caudal fin is slightly emarginate, with the upper lobe 
slightly the longer. The caudal peduncle is almost as high as 
long. 

The mouth is small and semicircular and the mouth-opening 
reaches to just below the nostrils. The lips, the jaws, and the 
lateral line are as described in the type-specimens. 

The colour of this loach has thus been described by Blyth 
and agrees with the Manipur specimens :—‘‘ It has a dark lateral 
streak, crossed by twelve short transverse bands, which alternate 
with about the same number of dorsal dark cross-bands. The 
dorsal fin is marked with three and the caudal with four rows of 
black spots; the other fins being spotless.’’ ‘There is, however, 
considerable variation even in specimens from the same locality. 
Some are uniformly pale and in some the dorsal surface is black 
and the belly white. There is always a black ocellus near the 
superior margin of the base of the caudal fin. 

Nemachilus zonalternans is known from Tenasserim district 
(Burma) and is common all over the Manipur Valley. 


192I.| S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 201 


Some female specimens on dissection were found to contain 


eggs. 
Measurements in millimetres. 
9 I g rod fo fo 

Total length including caudal .. 4o°0 40:0 40°7 3673 40°8 35°7 
Length of caudal .. SPOS 2. Sil, 7-28 BS 9. ha8 
Length of head . va eka Shey AS FAG PA 7 O 
Depth of body .. Seay OM sO eae eiOr) | Ona ADS 
Diameter of eye PO) AS APIs), AG) ET 


Nemachilus sikmaiensis, sp. nov. 
Plate IX, fig. 4; plate X, figs. 1, Ia. 
D: 2/8. Al 2/5. Be ri=-12. V8. 


In this fish the head is slightly depressed and the ventral 
profile is almost horizontal. The dorsal profile rises gradually 
from the end of the snout to the base of the dorsal fin, beyond 
which it slopes gradually to the base of the caudal fin. There 
are definite rows of open pores all over the head and those just 
above and below the eye meet posteriorly and are continued along 
the lateral line, which ends just above the middle of the anal fin. 

The length of the head is contained 5—5} times, of the 
caudal fin 5—53 times and the depth of the body 7—8 times in 
the total length. The eyes are minute and are situated in the 
middle of the head. They look upwards and outwards and are 
invisible from below. The diameter of the eye is contained 4} 
times in the length of the head. There are two pairs of nostrils, 
one on either side Their position is nearer to the eye than to 
the end of the snout. A fold of skin, provided with a sharp, 
barbel-like process, separates the nostrils of each side. It has an 
inferior, semicircular mouth, which is surrounded by thick lips. 
The lower iip is slightly notched in the middle and is devoid of any 
swellings or papillae. Barbels.—There are six barbels, two rostral 
pairs and one pair maxillary. The outer rostrals are the longest 
and extend to the posterior margin of the nostrils. Fins.—The 
dorsal fin is slightly in advance of the ventrals and is as high as 
the depth of the body below it; its origin is equidistant from the 
nostrils and the base of the caudal fin. The pectorals are rounded 
and are shorter than the head and are separated from the 
ventrals by three-fourths of their own length. The ventrals are 
well developed and are provided with scaly appendages to their 
bases. The ventrals reach the vent. The caudal fin is deeply 
torked ; the lower lobe is slightly the longer. 

The colouration of this species is very characteristic. There 
are I12—13 black rings round the body, separated by an equal 
number of slightly narrow white ones. In front of the ventrals 
the rings ate incomplete and the under surface of the head and 
body is dull white. There is a black bar across the base of the 


202 Records oj the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


caudal fin and a black spot at the base of the first few dorsal 
rays. The rays of the dorsal fin have black markings along their 
length in the middle. The caudal fin is dusky and the rest 
spotless. In some examples the rings in the anterior portion are 
hardly distinguishable and the colour has become uniformly black. 

The males of this species are provided with a thick, triangular 
pad below the antero-inferior margin of the eye. 

Nemaciilus sikmaiensts is distinguished from the rest by the 
simplicity of its lips, by the nature of the caudal fin which is 
deepy forked, by the fact that the lateral line does not extend 
beyond the middle of the anal fin and that the dorsal fin poss- 
esses only eight branched rays. 

é- Ty pe-specimens.—F 9932/1. Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Only nine specimens of this species were obtained in the 

Sikmai stream near Palel on the Burma Road. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


° Q 2 Q 2 


Total length including caudal..41°3 43°93 31°4 33°0 32°5 
Length of caudal .. poh. 722” SPO RENO 3 is Ore 
Length of head .. yo ey Se OL GRA or} 
Depth of body .. be aes) AOR Ma ae IP 


Nemachilus kangjupkhulensis, sp. nov. 
Plate X, figs. 4, 4a. 
D. 2/6—7. A. 2/5. V.6—7. P. 9. 


In this species the dorsal profile is slightly arched and the 
ventral is horizontal throughout. ‘The head is bluntly pointed and 
slightly depressed. The under surface of the head and body is 
flat. ‘There are open pores scattered all over the head, anda row 
of these just below the eye is continued along the lateral line. 
It has a ventral mouth, which is situated only a short distance 
behind the anterior end of the snout and is surrounded by thick 
lips. The upper lip is slightly notched and the lower widely in- 
terrupted in the middle. Behind the lower lip there is a cushion- 
like muscular pad, resembling the central callous portion of the 
disc of Garra. ‘The lower lip is slightly fimbriated. 

The length of the head is contained 5;—55 times, of the 
caudal 6—6} times and the depth of the body 6—8} times in 
the total length including the caudal fin. 

The eyes are dorso-lateral in position and their diameter is 
contained 54 times in the length of the head. The snout is 
twice as long as the diameter of the eye. The caudal peduncle 
is I: times as long as high. Lateral line.—The lateral line is 
incomplete and ends before the commencement of the dorsal fin. 
In some examples it extends to just above the end of the pectoral 


192I.| S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 203 


fins. Nostrils.—There is a pair of nostrils on each side and their 
position is nearer to the eye than to the tip of the snout. Fins.— 
The dorsal commences almost opposite the ventrals ; its origin is 
equidistant from the anterior margin of the orbit and the base 
of the caudal fin. It is almost as high as the depth of the body 
below it. The pectorals are shorter than the head and are separ- 
ated from the ventrals by their own length. The ventrals do not 
reach the vent, which is situated on a raised papilla and is provided 
with thick lips. The caudal fin is slightly emarginate and in 
some examples the lower lobe is longer than the upper. The 
bases of the ventrals are provided with fleshy pendants, 

There are seven to eleven broad black bands on the body 
separated by an equal number of white ones which are only half 
as broad. There is a black bar at the base of the caudal fin and 
a black spot at the base of first three rays of the dorsal. In some 
examples the bands in the anterior region get mixed up and the 
surface becomes uniformly dusky. The under surface of the head 
and body is white. Usually there are two black streaks radiating 
from the eye to the snout. 

I have not been able to discover any outward signs of sexual 
dimorphism in this species. Some specimens on dissection were 
found to contain eggs. The eggs in this species are fairly big. 
In a specimen 43 mm. long, the diameter of an egg is 1°8 mm. 

Nemachilus kangjupkhulensis is widely distributed in the hill- 
streains of the Manipur Valley. 


Nemachilus prashadi, sp. nov. 
Plate X, figs. 2, 2a. 
Dea/S.. Va 5, NGO.) ELE. 


The length of the head is contained 5—53 times, of the caudal 
fin 44—5 times and the depth of the body 5—7 times in the 
total length including the caudal fin. In ripe females the greatest 
depth of the body is contained 5 times in the total length. Hyes.— 
The eyes are invisible from below and their diameter is contained 
3%—5 times in the length of the head. Barbels.—There are six 
fairly long barbels, the inner rostrals extend to the nasal opening 
and the outer reach the beginning of the second third of orbit. 
The maxillary barbels are as long as the outer rostrals and are 
twice as long as the diameter of theeye. Lateral line.—The lateral 
line is well-marked anteriorly, gradually it fades away and ult 
mately disappears behind the anal fin. /zns.—The dorsal fin is in 
advance of the ventrals and its origin is nearer to the snout than 
to the base of the caudal fin. The pectorals are longer than the 
head and when adpressed almost reach the base of the ventrals 
which are provided with a short fleshy pendant. The caudal fin is 
deeply forked and in some female examples the upper lobe is slightly 
the longer. The caudal peduncle is I} times as long as high. In 
mature females the pectorals do not reach the ventrals. 


204 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


The open pores, noticed in the preceding species, are present 
all over the head and are continued along the lateral line as well. 
There is a well-marked prominence in the middle of the upper jaw 
and the lower lip is interrupted in the middle. 

The lateral line is crossed by 13 short, black vertical bands. 
Above the lateral line the body is marked by a characteristic reti- 
culum formed by numerous dark bands and blotches. The under 
surface of the head and body is pale olivaceous. There is a deep 
black bar at the base of the caudal fin and two dotted bands across 
it. The dorsal fin is marked by two tands and a black spot at 
the base of the first few rays. The remaining fins are spotless or 
in some examples very indistinctly marked. 

The specimens of Nemachilus prashadi were obtained in Tho- 
nagpal tank and in Thoubal and Sikmaistreams. Of 74 specimens, 
40 are males and the rest females. 

I have great pleasure in associating this fish with the name 
of my friend Dr. Baini Prashad, Assistant Superintendent, Zoolo- 
gical Survey of India, who has given me every possible encourage- 
ment in my work in the Museum. 

Type-specimen.—F 9987/1. Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Order ACANTHOPTERIGII. 
Family PERCIDAE. 
Ambassis ranga (Ham. Buch.). 
1889. Ambassis ranga, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 103. 

The individuals of this species from different localities show 
considerable variation in colour. Those from the Loktak Lake are 
dirty yellowish-orange, shot with minute black dots all over. 
These dots are aggregated to form 0—1Ir transverse bands on the 
body. A similar arrangement of dots forms a black blotch over 
the shoulder. The upper portion of the iris and the head are 
stained with black. In the young individuals the transverse bands 
are absent. The specimens collected in streams are lighter in colour 


and do not show any black dcets, though in some cases the trans- 
verse bands are well marked. 


Family NANDIDAE. 
Badis badis (Ham. Buch.). 


1889. Badis buchanani, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 160. 


There are altogether three specimens of the species, two of 
which were captured in Dhanashori stream and one in a small 
pool in thick jungle near Dimapur, Assam. In colouration the 
fish agree with Day’s description of the Assamese specimens. 

This species is said to occur all over India and Burma, hut I 
did not get a single specimen of it in Manipur. 


T92t.| S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 


LS) 
2) 
On 


Family MASTACEMBELIDAE. 
Rhynchobdella dhanashorii, sp. nov. 
Plate IX, fig. 2. 
1D), TYG Ss NG SViMa (GGG, = JEL ay 


The length of the head is contained 7 times, of the caudal 14 
times and the depth of the body 9} times in the total length 
including the caudal fin. The diameter of the eye is contained 
about 5 times in the length of the head. The vent is situated nearer 
to the base of the caudal fin than to the tip of the snout. The 
mouth is small and does not extend to below the nostrils. There 
are no preorbital or preopercular spines. The fleshy appendage of 
the snout is broad and 
concave with transverse 
striations on the under 
surface. Fins.—The first 
dorsal consists of nineteen 
spines, which increase in 
length posteriorly except 
for the last one which is 
shorter than the rest. It 
commences at the begin- 
ning of the second third 
of the distance between 
the anterior end of the 
orbit and the base of the 
caudal fin. There are 
three anal spines close 
together, the middle one ; 
is the longest. The caudal TEXT-FIG. 5.—Under surface of head and snout 
finlia tree both from the of Rhynchobdella dhanashoriz, sp. nov. 
dorsal and the anal fins. 

This species has a well-marked colouration. In spirit it is 
dull olivaceous speckled with numerous very characteristic pale 
lines extending downwards and forwards from the base of the 
dorsal fin and becoming obscure in the belly region. Behind the 
vent these lines are joined together in an irregular manner to form 
a reticulation. A pale longitudinal band extends backwards from 
behind the eye and becomes obscure in the post anal region. The 
lower surface is pale, speckled with black on the lower surface of 
the head. ‘The fins are dark, minutely banded or speckled with 
dull white. 

The only other known Indian species of the genus is Rhyn- 
chobdella aculeata which is said to occur in brackish waters within 
tidal influence and also throughout the deltas of large Indian and 
Burmese rivers. The new species differs from it in having a 
characteristic colouration and different proportions and also in the 
fact that R. dhanashorii occurs far inland in freshwater. 


206 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Type-specimen.—F 9989/1. Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

A single specimen of this species was obtained in Dhanashori 
stream, about a mile from Dimapur, Assam. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


Total length including caudal a Be) | S50 
Length of caudal fin es ; se 7h 
Depth of body a a LORS 
Length of head ve oe SL ALO 
Diameter of eye ee ne Kat tye BORO) 


Mastacembelus manipurensis, sp. nov. 
Plate IX, fig. 3. 


The proportions show considerable variation with the age of 
the fish. In a specimen about 23 cm. long, the depth of the body 
is contained 9 times in the total length and the length of the head 
about 6 times. In an older specimen 44 cm. in length, the depth 
of the body is contained 13 times and the length of the head 7 
times in the total length. The diameter of the eye is contained 
7—11} times in the length of the head. The vent is situated 
much nearer to the base of the caudal fin than to the end of the 
snout ; its position can thus be located in the older specimen :— 


Distance of verit from end of snout aa APG Cia. 
8; 5 5s base of caudal fin Es tL OIOs we 
a +5 a end of caudal fin we. 2ICOP as 


The preorbital spines are absent, but there are three well- 
marked preopercular spines which increase in length from below 
upwards. The fleshy appendage to the snout is short and is 7 
mm. in length in the older specimen. Fins.—The caudal fin is 
completely united with the dorsal and the anal fins. The spiny 
portion of the dorsal consists of 37 spines and commences above 
the middle of the pectoral. The rayed portion of the dorsal is 
leathery and low, so it is rather difficult to count the number of 
rays with exactness. There are, however, 66—72 soft rays. The 
anal fin has three spines close together, the middle one is the long- 
est and the stoutest. The anal spines can only be made out after 
a careful dissection. There are about 50 rays in the anal fin. 

In the older specimen, the dorsal surface of the head and 
body and the whole of the tail portion is black, with about 23 
short black bands across the dorsal surface. The colour of the 
body below the lateral line and on the under surface of the head is 
pale olivaceous, gradually fading into yellow on the ventral sur- 
face. There are four irregular dark longitudinal bands on either 
side of the body, commencing from near the head and becoming 
indistinguishable in the region behind the vent. ‘There isa charac- 
teristic dark band along the midventral line extending from the 


1921. | S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 207 


head to the vent. On the sides and the under surface of the head 
there are short irregular bands forming a reticulum. There is a 
short band between the eye and the base of the pectoral fin. The 
pectoral is marked with a few dotted bands. 

The following short description may be given to facilitate the 
identification of the species according to the synopsis of the species 
of the genus given by Boulenger | :— 


Snout scaly on the sides ; three anal spines ; caudal complete- 
ly united with dorsal and anal; vent considerably nearer caudal 
than end of snout ; preorbital spines absent ; 3 preopercular spines 
present ; dorsal fin with 37 spines; mouth extending to below nostrils 
in adults while it does not extend so far in the younger specimen. 

By these characters the new species approaches M. erythrotae- 
nia, Blkr. and M. caudatus, McClell. From the former it differs 
in having 3 instead of 4 preopercular spines and in having fewer 
rays to the soft dorsal and the anal fins and also in colouration 
and proportions ; from the latter in the fact that the mouth does 
not extend to below the anterior third of the eye and the number 
of rays both in the dorsal and the anal fins is not so great. 

Since his synopsis, Boulenger has described three new species 
of the genus Mastacembelus, viz. M. moeruensis,* M. stappersii and 
M. meliandi.® 1 have consulted the descriptions and do not find 
any close affinity with the new species 

Type-specimen.—F 9990/1. Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Only two specimens of this species were obtained in Khurda 
stream, near Thanga Id. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


ja, B. 
Total length including caudal aAAO 12¢ 
Depth of body 33 Pe eS 14 
Length of head excluding fleshy snout .. 64 21 
Diameter of eye é 55 3 
Length of snout amilinchine fleshy portion!) EEO SS GE 
Length of caudal ae os son MEO 4 
Length of pectoral .. uF Ae 19 6°7 


Family OPHIOCEPHALIDAE. 
Ophiocephalus punctatus, Bloch. 
1889. Ophiocephalus punctatus, Vinciguerra, op. cit., p. 186. 


Only one specimen of this species was obtained in a dirty 
pool in thick jungle near Dimapur, Assam. 


! Boulenger, Fourn. Acad. Nat. Sct. Philadelphia (2) XV, pp. 197—203 
(1912). 

2 Boulenger, Rev. Zool. Africaine, III, p. 446 (1913—14). 

8 Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) XIV, p. 386 (1914). 


208 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


In O. punctatus the subopercular bones overlap or come very 
close to each other on the under surface of the head. The body is 
sharply marked into two regions, the wpper surface of the head 
and the body is dark, while the belly and the lower surface of the 
head are white. There is a dark band along the side of the head 
from the snout to the angle of the operculum. There are also a 
number of alternating bands above and below the lateral line. 
The belly and the under surface of the head are speckled with 
black dots. There is a white transverse bar at the base of the 
caudal fin and all the fins have dotted bands. 


Ophiocephalus harcourt-butleri, Annandale. 
1918. Ophtocephalus harcourt-butler:, Annandale, op. cit., p. 54, text- 
fig. 2; pl. ii, fig. 7; pl. iv, figs. 16, 17. 

Specimens from the Shan States show great variation as 
regards the number of fin-rays both in the dorsal and the anal fins. 
Dr. Annandale gives the formula as:—D. 28—38. A. 16—25. 
The specimens of this species from Manipur are, however, constant 
as regards this character. Of a large number of specimens in 
which I counted the rays, only in one case was the number of rays 
in the dorsal fin found to be 35, while 34 is the rule. The anal 
fin always had 23 rays. Both types of colour-forms occur in our 
collection and the young individuals are characterized by a black 
ocellus at the base of the pectoral fin, followed by a number of 
black lines. In almost all cases the vertical and the caudal fins 
have a narrow reddish-orange band along their edge. 

Ophiocephalus harcourt-butlert is widely distributed in the 
Southern Shan States (Burma) and the Manipur Valley. In the 
Manipur Valley it is common in the Loktak Lake and in the 
marshes surrounding it. 


FISHERIES OF THE MANIPUR VALLEY AND OF THE 
NAGA HILLS OF THE SOUTHERN WATERSHED. 


Owing to their religious tenets the Manipuris are forbidden 
any kind of animal food except fish, which thus forms a very 
important item in their diet. In the Loktak Lake, where traps 
and other fishing appliances are used in great variety, the state 
does not levy any kind of tax, consequently near Thanga Island, 
which may be described as the headquarters of the fishermen, 
fishing is carried on throughout the year and at all hours of the 
day and night, and every Manipuri irrespective of age and sex 
is engaged in fishing. Even in other places it is a common sight 
to see young boys and girls catching small fish from ponds with 
baskets. Lai! Manipuris do not spare even the molluscs and 
Acrostoma variabile, the soft parts of which are sucked out after 
boiling, is highly esteemed. 


1 Lai=Villagers. The Manipuris of the big towns look upon villagers as of 
low caste and usually do not mix with them. 


1g2I.] S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 200 


From the fisheries in other areas, the state realises a good in- 
come. ‘The total is estimated to be between Rs. 60,000 and 1,00,000 
annually. The main rivers of the valley are divided into stretches, 
each about a couple of miles in length. The fishery rights in each 
of these areas are publicly auctioned every year and each fishery 
fetches from Rs. 400 to 500. The money is paid to the state in 
instalments; but usually, as I gathered from a talk with Mr. 
A. C. Eleazar, the full amount is never realised. The Waithu-pat, 
a lake some ten miles from Imphal and lying on either side of the 
Burma Road, is the most important centre, not only because it 
brings an income of Rs. 8,000 to 10,000 a year, but because the 
entire supply for the Imphal market of the big edible fish (Wadlago 
attu) comes from this place. 


FISHING BOATS. 


The only type of boat used in the Loktak Lake is a dug-out. 
It generally consists of a single piece of wood with a flat bottom, 
hollowed out to form a boat. The anterior end is broad and 
somewhat squarish. The boat is rowed with a single paddle 
having a long blade. A small boat costs from Rs. 15 to18. Near 
Thanga Island some big boats are also used for fishing and as 
a means of transportation. In the Imphal River, the tradesmen 
also use big boats which are not dug-out but real flat-bottomed 
boats of similar shape. 

Manipuris are very fond of boat-racing. During the rainy 
season, a racing competition is held every year in the Imphal 
River. On this occasion two big boats are used with dragons 
carved on their sides. 


FISH-TRAPS. 


A series of characteristic traps are used in running water for 
capturing large quantities of fish. A trap consists of three parts, 
each performing a definite function. The first part consists of a 
superficial dam, built of bamboo poles and dry grass and extends 
almost across the stream, leaving only a passage for boats. The 
function of this dam is to prevent floating weeds and other debris 
from choking the traps which are laid further on. About twenty 
yards below this dam, another stronger dam is built of the same 
material, but here the grass is held together by sticky mud. It 
does not come quite up to the surface, and the water either flows 
over it or through the boat passage. ‘To the upper edge of the 
poles, just at the level of the water, numerous traps are fixed close 
together. Each trap consists of two parts. The chora-ruh or the 
upper part has the form of a conical tube and is attached by its 
wider end to one of the poles. The second portion or /usak is also 
conical but is closed at the narrow end. It telescopes a little over 
the end of the first part and is attached to it by means of a string. 
The Jusak thus acts as a sort of a purse for all the fish that enter the 
trap and is detached from time to time and emptied of its contents. 


210 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


By this elaborate arrangement all the fish crossing the dam near 
the surface are trapped. 

The third dam is built about twenty yards still further down 
and is designed for the capture of bottom-fish which pass the 
second dam through the boat channel. It is only about a foot or 
so high from the bottom of the stream and is built across the 
whole of its breadth. Above the surface of the water the only 
traces of this dam are three pairs of strong bamboo poles firmly 
fixed in the ground; a pair is placed in the centre of the stream 
and one on each side of it near the bank. ‘To the dam itself a 
series of spindle-shaped traps is attached. The Kalio-ruh is a 
spindle-shaped trap pointed anteriorly, and having an opening at 
the posterior broader end; this opening is plugged when the trap 
is laid. ‘The entrance into the trap is on the under surface and 
consists of a conical tube made of bamboo splints; at the inner 
end these splints are sharply pointed so that a fish once it has 
passed into the trap is unable to get out again. The arrangement 
tor keeping the trap in position is illustrated on plate xii, fig. 7. 
For this purpose strong bamboo pegs (auting) about 46 cm. in 
length are employed. Each is made by doubling a length of 
bamboo on itself and thus possesses a loop at its upper end. One 
peg is thrust into the dam on each side of the trap and the two 
are lashed together by grass which is passed through the loops. 
Each trap is also secured by a length of bamboo with pointed ends 
which is bent over the trap and driven into the ground on either 
side. ‘The double peg thus formed by the length of bamboo is 
called chikap. Under the chikap and all around it tufts of grass 
are woven in order to give the whole arrangement the appearance 
of an impassable barrier. 

After every four or five hours the traps are taken out and 
emptied of their contents which frequently consist of a very large 
number of fish. The method of taking out the trap is rather pe- 
culiar. A long bamboo pole is thrown across the stream and is 
held in position by two of the three pairs of bamboo poles al- 
ready mentioned. A rope is now tied to a boat and is passed 
along the horizontal bamboo pole. A man dives, releases the 
chikap on one side and brings out in turn the kalio-ruh in this re- 
gion and passes them on to another man in the boat, who empties 
them of their contents by removing the plug at the broader end 
of each. When all the fish are jerked out the plug is replaced and 
the trap again set in position. This is a very successful and 
elaborate method and maunds of fish are daily trapped in this 
way. 

The kao (pl. xii, fig. 1) is another kind of trap used in shallow 
streams. It is stuffed with grass and dry sticks and tied to a 
bamboo peg driven into the bank. Fish seeking shelter get 
amongst the grass and sticks and remain there. The trap is al- 
lowed to remain in the water for two to three days and is then 
rapidly dragged out. The fish are unable to free themselves quick- 
ly and are thus easily secured. 


1921. |] S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur, 211 


A kao which was seen in use in the Wang-jing stream near 
the village of the same name was 2 ft. 2 in. in height, 5 ft. in 
length and 6 ft. broad. 

The fish generally caught in this trap are Crossochilus latia and 
Botia berdmorei, besides smaller species such as Barbus ticto and 
Lepidocephalichthys irrorata. 

The tikhau-vuh or “‘ trap of the Assamese’’ is the biggest 
trap used in the streams of the valley. It is circular, pointed at 
one end and with a funnel-shaped passage of bamboo spikes con- 
verging inwards at the other end. A strong bamboo pole is lashed 
to one of its sides for the attachment of ropes. Two ropes are 
used, one is tied to the closed narrow end of the trap and the other 
to the pole. <A tikhau-ruh seen in the Imphal River was 7°5 ft. in 
length and 2} ft. in diameter. The funnel was 2} ft. in length and 
the bamboo pole 34 ft. The length of the ropes varies according 
to the stream in which the trap is used (pl. xii, fig. 4). 

The method of using the trap is interesting and throws some 
light on the breeding season of Manipur fish. The open end is 
placed down stream during the months of February and March, 
whilst during September arid October the same end is placed point- 
ing up stream. According to the Manipur belief, the fish ascend 
the streams during February and March and descend during 
September and October. In using the trap, a long bamboo pole is 
fixed vertically in the middle of the stream. A rope from the 
natrow end of the trap is tied to the pole, while the broader end 
is attached by a second rope to a peg on the bank. 

Many other varieties of traps are used in the Loktak Lake. 
These, however, do not differ from those commonly used in Bengal 
and which have been described by Anderson.! 

Other characteristic traps are used by the Nagas and Mani- 
puris for catching small hill-stream fishes. The /o-lu (pl. xii, fig. 3) 
‘of the Nagas is a funnel-shaped trap, with the narrow part greatly 
elongated and slightly dilated at the end. The bamboo sticks, of 
which it is made, have a spiral twist and are held in position by cane 
strings which run spirally from one end to the other. It is used 
in places where there is an abrupt fall in the water level. In such 
places the trap is fixed by means of a cane string and a peg, with 
its broad end pointing up stream. The narrow end is plugged 
with grass and small fish travelling with the current are carried 
into the trap. Owing partly to the rapidity of the flow of water 
and partly to the fact that they are confined in the narrow neck 
of the trap, they are unable to escape. 

The Manipuri lo-lu (pl. xii, fig. 2) is similar but shorter and 
more massive. Instead of a single cane string it has two which are 
tied to two pegs one on either side of the small channel of water in 
which it isused. The Manipuris often use this kind of trap in their 
rice-fields, where the water from a field at a higher level flows to 
another at a lower level. 


! Anderson, Cat. Fish. Appliances, Bengal. (1883). 


212 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XXIT. 


BASKET APPLIANCES. 


Only two kinds of baskets are used for catching fish in the 
valley and one is of a type only to be found in the country border- 
ing on the Loktak Lake. 

The /é6ng (pl. xi, fig. 6), which is widely used all over the valley 
is bowl-shaped and is made of coarsely woven bamboo strips. ‘The 
circular brim of the basket is formed of strong bamboo tied to the 
lower net-like portion by cane strings. A man using the basket 
dips it into the water and then disturbs the grass in front of it 
with his feet. The fish are thus driven in the basket which is, 
then, suddenly taken from the water and the catch transferred to 
an earthen pot which is carried tied to the waist. One of the 
baskets was measured to be 47 cm. in diameter and 31 cm. in 
height. 

The second type of basket, the chigai-idng (pl.-x1. fig. 5) is 
saucer shaped and is generally provided with a bamboo handle, the 
machar. The basket is shoved underneath a floating island and 
the grass is disturbed from above. It is then quickly withdrawn 
and small fish and insects are taken from it. It is chiefly used for 
collecting insects for baiting purposes. One I examined was 85 
cm. in its longest diameter, 12 cm. in depth and the length of the 
handle was 200 cm. 

I may here refer to a peculiar type of basket which is used 
for scooping out water. In marshy places the thick grass is cut 
with a long sickle and removed. The water is then scooped out 
with the basket, the ishto-machaz (pl. xi, fig. 3) and the wriggling 
fish are caught with the bare hands. This method is employed 
for capturing Ophiocephalus harcourt-butleri and Clarias batrachus. 
The measurements of one seen at Thanga Island were: length of 
the handle 140 cm., the length of the basket 95 cm. and the depth 
of the basket 17 cm. 

NETS. 


Besides the cast net and the big seine net, the well-known 
maha-jal of India, there are three peculiar types of nets which 
may be briefly described. 

The /ungtharat machat (pl. xi, fig. 4) is like the shallow basket- 
net, chigailong-machat. It is extensively used among Hydrilla 
plants on the Potsengbaum side of the Loktak Lake. A long 
bamboo pole is used for disturbing the weeds and for throwing 
them off the net. The net without the handle or machat is also 
used like the /éng in various marshy places in the valley. 

The most characteristic net is the 7b-hungen-paura of the 
Manipuris. It consists of a rectangular net 7 to 8 ft. long and 3 
to 4 ft. wide. ‘The net is spread out by two bamboo arches placed 
diagonally across it, each arch consisting of two pieces tied to- 
gether in the middle. Where they cross, the arches are lashed 
together by a cane string in such a way that they can be folded 
together when the net is separated from them. A long bamboo 
pole is tied to the junction of the arches. In the Loktak Lake 


1921I.]| S. L. Hora: Fish of Manipur. 213 


the net is used by women from a boat. ‘The bamboo pole ts held 
between the thighs and is alternately raised and lowered by a 
peculiar movement of the right leg and both hands. In each 
boat there .are two women, one of whom manipulates the net 
while the other rows the boat and drives the fish into the net by 
beating the boat with a short bamboo stick. The peculiar noise 
thus produced is to be heard day and night at Thanga Island. 

The arrangement and the method of using the net is different 
in other parts of the valley. A rope is tied to the bamboo pole 
near the junction of the two arches and the pole is loosely fixed 
in the ground to serve as a fulcrum. The net is lowered or raised 
by means of the rope. With this arrangement the net is called 
ilb-jung-thauri (pl. xi, fig. I.). 

A kind of gill-net is also used in the Loktak Lake. Large 
pieces of pith tied along the upper edge act as a float, while the 
lead-weights attached to the lower edge keep the net vertical. 
The net is shot ina suitable place; the boats manoeuvre in the 
vicinity , herding the fish into the net, in which they are meshed. 

All kinds of nets used in the valley are provided with a 
small mesh only a few millimetres in width. 


FISHING ENCLOSURE. 


Big fishing enclosures are constructed in the Loktak Lake and 
sometimes large quantities of fish are captured in this way. A 
fairly big piece of a floating island is cut and drifted away to a 
suitable place and is fixed in position by passing long bamboo 
poles through it into the bottom of the lake. The island thus 
fixed is allowed to remain in one position for several days. After 
some time an enclosure of bamboo poles and grass is built around 
it, a little higher than the level of the water to prevent fish from 
jumping out. On the completion of the enclosure the floating 
island is cut into small pieces and cleared, but all the small fish 
which may be present in the grass are carefully collected. After 
the surface is cleared of floating material, the water is made 
muddy by making buffaloes move in it in all directions. Different 
kinds of nets are used for taking the fish out, the most efficient 
being the ilb-hungén-paura. 

Near Thanga Island it is a common sight to see young boys 
and girls paddling a small piece of floating island to their homes 
by placing their small boat across it. Near their home the island 
is fixed in position by long bamboo poles and serves to attract fish 
by reason of the shelter it provides. 


FIsH SPEARING. 


The spears used in the valley are of two kinds, one with two 
prongs, the other with several (as many as eleven or more). The 
former is used in spearing ngapuram (Monopterus albus), and is 
known as the Naga /aow. It consists of two long bamboo sticks 
bearing iron prongs at one end and tightly fixed by wedges at 


214 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 1921.] 


the other end inside the hollow of a thicker bamboo which forms 
the handle. The handle of the spear is about 8 inches in length 


a. 


TExtT-F1G. 6.—Drawings of models of 
fish spears. 
(a) Manipuri Jaow for spearing 
ordinary fish. 
(4) Naga laou for spearing eels. 


while the total length is five feet. 
The Manipuri /aow is constructed 
on an entirely different plan. It 
consists of a fairly long and thick 
bamboo pole, at one end of which 
several short sticks with iron 
prongs at their ends are firmly 
fixed. Same of these are fixed 
inside the hollow of the pole, just 
as in the Naga Jaou, but others 
are tied all round it with a cane 
lashing. Bamboo splinters are 
wedged in between the prongs 
to keep them in position. This 
spear is chiefly used for catching 
big fish in the Loktak Lake. 
When a fisherman sees some dis- 
turbance in the grass, he throws 
his spear at the place. I was 
given to understand that as big 
nets cannot be used in the lake 
on account of the thick vegeta- 
tion, all the large sized fish are 
captured with this spear. 


Hooxs anp LINES. 


I did not see any fishing-rods 
in use in Manipur, but I was in- 
formed that a crude type of rod 
isused in the valley. Peculiar 
bamboo hooks, sometimes tied at 
intervals to a long line were seen 
in use in the Loktak Lake. The 
hooks consist of thin bamboo 
splinters sharpened at both ends 
and notched in the middle for the 
lashing. They are very flexible 
and the bait, which consists of 
worms and insects or of small 


species of Barbus, is put on by bringing the two ends together. 
The efficiency of the hook depends upon the elasticity of the bam- 
boo, for as soon as the fish has swallowed the bait, the hook opens 
out; the ends penetrate the side of the mouth, often protruding 
through the gill openings. Several scores of these hooks are used 


in making a line. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 


Fish from Manipur. 


1. Lateral view of Barbus clavatus, McClell., (reduced). 
2. Lateral view of Rhynchobdella dhanashori, sp. nov. 

3. Lateral view of Mastacembelus manipurensis, sp. nov. 
4. Upper view of head of Nemachilus stkmaiensis. sp., 


MOWVe5) 0 Zee 


Lepidocephalichthys trrorata, sp. nov. 


Fic. 5. Lateral view of type-specimen, x 15. 


5a. Under surface of head of same, X 23. 
5b. Upper surface of head of same, X 22. 


Psilorhynchus sp., Hora. 


. 6. Lateral view of immature specimen, x 3}. 


6a. Under surface of head of same, X 4+. 


REC. IND. MUS. VOL. XXII, 1912. 


S, C. Mondul & A, C. Chowdhary del. 


FISH FROM MANIPUR. 


Lng me : 


4a. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. 
Nemachilus from Manipur. 
Nemachilus sikmaiensts, sp. nov. 


Lateral view of type-specimen, X 2. 


. Under surface of head of same, X 3. 


Nemachilus prashadi, sp. nov. 


Lateral view of male specimen, X I. 


. Under surface of head of same, x 3. 


Nemachilus zonalternans (Blyth). 


Lateral view of a female specimen, x 


. Under surface of head of same, X 3. 


Nemachilus kangjupkhulensis, sp. nov. 


Lateral view of type-specimen, xX 2. 
Under surface of head of same, X 3. 


2 


REC. IND. MUS., VOL. XXII, 1921. 


NEMACHILUS FROM MANIPUR. 


S= 


t 


EZ 


= 


A. C. Chowdhary del. 


sw s 


- is 
e 4 
i 
4 ; 
+ 4 5 
ff 
s 
Vobis ts 
bev, f 
ws 


Oy Ur 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. 
Manipuri fishing nets and baskets. 


Shows a girl manipulating 7/b-jung-thaurt, the charac- 
teristic Manipuri net. A boy is seen using a crude 
type of fishing rod. 

Dam constructed by Manipuris in small streams for 
capturing fish that come to the surface. Notice 
especially the arrangement of chora-ruh and lusak. 

A type of basket, is/to-machai, used for scooping 
out water. 

Lungtharai-machai, a kind of net extensively used 
for capturing small fish in the Loktak Lake. 

Chigatlong-machai, a fish-basket with a handle. 

Long, or the bowl-shaped fish basket. 


Plate XI. 


Rec, Ind. Mus., Vol. XXII, 1921. 


. C. Mondul Photo. 


S 


sare at tg 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. 
Photographs of Manipur fish-traps. 


Fic. 1. Photograph cf a model of kao. 
,, 2. Photograph of an original Manipuri Jo-lu. 
3. Photograph of an original Naga /o-lu. 
,, 4. Photograph of a medel of tikhau-ruh. 
5 


Photograph of a model of chova-ruh and lusak, the 
latter telescoping into the former. 


6. Photograph from an original kalio-ruh, etc. Kalio-ruh 
is shown in the centre, covered by chikap. Two 
double bamboo pegs at the sides are au-ung. 


7. Photograph of a model showing the arrangement of 


kalio-ruh, chikap and au-ung when used for captur- 
ing bottom fish. 


Plate XII. 


Vol. XXII. 1921. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., 


i 


hi wv fan 


i 


PARI ba 


Sac: Moadul Photo. 


1 


Lae 
Ps 


4 


re ak 
P ~ 


XX. THE BANDED POND-SNAIL OF INDIA 
(Vil VI RPAIVA BEING AVE ENS IcS)): 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F'.A.S.B., Director, Zoological Survey 
of India and R. B. SEYMOUR SEWELL, B.A., F.A.S.B., 
I.M.S., Surgeon Naturalist, Indian Marine Survey 
and lately Offg. Superintendent, Zoological 
Survey of India. 


(Plates I—II1). 


PREFATORY NOTE. 


In writing this paper our main object has been to provide 
an introduction to the systematic study of the freshwater 
Gasteropod molluscs of India. In no single species had the 
anatomy of the animal been studied in detail, and very little was 
known about the life-history of any one form. Even for the 
common European species comparatively little information was 
available, and there is much indirect evidence that, in bionomics at 
any rate, considerable differences exist. between tropical molluscs 
and those of temperate climates allied to them taxonomically. 
In the circumstances a minute comparative study was impossible 
and we have thought it better, while citing all relevant references 
to literature available to us, to deal precisely with one species as 
an isolated unit in the fauna, rather than to generalize on resem- 
blances and differences prematurely. In only one part of the 
paper has this system been departed from to any great extent, 
namely in that on the edge of the mantle and the ornamentation 
of the shell. Here the comparative method was inevitable within 
the limits of the family, and it so chanced that abundant material 
was available both from within the limits of the Indian Empire 
and from a Chinese district on its eastern confines. 

Our work has been undertaken in connection with the survey 
of the freshwater molluscs of India inaugurated at the request of 
the medical authorities in 1918 by Dr. S. W. Kemp and one of 
ourselves. There is one point to which we invite attention—that 
our paper is taxonomic in intention, but could have been prepared 
only in India and not without a study of the anatomy and biono- 
mics of the species with which it deals. It has been held that sys- 
tematic zoology is incompatible with bionomics and that different 
types of mind are necessary in their study. Against such views we 
protest. They are a libel on taxonomists, if not on taxonomy. 

Our thanks are due to the artists of the Zoological Survey of 
India for the great help they have given us in the preparation of 
text-figures and plates. 


) 


Records of the Indian Museum. 


[vor. XXII, 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
Page 
Part i.—Anatomical (R.B.S.S.) .. js 217, 
Part IJ.—The ornamentation of the shell (N.A.) 243 
Part III.—Systematic (N.A.) 267 


Part IV.—Bionomics (R.B.S.S.) 


1921.j N. ANNANDALE & R.B S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 217 


Part I.—ANATOMICAL,. 
By R. B. SEYMOUR SEWELL. 


The body of Vivipara bengalensis, asin practically all Gastero- 
pod molluscs, is composed of three distinct parts or regions. In 
the fully-expanded animal the central portion forms a somewhat 
conical-shaped foot, by means of which the animal is able to crawl 
over the supporting surface. When fully extended the central 
aspect of the foot or sole is, roughly speaking, a broad oval, 
rather broader in front than behind, with a crescentic anterior 
margin. In young examples the shape of the sole is more elongate 
and tapers behind to a rounded point. In colour the sole is 
slate-grey, dotted over irregularly with spots of golden yellow 
pigment, and just within the anterior margin is a narrow but 
distinct line of demarkation, indicated by a grey streak, which 
corresponds to a groove between the more heavily pigmented 
anterior fleshy border and the less pigmented muscular sole. 
Above the expanded sole the foot rapidly tapers and on the upper 
aspect of the posterior region is situated the horny operculum. 

The operculum is roughly oval in shape tapering somewhat 
towards its right side,! so as to adapt it accurately to the shape of 
the mouth of the shell. It is horny in structure and is composed 
of a number of concentric layers so that it is considerably thicker 
in the centre, where the opercular muscle is attached, than at the 
margin, which is often somewhat frayed and irregular in outline. 
The nucleus is situated excentrically about one-third of the 
distance from the anterior margin. ‘The colour varies in different 
regions: around the nucleus it is a deep red-brown and immediately 
external to this is a narrow band of a pale yellow colour: outside 
this again the colour often deepens to a golden brown, while the 
extreme margin is of a blackish tint. The operculum is not 
absolutely flat, but is somewhat depressed in the central region 
owing to the pull of the columellar muscle. On the body aspect 
or lower surface the central portion of the operculum is occupied 
by the muscular scar to which the opercular muscle is attached. 
Surrounding this is a smooth ring, which during life is in close 
apposition to a thin fold of glandular tissue (vidz Simroth, 1896- 
1907, pl xviii, fig. 16). In the living animal this fold almost 
exactly] covers the whole of the body surface of the operculum 
lying outside the scar: owing to the muscle scar being slightly 
asymmetrical, the fold is somewhat broader on the right side than 
on the left. Itis by the gland cells of this fold that the operculum 
is secreted. 


! In the following description the terms right and left, anterior and posterior, 
etc., refer to the position in the fully extended condition of the animal. 


218 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


The main mass of the foot is divided into two layers. The 
lower layer, which forms the sole and consists of soft greyish- 
coloured spongy tissue, is tra- 
versed by a network of muscle- 
fibres, which is in turn covered 
by a layer of columnar epithelium. 
[It is this tissue that forms the 
whole surface on which the ani- 
mal crawls]. The upper and 
posterior portion of the foot is 
composed of white niuscle-fibres. 
This mass of muscle, which arises 
from the operculum, becomes 
continuous with the columellar 
muscle, which runs upwards in 
the floor of the mantle chamber and is inserted into the 
columella about half-a-turn of the spiral above the mouth of 
the shell. Between the sole and the opercular muscle is. a layer 
of tissue, consisting of a somewhat open reticulum, the meshes of 
which enclose numerous irregular spaces, and lying free in these 
are oval or rounded deeply-staining bodies, which closely resemble 
starch grains. Similar bodies are also found scattered through the 
reticulate tissue of the edge of the mantle. Between the two 
tissues of the foot the pedal nerves and the terminal portion of 
the cephalic artery pass backwards, and the central region is also 
occupied by a large venous sinus, running antero-posteriorly in 
the middle line. 

The anterior part of the body forms a well-marked ‘head,’ 
which is produced forwards in the middle line in a short trunk- 
like snout, on the anterior and central aspect of which lies the 
oral aperture. Projecting upwards and forwards on either side of 
the base of the snout is a slender tapering tentacle. Each tentacle 
arises from a short thick base which is produced on the outer side 
ina short wide pedicle bearing at its tip a well-marked globular, 
pigmented eye. Each eye is hemispherical in outline and is situ- 
ated on the anterior and inner aspect of the pedicle. It consists 
of a clear cornea superficially, which is usually outlined with golden 
yellow pigment, and the optic cup is lined by a black, heavily- 
pigmented retina and encloses an almost spherical lens. 

In the female both tentacles are symmetrical, but in the male 
the right tentacle is somewhat thickened and is curved in a sickle- 
shaped manner. In this latter sex this tentacle is traversed through- 
out its whole length by the ejactulatory duct, which opens through a 
small orifice at the extreme tip. The whole tentacle forms an intro- 
mittent organ or penis. Immediately behind and below the base of 
the tentacles the body surface is produced on either side in a fold— 
the epipodium. On the left side, the epipodium is triangular or 
quadrate in shape and is prolonged backwards along the side of 
the head almost to the point of origin of the mantle. On the 
right side the epipodium is more complex. Immediately below 


Fie. 1.—Living male of V. bengalen- 
sts as seen from below. 


1g2I.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 219 


and to the outerside of the tentacle is a small narrow fold with a 
rounded anterior margin and a free external border ; this forms a 
gutter in which the base 
of the right tentacle and 
the right eye rest. As we 
trace the foid forwards 
and backwards it is seen 
to commence on the under- 
surface of the snout close 
to the junction of the 
snout and foot; it then 
runs backwards along. the 
right side of the snout Fig. 2.—Living V. bengalensis extended 
and near the base of the from the shell as fully as possibly. 
tentacle it curves out- 
wards and forwards and becomes continuous with the syphon. 
The syphon is formed by a thin leaf-like process the two edges 
of which are curved upwards so as to form a tube, which is 
exhalent in function. The mouth of the syphon looks outwards 
and downwards and when fully extended, backwards. The inner 
fold of the syphon is continued backwards and becomes continu- 
ous with the branchial fold, which passes backwards and towards 
the left on the floor of the branchial chamber. ‘The whole of the 
upper surface of the foot and the head as well as the epipodia 
and syphon are covered with ciliated epithelium ; the only region 
devoid of cilia is the clear cornea of the eyes. The head is 
heavily pigmented with black, variegated with dots and splashes 
of golden-yellow in varying degrees of intensity. In examples 
taken from the tank in the Indian Museum compound the snout 
is frequently an almost uniform black, unrelieved by any lighter 
pigment and in some cases the tentacles are alternately banded 
in yellow and black. The syphon is as a rule of a golden colour. 
The part of the body enclosed within the shell is the visceral 
hump and in a fully-grown example possesses 54—6 spiral whorls. 
The skin covering the visceral hump also shows a certain degree of 
pigmentation, which varies however in different areas as well as in 
different individuals. In the upper whorls it is often of a deep 
black colour, while in the lowest or body-whorl the pigment usually 
follows the lines of the blood sinuses, but as a rule the males are 
more heavily pigmented than the females. The upper 24—3 body- 
whorls are occupied by the liver and the stomach: this latter 
organ appears on the surface between the lobes of the liver on the 
right and posterior aspects of the 3rd body-whorl. The penulti- 
mate body-whorl, when viewed from above, is seen to be occupied 
on the left side by a loop of intestine, infront of which is an area 
of thin skin separating it from the kidney and the upper end of 
the testis in the wor the albumen gland and shell gland in the?. 
The whole of the lowest or body-whorl is occupied by the bran- 
chial chamber, and a series of organs extend throughout its whole 
length attached to its thin roof. On the extreme left of the 


220 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


branchial roof, running obliquely forward from left to right, is the 
line of attachment of the gill, and close to it in front and to the 
left and extending back 
for only a comparatively 
short distance from the 
mantle margin is an opa- 
que whitish- yellow narrow 
streak, which denotes the 
position of the osphradi- 
um, while extending for 
the whole distance along 
its. right and _ posterior 
border is a brown band, 
the branchial gland. On 
the extreme right of the 
branchial cavity in the 
o is the crescentic spi- 
rally-twisted testis, which 
Fic. 3.—Vivipara bengalensis: view of the is usually of a bright yel- 
visceral hump from above. af. g.v., afferent low or orange colour. 
ail vein ; ahs: eeu 0) gland; es.g., egg- though this character is 
shell gland; gb., gill base ; zm#., intestine; &., 
kidney ; Z., liver ; mm., mantle margin show- often obscured by the 
ing traces of processes; osph., osphradium; dense black pigmentation 
py.s., perirectal blood sinus: y., rectum; st, of the skin: in the @ 
superficial area of stomach; 2., 77., upper and ; ve a 5 ‘ 
lower parts of uterus. this position is occupied by 
the thin-walled distended 
uterus, which seems invariably to contain eggs and young in the 
sexually mature examples, no matter at what season oi the year 
they are taken. To the left of the uterus is a narrow clear line 
which denotes the course of the ureter, and beyond this again is a 
broad brownish band, indicating the course of the rectum. The 
central portion of the roof of the branchial chamber is thin- 
walled and is traversed by numerous blood-sinuses which com- 
mence in the perirecta! sinus on the right and pass transversely 
across to the left to open into the afferent gill vein which runs 
along the course of the branchial gland. The free edge of the 
mantle underlies the peristome of the shell, and is thickened and 
covered with ciliated epithelium. In young specimens it is 
produced into a series of blunt finger-like processes, which are 
usually of a golden-yellow colour (vide infra). These tend to 
disappear as age advances, but traces of them can still be made out 
in the adult. There is often a quite noticeable one situated on 
the mantle margin opposite the commencement of the gill, and the 
yellow pigment-splashes on the mantle margin’ possibly denote the 
former positions of others that have since disappeared. 
Immediatly behind the free edge of the mantle, running 
parallel to it, is the shell-gland. This is most highly developed, as 
one would naturally expect, during early life, when the rate of 
growth is most rapid. A similar band exists in Vivipara vivipara 
and has been noticed by Villepoix (1895, p. 513). aterally the 


192I.} N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 2a 


mantle, where it joins the sides of the body, is thickened owing to 
wing-like expansions of the body muscle which pass outwards and up- 
wards within its substance. Posteriorly the edge of the mantle is 
continued round the lower aspect of the body; between it and the 
upper surface of the foot, as a narrow pigmented ridge. Running 
upwards in the floor of the branchial chamber is the branchial 
fold. This structure presents a somewhat different appearance in 
the two sexes. In the female it forms a thin crenated fold, which 
passes upwards to the extreme apex of the branchial cavity, and 
finally becomes closely connected with the upper end of the gill 
immediately in front of the pericardium. Below, it is continuous 
with the left fold of the syphon and the ridge passing forwards 
beneath the right tentacle on the right side of the snout. ‘Through- 
out its whole length it bears on its right side a small subsidiary 
ridge or fold, which is usually of a brown colour and which 
lodges a blood sinus. In the male the ridge consists of a stout 
basal portion, which issurmounted by a thin lamella, The reason for 
this difference in the two sexes lies in the fact that in thee this 
ridge accommodates throughout almost its entire length the vesicula 
seminalis. According to Moore (1901, p. 470, note to fig. I, pl. 
xxv) in the closely-related mollusc, Neothauma tanganyikense, 
Smith, this ridge serves as a protection for the gill against damage 
from pressure against the distended uterus and contained young, 
and is better developed than in Vivipara vivipara. It is always a 
matter of some difficulty to compare living examples of one species 
with the published descriptions and figures of others, but it seems 
to me that in Vivipara bengalensts this branchial foid is every whit 
as well developed as in Neothauma tanganyikense, and a study of 
the living animal has convinced me that Moore is wrong in his 
view ofits function. If a fully-expanded example of V. bengalensis 
be examined in the live state, it will be seen that the branchial 
fold extends vertically, inclining slightly to the right from the 
floor of the branchial chamber till its upper free border almost if 
not actually reaches the roof of the chamber, thus dividing the 
branchial chamber into two almost completely separate parts. 
On the left of this ridge is a wide cavity the upper and left wall of 
which is formed by the gill; and a little behind the mouth of the 
shell, the tips of the gill-filaments are in close apposition to the 
free border of the fold. A transverse section about half way up 
the body-whorl shows that the tips of the gill-filaments may 
actually pass across above the upper edge of the fold and project 
into the cavity on its right side. The cavity to the right of the 
branchial fold is never completely occluded by the uterus; there 
is always a free interval between the two which becomes con- 
tinuous below with the syphon tube. ‘The ridge is covered with a 
tall columnar ciliated epithelium, very similar to that covering 
the gill lamellae and the margin of the mantle. The presence of an 
equally well-developed branchial fold in the male indicates that 
Moore’s explanation is not the true one and I entirely agree with 
Cuvier (1817, p. 6) that its function is respiratory, though it is 


222 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XXII, 


well known that the syphon is exhalent and not inhalent as he 
supposed (/.c., p. 4). 

The middie portion of the mantle is, as has already been 
mentioned, thin, and by carefully cutting through along this line 
and everting the two sides we are able to see the various structures 
contained within the cavity. The left side of the mantle is the 
same in both sexes. ~ Commencing in the middle line in front and 
running backwards and to the left is the line of attachment of the 
gill. This is of the pectinate type and comprises roughly some 
three hundred filaments. Each filament or plate is of an elongate 
triangular shape, with a narrow base of attachment and tapering 
towards its extremity. The basal attached portion is to the left 
and the free margin of the gill lies towards the right side. Each 
gill-filament is covered with ciliated epithelium. Immediately on 
the right and, owing to the oblique course of the gill, a little 
posterior to it, is a raised, brownish-coloured ridge, the hypo- 
branchial gland, which extends upwards along the whole length of 
the gill-base. It is covered with a tall columnar epithelium and 
lying immediately above it is a large blood sinus, the afferent 
gill-vein, which collects blood from the viscera and conducts it to 
the gills, where it is aerated. ‘To the left and in front of the gill 
and extending backwards from just behind the edge of the 
mantle to a point about one-third the length of the gill is a raised 
narrow ridge of a whitish yellow colour; this is the osphradium, 
and from its upper end a narrow white line is continued upwards, 
parallel to the gill-base as far as the extreme apex of the mantle 
cavity. As already mentioned, the mantle cavity is divided into 
right and left halves by the branchial fold. Water entering the 
mantle cavity passes into the left of this fold, and having 
traversed the branchial chamber passes out again down the right 
side and through the syphon. From the position of the osphra- 
dium, which commences a little to the left of the middle line and 
runs outwards and backwards on the left and in front of the gill, 
it is evident that all the water entering the cavity must first pass 
over the osphradium before it can reach the gill-filaments. ‘The 
osphradium forms a very sensitive sensory organ. It is covered 
with ciliated epithelium and on its gill-surface it bears a number 
of small microscopic pits, which are also lined by columnar epithe- 
lium. These pits are difficult to see in the natural state, but in 
some cases indications of them can be made out owing to the mouths 
being faintly outlined with yellow pigment. The organ is supplied 
by a special nerve or series of nerves, the osphradial nerves, which 
arise from the anastomosis between the mantle nerve, coming 
from the left pleural ganglion and the first gill-nerve arising from 
the supraintestinal ganglion of the right visceral nerve (for a 
detailed account of this organ in Vivipara vivipara see Bernard, 
1890, pp. 244-250). 

On the right of the mantle chamber are the rectum and ureter 
and, in the female, the uterus also. ‘These pass down close 
together on the right wall of the mantle chamber and open close 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivepara. 223 


to the mantle margin in the angle formed by the roof and floor of 
the cavity opposite the syphon, so that all excreta are at once 
carried out of the chamber away from the body. 

In the female the uterus and ureter open close together. 
These two ducts run down side by side on the extreme right of the 
branchial cavity, the ureter being to the left of the uterus, and 
the rectum lying above and to the inner side of the ureter. The 
terminal portion of the uterus is known as the vagina: it forms a 
prominent rounded papilla, the walls of which are thick and 
spongy, and the orifice is situated at its apex. This orifice is 
extremely distensile and in the contracted condition is oval or 
slit-like. The aperture of the ureter lies above and to the outer 
side of the vagina. It is much smaller and is provided with a 
sphincter muscle. The rectum passes down above and to the 
inner side of the ureter, it is continued further forward, towards 


od. bref. 
Gn. : 
al ease -ves Se. 
7.- 
—~ 


Vic. 4.—Vivipara bengalensis, view of the right half of the buccal cavity, 
cut in the sagittal plane. bc. buccal cavity; 67.f. branchial fold; /.7., lateral 
chitinous jaw ; m., mouth aperture ; od., odontophore ; oes., oesophagus ; vad.s., 
radular sac ; ¢7f., transverse fold above and behind odontophore ; ves.sem., vesicula 
seminalis cut in oblique section, 


the mantle margin than either the uterus or ureter and having 
passed the terminations of these ducts it bends downwards and to 
the right and opens at the tip of the anal papilla. The terminal 
papilla and orifice of the anus is usually of a bright golden-yellow 
colour. , 

In the male, the rectum and ureter occupy the relative 
positions as given above, but the position of the uterus is now 
occupied by the orange yellow testis. 


The Alumentary System. 


The mouth is situated ventrally at the anterior end of the 
snout and forms an oval aperture, bounded by fleshy lips, between 
which the radula is thrust out during the process of feeding with 
a rotary motion from above downwards. The mouth leads back- 
wards and upwards into the cavity of the buccal mass and 
each lateral wall is furnished with a low ridge, running from above 


224 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


downwards and backwards. ‘These ridges are yellowish in colour 
and are armed with a simple chitinous plate. ‘The buccal mass 
is heart-shaped. In front it becomes continuous with the lips of 
the mouth, while behind it is produced in two ventral and posterior 
rounded prominences, between which lie the radular sac below 
and the oesophagus above. The buccal mass is plentifully supplied 
with muscles. On cutting through the skin in the middle line of 
the dorsum of the head and reflecting it outwards, numerous 
delicate strands of muscle, the protractors, can be seen passing 
backwards from the sides and dorsum of the skin of the snout to 
the buccal mass. Below the buccal mass a pair of rather stouter 
bands passes downwards and forwards to the skin. ‘These are the 
depressors. The anterior region of the buccal mass is plentifully 
supplied with intrinsic muscles, as follows :— 


(1) Superficially and somewhat towards the ventral aspect on 
each side is a fan-shaped muscle, which arises by a 
narrow tendon from the lateral region of the ventral 
aspect and spreads out fan-wise as it passes forwards 
to be inserted into the oral tube. 

(2) Immediately deep to this is a sphincter muscle, the fibres 
ofAwhich run concentrically around the tube. 

(3) Afand of muscle, rather narrower behind than in front, 
arises from the sides of the buccal mass, immediately 
posterior to the buccal nerve, across which it passes for- 
wards, spreading out to be inserted round the oral tube. 


Two pairs of strong muscles, the fibres of which are of a 
shining white colour in contradistinction to the fibres of the 
preceeding muscles which have a reddish tinge, arise from the 
main muscle mass of the body and pass forwards to be inserted 
into the buccal mass. These are the anterior and posterior 
retractors :— 

(4) The anterior retractors are inserted into the anterior 
ventral aspect of the buccal mass by narrow tendons ; 
passing backwards side by side they cross the pedal 
commissure dorsally and can be seen to arise from 
the main muscle mass near the base of the antennae. 

(5) The posterior retractors arise from the main muscle mass 
and pass forwards and slightly upwards external to the 
pleuro-pedal commissure of the central nervous system. 
Here each gives off a slip to the lateral wall of the 
oesophagus. It then continues forwards internal to the 
cerebro-pedal commissure and finally joins the side of 
the buccal mass as a fine tendon which can be traced 
forwards below the buccal ganglion and ends in a 
delicate expansion internal and deeply to the muscle 
(3) noted above. These two muscles are not quite 
symmetrical for that of the left side arises from the 
main muscle mass of the body at a higher level than 
that on the right. 


192r.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B. 5. SEWELL: Vivipara. 225 


A series of small muscle strands, usually three in 
number, arise close to the origin of the above muscle and 
pass forwards and upwards to be inserted into the 
surface of the radular sac. 


The upper wall of the buccal mass is thin and on cutting 
through it in the antero-posterior line we get a view of the buccal 
cavity. In the middle line in front arising from the floor i& a 
stout pyriform mass the narrow end of which projects upwards 
and forwards; this is the odontophore and it can be seen to carry 
the radula which disappears posteriorly into the radular sac. The 
radula is a yellowish narrow ribbon, which carries a series of small 
spinose teeth. These teeth are divided according to their position 
and dentation into three series. In the middle line is the median 
row, consisting of a single central tooth. as it is called. The 
anterior border of this tooth is recurved and is cut into a 
series of denticles. There is a wide rounded median denticle 
and five smaller triangular denticles on either side. On each 
side of the central tooth are a pair of laterals. In both 
cases we get the rounded median denticle and a series of 
smaller triangular or claw-like denticles on each side of it. 


ay SS ean 


Fic. 5.—Radular teeth of V. bengalensis. 

As a rule there are five of these claw-like denticles on either 
side of the median denticle in each of these teeth, but occasionally 
we find that there are six denticles on the outer side of the second 
lateral tooth. This variation may occur in a portion of a radula 
the rest of which shows the normal condition. The marginal 
tooth is usually curved inwards towards the middle line, and bears 
on its margin a uniform series of small denticles. Im some cases 
as in the radula figured, there may be a broad sharp extra denticle 
at the extreme margin. The radula of Vivipara bengalensis was 
figured by Fischer (1887, fig. 499, p. 732), but a comparison of his 
figure with that given above will render unnecessary any apology 
for refiguring it here. 

Lying behind and above the odontophore is a transverse fold 
with a crescentic anterior margin, the median portion of which is 
somewhat thickened and is slightly notched. Each lateral wall 
of the buccal cavity is thick and swollen and contains a carit- 
laginous mass—the odontophoral cartilage. Each cartilage is 
roughly oval in shape, the anterior end being somewhat more 
sharply rounded than the posterior, and is concavo-convex, the 
concavity being towards the middle line. The lower border is 
thin and is curved inwards. From the outer aspect a little below 
and behind the centre of the cartilage numerous muscle-fibres 


226 Records of the Indian Museum. [IVor. Xoo 


arise and spread out in the lateral walls of the buccal mass. At 
the posterior end of the buccal mass beneath the oesophagus lies 
the radular sac, in which the radular ribbon is secreted. Itisa 
short stout tube having a somewhat dorsally directed nipple-like 
posterior end. Above the odontophore the cavity of the buccal 
mass is hour-glass shaped the upper portion having a very thin- 
walled roof. Opening into the cavity are the ducts of the salivary 
glands. 

The salivary glands are irregular asymmetrical racemose 
glauds, consisting of a number of branching and anastomosing 
lobules. It is impossible accurately to separate the gland into right 
and left portions, and hence in this respect Vivipara bengalensis 
offers a marked contrast to Neothauma tanganyikense in which the 
salivary glands are separate and form compact lobulated masses 
(vide Moore, rgo1, fig 2, pl. xxv). ‘The main mass of the salivary 
gland lies on the dorsal side of the oesophagus behind the central 
nervous ring and is intimately bound up with the supra-oesophageal 
nerve as it crosses the oesophagus from right to left. A pair of 
delicate narrow salivary ducts arise anteriorly and pass forwards 
beneath the cerebral commissure. 

The oesophagus is thin-walled and usually presents a greenish 
appearance due to its contents. It passes backwards and to the left 
and then turns towards the right again to pass up the columellar 
aspect of the visceral hump. During its course backwards in the 
floor of the branchial cavity it lies beneath the branchial fold and 
above the main muscle mass: on its left side lies the supra- 
intestinal nerve, and during this part of its course it lies in a well- 
marked venous sinus and is in close relationship to the cephalic 
aorta. At the posterior end of the mantle cavity the oesophagus 
passes upwards in the floor of the pericardial chamber and so 
teaches the liver. Finally in the upper part of the visceral hump 
the oesophagus curves round and opens into the stomach. ‘This 
is a wide cavity occupying the third and fourth whorl. On 
cutting away the superficial wall of the stomach the cavity is seen 
to be incompletely divided into three regions, of which the upper 
two represent the cardiac portion of the stomach, while the lower 
part is the pyloriccavity. ‘he junction of oesophagus and stomach 
is marked by a crescentic fold, just beyond which lies the orifice of 
the duct from the upper lobe of the liver. On the inner aspect, and 
dividing the cardiac region into two, is a broad longitudinal fold 
which passes downwards, and which earries a well-marked blood 
vessel. Below, this ridge divides into right and left folds which 
diverge and form the line of separation between the cardiac and 
pyloric regions. In the right half of the cardiac chamber the wall 
of the stomach is thrown into a series of longitudinal parallel folds, 
each fold being marked with a brown streak. The lower portion of 
this cavity is lined by a thin layer of chitin, which becomes thicker 
and more marked over the ridge separating the cardiac and pyloric 
cavities. 

The pyloric portion of the stomach is a wide cavity that 


T92t.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 227 


gradually tapers towards its lower end. Running across the 
posterior wall is a doube fold, of which the upper lip is often 
much more prominent 
than the lower. Between 
these two folds is a nar- 
row gutter into which the 
ducts of the right and left 
lobes of the liver open. 
The junction of stomach 
and intestine is very 
clearly defined owing to 
the different character of 
the lining mucous mem- 
brane. The stomach is 
lined by tall columnar 
ciliated cells, which give 
the wall a soft velvety 
appearance, whereas the 
intestinal wall has a yel- 
lowish colour and is lined 
with a layer of chitin 
which gives it a smooth 


Fic. 6.—Vivipara bengalensis, view of inner 


bluish metallic look. wall of gastric cavity after removal of superfi— 
The liver, owing to the cial wall. hd., openings of hepatic ducts ; 
bulging of the stomach ‘t., intestine ; ”., rectum. 


on its outer surface and 

the passage through it internally of the oesophagus, is incom- 
pletely divided into three lobes, an apical, occupying the upper 
turns of the spire, and a right and a left lobe inferiorly. The 
organ has a golden brown colour, which is, however, frequently 
obscured owing to heavy pigmentation of the overlying skin. It 
is a racemose gland, with elongate acini the tips of which reach 
the surface. Each acinus is hollow and is lined with a columnar or 
cubical epithelium. Each lobe is furnished with a separate duct, 
that of the upper lobe opening into the left part of the cardiac 
portion of the stomach, while the ducts of the right and left lobes 
open on the posterior wall of the pyloric cavity between the folds 
noted above. According to Leydig these folds probably serve to 
regulate the flow of bile. 

The intestine passes forwards and to the right in the penul- 
timate body-whorl and then turns sharply back again, forming a 
loop which overlies the pericardial cavity. In the first part of 
its course the lumen gradually narrows: it is lined by a yellow- 
coloured epithelium covered with a thin chitinous layer and 
running along its posterior aspect is a gutter with fleshy lips which 
are pigmented brown. At the apex of the loop, the character of 
this gutter becomes somewhat modified and the right-hand fold 
becomes proportionately larger and now appears to form a longitu- 
dinal ridge or typhlosole projecting from the posterior wall. The 
intestine having again reached the liver turns sharply forwards 


228 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


once more and is now continued on as the rectum. It passes 
forwards on the right of the whorl, lying on the surface; in the 
2 it is in close apposition to the albumen- and shell-glands, and 
passes downwards and forwards immediately to the outer side of 
the kidney and the first pert of the ureter. In the body-whorl it 
passes forwards, as we have already seen, in the roof of the 
branchial chamber and opens at the anus. In this latter part of 
its course its walls are thrown into numerous transverse folds. The 
contained faeces are moulded into small oval compact masses. 


The Vascular System. 


The heart lies in the pericardial chamber at the apex cf the 
branchiel cavity and on the inner side of the penultimate body- 
whorl. It isa closed cavity the walls of which are in places 
extremely thin and delicate and hence are very liable to become 
torn or ruptured. On its inner aspect the pericardium is separated 
from the shell only by thin membrane; above and in front 
it is bounded by the kidney, and above and behind is the loop of 
the intestine and the liver; on its right or outer side lie the 
genitalia and the rectum ; while below it lie the oesophagus, the 
termination of the supra-intestinal and sub-iutestinal nerves and 
the splanchnic ganglion and, in the female, the loop of the oviduct. 
On its outer and upper aspect the cavity of the pericardium com- 
municates with the kidney through the reno-pericardial opening, 
the position of which will be studied when dealing with the kidney 
itself. 

The heart consists of two chambers. Anteriorly is the soft- 
walled whitish-looking auricle, the walls of which are usually 
thrown into a series of irregular folds. In almost every adult 
example examined, the auricular wall was seen to contain a 
number of small round white bodies. These are cysts of an 
Echinostome Agamodistome and are present in stich large num- 
bers that they may almost fill the whole organ. The wall 
of the auricle is thick and glandular, and is said to form 
the haematic gland that is present in other molluscs (vtde 
Perrier, 1889, p. 178). -The ventricle lies posteriorly and is a 
rounded body of a pale brownish colour and its walls are thick 
and muscular. The auriculo-ventricular aperture is tube-like and 
projects into the cavity of the ventricle. From the inferior aspect 
of the ventricle arises a short wide aorta. In Vivipara vivipara 
(vide Perrier, 1889, pl. viii, fig. 38 x.) there is said to bea valve- 
like flap at the point of origin of the aorta from the ventricle, 
which prevents the regurgitation of blood during the ventricular 
diastole. Leydig (1850, p. 170) on the other hand states that there 
is a cresentic valve situated between the auricle and ventricle. 
In Vivipara bengalensis I have failed to find any indication of 
either. The common aorta almost at once bifurcates into two 
wide trunks, which run in opposite directions. One branch, the 
cephalic aorta, passes forwards and downwards to the inner side of 
and close to the oesophagus. In this position it passes forwards 


192r.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 229 
below the floor of the mantle cavity and high up in the chamber 
it gives off a large branch that diverges towards the left side and, 
where the mantle 
margin merges into 
the foot, breaks up 
into branches. ‘The 
main trunk of the 
cephalic aorta is con- 
tinued on, crossing 
beneath the  oeso- 
phagus to reach its 
right side. In this 
situation it has the 
sub-intestinal nerve, 
lying in a _ blood 
sinus, on its right 
and inthe @ the vesi- 
cula seminalis lying 


alb.g. 


directly above it. 

At the anterior end Fic. 7.—Vivipara bengalensis, view of the pericar- 

of the branchial ‘ial chamber. The loop of intestine has been turn- 
é ed over to the left side and the kidney downwards and 

chamber It comes to the right. alb.g., albumen gland; aur., auricle; 

into relationship es.g., egg-shell gland (receptaculum seminis); /.a., 


with the radular sac, 
and passes forwards 
on its right side. It 
then dives ventrally, 


hepatic aorta, zmt., intestine; k&. kidney; /., liver; 
oes., oesophagus ; ov.d., oviduct; 7., rectum; 7.0., 
renal orifice into ureter; 7p.o., reno-pericardial open- 
ing; sp.2., Supra-intestinal nerve; w., uterus; ve7., 
ventricle. 


and below and _ be- 

hind the pedal commissure it gives off a branch to the snout and 
then divides into anterior and posterior branches which run to the 
respective regions of the foot. Throughout its course beneath the 
branchial chamber it gives off a number of fine branches to the 
muscles of the body. 

— The hepatic aorta passes upwards and backwards in the floor 
of the pericardial cavity, immediately to the left of the oeso- 
phagus. It almost. at once gives off a large branch which passes 
at first slightly inwards and upwards to reach the lower wall of 
the intestine, where it subdivides into two main branches. One of 
these curves forwards and runs along the under aspect of the first 
pari of the intestine, supplying branches to it, and the main vessel 
passes at first forwards as far as the bend of the intestine and then 
continues on along the second part of the intestine, lying immediately 
beneath the typhlosole-like ridge on its under aspect. The other 
branch curves forwards and to the right, crossing behind the 
oesophagus, and sends branches to the testis in the vw. In the 9, 
after supplying branches to the albumen and shell glands, curves 
backwards and to the left and reaches the wall of the uterus 
where it finally divides into ascending and descending branches, 
the latter of which is much the longer and larger of the two and 
runs down the ventral wall as far as the point where the wing-like 


2 30 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


expansion of the body muscle meets the mantle margin. ‘The 
main hepatic artery is continued upwards between the liver and 
stomach, where we have already noticed it lying in the longitu- 
dinal fold on the posterior wall of the cardiac portion of the 
stomach, and ends in branches supplying the liver in the apical 
whorls. 

The venous system consists very largely of wide spaces or 
sinuses, whose walls are very thin and in consequence are very 
difficult to define. Occupying the central portion of the foot, between 
the dense white muscle and the grey spongy tissue of the sole, 
is a wide irregular sinus, the blood from which, according to Leydig, 
passes upwards and backwards to reach the venous sinus on the 
ventral posterior aspect of the kidney. This sinus appears to 
be joined at the left posterior angle of the kidney by a venous 
sinus, which runs up the right side of the branchial fold in the 
floor of the mantle cavity, and it is also joined by a sinus crossing 
from right to left along the posterior and upper margin of the 
kidney and having its origin in the perirectal sinus. The con- 
joined vessel passes down superficially on the left side of the 
kidney between it and the branchial gland. This vessel is known 
as the afferent gili-vein. Lying to the right of the kidney in the 
body-wall is a large sinus which receives blood from the organs 
lying in the upper coils of the visceral hump; this passes down- 
wards and at the apex of the kidney joins the afferent gill-vein 
that we have already seen passing down the left margin along the 
branchial gland. The afferent gill-vein can be traced down the 
whole length of the branchial gland on the right of the gill-base 
almost as far as the mantle margin; below the level of the kidney 
it is joined by a further series of small branches which arise from 
the perirectal sinus and pass across the thin median portion of the 
mantle roof. The perirectal sinus also received tributaries in the 
female from the wall of the uterus. The afferent gill-vein supplies 
branches to the gill-filaments and the blood after being aerated 
returns to the efferent gill-vein which lies on the left side of the 
base of the gill ; this vein passes from below upwards and at the 
apex of the mantle cavity opens into the cavity of the auricle. 
A large vein runs down beneath the floor of the branchial chamber 
on the right side of the oesophagus. Superiorly it receives tributaries 
from the liver, and in the ¢ from the albumen gland and egg-shell 
gland while a large branch passes up on the inner aspect of the 
uterus and then crosses over behind the sub-intestinal nerve to join 
it near the apex of the branchial cavity. 


The Renal System. 


The kidney is a triangular pyramidal organ of a pale greenish 
colour, lying in the roof of the mantle cavity at its extreme apex. 
Along the external or right margin runs the rectum and the peri- 
rectal blood sinus, below which lies the commencement of the 
ureter, while along the left or inner margin is the commencement 
of the afferent gill-vein and the base of the gill. The posterior 


T92I.| N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 231 


border is connected with the loop of the intestine by an interven- 
ing fold of thin membrane. Of the four surfaces of the kidney, the 
upper lies just under the skin against the shell. The apex of the 
kidney lies to the front, and the left surface forms the upper part 
of the right-hand wall of the mantle cavity and is in close relation- 
ship with the terminal portion of the branchial fold. The base ot 
the kidney, which is triangular in shape with the apex of the 
triangle directed ventrally, faces backwards towards the upper 
part of the visceral hump and forms part of the anterior bound- 
ary wall of the pericardial chamber. The right surface of the 
kidney is in relationship with the upper part of the ureter, which 
separates it from the testis in the male or the uterus and shell- 
gland in the female. A thin fold of membrane passes outwards 
and backwards from the right-hand border of the base of the 
kidney to the testis in the male and the shell-gland in the female 
and forms the upper boundary limit of the ureter. 

The kidney is provided with two orifices that open respec- 
tively into the ureter and the pericardium. Both these apertures 
are situated close together near the right posterior border. ‘The 
reno-pericardial opening is situated on the posterior or pericardial 
surface of the kidney near the supero-external angle: it is oval 
in shape and has thin walls. The external or ureteral orifice is 
situated on the external surface, close to the reno-pericardial 
aperture, but separated from it by the conjoined pericardium and 
wall of the ureter. It possesses thick protuberant lips, which 
are covered with ciliated, columnar epithelium and are often 
marked by a ring of black or brown pigment. The ureter is a 
thin-walled tube having in cross section a triangular lumen. Its 
right wall is bounded by the testis in the male or the uterus 
and part of the albumen- and shell-glands in the female: the left 
wall is thin and separates it from the branchial chamber, while its 
upper or superficial wall is formed partly by the rectum and 
perirectal blood sinus and a thin-walled portion in contact with the 
superficial skin. The orifice of the ureter lies, as we have already 
seen, near the right-hand margin of the niantle edge, in the angle 
between the rectum and the vagina in the female, or in the 
corresponding position to the left and above and behind the ants 
in the male. 


The Genital System. 


Vivipara bengalensts like all members of the genus is dice- 
cious, or in other words the two sexes are separate. We have 
already seen that sexual differences are apparent in the structure 
of the right tentacle, which in the male is thickened and recurved 
and acts as a penis or intromittent organ. This change does not 
seem to have proceeded quite as far in Vivipara bengalensis as in 
the European species Vivipara vivipara, for in the former the 
modified tentacle is sickle-shaped, whereas in the latter it is 
figured as being completely contracted up into a rounded projec- 
tion (vide Fischer, 1887, fig. 501, p. 733), which may actually be 


232 Records of the Indian Museum. {VoL. XXII. 


enclosed in a small pocket (vide Baudelot, 1863, p. 218, pl. v, 
figs. I4-15). 

6. The testis in Vzvipara bengalensis forms a compact semi- 
lunar organ lying on the right of the branchial chamber, and 
occupying the same position as the uterus in the female. It is 
of a bright orange-red colour and extends to the upper end of 
the branchial cavity, where its apex is in close relationship with 
the pericardial cavity and is connected by a thin fold of memb- 
rane with the lower surface of the liver. The gland is flattened 
frorn side to side, the right surface being in contact with the shell 
while the left surface forms in part the right wall of the ureter 
and below this the right wall of the mantle cavity.. In possessing 
a testis formed of a single mass in this position in the body 
Vivipara bengalensis differs markedly from Vivipara vivipara, in 
which the testis consists of two distinct portions, the upper 
occupying the extreme apex of the visceral hump and the lower 
lying at the lower margin of the liver between the stomach and 
the coil of the intestine (wide V. Siebold, 1836, p. 241, and Simroth, 
1896-1907, pl. xliii, fig. 9; also Erlanger, 1891, pp. 665-666). 

Although the testis in V2vipara dissimilis (Miller) occupies the 
same position as in V. bengalensis, it differs in having a more or 
less quadrilateral extension from its upper pole, which passes 
upwards on the outer side of the pericardial cavity and abuts 
against and is firmly united to the lower aspect of the liver, from 
which, however, it can be readily recognised by its golden orange 
colour. This upward expansion is clearly demarcated off from the 
rest of the organ, which closely resembles the whole testis of 
V. bengalensis, and partakes more of the nature of a second lobe. 
V. dtssimilis in this respect is intermediate between V. viitpara 
and V. bengalensis. 

A series of narrow delicate ducts, the vasa efferentia, arise 
from the lower border of the testis and passing respectively up- 
wards and downwards along its lower border converge to form a 
narrow tube, the vas deferens, which passes to the left beneath 
the floor of the branchial chamber, crossing above the sub-intesti- 
nal nerve, to reach the vesicula seminalis. The first part of the 
vas deferens is sometimes dilated to form a spindle-shaped swell- 
ing, but the portion of the duct near the vesicula seminalis is 
narrow. ‘The vesicula seminalis forms a wide tube which passes 
downwards and forwards from just in front of and below the 
pericardium to the base of the right tentacle beneath the floor of 
the branchial chamber approximately in the middle line and ex- 
actly beneath the branchial fold. The upper portion of the organ 
curves round to the right to meet the vas deferens. The whole 
organ is pigmented and possesses an iridescent appearance like 
mother-of-pearl. Cuvier (1817, p. 7) described this structure in 
V. vivipara as the copulatory organ, but Treviranus subsequently 
referred to it as a seminal vesicle, and there seems to be some 
doubt as regards its true function. Later authors refer to it 
either as the vesicula seminalis or the prostate gland. Erlanger 


rg2t | N. ANNANDALE & R. B, S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 233 


(1891, p. 665), appears to consider it to be an ejaculatory duct, 
in which view Simroth (1896-1907, note to fig 9, pl. xlili) concurs. 
Baudelot (1863, p. 217), on the other, hand seems to consider that 
it is of the nature of a prostate gland, and describes the internal 
surface as consisting of a series of transverse lamellae, running 
parallel to each other. In V. bengalensis, this region of the duct is 
surrounded by a layer of circular connective tissue fibres and the 
lining mucous membrane is thrown into folds as described by 
Baudelot, though these are narrower and more numerous than he 
figures them. A transverse section shows that these folds 
are supported by a connective tissue lamella, on each side of 
which is a layer of cubical epithelium. The whole organ is glan- 
dular in character and is in my opinion a ‘prostate’ gland. The 
terminal portion of the male duct is comparatively narrow. It 
passes up the right tentacle and opens by a small orifice at its 
extreme tip. In this part of its course the duct-wall is thick 
and muscular, and constitutes an ejaculatory duct. 

According to Smith (1881, p. 221) the right tentacle of the 
male Vivipara vivipara is merely the sheath of a true penis, 
‘“which, at the time of copulation, protrudes through it.” As 
regards this statement he appears to be at variance with other 
authors. Simroth (1896-1907, p. 617) states that the short ‘penis’ 
can be coiled up in a pouch of skin at the outer side of the 
tentacle, and Baudelot (1863, p. 218, pl. v, fig. 14) shows this 
condition very clearly. It is this coiled up portion of the tentacle 
which is the ‘penis,’ and no portion of the genital duct is pro- 
truded through it during the act of copulation, for, as Baudelot points 
out, the terminal portion of the duct, which I have considered 
to be an ejaculatory duct, is intimately connected with the skin of 
the tentacle and could not possibly be everted. In this respect 
Vivipara vivipara and V. bengalensis appear to be identical. In 
this latter species the terminal portion of the # genital duct is 
closely bound to the skin of the tentacle by connective tissue. 
Ihave not been able to observe the act of copulation, but the 
structure of the right tentacle in this species shows that here also 
it is the tentacle itself which is the intromittent organ. 

The seminal fluid contains two quite distinct forms of sperma- 
tozoa. ‘The first form, which appears to be that of the mature func- 
tional spermatozoon, consists of an elongate spiral head, with 6-7 
turns in the spiral and of a refractile appearance: behind this is a 
single long flagellum. The second form is usually described as 
‘worm-shaped’; it may be straight or spirally twisted, is much 
stouter than the spiral kind and terminates in a tuft of numerous 
short flagellae. From the time of their discovery these two forms of 
spermatozoa have interested zoologists and accounts of them and 
their mode of development have been given by V. Siebold (1836), 
Leydig (1850), Baudelot (1863), Simroth (1891-1907) and others, 
but we are still ignorant of the function of the worm-shaped type. 

@. The genital organs of the female Vivipara bengalensts 
appear to agree exactly with those of V. vivipava. One of the best 


234 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


accounts of these organs is that given by Baudelot (1863, pp. 218- 
220, pl. v, figs. 16-20). Erlanger (1891, p. 664) in his descrip- 
tion claims to have followed Baudelot and to have reproduced 
his illustration of this system. But a comparison of the two 
figures serves to show how misleading the results of such a 
procedure may be, for Erlanger (/.c., fig. 3) shows no trace of the 
duct of the albumen gland, though this is clearly seen in Baude- 
lot’s figure (/.c., fig. 16). 

In Vivipara bengalensis, the ovary consists of a few small 
scattered follicles along the commencement of the oviduct. It is 
of ared-brown colour and so in spite of its small size can be 
distinguished from the liver tissue: it lies in the third body-whorl, 
in close contact with the posterior wall of the cardiac region of the 
stomach and along the course of the hepatic artery. The various 
follicles contain numerous smal! ova, which have a diameter of 
0°021-0'025 mm. ‘The oviduct passes downwards as a fine tube, 
also of a red-brown colour, to the lower margin of the liver and is 
then continued on along the floor of the pericardial cavity on the 
right of the oesophagus. At this point it is joined by the short 
wide duct of the albumen gland. This gland is situated just 
below the skin on the right of the pericardium. It is connected 
by a thin fold of membrane with the loop of the intestine on the 
upper surface of the pericardium and the rectum passes forwards 
and downwards along its superficial aspect,which is grooved to 
receive it. Below, the gland is intimately bound down to the 
U-shaped egg-shell giand, or receptaculum seminis as it is 
usually termed. The albumen gland is tongue-shaped and 
slightly curved. It is of a bright orange-red colour and its apex 
is in contact with the lower surface of the liver. From its inner 
and posterior border a wide duct arises which passes backwards 
internal to the first part of the egg-shell gland and joins the 
oviduct. The combined duct is then continued downwards 
and inwards for a short distance and then turns back again 
towards the apex of the visceral hump. This portion of the duct 
is of a brown colour and it can be traced to the lower and inner 
limb of the egg-shell gland, into which it opens at its extreme 
end on a smooth rounded papilla. 

The egg-shell gland is, as already mentioned, a wide U-shaped 
tube the walls of which have a yellow-brown colour very similar 
to that of the liver. The ascending limb of the U is at first 
narrow, but as it passes upwards towards the liver it gradually 
dilates and then turns sharply round on itself and passes down- 
wards again on the right of the ascending limb and in close 
contact with the shell. On opening the tube, the inner wall is 
seen to be thick and glandular and is thrown into a series of folds. 
At first these folds run parallel to the length of the tube, but as 
we trace them up they become more and more oblique curving 
towards the right and in the descending limb of the gland they 
tun spirally. On the posterior aspect of the descending limb a 
smooth whitish ridge with a gutter on its right side can be seen to 


1927.) N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 235 


arise at the upper and posterior end, passing downwards to the 
orifice through which the shell-gland opens into the uterus. At 
this point the smooth ridge becomes continuous with a longitudi- 
nal fold, which, as we shall see later, passes down the whole length 
of the lower wall of the uterine cavity. I have throughout referred 
to this U-shaped portion of the genital duct as the egg-shell gland. 
In the earlier descriptions of V. vivipara, such as that given by von 
Siebold (1836 p. 244), it is referred to as a receptaculum seminis, 
because free spermatozoa were found in the contents. That it 
serves as a repository for semen is beyond doubt, but it seems to 
me that its true active function is to produce the thin membranous 
covering which surrounds the eggs. The egg-sheil gland opens 
below by a wide crescentic mouth into the thin-walled uterus. This 
is a wide cavity, which we have already seen lying on the right of 
the mantle cavity throughout the whole length of the body-whorl. 
It invariably contains eggs and developing young when once sexual 
maturity has been reached. Running along the whole length of 
the floor of the uterine cavity is a double fold of opaque-white 
colour which is in marked contrast with the thin translucent 
side walls This double fold has a narrow base of attachment 
and the left-hand or inner fold is thin and convoluted while the 
outer fold is thicker and has a straight margin. This outer fold is 
covered with a ciliated epithelium and beneath this fold, between 
it and the floor, the seminal fluid, which has been introduced by 
the male is conducted up to the shell gland. ‘The terminal portion 
of the genital duct is comparatively narrow and _ thick-walled. 
It opens on the right of the branchial chamber by an oval orifice, 
the vagina, which is situated terminally on a small papilla. 
During copulation the right antenna of the male is introduced 
through this orifice and the seminal fluid is deposited within the 
uterus. 

The members of the genus Vivipara, as their name implies, 
produce live young, but they are actually ovo-viviparous. If we 
examine the contents of the uterus during the breeding season we 
find that the lower region of the duct contains numerous young, 
with 2} turns in the shell, ready to be born, but as we pass 
further and further upwards the state of maturity of the young 
becomes less and less, until at the extreme upper end we find large 
ova containing an extremely minute embryo, with only half a turn 
in the spiral of the visceral hump. These eggs are large and are 
pyriform or globular in shape. They are surrounded by a thin 
delicate membrane, which at one point is twisted up and produced 
into a kind of free pedicle. Filling the whole egg, and surround- 
ing the young embryo is a mass of faintly blue albuminous ma- 
terial, which under the higher powers of the microscope, can be seen 
to contain large numbers of spermatozoa, so that it would appear 
that the seminal fluid of the male serves the double function of 
fertilizing the ovum and providing in part for the nourishment of 
the embryo. In addition to the spermatozoa we find numerous 
fine spicules which dissolve readily on the addition of glacial 


236 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


acetic acid and are presumably calcareous in nature. It is prob- 
ably from these spicules that the young embryo derives the 
calcareous substance necessary for the production of the shell. 


The Nervous System. 

A very full and complete account of the nervous system of 
Vivipara vivipara has been given by Bouvier (1887, pp. 63-72, pl. iv, 
figs. 15, 16) and that of Vivipara bengalensis agreesin almost every 
particular, so far asI have been able to ascertain. The type of 
nervous system is that known as ‘ dialyneurous,’ in that the 
connection between the sub-intestinal nerve and the right pleural 
or parietal ganglion is an indirect one, brought about by the union 
of a branch arising from the right pallial nerve and a branch 
from the sub-intestinal nerve. A similar anastomosis exists on 
the left side of the body, between the left pallial nerve and a 
branch from the supra-intestinal ganglion. Moore (1903, p. 276) 
has distinguished three different types of nervous system, based 
on the relative positions of the three main ganglia of the central 
nervous system—those forms of nervous system in which, as in 
Vivipara, “the pleural ganglia are more or less half-way between 
the cerebrals above aud the pedals below the oesophagus” he 
terms ‘ dystenoid.’ 

The cerebral ganglia are situated in the base of the snout on 
either side of the commencement of the oesophagus, immediately 
behind the buccal mass. Each ganglion is roughly triangular in 
shape, with the base posteriorly and the apex pointing forwards 
and outwards. On the external aspect a shallow groove divides 
the ganglion into two parts, an anterior ‘ labial’ portion and a 
posterior ‘ cerebral’ portion. Each ganglion is of a red-brown 
colour and is connected with its fellow across the dorsal aspect of the 
oesophagus by a wide, short cerebral commissure. The ducts of the 
the salivary glands pass forwards close to the middle beneath this 
commissure and above the oesophagus. ‘The ‘labial’ portion of 
the cerebral ganglion is flattened dorso-ventrally and from its 
outer and antero-internal borders a number of nerves arise. From 
the antero-internal border two fine nerves arise close together and 
pass forwards over the dorsum of the buccal mass to the skin of 
the snout. Near the apex of the ganglion, but still from the inner 
border, a stout nerve arises and passes forwards on the side of the 
buccal mass to the snout and lips. At the extreme apex of the 
ganglion three nerves arise close together: (i) this runs forwards 
on the side of the buccal mass to the lips and snout; (ti) this is 
the stoutest of all three and is the buccal nerve. It first passes 
downwards and forwards on the lateral aspect of the buccal mass 
towards the ventral aspect: here it turns upwards and passes deep 
to the lateral retractor muscle of the lips, and just above and 
behind the origin of this muscle from the side of the odontophoral 
cartilage it ends in a rounded or triangular yellowish-brown body, 
the buccal ganglion, which lies just in front of and below the 
point of entrance of the salivary duct into the buccal cavity, 


192t.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 237 


From each buccal ganglion three nerves arise, two of these pass 
obliquely upwards towardsthe dorsal aspect of the buccal mass, but 
the third and largest passes backwards and downwards around the 
posterior aspect of the buccal mass, below the oesophagus, and 
above the radular sad} to the ganglion of the opposite side./ This 
is the buccal commissure. (iii) This nerve arises just external to 
the buccal nerve and passes forwards and downwards to the lower 
part of the lip of the mouth; it gives off a branch which passes 


Fic. 8.—Vivipara bengalensis, nervous system of the right side. ant n , 
antennal nerve; a.p.”., anterior pedal nerve; a.y.m., anterior retractor muscle of 
buccal mass; 6.c., buccal commissure ; 6.g., buccal ganglion ; 6.”., buccal nerve : 
c.g., cerebral ganglion ; c.p.c., cerebro-pedal commissure ; e.p.z., epipodial nerve , 
1.c.g., labial portion of the cerebral ganglion ; /.p.7., lateral pedal nerves; oft.z.. 
optic nerve; of., otocyst; p.g., pedal ganglion; p.7.m., posterior retractor muscle 
of buccal mass; pl.g., right pleural ganglion; p/.pc., pleuro-pedal commissure ; 
sp.2., Supra-intestinal or right parietal nerve. 


across below the oral tube, joining with its fellow of the opposite 
side to form the labial commissure. Three nerves arise from 
the rounded upper and outer aspect of the cerebral portion of 
the cerebral ganglion. From the upper aspect a stout nerve, the 
antennal nerve, arises and passes forwards and outwards to the 
antenna; although in the male the right antenna serves the 
double function of a tactile organ and the intromittent organ, the 
nerve that supplies it shows no obvious increase in size. From 


238 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo1. XXII, 


the posterior and outer surface of the ganglion the optic nerve 
arises and passes forwards and outwards external to the antennal 
nerve and ends in the sensory epithelium of the eye. As we trace 
this nerve backwards to the brain it can be seen to end in a quite 
distinct rounded swelling which forms a localised prominence on 
the external and posterior margin of the cerebral ganglion. From 
the side of the cerebral ganglion immediately below the origin of the 
optic nerve a small nerve arises, which can be seen to pass directly 
downwards. This small branch, which is the nerve to the otocyst, 
passes down external to the lateral retractor muscle of the buccal 
mass and the pedal ganglion and finally ends in the otocyst, 
which lies a little behind and to the outer side of the pedal nerve 


SB. 7 


Fic. 9—Vivipara bengalensis, nervous system of the left side. amt.n. 
antennal nerve; ap.v., anterior pedal nerve; d.c., buccal commissure ; b.g., buccal 
ganglion; 6.”., buccal nerve; c.p.c., cerebropedal commissure; c.p/.c., cerebro- 
pleural commissure ; e.pn., epipodial nerve ; /.p.2., lateral pedal nerves ; oft.z., 
optic nerve; of., otocyst; p.g., pedal ganglion; pl.g., pleural ganglion; sb.2., sub- 
intestinal or left parietal nerve. 


close to its origin. Each otocyst is a small oval sac, the long axis 
of which is vertical ; it has a shining refractile appearance and its 
cavity is filled with a number cf small calcareous concretions of 
varying shape, the otoliths. [For more detailed descriptions of this 
organ, the reader is referred to the accounts given by Leydig (1850), 
and Lacaze Duthiers (1872).] The position of the pleural ganglia and 
consequently the arrangement of the nerve commissures that arise 
from the cerebral ganglia differ on the two sides of the body. On 
the left side, the pleural ganglion lies mid-way between the 
cerebral and pedal ganglia and the arrangement of the ganglia and 
commissures conforms to Moore’s definition of the ‘dystenoid’ type 
of nervous system. On this side of the body two commissures, 
that differ markedly from each other, arise from the ventral aspect 


1921.| N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivtpara. 239 


of the hinder portion of the cerebral ganglion. The anterior 
cerebro-pedal commissure is long and narrow and of a white colour ; 
it passes downwards external to the lateral retractor muscle of the 
buccal mass to join the pedal ganglion. The posterior cerebro- 
pleural commissure is broad and ribbon like, and can be seen to 
consist of two parts, an anterior brownish-coloured portion and a 
posterior white portion. Inferiorly it fades into a very ill-defined 
left pleural ganglion. Below this ill-defined ganglion a short broad 
commissure passes downwards, being joined by the cerebro-pedal 
commissure to the pedal ganglion. On the right side of the body 
there is no distinct cerebro-pleural commissure. ‘The right pleural 
ganglion lies close against the posterior end of the cerebral 
ganglion and is only separated off from it by an ill-defined neck. 
The pleuro-pedal commissure is in consequence proportionately 
long. On this side of the body the arrangement of these ganglia 
conforms to what Moore (1903, p. 276.) terms the ‘ epiathroid ’ 
type of nervous system. 

From the pleuro-pedal cormmissures several fine nerves arise ; 
of these one, usually the largest, can be seen to arise from the 
commissure low down near its point of union with the cerebro-pedal 
commissure. This is the epipodial nerve and that on the left, 
which is usually slightly the larger, supplies the epipodium on that 
side, while the right supplies the fold beneath the right tentacle 
and the inner or left half of the syphon. The other nerves pass 
upwards and outwards to the tissues at the base of tentacle. The 
pedal ganglia are long ribbon-like structures of a brown colour, 
which are connected above with the cerebro-pedal and pleuro- 
pedal commissures. Each of these ribbons is composed largely 
of ganglionic nerve-cells, and in consequence the whole length of 
the structure must be regarded as being homologous with the more 
compact pedal ganglia of other moiluscs. Immediately beneath 
the radular sac the two pedal ganglia are connected together 
by a wide short pedal commissure which passes from side 
to side below and in front of the posterior retractor muscles 
of the buccal mass, and behind and above them the terminal 
portion of the cephalic aorta passes downwards and backwards in 
the middle line. From this point the two ganglia pass downwards 
and backwards lying between the white muscle mass of the foot 
and the soft grey tissue of the sole. At first the two cords diverge 
somewhat, but posteriorly they again converge towards the middle 
line. A series of three or four transverse commissures pass across 
from side to side uniting them together at different points in their 
length. A series of nerves arise from the pedal ganglia and 
spread forwards and outwards. The first pedal nerve arises from 
just below the pedal commissure and passes forwards towards the 
anterior margin of the foot ; it sends off a branch which passes 
inwards towards the middle line and forms an anastomosis with 
its fellow of the opposite side. The remaining nerves pass out- 
wards in a radiating manner and form a very elaborate anas- 
tomosis around the margin of the foot. The nerves divide and 


240 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo,. XXII, 


anastomose in a series of loops and at certain points of the 
network so formed slight swellings can be detected, which pro- 
bably correspond to local collections of ganglion cells. From the 
posterior surface of the pedal ganglia and the pleuro-pedal commis- 
sure several nerves pass backwards and enter the muscles of the 
foot. Each parietal ganglion gives rise to two nerves. The most 
anterior and smaller of the two is the mantle nerve, and the larger 
and more posterior is the parietal nerve. The two parietal nerves 
pass backwards and form a figure-of-eight loop in the visceral 
hump. Each nerve crosses over to the opposite side of the body 
from which it originated, and having done so sends off a lateral 
branch which anastomoses with the mantle nerve of that side, thus 
forming the ‘ dialyneural’ connection. 

The right parietal nerve, or supra-intestinal nerve as it is 
called, passes obliquely across the upper aspect of the oesophagus 
just behind the buccal mass. In this portion of its course it is 
closely connected to, and surrounded by the branching follicles of 
the salivary glands. Having reached the left side it gives off a 
large branch, the anterior branchial nerve, which passes to the left 
and, having given off a small branch to join the mantle nerve, 
breaks up into a number of fine branches which supply the 
anterior region of the gill and the osphradium. At the point where 
the anterior branchial nerve arises from the supra-intestinal nerve 
a slight swelling is to be seen, this is known as the supra-intestinal 
ganglion. From this point the nerve passes up beneath the floor 
of the branchial chamber on the left side of the oesophagus. 
During this part of its course it gives off a series of fine branches 
to the gills and finally, at the extreme apex of the branchial 
cavity, a considerably larger branch, which soon subdivides into 
smaller twigs, is given off to the upper part of the gill. 

The left parietal or sub-intestinal nerve crosses over from 
left to right below the oesophagus. It then diverges somewhat to 
the right and gives off a branch which again subdivides; one twig 
passes forwards and outwards to join the mantle nerve of the 
same side and the conjoined nerve so formed supplies branches to 
the outer wall of the syphon and the terminal portions of the 
excretory and genital ducts and the anus. The main nerve 
continues backwards above the columellar muscle at some distance | 
from the oesophagus and gives off a series of branches to the mantle 
roof and its dependent structures. At the apex of the branchial 
chamber both nerves are continued up for a short distance in the 
floor and outer wall of the pericardium and then unite to forma 
loop, in front and to the inner side of the U-shaped bend of the 
oviduct in theg. At the apex of the nerve loop the nerve is 
slightly swollen and is known as the visceral ganglion. From it a 
series of branches arise which supply the neighbouring viscera. 


1g2t.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 241 


Baudelot., 1863 


Bernard, F., 1890 


= Bouvier, E. L., 1887 


Cuénot, L., 1890 


Cuvier, 1817 


Erlanger, R. von., 
I8ol. 


Fischer, P., 1887 
Lacaze Duthiers, H., 
1872. 


Leydig, F., 1850 


Moore, J. EK. S., 1901 


— Moore, J. E.S., 1903 
Perrier, R., 1889 


Siebold, C.-L. Von., 
1836. 


Simroth, H., 1881 


REFERENCE LIST. 


Récherches sur l'appareil générateur des 

’ mollusques gastéropodes. 

Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. XIX, pp. 134-222, and 
208-294, 5 pls. Paris. 

“ Récherches sur les organes palléaux des 
gastéropodes Prosobranches.”’ 

Ann. Sev. nat. Zool. (7) IX, pp. 89-404, 15 
pls. Paris. 

““Systéme nerveux morphologie générale 
et classification des gastéropodes Proso- 
branches.” 

Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (7) III, pp. 1-510, 
18 pls. Paris. 

“Sur la glande de Voreillette (Paludina 
Vivipara) et la glande néphridienne 
(Murex brandaris).”’ 

Compt. rend. CX, pp. 1275-7. Paris. 

Mémoires pour servir V histoire et l’ anato- 
mie des Mollusques. No. XVI, Sur la Vivi- 
pare d’eau douce, les Turbo, les Trochus, 
etc., pp. 120, 1pl. Paris. 

“Zur Entwicklung von Paludina vivipara.”’ 
Morphol. Jahvburch. XVII, pp. 337-379 
and 636-680, 6 pls. Leipzig. 

‘Manuel de Conchyliologie. Paris. 
*Otocystes ou capsules auditives des 
Mollusques.’ 

Arch. Zool. expér. 1, pp. 97-168, 6 pls. 

“Ueber Paludina vivipara..’ Zeitsch fiir 
wissenschaft. Zool. 11, pp. 125-197, 3 pls. 
Leipzig. 

“ Further researches concerning the Mol- 
luscs of the great African Lakes.’’ 

Proc. Zool. Soc. Vi, pp. 461-470, 2 pls. 
London. 

“The Tanganyika Problem.’’ London. 

‘*Récherches sur |’ anatomie et 1’ histologie 
du rein des Gastéropodes Prosobranches.” 

Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (7) VII, pp. 61-311. 
13 pls. Paris. 

Fernere Beobachtungen tiber die Spermato- 
zoen der wirbellosen Thiere.”’ 

Miiller’s Archiv. fiir Anat. Physiol., pp. 232- 
255,11 pl. Berlin. 

‘Das Fussnervensystem der Paludina 
vivipara.’ 

Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaft. Zool. XXXV, 
pp. 141-149. Leipzig. 


242 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Simroth, H., 1896— ‘‘ Mollusca: Gastropoda Prosobranchia.’’ 
1907. Bronns Thier-Reich. Part 2, Vol. III, 
Leipzig. 

Smith, E. A., 1881... ‘Remarks upon Mr. Wood-Mason’s paper 
“‘On the Discrimination of the sexes in the 
genus Paludina.’’ 

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) VIII, pp. 220-221. 


London. 

Speyer, O., 1855 .. ‘¢ Zootomie der Paludina vivipara.’’ Cassel. 
(I have been unable to refer to this 
work.) 


Villepoix, M. de, 1895 ‘‘De la formation de la coquille dans les 
mollusques.”’ 
Compt. Rend. CXX, pp. 512-513. Paris. 
Wolff, G., 1887 .. “ Kiniges tiber die Niere einheimischer 
Prosobranchiaten.’’ 
Zool, Anzeiger X, p. 317. Leipzig. 


Ig2t.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 243 


Part Il.—THEH EDGE OF THE MANTLE AND THE 
EXTERNAI, ORNAMENTATION OF THE SHELL. 


By N. ANNANDALE. 


In the first part of this paper Major Sewell has described the 
structure of the free part of the mantle of Vivipara bengalensis 
in general terms and has pointed out, as Leydig! observed in 
the embryo of V. vivtfara, that the margin bears three short pro- 
cesses corresponding in position with the three rows of minute 
chaetae on the surface of the embryonic shell. He has further 
noted that in the adult additional processes are both intercalated 
between the three primary processes and produced to the left of 
the outermost row of chaetae in correlation with the development 
of dark spiral bands on the shell. 

Similar facts struck me forcibly when examining two very 
large and peculiar species of Viviparidae in Manipur, namely V. 
oxytropis (Benson), the shell of which is ornamented with dark and 
prominent spiral ridges, and Lecythoconcha lecythis (Benson),? the 
shell of which is almost smooth and unicolozous. 

The observations made on these species, supported as they 
were by Major Sewell’s independent observations on V. bengalensis, 
led me to examine the edge of the mantle and the embryonic shell 
in all species of Viviparidae in which living or properly preserved 
material was available. The species I have examined living are 
V. bengalensis (Iamarck), V. dissimilis (Muller) [=V. remossit 
(Benson)], VY oxytropis (Benson) and L. lecythis (Benson). I have 
also examined preserved material of the remarkable genera Mayr- 
garya, Nevill, and Tata, Annandale, in both of which the shell is 
more highly and fantastically sculptured than in any species of 
Vivipara. My specimens of Margarya melanoides were collected 
in Yunnan by Mr. J. Coggin Brown, and those of Taia intha, T. 
elitovalis, T. shanensis and T. naticoides were preserved with great 
care by Dr. F. H. Gravely in the Southern Shan States. Some of 
them are in excellent condition for histological study. 

In addition to this Asiatic material I have been enabled by 
the very kind assistance of Prof. J. H. Ashworth of Edinburgh 
University, to examine several series of fine sections of both the 
embryo and the adult of V. contecta (Millet), a Nuropean species 
with a smooth, broadly banded shell. 

The material examined thus includes specimens and prepara- 
tions of species both with smooth and with highly sculptured shells, 
both with almost unicolorous and with conspicuously banded shells. 


1 Leydig, Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. II, pl. xi, fig. 16 (1850). 

2 For the latter species I have recently proposed a new genus based partly 
on the structure of the mantle, viz. Lecythoconcha, Annandale, Rec. Znd. Mus. 
XIX, p. 114 (1920). 


244 : Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL. Xx, 


In considering the ornamentation of the shell both colour-pattern 
and sculpture can, therefore, be taken into account. 


Ornamentation of the embryonic shell, 


The ornamentation of the embryonic shell is almost uniform 
in pattern in all species of Viviparidae investigated, and the only 
important differences found are those in the degree to which the 
spiral sculpture is developed in different forms. Colour-pattern is 
usually absent, the shel! being of a pale horny yellow or brown, 
with the protoconch darker and browner than the rest; but in 
those species in which the embryo has a comparatively large num- 
ber of whorls before birth the dark spiral bands characteristic of 
some such forms begin to appear on the younger parts of the shell 
before it is set free from the egg-membrane. 

The sculpture at this early stage is mainly periostracal, in- 
volving only the horny outer covering of the shell; but as this is 
not entirely so I propose to discuss the periostracal sculpture first 
and then that of the calcareous part of the shell or true test. It 
will be convenient to treat V. bengalensis as a typical form in dis- 
cussing the periostracal sculpture of the embryo. 

The shell of this species consists at birth of 34 whorls. Of 
these the apical whorl and a half constitute the true protoconch. 
They are flat, band-like and almost smooth, but with a strongly 
marked keel running round the outer edge of their upper surface ina 
spiral. Several faint, line-like spiral ridges, of which two are more 
prominent than the others, can also be detected on their surface 
under a high magnification. A single spiral row of extremely fine 
hair-like processes projects from the marginal keel, extending up- 
wards to the tip of the apical half-whorl. Towards the base of the 
protoconch these processes become stiffer and are curved and 
retroverted at the extremity, the curvature of their tips being 
directed towards the mouth of the shell. They also become less 
crowded together. A little above the point at which the pro- 
toconch merges into the uppermost whorl of the younger part 
of the embryonic shell (7.c. that part in which the whorls begin to ~ 
assume the essential characters of those of the adult), a second 
line of chaetae makes its appearance parallel to the first, and finally, 
on the penultimate embryonic whorl, a third. The oldest row, 
which I shall call in reference to its age and its position the FIRST 
Ot UPPERMOST ROW, is rather less developed than the SECOND or 
MIDDLE ROW. The THIRD or PERIPHERAL, ROW, which continues to 
occupy the extreme periphery of the shell, is the largest and best 
developed of all. As the shell grows, however, and new whorls 
are added they destroy the chaetae that lie immediately above 
them by the pressure of their embrace. 

Between the three primary rows of chaetae, above them to the 
left of the mouth of the shell, and particularly below them to 
the right (that is to say below the peripheral angle) there are other 
spiral lines on the external surface of the shell, running parallel 


Ig2t.} N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 245 


to one another and to the rows of chaetae, but forming only very 
fine ridges with minute irregular processes or serrations. ‘These I 
shall call the SECONDARY 
PERIOSTRACAL RIDGES of 
the embryonic © shell. 
Finally, still finer oblique 
longitudinal or vertical 


X ; a 
Sr 


lines can be detected un- Sy mt & 
d ful 1 s WD 7777 SSIES 
er a powerful lens, run my A 


ning across the spiral 
lines in such a way as 
to form a delicate reticu- 
lation with rhomboidal 
meshes. That all this 
ornamentation is mainly 
periostracal can be proved 
by dissolving the calcare- 
ous matter of the shell 


with ‘weak acid. The 
lines and chaetae remain 
intact. 

In the other TIVEC SS of Fic. 10.—Embryonic shell of Viutpara dissi- 
Viviparidae examined the milis (Miller). 
periostracal ornamenta- A. Oblique view of the whole shell at birth, 
tion is essentially the showing lines of chaetae (magnified). 


B. Part of the surface of the body-whorl of 


same, but in several, the \ 
g 2 the same shell more highly magnified. 


test-sculpture being more 3 

highly developed, the aie SAD eget eee of ee oe 
primary row of chaetae ; 

chaetae are given greater 3=peripheral row of chaetae ; 

prominence. I will dis- 1’ 2’=secondary rows of chaetae. 

cuss this point later. In 

the embryonic shell of V. dissimitts (fig. 10), two of the second- 

ary periostracal ridges bear minute chaetae considerably finer 

and shorter than those of the three primary rows but essentially 

similar in structure. These secondary rows are situated between 

the first and second primary rows and above the latter. 

In some species the periostracal ornamentation of the embryo- 
nic shell becomes obsolescent at an early age, but in all I have 
examined the peripheral row of chaetae is continued, at any rate in 
some individuals, on to the body-whorl of the full-grown shell, 
and the apparent disappearance of the chaetae oz the other rows is 
more apparent than real. These structures are of extreme fragi- 
lity and in a comparatively heavy organism such as an adult 
Vivipara are liable to be rubbed off at atouch. In a nearly full- 
grown V. bengalensis, in which the shell is receiving its final addi- 
tion, I have found that the three rows of chaetae are still produced, 
but disappear almost as soon as they are formed. In V’. dissimilis 
traces of the embryonic periostracal sculpture are more persistent 
and the basis of the five rows of chaetae can frequently be detected 
in the form of fine punctures. Even in the adult of L. lecythis the 


246 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


periphery of the body-whorl is often surrounded by a line of ex- 
tremely fine hairs representing degenerate chaetae. In the Siamese 
V. ciluata (Reeve),' in which a larger number of secondary peri- 
ostracal ridges probably bear chaetae than in V. dissimilis, they 
persist throughout life on all the whorls of the shell, and in some 
individuals of the Chinese V. lapillorum (Heude) *? they are coarsely 
developed on the peripheral keel of the body-whorl. : 

In species of Vivipara such as V. bengalensis, in which the 
embryonic shell is extremely thin and fragile, it is difficult to 
demonstrate the existence of any true test-sculpture as distinct 
from that of the periostracum, but by means of careful manipula- 
tion of lighting under a binocular microscope it can be seen that 
each of the rows of chaetae is situated on a slight elevation. This 
can be more readily demonstrated in such forms as L. lecythis (fig. 
II), in which the test is much thicker at birth ; while the chaetifer- 


1G. 11.—Embryonic shell of Lecythoconcha lecythis (Benson). 
A. Lateral view of the whole shell at birth (magnified). 
B. Protoconch as seen from above (more highly magnified). 


ous ridges are conspicuous from the first in certain other species, 
such as Margarya melanotdes ,? Taia intha* and the peculiar Japanese 
Heterogen turris.2 In these three species they are comparatively 
broad and blunt. In V. dissimils and V. oxytropis, although the 
embryonic shell is no thicker than in V. bengalensis, they are more 
prominent than in that species, but thin and sharp. Generally 
speaking, a strong development of the three primary ridges in the 
embryonic shell is correlated with a coarse and well-developed spiral 
sculpture in that of the adult, but this is not so in Heterogen, in 
which it becomes gradually much less conspicuous on the younger 
whorls. In H. turris, however, the only species of the genus 
known, as in the African Neothauma, Smith, and in many species 


! Reeve, Conch. Icon. XIV (Paludina), pl. vi, ig. 36 (1864). 

2 Annandale, Mem. As. Soc. Bengal V1, p. 314, pl. x, fig. 9 (1918). 

* Kobelt on Vivipara, in new edit. of Mart. and Chemn,, Conch. Cad., pl. 
“NXXVil, XXXVIII (1GOQ). 
~_,- + Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. X1V, pl. xvii, fig. 7; pl. xviii, fig. 10 (1918). 

6 Annandale, Mem. As. Soc. Bengal V1, p. 400, figs. 1, 2. (1921). 


192t.| N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 247 


of Vivipara, the third or lowest primary ridge remains conspicuous 
as a peripheral carina, even when the other two disappear or become 
obsolescent. 


Ornamentation of the adult shell. 


In the adult shell, as I have already pointed out, the peri- 
ostracal scuipture is relatively unimportant. In many species of 
the family, including the great majority of those of Vivipara, 
the test-sculpture is not much more conspicucus. In V. benga- 
lensts the oblique longitudinal lines on the periostracum are 
impressed on the test and remain distinct through life. Indeed, 
they are coarser and more prominent in the younger whorls. In 
most races and phases of this species the spiral sculpture disap- 
pears almost completely on the body-whorl, but in some indivi- 
duals of certain phases and races, such as the phase halophila, 
Kobelt (pl. II, figs. 9, 10), and the race ba/teata, Benson, the pri- 
mary spiral ridges and also a few of those of the secondary order 
are slightly thickened on the body-whorl, while in the Burmese 
race (doliaris, Gould, pl. I, fig. 9) both the uppermost of the three 
primary ridges and the peripheral ridge are prominent, forming 
more or less sharp-cut angles in the outline of this whorl. In V. 
oxytropis and a few other species of the same genus thie peripheral 
ridge forms a prominent keel on the body-whorl, separating the 
shell into an upper and a lower region, while some or all of the 
other ridges remain more or less salient. 

It is, however, in such forms as the more highly developed 
species and varieties of the genera Tara and Margarya that the 
sculpture of the test reaches its highest development in the adult 
shell. In V. oxytropis! the ridges are smooth and sharp: in the 
more highly developed forms of the two genera mentioned they 
are broad and coarse and are broken up into numerous tubercles, 
scales or spines. Even in shells with a comparatively simple 
sculpture such as those of Taia theobaldi® or Margarya imelanotdes 
var. mansuyi® the ridges have not the unbroken surface of those 
on the shell of V. oxytvopis and other ridged forms of Vivipara. 

In all the Viviparidae in which I have examined both em- 
bryonic and adult shells, the ridges of the test are grooved inter- 
nally at first. They retain this structure in V. oxytropis through- 
out life. In some other ridged species and races of Viwipara, 
however, with thicker shells, and also in all forms of Taza and 
Margarya, the internal groove becomes more or less completely 
obliterated by the deposit of nacreous matter on the internal 
surface. 

In describing the ornamentation of the embryonic shell I have 
alluded briefly to the fact that in Taia intha and some other Vivi- 


! Hanley and Theobald, Conch. /nd., pl. Ixxvi, fig. 5 (1876). 

2 Annandale, Rec. Jud. Mus. X1V, pl. xvi, fig. 1 (1918). 

2 fobelt on Vivtparva, in Mart. and Chemn., Conch. Cab., new edit., 
Xxxvil, figs. 6, 7 (1909). 


248 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


paridae in which the shell attains a relatively large number of 
whorls before birth, a colour-pattern appears on the lower whorls, 
while in V. bengadensts, in which there are only 34 whorls at birth, 
this pattern appears later. It cannot, therefore, be regarded as 
belonging to the primitive shell. Generally speaking, the shells 
of the Viviparidae may be divided into two categories so far as 
colour is concerned.' The external surface in one category is of 
an almost uniform clivaceous colour, occasionally with irregular 
black longitudinal streaks. In the other type it is marked with 
dark spiral bands. 


STRUCTURE OF THE MARGINAL REGION OF THE MANTLE. 


By the phrase MARGINAL REGION OF THE MANTLE I mean the 
free edge of the roof of the branchial chamber and the immediate- 


Fic. 12.—Edge of the mantle in Vivipara bengalensis (l.amarck), as seen 
by transmitted light (x 80). 
p A. In new-born young. 
B. In half-grown individual at the end of a period of growth 
vu.g., Marginal groove; m.p., primary marginal process; m.p.’, secondary 
marginal process; m, nerve; s.g., calciferous glands; s. gv., supramarginai 
groove. 


ly adjacent parts. For the sake of brevity I shall refer to it merely 
as the marginal region. I do not propose to discuss the structure 
of other parts of the mantle except in so far as it may be necessary 
to elucidate that of this region. 


EXTERNAL STRUCTURE.—The external structure of the mar- 
ginal region is uniform in all the Viviparidae examined, so far at 
any rate as its main features are concerned, but exhibits certain 
minor generic and even specific characters, and differs in details at 
different periods in the life of the individual. The free edge is 
sharp at birth in Vivipara and Taia, blunt in Lecythoconcha and 


! The only real exception I know to this rule is to be found in V. helmandica 
\nnandale, from Eastern Persia, the shell of which is olivaceous with rounded 
pale spots, but there is often an obscure pale band round or just below the peri- 
phery of the body-whorl of the shell in forms of the V. dzssimilis group. 


I9g2t.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 249 


also probably in Margarya, in which, however, I have examined 
only adult individuals. In the first three genera, and probably in 
all Viviparidae, it bears at this period three distinct finger-shaped 
processes,' one situated just above the snout near the middle of 
the edge, the other two to the right of this point. The left process, 
which marks a very important point in the orientation of the 
ornamentation of the shell, I shall call the PERIPHERAL PROCESS. It 
moves along, in the expansion of the animal, under the most pro- 
minent line of the body-whorl of the shell and is usually, but not 
always, a little longer than the others. The two processes to the 
right of the peripheral process may be called the first and the second 
process, the former lying the furthest to the right. These three 
processes correspond in position with the three primary rows of 
chaetae on the young shell (p. 250, fig. 13) and bear the same nota- 
tion in my figures. The peripheral process, though usually the most 
conspicuous and the most important in the future history of the 
shell, is morphologically the youngest, while the first process, the 
least important of the three from this point of view, is. the oldest. 
These three processes I call the three PRIMARY PROCESSES. They 
were first observed and figured in the embryo of Vivipara vivipara 
by Leydig,* but are omitted in the figures of more recent authors. 
I find them just as well developed in the fully formed embryo of 
the European V. contecta as they are in Indian species. 

In most other Viviparidae examined, at least traces of other 
processes between and to the left of the primary three can be de- 
tected at the same period. In V. bengalensis (fig. 12) they are 
small and inconspicuous, but in V. disst¢milis, another common 
Indian species, four SECONDARY PROCESSES can be easily detected 
in fresh material, two of them being longer than the other two. 
The two longest secondary processes are situated one immediately 
to the right of the second primary process and the other to the 
right of the third. ‘They correspond in position with the two secon- 
dary rows of chaetae on the embryonic shell (p. 248, fig. 12). The 
condition is similar in V. oxytropis, but in Lecythoconcha lecythis 
only the three primary processes can be detected as such, even in 
fresh material. 

Even the seven processes of V. dissimilis and V. oxytropis are 
not all that actually exist, for between each pair associated with 
lines of chaetae two or three other minute projections occur, but 
can only be detected as projections if the mantle be examined ina 
fully expanded condition. These minute or TERTIARY PROCESSES 
correspond in position with the minute serrated ridges on the peri- 
ostracum of the embryonic shell (p. 245, fig. 10). Both they and the 
secondary processes are probably present and functional, though 
often difficult to detect, in all Viviparidae. 


1 It may be fixed in this condition by being subjected to gentle pressure be- 
tween two glass slides as soon as it is removed, and treated with corrosive acetic 
soliition while under pressure. : 

2 Leydig, Zerts. f. wiss. Zool. 11, pl. xi, fig. 16 (1850). 


250 Records of the Indian Museum. [VouL. XXII, 


The external structure of the processes (he they primary, 
secondary or tertiary) is identical. They are not mere projec 
tions of the margin but organs with a definite form, position and 
function. When fully expanded in the living animal they are 
flattened dorso-ventrally and sharply pointed, but it is difficult to 
preserve them quite in this condition as they usually become blunter 
and thicker in preservations, as they do in life when the mantle 
contracts (fig 12). Along the external surface of each, from a 
point close to the tip, runs a narrow groove, and the whole of both 
surfaces, including the floor of this groove, is densely covered with 
long and powerful cilia. These extend also all over the edge of the 
mantle. Very often (fig. 12) the presence of a tertiary, or even a 
secondary, process is only indicated by the existence of this groove, 
which I shall call a MARGINAL GROOVE. 

The marginal grooves run up the external surface of each pro- 
cess to a broader and rather deeper transverse groove that traverses 
the whole of the margin just above the bases of the processes and 


Fic. 13.—Living Lecythoconcha lecythis a fortnight old (magnified). 
m., edge of mantle; 1, 2, 3, primary rows of chaetae on shell; 1,’ 2,’ 3’, 
primary marginal grooves. 


turns upwards for a short distance at the right extremity of the 
free edge. This groove I shall call the suPRAMARGINAL GROOVE. 

Iminediately above the supramarginal groove on the external 
surface of the mantle is a broad and prominent ridge, which has 
been called the ‘‘ white band” on account of its lack of epidermal 
pigment, but may be also known as the SUPRAMARGINAL RIDGE. 
Its surface is smooth and ciliated at birth in all the species exam- 
ined at this period, and in Lecythoconcha its limits are not clearly 
indicated. 

In the foregoing paragraphs I have described the external struc- 
ture of the marginal region as it exists at the birth of the young 
mollusc, it remains ta be seen how far it alters in the course of 
post-embryonic development. There is greater specific and generic 
variation in this respect than there is in the primitive structure, for 
while in some species and genera the marginal processes are greatly 
reduced in the adult, in others they retain their primitive condi- 
tion, while in yet others they increase in proportionate develop- 
ment. I was under the impression that they disappeared com- 


1g2t.] N, ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEwWeELL: Vivipara. 251 


pletely in the adult of V. dissimilis and L. lecythis, so long as I ex- 
amined only preserved material; but at any rate the three primary 
processes can be quite easily detected in the largest living indi- 
viduals of the former species, while in full grown specimens of the 
Lecythoconcha, at least. traces of the peripheral process sometimes 
persist and probably remain functional throughout life. In L. /ecy- 
this (fig. 13) the primary processes are very conspicuous for at least 
a fortnight after birth on account of their bright yellow colour as 
well as their prominence. Major Sewell (p. 220) has shown that 
even when the processes have apparently disappeared in V. bengal- 
ensis their position is apparently indicated by streaks of yellow 
pigment. In V’. oxylropis both the primary and the secondary pro- 
cesses increase in actual size with the growth of the animal. In 
the living adult they are not so easily seen as the primary proces- 
ses in the young of Lecylhoconcha, because they are usually retro- 
verted inside the shell when the animal is expanded, but even in 
material preserved by immersion in strong spirit and killed in a 
highly contracted condition, they can be detected without difficulty 
as soon as the shell is removed. 

The fact seems to be, therefore, that these marginal processes 
are characteristic of the Viviparidae as a family. They differ 
in position and structure, and probably in function, from the pro- 
cesses present on the mantle of certain genera of Melaniidae,! and 
I have failed to trace them on that of any Hydrobiid. ‘Their 
presence is, however, frequently concealed by contraction and 
shrinkage in preserved specimens, and the extent to which they 
actually degenerate or persist in the adult differs in different 
species. 

Other questions that remain to be answered are those con- 
cerned with differences in the system of marginal and supramarginal 
grooves and in the supramarginal ridge at different periods in the 
life-history of the mollusc. What I have said of the marginal 
processes applies with equal force to the marginal grooves, except 
that in the adult of Lecyihoconcha the peripheral marginal groove 
is sometimes still more distinct than the peripheral process, but 
in considering the subsequent history of the supramarginal groove 
another factor must be considered, viz, that of periods of growth 
and of rest. These affect the groove indirectly by affecting the 
ridge that lies immediately above it and can be discussed most 
conveniently when considering the internal structure of this ridge 
(p. 252). One point that may be noted here is that the cilia dis- 
appear from the surface of the ridge at an early period in post- 
embryonic life and that when the glands in it are in a state of 
activity its surface is minutely ridged at right angles to its own 
axis. Further, in growing specimens of Taia intha, preserved in a 
half-expanded state, the ridge bears cushion-shaped swellings oppo- 
site to, but much broader than, the primary processes. 


1 See Benson, Gleanings in Science I, p. 21 (1830), and Annandale, Rec. Jnd. 
Mus, X1X, p. 109 (1920). 


252 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


It has not been necessary to say much about the edge of the 
mantle between the processes, the external structure of which of- 
fers no particular feature of interest at any time of life in most 
species. The difference between its conformation in Vivipara and 
Taia on the one hand and Lecythoconcka and Margarya on the 
other, already noted in the young (p. 249), is accentuated with the 
growth of the individual. It is, however, somewhat exaggerated 
in highly contracted or shrunken specimens. Another important 
generic difference, not following the same lines of division, may 
now be noted. It has a much more direct bearing on the special 
object of this section of out paper, as it is evidently correlated with 
the glyptic ornamentation of the shell. In Vivipara and Lecytho- 
concha the edge when fully expanded is straight, or rather curved 
in a wide arc outwards. It is, indeed, capable of considerable 


Fic. 14.—Horizontal transverse section through part of the edge of the 
mantle at the base of a primary marginal process of an adult Viv¢para oxytropis 
(Benson), highly magnified and slightly diagrammatic. 


c, calcareous concretions; c.e., ciliated epithelium; m.g., marginal groove of 
primary marginal process; p., pigment granules; p.g., periostracal glands; s.g., 
calciferous glands. 


change of shape and may become distinctly sinuate; but the irre- 
gularities of outline are mere irregularities without definite posi- 
tion or apparent function. This is also so in L. Jecythis. It is 
unfortunate that I have not had an opportunity of examining 
either Taia or Margarya in a living condition in this connection, 
and in contracted specimens of these genera preserved in alcohol I 
can find no peculiarity of the edge of the mantle. In young exam- 
ples of Taia tatha, however, which were paralysed with menthol 
and fixed in 5% formalin without being fully contracted, a broad 
lobular projection can be detected at the base of the terminal 
scale-like projection on the peripheral ridge of the shell, proceeding 
for a short distance into the anterior cavity of the projection. 


EPItHELIUM.—The epithelium of the extreme edge of the 
mantle is, as already stated, provided with long and powerful 


192t.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL; Vvipara. 253 


cilia. The cells are relatively deep and narrow and have large, 
deeply-staining nuclei. Unicellular glands do not occur among 
them. Epithelium of this type extends over both surfaces of the 
marginal processes and over the floors of the marginal and supra- 
marginal grooves. Above ihe latter it gives place, but not abruptly, 
to non-ciliated epithelium containing unicellular glands. The 
change is gradual, the cells becoming shorter and stouter and the 
cilia more feeble and finally non-existent. On the surface of the 
supramarginal ridge, however, epithelium is usually absent after 
birth, the underlying glands being exposed on the surface. 


Fic. 15.—Vertical section through the edge of the mantle in the adult Tara 
elitovalis, Annandale, in a period of arrested growth. 
A. The whole structure (xX 80). 
B. Region of the supramarginal groove more highly magnified. 
b.s., blood-sinus; e., uon-ciliated epithelium; e’., ciliated epithelium; m., 
external retractor muscle; m’’., muscular network; »., pigment granule; #.g., 


patt of periostracal gland; s.g., degenerate remains of shell-gland; sm. gr., supra- 


marginal groove; sm. ~., supramarginal ridge; y.g., yellow granules. 


CONNECTIVE T1ssuE.—Two kinds of connective tissue can be 
distinguished in the marginal region of the mantle of the Viviparidae. 
The bulk of the roof of the branchial chamber consists of a pecu- 
lar kind of cells closely resembling that of which the adipose fias 
of fishes are mainly composed and identical with those of the foot 
of the molluscs. These ceils are of very large size and of polygo- 
nal outline (pl. iii, fig. 3). Their walls are thick, their nuclei very 
small and they are gorged with a gelatinous substance evidently 
not protoplasmic. Immediately under the epithelium of both sur- 


254 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XXIT, 


faces of the mantle a thin layer of undifferentiated connective 
tissue can also be distinguished. It is thicker at some places than 
at others but has no particular feature of interest. 

MuscrEs.—The muscular system of the mantle is complex in 
all genera of the family, but more so in some than in others. In 
Vivipara it is compatatively simple. In this genus a relatively thin 
sheet of longitudinal fibres extends down the external surface as 
far as or nearly as far as the upper limits of the supramarginal 
ridge. This may be called the EXTERNAI, RETRACTOR OF THE 
MANTLE. In a corresponding position on the internal surface a few 
fibres of a similar nature can be distinguished, but they are poorly 
developed. In the neighbourhood of the supramarginal ridge a 
strand of oblique or nearly transverse fibres runs along parallel'to 


Fic. 16.—Microphotograph of vertical section through the edge of the mantle 
in Margarya melanoides var. carinata, Neumayr. The ciliated epithelium has 
been removed from the surface below the shell-glands. 


b.s., blood-sinus ; e., epithelium ; m., externa] retractor muscle; m’’., muscular 
network; s.g., calciferous gland; y.g., yellow granules. 
the margin rather deeper in the tissues and forms the SPHINCTER 
OF THE MANTLE. Its structure is simple in this genus and it is 
not powerfully developed. Finally, the external retractor sends 
numerous fine branches obliquely into the thickness of the mantle, 
in which they ramify and anastomose to form a loose MUSCULAR 
NETWORK. 

In other genera the same elements of musculature are found, 
but variously developed. In Tata and Margarya, in which the 
sphincter is still more feebly developed, the muscular network is 
closer and has much smaller meshes and the individual strands are 
finer. In Margarya, in which the mantle is greatly thickened, it 
is better developed than in Taia. 


192I.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 255 


It is, however, in Lecythoconcha, in which also the mantle is 
thick, that the muscles are the most powerful among the forms 
examined. The external retractor and its branches are both very 
coarse, but the latter are not numerous and the muscular network 
is not well developed. The sphincter, however, is both thick and 
complex, consisting of several strands which run obliquely in the 
midst of the shell-glands. Their position in reference to the edge 
of the mantle differs in different states of expansion and retraction 
(figs. 3, 4, pl. iii). 

NERVES.—I have not attempted to work out the nervous sys- 
tem of the marginal region in detail and have not observed any 
external sensory organs. The whole of the roof of the branchial 
chamber is supplied by nerves arising from the parietal ganglia 
(Sewell, p. 240). In the marginal region a fairly stout transverse 
nerve can be readily distinguished, pursuing an irregular course 
above the supramarginal ridge, some parts of it being much nearer 
the margin than others. From it finer nerves run down at irregular 
intervals among the shell-glands. Their position is not definitely 
correlated with that of the marginal processes (fig. 12 B, p. 248). 


VASCULAR SystTEM.—The marginal region of the mantle is 
highly vascular in all species of Viviparidae examined. Definite 
blood-vessels can be seen entering it, but for the most part the 
blood is contained in irregular sinuses without definite walls. 
These reach their maximum development in the primary mar- 
ginal processes of Vivipara oxytropis (pl. ili, fig. 5), in which the 
connective tissue has a strictly cavernous structure. A vascular 
system of this type cannot be investigated in detail without 
careful injection. This method I have not attempted to adopt as 
it is quite sufficient for my purpose to know that the processes, 
and indeed the whole of the edge of the mantle, are erectile rather 
than muscular, though their erectility is doubtless correlated with 
the action of the muscles of the roof of the branchial chamber. 


SHELL-GLANDS.—A most important part of this investigation 
refers to the structure, position and function of the glands that 
secrete the substance of the external layers! of the shell and their 
relation to the external structure of the marginal region of the 
mantle and the ornamentation of the shell. The main facts about 
these glands have long been known and certain important points 
were made clear by Leydig,’ Mer and Longe * and Moynier de Ville- 
poix,* but I have failed to find in zoological literature any discus- 
sion of their comparative anatomy and functions in any one family 
of Gasteropods. As my own observations are in general agreement 
with those of the authors cited I will give an’ account of what I 
have myself seen without further historical discussion. 


! I do not propose to deal with those that secrete the internal nacreous layer. 
2 Zeits. f. Wiss. Zool. I, p. 123 (1850). 

3 Comp. Rendus XC, p. 882 (1880). 

+ Comp. Rendus CXIII, p. 317 (1891) and CXX, p. 512 (1895). 


256 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 


The glands (fig. 14, p. 252) concerned with shell-sculpture in 
the Viviparidae belong to two distinct series, differing in structure, 
position and function. 
We may call them respec- 
tively CALCIFEROUS and 
PERIOSTRACAL GLANDS itl 
reference to the nature of 
their secretions. 

The periostracal glands 
are the smaller, less cons- 
picucus and nearer to the 
free edge of the two 
series. ‘They lie opposite 
the bases of the marginal 
processes and extend both 
upwards beneath the cal- 
ciferous glands and down- 
wards into the processes, 
at the base of which they 


Fic. 17.—Vertical section through part of open into the supramar- 


the periostracal gland in an adult Vivipara Rat ees iss : 
contecta (Millet) towards the end of a period of Sale OO Shes acu. 
growth (xX ca. 333). of very minute pores, one 


d., duct of gland; g.c., gland-cell; m., fibres for each gland (pl. iii, fig. 
of sphincter of the mantle; p., suffused black t). Inthe young molluscs 
pigment; p.g., black pigment granule. at birth each gland is a 

simple tubule formed of a 
single layer of gland-cells and more or less twisted in its course, 
which is tangential to the free edge and lies amidst the thick-walled 
cells of the interior of the marginal region. Later the glands be- 
come contorted and the cells proliferate to form an irregular mass 
(pl. iti, fig. 3). A definite duct is then developed, lined with very 
minute flat epithelial cells. It makes its way to the external pore 
from a small reservoir lying in the substance of the margin and 
also lined with minute flattened epithelial cells. Into this the 
secretion of the gland is evidently poured. The gland-cells (fig. 17) 
are relatively small and ovoid in outline. Their contents do not 
stain deeply except at birth and they become very inconspicuous 
in periods of arrested growth. In those species of Viviparidae 
that have dark-banded shells, such as V. bengalensis, V. oxytropis, 
V. contecta, and the young of Tata intha and T. elitoralis, very 
minute granules of black pigment are found in the cells and lining 
the ducts of the glands, but they. are absent or very scarce in 
species with unicolorous shells, such as those of V. disstmilis and 
L. lecythis, except at the end of growth-periods, when dark pigment 
may become widely suffused among the interior cells of the mantle 
and is then by no means confined to the immediate vicinity of the 
periostracal glands. 

The calciferous glands are larger, more numerous and more 
conspicuous, and occupy a higher and more superficial position on 
the mantle than the periostracal glands. They undergo, more- 


192I.j) N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 257 


over, greater changes in the course of post-embryonic life and show 
a greater range of structural difference in different genera. I shall 
first describe them as they occur in the young of Lecythoconcha 
lecythis at birth, for they are greatly hypertrophied at the time in 
that species, occupying practically the whole of the external layer 
of the roof of the branchial chamber, lying immediately or almost 


——————— 


Lee. 
bee : 
SS 


Fic. 18 —Vertical section (slightly oblique) through part of a calciferous 
gland of the same individual as figured in fig. 17 (same magnification). 


g.c’., necks of gland-cells opening on the external surface of the mantle ; 
g.c’’., degenerating gland-cells. Lettering otherwise the same as in fig. 17. 


immediately beneath the external epithelium and extending down- 
wards into the substance of the mantle for nearly half its thickness. 

In a vertical section of the mantle passing through the peri- 
pheral marginal process (pl. iii, figs. 1, 2) the tissues can thus be 
separated at sight under a low power of the microscope into an 
external glandular area and an internal vascular layer. It is with 
the former we are at present concerned. At the extreme margin, 
in the substance of the process, the periostracal glands can be dis- 


258 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


tinguished, lying in the external part of the vascular layer. Ex- 
ternal to them, and not extending quite so far downwards or en- 
tering the process, the calciferous glands occupy the whole of the 
glandular area. ‘These latter glands form in sections of the kind a 
series of minute tubules with their main axis at right angles to the 
surface, but a careful examination of a series of sections indicates 
that the tubules are not really separate but form a continuous or 
almost continuous tube with numerous closely adpressed loops. 
The uppermost loops are already degenerating and do not stain well 
and those quite near the margin are not closely adpressed and 
have their cells smaller and probably not yet functional. In the 
upper part of the marginal region, however, the glands are well 


KG. 19.—Microphotograph of a vertical section through the anterior part of 


the body of a young Vivipara contecta just before birth, to show general position 
of shell-glands. 


g.f., gill-filaments; 7., foot; m., mantle; mt., mouth; p.g., periostracal land ; 


gr., radula; s.g., calciferous gland; sp. gr., supramarginal groove; 0.f., operculi- 
ferous lobe of foot. 


developed and evidently functional. Here they consist of large 
deeply staining cells arranged in parallel rows from just below the 
external epithelium inwards to the base of the glandular layer. 

In the young of other species (fig. 19) the structure of these 
glands is not essentially different, though they do not occupy 
neatly so large an area and are relatively much smaller. Their 
tubular conformation and the adpressed loops of the whole gland 
are just as well marked and the cells are similar in form and ap- 
pearance. 

At subsequent growth stages, however, a considerable change 
takes place. The cells are greatly reduced in numbers but in- 
creased in size and become ampulliform with extremely elongate 
‘necks ’’ and swollen proximal parts. ‘The loops of the primitive 
gland, moreover. are converted into groups of cells of the kind, 


1g2I.| N. ANNANDALE & R, B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 259 


each arranged round a small and ill-defined space. Their swollen 
proximal extremities lie buried in the mantle, while their necks 
extend outwards, closely pressed together, and reach the external 
surface. 

In a vertical section they have in the mass a fibrous appearance 
which renders them liable to be mistaken for muscle fibres unless 
differential stains are used, and as the main axis of the cells is not 
quite at right angles to that of the surface, sections have to be 
slightly oblique to show their structure in detail. 

The extent to which degeneration of the calciferous glands 
takes place in the rest-periods that succeed those of active growth 
differ in different species and probably in different circumstances, 
but they never completely disappear and even when completely 
degenerate form a conspicuous feature of sections of the marginal 
region of the mantle even under low powers of the microscope. 
Generally speaking, the degeneration appears to be greater in forms 
from a colder climate than it is jn tropical species, probably be- 
cause the alternate periods of growth and rest are more absolute 
in the former. Major Sewell’s observations on the rate of growth 
in Vivipara bengalensis in Calcutta (p. 280) seem to show that 
Zzrowth may be, if not absolutely continuous, at any rate very 
readily revived at any time of year, whereas in Taza intha, which 
lives at an altitude of 3000 feet in a much colder climate, few shells 
were observed in early spring that appeared to be in a state of 
active growth. 1 find that the European V. contecta agrees with 
this species and its congener V. elitoralis trom the same lake and 
also with Margarya melanoides (fig. 16, p. 254), which lives at greater 
altitudes in Western China, in having the glands very degenerate 
in periods of rest, whereas in V.-bengalensis, V. dissimilis, V. oxy- 
tropis and Lecythoconcha it alters little in structure. 

In those species in which the glands become most degenerate 
in periods of rest, as for example in Tava elitoralts (fig. 15, p. 253), 
the periostracal glands practically disappear, while the calciferous 
glands are reduced to an amorphous mass in which the cell-limits 
are distinguished with difficulty. This is most marked in theit 
““necks,’’ which fuse together to form a structureless or almost 
structureless layer on the external surface. When this occurs the 
flat epithelial cells of the upper part of this surface encroach to 
some extent on the area previously devoid of epithelium, while 
the ciliated columnar cells of the extreme margin apparently 
become more vigorous but do not extend upwards beyond the 
position of the supramarginal groove, which practically disappears 
as such. In preserved specimens in this condition I am unable to 
detect any trace of the marginal processes and grooves, but pos- 
sibly they may be still present in the living animal. 

The degeneration of the gland-cells is correlated with the 
secretion of certain yellowish granules of variable size and irregular 
shape, which are formed in them and finally become very conspic- 
uous, even when the mantle is examined whole as a transparent 
object under a low power of the microscope (fig. 12, p. 248). 


260 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


REFRACTILE BopiErs.—Throughout the vascular parts of the 
anatomy of the Viviparidae, and especially in the mantle, numer- 
ous small refractile bodies can be distinguished under a low power 
of the microscope. They are spherical or occasionally ellipsoidal 
in form and become more numerous in the half-grown and adult 
animal than they are in the young. Their size varies in different 
species and they are largest (among the forms examined) in Lecy- 
thoconcha lecythis. Unstained they are colourless, but they absorb 
stains such as haematoxylin and borax carmine readily and these 
stains, if the bodies are cut in sections, penetrate throughout their 
substance. They dissolve, however, immediately in acid and 
therefore disappear in a technique in which the use of free acid is 
involved, leaving open spaces that may easily be confused with 
small blood-sinuses. Their position is extracellular, but they 
occur in the peculiar gelatinous tissue described above. When the 
mollusc is in a state of active growth they congregate in large 
numbers between the shell-glands and the internal surface of the 
mantle (fig. 14). Externally they are perfectly smooth. ‘Their 
internal structure is lamellar and concentric, but the lamellae of 
which they are composed are not numerous. 

The structure of the shell-glands of both series is essentially 
similar in the Melaniid genera Melanoides and Acrostoma to that 
here described in the Viviparidae. As de Villepoix' has shown 
that it is also similar in Helix, we may assume that it is of a type 
widely distributed among the Gasteropod molluscs. It will there- 
fore be worth while, before discussing the function of the glands 
and of the marginal region generally in relation to the ornamenta- 
tion of the shell, to summarize the description already given so 
far as its main points are concerned. I have been able to find no 
detailed account of the external structure of this region, which 
probably differs greatly in different forms, in any other family. 
Even if certain features are peculiar to the Viviparidae, parallel, if 
not precisely analogous, features probably exist in other families. 


Summary ACCOUNT OF THE ORNAMENTATION OF THE SHELL. 


The ornamentation of the shell in the Viviparidae is partly 
periostracal, partly impressed on the outer calcareous layers. In 
the embryonic shell, including the protoconch, both horny and 
testaceous structures are already concerned, but the periostracal 
ornamentation, when magnified proportionately, is the more con- 
spicuous. ; 

The periostracal ornamentation is, at any rate in some species, 
both glyptic and coloured. Its sculpture is minute and consists 
of spiral rows of horny chaetae, fine spiral ridges and still finer 
oblique longitudinal lines. ‘These are best developed in the fully- 
formed embryo and asa rule disappear or become obsolete (with 
the exception of the longitudinal lines, which tend to become more 


| de Villepoix, Comptes Rendus CXX, p. 512 (1895). 


19g2I.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 261 


prominent) in the full-grown shell. Three primary rows of perios- 
tracal chaetae can be distinguished, the best developed of which 
runs round the periphery of the whorls, while the other two are 
situated above it. The peripheral row, though the most impor- 
tant of the three, is the latest to be formed and only the first or 
uppermost row extends to the apex of the protoconch. In some 
species (e.g. Vivifara dissimilis), two additional rows of chaetae 
are present on the embryonic shell, one between the peripheral 
and middle row and one above the first row. These chaetae are, 
however, smaller than those of the three primary rows. They are 
homologous with two of the fine spiral ridges on the shells of other 
species. 

In those species in which the shells are ornamented with 
bands of dark pigment the colour-pattern is periostracal in origin, 
though the calcareous matter may be slightly stained. The bands 
correspond in position with the rows of chaetae and spiral ridges. 

The test-sculpture (7.c. that of the outer calcareous layers of 
the shell) also corresponds in position with that of the periostracum. 
In shells of the family in which it is highly developed, it consists 
mainly of prominent spiral ridges. These ridges may be smooth 
and uninterrupted (asin Lecvthoconcha lecythis) or broken up more 
or less distinctly into series of tubercles (as in some individuals of 
Taa naticoides) , scale-like projections (as in the most highly deve- 
loped shells of Tata and Margarya) or even spines, as in the fossil 
Rivularioides.'! ‘They may be hollow as in V. oxyfropis or solid as 
in the Chinese V. lapillorum. In practically all shells of all types 
the most prominent and most highly developed ridge corresponds 
with the peripheral row of chaetae, and in a large proportion those 
that correspond with the two other primary rows of chaetae are 
better developed than any others. Moreover, each ridge corres- 
ponds either with one of the primary rows of chaetae or with a 
secondary ridge of the periostracum. 


SuMMARY ACCOUNT OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE EDGE 
OF THE MANTLE. 


We may summarize the structure of the distal part of the 
mantle in the Viviparidae as follows :—- 

The free edge of the mantle is membranous, but much thicker 
in some genera (e.g. Lecythoconcha) than in others. The margin 
bears at least three digitiform processes, which are better deve- 
loped in some species (e.g. Vivipara oxytropis) than in others, and 
are usually obscured by contraction and shrinkage in preserved 
material. In addition to those three primary processes other, 
smaller processes are present, probably in all cases, but are still 
more difficult to detect except in the living animal and may per- 
haps become vestigial in the adult of certain species. These pri- 
mary and secondary processes correspond in position with the 


! Annandale, Rec. Geol. Surv. /nd. L, pl. xxxiii, figs. 7-12 (1919). 


262 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


periostracal sculpture. Immediately above the processes a groove 
runs transversely across the external surface and from it short 
longitudinal grooves are given off at right angles and run to 
the tip of the processes. Above the transverse supramarginal 
groove and running parallel to it, a convex ridge, varying iu 
breadth and prominence at different stages of growth, can usually 
be traced. For it I have proposed the name of supramarginal 
ridge. The margin, including the grooves, is covered with col- 
umnar ciliated epithelium as far up on the external surface as the 
lower edge of the supramarginal ridge. Except at a very early 
stage in free life (Lecythoconcha) the epithelium is degenerate on 
the ridge, and above it consists of non-ciliate cells. 

The substance of this part of the mantle is composed mainly 
of a peculiar kind of connective tissue consisting of polygonal cells 
with small nuclei, rather thick walls and gelatinous contents, in the 
main non-protoplasmic. It is cavernous in structure, including 
numerous ill-defined blood-spaces without cellular walls as well as 
true blood-vessels. Longitudinal muscles, sometimes powerfully 
developed, run down the mantle under the external epithelium, 
and certain oblique strands can also be followed out near the 
margin, forming a sphincter round the aperture of the branchial 
chamber. A fine network of muscle fibres also extends inwards 
from the outer layer. The musculature is much more highly deve- 
loped in some genera than in others. 

The nervous system of the margin has not been worked out 
in detail, but an irregular transverse nerve, some parts of which are 
nearer the edge than others, runs above the supramarginal ridge, 
and sends down fine longitudinal strands at intervals to the calci- 
ferous glands. 

The glands whereby the greater part of the substance of the 
shell is secreted lie just above the edge of the mantle and are of 
two orders, the periostracal glands, which secrete the periostracum 
or epidermis of the shell, and the calciferous glands, which 
secrete the calcareous matter. ‘The former are true multicellular 
glands of a vermiform shape, consisting of contorted tubules 
and opening to the surface by ducts with cellular walls. They 
lie some distance below the external surface in a transverse series 
along the extreme margin, for the most part beneath (7.e. distad 
of) the calciferous glands and with the main axis of each gland 
at right angles to the margin. ‘Their ducts open into the supra- 
marginal groove. ‘The calciferous glands are much more bulky and 
differ considerably in structure. They occupy the supramarginal 
ridge and as a rule extend slightly beyond it both above and 
below, lying only a short distance beneath, or actually on, the 
surface and having no cellular ducts. Like the periostracal glands 
they form a transverse series, though the main axis of each gland is 
at right angles to the margin. Each gland is at first an elongate 
cylindrical tubule of gland-cells forming a large number of closely 
adpressed loops in the external margin of the connecting tissue. 
The cells are large and do not appear to have any very intimate 


1g2t.j; N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara, 263 


organic connection infer se. The lumen of the tubule has no 
special lining. At this stage ducts, perhaps of a temporary 
nature, can be detected in sections, but they form mere gaps in 
the epithelium, leading out from ill-defined spaces beneath it 
(fig. 2, pl. iii). Later the gland-cells become greatly enlarged and 
elongate and open direct on the external surface; while the tubular 
character of the gland disappears. 

The calcareous matter secreted by the calciferous glands is 
apparently derived from concretions scattered through the connec- 
tive tissue of the mantle and foot but congregated in large num- 
bers immediately beneath the glands at times of active growth. 

The secretion of the nacreous layers, probably affected by 
unicellular glands scattered over the whole of the upper part of the 
mantle, is not discussed here. 


Function of the different parts of the Marginal Region in 
reference to the Shell. 


We are now in a position to discuss the function of the edge 
of the mantle in relation to the ornamentation of the shell. 
The first structures in the soft parts to be considered in this con- 
nection are the marginal processes. They are not organs of 
secretion but, at any rate when hypertrophied as in V. oxytropis, 
perhaps accessory breathing organs. They are closely correlated 
in position with both the periostracal sculpture, the colour-pattern 
and the sculpture of the test. The connection between them and 
the periostracal sculpture can be traced without difficulty. They 
mould this sculpture, apparently as erectile rather than muscular 
organs. The horny matter that will form. the thin outer cuticle of 
the shell is poured in a liquid condition into the supramarginal 
groove, in which it is kept in motion by the cilia of the epidermal 
cells. It runs down the longitudinal grooves on the external sur- 
face of the processes and by them is deposited on the edge of the 
lip of the shell, over which they are retroverted as it consolidates. 
The three primary rows of chaetae are thus formed by the three 
primary processes, and in such forms as V2vipara dissimilis in which 
there are more than three rows, those of the secondary rows by the 
best developed of the secondary processes. The upright form of 
the chaetae is due to the greater length of these processes. This 
enables them to project well beyond the lip and be curled up over 
it. The hooked tips of the chaetae are due to the fact that the 
tips of the processes are curved at the moment of formation of the 
chaetae. The fine subsidiary ridges of the periostracum, which 
when first formed project horizontally from the edge of the lip as 
fine hairs, are similarly produced by the subsidiary processes, their 
orientation being due to the fact that the moulding processes are 
short and cannot be curved upwards over the lip. 

In those shells which like Vivipara dengalensis have a pattern 
of dark spiral bands in the periostracum, the dark pigment is 
also poured out along the grooves on the external surface of 


264 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy,. XXII, 


the marginal processes. ‘This is proved not only by the position 
of the bands and their arrangement on the shell but also 
by the close correlation of dark pigment with the periostracal 
glands in such species and by its absence from the margin in those 
species the shells of which are not marked with dark spiral bands. 
We may presume that, after the secretion of the horny fluid to 
form the chaetae and ridges, the pigment is poured out in a 
similar manner along the processes and deposited by them on the 
surface of the lip. The chaetae themselves are not coloured by it, 
and I do not think that the ridges are either, though this point is 
difficult to observe with certainty, because the dark bands do not 
appear until the sheli has become fairly opaque and the ridges 
project very little from the surface. 

To return to the periostracal sculpture, the fine vertical 
lines are evidently due to a pouring out of horny matter direct 
from the supramarginal groove, with which they correspond 
exactly in orientation, each representing, so to speak, a separate 
act of secretion. 

The sculpture of the test also corresponds closely in position 
and arrangement with that of the periostracum and, indeed, so 
far as the minute sculpture is concerned, is practically a cast of it 
from which the upright chaetae are necessarily omitted, just 
as single upright hairs cannot be represented in a plaster cast. 
In most forms of Vivipara bengalensis, and indeed in most Vivi- 
paridae, there is nothing more to be said on this point, but in 
those species which have highly sculptured shells, and even in 
some phases and individuals of V. bengalensis, a further exposi- 
tion is necessary. 

The highly sculptured shells among the Viviparidae fall into 
three categories, viz. (I) very thin shells with uninterrupted, hollow 
spiral ridges; (2) thicker shells with uninterrupted, sol¢d or 
almost solid spiral ridges, and (3) shells, thick or thin, with 
ridges that are more or less distinctly broken up into nodules, 
scales or spines. 

Of the first type, which is the scarcest of the three, V. oxytro- 
pis is an excellent example. The shell, in spite of its large size, is 
exceptionally thin and fragile and the ridges upon it though promi- 
nent are very little thicker than the intervening spaces on account 
of the well-marked concavity of their internal surface, which forms 
a regular groove. No peculiarity of the calciferous glands has 
been observed in connection with these ridges on the shell, and 
none is necessary to explain them, for they lodge the greatly 
hypertrophied marginal processes, the mere presence of which on 
the internal surface of the shell while the calcareous matter was 
soft is sufficient to account for their presence. 

On shells of the second type with solid uninterrupted ridges 
no satisfactory direct observations have been possible, owing to 
imperfect preservation of the material available, but the mar- 
ginal processes are not hypertrophied as in V. oxytropis and it 
may perhaps be assumed that the ridges are due to a certain 


1921] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 265 


slight hypertrophy of the calciferous gland in a position on the 
mantle corresponding with them on the shell. ‘This is indicated 
by the facts that even in smooth shells of V. bengalensis the 
dark spiral bands are slightly thickened and that at the end of 
a growth-period the calciferous glands are often a little larger 
immediately above the primary marginal processes than at 
other points on the periphery. It is clear, however, that some of 
the matter which occupies their base is nacreous, and we know 
that on the internal surface of the shell nacre can be deposited by 
almost any part of the mantle after the external ornamentation is 
complete. 

The third, most highly sculptured type of shell is the most 
interesting of the three, not only because of its peculiar facies but 
also because it has appeared and become dominant among the 
Viviparidae! on different occasions and in different places and 
different geological epochs. The test sculpture, even in this 
type of shell, corresponds closely in fundamental pattern with 
the primitive periostracal sculpture of the embryo of V. bengalensts, 
that is to say that it consists essentially of spiral ridges 
bearing prominences and that these ridges have fundament- 
ally a definite number and position on the shell exactly similar 
to that of the three rows of chaetae and the secondary ridges 
of the embryonic periostracum, and that the most prominent 
ridge corresponds with the peripheral row of chaetae. It follows 
that the interrupted ridges of the test in this type of Viviparid 
shell are correlated at least in position with the marginal processes 
of the mantle, but the connections between the structures on the 
shell and those on the soft part are certainly not so close as in the 
periostracal sculpture and cannot be stated with the same pre- 
cision. Here again, however, we know that the test sculpture is 
not correlated as in V. oxytvopis with any hypertrophy of the 
marginal processes of the mantle, which are small in both Taza and 
Margarya, and also that the processes show no essential difference 
of structure in individual shells of the former genus in which 
the sculpture is less and more highly developed. 

If the mode of construction of the projections on the peri- 
pheral and other ridges of the more highly developed skells 
of the genera Taia and Margarya can be explained, that of the 
remainder of the ridges is a simple matter. They cannot have 
been formed, so to speak, in the air (or rather in the water) but 
must have been built up in continuity with the edge of the 
lip. In the fossil Rivularioides they may be nearly half as long 
as the diameter of the whole shell. Their form suggests that they 
must have been moulded by some comparatively broad projection 
of the mantle edge. In contracted specimens of Tata and Mar- 
garya no trace of any such structure can be detected, and the 
extreme margin differs little from that of V. disstmilis, which has 
a very smooth shell. It is unfortunate that I made no observa- 


1 Annandale, Rec. Geol. Surv. ind. 1., p. 209, pl. xxxi, figs. 8-11 (1910). 


266 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


tions on the iiving Taia that would have thrown any light on this 
point, but I have been able to examine some well-preserved speci- 
mens of J. intha in which the animal is partially expanded and 
the mantle not completely retracted. In those in which the 
growth-period was completed when they were killed I can find no 
peculiarity in the margin of the mantle, which is either quite 
smooth or undulates gently, but in several specimens in which the 
extreme thinness of the lip proves that growth was still in progress, 
the base of the youngest scale-like projection of the peripheral 
ridge is still hollow and contains a broad lobe of the mantle-edge, 
evidently temporary in nature. 

The projections on the shell, however, are not only of consider- 
able length when highly developed, but contain a relatively large 
amount of calcareous matter. In both Tata and Margarya the 
calciferous glands degenerate greatly in the periods of rest and in 
full-grown individuals become very uniform all along the edge of the 
mantle, but in a young growing specimen of the Tata intha I find that 
immediately opposite the peripheral ridge there is a cushion-like 
thickening of the supramarginal ridge due to the greater depth of the 
glands at this point. In the individual in which this observation 
was made a scale-like projection was in the process of formation. 
In others, in which this was not so, the glands at the same point 
were not hypertrophied to any appreciable degree. 

It follows, therefore, that the projections are formed owing 
to periodical hypertrophy of the calciferous glands in the part of 
the mantle that lies immediately beneath the ridge on the shell, and 
moulded into shape by temporary lobes of the mantle edge. The 
difference between the smooth ridges cn the shell of such species as 
Vivipara lapillorum and the interrupted ridges, often with relatively 
long projections, of such forms as Tata intha or the var. carinata 
of Margarya melanoides is probably, therefore, due to the local 
hypertrophy of the calciferous glands being in one type of shell 
permanent, and in the other temporary. Elongate projections 
on the ridges of the most highly sculptured shells of the family 
are secreted thus and are modelled into shape by the temporary 
lobes. It is noteworthy that whereas the muscles are not so 
coarse, and the transverse fibres distinctly less well-developed, 
in the marginal region of the mantles of Tata and Margarya 
than in the smooth-shelled Lecythoconcha lecythis, the two former 
genera have aregular network of muscles pervading almost the 
whole mantle in a manner not observable in L. decythis or any 
other species of the family examined. This may doubtless assist 
in the projection of temporary lobes from the edge of the mantle. 

The secretion of the periostracal glands probably mixes to 
some extent with that of the calciferous glands and forms the 
organic basis of the shell. 

The dark margin of the mouth of the shell to be noticed in 
many species of Vivipara when the growth-period is complete is 
probably due to a general suffusion of black pigment correlated 
with its accumulation in the tissues at such periods. 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B. S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 2607 


Par? III.—SYSTEMATIC. 
By N. ANNANDALE. 


The smooth-shelled dark-banded Viviparae of India and Burma 
have given difficulty to all conchologists who have discussed them 
in a comprehensive spirit. This is because the shells are both 
variable individually and plastic in relation to environment. Local 
races are also liable to become differentiated, and we find a number 
of forms that appear at first sight to be specifically distinct but 
are actually linked together, as becomes evident where a sufficient 
number of specimens are examined, by innumerable intermediate 
types. Nevill in his unfinished Catalogue of Mollusca in the Indian 
Museum (1877), of which the only fragment published dealt with the 
Ampullaridae and Viviparidae, and in his later but also unfinished 
Hand List of Mollusca in the Indian Museum (1885), included most 
of those forms, with several others, as varieties and subvarieties 
under the name Paludina bengalensis. So far as the species found 
in India proper are concerned, I believe that his judgment was 
in the main just, but the forms he assigned in 1885 to cingulata 
(from Assam) and polygramona, von Martens, I regard as specifi- 
cally distinct. 

Under the specific name Vzuipara bengalensis I include all the 
Indian forms of the genus with dark-banded shells, except the 
Viviparae oxytropides, undescribed species from Manipur and 
Preston’s Vivipara nagaensis, the last of which I have not seen. 
Of V. bengalensis I recognise the following forms :— 


Race bengalensis (Lamarck). Race colairensis, nov. 


Race mandiensis, Kobelt. Phase annandalet, Kobelt. 
Race nepalensis, Kobelt. Phase halophila, Kobelt. 

Race balteata (Benson), Phase incrassata, nov. 

Race doliaris (Gould). Phase pachydolicha, Annandale. 


Race eburnea, nov. 


Vivipara bengalensis (Lamarck). 


1822. Paludina bengalensis, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. VI (2), p. 174. 

1920. Vivipara bengalensis, Annandale, Rec. nd. Mus. XIX, p. 113. 
The shell is ovate as a whole, sharply acuminate and with a 
relatively large subcircular or almost rhomboidal mouth, which is 
never very oblique. The upper part of the shell is slightly conoidal 
rather than strictly conical. There are 54 to 6} whorls, the suture 
is narrowly impressed and the whorls are somewhat but never very 
greatly swollen. The spire is relatively large, usually a little 
shorter than, but occasionally longer than the body-whorl. Its 
whorls increase in size evenly and gradually. The body-whorl is 
slightly oblique and always considerably broader than high, as seen 
in dorsal view. In this view it expands but slightly towards the 


268 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


outer margin. The umbilicus is narrowly perforate or completely 
closed, rarely more open, the columella is strongly arched, with a 
narrow margin and by no means prominent, the outer lip is almost 
semicircular, sharp, thin and joined to the columellar margin above 
as arule merely by a thin, glary deposit. In the adult shell the 
sculpture consists of fine longitudinal ridges, which are convex 
outwards and on the body-whorl sometimes take the form of fine 
irregular ribs or varices. Only traces of spiral sculpture can asa 
rule be distinguished on adult shells, but the young shel! bears 
rows of very fine punctae, representing the bases of minute chaetae. 
The colouration varies considerably, but is always some shade of 
greenish-olivaceous, marked with dark spiral bands. These are as 
a rule narrow, but broader bands alternate with still narrower, 
often paler linear ones of the nature of ‘shadow stripes.’ The bands 
are occasionally rendered obsolescent, though rarely or never 
quite obsolete, either by a general deposit of dark pigment or by 
an incomplete albinism. The fully developed mouth usually has 
a narrow black rim. 

The operculum is moderately thin and of a deep brownish 
colour. ‘The external surface is concave as a whole. ‘The outer 
margin is strongly curved, the inner margin slightly sinuate and the 
posterior extremity bluntly pointed. The muscular scar is moder- 
ately large and prominent, much deeper in colour than the rest of 
the operculum. 

In all races two types of shell can be found. ‘They may be 
called the normal type and the elongate. In the former the shell 
is considerably more globose, broader in proportion to its height, 
with a larger mouth and a shorter spire than in the other. The 
difference is not sexual, but apparently dimorphic. In most races 
the normal type is much the commoner, but in the phase annan- 
dalet the proportionate numbers of the two are reversed, and this 
is also so in the race balicata. In the race colatrensis the normal 
type is about as elongate as the elongate type in the forma lypica, 
but shells of a still more elongate type are also found occasionaily. 

In the forma typica and in the race mandiensis a third type 
of shell is sometimes found. It may be called the gigantic type, 
for its characters are great size, more swollen whorls, broader 
umbilicus and more projecting mouth. Sometimes, especially in 
large marshes, this type shows a tendency to predominate and 
almost assumes the rank of a phase. 

Yet a fourth type occurs, much more rarely than the others, 
namely, the canaliculate, in which the outline is extremely broad 
and the surface outside the suture deeply impressed. Single shells 
ot this type have been found in the forma /ypica and in the dark 
form of the race eburnea. 

The elongate type of shell was called Paludina elongata by 
Swainson, the gigantic P. gigantica by Reeve and the canaliculate 
P. bengalensis var. canaliculata by Nevill, but I have avoided the 
use of these latinized names, for as a rule they apparently 
represent mere aberrations. 


1g2t.} N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 26 
9 


Soft parts.—As yet we know too little about the details of the 
comparative anatomy of the Viviparidae to say with certainty what 
characters in the soft parts are of specific importance, but the 
following four points may be noted wherein a definite anatomical 
difference exists between V. vivifara and other species for which 
information is available :— 

1. The marginal processes of the mouth are moderately 
well developed, less so than in V. oxytropis, but more so than in 
the adult of V. dissimilis and V. vivipara. Three are much larger 
than the others. 

2. The testis consists of a single lobe, not of two subequal 
lobes as in V. vivipara or of a large primary lobe with an ill-deve- 
loped second lobe as in V. disstmilis. 

3. The male tentacle is less differentiated than in V. vivipara, 
but not less so than in V. disstmilis and other Indian species 
examined. 

4. The right pleural ganglion is almost completely fused with 
the right cerebral ganglion, whereas in V. vivipara there is a short 
but distinct commissure. 

Radula.—-The radula is chiefly noteworthy for the following 
points :— 

I. The teeth are moderately large and stout and have their 
denticulation well but not immoderately prominent. 

2. ‘The central is relatively large and considerably broader 
than long. Its distal margin is distinctly concave. The lobe in 
the middle of its cutting edge is quadrate, much broader than 
deep and relatively large. It has on each side of it at least five 
triangular denticulations ; which are sharply pointed and decrease 
in size gradually from within outwards. 

3. The two laterals and the marginal on each side are rela- 
tively broad and not very much longer than the central. Their 
denticulations are comparatively coarse and on the laterals closely 
resemble those on the central. On the marginal they are much 
finer and there are over twenty. The upper extremity of the 
edge of this tooth is usually expanded to form a small triangular 
process. 

The foregoing description and observations are intended to 
apply to the species as a whole. I will describe separately the 
various races that occur in different parts of the Indian Empire, 
and then the phases, whose peculiarities are probably due to some 
physical factor in their environment acting directly on the 
individual, rather than to geographical isolation of the race. 

The anatomy of the Viviparidae, so far as it has been studied, 
is strikingly uniform in most respects and little or no recognisable 
difference has been found in the different forms of V. bengalensis 
so far as the radulae and soft parts are concerned. In the radular 
teeth slight racial peculiarities might perhaps be found, but they are 
so ill marked that it would be misleading to lay stress upon them. 

The different local races of V. bengalensis have the following 
distribution. The forma typica is peculiar to the lower Ganges 


270 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


valley. Westwards it is replaced, apparently quite gradually, by 
mandiensis and southwards by eburnea. The race nepalensis 
occupies the base and lower valleys of the Eastern Himalayas 
from Nepal to the east of Assam, but in the plains of Assam is gra- 
dually replaced by balteata, which in its turn gives way to doliaris 
in the valleys of Burma. In no instance is it possible to draw a 
precise line, either structural or geographical, between the different 
races. 

The form that I have called race colaivensts differs from the 
others here recognised as races, in that it has been found only in one 
locality. A large number of individuals were, however, examined 
aud the racial characters seem to be remarkably distinct. 

In a sense two (iucrassata and pachydolicha) of the four 
phases here recognised, are modifications of the local race eburnea 
rather than of the species as a whole, but in the other two (annan- 
dalei and halophila) the phase-characters mask the racial ones and 
the phase is found in the territory of more than one race. 

For these reasons I have carefully avoided a specious appear- 
ance of precision in defining the diagnostic characters of races and 
phases. I have also refrained from giving measurements of in- 
dividual shells. These I have found most misleading in diagnosis, 
the differences in form depending not so much on point to point 
measurements as on the curvature and inclination of the outlines. 
Such differences can be properly demonstrated only by good figures. 
Unless it is otherwise stated, I have examined large numbers of 
specimens of each race and phase from several or many localities. 


Race bengalensis (Lamarck). 


(Plate 1, figs. 1-3.) 


1822. Paludina bengalensis, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. VI (2), p. 174- 

1822. Paiudina elongata, Swainson, Zool. Jil. Ser- I, II, pl. xevin 
top. 

1841. Paludina bengalensis, Delessert, Rec. de Coguilles, pl. 31, figs 
PA ADs 

1852. Paludina bengalensis, Kister, in Martin and Chemnitz’s Conch. 
Cab., Paludina I, p. 17, pl. 3, figs. 15, 16. A 

1862. Paludina bengalensis and P. gigantea, Reeve, Con. Icon., pl. i, 
figs. 5a, 56, and 7. 

1876. Paludina bengalensis, and P. bengalensis var. gigantea, Hanley 
and Theobald, Con. Indica, pl. \xxvi, figs. 8, 9, 10 and pl. 
Ixxvii, fig. 5. ‘ 

1877. Paludina bengalensis, (Typical sect. in part) Nevill, Cat. Moll, 
Ind. Mus., pp. 26-28. 

1885. Paludina bengalensis (in part), with subvar. phaeostoma, elong- 
ata, gigantea and canaliculata, Nevill, Hand List Moll. 
Ind. Mus., 11, pp. 20, 21. 4 ; 

1909. Vivipara bengalensis, Kobelt,in Martin and Chemnitz’s, Conc/i. 
Cab., Paludina, Il, p. 271, pl. ly, figs. 1-4. 


I regard the race found in the lower Ganges valley as the 
jorma typica of the species. ‘The typical shell of this race is about 
13 times as high as broad and the spire and body-whorl as seen 
in dorsal view are about equally high. The whorls are rather 
tumid and the body-whorl is evenly convex in profile, not 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 271 


biangulate. The mouth of the shell is sub-circular and has a 
narrow black margin whencomplete. It is nearly as high as the 
spire and very little oblique. The umbilicus is narrow. The colour- 
ation is never very brilliant. The ground colour is greenish and 
opaque. The dark bands are variable and irregular, but the alter- 
nating of broad and narrow bands can always be seen if the shell 
is clean. ‘The bands are hardly incrassated. The interior of the 
shell is white. 

The elongate type of shell occurs occasionally with the typica! 
one. Init the height is about 14 times the maximum diameter: 
Its mouth is relatively small. The gigantic type is rarer than the 
elongate one, but occasionally occurs almost as a distinct phase. 
It is, however, also found with the typical form, apparently as an 
aberration. 

Nevill has given the name subvar. canaliculata to a curious 
shell from Raniganj in Bengal. This specimen, which is the only 
one of the kind I have seen in this race, has a somewhat turbinate 
form and a broad, deeply impressed suture. It must be regarded 
as a mere abnormality. 

This race is usually found in large ponds, marshes and _ back- 
waters with a properly aquatic vegetation. Where the vegetation 
is scanty the shells are usually dwarfed. 


Race mandiensis, Kobelt. 
(Plate I, figs. 4 and Io.) 


1909. Vivipara bengalensis, var. mandiensis, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 414, 
pl. Ixxvil, figs. 8, 9. 

This race is so like the forma typica that I have kept it dis- 
tinct with some hesitation and only after ascertaining that the 
differences persist with fair constancy over a large territory. These 
differences, small as they are, are well shown on plate I. The spire 
is rather more conical and a little narrower than in the forma typica, 
the aperture not quite so broad, but more projecting, the umbili- 
cus broader. There is great variation in colour, probably due to 
the nature of the water in which the animal lives. The shells in 
the type-series are pale, but have the alternating broad and 
narrow spiral bands well developed. Shells from Ambala in the 
plains of the Punjab are very similar. Specimens from shallow 
ponds in Lahore have the shell pale and translucent like opal glass, 
the periostracum extremely thin and evanescent and the dark 
markings often almost obsolete. In such specimens the animal is 
also very pale. Shells from the island of Bombay, on the other 
hand, are unusually brilliant in colouration, the ground-colour being 
bright olive-green and the bands well defined, dark and regular. 
Type-series. No. M5081/r Z.S.I. 


Geographical range.—The type-series is said to be from Mandi, 
a small native state high up in the Kangra valley in the Western 


272 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


Himalayas, but the fauna of this district is mainly Palearctic and 
the occurrence of V. bengalensis needs confirmation. The speci- 
mens examined by Kobelt, moreover, agree precisely with those 
from the plains of the northern Punjab. The range of the race 
certainly extends from Allahabad at the junction of the Jumna 
with the Ganges to the northern limits of the plains of the Punjab 
on the one hand and to the shores of the Arabian Sea at Bombay 
on the other. It may be described as the common race of north- 
western India. 


Both the “‘elongate’’ and the ‘“‘ gigantic’’ type of shell 
occur in this race occasionally, but the “normal’’ type is very 
much more common than either. 

I have found this race in the Punjab in small ponds that in 
winter were extremely shallow and completely devoid of phanero- 
gamic vegetation. In such environment the mollusc buries itself 
in the mud as the water dries up. 


Race nepalensis, Kobelt. 
(Plate I, fig. 7.) 


1909. Vivipara bengalensis, var. nepalensis, WKobelt, of. cit., p. 44, 
pl. xxlvii, fig. ro. 

This race is rather more distinct from the forma typica than 
the preceding one, but many shells occur that would be difficult 
to assign to one race or the other and as a whole nepalensis 
merges so gradually into the still more distinct Assamese form 
balteata that it is impossible to draw a precise line between them. 
The shells are of moderate size, as arule a little smaller than 
those of bengalensis. ‘The whorls are more contracted and not so 
convex in outline, distinctly flattened as a rule outside the suture ; 
the aperture is smaller, narrower and more pointed above and the 
umbilicus still narrower. The body-whorl often shows a tendency 
to become biangulate and the dark bands are sometimes incras- 
sated. The colours are usually rather deep, but dull, and the bands 
are well developed. 

The ‘‘normal’’ type of shell is much the commonest, but 
the ‘‘ elongate’’ type occurs occasionally. 

Type-series. No. M5080/1 Z.S.I. 

Geographical Range.—The range extends from the Nepal valley 
along the base of the Eastern Himalayas as far east as Siliguri, 
below Darjiling. At or near this point the race merges into the 
Assamese race balteata. Specimens from Gauhati on the Brahma- 
putra, however, belong to it rather than to the latter. They are 
much more brightly coloured than specimens from Nepal. 

I found the race common in ponds with submerged and floating 
vegetation at Gauhati. 


2921. ] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 273 
Race balteata (Benson). 
(Plate I, fig. 8.) 
1836. Paludina bengalensis, var. balteata, Benson, Fourn. As. Soc 
Beng. pt. 2, p. 745: 
1909, Vivipara (bengalensis var.) balteata, Kobelt, of. cit., p. 415, ple 


Ixxvil, figs, 11-12. 

Were all the shells of this race like the one figured by Kobelt, 
there would be little doubt as to the propriety of regarding it as 
specifically distinct ; but his figure represents an extreme type, 
which, though common, is by no means universal in the race. My 
own figure (pl. I, fig. 3) represents a shell that goes almost to the 
opposite extreme. Both types are present in several series exam- 
ined from Sylhet and the eastern parts of the Brahmaputra valley. 
It will be noticed that Kobelt’s figure represents a small shell of 
the ‘‘ elongate’ type, mine a larger one of the ‘‘ normal’’ type. 

Most shells resemble the former. They rarely exceed 20 mm. 
in height and are narrow in proportion. ‘The whorls are some- 
what contracted, the aperture ovoid and the umbilicus closed. The 
dark bands are well developed and sometimes all of them are very 
narrow. ‘They are frequently thickened and prominent. Shells of 
the ** normal”? type are often larger, with a very large sub-circular 
aperture. Their body-whorl is frequently almost biangulate, and 
the dark bands alternate in width. Intermediates between the 
two types are not uncommon. In both types, the shell is very 
thin and quite translucent when fresh. Specimens can often be 
found so similar to some of those of the Burmese race doliaris 
that they can hardly be distinguished from them. Others closely 
resemble Peninsular shells of the phase annandalet. 

Geographical Range.—The headquarters of this race is the 
Sylhet valley in southern Assam, but it also occurs in the eastern 
part of the valley of the Brahmaputra. It is absent from 
Manipur. ‘There are specimens in the Indian Museum labelled 
Siliguri but this is probably a mistake for Silcuri in Cachar, 
where Benson originally obtained specimens. 

I am informed that this race is often found in flooded rice 
fields. 


Race doliaris (Gould). 
(Plate I, fig. 9.) 


1843. Paludina doliaris, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1, p. 144 
1869. Paludina digona, Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. London., p. 445. 
1876. Paludina diguna, Hanley and Theobald, of. cit., pl. exv, fig. 7. 
The most characteristic feature of this race is the one des- 
cribed in Blanford’s name digona. The biangulate outline 
of the body-whorl is due to the presence of two spiral ridges 
which are merely dark bands thickened, but this feature is not 
equally developed in all individuals and in some is almost absent. 
In typical specimens the aperture is exceptionally large and wide, 
the columellar edge prominent, and the umbilicus rather broad; 


274 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXIT, 


but these characteristics are inconstant, especially in shells of the 
“elongate ’’ type, which are found not uncommonly. In both 
this and the “normal’’ type, however, the shell is relatively 
broader than in the corresponding types in the forma typica, and 
the upper surface of the whorls is more or less broadly and 
obliquely flattened; the dark bands, which have the typical 
atrangement, are as a rule slightly incrassated and the aperture 
is subangulate, at any rate to a slight degree, at its outer and 
lower extremity. The size is usually larger than that of balteata 
but a little smaller than that of the forma typica. 

In some respects the three eastern races (nepalensis, balteata 
and doliaris) represent a developmental series and would seem to 
indicate that there has been a tendency for the species to develop 
along certain lines as it proceeds eastwards, notably in the 
assumption of dark spiral bands of a prominent character and the 
special development of two of these bands as keels. A similar 
line of development can also be traced, but less completely, in the 
Peninsular phases of the species. 

Geographical Range.-—The race doliaris has its headquarters 
in the valley of the Irrawadi, down which its range extends at any 
rate from Bhamo to the delta. It is also found on the lower 
Siltang and probably on the lower Salween. 


Race eburnea, nov. 
(Plate II, figs. 1-2.) 


In this race the shell is as a rule slightly narrower than in 
the forma typica and its aperture smaller; the body-whorl is also 
less enlarged and does not project outwards to the same extent in 
dorsal view. The whorls are narrow but distinctly flattened 
outside the suture and the body-whorl sometimes shows a ten- 
dency to become biangulate. The longitudinal striae are very 
fine and as a rule more regular than in bengalensis (s.s.), and strong 
traces of spiral sculpture can nearly always be detected with the 
aid of a good hand-lens. The aperture of the shell is slightly 
pyriform and the umbilicus is very narrow if not completely 
closed. The shell-substance when fresh has an ivory-like appear- 
ance. ‘The outer surface is lightly tinged with yellowish olive and 
the spiral bands are never very dark. Sometimes they are obsoles- 
cent, but traces of them can usually be found at any rate on the 
upper whorls and the alternating broad and narrow bands are 
often quite clear. Sometimes the dark bands coalesce on the 
body-whorl. The aperture never has a black rim. 

Elongate shells are not uncommon and individuals inter- 
mediate between this type and the normal one occur more fre- 
quently than in the forma typica. 

The animal in this race is pale olivaceous and has a peculiar 
translucent appearance, but the yellow spots characteristic of all 
taces are never obsolete. 


1g21.} N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL; Vivipara. 275 


Type-series. No. Mi1g60/2 Z.S.J. (from the Keligiri reservoir 
Nellore district, Madras). 


Geographical Range.—This is the race commonly found in the 
large reservoirs of the Madras Presidency and the central parts of 
India. It occurs in abundance as far north as Sambalpur in the 
interior of Orissa and has been collected occasionally in the south 
central parts of the Ganges valley. Specimens from the northern 
parts of its range are nearer the forma typica than those from the 
eastern districts of Madras. Nevill states (Cat. Moll. Ind. Mus. 
p. 27) that the spiral bands are sometimes absent in specimens from 
near Calcutta, but such specimens are mere albinistic aberra- 
tions and do not resemble eburnea in other respects. 

The race is usually found in perennial bodies of still water. 
It reaches its maximum development among algae growing on 
stones. 

I include provisionally in this race a small series of specimens 
from a large pond in the town of Godaveri in the eastern part of 
Madras. The shells are similar in shape but have the suture more 
impressed. In one specimen, indeed, it is canaliculate, and so 
deep that it forms an actual break in the shell at certain points, 
where the soft parts are exposed; but this shell was evidently 
diseased. ‘The pigmentation of the shell is very dense, the outer 
surface being blackish brown with only traces of the spiral bands, 
while the interior is deep blue. The animal was also very 
dark. 

These specimens were found amongst dense masses of the 
Water Hyacinth and Pistia stvatiotes, so congested that many of 
the plants were rotting. Their peculiarities may be due to this 
fact. 


Race colairensis, nov. 
(Plate I, figs. 5-6.) 


This race is one of the most distinct with which I am 
acquainted. It is remarkable for the elongate form of the shell and 
its relatively small aperture, which is almost circular. These 
features are noteworthy both in the normal and the elongate 
type, which occurs rarely with the former. The shell is of very 
large size, but thin and somewhat translucent. The pigmenta- 
tion is rather deep, but dull. The alternating broad and narrow 
bands are distinct. The sculpture resembles that of the forma 
ty pica. 

Type-series. No. Mrrg61/2 Z.S.1. 

Geographical Range.—I know this race only from a single pond 
at the village of Sriparptipada on the edge of the swamps that 
skirt the Colair Irake in the Kistna district of Madras. Specimens 
from the lake itself belong to the race eburnea. 

Habits.—The pond in which my type-series was obtained was 
deep and contained abundant water although the district was 


276 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL,. XXII, 


suffering from a very serious drought at the time of my visit 
(September, 1918). It had an abundant and healthy vegetation 
of submerged weeds and plants with floating leaves (Iimnan- 
themum and water-lilies) were also abundant and healthy. The 
molluses were taken among the leaves in great profusion. Their 
habitat was of a type more common in Lower Bengal than in 
Madras. 


This exhausts the number of true races with which I am 
acquainted and we may now turn to the four well-marked phases 
of the species. 


Phase annandalei, Kobelt. 
(Plate II, figs. 5-8.) 


1908. Vivipara annandalei, Kobelt, Nachr. Malak. Ges. LX, p. 161. 
1909. Vivipara annandalei, Kobelt, in Martini and Chemnitz, Conch. 
Cai, 25 (2)yp) 200) plas 7, aesa ul tee 


Kobelt refers to this form as ‘‘ eine kritische form.’ I was 


prepared to accept it as distinct until I had become acquainted 
with its habits and had ascertained the fact that in some ponds 
(e.g. the tank in the Museum compound, Calcutta) it graded insen- 
sibly into the typical form of V. bengalensis, or rather into a small 
but not otherwise peculiar phase thereof. Kobelt’s description 
and figures were based on somewhat exceptional specimens of 
relatively large size and proportionately broad shell. Such indivi- 
duals occur occasionally but are by no means typical of the phase. 
On pl. II four shells are shown. Fig. 5 represents one of Kobelt’s 
type-series, which is from Vizagapatam in the north-east of Madras. 
The other three (figs. 6-8) are more typical. The shells examined 
by Kobelt were, moreover, old specimens and had lost the trans- 
lucency characteristic of the phase. 

The shell is always very thin and light and usually small. 
The more elongate type is the commoner of the two that occur, 
but the type-series chances to belong to the other. Apart from the 
thinness and translucency of the shell, the most characteristic 
features are the gradual increase in size of the whorls, the shallow- 
ness of the suture, and particularly the shape of the aperture, 
which is distinctly subrhomboidal and subangulate at its anterior 
extremity. The dark bands are sometimes a little incrassated. 
Some shells of the phase come very near to some of the Assamese 
race balteata. The animal is usually very pale in colour, but occa- 
sionally almost as dark as that of the forma typica. I have noticed 
that in living specimens kept in an aquarium it gradually becomes 
darker. 

This phase is found in the territory both of the foyma typica 
and of the race eburnea, but 1 can find no difference between 
specimens from Calcutta and those from Hyderabad, Deccan. 
It iscommoner in the vicinity of both cities and almost always 
occurs in pools of rather foul water used for domestic purposes. 


1g21.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL. Vivipara. 297 


Phase halophila, Kobelt. 
(Plate II, figs. 9, 10.) 


1908. Vivipara annandalei halophila, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 162. 
1900. Viviparva annandalet halophila, Kobelt, tom. cit., p. 297, pl. 59, 
figs. 17-20. 

The type series of this phase was noted by Nevill as ‘a short 
angulate form, almost indistinguishable from some of the Burmese 
var. doliaris.. It resembles annandalei very much as doliaris does 
balteata, but is certainly not a local race. The type-series was 
from the Punjab Salt Range, but I bave also examined series from 
Calcutta and Burdwan in Bengal. The shell has a distorted appear- 
ance and is usually eroded at the tip. Its sculpture is coarse and 
irregular, the dark bands are usually incrassated and the body- 
whorl frequently sub-biangulate. The aperture resembles that of 
the shell of annandalei, but is usually larger and broader. 

In calling this form halophila, Kobelt referred to the name of 
the locality of the type-series, but it is by no means improbable 
that the phase does live in water of abnormal chemical composi- 
tion. Unfortunately T have never found it living myself. 


Phase incrassata, nov. 
(Plate II, figs. 3, 4.) 


Shells of this phase differ from those of the race eburnea 
in being very thick and opaque and in having as a rule coarse 
irregular varices on the body-whorl. They are often almost devoid 
of pigment. Scometimes the umbilicus is more open than usual. 
I have examined a good series from Poona in western and from 
the Kurnool district in southern India. Unfortunately I know 
nothing of its habitat, but it resembles eburnea so closely in all but 
the thickness and sculpture of the shell that it can hardly be more 
than a phase of that race. 


Phase pachydolicha, Annandale. 
1921. Vivipara bengalens:s phase pachydolicha, Annandale, Rec. Geol. 
Surv. Ind., LA, p. 367, pl. xi, figs. 5-7. 

I assign to this phase certain large elongate shells in which 
the umbilicus is more open than usual, and the mouth small and 
oval. The whorls are swollen and the sculpture impressed, with 
the upper surface of the whorls broadly and obliquely, but some- 
what obscurely flattened, just outside it. There are numerous 
distinct minutely sinuate, spiral striae on the surface, and the 
longitudinal striae are coarse and irregular. The epidermis isa 
dark olivaceous brown in colour with numerous longitudinal black 
streaks. The spiral bands are narrow and obscure. 

I have seen only two fresh specimens of this phase, but there 
is a series of fine subfossil shells in the collection of the Geological 
Survey of India. 


278 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


The fresh shells were found on the sea-shore at Puri in Orissa 
near small pools of fresh water in the almost dry bed of a stream, 
the mouth of which was temporarily blocked. The subfossil speci- 
mens are from the alluvium of the Narbadda. 

I should have regarded this phase as specifically distinct, 
were it not for the fact that some specimens of the phase ¢ncras- 
sata approach it closely. It is probably another modification of 
the race eburnea. - 


19g21.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWEIL: Vivipara. 279 


Part IV.—BIONOMICS.! 


By R. B. SEYMOUR SEWELL. 


The Life-history. 


The breeding season of Vivipava bengalensis, that is to say 
the period during which the young are born, commences early in 
the year and seems to extend throughout the whole of the hot- 
weather and monsoon periods up to and probably beyond Septem- 
ber; but the period of most intense reproduction is from April 


17 

16 

15 

14 4° 

13 eco 

12 @6000809308000 
il ©0008 00602900 
10 eoe 

9 ee 

8 ee 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

i 


5 10 15 20 
Fic. 20.— length measurements of 35 examples of young Viuipara bengalensis, 
born in experimental tanks, at the age of 3 months old. 


to July. During this period the uterus of a mature female is 
crammed with eggs, containing young in varying stages ol deve- 
lopment, but young Viviparidae are to be found im utero at all 
seasons of the year. I have even found them to be present in 
examples that had buried themselves in the mud at the bottom 
of a tank in Lahore at the onset of the cold weather and were dug 
up in December. Examples of Lecythoconcha lecythis, dug from 


! In compiling this section I am greatly indebted to Dr. Annandale for 
many additional notes and observations. 


280 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


dried mud at the edge of aswamp in Manipur, and brought to 
Calcutta in March, produced living young when placed in water. 

Newly born examples of V. bengalensis are comparatively 
well-developed and already show 33 turns of the spiral in the shell. 
In a preceding part of this paper Dr. Annandale has described the 
young shell. 


coe 

coco 

eoccccceccoe 

Cveccsseccecre0e00 

Pevcceccecsgso200 1918 brood 
Peevecccecceces 

Ceccesesccesceccee 


e@ceceooe 
Seceesesesseoeseeo eos 


1919 brood 


000 0000000000000000000090 1920 brood 
SCOCCOCCCE9EHOEERORO 

eecesese 

ecoe 

eee 


KH WwMwhkaniiwmso 


5 10 ah) 20 25 30 35 40 495 50 


Fic. 21.—[ength measurements of 409 examples of Vivipara bengalensis, taken 
from the tank in the Indian Museum compound, July 26th to August 2nd, 
1920. 


Growth at first proceeds rapidly. Newly born individuals 
measure approximately 3 mm. in maximum height from the apex 
of the shell to the margin of the peristome, but in less than 
three mouths a complete extra whorl has been added and the 
height of the shell is now approximately 15 mm. During May 
aud August, 1919 a number of examples of Vivipara bengalensis 
were kept under observation in experimental tanks in the Indian 
Museum. ‘These adults were introduced into the tanks between 
the 2nd and 23rd of May, 191g. Young were deposited in large 


1g21.]} N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 281 


numbers and at the end of July several were collected and 
measured, and the results obtained are given in fig. 20, The 
imeasurement taken was the maximum height as defined above, 
and the individuals fall into a well-defined regular group, the 
measureinent ranging from 8mm. to [4 mm. and having an 
average of T1°3 mm, Since all these examples were less than 
three months old, we get some idea of the very rapid growth that 
takes place in early life. At the same time a number of adult 
examples from the pond in the Museum compound were measured 
and were found to fall into a group having a length measurement 
of 20 mm. to 27mm. This I believed to represent the size 
attained after one year of life, and,in order to check this, 
between July 26th and August 2nd, 1920, 409 examples from the 
same pond of all sizes except the very smallest, which had 
obviously only recently been born, were collected and measured. 
The results are given in fig. 21. It will be seen that we have 
two well-defined groups with their maxima corresponding to a 
height measurement of 15 mm. and 24 mm. respectively. 

The members of the first group correspond very closely both 
as regards size and degree of development with the examples 
hatched and reared in the experimertal tanks in 1919. ‘They are 
somewhat larger, but the experiments of Semper (1874), De Varig- 
ny (1894), and others have shown that growth is more rapid under 
favourable conditions and in large areas of water with efficient 
natural aeration than it is under artificial conditions in small 
aquaria, and it seems reasonable to conclude that the individuals 
comprising the group of the 1920 brood were approximately three 
months old and had been born about April. This rapid rate of 
growth, from 3 mm. in height when born to 12-15 mm. at approxi- 
mately three months, corresponds closely with the results obtained 
by Lyon (vide Baker, 1911, p. 51) in which examples of Limnaea 
(Galba) reflexa, measuring 2°00 mm. at 6 weeks old, attained toa 
height of 5-10 mm. at 12 weeks and 26:0-28°5 mm. at one year 
old, or by Woodruff (Joc. cit.) who found that examples of Limnaea 
(Radix) auricularia increased from 0°75 mm. in height when born 
to [1°50 mm. at 4 weeks. As age progresses, the rate of growth 
naturally becomes slower, since other and equally important pro- 
cesses are going on in the young individual, especially the attain- 
ment of sexual maturity. 

The second group, having an average height of 24 mm., 
corresponds exactly with the adult examples taken from the pond 
in August, I9IQ. 

It seems clear that these two groups of Vivipara bengalensis 
correspond respectively to the 1919 and 1920 broods, but there 
are indications of a still further group having an average height 
of 29-30 mm.; this however does not appear very clearly in the 
chart owing to overlapping with the group of the 1919 brood. These 
large individuals, which were much fewer in number than those of 
the preceding group, I take to represent individuals who have 
survived for a further period of one year and who represent the 


282 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


1918 brood. The great majority of these large examples show a 
well-marked ‘ varix’ across the middle of the body-whorl of the 
shell, thus indicating that there has been a period of arrested 
growth followed by a subsequent increase in size. The distance 
from the apex of the shell to the umbilical end of the varix 
measures approximately 24 mm. which corresponds closely to the 
average height attained by examples that are one year old, and it 
is evident that the period of arrested growth corresponds to the 
second winter of their life-history. The maximum length of life 
of any individual appears then to be two years, but the vast 
majority of individuals die after one year. Each year towards 
the end of the rains there is a very heavy mortality among the 
molluscan fauna of the ponds and tanks, etc., in this country. This 
was first noticed in a period of exceptional drought by Dr. Annan- 
dale, who called attention to it in his preliminary report to the 
Government of India on the mollusc survey of the Madras Presi- 
dency, but he attributed it to the partial drying up of the pools 
and the consequent foulness of the remaining water. The same 
mortality, however, occurred, though perhaps on not quite so large 
a scale, in ponds in Calcutta in August, 1919, where no such 
causative agent could be suspected, and it appeared to be a 
natural phenomenon affecting many different genera of molluscs, 
including Vivipara.! In V. bengalensis, the vast majority of 
individuals born in the preceding year die during this period, 
only a few surviving for a second year. This heavy annual 
mortality among the freshwater molluscs is a phenomenon of 
considerable antiquity, for Annandale (1920 (a), p. 53) has adduced 
evidence that it was in existence in the Intertrappean (late Creta- 
ceous) beds of this country. 

The sexual differences in the antennae of Vivipara bengalensis 
render it easy to carry out an investigation regarding the influence 
of sex on the individual. I have been quite unable to detect any 
difference in the shape of the shell, but measurement of a number 
of individuals of both sexes, collected haphazard from the pona 
in the Indian museum compound’ shows very clearly that there is 
a quite appreciable difference in height. In fig. 22, I have given 
the measurements of 147 female and 57 male examples and it 
shows that the average height of females of one year old is 25-0 
mm. and of two years old 30°0 mm., whereas males of the corres- 
ponding length of life have an average height of only 22°0 and 
27'0 mm. respectively. 

Difference in size in the two sexes of Vivipara vivipara was 
noticed as long ago as 1695 by Lister, and more recently Wood- 
Mason (1881, p. 86) has recorded the same sexual character in 


1 Vide Annandale and Sewell ‘‘ Progress report on a Survey of the Fresh- 
water Gastropod Molluscs of the Indian Empire and of their Tremetode Para- 
sites.”’ Ind. Fourn. Med. Research VIUII, p. 119. ' 

» Examples living in this pond are considerably smaller than those found in 
certain other localities. 


1g2t.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 283 


examples of Vivipara crassa (Hutton) that he obtained and exam- 
ined in Sylhet. This difference in size is also known to occur 
in other genera and according to Cooke (1895, p. 134) ““is markedly 
the case in Litlorina, Buccinum, and allthe Cephalopoda.” It is 
generally assumed that the difference in the two sexes is related 
to the viviparous habit and is dependent on the necessity for 


1918 brood ee ecoccecccece 
e@eeece 
eececeooeose brood 


1919 brood 96 


eeeeceocoees eceoeceeoeo brood 
@eeec8s eovcce ebeceosecen 
eeee 
ce 


a 


Fic. 22.—Measurements of 147 9 examples and 57 


examples of Vivipara 
bengalensis. 


increased space in the shell of the female in order to accommodate 
the Jarge numbers. of contained young in utero.- If this were the 
sole causative agent, one would expect to find the condition cons- 
tantly present, but this expectation is not fulfilled in the Vivi- 
paridae of this country, for in certain species no difference can 
be detected in the two sexes, while in others there is a difference 


284 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL. XXII, 


in the shape of the shell though not in height. In Vivipara 
oxytropis (Benson) Annandale found that while there was no 
difference in the height of the shell of the two sexes in the adult, 
the female shell was considerably broader than the male. In 
Lecythoconcha lecythis (Benson) also large shells were of the same 
height, but the whorls of the spire increased in size more gradually 
in the female. In the genus Tata Annandale (1918, p. 137) found 
that there was very little sexual variation in the shell in T. zntha, 
though he found specific differences in sexual variation in the 
genus asa whole. In Lecythoconcha and Taia the young in utero 
are relatively large as compared with Vivipara bengalensis but 
this is not so in V. oxytropis. It appears probable, therefore, that 
there is some reason other than the mere necessity of increased 
space for the accommodation of young to account for this difference 
in height of the shell in the two sexes, and a possible cause may be 
found in the natural antagonism between bodily growth and the 
attainment of sexual maturity. In Vivipura bengalensis and pro- 
bably in many other species of mollusc in this country sexual 
maturity is attained at a very early date. Whitfield (1882) states 
that examples of Limnaea (Bulimnaea) megasoma Say, which he 
hatched out from the egg and managed to rear successfully in the 
United States, America, became sexually mature at the age of one 
year. According to Baker (1911, p. 50) ‘‘ the duration of life in the 
family Limnaeidae is from three to four years, full maturity being 
reached in about two years,’’ and though I have no information 
regarding other genera in temperate regions it is probable that 
they much resemble the Limnaeidae in this respect. In this country 
and in Egypt, however, the general condition is vastly different. 
Manson-Bahr and Fairley (1920, p. 65), who were engaged in inves- 
tigations regarding Schistosomiasis in Egypt, state that in that 
couttry examples of Bullinus and Planorbis become sexually ma- 
ture at the early age of three months, and the same undoubtedly 
occurs in examples of Vivipara bengalensis in India. Dissection of 
fifty examples belonging to the 1920 brood, during July, showed 
that already many of them were sexually mature, and this was 
especially so in the males. In many cases the gonad was well 
developed and was full of ripe spermatozoa. In the females, 
only comparatively few were sexually mature. The smallest 
sexually mature male measured 13 mm. in height, while the 
smallest female with eggs and young im utero was 16mm. Two 
others of the same height had a quantity of seminal fluid in the 
ege.shell gland, so that copulation had taken place. Assuming 
that the rate of growth is equal in both sexes up to the onset of 
sexual maturity, it would appear that the males become mature 
at an earlier date than the females, and the antagonism between 
growth and the attainment of sexual maturity occurs when the 
males are smaller, thus producing a disparity in size between the 
two sexes. In spite of their increased bulk females of the 
age of two years are remarkably less fertile than those of only 
one year old. In only three examples out of a total of fourteen 


1921. ] N. ANNANDALE & R. B. S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 285 


belonging to the 1918 brood and examined by me in August, 
1920 were eggs, in which development was in an early stage, 
found 7m utero ; in five others the uterus contained a few embryos 
in a comparatively advanced stage, with 3 to 34 whorls in the 
spire; and in the remaining seven the uterus was empty. The 
average production of these examples was 2°8. On the other 
hand nine females belonging to the 1919 brood yielded an average 
of 12:0 eggs or developing young, so that in spite of their 
greater size, examples of the age of two years show very distinct 
evidence of senile decay, and it is not improbable that in many 
cases the young offspring found zm wtero had been retained since 
the previous breeding season. 

Under certain conditions of cold, drought, ete., Vivipara benga- 
lensis appears to be capable of undergoing ‘ hibernation.” In Decem- 
ber, 1919 I examined a series of examples that had been obtained 
during that month by Mr. Sunder Lal Hora from the mud, in which 
they had buried themselves, at the bottom of a pond in Lahore. In 
every case the uterus contained a certain number of live young, 
which must obviously have been the product of the previous breed- 
ing season, and which would doubtless have been set free during 
the following season, in the event of the parent having been able 
to survive. Annandale has pointed out that V. bengalensis is less 
modified, especially in the structure of the operculum, for resisting 
drought than the species of the V. disstmtlis group (sub-genus 
Idiopoma, Pilsbry). Ina bottle full of specimens of V. bengal- 
ensis and V. dissimilis, recently brought to Calcutta from the 
Ganjam district of Madras, the difference in the behaviour of the 
two species as the water became foul was very marked. The in- 
dividuals of V. bengalensis crowded round the edge at the top of 
the water with the aperture of the branchial chamber above the 
surface and widely open, as though inhaling air, while those of 
V. dissimilis closed their opercula tightly and sank to the bottom. 

A further interesting point brought out by a study of the 
two sexes is the greater mortality among males during the period 
following the attainment of sexual maturity. Out of the fifty 
examples of the 1920 brood that were examined the proportion of 
the sexes was 24 ¢ and 26 2 , so that at this period of life the num- 
bers are approximately equal. A reference to fig. 21 shows that at 
the end of the first year of life the proportion of the sexes was 
203 to 5I1c@or roughly 4:1. While at the end of the second 
year of the life the proportion had become still greater and there 
were as many as 44? to 6@ or 8:1. Wood-Mason (1881, p. 87), 
when examining a series of examples of Vivipara crassa, found 
that in seventy-six specimens forty-six were females and only 
thirty were males. He was, however, doubtful whether this 
difference in the numbers was due to an actual minority in the 
males or was merely the result of his collector having naturally 
tried to secure the largest possible specimens, but in view of the 
figures obtained by me in V. bengalensis I am inclined to believe 
that we get a similar disproportion of the sexes in both these 


286 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


species. This disparity in numbers is not, however, of universal 
occurrence in the Viviparidae for Dr. Annandale informs me that 
in the Loktak Lake adult females of Lecythoconcha lecythis were 
at least as numerous as adult males, whereas in the case of 
Vivipava oxytropis females were distinctly less numerous than 
males. 

As I have already mentioned, examination of 50 examples of 
the 1920 brood in July, taken from the pond in the Indian 
Museum, showed that the proportion of ~to 2 was 24: 26. A fur- 
ther examination of 35 examples from the same source in August 
gave a corresponding proportion of only 15 : 20, so that there had 
already been a considerable drop in the proportion of ~ examples 
present. I give below a table showing the proportion of the two 
sexes in individuals of different sizes. 


TABLE 1.—Showing the proportion of sexes in individuals of 
different sizes from the pond in the Indian Museum. 


| 
| | 
Length of | 2 | 
Seal | II mm. | 13 mm. | 14 mm. | 15 mm. | 16 mm. | £7 mm. | 18 mm. 
I | | 
| | | 
| alle | 
% 3 8 | 5 4 | 2 I 
3 | Sara aa ee 


This shows clearly that in the larger examples the proportion 
of ~ sex is high whereas the exactly opposite condition prevails 
among the smaller examples. We have already seen that indivi- 
duals of Ir mm. in length are of an age of three months or less, 
and these must therefore have been born about the beginning of 
June, whereas those having the greater length of 18 mm. were 
almost certainly born in April or earlier. It seems clear, then, that 
at the commencement of the breeding season there is a very 
distinct tendency to produce @ offspring, whereas later in the 
season it is mostly ? examples that are produced. I am inclined 
to attribute this alteration in sex-production to the variation in 
external conditions. I know of no data that would enable one to 
form an estimate ot the length of the period of gestation, during 
which the developing embryo is retained within the uterus, and 
it probably varies at different periods of the year, but it seems 
likely that offspring born in April are derived from ova that 
became mature and were fertilized during the winter season, 
whereas offspring born later in the year will be derived from eggs 
that became mature during the warmer weather. If this be so, we 
have here another example of the influence of adverse surround- 
ings in the production of male offspring. 


Food. 


A study of the contents of the stomach of a number of 
examples, as well as observations carried out on living specimens, 


I921.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 287 


show that the normal food of Vivipara bengalensis consists 
almost entirely of algae and minute particles of vegetable matter 
which are rasped off from the surface of submerged plants, stones, 
decaying vegetable matter, etc. Along with these fragments of 
vegetable origin, a considerable quantity of fine mud and sand is 
ingested and swallowed in consequence of which the bulk of faecal 
material is very large. After passing up the oesophagus the food 
is mixed in the stomach with the bile which is poured out by the 
hepatic ducts, so that the stomach contents have a brown 
appearance and are liquid in character. As the contents are 
passed down the intestine, they become more and more solid and 
are finally moulded into small oval pellets which are at first usually 
rounded at one pole and more or less acutely pointed at the other. 
Later on, however, both poles become rounded. Finally these 
pellets are ejected through the anus into the syphonal tube and 
are forcibly swept out of the body by the outflowing current of 
water. 

At times individuals have been found whose stomach and 
intestine were crowded with enormous numbers of a species of 
Volvox. These invariably contained within the parent colony a 
number of daughter colonies, and it is interesting to note that 
although the superficial cells of the parent colony were digested, 
the daughter colonies, being more deeply seated, entirely escaped 
digestion, and passed out of the body in the faeces in apparently 
a perfectly healthy condition. Gravely (vide Annandale, I9QITI, p. 
216) has noted a somewhat similar phenomenon in the fresh- 
water polyzoon, Plumatella repens. 

If aquatic vegetation is not available, as was the case where 
examples were kept in earthen basins or glass bowls, the animals 
could frequently be seen rasping off the algae that were growing 
on each others shells. 

Although normally vegetable feeders, this Vivipara is by no 
means averse to a carnivorous diet, and feeds on the bodies of 
other dead snails. This habit appears to be by no means uncom- 
mon in molluscs that are normally vegetable feeders. Benson 
(1829, p. 363 and 1830, p. 126) has called attention to the carni- 
vorous habits of a species of Paludina, under which generic term 
Vivipara was formerly included, but from his description of the 
animal it seems probable that he was referring to a species of 
Bithynia or Amnicola. Baker (1911, p. 42) has also pointed out 
that Limnaea is at times carnivorous though normally a vegetable 
feeder, but his statement that “the part they play as natural 
scavengers renders their presence in water-troughs and other 
sources of drinking water highly desirable’? seems to overlook 
the fact that the presence of these snails may be and almost 
certain would be highly dangerous as a source of trematode in- 
fection. 

More recently Annandale (1920 (0), p. 1) has noted that Pachylabra 
(Ampullariidae) is occasionally carnivorous. 


288 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo,. XXII, 


Parasites and Incolae. 


Amongst the normal inhabitants of the alimentary canal of 
Vivipara bengalensis and probably of other species of the same 
genus are several different types of ciliate protozoa, and it seems 
worth putting on record that in almost every individual examined. 
I have found what appear to be Spirochaetes in both stomach 
and intestine. There appear to be two different forms. One of 
these measured 0'026-0'028 mm. in length and shows 6-7 curves 
in the spiral; it is higlily refractile and quite easily seen under a 
high power. It moves backwards or forwards with equal facility. 
At times individuals are met with which show a narrow thin 
portion in the middle of their length, while short individuals having 
a length of o'014 mm. and only 3 curves in the spiral are occasion- 
ally met with. It appears that these short forms are produced by 
transverse fission of the larger individuals. The second form of 
Spirochaete occurs in the rectum and measures 0°014—0°016 mm. in 
length ; it is of a robust type and has two or three wave like bends 
in the course of its length. 

In addition to the above, there is a rich bacterial flora, 
consisting of diplococci, rod-like bacilli, etc., in both stomach and 
intestine. 

Vivipara bengalensis rarely acts as the primary mollusc host 
for the development of Trematodes. In this respect it forms a 
marked contrast to other species of the same genus, for Vivipara 
fasciata Miill. has been recorded as the primary host of nine 
different cercariae, and V. vivipara (1,.) harbours as many as eleven. 
Out of a total of 283 examples of V. bengalensis I have only 
succeeded in finding cercariae on two occasions and in both indi- 
viduals it was the same form that was present. ‘This cercaria 
belongs to the group of Xiphidiocercariae, and was developing in 
small oval sporocysts.! In both cases the host was a male and 
development was taking place in the testis. 

On the other hand, it is often extremely difficult to find an 
example that is not acting as an intermediate host. Two kinds of 
Agamiodistomes? infect and become encysted in this species and 
each has a very distinct anatomical distribution. One type of cyst, 
which is circular in shape, is found in the auricle of the heart. 
These cysts enclose a stage in the development of an Echinostome. 
The other cyst is found in the gill-bars, it is oval in shape, and 
usually of a pale brown colour and enclosed within it is a small 
Agamodistome, that judging from its structure is derived from a 
Xiphidiocercaria. I am unable to say whether this Agamodistome 
represents a further phase of the life-history of the cercaria noted 
above, but the two are extremely closely related and both possess 


! For a description of this Cercaria see Sewell, ‘‘ Cercariae Indicae,”’ /ndian 
Fournal of Medical Research (in the press). b 

2 Dollfus (Mem. Soc. Zool. France XXV, p. 87, Paris, 1912) has introduced 
the term ‘ Metacercaria’ to describe the stage in the life-history of a Trematode 
hetween the free-living cercaria and its final establishment in its definitive host. 


192f.] N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL: Vivipara. 289 
exactly the same type of excretory system. Infection with these 
two cysts appears to occur in different stages of the life-history of 
the mollusc host. Even in examples of so early a stage as 10 mm. 
in length, the gills have already become infected with the cysts of 
this Xiphidiocerearia; and out of 36 examples examined of sizes 
ranging from 10 mm. to 18mm. in length only two were apparent- 
ly free from this parasite. With regard to the Echinostome 
cysts in the auricle, however, infection appears to occur much 
later, and further the proportion of infection is extraordinarily 
different in the two sexes in early life. 


TABLE. 2.—-Showing the percentage infection with Echiniostome cysts 
in the two sexes of examples of 1920 brood. 


Sex No. No. Percentage of 
fe examined. infected. infection. 
3 39 24 OMG; Sle 
fe 46 15 32:6) °/, 


The table shows that infection is twice as frequent in young 
males as it is in young females. No case of infection was found in 
examples that measuted less than 14 mm. in shell length. I have 
already mentioned that sexual maturity is attained in this species 
when the individuals reach approximately the length of 13 mm. in 
the @ and 16 mm. inthe @. Manson-Bahr and Fairley (1920, p. 
66) have stated, and my own observations on the cercariae of this 
country have corroborated their statement, that “snails do not 
become infested with cercariae till they have reached maturity, 
that is about the third month.’’ I have elsewhere put forward 
the view that infection by miracidia is probably largely dependent 
on the establishment of a chemotactic stimulus at the time when 
sexual maturity is attained in the mollusc host, and it seems 
possible that we are dealing here with a similar phenomenon. 
Certainly such an explanation would account for the higher per- 
centage of infection in the males, which becomé sexually mature 
at an earlier stage of their life-history than do the females, and 
would also account for the freedom of infection of young imma- 
ture examples. On the other hand infection of these molluscs by 
the Xiphidiocercaria and the production of cysts in the gill-fila- 
ments shows no evidence of any such phenomenon. 

Turning now to the presence of these cysts and the degree of 
infection in adult individuals of either sex, I have given in the 
table below the results obtained from a careful examination of 
fifty examples, 25 aged 1 year and 25 aged 2 years. The point 
to which I wish to call attention is the very large percentage 
of @ examples that show a heavy infection with both Niphidio- 


290 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL, XXII, 


cerearia and Echinostome cysts at the end of the Ist year of life, 
whereas at the end of the second vear there is no such distinction 
between the two sexes. In cases where infection is heavy the 
auricle is so packed with cysts that it is a matter for wonder 
that it is able to perform its function at all, and in the case of the 
gills their physiological activity must be very seriously interfered 
with, leading to impaired vitality and a lowered resistance to 
adverse conditions. It is not improbable that we have here, if 
not the sole explanation, at least acontributory cause towards the 
marked progressive reduction in the proportionate numbers of adult 
males during the period of life succeeding the attainment of sexual 
maturity that, as we have already seen, occurs in this species. 
TABLE 3.—Showing the degvee of infection present in adult ex- 
amples aged one and two years. 


AGAMODISTOME Cysts 1N | EcuINOSTOME CysTS IN 


GILL-FILAMENTS AURICLE. 
= 3 = | aes We | = 
; 

Degree of Infection. | st year. | 2nd year. | Ist year. end year. 
= = z = ee — —— 

pclae Meas We | pero Wes He a eS 
Absent ... a etonl oes a = 46e/5 | 42°/,, | 50°, | 308 bs 
Slight Sais iStpanlisos/e aye) eulimser a A8°/. | 254 45°10 
Heavy vee St | 84° fe) | 50°/5 50° fo) 580 Oo flo | 25, e | 29/0 

| 


The occurrence of Echinostome cysts in the auricle is by no 
means restricted to Vivtpara bengalensis, nor is it confined to any 
particular district or country. Filippi (1855, p..345) has recorded 
the occurrence of similar Echinostome cysts in the auricle of Vivi- 
para vivipara, and he has further noted ‘‘qu’il ne m’a jamais été 
possible de voir la moindre trace de ces parasites dans les foetus 
des Paludines; mais que les jeunes individus, pourvu qu’ils aient 
vécu quelques mois en liberté dans l’eau du lac en sont déja 
enrahis.’’ His results obtained in Europe agree, therefore, 
closely with the observations made in India. The occurrence of 
these cysts has also been noted by Moulinié (1886, p. 193). 

As regards the geographical distribution in India, I have 
found these cysts present in examples of V. bengalensis, taken 
from five different areas of water in the Calcutta district. It is 
worth noting, however, that in examples of the phase annan- 
dalet, taken from a tank in Baliaghatta, this infection was absent 
in ten specimens that I examined: other examples from the same 
source were placed in experimental tanks, and when they were 
examined about 2 months later in every case cysts were present, so 
that infection had occurred during their sojourn in the experimen- 
tal tanks. Extremely similar, if not absolutely identical cysts 
were found in identically the same situation, namely the auricle, 


1921.) N. ANNANDALE & R. B.S. SEWELL; Vivipara. 291 


in two out of six examples of Vivipava dissimilis taken from 
swamps near Bombay, and in nine out of eighteen examples of 
this species taken from a small ditch at Rambha, Ganjam ; but in 
these latter cases the cysts were degenerating. 

Yet another trematode may find a temporary resting place 
in Indian species of Viviparidae. Examples of Lecythoconcha 
lecythis and Vivipara oxytropis brought from the Loktak Lake, 
and of an undescribed species allied to V. oxytropis from Dimapore, 
Assam, were infected with trematode cysts in the mantle. These 
cysts were oval in shape, and were situated beneath the external 
or shell surface just behind the thickened mantle margin. ‘The 
cyst-wall was thick and gelatinous and appeared to open by a single 
aperture on the shell surface of the mantle. Contained within 
these cysts were small examples of a species of Uvogonimus Mont. 
[=Leucochloridium Carus], I am elsewhere publishing an account 
of this species (vide Sewell, ‘‘ Cercariae Indicae,’’ Ind. Journal Med. 
Research); suffice it to say here that these trematodes measure 
2-3 mim. in length, are of a deep orange-red colour and have a 
prominent ventral sucker with a diameter twice that of the oral 
sucker. Filippi (1855, p. 353, footnote) has recorded finding free 
distomes, which possess all the above characters, in examples of 
Vivtpara vivipara taken from the Lake of Varese, Italy. As regards 
their distribution in the mollusc host he remarks, “Ils n’ont pas 
de place fixe, et souvent je les ai vu sur le manteau de l’animal.’’ 
It is of course impossible to be certain on the point, but it seems 
by no means unlikely that he was also dealing with an intermediate 
stage in the development of a species of Leucochloridium in the 
European Vivipara. 


REFERENCE LIST. 


Annandale,N.,1grr .. “Freshwater Polyzoa.’’ Fauna Brit. 
Ind., Freshwater Sponges. etc. Ton- 
don. 


Annandale, N.,1918 .. “ Aquatic Molluscs of the Inlé Lake 
and connected waters.’’ Rec. Ind. 
Mus. XIV, pp. 103-182, 10 pls. 
Calcutta. 

Annandale, N., rg20(a) ‘‘ Observations on Physa principi Sow- 
erby and on a Clionid sponge that 
burrowed in its shell.’”’ Kec. Geol. 
Survey Ind. LI, pp. 50-64, 2 pls. 
Calcutta. 

Annandale, N., 1920(b) ‘The Apple-Snails of Siam.” Journ 
Nat. Hist. Soc. Stam IV, pp. I—24, 
2 pls. Bangkok. 

Baker, F.C., r9orr .. ‘‘ The Iymnaeidae of North and Mid- 
dle America.”’ Chicago Acad. Sci., 
Special Pub. No. 3, pp. 1-539, 58 
pls. 


292 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 1921. 


Benson, W. H., 1829 .. 


Benson, W.H., 1830 .. 


Cooke, A. H., 1895 


de Filippi, Ph., 1855 


Lister 


Manson-Bahr and Fair- 
ley, 1920 


Moulinié, J. J., 1856 


Semper, C., 1874 


Whitfield, R. P., 1882 


Wood-Mason, J., 1881 


“Observations on the occurrence of 
Freshwater Testacea in temporary 
pools formed by rain and uncon- 
nected with permanent bodies of 
water.’ Gleanings in Science I, 
pp. 363-365. Calcutta. 

“Further remarks on the Property of 
enduring Drought, and the carni- 
vorous propensities of a species of 
Paludina.”’? Gleanings in Science II, 
pp 125—1206. Calcutta. 

“Molluscs.” Cambridge Natural His- 
tory, Vol. III. London. 

‘‘Mémoire pour servir a histoire ge- 
nétique des Trematodes.” Mem. 
Reale Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) XV, 
pp. 331-358, 2 pls. Turin. 

‘“Exercitatido anatomicae altera, in qua 
maxime agitur de Buccinis fluvia- 
tilibus et marinis.” London. 

(I have not been able to refer to this 
work ) 

“ Observations on Bilharziasis amongst 
the Egyptian Expeditionary Force.”’ 
Parasitology X11, pp. 33-71. 

“De la reproduction chez les Trema- 
todes endo-parasites.’’ Mém. Insti- 
tut National Genévoise III, pp. 1-276, 
g pls. Geneve. 

“Ueber die Wachsthums-Bedingungen 
des Lymnaeus stagnalis.” Arbeit. 
Zoot. Inst. I, pp. 137-167, 2 pls. 
Wurzburg. 

““Description of Lymnaea (Bulimnaea) 
megasoma, Say, with an account of 
changes produced in the offspring 
by unfavourable conditions of life.” 
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. I 
pp. 29-37. New York. 

“Notes on Indian Land and Freshwater 
Molluses.—No r. On the discrimi- 
nation of the sexes in the genus 
Paludina.””’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 
(5) VIII, pp. 85-88. London 


, 


NN eee 


i 


is _ 7 
7 ae 


2) ra 
# im” 
' 
ya vn 
7 list 
tS 
2 
} 
iy 
ert f, 
tyes ‘* 
d 
i m I 
/ 
5 
‘A 
"i 
cA 
¢ ¥ 
i Li 
= ria ava il HL) any 4 rs iw) 
os KS 
=e oa id Nao ¥ “ 
cela: : ivy © VoL 
- = ey oe j 
aa a r meat 
vile a fie = a 
vy a a =a 


4 ; ie Tie 


M 


Fic. 


Fic. 


Fic. 


FIG. 


Fie. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE If. 
Vivipara bengalensis (Lamarck), forma typica. 


1.—Normal shell from Rajmahal, Bengal. 
Actual height 35 mm. 


2.—Shell of the elongate type from Calcutta. 
Actual height 4o mm. 


3.—Shell of the gigantic type from Dinapur, Bihar. 
Actual height 48°5 mm. 


Vivipara bengalensis mandiensis , Kobelt. 


4.—Shells from type-series from Mandi State, Kangra valley 
W. Himalayas. 


Actual height 34°5 mm. 


10.—Shell of semi-albino phase from Lahore, Punjab. 
Actual height 30 mm. 


Vivipara bengalensis colaivensis, subsp. nov. 


. 5.—Shell of type-specimen from pond at the edge of the 


Colair Lake, Ellore Dist., Madras Presidency. 
Actual height 39 mm. 


6.—Shell of elongate type from the same series. 
Actual height 48 mm. 


Vivipara bengalensis nepalensis, Kobelt. 


7.—Shell from the type-series from Chonebal, Nepal. 
Actual height 28-5 mm. 


Vivipara bengalensis balteata (Benson). 


8.—Shell of the obese (‘‘ Normal’’) type from Fenchuganj, 
Sylhet, Assam. 
Actual height 25°6 mm. 


Vivipara bengalensis doliaris (Gould). 


g.—Shell of extreme type from Mandalay, U. Burma. 
Actual height 24°5 mm. 


REC. IND. MUS., VOL. XXII, 1921. PLATE I. 


S.C. Mondul, photo, 


Vivipara bengalensis (LAMARCK). 


Photo-enzraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Caleutta, 1921 


: 
7 \ 
iy. 
= 
4 = 
% 
= : b 
hes ‘' > 
Le I Z . =A 
= 
> i 2.4 
2 j 4 ‘ 
A . 
~~) as = 
ies 
1- % : 
1 Pitt = “ts , : 
oe i 
P Tb 
1G Sod . def 
De 
a qe y a 
— he at i 
‘ J + Pie 
ae. oh 8 ‘ i) : _ 
is ae i a 
> : il es ar ert . : : 
Ry" a aS 2 : F - 
Vite Sea - : 
M) “ol er 2° 3 - 7 
(Tre! a) We eel Sages Yim — , 
AeA. a e ‘ 


yy i ‘ 
a i bis 
Ban 
> a 
. © ia 
nd a - 


Gy 


Fic. 


Fic. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. 
Vivipara bengalensis eburnea, subsp. nov. 


1.—Shell from type-series from Kotagiri reservoir, Nellore 
Dist., Madras Presidency. 
Actual height 32°5 mm. 

2.—Shell of dark phase from a pond in Godavari (town), 
Madras Presidency. 
Actual height 29 mm. 


Vivipara bengalensis phase incrassata, nov. 


3.—Type-specimen from Thungabada, Kurnool Dist., Madras 
Presidency. 
Actual height 22°5 mm. 


4.—Shell of the elongate type from the same series. 
Actual height 30 mm. 


Vivipara bengalensis phase annandalet, Kobelt. 


5.—Shell from type-series from Vizagapatam, N EK. Madras 
Presidency. 
Actual height 26°5 mm. 


6.—Shell from muddy pool, Secunderabad, Hyderabad. 
Actual height 28 mm. 

7.—Shell from a dirty pond near the same place. 
Actual height 24 mm. 


8.—Shell of the elongate type from a dirty pond at Bellia- 
ghata, Calcutta. 
Actual height 22°5 mm. 


Vivipara bengalensis phase halophila, Kobelt. 


Fics. 9, 10.—Shells from Calcutta (history unknown). 


Actual heights 24 mm. (fig. 9) and 26 mm. (fig. Io). 


(The reticulate pattern seen on fig. 10 is due to 
remains of the polyzoon Hislopia lacustris.) 


REC. IND. MUS., VOL. XXII, 1921. eae jue 


D. Bagchi, photo. 


Vivipara bengalensis (LAMARCK). 


Photo.-engraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Calentta. 1921 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE Iii. 
Sheli-glands of the Viviparidae. 


Fre. 1.—Vertical section through the roof of the lower part of 
the branchial chamber just above the mouth in 
Lecythoconcha lecythis (Benson) at birth, X75. Stained 
with Delafield’s haematoxylin. 

2.—Part of the same section (X 275), including two ducts 
of the calciferous gland. 


3.—Vertical section through the free edge of the mantle in 
approximately the same region in an adult of the 
same species. The mantle was not much contracted 
and the animal was still growing. Stained with eosin 
and haematoxylin. 

4.—Vertical section of the mantle in the same region in 
another adult individual of the same species The 
whole animal was highly contracted and was evidently 
undergoing a period of arrested growth. The connec- 
tive tissue of the mantle was markedly degenerate in 
places owing to the presence of encysted trematode 
parasites (Uvogonimus). Stained with Delafield’s 
haematoxylin. 

5.--Vertical section through the same region in the adult of 
Vivipara oxytropis (Benson) in a period of arrested 
growth. Stained with borax carmine. 


39 


d+) 


3+) 


EXPLANATION OF LETTERING. 


b. s., blood-sinus; c., calcareous concretion; c.e., ciliated 
eipthelium ; m., external retractor muscle; m’., sphincter of 
mantle; m”., muscular network; m. p., peripheral marginal pro- 
cess; p. g., periostracal gland; . g. d., duct of periostracal 
gland; s.g., calciferous gland; s. g. d., temporary duct of calci- 
ferous gland; s.p. gr., supramarginal groove. 


Rec. Inv. Mus, Vor. XXII, 1921 PLATE OI 


2g S.C 
s.g,a. Sd GF. 


SP. Gh 


go “ 
Ss. Ge / 


BS 


3.¢.d-... >= 


+ hem 


‘ 
«f 
i 
‘e 
w 
y 
we a 
AAs ibe 
Nie 
* 
re 
ins 
i ew 
i 
« i 
* 
’ 
eS 
A , ’ 
ns 


XXI. THE GENUS TEMNOTAIA (VIVI- 
PARIDAE). 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., °.A.S.B., Director, Zoological Survey of 
India (on leave). 


The genus Temnotaia was proposed by myself in I9g1Q as a 
subgenus of Tata, mihi; but in the following year I gave reasons 
for considering it distinct. A reference to the collection in the 
British Museum enables me to throw further light on the genus. 
I have to thank Mr. G. C. Robson for giving me full facilities for 
examining the specimens and Mr. J. R. le B. Tomlin for supply- 
ing me with the reference to Mabille’s description of the allied 
Indo-Chinese genus Chlorostracia and lending me a copy of the 
scarce work in which it is contained. The Burmese genus may 
now be more fully described and its relations to Chlorostracia 
discussed. 


Temnotaia, Annandale. 


1919. Temnotaia, Annandale, Rec. Geol. Sur. Ind. 1, p. 231. 
1920. YTemnotaia, id., Rec. Ind. Mus. X1X, p. 115. 

The shell is typically Vivipariform in outline, but thick and 
porcellaneous. It is ovoid, acuminate and imperforate, with 54 
to 74 whorls, which increase in size gradually and never have 
the suture deeply impressed. In all the species yet known the 
umbilicus is imperforate. The body-whorl is never greatly swollen 
and the aperture is of moderate size, ovoid and slightly oblique. 
The external surface is smooth and highly polished in fresh shells, 
with a very thin, closely adherent periostracum. The sculpture 
consists of incised lines or very fine linear ridges or else is micros~- 
copic. Interrupted broad ridges, nodules, scales and spines are 
entirely absent. The columellar callus is short and broad, convex 
and highly polished. Dark spiral bands are present or absent. 

The operculum resembles that of Vivipara and is moderately 
thick. Nothing is known of the radula or soft parts 

Temnotaia differs from Chlorostvacia' mainly in its much more 
normal outline and in the structure of the operculum. The shell 
of the latter genus, of which a considerable number of species 
occur in Siam and French Indo-China, has a curiously Natica-like 
facies owing to its short spire, relatively large penultimate whorl, 
deep suture, perforate umbilicus, immense body-whorl and large 
aperture. Its operculum is characterized by the very large inter- 
nal scar, which bears a curious crateriform process. 


1 Mabille, Bull. Soc. Mal. France V1, p. 309 (1889). The type-species is 
C. bocourtet, Mabille, the shell and operculum of which are figured in the same 
paper. 


“204 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


My own genus is only known from Upper Burma, Laos 
and Cambodia. I am now able to distinguish four species as 
follows :— 


I. Shell decorated with well-defined incised spiral lines : 


53 whorls fc "63 an aon the Gan 
II. Shell without incised spiral lines, with more than 
6 whorls. 
A. Shell devoid of prominent linear ridges and not 
at all angulate T. fulva. 


B. Body-whorl of shell bearing linear ridges or 
distinctly angulate. 
?. Shell with more than one linear ridge: 74 whorls T. concolor. 
1. Shell with the body-whorl angulate: 64 whorls 7. bhamoensis. 


The first of these species is the type-species and is only known 
from the Chindwin watershed and in a subfossil condition. The 
second was described by Reeve! as Paludina julva from Cambo- 
dia and also occurs in Laos. I have examined the type-series of 
three shells in the British Museum. T. concolor was originally 
described by Nevill? as Paludina naticoides var. concolor. The 


Text-ric. 1.—Photographs (nat. size) of 


(a) Temnotaia concolor (Nevill). 
(b) Temnotaia bhamoensis (Nevill). 


type-specimens have apparently been lost, but I was® perhaps 
wrong in thinking that Nevill regarded them as identical with the 
forma typica of Theobald’s P. naticoides. All he inferred was that 
the series in Calcutta was the type-series of his variety. In the 
smali series in the British Museum there are two specimens from 
the Upper Salween, included under the name Vzuipara shanensis 
(Theobald), which agree exactly with Nevill’s brief description of 
the var. concoloy except that the colour has faded to a greenish 
buff. The larger of them is here figured. There are 74 whorls. 
T. bhamoensis was also briefly described by Nevill,* as a variety 
of V. dissimilis (Miller). I have not the type-specimen before me, 
but have asked Dr. Baini Prashad to add a note upon it. 


! Reeve, Conch. Icon. XIV, pl. x, fig. 64 (1864). 

2 Nevill, Hand List Moll. Ind. Mus. I, p. 25 (1885). Since this was written 
Col. Godwin Austen has kindly shown me a series of specimens identified by 
Theobold as Paludina naticoides. Apparently he included 7. concolor in that 
species as well as nearly smooth specimens of the true Zaia naticotdes. 

8 Annandale, Rec. Jnd. Mus. XIV, p. 163 (1918). 

4 Nevill, tom. cit., p. 29. 


rg2t.] N. ANNANDALE: The Genus Temnotaia. 205 


““Of T. fulva (Reeve) there is a single specimen in the Indian 
Museum received in exchange from the late Mr. Sowerby out of 
the type-series collected by Lombe Taylor in the Laos mountains. 
It is 23 mm. long and 17 mm. in maximum breadth. I give below 
a description of the only specimen of T. bhamoensis (Nevill) ; it is 
labelled as the type of the subvariety bhamoensis in Nevill’s hand- 
writing and was referred to by Dr. Annandale in his recent paper 
(Rec. Ind. Mus. XIX, p. 115). 

The shell is thick, of moderate size and sharply conical; the 
spire of the unique specimen is greyish, but the body-whorl is of a 
uniform greyish-brown colour without spiral bands and with a 
highly polished periostracum. The suture is somewhat oblique 
and only moderately impressed; the whorls, which are swollen, 
are subangulate along their upper margin, and 63 in number. 
The spire is short and decreases rapidly but irregularly towards 
the apex ; it is about } the size of the body-whorl in dorsal view. 
The body-whorl is distinctly angulate and shows fine, but distinct, 
vertical and somewhat curved ridges corresponding to the regions 
of growth. The mouth of the shell is large, suboblique and pro- 
minent, somewhat ovoid in shape, with the outer lip sharp and 
not at all expanded outwards. The columellar callus is of the same 
type as in 7. incisa, but is proportionately less broad; it isconvex 
and highly polished. 

The unique type measures 26 mm. in length and 17 mm. in 
breadth, the aperture measures I5 mm. X 13 mm. [B. Prashad.]” 


i sOMSU TY, lay on (aes 


DOIDAR GIS iy i itt: ie Ae Np eas hat si 
lib ing ‘ DLS Rae } his ee bean < ! ur 2? Vieja au ‘] 
ee i> CN ad ae 


Ne ey 
. ee i O PaU hed ee Peas: iit.) Oe ented - q 


i‘ 
rut ] b, i f "i if} ‘ glee aie Lian oy ah 
L AtHRTINE RS VIA, oes th ikea a: . “f 


q Fits. Ns a 4 a) re ae 
(P18 eae ee 
, eu fide his pia le eu PE a ited) 

AC BG OE OTF ULE oles Sek apinigaend SEDO para 
ci, DOT. FLORAL ‘ { j Jt te ie uot rite ty ae a 
SU Te preivhg) 8 ; Ex) a da). | hi Wty ‘ 

uatawe- fee io i(k? Uy ie aes Ade mnt 0s eG md 


FOL (aie eM WAT HTM tpeiay Bas Wolk Payite y 
’ 


‘ 
Ah TAO? UCD Neko 4h iin alae Nie Saas ei 
a Ped i) Rohs ig te bb a? oP Ae Sy, 4 fia bb ay 


A Lee id i ARG) SIH fiereg bse why i tie 
ESTAS. Pe Lana Sanit So pris’ 8, 9 ig 8 IC iy 
OAR cited O41: ' ‘ t © 0/4 1 Oi rlemn oy Pe dita 
; > 
| a ars at F or aii yf af his eudaey Katies 
PIR T To! Nor AM ots OP. Sat oe elas ona 
Ra hiry 2). 3 fade? chk RURt LEa Daorid Ue Se 
aq ai et MA ‘ iia of yre Wi th 
SI O7/tp.* eu} bs tite riey 
I bey by vA OA  mEY 
Mi" ai” ia Na 
¢ w 
m.) 
f 
¥ 
i) 
J * 
T 


ZOMG DIOWSS WM Ose OWA O OID. 


By SYANLEY Kemp, Sc D., Officiating Director, and B, CHopra, 
M.Sc., Research Assistant, Zoological Survey of India. 


Since the memoir on Indo-pacific Stomatopoda was published 
in 1913 'a considerable number of specimens have been added to the 
collection of the Zoological Survey of India. The majority of these 
belong to species already known to be abundant on the Indian coasts 
and,as the records add nothing to our knowledge of their geographical 
range, we have not thought it necessary to mention them There 
remain, however, a number of other specimens interesting from the 
point of view of their structural peculiarities, rarity, or distribution, 
together with examples of two species which have not hitherto been 
recognised. We have included 2 note on certain Californian speci- 
mens of Gonodactylus, which have kindly been lent to us for ex- 
amination by Prof. Ch Gravier of the Paris Museum. These speci- 
mens prove to belong to G. oerstedi, hitherto known only from the 
Atlantic, thus adding greatly to our knowledge of the geographical 
range of the species 

Calman” has recently drawn attention to the importance of the 
number of epipodites on the thoracic limbs as a specific criterion 
in the genus Sgui//a and has given a key to certain Atlantic species 
in which the primary divisions are based on this hitherto unnoticed 
character. We find that the epipodites vary in the Indo-pacific 
species also and we have thought it advisable to examine all the 
forms represented in the collection and note the number present in 
each. It is only in the genus Sguilla that any variation in the 
number of epipodites is to be found; in all species of Pseudosquilla, 
Hemisquilla, Lysiosquilla, Odontodactylus and Gonodaciylus that we 
have examined epipodites occur on all the first five thoracic limbs.’ 

Epipodites are to be found on the first five thoracic limbs in 
the following species of Sguilla :— 

{ Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. 1V (1913). 

2 Calman, Brit. Antarctic Exped. 1910, Zool. III, p. 141 (1917). 

5 The species examined are Pseudosquilla ciliata (Fabr.), P. cerisii (Roux), 
P. oculata (Brullé), P. ornata Miers, P. pilaensis de Man, Hemisquilla stylifera 
(Milne-Edwards), Lyszosquilla acanthocarpus Miers, L. eusebia (Risso), L.insignis 
Kemp, Z. maculata (Fabr,) and var. su/civostvis Kemp, L. multifasciata Wood- 
Mason, L. spinosa (Wood-Mason), L. vicina Nobili, Odontodactyius brevirostris 
(Miers), O. cultrifer White, O. japonicus (de Haan), O. scyllavus (Linn.), O. south. 
welli Kemp, Gonodactylus ucanthuvus Tattersall, G. byevisquamatus Paulson, 
G. chivagra (Fabr.) and var platysoma \Vood-Mason, G. demanz Henderson, and 
var. spinosus Bigelow, G. excavatus Miers, G. furcicawdatus (Miers), G. glaber 
(Lenz), G. glabrous Brooks, G. glyptocercus \Wood-Mason, G. graphurus Miers, 


G. herdmani Tattersall, G. nefandus Kemp, G. oerstedi Hansen, G. proximus 
Kemp, G. pulchellus Miers and G. spinosissimus Pfeffer. 


298 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


S. annandalei, Kemp. 7S. laevis, Hess. 

S. biformis, Bigelow. S. mantis, Vatreille. 

S. braziliensis, Calman. S. panamensis, Bigelow. 
S. empusa, Say. S. raphidea, Fabr. 


S. rugosa, Bigelow. 


On the first four thoracic limbs in the following species :— 


S. africana, Calman. +S. leptosquilla, Brooks. 
+S. armata, Milne-Edwards. +S. livata, sp. nov. 
S. boops, Kemp. S. massavensis, Kossmann. 
+S. costata, de Haan. S. micropithalma, Milne-Edwards. 
S. decovata (Wood-Mason). S. mikado, sp. nov. 
+S. desmaresti, Risso. S. miulticarinata, White. 
S. fasciata, de Haan. S. nepa, Latreille. 
S. foveoiata, Wood-Mason. S. ovatovia, de Haan. 
S. gilesi, Kemp. PF var. perpensa, Kemp. 
S. gonvpetes, Kemp. 7S. polita, Bigelow. 
+S. hieroglyphica, Kemp. S. prasino-lineata, Dana. 
S. holoschista, Kemp. S. quinquedentata, Brooks. 
S. interrupta, Kemp. S. stridulans, Wood Mason. 
S. investigatoris, Lloyd. +S. tenuispinis, Wood-Mason. 
S. lata, Brooks. S wood-masoni, Kemp. 
S. latreillet (Eyd. and Soul.). 


On the first three thoracic limbs in :— 
S. dubia, Milne Edwards. 


And on the first two thoracic limbs only in :— 


+ S. gibba, Nobili. + S. scorpio, Latreille. 
S. supplex, Wood-Mason. + f 3 var. tmmaculata, 
Kemp. 


In the majority of Indo-pacific species epipods are found on 
the first four thoracic limbs, but there are certain notable excep- 
tions. In Squtlla raphidea and the closely allied S. annandale: they 
are present on all five limbs and this also occurs in the Australian 
S. laevis. S.vaphidea and its ally on other structural characters 
form a well-defined group in the genus, but S. /aevis is not related 
and appears to be rather an isolated form, allied perhaps to S. 
hieroglyphica. Apart from the possession of the full series of epi- 
pods none of these species possess characters which can be re- 
garded as primitive. 

We have not found any Indo-pacific species in which epipo- 
dites are found on the first three thoracic limbs only. Of those 
which possess them only on the first two thoracic limbs, S. gzbba 
seems without doubt to be allied to the forms with reduced eyes (the 
Chloridella section), S. supplex is a species of uncertain affinities, 
while S. scorpio perhaps finds its nearest allies in S. data, S. gilest 
and S. aymata. Classified on any other character than that of the 


+ In this species the mandibular palp is absent. 


1g2I. | S. Kemp & B. Cuopra: Stomatopoda. 299 


number of epipodites, these three species take up widely separate 
positions in the genus. 

We are thus led to conclude that a reduction in the number of 
epipods has taken place in the genus Sguzl/a on several different 
occasions and that the character, though possessing a definite spe- 
cific value, cannot be used as a guide to the affinities of the 
different forms. In this it resembles the mandibular palp, which 
appears and disappears throughout the genus, apparently without 
any regard to the affinities of the species concerned. In the list 
given above the species in which the palp is suppressed are indi- 
cated by a dagger (f). 


Squilla decorata (Wood-Mason), 
1913. Sguilla decovata, Kemp, Mem. /nd. Mus. 1V, p. 27, pl.i, figs. 
13-16. 


€ 301/1. Jack and Una Is., Mergui Archipela- ‘Investigator.’ 1 @, 65 mm. 
go 
go. 


Squilla microphthalma, Milne-Edwards. 
1913. Squilla microphthalma, Kemp, loc. cit., p- 31, pl. i, figs. 17-20. 

Two additional examples of this species have recently been 
obtained, but the identification of one of them is open to doubt. 
This specimen, collected by the ‘Investigator’ in the Mergui Ar- 
chipelago, differs from the others in the following particulars :— 

(i) The rostrum is much narrower and is about one and a half 
times as long as wide. 

(ii) The cornea is decidedly more expanded, its breadth being 
contained about two and a quarter times in the total length of 
the eye. 

(iii) The eye reaches well beyond the end of the basal anten- 
nular segment and fully to the middle of the ultimate segment of 
the antennal peduncle. In typical S. micvophthalma the eye does 
not nearly reach the end of the basal antennular segment and 
barely reaches the base of the ultimate segment of the antennal 
peduncle, much as in Brooks’ figure of S. chlorida.' 

(iv) The lateral process of the fifth thoracic somite is short, 
stout and directed strongly forwards, whereas in typical NS. 
microphthalma it is directed straight outwards. 

(v) The raptorial dactylus bears five teeth (the terminal one 
included), all of which are well developed and evenly spaced. 
The proximal tooth is not greatly reduced and does not lie close 
against the next of the series as in those specimens of S. mcroph- 
thalma which possess the same number of teeth. 

(vi) There are clear indications of a pair of submedian carinae 
on the fifth abdominal somite. 

The specimen is a male, with the carinae of the marginal 
teeth of the telson much swollen. It differs from Brooks’ account 


! Brooks, ‘ Challenger’ Rep., Stomatop., pl. ii, figs. 1, 3 (1886). 


300 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


of S. chlorida (i) in the form of the rostrum, (ii) in the length of 
the eye compared with that of the antennular and antennal pe- 
duncles, and (iii) in the direction of the lateral process of the fifth 
thoracic somite. It perhaps represents a species hitherto unknown, 
but the resemblances to S. microphthalma are so great that we 
hesitate to describe it as new. 


C 303/1. Off Tondi, Madras Presidency, J. Hornell. 19,20 mm. 
6 fms. 
C 302/1. 4 miles N.N.E. of Kabusa Is.., ‘Investigator? 12,40 mm. 


Mergui Archipelago, 33 fms. 


It should be noted that, apart from a doubtful record from 
N. Australia (Miers), S. microphthalma has hitherto been found 
only at Zanzibar (Jurich) and from Karachi, Bombay, and the 
Madras Coast (Kemp). The specimen referred to above is the first 
that has been obtained on the eastern side of the Bay of Bengal. 


Squilla fasciata, de Haan. 
1913. Squilla fasciata, Kemp, loc. cit., p. 34, pl. i, figs. 21-23. 

Seven additional specimens, presented by Dr. T. Kawamura, 
were brought from Japan by Dr. Annandale. Under the name of 
S. fallax, Bouvier ' has recently described a closely related species 
from Mauritius, which, apart from the number of teeth on the 
raptorial dactylus and other characters, differs from S. fasciata in 
the complete suppression of the mandibular palp. We have re- 
examined the Indian specimens in comparison with those brought 
back by Dr. Annandale and have no doubt that all belong to 
de Haan’s S. fasciata. 


C 2908/1. Tomo, Bingo prov., japan. T. Kawamura. 36,49, 60-77 mm. 


Squilla scorpio, Latreille. 


1913. Squilla scorpio, Kemp, loc. cit., p. 42, pl. ii, fig. 30. 

1918. Sguilla scorpio, Sunier, Contrib. Faune Indes Neerland. 1V, p. 4. 

1918. Squilla scorpio, Kemp, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal V1, p. 297. 

Sunier has examined a number of specimens from the ArwIs., 

Makassar and Batavia without finding any examples of the variety 
emmaculata. The variety was, however, found—for the first time 
in company with typical examples—by Dr. Annandale in the 
Talé Sap in Peninsular Siam (v, Kemp, Joc. cit., 1918). We have 
seen additional specimens of the typical form from Singapore, 
collected by Capt. Hutcheson. 


Squilla gonypetes, Kemp. 


1913. Sguzlla gonypetes, Kemp, loc. cit., p. 54, pl. iv, figs. 42-44. 
1918. Squilla gonypetes, Sunier, Contrib. Faune Indes Neerland. 1V, 
P- 5. 


1 OES, Bull. sci. France Belgique XLVIII, p. 308, text-figs. 39-42 
(1915). 


1g92I.]| S. Kemp & B. Cuopra ; Stomatopoda. 301 


Sunier is inclined to think that S. gonypetes is merely based 
on young individuals of S. quinguedentata, but we are unable to 
agree with this view. Apart from other characters the corneal 
and peduncular axes of the eye are more oblique in S. gonypetes 
than in the related species, and it appears to be a general rule 
that in those forms which possess oblique eyes, the cornea is 
more transversely placed in the young than in the adult. 

The question cannot, however, be settled definitely with the 
material at present in existence. As Sunier has pointed out, the 
known specimens of S. quinquedentata al! exceed 100 mm. in 
length, whereas the largest example of S. gowypetes is only 55 mm. 
in length. 

C€ 320/1. Off IXabusa Is., Mergui Archi- ‘Investigator.’ 1¢,29, 40-47 mm: 


pelago. 


Sunier has examined specimens from the Java Sea. 


Squilla holoschista, Kemp. 


1913. Squilla noloschista, Kemp, loc. cit., p. 64, pl. iv, figs. 50-53. 
1918, lege sors oaSEa Sunier, Contvib. Faune Indes Neerland. 
’ p- oO, 

Sunier has recorded this species from Anjer in the Sunda 
Straits, thus greatly extending our knowledge of its geographical 
range. Tne only additional specimens we have seen are from the 
western side of the Bay of Bengal. 


Squilla mikado, sp. nov. 
1913. Sguilla stvidulans, Kemp, loc. cit., \V, p. 78 (in part). 


In 1913 one of us doubtfully attributed to Wood-Mason’s 
S. stridulans a single specimen of Sqguilla found at Misaki in 
Japan. A second individual which Dr. Annandale obtained in 
1g15 from the Misaki laboratory proves that the Japanese form, 
though nearly related to that found in the Bay of Bengal, must 
be regarded as distinct. 

The principal characters in which the two species differ are 
the following :— 


S. stvidulans, Vood-Mason. | S. mikado, sp. nov. 
Undivided portion of mid-dorsal Undivided portion of mid-dorsal car- 
carina of carapace, anterior to dorsal | ina of carapace, anterior to dorsal pit 


pit, less than one-third as long as bifur- | about half as long as bifurcated por- 


cated portion (text-fig. 12). tion (text-fig. 2a). 

Rostrum with an obscure mid-dorsal Rostrum with a well defined median 
tubercle (text-fig Ia). | carina (text-fig. 2a). 

Cornea much dilated and set very Cornea less dilated and set much less 
obliquely on eyestalk (text-fig: 1). obliquely on eyestalk (text-fig. 20). 

\_ateral processes of sixth and seventh Lateral processes of sixth and seventh 
thoracic somites shorter and broader | thoracic somites longer and more slender 
(text-fig. Ic). (text-fig. 2c). 


Surface of abdominal somites finely | ... Surface of abdominal somites coarsely 
rugose. | rugose. 


302 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


S. mikado appears to be a larger species than S. stvidulans. 
The two specimens examined are 122 and 144 mm. in length, 
whereas S. sividulans is not known to excecd roo mm. 


Text-fig. 1.—Sguilla stridulans, \Wood—Mason. 


a. Anterior part of carapace, rostrum, etc. bu Eye. 
c. Lateral parts of 5th, 6th and 7th thoracic somites. 


Text-fig. 2.—Squilla mikado, sp. nov. 
a. Anterior part of carapace, rostrum, etc. [Bagel Oa 
c. Lateral parts of 5th, 6th, and 7th thoracic somites. ‘ 


Both the specimens of S. mikado show traces of the large 
dark mid-dorsal patches on the second and fifth abdominal somites 


1921.] S. Kemp & B. Cuopra: Stomatopoda. 303 


which are found in S. s!vidulans, but they entirely lack the black 
pigmentation on the posterior margins of the abdominal and 
exposed thoracic somites which is characteristic of the latter 
species. 

In S. mikado, as in S. stridulans, the two lobes found in many 
species of Squilla on either side of the fifth thoracic somite are 
replaced by two sharp spines and the lateral carinae of the first 
five abdominal somites are bicarinate. ‘These two characters alone 
are sufficient to distinguish them from all other species of the 
genus. 


7685/10. Misaki, Japan. - A. Owston. 1 6; 144 mm., LYPE. 
C.304/1. Misaki, Japan. N. Annandale (Kuma Aoki 1¢, 122 mm. 
coll.). 


Dr. Annandale informs us that the specimen he brought back 
was probably obtained in deep water. 


? Squilla costata, de Haan, 
1913. Sgquilla costata, Kemp, loc. cit., p. 84, pl. vi, figs. 70-72. 

In 1913 comparison was drawn between a specimen of this 
species from Japan and one obtained on the Burmese Coast by 
Messrs. Simpson aud Rudmose Brown and kindly lent by Mr. A 
Patience. An additional specimen has since been found on the 
Burmese Coast by the ‘ Investigator,’ but it is unfortunately in 
poor condition, having lost both raptorial claws. 

We are unable to compare this individual with that previously 
recorded from Burma, as the latter has been returned to Mr. 
Patience, but it differs from the Japanese example in all the 
characters pointed out in 1913, except that (i) the submedian 
carinae of the last abdominal somite are tricarinate, the three 
keels meeting posteriorly, and that (ii) of the carinae which termi- 
nate in the submedian teeth of the telson edge only that on the 
tight hand side is bifureate. On close comparison with the Japan- 
ese specimen a number of minor distinctions in sculpture are to 
be found. 

We think it probable that the Burmese form is distinct from 
that found in Japan, but we are unable to draw up a specific 
definition from a single imperfect specimen that shows signs of 
immaturity. 

C 332/1. 4 miles N.N.E. of Kabusa Is., ‘ Investigator.’ OF eon 
Mergui Archipelago. 


Squilla lirata, sp. nov. 


This species is closely allied to and easily confounded with 
White’s S. multicarvinata but is distinguished by a number of well- 
marked characters. 

The carinae of the carapace (text-fig. 3) are less numerous 
than in the allied form and are frequently interrupted and broken 
up into series of short carinulae or tubercles. In the anterior 


304 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


part of the carapace between the gastric grooves the carinae are 
. forthe most part not continuous asin S. multicavinata. Behind the 
cervical groove there are in the latter species from 26 to 30 well- 
defined longitudinal carinae, but in S. livata less than half this 
number can be counted and most of these are irregular and broken 
up into small tubercles. The median carina in S. multicarinata 
is bifurcated for the whole of the distance in front of the mid- 
dorsal pit. In one of our specimens of S. livata the arrangement 


TRONTTAAD 


Yext-fig. 3.—Squilla lirata, sp. nov. 


Carapace and first three exposed thoracic somites. 


is similar, but the carina is interrupted at the point where it 
divides. In the other specimen (text-fig 3) the carina is bifurca- 
ted for little more than half the distance between the mid-dorsal 
pit and the anterior margin. 

The rostrum is less quadrate than in the allied species and 
is more rounded anteriorly. On either side of the median carina 
only a tubercle or short carinula can be seen. ‘The cornea of the 
eye is less expanded. 


1g2t. | S. Kemp & B. CnHopra: Stomatopoda. 305 


The mandibular palp, which in S. multicarinata is composed 
of three segments, is entirely absent. 

The oblique carina on the outer side of the merus of the 
raptorial claw in S. multicarinata is represented in S. /ivata merely 
by a slight swelling. The dactylus has six teeth (including the 
terminal one), whereas in S. mutlticarinata there are only five.’ 
As in the related species the first four thoracic limbs are provided 
with epipods. 

The lateral processes of the exposed thoracic somites are 
closely similar in the two species, but the anterior process of the 
seventh somite is more produced in S. /évata. In the carination of 
these somites there are marked differences. In S. multicarinata 
there are clear cut continuous transverse carinae on either side of the 
fifth somite, whereas in S. livafta there are merely irregular 
tubercles. The longitudinal carinae on the three posterior thor- 
acic somites are similar in the two species, but in S. livata tend to 
be broken up into tubercles laterally and whereas in S. multicari- 
nata practically all the carinae terminate posteriorly in spines, 
only one pair of spines, those terminating the submedian carinae, 
are to be found in S. livata. 

As in S. multicarinata there are numerous carinae on the 
abdominal somites, but at the sides, especially between the inter- 
mediate and lateral carinae they are frequently broken up into 
tubercles and short ridges which are often not strictly longitudinal 
in direction. Between the submedian carinae on the first two 
abdominal somites only three additional keels are to be found 
in place of the five which are constantly present in S. multtcart- 
nata. 

The formula for the spines on the abdominal somites is as 
follows :— 


Carinae. Abdominal somites. 
Submedian aa SH Aly arse ln SNL OL 
Intermediate oe sia” ilo By Sia Cheon Oo 
Lateral 2 50, > ly Op SinrAln So Oh 
Marginal ee Br el 2h) HANS 


In S. multicarinata the lateral carinae of the first two somites 
and the marginal carinae of the first one, two, or three somites do not 
end in spines. In S. mu/lticarinata all the subsidiary carinae be- 
tween the intermediates end in spines; in S. livata the only carina 
in addition to those mentioned in the above formula which ends 
in a spine is one situated immediately on the inner side of the 
intermediates of the fourth and fifth somites (text-fig. 4) and 
even this spine is not always well developed. On the last abdo- 
minal somite there are only a few obscure tubercles in place of 
a continuous carina between the median and submedian carinae, 


! Miers found seven teeth on one dactylus of a specimen from the Philippine 
Is. The additional teeth in this individual were perhaps formed subsequent to an 
injury, for five are uniformly present in the ten specimens we have examined. 


3,06 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXIT, 


and irregular tubercles an ridges between the submedians and 
laterals. 

The carinae on the telson (text-fig 4), both on its upper and 
under surfaces, are inter- 
rupted and few if any 
extend continuously 
throughout its length: 
the differences as regards 
the upper surface will be 
apparent on comparing 
text-fig. 4 with the figure 
of S. multicayinata pub- 
lished in 1913. ‘The in- 
ner edge of the bifurcate 
precess of the uropods 
bears only a series of 
small denticles in place 
ol the sharp spines found 
in the allied species. 

As regards _ colour- 
ation S. livata is distin- 
guished by the presence 
of a large round black 
spot at the base of the 

Text-rig, -.—Sqguilla livata, sp. nov. telson on the upper side. 
Last two abdominal somites and telson. The dusky patch visible 

ou the second abdominal 

somite in S. multicayinala is also present in S. vata, but of that 
on the fifth somite no trace can be found. Smali dark chromato- 
phores are more thickly scattered over the dorsal surface, parti- 
cularly on the two ultimate segments of the antennular peduncle. 
The terminal segment of the outer uropod, which is jet black in S. 
multicarinata, is merely suffused with pigment on its inner side. 

The larger of the two specimens is 69 mm. in length. 

To summatize the characters which distinguish S. Zivala from 
S. multicarinata :— 

(i) The carinae are less numerous on both carapace and 
abdomen and tend, especially at the sides, to be broken up into 
tubercles and short ridges. 

(ii) On the exposed thoracic somites only the submedian 
carinae ead in spines; on the abdominal somites, between and 
including the intermediates, there are never more than six carinae 
which end in spines. 

(iii) The mandibular paip is entirely absent. 

(iv) The raptorial dactylus bears six teeth. 

(v) There is a large black spot at the base of the upper surface 
of the telson. 

In the number of teeth on the raptorial claw and in the 
absence of the mandibular palp S, livata resembles S. costata. 
It is, however, readily distinguished from that species (i) by the 


1g2i.| S. Kemp & B. Cuopra: Stomatopoda. 307 


more numerous longitudinal carinae on the carapace, exposed 
thoracic somites and abdomen, (ii) by the spinous termination of 
the submedian carinae on all the somites from the sixth thoracic to 
the last abdominal and (iii) by the short carinae on the under sur- 
face of the telson. Fi 
C 306/1. Singapore. Capt. Hutcheson. 1¢, 19, 60 and 
69 mm. TYPES. 
The two specimens formed part of a large collection of Stomato- 
pods made by Capt. Hutcheson at Singapore. The collection in- 
cluded also a single specimen of S. multicarinata. 


Squilla multicarinata, White. 


1913. Syuilla multicarinata, Kemp, loc. cit., p. 30, pl. vi, figs. 73=70. 
1918. Sgeilla mulcicarinata, Sunier, Contv1b. Faune Indes Neerland. 
IWiepen7io: 
C 305/1. Singapore. Capt. Hutcheson. 1d, 81 mm. 


Squilla annandalei, Kemp. 


1913. Sguilla annandale?, iXcmp, loc. cit., p. 92, pl. vii, figs. 78-80. 
1918. Squilla annandale?, Sunier, Contrib. Faune Indes Neerland. \\, 
Ba Wie 
C 297/1.- 4 miles N.N.E. of IXabusa Is., ‘ Investigator.’ 19, 43 min. 
Mergui Archipelago, 33 fms. 
The species, which was described from specimens obtained in 
the Gulf of Martaban, has recently been recorded by Sunier from 
30-35 fathoms in the Java Sea. 


Genus Hemisquilla, Hansen. 
1895. Hemisquilla, Hansen, /sop. Cumac. Stomatop. der Plankton- 
Huped., Pp. 72: 

When the memoir on Indo-pacific Stomatopoda was being 
written the fact that Hansen had proposed Hemisquilla as a generic 
name for the species previously known as Pseudosquilla stylifera 
(M.-Edw.) unfortunately escaped notice. It was, however, pointed 
out that this species was an outstanding form without any near 
allies in the genus to which it was referred. 

The adoption of Hansen’s genus is we think to be recommend- 
ed, for there can be little doubt that the species for which it was 
founded has had a phylogenetic origin distinct from all normal 
Pseudosquilla. The recognition of the genus is, moreover, attended 
with the practical advantage that we are able by admitting it to 
define the various genera of the family with greater precision. 


Odontodactylus cultrifer (White). 


1913. Odontodactylus cultrifer, Kemp, loc. cit., p. | 
? 1913. Odontodactylus carinifer, Kemp, loc. cit., p. 1 
1918. Odontodactylus cultrifer, Sunier, Contrib. Fax 
: IV ype 
Through the kindness of Mr. J. Moulton, Curator of the 
Raffles Museum at Singapore, we have been able to examine a 


ne Indes Neerland. 


308 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXIT, 
specimen of this scarce species obtained at Pulo Adang, about 160 
niles north-west of Penang. 

The characters given in 1913 for separating this species from 
O. scyllavus were derived from the published figures and descrip- 
tions and were not based on actual comparison of specimens. 
They may be amended as follows :— 


3 


O. scyllarus (Linn.). O. cultrijer (White). 
Rostrum broadly cordiform; apex Rostrum quadrangular with conver- 
pointed and lateral margins strongly | gent sides; apex broadly rounded and 

convex, | lateral margins slightly concave. 
Eyes small, reaching a little beyond Eyes larger, reaching beyond base of 
base of penultimate segment of anten- | ultimate segment of antennular ped- 


nular peduncle and to base of ultimate | uncle and to end of ultimate segment 
segment of antennal peduncle; greatest | of antennal peduncle; greatest breadth 
breadth of cornea about one-fifth length | of cornea about one-third length of 


of carapace.! carapace. 

Second segment of antennular ped- Second segment of antennular ped- 
uncle about 3 times as long as wide. | uncle scarcely 13 times as long as wide. 

Dactylus of raptorial claw strongly Dactylus of raptorial claw slightly 
inflated at base. | inflated at base. 

A carina present on last abdominal | No cirina on last abdominal somite 
somite between submedians and inter- | between submedians and intermediates. 
mediates. 

Median crest of telson not remark- Median crest of telson remarkably 


ably elevated, with two submedian | elevated, with only a single submedian 
carinae on either side ; submedian spines | carina on either side; submedian spines 
of telson broadly expanded, with small | of telson not expanded, with large mov- 
movable tips. | able tips. 

Basal segment of outer uropod nearly | _ Basal segment of outer uropod shorter 
twice as long as ultimate segment, with | than ultimate segment with 8 or 9 mov- 
If or 12 movable spines on outer edge. | able spines on outer edge. 


The specimen we have examined is a female, 55 mm. in 
length. The median crest of the telson is apparently less elevated 
than in the larger individual figured by White. Its height at the 
distal end is, however, nearly one quarter the basal breadth of 
the telson, whereas the proportion is less than one eighth in a 
much larger specimen of O. scyllarus. 

In the specimens hitherto examined only two teeth have been 
found on the inner edge of the raptorial dactylus. In our speci- 
men, however, three occur on each side. The knowledge that 
these teeth vary in number leads us to think that Pocock was 
perhaps right in suggesting that his O. carinifer was based on a 
young example of O. cultrifey. The single specimen that he 
described under the former name was only 24 mm. in length and 
all the characters that distinguish it from the related species, 
except the number of dactylar teeth, may be due to immaturity. 

O. cultrifey has hitherto been known from only three specimens : 
from Chiua (White), from Kelantan in the G. of Siam (Lanchester) 
and from 27 fms. in the western Java Sea (Sunier). Pocock’s 
specimen of O. carintfey was obtained in 24 fms. on the Holothuria 
Bank, China Seas. 

1 This character probably varies somewhat with age, the eye being proportion- 
ately largest in young specimens. 


rQ2I.] S. Kemp & B. Cuopra: Stomatopoda. 309 


Gonodactylus oerstedi, Hansen. 

1895. Gonodactylus oerstedii, Hansen, [sop.Cxmac. Stomatop. dey Plank- 
ton-Exped. p. 65 (footnote). 

1902. Gonodactylus oerstedii, Bigelow, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1900, 
XX, il, p. 152, figs. 1, 2. 

1920, Gonodactylus oerstedii, Rathbun., Rapp. Vissch. en Industr. Zee- 
product. in Curacao, uitg. d. Prof. F. Boeke il, p. 32 (of re- 
print). 

Through the kindness of Prof. Ch. Gravier we have been able 
to examine a series of specimens of this species obtained by M. 
Diguet in the Gulf of California and belonging to the Paris Museum. 
The sample we have examined, which is only part of a much 
larger collection of specimens belonging to the same species, is 
labelled “‘ Espiritu Sancto, Chalut, 15-25 m.” 

That these specimens from the Pacific Coast should prove to 
belong to G. oerstedi is very remarkable, but except for very young 
individuals less than 20 mm. in length, all exhibit the additional 
keel on the inner side of the intermediate teeth of the telson which 
is the sole discriminating character between G. oerstedi and G. chira- 
gra. We have made a close comparison between the Californian 
specimens and others from Fernando Noronha and St. Thomas in 
the W. Indies and are unable to find any appreciable difference 
between them. 

So far as we are aware the only previous records of a Gonodac- 
tylus belonging to the G. chivagra group from the Pacific Coast of 
America are those of Miers ' from Panama and of Nobili? from the 
Gulf of St. Miguel in Darien. Both authors referred their speci- 
mens to G. chivagva, but Miers record was made long before the 
distinctive characters of G. oevstedi were known and Nobili’s so soon 
after the publication of Hansen’s paper that it is probable that he 
had not consulted the work. 

Goneodactylus oerstedi has hitherto been found only in the 
Atlantic and, so far as is known, does not live in the southern parts 
of that ocean; Miss Rathbun in a recent paper gives its distribu- 
tion as ‘“‘ North Carolina to Brazil, Bermudas.’’ ‘The occurrence 
of the species in the Gulf of California is thus most unexpected 
and points to the conclusion that its distribution is discontinuous. 
The species of Gonodactylus inhabit the warmer waters of the globe 
and, apart from the absence of any records, it is extremely improb- 
able that G. oerstedi extends along both east and west coasts of 
S. America and round Cape Horn. 


Gonodactylus demani, Henderson. 


1913. Gonodactylus demant, Kemp, loc. cit., pp. 164, 198, pl. ix, figs. 
108-111. 
1921. Gonodactylus demani, ‘Tattersall, Fourn. Linn. Soc., Zool., 
XXXIV, p. 359. 
In 1913 (loc. cit., p. 198) it was pointed out that in specimens 
of this species from the northern end of the Gulf of Manaar and 


! Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), V, p. 119 (1880). 
2 Nobili, Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino XII, No. 280, p. 6 (1897). 


310 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL XXII, 


in one froin the Persian Gulf the inner margin of the inner uropod 
was devoid of setae, in this resembling Henderson’s original 
figure, whereas in all the other specimens the inner margin was 
invested with setae. 

Tattersall has recently remarked that it is ‘‘ just possible ”’ 
that Bigelow’s sAinosus may be constantly differentiated from the 
typical foim by the presence of setae on this margin and, on re- 
examining all the material at our disposal, we are inclined to 
agree with him. We find, however, that no precise correlation 
exists between the degree of spinulation of the telson, the size of 
its lateral teeth and the presence or absence of the fringe of setae. 
All that can be said is that in specimens which possess the fringe 
of setae, the telson has a moderate to large number of spinules, 
which are usually smal], while the lateral teeth of the margin are 
frequently reduced and sometimes absent. In specimens in which 
the fringe is absent the spinules are usually larger and few to 
moderate in number, while the lateral teeth are nearly always 
well developed. 

In the material we have examined the setae on the inner 
margin of the inner uropod are either present or absent: interme- 
diate forms do not occur. ‘The character thus appears to be more 
useful for the distinction of a varietal form than the shape of the 
telson and the extent to which it is covered by spinules, for in 
both these respects there is a very great range of variation. 
Bigelow, however, does not refer to the inner uropod in his 
description of G. spinosus and until we are certain that the inner 
edge bears setae in his type specimens, it is impossible to say 
whether the new character can legitimately be employed for the 
separation of a variety under that name. 

We consider that a variety, which may at present be termed 
var. spinosus ?, should be separated from the typical form on the 
basis of the character of the inner uropod and, if this be done, 
a number of the specimens recorded in 1913 as typical G. demani 
must be referred to the variety. Including the additional ex- 
amples listed below, the distribution of the two forms as repre- 
sented in the collection, is as follows :— 

Typical form,—with inner margin of inner uropod devoid of 
setae,—Gulf of Suez, Persian Gulf, northern end of Gulf of 
Manaar, Madras Harbour. 

Var. spinosus ?,—with inner margin of inner uropod provided 
with setae,—Portuguese E. Africa, Persian Gulf, Karachi, 
Bombay, Gulf of Manaar (Pearl banks). 


It will be noticed that both forms occur in the Persian Gulf 
aud Gulf of Manaar and ‘Tattersall has shown that both also 
occur in the Red sea. 

Additional specimens are from the following localities :— 


CS 


C 337/1. Tor, Gulf of Suez, Red Sea. R. B.S. Sewell. 12, 89, 21-43 
mm. 

C 338/1. Ain Musa, Gulf of Suez, Red Sea. ee 1d, 29 mm. 

C 339/1. Madras Harbour, 4-5 fms. S. Kemp. 24,19, 18-27 mm. 


1921. | S. Kemp & B. Cuopra: Stomatopoda. anit 


var. spinosus ? Bigelow. 


C 336/1. Pearl Banks, Persian Gulf. Comm. Willcox. 12, 22 mm. 
5-7 fms. 


Gonodactylus brevisquamatus, Paulson. 


1913. Gonodactylus brevisquamatus and fimbriatus, Kemp, loc. cit., 
pp. 174, 175, pl. x, figs. 115, 110. 
1921. Gonodactylus brevisquamatus, Yattersall, Fourn. Linn. Soc., 
Zool., XXXIV, p. 362, pl. xxvii, figs. 5, 6. 
Tattersall has shown that G. fimbriatus is synonymous with 
G. brevisquamatus. 


Gonodactylus pulchellus, Miers. 
1913. Gonodactylus pulchellus, Kemp, Joc. cit., p. 177, pl. x, figs. 117, 
118. 
C 340/1. Madras Harbour, 4-5 fms. S. Kemp. 3¢, 39, 18-28 mm. 


Gonodactylus nefandus, Kemp. 
1913. Gonodactylus nefandus, Kemp, loc. cit., p. 179, pl. x, figs. 1109, 
120. 
C 351/1. Sorsogon, S. Luzon, Philippines. Ae Day. 29,35, 40 mm, 


Gonodactylus tuberculatus (Borradaile). 
1907. Protosquilla tuberculata, Borradaile, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2), Zool., 
XII, p. 209, pl. xxii, fig. 1. 

This species, which is known only from a single specimen 
dredged in 39 fathoms at Providence I., N. of Madagascar, was 
unfortunately omitted from the account of the Indo-pacifie forms 
published in 1913. It appears to belong to the excavatus section 
of the genus and is easily distinguished by the form of the ros- 
trum and telson. 


Gonodactylus glyptocercus, Wood-Mason. 
1913. Gonodactylus glyptocercus, Kemp, Joc. cit., p. 186. 
C 466/1, Port Blair, Andamans. S. Kemp. 23,59, 19-25 mm. 
Gonodactylus spinosissimus, Pfeffer. 


1913. Gonodactylus spinosissimus, Kemp, loc. cit., p. 191, pl. x, figs. 
124, 125. 
C 341/1.._ Port Blair, Andamans. R. P. Mullins. 19, 24 mm. 


SOON AISO1S; IAN IN NO) Te ANSE IES IE, AN INP ID) CIN; 
wOOH IS A WGA 12, 


CONTENTS OF Par? I, 


Introduction. By N. Annandale. 

Birds. By N. Annandale. 

Reptiles and Batrachia. By N. Annandale. 
Cicindelid Beetles. By N. Annandale and C. Dover. 
Carabidae. By H. E, Andrewes. 

Butterflies. By N. Annandale and C. Dover. 
Moths. By C. Dover, 

Wasps and Bees. By C. Dover. 

Dipterous Insects. By C. Dover. 

10. Neuropteroid Insects. By C. Dover. 

11. Spiders and Scorpions. By F. H. Gravely. 


PAH www 


‘0 


INTRODUCTION. 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Director, Zoological 
Survey of India. 


I have recently published in the Memoirs of the Asiatic 
Society of Bengal ' a paper entitled “ Introduction to the study of 
the Fauna of an Island inthe Chilka Iake.’’ From this paper I 
purposely excluded all but casual references to the fauna, although, 
as I explained, its main object was to prepare the way for an 
account of the animal life. In these Records I propose to 
issue, so far as circumstances permit, a report on the fauna of the 
island. In so doing my intention is not to increase the number of 
species known to science (though of course this must occur), 
or even to make the taxonomic limits of those already known more 
precise. The question I have striven, perhaps in vain, to answer, 
is this: What animals are to be found in a small and some- 
what isolated area with the physical characters and vegetation of 
Barkuda Island and situated within the geographical limits of 
Peninsular India? That the reply to this enquiry is far from 
complete is due largely to the fact that our knowledge of the 
Indian fauna is still in its infancy so far as many invertebrate 
groups are concerned, and that the services of few specialists able 
and willing to study the various elements in a fauna so unpromis- 
ing from a taxonomic point of view are available in India or 
elsewhere. To accomplish my task successfully it would have been 
necessary to have had the help of a large staff of zoologists who 
were at once good field-naturalists and good taxonomists. Some 
say that no such persons exist. This the history of zoology in 
India proves to be untrue ; but the number of zoologists whose 
help I have been able to obtain has been small. 


! Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal. VII, No, 4 (in the Press.) 


314 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


My thanks are all the more due to those who have helped me. 
I have received much assistance from other members of the 
Zoological Survey of India and may mention in particular 
Dr. F. H. Gravely, now Superintendent of the Madras Museum, 
who has worked on the fauna of Barkuda asa collector, a field 
naturalist anda taxonomist. Mons. L,. Chopard has kindly offered 
a report on the Orthoptera and Professor Silvestri one on 
the termites and the ¢ncolae of their nests. Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin 
Austen ' has already published notes on the land molluscs and 
Lt.-Col J. Stephenson” on the Oligochaete worms, while the 
late Mr. C. A. Paiva’® described the Rhynchota. Most of the 
identifications of Cicindelid beetles I owe to Dr. W. Horn, and 
of butterflies to Lt.-Col. W. H. Evans, R.E.; Lt.-Col. F. Wall, 
I.M.S , has kindly examined most of the snakes, Mr. E. Brunetti 
of the Diptera and Major F. C. Fraser, I.M.S., and Dr. F. F. 
Laidlaw of the dragonflies. 

A few reports on separate groups are issued with this in- 
troduction and others will, I hope, be published later. I propose 
to preface the series with a short general account of the fauna, 
indicating so far as possible at present its main peculiarities 
and deficiencies. This account should of course be read with the 
paper to which I have referred in the first sentence on the 
preceding page. 

MAMMALIAN FAUNA. 

The Mammalian Fauna of the island is, like that of most 
other groups, chiefly remarkable for its deficiencies. There are no 
carnivores except mungooses (which have perhaps disappeared 
lately}, no ungulates except an introduced herd of Chital, no 
monkeys, no squirrels, no porcupines or hedgehogs and now very 
few bats. The only abundant terrestrial species, indeed, are a 
shrew of the genus Pachyura and a race of Rattus rattus. The 
only common bat is now the Indian Flying Fox. 


AVIFAUNA. 

The Fauna of Land Birds is even more scanty, relatively, than 
that of mammals, only three species being abundant at all seasons, 
namely the two common Indian crows (Corvus macrorhynchus and 
C. splendens) and the Mynah (Acridotheres tristis). A green 
pigeon visits the island in large flocks in the rainy season, but all 
other land birds are mere casual visitors or nest in solitary pairs. 
Kven shore birds are less abundant than at many other spots in 
the Chilka Lake, but several egrets and herons and a cormorant 
often roost upon the trees in considerable numbers. 


FAUNA OF REPTILES AND BATRACHIA. 


The Fauna of Reptiles and Batrachia, comprising 17 or I8 
species, is comparatively rich. There are six lizards, ten snakes, 


' Rec. Ind. Mus., X\11, pp. 349-351 (1917). 
2 Mem. Ind. Mus. V, pp. 139-140; 483-490 (10915). 
° Rec. Ind. Mus. XV, pp. 1-16 (1917). 


1g2I.] N. ANNANDALE: Fauna of Barkuda I. 315 


probably two Crocodilia, and two Batrachia; but all of these, 
except the house-lizard Hemidactylus frenatus and the frog Rana 
cyanophlyctis, are scarce or rather scarce. The most remarkable 
form is a completely limbless skink (Barkudia insularis) belonging 
to a genus at present only known from the island, but that it does 
not occur also on the mainland of the Ganjam district or Orissa 
is most improbable. All the other species of Reptiles and 
Batrachia are widely distributed forms. 


FisH FAUNA. 


Strictly speaking the island has no Fish Fauna as both the 
pond and the two wells are fish-less, but I may mention the fact 
that when the waters of the lake (which of course has an exten- 
sive fish-fauna') have been higher and are retreating, the small 
Cyprinodont Panchax panchax, one of the most useful of indi- 
genous Indian mosquito-eating fish, is often left in large numbers 
in pools isolated on the foreshore. As these dry up, however, it 
perishes. 


MOLLUSCAN FAUNA. 


A peculiar feature of the Chilka Lake, in which it differs 
notably from the creeks of the Gangetic Delta, is the complete 
absence of amphibious molluscs from its shores. This fact greatly 
limits the molluscan fauna of Barkuda, which consists of five land 
and three aquatic species, the latter found in a small pond. It is 
noteworthy that each of these eight species belongs to a distinct 
genus, the genera being Ennea, Ariophanta, Rachisellus, Opeas, 
Glessula, Limnaea, Indoplanorbis, and Gyraulus, all Pulmonata. 
The land-snails belong to three biological categories. The Ennea 
is a terrestrial carnivorous form, preying on the Ofeas, which is 
also terrestrial but feeds on algae and mosses. ‘The Glessula is 
similar in habits to the Ofcas, while the Aviophanta and the 
Rachisellus are phytophagous, the latter distinctly arboreal. 
Most of the species have a wide range in Peninsular India or 
beyond, but the Ennea, the Opeas and the Glessula are slightly 
modified insular races or species of widely distributed snails.” 


INSECT FAUNA. 


Comparatively poor as is the Insect Fauna of Barkuda, it 
actuaily includes a large number of species and must be discussed 
in its separate orders. 

ApTERA.—Both Collembola and Thysanura are fairly common 
and include species interesting as habitual incolae of the nests of 
termites and ants. A small bluish-black collembole often occurs in 
such numbers on the surface of small pools of water among 


! Chaudhuri, Mem. Ind. Mus. V, pp. 405, 443, 403- 
* See Godwin-Austen, Rec. nd. Mus. XIII, pp. 349-351 (1917) and 
Annandale and Prashad, th7d., XIX, p. 189 (1020). 


316 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII 


rocks on the shore as to form a regular scum upon them, just as 
Anurida maritima does on the English coasts. Others are abun- 
dant in dead wood. ‘Fish Insects” (Thysanura) of at least two 
species are found in the bungalow, but have probably been in- 
troduced. Representatives of this group are not very common in 
the jungle except in ants’ and termites’ nests. 

NEUROPTEROID INSECTS.—Under this convenient title I pro- 
pose to deal with the various groups other than dragonflies and 
termites at one time included in the order Neuroptera. They 
are not well represented on Barkuda except perhaps by the 
Ant-lions. In the drier parts of the island the soil is often pitted 
with the excavations of the larvae of the smaller species of this 
family and adults of two of the larger and more conspicuous 
kinds (Palpares pardus and Acanthoclisis horridus), which prob- 
ably have different larval habits, are taken occasionally. The 
Hemerobiidae are represented by a species of Sisyva the larva of 
which is parasitic in the sponge Spongilla alba in the pond. 

Oponata.—Most of the dragonflies found on the island are 
common and widely distributed species, but Major Fraser has 
recently described a new Agrionid (Ennallagma insula) ' from Bar- 
kuda. The three most abundant species are Pantala flavescens, 
clouds of which hover in the air in the rainy season, Diplacodes 
tvtvialis, which flies close to the ground throughout the year, and 
Pseudagrion microcephalum, which breeds in large numbers in the 
lake. 

IsOpTERA.-—Termites are abundant, the commonest species 
being Termes (Odontotermes) obesus. Several species find their food 
in the dead trunks of Ficus bengalensis; of which there are many 
on some parts of the island, but it is curious that no species of 
Kaloterymes has been found in this situation. A Capritermes occurs 
under bricks and stones. Some large termite-mounds have been 
observed, but they are not very numerous, the only mound-building 
species being T. obesus. The distribution of the various species on 
the island seems to be largely dependent on the nature of the soil 
in different areas. The fungi cultivated by certain forms are being 
studied by Prof. Bose of the Carmichael Medical College, Calcutta, 
while Prof. Silvestri of Portici promises a report on both the 
termites themselves and the other arthropods found with them. 

ORTHOPTERA.—The Orthoptera are fairly well represented, the 
most abundant of the families (or superfamilies) being the Acri- 
diidae and the Gryllidae. Among the former it is noteworthy 
that only one wingless form (a species of Chrotogonus) has been ob- 
tained. Among the crickets at least three myrmecophilous species 
have been taken, each inhabiting the nest of a different genus of 
ant. ‘Tridactylinae are abundant in damp places. Cockroaches 
and earwigs are relatively scarce so far as species are concerned 
but. individuals are sometimes common. Stick-insects have not 


L Rec. Ind. Mus. X1X, pp. 32-33 (1920). 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE: Fauna of Barkuda I. 317 


been observed, and mantids are not so common as they often are 
in India. ‘The commonest of the Phasgonuridae are arboreal grass- 
hoppers of the group Pseudophyllides. One of these lays its eggs 
in little pockets on the edge of the leaves of Glycosmis penta- 
phylla, the most abundant shrub on the island. A remarkable 
ant-like form of the same family, but a different tribe, was taken 
on one occasion. It is probably the young of a larger, wingless 
species captured several times. 

COLEOPTERA.—The beetles of Barkuda are mostly small and 
of dull and inconspicuous colouration. Highly modified forms 
are scarce, except minute termitophilous species. This is due 
mainly to the absence or scarcity of phytophagous beetles, and 
this again to the sclerophytic nature of the vegetation, which de- 
pends on the physical structure and climate of the island. ‘The 
few Chrysomelids that occur are small and for the most part rare, 
while such groups as the Cetoniinae and the Rutelinae are repre- 
sented mainly by occasional stragglers. The absence of many 
wood-boring genera is more surprising, as dead wood is abundant. 
Perhaps it is due partly to the fact that the wood is derived 
almost exclusively from the genus Ficus, and partly because 
certain families and genera of Coleoptera (e.g. the Lucanidae, 
Passalidae and many of the larger longicorns) although they are 
abundant in the hill-jungles of both Northern and Southern India, 
avoid the tropical plains of the Peninsula. On Barkuda no trace 
of Lucanidae or Passalidae has been found, and the few longicorns 
observed have been mostly small and scarce. Another class of 
beetles in which the fauna is deficient is the larger dung-beetles. 
Several of the smaller Scarabinae are common, feeding on the 
dung of deer (Cervus axis), but the absence of other ungulates 
doubtless accounts for that of the beetles that eat their excrement. 
The dominant types of Coleoptera are strictly terrestrial forms, 
either actively predaceous such as the Carabidae and Cicindelidae, 
both of which are well represented, or of vegetarian habits such as 
the Tenebrionidae. The only really conspicuous form at all com- 
mon, however, is the Meloid Mylabris pustulata, which is frequently 
seen in flight and also on the flowers of the Sword-Bean (Canavalia), 
which are a favourite food. Some peculiar termitophilous Coleop- 
tera have been collected, including Tevmitodiscus heimit, Wasm., 
a minute flattened and expanded Staphylinid which inhabits 
the fungus-gardens of Termes (Odontotermes) obesus, often in large 
numbers. 

HyMENOPTERA.—lIess care was expended on the collection 
of the Hymenoptera than on that of the majority of the larger 
groups of insects as there was very little prospect of getting them 
worked out. The parasitic and phytophagous families are, as 
might be expected, poorly represented. Ants are very abundant 
and belong to many species, but are almost exclusively terrestrial, 
the arboreal forms usually common in Indian woods being appa- 
rently absent. This is certainly so in respect to the Leaf-sewing 
Ant (Oecophylla smaragdina), which never succeeds in establishing 


318 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


a colony, though T have seen solitary females attempting to do so 
on more than one occasion. A race of Camponotus compressus is 
abundant and cherishes in its nest a minute myrmecophilous 
cricket, which it apparently transports with its larvae and pupae 
to any convenient spot (in an instance that came under my notice 
a box of books) that it may find on its foraging expeditions. A 
curious habit was observed on the part of a small black ant 
(Phidole rhombinoda) also very common. ‘This ant constructs 
burrows beneath stones or flower-pots and stores up various kinds 
of animal food, amongst others the remains of beetles, which the 
workers hurriedly remove when disturbed. A small Tenebrionid 
beetle is extremely abundant about the bungalow in the rainy 
season and crawls into any crevice. It evidently does so, to its 
own destruction, into the ants’ nests under flower-pots, where its 
remains can often be found, but the curious point is that the ants 
store it alive by biting off its legs When disturbed they carry 
off the crippled, but still living beetles, as they do the rest of their 
stores. The same ant has a small myrmecophilous cricket in its 
nest which it carries off when disturbed but apparently does not 
injure. 

Mutillids are scarce, Pompilidae, Sphegidae, and Eumenidae 
common but in little variety. Apidae are fairly abundant on the 
flowers of Crotolaria striata. A solitary species (Megachile lanata) 
caused us considerable inconvenience in April by building its 
cartridge-like mud nests full of honey and pollen in the backs of 
our books. When the book was opened the nests were crushed and 
the sticky mass extruded. Several species of Xvlocopa occur and 
I once took a specimen of X. vufescens, which does not appear to 
have been recorded previously from the plains of India. Apis florea 
is common, 4. dorsata scarce. ‘The social wasps are represented by 
the Indian Hornet (Vespa cincta) and by Polistes stigma, etc. 

Ruyncuora.—The late Mr. Paiva enumerated 37 species as 
occurring on Barkuda, including 6 aquatic forms from the pond. 
fhe number of small Fulgoridae and Jassidae has increased consi- 
derably since he wrote, probably with an increase of the herbace- 
ous Leguminosae (Crofolaria striata and Taphrosia purpura). 
On the evenings of October 7th to 12th, 1920, the “‘ Green-Fly”’ 
(Nephottetix bipunctatus and N. apicalis) was very troublesome on 
account of its vast abundance. ‘To Mr. Paiva’s list of Heterop- 
terous species I may add the name of Chrysocoris marginellus, the 
nymphs and adults of which were found in abundance feeding on 
the Tree Euphorbia (E. neritfolia) in April, 1920. Coccidae, 
Aleurodidae and Aphidae are not common. The females of a 
species of Monophlebus, belonging to the first family, occur 
sparingly on the aerial roots of Ficus bengalensis, F. obtusa and F. 
eibbosa and I have taken an Aleurodid on leaves of the var. para- 
sitica of the last species. Wooly Coccidae are by no means scarce 
on the young shoots of Taphrosia purpura and Ficus obtusa and 
on the fruit of the Custard-Apple (Anona squamosa), A yellow 
Aphid is abundant in the cold season on the creeper Leptodenia 


1921. | N. ANNANDALE: Fauna oj Barkuda I. 319 


yveticulata, and a small colourless species is kept in its nests in 
rotten wood and deserted termite mounds by the ant Acropyga 
acutiventris, Roger. 

DretERA.—The two-winged flies are poorly represented and the 
only large or conspicuous species that occur belong to the Bomby- 
lidae (including the magnificent Hxoprosopa flammea), of which 
several are common from April till Tune. They disappear for the 
most part, however. with the onset of the rainy season. Many of 
the common species of such families as the Syrphidae are absent 
or very scarce. The Trypaneids and other frugivorous forms are 
rare, while parasitic and semi-parasitic species are rarer than 
might be expected. Mr. Brunetti identifies a fly that lives on 
Cervus axts with the European Lipoptena cervz. A termitophilous 
Phorid of the genus Tevmitoxenia has been found in the fungus- 
combs of Termes (Odontotermes) obesus, Ramb. 

The Nemocera are in some cases very abundant in indivi- 
duals, but most families are poor in species. ‘The Chironomidae 
seem to be less so than others and some minute forms are 
sufficiently abundant to be troublesome, among others the blood- 
sucking Culicoides peregrinus, Keiffer, which, however, is more 
troublesome on account of its vast numbers than its bite. 
At the end of the rainy season in disturbed weather it swarms 
with other forms round lamps in the verandah of the bungalow 
and especially on the ceiling above. Calyptopogon albitarsis. 
Kieff. is the only larger species of the family identified. Some 
of the smaller Chironomidae breed in damp rotten wood. A small 
species of Phlebotomus (Psychodidae) also occurs, but is rather 
scarce. Mosquitos are sometimes abundant, especially at the 
end of the rainy season, but very few species were observed. 
The commonest is Anopheles rossi (or, or as it is now called 
A. subpictus, Grassi), which breeds in the lake. Tipulidae 
are scarce and small. The largest and also the least scarce 
is the widely distributed Conosia irrovata. Cecidomyid galls are 
very abundant on certain trees, particularly on the leaves of 
Salvadora persica and Pongamia glabra, both of which are found 
almost exclusively on the shore of the island, and several species 
of the flies come to light occasionally. 

TRICHOPTERA.—Are rare, but a few simall species breed in the 
pond. 

LEPIDOPTERA.—The butterflies are discussed in this instal- 
ment of the report. Some species are abundant, and practically 
without exception the Diurna belong to widespread and common 
species. The moths have not been diligently collected. They 
seem, however, to be better represented than many groups of 
insects, perhaps because their caterpillars often feed on unpromis- 
ing materials. Species of the largest size, such as those of Aétacus, 
do not occur, and the Saturniidae generally are poorly represented. 
I do not remember to have seen any Sphingid except Cephanodes 
hylas. The largest moth observed was probably Nyclipao macrops, 
which flies about rapidly in a circumscribed area at night in open 


320 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


spaces such as jungle paths, making a curious creaking sound. 
The most brilliantly coloured species of moth TI have seen on the 
island is the Cossid Duomitus mineus, the cylindrical form, orange 
colour and bold greenish metallic markings of which give it a close 
superficial resemblance when the wings are closed to a large Bup- 
restid beetle.’ A large yellow underwing (Ophuisa coronata) was 
sometimes abundant in the rains and developed the curious habit 
of coming to drink out of our glasses at dinner. It was by no 
means teetotal in its tastes and we found that it could imbibe quite 
an appreciable amount of brandy without apparent confusion. One 
of the commonest moths in herbage is the cosmopolitan Desopeta 
pulchella. On the whole the moths of Barkuda are inconspicuously 
coloured, and the exceptions I have mentioned stand out as 
exceptions, to which but few names could be added. 


ARACHNID FAUNA. 


Dr. Gravely has discussed the spiders and scorpions of the 
island in this instalment of my report. The latter are scarce and 
only two species have been taken. Ainong the spiders perhaps 
the most rematkable are the burrowing forms of the group 
Mygalomorphae, several of which construct elaborate trap-door 
nests in the earth at the base of fig-trees. Among the web-spiuners 
the absence of the large and conspicuous species of the genus 
Nephila is a noteworthy feature. No Pedipalpi have been found 
on Barkuda, notwithstanding diligent search on Dr. Gravely’s 
part. 

FAUNA OF MYRIAPODA. 


Myriapoda are not very abundant, but representatives of 
most of the Indian families of both centipedes and millipedes 
occur, Among the former a large species of Scolopendra is not 
uncommon, while specimens of Pseudocryptops agharkari, a small 
species of the same family, described by Dr. Gravely from the 
Bombay Ghats, have been taken. Dr. Gravely? tells me that 
they belong to the race singbhumensis which he described from 
Chota Nagpur. Geophilidae are not uncommon among dead 
leaves and under stones. Among the millipedes much the most 
abundant is a Polydesmid, a species that wanders in the open in 
fairly large numbers throughout the rainy season. Minute forms 
of the family Polyxenidae are fairly common under stones and in 
the galleries of ants and termites, from the nests of which other 
small millipedes have also been taken. 


CRUSTACEAN FAUNA. 


The only strictly terrestrial Crustacea observed on Barkuda 
are land Isopods, and no freshwater species except small Ento- 


! | first observed the resemblance between this moth and certain Buprestids 
in the Malay Peninsula, where suitable ‘‘ models '’ occur in this group of beetles. 
See Fasic. Malay., Zool. 1, p. 58 (1903). 

2 Gravely, Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, p. 417 (1912). 


192I.| N. ANNANDALE: Fauna of Barkuda I. 321 


mostraca have been found in the pond or wells. Several species 
of wood-louse occur under stones and one is not uncommon in 
spiders’ nests on the leaves of Glycosmis pentaphylla. Prof. Chas. 
Chilton! has given a detailed account of the common littoral 
species, Ligia exotica. ‘This Isopod is seasonal in its occurrence, 
disappearing annually at the end of the rains. In the littoral zone 
of the shore two sand-hoppers occur in large numbers, but neither 
ever makes its way into the interior of the island. ‘This is note-) 
worthy, as the more abundant of the two (Orchestia platensis) has 
been found among the mountains of Hawaii as well as at the edge 
of many seas and lakes. ‘The less abundant but bigger species is 
Talorchestia marlensit. 


ANNELID FAUNA. 


There are no land-leeches on Barkuda, the soil of which is 
much to dry for them. In the pond I have seen species of 
Glossosiphonia, doubtless parasitic on Limnaea, and a Piscicola 
which must live on frogs (Rana cyanophlyctis), the only aquatic 
vertebrate. 

Several Oligochaetes have been described by Col. Stephenson 
from below water-level on the shore of the island, but the only 
terrestrial species is apparently his Octochaetus barkudensis, which 
is common in the earth between the roots of fig-trees. 


PoLyzOA AND SPONGES. 


One species of freshwater Polyzoa and one of freshwater 
sponge are found on the island. The latter is the widely dis- 
tributed Spongilla alba, which occurs both in the pond and in 
one of the wells, while the Polyzoon, representing the subgenus 
Hyalinella,® Jullien, of the genus Plumateila, was until recently 
known only trom the pond on Barkuda, but has been found within 
the last few months in great abundance in the Colombo water- 
works in Ceylon. I have called it Plumatella longigemmis.° 


The general characters of the fauna thus briefly summa- 
rized will, I hope, be discussed later, when the reports on the va- 
tious groups have been considered in detail. It will be sufficient 
to say at present that it is in some respects almost an essence of 
that of the central part of Peninsular India, after most of the more 
highly specialized species had been eliminated in the struggle for 
existence, intensified by the peculiar nature of the soil, climate and 
vegetation. 


1 Chilton, Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 402 (1916). 
2 Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, p. 93 (1919). 
8 Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XI, p. 168 (1915); zbid., XVIII, p. o4 (1910). 


WISI) WII IOS) ONY IB AIR IK LO IDA WIS IL, AL IN} 1D). 
By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. 


In the annotated list of birds that follows I have nct attempt- 
ed to discuss the races to which they belong, or even to bring 
their nomenclature ‘“‘ up to date.” The names given them are those 
used by Blanford and Oates in the Fauna of British India. My 
purpose has not been taxonomic, and though there may be differ- 
ences of opinion as to the proper names of some of the birds, 
there can be no doubt as to their specific identity, for all belong 
to widely distributed and well-known species. 

The island provides comparatively little food for any but 
indiscriminate feeders and is too far from the regular feeding- 
grounds of many birds to be utilized by them as a nesting-place. 
Its freedom from arboreal carnivores, and possibly the scarcity of 
tree-snakes, however, with its high and spreading trees, renders it 
an excellent roosting-place and large flocks of crows, mynas, 
egrets, pigeons and (at certain seasons) cormorants, may be seen 
every evening wending their way towards it at sunset. 

I have included in my list the names only of those birds seen 
alighted on the island. There are many other species (land-birds, 
waders and swimmers) that are common in the surrounding dis- 
tricts and in other parts of the Chilka Lake and must fly across 
the island occasionally, for example, to cite species occasionally 
seen, at least one of swift among the land-birds, the Open-bill and 
a flamingo among the waders, the Cotton-teal, the Pintail and 
other ducks among the swimmers. 


ANNOTATED LIST. 
Corvus macrorhynchus, Wagler and C. splendens, Vieill. 


Both species of crow are common on Barkuda, where they 
resemble one another closely in habits. A few reside on the island 
and even breed there, and the number which do so seems to have 
increased since I have habitually visited it and lived in the bung- 
alow. ‘The great majority, however, gain their livelihood on the 
mainland and fly over at dusk to roost. ‘The crows come from both 
sides of the lake and some of them must fly six or seven miles every 
evening. The two species arrive together in flocks. The food of 
residents is very mixed and is obtained both from land and water. 
It includes fruit of the Custard-apple (Anona squamosa) and of the 
Prickly Pear (Opuntia sp.). The latter they do not attack until 
it has fallen to the ground. Snails (Aviophanta infausta and 
Rachisellus Pyaetermissus) are also eaten, as well as an occasional 


324 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XXII, 


dead Chital (Cervus axis), or other dead bird or mammal. When 
large masses of dead weed are washed ashore, as is often the case, 
they are carefully examined by both crows, which capture the 
small Isopod and Amphipod Crustacea with which they swarm. 
Sandhoppers (Orchestia platensts and Talorchestta martensii) also 
form their prey and I have seen a C. splendens hovering over the 
water and finally picking a dead fish from a mass of weeds with its 
beak. The strangest method they have. however, of obtaining food 
is that of robbing young Fishing Eagles, a procedure that they 
have developed into a regular conspiracy, in which both House 
Crows and Jungle Crows are implicated. Not only do they mob 
the old eagles whenever they see them and frequently chase them 
out over the lake, but when there are young birds in the eyrie, 
they collect in large numbers on the branches round it every 
evening towards dusk. When the old birds return, carrying fish, 
crabs or snakes for the young, the crows allow them to deposit 
the food in the nest and then chase them away. I have seen a 
single C. splendens chasing an eagle, which fled before it. The 
crows then share the provender with the young eagles, and it is 
not until they begin to grow sleepy, which they do rather early, 
and retire to roost, that the parent eagles can return to the nest, 
bringing more food for their despoiled young. 


Acridotheres tristis (Linn.). 


Except the two crows, the Myna is the only land bird com- 
mon on the island, on which it lives in small flocks and breeds, 
chiefly in holes in the trunks and branches of dead Banyan trees 
(Ficus bengalensis). Like the crows, it obtains a good deal of its 
food from the lake, as it accompanies them in the search for small 
Crustacea among dead weeds on the shore. Flocks also fly across 
the lake from the mainland to roost on the island every evening. 


Copsychus saularis (Linn.). 


Stray individuals of the Dyal bird are occasionally seen in 
thickets in the rainy season. 


Arachnecthra asiatica (L,atham.). 
At least one pair bred on the island in the season of 1920. 


Ceryle varia, Strickland. 


The Pied Kingfisher is often seen fishing off the island when 
the water is low and occasionally perches on the shore. 


Merops viridis (Linn.). 

This bee-eater is not resident on the island but small flocks 
of it occasionally fly over from the mainland and establish them- 
selves for the day on some large tree with spreading branches, 
usually a Ficus bengalensis or F. infectoria. Their object, to 
judge from the scattered wings under their perch, is to feed on 
butterflies, particularly on Papilio polytes, which is very abund- 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE: Fauna of Barkuda I.. 325 


ant on the island. On the headland, Ganta Sila, across the lake 
from Barkuda, the bee-eaters live in large numbers. There they 
are fond of perching on some spray of creeper or shrub overhang- 
ing the water and of darting out on butterflies that have just 
flown across the lake. 


Lophoceros birostrts (Scopoli). 
Small flocks and single individuals of the Grey Hornbill visit 
Barkuda not infrequently in the rainy season. 


Eudynamts honorata (Linn.). 


The voice of the Koel is often heard on Barkuda in June 
and July, but the bird seems very shy and keeps mainly to the 
thickets. 


Athene brama (Temm.). 


The Spotted Owlet is fairly common on Barkuda and is very 
tame. I have seen four individuals issuing together from a hollow 
branch of Ficus bengalensis. 


Pandion haliaétus (Linn.). 
The Osprey is an occasional visitor to the shore of the island. 


Haliaétus leucogaster (Gmelin). 


Two pairs of the White-Bellied Sea-EKagle breed regularly on 
Barkuda. Each has its nest, to which it remains faithful 
throughout the year, in a large Banyan that overtops the sur- 
rounding forest. The breeding-season is prolonged and two 
broods are sometimes raised in the year. At the beginning of 
April, 1920, the inhabitants of one nest consisted of a pair in 
adult plumage and a nearly fledged young one. In the middle 
of June there was one adult in full plumage, one in immature 
plumage and two half-fledged young. The other nest I could 
not see so clearly, on account of the branches and foliage, but the 
parent birds were both in adult plumage in April, while in 
June the nest contained young and one of the adults was in 
immature plumage. It would, therefore, seem, either that one 
of each pair had died and that a young bird of the first brood of 
the year had assumed its place, or else that the young one had 
driven off one of its parents and taken on itself the responsibilities 
of parenthood, even if it was only as a step-parent. Both 
parents of both pairs were in full plumage in October. 

This eagle is very cowardly in spite of its size. I have 
already mentioned the fact that a single House-Crow can put 
it to flight. On Cherriakuda, another island in the Chilka Lake 
close to Barkuda, I once saw an even more ignominous escapade. 
An eagle was soaring over a tree on which a large flock of flying 
foxes were roosting. Its appearance caused great agitation and 
the bats scurried about along the branches and squealed inces- 
santly. This attracted the eagle’s attention and it alighted just 


326 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII 


above one of them and looked down at it. The bat turned up 
its muzzle and bit the eagle on the leg, and the eagle flew away. 

The food of the Fishing Eagle consists on Barkuda largely of 
the fish Triacanthus brevirostris, the harmless sea-snake Chersy- 
dyvus granulatus and the swimming-crabs Scylla serrata and Nep- 
tunus pelagicus. To judge from remains at the base of the trees 
on which the nests are built and on other parts of the island, 
Triacanthus is the most important item, but this fish has a very 
solid skeleton and only part of it is as a rule eaten by the birds, 
while the snakes are as a rule swallowed whole and their skeletons 
can tarely be distinguished. 7. :brevivostris is, perhaps, the most 
abundant fish in the lake. It is a laterally compressed active 
fish of the suborder Sclerodermi and goes about in shoals which 
often swim near the surface. It possesses powerful and poison- 
ous spines both on its back and at the sides of its body. The 
snake is a very sluggish species. It never leaves the water and is 
found only in the open lake. Doubtless the eagle catches it as 
it rises to the surface and protrudes its head and neck, as it often 
does. ‘The two crabs are both powerful swimmers, but the Nep- 
tunus is more frequently seen on the surface than the Scydla, 
which is actually the more abundant of the two in the lake. Its 
remains are also more abundant, in spite of its more retiring 
habits, among those of the eagle’s victims. Siluroid fish of the 
genera Arius, Macrones and Plotosus are also captured occa- 
sionally, and these are essentially bottom-haunting fish. As the 
water of the lake is usually turbid, it is rather strange that the 
eagle can catch them. How it does so I do not know, 

As I have pointed out elsewhere, the remains of the food of 
this bird may provide interesting material for the palaeontologists 
of some future epoch. ‘They are congregated not only round the 
trees on which they nest but also lie scattered over the whole island, 
the prey being not infrequently dropped intact, perhaps when its 
captor is chased by a crow. 


Haliastur indus (Bodd.). 
Frequently observed fishing round the island, on which at 
least one pair bred in Ig1g and 1920. 


Astur badius (Gmel.). 

A pair of Shikra bred on the island in a Banyan tree in IgI9. 
I saw one of them sitting among the foliage of another Banyan 
besides a dove’s nest and darting out at the parent bird as it 
returned. The dove, however, escaped. 


Crocopus phoenicopterus (I,ath.). 

Large flocks of this pigeon visit the island during the rainy 
season to feed on the figs of Ficus bengalensis, F. infectona, F. 
obtusa and F. globosa. ‘They do not come, however, until the 
rains are well established (in July) even though the figs are often 
ripe in April. Specimens seem to agree with the northern rather 
than the southern species of the genus. 


1921.| N. ANNANDALE: Fauna of Barkuda T. 327 


Columba intermedia, Strickl. 

The Indian Rock pigeon is abundant, at any rate at night, 
on the more rocky islands of the Chilka Lake, but is only an occa- 
sional visitor on Barkuda. Small flocks do, however, roost on the 
island sometimes. 


Turtur orientalis (Lath.). 
Fairly common on the island, on which it breeds regularly. 


Turtur risorius (Linn.). 

Apparently no more than a casual visitor on Barkuda, A 
pair were observed on the shore in June, 1920, feeding on the 
halophytic plant Suaeda multiflora. 


Esacus recurvirostris (Cuvier). 

A common bird on the foreshore except when it is covered by 
the floods. When the water reaches the base of the trees at the 
head. of the beach, the birds desert the island, but they return 
as soon as the floods abate. I have seen a half-fledged nestling 
on the island, in April Four or five adult individuals are often 
seen together and once I saw twelve standing on a sand-bank. 
This was at the end of October. 


Sarcogrammus indicus (Bodd.). 


The Did-he-do-it is one of the most familiar birds on the 
shore of Barkuda, on which it breeds. It is present throughout 
the year. 


Charadrius fulvus (Gmelin). 


Flocks of the Eastern Golden Plover frequent the shore ot 
Barkuda in the cold weather, arriving about the middle of Sep- 
tember and not departing until May. 


Aegialitis alexandrina (Linn.). 

The Kentish Plover is common on the shore of Barkuda in 
the hot weather. I have seen individuals in full breeding plum- 
age in June. 

Numenius arquata (Linn.). 
The Curlew is by no means uncommon on the shore of Bar- 


kuda in the cold weather and the latter part of the rains. I 
have seen individuals as early as the end of September. 


Limosa belgica (,inn.). 
Large flocks feed on the shore, just below the water-level, in 
the cold weather. 


Totanus glareola (Gmelin). 


A common bird on the shore throughout its stay in the 
south. 


328 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XXT1, 


Totanus calidris (LAnn.). 

The Redshank is common on the shore in the cold weather 
aud the latter part of the rains. It arrives at least as early as the 
beginning of October. 


Totanus glottis (Linn.). 


The Greenshank is common on the shore in winter and 
autumn, arriving before the end of October. 


Tringa subarquata (Gildenstorp). 


Yet another common shore-bird in its season. I think I have 
seen it as early as the end of July. 


Himantopus candidus (Bonn.). 

Several pairs frequent the shores of the island in the winter 
and hot weather, but leave them when the floods rise. I found a 
nest in June, 1920. It contained three eggs arranged with the 
pointed ends inwards and was constructed as describe in the 
“ Fauna.’ It was situated on gravel amidst masses of dead 
weed. ‘The old birds were very bold in its vicinity, dashing close 
down and almost touching one’s head, screaming all the time. 


Larus ichythaetus, Pallas. 


I think this is the large black-headed gull sometimes seen 
resting on the shore. 


Larus ridibundus, Tinn. 
Occasionally seen on the shore in the cold weather. 


/ 


Sterna melanogaster (Temm.). 
Not uncommon round the island in the hot.weather. 


Sterna minuta, Linn. 

Also fairly common. I have seen the species in the breed- 
ing season on the shore, but am sure that it does not nest on the 
island. 

Other species of terns probably visit Barkuda, but I have 
not been able to identify them with certainty. 


Phalacrocovax carbo (Linn.) and P. javanicus (Horsf,). 
These two cormorants visit the island occasionally. 


Phalacrocorax fuscicollis (Steph.). 


Very large numbers of this cormorant visit the island nightly 
in the hot weather and the early part of the rains to roost. After 
sitting for some time on rocks on the shore, they fly to certain 
trees neat the middle of the island, leaving at dawn. The places 
stink of them. About the beginning of September they begin to 
disappear, and have done so completely by the end of the month. 


1921. ] N. ANNANDALE: Fauna of Barkuda I. 329 


The last to go are young birds in immature plumage. ‘The species 
breeds in enormous numbers, with the Common Herons and the 
Open-bill on Kalidai, the sacred island of the Chilka Lake, some 
ten miles north-east of Barkuda. By the end of October the 
young birds are nearly fledged. 


Plotus melanogaster (Pennant). 
Not uncommon on the rocky parts of the shore of the island. 


Ibis melanocephala (\ath.). 


I have seen several birds of this species roosting on trees with 
the egrets in the hot weather and early part of the rains, but it 
does not breed on the island. 


Dissura episcopus (Bodd.). 
An occasional visitor to the shore. 


Xenorhynchus astaticus (Lath.) 
Also an occasional visitor to the shore. 


Ardea cinerea, Linn. 


A common visitor. It breeds both on Kalidai and on Cher- 
iakuda, which lies just across the bay from Barkuda. Eggs were 
taken on the latter island in September. 


Herodias alba (L,inn.) 
(Linn.). 
These three egrets roost on trees of Pongamia glabra and 
Azadirachta indica near the south shore of the island, but do not 
breed there. 


, H. intermedia (Wagler), and H. garzetta 


Ardeola grayt, (Sykes). 

Common on the shore but I do not think it breeds on the 
island. I have seen it accompanying a herd of deer (Cervus axis) 
srazing on the scanty herbage of a cleared area on Barkuda, for 
the sake of the grass-hoppers disturbed by them. It does not, 
however, feed on the backs of the deer or even approach theri 
very closely. 


Nycticorax griseus (Linn.). 
Several birds breed on trees near the south side of the island, 
but their main nesting place in the vicinity is on Cherriakuda. 


Anser indicus (l,ath.). 


An occasional visitor to the shore in the cold weather and as 
late as the beginning of April. 


Dendrocycna javanica (Hots.). 
Large flocks frequent the more level parts of the shore in the 
winter and the hot season. They leave simultaneously, however, 


330 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vow XXII, 1921.] 


as scon as the rains are established and I have never seen the 
species on the island between the end of June and November. 


Dendrocycna julva (Gmelin). 


A pair frequented the island throughout the rainy season of 
191g and probably bred upon it. 


Casarca vutila (Pallas). 
Not uncommon on the shore in the cold weather. 


Anas poecilorhyncha, Forst. 
One or two pairs haunted the shores of the island in April 
and June, 1920, but I don’t think they bred upon it. 


APPENDIX. 


Mr. Cedric Dover informs me that the following species have 
been seen by him on Barkuda. 


Dendrocitta rufa (Scop.). 
*« A pair were observed on the top of a large fig-tree in April, 
1920.”’ 


Dicrurus ater (Hermann). 
“* An occasional visitor to the south shore of the island.’’ 


Orthotomus suterius (Forst.). 


Mr. Dover found the Tailor-Bird not uncommon in the more 
wooded areas of Barkuda. It probably breeds on the island. 


Alcedo ispida, Linn. 


“Seen occasionally in September and October, Ig19, and in 
August, 1920, perched on poles on the south shore of Barkuda.’’ 


Halcyon smyrnensis (Linn.). 


‘© Not infrequently seen in August, 1920, in the same situa- 
tion as the preceding species.”’ 


Strix flammea, Linn. 


A single individual was observed in the vicinity of a dis- 
used well at about 8 p.m. in October, 1919.” 


THE REPTILES AND BATRACHIA OF BARKUDA 
ISLAND. 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B. 


The reptiles are proportionately well represented on Barkuda 
by 6 lizards, 10 snakes and one, or possibly two, crocodiles, 7.e, 
by seventeen or eighteen species in all. With one noteworthy 
exception all these are, however, widely distributed and adaptable 
animals. The exception is the limbless skink Barkudia insularts, 
which has probably escaped notice elsewhere on account of its 
burrowing habits. Most of the species are, moreover, scarce on 
the island, and several are represented in my collection by single 
specimens. Only two species of Batrachia, both common and 
widely distributed, have been observed. 


Reptiles, 


Gavialis gangeticus (Gmel.). I have not seen the gharial on 
Barkuda myself but several trustworthy observers tell me they 
have done so. 

Crocodilus palustris (Ijesson). A single individual of this 
species takes up its abode every year in the rainy season on a sand- 
bank at the N.E. corner of the island. 

Hemidactylus brookti, Gray. I have not seen this gecko, 
one of the common house-lizards of Calcutta, on Barkuda recently, 
but took a specimen some years ago on the shore, feeding on sand- 
hoppers (Orchestia platensis). 

Hemidactylus frenatus, D. & B. This is much the most 
abundaut reptile on the island and is equally at home on the 
walls and ceiling of the bungalow, on the trunks of various 
species of fig-tree, and among stenes on the shore, where it feeds 
on sand-hoppers. ‘The eggs are usually deposited in the trunks of 
trees. They have a thin, brittle shell and are broadly oval or 
almost spherical in shape, about 8 mm. long and 7 mm. in maxi- 
mum transverse diameter. Several are usually found together, 
but adhering neither to one another nor to extraneous objects. 

Calotes versicolor major, Blyth. The Peninsular race of 
C. versicolor, though not abundant, is by no means scarce on 
Barkuda. 

Varanus bengalensis (Daud.). Frequently seen, singly and 
in pairs, on the island. In September, 1920, a half-grown indivi- 
dual was dug out of the interior of a mound of Termes (Odonto- 
teryines) obesus, but a burrow is usually made among stones or the 
roots of fig-trees. The lizard is, unlike some of its congeners, 


332 Records of the Indian Museum. {[VoL. XXII, 


terrestrial in habits, but has been seen on the horizontal branches 
of Ficus bengalensis near the ground and also swimming in the 
lake. It often frequents the sides of stone-built wells. 

Lygosoma albopunctatum (Gray). By no means common. 
One was seen under dead weed at the edge ofthe lake. In this 
position it doubtless feeds on sand-hoppers, as its ally L. puncta- 
tum has been observed to do at other places on the Chilka Lake. 

Barkudia insulavis, Annandale.! Only one complete speci- 
men, the type, has as yet been captured, but Dr. Gravely saw 
another in the rainy season of 1919. He managed to secure its 
tail, but the animal escaped. It burrows with great rapidity in 
the earth among the roots of fig-trees. The tail is extremely 
brittle. 

Typhlops braminus (Daud.), T. diardi, Schleg., T. porrectus, 
Stol. These blind snakes are found occasionally in the same 
situation as Barkudia. 

Zamenis mucosus (Linn.). I once saw a large specimen dead in 
one of the wells, and captured a young one on another occasion. 

Dendrelaphis tristis (Daud.). This is the commonest snake on 
the island. It is sometimes seen on the ground, but more often 
coiled in an elongate figure of eight on the branches of the shrub, 
Glycosmis pentaphylla, or on the small-leaved fig-tree, Ficus obtusa, 
of which it seems particularly fond. 

Dipsadomorphus trigonatus (Schneid.). Asingle specimen was 
taken. 

Cerberus rhynchops (Schneid.). I have included this snake in 
the reptilian fauna of Barkuda (while excluding the purely aquatic 
Chersydrus granulatus and Hydrophis obscurus, both common in 
the Chilka Lake} because it sometimes comes ashore. It is com- 
mon among the stones of the pier. I have seen a large gravid 
female sunning itself on these stones, completely out of water, in 
June. 

Bungarus coeruleus (Schneid.). By no means common, but 
less rare than any other poisonous snake. I have seen four speci- 
mens in eight years. One of them was dropped by a bird on the 
doorstep of the bungalow in a moribund condition, but the bird 
was not seen. 

Naia tripudians (Merr.). I have never seen a cobra on the 
island, but once found a large cast skin. 

Vipera russelli (Shaw). A specimen was killed by Dr. Gravely 
and myself in a clump of prickly pear. 


Batrachia. 


The Batrachia are poorly represented on Barkuda. ‘The only 
species I have seen are Rana cyanophilyclis, Schneid. and Bufo 
melanostictus, Schneid., the commonest and most generally distri- 
buted Indian frog and toad. The frog is abundant in the pond 


! Rec. Ind. Mus, X11, p. 19-21 (1917). 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE: Fauna of Barkuda I. 333 
and in the wells on the island, in which it breeds freely, the toad 
is scarce. One took up its abode in the bungalow in April, 1920, 
and I saw another on a path in the evening, in October of the 
same year. I have not found tadpoles on the island. 


Hop alta 
‘Lee i ay Ni 
OU Sahel e Os ite 
ven dei ale me Rae 


hae Cl Ce ND ky lh DBE Bl BS Or "bya Ro KeUrb) A 
ISLAND. 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., and CEpRIC DOVER. 


The beetles on which the records in this paper are based have 
either been identified by Dr. Walther Horn, or else very carefully 
compared with specimens named by him. The assistance he has 
given us both before and since the war has been of the greatest 
possible value. 

In the fauna of Barkuda the Cicindelinae (s.s.) play an im- 
portant part, but the Collyrinae, represented by a single species, 
are very rare. This is not surprising. for the latter subfamily are 
mostly inhabitants of damp equatorial forests, while many species 
of Cicindela, the only Cicindeline genus represented on Barkuda, 
love open sandy or gravelly spaces. It is in such situations that 
five of the eight species taken on the island occur. Of the re- 
maining three, C. aurovittatais a jungle form andC  fastidiosa 
is found on damp mud, while C. haemorrhoidalis appears to be 
associated definitely with termites of the genus Termes and the 
subgenus Odontotermes, in the walls of the mounds of which its 
larva burrows. 

The majority of the Cicindelinae are most abundant on the 
island at the end of the dry season and the beginning of the rains. 
As the soil becomes damp such species as C. swmatrensis and 
C. catena almost disappear. C. haemorrhoidalis, however, only 
appears after the wet weather is well established, and apparently 
only lives in the adult state for a few weeks. It is usually seen 
either sitting on the termite mounds or flying in open spaces in 
which the termite mounds exist. Dr. Gravely has found the 
remains of at least two adult individuals in empty burrows in a 
mound of Termes obesus, in which the larvae are often abundant. 

The figures after the name of each beetle denote the page on 
which it is described in Canon Fowler’s volume on the Cicindelidae 
and Paussidae in the ‘‘ Fauna of British India ”’ series, while those 
after it refer to the page number of Annandale and Horn’s 
Annotated List of the Asiatic Beetles in the Collection of the Indian 
Museum, Part I, Cicindelinae (Calcutta, 1909). 


Division ALOCOSTERNALIAE. 
Subfamily COLLYRINAE. 
Neocollyris bonelli, Guer., p. 248. 


Barkuda, 2 specimens, 3-10'viliitg (F.H.G.) and ix'2o 
(N. A.). 


336 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Represented in the collection of the Zoological Survey of India 
from Kharagpur, Calcutta, Siripur in North Bengal, Sikkim, and 
Sibsagar and the Khasi Hills in Assam. Fowler remarks that the 
Calcutta locality is rather doubtful as it is based on a single 
specimen in the collection. On Barkuda the species is very scarce 
but we have seen it flying round shrubs (particularly Datura) on 
several occasions and alighting on the foliage. 


Division PLATYSTERNALIAE. 
Subfamily CICINDELINAE. 
Cicindela (Tetremytarsa) tetrastacta, Wied., p. 337, p. 8. 


Barkuda, 4 specimens, 20 and 21‘vii'r4 (Chilka Survey), and 
15-22°vii 16 (N. A. and F. H.G.). 

The Indian Museum possesses specimens from Calcutta, Bir- 
bhum, the Ganges Valley and Chota Nagpur in Bengal and from 
Ganta Sila on the Chilka Lake. 

A common species on foot-paths and the upper part of the 
beach of the lake. 


Cicindela fastidiosa, Dej., p. 352, p. II. 


Barkuda, 6 examples, vi:20 (N. A.), 11°6°20 (in puddle at edge 
of lake, N. A.), and 3-19'viii'19 (F. H. G.). 

Represented in the Indian Museum collection from Trinco- 
malee and Anuradhapura (low country) in Ceylon, and Rambha in 
the Ganjam district of the Madras Presidency. 

Three of the six specimens captured are brownish, two are 
green, and one bluish in colour; the green and blue ones are labelled 
“‘aberr.” by Dr. Horn. The species is by no means common, 
but is occasionally found on damp mud at the edge of puddles 
of water in the rainy season. 


Cicindela undulata, Dej., p. 356, p. 11. 

Barkuda, 1 example, 25‘vii-4'viii'17 (NV. A.). 

Represented in the Isdian Museum collection from Calcutta, 
Maldah in East Bengal, Gopkuda Island in Lake Chilka, and 
Balugaon in the Puri district of Orissa. ‘* Found from Mysore to 
Ceylon ; Bengal’’ (Horn). 


Cicindela distinguenda, Dej., p. 358. 


Barkuda, I specimen, 2°vi‘20 (on shore N, A.). 

This species closely resembles C, fastidiosa, but is larger, and 
a rare insect in collections. Fowler records it from Pondicherry 
and Ceylon. ; 


Cicindela sumatrensis, Herbst., p. 371, p. 14. 


Barkuda, several specimens, 2o0'vii'14 (Chilka Survey), 15- 
22'vii'16 (N. A. aud F. A. G.) and 25'vii—4-viii'17 (N. A.) 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE & C. Dover: Fauna of Barkuda I. 337 


The Museum possesses specimens from Trivandrum, Calcutta, 
Damukdia and Chota Nagpur in Bengal, Patan in the Koyna 
Valley of the Satara district, Bhogpur in the United Provinces, 
Kumdhik and Maho in Nepal, Siliguri, base of the Eastern Hima- 
layas, Cacara Bay in Portuguese India, Tura in the Garo Hills of 
Assam, Cherria Island in Lake Chilka, Cuttack in Orissa, Cochin 
States, and China. 

This widely distributed species is the commonest of the 
Cicindelidae found on the island, often occurring with C. tetras- 
tacta.! 


Cicindela aurovittata, Brul., p. 386, p. 24. 


Barkuda, several typical examples, 17'vii'14 (Chilka Survey) 
3-19'vili 19 (fF. H. G.) and 25 vii-4 ‘viii 17 (N. A.). 

The only other specimens in the collection of the Indian 
Museum are from the Andaman Islands, the Chilka Irake, Ganjam, 
andthe Salt Lakes near Calcutta. It is found also in Ceylon, 
in Madras and Pondicherry, Rangoon, at the Nicobars, and the 
Philippines. 

A jungle species rather common on Barkuda. 


d 


Cicindela haemorrhoidalis, Wied., p. 402, p. 24. 


Barkuda, eight examples, 2I-vii'14 (Chilka Survey), 15-22'vil. 
16 (N. A. and F. H. G.) and 25:vii-4'viii'17 (N. A.). 

Canon Fowler does not record the following localities (re- 
presented by specimens in the collection of the Indian Museum) 
in his volume in the “‘Fauna.”’ Burkul and Angul in Orissa, 
Ganta Sila on Lake Chilka, Ganjam, and Rawalpindi in the 
Punjab. 

This beetle is usually found in the neighbourhood of termite 
mounds in the walls of which its larva burrows.” 


Cicindela catena, Fabr., p. 426, p. 28. 


Barkuda, many specimens 17—20'vii'14 (Chilka Survey), 
15-22 vii'16 (N. A. and F. H. G.), and 25'vii-4-viti'17 (N. A.). 

‘“ Round from Ceylon to Mysore and Bengal, up to Darjiling”’ 
(Horn). Its occurrence in the localities Ranchi and Cherria Island 
in Lake Chilka has not we believe been previously noticed. This 
tiger beetle is not uncommon on the island with C. sumatrensis 
and C., tetrastacta. 


1 Cf. Gravely, Rec. Ind. Mus, VII, p. 207 (1912) for an account of habits 
of this and other tiger-beetles from Orissa. 
2 Cf. Horn, Deats. Entom. Zeits. 1899, pp. 234 and 395. 


Vie OF a » a 


Car 
fr ¥ 
hs ’ y a ma) ‘a 
: Rat te 
Gg 
€ 
in 
— Se 


iste ae 


sts ta : : 
eee SL ee 
Gye A ey 


" TAS 14. 


VEY 
wi hepa L 


20a) ested 


a 
2 


* 


THE CARABIDAE OF BARKUDA ISLAND. 
By H. E. ANDREWES. 


I give below a list of some 36 species submitted to me for 
determination. I have not been able to put names to all of them, 
because, owing to the war, I have not yet had the opportunity of 
seeing various types in the Museums and collections on the continent. 
The Carabidae of Barkuda Island do not appear to offer any special 
features, and most of the species are widely spread through India 
and Ceylon. Perhaps the most interesting insect taken is the 
example of Scarites terricola, Bon., a northern form of which I 
have seen no other Indian specimens. A series of Comsodiscus 
picturatus, Andr., was taken, of which species only two other exam- 
ples have hitherto been found elsewhere: nothing is yet known of 
its life-history or habits. I describe a new genus Velinda for an 
insect taken at Barkuda, of which by the same mail I received a 
second example taken by Mr. KH. A. D’Abreu in the Central Prov- 
inces; it lives under bark and careful search will no doubt pro- 
duce other examples. 


1. Oxylobus costatus, Chaud. 


Mon. des Scaritides, 1, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1879, 134. 


With the single exception of O. dissors, Tchitch. (on which 
further light is required), the genus is peculiar to India and Ceylon; 
the species are numerous and many are still undescribed. O. costa- 
tus is widely spread in India and is variable both in the amount 
of puncturation on the ventral surface, and specially so in the 
sculpture of intervals 2 and 4 of the elytra. These may form well 
developed ridges, like the other intervals, or they may be reduced, 
even to the extent of disappearing altogether. In the specimens 
before me these ridges are reduced but quite distinct, and the size 
of the insects is a little less than that of the type. 

4 ex. (N. Annandale and F. H. Gravely). 


2. Scarites terricola, Bon, 


Obs. Ent. ii, 1813, 471; Chaud., Mon. des Scaritides, tl, Ann. Soc. Ent. 
Belg. 1880, 100. - 
Scarites arenarius, Bon., Obs. Ent. iil, 1813, 472. 
5 pacificus, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, 238. 

The oceurrence of this well-known palaearctic species in sub- 
tropical India is very unexpected, but I have compared the exam- 
ple with specimens from China, Japan, and Southern Europe, and 
do not feel any doubt about the identification The only other 


340 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


record from India is given by Mr. P. Lesne (Mission Pavie, 1904, 
63), who mentions ‘‘ Pondicherry (M. Mazndron).’? There are 
examples in the Indian Museum from Baluchistan, Nushki district 
(E. Vredenburg), and from both the Seistan Commission and the 
Baluchistan-Afghanistan Boundary Commission. The range of the 
species is from the Mediterranean basin, through Central Asia, to 
Japan. 
I ex. (Ff. H. Gravely). 


3. Scarites indus, Oliv. 


Ent. i, 1795, 30, 9, t 1, & 2 a,b; Chaudoir, Mon. des Scaritides, ii, Ann- 
Soc. Ent. Belg. 1880, 102. 
Scarites mancus, Bon., Obs. Ent. ii, 1813, 473. 


The commonest Indian species of the genus. 
3 ex. (F. H_ Gravely). 


4. Clivina attenuata, Herbst. 


Nat. Ins. Kaf. X, 1806, 264, t- 176, {.7; Putzeys, Mon. des Clivina, 
Mém. Liege i1, 1846, 626 (sep. 108); id. Rév. Gén. des Clivinides, 
Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. x, 1867, 110. 
Common in the North, but not extending further South than 
the Central Provinces. 
1 ex. (F. H. Gravely); 1 ex. (N. Annandale). “In nest of 
Phidola rhombinoda.’’ 


5. ? Clivina lobata, Bon. 


Obs. Ent. ii, 1813, 481; De}. Sp. Gen. i, 1825, 414; Putzeys, Mon. des 
Clivina, 599 (Sep. 81); 7d., Rév. Gén. des Clivinides, 120. 

The specimens which served as types to Bonelli and Dejean 
came from the same source, and Putzeys assumed that they 
belonged to the same species. As far as I am aware no entomolo- 
gist dealing with this genus has examined Bonelli’s type, and for 
the present this identification is doubtful. The supposed locality 
is Bengal. inaddition to the example from Barkuda Island, there 
are in the Indian Museum collection 4 ex. from Orissa, Puri dis- 
trict, Balugaon (N. Annandale). 

8 ex. (F. H. Gravely). 


6. ? Clivina mordax, Putz. 


Postser. ad Cliv. Mon., Mém. Liége xviii, 1863, 67; id., Rév. Gén. des 
Clivinides, 133. 

This specimen agrees with others determined by Bates, but I 
have not seen the type, and Putzeys two exiguous descriptions are 
not very helpful. If the determination is correct, C. mordax is 
widely spread in the East. 

t ex. (N. Annandale). 


rQ21.]| H. E. Anprewes: Fauna of Barkuda I. 341 


7. Clivina sp. 


I cannot identify this species at present. 
2 ex. (N. Annandale and F. H. Gravely). 


8. Dyschirius sp. 


If described, only to be identified by comparison with Putzeys, 
types. 
I ex. (F. H. Gravely). 


9g. Pogonus Biroi, Cziki. 
Ann. Mus. Hung. V, 1907, 574. 

The only Pogonus described from India, as P. hindustanus, 
Motch. (Bull. Mosc. 1864, ili, 192) probably does not belong to the 
genus. I have not seen the type, which came from Bombay, but 
the specimens agree with the description, though the hind angles 
of the prothorax are very nearly right. 

In addition to the specimens taken on Barkuda Island, there 
are others in the Indian Museum from ‘‘ Chilka Survey Stations, 
Orissa, Puri District, Balugaon (N. Annandale), and Ganges delta. 
Sorabkatti (Jenkins). 

3 ex., two of them “ at light’’ (F. H. Gravely). 


10. Tachys ornatus, Apetz. 
Col. Brehm. 1854, 12, 
Tachys orientalis, Nietn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), 11, 1858, 425. 
The species was described by Apetz from Upper Egypt, and 
Bates gives Yemen also as a locality. Nietner redescribed it from 
Ceylon, and I have seen examples from many parts of India. 
‘There are in the Indian Museum specimens from Bengal, Ranchi, 
and Orissa, Puri. 
5 ex. (F. H. Gravely); 6 ex. (N. Annandale). “On damp 
mud at edge of puddle of rain-water.’’ 


11. Tachys emarginatus, Nietn. 


Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), ii, 1858, 425. 
A common species all over the Fast. 
3 ex., all very dark (F. H. Gravely); 5 ex. (N. Annandale). 
“Taken with the preceding species.’’ 


12. Craspedophorus bifasciatus, Cast. 


Et. Ent. 1835. 155; Andr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1919, 126. 
Epicosmus castelnaiti, Chaud., Mon. sur les Panagéides, Ann. Soc. Ent. 
Belz. 1878, 112. 
Hitherto recorded only from S. India and Ceylon, where it 
seems to be far from common. 
3 ex. (F. H. Gravely). 


342 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


13. Callistomimus, sp. nov. 


I ex. (N. Annandale.) 

A novelty which is interesting as combining some of the 
characters of Callislomimus and Pristomachaerus. Unfortunately 
only a single example has been discovered. 


14. Chlaenius henryi, Andr. 
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), iv, 1919, 11. 

I described this species from a single example sent to me from 
Ceylon by Mr. G. M. Henry. I have since seen a specimen in the 
collection of the Brussels Museum taken at Barway by Pére 
Cardon. 

2 ex. “at light’’ (N. Annandale and F. H. Gravely). 


15. Coleolissus, sp. nov. 


This species belongs to the group proposed by Bates (Ann. 
Mus, Civ. Gen. 1892, 339) for glabrous Kastern Hypolithus. There 
is only one example (¢), almost certainly undescribed, and the a 
remains to be discovered. 

t ex. (F. H. Gravely). 


16. Dioryche colombensis, Nietn. 


Fourn. As. Soc. Beng. 1857, 1, 151; id, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), xx 
1857, 373- 

Generally distributed throughout India and Ceylon, but not 
elsewhere; I have, however, seen an example from the Maldive 
Is. (J. Sianley Gardiner). 

4 ex. “Sat light’’ (N. Annandale and F. H. Gravely). 


17. Dioryche nagpurensis, Bates. 


Compt. rend. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, 329 
t ex. (N. Annandale.) 
Common in Bengal, Chota Nagpur and Orissa. 


18. Dioryche chinnada, sp. nov. 


Length 75—8'o mill. 

Piceous: upper side aeneous, finely shagreened, under side 
with a faint green reflection ; joints 1-2 of antennae and legs 
(except knees and tarsi) testaceous, last joint of labial and last 
two joints of maxillary palpi (except apex) fuscous. 

Head (1°75 mill. wide) convex behind, flattened in front, 
front of clypeus bordered and strongly emarginate, suture fine, 
ending on each side in a fine point, eyes moderately prominent, 
antennae hardly reaching beyond base of prothorax, surface very 
finely and sparsely punctate. 


1921.] H. E. ANpDREWES: Fauna of Barkuda I. 343 


Prothorax transverse (1'°9X2°5 mill.), moderately convex, 
widest rather before middle, base rather wider than apex, sides 
gently rounded, not sinuate behind, hind angles obtuse, basal 
foveae moderately deep, surface faintly laterally strigose, finely 
and sparsely punctate, base closely punctate, with some minute 
longitudinal striae in the middle. 

Elytra (2°9 X 4'5 mill.) rather flat, elongate, sides parallel, 
base strongly bisinuate, border forming a well-marked angle on 
shoulder, sides rather deeply emarginate before apex, striae clearly 
cut but not deep, impunctate, not becoming deeper near apex, 
scutellary striole very short, arising from an umbilicate pore, 
intervals flat, even ones much narrower than odd ones towards 
apex, 3, 5, and 7 seriate-punctate, the punctures rather large and 
conspicuous, 5 depressed near apex, marginal series interrupted in 
middle, surface finely punctate. 

Rather larger than D. nagpurensis Bates and a little brighter 
in colour, femora testaceous, head finely punctured, base of 
prothorax much more finely punctate, elytra longer, more sharply 
angled at shoulder, alternate intervals similarly narrowed at apex, 
but flatter, serial pores larger. The species is also closely allied 
to D. indochinensis Bates, from Indo-China and Burma, but the 
colour of this latter species is a little cupreous, the elytra are 
much shorter and wider, and the serial pores even larger than in 
D. chinnada. 

Madras: Ganjam Dist., Chilka Lake, Barkuda I. (N. Annan- 
dale), 1 ex. “‘at light’’. U. P., Gorakhpur I ex. 

Bombay: Satara, Medha 1 ex., Ratnagiri, Pimpli, Rashishti 
Valley (F. H. Gravely), 1 ex.—Ind. Mus. 

Madras (Capt. W. Patton), 2 ex.—Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 

Bengal, Pusa, rex. Bombay, Belgaum, 2 ex. C. P., Bilaspur, 
Janjgir, 1 ex. Madras, Coimbatore, 1 ex.—Agric. Res. Inst. Pusa. 

Madras, Coimbatore, I ex.—Agric. Coll. and Res. Inst. Coim- 
batore. 

C. P., Nagpur, Raipur Dist., ‘Tumgaon (EF. A. D’ Abreu), many 
ex.—Centr. Mus. Nagpur. 

Mysore State (Dr. T. V. Campbell), 1 ex —E. A. Butler coll. 

Pondicherry, 3 ex._--Oxford University Museum (Hope Dept.) 

Bombay: Belgaum (type) (H. E. Andrewes), Kanara (T. R. D. 
Bell.) 


Madras, Bangalore, Malabar, Pondicherry, Bombay, Ceylon, 
Trincomali (C. F. S. Baker), 5 ex.—British Museum. 


19. Platymetopus rugosus, Nietn. 


Fourn. As. Soc. Beng. 1857, ti, 150; td., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), xx, 
1857, 373: 
Generaliy distributed in India and Ceylon, but apparently 
uncommon. 
7 ex. (F. H. Gravely, N. Annandale, and Chilka Survey). 


344 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXT] 


20. Platymetopus flavilabris, F. 
Suppl. Ent. Syst, 1798, 59. 

Widely distributed in the East. I saw the type last autumn 
in Copenhagen, and my notes on this and other Fabrician species 
will appear in the Tvansactions of the Entomological Society of 
London tor the current year. 

I ex. “at light’ (N. Annandale). 


21. Barysomus semivittatus, F. 
Suppl. Ent. Syst, 1798, 59. 
Spread over Southern China, Indo-China, India, and Ceylon, 
but nowhere common. ‘There are other examples in the Indian 


Museum from Bengal, Orissa, and Ceylon. 
2 ex. (N. Annandale). 


22. Harpalus advolans, Nietn. 


Fourn. As. Soc. Beng. 1856, vi, ee 
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), xix, 1857, 377: 

I have not had the Ais of examining Nietner’s type; 
examples both from India and Ceylon which I have examined 
are darker and less aeneous than the description indicates, but 
otherwise agree with it fairly well. 

I ex. ‘Sat light ’’ (N. Annandale). 


23. Amblystomus punctatus, Bates. 


Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892, 335; id., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1892, 231. 
Described by Bates from Bengal and Mandalay. I have seen 


examples from various parts of India, but not from Ceylon. 
2 ex. (F. H. Gravely). 


24. Abacetus reflexus, Chaud. 
Essai monographique sur le genre Abacetus, Bull. Mosc. 1869, 11, 358. 

I have seen a good many examples of this species from Cen- 
tral India, Nagpur (E. A. D’Abreu), and Bombay, Belgaum 
(H. E. Andvewes) and N. Kanara (7. R. D. Bell). Chaudoir’s speci- 
men came from ‘‘ N. India.’’ 

a0 icy (U5 Jel Gey 


25. Abacetus antiquus, De}. 


Spec. Gen. iii, 1828,246; Chaud. Mon., 391. 

J have seen the type of this species in Mr, Oberthiir’s collec- 
tion, but have no specimen for comparison. The examples from 
Barkuda Island agree fairly with my notes and my recollection. 
According to Chaudoir the species has been taken at Pondicherry, 
in Ceylon, and in Burma. 

4 ex. (N. Annandale and F. H. Gravely). 


192T.] H. E. ANDREWES: Fauna of Barkuda I. 345 


26. Abacetus, sp. nov. 


1 ex. ‘‘found together with young cockroaches in an ants’ 
nest (Camponotus sp.)’’ (C. Dover). 


27. Morio orientalis, De}. 
Sp. Gen. 1, 1825, 432; Chaudoir, Essai mroneetspitdue sur les Morio- 
nides, Bull. Mose. 1880, ii, 338. 

Widely distributed in the East. The species of this genus 
are very difficult to distinguish from each other, and I think too 
many have been described. 

tT ex. (F. H. Gravely). 


28. Cosmodiscus picturatus, Andr. 


Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), V, 1920, 447. 

The genus was formed for a species found in Queensland. In 
my recent paper I pointed out that a species from Japan (Lewis), 
described by Bates as Sfomonoxus platynotus (Ivans. Ent. Soc. 
Lond. 1873, 283), belonged actually to this genus, and further 
that the same species had lately been taken by Mr. H. Stevens in 
Sikkim. I have now received from Mr. T. G. Sloane—to whom we 
are indebted for the genus—two specimens taken by H. Fruhstor- 
fer in Western Java (Mons. Gede and Pengalengan, both at 4000 
feet), which also seem to be identical with Bates’ species. By a 
curious chance I have within the last few days seen an example, 
belonging to Rev. J. A. O’ Neil of Salisbury, Rhodesia, of a species 
taken in that locality and very closely allied to C. picturatus. 
The genus is evidently widely spread. In redescribing this genus 
I have said of the elytra “‘ interval 3 impunctate.”’ This is true 
of C. rubripictus, Sl. (rubropictus in error in the table of species) 
aud C. platynotus, Bates, but not of C. picturatus, M., which has a 
well-marked setiferous pore on interval 3, adjoining stria 2, ata 
third from apex. The specimens of C. picturatus were taken both 
on Barkuda and Gopkuda Islands. The type came from Nagpur 
(E, A. D Abreu), and I know of one other example in the Oxford 
University Museum (Hope Dept.). 

Ir ex. in all (N. Annandale and F. H. Gravely). 


29. Ophionea indica, Thunb. 


Now. Spec. Ins. pt. iii, 1784, 68, f. 81; Andr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (0), 
III, 1919, 476. 
eee cyanocephala, F., Suppl. Ent. Syst. 1798, 60. 
A very common species near water. 
4 ex. (N. Annandale). 


30. Omphra complanata, Reiche. 


Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1842, 342. ee 
Omphra brevis, Chaud., Bull. Mosc. 1850, 1, 36, id., Rev. et Mag. 


Zool. 1872, 141. 


346 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


I happen to have seen the types of both these species, which, 
as indicated by Chaudoir, are identical, so that I feel no doubt 
about the identification. 

I have seen examples from various localities in India from 
Nepal to Madura, generally one at atime. There is an example 
from Ratnagiri in the Indian Museum. 

2 ex. (N. Annandale). ‘‘Common in deserted termites 
galleries in dead wood.’’ 


31. Omphra atrata, Klug. 
Fahrb. Ins. 1834, 72. 

Many examples taken ‘‘ with termites on path under dead 
leaves.’> I don’t think this genus has been mentioned hitherto as 
having been found in association with termites. One or two 
specimens were also received in spirit, taken by Mr. Gravely in 
holes under stones, along with a number of oval whitish bodies 
(3°0 mm. in length), which show no structural characters and which 
may be the eggs of the beetle. 

I have put a name to this species with hesitation, for I have 
not seen the type and the description leaves a good deal of room 
for doubt. ‘The specimens agree fairly well, however, with one 
determined by Chaudoir as Klug’s species. 

Many ex. (N. Annandale and F. H. Gravely). 


32. Pheropsophus tripustulatus, F. 
Ent. Syst. i, 1792, 145: 

A single example, which differs slightly from the type and 
seems to form a link with P. curtus Arrow (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 
IgOI, 204, t. 9, f. 3). From the type it differs only in the reduced 
apical patch on the elytra, from curtus in the absence of the dark 
frontal spot and also of the dark colour at the apex of the femora. 
It is quite possible that these forms may prove to be one species, 
which in that case would bear Fabricius’ name. P. tripustulatus 
was said by its author to come from Siam, but the type bears no 
label to that effect; P. curtus was described from Malabar and N. 
Kanara. 

rt ex. (N. Annandale). 


33. Orthogonius sp. 


This seems to be closely allied to O. fugax, Chaud., described 
from a single example taken by Nietner in Ceylon. Although 
numerous species of this genus have been described from the East, 
only about half a dozen of these came from India itself, and this 
represents only a fraction of those awaiting description. 

3 ex. (NV. Annandale and Chilka Survey). 


34. Coptodera transversa, Schm. Goeb. 
Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, 54. 
Chaudoir has published a Monograph on this group, but I 
think that both he and Bates have misidentified some of the 


rg2t.] H. E. ANDREWES: Fauna of Barkuda I. 347 


species described by Schmidt-Goebel in his Faunula Coleopterorum 
Birmaniae. 
: A fairly common species which is found from S. India to 
Hongkong. Specimens have been taken in the Nilgiri Hills (H. L. 
Andrewes) in a toad-stool, and others in the Forest Research Inst., 
Dehra Dun, were taken under sé bark. 

2 ex. (F. H. Gravely). Dr. Gravely also took an example on 
Gopkuda Island. 


35. Tetragonoderus quadrinotatus, F. 
Suppl. Ent. Syst., 1798, 55. 
A common Indian and Ceylon species. 
t ex. (F. H. Gravely). 


Velinda, gen. nov. 


Ligula short, quadrate, bisetose at apex, paraglossae wanting 
(or completely fused with the ligula). Mentum wide, edentate, 
sinus wide and shallow, epilobes weli developed, lobes rounded 
externaily and bluntly pointed at apex. Mavxillae curved, sharp, 
ciliate, stipes with two long setae on outer margin, one at base, 
the other at a third from apex. Maxillary palpi cylindrical, glab- 
rous, last joint obliquely truncate at apex, two and a half times 
as long as penultimate; labials with penultimate joint widening 
from base to apex, bisetose, apical joint tapering at extremities, 
half as long again as penultimate. Mandibles short, curved, sharp, 
right one with a small tooth in middle and another at base. Anten- 
nae moniliform, pilose from 4 to apex, I wider and a little longer 
than 3, 2 half as long as 1, from 3 decreasing slightly in length 
towards apex, I1 alittle longer than 10. Labrum short, sexsetose, 
a longitudinal ridge along median line, front margin arcuate; 
clypeus bisetose. Eyes moderately prominent. Head longitu- 
dinally striate. Prothorax cordate, side margin slightly angled at 
a fourth from apex, with a seta at angle, a pore visible at hind 
angle (seta probably abraded), base slightly produced in middle. 
Elytra truncate at apex, three tactile setae along each side margin, 
one behind shoulder, one behind middle, and one before the trun- 
eature. Apex of last ventral segment with two setae on each side. 
Fourth joint of tarsi entire, claws faintly dentate. Upper side 
(except head) shortly setose, under side glabrous. 

Allied to Dromius, but in that genus the ligula is sexsetose, 
the antennae filiform, and the sculpture of the upper surface quite 
different. 

36. WVelinda lirata, sp. nov. 


Length 3°75 mm. Width 130 mm. Piceous: prothorax 
dark red; antennae, buccal organs, a basal spot on each elytron, 
a common apical spot (just divided by the darker suture) and 
margin of elytra, sterna, median part of ventral surface, and legs 
testaceous; a transverse dark line in front of each ventral seg- 
ment. 


348 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo1,. XXII, 1921.} 


Head moderately wide, flat, closely punctate between the 
longitudinal wrinkles. Prothovax rather flat, very little wider than 
head, slightly emarginate in front, front angles quite rounded, sides 
very gently rounded, sinuate behind, hind angles slightly reflexed, 
projecting laterally, but rounded, owing to the oblique sides of 
base; median line fine but clear, surface dull, rugose, with indica- 
tions of longitudinal striation along each side of median line. 
Elytra moderately shiny, parallel, half as long again as wide, 
striae very shallow, a row of fine setiferous punctures along the 
outer side of each stria; surface finally shagreened, front spot large, 
more or less quadrate, covering intervals 2—8, common spot be- 
hind transverse, reaching stria 4 on each side. 

I am unable to compare this species with any other because 
I know none like it. Barkuda Island, 1 ex. (F. H. Gravely). 
Central Provinces: Bhandara district, Gothangaon I ex. (type) 
under bark of Terminalia arjuna (E. A. D’ Abreu). Mr. D’Abreu 
has kindly allowed me to retain the type in my collection. 


ADISUID, IB O/ GO AP IT, WIT IG AIDS) (OAS IPN IRI 1G) ID) AN 
ISLAND. 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., and CEpRIc DOVER, F.E.S. 


We are indebted for the identification of all but a few com- 
mon and conspicuous species of the butterflies to Lt.-Col. W. H. 
Evans, R.E., whose experience of the Indian species and races of 
this group renders the names we employ at any rate consistent. 
There are few groups of animals in which there is greater divergence 
of opinion as to taxonomy and nomenclature than the butterflies, 
and there are doubtless some entomologists to whom the names 
used by the late Col. Bingham in his two volumes in the ‘‘ Fauna 
of British India,’’ or those used in yet some other work by some 
other author, would be more acceptable. The names here used are 
mostly those employed by Col. Evans, in his valuable list of the 
Indian Butterflies published in the Journal of the Bombay Natural 
History Society, Vol. XXI (r£g11-13). The numbers in brackets 
after the name of each species refer to the page numbers of his 
paper. In afew minor cases names have been altered to accord 
with recent advances in knowledge. We must express to Col. 
Evans our sincere thanks for his assistance in naming specimens, 
without which our records would have had little value. We have 
also to thank him for looking through our manuscript and for 
making valuable suggestions. 


GENERAL CHARACTER OF THE BUTTERFLY FAUNA. 


The general character of the butterfly fauna of the island 
may be indicated briefly. It consists almost exclusively of wide- 
ranging, adaptable species of common occurrence in the central part 
of Peninsular India. None of the species or races peculiar to the 
Ganjam or adjacent districts are found. The only geographical 
interest of the fauna is that it provides evidence that the southern 
end of the Chilka Lake is to some extent the frontier, so far as 
the butterflies are concerned, between the fauna of the central 
and that of the southern districts of the Peninsula. The peculiar 
character of the vegetation of the island,! however, has proved a 
selective influence, and the caterpillars of the resident forms are 
such as are able to feed on tough, leathery leaves (e.g. Paptlio 
polytes on Glycosmis pentaphylla), or, on very small herbs capable 
of existing on dry stony soil, as Hypolimnas bolina on Justicia 
diffusa var. procumbens. Species that feed on grasses or on the 


! See Annandale, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal VII, No. 4 (in the Press). 


350 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


larger herbaceous plants are either absent, or occur merely as 
occasional visitors in the imagine state. In many cases the food- 
plants are not those with which the caterpillar is commonly asso- 
ciated. The fact that a single larva of Papilio avistolochiae (usually 
a rare butterfly on the island, on which Aristolochias do not grow) 
was found associated with one of P. hector (a butterfly of fairly 
common occurrence but not abundant on Barkuda) and feeding on 
the leaves of the Sword-bean Canavalia ensiformis is particularly 
noteworthy in this connection. The scarcity of the Satyrinae 
and the comparative paucity of most Lycaenid and Hesperiid 
genera are also noteworthy features, and are probably due to the 
absence of suitable food-plants. The few skippers that occur are 
mostly immigrants. 

The habit of immigration is also prevalent among some of 
the most abundant resident Nymphalidae and Papilionidae such as 
Danais chrysippus, Papilio polytes and P. demoleus, while it is pro- 
bably habitual among the larger Pieridae such as the species of 
Catopsilia. No large flights of any butterfly were observed: the 
immigrants fiew singly across the lake. 


THE ENEMIES OF BUTTERFLIES ON BARKUDA. 


Insectivorous mammals, birds and reptiles are scarce on 
Barkuda, and many of the common species known to feed on butter- 
flies, absent. Those enemies of butterflies that exist on the island 
do not seem to be particularly discriminate in their choice of food, 
as the remains of unpalatable butterflies such as the Danaines are 
not infrequently to be found in circumstances that prove they have 
served as food for vertebrates. On the few occasions that mynas 
and crows were seen actually attacking a butterfly, it was either the 
“« distasteful ’’ Danats chrysippus, or a Lycaenid. The “ Blues’’, 
however, seemed to form quite an appreciable part of the daily 
diet of the mynas, and these birds have been watched eating the 
butterflies, frequently denuding them of their wings and legs 
before doing so. 

Small flocks of Bee-eaters (Merops viridis) often fly over 
from the mainland and do much damage among Papilio polytes, in 
spite of its skill in eluding pursuit among thickets of shrubs. The 
remains of this butterfly can be seen on the ground, under the 
branches where these birds have perched in the intervals of their 
short and rapid flights. 

In short, the butterflies most liable to attack by birds on 
Barkuda are the commonest and most conspicuous species. 
Conditions are peculiar, however, in that the two genera of birds 
that most frequently attack butterflies are not habitual butterfly- 
eaters in the sense that the bee-eaters, etc., are. The more indis- 


1 Marshall, (Tvans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, p. 339) remarks that Bee-eaters 
probably cut off the wings of the butterflies they capture before eating them. To 
this view we ourselves incline as the wings only of P. polytes, in most cases neatly 
severed from the humerus, were found. 


1g21.] N. ANNANDALE & C. Dover: Fauna of BarkudalI. 351 


criminate feeders among birds, such as crows and mynas, which (as is 
evident from their omnivorous habits) are indifferent to the precise 
nature and taste of their food, will probably eat almost anything 
not actually poisonous when pressed by hunger. Moreover, though 
the proof that birds do eat butterflies, unpalatable and otherwise, 
is now convincing, the number of individuais they destroy must 
be comparatively small, as is shown by the amount, and kind of 
evidence it was necessary to collect all over the tropics in order 
to prove that they did so. We have no evidence that the crows 
and mynas seen attacking distasteful butterflies on Barkuda were 
young birds. Nor were such attacks often observed, and it is by no 
means improbable that creatures so perverse as the Indian crows, 
in which something very like reason and almost what we may call 
a sense of humour are strongly developed, may sometimes attack 
and even devour butterflies in mere wantonness. 

Lizards (Calotes versicoloy major) were observed devouring 
Danas chrysippus both on the island and on the mainland a few 
miles away, and a tree-snake (Dendrelaphis trislis) was once seen 
eating a specimen of Colotis calais amatus. ‘These reptiles, though 
by no means abundant on Barkuda, are not actually scarce. 


EVIDENCES OF THE ATTACKS OF- ENEMIES. 


In writing on butterflies showing evidence of the attacks of 
enemies, it is necessary not to regard every damaged butterfly as 
one which has been attacked, for it is probable that butterflies are 
often damaged in sudden gusts of wind while wending their way 
through dense jungle, and that these damages sometimes look 
like the injuries caused by enemies. Asa general rule, however, 
the results of wear and tear show mostly on the forewings, while 
the injuries caused by birds or lizards are usually present on the 
hind wings. ‘The only instances in which it is reasonably certain 
that a butterfly has been attacked by a vertebrate enemy are those 
in which its injuries are quite symmetrical, but in others, with 
caution and experience, a fairly accurate conclusion may be reached. 
In drawing up the table on p. 352 we have been careful to include 
in the “‘injury’’ columns only those specimens which have been 
symmetrically injured, or, perfectly fresh specimens which have 
undoubtedly been injured by a bird or lizard, as is shown by the 
form of the injury. Worn specimens though apparently damaged 
by an enemy have been included in the ‘‘ perfect or worn”’ section, 
as it is possible that their injuries have been caused by various 
accidents. 

Only the commonest or more interesting species have been 
included in the table. The data we have collected would seem 
by themselves to show that the local Lycaenidae and Hesperidae 
are either rarely attacked by enemies, or, are not able to escape 
at the cost of a damaged wing, but it is significant that the 
Pieridae would seem also to be more or less immune from attack. 
This is probably due to a number of factors in environment and 


352 


Records of the Indian Museum. 


{VoL. XXII, 


Namie of Species. 


NYMPHALIDAE. 


Danais chrysippus 
Euploea core. 
Hypolimnas bolina 


Junonia lemonias 
Telchinia violae . 


PAPILIONIDAE. 


Papilio hector 


Papilio _aristolo- 
chiae B0 
Papilio demoleus 


Papilio polytes 
romulus, ” .. 


Papilio polytes 
romulus, @? f. 
cyrus, 


Papilio polytes 


romulus 9 f.| 


polytes, 


Papilio 
romulus, 
romulus, 


polytes 
On if 


PIERIDAE. 


Leptosia xiphia .. 
Ixias pyrene pire- 
nassa 3c 
Pareronia valeria | 
hippia 
Colotis calais am- 
atus 


- |I5a, 32 | 


| No. of individuals 
captured. 


I5c5¢ 
Ig, 102 
60,87 | 


80,42 | 
120,49 


30,19 | 


| 
304% | 
40, 3¢ | 


Nd 


30 


I! 


3 
og ,2 


70,42 
I2¢ 


8 aa a ae ee 
o = m? tS} bal ee 
a ee alirS! i alle ORe aad 
g 5 a | Ef] | BRS | & 3 | 
= a! a 
nas S ge g ae a REMARKS. 
| = ao 
OS See See | sk 
63 = oe 5 . Bi 5 3 = a 
ro Had oe) Sp! 
22 oe oe is 3 aes as 
5A 27,19 1? 130, 39 
1g? Bade ayers |} 10,99 seas 
i¢28 jag. 9e | 19 |aaea hs caaae 
tacked than the 
male in spite of 
| the ** mimicry.” 
20 60, 4 2 ODO 
120 4% 
28 1¢, 19 | One of the perfect 
7 specimens was 
bred from the 
larva. 
2 2: | ndoye a ane . eeee 4 
os | 12 He sf This butterfly is 
| ; very common at 
certain seasons, 
| but damaged spe- 
cimens have sel- 
dom been observ- 
| ed. 
I I I 39 | The males seem te 
i possess the great- 
| est protection. 
2 
2 2 I 25 Specimens have 
> often been seen 
with the greater 
part of the hind- 
wing torn off ap- 
parently by a 
bird. 
I ro |Appears to be bet- 
| ter protected 
| than the pre- 
| ceeding 2 form. 
|80,29 
| 
Id 2g 140, 42 
2 10 
Tete | 


pense, 


1g21.] N. ANNANDALE & C. Dover: Fauna of Barkudal. 353 


habits, amongst others that bush-lizards are rare on the island, 
and bush-hunting birds practically non-existent, while the mynas 
usually seize butterflies by the body rather than the wings. 


NOTES ON THE FLIGHT OF SUNDRY BUTTERFLIES ON THE 
ISLAND. 


The mode of flight of butterflies is dependent to a large 
extent on circumstances such as the time of day, the strength and 
direction of the wind, the condition of the barometer, the approach 
of enemies and sexual excitement. Hence isolated observations 
are often apt to be misleading. We offer the following observa- 
tions for what they are worth. 

One of two captured specimens of the Satyrine, Melanttis 
leda ismene, was found flying at dusk in a slow jerky manner 
making short circuits and settling on a shrub fora moment. It 
returned again and again to the same tree. The same habit was 
observed in other specimens not captured. 

The female of Hypolimnas bolina has occasionally been seen 
flying along at the height of about a hundred feet, rapidly vibrating 
its wings for a short while, then gliding for a few yards, often 
ascending higher and higher. Then, after reaching a considerable 
height, it descends quite near to the ground. Apparently Exploea 
core often flies in like manner, but it is impossible to distinguish 
the two species at the elevation reached, and it is only after they 
have descended that we have been able to discriminate them. 

Neptis hylas astola (=eurynome, Bing.) hasa peculiar, fluttering 
weak flight, but when alarmed it worms its way through thick 
shrubbery or ascends to considerable heights. It has a peculiar 
habit of returning to its old beat after a time. 

The Junonias as a rule fly low and swiftly. 

The Acraeid Telchinia violae hovers about low herbage and is 
quite easy to capture, though it seems to suffer little from the 
attacks of enemies. 

Papilio hector does not fly swiftly, but it steers an even course 
and has a sustained flight. The general impression gained is that 
it is flying mainly with its forewings. P. artstolochiae flies in a 
somewhat similar manner, but sails about more slowly, and the 
vibrations of the forewings are not so pronounced. 

The flight of all the forms of Papilio polytes is more or less 
similar, except that the vomulus form of female has a stronger and 
higher flight than the rest. In P. polytes the flight is generally 
swift and erratic and it seems as if the whole wing surface and not 
only the forewings were being used. Often the flight is slow and 
somewhat similar to that of Euploea core, from which at a dis- 
tance, the males and cvrus female can scarcely be distinguished. 

Papilio demoleus flies rather low but very rapidly, and is 
one of the most difficult Papilios to capture.' A peculiarity about 


! Dr. Hankin (Proc. Third Ent. Meet. Pusa, I11, pp. 900-93, 1920) notes 
the comparative invisibility of P. demolews during flight. 


354 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


most Papilios is that while at rest on a tree, especially when 
feeding on flowers, they keep on fluttering their wings. ‘This 
habit is least marked in P. demoleus and most pronounced in 
P. polytes, the “mimetic’’ females especially. It is possibly 
connected with the maintenance of balance. 

The larger Pierids on the island fly high and swiftly, and 
are able to wend their way through thick jungle with remarkable 
dexterity. Colotts calais amatus flies rather feebly and low. 
The feeblest Pierid on the wing is the little Leptosia xiphia, which 
rarely rises more than a few feet from the ground and is most 
at home among undergrowth. 


OBSERVATIONS ON THE DANAINAE. 


On Barkuda the habits of this interesting group are very 
much the same as those described by previous authors elsewhere. 
The statement that the butterflies are capable of flying long 
distances is borne out by the fact that we have often seen 
individuals flying in their characteristic manner over a consi- 
derable stretch of water to the mainland, to the neighbouring 
islands and even across the lake, a distance of about six miles. 

In Euploea core, Danais plexippus and D. chrysippus the 
mating is usually prolonged, the pair flying about from plant 
to plant. The male often takes an active part in the nuptial 
flight, but also, perhaps in the latter part of the flight, is often 
quite inert, being dragged behind her through the air by the 
female. ‘The pair occasionally rest on a shrub for a period during 
which they are very sluggish and can be captured with ease. In 
Euploea the anal pencils of the male are erected continuously for 
long periods during flight, probably before mating takes place. 
The male of Hypolimnas bolina has on two occasions been observed 
hovering round Euploea core, as if uncertain whether it was the 
female of his own species or not. 

When separated during mating, or when attacked, a drop of 
straw-coloured fluid is emitted at the tip of the pencils and from 
the scent glands on the wing, but we have not observed any 
approximation of the two pairs of organs.' 


MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 

In August, 1920 a single specimen of Vanessa cardui was 
observed to turn its tail towards the sun deliberately, in such a 
way as to cast no shadow, but this does not necessarily imply that 
it did so for a purpose. The movement may have been due purely 
to temperature reaction. 

The black and white Neptis hylas astola is very inconspicuous 
when resting on aleaf. It deliberately selects a leaf situated 
under an overhanging bough, so as to receive the benefit of 
the shade that is thrownonit. The butterfly rests pressed against 


! See Eltringham, Zvans. Ent. Suc. Lond., 1913, p. 399, and for a description 
of the scent organs in Danais chrysippus, Eltringham, 7bid., 1915, pp. 166-168. 


1g2t.] N. ANNANDALE & C. Dover: Fauna oj Barkudal. 355 


the leaf with its wings in line with the body in typical moth- 
like fashion, and is very difficult to distinguish. 

Resistance to pressure on the thorax and to cyanide has 
been confirmed by us in the case of the Danaines, Euploea core, 
Danats plextfpus and D.chrysippus ; Papilio hector, P. aristolochiae 
and P. polytes have also been noted by us as “tenacious of life.’’ 
Specimens of these species have not infrequently been found alive 
in the papers weeks after having been apparently killed. 

“ Gregariousness’’ has been noted in Euploea core, Danais 
chrysippus, Hypolimnas bolina and H. misippits. Papilio polytes 
is also a gregarious insect and hundreds of them swarm round 
their favourite food- plant, Glycosmis pentaphylia, in the “ rains.”’ 
Of the Pieridae, the Catopsilias, Ixias, and Terias have been noted 
as fond of congregating. On a single occasion Colot/s calais amatus 
was seen in fairly large numbers round a tree (probably Salvadora 
persica) by the shore, and the little Lycaenid Chilades laius was also 
found congregating in numbers which did not exceed forty, 
round alow bush. As we have already noted, however, no large 
flights of any specimens were observed. 


OBSERVATIONS ON Papilio polytes. 


Much has been written on the polymorphism and sexual 
habits of this butterfly and an excellent summary of the work 
of previous authors will be found in Punnett’s Mimicry in Butterflies 
(Cambridge: 1915). The most detailed investigation is that of 
Fryer published in the Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. (ser. B.) 
Vol. CCIV (1914). Two brief notes have recently been published 
by P. Susainthan and Bainbrigge-Fletcher in Bulletin No. 89, of the 
Agricultural Research Insti/ute, Pusa. Poulton has also published 
a paper in the Proc. Third Ent. Meet. Pusa, I11, pp. 903-905 (1920), 
in which he has recounted the data on the numerical ratio of the 
female forms which have appeared in the Entomological Society’s 
“Proceedings.” ! 

We offer no opinion on the origin or function of the mimicry 
believed to exist in this species, but print our observations for 
their face value. 

In 1919 and 1920, the following observations were made on 
Barkuda, where this butterfly is probably the most abundant. 
Its caterpillar feeds there on the leaves of the shrub Glycosmis 
pentaphylla of the family Rutaceae, one of the most abundant 
plants on the island. 

In natural conditions the courtship is nor- 
mally prolonged. In one instance a pair were 
found ¢n copula in which the wings of the female were still damp and 
flaccid, but this was evidently abnormal as the nuptial flight (in 
which the male is carried passively, adhering to the female) is as a 
rule prolonged and vigorous. ‘There is evidence, moreover, that 
generally some time elapses after the imago emerges before court- 


Courtship. 


! Prof. Poulton will also shortly publish a paper in the Proc, 4th Ext. Meet. 
at Pusa, in 1921. 


350 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor XXII, 


ship takes place. Large numbers of individuals of both sexes with 
quite fresh but stiff wings, were often observed feeding on the honey 
of the flowers of Vitis vitiginea, Zizyphus oenoplia, Premna latifolia 
and P. wightiana without manifesting any sexual attraction to 
one another, whereas a large proportion of the individuals seen 
mated had worn wings. 

When the female is ripe for mating she sits on a leaf in a 
conspicuous position, with the wings spread out, but with the 
forewing turned a little backwards over the hind-wing. If a male 
approaches she raises and flutters her wings gently. The male 
flies up to her with a fluttering motion from behind and they 
often sit together for some time, both waving their wings. They 
then begin to fly together for short or even for long distances, 
moving their wings very rapidly but progressing slowly, each 
occasionally striking the other with the forewings. ‘This process 
goes on for some time, often as long ashalf an hour, and the 
female appears at times to be as ardent as the male. The pair 
occasionally settle and then flutter away for a short distance before 
settling again. They often hover vertically in the air for a time 
without changing their position. While the courtship is in pro- 
gress a second male often approaches. Sometimes the first suitor 
gives way to him, and sometimes the new comer flies off himself, 
after fluttering round the pair for a short while. On move than 
one occasion a male of Exploea core has been observed fluttering 
round a courting pair but, though evidently attracted, he never 
stayed forlong.! Nothing of the nature of a fight ever takes place. 
The curious thing about the whole affair is that in a very large 
proportion of cases the male apparently tires of his courtship 
before mating, and suddenly flies away. Rarely, the female flies 
after him. A sudden and premature conclusion to the courtship 
seems to occur more frequently than not. Either the female has 
the power of repelling the male after a mere flirtation, or else a 
large proportion of the males are incapable, or not desirous, of 
mating, though eager for courtship. These facts may express the 
difficulty experienced by Fryer in getting captive butterflies of this 
species to mate.” 

Numerical ratio of All three forms of the female of P. polytes 

the female forms. were taken on Barkuda and numerous attempts 
were made to ascertain the proportionate numbers in which they 
normally occurred. Two facts were clear: that the polytes* form 


1 Ghosh (Mem. Dept. Agricul. Ind., V, No. 1, p. 34) states that he has seen 
a male of Papilio demoleus apparently attempting to mate with a female of 
P. polytes (= pammon). On a single occasion this was observed in Calcutta, 
and P. demoleus has also often been seen interrupting a courting pair. Ghosh’s 
paper also contains a good description of the life-history of P. demoleus and P. 
polytes, the caterpillars of which often live together. be 

2 Cf. Fryer (op. cit., p. 231). He gives a description of what he calls an 
absolutely typical mating, but his observations were made on captive butterflies, 
and the description he gives applies to a case similar to the one cited above as 
abnormal. f 

3 We also obtained a variety of this form known as stichins, Hub., in which 
there is no white spot on the cell of the hind wing. 


1g2I.| N. ANNANDALE & C. DovER: Fauna of Barkuda I. 357 


(resembling P. avistolochiae) was much the most abundant and 
that the cyvus form (resembling the male of its own species) was 
extremely rare. ‘Though large numbers of males were caught and 
examined, only one female of this type was taken in two seasons. 
We failed to obtain any very exact data as to the relative numbers 
of the folytes and romulus forms for three reasons: firstly, because 
it is often very difficult to distinguish the latter from P. hector on 
the wing in dense thickets when the colour of the body cannot 
always be seen;! secondly, because this form has a stronger and 
higher flight than the cyrus form and is therefore less easily 
captured; and lastly, because we found very great discrepancy in 
the numbers taken on different occasions even at the same season. 
On the whole it seems probable that on Barkuda the polytes form 
is at least three times as abundant as the vomulus form. 

In Calcutta andits environs the polyies form is at least twice 
(if not more) as common as the romulus form,” while the cyrus form 
is decidedly rare. P. hector, it may be mentioned, appears to be 
sometimes more abundant here than P. aristolochiae, but at 
one time when a species of Aristolochia, was cultivated in the 
Museum garden, P. aristolochiae became very common in the 
compound. ‘Tytler speaks of the cyrus form in Manipur as “‘ decid- 
edly rare’’ and Bell speaks of this form in similar terms in 
Bombay. In the Eastern and Western Himalayas this form is 
also scarce and even in parts of South India (as Bangalore and 
Madras) it is the rarest of the three female forms. Punnett’s 
remark, ‘‘It is generally agreed among observers who have studied 
this species that of the three forms of female the M [cyrus] 
form is distinctly the most common, while of the other two 
the H [vomulus] is rather more numerous than the A [polytes]’’ 
is therefore not applicable to Barkuda or to the other places 
mentioned. Indeed, it is probably inapplicable to all parts 
of continental India. 

We give here a tabular veswmé of what else is known on the 
proportions of the female forms of P. polytes as it is likely to prove 
an useful addition to the remarks we have made above. 


! We cannot accept Punnett’s statement that to the ordinary man accus- 
tomed to use his eyes the vomulus form is easily distinguishable from P. hector. 
(At any rate it is not my experience after twenty years of the jungle. J. A.) 

2 Col. Evans reminds us that the polytes form may be commoner still 
as the vomulus form gradually disappears to the north-east with the disappear- 
ance of P. hector. 

In a fortnight’s visit to Chandipore, on the sea-coast of Orissa, neither 
Papilio hector nor P. avistolochiae were seen. The proportions of the various 
forms of female of P. polytes were curious. The vomulus 2 was the most abund- 
ant, while the polytes?was extremely rare. The cyrus ?was never captured. 
The males, though not as abundant as the vomulus ? , were not uncommon and, 
strangely enough, the majority were the form with reddish markings. This would 
seem to corroborate Prof. Punnett’s theory that these males are in some way 
connected with the fector-like female of the species. C. D. 


358 


Records of the Indian Museum. 


[Vor. XXII, 


Locality. 


References. 


REMARKS 


Ashamboo Hills, 6 to 
4o miles N.W. of 
Cape Comorin. 

Bangalore district . 


Benares... 


Burma .., 


Dehra Dun 


Hong Kong and Ma- 
cao districts. 

Johore, Malay Penin- 
sula. 


North Kanara 


The Konkan 


IXumaon 


Lucknow district 


Madras city 


Singapore Island 
Tavoy district 


Tharawaddy and the 
Pegu Yoma. 


Pusa,! p. go4 


J-BIN- BUS) XX) p: 
699, Ent. Month 
Mag. 1920, p. 2Ol. 

J.B.N-HS. XXXVI; 
p: 690. 


Pusa, p. 905 


Pusa, p. 905 


P.E.S. 101d, p: 09)... 


..| J.B.N.H.S. XV, p. 


He ig 


}-BINSHES: 
361. 


XX, p. 


PEON GEES. Vamps 


402. 


| P.E.S. 1915, pp. 92- 
94. 


Pusa, p. 905. 


J.B.N.H.S. XXVIL, 
p- 805. 
J.B.N.H.S. 
jo}y Lert 


XXV, 


Red markings of the 


male. 


developed. 


| The vomulus 2 apparently nearly 


twice as common as the folytes 
@, and cyrus Q extremely rare. 


The polytes Q the prevailing form. 


The cyvyus Q and the polytes female 
not uncommon. Only one dam- 
aged yomulus Q taken. 


Col. Evans informs us that the 
vomulus @ does not occur in 
Burma. 

The vomulus Q notcommon. The 


cyrus 9 is not as common as the 
polytes Q. 

The male-like Q@ commonest, poly- 
tes 2 rare, vomulus 2 unknown. 

The polytes @ apparently nearly 
twice as common as cyrus. Dr. 
Seitz only remembers the polytes 
@ in this locality. 

The cyrus @ exceedingly rare, 
polytes and vomulus Q Q about 
equally common, the latter per- 
haps slightly the commoner. 

The commonest female is polytes, 
vomulus Q is not rare, and cyrus 
entirely (?) absent. 

The vomulus Q seems to occur only 
in the Terai; cyvus 9 never seen. 

The cyrus @Q absent, polytes @ 
common, and vomulvs Q rare. 
“Its (yomulus Q) appearance is 
rather surprising as its model is 
never, as far as I know, found in 
Upper India.” 

The cyrus 2 absent, polytes and 
vomulus 9 Q about equally com- 
mon. 


The polytes Q commoner than 
cyvus Q. 
Only two forms of 9 have been 


taken; the cyrus and stichius. 
The arvistolochiae like Q (polytes) 
was the only one taken. 


In Spolia Zeylanica, pp. 21 and 22, Prof. Pun- 


nett has suggested that there might be some 
connection between the amount of red markings and the constitu- 
tion of the male, and that the “red’’ males are intimately con- 
nected with the vomulus female, in which the red markings are most 


With this theory in mind we examined all the males 


brought from Barkuda with the following results: of 33 individuals 


1 Rep. Proc. 3rd Ent. Meet. Pusa, 111, p. 904-905 (1920). 


1921.) N. ANNANDALE & C. DovER: Fauna of Barkudal. 359 


27 were of the variety without red markings, 5 corresponded to 
Prof. Punnett’s ‘‘Int. II”’ series, and a single individual to his 
“Int. I’? Our observations in the field also show that the 
“‘no red” males are the most abundant, while the ‘‘red’’ or 
“TInt. I’ males are very scarce. The scarcity of males with red 
markings may be connected to some extent with the comparatively 
hot and dry climate of Barkuda, but further investigations are 
necessary. 

We obtained no direct evidence as to the utility of mimicry 
in this species. Papilio hector is fairly common but never very 
abundant on the island, while P. aristolochiae is usually rare, 
although it became common in September and October, 1920. 
Both species are, however, common in the neighbouring districts; 
neither breeds habitually on Barkuda, and both are capable of 
flying over from the mainland. Indeed, even P. polytes was 
frequently observed doing so, though it certainly breeds in 
considerable numbers in the thickets of Glycosmis that cover 
a large part of the island. In our opinion its abundance is pro- 
bably due not so much to any special freedom from attack bestowed 
upon it by its polymorphic and ‘‘ mimetic’’ females as to the 
abundance of its food-plants both as larva and as imago, the scar- 
city of competitors, and its skill in threading its way through the 
dense branches and foliage of the shrubs. 

The observation that Ewploca core, which has a distinct 
resemblance on the wing to the male and cyrus form of P. polytes, 
is attracted to apparent but not prolonged rivalry by the court- 
ship of the Papilio is not without interest in suggesting speculations 
as to the role of colouration in the sexual life of butterflies. 
The female in the instances in which this was noted was of the 
vomulus form.! 


LIST OF THE SPECIES OF BARKUDA. 


Atella phalanta, Drury. 
Telchinia violae, Fab. 


Family NyYMPHALIDAP. 
Danais limniace, Cram. 
Danas plexippus, Linn. 
Danais chrysippus, Linn. 
Euploea core, Cram. 


Family PAPILIONIDAE. 


Papilio hector, Linn. 
Papilio aristolochiae, Fab. 


Mycalesis visala, Moore. 


Melanttis leda tsmene, Cram. 


Eulepis athamas, Drury. 
Neftis hylas astola, Moore. 
Junonia lemontas, ¥.inn. 
Junonta orithyia, Linn, 
Junonia almana, Linn. 
Vanessa carduti, Linn. 
Hypolimnas bolina, Linn. 
Hypolimnas misippus, Linn. 


Patilio demoleus, Linn. 
Papilio polytes romulus, Cram. 
Papilio nomius, Esp. 

Papilio doson eleius, Fruh. 


Family PIERIDAE. 
Leptosia xiphia, Fab. 
Anaphaets mesentina, Cram. 
Huphina neris<a evagete, Cran. 
Abppias libythea, Fab. 


! See Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1919, pp. 1-49. 


360 


Appias albina confusa, Fruh. 
Ixtas pyrene pirenassa, Wall. 
Ixias marianne, Cram. | 
Catupsilia pyranthe, Linn. 
Catopsilia pomona, Fab. 
Terias libythea, Fab. 

Tertas hecabe, Tinn. 

Terzas silhetana, Wall. 

Colotis calais amatus, Fab. 
Pareronia valeria hippia, Fab. 


Family LYCAENIDAE. 


Neopithecops zalmora, But. 
Chilades laius, Cram. 

Zizera lysimon karsandva, Moore 
Catachrysops stvabo, Fab. 
Catachrysops cnejus, Fab. 


Records of the Indian Museum. 


(Vor. XX: 


Azanus ubaldus, Cram. 
Castalius rosimon, Fab. 
Lampides bochus, Cram. 
Lampides celeno, Cram. 
Polyommatus boeticus, Linn. 
Curetis thetis, Drury. 
Curetis bulis, Db. and Hew. 
Aphnaeus vulcanus, Fab. 
Traota timoleon, Stoll. 
Loxura atymnus, Cram. 


Family HESPERIIDAE. 


Badamia exclamationis, Fab. 
Hasora butleri, Auriviil. 
Telicota bambusae, Moore. 
Parnara bada, Moore. 
Parnara colaca, Moore. 


ANNOTATED LIST OF THE SPECIES OF BARKUDA. 
Family NYMPHALIDAE. 


Danais limniace, Cram. (560). 


1905. 
1910. 
Sect. 11, p. 204. 


Barkuda, -ix-19. 


Hab.—India, Burma, Ceylon and the Nicobars. 


and China. 


Danais limniace, Bing., Faun. Brit. Ind., Butt. 1, p. 16. 
Danaida limniace, Fruh., in Seitz’s Macrolepidop. World, div. 11, 


Also Siam 


Remarks.—-A single female was the only one captured, but the 
species is not uncommon in thickets in October. 


Danais plexippus, Linn. (560). 


1905. 
1910. 


Danais plexippus, Bing., tom. cit., p. 10. 
Danaida plexippus, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 194. 


Rarkuda, 11 and 24-viii-19; Ir and 22-iv-20. 

Hab.—Throughout our limits, including the Nicobars, and 
extending to Siam, China and the Malay Peninsula. 

Remarks.—Rather scarce, but occurs at all seasons. 


Danais chrysippus, Linn. (560). 


1905. 
19lo. 


Danais chrysippus, Bing., tom. cit., p. 11, pl. 1, fig. 11. 
Danaida chrysippus, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 193. 


Barkuda, vii, viii and ix-19 ; I-29-iv-20; viii-20. 
Hab.—A widely distributed species found throughout India, 
Burma and Ceylon; the Andamans and the Nicobars. 


! The remarks on distribution are taken mainly from Col, Evans’ “ List.”’ 


rg2t.] N. ANNANDALE & C. Dover: Fauna of Barkuda I. 361 


Remarks.—One of the commonest butterflies on the island at 
all seasons. A white pupa was found in October on Calotropis 
gigantea. 

Euploea core, Cram. (561). 
1905. Euploea core, Bing., tom. ctt., p. 32, text-fig. I1. 
1910. Euploea core, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 235- 

Barkuda, 10-30-viii-Ig ; I-6-ix-I9g ; II-I5-xil-Ig; Q-iv-20. 

Hab.—India, Burma and the Andamans. 

Remarks.—Fairly common during the “ 
soon as they commence. 


, 


rains,’ appearing as 


Mycalesis visala, Moore (568). 
1905. AMycalesis visala, Bing., tom cit., p. 60. 
1911. Mycalests visala, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 346, pl. gt f. 
Barkuda, iv-20. 
Hab.—Kumaun to Burma, Central India, Madras. 
Remarks.—Occasionally seen among very dense undergrowth 
in the dry season. ‘The only specimen that was captured flew 
out into the open at dusk. 


Melanitis leda ismene, Cram. (570). 
1905. Melanitis ismene, Bing., tom. cit., p. 158, text-fig. 36. 
191t. Melanitis leda ismene, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 362. 
Barkuda, I5-xii-19 ; tv-20. 
Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. 
Remarks.—Also seen occasionally in the dry season. All 
Specimens were of the dry season form. 


Eulepis athamas, Drury (572). 
1905. Lulepis athamas, Bing., tom. cit., p. 220, text-fig. 41. 

Barkuda, 18-viii-19. 

Hab.—Northern India to Burma. 

Remarks.—A single specimen was the only one seen and 
taken. 

Neptis hylas astola, Moore (577). 
1905. Neptiseurynome, Bing., tom. cit., p. 322, text-fig. 59, pl. 1x, fig. 64. 
1912. Neptis hylas astola, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 602. 

Barkuda, 19-viii-20. 

Hab.—Hitmalayas to Upper Burma (hills). 

Remarks.—Several individuals were seen in August resting 
like moths on the leaves of trees in the shade. This species, though 
mainly a hill species, has also been captured in various localities in 
the plains. 


Junonia Iemonias, Linn. (579). 


1905. Funonia lemonias, Bing., tom. cit., p. 357- 

1912. Precis lemonias, Fruh., tom. ctt., p. 520. 
Barkuda, Io-viii-19 ; 3-ix-19; I-29-iv-2o. 
Hab —India, Burma and Ceylon. 


362 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Remarks.—This butterfly was most abundant in April when 
other butterflies are scarce. 


Junonia orithyia, Linn. (579). 
1905. Funonia orithyia, Bing., tom. cit., p. 358. 
1912. Precis orithyia, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 522 
Barkuda, 18-viil-19g ; 3 and 29-ix-19. 
Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon, extending to the Malayan 
subregion. 
Remarks.—Not a common species, 


Junonia almana, Linn. (579). 
1905. Funonia almana, Bing., tom. cit., p. 361. 
1912. Pyrects almana, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 519. 
Barkuda, 7 and 18-viii-1g ; 11 and I9-iv-2o. 
Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon, extending to China. 
Remarks.—Fairly common in August, Igtg and in April, 
1920. No specimens were taken in August 1920. 


Vanessa cardui, Linn. (579). 
1905. Vanessa cardui, Bing., tom. cit., p. 305, text-fig. 67. 
Hab.—Distributed over the whole world and found in all parts 
of India, Burma and Ceylon. 


Remarks.—Seen once in June, 1920 and in August of the 
same yveat. } 


Hypolimnas bolina, Linn. (580). 


1905. Aypolimnas bolina, Bing., tom. cit., p. 386, text-fig. 69. 
1912. Hypolimnas bolina, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 547, pl. 118d. 

Barkuda, 10-25-viii-19 ; I—4-ix-IQ; 13-xil-19. 

Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon, extending to the Malayan 
subregion and China. 

Remarks.—Rather common in 1919 in the months stated 
above but very much scarcer in 1920. ‘The female, which some- 
what resembles Euploea core on the wing, is approximately twice as 
common as the male. 

The caterpillar was sometimes very abundant in the vicinity 
of Justicia diffusa var. procumbens, a plant that exists on dry 
stony soil. They are black, or very dark rich brown in colour, 
with nine longitudinal rows of branched spines that extend as far 
as the roth segment. The 4th segment has eight spines and the 
12th and 13th only two. The head is square in shape and ochra- 
ceous or ochraceous-brown in colour, with a pair of branched 
spines that are rather longer and thicker, and much darker than 
these on the body. 


Hypolimnas misippus, Linn. (580). 


1905. Hypolimnas misippus, Bing., tom. ctt., p. 388. 
1912. Hypolimnas misippus, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 547- 


1g21.] N. ANNANDALE & C. Dover: Fauna of Barkudal. 363 


Barkuda, 27-vili-19 ; 3-6-ix-19 ; 9-iv-20. 
Hab.—The same as that of H. bolina. 
Remarks.—Scarce as compared with the preceding species. 


Atella phalanta, Drury (581). 


1905. Atella phalanta, Bing., tom. cit., p. 412, text-fig. 75. 
1912. Atella phalanta, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 471 
Hab.—Nearly throughout the Indian Empire extending to 
China, Japan and the Malayan subregion. 
Remarks.—-A rather scarce species on Barkuda, occasionally 
seen duting the rains. 


Telchinia violae, Fab. (384). 


1905. Telchinia violae, Bing., tom. cit., p. 471. 

Barkuda, 11-18-vili-1g ; iv-2o. 

Hab.-—India and Ceylon. 

Remarks.—Usually found, according to Bingham, in regions of 
heavy rainfall, but on Barkuda commoner in April (when there is 
practically no rain) than in the ‘‘rains.” The island is not a 
region of heavy rainfall. 


Family PAPILIONIDAE. 
Papilio hector, Linn. (960). 
1907. ae hector, Bing., Faun. Brit. Ind., Butt. 11, p. 19, pl. xi, 
g. 83. 
1909. Papilio hector, Jordan. in Seitz’s Macrolepidop. World. div. 11, 
sect. 11, p. 34, pl. 15a. 

Barkuda, I and 7-ix-19. 

Hab.—Bengal; the southern half of Peninsular India and 
Ceylon. 

Remarks.—A rather scarce species on the island though fairly 
common on the mainland a few miles away. It flies higher than 
P. polytes romulus and usually frequents more open country. A 
single full-grown caterpillar was taken on Barkuda in company 
with one of P. aristolochiae on the Sword-Bean (Canavalia ensifor- 
mts), on the 18th August, 191g. It was of a blackish colour with 
rather paler processes along each side of the abdomen Along the 
anterior half of the body there were a few pale yellow isolated 
spots of small size. This larva pupated on the 20th of the same 
month. 

The chrysalis was fastened at the tip of the abdomen-to the 
side of the breeding cage, by a number of radiating, strong, black 
silk threads and supported further by a couple of strings, each 
double, of similar silk, one extending from the suture between the 
first and second abdominal sutures to the support, the other from 
the middle of the ventral surface of the thorax. It was 25 mm. 
long and 15 mm. wide. ‘The sculpture and colouration was elabor- 
ate. The head was produced in front into a broad, flattened , 


364 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


truncate, somewhat rounded lobe. The anterior end of the thorax 
was defined by an irregular, semicircular ridge and each side into 
a prominent, flattened, slightly upturned lobe which was rounded 
at the apex. Behind the anterior ridge there was a broad ill- 
defined, transverse groove, and behind this the dorsal surface was 
produced into a broad protuberance, the anterior part of which 
was strongly ridged, while the posterior part was obliquely trun- 
cate and the whole somewhat compressed. The posterior part 
(the larger) was flattened above, concave at the sides and produced 
into a small rounded lobe at the upper anterior angle at each side. 
The abdomen was strongly curved and bore at each side a series 
of prominent, rounded, flattened, upwardly directed lobes. The 
wing cases were produced into strong keels above. 

The colouration was still more elaborate. The ground colour 
was pale lutescent. On the anterior part of the thorax, just 
behind the anterior ridge were a pair of somewhat elongate, white 
rimmed black spots, which gave this region a strange resemblance 
to a caricature of a monkey’s face. The concave lateral region 
of the thorax was variegated with deep chestnut and white, and 
there was an irregular longitudinal stripe of the former colour 
running along the variegated area not far from its inner margin. 
The upper part of the flattened area was clearly chestnut with a 
small round spot of the same colour on each side in the variegated 
area above. From the chestnut area a fine stripe of paler tint 
extended backwards, expanding between the front pairs of abdom- 
inal processes. The abdomen was faintly spotted with pale 
brown. 

The butterfly hatched out at about 4 A.M. on the morning 
of the 7th September. It took much longer in drying than the 
following species, which began to flutter about two hours after 
emerging. It began to flutter about four hours after hatching, 
but its upper wings were still curved down along the upper margin. 


Papilio aristolochiae, Fab. (969)./ 
1907. Papilio aristolochiae, Bing., tom. cit., p. 20, text-figs. 3a and 3c. 
1909. Papilio aristolochiae, Jordan, tom. cit., p. 38, pl. 16a. 

Barkuda, 7-ix-I9 ; 5-vi-20; 1x-20. 

Hab.—tIndia. 

Remarks.—This is usually a very scarce butterfly on the 
island, but fresh specimens were seen in considerable numbers in 
September, 1920. A single pair was captured round flowers of 
Premna latifolia in June, 1920 and a single butterfly was reared 
from the larva in September, 1919. The caterpillar was found 
with that of P. hector on the Sword-Bean (C. enstformis). 

It was about half the size of the caterpillar of the preceding 
species, and was somewhat similar in colour, but the pale yellow 
spots found on P. hector was here replaced by a similarly coloured 
transverse line. It pupated on the 24th of August and the pupa 
resembled that of P. hectoy in every respect, except that it was 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE & C. Dover: Fauna of Barkuda I. 365 


about 3 of the size of the other and the colours were much deeper. 
A small female hatched out at about 6 p.m. on the 7th of Septem- 
ber. If touched, or otherwise disturbed, as by tapping on the 
glass o: the breeding cage while still in a tender condition, it 
would emit a few drops of clear fluid from the vent. This was 
not observed in P. hector. The wings as we have already remarked 
became dry and stiff much quicker than those of the preceding 
species. 
Papilio demoleus, Linn. (971). 

1907. Papilio demoleus, Bing., tom. cit., p. 39 text-fig. 7. 

1909. Papilio demoleus, Jordan, tom. cit., p. 48. 

Barkuda, 9-29-vii-19 ; I—6-ix-19. 

Hab.—India, Upper Burma, China and Persia. 

Remarks.—Common during the “rains.’’ It disappears al- 
most completely in the dry weather, but fresh specimens appear 
in large numbers within a day or two of the commencement of 
the wet season, indicating that the species estivates in the pupal 
stage. 

Papilio polytes romulus, Cram. (972). 
1907. Papilio polytes, Bing., tom. cit., p. 61, text.-fig. 13. 
1909. Papilio polytes romulus, Jordan, tom. cit., p. 61, pl. 3a and 
32a. 

Barkuda, viii and ix-1g ; iv and vi-20. 

Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. 

Remarks.—lordan confines P. polytes to China giving the 
Indian race as vomulus, the name under which the hectoy-like 
female was originally described. Col. Evans writes us that the 
names of the female forms should stand as follows :-— 

Papilio polytes vomulus, ¢@f. cyrus, Fab. (resembling the 
male of its own species). 

Papilio polvtes vomulus, 9 f. polytes, Linn. (resembling P. aris- 
tolochtae). 

Papilio polytes romulus, @ f. romulus, Cr. (resembling P. hec- 
tor). 

Stichius, Hub. is a variety of the polytes @ in which there is 
no white cell spot on the hind wing.' 

Papilio polytes is perhaps the commonest butterfly on the 
island at all seasons except the end of the dry weather, when 
only a few battered individuals are to be seen. Its abundance is 
due to a large extent to the abundance of the favourite food plant 
of its caterpillar-—Glycosmis pentaphylla. Unlike P. demoleus the 
young brood of the early part of the ‘‘ rains” does not appear 
immediately on their commencement. Numerous young cater- 
pillars were, however, observed on Glycosmis a few days after 
the beginning of the wet weather in June, 1920, and it is probable 
that the eggs of the winter brood do not hatch until the air 
becomes damp. 


1 This is somewhat contrary to the views expressed by him in his ‘‘ List,” 
(p- 972). 


306 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XXII, 


Papilio polymnestor, Cram. (972). 


1907. Papilio polymnestor, Bing., tom. cit., p. 50, pl. xii, fig. 85. 
1909. Papilio polymnestor, Jordan, tom. cit., p. 70, pl. 26a. 
Hab.—Sikkim, South India and Lower Bengal. 
Remarks —A single individual was seen on several occasions 
in October, 1919 and another in the same month in 1920. 


Papilio nomius, Esp. (973). 


1907. Papilio nomius, Bing., tom. cit., p. 201, text-figs. 33a and 336. 
1909. Papilio nomius, Jordan, tom. cit., p. 87. 
Barkuda, 9-iv-20. 
Hab.—Sikkim, Central and Southern India. 
Remarks.—A pair taken in copula were the only individuals 
seen and taken on the island. 


Papilio doson eleius, Fruh. (973). 


1907, Papilio euryplus, Bing., tov. cit., p. 106. 
1909. Papilio doson eleius, Jordan, tom. cit., p. Q7- 

Barkuda, 8-15-viii-19 ; g—20-iv-20 ; I -II-vi20. 

Hab.—South India, 

Remarks.—The remarkable similarity between doson and eury- 
plus led Jordan and Rothschild in their revision of the Oriental 
Papilios, and afterwards Bingham, to unite the two species under 
the one name euryplus. Dr. Jordan in the paper cited in the 
synonomy separates the two species mainly on the structure of 
the genitalia. Superficially doson differs from euryplus in that 
the short brown-black costal band, which bears the red costal 
spot on the underside of the hind wing, does not unite with the 
brown-black sub-basal band, but terminates inside the silver one. 
In euryplus it does unite with the sub-basal band. Our sub- 
species (eleius, Fruh.) differs from typical doson in having the 
green spots in the apical half of the forewing somewhat yellower, 
and the median hand always broader. 

The species is as common in April as in the ‘‘ rains,” but 
is never very abundant on the island, Individuals were some- 
what scarcer in 1920 than in 1919. 


Family PIERIDAE. 
Leptosia xiphia, Fab. (975). 


1907. Leptosia xiphia, Bing., tom. cit., p. 135, text-fig. 36. 
19to. Leptosia xiphia, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 121, pl. 62f. 
Barkuda, I12-20-viii-Ig ; 23-x-I9 ; II-xii-1g; 16—20-iv-20. 
Hab.—Iindia, Burma and Ceylon, also Siam and Annam. 
Remarks.—Common in damp weather in undergrowth, and 
among vegetation on the shore. A few individuals were seen n 
April, 1920. 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE & C. DovER: Fauna of Barkuda I. 367 


Anaphaeis mesentina, Cram. (975). 
1y07. Anaphaeis mesentina, Bing., tom. cit., p. 155, text. fig. 3 
IQgIo. Anaphaeis mesentina, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 137. 
Barkuda, 15—22-vii-16 ; 9 and 10-iv-20. 
Hab.—India and the Nicobars. 
Remarks.—Never very common on the island, but less scarce 
in April and the early part of the “‘ rains.”’ 


Huphina nerissa evagete, Cram. (977). 
1780-82. Papilio evagete et seuxippe, Cram., Pap. Exot. III, pl. 221, 
figs. F, Gand IV, pl. 362, figs. E, F. 
1910, Huphina nerissa evagete, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 141. 
Barkuda, 9-29-vili-19 ; 3-6-ix-19 ; II-xii-19; 9-I9-iv-20. 
Hab.—South India and Ceylon 


Remarks.—Fairly common at all seasons, but especially so in 
August. 


Appias libythea, Fab. (977). 
1907. Appias libythea, Bing., tom. cit., p. 200. 
1910. Apptas libythea, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 148, pl. 58a. 
Barkuda, 6-viii-19. 
Hab.—Punjab to Sikkim ; Southern India and Ceylon. 
Remarks.—Rare at all seasons. 


Appias albina confusa, Fruh. (977). 


1910. Appias albina confusa, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 154. 
Barkuda, 17—2I1-iv-20. 
Hab.—Sikkim to Burma; Bengal. 
Remarks.—A few specimens were obtained for the first time 
in April, 1920. The species was not seen in July or August of 
the same year. 


Ixias pyrene pirenassa, Wall. (978). 

1907. Ixias pyrene, var. pirenassa, Bing., tom. cit., p. 194, pl. xviii, fig. 
120. 

1910 Jxias pyrene pirenassa, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 159. 

Barkuda, 9-19-Viii-I19 ; 7-iv-20. 

Hab.—Plains of India and Burma. 

Remarks.—Very common in August and in the beginning of 
September, 1919. In August, 1920 it was seen in large numbers, 
flying high, among species of Ficus and Euphorbia at the back of 
a small pond on the island. 


Ixias marianne, Cram. 978). 
1907. Jxtas marianne, Bing., tom. cit., p. 196. 
1910. Jxtas marianne, Fruh., tom. ctt., p. 159, pl. 72a. 
Barkuda, 18-viii-19. 
Hab.—Kumaun to South India; Ceylon. 


368 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XXII, 


Remarks.—A single male was the only specimen captured. 
The species was seen occasionally in April. No specimens were 
seen in August, 1920. 


Catopsilia pyranthe, Linn. 


1907. Catopsilia pyranthe, Bing., tom. cit., p. 221. 
1910. Catopsilia pyranthe, Fruh., tom. cit., p, 162. 
Barkuda, 19g-29-vili-19. 
Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. 
Remarks.—Common during the rains. 


Catopsilia pomona, Fab. (979). 


1907. Catopsilia crocale, Bing., tom. cit., p. 219. 
1910. Catopsilia pomona, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 163. pl. 690. 

Barkuda, 24-viii-I9. 

Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. 

Remarks.—Frouhstorfer separates C. pomona from C. crocale 
chiefly on the difference in the sexual organs. Superficially the 
differences are slight. The antennae are red and not black, and 
white silver dots occur in the disc of the underside of both 
wings. ‘The females show lesser variability in colour than crocale. 
C. pomona is essentially a butterfly of the woods, generally flying 
high among dense jungle, while C. crocale is usually found in open 
country among flowers. The habits of C. pyranthe on Barkuda 
are similar to those of C. pomona. 

It is probable that the species of Catopsilia do not breed on 
the island, as they are frequently seen flying over from the main- 
land. Moreover, there are on Barkuda no plants of the genus 
Cassia, on which their caterpillars are said to feed exclusively, 
while Cassias are abundant on the neighbouring mainland. 


Terias libythea, Fab. (980). 


1907. Terias libythea, Bing., tom. cit., p. 247. 
1910. Terias libythea, Fruh., tom cit., p. 166. 
Barkuda, 30-viii—6-ix-109. 
Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. 
Remarks.—Not a very common butterfly at any season. 


Terias hecabe, Jinn. (980). 
1907. Terias hecabe, Bing., tom. cit., p. 250, text-figs. 60 and 60); pl. 
xvi, fig. 100. 
1910. Tevias hecabe, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 166—167, pl. 73f. 
Barkuda, I1-18-viii-19 ; 4—15-ix-19. 
Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. Also the Andamans and 
Nicobars. 
Remarvks.—Common, especially in the latter part of the 
“rains ’’ ; scarce in the latter part of the dry weather. 


’ 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE & C. Dover: Fauna of Barkuda I. 369 


Terias silhetana, Wall. (980). 
1907. Terias silhetana, Bing., tom. ctt., p. 257, text-fig. 05a and 658. 
1910. Tertas blanda silhetana, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 169, pl. 73ce. 
Barkuda, 29-viil-19 ; 2—7-ix-19. 
Hab.—Sikkim, Burma, South India and the Andamans. 
Remarks.—Not so common as the preceding species. The 
larva of this species is slender, cylindrical and greenish in colour, 
rather paler towards the anal extremity, and has a pale yellow, 
ill-defined lateral stripe which is, however, in some individuals 
absent. It is furnished with very close, rather bristly hairs along 
the back, and fine, short ones laterally. The head is black, or 
very dark brown, with fine, pale, in most cases scattered, hairs. 
In the Cochin States Dr. Gravely found that these caterpillars 
were eaten by the Reduviid bug, Panthous bimaculatus. 


Colotis calais amatus, Fab. (980). 
1907. Colotis amata, Bing., tom. cit., p. 201. 
1g10. Levacolus amata, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 173: 

Barkuda, 6—29-viil-I9; 3-29-ix-I9; 23-x-I19; I5-xii-I9g; 8- 
20-iv-20. 

Remarks.—‘Amatus constantly differs from calazs in that the 
black spot on the margin near the dorsum is not detached and 
quadrate.’’ (Evans). The form of female in which the ground- 
colour ranges from pale primrose-yellow to pure white has been 
named albina by Col. Evans. It is rare on Barkuda. The 
species was quite common on the island among low herbage from 
August to October, 1919. In April, 1920 it was abundant on 
the shore around Salvadora persica, but was entirely absent in 
June and July, andin August was not so plentiful as in rgrQ. 
The Chilka Lake represents, according to Col. Evans, the extreme 
north-eastern limit of the geographical range of this insect. 


Hebomoia glaucippe ? australis, Bert. (980). 
1907. Hebomoia glaucippe race australis, Bing., tom. cit., p. 275. 
1910. /Tebomota glaucippe australis, Fruh., tom. ctt., p. 175. 

Hab.—Southern India and Ceylon. 

Remarks.—We have seen this butterfly on several occasions 
in April, and from August to September, but were unable to cap- 
ture it on account of its habit of flying very high among dense 
growths of Euphorbia and Ficus, chiefly round a small pond on 
the island. ‘The race australis and typical glaucippe are so alike 
that it is impossible to distinguish them on the wing, but the insect 
we saw is probably australis as this is the South Indian race of 
the species. We cannot, however, be certain as both glaucippe 
and australis sometimes fly together in South India. 


Pareronia valeria hippia, Fab. (981). 


1907. Pareronia hippia, Bing., tom. cit., p. 278. 
1910. Pareronia valeria hippia, Fruh., tom. cit., p. 178, pl. 66a and 
665. 


370 Records of the Indian Museum. [MOL. SoxSile 


Barkuda, 24-viii-19 ; 3—-0-ix-I9 ; 1I-xii-19 ; 10-20-iv-20. 

Hab.—India and Burma. 

Remarks.—Common in the beginning of April and during the 
“rains.” It generally flies high among dense jungle and some- 
what resembles Danais limniace on the wing. 


Family LYCAENIDAE. 


Neopithecops zalmora, But. (981). 


1907. Neopithecops zalmora, Bing., tom. ctt., p. 300. 

1905-10. Neopithecops zalmora, Swin., Lep. Ind. VII, p. 230, pl. 627, 
figs. 2, 3, 2a, 2, 2b, O (wet-seas. brood); 2c, 4, 2d, 3 (dry- 
seas. brood) ; 2e, 3 (ex-dry-seas. brood). 

Barkuda, 15-xii-19. 
Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. 
Remarks.—Scatrce. 


Chilades laius, Cram. (984). 


1907. Chilades laius, Bing., tom. cit., p. 305, pl. xix, fig. 135. 

1905-10, Chilades laius, Swin., tom. cit., p. 271, pl. 638, figs. 3, 3, 3a, 
¢, 30, 2 (wet-seas. brood) ; 3c, &, 3d, 2, 3e, &, 3f, & (dry- 
seas. brood). 

Barkuda, 15-22-vii-16; 18-viii-1g. The specimens captured 
on other dates have been lost. 

Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. 

Remarks.—One of the commonest Lycaenids on the island 
at all seasons, generally found in the neighbourhood of Ficus 
bengalensis and F. infectovia. Very abundant in the more open 
parts of the island in the latter part of October, 1920. 


Zizera lysimon karsandra, Moore (984). 


1907. Zisera lysimon var. karsandra, Bing., tom. cit., p. 358. 
1905-10. Zizerva lysimon karsandra, Swin., tom. cit., p. 258, pl. 635, 
figs. 3, 3, 3a, &, 36,  (wet-seas. brood) ; 3c, 3, 3d, 3 (dry- 


seas. Anas 
Barkuda, II-iv-2o. 
Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. The Nicobars ?. 
Remarks.—The two specimens taken on the date given above 
were the only ones captured. We did not see this butterfly again. 


Catachrysops strabo, Fab. (985). 


1909. Catachrysops strabo, Bing., tom. cit., p. 411, pl. xix, fig. 143._ 
1907. Catachrysops strabo, Swin., Lep. Ind. VI\I, p. 47, pl. 650, figs. 
3, S, 3a, 2. 2b, 2 (wet-seas. brood); 3c, &, 3d, % (dry-seas. 
brood). 
Barkuda, 30-vili-1g ; I-ix-Ig; Io-2I-iv-20. 
Hab.—India, Burma, Ceylon, the Andamans and the Nico- 
bars. 
Remarks.--Common as compared with most of the other Ly- 
caenids found on the island. 


1921.] N. ANNANDALE & C. DovER: Fauna of Barkuda TI, 371 


Catachrysops cnejus, Fab. (985). 


1907. Catachrysops cnejus, Bing., tom. cit., 415. 
Igio-1t. Euchrysops cnezus, Swin., tom. cit., p. 4o, pl. 649, figs. 2, 
2a, %, 2b, o& (wet-seas. brood); 2c, & 2d, 2 (dry-seas. brood). 
Barkuda, 10-19-vili-19 ; 16-iv-20. 
Hab.—Throughout our limits. 
Remarks.—Relatively rare. 


Azanus ubaldus, Cram. (985). 
1907. Azanus wbaldus, Bing., tom. cit., p. 362, pl. xix, fig. 138. 
1910-11. Asants ubaldus, Swin., tom. cit., p. 33. pl. O48, figs. 2, 2a, ¢, 
26, oO. 
Barkuda, 29-ix-19. 
Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. 
Remarks.—One specimen only has been obtained. 


Castalius rosimon, Cram. (985). 


1907. Castalius vosimon, Bing., tom. cit., p. 424, text-fig. go, 
1go5-10. Castalius rosimon, Swin., Lep. Ind. VII, 230, pl. 630, figs. 1, 
ad, ta, &, 1b, @ (wet-seas. brood); 1c, &#, 1d, § (dry-seas. 


brood) yf, v,1g, $ (ex-dry-seas. brood). 
Barkuda, 6—-18-viii-19 ; 6—-29-iv-I9 ; II-xii 19. 
Hab.—India, Burma, Ceylon, the Andamans and the Nico- 
bars. 
Remarks.—Probably the commonest Lycaenid on the island 
at most times. 
Lampides bochus, Cram. (987). 
1907. Lampides bochus, Bing., tom. cit., p. 398. 
1gto-11. ‘Famides bochus, Swin., Lep. Ind. VIII, p. 58, pl. 652, figs. 3, 
dq, 3a, 2, 30, . 
Barkuda, 8—20-iv-20 (W. A. Buris). 
Hab.—India, Burma, Ceylon and the Andamans. 
Remarks.—A few specimens were obtained for the first time 
in April, 1920, 
Lampides celeno, Cram. (987). 
1907. Lampides celeno, Bing., tom. cit., p. 404. 
1910-11. ‘Famides celeno, Swin., tom. cit., p. 66, pl. 655, figs. 1, &, 1a, 
9, 16, o& (wet-seas. brood); 1c, &, 1d, ¢, te, & (dry-seas. 
brood); 1f, larva and pupa. 
Barkuda, 2—24-vii-I9 ; 15-Xii-I19 ; II—2I-iv-20. 
Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. 
Remarks.—Fairly common at all seasons. 


Polyommatus boeticus, Linn. (987). 


1907. Polyommatus boeticus, Bing., tom. cit., p. 432. 
1gto-11. Lamptdes boeticus, Swin., tom. cit., p. 44, pl. 650, figs., 2, &, 
Arh, SAR OY) le 
Barkuda, 8—15-viii-19. 
Hab.—Yhroughout our limits. A very widely distributed 
species. 


372 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


Remarks.—Fairly common in August, 1919, but since then it 
has become rather scarce. 


Curetis phaedrus, Fab. (988, as thetts). 


1907. Curetis thetis, Bing., tom. cit., p. 437, text-fig. 93a and 930. 
1910-11. Curetis thetys, Swin., tom. cit., p. 239, pl. 698, figs. 1, &, 1a, 
9,16, &, 1c, larva and pupa (nat. size), 1d, larva and pupa, 
with brush on 12th seg. extruded and enlarged. 
1915. Curetis phaedrus, Chapman, Nov. Zool. XXII, p. 88, pl. 3, and 
pl. 18, hg. 78, fig. 7; appendages, pl. 13, figs. 62—68. 
Barkuda, 15-22-vii-16 (Gravely); 9-I5-viil-I9Q; I1-X1li-19; 
II-iv-20. 
Hab.-—South India, Ceylon, Bombay, Balai, Malabar. 
Remarks.—In his analysis of the genus Curetis published in 
Novitates Zoologicae, Dr. Chapman separates ¢hetis and phaedrus 
mainly on genital differences. The superficial differences are 
slight and are enumerated by him on page 85 of his paper and by 
Bingham on page 439 of the “‘ Fauna.’’ It is a fairly common 
butterfly on the island. 


Curetis bulis, Db. and Hew.’ (988). 


1907. Curetis bulis, Bing., tom. cit., p. 441, text-fig. 95. 

1910-11. Curetis bulis, Swin., tom. cit., p. 244, pl. 699, figs. 2. &, 2a, 
Q, 2b, & (bulis form); 3, &, 3a, ¢, 36, & (discalis form). 

1915. Curetis brulis, Chap. op cit., p. 95, pl. 3, fig. 5 ; appendages, 
pls. 6 and 7, figs. 31-40. 

Barkuda, 15-22-vii-16 (Gravely). 

Hab.—India and Upper Burma. 

Remarks.—Col. Evans tells us that it is somewhat curious 
that bulis and phaedrus were taken together, as they do not fly in 
company as a rule. In Pachmari only buds is found, in South 
India only phaedvus. ‘The south end of the Chilka Lake probably 
represents the boundary of the range of these two species Both 
are usually found on, or near, the pea Crotolaria striata, which 


grows in cleared land. 


Aphnaeus vulcanus, Fab. (989). 


1890. Aphnaeus vulcanus, De Nic., Butt. /nd. M11, p. 349. 
1g1t-12. Aphnaeus vulcanus, Swin., Lep. Ind. 1X, p. 158, pl. 733, figs. 
I, &, la, &, Ib, o, ic, larva and pupa. 
Barkuda, 18-viii-I9. 11-iv-20. 
Hab.—Sikkim. South India and Ceylon. 
Remarks.—Rather scarce. 


Iraota timoleon, Stoll. (990). 


1890. Jraota timoleon, De Nic, tom. cit., p. 213, pl. Xxvil, figs. 192 
and 193. 


1 Dr. Chapman gives the authors’ names as Db. and West., though the 
species is generally supposed to have been described by Db. and Hew., Ger. 
Diurn. Lep. As we have been unable to verify Dr. Chapman’s statements we have 
followed general opinion and given the authors’ names as Db. and Hew. 


T921.] N. ANNANDALE & C. Dover: Fauna of Barkudal. 373 


1910-11. Jyaota timoleon, Swin., Lep. Ind. VIII, p. 132, pl. 669, figs. 3 
&, 3a, 9, 3b, &, 3c, & (wet-seas. brood); 3d, & (dry-seas. brood) 
3e, larva and pupa. 


Barkuda, 8-I0-vili-1g. I I-iv-20. 

Hab.—India and Burma. 

Remarks.—Only four specimens have been obtained; all on, 
or in the neighbourhood of, large fig trees (Fucus anfectoria or F. 
bengalensis). They resembled moths very closely. Indeed, so close 


was the resemblance that on two occasions the collector was 
deceived and labelled them ‘‘ moth.”’ 


Loxura atymnus, Cram. (996). 


1gi1-12. Loxura atvmnus, Swin., Lep. Ind., 1X, p. 213, pl. 744, figs 
I, # ta, 9, 1b, &, tc, davva and pupa. 


Barkuda, 19-vili-20. 
Hab.—South India. 
Remarks. 
only one obtained. 


1890. Loxura atymnus, De Nic., tom. cit., p. 436, pl. xxix, fig. 232. 


y an immigrant, was the 


FamiILty HESPERIIDAE. 
Badamia exclamationis, Fab. (1007). 


1896. Badamia exclamationis, El. and Edw., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., 
XIV, p. 306. 


1olt-12. Badamia exclamationts, Swin., tom. cit., p. 259, pl. 753, figs 
3) &, 3a, o, 3b, o&, 3c, 2, 3d, 3e, 3f, larva and pupa. 
Barkuda, 18-viii-6-ix-19. viii-2o. 
Hab,—India, Burma and Ceylon. 
Remarks.—Common as compared with the other Hesperiidae. 
Often seen round Pongamia glabra, flying jerkily from tree to tree. 


Hasora butleri, Aurivill. (1007). 


1897. Hasora butlert, Aurivill. Ent. Tidskrift. XVIII, p. 150. 

roli-12. Parata butleri, Swin., tom. cit., p. 255, pl. 753, figs, 1, o, 1a, ? 
1b, 0’. 

Barkuda, 18-30-vili-ry. 8-iv-20. 

Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. 

Remarks.—Scarce, 


Telicota bambusae, Moore (1004). 
1896. Telicota bambusae, El. and Edw., op. cit., p. 251, pl. xxv, fig. 63, 
1912-13. Te/icota bambusae, Swin., Lep. Ind. X, p. 248, pl. 813, 
3, @, 3a, 2, 3b, &, 3c, larva and pupa. 
Barkuda, 3-ix-19. 
Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. 


Remarks.—One specimen only was obtained, probably an 
immigrant. 


figs 
gs 


Parnara mathias, Fab. (1006). 


1896. Parnava mathias, El. and Edw., of. cit., Be 
1912-13. Chapra mathias, Swin., tom. cit., p. 


275, pl. xxvi, fig. 84 
8 
ga, 2, 3b, 2, 3c, larva and pupa. 


1. 831, figs. (ol 


ge) 


S 
red 


374 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Barkuda, 18-vili-19. 
Hab.—India, Burma, Ceylon and the Andamans. 
Remarks.—A single specimen. 


Parnara bada, Moore (1006). 


1896. Parnara guttatus, El. and Edw., op. cit., p. 283, pl. xxvi, fig. 76. 
1912-13. Parnara bada, Swin., tom. cit., p. 329, pl. $34, figs., 1, &, Ia, 
OF ib craic: 
Barkuda, 18-vili-19. 
Hab.—India, Burma and Ceylon. 
Remarks.—A single male. 


Parnara colaca, Moore (1006). 


1896. Parnara colaca, Kl. and Edw., of. cit., p. 283, pl. xxvi, fig. St. 
1912-13. Caltoris colaca, Swin., tom. cit., p 316, pl. 831, figs., 1, 0, 1a, 
2, 1b, 2, 1c, larva and pupa. 
Barkuda, 15-30-Viii-19. 
Hab.—India, Burma, Ceylon, the Andamans and Nicobars. 
Remarks.—Five examples only were captured. 


REFERENCES TO LITERATURE. 


Annandale, N. .. ‘‘ The Fauna of an Island in the Chilka 
Lake.’ Mem. Asiat. Soc. Beng. VII, No. 4 (in the Press). 

Bingham, C. T. .. The Fauna of British India, Butterflies, I 
and II. London, 1G05-07. 

Chapman, T. A... ‘‘ An Analysis of the genus Curetis.”’ Nov. 
Zool., Xxii, pp. 80-104, i915. 

De Niceville, L... The Butterflies of India Calcutta, 1890. 

Dover, C. .. ‘The Enemies of Butterflies.” Jouvn. Bomb. 
Nat. Hist. Soc., xxvii, pp. 642-43, 1921. 

Eltringham, H. .. ‘‘On the Scent Apparatus in the Male of 
Amauris naivius, Linn.’’ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1913, 
pp. 399-406. 

Eltringham, H. .. “‘ Further Observations on the Structure of 
the Scent Organs in certain Male Danaine Butterflies.” 
Ibid., 1915, pp. 152-176. 

Eltringham, H. .. “ Butterfly Vision.’’ [bid., 1919, pp. 1-49. 

Elwes, H. J. and Edwards, J. .. ‘‘A Revision of the Oriental 
Hesperiidae.’’ 
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., xiv, pp. 101-324, 1896. 

Evans, W.H. .. ‘‘A List of the Indian Butterflies.” Journ. 
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., xix, pp. 553-584 and pp. 969-1008, 
IQII-I3. 

Evans, W. H. .. ‘Notes on Indian Butterflies.’’ Ibid., xxvii, 
pp. 86-93 1920. 

Fryer, J.C. F. .. ‘An Investigation by Pedigree Breeding 
into the Polymorphism of Papilio polytes, Linn.’’ Phil. 
Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond., B., CCIV, pp. 227-54, 1914. 


1g2t.] N. ANNANDALE & C. DOVER; Fauna of Barkudal. 375 


Fryer, J.C. F. .. ‘‘Pupal Colouration in Papilio polyies, 
Linn.” Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1913, pp. 414-419. 


Fryer, J.C. F. .. ‘‘ Field Observations on the Enemies of 
Butterflies in Cevlon.’? Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1913, pp. 
613-610. 

ChoshyC€s C: .. “Tjfe Histories of Indian Insects, v, Lepi- 


doptera-—Butterflies.’” Mem. Dep. Agriculture Ind., Ent. 
Sertes, v, No. I, pp. I-72, 1912. 

Hankin, E.H. .. ‘‘ The Comparative Invisibility of Papilio 
demoleus during flight.’ Rep. Proc. 3rd Ent. Meet. Pusa, 
iii, pp. 900-03, 1920. 

Marshall, G. A. K. ‘‘Birds as a Factor in the Production of Mi- 
metic Resemblances among Butterflies.”” Tvans. Ent. Soc. 
Lond., 1909. pp. 329-83. 

Poulton, KE. B. .. ‘‘ The Proportion of the Female forms of P. 
polytes in the Different Parts of its Geographical Range.”’ 
Rep. Proc. 3rd Ent. Meet. Pusa, iii, pp. 903-06, 1920. 

Punnett, R.C. .. ‘‘ Mimicry in Ceylon Butterflies, with a Sug- 
gestion as to the Nature of Polymorphism.’’ Sol. Zey- 
lanica, vii, pp. I-24, IgII. 


Punnett, R.C. . Mimicry in Butterflies. Cambridge, 1915. 

Seitz, A. .. The Macrolepidoptera of the World. Stutt- 
gart, <g08 onwards. (Not yet complete). 

Swinhoe, F. .. lLepidoptera Indica, vii, viii, ix and x. Lon- 


don, 1905-13. 


THE MOTHS OF BARKUDA ISLAND. 
By Cepric Dover, Assistant, Zoological Survey of India. 


The fact that the majority of the moths taken on Barkuda 
aie widely distributed and easily recognised species has made it 
possible for me without any special knowledge to identify them 
with certainty. In the annotated list that follows I have thought 
it convenient to adopt the arrangement given in Hampson’s vol- 
umes on moths in the ‘‘ Fauna of British India” series, as, to 
have followed the system at present in vogue among Lepidopterists 
would have led to unavoidable complications, chiefly because the 
extensive moth collections of the Indian Museum have not as yet 
been brought up to date. 

The moths have received sufficient in the way of introduction 
in Dr. Annandale’s general introduction to the fauna of the island; 
and it seems only necessary to recapitulate here that they are 
fairly well represented, when one considers the peculiar features 
of Barkuda and the disadvantages to moth-life that they offer. 

We have to thank Mr. T. Bainbrigge-Fletcher, R.N., F.L.S., 
F.E.S., F.Z.S., Imperial Entomologist, for the identification of the 
Micros and assistance in naming other specimens. 


ANNOTATED LIST. 


Gunda lugubyis Drury. 1 ex., 25-x-19 (Annandale). 

Cephanodes hylas Winn. 1 ex., 15—-22-vii-16 (Annandale and 
Gravely). The only Sphingid occasionally seen on Barkuda. 

Syntomis passalis Fabr. 4 ex., 3-19-viii-19 (Gravely); ix-19 
(Dover) ; 16-viii-20 (Dover). Not a rare moth on the island. 

Thyrassia subcordata Wik. 3 ex., 3-19-viii-1g (Gravely); 17- 
viti-20 (Dover). The species was occasionally seen in September, 
191g and in August, 1920. 

Euproctis sp. 1 ex., 3-19-viii-19 (Gravely). 

Perina nuda Fabr. 2 ex., 3-19-viii-19 (Gravely). Not a com- 
mon species on Barkuda. 

Hypsa alciphron Cram. 1 ex., 3-19-viti-19 (Gravely). 

Alphaea vittata Moore. I ex., 9-x-20 (Annandale). Rare. 

Deiopeia pulchella Linn. 4 ex., 3-19-viii-19 (Gravely) ; 9-vit- 19 
(Annandale) ; 14-viii-20 (Dover). One of the commonest moths on 
the island. 

Duomitus mineus Cram. This species has been seen by Dr. An- 
nandale who remarks on its resemblance to a large Buprestid beetle 
in his introduction to these reports. 

Thosea cana Wik. 3 ex., 18-ix-19 (Brunetti). Two of the three 


378 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoxL. XXII, 


specimens were taken 7 copula on the doorstep of the bungalow in 
the dark. 

Parasa Iularis West. 2 ex., 3-19-viii-ig (Gravely); 14-viii-20 
(Dovey). A common Indian species not rare on Barkuda. 

Narosa sp. I ex., 3—19-viii-19 (Gravely). 

Lymanina rhodina Wik. 4 ex., 3-19-viii-19 (Gravely); i5- 
vili-20 (Dover). Hampson in the “‘ Fauna ”’ records this species from 
Sikkim and the Khasi Hills. On the island it is generally found on 
the trunks of fig-trees, and in this situation is almost invisible. 

Prodenia litura Fabr. 2 ex., 3-19-viii-19 (Gravely). A widely 
distributed species rather rare on the island. 

Hyblaca puera Cram. 10 ex., 15-22-vii-16 (Annandale and 
Gravely); 3-19-viii-1g (Gravely); viii-20 (Annandale); 14-viii-20 
(Dover and Ribeiro) ; 1-6-ix-19 (Annandale). This is one of the 
commonest moths on the island, being found especially on fig-trees 
and on the shrub Glycosmis pentaphylla. Two full-fed caterpillars 
were taken by Dr. Annandale on 19-viii-20. ‘They started pupating 
ou the next day and hatched out on the 28th of the same month. 
The pupae, which are brownish in colour, are generally found along 
the midrib of a leaf, the edges of which it draws together so as to 
conceal it almost entirely. The larvae have been proved pests of, 
teak and rice. 

Odontodes aleuca Guen. I ex., 3-19-viii-I9g (Gravely). Rare. 

Nyctipao macrops Linn. 1 ex., 1-6-ix-19 (Annandale). 

Sphingomorpha chlorea Cram. 1 ex., 25-vii-4-viii-17 (Annan- 
dale). 

Ophiusa mezentia Cram. 3 ex., 3-I9-vili-19 (Gravely) ; 29-iv- 
20 (Dover). Not an uncommon moth during the rains, 

Ophiusa dolata Fabr. 1 ex., 25-vii-4—viii-17 (Annandale). Not 
seen of late years on Barkuda. 

Ophiusa coronata Fabr. 3 ex., 3-19 viii-19 (Gravely) ; 17-ix-19 
(Annandale) ; 13-viii-20 (Dover and Ribetvo). This species was 
sometimes abundant in the rains. Dr. Annandale has made the 
interesting observation that certain individuals developed the 
curious habit of coming to drink out of the glasses at dinner. 
They were by no means teetotal in their taste, and could imbibe 
quite an appreciable amount of whisky without being inebriated. 

Microma aculeata Guen. 3 ex., 3-I9-viii-Ig (Gravely); 1 
—6-iv-19 (Annandale). This species is not uncommon on Barkuda 
on the trunks of trees. One of the specimens has a bit torn out of 
the left hindwing as if by a lizard. 

Botyodes asialis Guen. I ex., 3-19-viii-Ig (Gravely), A rare 
species. 

Glyphodes negatalis Wik. A common species on the island, 
being found in abundance on the walls of the bungalow at all 
seasons. 

Leucinodes apicais Hampson. 2 ex., 14—viii-20 (Dover). A 
common moth in August and September on Barkuda. 

The following species have been identified by Mr. Fletcher :— 


1921. | C. Dover: Fauna of Barkuda I. 379 


Asura conferta Wik. 2 ex., ix-19 (Dover) ; viii-20 (Annandale). 
Dr. Annandale’s example was caught in the pupal stage on 16-viii- 
20 and it hatched out on 24-viii-20. 

Asura rubricosa Moore. 3 exX., 3-19-viii-Ig (Gravely) ; 15-viii- 
20 (Dover) ; iv-20 (Annandale and Dover). 

Amsacta lineola Fabr. 2 ex., 14-viil-20 (Dover). 

Spodoptera mauritia Boisd. I ex., 3-19-viii-I9 (Gravely). 

Schoenobius bipunctifer Wik. 1 ex., 19-ix-19 (Brunett:). 

Cydia pseudonictis Meyr. 1 ex., 3~—19-vili-rg (Gravely). 

Phycodes minoy Moore. 1 ex., 3—19-vili-1g (Gravely). With 
the wings closed this insect bears a general resemblance to a small 
beetle. 


wt 
= 


(Cle Py ~ > i ¢ oe mts wes Q 7 a 
J 


nar ’ ais’ «@ ©} ihe a 
: : wie e 
! i iH k ape sir; 
-7tw 28 © em) ®t 
@ 
i 
i | 
a) kaw 
—— 7? 
a.m) See 
pd ie 


Pie WASPS AND BEES Or BARK UDA 
IOS) 1G, AN IN! ID) 


By CEDRIC DovEr, Assistant, Zoological Survey of India. 


In spite of the fact that the Hymenoptera of Barkuda were 
not diligently collected, a fairly representative collection has been 
made and a report on them will not, I think, be without value. 
I have not attempted to deal with the few parasitic forms collect- 
ed, nor with the ants, but of the latter it may be mentioned that 
a race of Camponotus compressus, and Phidole rhombinoda are not 
uncommon ontheisland.! Elsewhere in these reports Dr. Annandale 
has made some interesting bionomic notes on these insects. 

Like the butterflies, the Hymenoptera are represented in the 
main by common and widespread species, and many forms which 
occur on the neighbouring islands and on the mainland are here 
either scarce, or entirely absent. The fossorial families are fairly 
well represented. Mutillids are scarce, Scoliids likewise, but the 
Pompilidae and Sphegidae are common. Macromeris violaceae and 
Sceliphron violaceum are the most abundant fossorial hymenop- 
terons on the island. Individuals of the various species of solitary 
wasps found on Barkuda are rather scarce, and those of the only 
two species of social wasps mentioned in the list, abundant. The 
common yellow wasps (Polistes hebraeus) are not represented in the 
collection, but the species is one which I have occasionally seen. 
Individuals of the commoner species of Apidae are abundant, the 
larger forms being found chiefly round the pea Crotolaria striata 
and the abundant shrub Glycosmis pentaphylla; the smaller, as 
Nomia oxybeloides, in low herbage. The carpenter-bees are 
common, but not quite so common as a casual observer would 
think, as the brilliant effulgence of their wings and their noisy 
booming ways render them conspicuous. Leaf-cutting bees are 
abundant at certain seasons. One species (Megachile lanata) was 
very common in April, and used to build a nest, composed 
generally of six or seven mud cylinders, in any available hollow 
such as the backs of books and in keyholes and locks. The nests 
appeared to be parasitized by Megachile disjuncta. In the intro- 
duction to the fauna of the island it is stated that Apis florea is 
common and 4. dorsata scarce, but I have never seen these species 
on Barkuda and they are not represented in the collection. Dr. 
Annandale informs me that he found honey of A. florea from 
Barkuda tasteless. 


! The Tailor-Ant, Oecophylla smaragdina is found on Barkuda, but it 
apparently never succeeds in establishing a colony. Cf. Annandale in his intro- 
duction to these reports. 


382 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XXII, 

In this paper I have followed the arrangement given by Col. 
Bingham in his volumes on the Hymenoptera in the ‘‘ Fauna of 
British India” series for convenience sake, and the numbers 
after the name of each species denote the page number of that 
work. 

In conclusion I would like to take this opportunity of express- 
ing my indebtedness to Dr. N. Annandale for the kindly interest 
he has always taken in my zoological studies, and for the oppor- 
tunities he has repeatedly given me of touring under his guidance. 


LIst OF SPECIES COLLECTED ON BARKUDA, 


Tribe Fossores. 
Family Mutillidae. 
Mutilla ruficrus Rad. M.S. 


Mutilla nr. pondicherensis Rad. and 


Sich. 
Mutilla sexmaculata Swed. 
Mutilla nv. sexmaculata Swed. 
Mutilla indostana Smith. 
Mutilla sp. 
Family Scoliidae. 
Elis thoracica (Fab.) 

Family. Pompilidae. 
Macromeris violaceae \.epel. 
Salius pevplexus (Smith). 
Salius madraspatanum (Smith). 
Pompilus analis (Fab.). 
Pompilus vothneyi Cam. 

Family Sphegidae. 
Tachytes modesta Smith. 
Ammophila atripes Smith. 
Ammophila laevigata Smith. 


Sceliphvon madraspatanum (¥Fab.). 


Sceliphron violaceum (Fab.) 
Sphex lutetpennis Mocs. 
Sphex aurulentus (Fab.). 
Ampulex compressa (Fab.). 
Stizus vespiformis (Fab.). 
Cerceris vigilans Smith. 
Cerceris sp. 


Tribe Diploptera. 
Pamily Eumenidae. ~ 
Eumenes brevirostrata Sauss. 
Eumenes petiolata (Fab.). 
Eumenes esuriens (Fab.). 
Eumenes conica (Fab.).: 
Rhynchium brunneum (Fab.). 
Odynerus punctum (Fab.). 
Family Vespidae. 
Polistes stigma (Fab.). 
Vespa cincta Fab. 
Tribe Anthophila. 
Family Apidae. 
Nomra westwoodi Grib. 
Nomia oxybeloides Smith. 
Steganomus nodicornis Smith. 
Megachile disjwncta (Fab.). 
Megachile lanata (Fab.). 
Megachile coeliox sides Bing. 
Ceratina viridissima Guer. 
Coelioxys fuscipennis Smith. 
Coelioxys capitatus Smith. 
Xylocopa tenuiscapa Westw. 
Aylocopa fenestrata | Fab.). 
Xylocopa nv. fenestrata (Fab.). 
Xylocopa aestuans (Linn.). 
Xylocopa rufescens Smith. 
Tribe Tubulifera. 
Kamily Chrysididae. 
Stilbum cyanorum var. splendidum 
(Fab.) 
Chrysts liusca Fab. 


Tribe FOSSORES. 
Family MuTILLIDAE. 
Mutilla ruficrus Rad. M.S., p. 14. 


Barkuda, 2 ex., 15-22-xii-16 (Gravely) ; 10-ix-20 (Annandale). 

Recorded by Bingham from Bhamo in Upper Burma and the 
Karen hills. Represented in the collection of the Z.S.I. from the 
Shan hills in Upper Burma, ‘‘ Burma,” Margherita in N. Assam, 
Bengal, and Dehra Dun. The specimens were obtained among 
low herbage on a sandy patch in the jungle. 


TOE, | . Dover: Fauna of Barkuda I. 383 


Mutilla nr. pondicherensis Rad. and Sich., p. 18. 


Barkuda, I ex., 15—22-vii-16 (Gravely). 

Mutilla pondicherensis is represented in the collection of the 
Z.S.1. from Calcutta, Pusa, and Bulsar, Bombay. The Barkuda 
specimen differs from pondicherensis chiefly in the colouration of 
the head, which in pondicherensis is black and in our specimen 
pale ted. Gravely (Rec Ind. Mus. VII, p. 87) has noticed the 
“mimicry” of M. pondicherensis by a spider, ? Coenoptichus pul- 
chetlus Simon (=Myctocryptus mutillavius Karsch). 


Mutilla sexmaculata Swed., p. 25. 


Barkuda, 2 ex., 2I-vii-14 (Chilka Survey); 25-vii—4-viil-17 
(Annandale). 

Represented in the Z S.I collection from Meerut, a cantonment 
in N. W. India, Deesa, in the Bombay Pres., Purneah, and the 
Bijnor dist. in the United Provinces. I saw this species on two 
occasions in October, 1919. 


Mutilla nur. sexmaculata Swed. 
Barkuda, I ex., 15-22-vii-16 (Annandale and Gravely). 


Differing from the preceding species only in the colouration of 
the head and thorax which is dark red. 


Mutilla indostana Smith, p. 47. 

Barkuda, 2 ex., iv-20 (Annandale and Dover) ; ix-20 (Annan- 
dale). 

The only other identified specimen in the Indian Museum is 
from Surat, in the Bombay Presidency. 

Mutilla sp. 

Barkuda, I ex., 3-19-viii-19 (Gravely). 

A small Mutillid which has been too badly preserved to 
render its specific determination possible. 


Family SconLImae. 
Elis thoracica (Fab.), p. 99. 


Barkuda, I ex., ix-20 (Gravely). 

The following localities represented by specimens in the 
collection of the Z.S.I. are not recorded by Bingham in the 
“Fauna”; Thibet, Nepal Terai, Kichna in the Naini Tal dist. , 
Calcutta, Karachi, Ranchi, and Perak in the Malay Peninsula. 


Family POMPILIDAE. 


Macromeris violacea Lepel., p. 105. 


Barkuda, 5 ex., 25-vii-4-vill-17 (dnnandale); 10-ix-18 (An- 
nandale). 


384 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vov. XXII, 


The species is found, except in very dry regions, throughout 
India, Burma, Tenasserim, and the Andamans. It is fairly com- 
mon on Barkuda. 


Salius perplexus (Smith), p. 130. 


Barkuda, 2 ex., 25-vii-4-viii-17 (Annandale). 

Represented in the collection of the Z.S.I. from Bangalore, 
Ranchi, Satara district in the Bombay Presidency, and Gopkuda 
T. in Lake Chilka. 


Salius madraspatanus (Smith), p. 139. 
Barkuda, 5 ex., 15-22-vit-16 (Gravely) ; 25-vii—4-vill-17 (An- 
nandale). 
_ This species is common all over the Indian Empire and in 
Ceylon. It is the most abundant Pompilid on the island. 


Pompilus analis (Fab.), p. 150. 


Barkuda, 4 ex., ¥5-22-vii-16 (Gravely) ; 3-10-viii-19 (Gravely) ; 
25-vii—4-vili-17 (Annandale) ; 16-ix-19 (Brunetti). 

Found throughout India, Burma and Ceylon extending to the 
Malayan subregion. The labels on three of the specimens bear 
the remarks “‘ carrying a large Thomisiid,’’ ‘“‘ carrying a large 
Sparassus,” and ‘‘ carrying a young cockroach,’’ which seem to 
corroborate Bingham’s description of the habits of the genus. 


Pompilus rothneyi Cam., p. 169. 

Barkuda, I ex., 17-vii-14 (Chilka Survey). 

Recorded from Sikkim, Barrackpore, Burma, Tenasserim, and 
Ceylon ; the species is represented in the Z.S.I. collection by only 
one specimen—the present one. This form closely resembles, and 
is probably a variety of, P. pedestyis Smith, and also inhabits the 
samearea as that species. P. vothneyi is usually rarer in collec- 
tions and on this point Bingham remarks :— ‘“‘ The two species exist 
together, but, so far as I have been able to observe, P. rothneyi 
frequents the thickest forest, while pedestris is to be found in the 
open and occasionally comes into houses,” 


Family SPHEGIDAE. 


Tachytes modesta Smith, p. 100. 


Barkuda, I ex., 21-vii-14 (Chilka Survey). 

Calcutta and Bangalore (represented by specimens in the 
Z.S.1. collection) may be added to the localities given by Bing- 
ham. The species is common in Calcutta and Barrackpore. 


Ammophila atripes Smith, p. 229. 


Barkuda, 7. ex., 2I-vii-14 (Chilka Survey); 15-22-vii-16 
(Gravely); 25-vii-4-viii-17 (Annandale); 19-ix-19 (Brunetti); 3- 
19-Viii-19 (Gravely). 


1g21.] C. Dover: Fauna ot Barkuda I. 385 


Found throughout India, Burma, Tenasserim and Ceylon ex- 
tending to China and probably to the Malayan subregion. 


Ammophila laevigata Smith, p. 231. 


Barkuda, 3 ex., 12-19-vil-14 (Chilka Survey); xi-14 (An- 
nandale). 

Represented in the collection of the Z.S.I. from Kangra valley 
in Sikkim, Jhansi in N. W. India, Bangalore, and Pusa. A rare 
species on the island. 


Sceliphron madraspatanum (Fab.), p. 237. 


Barkuda, 5 ex., iv-20 (Annandale and Dover). 
A common species found throughout our limits. It was not 
uncommon on Barkuda in April, rgzo. 


Sceliphron violaceum (Fab.), p. 240. 


Barkuda, 18 ex., 2I-vii-I4 (Chilka Survey), 15-22-vii-16 
(Gravely); 25-vii-4-vili-17 (Annandale); 3-19-v-19 (Gravely); 2- 
vi-20 (Annandale); :4-16-viii-20 (Dover and Ribeiro), 

Widely distributed, its range extending from S. Europe to 
Australia. It is the commonest Sphegid on Barkuda where it 
often builds its curious little mud-cells in the oddest corners in the 
bungalow. Individuals with the wings dark fusco-violaceous on 
the apical half or two-thirds are rare. 


Sphex Iuteipennis Mocs., p. 247. 
Barkuda, 2 ex., 15-22-vii-16 (Gravely); 25-vii—4-viii-17 (An- 
nandale). 
The ZS.I. possesses specimens from Karachi, Satara dist., 
in the Bombay Pres., Waltair, and Katmandu in Nepal. This 
species was never seen in IgIg and 1920. 


Sphex aurulentus (Fab.), p. 250. 
Barkuda, 2 ex., 17-vii-14 (Chilka Survey); 3~-19-viii-19 
(Gravely). 
Widely distributed in the Oriental region and found in China 
and N. Australia. Our specimens correspond to the var. ferrugt- 
neous Lepel. 


Ampulex compressa (Fab.), p. 25. 


Barkuda, I ex., iv-20 (Annandale and Dover). 
A rather widely distributed species comparatively rare on 
Barkuda. 


Stizus vespiformis (Fab.), p. 277. 


Barkuda, 3 ex, 21-vii-14 (Chilka Survey); 15-22-vii-16 
(Gravely) ; 3-19-viii-19 (Gravely). 


386 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


The species is represented in the Z.S.I. collection from Cal- 
cutta, Gopkuda I., lL. Chilka, Kalka at the base of the Simla 
hills, Bangalore, Siliguri, Ranchi, Deesa, and the Ganjam dist. I 
have seen this species occasionally in April and August, 1920. 


Cerceris vigilans Smith, p. 308. 


Barkuda, I ex., 17-vii-14 (Chilka Survey). 
Represented in the collection of the Z.S.I. from Calcutta and 
Sikkim. 
Cerceris sp. 


Barkuda, I ex., 21-vii-14 (Chilka Survey). 
I am unable to identify this insect specifically at present. 


Tribe DIPLOPTERA. 
Family KUMENIDA. 
Eumenes brevirostrata Sauss., p. 337: 


Barkuda, 4 ex., 15-22-vii-16 (Gravely); 16—20-ix-1y (Bru- 
netti); 8-x-20 (Annandale). 

Previously recorded from Sikkim, Madras and Calcutta. Not 
uncommon on the island. It is generally found along the shore. 


Eumenes petiolata (Fab.), p. 341. 


Barkuda, 5 ex., 2I-vii-14 (Chilka Survey); 16 and 17-ix-1g 
(Brunettt) ; 3—19-viii-19 (Gravely) ; iv-20 (Annandale and Dover). 
A rather widely distributed species fairly common on Barkuda. 


Eumenes esuriens (Fab.), p. 342. 


Barkuda, 2 ex., 19-iv-20 (Annandale and Dover). 

A common plains species found throughout India, Burma 
and Tenasserim. It was not uncommon on Barkuda in April, 
1920. 

Eumenes conica (Fab.), p. 343. 


Barkuda, 2 ex., 25-vii-4-17 (Annandale); 18-ix-19 (Brunettt). 

Distributed throughout the plains of India, Burma, and 
Ceylon extending to China and the Malayan subregion. This 
species was seen occasionally in September and October, 1919, 
and in August, 1920. 


Rhynchium brunneum (Fab.), p. 355. 


Barkuda, 2 ex., 18-ix-19 (brunettt). 

A common and widely distributed species apparently not 
found at great altitudes. One of the two specimens approaches 
the var. caynaticum of this species. 


1g2I.] C. Dover: Fauna of Barkuda I. 387 


Odynerus punctum (Fab.), p. 365. 


Barkuda, I ex., 15-22-vii-16 (Annandale and Gravely). A 
rather widely distributed species not common on the island. 


‘ Family VESPIDAE. 
Polistes stigma (Fab.), p. 306. 


Barkuda, 16 ex., 15-22-vii-16 (Gravely); 16-20-ix-Ig (Bru- 
nettt) ; 25-vii—4-viti-17 (Annandale); 3-19-vii-19 (Gravely); iv-20 
(Annandale and Dover) ; 17 and 18-viii-20 (Dover and Ribeiro). 

Specimens from the following localities unnoticed by Bing- 
ham are represented in the collection of the Z.S.I.: Kangra valley 
in Sikkim, Shillong, Lucknow, Nepal Terai, Naini Tal dist., Gop- 
kuda I., Bengal and Thibet. A common insect at all seasons. 


Vespa cincta Fab., p. 402. 


Barkuda, 3 ex., 25-vii-4-vili-17 (Anuandale) ; 17-18-viii-20 
(Dovey and Ribeiro). 

Found throughout our limits. This species is quite common 
in a cleared space enclosed for the most part by the sword-bean 
(Canavalia ensiformis). In a similar situation, and round flowers 
of Ponganua glabra, is also found the Meloid Zonabris pustulata, to 
which V. cimcta bears a fanciful resemblance on the wing. It 
causes some damage among individuals of the preceding species 
and the bee Nomia oxybeloides. I have noticed the insect-eating 
habits of this hornet more fully in Jouvn. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 
XXVII, p. 960 (1921). I have seen the common house gecko (He- 
midacty/us frenatus) raid the nest of this species and Polistes on 
Barkuda and elsewhere, without being stung, and Rothney notices 
that the Indian squirrel (Sczurus palmarum)' clears out the hornets 
feeding on the juice of the date-palm with its paws, without being 
molested in any way. Yet it is not an unknown incident for the 
Indian hornet to attack even elephants.” 


Tribe ANTHOPHILA. 
Family APIDAE. 
Nomia oxybeloides Smith, p. 457. 


Barkuda, 9 ex., 2I-vii-14 (Chilka Survey) ; 25-vii—4-viii-17 
(Annandale) ; 23-iv-20 (Annandale and Dover). 

Recorded by Bingham from Bengal, Bombay, Punjab, and 
Karachi extending to Aden. ‘The only named specimens in the 
Indian Museum are from Calcutta. ‘The species is very common 
round low herbage at all seasons. An Asilid which Mr. Brunetti 


! The generic name of this species has, I believe, been altered to Fundam- 
bulus. 
2 See Rothney, Trans. Ent. Soc. Tond., 1903, p. 114. 


388 : Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


has identified as Allocotasia aurata F. was taken while preying on 
a bee belonging to this species. 


Nomia westwoodi Grib., p. 449. 


Barkuda, 2 ex., 17-vili-20 (Dover) ; 17-ix-19 (Brunetiz). 

Bingham records this species from Bengal. It is represented 
in the collection of the Z.S.1. from the Kangra valley, Paresnath 
and Calcutta. 


Steganomus nodicornis Smith, p. 460. 


Barkuda, I ex., 25-vii—4-viii-17 (Annandale). 

Previously known from Barrackpore in Bengal, Lucknow and 
Allahabad. There are specimens in the Z.S.I. collection from 
Sikkim, Siripur in N. Bengal, Bangalore, Mussorie, Dehra Dun 
and Lucknow. Rothney, (loc. cit. p. 115) says of this species: 
“Tt is a charming little bee and has a quite wierd little flight 
of its own, which is very puzzling till you get accustomed to 
it. The little white flowers of a species of Pulicavia are much 
frequented, and it has a habit of settling drawn up in a little com- 
pact ball on the stem beneath the flower, when it is almost im- 
possible to discover it. I have been out collecting with a friend a 
whole day where this bee was fairly common without his captur- 
ing a single specimen until initiated in their ways.’’ I have 
shared a similar experience myself, and it is this habit which pro- 
bably accounts for the fact that only a single specimen was col- 
lected on Barkuda. 


Megachile disjuncta (Fab.), p. 480. 


Barkuda, 4 ex., 15—22-vii-’16 (Gravely) ; 3-19-vili-19 (Gravely) ; 
20-ix-20 (Brunetti); 7-iv-20 (Annandale). 

Recorded from India, Burma and ‘Tenasserim. Somewhat 
scarcer than the following species. 


Megachile lanata (Fab.), p. 480. 


Barkuda, 3 ex., ix-20 (Gravely); iv-20 (Annandale and 
Dover). 

A common insect recorded from most parts of India, Burma, 
Tenasserim and Ceylon. This solitary bee was common to the 
extent of being a nuisance on Barkuda in April, 1920, where it 
used to build its cartridge-shaped mud nest in the backs of books 
and in every available hole and corner.! Its nest appeared to be 
parasitized by Megachile disjuncta. 


| Cf. Horne, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., V1, p. 176 (1872) for a description ot 
the habits of this species and for many other common species mentioned in this 
paper. 


+ 


tg2I.| C. Dover: Fauna of Barkuda I. 389 


Megachile coelioxsides Bing. 
1898. Megachile coelioxsides Bing., Fourn. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 
XII, p. 126, 
Barkuda, I ex., 24-iv-20. (Dover). 
Represented in the Z.S.I. collection from Deesa and Quetta. 


Ceratina viridissima Guer., p. 501. 


Barkuda, 9 ex., 2I-vii-14 (Chilka Survey); 16 and 17-viii-20 
(Dover) ; ix-20 (Annandale). 

Found throughout our limits. The species was abundant in 
August, 1920. 


Coelioxys ? fuscipennis Smith, p. 511. 


Barkuda, 2 ex., 17-vii-14 (Chilka Survey) ; £8-ix-’19 (Brunetti). 

Represented in the collection of the Z.S.I. from the Kangra 
valley, Dehra Dun, Surat in the Bombay Pres., Calcutta and 
Bangalore. In the older of the two specimens from Barkuda the 
snow-white pubescence on the front and clypeus, and the transverse 
bands on the abdomen both dorsally and ventrally are wanting. 


Coelioxys capitatus Smith, p. 512. 


Barkuda, 2 ex., iv-20 (Annandale and Dover). 
Bangalore and Ranchi, represented by specimen in the Z.S.I. 
collection, may be added to the localities given by Bingham. 


Xylocopa tenuiscapa Westw., p. 537. 


Barkuda, 3 ex., 25-vii—4-viii-la (Annandale) ; 18-ix-1g (Bru- 
nettr). 

Represented in the Z.S.I. collection from Bangaloie, Mur- 
shidabad, Calcutta, Peradeniya in Ceylon and Tindharia. Occa- 
sionally seen in 1920. 

It is rather difficult to separate the females of L. tenuiscapa 
from those of X. latipes on Bingham’s descriptions alone. Smith’s 
monograph on Xylocopa (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874), Perez [Act. Soc. 
Linn. Bordeaux L,V1, Ser. 6, VI, p. 50 (1g01)] and Maid! [ Ann. Nat. 
Hofmus. Wien. XXVI,.p. 294 (1912)] should also be consulted. 

Maidl (of. cit., p. 295) regards Sichel’s albofasciata as a female 
of X. tenuiscapa. AsI can offer no opinion, never having seen 
Sichel’s species, I quote Maidl’s remarks in extenso. He says: 
“Ein @ von Ceylon ges. auf der ‘‘ Novara”’ Reise ist als Type 
von albofasciata Sich. bezeichnet. Es ist ganz unzweifelhaft ein 
tenutscapa 2, nur finden sich an den Abdominaltergiten Reste 
weisser Fettausschwitzungen. Diese weisser Fettausschwitzungen 
sind die weisser Binden Sichels! Zu Zeit Sichels waren sie wahrs- 
cheinlich starker, den inzwischen ist das Tier offenbar einmal in 
Benzin gewaschen worden, wobeisich die Binden aufgelost haben! 
Die Art ist als synonym zu X. tenuiscapa Westw. zu setzen.” 


A 


390 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Xylocopa fenestrata (Fab.), p. 539. 


Barkuda, 2 ex., 25-vii-4-vili-17 (Annandale) ; ix-19 (Brunetti). 
A widely distributed species rare on the island. 


Xylocopa nr. fenestrata (Fab.) 


Barkuda, 1 ex , iv-20 (Annandale and Dover). 

This specimen seems to be intermediate between X. fenestrata 
(Fab.) and X. Junata Klug, which Bingham doubtfully sunk as a 
synonym of the former species. It differs from both forms in the 
possession of a comparatively large and a small, almost reniform, 
hyaline marking on the hindwings. Were it not for the fact 
that the large marking on the right hindwing is almost lost I 
might have been tempted to describe this as a new variety of X. 
fenestrata. 


Xylocopa aestuans (Linn.). p. 540. 


Barkuda, 18 ex., 3-109-viii-1g (Gravely); 16-20-ix-19 (Bru- 
nettt); 25-vil-4-vili-17 (Annandale); 26-iv-20 (Dover); 7-vi-20 
(Annandale). 

The most abundant Xylocopa on the island at all! seasons. 
Tts favourite food-plant appears to be the pea Crotolaria striata. 
Tt often bores in a dead log, cutting a rather neat round hole 
as an entrance to the nest. The handle of a disused palki (a sort 
of native carriage) was completely ruined by these insects in this 
mariner. 

Xylocopa rufescens Smith, p. 543. 


Barkuda, 3 ex., 25-vii—4-vili-17 (Annandale) ; 1—-6-ix-19 (An- 
nandale) ; 26-iv-20 (Dover). 

Previously recorded by Bingham from Sikkim, Burma, Te- 
nasserim, Java, Sumatra, and Borneo. It is represented in the 
collection of the Z.S.I. from the Andamans, Singapore, Sikkim, 
Murshidabad and the Ganjam dist. A comparatively rare bee of 
crepuscular habits. Its capture in the plains of Peninsular India 
is interesting. 

The Indian Museum possesses three specimens from South 
Malabar identified as Xylocopa ferruginea Lepel., a species relegated 
to a foot-note description in Bingham’s volume, as he had not been 
able to identify it. I am inclined to think that these examples 
are in reality X. vufescens, but they are in too bad a condition to 
admit of a definite opinion being expressed. 


Tribe TUBULIFERA. 
Family CHRYSIDIDAE. 


Stilbum cyanorum var. splendidum (Fab.), II, p. 432. 


Barkuda, I ex., iv-20 (Annandale and Dover). 
A cosmopolitan species. 


1g921.| C. Dover: Fauna of Barkuda I. 3901 


Chrysis Iusca Fab., II, p. 484. 


Barkuda, 6 ex., 15-22-vii-16 (Gravely); 18-20-ix-1g (Bru- 
nett); 1x-20 (Annandale). 

Found throughout our limits. The species is rather common 
in the island. 


WISI, IINP IIB IRVONWS ING IIIs OPN TVIRD) a 
ISLAND. 


By Cepric Dover, Assistant, Zoological Survey of India. 


The present note can only be said to illustrate the general 
character of the dipterous fauna of Barkuda as it has been found 
impossible to name all the species collected; and it is for this 
reason that I have arranged this paper in the form of notes under 
each family. We have to thank Mr. Brunetti for naming some 
specimens and for confirming the identifications of the others. 
Mr. Edwards has identified the Culicidae. In the arrangement 
I have followed Sedgwick’s ‘‘ Zoology.” 


Family CuLICIDAE. 


Anopheles subpictus Grassi and Stegomyza albopicta Skuse are 
the commonest mosquitoes on the island. A.? culicifacies Giles, 
Culex concoloy R. D., and Culex? sitiens Wied., have also been 
taken, Stegomyia w-alba Theo. is not uncommon. 


Family CHIRONOMIDAE. 


Culicoides peregrinus Kieff. occurs in vast numbers at the 
end of the rainy season, swarming with other forms round lamps 
in the verandah of the bungalow. Calyplopogon albitarsis Kieft. 
has also been taken. 


Family PSYCHODIDAE. 


A small species of Phlebotomus occurs, but is rather scarce. 


Family TIPULIDAE. 
The only Tipulid taken on the island is the widely distribut- 
ed Conosia irrorata Wied., which is fairly common.’ 
Family BIBIONIDAE. 


Plecia tergorata Rond. is often abundant during the rains. It 
has been seen hovering in the air about six to ten feet from the 
ground in considerable numbers on dull showery mornings. 


Family STRATIOMYIDAE. 


The only members of this family taken on Barkuda were a 
single specimen of Odontomyia minuta Fabr. (10-iv-20, Annan- 
dale), and of a new genus of Pachygastrinae. 


1 Cf, Gravely, Rec. Ind. Mus. X1, p. 508, 1915, for notes on habits. 


394 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


Family TABANIDAE. 


The common horse-fly, Tabanus striatus Fabr., was taken in 
June and October on Barkuda, where it is not a rare species. 
Two species of Haematopota are also not uncommon, 


Family BOMBYLIIDAE. 


Exoprosopa flammea Brun., was rather common in April, 1920, 
round flowers of the Tree-Euphorbia (2£. neriifolia) on the island 
and I have also seen it at Rambha on the mainland. ‘The species 
was previously recorded from Pusa and Trincomalee. I might 
mention in passing that the female on which Brunetti’s original 
description was based was taken at Trivandrum and not at Pusa 
as stated by him.’ Exoprosopa pennipes Wied., known previously 
from the lower ranges of the N. Khasi Hills and Kohima in Assam, 
and Karachi, Pusa, and Calcutta, was also not uncommon in April, 
1920. Hyperalonia suffusipennis Brun., which has already been 
previously recorded from South India, occurred in fairly large 
numbers in company with Ex. flammea. Other Bombylids taken 
on Barkuda were a single specimen of the widely distributed 
Anthrax afra Fabr. and several specimens (one pair 77 copula) of 
Bombylius wulpii Brun., in April, 1920. A single example of a 
new species of Bombylius was also taken. 


Family AStmiIpDAk. 


Four or five species of Asilidae have been taken on Barkuda 
where they frequent dense jungle, but the only one we have been 
able to have identified is Allocotasta aurata Fabr., a single speci- 
men of which was taken (14-viii-20, Dover) while preying on the 
common bee, Nomia oxybeloides. Two of the other Asilids cap- 
tured appear to represent undescribed species of Leptogaster. We 
cannot assign generic names to the others, but Mr. Brunetti, who 
is engaged on a revision of the Asilidae of the East, will probably 
deal with them later. 


Family DoriCHOPODIDAE. 


We have only a single specimen, probably of the genus 
Psilopus, from Barkuda. 


Family PHOoRIDAE. 


A species of the genus Termitoxenia has been found in the 
fungus combs of Termes (Odontotermes) obesus Ramb. Prof. Sil- 
vestri will deal with it later. 


! Rec, Ind. Mus. V1 p. 466, 1909, and Faun. Brit. Ind. Brachy.1, p. 184, 
1g20. 


1g21 | C. Dover: Fauna of Barkuda I. 395 


Family SyRPHIDAR. 


A single specimen of Paragus serratus Fabr. was taken in 
September, 1919, and several examples (in bad condition) of the 
genus Chilosia. 


Family SEPSIDAE, 


Sepsis, the only genus of this family found on Barkuda, 
inhabits the dung of the Chital (Cervus axis). Only one species, 
probably Sepsis coprophila de Meij., is represented in the collec- 
tion. 


Family EPHYDRIDAR. 


Several species, that breed at the edge of the lake and fly to 
light at night, cannot be identified at present. 


Family DROSOPHILIDAE. 


Drosophila, which lives round bananas and other fruit, is 
common on Barkuda. Dr. Baini Prashad has succeeded in breed- 
ing these flies in Calcutta; they are thought by Mr. Brunetti to 
be new to science. 


Family TRYPETIDAE. 


Callistomyia pavonina Bezzi, a species which has been taken 
on the neighbouring islands of the Chilka Lake and in the Gan- 
jam District, is apparently the only fruit-fly that occurs on the 
island. 


Family ORTALIDAE. 


A few Ortalids have been taken on Barkuda, but it is impos- 
sible to identify them at present. 


Family ANTHOMYIIDAE. 


The Anthomyids taken on Barkuda are entirely confined to 
the shores of the island where they are extremely abundant in 
damp mud and decaying algae. ‘They sometimes fly to light. 
They all belong to the genus Lispa and seem to be four different 
species, two of which are Lispa glabra Wied. and L.? assimilis 
Wied. ‘The former is represented in the Museum collection from 
Calcutta, the latter from Jubbulpore, 1,300 feet, and Rangoon. 


Family TACHINIDAE. 


The identification of the Tachinids is impossible at present. 
Apparently three species have been taken on Barkuda, either on 
tree-trunks or on termite mounds. 


396 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, tg2r.| 


Family SARCOPHAGIDAE. 


Two or three species of Sarcophaga, not represented in the 
collection of the Indian Museum, are not uncommon on Barkuda. 


Family MuscIDAe. 


A single female of Lyperosia minuta Bezzi, an apparently 
widely distributed form, and two or three species of Lucilia have 
been captured on the island. One of the latter is certainly L. 
dux Erichs., represented in the Museum collection from Calcutta, 
Sikkim, Rangoon and Mergui. The larvae of L. dux is apparently 
parasitic on the Chital (Cervus axis). A single female of Idielliopsis 
similis Towns. (3-I9-viii-19), a recently described species, was 
taken by Dr. Gravely on Barkuda. 


Family H1PPOBOSCIDAE. 


Mr. Brunetti has identified a fly that occurs on the Chital as 
Lipoptena cervi Linn., a European species, which has also been 
taken in Africa. 


DIST, IN IB IR OIA OID) IOP SIs (CALS) Oz 
IBA IR I OID ISIE, AUNT 1D). 


By Cepric Dover, Assistant, Zoological Survey of India. 


Under this convenient title I propose to give a list of the 
various net-winged insects other than dragonflies and termites at 
one time included in the order Neuroptera, that have been taken 
on Barkuda. The Myrmeleonidae are the only family at all well 
represented on the island Three species of Palpares, and two of 
Acanthoclisis only were captured, but it is probable that a few 
smaller species belonging to other genera also occur. All the 
species have been carefully compared with authentically named 
specimens in the collection of the Zoological Survey of India. 


Family KPHEMERIDAE. 


An Ephemerid is abundant in the rains, breeding in the lake 
and in the pond, It is probably a species of Caenis. 


Family HEMEROBIIDAE. 


The only Hemerobiid taken on the island is a species of Sisyra 
on which Dr. Annandale remarks: ‘ The insect is certainly a Sisyra, 
but is distinct from the only described Indian species, S. indica 
Needham’. Its larva is parasitic on the sponge, Spongilla alba, in 
the pond on Barkuda, but leaves the water before pupating and 
spins a small cocoon on a blade of grass or some similar situation, 
often at a distance of several yards from the edge of the pond.” 
Notes on the association of Indian Szsyva with sponges are given 
by Annandale in Journ. As, Soc. Beng. (n.s.) IL, p. 194, 1906. 


Family MyRMELEONIDAE. 
Acanthoclisis horridus Wlk. 


Barkuda, 2 examples, 13~19-ix-19 (Gravely). 

Represented in the collection of the Zoological Survey of India 
from Cherria Island in Lake Chilka and Sibsagar in Assam. ‘The 
species is fairly common on Barkuda, being found generally on 
the foliage or branches of the pipal tree (l’icus reiigiosa), 


Acanthoclisis edax WIk. 


. Barkuda, 1 example, viii-19 (Gravely). 


1 Rec. Ind. Mus., i, p. 206, 1909. 


308 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL XXII, rg2t. - 


Represented in the Museum collection from Ramnad in South 
India, and Rambha in the Ganjam district. 


Palpares contrarius WIk. 


Barkuda, I specimen, iv-20 (Dover). 

Tire Museum has specimens from Khurda Road in Orissa, 
Coorg in South India, 2,000 feet, and the Koyna Valley in the 
Satara District of the Bombay Presidency. The example was 
taken on the trunk of the Banyan (Ficus bengalensis). 


Palpares pardus Rbr. 


Barkuda, many examples, 24-x-20 (Annandale); 12-X-20, 
27-%-20 (Annandale, “‘ at light ’’) 3-19-ix-19 (Gravely). 

Represented in the Museum coilection by specimens from 
Sikkim, Purulia in the Manbhum District, Ambaoli in the Ratnagiri 
District, Purneah District, Khurda Road, Rambha in Ganjam, 
Barkul on Lake Chilka, Dehra Dun and Bangalore. Apparently 
a widely distributed species in India, common on Barkuda, where 
it is often taken fluttering round lamps. 


Palpares patiens WIk. 


Barkuda, I specimen, 15-22-vii-16 (Annandale and Gravely). 

This seems to be an extra-Indian species of which we have 
examples from Bushire and Seistan in Persia. After careful com- 
parison I am unable to separate the Barkuda specimen from Persian 
examples. 


Family NEMOPTERIDAE. 
Croce filipennis Westw. 


Barkuda, 1 example, 20-22-vii-20 (Annandale). 

The Indian Museum possesses specimens of this handsome 
little insect from Calcutta, the Purneah District and Lucknow. 
In Calcutta it is often very common about April, and large num- 
bers may sometimes be taken at dusk. In the day, as a general 
tule, they are found singly, resting on walls and window panes. 
The species is rare on Barkuda.! 


! Of. Lefroy, Fourn. Bomb. Nat. Hist.Soc. XIX, p. 1005, 1910, for notes on 
the food and the larva of this species. 


THE, SPIDERS AND, SCORPTONS, OFF 
BARKUDA ISLAND. 


By F. H. Gravety, D.Sc., Superintendent, Government 
Museum, Madras. 


(Plates XVII—XIX.) 


Barkuda is an island situated in the Ganjam District of the 
Madras Presidency in the southern part of the Chilka Lake. Its 
general features have been described by Annandale (Mem. As. Soc. 
Beng. VII, No. 4 in the press). Its fauna is not a rich one, a fact 
which facilitates detailed biological work ; and a careful study of 
its spiders has revealed many features of interest. The scorpions 
have been less fully studied. 


Order SCORPIONES. 
Family BUTHIDAE. 


Charmus laneus, Karsch. 
Charmus laneus, Pocock, 1900, p. 32. 


Three specimens found among loose soil and bark at the foot 
of trees in the rains. 


Lychas scaber, Pocock. 
Lychas scaber, Pocock, 1900, p. 38. 


Not uncommon under loose bark. 


Isometrus assamensis, Oates. 


Isometrus assamensis, Pocock, 1900, p. 48. 


Not uncommon in the house. 


Order ARANEAE. 
Suborder M YGALOMORPHAE. 


Family CTENIZIDAE. 


Acanthodon barkudensis, sp. nov. 
Text-fig. 1, b-e; pl. xvii, figs. 4-6; pl. xviii, fig. 9. 


Also found at Rambha on the mainland at the southern end 
of the Chilka Lake. 


400 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VoL. XXII, 


A large and obese spider of a dark greenish black hue, becom- 
ing paler and browner in spirit. It forms somewhat short broad 
burrows lined with closely adherent silk and closed by a strong 
and closely fitting trap-door (pl. xvii, figs. 4-6; pl. xviii, fig. 9), to 
which the spider clings vigorously when any attempt to open it 
is made, retreating as a rule only when it has been forced open. 
These burrows are commonly found in soil that has accumulated 
among adventitious Ficus roots, where these anastomose over the 
surface of the trunk. They are also found in termite mounds. 
They are usually more or less horizontal, the trap-door, which is 
very firm and strong, being hinged on or towards the upper margin. 
Males were obtained in August, but not later. 


TEXT-FIG. I. 
a. Acanthodon constructor 9, eyes. 
b. *H barkudensis 2, eyes. 
Bs . fo 3S, palpal organ. 
d 4) 3, eyes. 
@. 5 ; 4, end of tibia of first leg with apophysis. 
f. Damarchus excavatus @, junction of tibia and tarsus of right first leg 


from below; hairs omitted. 


g. Total length up to about 23 mm. exclusive of chelicerae 
and spinnerettes. Length of carapace 10 mm., breadth 9 mm. 

The coxa of the 4th leg is without spinules below and the 
tibia of the 3rd leg is slightly longer than wide. In this respect 
the species resembles A. crassus and A. opifex, but it differs from 
both in having the anterior median eyes only about half a 
diameter apart. They are about twice as large as the posterior 
medians which are situated about as far behind them as the 
anterior medians are from each other. The posterior medians 
are separated by a space equal to nearly three of their own dia- 


IQ2T.] F. H. GRAVELY: Fauna of Barkuda 1. 401 


meters, their outermost points being almost as far apart as those 
of the anterior medians. The posterior laterals are long and 
narrow, and markedly oblique, their posterior ends being sepa- 
rated from the posterior medians by about one posterior median 
diameter, and their anterior ends from the anterior medians by 
about one anterior median diameter. ‘The anterior laterals are 
very strongly prominent, more so than in A. constructor from 
Madras, which also has the anterior and posterior medians of 
almost equal size, and the latter occupying a much wider area 
than the former (text-fig. ra). The protarsi of the 3rd and 4th legs 
are much narrower distally than at the base, and the tarsi of these 
legs are distinctly more slender than in 4. constructor. 

@. Males have only been found in August, and then much 
more rarely than females, They wary considerably in size. The type 
specimen has a total length of 11 mm., its carapace being 54 mm. 
long by 5 mm. broad. The eyes (text-fig. 12) are more compact 
than in the femaie (this is more marked even than iu A. construc- 
tor) and the anterior laterals are somewhat less prominent. Their 
arrangement otherwise resembles that of the female. The tibia 
of the palp (text-fig. Ic) is inflated and furnished distally with a 
ventral concavity whose outer margin is bordered by stout spines 
which are longer at the two ends thanin the middle. This concav- 
ity is longer and shallower than in A. constructor, occupying rather 
more instead of less than half the length of the tibia, and not 
forming a complete semicircle. The tarsus has a somewhat rounded 
external process distally. The spine of the palpal organ is broad 
at the base, slender and bent distally with blunt tip, muchasin 4. 
constructor. ‘The tibia of the first leg is practically straight. It 
bears a row of spines on its outer side as in 4. constructor, and 
has its distal extremity armed on the inner side with two tubercles 
situated one behind the other as in that species, but somewhat 
smaller (text-fig. re). The proximal tubercle is a simple conical 
process, somewhat blunter than in 4. constructor. The distal one 
is longer and is strongly grooved both above and below; it is some- 
what slenderer than in A. constructor distally. The protarsus lacks 
the large submedian conical spur characteristic of 4. constructor. 

The spinules on the hind coxae, which help to distinguish the 
female of A. constructor from that of A. bavkudensts, are not found 
in the male. 


Nemesiellus sp. 
Pl. xviii, fig. 8. 


This species appears to be darker in colour than N. montanus 
but as it fades in spirit from dark olive green to brownish it is 
possible that it may fade still further. It resembles N. montanus 
in all other points mentioned in Pocock’s very brief description 
(1900, pp. 167-8) but differs from specimens whlch I have recently 
obtained from an altitude of about 6500 7000 ft. in the Nilgizis in 
the dentition of the mandibles, a chatacter not referred to in the 


402 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vor. XXII, 


description of N. montanus' ‘The Nilgiri specimens resemble the 
Barkuda ones in size and colour. Only females have been obtained. 
They attain a total length of 26 mm. with the carapace 103 mm. 
long by 84 mm. broad. 

The burrow (pl. xviii, fig. 8) is more or less vertical and much 
longer than that of Acanthodon barkudensis. The silk with which 
it is lined is of a somewhat firm consistency and may readily be 
withdrawn from the burrow in tubular form. It is continued be- 
yond the mouth of the burrow as a somewhat thin and flexible flap, 
which forms the trap-door, covering the entrance, but not strong 
enough to close it securely. When disturbed, therefore, the 
spider retreats at once into the depths of its burrow which are 
commonly so completely surrounded by tree roots as to make its 
capture by digging almost impossible. Sometimes, however, this 
species may also be found in termite mounds. 

The Nilgiri specimens were found on a roadside cutting where 
their burrows were easily dug out. ‘They bifurcated near the 
bottom, and had a trapdoor between the two arms Nothing of 
the sort was noticed in the few burrows that I dug out under less 
favourable conditions on Barkuda Island. ‘The trapdoor at the 
entrance to the nest of the Nilgiri species resembled that of the 
Barkuda species, but was on the vertical face of the cutting instead 
of on a horizontal surface. 


Damarchus excavatus, sp. nov. 
AES, 19/9 Fpl, Saye, 1S, Fp 

Also found at Balasore, Orissa (female only). 

A spider of moderate size, dark brown in colour with con- 
spicuous oblique whitish markings on the dorsal surface of the 
abdomen. It forms long narrow oblique burrows whose entrance 
is not closed by a trap-door, but is surrounded by a more or less 
definite lip composed of small particles of soil fastened together 
with silk. Often the burrows are completely shut off from the 
surface, ending in an upwardly directed tube with domed roof 
about an inch from the surface. In the case of a specimen 
which constructed its tube against the side of a glass jar the 
only entrance to the tube was closed thus for several weeks, and 
I think it probable that this is done whenever the spider is not 
hungry. The burrows are usually found in light soil under trees 
and bushes in considerable numbers, and it is not impossible 
that they may branch and open into each other, but I have not 
succeeded in finding anything of the sort. This, however, must 
not be taken as proof that it does not exist, as it is by no means 
easy to trace the burrows far. Males were sought at intervals from 
August to December, but were not obtained till the latter month. 

g. ‘Fotal length up to about 16mm. Length of carapace 


! Mr. Hirst informs me that the Nilgiri specimens agree with NV. montanus 
in dentition so far as he can judge from the immature type of that species. 


1g2I.] F. H. Gravety : Fauna of Barkuda I. 403 


54 mm., breadth 4 mm. Distinctly smaller than the females of 
D. assamensis in which Hirst (1909, pp. 383-4) was unable to find 
any structural difference from D. oatesi. The largest of the three 
females of D. assamensis in the Indian Museum collection is about 
20 mm. long, with a carapace 8 mm. long by 5} broad. ‘Thorell 
gives the length of females of D. oatest as 22 mm., the carapace 
being 9 mm. long by 64 mm. broad (1895, p. 5). The legs of 
D. excavatus are shorter and thinner than in D. assamensis, the 
tarsus and protarsus of the fourth pair being together distinctly 
shorter than the carapace instead of about equal to it (44 mm. 
in type-specimen with carapace 53 mm., long). 

¢. Length to-11} mm. when mature. Carapace 5-5} mm. 
long by 24-3 mm. broad. ‘This spider is thus decidedly smaller 
than the male of either D. oatest or D. assamensis. It differs from 
both these species in having the tibia of the palp about twice instead 
of three times as long as broad, and also in the form of the tibial 
apophysis which is very stout with an abrupt inward bend distally. 
The base of the protarsus of the first leg (text-fig. If) is strongly 
excavate on the inner side, as though to accommodate the tibial 
apophysis, and the distal border of the excavation bears a very 
distinct group of thick-set denticles. There is no such excava- 
tion or group of denticles in D. assamensis. 


Family BARYCHELIDAE. 
Diplothele walshi, Cambridge. 
LEAL, SayAbils 1, IE 
Diplothele walshi, Poc. 1900, p. 175. 

The species commonly known by this name was also described 
by its collector, J. H. Tull Walsh, under the name Adelonychia 
nigrostriata (Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1X [ii], pp. 269-270). It 
is unfortunate that the burrow of the type specimen was not 
described, as the empty burrow which is described undoubtedly 
belonged to a different and much larger species and agrees in its 
characteristics with the burrows of Acanthodon barkudensis and 
constructor. Diplothele walshi never attains any large size, a mature 
specimen which was taken with young in its nest being only 9 mm. 
long; and Walsh must therefore have been wrong in supposing 
that the type-specimen (ro mm. long) was immature. 

I have never myself found its burrow associated with bur- 
rows of Acanthodon. Acanthodon usually (though not always) 
chooses firmer soil in a more exposed situation for its burrow, and 
finds sites specially suitable for its burrows among the adventi- 
tious roots of Banyans and other species of Ficus. Diplothele 
walsht constructs a small chamber, usually in light soil under 
bushes, often against the base of a tree. The upper wall of 
this chamber is on a level with the surrounding soil, and is 
pierced by two apertures, each closed by a neatly made trap- 
door of the ‘‘ wafer’’ type about 6 mm. in diameter in the nest 


404 Records of the Indian Museum. [MOL= Sexelele 


of a full-grown spider. ‘The two doors open outwards, as in the 
nest of spiders of the genus Sason (Pocock, 1900, p. 173; Gravely, 
IQI5 @, p. 205 and 3b, p. 533), but are separated by a space equal 
to their own diameter, or even more, instead of being hinged 
together as in that genus, the chamber being deeper and more 
like a curved tube (compare figs. Io and 11 of pl. xviii). 


Sasonichus arthrapophysis, Gravely. 
Pl. xviii, fig. 12. 
Sasonichus arthrapophysis, Gravely, 1915 a, pp. 204-5. 


A moderately large dark brown spider with reddish femora. 
The male with tibiae adorned distally by whitish hairs, which 
lose their characteristic appearance at once when put into spirit. 
The nest is constructed among stones aud more or less loose soil 
and rubbish among the roots of Banyans, Pipals, ete. It consists 
of a short and almost straight tube somewhat swollen in the mid- 
die and closed at each end by a trap-door which is always hinged 
on the lower side, so that it hangs open when not held in place by 
the spider. Empty nests are thus somewhat conspicuous objects, 
the whitish lining of the trap-door contrasting with the mouth of 
the dark burrow above it. The trap-door of a full grown spider is 
about 10 mm. in diameter. Males were obtained in August, but 
not later. 

@. The female has not yet been described. The single spirit 
specimen at present before me is slightly under 20 mm. in length; 
it is probably mature, but the abdomen is frequently much more 
distended than in this specimen. Its carapace is about 8 mm. 
long by 6 mm. wide. In spirit specimens the carapace, chelicerae 
(except the extreme base), last three joints of the palps and last 
four joints of the legs are of a dull sepia tint somewhat paler than 
the blacker abdomen and darker than the spinnerettes. In life 
all these parts are practically black. The sternum, coxae, tro- 
chanters and femora are ochraceous in spirit, reddish in life, 
except for a brownish dorsal line on the femora, which expands 
across the whole dorsal surface distally. The ocular tubercle is 
yellowish in the spirit specimen before me, but black like the rest 
of the carapace in the living one. ‘The eyes resemble those of the 
male. The carapace is relatively somewhat narrower and more 
elevated than in the male, and the legs are somewhat less slender. 


Family ‘(HERAPHOSIDAE. 
Plesiophrictus sp. 


This species, like others of the group of genera to which it 
belongs (Gravely, 1915 0, p. 533),appears to make no burrow. It 
lives among loose soil and stones at the base of Ficus trees. It is 
not common and in the absence of mature males it cannot be 
described satisfactorily. 


1921.] F. H. Grave y ; Fauna of Barkuda I. 405 


Suborder ARANEAE VERAE. 
Family ULOBORIDAR. 


A small black Uloborus is common among webs of Cyrto- 
phora cicatrosa. This or a closely allied species appears to have 
- a wide distribution in India and Burma, where it occurs in 
association with C. citricola as well as with C. cicatrosa. It is 
much smaller than U. servulus, Simon, which was found in asso- 
ciation with a Cyrtophora of great size in Venezuela (Simon 1892 a, 
HU S Wee D, Wa AA 

The Uloborid already reported from Cochin (Gravely, 1915 3, 
Pp. 534), which spins a remarkable snare consisting of a horizontal 
otb-web above a funnel of different mesh, has also been found on 
Barkuda Island. It belongs to the genus Uloborus and though dis- 
tinct from, is evidently related to, U. quadri-tuberculatus, Thorell 
in Mss., which is figured with its similar web by Workman (1896, 
pl. 18). 


Family DICTYNIDAE. 
Amaurobius sp. 


A brown spider (becoming paler in spirit) of moderate size, 
spinning an untidy cobweb on leaves and twigs round about its 
lair. The lair is usually concealed in one or two curled leaflets, 
often of the common jungle shrub, Glycosmis pentaphylla, or may 
be beneath the spines of a Prickly Pear. 

A single male was obtained in August. 

This appears to be the first record of the genus from India, 
though A. taprobanicola was described by Strand (1907, p. I10, 
figs. 49-50b) from Ceylon. In the absence of the description of 
A. taprobanicola and of specimens of other species for comparison 
I prefer to leave the Barkuda form undescribed at present. 


Dictyna spp. 
Pl. xvii, figs. 2-3. 


‘Two of the Barkuda spiders appear to belong to the genus 
Dictyna. One is a minute brown spider which spins untidy little 
cobwebs over the twigs of a Caperid bush, hiding itself in the fork 
formed by a leaf stalk or a second twig. 

The other is a small bright green spider with whitish mid- 
dorsal line on the carapace and lateral lines on the abdomen, the 
latter united dorsally by three more or less distinct transverse 
whitish lines. Both sexes spin little white sheets across a slightly 
curved leaflet (pl. xvii, figs. 2-3), usually of Glycosmis pentaphylla, 
and live singly beneath them. They mature in October or there- 
abouts, after which the female deposits a number of clusters of 
eggs on the surface of the leaf which has formed her home. The 
European D. virtdissima (Walckenaer) appears to have similar 
habits (Simon, 18q2 a, p. 234). 


406 Records of the Indian Museum. (VOL. xan 


Family ERESIDAE. 
Stegodyphus sarasinorum, Karsch. 


Stegodyphus savasinorum, Pocock, 1900, p. 209, fig. 65. 

Colonies of this spider are rare on the island, though abund- 
ant on the mainland near by. For an account of the habits 
see Gravely, 1915), pp. 534-530, where-other references will be 
found. 


Family FILISTATIDAE. 
Filistata sp. 


A species of Filistata is common, especially in termite runs 
on tree trunks and under bark. It appears to make use of old 
nests made by other spiders, and is often found among foliage 
‘in what seem to be deserted nests of the species of Amaurobius 
(Fam. Dictynidae) above referred to. 

Only females have yet been found. They probably belong 
to the Filistatoides group. 


Family SICARIIDAE. 
Scytodes sp. ur. pallida, Doleschall. 


This species closely resembles T. pallida, Doleschall (1859, 
p. 48, pl. vi, figs. 3-30) in general appearance, but differs in the 
arrangement of the dark lines on both carapace and abdomen. 
On the carapace there are 5 (sometimes 7) longitudinal dark 
lines, one being always median, whereas in S. pallida there is no 
median line, the total number being an even one (probably six), 
judging from Doleschall’s figure. On the abdomen there are 
three or four more or less complete transverse black lines and 
none of the longitudinal ones found in S. pallida. 

The Barkuda species, like S. pallida (Simon, 1892 a, p. 276), 
lives among foliage, making itself a retreat by spinning together a 
few leaves. 


Family DySDERIDAE. 
Ariadna ? nebulosa, Simon. 


Ariadna nebulosa, Simon, 1906, p. 280. 

A species of Ariadna, possibly identical with Simon’s 4A. 
nebulosa from Madura, is common under stones and among loose 
soil, where it spins long tubes of soft but moderately tough whitish 
silk of very characteristic texture and appearance. 


Family DRASSIDAE. 


Several small species are to be found under stones, among 
loose soi], in crevices in the bark of trees and on foliage. Ihave 
not been able to identify any of them. 


1921. | F. H. GRAVELY : Fauna of Barkuda I. 407 


Family PALPIMANIDAE. 
Sarascelis ? raffrayi, Simon. 
Sarascelis vaffrayt, Simon, 1893, p. 313. 

A bright orange-red spider occasionally found under stones or 
on tree trunks. The sexes appear to occur in about equal num- 
bers, and do not differ from one another except as regards the 
sexual organs. 

Mature males vary from 34-5 mm. in length, the largest 
female being 64 mm. long. The type of S. vaffrayi was a male 
7 mm. long-—much larger than either of the Barkuda males, and 
twice as long as the smaller of the two. Apart from this differ- 
ence in size Simon’s description of S. vaffrayi appears to apply to 
the Barkuda specimens. 


Family ZopARIIDAE. 
Hermippoides arjuna, gen. et. sp. nov. 
Text-fig. 2e. 


A medium sized and somewhat rotuud black spider spotted 
with white, found running about under trees and occasionally on 
foliage. The genus differs from Hermippus, Sim. (1892, p. 425) 
only in the possession of all six spinnerettes, instead of only one 
pair of them. 

The anterior row of eyes is very slightly procurved, with the 
medians slightly larger than the laterals and separated from each 
other by little more than half a diameter and from the laterals by 
about one and a half diameters. The posterior row is slightly 
wider and more procurved than the anterior; its eyes are about 
equal in size to the anterior laterals. The ocular quadrangle is 
practically square, but the posterior laterals, being smaller than 
the anterior laterals, are more widely separated. 

The cephalothorax is blackish brown, with a white margin 
ventrally. The sternum and labium are brown. The appendages 
and spinnerettes are pale yellowish, except the tarsus of the palp 
which is brown. The abdomen (text-fig. 2 ¢) is black with five 
whitish longitudinal lines or rows of spots. The mid-dorsal row is 
straight and consists of about ten spots, of which the posterior are 
more crowded together than the anterior. The foremost spot is, 
however, united by a thin line with the second spot of its own row 
and with the foremost spot of the lines next to it on either side, 
which together produce the figure of a bow and arrow (without the 
cord). The dorso-lateral rows each consist of the spot included in 
this figure and three others behind it, all separate. ‘The ventro- 
lateral row consists of four or five spots, often partially united, of 
which the third is somewhat out of line, being at a higher level 
than the rest. Ventrally there is a pair of wavy and more or less 
broken liues. There is also a small spot close to the spinnerettes , 
towards which the two lateral rows of spots tend to converge; 


408 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


and there may be a more or less conspicuous pair of spots imme- 
diately behind the lung-sacs, between the ventral and ventro- 
lateral lines. 
Storena birenifer, sp. nov. 
Text-fig. 2 a-c. 


A medium sized dark brown spider with conspicuous ochra- 
ceous markings, found among soil and stones under shady trees in 
the jungle. Males were obtained in July. They differ from 
females chiefly in the smaller relative size of the abdomen, and in 
having the anterior median cyes distinctly larger than the rest, 


TEXT-FIG. 2. 


2, dorsal surface of abdomen. 


a. Storena birenifey 
b, if 4 ¢, left palpal organ. 

o 5 2, genital aperture. 

d. Suffucta cingulata 9, dorsal surtace of abdomen. 
e. Hermippoides arjuna 2, ,, Ye o “ 


Gs 


The species appears to resemble S. vedimita, Simon (1905, 
pp. 173-4) from Pondicherry and Genji; but the anterior median 
eyes of the female are scarcely larger than the anterior laterals, 
instead of almost twice as large as in that species. 

The carapace is black. The abdomen (text-fig. 2a) is black 
with conspicuous pale ochraceous markings as follows: an anterior 
pair of kidney-shaped patches, more or less confluent across the 
middle line in front, followed first by a pair of large and then a pair 
of smaller spots of the same colour. The posterior pair are often 
confluent with a median triangular patch behind them, and this 
usually joins the anterior angle of the posterior median patch, 


1921. | F. H. Gravety: Fauna oj Barkuda TI. 409 


which has the form of a more or less complete square with one 
angle directed forwards and the opposite one in contact with the 
spinnerettes. This square, however, contains about three trans- 
verse black bars, or pairs of spots, which may be confluent with the 
black ground colour, thus breaking up part of the outline of the 
square. In front of the lateral angles of the square the sides of the 
abdomen bear three parallel oblique ochraceous bars. The ventral 
surface is ochraceous with a pair of dark longitudinal bands, 
confluent behind and extending forwards not quite as far as the 
genital orifice. 

The genital orifice of the female is shown in text-fig. 2¢ 

The palpi and legs are yellowish, except the palpal organ of 
the male and the femora of both sexes, which are brown or black. 
The palpal organ of the male is shown in text-fig. 2b. Its tarsus 
is flattened dorsally and somewhat keeled laterally. 


2 Storena sp. 


A minute spider with yellowish feet, darker femora, dark 
reddish carapace and black abdomen, the abdomen adorned in the 
male with five. conspicuous white spots arranged in a pentagon, 
the median spot behind the two pairs. 

Males were found running in the open on a jungle path after 
rain; females were found among soil; both were found during 
August. The species is closely allied to Stovena, with which it 
agrees in the form of the sternum, and in the possession of 6 
mammillae and a high clypeus. It differs, however, from all 
representatives of the genus with which I am familiar in having 
the lateral! eyes of both rows obliquely elongate and in having 
the anterior row recurved. The outer ends of the anterior and 
posterior laterals are in contact with one another, the posterior 
row being strongly procurved. The median eyes are separated 
by about a diameter, forming a quadrangle which is more or less 
distinctly wider behind than in front, and about as long as it is 
wide. 

Length of female about 2} mm. ; male slightly smaller. I do 
not feel justified in giving a name to this minute spider without 
further material for comparison. 


Suffucia cingulata, Simon. 
Text-fig. 2d. 
Suffucia cingulata, Simon, 1905, p« 174. 

Both sexes of this minute spider were found running about 
among dead leaves and in the open after rain during August. 

The Indian Museum collection includes specimens from Ross 
Island in the Andamans (females only, Mr. C. Paiva), Serampore 
near Calcutta (female only, Mrs. Drake) and Madras (male only, 


Prof. Ramuni Menon). The species was described from females 
from Pondicherry. 


410 Records of the Indian Museum. {[Vo.. XXII, 


@. The markings are very variable in extent and the pos- 
terior pair of transverse spots may be absent, as they appear to 
have been from Simon’s specimens. ‘The ground colour of the 
abdomen is black, and the markings pale ochraceous including the 
spot on which the anal papilla stands; but the papilla itself is 
of a snowy white. 

@. The male is slightly smaller than the female, being only 
about 24 mm. long, and has the dorsal surface of abdomen of a 
lustrous blue-black hue throughout, except for the minute white 
anal papilla. 


Family HERSILIIDAF. 


Hersilia savignyi, Lucas. 
Hersilia savignyi, Pocock, 1900, p. 241. 


Common on tree-trunks on the sandy shore of the northern 
end of the island. 


Family PHOLCIDAE. 


Artema atlanta, Walck. 
Artema atlanta, Pocock, 1900, pp. 238-9, text-fig. Sr. 
One specimen found in the house. 


Smeringopus sp. 


A spider with small but somewhat elongate body and im- 
mensely long legs, which spins untidy cobwebs in hollow trees and 
sometimes among the lowest branches of Prickly Pears. It ap- 
pears to form the chief article of diet of a remarkable Attid (Linus 
sp., see below, p. 419). It is very like S. clongatus, but differs in 
the structure of the vulva. The specimens in the Indian Museum 
collection suggest that it is a widely distributed jungle spider, 
while S. elongatus lives mainly in houses. 


Family THERIDIIDAE, 
Rhomphaea sp. 


A single spider, apparently belonging to the genus Ikhom- 
phaea, was found in an irregular web together with a specimen 
of one of the species of Theridon referred to below. The latter 
was much the larger spider of the two, and doubtless the rightful 
owner of the web. 


Argyrodes scintillulana, Cambridge. 


Argyrodes scintillulana, Cambridge, 1880, pp. 332-3, Pl- Xxxi, fig. 10. 


This species is occasionally found in webs of Cyrtophora 
cicatrosa, Stoliczka. 


192I.] F. H. GRAVELY : Fauna of Barkuda I. 411 


Argyrodes argentata, Cambridge. 
Argyrodes argentata, Cambridge, 1880, pp. 325-6, pl. xxviii, fig. 5. 
This species also occurs on the island. 


2 Theridion spp. 


One or more species of Theryidion, varying considerably in 
colouration, spin irregular snares of the usual type among Prickly 
Pear and other bushes, living in these webs under a dead leaf or 
some such shelter. 

Another species, closely resembling the European Lithy- 
phantes paykullianus in colour, and possibly belonging to the same 
genus, lives on the ground. 


Family ARGIOPIDAE. 


Tetragnatha gracilis, Stoliczka. 
Tetragnatha gracilis, Pocock, 1900, pp. 214. 
This species, which is known to occur from India and Ceylon 


to Celebes and Amboina, usually spins its webs with a twig, on 
which it rests, across the centre. 


Tetragnatha mandibulata, Walckenaer. 


Common on sedges at the edge of the tank, and on small 
bushes on the shore of the lake, where it rests by day, coming out 
to spin its webs at dusk. Recorded from numerous localities 
«xtending from Mauritius and the Seychelles to the Sandwich 
Islands. 


Tetragnatha viridorufa, sp. nov. 


This is a jungle spider, rather than a frequenter of water. 
It spins its web among bushes, and spends the day on a leaf 
besides it, where its bright reddish brown back and legs and green 
flanks help to render it inconspicuous in spite of its large size. 

The ocular quadrangle is practically square—if anything 
slightly longer than wide and wider in front than behind. The 
lateral eves are much nearer to each other than are the medians. 
The chelicerae are much longer than the cephalothorax and are 
strongly divaricate. In the female the first tooth on the ventral 
margin of the fang groove is situated close to the base of the 
fang and is much stouter than the corresponding tooth on the 
dorsal margin, which is situated a little further back. The first 
five dorsal teeth and the first seven ventral extend over about 
two-thirds of the length of the basal segment, the remaining teeth 
being crowded into the remaining one-third. The fang is unarmed 
and almost straight. 

In the male there is the usual strong sub-apical dorsal tooth, 
which is simply curved and pointed. The fang groove teeth are 
less numerous than in the female, and the first two of the dorsal 


412 Records of the Indian Museunt. [VoL. XXII, 


row are much larger than any of the others. The fang is armed on 
the inner side with a very characteristic truncate tooth set in the 
middle of the basal curve; it is very slightly curved in the middle 
and somewhat strongly at the tip. 

Figures and comparisons with other species are given in 
another paper now in the press (Gravely, 1921). 


Leucauge decorata (Blackwall). 


Argyroepeira celebesiana, Pocock, 1900, p. 216.! 


A few specimens which probably belonged to this species were 
once seen on their horizontal webs among bushes. 


Leucauge fastigata (Simon). 
Argyroepeivra fastigata, Pocock, 1900, p. 210. 


Not uncommon in open spaces in shady jungle, across which 
the female spins large and more or less horizontal webs. The male 


TEXT-FIG. 3. 


a. Vulva of Aygiope auasuja. 
» »  pulchella. 


Gs Ff », Avaneus viridisoma. 


is minute and spins small webs among bushes, where it is very hard 
to find. 


Argiope anasuja, Thorell and A. pulchella, Thorell. 
Text-fig. 3a, 0. 
Argiope anasuja, and A. pulchella, Pocock, 1900, p. 221-222. 

The general shape of the vulva of the female of A. pul-. 
chella is extremely variable. The thickened margin and partition 
seem as a tule to approximate more nearly to a T- and less to 
a Y-shape in the Indian Peninsula than in Burma, but in Bengal 
the variation is such as to suggest at first sight that A. anaswja 


from India and A. pulchella from Burma are no more than local 
races of one species. They can, however, readily be distinguished. 


! See Simon, 1906, p. 282, for synonymy and an account of the differences: 
between Z. decorvata and L. celebesiana ; see also Gravely, 1921. 


1921.| F. H. Gravety : Fauna of Barkuda I. AI3 


by the internal sclerite, which in A. pulchella is very large and 
situated beside the anterior wall of the aperture, and in 4. anasuja 
is smaller and situated beside the posterior wall (see text-figs. 3a, 0). 
The anterior median eyes are, moreover, much more prominent in 
A. pulchella than in A. anasuja in the female sex. But I have been 
unable to find any character by which to distinguish the males. 
Both species occur on Barkuda Island. 


Cyrtophora cicatrosa, Stoliczka. 


Araneus cicatrosus, Pocock, 1900, p. 220. 

The dome-shaped webs of this spider are very abundant 
among Prickly Pear. ‘They are frequented by the slender Re- 
duviid bug Eugubinus reticolus, hitherto recorded only from 
Bengal, and also by E£. intrudens, hitherto only recorded from 
Cochin. I have nothing to add to my previous record of the 
habits of these bugs, which appear to live mainly on the eggs of 
this spider (1915), pp. 512-3). Single specimens of the larger 
and still more slender Reduviid Ischnobaena henrici have twice 
been found in the webs. I have not been able to make any 
definite observations on this association, but it is unlikely, I think, 
to have been accidental, both on account of the similarity of form 
between Ischnobaena and Eugubinus aud because both seem equal- 
ly at ease in the webs. ‘The presence of cast skins, moreover, 
proved that the specimens had grown up in the webs from an 
early stage. 

The association of a Uloborid and a Theridiid with C. cica- 
trosa has already been referred to above (pp. 405, 410). 


Cyclosa insulana, Costa. 
Cyclosa albisternis, Simon, 1888, pp. 285-6. 
Cycosa spirifera, Simon, 1889, pp. 337-8. 
Cyclosa insulana, Workman, 1896, pl. 36. 

This species is represented in the Indian Museum collection 
from many localities and proves to be extremely variable both 
in structure andin colour. The young may be brownish, but are 
frequently of a glistening metallic silver. The silver colouration 
may be more or less persistent in the adult, in which various 
shades of ochre, brown or biack more or less marbled with fainter 
tints are, however, more usual. 

The sternum is usually dark brown with a transverse yellow 
band between the first legs, a spot or radial streak of yellow op- 
posite the bases of the second and third legs and a terminal spot 
or longitudinal streak between the fourth legs (as in types of C. 
spirifera). It may, however, be uniformly black or uniformly 
white (as in the type of C. albisternus) according to the extent 
and density of the different pigments. 

I can find no constant structural difference between C. albis- 
ternus and C. spivifera. The anterior and posterior eyes of the 
latter do indeed at first sight appear to be more widely separated 


414 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


from one another than are those of the former ; but this is I believe 
really due to the ground-colour of the carapace between them being 
darker in one than in the other. f 

‘The shape of the abdomen and the structure of the vulva are 
also variable. It is perhaps not unlikely that it may ultimately be 
possible to distinguish local races by means of the latter, whose 
median piece, though always variable, is inclined in Himalayan 
specimens to be markedly broader than in plains specimens and 
even obtusely triangular, 

The shape of the abdomen, in spite of its variability in 
detail, is sufficiently constant to afford as a rule a ready means of 
distinguishing the present species from other common forms. 


Araneus spp. ur. nauticus, Koch. 
Pl. xix, 1-6. 


All spiders of this series of Simon’s third group of the genus 
appear to be more or less nocturnal, coming out to spin their 
webs at dusk and leaving them empty by day. Males not infre- 
quently wander into houses in the late evening, presumably when 
searching for mates, and several were captured thus on Barkuda 
Island. Several immature specimens were found in their webs 
among bushes in the jungle after dark, but no adult females have 
yet been obtained. This is particularly unfortunate as the species 
are distinguished by the form of the vulva and I have been unable 
to find any certain means of identifying males ox immature speci- 
mens. The commonest species in the plains seem to be 4. nauticus 
and A. rumphi, and it is probable that the specimens all belong to 
one or both of these species.! 

The colouration of this series of spiders varies in a most in- 
teresting manner. Different species oftei appear to be charac- 
terized by different tints; but closer study seems to indicate that 
these tints are of local or possibly climatic or even seasonal signi- 
ficance rather than truiy specific. The pattern according to 
which the colours are arranged appears to be the same for A. 
nauticus and A. rumphi and for several Himalayan and probably 
other species also; and the pattern of any one species seems as 
a rule (though probably not always) to be constant. The extent 
to which the different pigments are developed, however, may 
vary enormously, making different specimens of one species look 
far less like each other than like corresponding varieties of allied 
species. The majority of specimens in all species, except possibly 
A. masoni which seems always to be dark, are of a marbled 
greyish or brownish tint. Departures from this normal type are 
in three main directions: (a) a general reduction of pigmentation, 


‘ Two mature females have since been obtained. One at least appears to be 
A. vumphi. Concerning the other 1am more doubtful. A careful examination 
of large series of all species of the group seems to be needed for a full determina- 
tion of specific characters. 


1921.] F. H. GRAVELY : Fauna of Barkuda I. 415 


resulting in paler forms, often more or less uniformly whitish ; 
(6) a general increase of pigmentation resulting in darker forms, 
often more or less uniformly blackish; and (c) a general reduc- 
tion of pigmentation throughout areas normally pale, combined 
with a general increase of pigmentation throughout areas normally 
dark, resulting in a contrast of black and white areas which, 
though entirely different in appearance to the fundamental pattern, 
appears in all cases to be based upon it and as a matter of fact to 
follow it somewhat closely. This variation is illustrated in the 
case of A. rumphi in pl. xix, figs. 1-6, the specimens shown being 
from various localities. 


Araneus melanocrania, Thorell. 


Epetva melanocrantia, Thorell, 1887, pp. 209-213, 

This species is found chiefly among trees and bushes on the 
shores of the island. It spins a large orb-web in which it sits by 
night, but spends the day in alittle silken retreat which it con- 
structs close by in a curled leaf or some other suitable hiding 
place. Males were obtained in December. 


Araneus viridisoma, sp. nov. 
“ Text-fig. 3c. 

A medium-sized delicate-looking green spider, whitish above, 
which spins orb-webs in the jungle at night. It was very abundant 
in some places but was only found by searching with a lantern at 
night. I never saw it by day. Inspirit the green colour disappears 
completely. 

@. Totallengthupto73mm. Carapace 3 mm. long by 2mm. 
broad. ‘This species belongs to Simon’s fourth group of the genus, 
and its eyes bring it nearest to the series typified by A. origena 
from Java, the medians being arranged in a square, the anteriors 
slightly smaller than the posteriors, and the anterior line so strongly 
recurved that the medians appear to touch the edge of the clypeus. 
The abdomen, however, is short and oval instead of being elongate 
and is without shoulder projections. ‘The lateral eyes are small 
and contiguous, together scarcely larger than the posterior medians, 
with which they form an approximately straight line. The legs 
are finely hairy, and bear a number of long slender blackish spines. 
The vulva is shown in text-fig. 3c. 

¢. The male resembles the female in colour, but is much 
smaller. Total length about 5 mm., carapace barely 2 mm. long, 
and almost equally broad. The anterior median eyes are somewhat 
larger and more widely separated than the posteriors and are 
very strongly prominent. Laterals as in the female. The legs 
resemble those of the female, except the second pair in which the 
tibia bears a row of four or five stout spines on the basal two 
thirds of the ventral surface and a group of about four similar spines 
rather more than half way along the inner surface with a subapical 


416 Records of the Indian Museum. DViOr, 2xexete 


spine beyond them. ‘There is also a ventral subapical spine, but 
this is little or no stouter than the other spines with which all the 
legs are armed. 


Araneus excelsus, Simon. 


Glyptogona excelsa, Simon, 1889, p, 337. 
Araneus excelsus, Simon, 1892 a, p. 820. 
A common and widely distributed little spider originally 
described from the Himalayas. It is mostly found in shady 


Gasteracantha hasseltii, Koch. 


Gasteracantha hasseltit, Pocock, 1900, p. 233. 


Gasteracantha brevispina, Doleschall. 
Pl. xix, 7-14. 
Gasteracantha brevispina, Pocock, 1000, p. 235. 
Both the above species of Gastevacantha are to be found seated 
in their orb-webs in the jungle. 
The colour varies in the same way as it does in spiders of the 


nauticus group of Avaneus (see above, p. 414). ‘This is illustrated 
in pl. xix, figs. 7-14. 


Paraplectana maritata, Cambridge. 


Paraplectana maritata, Cambridge, 1877, pp. 32-34, pl. vii, figs. 7 a-e. 
nigroanalis, Van Hasselt, 1882, pp. 15-16, pl. i, fig. 3. 
“ maritata, Vhorell, 1805, p. 209. : 
A minute yellow and black spider with the dorsal surface of 
the abdomen much flattened. 


Family ‘THOMISIDAE. 


Several species occur on Barkuda Island, but there is nothing 
sufficiently noteworthy for record concerning them, and I am not 
at present able to identify them. 


Family CLUBIONIDAE. 


Sparassus lamarcki, Latreille. 
Sparassus lamarcki, Pocock, 1900, p. 267. 

A large spider of a somewhat rich brown colour, with densely 
scopulate tarsi and metatasi. It lives among foliage, where it 
makes its lair by spinning loosely together the edges of one or 
two big leaves. A female was found inthe clutches of a fossorial 
wasp much smaller than itself. Two males were found in the 
house in August ; in neither of them is the black median area on 
the ventral surface of the abdomen as well developed as in the 
female, and in one it is practically non-existant. Its identity is, 


1921.| F. H. Gravety : Fauna of Barkuda I. 417 


however, established by the structure of its palps which differ 
from those of S. tmpudicus, to which, in the absence of this patch, 
the specimen would appear from Pocock’s key (1900, p. 266) to 
belong. 

Sparassus sp. 


Two specimens, superficially very like Palystes flavidus, with 
which they were confused in life. Both have the red median band 
sometimes found on the lower surface of the abdomen of that 
species developed into a dark and broad reddish brown patch. 


Heteropoda sp. 


A species of Heteropoda is common among stones and dead 
leaves and on foliage and Prickly Pear. The same species is 
found in Madras. The male agrees closely with Pocock’s brief 
description of H. sexpunctata, Simon, in the “Fauna of British 
India ’’ series (1900); but the lobes of the vulva of the female, 
though different from those of H. venatoria, are in contact behind, 
instead of being separated throughout by a hammer-shaped 
median sclerite. 

Palystes flavidus, Simon. 
Palystes flavidus, Pocock, 1900, p. 266. 

A moderately large Heteropodiform spider common among 
foliage, where it spins a few leaves loosely together to form its 
lair. The female is pale green in colour, the male more of a 
yellowish green with still more yellow legs. ‘The lower surface of 
the abdomen sometimes bears a more or less broad longitudinal 
red band behind the genital aperture. 


Clubiona spp. 


Single specimens of two species apparently belonging to this 
genus have been found on the island. One, of a pale yellowish 
colour, was found among foliage. The other, which was much 
darker and of a browner tint, was dug up from among the under- 
ground galleries of a termite nest, round about which were nu- 
merous Damarchus burrows. 


Gen. nov. ? near Syrisca. 


A smaller and somewhat slenderer spider than the two last, 
of a moderately dark brownish colour, not uncommon among 
soil and under bark at the bases of trees. It appears to differ 
from Syrisca in having the posterior median eyes somewhat fur- 
ther from each other than from the posterior laterals instead of 
somewhat nearer together. 


Sphingius sp. 


A small spider found with Corinnomma and Oedignatha among 
loose soil, The same or a closely allied species occurs at Banga- 


418 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL XXII, 


lore. In Madras it appears to be replaced by a larger species with 
transverse bands of whitish hairs on the abdomen, and a somewhat 
different vulva. 


Corinnomma sp. 


Two species are not uncommon. Both may readily be mis- 
taken for ants when running about with them among dead leaves 
on open ground. In the larger species (about Io mm. long) both 
sexes run about thus. The smaller species (about 5 mm. long) 
lives among fine soil and dead leaves at the bases of trees; but 
its males run about on the surface together with the larger species. 


Oedignatha scrobiculata, Thorell. 
Pi rxvAitl fies 1 


eas scrobiculata, Tnorell, 1881, p. 209. 
Simon, 1897, p. 14 and 1906, p. 302. 

Also eaewa from Ceylon, the Malabar Coast and Penang. 

A spider of about the same general size and appearance as 
the smaller of the two species of Corinnomma, and found under 
the same conditions. It makes a lair for itself, however, by 
roofing over a small cavity in the ground with soil fastened to- 
gether with silk, thus making an oval chamber with a tubular 
aperture directed upwards at each end. The nests are easily seen 
and can be recognized by the circular lips of the apertures project- 
ing slightly above the surface of the soil (see pl. xvii, fig. 1). 


Family LycCosIpDAE. 
Hipassa pantherina, Pocock. 
Hipassa pantherina, Pocock, 1900, p. 250. 
This is probably the commonest Lycosid on theisland. I have 
already published a note on its habits, under the generic name 
Pardosa, which I have since found to be incorrect (1915 b, p. 539). 


It spins a silken platform with a tube leading back from it into a 
crevice, usually in a tree or among stones. 


% Lycosa spp. 


The remaining species of Lycosidae probably all belong to the 
genus Lycosa, but it seems impossible to name them without 
much more extensive work on the Indian species of the genus 
as a whole than I am yet in a position to undertake. The 
largest species (probably two in number) live in short holes in 
the ground, from which they emerge to run about among stones 
and dead leaves. A much smaller and more delicate looking species 
runs about among decaying debris on the sandy shores of the 
lake ; and other still smaller species have been found in various 
open spaces. 


IQII.| F. H. GRAVELY : Fauna of Barkuda I. 419 


Family OXYOPIDAE. 


Peucettia viridana (Stoliczka). 
Peucettia viridana, Pocock, 1900, pp. 255-6, fiz- 86. 


A large green Oxyopid, with the abdomen of young specimens 
and the legs of adults often reddish below, the upper surface of 
the abdomen ornamented with whitish lines, the legs covered with 
numerous large black spines. 

Its colour and spiney legs make it most inconspicuous on 
plants bearing glandular hairs, such as Jatropha gossypifolia, in 
whose foliage it most frequently makes its home. 


Peucettia and Oxyopes spp. 


Several other Oxyopids occur among foliage, none of which 
I am at present able to determine. They are much less common 
and for the most part much smaller than P. virtdana. 


Family A?TIDAE. 


Numbers of Attids, including some of the ant-mimicing spe- 
cies, are common on Barkuda Island; but it is impossible to deal 
with them satisfactorily without going much more fully into the 
Indian species generally than is possible in the present paper. One 
form, however, requires special mention on account of its habits. 
Its curious appearance makes it easy to identify generically. 


Linus sp. 
P]. xiv, fig. 15. 


A moderately large jumping-spider of mottled brown colour 
and normal form, but rendered peculiarly grotesque by projecting 
tufts of hair on the body and localized fringes on the legs (pl. xiv, 
fig.15). It lives in crevices of Ficus and other trees, from the bark of 
which it is not easily distinguishable until it moves. It feeds upon 
the Pholeid, Smeringopus sp. (see above, p. 410) into whose untidy 
webs it walks apparently without any difficulty till within strik- 
ing distance, when it raises itself slowly on its hind legs and then 
springs like a flash upon its prey, which by this time is usually 
swinging rapidly to and fro on its long legs, as Pholcid spiders 
in common with Phalangids and Tipulid flies habitually do when 
alarmed. 

I once found a young Linws in the web of Cyrtophora cica- 
trosa, whose obvious alarm had attracted my attention ; but I have 
never known a Cyrtophora to be eaten even by an adult Linus. 
On the first occasion on which I tried the experiment the Linus 
made straight towards the spider into whose web I had intro- 
duced it; the Cyrtophora became greatly alarmed, rushed madly 
round inside its dome and eventually escaped. On a subsequent 
occasion, in another web, the Cyrtofhora closely watched the move- 


420 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL, XXIT, 


ments of the Linus and was evidently prepared to defend itself, 
but neither seemed anxious to take the initiative in a fight. Con- 
sequently I had to end the affair by recapturing the Linus before 
anything definite had happened. 

Linus makes an irregular cocoon of silk mixed with earth 
round its eggs, which it hangs among the cobwebs in which it 
lives. The mother clings to the cocoon till the young are hatched. 

The same or a closely allied species occurs in Madras. 


LIST OF LITERATURE REFERRED TO. 


1859. Doleschall,G. L. ‘‘’Tweede Bijdrage tot de Kennis der 
Arachniden van den Indischen Archipel,”’ 60 pp., 17 pl. 
1877. Cambridge, O. Pickard. ‘‘ On some new genera and species 
of Araneidae.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) X1X, pp. 26-30, 
pl. vi, vil. 
1880. Cambridge, O. P. ‘‘On some new and little known Spiders 
of the Genus Argyrodes, Sim.” Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 
1880, pp. 320-344, pl. xxvili-xxx. 
1881. Thorell, T. ‘‘ Studi sui Ragni Malesie Papuani III.” Ann. 
Mus. Civ. Genova XVII, pp. vii-xxvii and 1-720. 
1882. Hasselt, A. W. M. van. ‘‘Araneae”’ in Veth’s ‘‘ Midden- 
Sumatra 1V, Nat Hist., I Fauna (2) r1A, 56 pp. 5 pl. 
1887. Simon, E. “' Etudesur les Arachnides de l’ Asie méridional 
faisant partie des collections de Indian Museum (Cal- 
cutta).’’ Journ. Astatic Soc. Bengal 1,V1 (ii), pp. ror- 
I16 and 282-287. 
Thorell, T. ““Ragni Birmani” I. Ann Mus. Civ. Genova (2) 
V (XXV), pp. 5-417. 
188g Simon, EH. “Etude sur les Arachnides de 1 Himalaya 
recueillis par MM. Oldham et Wood-Mason et faisant partie 
des collections de Indian Museum, 1'¢ Partie.” Journ. 
Asiatic Soc. Bengal LXVIII (ii), pp. 334-344. 
1891. Walsh, J. H. T. ‘‘A new Trapdoor Spider from Orissa.” 
Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal LIX (ii), pp. 269-270. 
1892. Simon, H. (a) ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Araigneés,” Vol. I, 
Paris, 1892. 
(6) “Voyage de M. E. Simon an Venezuela; Arach- 
nides.” Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. UXI, pp. 423-462, pl. ix. 
1893. Simon, E. ‘‘ Descriptions d’espéces et de genres nouveaux 
de l’ordre des Araneae.’’ Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1X1, pp. 


299-330. ; 

1895. Thorell, T. ‘‘ The Spiders of Burma’’ (London, 1895), 
4060 pp. 

1896. Workman, T. ‘‘Malaysian Spiders’’ (Belfast, 1896), 96 
pl. 


1897. Simon, E. ‘‘ Descriptions d’Arachnides Nouveaux.” Ann. 
Soc. Ent. Bele. XVI, pp. 8-17. 

1900, Pocock, R. I. ‘‘Arachnida’’ in the Fauna of British 

India series, 279 pp., 89 text-figs. 


1921.] F. H. Gravety: Fauna of Barkuda I. 421 


1905. Simon, FE. ‘‘ Voyage de M. Maurice Maindron dans |’ Inde 
Méridional; Arachnides, 1° partie.’ Ann. Soc. Ent. 
Fr. XXIV, pp. 160-180, 3 text-figs. 

1906. Simon, E. ‘‘ Voyage de M. Maurice Maindron dans 1’ Inde 
Méredional ; Arachnides, 2° partie.’” Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 
LXXV, pp. 279-305, 4 text-figs. 

1907. Strand, G. ‘‘Siid- und ostasiatische Spinnen.”” Gorlitz Abh. 
nat}. Ges. XXV (1907) pp. 107-215, with r pl. 

1909. Hirst, S. “On some new or little-known Mygalomorph 
Spiders from the Oriental Region and Australia.’’ Rec. 
Ind. Mus. III, pp. 383-390, pl. xxiv. 

1915. Gravely, F. H. (a) ‘“‘ Notes on Indian Mygalomorph Spi- 
ders.’ Rec. Ind. Mus. X1, pp. 257-287, pl. xv. 

(b) “‘ Notes on the Habits of Indian Insects, Myria- 
pods and Arachnids.’’ Rec. Ind. Mus. XI, pp. 483- 
539, I text-fig. pl. xxii-xxv. 

1919. Sherrifis, W. Rae. ‘‘ A Contribution to the Study of South 
Indian Arachnology.’’ Ann. Mag. Hist. Nat. (9) IV, pp. 
220-252, pl. ii—vi. 

19g2l. Gravely, F.H. ‘‘ Some Indian Spiders of the Subfamily 
Tetragnathinae.” Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII pp. 423-459, 
8 text-figs. 


In the press. Annandale, N. ‘‘ Introduction to the Biology 
of an Island in the Chilka Lake.’ Mem. As. Soc. Beng. VII, 
No. 4. 


ee ee —_~—~ ~ —~-— ~ 


Fic. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. 


1.—Burrow of Oedignatha scrobiculata, from above, showing 
the two apertures, about twice natural size. 

2.—Web of Dictyna sp. (green species) on leaflet of Glycos- 
mis, a little before maturity of spider. Natural size. 

3.—Web of Dictyna sp. (green species) on leaflet of Glycos- 
mis, a little after maturity, with egg-cocoons. Natural 
size. 


4.—Burrow of Acanthodon barkudensts exposed throughout. 
Reduced. 

5.—Part of Termite mound containing two burrows of Acan- 
thodon barkudensts with doors closed. Natural size, but 
burrows not of maximum size. 


6.—Same with doors open. 


Rec. IND. Mus., Vou. XXII, 1921. PLATE XVII. 


S. ©. Mondul and D. Bagchi, photo 


BURROWS AND WEBS OF SPIDERS FROM BARKUDA I. 


Photo-cneraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Caleutta, [y2! 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. 


Fic. 7,—Diagrammatic section of burrow of Damarchus excavatus. 


oo sh so ae 5 Ff ,, Nemesiellus sp. 

» 9: 36 ‘ Be a , Acanthodon barku- 
densis.! 

5p HOP 5 Be ho > 5» Sasom Sp. irom! (Cey— 
lon. 

5 WH ; rm », 3, Diplothele walshi. 

», 12 ” ; s BA », Sasonichus arthrapo- 


physts. 


! Tt is possible that the lower end of the burrow may be less simple than is 
indicated in this figure. See above, p. 402. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XXII., 1921. Plate XVIII. 
Y See 
yyy 7/, Vitti Y 
BAG Yi SL tit, 
“MMM 


10. 


D. Bagchi del. 


Burrows of Spiderszon Barkuda I. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE X'!X 


Fics. 1-6.—Colour variation in Avaneus rumphi. 
ara ae ,, Gasteracantha brevispina. 
15.—Linus sp. devouring Smeringopus sp. 


3» 


Rec. IND. Mus., Vol. XXII, 1921. PLATE XIX. 


S.C. Mondul, photo. and D. Bagehi, del 


SPIDERS FROM BARKUDA ISLAND. 


Photo,-engrayed & printed xt the Otices of the Survey of India, Caleutta, 2) 


SONI Ve SOME IN DIAN SPEDE RS OF THE 
SUB-FAMILY TETRAGNATHINAE. 


By F. H. Gravery, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Superintendent, Government 
Museum, Madras. 


Spiders of the subfamily Tetragnathinae must be familiar to 
all field naturalists in India especially the curiously elongate species 
which comprise the large and widely distributed genus Tetvagnatha, 
and the handsome silvery species which are among the commonest 
representatives of the genus Leucauge (=Argyroepeira). Both are 
moisture-loving genera, most abundant in the rains, and often 
frequenters of vegetation bordering streams and tanks, among 
which they spin their circular and generally more or less horizontal 
webs. Leucauge is usually diurnal and sits in its web all day ; but 
Tetvagnatha is more nocturnal and commonly rests by day with its 
legs stretched straight out in front of and behind it on a twig, 
leaf or blade of grass near its web—or sometimes (e.g. 7. gracilis) 
on a twig which passes through the centre of the web. 

Eleven other genera of the subfamily are recorded from the 
Oriental Region in Simon’s “ Historie Naturelle des Araignées,”’ 
namely Atelidea, Atimiosa, Dolichognatha, Dyschiriognatha, Eucta, 
Meta, Mitoscelis, Orsinome, Pachygnatta, Timonoe and Tylorida, and 
of these all except M7toscelis and Tylorida are already known from 
India, Burma or Ceylon. Only two of them, however, namely 
Eucta and Orsinome, can be dealt with in the present paper as the 
others are not sufficiently represented in the collection before me. 
This collection belongs to the Zoological Survey of India, except 
for a few specimens belonging to the Madras Museum and a few 
belonging to Mr. Srinivasa Rao.! 

Eucta closely resembles Tetragnatha in form and lives in similar 
places, often in company with it. | It is distinguished from Tetrag- 
natha by having the posterior end of the abdomen produced beyond 
the spinnerettes into a sort of tail. Ovsimome closely resembles 
Leucauge, but is less strikingly marked with silver than are the 
commoner species of that genus, and can be distinguished from 
all by the absence of Lewcauge’s characteristic line of hair on the 
outer side of the femur of the fourth leg. It spins its webs among 
rocks in the beds of mountain streams, and lets itself down into the 
torrent below when disturbed, clinging to any rock against which 
it may be washed and hiding there an inch or two below the surface 
of the water till it feels safe to return to its native element. 


___ 1 The types of all new species described are in the collection of the Zoolog- 
ical Survey of India, Indian Museum, Calcutta 


424 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Genus Tetragnatha, Latreille. 


In spite of the strong superficial resemblance that almost all 
species of this genus bear to one another, especially after the loss 
of their colour through soaking in spitit. they may readily be dis- 
tinguished by the structure of the chelicerae, and in some cases 
by the arrangement of the eyes. 

In view of the considerable number of species already described 
by Thorell and others from the Oriental Region and neighbouring 
islands, and of the wide distribution of some of them, the very 
high proportion (seven out of ten) of new species in the collection 
before me is unexpected. All three of the known species repre- 
sented have a very wide range. and so apparently have three of the 
new ones, this extending from South India or Ceylon to the Eastern 
Himalayas in one case, the Southern Shan States in another, and 
Siam in the third. Of the remaining four new species two come 
from Assam and Burma respectively, localities where Thorell’s 
species would certainly have been expected; and the other two 
from Southern India. 

In view of the ease with which the species can be distinguished 
and the fullness of ‘Thorell’s descriptions I can only conclude that 
the number of species still awaiting discovery is very large; in 
which connection it should be remembered that most are unattrac- 
tive looking spiders of somewhat crepuscular habits and therefore 
likely to be neglected by any one not specially looking out for them. 

Before proceeding to deal with the material before me I pro- 
pose to summarise as briefly as possible what is known of the 
species already recorded from or not unlikely to occur in the 
Oriental Region. For this purpose the species have been arranged 
in alphabetical order. 


Tetragnatha anguilla, Thorell. 


Tetragnatha anguilla, Thorell, 1877, pp. 443-445. 

From Kandari in Celebes. Lateral eyes almost twice as widely 
separated as are anterior from posterior medians. 

Female. Chelicerae half as long as carapace, with an inward- 
ly directed broad, flattened and moderately strong tooth situated 
on the inner side much above the fang-groove a little before the 
middle ; first of dorsal eight and ventral seven teeth apical, second 
dorsal widely separated from first. Fang about half as long as 
basal joint, unarmed. 

Male unknown. 


Tetragnatha biseriata, Thorell. 


Tetragnatha biseriata, Vhorell, 1881, pp. 139-141. 
From Amboina. lL,ateral eyes somewhat nearer together than 
medians. 
Female. Chelicerae about two-thirds as long as carapace, with 
two small obtuse subapical tubercles. First tooth of both series 


1921.] F. H. Gravety: Indian Spiders. 425 


situated at base of fang and slightly separated from remaining 
six. First and second dorsals of equal length, remainder diminish- 
ing, second opposite fourth and fifth ventrals. Second ventral 
larger than first, remainder diminishing. Fang with suggestion 
only of external tooth near base. 

Male unknown. 


Tetragnatha chauliodus (Thorell). 
Limoxera chaultodus, Vhorell, 1890, pp. 292-295. 

From Penang and Singapore. Laterals nearer together than 
medians. 

Female. Chelicerae about half as long as carapace; about 
eight ventral teeth of diminishing size, the second about twice as 
far from the first as from the third; first of dorsal sixteen teeth 
moderately large, situated a little behind first ventral, second 
opposite fifth ventral, size diminishing proximally. Fang armed 
with small obtuse tooth on outer side of basal bend, and long 
inwardly and forwardly directed tooth further on below. 

Male. Chelicerae about as long as carapace. Subapical spine 
bifid, with tubercle in front. First of dorsal five teeth a little 
larger than and situated a little behind first of ventral six; second 
neatly twice as long, situated far behind it, about opposite fourth 
ventral ; remaining three smaller, diminishing proximally. Fang 
unarmed. 


Tetragnatha delumbis, Thorell. 


Tetragnatha delumbis, Vhorell, 189t, pp- 39-44. 

From Little Nicobar. Laterals somewhat less widely separated 
than medians. 

Female. Chelicerae slender, not much shorter than carapace, 
armed apically with a long compressed and narrowly acuminate 
spine, followed on the ventral margin by a diminishing series of 
about ten teeth of which the first is situated near the base of the 
fang, the first two are large, and the first four widely separated. 
First five of nine dorsal teeth large and somewhat widely separated. 
Fang armed externally with a dorsal tooth, below in middie with 
two minute granules. 

Male unknown. 


Tetragnatha extensa (Linn.). 
Ayanea extensa, |innaeus, 1761, p. 480, 
Tetragnatha extensa, Blackwall, 1864, pp. 367-3608, pl. xxvii, figs. 
205a-/. 
Tetragnatha extensa, Van Hasselt, 1882, p. 27. 

A Huropean species stated by Simon (1891, p. 722) to occur 
in Central and Eastern Asia and also in N. America, and briefly 
recorded by Van Hasselt from Padang in Sumatra. lateral eyes 
not widely separated. 


426 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Female. Chelicerae with dorsal and ventral teeth more or less 
uniform. Fang unarmed. 

Male. Chelicerae longer and slenderer than in female, with 
fine, prominent subapical process inflected at apex, and a short 
obtuse process likewise situated ; penultimate tooth of dorsal sur- 
face much larger than rest. Fang unarmed. 


Tetragnatha fallax, Thorell. 


Tetvagnatha rubriventris 3, xec 9, Thorell, 1878, pp. 105-108. 
Tetragnatha fallax, Thorell, 1881, pp. 134-135. 

From Amboina. Lateral eyes equally or somewhat less widely 
separated than medians. 

Female. Chelicerae shorter than carapace. First four of 
dorsal ten teeth subequal, moderately strong and conico-acuminate, 
the first situated at base of fang, slightly shorter than second, not 
much nearer to second than second is to fourth; remainder in 
diminishing series. First of ventral eight small teeth minute, 
situated at base of fang, the next two much larger and separated 
both from it and from each other by a space equal to about twice 
their own length. Third ventral slightly behind, fourth opposite 
corresponding dorsals. Fang unarmed. 

Male. Chelicerae with first five (or six) of about ten upper 
teeth and all five ventral teeth long, acuminate and subequally 
spaced, the first of the latter row smaller than the rest; remain- 
ing dorsal teeth in diminishing series; fifth ventral tooth opposite 
fifth or sixth dorsal. 


Tetragnatha flagellens, van Hasselt. 
T, flagelens, van Hasselt, 1882, pp. 27-28, pl. iv, fig. 11. 

From Sumatra. 

Female. Chelicerae about as long as carapace, armed with 
an acuminate subapical spine; fang-groove with only one row of 
teeth of which the first is widely separated from the remaining five 
or six. The fang is unarmed, long, bent as usual near the base, 
then straight for a distance about equal to the thickness of the 
basal joint, then bent inwards almost at right angles and straight 
for about two-thirds of the same distance, then abruptly bent 
outwards and somewhat wavy, straighter again and finely tapered 
distally. 

Male unknown. 


Tetragnatha geniculata, Karsch. 


Tetragnatha geniculata, Karsch, 1892, p. 286. ; 
Tetvagnatha geniculata, Thorell, 1895, pp. 140-142; 1898, p. 326. 
Tetragnatha geniculata, Pocock, 1900, p. 215. 
Tetvagnatha geniculata, Sherriffs, 1919, P. 231- 
From Ceylon, Uran, Poona Ghats, Nilgiris, Madras beach aud 
Tharrawady. Lateral eyes approximate. 


1921. ] I’, H. GraveLty: Indian Spiders. 427 


Female. Chelicerae somewhat shorter than carapace. Each 
side of fang-groove with about nine teeth of which the first is 
rather stout and situated at the base of the fang, widely separated 
from the second. Fang strongly geniculate, armed with a strong 
tooth on the outer side of the basal bend and another below, a little 
further on. 

Male unknown. 


Tetragnatha gracilis (Stoliczka). 
Meta gracilis, Stoliczka, 1869, p. 244, pl. xix, fig. 2. 
Tetragnatha ceylonica, Cambridge, 1869, p. 394, pl. xiii, fig. 83. 
Yetvagnatha latifrons, Vhorell, 1877, pp. 434-433; 1878, p. 109; 1881, 
p- 138. 
Tetragnatha gracilis, Thorell, 1885, p. 133; 1890, p. 214; 1895, p. 140; 
1898, p. 320. 
Tetragnatha frento, Thorell, 1890, pp. 214-217; 1895, p. I40. 
Tetragnatha tridens, Vhorell, 1898, pp. 328-330. 
Tetragnatha gracilis, Pocock, 1900, pp. 214-215. 
Tetragnatha gracilis, Sherrifts, 1919, p. 231. 
Tetrvagnatha gracilis, Gravely, 1921, p. 41. 

From India and Ceylon to Celebes and Amboina. Differing 
from all other known Oriental species in having the anterior medi- 
an eyes much nearer together than the posterior medians. The 
characters in which T. fvonto, Thorell, differs do not appear to be 
constant (see below, p. 437) and Thorell’s description of T. tridens 
agrees perfectly with the male of the present species. 


Tetragnatha gracillima (Tkorell). 
Limoxera gracillima, Thorell, 1890, pp. 227-230. 

From Sumatra. L,ateral eyes very slightly nearer together 
than medians. 

Female. Chelicerae less than half as long as carapace. 
First of dorsal five teeth stouter but not longer than second, 
remainder diminishing ; second widely separated from first, being 
opposite the fourth of the five ventrals all of which are small, first 
twice as long as second and narrowly separated from it. Fang 
scarcely half as long as basal joint, unarmed. 

Male unknown. 


Tetragnatha hamata, Thorell. 
Tetragnatha hamata, Thorell, 1898, pp. 326-328. 

From Carennee. 

Female unknown. 

Male. Chelicerae a little shorter than carapace. Subapical 
spine acuminate but obliquely truncate and subemarginate at 
apex, with two strong teeth below and to the outer side of it. The 
ventral series consists of these two teeth and a diminishing series 
of about seven more, which commences some distance behind them. 
The dorsal series commences with two or three small teeth situated 
obliquely and close to the base of the fang, and very close to each 


428 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


other, and to a large conical tooth which follows them; separated 
from these by a considerable distance is a diminishing series of six 
medium sized teeth. 


Tetragnatha hasseltii, Thorell. 


Tetvagnatha hasseltii, Thorell, 1890, pp. 217-221. 
do. var. biymanica, Thorell, 1895, pp. 142-143 ; 1898, p. 326. 
2 Tetvagnatha hasselti, var. biymanica,! Sheriffs, 1919, p. 231. 

Typical form from Celebes; variety from Tharrawady, Bhamo. 
Lateral eyes nearer together than medians. Abdomen relatively 
short and stout. 

Iremale. Chelicerae as long as carapace. Dorsal row of ten 
teeth extending almost throughout their length. First dorsal 
tooth small and situated a little behind apex, widely separated 
from large second tooth; second, third and fourth about equal, 
somewhat widely separated ; remainder diminishing. Ventral row 
somewhat shorter than dorsal, with nine teeth; first long and 
somewhat sinuous, situated close to base of fang; second a little 
smaller, situated opposite and somewhat larger than second dorsal, 
remainder diminishing. Varietal form with teeth on either side of 
fang-groove smaller than in typical form and less space between 
the first and second teeth, especially in the ventral row, the 
second ventral tooth thus being in front of, instead of opposite the 
second dorsal. Fang unarmed in both forms. 

Male known in varietal form only. Chelicerae slenderer than 
in female. Subapical spine slender and curved. First of dorsal 
seven teeth stouter than the rest and somewhat curved, nearer 
to second than are other dorsal teeth to each cther. First of 
about ten ventral teeth small and nearer to second than second 
is to third. First tooth of both rows situated at base of fang, the 
dorsal slightly behind the ventral. 


Tetragnatha irridescens, Stoliczka. 
Tetragnatha irvidescens, Stoliczka, 1860, pp. 246-247, pl. xviil, figs- 
2-36. 

From the neighbourhood of Calcutta. Relatively short spi- 
ders haying the general build of T. hasseltii and T. mackenzer. 
The two rows of eyes more or less parallel; laterals widely se- 
parated. The types of this species, both male and female, are 
immature as is clearly shown in Stoliczka’s figure of the male 
palpal organ, though his description of it seems to imply matur- 
ity. Until mature specimens are obtained from the same locality 
it will be impossible to define the species. 

In the collection before me there are two mature males and 
one possibly mature female, as well as several immature specimens, 


! I suspect that the specimens recorded by Sheriffs from the Madras beach are 
really 7. mackenstei, a species of similar form described below (p. 438) of which 
] have specimens from Villivaukain on the outskirts of Madras. 


1921.] F. H. Gravety: Indian Spiders. 429 


any of which may belong to this species. But as the two males 
clearly belong to two species it is obviously impossible to identify 
any of them till the identity of 7. zvridescens is settled. 

The genital operculum is little if at all produced backwards 
between the spiracles, which suggests that these species may not 
belong to the genus Tetrvagnatha at all; but the material at my dis- 
posal does not justify a definite pronouncement on this point. 


Tetragnatha jejuna (Thorell), 
Limoxera jejuna, Vhorell, 1890c, pp. 5-7; 1897, p.5; 1898, p 330. 

From Malewoon in Burma. Lateral eyes nearer together than 
medians, 

Female unknown. 

Male. Chelicerae slender, longer than carapace, with small 
tubercle at base oi bifid subapical spine. First two of dorsal 
nine teeth large and curved, the second twice aslong as the first, 
situated near together and much higher on the outer side than are 
the others. ‘lhird dorsal tooth small, twice as iar from second as 
second is from first and still further from fourth which is longest ; 
remainder in diminishing series. First of ventral eight teeth stout 
and long, situated at base of fang; second and third small, situ- 
ated near third dorsal; remainder smaller, fifth situated opposite 
third dorsal; first ventral and third dorsal joined by an oblique 
ridge. Fang long, unarmed. 


Tetragnatha lineata (‘Thorell). 
Limoxera lineata, Vhorell, 1890, pp. 224-227. 

From Tjibodas. Lateral eyes nearer together than medi 
ans. 

Female. Chelicerae between a third and a half as long as 
carapace ; first of dorsal five moderate-sized teeth scarcely twice 
as far from second as second is from third; ventral series consist- 
ing of only two or three teeth. Fang unarmed, 

Male unknown. 


Tetragnatha mandibulata, Walckenaer. 


Tetvagnatha mandtbulata, Walckenaer, 1837, p. 211. 


Tetragnatha minax, Blackwall, 1877, p. 20, pl. ui, fig. 14. 
Tetragnatha minatoria, Simon, 1877, pp. 83-84. 
Tetragnatha leptognatha, Thorell, 1877, p. 441; 1878, pp. 109-111; 


1881, p. 138. 
Tetragnatha minatoria, nec mandibulata, Vhorell, 1890, p. 221. 
Tetragnatha minax, Simon, 1893. p. 206. 
Tetrvagnatha mandibulata, Thorell, 1895, pp. 139-140; 1898, p. 326. 
Tetragnatha-mandibulata, Pocock, 1900, p. 215, text-fig. 67. 
Tetragnatha mandibulata, Hirst, 1911, pp. 384-385. 
Tetragnatha mandibulata, Sherriffs, 1919, p. 231. 
Tetrvagnatha mandibulata, Gravely, 1921, p. 411.! 


1 Sherriffs’ ‘‘ Tetyagnatha sp.” in which, each mandible has at its junction 
with the fang a large spine projecting straight in front, being in addition the 


430 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XXII, 


Recorded from an area extending from Mauritius and the 
Seychelles to the Sandwich Islands. Lateral eyes approximate. 

Female. Chelicerae very long, with three very large spines close 
together at the commencement of the ventral row, of which the first 
extends directly forwards beside the base of the fang ; these three 
teeth followed by about nine others of which the second is the 
largest and widely separated from those on either side of it. 
Dorsal row commencing with two moderately large teeth situated 
close together, the first being at the base of the fang and smaller 
than the second; the third tooth is situated much further back, 
about opposite the fourth ventral, the fourth opposite the fifth 
and the fifth a little behind the sixth; this fifth tooth is the first of 
a series of about six teeth situated close together, making a total of 
ten teeth in the dorsal row. Fang somewhat as in 7. gentculata but 
less strongly geniculate and with the teeth much smaller or almost 
rudimentary. 

Male. Chelicerae very long, with acuminate subapical spine. 
Dorsal row of about ten teeth commencing with a very large tooth 
at the base of the fang, closely followed by a much smaller one 
and then at wider intervals by a diminishing series of about eight, 
of which the first is somewhat longer but narrower than the one 
preceding it (i.e. the second of the whole dorsal row). Ventral 
row of about thirteen teeth commencing with two rather small ones 
at base of fang, followed after an interval by four larger ones and 
then by a diminishing series of about seven very small ones. Fang 
unarmed 


Tetragnatha marginata (Thorell). 


Limoxera marginata, Thorell, 1890, pp. 230-232, 1895, p. 140. 

From Mt. Singalang in Sumatra and Tonghoo in Burma. 
Lateral eyes almost as widely separated as medians. 

Female. Chelicerae about half as long as carapace. Upper 
row of five, ventral of four or five teeth, space between first and 
second teeth of upper row not very great. Fang evenly curved, 
scarcely half as long as basal joint. 

Male unknown. 


Tetragnatha maxillosa, Thorell. 
Tetragnatha mandibulata, Thorell, 1890, pp. 221-223. 
Tetragnatha maxillosa, Thorell, 1895, pp. 139-140, 1808, p. 320. 
From Java, Singapore and Moulmein. Closely allied to 7. 
mandibulata. Lateral eyes almost as widely separated as medians. 
Female. Chelicerae a little shorter than carapace. First of 
dorsal five teeth long and thick, situated at base of fang, apex 
pointed and a little curved ; second tooth widely separated from 
it, somewhat longer and slenderer ; remainder diminishing both in 
size and distance from each other. First of ventral nine teeth at 


commonest species he knew, must I think be 7. mandibulata, which leads me to 
suppose that the species he calls 7. mandibulata must in reality be something else, 


1921. ] F. H. GRAVELY: Indian Spiders. 431 


right angles to fang-groove, and situated a little behind first dor- 
sal, intermediate in size between first and second dorsals ; follow- 
ing teeth only about half as big, series diminishing proximally. 
Fang unarmed, about two-thirds as long as basal joint. 

Male. Chelicerae slender, with granule in front of subapical 
spine which is lightly bifid. First tooth of dorsal series moderate- 
ly large, situated opposite first two ventrals; second about twice 
as long as first, widely separated both from it and from third, 
about opposite fifth ventral; remainder in diminishing series. First 
two of'ventral fourteen teeth moderately small, situated close to- 
gether, the smaller a little above and in front of the larger, widely 
separated from the remaining teeth (about twelve) which are 
rather small and close together. 


Tetragnatha modesta, Hirst. 


Tetvagnatha modesta, Hirst, 1911, p. 385, text-fig. 2. 
From Silhouette and Mahé in the Seychelles. Space separat- 
ing lateral eyes greater than diameter of posterior laterals. 
Female closely allied to T. geniculata, but fang not geniculate 
and with both teeth situated nearer the base. Male unknown. 


Tetragnatha nepaeformis, Doleschall. 


Tetragnatha nepaeformis, Doleschall, 1859, p. 46, pl. xvi, figs. 1-16, 
From Buitenzorg. Lateral eyes somewhat nearer to each 
other than are medians. 
Female. Chelicerae with teeth on margin of fang-groove small F 
fang unarmed. 


Tetragnatha parvula, Thorell. 


Tetvagnatha parvula, Thorell, 1891, pp. 41-44. 

From Kamorta. Lateral eyes nearer together than medians. 

Female. Chelicerae half as long as carapace. First tooth of 
both series large and situated not much behind base of fang. 
Ventral teeth about nine in diminishing series; dorsal teetl: 
fewer, first and second equal, nearly twice as far apart as second 
and third, remainder in diminishing series. Fang short, un- 
armed. 

Male. Chelicerae little shorter than carapace, slender, 
with curved subapical spine, stout at base, equally bifid distally. 
First of eight dorsal teeth stout and long, further from still longer 
second tooth than from base of fang: second dorsal opposite fifth 
ventral, twice as long as third but nearer to it than to first; re- 
mainder in diminishing series. First of ventral nine teeth stout 
and situated below remainder a little behind base of fang, a little 
in front of first dorsal, twice as far from second as remainder are 
from one another. Fang shorter than basal joint, slender, un- 
armed, 


432 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XXII, 


Tetragnatha puelia, Thorell. 


Tetragnatha puella, Thorell, 1895, pp. 143-146. 


From Tharrawady. Lateral eyes about as widely separated 
as medians; abdomen unusually short, in female narrowly ovate, 
in male cylindrical. 

Female. Chelicerae half as long as carapace ; fang-groove arm- 
ed on each side with five or six teeth in descending series. Fang 
about half as long as basal joint, unarmed. 

Male. Chelicerae not much shorter than carapace. Subapi- 
cal spine strong, curved and simply pointed, with a small obtuse 
tooth alittle in front of and above it at base. First of dorsal 
seven teeth moderately large, situated at base of tang, and widely 
separated from secend whichis small and situated opposite the third 
or fourth ventral; third dorsal slightly targer than second and more 
widely separated from it than from fourth; remainder ir diminish- 
ing series. First of ventral six teeth large and stout, armed with 
a minute denticle on its front margin, situated well below but not 
much behind base of fang; remaining five of medium size, sub- 
equally spaced and situated more on the inner side of the joint. 
Fang a little shorter than basal joint ; armed with a small external 
tooth at base, raised into an obsolete tubercle on inner side be- 
tween middle and base. 


Tetragnatha pulchella, Thorell. 


Tetragnatha pulchella, Vhorell, 1877, pp. 438-441 ; 1890, p. 217. 


From Celebes and Sumatra. Lateral eyes nearer together 
than medians. 

Female. Chelicerae about three quarters as long as carapace. 
First three of dorsal ten teeth widely separated. First tooth 
of ventral seven situated well back from apex, half way between 
first two dorsals, the next two between the second and third dor- 
sals. Fang long, unarmed. 

Male. Chelicerae as long as carapace, with acuminate and 
slightly curved subapical spine; eight dorsal and seven ventral 
teeth, of which the first dorsal is the largest. Fang rather short, 
with an obtuse tooth or tubercle on inner side near base 


Tetragnatha rubriventris, Doleschall. 


Tetragnatha rubriventris, Doleschall, 1857, p. 410. 
Tetragnatha lupata, Koch, 1872, pp. 170 and 178, pl. xv, figs. 2—2c. 
Tetragnatha rubriventris 9, nec ¢, Thorell, 1878, pp. 105-108. 

é / PI re) 


Tetvagnatha rubyiventris, Thorell, 1881, pp. 131-134. 


From Amboina. Lateral eyes more widely separated than are 
medians. 

Female. Chelicerae as long as carapace or nearly so. First 
of dorsal eleven or twelve teeth very long and thick, situated 


1g2I.] F. H. Gravety : Indian Spiders. 433 


about half its own length from base of fang; second dorsal about 
half as long as first and twice as far from first as from third; 
space between third and fourth nearly as great as between second 
and third, and about twice that separating remaining diminishing 
seties. First of ventral twelve or thirteen teeth situated not far 
trom base of fang, much shorter than first dorsal but much stouter 
than four following ventrals, which are subequal ; space separating 
first and second ventrals about twice as great as the two following 
spaces; remainder in diminishing series. ‘Third ventral situated 
slightly behind second dorsal. Fang shorter than basal joint, un- 
armed. 

Male. Chelicerae longer than carapace, with inwardiy curved 
and simply pointed subapical spine. At base of fang on inner 
side above, a strong acuminate tooth at right angles to chelicerae 
above and a little in front of first dorsal and of about equal size 
with it; behind this another tooth about twice as large, strongly 
curved forwards, above and a little behind second dorsal. First 
six (about) of dorsal ten teeth about equal in size and spacing, 
except that the first two are somewhat nearer together than the 
rest ; posterior teeth in diminishing series. First of ventral dimi- 
nishing series of six teeth aslarge as and situated slightly in front 
of first dorsal; space between first and second about half as great 
as subequal spaces between second and fifth ; space between fifth 
and sixth much less. Second ventral situated between second and 
third dorsals. Fang unarmed. 


Tetragnatha serra, Doleschall. 
Tetragnatha serra, Doleschall, 1857, p. 409; 1859, pl. viii, fig. 5. 
Tetragnatha serra, Thorell, 1878, pp. 111-115, 1881, p. 139. 

From Amboina. Lateral eyes much closer together than 
medians. 

Female. Chelicerae about as long as carapace, with a low 
obtuse tubercle on inner side near base below; a small tocth at its 
base on outer side; a subcylindrical, abruptly acuminate and 
subobtuse tooth at its apex on lower side. First of dorsal 
nine teeth strong and subsinuate, situated at base of fang. Second 
dorsal not much longer and scarcely stouter than first, twice as 
long as third, between twice and three times as far from first as 
from third; third nearly twice as far from second as from fourth, 
and opposite fifth or sixth ventrals. First six of ventral 
twelve teeth of about equal size and almost equally spaced, the 
remainder in diminishing series. Fang much as in 7. geniculata., 

Male. Chelicerae more slender than in female, with long strong- 
ly curvedand simply acuminate dorsa! subapical spine; also a small 
subapical ventral tooth, situated in front of the ventral series, 
First of nine dorsal teeth moderately long, slightly sinuate, directed 
forwards and inwards; second slightly longer but less strong than 
first and scarcely half as far from it as from third, though further 
than third is from fourth; remainder i: dimiiishing series. First 


434 Records of the Indian Museum. LVOL. XXII, 


of thirteen ventral teeth opposite and about equal to first dorsal ; 
next four or five less than half as large as, and about as far from, 
first as from each other; remainder in diminishing series; seventh 
ventral about opposite third dorsal. Fang unarmed. 


Tetragnatha tonkina, Simon. 


Tetvagnatha tonkina, Simon, 1909, p. 102. 

From Phu-lang-Thuong. 

Female unknown. 

Male. Chelicerae shorter than carapace, with curved, slender 
and acutely pointed subapical spine. First dorsal tooth shorter but 
broader at base than subapical spine, curved and subacute distally ; 
second dorsal long, straight and acute, situated a little in front of 
the middle and followed by four small teeth in the basal halt. 
First ventral tooth moderately strong, perpendicular and lightly 
sinuate, the remaining five or six small, the first of them. isolated, 
the rest crowded. 


Tetragnatha trichodes, Thorell. 
Vetvagnatha trichodes, Thorell, 1878, pp. 115-118 ; 1881, p. 141. 
Limoxera trichodes, Thorell, 1890, p. 224. 

From Amboina. Tateral eyes nearer together than are 
medians. 

Female. Chelicerae three-fifths as long as carapace, with a 
small tooth near base of fang below. Teeth of fang-groove sub- 
equal in size, dorsal about seven and ventral about eight in num- 
ber. First four dorsals larger than rest, the first a little shorter 
but stronger than the second, situated at base of fang and about 
four times as far from second as second is from third. First 
ventral about twice its own length from base of fang, much farther 
than from second tooth which is still nearer the smaller third : 
remainder minute and crowded ; second dorsal opposite third ven- 
tral. Fang unarmed. 

Male. Chelicerae with stout and strongly curved acuminate 
and unequally bifid subapical spine, with a small tooth between it 
and the apex almost opposite the first tooth of the dorsal series 
which, like that of the ventral series, is situated not far from the 
base of the fang. Dorsal teeth six to eight in number, ventral five 
to nine. First dorsal tooth small, second longest of all and nearly 
three times as far from first as from third; remainder in diminish- 
ing series. First and second ventrals moderately large and twice 
as far apart as are the smaller and diminishing remainder. Second 
dorsal opposite third ventral. Fang unarmed. 


Tetragnatha viridorufa, Gravely. 
Tetragnatha viridorufa, Gravely, 1921, p. 411. 
From Barkuda Island in the Chilka Lake. Lateral eyes 
approximate. 


1921.] IF. H. GRAVELY : Indian Spiders. 435 


Female. Chelicerae very long and widely divergent in both 
sexes. First tooth of ventral row much the largest, two or three 
times as large as first tooth of dorsal row, which is not situated so 
close to the base of the fang; a semicircular depression between 
them. The second tooth of both rows very small, followed at 
rather long intervals by about five others of increasing size to 
near the base from where the remaining seven decrease in size and 
are more crowded. Fang unarmed. 

Male. Subapical spine long andslender. First tooth of dorsal 
row slightly shorter and stouter than subapical spine ; the second 
much smaller, the third smaller than the fourth; the first five 
widely spaced, the last six close together at the base. Ventral 
row of about eight spines shorter than dorsal, the third and 
the last two much smaller than rest. Fang with strong truncate 
tubercle on inner side of bend just above base. 


The above diagnoses were drawn up in the first instance from 
published descriptions for my own convenience in dealing with the 
material before me. They have when possible and desirable been 
modified in the light of this material and have been placed on 
record here as a guide to others working on the group. 

The species which I have myself been able to examine may 
be distinguished as follows :— 


Ocular quadrangle very much narrower in 


: } front than behind (fig. 1a) de .. Lu gracilis, p. 430. 
Ocular quadrangle little or no narrower in 
| front than behind is 2 


Lateral eyes somewhat more widely separe ated 
than medians (fig 1g,) 1 
4 Lateral eyes not more widely separated than 


o>) 


medians, usually more or less closely ap- 
proximate or contiguous (fig. 1d) So 5 
Abdomen much less slender than is usual in 
the genus, only about four times as long as 
broad, with more or less rounded sides ; 
anterior and posterior rows of eyes slightly 
recurved, anterior laterals minute (fig. 1g) 7. mackensie, p. 438. 
Abdomen slender, parallel-sided; anterior 
and posterior rows of eyes strongly recurved, 


>) 


anterior laterals small : T. moulmeinensis, p. 439- 
‘ Females ax Pe NSS 
\ Males we ate 


Fang with a more or less distinct tooth situat- 
a ed ventrally on outer side of basal bend 
=e (figs. 2a, b and d) .. 6. 

Fang without any tooth in this position : 

Fang unarmed except for above- mentioned 

tooth ; Tirst two teeth of ventral row situat- 
ed at base of fang and not markedly larger 
6) _, than others (fig. 3a) _ Ole: ... I. fletchert, p. 440. 
\ Fang armed on inner side with a strong tooth 
about a third of the way from base to tip 
(fg. 36) or first ventral tooth (or teeth) very 
large (figs. 3c-d) 


CH 


~ 


! T. trridescens, Stoliczka, belongs to this group if it isa true Tetvagnatha, 
but its full characters have not been determined (see above, p. 428). 


436 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


First ventral tooth small like others, directed 

inwards; fang strongly geniculate with 

teeth very well dev eloped : . 1. geniculata, p. 441. 
First ventral tooth very large, directed for- 

wards below fang which is slightly genicu- 

late with fully developed teeth .. TL. mandibulata, p. 441. 
Fang much swollen towards the middle, where 

it is armed dorsally with a stout and more 

or less rectangular tooth (fig. 4a); ab- 

domen very dlendlar ... TL. cochinensts, p. 442. 
Fang unarmed ; abdomen stouter Ss 
Fang very stout in the basal half, then very 

slender ; first dorsal tooth road and ob- 

liquely truncate (fig. 4c) ; T. listeri, p. 443. 
Fang more evenly tapering ; first dorsal tooth 

acuminate 10. 
Chelicerae stout, first two ventral teeth very 

large, first two dorsals very small (fig. 5a) T. sutherlandt, p. 444. 
@helicerse very long and slender; first tooth 

of both dorsal and ventral rows much larger 


) 
i 
4 
| than second (fig. 6a) .. l.vtridorufa, p. 445. 
| 
A 


7 


e 


9 


First dorsal tooth triangular, wide at base, 
simply pointed at apex, much larger than 
any other tooth of either dorsal or ventral 

bi row no tooth on inner side of basal curve 
of fang (fig. 3e) =) 
First dorsal tooth not the largest; or a strong 
tooth on inner side.of basal curve of fang 12. 
First dorsal tooth not larger than second, some- 
times much smaller; at most a rounded 
swelling on inner side of basal curve of 
fang (figs. 46 and @) TGs 
First dorsal tooth much larger than second ; 

a strong tooth, truncate distally, present on 

inner side of basal curve of fang (figs. 56 

and 6d) Id. 

f's dorsal tooth much smaller than second ; 


T. geniculata, p. 441. 
T. mandibulata, p. 441. 


subapical spine very slender distally, trun- 
/ cate at apex (fig. 46) ; .. I. cochinensis, p. 442. 
First dorsal tooth about equal _ in size to 
eh second; subapical spine broader distally, 
more or less bifid at apex (fig. 4d) I. listeri, p. 443. 
Subapical spine short and stout; first dorsal 
( tooth acuminate, slightly smaller than 
14 second ventral (fig. 50) T. sutheylandi, p. 444. 
Subapical spine long and slender, “first dorsal 
tooth almost equally long, but stouter ; 
second ventral tooth small (fig. 6) ... I. vtridorufa, p. 445. 


Tetragnatha gracilis (Stoliczka) 
Figs. Ta—c. 


Localities —Parambikulam, 1700-3200 ft., Cochin State ; 
Bangalore, ca.3000 ft., S. India; Taloshi, ca. 2000 ft., Koyna 
Valley, Satara District, Bombay Presidency; Bandipur, ca. 3000 
ft., Mysore; Villivaukam, Chingleput Dist. and Barkuda Island, 
Chilka Lake, Ganjam Dist., Madras Presidency ; Bhubaneswar, 
Puri Dist., Orissa; Port Canning, Calcutta and Madhupur, Bengal ; 
Pusa, Bihar ; Kalimpong, 2000-4500 ft., Darjiling District. 

This species differs from most in that it commonly (but not 


1921.] F. H. GRAveLy : Indian Spiders. 437 


invariably) spins its web on either side of a twig, which thus 
comes to extend across one diameter of it, and uses the part of the 
twig that crosses the centre of the web as its resting place. 

It differs from all other oriental species of the genus in hav- 
ing the anterior median eyes much smaller and closer together 
than the posterior medians; and in the female the chelicerae do 
not become very prominent even in adult specimens. The pos- 
terior lateral eyes are very prominent, and the anterior laterals 
very small. In the female the dorsal margin of the fang-groove 
bears a row of about eight teeth in descending order of magni- 
tude, of which the first is situated at the base of the fang, the 
second is situated some distance behind it and at a greater dis- 
tance from the ventral margin, the third somewhat further from 
the second than the second is from the first, but nearer to the 
ventral margin than is the second, the rest being somewhat close 


TEXT FIG. I. 


a.—Tetragnatha gracilis 2, eyes from above. 
p= ” ” 2, chelicera from above. 


a 


((—= ” 9 oO; ” ” ” 
d.—Tetragnatha mandibulata 9, eyes from above. 
e.—Tetragnatha mackenziei 9, chelicera from above. 


om re 2. eyes from above. 
together. ‘Che ventral margin bears about six teeth, of which the 
second is situated further from the first than from the third and 
is commonly the largest. Above the first tooth there is usually 
a smaller tooth, likewise situated at the base of the fang; and 
the fang itself usually bears a distinct tooth on the outer side 
just above the base. Either or both of these last mentioned two 
teeth may, however, be absent ; and the former of them may be 
larger than the first tooth of the ventral series, especially when 
the tooth on the fang is absent. It is to this form that Thorell 
has applied the name fronto. In view of the variability of these 
teeth, however, I think that fyvonto should be merged in gracilis. 
The fang is somewhat short and thick, abruptly curved close to 
the base, then lightly curved, not geniculate. 

The chelicerae of the male are much longer and slenderer 
than are those of the female. The subapical spine is long and 


438 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


slender, lightly curved, and imperfectly bifid distally ; below and 
in front of it is a smaller conical spine directed forwards, and 
below this again and slightly behind it, about opposite the base of 
the subapical spine, is the first of the dorsal row of about seven 
small teeth, arranged in descending series with a very long gap 
between the first and second. Above the middle of this gap is a 
pointed inwardly directed spine somewhat variable in length but 
always well developed and, when large, often slightly geniculate. 
The ventral margin of the fang-groove bears a pair of teeth at 
the base of the fang, of which the second is the longest, followed 
after a short interval by a somewhat uniform series of about six 
teeth, all small, the middle of the interval being about opposite 
the first dorsal tooth. 


Tetragnatha mackenziei, sp. nov. 
Figs. Ie-g. 


Localities—Kulattupuzha, W. base of W. Ghats, Travancore ; 
Mahabaleshwar, 4290 ft., Satara Dist. ; Seringapatam, ca. 2500 ft. 
and Bangalore, ca. 3000 ft., Mysore; Villivaukam, Chingleput Dist. ; 
Barkul, Orissa; Pachmarhi, 3300-3500 ft. and Hoshangabad, 
Central Provinces ; Siripur, Saran, Bihar ; Calcutta; edge of Inle 
Lake; Fort Stedman, Yawnghwe State, S. Shan States. Type 
(female) from Salt Lakes near Calcutta. 

Total length up to about 9 mm. (chelicerae excluded) ; Jength 
of carapace about 3 mm., maximum width of same fully 2 mm. in 
female, barely 2mm inmale. The carapace and legs are yellowish, 
the abdomen greyish. The carapace is moderately narrow and 
almost parallel-sided in front, broadly rounded further back, rela- 
tively longer and narrower in the male than in the female. The 
abdomen is comparatively stout, as in T. puclia,and much shorter 
and more rounded than is usual in the genus, being scarcely more 
than four times as long as it is thick. 

The ocular quadrangle is practically square, but the posterior 
medians are separated by a very slightly wider space than the 
anterior medians, and are fully one and a half times as far from 
the anterior laterals as from each other. The anterior laterals 
are very small, and about equidistant from the anterior medians 
and posterior Jaterals, which latter are somewhat nearer to the 
posterior medians than these are to each other. 

The chelicerae of the female are short and stout, between two 
and three times as long as they are thick and about two-thirds as 
long as the carapace. ‘There are about seven teeth in each row, 
the first in each (occasionally the first two ventrals) somewhat widely 
separated from the rest, which are in diminishing series. First 
dorsal larger than second, situated behind base of fang. First ven- 
tral smaller than second, situated at base of fang. Second dorsal 
about opposite fourth ventral. Fang short and stout, unarmed. 

The chelicerae of the male are much longer than those of the 
female and nearly as long as the carapace. The subapical spine is 


1921.] F. H. GRAVELY: Indian Spiders. 439 


broad at base, slender and slightly bifid distally. A stout conical 
tooth is situated just below its base and another some distance 
further back, much as in 7. gracilis but of more nearly equal size. 
The dorsal series of teeth contains about five only, all minute, 
situated much further back, the first of them being about 
opposite the fifth and sixth ventrals. The first two ventrals are 
situated close together at the base of the fang, the second larger 
than the first and nearly as large as the two large conical teeth on 
the dorsal surface; the remaining five are subequal, both in size 
and spacing, except the last one or two which are smaller than the 
rest but little if any closer. 

It is possible that this may prove to be only a subspecies of 
T. puella from Tharrawady, from which it is distinguished chiefly 
by having a bifid subapical spine in the male instead of an acu- 
minate one. ‘The only Burmese specimen I have seen is a female; 
but its eyes are as shown in fig. Ig with the laterals much more 
widely separated than the medians instead of equally so. 


Tetragnatha moulmeinensis, sp. nov. 
Fig.. 2. 


Locality.—Moulmein, a single female. 
Much longer and sienderer than 7. mackenziet, with long 
divaricate chelicerae. Total length 
about I2 mm., carapace about 3 
mim. f : y en 
The carapace is more strongly Vea » 
rounded in front than in T. We i 
mackenziet, and the two rows oi ae 3 
eyes are more strongly curved in VA 5 
consequence. The ocular quad- 
rangle is slightly wider in front 
than behind and slightiy longer 
than wide. ‘The posterior eyes 
are of about equal size and 


about equally distant (a littie \ | 
more than a diameter) from each 

other. The anterior eyes are TEXT-FIG. 2. 
widely separated from them, the Tetragnatha moulmeinensis 9, 
small laterals even more so than chelicera from above. 


the large medians. 

The chelicerae are about as long as the carapace, with a mi- 
nute denticle on a low obtuseswelling on the outer side below. The 
first dorsal tooth is slightly smaller than the first ventral; both 
these teeth are situated at the base of the fang and are followed 
after an interval, which is longer in the dorsal row than in the 
ventral, by other teeth in descending series. those of the dorsal 
row being larger than those of the ventral and also extending further 
back. The fang is simple and unarmed. 


440 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXIT, 


This species seems to be closely related to T. hasseltir, Thoreil, 
whose chelicerae appear to be somewhat variable, but is distin- 
guished from it by having the lateral eyes more instead of less 
widely separated than the medians and by its longer and more 
slender abdomen. 


Tetragnatha fletcheri, sp. nov. 
Fig. 34. 


Locality,—Shillong. Four females collected by Mr. T. Bain- 
brigge Fletcher and Mr. R. Senior White. Maximum length rr 
mm., carapace 34 mm. 


a. 


TEXT-FIG. 3. 


a.—Tetragnatha fletchert 9, chelicera from above. 

b.—Tetragnatha geniculata 9 ,fang seen obliquely from in front below. 

c.—Tetragnatha mandibulata vat. bidentata ¢, anterior ventral teeth of 
fang-groove. 

d.—Tetragnatha mandibulata, s. stv. 2, chelicera from above. 

e.—Tetragnatha mandibulata, s. str. @, chelicera from above. 

f——Tetragnatha mandibulata var. bidentata ¢, subapical spine. 


The anterior and posterior rows of eyes are very slightly 
recurved and asa rule approximately parallel, but the laterals appear 
almost contiguous in some specimens. ‘The anterior laterals are 
somewhat smaller than the rest ; the anterior medians may be slight- 
ly smaller than the posterior medians. The ocular quadrangle 
is very slightly narrower in front than behind and about as long 
as it is wide behind. 

The chelicerae are nearly as long asthe carapace and strongly 
divaricate. None of the teeth are very large. ‘The first dorsal is 
situated near the base of the fang; the second is smaller than 
the first and situated about twice as far from the first as from 


1921.] F. H. GRAVELY : Indian Spiders. 441 


the third, which is about equal to the first, situated a little in front 
of the middle of the joint, and followed by a diminishing series 
of four other moderately large teeth. The first two ventral teeth 
are situated at the base of the fang, the first of them being direct- 
ed forwards at the side of it; they are about equal in size to the 
first dorsal, the second slightly larger than the first. The third is 
very small, and situated about half way to the fourth which is 
about opposite or slightly further back than the second dorsal. 
The fourth is larger than the third and is somewhat closely followed 
by the remaining eight, of which the first three or four are larger 
than it is, though smaller than the dorsals opposite them; the 
rest in descending series. 


Tetragnatha geniculata, Karsch. 
Fig. 3). 


Localities.—Peradeniya, Ceylon ; Coonoor, ca. 5700-0000 ft. 
and Coonoor Ghat, ca. 5500 ft., Nilgiris; Mahabaleshwar, ca. 4200 
ft., Satara District, Bombay Presidency ; Sanjai River, Chakadhar- 
pur, Chota Nagpur; Pegu, Burma. 

This species, though widely distributed, does not appear to be 
very common. It is now nearly thirty years since the female was 
first described, but the male has still to be discovered.' 

The general build of the female is very slender and the cheli- 
cerae are strongly divaricate. The dentition somewhat resembles 
that of 7. vividovufa (fig. 6a). None of the teeth are specially 
long ; the first tooth of both rows is situated at the base of the fang, 
and is much more widely separated from the second than are the 
remaining teeth from each other, especially on the dorsal side, the 
second dorsal being about opposite the fourth ventral. The nine 
dorsal teeth are larger and more widely spaced than the more 
numerous ventrals. Both rows extend nearly to the base of the 
joint. The fang is strongiy geniculate with a stout tooth, often 
double, on the outer side of the basal bend, and another on the 
inner side a little further on (fig. 30). 


Tetragnatha mandibulata, Walckenaer. 
Figs. 1d; 34, é. 
Localities — 


Typicai form.—Nuwara Eliya, Ceylon ; Ernakulam and Chala- 
kudi, Cochin State; Bangalore, Mysore ; Ootacamund, 6700-8000 


! | have since obtained a male from Coonoor. It is hardly distinguishable 
from that of 7. mandibulata except for its greyish instead of reddish yellow 
general colour and its almost black sternum. ‘“Uhese differences may, however, be 
due to the short time that the male of 7. geniculata has yet been in spirit, or 
may prove to be variable even if real. The only structural difference that I can 
find is that the teeth on the mandibles are slightly more numerous (one or two 
more in each row) and theretore set somewhat closer together in 7. geniculata 
than in 7. mandibulata; but the material now before me does not admit of any 
certainty that even this character is really constant. 


442 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


ft., Coonoor, 5700-6000 ft. and Coonoor Ghat, ca. $500 ft., Nilgiris ; 
Villivaukam and Chingleput, Chingleput District ; south end of 
Chilka Lake, Rambha, and Barkuda Island, Chilka Lake, Ganjam 
District of Madras; Barkul, Chilka Lake, Puri District of Orissa ; 
pass between Chaibassa and Chakardharpur, Singbhum District 
and Purulia, Manbhum District, Chota Nagpur; Gmatia, Bir- 
bhura District, Calcutta (including Salt Lakes area), Port Can- 
ning and Barisal in Bengal; Siripur, Saran and Kierpur, Pur- 
neah District, Bihar; Bijaura, Nepal Terai; Singla, 1500 ft., and 
Kalimpong, Darjiling District; Tezpur, Selai Kusi in Darrang 
District and Sibsagar, Assam; Than-taung, Yawnghwe State, S. 
Shan States ; Lampam, Patalung, Siam 

Var. bidentata (figs. 3c, f.,—Mauritius; Medha, Yenna Valley, 
Satara District ; Datar Hill nr. Junagadh, Kathiawar; Nagpur, 
Pachmarhi, 3500 ft., and Hoshangabad, Central Provinces ; Singla, 
1500 it , and Kurseong, 3200-4700 ft., Darjiling District; opening 
of gorge of Heho River, ca. 3000 ft., Yawnghwe State, S. Shan 
States. 

This species is nocturnal, spinning large orb-webs at sun- 
dowri among grasses and other foliage, usually beside a stream or 
tank, and resting by day with its legs stretched out before and 
behind on a blade of grass or a twig. It is readily distinguishable 
from others by the forwardly directed first ventral tooth of the 
female and by the large triangular first dorsal tooth cf the male. 
The armature of the fang is never very strong and may be 
rudimentary or absent; apart from this it bears a close general 
resemblance to that of T. geniculata. 

Two very distinct forms occur, the typical one and a 
variety which is described below under the name bidentata. For 
the most part these varieties seem to occur in different localities; 
but both are recorded from the Darjiling District and Southern 
Shan States. 

T. mandibulata, s. sty —The first three ventral teeth of the 
female are very large and are followed without any long interval 
by a number of smaller ones. The subapical spine of the male is 
acuminate and simply pointed. 

Var. bidentata, nov.--The first ventral tooth of the female 
is much the largest; it is closely followed by the second, after 
which there is a long interva! without any teeth. The subapical 
spine of the male is obliquely truncate. 


Tetragnatha cochinensis, sp. nov. 
Figs. 4a, b. 

Localities. —Parambikulam, 1700-3200 {t., Trichur, Chalakudi 
and Ernakulam, Cochin State; Bangalore, Mysore; Cooncor, 
5700-6000 ft., Niigiris. Types (male and female) from Parambi- 
kulam. 


A very slender species. Total length about 11 mm.; carapace 
about 2 mm. long, less than I mm. wide. The anterior margin of 


1g21.]| F. H. GRAVELY: Indian Spiders. 443 


the carapace and two rows of eyes are somewhat strongly recurved. 
The ocular quadrangle is practically square ; the anterior laterals 
are small and are situated very near to the posterior laterals. 

The chelicerae of the female are slender, but are rather small 
and not very strongly divaricate. All the teeth are small and the 
first of each row is situated at the base of the fang with the 
second far behind, especially dorsally, as in T. geniculata. The 
second dorsal is opposite the fifth or sixth ventral. ‘he fang of 
the female is somewhat geniculate, much swollen about the mic- 
dle, where it bears dorsally a stout and more or less rectangular 
tooth. The chelicerae of the male are longer and more strongly 
divaricate than are those of the female. The subapical spine is 


TEXT-FIG. 4. 


«.—Tetragnatha cochinensis 2, chelicera from above. 
b.— ” ” cf 

c.—Tetragnatha listert 
i Le 
Ce ” yy i 


’ ” ” yy 


very slender distally, with truncate apex. The first dorsal tooth is 
larger than the first ventral, which is minute ; the latter is situat- 
ed at, and the former slightly behind, the base of the fang. The 
second tooth of each row is much the largest, the ventral anterior 
to the dorsal. The remaining teeth of 50th rows are arranged in 
descending series. The fang is slender and unarmed. 


Tetragnatha listeri, sp. nov. 
Figs. 4c, d. 


Localities.—Peradeniya, Ceylon; Ernakulam and Chalakudi, 
Cochin State; Nara Ghat, Nepal; Singla, 1500 ft., Pashok, 3500 


444 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 


and 5000 ft., Kalimpong, 2000-4500 ft., Darjiling District ; 
Chittagong; Man Ton, 4200 ft., Mongmit State, Ruby Mines 
District, Upper Burma; Telok Tikus, Penang; Lampam, Pata- 
lung and Singora, Talé Sap, Siam. 

Total length of female about 11, of male about 8 mm., cara- 
pace about 2°5 mm. long by 1°5 mm. broad in both sexes. The 
anterior row of eyes is slightly recurved, the posterior almost 
straight ; the ocular quadrangle i is square and the small anterior 
lateral eyes are almost in contact with the posterior laterals. 

The chelicerae are long and strongly divaricate. In the 
female the first dorsal tooth is broad and obliquely truncate, 
situated at the base of the fang, and succeeded after a long 
interval by the longer second tooth ; the remaining four or five are 
in descending series. The first ventral tooth is situated slightly 
behind the base of the fang and is followed by three smaller ones. 


TEXT-FIG. 5. 
Tetragnatha sutherlandi, chelicerae from above. 
a.—Female b.—Male. 


somewhat widely spaced in the interval between the first and 
second dorsals ; the remainder are in descending series. The fang 
is slightly geniculate, stout near the base, slightly swollen towards 
the middle, very slender distally. 

The chelicerae of the male bear a long slender parallel-sided 
sub-apical spine, bifid at apex. The dorsal teeth are not unlike 
those of the female, except that the first of them is simply point- 
ed. ‘The first two ventral teeth are situated at the base of the 
fang, the first being minute and the second very large, the rest 
small. The fang is slender and unarmed. 


Tetragnatha sutherlandi, n. sp. 
Figs. 5a, 0. 
Localities —Trichur and Chalakudi, Cochin State; Siripur. 
Saran, Bihar ; Serampore, Bengal; Kalimpong, Darjiling District,. 


1921. | F. H. GRAVELY: Indian Spiders. 445 


Total length of female about 12 mm., of male about 9 mm. ; 
carapace about 3 mm. long in the female and about 2°5 in the 
male. 

Both lines of eyes are distinctly recurved, the posterior more 
so than the anterior ; the small anterior laterals are situated very 
near the posterior laterals. 

The chelicerae are long and strongly divaricate in both sexes, 
but are much stouter in the female than in the male. In the 
female the first two dorsal teeth are short and stout and situated 
near together a little behind the base of the fang; the next two 
are larger and more widely separated, the remaining four in des- 
cending series. ‘The first four ventral teeth are large and widely 


TEXT-FIG. 6. 


Tetragnatha viridorufa, chelicerae from above. 
a.—Female b.—Male. 


separated, the rest smaller, the first is situated at the base of 
the fang, and the first two are larger than the second two. ‘The 
fang is unarmed. 

The subapical spine of the male is short, broad and obliquely 
truncate. ‘The first ventral tooth is minute, situated at the base of 
the fang ; the first dorsal and second ventral are very large, situated 
a little further back, the former slightly in front of the latter ; 
remaining teeth small. ‘he fang is very long and slender with a 
distinct, broad, and more or less truncate tooth on the inner side 
of the basal bend. 


Tetragnatha viridorufa, Gravely. 
Fig. 6a, 0. 
Localities —Ernakulam, Cochin State; Villivaukam, Chingle- 
put District; Barkuda Island, Ganjam istrict and Balugaon, 


446 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Puri District, both on the Chilka Lake; Balighai, further north 
in the Puri District. 

Like T. mandibulata this species is nocturnal ; but instead of 
frequenting water it spins its webs among bushes in the jungle. 
The bright green of the sides of its abdomen tone with the red- 
dish brown of its back and legs in such a way as to make it very 
inconspicuous on the leafy twigs of the bushes among which its 
web is spun, and where it rests by day. 

In life it may readily be recognized by its bright colours and 
very long and strongly divaricate chelicerae; but the charac- 
teristic colouration soon disappears in spirit. The female may, 
however, be recognized by a semicircular ridge that extends 
between the first spines of dorsal and ventral rows respectively , 
these spines being the largest, with the ventral much larger than the 
dorsal ; the largest of the remaining spines are situated on the strong 
curve near the base of the joint instead of distally as is usual. 

The male may be tecognized by the fact that the first dorsal 
and the subapical spines are of about equal length, the former 
slightly shorter and thicker than the latter, and much lenger 
than any of the other spines. The fang is armed with a strong 
truncate tooth on the inner side of the basal bend asin the pre- 
ceding species. 


Genus Eucta, Simon. 


Three species, E. caudicula, Karsch (1879, pp. 66, 67. pl. 1, 
figs. 4-4b), originally described from Japan, E. zs¢dis, Simon 
(1880, p. 34), originally described from Egypt, and EF. javana, 
Thorell (t889-90, pp. 236-239 ”, 1895, pp. 146-147, 2 }, origin- 
ally described from Java are said to occur in India and Burma (see 
Simon, 1885, p. 450 and 1892, p. 722; Sheriffs, 1919, p. 232); 
and a fourth, F. anguilla, Thorell (1877, pp. 443-445) has been 
described irom Celebes. 

The specimens before me both male and female all agree with 
Thorell’s desctiption of E. javana, except that the teeth bordering 
the fang-groove of the female are somewhat variable in number and 
are usually slightly more numerous, as in A. anguilla. It seems 
possible, therefore, that these two species may prave to be identi- 
cal; but the male of EF. anguilla has not yet been described. 

E. caudicula is said by Sheriffs (1919, p. 232) to have been te- 
corded by Simon from India.! The female differs from those of 
E. anguilla and E. javana in lacking the stout tubercle near the 
middle of the upper and inner side of the basal joint of the che- 
licerae. On the dorsal side of the fang groove it has one large 
tooth at the base of the fang, one a little smaller at about the 
middle, followed by a row of about five small ones. On the ven- 
tral side there are three large teeth at the base of the fang, fol- 
lowed after an interval by a row of about nine small ones. The 
fang bears a small tubercle on the outer side just above the base, 


1 I have not, however, succeeded in tracing this record. 


ra2t.] F. H. Graveiy: Indian Spiders. 447 


and is slightly constricted on the inner side at about the middle. 
The male appears to differ from that of FE. javana chiefly in having 
the long apical tooth of the ventral row followed by about ten 
instead of five small teeth, this row consequently extending 
throughout the whole length of the joint. 

E. isidis apparently also differs from FE. anguilla and E. javana 
in the female sex, of which alone the description is known to 
me, in lacking the stout tubercle near the middle of the upper 
and inner side of the basal joint of the chelicerae ; and it has only 
three strong teeth on the ventral margin of the fang-groove. 


Eucta javana, Thorelil. 
Eucta javana, Thorell, 1889-90, pp. 236-239; 1895, pp. 146-147. 

Localities.—Kulattupuzha at the western base of the Western 
Ghats in Travancore; Seringapatam, ca. 2500 ft., and Bangalore, 
ca. 3000 ft., Mysore ; Ootacamund, ca. 6700-8000 ft., Nilgiris ; Red 
Hills, Chingleput District and south end of Chilka Lake, Ganjam 
District in the Madras Presidency; Barkul and Balighai in 
the Puri District of Orissa; Charkardhapur, Singbhum District 
in Chota Nagpur; Siripur, Saran District and Katihar and Kier- 
pur, Purnea Dist., in Bihar; Gmatia Birbhum and Calcutta in 
Bengal; Bulol in Nepal; Sukna, tooo ft., Punkabari and Kalim- 
pong, 20c0-4500 ft., in the Darjiling Dist. of the E. Himalayas; 
Inlé Lake, Yawnghwe State, S. Shan States. 

In this speci2s, as in the various species of Tetragnatha, the 
chelicerae are relatively short in young specimens, and the char- 
acteristic dentition is not developed. This develops, however, in 
specimens which I think can hardly be mature; and mature or 
apparently mature specimens of both sexes vary greatly in size 
(v7, 6-10 mm., 2 12-18 mm. long, excluding chelicerae). The 
size and general development of the teeth on the chelicerae also 
varies considerably, though their arrangement is approximately 
constant. In the female the first tooth on either side of the fang- 
groove is situated at the base of the fang; in the ventral row the 
second tooth is about twice as far from the first as from the third 
and the third is as a rule (but not invariably) distinctiy further 
from the second than from the fourth ; in the dorsal row the second 
is opposite the third ventral, the third opposite the fourth ventral 
and so on. Each row consists of from about six to eight teeth, 
usually one or two fewer in the dossal row than in the ventral. 
In addition to these teeth there is a conical denticle at about the 
middle of the dorsal surface on the innerside. As arule this is very 
large in well-developed specimens, but sometimes it is more indis- 
tinct. It is not developed in immature specimens. In mature 
specimens as a rule there is also a small but strongly chitinized coni- 
cal denticle on the outer side close to the apex ; this is, however, less 
constant and is likewise absent in immature forms. The fang is 
unarmed and slightly curved. 

In the chelicerae of the male the basal joint is armed at 


448 Records of the Indian Museum. [voL. XXII, 


about three quarters of the way to the end of the dorso-lateral 
margin with an upwardly directed and forwardly curved spine, 
which is bifid distally. The fang-groove is oblique and somewhat 
curved. The ventral row of teeth consists of one large tooth at the 
base of the fang, followed at a little distance by a row of about 
five others, of which the anterior is the largest. In front of the 
dorsal row there is usually a pair of minute denticles situated trans- 
versely at the base of the fang. The dorsal row proper begins about 
a third of the way down the joint with a very long tooth situated 
somewhat high up on the dorsal surface and followed at a little 
distance by a row of about five others, normally of small size, the 
first of these being situated about opposite the last of the ventral 
row. ‘The fang is lightly geniculate. The palps of the male are 
slender, with the patella about two-thirds as long as the tibia, 
and the tibia and tarsus together about two-thirds as long as the 
femur. 


Genus Orsinome, Thorell. 


The foilowing Oriental species have been recorded :— 

O. armata, Pocock, 1g01, pp. 480, 481 (male only) from 
Shillong in Assam. 

O. marmorea, Pocock, 1g01, pp. 479, 480, from Ootaca- 
mund in the Nilgiri Hills and Ponmudi in Travancore. 

O. phrygiana, Simon, 1901 a, pp. 56, 57 (male only) from 
Bukit Besar, Jalor, Malay Peninsula. 

O. vethi (van Hasselt) 1882, pp. 32, 33 (damaged male only) 
from Java. 


Little has yet been recorded of the habits of this genus. The 
two species that are known to me, O. marmorea and 9, listert, 
both spin their webs among boulders in mountain streams and the 
former at least drops into the water beneath when disturbed, 

clinging to the first rock against which it is swept by the current, 
’ an inch or two below the surface, till its alarm has subsided (see 
Gravely, 1915, p. 537). 

A male and female are sometimes found together in one web 

with their heads in contact. 


Orsinome marmorea, Pocock. 
Fig. 74, 0. 
O. maymorea, Pocock, 1901, pp. 480-481. 

Localities —Kavalai, 1300-3000 ft., and Forest Tramway 
29-30th mile, 1600 ft., in Cochin ; Talewadi near Castle Rock in 
N. Kanara; Coonoor, 5700-6000 ft., Nilgiri Hiils ; and Pachmarhi, 
3000 ft., in the Satpura Hills of the Central Provinces. 

Females of this species may be as much as 12 mm. long, with 
much more massive and rotund abdomen than the males. 

The vulva of the female is a large smooth reddish brown chiti- 
nous plate, roughly circular in outline though with a slight posterior 


1g2I.] F. H. Gravety: Indian Spiders. 449 


prolongation; it is without the conspicuous anterior depression 
found in O. listert. 

The distal part of the chelicera of the female is shown in 
fig. 7a. The fang is very short, not more than half the length of 
the basal joint. The fang is longer in the male, and very slightly 
geniculate, otherwise similar. The ventral margin of the fang- 
groove of the male is armed with four acutely pointed conical teeth 
arranged at about equal distances from each other in descending 
order of magnitude and followed by a large abruptly truncate or 
slightly bifid tubercle. The dorsal margin bears one moderately large 
conical tooth at the base of the fang, i.e. opposite the first tooth of 
the ventral row, a very sma!l one opposite the fourth and another 
moderately large one opposite the anterior margin of the truncate 
tubercle. The tip of the trochanter of the palpis unarmed beneath ; 


(Ge 
s b. 


TEXT-FIG. 7. 


a.—Orsinome marmovea &, distal part of chelicera from below. 
= an an 3, chelicera from above 
c.—Orstnome listeri Gn 


the tibia is scarcely twice as long as the patella, shorter than the 
tarsus, and scarcely a quarter as long as the femur—characters in 
which it differs, according to Pocock, from O. armata from Shil- 
long. 


Orsinome listeri, sp. nov. 
Fig. 7c. 


Localities —Pashok, 1000 and 2500 ft., and Singla, 1500 ft., 
both in the Darjiling District of the E. Himalayas. 

Total length of female about Io mm. ; length of carapace about 
35mm. Total length of male about 6 mm.; length of carapace 
about 2 mm. Colour, arrangement of eyes, etc., much as in O. 
marmorea, which the male further resembles in the structure and 
proportions of the palps and the female in the armature of the 


450 Records of the Indian Museum. [voL. XXII, 


chelicerae. The female, however, differs from that of O. marmorea 
in having the vulva neither redder nor smoother than the surround- 
ing blackish matt integuments, and with a conspicuous longitudinal 
oval groove infront. The male differs in the armature of the cheli- 
cerae (see fig. 7c). There are two teeth on the ventral margin of the 
fang-groove, placed close together one behind the other at the base 
of the fang, the anterior being much larger than the posterior ; and 
there is a large obtusely conical tubercle much nearer the base. - 
The dorsal margin bears two widely separated teeth with a more 
or less obsolete denticle in front of the proximal one, much as in 
the male of O. marmorea. 


Genus Leucauge, White. 


Incl. Argyroeperva, Emerton, and Callinethis, Thorell. 


The following is a list of the principal descriptions of species 
recorded from the Oriental Region and cf some of those found on its 
borders. Several of them have, however, already been relegated 
to the syncnymy of common and widely distributed species (see 
synonymy of the species in the collections under consideration) 
and it is possible that others will have to fellow them. On the 
other hand several species originally described as Meta or Tetrag- 
natha have had to be transferred to Leucauge, and it is possible 
that others may have to follow these also, descriptions of a num- 
ber of which from places bordering on the Oriental Region have 
been given by Thorell in his *‘ Ragni di Selebes”’ (1877), “ Ragni 
di Amboina ”’ (1878) and ‘‘ Ragni Austro-Malesi’’ (188r). 

Argyroepeira striata, Yhorell (=stellimicans , Simon, and bigib- 
ba, Thorell) has been ma:e the type of a separate genus, Tylorida. 

L. angustata (Stoliczka), 1869, pp. 241-242, pl. xx, fig. 7, 9 
from Calcutta and Sibsagar. 

L. argentata (Cambridge) , 1869, pp. 392, 393, pl. xiii, figs. 76-80, 

¢ 2 from Ceylon. 

L. argentina (van Hasselt), 1882, p. 34, pl. ii, fig. 5, 2 from 
Sumatra; (Thorell), 1889-90, pp. I99-200, ? from Sumatra ; 
(Workman), 1896, pl. liv, °. 

L. argentina var. nigriceps (Yhorell), 1890a, pp. 297-208, ¢ 
(2? adult) from Penang. 

L. auro-cincta (Thorell), 1887, pp. 418-422, 7 2 from Celebes. 

L. beata (Pocock), 1901, p. 481, ¢ from Shillong (Assam). 

L. celebesiana (Walckenaer), 1837, pp. 222-223 ; nec Thorell, 
Workman, Pocock, etc. (see Simon, 1906). 

L. culia (Cambridge), 1869, pp. 390-392, pl. xiii, figs. 69-75, 
@” ¢ from Ceylon. 

L. decorata (Blackwall), 1864, pp. 44, 45, 2 from East-India ; 
(Cambridge), 1869, pp. 389, 390, pl. xii, figs. 61-68, 7 9 from 
Ceylon ; Simon, 1906, pp. 282, 3, 2? from Pondichery and Mahe. 

L. ditissima (Thorell), 1887, pp. 143-146, 2 from Bhamo 
(Burma). 

L. elegans (‘Thorell), 1877, pp. 416-418, @ from Celebes; 1805, 


1g2t.] F. A. Gravety: Indian Spiders. 451 


pp. 156-159, ” @ from Tharrawady and Rangoon (Burma); 
(Workman), 1806, pl. xxii, @ from Singapore. 

L_ emtertoni (Thorell), 890 a, pp. 22-24, 2 from Nias. 

L. fastigata (Simon), 1877, pp. 79, 80, 2 from the Philippines. 

L. fastuosa (Thorell), 1877, pp. 413-476, @ from Kandari 
({(Selebes). 

L. fibulata (Thorell), 1892, p. 16, @ from Singapore ; (Work- 
man), 1896, pl. liii, @. 

L. gemmea (van Hasselt), 1892, p. 26, pl. ii, fig. 4, @ from 
Sumatra ; (Thorell), 1889-90, pp. 206, 207, 2 from Sumatra ; 
(Workman), 1896, pl. lvi, ?. 

L. granulata (Walckenaer), 1837, p. 222, 2 from New Guinea : 
(Thorell), 1889-90, pp. 198, 199, ? from Celebes, etc. 

L. hasseltii (Thorell), 1889vg0, pp. 194-196, 2° from Sumatra. 

L. lamperti. Strand, 1907, p. 157, fig. 8, from Ceylon, 

L. leprosa (Thorell), 1805, pp. 133-5, @ from Tharrawaddy 
(Burma). 

L. macrochaera, with var. tenasserimensis (Thorell), 1895, p. 
152, ° from Tenasserim. 

L. mcobarica (Thorell), 1891, pp. 44-46. 

L. nigrotrivittata (Doleschall), 1859, p. 39, pl. xi, fig. 5, 2 
from Java. 

L. pumila (Thorell), 1877, pp. 429-432, 2 from Celebes ; 
also recorded from Sumatra. 

L. pusilla (Thorell),, 1878, pp. 97-99, ¢ from Amboina ; also 
recorded from Table Island. 

L. guadrifasciata (Thorell), t890a, pp. 18-21, @ from Penang, 
9 from Sumatra. 

L. rubrotrivittata, Simon, 1906, p. 307, 2 from the Lower 
Himalayas. 

L. scalaris (Thorell), 1889-90, pp. 200-204, 7 ¢ from Sumatra. 

L. sexpustulata, Simon, 1906, pp. 307-8, ¢ from the Lower 
Himalayas. 

L. stictopyga (Thorell), t889-g0, pp. 204-206, ¢ from Sumatra. 

L. superba (Thorell), 1890a, pp. 15-18, ¢ from Nias. 

L. tredecim-guttata (Simon), 1877, pp. 80, 81, @ from the 
Philippines. 

L. tessellata (Thoreil), 1887, pp. 135-138, ¢ from Shwegoomyo 
(Burma); 1895, pp. 155, 150, » ¢& from Tenasserim. 

L. tristicta (Thorell), 1891, pp. 46, 47. 

L. ventralis (Thorell), 1877, pp. 423-427, @ ¢ from Celebes ; 
(Workman), 1896, pl. iv, 2 from Singapore. 

L. wibrabunda (Simon), rgorb, p. 345, from Java. 


The species in the collection before me may be distinguished 
from each other as follows :— 


Carapace with a broad median brown band, or generally 

infuscate; abdomen in spirit (said to be greenish in 

1(___ life) brownish, finely specked with silver ; anterior me- 

| dian eyes unusually prominent, especially in the male ; 
palpal organ of male dark brown eee .. L. ventralis p.452- 


452 Records of the Indian Museum. {voL. XXII, 


Carapace uniformly yellowish; abdomen silvery, espe- 
cially in the female, with or without greyish or black 
markings ; orange or yellow pigment olten en 

| present in living. or freshly preserved specimens 

Tibia of fourth lee of female not plumose ; palpal organ 

ye of male smaller and paler, often ‘yellowish... 

ye of fourth leg of female plumose ; palp pal organ ‘of 
male dark brown and very large 6. 

ma markings (apart from more or less obsolete mid- 
dorsal line) confined to a pair of spots beside the spin- 
nerettes and two short rows (often absent) of spots on 
the posterior part of the dorsal surface, coalescing in 

Hee a conspicuous black patch on the postero-dorsal hump, 


to 


io) 


which is not otherwise very prominent (fig. 8a) EE iculianpat 
noe (or grey} markings linear and more extensive ee 


ma 
) 


4. 


ly uniform in width throughout, neither anterior nor 
posterior part of abdomen “much produced (fig. 84, c) ; 
male with relatively short palps and globular palpal (454. 
organs with only the inner tarsal apophysis present ... LL. celebesiana p. 
Black mid-dorsal line of abdomen of female more or less 
strongly expanded behind, dorsal portion of either 
anterior or posterior part of abdomen produced (fg. 
8d-g) ; male with palps very long and slender, tibia not 
less than three times as long as patella, palpal organ less 
globular, both inner and outer tarsal apophyses present. 


a= with posterior end of abdomen conically pro- 


E mid-dorsal line of abdomen of female approxim: ate- 


4° 


on 


duced above spinnerettes, dorsal tubercles absent, dorso- 
lateral silver band more or less distinctly broadened 
and bifid behind (fig. 8d) ; abdomen of male much less 
strongly marked than that of female, oblique stripes 
absent ... L. decorata p. 454. - 
Female with anterior end of abdomen produced above 
carapace, three pairs of more or less distinct dorsal 
tubercles present in anterior part of abdomen, all silver 
bands tapered and divergent behind (fig. 8¢) ; abdomen 
of male as strongly marked as that of female, oblique 
black stripes present between the longitudinal ones [455- 
dorsally } . L. bengalensis p. 
Abdomen of female not projecting far forwards above 
carapace; male moderately large with more cr less 
parallel-sided abdomen, its chelicerae without strong 
é spines L. tessellata p. 455+ 
Adomen of female projecting far forwards above cara~ 
| pace; male minute with more or less spherical abdo— 
men and anterior surface of chelicerae thickly covered 
with large black spines es 50 .. L.fastigata p. 450. 


Leucauge ventralis (Thorell) . 


Meta ventralis, Thorell, 1877, pp. 423-427. 
Argyroepeiva ventralis, Workman, 1896, pl. lv. 
Argyroepetra ventralis, Pocock, 1900, pp. 216, 217. 
Localities.—Nirodumunai in the Trincomalee District (7) 
and Kandy (2?) in Ceylon; Trichur, 0-300 ft.(@ ¢), Chalakudi 
(juv.), Forest Tramway, 0-300 ft. (7 2), and Parambikulam, 
1700-3200 ft. in Cochin State, South India; Tollygunge near 
Calcutta in Bengal (¢ ). 
This species, as already recorded by Sherriffs (1919, p. 233), 
rests with its legs stretched out on a twig beside its web. In this 


1g2i. | F. H. Graveiy: Indian Spiders. 453 


it differs from all other species of the genus known to me, and 
resembles Tetvagnatha. It further differs from all other species of 
Leucauge known to me in its dull colouration, more resembling that 
of Orsinome, and from all except the female of L. bengalensts in 
having the anterior median eyes much larger than the rest. 
From L. bengalensis it differs in that these eyes are equally large in 
both sexes, instead of being normal in the male. The trochanter 
and femur of the palps of the male are very long and slender, 
the former about half as long as the latter. The patella and 
tibia are short and stout, together shorter than the trochanter. 
The patella is scarcely any broader than it is long. The tibia is 
about twice as long as the patella and is thickened distally. 


b &. Ft 

x= Say 
ad. 
€ Tr 
Texr-ric. 8. 
‘ a.—Leucarge culta 2, abdomen from above. 

b.—Leucange celebesiana Q, abdomen from above. 
oo is 3 &, abdomen from the left side. 
d.—Leucauge decorata On is Wd) his 
e.— be a 2, abdomen from above. 
f.—Leucauge bengalensis 2, s is nf 
g 9, abdomen from the !ett side. 


There is the usual stout hook-like inner tarsal apophysis aad in 
addition a stout and highly curved spiniform outer apophysis. 


Leucauge culta (Cambridge). 
‘Fig. 8a. 
Tetvagnatha cilta, Cambridge, 1869, pp. 390-392, pl. xi, figs. 69-75. 
Leucauge sexpustulata, Simon, 1906, pp. 307, 308. 

Originally described by Pickard-Cambridge from Ceylon and 
subsequently under another name by Simon from the lower levels 
of the Himalayas, whereI have found it very abundant among low 
foliage during the rains and whence it is represented in the collec- 
tion before me from Sureil, 5000 ft.; near Sureil, 6000 ft. ; Soom, 
4000-5000 ft.; Sitong, ca. 3500 {ft.; Gopaldhara; Pashok, ca. 
2000 and 3500 ft.—all in the Darjiling District. The Indian 


454 Records of the Indian Museum. [voL. XXII, 


Museum also possesses two specimens from Ceylon, a male from 
Pattipola and a female from Peradeniya. 

The male resembles the female in colour, but is somewhat 
smaller, with relatively longer legs and narrower carapace. The 
palpi are of moderate length; the tibia is somewhat stouter 
than the patella, especially distally, but is about equal to it in 
length ; the patella and tibia together are scarcely half as long as 
the femur. The palpal organ is more or less globular in form, 
yellowish in colour (in spirit) with both the inner and outer apo- 
physes well developed, the former larger than the latter, both 
strongly curved. ‘The adult male is further distinguished by the 
presence of a large downwardly directed tooth in the middle of the 
anterior surface of the basal joint of the chelicerae. 


Leucauge celebesiana (Walckenaer). 
Fig. 8), c. 


Tetragnatha celebesiana Walckenaer, 1837, p. 222. 
Epeiva nigyo-trivittata, Doleschall, 1859, p. 39, pl. xi, fig. 5. 
Meta decorata, Koch, 1872, p. 14, pl. xi, fig. 5. 
Meta nigro-trivittata, Thorell, 1881, pp. 126, 127. 
Localities.—Sevook, 1000 ft.; Tindharia; Singla, 1500 ft. ; 
Gopaldhara; Ghumti, 1500-5000 f{t.; Kurseong, 4700-5000 ft. , 
Darjiling, 6000-7000 ft.; Darjiling to Soom, 7000-5000 it. ; 
Soom, 4000-5000 ft.; Lebong, 5500-6000 ft.; Pashok, 3500; 
4500, 5000 and 5500 ft.; Kalimpong, 2000-4500 ft.; Monghoo, 
ca. 3000 ft.; Sureil, 5000 ft.—all in the Darjiling District of the 
E. Himalayas, where it is very abundant among herbage during 
the rains. Also one specimen from the Garo Hills and one each 
from Shillong and Cherrapunji (Khasi Hills) in Assam. 
Concerning the synonymy and distinctive features of this spe- 
cies see under L. decorata, below. 


Leucauge decorata (Blackwall). 
Fig. 8d, e. 


Tetvagnatha decorata, Blackwall, 1864. pp. 44, 45. 

Nephila angustata, Stoliczka, 1869, pp. 241, 242, pl. xx, fig 7. 

Tetragnatha decorata, Cambridge, 1869, pp. 389, 390, pl. xiii, figs. 61-68. 

Meta celebesiana, Thorell (nec Walckenaer) 1877, pp. 422, 423; 1881, 
pp. 126, 127. 

Argyvoepeirva cecebesiana, Workman, 1896, pl. lii. 

Argyroepeira celebesiana, Pocock, 1900, p. 216. 

Leucauge decorata, Simon, 1906, pp. 282, 283. 

Localities —Colombo and Peradeniya in Ceylon; ‘Trichur, 
Chalakudi and Parambikulam (1700-3200 ft.) in Cochin; Yercaud, 
Shevaroy Hills; Bangalore, ca. 3000 it., Mysore; Coonoor, ca. 
5700-6000 ft., Nilgiris; Red Hills, Chingleput District, Madras; 
Rawal Pindi, Panjab; Barkul, o-1000 ft., Orissa; Dehra Dun, W. 
Himalayas; Katihar and Kierpur (Purneah Dist.), Siripur (Saran 
Dist.), Calcutta and Serampore in Bengal; Darjiling ca. 7000 ft.‘ 


rg2t.| F. H. GRAVELY : Indian Spiders. 455 


Darjiling to Soom, 7000-5000 ft. ; Soom, 3000--3500 ft. ; Gopaldhara, 
Lebong, 5500-6000 ft.: Pashok, 3500 and 5000 ft.; Kalimpong, 
2000-4500 ft. and Labdah, 3000 ft.—allin the Darjiling District 
of the E. Himalayas; Shillong and Sonarpur in Assam; Maymyo 
in Burma. This species is very common round Calcutta among 
long grass and low bushes, especially over water during the rains. 

Simon (loc. cit.) has pointed out that the true L. celebestana of 
Walckenaer is common throughout Malaysia and part of Australia, 
and that Blackwall’s nigrotrivittata is identical with it, both 
being distinct from the Indian decorata. L. decorata is the species 
distinguished by Thorell (loc. cit.) from migrotrivittata under the 
erronoeus name celebesiana, an error in which he has been followed 
by Pocock in the ‘‘ Fauna.” 

Females of L. decoraita are somewhat smaller and slenderer 
than those of L. celebesiana, with the posterior end of the abdomen 
produced above the spinnerettes into a more acutely angular 
process. The markings on the abdomen, moreover, are usually 
somewhat better defined than in L. celebestana, and the dorso-lateral 
silver band is bifid instead of simple behind. 

In the male the inner tarsal apophysis of the palp is present in 
L. decorata and absent in L celebestana, and the palps as a whole 
are much more slender in the former than in the latter, the tibia— 
though varying greatly in different specimens—being not less than 
three times as long as the patella, whereas it is barely twice. as 
long in L. celebesiana. 


Leucauge bengalensis, sp. nov. 
Fig. 8f, g. 

Localitics.—Caleutta and its suburb Maniktolla; also Seram- 
pore on the Hughli a few miles north of Calcutta. 

The female resembles L. avgentata (Camb.) so closely that I 
took it to be identical with that species until I had examined the 
male. I can find no characters distinguishing the female from 
those mentioned in the description of L. argentata; but in this 
description there is no mention o! the sizes of the eyes. In L. 
bengalensis the anterior medians are much larger than any of the 
others, so much so.that I think the fact must have been noted by 
Cambridge in his description of L. avgentata if it had existed there. 

The male, however, differs greatly from that of L. argentata, 
hoth the palps and abdomen being very slender. In this it resem- 
bles L. decorata, except that the abdomen is perhaps a little 
longer and narrower, and is strongly marked with silver and black, 
much as in the female. 


Leucauge tessellata (Thorell). 
Argyroepetra tessellata, Thorell, 1887, pp. 135-138. 
Argyroepetra tessellata, Pocock, 1900, p. 210. 
Localities.—Forest Tramway, 29-30th mile, 1600 ft. and 
Parambikulam, 1700-3200 ft., Cochin ; Pollibetta, Coorg: Ghumti, 


456 Records of the Indian Museum. [voL. XXII, 


1500-5000 ft., Singla, 1500 ft., Gopaldhara, Soom, 4000-5000 it., 
Pashok at various altitudes from 2000-4000 ft.. Kalimpong, 600- 
4500 ft., and Argarra above Teesta nr. Kalimpong, 1000 ft., all in 
the Dariiling District; and above Tura (Garo Hills), 3500-3900 
ft., Sonarpur. and the Assam-Bhutan Frontier (Darrang District) 
in Assam. 

This species is often found in the Darjiling District during 
the rains together with L. celebesiana, which it resembles in general 
size, form and colour. The female may, however, readily be 
distinguished from that of this and all other species described 
above by the dense and somewhat long black hair covering the 
distal two-thirds of the tibiae of the fourth pair of legs. ‘The 
male can be distinguished by its somewhat more prominent eyes 
and its large and dark coloured palpal organs armed with both 
inner and outer tarsal apophyses. 


Leucauge fastigata (Simon). 
Argyroepeira fastigata, Simon, 1877 (July). p. 79, pl. iii, fig. 10. 
Meia elegans, Thorell, 1877 (Oct.—Dec.), Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova X, pp. 
416-418 ; 1895, pp- 150-150. 
Argyroepeiva fastigata, Pocock, 1900, p. 210. 

Localities.-—Peradeniya in Ceylon; Trichur, 0-300 ft.; Forest 
Tramway, loth—14th mile, 0-300 ft., and Parambikulam, 1700-3200 
ft. in Cochin; Barkuda Island (Chilka Lake) in Ganjam ; Hardwar 
and Saharanpur in the United Provinces; Tavoy and Arakan in 
Burma. 

The webs of this species are mostly spread more or less hori- 
zontally in somewhat shady spaces among bushes or under trees. 
The webs are large, and are often attached to their supports by 
strands extending for a considerable distance. They are usually 
situated about on a level with one’s eyes which makes them some- 
what difficult to detect and I have frequently walked right into 
them without seeing them, even when searching for them. Males 
are very difficult to find, as both they and their webs are quite 
small, and they do not seem to associate themselves closely with 
females, though they live in similar situations. 

The female resembles that of L. ¢esse/lata in having the hind 
tibiae clothed with long thick black hair, but differs in having 
the anterior end of the abdomen very strongly produced above the 
carapace. ‘The male differs from those of all other species of the 
genus known to me, except L. ventralis and L. tessellata, in having 
large globular palpal organs of a very dark colour. From these 
two species it differs in its minute size (total length of body about 
2mm.), rotund abdomen and intensely spiney chelicerae. Both 
the inner and outer tarsal apophyses are present on the palps. 


1864. 


1869. 


1872. 
1877. 


1882. 


1885. 


F. H. GRAVELY: Indian Spiders. 457 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


Linnaeus, C. ‘Fauna Suecica,”’ 2nd ed. (Stockholm, 
1761). 

Walckenaer, M. le Baron. ‘‘ Histoire Naturelles des Insec- 
tes Aptéres ” II (Paris, 1837). 

Doleschall,C. L. ‘‘ Bijdrage tot de Kennis der Arachniden 
van den!Indischen Archipel.” Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. 
Ind. XIII, pp. 399-434, pl. i-ii. 

Doleschall, C. lL. ‘“ Tweede Bijdrage tot de Kennis der 
Arachniden van den Indischen Archipel.” Kom. natu- 
urrvk. Ver. Ned. Ind. V (5), Batavia, 1859, 60 pp., 7 pl. 

Blackwall, J. (a) ‘‘ Descriptions of Seven New Species of 
East Indian Spiders received from Rev. O. P. Cambridge.” 
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) XIV, pp. 36-45. 

(b) ‘‘ Spiders of Great Britain and Ireland,”’ pt. II (Ray 
Society, London, 1864), pp. 175=384, pl. xiii-xxix. 

Cambridge, O. Pickard. ‘‘ Part I of a Catalogue of a Col- 
lection of Ceylon Araneidea lately received from Mr. J. 
Nietner, with Descriptions of new Species and Characters 
of anew Genus.” Pyvoc. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. X, pp. 
373-379, pl. xi-xiii. 

Stoliczka, F.S. ‘‘Contribution towards the Knowledge of 
Indian Arachnoidea.” J. As. Soc. Bengal XX XVIII (II), 
pp. 202-251, pl. xvili-xx. 

Koch, Ll. ‘ Die Arachn. Austr.” IIT. 

Blackwall, J. ‘‘ A list of Spiders captured in the Seychelles 
Islands.’ Proc. R. Irish Acad. (2) III, pp. 1-22. 

Simon., E. ‘ Etudes Arachnologiques, 5° Memoire, Arach- 
nides recueillis aux tiles Philippines par MM. G.A. Baer et 
Laglaise.”’ Ann. Soc. Ent. France (5) VII, p. 53-96. 

Thorell, T. ‘‘Studi sui Ragni Malesi e Papuani. I, Ragni 
de Selebes raccolti ne} 1874 dal Dott.O. Beccari.”” Ann. 
Mus. Civ. Genova X, pp. 341-634. 

Thorell, T. ‘St. Rag. Mal. Pap. II, Ragni di Amboina 
raccolti dal Prof. O. Beccari.” Loc. cit. XIII, pp. 5-317. 

Karsch,F. ‘Baustoffe zu einer Spinnenfauna von Japan.” 
Verh. Nat. Ver. Preus. Rheinl. XXXVI, pp. 57-105, pl. i. 

Simon, EK. ‘‘ Trois nouvelles espéces d’Arachnides d’ Egypt, 
recus de M. A. Letourneux.” Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 
1880, pp. xlvii-xlvili. 

Thorell, T. ‘St. Rag. Mal. Pap. III. Ragni dell’ Austro- 
Malesia e del Capo Vork, conservati nel Museo Civico 
di Storia Naturale di Genova.’’ Loc. cit. XVII, pp. viii- 
XXvii and 1-720. 

Hasselt, A. W. M. van. ‘‘Araneae” P. J. Veth's ‘‘ Midden- 
Sumatra” 1V (11A) (Leiden, 1892), 56 pp., 5 pl. 

Simon, E. “ Materiaux pour servir a la Faune Arachnolo- 
gique de l’Asie Méridionale.” Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 
1885, I, pp. 1-26 (from Bellary) ; II, pp. 26-39 (from 


458 


T887. 


Records of the Indian Museum. [vor XXII, 


Ramnad); III, pp. 436-455 (from Malay Peninsula and 
Singapore): IV, pp. 456-462 (from Collegal, S. India). 
Thorell, T. “ Viaggio di L. Fea in Birmani e Regioni 
vicine. II, Prima Saggio sui Ragni Birmani.’”’ Ann. 

Mus. Civ. Genova (2) V (=XXV), pp. x 417. 


1889-90. Thorell, T. ‘St. Rag. Mal. Pap. IV, Ragni dell’ Indo- 


1890. 


1893. 


1895. 


18096. 
1897. 


1808. 


1900. 


Igol. 


Malesia Raccolti da O. Beccari, G. Doria. H. Forbes, 
J. G. A. Kinberg ed altri,”. Pt. I. Loc. cit. (2) VIII 
(=X XVIII), pp. 5-410. 

Thorell, T. (a) ‘‘ Aracnidi di Nias e di Sumatra raccolti 
nel 1886 dal Sig. E. Modigliani.” Loc. cit. (2) X 
(=X XX) pp. 5-106. 

(b) ““Aracnidi di Pinang raccolti nel 1889 dai sig." L. Loria 
yearn LOGwcrt (2) xa — Xoo) pp 200-303. 

Thorell, T.  ‘‘ Spidlar fran Nikobarerna och andra delar ai 
soédra Asien, ete.” Sv. Ak. Handl. XXIV (2), pp. I- 
149. 

Karsch, F. ‘* Arachniden von Ceylon und von Minikoy.”’ 
Berlin, Ent. Zeitschr. XXXVI, pp. 267-310, taf. x—xii. 
Simon, E. ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Araignées, 2nd ed., 

Vol. I (Paris, 1892) 1084 pp.. 1098 text-figs. 

Thorell, T. (a) ‘‘ Nova species Aranearum a cel. Th. Work- 
man in ins. Singapore collectae.”’ Boll. Soc. Ent. Ital. 
XXIV, pp. 211-282. 

(b) *°On some Spiders from the Andaman Islands collect- 
ed by E. W. Oates, Esq.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) IX, 

226-237. 

Simon, E. ‘“‘ Mission scientifique de M. Ch. Alluaud aux 
Iles Seychelles. Arachnides.”’ Bull. Soc. Zool. France 
XVIII, pp. 204-210. 

Thorell, T. “ Descriptive Catalogue of the Spiders of 
Burma, based upon the collection made by Eugene W. 
Oates and preserved in the British Museum” (London, 
1895), 406 pp. {pl. 

Workman, T. ‘‘ Malaysian Spiders’’ (Belfast, 1896), 96 

Simon, B “Histoire Naturelle des Araignées, 2nd ed., 
Vol. II (Paris, 1897), 1080 pp., 1122 text-figs. 

Thorell, T. ‘‘ Araneae paucae Asiae australis.’’ Bzh. 
Svenska Ak. XXII (4) 6, pp. 1-36. 

Cambridge, O. Pickard. ‘‘On a coilection of Insects and 
Arachnids made by Mr. E. N. Bennett in Socotra, with 
Descriptions of new Species. IV, Arachnida.’’ Proc. Zool. 
Soc. London 1898, pp. 387-391, pl. xxx1. 

Thorell, T. “‘ Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in Birmanie e Re- 
gioni Vicine (LXXX). Secondo Saggio sui Ragni Bir- 
mani. II Retitelariae et Orbitelari.’” Ann. Mus. Civ. 
Genova (2) XIX (= XXXIX), pp. 271-378. 

Pocock, R. I. Arachnida in Fauna of British India (Lon- 
don, 1900), 279 pp., 8&9 text-figs. 

Pocock, R. I. ‘‘ Descriptions Or some new species of Spi- 


1g21.| 


1905. 
1906. 


1907. 
1909. 


IQII. 


1915 


1919. 


1g2t. 


F. H. GRAVELY : Indian Spiders. 459 


ders from British India.” Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. 
Soc. XIII, pp. 478-408. 

Simon, E. (a) “ On the Arachnida collected during the 
‘Skeat Expedition’ to the Malay Peninsula, r18g99- 
1900.” Proc. Zool. Soc. London, tgor (2), pp. 45-84. 

(b) ‘‘ este der Arachniden der Semon’schen Sammlung 

in Australien und dem Malayischen Archipel.” Se- 
mon’s Zool. Forsch. Australien Malay Archip. V, pp. 
341-352. 

Simon, E. ‘‘Arachnides de Java.’’ Mitth. Mus. Hamburg 
XXII, 1904 (1905), pp. 51-73, 5 text-ligs. 

Simon, E. ‘‘ Voyage de M. Maurice Maindron dans 1’Inde 
Méridionale, Arachnides II. Appendice, Descriptions de 
quelques Arachnides des bas plateaux de IlHimalaya, 
communiqués par le R. P. Castets (de St. Joseph’s Col- 
lege a Trichinopoly).” Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. UXXV, pp. 
2790-314, 4 text-figs. 

trand, B®. ‘‘Siid- und ostasiatische Spinnen I.’’ Gorlitz 
Abh. nat/. Ges. XXV, 1907, pp. 107-215, I pl. 

Simon, E. ‘‘ Etude sur les Arachnides du Tonkin.” Bull. 
Sc. Fr. Belg. XLII, pp. 69-147. 

Hirst, S. ‘‘The Perey Sladen Trust Expedition to the 
Indian Ocean in 1905 under the leadership of Mr. J. 
Stanley Gardiner, M.A —Araneae, Opiliones and Pseudo. 
scorpiones. Tvans. Linn. Soc. London (2) XIV, pp. 379- 
395, 10 text-figs. 

Gravely, F. H. ‘‘ Notes on the Habits of Indian Insects 
Myriapods and Arachnids.” Rec. Ind. Mus. XI, pp. 
483-5309, pl. xxli-xxv. 

Sherrifis, W. Rae. ‘A Contribution to the Study of South 
Indian Arachnology.”’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) IV, pp. 
220-253, pl. i-vi. 

Gravely, F. H. ‘‘ The Spiders and Scorpions of Barkuda 
Island.” Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 399-421, 3 text- 
figs., pl. xvii—xix. 


ooit'y anon whit a bs ay jh et 


MARYS ~ Si Vey Seeig Pike ofa ies Sisal ae 


“i rey ee 


f au died PAP bee Sans UA fk. i ot # he ) 
BIR AS LO paket ges iv ib ve 
ne | se hive a ae sae Avan Pky 
» OUTUAR iets Bere CT oer toa 


GSAT tented & ie are " 
cy 2 Ue AS Mae ee A es ee pS 

cS ATR A a aS Bay aint ML belyetes 

UE AB) 3 ie * shy Pi aepia) ps ' Lae 

sit Pf rosy et Bey Pon ‘gay: f ver? nv He BF ‘cae 

oe ae eT lua | aes et A, a & Lita ea 

BVA A RAE a it HG 2 auth Be nee Ye aL : 
Jit) aera ob SO aNRnGt: Lene aa i 

: ii i - 7) ee vay tren a Ay ia a al a ite yea, (7 & Petes \ a8 i 


bok “Me Puree. 4) a 
j ai : x vig ie By brace 5 pine fal 
* (OTP NGs2 ae (he fh, ser Reaks iil ee 
= z eri 
3 ‘Ri “alg ED 5 et ue ee ee | 
3 6 v1 , ube - ‘ a Ay 20m 3 igen foals 4 


eh" oh int gl RO ON es 
{ yt EDO E od ate es a er 
WiMe TAs, eto SUEY Wa Pett MALAY as 


Ze yeaege, AVR AG Alia it? oa is We : PA She | érfs 


(Obi) Roan ils Wve ue oe 


i + ee RS ‘ a6 ine i 4 ye Wiig ates 
; pasa =.,! Rak iu eg aes ae 
fy c WHOARES ERY ooh GOI GD & is eee ae Y 
; Pils wuk 1M 


W ie NARA ‘een aL | 


ie LA oa 


pair 
» 3h j “ 
ar 
y 1 
a * 
' 
* 
M t 1 
sa %y 
i i 
ai 
‘ 7 
i 
‘ 
me 
» va = 


XXV. REPORT ON A COLLECTION OF SUMA- 
TRAN MOLLUSCS FROM FRESH AND 
BRACKISH WATER. 


By B. Praswap, D.Sc., Assistant Superintendent, Zoological Survey 
of India, with an Introductory Note by N. ANNANDALE, D.S<-., 
F.A.S.B., Director, Zoological Suvvcy of India. 


(Plate XIV.) 


INTRODUCTORY NOTE. 


The collection on which this report has been based was made by Mr. ]. KE. A. 
den Doop and was submitted to me for examination. After a certain amount of 
preliminary work I was obliged by stress of official duties to hand it over to 
Dr. B. Prashad, who has worked it out in detail. The collection is very represen- 
tative of the Molluscs of most types ef fresh and brackish water in Sumatra. 
Only the true lacustrine forms and the bivalves of brackish water are poorly 
represented. The collection is particularly rich in Gastropoda from streams in the 
plains and mangrove-swamps on the coast. It has been of great assistance to us in 
working out similar elements in the fauna of the eastern districts of British India, 
and we may claim it as fortunate that it has been possible to consider the Molluscs 
of the two countries together. 

The molluscan fauna of Sumatra is now at least as well known as that of any 
other similar area in the Eastern Tropics. It is very much better known, for 
example, than that of the Malay Peninsula or even that of many parts of Burma. 
The number of fresh- and brackish-water species that has been recorded from the 
island is two hundred and forty-six including sixty here recorded or described 
for the first time. Of the 246 species no less than 100 have been found in Mr. den 
Doop’s collection. The thanks and congratulations of all malacologists are due to 
him, and we are particularly grateful in the Indian Museum for permission to retain 
a first set of the specimens. The remainder are to be sent to the Amsterdam 
Museum. The fact that a large proportion of the material is preserved in spirit 
with the soft parts intact is an interesting and important feature. 

We have to thank Prof. Max Weber or Amsterdam not only for sending us 
in exchange specimens of a large proportion of the species described by the late 
Prof. E. von Martens from his own collections in the Malay Archipelago, but 
also for sending us on loan examples of the species of which no duplicates were 
available. This has not only rendered the report more authoritative but has 
greatly lessened the labour of its preparation. | N. ANNANDALE]. 


INTRODUCTION. 


This report deals with a large collection of fresh- and brackish- 
water mollusca! made by Mr. J. E. A. den Doop in Sumatra * during 
the years 1916—1918. Details about it are included in the intro- 
ductory note by Dr. N. Annandale at the beginning of the report 


! The collection also includes large numbers of marine and land-molluscs, 
but these we are unable to deal with at present. 

2 The collections were made only in the northern part of the ‘* Gouvernement 
Oostkust van Sumatra’ and on the Isle of Sabang. 


462 Records of the Indian Museum. j VoL. XXiT, 


and need not be repeated here. I may note that the specimens in 
the collection had no locality-labels in the beginning, but their pro- 
venance was indicated by serial numbers, the details regarding 
their localities were later supplied to me by Mr. den Doop and 
these have been filled in the paper according to the list sent me. 
All available details regarding habitat and distribution of the 
various species have been included. Detailed synonymies are not 
given except in special cases; in others references to von Martens’ 
paper (Siiss- und Brackwasser-Mollusken des Indischen Arclipelago 
in Zool. Ergeb. Nieder. Ost-Indien IV, and to papers published 
since that date only are necessary. 

Owing to the little information available it is not possible for 
me to discuss in detail the geographical distribution and relation- 
ships of the species represented in the collection but a close connec- 
tion between most of the freshwater species of Sumatra and 
continental Indian forms is quite apparent. This is particularly 
well marked in the families Planorbidae, Melaniidae and Vivipari- 
dae. Indeed some of the forms from Sumatra are quite indistin- 
guishable from the true Indian species. 

In the case of the estuarine forms also we find the same rela- 
tionships, but this probably has much less value in this case than 
for the freshwater forms, because a large proportion of the species 
have an extremely wide range. 

The most useful summary of all that was known about the 
distribution of the fresh and brackish-water species of Sumatra 
was given by the late Prof. E. von Martens in the Zoological Re- 
sults of Prof. Max Weber’s collections inthe Indo-Australian Archi- 
pelago. For comparison I give below von Martens’ list together with 
a list of species described since his paper was published; and also a 
list of the species found in Mr. den Doop’s collection. In addition 
to the references given in von Martens’ paper the following more 
recent publications on Sumatran molluscs may be consulted. 


1898. Aldrich, T. H. ‘“ Notes on some land and freshwater 
shells frem Sumatra with descriptions of new species.” 
Nautilus, X11, pp. 1-4, pl. i. 

1899. Dautzenberg, P. ‘‘ Contribution 4 La Faune Malacolo- 
gique De Sumatra.’’ Ann. Soc. Roy. Malacol. Belgique, 
XXXIV, pp. 1-26. 

1900. Martens, E. von. ‘‘ Ueber Land und Susswasser Schne- 
cken aus Sumatra.’’ Nachr. Deutsch. Malakozool. Ges, 
XXXII, pp. 3-14. 


1903. Martens, E. von. ‘‘Die beschalten Gastropoden der 
deutschen Tiefsee expedition.”” Valdivia Reports, VII, 
pp. 1-146. 


1906. Bullen, R. ‘‘On some land and fresh-water molluscs 
from Sumatra.” Proc. Malacol. Soc. VII, pp. 12-16 and 
126-130. 

1908. Rolle, H. ‘‘Zur Fauna von West Sumatra.” Nackr. 
Deutsch. Malakozool. Ges. XI, pp. 63-69. 


rg2t.| B. PrAsHAD : Sumatran Molluscs. 463 


I have not included references to the monographs in Martini 
and Chemnitz ‘‘ Systematisches Conchylien Cabinet’ published 
during the recent years. 

I have also here to express my great indebtedness to Dr. N. 
Annandale for the great help he gave me while I was working out 
this collection and for his valuable advice given ungrudgingly at 
all times. 


Species described or 
von Martens’ list recorded since von | Mr, den Doop’s 
(1897). Martens’ paper in collection. 
1507. | 
GASTROPCDA. | 
PULMONATA. 
AURICULIDAE. 

Pyithia | pantherina, undata | scarabeus, imperfo-|trigona plicata, un- 

rate. | data. 

Cassidula ... | auris-felis, meltipli- ee | auris-felis, 
cata, mustelina. | 

Auvicula -.. | midae,jdae, scheep- midae, judae, limnaei- 
maker. | forms (sp nov.). 

Melampus asa oe: - fasciatus ... | percha (sp. nov.). 

LIMNAEIDAE. | | 
Limnaea --. | javanica, brevispira! javanica Var. angus- | javanica and vars. 7- 
tior, excavata, bon- | tumuscens, subteves, 
gsonensts. | angustioy, porrecta, 
costulata and turgi- 
dula. 
PLANORBIDAE. 
Planorbis (in part) = | indicus = exustus... ae . exustus. 
Indoplanorbis. 
Planorbis (in part) =) sumatranits. procli- | sagoensis (probably convextsculus, suma- 
Gyraulus. US. a Gyraulus). = tranus, proclivis. 

Segmentina gc “oA rs kennardi ... | calathus. 

Isidova = Physastra sumatrensis, stagna- AS a doopt (sp. nov.). 
lis. i 

PROSOBRANCHIA., | 
AMPULLARIIDAE. | 
Ampullaria (in patt)=| ampullacea, involu- ampullacea var. su= | contca, ompullacea 
Pachylabra. ta, scutata=conica.| matrensis. vars. typica ( = cele- 
bensis), sumatrensis 
| and magnifica. 
V IVIPARIDAE. 

Vivipara ... | grassicosta, sumat-| javanica, javanica| sematrensis, hendrici, 
vensts, lhamiltont, var. swmatrana, su- | (sp. nov.), javanica 
ingalsiana. matrensis, delien-\| with vars. laevior, 

SiS. saleyerica, mousso- 
nt, scalarts, borneen- 
| SIS. 


! Dr. Annandale and I have recently established (Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, XIV, pp. 460— 
462, pl. xii, figs. 4, 4a and text-fig. 2) the genus Oma for a Japanese species and we believe 
that the Sumatran L. byevispiva also probably should be assigned to it. 


[Vo,. XXII, 


Mr. den Doop’s 


collection. 


404 Records of the Indian Museum. 
Species described or 
von. Martens’ list recorded since von 
(1897). Martens’ paper in 
1897. 
HyYDROBIIDAE. 
Bithynia re 
Pachydrobia lacustris. | 
Stenothyra weyerst. 
A\SSIMINEIDAE. 
Assiminea BAG ae | 
Subg. Cyclotyopis. cavinata, banka, 
livata. 
LiTTORINIDAE. 
Littovina. 
Subg. Littorinopsis. | scabva, intermedia, 
carinifera, undu- 
- lata. 
Subg. Nodilittorina | yilis, 
Subg. Melarraphe. | yentyicosa var. sub- 
granosa, biangu- | 
MELANIIDAE. lata. 
Protia = Acrostoma... | sumatrensis, episco- | indvagirica, curvi- 


Melania (Stenomela- 
nia, Melanoides, 
Plotia, Tavebia and 
? Sermyla, all=Me- 
lanoides). 


Melania, S.S. 


Faunus 
Paludomus? 


CERITHIIDAE, 
Potamides 4 
Subg. Terebralia ... 
Subg. Telescopium. 


Subg. Zympanoto- 
nos. 
Subg. Cerithidae ... 
NassIDAr. 
Canidia 
Clea 


palis, curvicosta, 
subplicata, verbec- 
ki, papillosa, stric- 
ticosta, sollingevi.| 

bisinuata, laeviga- 
ta?,  cvrepidinata, 
tuberculata, pul- 
chella, scabra, gra- 
num, datuva, spec- 
tabilis, granifera, 
lineata, flavida, 
disstmulans, vi- 
quett, pingurun- 
cula. 


cyhele (amara), seto- 
sa’, bocki, snell- 
mani. 


olivacea. 
palustris, sulcatus. 
cingulatus (fluvia- 


tilts). 


ornatus, charbonniert 


bocki a ae 


costa var. presto- 
niana. 


mucronata, arcteca- 
va, javanica, rus- 
tica, perplicata, so- 
bria, rudis, pagoda 
var. costulata, savi- 
nievi, javanica, 
acanthica. distin- 
guenda, livata (= 
semigvanosa), pa- 
lembangensis, da- 
tuva, unrfasciata, 
sykest, Robeltt. 

setosa, mitra (pro- 
bably same as cy- 
bele), vudis, win- 
teri; berkoltst. 

ater. 


oe 


cornea, weyersr 


theminckiana oes 


| crngulatus, 


truncata. 


scabra, intermedia, ca- 
vinifera, contica. 


variabile, vars. s“ma- 
trensis, infracostata, 
binodulifera, pseudo- 
spinosa and menke- 
ana. 

aspirans, plicaria, acu- 
tissima, turvis, mo- 
nile, crenulata, unt- 
formis, litigosa, tu- 
‘berculata, vats. se- 
minuda, wvirgulata, 
angularvis and trun- 
catula; scabva, vars. 
nodosocostata, angu- 
lifera and mutica ; 
semigvanosa, sluitert 
(sp. nov). 


telescopium. 
micropte- 
rum. 


. | obiusum, quadratum. 


helena, theminckiana. 
bocki. 


| | have given these names as they stand in von Martens’ list, 


their correct names for want of sufficient material 


without attempting to give 


1g2I.] 


B. PrasHap: Sumatyvan Molluscs. 


von. Marten’s list 


Species described or 


| recorded since von 
| 


Mr. den Doop’s 


cae=Clypeolum. 
Subg. Sulculosae ... 
Subg. Aculeatae ... 
Subg. Servatae = 
Neritae. 


Sube. Nervitodryas 
Subg. Clithon 
Nerita 
Septaria 


PELECYPODA. 


(OSTREIDAE. 


Ostrea s.s. a 
Subg. Alectryonia 


ARCIDAE. 


Arca 


UINIONIDAE, 


Unio 
ful). 
Schizocleitherium. ... 
Pilsbyyoconcha 
Contradens 


(genus doubt- 


Rectidens 


Physunto 
Monodontina 


Pseudodon 
Trapezoideus 


Diplodon 


Lucinipar. 


Lucina (Anodontia)... 


CYRENIIDAE. 
Cyrnae 
Batissa 


guerini, 

aculeata. 

gagates’, variegata, 
3lzac, communis ?, 
tuyrita. 


cornea ... 


tata, solium, ualen- 
larts, tessellata. 


cucullata 
grvanosa. 


macropterus 


hageni, dimotus (= 
Unio sumatrensis, 
Lea), verbecki. 

sumatrensis (=Unio 


palembangensis. 
superbus. 


sumatyensis, Sow.) 

novo-Hollandiae(= 
Unio cucumoides, 
Lea). 


phillipinarum. 


sumatrensis 
jayensis 


brevispiva, subpunc- 


sts. 
lineata, planospira 
sculpta, suborbicu- | 


nica. 


cliadema 


| tessellata with vars. 


compressa, lineata. 


_ | stolatus. 


| hajakomboensis. 
| exilis, expressa. 
| Laticeps 


fracilis, pressivostris. 
sumatrensts, Dnkr.)} 


| vondembuschianus... 
| 
| bicristatus. 


peninsularis (=Unio| 


. | sphaericula, violacea 


| var. discotdea. 


clypeolum, insignis 


(1807). Marten’s paper in collection. 
1897. | 
NERITIDAE. | ! 
Neritina. 
Subg. Auriculatae | auriculata | | simoni (sp. nov.). 
= Neripteron. ; 
Subg. Mitrulae = | crepidularia crepidularia with vars. 
Dostia. melanostoma and ex- 
altata; weberi (sp. 
Ir nov.). 
Subg. Hemisphert- | ivis, pennata | pulligera. 


turrvita var. semico- | 2tZac, variegata. 


| cornea. 
brevispina, squarrosa. 


lineata, planospira. 

tessellata with vars. 
clypeolum, compressa 
and Jineata. 


’ 


gryphoides. 
| folium, cuculata. 


. dimotus var. lugens. 


vondembuschiana, Var. 
chapert. 


sumatrensis. 


466 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Species described or 


von. Marten’s list | recorded since von Mr. den Doop’s 
(1897). | Marten’s paper in collection. 
1897. 

Corbicula ..| moltkeana, tumida, | gustaivana, tobae, moltkeana, tvapezoidea, 
ducalis, trapezoi-| sulcata, moussoni, angulifera, pullata. 
dea, angulifera, subrostrata. 
pullata, lacustris. 
gibba. 

Sphaerium a eae | ceciliae (sp. nov.). 

Pisidiam ... | sumatrvanum. 

| 
GLAUCOMYHDAE, 2 | 

Glaucomya a: sumatrensis. 

PSAMOBIIDAE. 

Elizia .. | orbicularis, 

Psmamotellina ... | palleuws. 

Asaphis .. | rugosa. | 

| 
SoLENIDA®. | 
Siliqua .. | vadiata, winteriana. 
Cultellus, s.s. 3 attenuatus. | 
Subg. Pharella ... | javanicus | javanicus, 


PHOLADIDAE. 
Teredo 


Subg. Cuphas ... | avenaria =| arenaria. 


Family AURICULIDAE. 
Genus Pythia, Link. 


Specimens of three species of this genus are represented in 
the collection. Of these P. wndata was the only form hitherto 
collected from Sumatra. The other two species P. trigona and 
P. plicata, though known from the adjacent islands, had never 
been taken in Sumatra. P. pantherina has also been recorded from 
Sumatra by von Martens, but is not represented in the present 
collection. 


Pythia trigona (Troschel). 
1897. Pythia trigona, von Martens, op. cit., pp. 130, 131, pl. Vill, fig. 1. 


This widely distributed species had, as noted above, been 
never recorded from Sumatra before. It is represented in Mr. den 
Doop’s collection by a few specimens collected in the mangrove- 
swamps at Belawan (Deli) and at a pematang' in the estate of 
Batang Kwis (Serdang) also near the mouth os the Soengei Batang 
Kwis (Serdang). All the specimens are quite typical. 


| A pematang is an old sandy strand ridge along the coast formed by ele- 
vation of the land as yet situated in the mangrove-swamps or (older) fresh-water 
swamps near the coast. [den Doop]. 


1g21.] B. PrasHap : Sumatran Molluscs. 467 


Pythia plicata (Fer.). 
1897. Pythia plicata, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 131-133- 

The only specimen of this species was collected in the man- 
grove-swamps at Belawan (Deli). I have no doubt as to its correct 
identification. 

Pythia undata (Less.). 
1897. Pythia wundata, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 139-140. 

A single specimen of this species, collected in the mangrove- 
swamps at Beiawan (Deli), is represented in the Sumatran collec- 
tion. 

Genus Cassidula, Fer. 
Cassidula auris-felis (Brug.). 
1897. Cassidula auris-felis, v. Martens, op. cét., pp. 141, 142, pl. viii, 
figs. 12-14. 

A large number of specimens of this variable species were 
collected in the mangrove-swamps at Belawan (Deli), from the 
mouth of the Soengei Batang Kwis (Serdang) and at Perbaoengan 
(Serdang). Most of these resemble fig. 13 of von Martens, but a 
few are like fig. 14 as regards the shape of the mouth. 


Genus Auricula, Lam. 


This genus is represented by four species, two of which are 
new. The descriptions of these new forms were drawn up by Dr 
Annandale and are here included to make the account of Mr. den 
Doop’s collection complete. 


Auricula midae (Linn.). 
1897. Arvricula Midae, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 150-152. 

I have adopted with von Martens the name 4. mudae in pref- 
erence to the name A. auris-Midae used in Kiister’s Monograph 
in Martini and Chemnitz Conch. Cab. 

A fairly full account of the anatomy of the species is included 
in Quoy and Gaimard’s work ! and the radular teeth are also figured. 

In the Sumatran collection it is represented by a few specimens 
collected in the mangrove-swamps at Perbaoengan (Serdang) and 
at Belawan (Deli). A few were also collected on the sea-shore at 
Perbaoengan (Serdang). 


Auricula judae (Linn.). 
1897. Aurvicula Fudae, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 154-158, pl. vii, figs. 
-O0—I1- 
Von Martens has treated the question of the various forms of 
this variable species in great detail, and published good figures. 
In the Sumatran collection there are three specimens collect- 
ed by Mr. den Doop along with those of A. midae in the mangrove- 


1 Voy. Astrolabe Zool. II, p. i156, pl. xiv, figs. 1—14 (1832). 


468 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vor. XXII, 


swamps at Belawan (Deli) and on the sea-shore at Perbaoengen 
(Serdang). [wo of the specimens resemble fig. 7 of v. Martens, 
and one is like his fig. If. 


Auricula limnaeiformis, Annandale (sp. nov.). 
(Plate xiv, figs. I, 2). 


Shell of moderate size, imperforate, very thin, spindle-shaped, 
acuminate, with the anterior extremity bluntly pointed if examined 
microscopically ; the greatest diameter about * the height. Su- 
ture somewhat impressed, hardly oblique. Spire rather narrowly 
conical, } the length of the body-whorl, with seven complete whorls ; 
its whorls not at all swollen, increasing gradually and evenly. 
Body-whorl triangular, very little swollen, almost bilaterally. 
symmetrical. Mouth long and narrow, sharply pointed posteriorly 
and bluntly pointed anteriorly; its main axis forming an acute 
angle with that of the shell; outer lip thin; columellar and parie- 
tal teeth rather feebly developed. Periostracum thin, bright 
olive-green, rather dull. Longitudinal sculpture obscure, irregular, 
spiral sculpture on the spire consisting of numerous guttate lines 
confined to the upper half of each whorl; similar lines covering 
the whole of the body-whorl but much stronger over the posterior 
region than over the greater part of its area. On this posterior 
region irregular longitudinal branching ridges can also be detected 
with the aid of a hand lens. 


Measurements of shells (in nullimetres). 


A (Type). B. 
Height rt 28°5 19°5 
Maximum diameter 10 li'l 
Height of mouth ; 19 13°2 
Maximum diameter of mouth is 7 5 


The two shells of this interesting species were obtained by 
Mr. den Doop at Perbaoengan (Serdang). 

The shell of this species is remarkable for its thinness and for 
the absence of any thickening of thelip. It is somewhat Limnaea- 
like in appearance. Nothing is known about its anatomy. 


Auricula percha, Annandale (sp. nov.). 
(Plate xiv, figs. 3, 4). 


Shell of fair size, spindle-shaped, imperforate, moderately 
thin, slightly corroded ‘at the posterior extremity but apparently 
blunt, with the anterior extremity bluntly pointed ; the greatest 
diameter about 1 the height. Five and a half whorls in ail. 
Suture not impressed and slightly oblique. Spire broadly connoi- 
dal, contained about 32 times in the body-whorl; last whorl as 
high as the first two taken together. Body-whorl long, narrow 
and ovoid, not at all swollen, bluntly pointed anteriorly, bilater- 
ally asy mmetrical. Mouth long and narrow, sharply pointed pos- 


192I.]} B. PrasHap: Sumatran Molluscs. 469 


teriorly and narrowly rounded anteriorly, its main axis forming 
an acute angle with that of the shell; the outer lip with a well 
defined internal ridge but sharp at the edge; columellar tooth 
obsolete, parietal of moderate size. Periostracum thin, bright 
chestnut, streaked on the body-whorl with irregular deep brown 
longitudinal stripes ; longitudinal sculpture consisting of irregularly 
sinuate lines; the whole surface covered with minute tubercular 
spiral lines, which become gradually less well developed from 
behind forwards but never disappear altogether. 

The single specimen of this shell, collected by Mr. den Doop 
in a mangrove-swamp at Batang Kwis (Serdang), measures 36°7 
mm. by 18°2 mm., the mouth measures 26°7 mm. by 8°5 mm. 

The shell resembles A. morchi, Menke, in outline and colour, 
but it is evidently thinner and has the suture less impressed and 
the parietal tooth much better developed. The mouth also is 
more elongate and the lip much thinner. The species is interesting 
as providing a link between the large thick-shelled forms of the 
genus and the small thin-shelled species. 


Family LIMNAEIDAE. 
Genus Limnaea, Lamarck. 


Two species of this genus, L. javanica (Mouss.) and the highly 
peculiar L. brevispira, v. Martens, have been recorded from Sum- 
atra,! but only the former is represented in the present collection. 


Limnaea javanica (Mouss.). 


1849. Limnaeus succinexts var. javanica, Mousson, Moll. Fava, pp. 42, 
43, pl. v, fig. 1. 

1897. Limnaea javanica, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 3. 

1899. Limnaea javanica, Dautzenberg, Mem. Soc. ‘Roy. Malacol. Belgi- 
gue, XXIV, p. 8. 

1912-1913. Limnaea javanica, var., Schepmann, Proc. Malacol. Soc. 
London, X, pp. 235, 236. 

Mousson described this species as a variety of Limmnaea suc- 
cinea, Desh., but as v. Martens and others have shown, the species, 
though ailied to it, is quite distinct. It may also be noted here 
that L. succinea, Desh. is only a synonym or at the most a form 
of L. luteola, lam. 

In the Sumatran collection this variable species is represented 
by a large series of specimens from various localities. None of 
the specimens belong to the typical form, but specimens of the 
following six forms described by v. Martens are present :—zntumus- 
cens, subteres, angustior, porvecta, costulata and turgidula. Besides 
the above there are a few individuals which it is not possible to 
assign to varietal rank. 


| Prof. Max Weber collected especially in the western south half of Sumatra. 
These regions are geologically more related to Java, whereas the north half of 
Sumatra ‘generally has more relations to the continent of Asia. [den Doop!}. 


470 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


var. intumuscens, v. Martens. 


1881. Limnaea Favanica var. intumuscens, v. Martens, Conch. Mitth. 
I, p. 88, pl. xvi, figs. 2-4. 

1897. Limnaea javanica var. intumuscens, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 3, 
pl. i, fig. 5. 

1808. Limnaea javanica var. intumuscens, Sarasin, P. and F., Svssw. 
Moll. Celebes, p. 89. 

1900. Limnaea javanica var. tntumuscens, v. Martens, Nachr. Mala- 
kozool. Ges. XXNII, p. 10. 

1912-13. Limnaea javanica var. intumuscens, Schepmann, op. ctt., Pp. 
235, 2350. 

This variety is one of the lake-forms of this species and shows 
the characters of the lake-forms. 

Specimens closely agreeing with a specimen identified by the 
later Dr. E. von Martens and with his published figures are repre- 
sented in the collection from freshwater areas at Mariendal (Deli), 
Poengei (Langkat), the Soengei Bohorok and Anak Laut (a fresh- 
water lake in the isle of Sabang). Some young specimens from 
pools in the Lau Kling Valley and the Lau Goemba Valley {Karo- 
Batak High Plain) near Brastagei also seem to belong to this form. 
There are a few examples with the locality label ‘° Mangrove, Bela- 
wan (Deli).”’ Probably they had been carried into this area with 
the fresh-water flowing into it; if the labels have not got mixed.! 

This form is already recorded from Java, Sumatra and Celebes. 


var subteres, v. Martens. 
1881. Limnaea Favanica var. subteres, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 88, pl. 
xvi, figs. 6, 7. ; 
1897. Limnaea javanica var. subteres, v. Martens, op. cit., Pp» 4. 

This form appears from the shell-characters to be a stream- 
phase of L. javanica. It is represented in the collection by many 
specimens from the Valley of the Lau Kling (Karo Batak High 
Plain) and Soengei Landak (Upper Langkat). All the specimens, 
though rather small, are fully typical. 

This form is also known from the Celebes. 


var. angustior, v. Martens. 


1881. Limnaea Favanica var. angustior, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 88, 89. 
pl. xvi, fig. 9. 

1897. Limnaea javanica var. angustior, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 4; 5, 
pl. I fig. 7. 

1898. Limnaea javanica vat. angustior, Sarasin, F. and P., op, cit., 
p- 80. 

1900. Limnaea javanica var. angustior, V. Martens, of. cit., p. 10. 


L. javanica var. angustior appears to be a true stream-phase 
of the species in spite of the fact that v. Martens has recorded 


1 At many places the mangrove-swamps (mangrove-bosschen) pass gradually 
into fresh-water swamps (moreas-bosschen). At some places these two areas 
are only separated by a pematang. A sharp limit in plant growth does not exist. 
Che shells mentioned are from such regions. {den Doop]. 


1921. | B. PrasHap : Sumatran Molluscs. 471 


some specimens from ponds at Makassar. The elongate, slender 
form of the shells clearly points to their having had this habitat. 

In the collection the specimens of this phase are from a 
streamlet next Timbang Langkat. 


var. porrecta, v. Martens. 
1881. Limnaea Favanica var. porrecta, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 89, pl. 
xvi, figs. 9, 10. 
1897. Limnaea javanica var. porrvecta, V. Martens, op. ctt., p. 5- 
1898. Limnaea javanica var. porrecta, Sarasin, P. and F., of. cit., p. 
89. 

This form, which is still more elongate than the var. angustiorv 
and has a much longer and more regular spire, has been recorded 
from Sumatra by von Martens, It is also known from Java and 
the Kupang Islands, Timor. 

The only specimens I assign to it were collected in a fresh- 
water area near Tandjong Djatti (Langkat). All the specimens are 
rather young, but I have no doubt as to their identification. 


var. costulata, v. Martens. 
1897. Limnaea javanica var. costulata, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 2, figs. 
3-7, pl. xii, figs. 2, 4. 

This variety was described by von Martens from specimens 
collected by Prof. Max Weber in Tjipanas, Java, and I have, 
through the courtesy of Prof. Max Weber, had a chance of examin- 
ing one of the co-types. 

Mr. den Doop’s specimens are from a streamlet near Timbang 
Langkat, and a few young specimens from near Medan. The 
costae on the shells are not so well developed as in the co-type, 
but there is no doubt that the shells belong to the variety. 


var. turgidula, v. Martens. 
1897. Limnaea javanica var. turgidula, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 4, pl. i, 
fig. 6. 

This elegant form is known only from Sumatra. My speci- 
mens closely agree with one of von Martens’ co-types and his 
figure of the shell, They were collected in the Valley of the 
Lau Goemba! (Karo-Batak High-Plain) near Brastagei and from 
the stream Soengei Landak (Upper Langkat). 


Family PLANORBIDAE. 
Genus Indoplanorbis, Annandale and Prashad. 


Recently Dr. Annandale” and I have found it necessary to 
separate the common Indian species hitherto known as Planorbis 


1 | remember that [ collected here many specimens of a Limnaea among 
which there were some two per. cent of left-handed shells. They were from a little 
rice-field in the valley beneath. [den Doopj. 

2 Ind. Fourn. Med. Research, VIII, p. 113 (1920). 


472 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


exustus, Deshayes, as the type of a distinct genus on purely ana- 
tomical grounds. A full account of the animal and our reasons 
for adopting this course are given in a paper shortly to be pub- 
lished in the Records of the Indian Museum, but a few notes are 
included here to facilitate reference. 


Indoplanorbis exustus (Deshayes). 


1834. Planovbis exustus, Deshayes, Voyage Belanger Indes-Orient. 
Zool., p. 417, pl. i, figs. 11-13. 

1836. Planorbis indicus, Benson, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal V, p. 743. 

1856. Planorbis Coromandelicus and P. sebrinus, Dunker, in Mart. 
Chemn. Conch.-Cab, pp. 43, 57, pl. vi, figs. 14-16, 20, 22, and 
pl. vi, figs. 11-13. 

1876. Planorbis exustus, ? P. sebyinus and P. Merguiensis, Hanley 
and Theobald, Conch. /nd., pp. XVIII and 18, 60, pl. xl, 
fig. 1, pl. cli, figs. 5, 6. 

1878. Planoybis exustus P. Coromandelicus, P. eburneus, P. brunneus, 
P. Merguiensis and P. orientalis, Sowerby in Reeve's Conch. 
Icon., pl. iv, figs. 31, 34; pl. v, figs. 38 a—c, 4oa, 6; pl. xi, fig. 
85 and fig. 89. 

1897. Planorbis exustus (Coromandelicus, Beck, Jndicus, Benson), v. 
Martens, op. czt., p. 12. 

1915. Planorbis exustus with vars. eburneus, brunneus and sonatus. 
P. sebyinus, P. ortentalis and P. Merguiensis, Preston, Faun, 
Brit. Ind. Freshw.-Moll. pp. 115-118. 

Dr. L. Germain of the Paris Museum, after a detailed exami- 
nation of numerous shells of this species in the large collection of 
Planorbidae ! in the Indian Museum has concluded that the various 
so-called species (with the exception of P. ovtentalis, Iamarck) , 
included in the synonymy given above are all synonymous and 
should be known as P. exustus, Deshayes. I include P. orientalis, 
Lamarck, also in this synonymy as the differences noted by 
Lamarck? are of the same nature as the variations exhibited so 
commonly by this very variable species. The reasons that 
prompted Dr. Annandale and myself to create the new genus 
indoplanorbis may be briefly stated as follows :—The branchial 
process is not a simple structure as in other members of the genus 
Planorbis, Geoft., but is distinctly lobed, the radula is rather large 
and broad and the penis is a long cylindrical tube without any 
stylet or retractor muscles. 

Von Martens (loc. cit.) recorded the occurrence of this species 
from near Deli, Sumatra and in the present collection there are 
large numbers of specimens from various localities. Dr. L. 
Germain in his ‘‘ Catalogue,” referred to already, has discussed at 
length the variations exhibited by this species in the form of the 
spire, the mouth-aperture, the size of the shell, its colour and 
structure, and the sculpture on the various whorls. All these 


! The results of Dr. Germain’s work on the Indian Museum collection are 
being published as a special volume in the Records of the Indian Museum, and 
! have had the advantage of consulting the original manuscript and drawings of 
this valuable work. 

2 His. Nat. Anim. Veytebres, 2nd edition, p. 385 (1838). 


1g2t.] B. PrRAsHAD : Sumatran Molluscs. 473 


points are beautifully illustrated by the large Sumatran collection 
before me and I include below a few notes regarding the shells of 
different types from the various localities. 

Most of the shells are from fresh-water areas on the outskirts 
of Deli. They consist of many lots collected at different times 
by Mr. den Doop and Mr. J. B. Corporaal at Medan, Medan Estate, 
Padang Boelan and Mariéndal Soengei. These lots include shells 
of different types, varying in colour from pale yellow to dark 
brown and even black. The last are of this colour owing to a 
black deposit on their surface. The sculpture also is variable, some 
of the shells are quite smooth, others have delicate oblique striae 
more marked on the body-whorl than elsewhere, while in some 
cases the striae are so prominent as to look like low ridges. The 
shape of the aperture is also different, in some shells it is nearly 
subeircuiar, not much higher than broad, in others it has a 
distinct campanulate appearance, while others still show a distinct 
angulation, making the curvature much less regular but more 
prominent and the upper side rather straight. Young Physa-like 
shells in the earlier stages of development as recorded by Annan- 
dale' and Germain among Indian specimens are also present. A 
few shells resemble the coromandelicus form, others are identical 
with zebyinus, and a few others resemble the figures of brunneus 
and eburneus in Sowerby’s monograph. 

Other Sumatran localities from which the species was collected 
are rice-fields at Perbaoengan (Serdang) ; Serdang Estate; Batang 
Kwis; in a fresh-water lake near Perbaoengan; Anak Laut (in 
the isle of Sabang); and a streamlet near Timbang Lankat. 
These shells are also of the same types as the ones from Deli, 
except those collected from the Timbang Langkat streamlet, which 
are tather smaller, have a smaller mouth and have the striae on 
the surface much coarser. 

The following are the measurements (in millimetres) of some 
shells from various localities :— 


. Aes u 3 Height 
Locality Maximum Minimum Total Diameter of aper- 
diameter. diameter. Height. of aperture. “tie. 
1. Medan Estate I2 10 5 55 6 
26 Near Medan a 15°7 13 os 6°09 7°38 
3- Rice-fields  (Ser- 
dang) ae 14°6 I2°2 673 6"4 Vidi 
4. Padang Boelan . 1535 oo 6 6°8 8°60 
5. Near Perbaoengan. 11‘5 a5 555 6 6'8 
6. Streamlet at Tim- 
bang Langkat ... IO'L 84. 5°6 4°6 6°5 


Genus Gyraulus, Agassiz. 
Gyraulus convexiusculus (Hutton). 


1897. Planorbis compressus, V. Martens, of. cit., pp. 13, 14, pl. 1, figs. 
17-21; pl. xii, figs. 7, 10. 


L Rec. Ind. Mus. XIV, pp. 111, 112, figs. 1, ta (1918). 


474 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


1919. Gyvaulus convexiusculus, Annandale and Prashad, Rec. /nd. 
Mus. XViUXI, pp. 52-54, figs. 6c, 7b, 86. 

1920. Gyraulus convexiusculus, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, 
p- 145. 

As has been recently shown by Dr. Annandale and myself 
the correct name for the species identified as Planorbis compres- 
sus by von Martens is G. convexiusculus. In the same paper we 
have published figures of the shell, the radula and the genitalia. 
I have now compared a shell from Makassar, Celebes, identified 
by the late Dr. E. von Martens as P. compressus with Indian and 
Mesopotamian specimens and have no doubt that they aye identi- 
cal, 

The specimens before me are from freshwater areas at Padang 
Boelan and from Anak Laut (a fresh-water lake) at Sabang. 


Gyraulus sumatranus (vy. Martens). 
1897. Planorbis sumatranus. v. Martens, op. cit., p. 12, pl. i, figs. 8— 
10; pl. xii, figs. 6-9. 
An examination of one of von Martens’ co-types from Danau 
di bawah, Sumatra, has confirmed my impression that this species 
also belongs to the genus Gyraulus and not to Planorbis, as von 
Martens believed. 
In the present collection the species is represented by a 
number of small specimens from Anak Laut (Sabang), collected 
along with those of P. convexiusculus and G. proclivis. 


Gyraulus proclivis (v. Martens). 


1897. Planorbts proclivis, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 12, 13, Ppl. 1, figs. 
11-10. 
This species also belongs to the genus Gyvaulus. The few 
specimens of it were collected along with those of the other two 
species of the genus in the freshwater lake Anak Laut (Sabang). 


Genus Segmentina, Fleming. 


Segmentina calathus (Benson). 


1897. Planorbis (Segmentina) calathus, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 15. 
1917. Segmentina calathus, Annandale and Prashad, Rec. Ind. Mus. 
XVIII, pp. 56, 57, figs. 5D (not BK) and 8C. 
A few dry shells of this widely distributed species are repre- 
sented in the collection from near Medan. ‘The specimens are all 
rather small in size, and are of a shining amber colour. 


Genus Physastra, Tapparone-Canefri. 


In a recent paper Annandale! has discussed the question of 
the synonymy of the genus Bullinus. Shortly before this Hedley ” 


! Rec. Ind. Mus. XV, pp. 167, 168 (1918). 
2 Rec. Aust. Mus. XII, p. 18, pls. i, it (1917). 


1921. ] B. PrasHap: Sumatran Molluscs. 475 
had published critical notes of the Victorian species of Budlinus 
but his conclusions do not seem to be quite correct. He separated, 
with Tate,! a group of species in which the columella has no fold 
(Isidora with Istdorvella as a synonym) from others with a distinct 
columellar fold (Bullinus). The name Isidora, however, as Cook * 
and Annandale have shown is strictly synonymous with Bullinus, 
~ and Hedley’s conclusions, therefore, are inaccurate so far as it is 
concerned. ‘The position, so far as can be judged from the avail- 
able literature and the material at my disposal, is as follows :— 
The name Builinus* under the circumstances should be reserved 
for the more globose type of shells without any or with a poorly 
developed columellar fold ; this will include the genus [szdorella, 
Tate, or what Hedley designated as [sidora ; while the more elong- 
ate shells with Limnaea-like facies and with a distinctly produced 
spire and with the characteristic columellar fold may be separated 
as Physastya, Tapparone-Canefri.* It is possible that this name 
may be synonymous with the much earlier name Pyrgophysa, 
Crosse,> but there is much uncertainty as to the structure of the 
type-species P. martet. So far as the form of the shell is con- 
cerned Pyhsasiva seems to bear the same relation to Bullinus 
as Aflecta does to Physa, but there is clearly less anatomical differ- 
ence. 

I regard Physastya as a genus rather than a subgenus of 
Bullinus as the difference between the two genera are, in my opi- 
nion, of sufficient importance to separate them as such. They are, 
however, very closely related. As understood by me the genus 
Physastva would include P. vestita, Tapparone-Canefri, from New 
Guinea, the species sumatrana, ovalina, minahassae, timorensts, 
celebensis and stagnalis from the Dutch East Indies referred to the 
genus Isidora by v. Martens (loc. cit., pp. 6-11), Bollinger’s badae 
and doubtfully savsinorwm® and probably most of the long-spired 
forms known from Australia and the adjoining islands and cata- 
logued by Tate and Brazier,’ Smith,*® Cocke, Hedley and Suter.’ 
It is not, however, possible for me with the limited material at my 
disposal to go into the question in greater detail. 

The only specimens of this genus collected by Mr. den Doop 
belong to a new species which I have described as P. doopi. 


! Rep. Horn-Exped. Zool. Il, p. 212 (1896). 

2 Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 130-143 (1889). 

6 | agree with Dr. Annandale in adopting the generic name Bullinus instead 
of Isidora in spite of what Kennard and W oodward have said [Proc. Malacol. 
Soc. London XV, pp, 86-88 (1920)] because of the wide usage of this name in 
medical nomenclature. See also Nature Vol. 106, p- 251 (October 1920). 

+ Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, XiX, p. 245 (1883). 

® Fourn. Conchyliol. 3rd ser. XIX, pp. 208, 209 (1879) and XX, pp. 141 
112, pl. iv, fig. 5 (1880). 

® Rev. Suiss. Zool. XXII, pp. 570-572, pl. xviil, figs. 7 (a, 6) and 8 (a, 6) 
1914). 

1 Pyoc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, V1, pp. 52-569 (1881). 

8 Fourn. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), XVI, p. 275 (1882). 

9 Man. New Zealand Moll. pp. 010-615 (1913). 


476 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Physastra doopi, Prashad (sp. nov.). 
(Plate xiv, figs. 5, 6). 


The shell is elongate-ovate, subrimate, nearly smooth or with 
very fine striae; in the last part of the body-whorl these longitu- 
dinal and somewhat curved striae are more prominent. ‘There are 
53—63 somewhat swollen whorls. The suture is very oblique and 
moderately impressed. The body-whorl is narrowly heart-shaped, 
with the outer outline markedly sinuate and somewhat emarginate 
towards the anterior extremity, its antero-external angle is rounded ; 
the inner outline is evenly but not strongly curved. The mOeH is 
elongate elliptical, extending backwards for more than # of the 
body-whorl and is two and a half times as long as broad. It is 
narrowly pointed posteriorly, but, owing to the slight recurving 
of the outer lip in this region, the angulation is quite distinctly 
visible. The outer lip is sharp and not at all thickened; it is, as 
noted already, slightly recurved in the upper region. The peri- 
stome is continuous; the callus is rather narrow and only slightly 
thickened ; the columella shows a distinct but rather faint fold 
near its posterior end. ‘The shell is of a dull brownish colour and 
the apex is black. 

In some of the specimens the mouth is rather broader and the 
spire a little shorter. 


Measurement of shells (in millimetres). 


1 (Type) 2 3 4 
Length é 16 14°6 14°5 14°3 
Maximum breadth ie 8°3 8 76 3°4 
Leneth of spire eee () 54 55 4°9 
Height of aperture : 10 8:8 9 Q° 
Breadth of aperture at Ae: 43 4:4 4:2 


Locality.—The eight specimens of this species in the collec- 
tion were obtained by Mr. den Doop in the valley of the Lau 
Kling stream (Karo-Batak High Plain near Brastagei). 

Remarks.—The species is allied to P. swmatrana (v. Martens), 
but has the shell comparatively shorter and broader, the spire less 
elongate, the mouth much less broad and the outer lip thin and 
only slightly retroverted. The fold of the columella is less deep. 

I have great pleasure in naming this species after Mr. den 
Doop, to whose careful collecting and keenness is due the great 
advance in our knowledge of the aquatic fauna of Sumatra. 


Family AMPULLARIIDAE. 


Genus Pachylabra, Swainson. 


1911. Pachylabra, Kobelt. Martini and Chemnitz Conch.-Cab., Am- 
pullariidae, pp. 44-46. 

I have adopted with Kobelt the generic name Pachylabra, 

Swainson, for the Oriental and African species of the family Am- 

pullariidae. The genus is distinguished from the American Am- 


1g2t. | B. PrasHap: Sumatran Molluscs. 477 


pullaria, Lam., by the structure of the operculum and the inhal- 
ent siphon. In Pachylabra the operculum is a massive calcareous 
structure with a coarse external horny covering, while the siphon, 
when expanded, is a funnel-shaped structure considerably broader 
than long, when contracted it is a prominent fold on the left side 
of the head forming an incomplete tube not much longer than its 
transverse diameter. 


Pachylabra conica (Gray). 


1828. Ampullaria conica, Gray, Supp. Wood's Index Tesé., pl. vii, fig. 
2k 
1848. Ampullaria orientalis, Philippi, Ze‘tschr. Malakozool., p. 192. 
1849. Ampullaria scutata, Mousson, Moll. Fava, p. 60, pl. vii. fig. 2. 
1851. Ampullayia scutata, Philippi. Mart. Chem. Conch. Cab., p. 9, 
pl. 1, figs. 4, 5. 
54. Ampullaria conica, Hanley, Conch. Miscell., pl. iti, fig. 13. 
5 Ampullaria conica, and A. Favanica, Reeve, Conch. /con., pl. ii, 
fig. 10; pl. xx, fig. 26. 
7. Ampullaria scutata, v. Martens. Malakozool. Blatt., p. 186. 
877. Ampullaria conica near type form, var. orientalis and ? borneen- 
sis, Nevill, Cat. Moll. Ind. Mus. Kas. E., pp. 7-10 
1885. Ampullaria conica typical form, vars. oyentalis and ? borneensis, 
Nevill, Hand-List Moll. Ind. Mus. 11, p. 5. 
1890. Ampullaria conica var. Favanica, Boettger, Ber. Senckenb. 
Naturg. Ges., p. 156. 
1807. Ampullayia scutata v. Martens, op. ctt., pp- 18, 19. 
1808. Ampullaria scutata, Sarasin, P. and F., Afoil. Celebes, I, p. 69. 
1910. Ampullaria conica, and vars. borneensis, Favanica, orientalis and 
scutata, Sowerby, Proc. Malacel. Soc. London, \X, pp. 57, 58. 
tgtt. Pachylabra conica, and P. javanica, Kobelt, op. cit., pp. 93, 94, 
$3, 84, pl. XL, figs. 1-5, 8, 9, and pl. xxxv, figs. 5. 6. 
1913. gunbellaria scutata, Schepmann, Proc. Malacol. Soc. London, X, 
Pp. 230 
191s. Pila comica and var. orientalis, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. 
Fyeshw.-Moll., pp. 100, tot. 
1920. Pachylabra conica, Annandale, Fourn. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 1V, 
Pp. 9, To, pl. i, fig. 3 and pl. u, fig. 2 
The above fairly complete synonymy is given in view of the 
great differences of opinion that have existed regarding the form 
named Ampullaria conica by Gray. Von Martens considered the 
name conica, as used in Wood’s Index, as being too doubtful to 
apply to the Javanese species. There remains no doubt, however, 
ii we take Hanley’s figure, which is a delineation of Gray’s type, 
as representing conica. I have, therefore, with Sowerby adopted 
Giay’s name in preference to Mousson’ s scutata, though I do not 
agree with Sowerby in considering Jubrica, stoliczkana ! and turbi- 
notdes as varieties of this species. The forms orientalis, borneen- 
sis and javanica certainly belong to it. Philippi and Kobelt re- 
gard the latter two as distinct species, but an examination of the 
collections in the Indian Museum does not uphold their conclusions. 
The specimens of these forms show a clear gradation towards conica, 


and must be assigned to it. Owing to the Renee of material 


' Most authors seem to have missed Nevill’s paper (Fourn. As. Soc. pene, 
L. pt. ii, p. 155, pl, vi, figs. Iz, 11a) in which he gives good figures of this interest- 
ing species. 


178 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 


at my disposal I am, however, unable to definitely decide as to 
whether they should be considered as distinct varieties. 

Schepmann has referred to the peculiar vermiculations round 
the pad on the inner surface of the operculum of P. conica, This 
character , which was also pointed out by Mousson in his description 
of scutata and is well shown in his figure, is a constant character 
of the species. 

The Sumatran specimens are from fresh-water areas near 
Poengei and Talang Koeda, and from the Soengei Minahol. 


Pachylabra ampullacea (Linn.). 


. Ampullaria ampullacea and var. javaensis, Nevill, op. cit., pp- 
(eis 

1890. Ampullaria ampullacea, Boeitger, op. cit., p. 155. 

1896. Ampullarica ampullacea. Schepmann, Notes Leyden Mus. XVII, 
p- 159. 

1897. Ampullaria ampullacea, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 18. 

1898. Ampullaria ampullacea, Sarasin, P. and F., op. cit., p. 68. 

1899 Ampullari« ampullacea, Dautzenberg, Ann. Soc. Malakol. Bei- 
gique, SXNNIV, p. 17. 

1900. Ampullaria ampullacea var. sumatrensis, v. Martens, Nachr.- 
Bl. Deut. Malakozool. Ges. XXXII, p. 10. 

1910. Ampullavia ampullacea, Sowerby, op. cit., p. 66. 

1911. Pachylabya ampullacea, Kobelt, op. cit., pp. 76-78. 

1913. Ampulleria ampullacea, Wruimel, Bijdr. Dierkunde Amsterdam, 
p. 226. 

1915. Ampullaria ampullacea, Bollinger, Rev. Suisse. Zool. NXI1I1, pp. 

507, 508. 


188 


on 


Authors have experienced great difficulty in ascertaining the 
exact species, which was named Helix ampullacea by Linnaeus. 
His description in the ‘‘ Museum Ulricae”’ is unfortunately incom- 
plete, and, as has been pointed out by Hanley,’ contradictory. In 
the Linnaean collection, however, Hanley found a marked shell, 
which probably Linnaeus meant to be the type of the species des- 
cribed in his ©‘ Systema,’’ but Philippi to whom Hanley sent a 
sketch of this specimen considered it to belong to a distinct spe- 
cies, which he named A. linnaei. Philippi, in his monograph * 
doubtfuliy considered A. ampullacea as synonymous with 4A. cele- 
bensis and considered the various species, which later Reeve right- 
ly considered as synonymous, as distinct.. Reeve*® appears to 
have been the first author who correctly understood the species 
named Helix ampullacea by Linnaeus. He included in this spe- 
cies A. magnifica, Dunker, A. sumatrensis, Philippi and A. celeben- 
sis, Quoy and Gaimard, but considered A. linnaet, Philippi, as 
distinct. Nevill followed von Martens and possibly Reeve as re- 
gards the synonymy of the species, but considered A. celebensis, 
\Mousson * (not Quoy and Gaimard®*) as a distinct variety, which he 


1 Hanley, /psa Linnaei Conchylia, pp. 368, 369 (London, 18 
2 Ampullaria in Martini and Chemnitz Conch.-Cab., p. 58 ( 
3 Conchologia Iconica, pl. x, fig. 48 (1854). 

+ Moll. Fava, p. 60, pl. ix, fig. 2 (1849). 

5 Voy. Astrolabe Zool. Ili. pp. 167—169 (1834). 


1g21.] B. PrasHap : Sumatran Molluscs. 479 


named javensis. The latter, as Boettger has shown, is the same 
as magnifica, Dunker. ‘The other authors, cited in the references 
above, have followed v. Martens who agreed with Reeve’s con- 
clusions in his first paper, but in rg1o considered swmatrensis as 
worthy ot varietal rank. Kobelt in his recent work included A. 
Jinnaet with others in the synonym of P. ampullacea, but was 
doubtfully inclined to consider the forms sumatrensis, celebensis and 
magnifica as worthy of varietal ranks, a conclusion with which I 
agree. Of these var. celebensis represents the forma typica. ‘These 
three forms may be distinguished as follows :— 


Shell globose-ovate, scarcely rimate, spire more 
than { of the total length with the whorls 
increasing evenly in size, aperture narrower [ bensis) 
than in the var. swmatrvensis : ... forma typica (= cele- 
Shell globose, narrowly umbilicate, spire about 
, of-the total length but with the whorls rapid- 
ly increasing in size, aperture rather broad var. sumatrensis. 
3. Shell subglobose. comparatively larger than in 
the other two forms, very narrowly “umbilicate, 
spire short. less than + of the total length, 
whorls rapidly increasing in size but less pro- 
nounced than in the other two forms, aperture 
oblong, about twice as long as broad .. Var. magnifice. 


4 


i) 


5) 


Specimens of the forma typica (—celebensis) are represented 
from fresh-water areas near Perbaoengan and from rice-fields near 
the same place, also from the Kroeeng Seunara (Sabang). A few 
dry shells from Perbaoengan are labelled as coming from the 
mangrove-swamp region near Perbaoengan, where they were prob- 
ably carried with the current. 

" Specimens of the swmatrensis form were all collected in fresh- 
water areas near Medan. 

There are three specimens from Talang Koeda which I assign 
doubtfully to the var. magnifica. It is impossible to identity these 
specimens definitely as all of them are young, and have not devel- 
oped the characters of the fully-grown adults. 


Family VIVIPARIDAE. 
Genus Vivipara, Lam. 


This genus is represented in the collection by three species, 
V. sumatrensis, V. javanica and the new species described here as 
V. hendrici. 


Vivipara sumatrensis (Dunker). 


1852. Paludina sumatrensis, Dunker. Zeitschy. Malakogool. p. 128. 
1864. Paludina sumatrensis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. XIV, pl. x, sp. 65a, 6 
1875. Paludina sematrensis (in part), Morelet, Ser. Conchyliol. 1V, pp. 
304-300. 

1885. Paludina bengalensis subsp. polygramma (in part), Nevill, Hand- 
List Moll. Ind. Mus. Il, p. 22. 

1896. Paludina sumairensis, Schepmann, Notes Leyden Mus. XVII, 

3 - 159. 

1897. WeEnee sumatrensts, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 24, pl. x. 


480 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor.. XXII, 


1900. Vivipara sumatrensis, v. Martens, Nachr. Malakozool. Ges. 
XXXII, p. ro. 

1909. Vivipava sumatrensis, Kobelt, Martini and Chemnits Conch.- 
Cab. (ed. Kuster), pp. 276, 277, pl. vi, figs. 9-12. 

There has been some difference of opinion as to whether 
V. sumatrensis should be considered a species distinct from V. line- 
olata (Mousson) v. Martens, V. polvgramma (v. Martens) and V. 
bengalensis (L,am.). Morelet summed up the situation as follows: 
“Ein résumé, les Pal. Sumatrensis et polygramma ne sont, 4 mon 
avis, qweune méme espéce; le nom de /ineolata est un double 
emploi; toutes ces formes, enfin, se rattachent étroitement a la P. 
Bengalensis et n’en sont probablement que des variétés.” Nevill, 
following Morelet, considered the forms polygramma, lineolata and 
sumatrensis as synonymous, and for this form, which he considered 
to be a subspecies of P. bengalensis, he wrongly selected the name 
polygramma. Von Martens, however, after carefully considering 
the whole situation, concluded that V. swmatrensis is quite distinct 
from V. polygramma, and that Mousson’s V. lineolata should be 
considered as synonymous with it. Reeve’s P. lineolata, however, 
he considered to be a distinct species and so also, though with some 
doubt, Frauenfeld’s description of the same species. Kobelt, 
agreeing with von Martens, has described V. lineolata and V. poly- 
evamma as distinct from both V. sumatrensis and V. bengalensis. 

The largest specimen in the collection measures 21 mm. in 
length. The keel on the body-whorl is well marked in young 
individuals but becomes less distinct in older specimens. The 
specimens are mostly yellowish or even of an olive colour, but a 
few have a reddish-brown tinge owing to a deposit on the surface. 
In all cases the black bands on the yellow or brown back-ground 
are quite distinct. 

Most of the specimens are from areas of fresh watet near 
Medan and neat Bohorok, but a few dead shells were also collected 
on dryland. A few specimens are from the east coast of Sumatra 
(exact locality not stated). 


Vivipara javanica (v. d. Busch). 
1897. Vivipara javanica, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 21, 22 
1909. Vivipara javanica, Kobelt, op. cit., pp. 251, 252, pl. lii, figs. 
I-7. 

A number of forms of this species were described as distinct 
varieties by von Martens, and Kobelt has since included some 
more. ‘The identification of these varieties, in spite of the careful 
descriptions and excellent figures published by the two authors, is 
not an easy task owing to the very great individual variation 
exhibited in large series of shells, and I would have been obliged 
to identify some of the specimens before me as varieties of Busch’s 
form without assigning them to their exact varietal rank, but for 
the valuable named material that I have received from Prof. Max 
Weber for examination and in exchange. 

None of the specimens in the collection belong to the typical 


1g92t.] B. Praswap: Sumatran Molluscs. 481 


form, but in the large series the following five varieties can be 
distinguished :—saleyerica, scalaris, laevior, borneensts and moussont. 


var. laevior (v. Martens). 
1897. Vivipara costata var. laevior, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 21, pl. 1, 
figs. 5, 0. 
1909. Vivipara javanica laevior, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 253, pl. xlviui, 
figs. 3-6. 

The form as the Sarasins ' and Kobelt have shown is a variety 
of V. javanica and not of V. costata as von Martens considered it 
to be. I have one of von Marten’s co-types before me and agree 
with the opinion of these authors. 

Most of the Sumatran specimens agree closely with von Mar- 
tens’ co-type and his figures, except that they are a little broader 
and less elongate. The operculum agrees with Kobelt’s fig. 3 
(loc. cit.). The specimens are mostly olive brown in colour, but 
some of them are much darker owing to a deposit on the surface. 
The largest specimen is smaller than the largest of von Martens’ ; 
it measures 28°2 mm. in length by 20 mm. in breadth, and the 
aperture is 14°8 mm. by 11°6 mm. 

The specimens before me are from fresh-water areas at Medan 
and Mariéndal (Deli); also from the Soengei Krah (Medan) ; and 
the Soengei Minahoi. 

This variety was hitherto known from Java and South 
Celebes only. 

var. saleyerica, v. Martens. 
1897. Viviparva javanica var. Saleyerica, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 24. pl. 
iy ties 3s 
1909. Vivipara javanica saleyerica, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 235, pl. xlvin, 
ge. 16. 

The only adult specimen of this variety in the collection is 
from the Soengei Minahol. It agrees closely with onefof v. Mar- 
tens’ co-tvpes before me. The specimen is of a yellowish brown 
colour with dark transverse bands on the first three whorls, and 
measures 17°74 mm. by 12°5 mm., the aperture is 10°5 mm. by 
8-3 mm. 

I also assign to this form, with some doubt, two young shells 
from a fresh-water area at Padang Boelan (Deli). These specimens 
are not larger than 12 mm. in length, have a fairly prominent 
keel on the body-whorl and are narrowly umbilicate. They are 
of an amber-brown colour. 

This record greatly extends the range of this form, which 
was only known from Saleyer. 


vat. moussoni, v. Martens. 


1849. Paludina angularis (nec Mill.), Mousson, Moll. Fava, p. 62, 
p. viii, fig. 5. 


! Moll. Celebes, p. 64 (Wiesbaden, 1808). 


482 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vot,. XXIT, 


1897. Vivipara javanica var. moussonz, von Martens, of. cit., p. 22. 
1909. Vivipara javanica moussoni, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 256, pl. lii, figs. 
TOF; srh. 

This interesting variety is represented by two lots of speci- 
mens. Of the first lot collected by Mr. den Doop at Medan (Deli), 
the specimens are mostly brownish in colour. A few, however, 
have a darkish colour owing to a clayey deposit on the surface. 
The apex of the shells is, in most cases, eroded, and many show 
rather iow varices in the regions of growth. A very low but dis- 
tinct keel is present near the lower edge of the body-whorl ; it is 
better marked in some specimens than in others. The operculum 
resembles Kobelt’s figure. The largest specimen of this lot 
meastires 2Q°I mm. by 22°5 mm.. the aperture being 14°6 mm. by 
12 mm. 

The second jot of specimens was collected near Medan by 
Mr. J. B. Corporaal. The shells are rather smaller and much 
lighter in colour than those in the other lot.. 


var. scalaris, Mousson. 


1909. Vivipara javanica scalaris, Wobelt, op. cit., p. 257, pl. liti, figs. 
I, 2, pl. lv, figs.°8, 9. 

This beautiful variety has a highly evolved type of shell. 
It is represented in the coliection by a few young shells and some 
adults collected from the fresh-water lake, Anak Laut (Sabang). 

The shells are of an olive brown colour with a few vertical 
stripes of a darker shade more marked on the body-whorl than on 
the rest of the shell. The adult shell consists of 6-64 somewhat 
inflated whorls, with a deeply impressed and oblique suture, and 
with a large body-whorl; the keel on the body-whorl is more dis- 
tinct in young than in fully-grown adults, in which it becomes 
even quite obsolete. The shells are broadly rimate and perforate. 
The largest specimen measures 33°4 mm. by 22°6 mm., and the 
aperture is 1&8 mm. by 15°5 mm. in size. 

The variety was hitherto known from Java only. 


var. borneensis, Kobelt. 


i909. Vivipara javanica borneensis, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 257, pl. liii, 
figs. 3, 4, 10, 20. 

Kobelt in the paper cited above has given a very complete 
description of this form and pointed out its distinguishing charac- 
ters very well. The shell is rather small, nearly smooth, ovato- 
conical in form with an acute apex; the whorls are very little 
swollen and the suture is oblique and faintly impressed. 

The two shells that I identify with boyneensis are from near 
Medan. They agree closely with figs. 3, 4 of the Bornean shells 
in Kobelt’s Monograph. 


Ig2i.] B. PrasHaD: Sumatran Molluscs. 483 


Vivipara hendrici, Prashad (sp. nov.). 
(Plate xiv, figs. 7-10). 


This new species, though closely allied to V. javanica, appears 
to be quite distinct, and is here described under the name V. hen- 
dyict after the name of Mr. den Doop’s father. 

The shell is of a large size and rather thick in texture. | It is 
narrowly rimate, with the spire elongate and the body-whorl 
somewhat swollen. The whorls of the spire are a little oblique 
and only moderately swollen, they increase gradually in size. ‘The 
suture is oblique, rather narrow, but fairly impressed. ‘The body- 
whorl, as seen in dorsal view, is band-shaped, increasing gradually 
but not very greatly towards the end; near the periphery there 
is no angulation in the adult shells, but traces of it are to be 
seen in shells of moderate size; it is not very much swollen. The 
mouth is fairly large, subcircular, bluntly pointed above and 
broadly rounded below. The outer lip is thin and irregularly 
arched. ‘The columella is narrow and slightly curved but without 
any fold. The peristome is complete. The colour of the shell is 
uniform dark olive-green in fresh shells, but rather brownish in 
those covered with a deposit. The first three whorls, in some 
specimens, also show 2-3 transverse bands of a darker colour. 
The margin of the mouth is blackish, while the interior of the 
shell is light blue. The sculpture consists of fairly coarse longitu- 
dinal curved striae crossed by a few transverse ones; the latter 
are all more conspicuous on the body-whorl than on the rest of the 
shell. 

The operculum is dark brownish or even black; it is large, 
ovoidal, thick but somewhat brittle. Externally only a few con- 
centric striae can be made out, but the nucleus is excentrically 
situated. There is on the inner surface a well marked muscular 
sear with raised subcircular boss lying near the left margin ; the 
scar shows thick vermicular ridges on its surface. 


Measurements of shells (in millimetres). 
1 (Type) 2 3 


: 4 5 
Length of shell Hi Rye 20°7 25°8 24 24°2 
Maximum breadth 20°8 20'1 18°4 10'5 173 
Height of spire (dorsal view) 14 12:3 [12 I1l-3 10°7 
Height of mouth ; 16 14°09 tA 7 13°4 13 
Breadth of mouth 13/2 12 11°6 III 11°3 


Locahity.—A few adults of this species were collected in the 
Bah Endah (streamlet) by Mr. den Doop. 
Family HyDROBIIDAE. 
Genus Bithynia, Leach. 


Only a single representative of the family Hydrobiidae is re- 
presented in the collection. This might to some extent be due to 
the minute size of the shells of the members of this family. 


484 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII , 


Bithynia truncata, Eyd. and Soul. 
1897. Bithynia truncata, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 25, 26, pl. 1x, figs. 
II, 110. 

B. tyuncata had not hitherto been recorded from Sumatra but 
was known only from Java and Celebes. In Mr. den Doop’s collec- 
tion there are a fair number of specimens from fresh-water areas at 
Medan and near Padang Boelan. ‘The specimens are typical 
and agree fairly well with the detailed description in von Martens’ 
paper. 

Family LirToRINIDAE. 


Genus Littorina, Fer. 
Subgenus Littorinopsis, Morch. 


The four species of this subgenus from Sumatra all belong to 
the subgenus Littorinopsis, Morch. All these species are rather 
thin-shelled forms not exceeding 25 mm. in length. 


Littorina scabra (Linn.). 


1897. Littovina scabra, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 194-196. 

There are eight specimens of this species collected from a 
mangtrove-swamp at Belawan (Deli). All the specimens are fair- 
ly typical, showing only slight variation in colout. 

Some features of the gross anatomy of this species are 
shown in Quoy and Gaimard’s figures! and the radula has been 
figured by Troschel. ” 


Littorina intermedia, Phil. 


1897. Littorina intermedia, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 197- 

In the paper cited above von Martens has given the complete 
synonymy, and discussed the distribution of this widely distri- 
buted species. 

In the Sumatran collection it is represented by a large number 
of specimens from the sea-shore at Perbaoengan (Sardang), and 
a few from the Soengei Belawan (Deli), not far from the sea. 
All these specimens closely agree with the large series of this 
species in the Indian Museum collection from various localities. 


Littorina carinifera (Menke). 


1897. Littorina cariniferu, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 198. 

This widely distributed species is represented in the collection 
by afew individuals from the mouth of the Soengei Batang Kwis 
(Serdang) and from a mangrove-swamp at Belawan (Deli). 

The specimens closely agree with Menke’s and von Martens’ 
descriptions, but show a slight variation in colour. 


L Op. cit., p. 770, pl. Xxxiii, figs. 1-3. The species is referred to as Littori- 
xa angulifeva (Lam.). 
2 Das Gebiss der Schnecken, 1, sp. 133, pl. x, fig. 18. 


1921. ] B. PRAsHAD : Sumatran Molluscs. 485 


Littorina conica, Phil. 


1897. Littorina conica, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 198. 

All the specimens of this species are from a mangrove-swamp 
at Belawan (Deli). Some of the specimens are much darker than 
others, while two are nearly creamy in colour. In shape and 
sculpture, however, they are all alike. 


Family MELANIIDAE. 
Genus Acrostoma, Brot. 


1920. Acrostoma, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XIX, pp. 109, 110. 


In the paper cited above Annandale has fully discussed the 
reasons for adopting the name Acrostoma, Brot, for the species 
which had hitherto been classed as belonging to Melanoides, H. 
and A. Adams (nec Olivier), Brotia, v. Martens and ‘‘ Paleome- 
lanien,’ P and F. Sarasin. The only species of this genus in the 
Sumatran collection comprises a number of forms of the common 
Acrostoma varviabile (Benson). In the Sumatran forms I can find 
no differences of sufficient importance to consider them as belong- 
ing to a distinct species. They show an identically similar varia- 
tion as regards shape and shell-sculpture as the Indian forms, and 
many of them seem to be quite identical. I have, therefore, 
after a careful comparison of the large series of Sumatran shells 
with the very large collections of Indian specimens in the Indian 
Museum, Calcutta, decided to consider them as varieties of A. 
variabile, even though none of them are identical with the typical 
form. 


Acrostoma variabile (Benson). 


1836. Melanta variabilis, Benson, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal, V, pp. 746, 

1874. Wilts vartabilis, Brot, Melanidae in Mart. and Chemn. 
Conch.-Cab., pp. 85-87, pl. x, figs. 1a-d. 

1915. TLtara (Melanoides) vartabilis, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. 
Freshw.-Moll., p. 23. 

This species was originally described from the Goomty River, 
Jaunpur in the United Provinces of India, and was later found 
by Benson in Tolly’s Nullah near Calcutta. It has since been 
found to be widely distributed, and is, as its name indicates, a 
very variable species both as regards the shape and sculpture of 
the shell. The Indo-Burmese forms of this species are in need of 
a thorough revision. 

None of the Sumatran specimens belong to the typical form 
but the five varieties considered further on are represented. 
‘There are besides a few specimens from some localities, which it is 
not possible to assign to their exact varietal rank, owing to their 
imperfect condition and to the fact that the sculpture is quite 
eroded. 


486 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


var. Sumatrensis (Brot). 


4. Melania sumatrensis, Brot. op. cit., pp. 87, 88. 
5. Melania (Melanbdides) variabilis, Nevill, Hand-List Moll. Ind. 

Mus. iI, pp- 251, 252. 

1897. Melania (Brotia) sumatrensis, y. Martens, op. czt., pp, 34-30. 
1900. ? Melania (Brotia) episcopalis, v. Martens, Nachr. Deut. Mala- 
kozool. Ges., XXXII, p. to. 

In spite of what von Martens has said regarding the validity 
of this species, I do not think that it is possible to separate it 
from A. variabile. Nevill interpreted its relationships correctly, 
but was mistaken in considering Brot’s species as a mere synonym 
of Benson’s. Probably he was led to this conclusion by the very 
different forms figured by Brot as representing his species. It 
might have been a better course to have dropped Brot’s name 
sumatrensis and adopted the earlier varicosa, Troschel, for the 
Sumatran form, but as Troschel’s original specimens came from 
the River Ganges, India, this form was probably the forma typica 
or one of the various Indian varieties of the true vaviabile. 
The Sumatran shell recorded by v. Martens as M. episcopalis, in 
the paper cited above, appears from the short note appended to 
have probably been this form. I have no doubt, however, regard- 
ing the one he described as M. sumatrensis in his first paper, 
for I have seen one of the specimens named by him. 

The form I consider as Brot’s sumatrensis is widely distri- 
buted in Sumatra. It is well represented by Brot’s figure 1a (pl. 
xiii). The shell of this form is fairly massive, pyramidal, with 6-9 
persistent whorls increasing more or less evenly in size, the suture 
is oblique and moderately impressed and the whorls have well 
developed oblique varices or rather ribs. The ribs, though 
feeble on the upper whorls, are quite distinct on all of them; the 
body-whorl has at least ten distinct ribs. The aperture is ovate, 
somewhat pointed posteriorly and produced but rounded anteriorly. 
The shells are uniformly coloured, being chestnut-brown or even 
black. The aperture has a black margin though the mouth 
further inwards is bluish or even whitish. 

The following are the measurements (in millimetres) of six 
specimens from different localities :— 


; : : Number of 
Localities. Height. Maximum Height of Breadth of persistent 
; breadth. aperture. aperture. rena 
Soengei Kalau 48'5 20 182 12°3 // 
Timbang Langkat 52°6 18°4 17°8 I1‘2 83 
Bah Endah Se 20°8 17'°6 II'5 65 
Soengei Bohorok... 46'8 18°2 18 Il 6—7 
Soengei Minahol 565 238 211 13°71 73 
Soengei Lepan 22° 4 93 ) 48 53 


This is a true stream form, and in Mr. den Doop’s collection 
is represented by a large series of specimens of all ages from the 
following streams:—Soengei Kalau (near Bohorok), streamlet at 
Timbang Langkat, Bah Endah, Soengei Lepan (Langkat), Soengei 
Minahol and Soengei Bohorok (Langkat). 


1921.] B. PrasHap: Sumatran Molluscs. 487 


var. infracostata (Mousson). 


1849. Melania tnfracostata, Mousson, Moll. Fava, pp. 65, 66, pl. x, fig. 


1874. Melania infracostata, Brot. op. cit., pp. 98, 99, pl. xii, fig. 3. 
1885. Melania (Melanoides) variabilis var. infracostata, Nevill, op. cit., 
P- 253: 

I agree with Nevill in considering this as only a variety of 
A. variabile. The shell is similar to that of the var. sumatrensis, 
but is distinguished by the ribs being obsolete on the last whorl. 
A few spiral striae are, however, to be distinguished below the 
suture in some specimens, and these often decussate as in 
Mousson’s figure. The ribs are more distinct in the young than in 
fully-grown adults. 

I do not think that fig. 3@ (pl. xii) of Brot’s represents this 
form. His figure 3 is not very good, but resembles some of the 
specimens in the Sumatran collection. 

The following are the measurements (in millimetres) of some 


specimens from two localities :— 


: ; aN er of 
Maximum Height of Breadth of cau 


Bates ene breadth. aperture. aperture. Dee ea 
Soengei ) 1. re 602 22°9 BHR) I4°4 63 
Deli 2 aes 2S 32 176 10 8 
Medan ) 3. 40 17°9 0 98 2 
Soengei ) I. Lae 30 141 I4 84 6} 
Kalau $2. Re BoN8 12'8 nies) 6°7 64 


This form, like the var. swmatrensis, is a true stream form. 
Large number of specimens of it were collected from the streams 
Soengei Deli (Medan) and Soengei Kalau (near Bohorok). 


var. binodulifera (Nevill). 
1885. Melania (Melanoides) variabilis subsp. episcopalis var. binoduli- 
fera, Nevill, op. cit., p. 259. 

Nevill has discussed the mistakes committed by both Brot 
and Hanley and Theobald (Conch. Indica) in the identification of 
the form episcopalis, Lea. He was, I think, justified in giving a 
new name to the variety with a double row of nodules in the 
region corresponding to the ribs on the whorls in A. variabile and 
var. sumatrensis. His specimens of the variety were collected in 
vatious places in Assam in the north-east of India. 

The Sumatran specimens I assign to this form all resemble 
the Indian specimens. ‘They are dull yellowish-brown in colour 
with a few darker vertical bands. They are rather smailer than 
those of the var. swmatrensis and have two distinct rows of smali 
nodules on the last 24-3 whorls. On the upper whorls the 
nodules are more or less obsolete. In younger shells, however, the 
nodules are present on the upper whorls also. 

In the Sumatran collection the variety is represented by 
specimens of all azes from the Soengei Deli (Medan), from Deli 
(without precise habitat) and from the Soengei Kalau (a streamlet 
near Bohorok). 


488 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


var. pseudospinosa (Nevill). 
1885. Melania (Melaneides) variabilis subsp. episcopalis var. pseudo- 
spinosa, Nevill, op. cit., pp. 258, 259. 

As Nevill has pointed out this variety appears to be interme- 
diate between Brot’s M. sumatrensis and M.spinosa. The type- 
specimens were from Assam, but Nevill found it hard to distinguish 
some Perak and Malacca specimens fron them. I can find no 
difference between the Sumatran shells I assign to this form and 
those from Assam, Perak and Malacca. 

This variety leads on to the form menkeana (Lea), but differs 
from the latter in the suture being less impressed, the spines much 
smaller and less protruding, and the shell being much smaller. 

The Sumatran specimens were collected along with those of 
the vars. infracostata and binodulifera. 


var. menkeana (Lea) Nevill. 
1885. Melania (Melanoides) variabilis subsp. menkeana, Nevill, op. cit. 
pp. 260, 261. 

Nevill fully discussed the confusion introduced by Brot and 
by Hanley and Theobald (Conch. Indica) regarding this form. 
He gave a full synonymy and emended the description of the 
species. The form, as stated already, is closely allied to the var. 
pseudospinosa, but differs in colouration, in the whorls being more 
convex, the suture sharply and more deeply impressed, and in the 
spines being better developed. 

I can detect no differences between the Assamese and the 
Sumatran specimens. 

All the Sumatran specimens are from the Soengei Lepan in 
Langkat. ‘The measurements (in millimetres) of a few specimens 
are as follows :— 


; : - Number of 
Heich Maximum Height of Breadth of : Sa tee 
a breadth aperture aperture. Persistent. 
4 ; P ; whorls. 
33 141 13°3 7'8 53 
30 13°3 12"4 72 43 Apex greatly 
eroded. 
27 13'8 L232 68 5 


Genus Melanoides, Olivier (nec H. and A. Adams). 


1920. Melanoides, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. X1X, pp. 108, 109. 

In the paper cited above Annandale has given reasons for 
accepting the generic name Melanoides for the species of the type 
of M. tuberculata (Miller), and not in the sense it was used by H. 
and A. Adams. He has also given a complete synonymy of the 
genus. My examination of the large Sumatran collection com- 
pletely upholds his views, except that I adopt, for the sake of con- 
venience, some of the subgeneric names used by von Martens for 
the various groups of species. 


LO2T.\| B. PrasHap : Sumatran Molluscs. 489 


Subgenus Stenomelania, Fischer. 
Melanoides aspirans (Hinds). 


4. Melania aspirvans, Brot, op. ctt., pp. 140, 142, pl. xvii, figs. 4a-d. 
5. Melanta fuscata var. aspirans, Nevill, op. cit., p. 222. 

Nevill considered this species to be only a variety of the 
Nicobarese M. fuscata, but I think it to be distinct. In the Su- 
matran collection there is a single specimen from a streamlet along 
the road to Anak Laut (Sabang), which resembles Fijian specimens 
of this species in the Indian Museum collection. 

The specimen is fairly large, measuring 36°5 mm. by Ir mm., 
and the aperture is 12°55 mm. by 67 mm. It has five persistent 
whorls; the apex is greatly eroded and at least 3 more whorls must 
have been present in the complete specimen. The whorls increase 
regularly in size and are only moderately swollen. The sculpture 
consists of very faint vertical ridges irregularly disposed on the 
various whorls ; on the uppermost whorl transverse ridges are also 
to be seen a few such ridges are also present on the base of the 
body-whorl. The suture is very oblique and moderately impressed. 
The aperture is ovoidal, drawn out to an acute angle posteriorly. 
The shell is dark brownish. 


187 
188 


Melanoides plicaria (Born). 
1897. Melania plicaria, v. Martens, of. cit., pp. 41, 42. 

This species has a wide range in the Malay Archipelago, but 
had not hitherto been recorded from Sumatra. In Mr. den Doop’s 
collection there are three adult specimens, collected from a stream- 
let along the road to Anak Laut (Sabang). Another specimen 
collected at Sabang by Mr. J. B. Corporaal also probably belongs 
to the species. 

Melanoides acutissima (Busch). 
1874. Melania acutissima, Brot, op cit., p. 129, pl. xvi, figs. 2, 2a. 
1885. Melanta acutissima, Nevill, op. cit., pp. 226, 227. 
1897. Melania acutissima, v. Martens, op. cit., pp- 42, 43. 

The specimens I assign to this species are from a streamlet 
along the road to Anak Laut (Sabang). ‘They are of all ages and 
show the specific characters distinctly. 

M. acutissima was hitherto known from Java, Bali and Luzon. 


Melanoides turris (Brot). 
1874. Melania turris, Brot, op. ert., pp. 146, 147, pl. xvili, figs. 5, 5a. 

I assign to this species 3 adult and 3 medium-sized specimens 
from a streamlet along the road to Anak Laut (Sabang). ‘The 
specimens were collected along with those of M. plicaria, M. acu- 
tissima and M. monile. They agree closely with Brot’s descrip- 
tion and figures of the species. 

Brot gives the locality of his specimens as doubtfully from 
Borneo, and von Martens states that the species is found in the 
Malaccas, Bali and Flores. 


490 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XXII, 


Melanoides monile (Mouss.). 


1874. Melania monile, Brot, op. cit., p. 173, pl. xx, fig. 7. 
1897. Melania monile, v. Mattens, op. cit., pp. 44, 45- 

In a tubeful of specimens of M. acutissima I found three 
specimens of this species. They had been collected in a stream- 
let along the road to Anak Laut (Sabang), 

The exact localities o! the original specimens are rather doubt- 
ful; they are stated to have come from Java and the Moluccas. 
Von Martens’ specimens were collected by Prof. Wichmann at 
Kupang in Timor. 


Melanoides crenulata (Chemn.). 


1874. Melania crenulata, Brot, op. cit., pp. 114-117, pl. xiv, a fig. ga. 
1897. Melania crenulata, v. Martens, op. cit., pp, 45, 46. 

I have compared the specimens I assign to this species with a 
specimen. named by the late Prof. E. von Martens, and can find 
no differences in the form of the shell or the shape of the mouth. 
‘These specimens, however, have vertical striae on the first 3-4 
whorls, while von Martens’ is nearly smooth. The difference is 
probably due to age; von Martens’ specimen being an adult in 
which the striae have probably become obsolete. The difference, 
however, is not of much importance in this variable species. 

The Sumatran specimens are from near the Prise d’eau of 
Sabang. 


Melanoides uniformis (Quoy and Gaim.) 
1874. Melania uniformis, Brot, op. cit., pp. 124, 125, pl. xv, figs. 3, 3a, 
pl. xvi, fig. 1. 
1897. Melania uniformis with vars. crispulata, aequisulcata and plica- 
tula, v. Martens, op. ¢it., pp. 46-48; pl. mi, figs. 3-6. 

The typical form of this interesting species is not represented 
in the Sumatran collection but specimens of the vars. crispulata, 
aequisulcata and plicatula of v. Martens are present. The speci- 
mens of the first variety are fiom the Soengei Minahol, while those 
ot the other two were collected in a streamlet along the road to 
Anak Laut (Sabang). 

The present record of the occurrence of the various varieties 
of this species in Sumatra is interesting as the species was hitherto 
kuown from the North Celebes, Molucca, Bali, Flores and Timor 
only. 


Melanoides sluiteri, Prashad (sp. nov.). 
(Plate xiv, figs. 11, 12). 


At Mr. den Doop’s request I have associated this new species 
with the name of Prof. Ph. Sluiter of Amsterdam. 

The shell is elongate, acuminate, somewhat conical, about 
three times as long as broad. Tue whorls, of which there are at 
least 7 in complete shells, increase very gradually and regularly, 


1g2I.] B. PrasHap : Sumatran Molluscs. 4Q1 


and are very little swollen. The suture is oblique and moderately 
impressed. The body-whorl is broadly ovoidal, narrow above, 
gradually widening to the region of the mouth, where, owing 
to the greater part of the mouth lying outside the median axis, it 
is broadest. In dorsal view the outer profile of the body-whorl is 
slightly arched in the upper half and then suddenly curves down- 
wards and inwards, and has a somewhat sinuate course. The 
inner profile is regularly curved. The mouth is of fair size, being 
a little more than half the size of the body-whorl; it is ovoid in 
outline with the basal margin regularly curved and drawn to an 
acute angle at the apex. The outer lip is only slightly thickened ; 
seen from the side it shows a distinctly sinuate outline. The colu- 
mella is narrow and slightly bent. The surface of the shell in 
young shells on the first 4—5 whorls shows regular transverse ridges, 
these become obsolete in adult shells, and are quite absent on the 
penultimate and the body-wkorl; on these two whorls fine longi- 
tudinal striae are always present. The shells are blackish in col- 
our, but the whole or a part of the body-whorl along the outer 
lip in the region of growth is dull olivaceous or yellowish; in this 
region a few vertical brownish stripes are also present. 

The type-specimen measures 22°2 mm. in length by 81 
min. in maximum breadth, the aperture measures 8 mm. by 4°7 
mm. 

Locahity.—A large number of specimens of this species were 
collected by Mr. den Doop in the Kroeéng Seunara (Sabang) ; 
streamlet from the Prise d’eau of Sabang ; and in fresh-water areas 
near Boelan and Padang Boeian. 

Remarks.—The species is neatly allied to M. uniformis but is 
distinguished by its shape, position and form of the mouth and by 
its sculpture. 


Melanodies litigosa (Brot). 


1874. Melania litigosa, Brot, op. cit., pp. 170, 171, pl. xx, fig. 5, 5a, 0. 
1897. !Melania litigosa, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 48, 49. 
A single specimen from a streamlet along the road to Anak 
Laut (Sabang) agrees well with Brot’s description and figures. 


Subgenus Plotia, A. Adams = Melanoides, s.s. 


Melanoides tuberculata (Mill.). 


1897. Melaniatuberculata, vz Martens, op. cit., p. 50. 
1919. Melanoides tuberculata, Annandale and Prashad, Rec. /nd. Mus. 
XVIII, pp. 31, 32, pl. iv, fig. 1. 

Although A. tuberculata, as Dr. Annandale and I stated in the 
above-cited paper, has a wide range from the Mediterranean to 
Australia and China, there is no evidence of its occurrence in 
Baluchistan or Southern Persia. There are no specimens of the 
typical form in the Sumatran collection, but specimens of four 
varieties are present. 


492 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo,. XXIT, 


var. seminuda, v. Martens. 
1807. Melania tuheyculata var. semtnuda, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 58, 
pl. iv, fig. 1. 

Von Martens recorded this variety from a number of localities 
in Sumatra and in the present collection it is represented from 
the following sources :—Fresh-water areas at Medan and Toentoen- 
gan, streamlets at Sabang and Timbang Langkat, the Soengei 
Landak and Soengei Bohorok (both near Bohorok). 

Some of the specimens, owing to a deposit on the surface, 
appear much darker than others. 


var. virgulata (Quoy and Gaim.). 

1897. Melania tuberculata var. virgulata, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 57, 
58 
O°: 

This variety is widely distributed in the Malay Archipelago, 
and has been recorded from various localities in Sumatra. In the 
present collection there are specimens from a fresh-water area at 
Medan and Padang Boelan and from the Scengei Bohorok. 


var. angularis, v. Martens. 
1867. Melania tuberculata var. angularis, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 59, 
pl. iv, figs. 2, 3. 

This form is only known from Sumatra. I have compared my 
specimens with one of von Martens’ co-types and have no doubt 
as to their identity. 

The specimens are from near Medan, from a streamlet on the 
Medan Estate, from the Soengei Bohorok and Anak Laut (Sabang). 


var. truncatula (Lam.). 
1897. Melania tuberculata var. truncatula, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 59’ 
pl. iv, fig. 4. 

Large series of specimens of this interesting form are repre- 
sented in the Sumatran collection from Padang Boelan, Poengei, 
Medan and Timbang Langkat, and from the Soengei Bohorok and 
Soengei Minahol. 

The ribs in fully adult specimens become greatly reduced and 
are not so clear as they are on young shells. 


Melanoides scabra (Miill.). 
1897. Melania scabra, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 62. 

The groups or subgenera Plotia and Striatella as defined by 
Brot in his monograph, as has been pointed out by Dr. Aunandale 
and myself,’ fade imperceptibly into one another and we have, 
therefore, adopted the older name Plotia for the subgenus. 

The complete synonymy of M. scabra and its allies has still to 
be worked out,? but there is no doubt regarding the Sumatran 


1 Rec. Ind. Mus. XVII, p. 28 (1919), see also Vol. XIV, p. 147 (1919). 
2 Rec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, p. 37 (1919). 


1g2I.| B. PrasHap: Sumatran Molluscs. 493 


forms dealt with here. None of the specimens belong to the typi- 
cal form. 


var. nodosocostata (Mousson). 


The specimens of this variety are from a pool in the valley of 
the Lau Kling (a stream) near Brastagei and from the Soengei 
Bohorok. The costae on young individuals are rather faint and 
the body-whorl is nearly smooth. 


var. angulifera, vy. Martens. 


The only specimens of this form were collected in the 
streamlet Soengei Kalau (near Bohorok). ‘They agree in all res- 
pects with one of von Martens’ co-types from Rotti, river Oilelao, 
near Bilba, in the Indian Museum collection. 


var. mutica, v. Martens. 


This form is represented in the Sumatran coliection by a 
fair number of specimens froma streamlet near Anak Laut (Sa- 
bang). 

Subgenus Tarebia, H. and A. Adams 


Melanoides semigranosa (Busch). 


1842. Melania semigranosa, V. 1). Busch, Philippi Abbild. 1, p. 2, pl. 
In HOES 

1874. Melania lirata var. 2, Brot, op. cit., p. 329, pl. xxxiii, figs. 6, 6a. 

1885. Melania lineata var. semigvanosa, Nevill, op. cit., p. 277. 

1897. Melania lineata var. semigvanosa, v. Martens, op. cit., p.72- 

1899. Melania (Tarebia) semigranosa, Dautzenberg, Ann Soc. Roy. 
Malacol. Belgique. XXXIV, p. 14, pl. 1, figs. 9, ga-c. 

I agree with Dautzenberg in considering this form as a dis- 
tinct species rather than as a variety of M. lineata. The specific 
characters as defined by Mousson are, as was also found by Daut- 
zenberg, quite constant in a large series of specimens. 

The specimens in the Sumatran collection are from the Soen- 
gei Lepan, the Soengei Kalau and from Medan. 


Family CERITHIIDAE. 


Genus Potamides, Defr. 


This genus is represented in the collection by specimens of 
the three subgenera, Telescopium, Montf., Tympanotonos (Morch) 
Adams, and Cerithidea, Swains. There are no specimens of the 
subgenus Pyvazus, Montf., which is also known from Sumatra. 


Subgenus Telescopium, Montf. 


Potamides telescopium (Linn.). 


1855. Cerithium telsecopium, Sowerby, Theasaurus Conchyliorum, I, 
p- 899, pl. clxxxv, fig. 269. 
1866. Telescopium fuscum, Reeve, Conch. Icon. XV, pl.i, sp. I, a 6. 


494 ° Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XXII, 


1897. Fotamides (Telescopium) telescopium, v. Martens, Suss. und 
Brackw.-Moll. in Weber's Zool. Evgebn. Niedevl. Ost.-Indien 
IV, pp. 180-182. 

1898. Cevrithiszm (Telescopium) telescopium, Kobelt, Cerithium in Mar- 
beg ae Chemnitz Conch.-Cab. (ed. Kuster), pp. 57, 58, pl. 
xu, fig. 1. 

1916. Potamides ( Telescopium) fuscum, Annandale and Kemp, Mem. 
Ind. Mus. V, pp. 344, 345- 

Von Martens has given a fairly complete synonymy and the 
exact distribution of the species, and a few of the important refer- 
ences only are given above. 

A fairly complete account of the anatomy of this species was 
published by Berkley! in 1835, while Quoy and Gaimard had given 
good figures of the animal in the previous year.* ‘The radula has 
the formula 3.1.3. 

The specimens in the collection are from mangrove swamps 
at Belawan (Deli); and at Perbaoengan (Serdang). They were col- 
lected at different times and are of various sizes ranging from 30 
mm. to Ir0 mm. in length. 


Subgenus Tympanotonos (Morch) Adams. 
Potamides cingulatus (Gmelin). 
8. Murex cingulatus, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed- X11, p. 3561 
8. Cerithium fluviatile, Potiez and Michaud, Gal. de Moll. |. p. 
363, pl. xxxi, figs. 19, 20, 
1866. Tympanotonos fluviatilis, Reeve, Conch. Iconica, XV, pl. ii, sp. 
9, figs. a, b. 
1897. sa elds (Tympanotonos) cingulatus, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 
183, 184. 
1910. Botapiides (Tympanotonos) fluviatilis, Annandale and Kemp, 
op. cit., p. 344. 

Kobelt in his monograph of the genus Cevithium (loc. cit.) 
does not mention this species, but the references given above and 
those given in the above references should be quite enough to 
identify the species. It may also be noted that the species is not 
the same as Murex fluviatilis, Gmelin, which is a synonym of P. 
vadula (Ljinn.). 

There are a few specimens in the collection from the man- 
grove-swamps at Belawan (Deli) and Perbaoengan (Serdang), two 
specimens from the mouth of the Soengei Batang Kwis (Serdang), 
and two from a rice-field at Perbaoengan (Serdang). The species 
is essentially a brackish-water form and the two specimens from 
a rice-field at Serdang were probably carried there during floods.’ 
Only two of the specimens are perfect, in all others the greater 
part of the outer lip is broken. The radula of the species is 
described and figured by Troschel.* 


! Zoological Fournal, V, pp. 431-439, pls. xx, xxxi (1835). 

2 ‘Astrolabe’ Zoology, I11, p. 125, pl. lv, figs. 4—6 (1834). 

® I think this is not possible. Perhaps there is a label-error, I remember 
that once I collected in these rice-fields and also near the sea on the same day 
and that I did not possess good boxes for keeping separate the collected material. 
{den Doop]. 

+ Das Gebiss der Schnecken, I, pp. 145-146, pl. xii, fig. 2. 


1921. ] B. PrasHap: Sumatran Molluscs. 495 


The species was originally described from the Malabar Coast 
of Peninsular India, but has since been found to be widely 
distributed in the Indian Ocean and the western parts of the 
Pacific. 

Potamides micropterum (Kiener), 


1866. TLympanotonos microptera, Reeve, Conch. Iconica, XV, pl. ii, sp. 


7, figs. a, 6. 
1897. Potamides (Lympanotonos) micropterus,v. Martens, op. cit., p. 
185. 


1898. Cerithium (Tympanotonos) microptera, Kobelt, op. cit., p. 74, 
pl. xiv, figs. 5, 6. 

I assign, with some doubt, a single specimen from the East 
Coast of Sumatra to this species. The entire onter lip is broken 
and the shape of the mouth cannot, therefore, be made out. In 
form, sculpture and colouration the specimen quite resembles 
some of the authentic specimens of the species in the Indian 
Museum collection, though the suture is a little less excavated. 

The species was hitherto known from the Phillipines and 
Borneo. 

Subgenus Cerithidea, Swains. 
Potamides obtusum (Lam.). 
1897. Potamides (Cerithidea) obtusus, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 186, 
187, pl. ix, fig. 22. 
1808. OREN (Cerithidea) obtustim, Kobelt, op. cit., pp. 42, 43, pl. 
1X, gs. 355. 

This species should be assigned to Lamarck and not Wood, as 
Kobelt has done. The form figured and described by Quoy and 
Gaimard (Joc. cit., pp. 126, 127, figs. 18-21) under this name is 
not this species but P. guadratum (Sow.'); the shells of the two 
are quite different and the animal also in the two species, as was 
pointed out by Eydoux and Souleyet,” has a different colouration. 
The figure of these authors is a very good representation of the 
colouration of the animal of the true P. obiuswm. 

There are a large number of specimens of this species in the 
collection from the mangrove-swamps at Pelawan (Deli) collected 
at different times, and from the mouth of the Soengei Batang Kwis 
(Serdang). Some of the Deli specimens are apparently subfossil, 
being very much worn and rather chalkv in consistency. 

This is a widely distributed species and von Martens has 
given a fairly detailed list of the localities from which it has been 
recorded. 


Potamides quadratum (Sow.). 


1897. Potamides (Cerithidea) quadratus, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 187, 
188, pl. ix, fig. 23. 

1898. Cerithium (Cerithidea) quadratum, Kobelt, op. cit., pp. 45, 46, 
pl. ix, fig. 8. 


! Kobelt in his monograph (Joc. cit., p. 42) does not seem to have detected 

this mistake, but von Martens had come to the same conclusions as myself ; his 

figure references, however, are incorrectly cited as 19-24 instead of 18-21, pl. lv. 
2 Voyage ‘ Bonite,’ Zoology, III, p. 600, pl. xxxix, figs. 1, 2 (1852). 


496 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Good figures of this species are given by Reeve, von Martens 
and Kobeit and all these closely resemble Quoy and Gaimard’s 
fig. 18 (loc. cit.) of “‘P. obtusum.”? The species is easily distin- 
suished from P. obtusum by the shape of the shell, the mouth and 
the much more delicate sculpture. 

There are only four specimens of this species in the collection. 
These were collected along with those of P. oblusum from the 
mangrove-swamps at Belawan (Deli). 


Family NASSIDAE. 


Genus Canidia, Adams. 


1861. Canidia, Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 383. 
1876. Canidia, Brot, Fourn. Conchyliol. XXIV, p. 343. 
1897. Canidia, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 75. 

No specimens of this genus were obtained by Prof. Weber in 
Sumatra and the genus was described by von Martens as being 
unrepresented there. In Ig00, however, he recorded the occurrence 
of C. themenckiana from Lake Toba, Sumatra. In Mr. den Doop’s 
collection there are two specimens, one of which is referrable to 
C. themenckiana, while the other is a specimen of C. helena, which 
has hitherto been recorded from Java and Timor. These two 
records greatly extent the known range of the species. 


Canidia helena (Phii.). 


1897. Canidia Helena, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 75, 76. 
1912-13. Canidia Helena, Schepmann, op. cit., p. 230. 

The species was originally described as a Melania, and later 
referred to the genus Melanopsis by Mousson, but Brot’ from an 
examination of the radula and operculum referred it to its true 
position amongst the Nassidae. 

There is a single specimen of the species in the Sumatran col- 
lection from a fresh-water area near Medan (Deli). 


Canidia theminckiana (Petit). 


1853. Melania Theminckiana, Petit, Fourn. Conchyliol. 1V, pp. 255, 
256, pl. vii, fig. 11. 
1876. Canidia Theminckiana, Brot, Fourn. Conchyliol. XXIV, p. 


347- 
1900. Canidia Temminckiana, von Martens, Nachy. Deutsch. Malako- 


gool. Ges. XXXII, p. 12. 


A single specimen collected along with that of C. helena is 
referred to this species. It is quite like the figure of the species 
and agrees well with Petit’s description. 


Genus Clea, Adams. 


1855. Clea, Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 119. 
1876. Clea, Brot, op. cit., pp. 348-353- 


| Fourn. Conchyliol. XXIV, pp. 343-351, pl. xii (1876). 
Ly 


1921. | B. PRaSHAD : Sumatran Molluscs. 497 


There is a single specimen in the Sumatran collection which is 
referrable to this genus. Brot described it from Sumatra and it 
has not been found anywhere else. 


Clea bocki, Brot. 


1881. Clea Bockii, Brot, Fourn. Conchyliol. XXIX, pp. 159, 160, pl. 
vi, fig. 5 


3+ 5+ 
1895. Clea Bockit, Smith, Proc. Malacol. Soc. London, L, p. 253. 


I assign to this species a single specimen obtained in the 
mangrove-swamps at Belawan, Deli. The mouth is slightly broad- 
er and the body-whorl a little larger than in Brot’s figure, but 
these differences are probably of the nature of individual varia- 
tions. The entire spire except for the penultimate whorl has dis- 
appeared and the specimen is in poor condition, but the charac- 
teristic sculpture on the shell is well preserved. 

The occurrence of a member of the genus Clea in estuarine 
areas is worthy of note, as the genus is essentially a fresh-water 
one. 


Family NERITIDAE. 
Genus Neritina, Lam. 
Subgenus Neripteron, Recluz (= Auriculatae, v. Martens). 


The only species in the Sumatran collection I assign to this 
subgenus is the new form described below as N. stmoni. It is a 
very interesting species, in that it shows definite relationships 
between the subgenera Nervipteron and Destia, but clearly belongs 
to the first sub-genus. 


Neritina simoni, Prashad (sp. nov.). 
(Plate xiv, figs. 13, 14). 


The shell of this species is suborbiculate-ovate, with the 
posterior margin regularly curved. Its lateral profile is somewhat 
semicircular, much more arched on the anterior than near the pos- 
terior margin. The spire is short and distinctly lateral, but 
obliquely turned inwards; only asmall part of it is visible in 
ventral view. The columellar area is provided with a short 
auricle on the upper side; on the lower side the auricle is not 
well developed. The columellar plate is very broad, extending to 
a little more than half way across the ventral surface; it is greatly 
depressed inwards towards the true mouth. The free margin of 
the columellar plate is slightly but regularly curved, and is 
finely crenulate. The periostracum is dull black, and has fine 
concentric striations on its surface; the columellar plate is dull 
olivaceous with a tinge of orange in some places; the mouth is 
rather dusky and the operculum is dark brownish with a light 
orange border. 


498 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. X XT 


Measurements of shells (in millimetres). 


A (Type). B. 
Maximum diameter an 7 14°3 13°7 
Height ay BN 6 59 
Height of aperture me IO 98 
Columellar plate c 74 65 


Locality._-The two specimens of this species were collected 
by Mr. den Doop from near the mouth of the Soengei Batang 
Kwis (Serdang), in the mangrove-swamp region. 

Remarks.—The species is closely allied to N. auriculata, Lam.., 
but differs from it in the shell being more elongate, the auricles 
much less developed and in the comparatively greater width of 
the columellar plate. The species is interesting in that it affords 
a connecting link between the subgenera Nervi pteron and Dositia. 

I have associated the name of this species with that of Mssrs. 
Simon (Managers of the Estates Batang Kwis and Ioeboe Pakam) 
who greatly assisted Mr. den Doop in making collections on their 
estates. 


Subgenus Dostia, Gray. 


1879. Dostia, v. Martens, Neritina in Mart. and Chemn. Conch.-Cab., 


pp- 16. 37. 

1883. Dostia, Tapparone-Canefri, Anz. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova. 
XIX, p. 63. 

1919. Dostia, Annandale and Prashad, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVI, pp. 241, 
242. 


In the paper cited above Dr. Annandale and I considered 
Dostia to be sufficiently well characterized to deserve generic 
rank. Having since examined the large collections in the Indian 
Museum, some Mesopotamian shells, and the large Sumatran 
collection I find that there are various intermediate forms between 
it and the subgenus Nevipteron. Dostia, therefore, cannot stand as 
a separate genus but must be considered as asubgenus of Neritina. 
Von Martens’ name “‘ Neritae Mitrulae’’ must, however, give way 
to Gray’s older name Dostia. 


Neritina crepidularia, Iam. 
1879. Nerttina crepidularia, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 37-45, pl. vii. 
figs. 1-4. 
1897. Nerttina crepidularia with var. melanostoma, v. Martens. op. 
cit., p. 218. 

This widely distributed species is represented in the Suma- 
tran collection by two varieties, which are separately considered 
below. 

var. melanostoma (Troschel). 


1837. Neritina melanostoma, Vroschel, Arch. Naturgesch., p. 179. 
This variety was described from specimens collected in the 
River Ganges, probably from the deltaic region. It is represented 
from Sumatra by a large number of specimens of all ages collected 
in the mangrove-swamps at Belawan (Deli). The Sumatran speci- 
mens are exactly like the Indian shells. 


1g2I.] B. PrasHap : Sumatran Molluscs. 499 


var. exaltata (Recitz). 


1850. Neritina exaltata, Recluz, Fourn. Conchyliol. I, p. 65, pl. iii, fig. 3. 
Recluz’s type-specimens of this form were collected in the 
Negros Island, Philippines. There are a few named specimens in 
the Indian Museum with which I have compared the Sumatran 
specimens I assign to this variety. All these specimens agree fair- 
ly with the description and figure of Recluz. 
The Sumatran specimens were collected in the mangrove- 
swamps at Belawan (Deli) along with those of the var. melan- 
ostoma. 


Neritina weberi, Prashad (sp. nov.). 
(Plate xiv, figs. 15, 16). 


The shell is very thin, subcircular in outline in the ventral 
view, regularly curved anteriorly and broadly truncated posteriorly. 
In the lateral view it forms an arch much less than a semicircle, 
greatly depressed anteriorly, and only slightly raised a little behind 
the middle. The spire is very minute, lateral, recurved inwards 
and just visible from below. The columellar plate is broad, greatly 
inclined forwards and downwards, and with a distinct depression 
near the margin; the margin is entire or very slightly crenulate, 
and is distinctly curved. The dorsal surface is strongly marked 
with concentric transverse striae. The periostracum is dark 
olivaceous in the region of the spire, but over the rest of the shell 
has a marked tessellated pattern formed by the crossing of dark 
olive bars over a dark yellowish background; the columellar plate 
is bluish, the shell on the inner surface is greyish but the tessel- 
lated pattern of the outer surface is visible through the transluscent 
shell ; the operculum is black. 


Measurements of shells (in millimetres). 


A (Type). B. 
Maximum diameter 8:2 85 
Height ae 353 374 
Height of aperture 72 79 
Columellar plate 36 3°8 


Lacality.—The two specimens of this interesting species were 
obtained from the mouth of the Soengei Batang Kwis (Serdang) in 
the mangrove-swamp region along with those of N. simont. 

Remarks.—The species is distinguished by its very depressed 
type of shell, its outline and the distinctly tessellated coloura- 
tion. 

I have great pleasure in associating the name of this species 
with that of Prof. Max Weber, who has been kind enough to send 
me a large proportion of the collection of fresh-water and brackish- 
water species made by him in the Dutch East Indies, and identi- 
fied by the late Prof. E. von Martens. 


500 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Subgenus Neritaea, Roth (=Serratae, Recluz). 
Neritina ziczac, Lam. 


1897. Neritina ziczac, vy. Martens, op. cit., p. 79. 
1899. Neritina siczac, Dautzenberg, Ann. Soc. Malacol. Belgique. 
XXXIV, p. 19, pl. i, figs. 7, 7a. 
I refer to this species two specimens of a characteristic colour. 
The colouration of these specimens resembles fig. 29, pl. vii in 
Reeve’s Conch. Iconica. The spire of one of the specimens is very 
much eroded. 
The two specimens were collected from the mouth of the 
Soengei Batang Kwis (Serdang), in the mangrove-swamp fegion. 


Neritina variegata, Lesson. 
1897. Neritina variegata, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 78, 79, pl. x, fig. 14. 
Nine specimens collected from a streamlet along the road to 
Anak Laut (Sabang) closely agree with Lesson’s description and 
with a specimen named by the iate Prof. KE. von Martens. The 
colour-pattern is, however, slightly variable. 


Subgenus Neritodryas, v. Martens. 
Neritina cornea (Linn.). 


1879. Nevitina cornea, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 140-142, pl. xii, figs. 
1899. Nei (Neritodryas) cornea, Wautzenberg, op. cit., pp. 21, 22, 
pl. i, figs. 11, 11a and db. 

This species is widely distributed in the Dutch East Indies, 
and is represented in the Sumatran collection by a large number 
of variously coloured specimens collected along with those of 
N. variegata from a streamlet along the road to Anak Laut 


(Sabang) at various times. 


Subgenus Clithon, Recluz. 
Neritina brevispina, Lam. 
1879. Neritina brevispina, v. Martens, op, cit., p. 28. 
A very large series of this species was collected by Mr. den 
Doop at different times in the streamlet along the road to Anak 
Laut (Sabang). The specimens are variously coloured, and either 


have well-developed spines or are nearly smooth, there being only 
rugosities in the regions of the spines. 


Neritina squarrosa (Recluz). 


1897. Neritina squarrosa, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 80. 
The specimens of this species are also from the streamlet 


along the road to Anak Laut (Sabang). The banding on the shell is 
very like that figured on pl. xii in Reeve’s Conch. Iconica. 


192!.] B. PRasHAaD: Sumatran Molluscs. 501 


Genus Nerita, Linn. 


This genus is represented by two widely distributed species. 
N. lineata and N. planospira. 


Nerita lineata, Chemn. 
1897. Nerita lineata, v. Martens, op. cit., p 219. 

A large series of specimens of all ages collected from the 
mangrove-swamps at Belawan (Deli), and a few from the Soenget 
Belawan (Deli) not far from the sea, are represented in the collec- 
tion. Some of the empty shells contain hermit-crabs. 


Nerita lineata, Anton. 


1897. Nertta planospira, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 219. 
The specimens of this species were collected along with those 
of the preceding species in the same mangrove-swamps. They 
are of all ages and some have hermit-crabs in the empty shells. 


Genus Septaria, Fer. 


Septaria tessellata (Lam.). 
1899. Septarza tessellata with vars. clypeolum, compressa and lineata, 
Dautzenberg, of. cit., pp. 23-26, pl. 1, figs. 14, I4a, 15, 16. 

Many specimens of the forma typica, showing all grades of tes- 
sellated colouration and closely corresponding with Lamarck’s 
original figures and also with those of Dautzenberg cited above, 
are represented from the streamlet along the road to Anak Laut, 
Sabang. Besides these specimens of the forma typica, shells of the 
three varieties clypeolum (Recluz), compressa (v. Martens) and 
lineata (Ijam.), collected in the mangrove-swamps at Belawan 

(Deli), are also present in the Sumatran collection. 


Family OSTREIDAE. 
Genus Ostrea Linn. 


Specimens of three species of this genus are represented in the 
collection from the regions of mangrove-swamps in Sumatra. 
One of these, which I consider to be identical with the widely 
distributed miocene and recent Ostvea gryphoides (Schlotheim), be- 
longs to the subgenus Osérea, s.s., and was probably brought into 
the estuarine region by the tides as there are remains of corals on 
the shells,! but it is likely that the species in Sumatra, like an 
allied form found living in the Chilka Lake,* is a true inhabitant 
of brackish waters. The other two species belong to the subgenus 
Alectryonia, and are true estuarine forms. 


1 Might it not be possible that the shells are subfossil, and at the present day 
are found in the mangrove-swamps in consequence of the retiring of the sea by 
land elevation, which is here very prominent. [den Doop}. 

2 See Annandale and Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. V, pp. 348, 349 (1916). 


502 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Ostrea gryphoides (Schlotheim). 
1912. Ostrea gryphoides, Newton and Smith, Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. 
XII, p. 7, pls. i-vi. 

Newton and Smith have identified the recent species, which 
occurs very commonly from the Mekran Coast to the Malay Pen- 
insula, with the miocene O. gryphoides ; Annandale and Kemp (loc. 
cit.), on Mr. Vredenberg’s authority, consider it doubtful whether 
the living form should not be known as O. virginiana rather than 
O. gryphoides. As the identity of the Indian and the American 
species has not yet been definitely established, I prefer to designate 
the Indian and Sumatran forms O. gryphoides. The differences in 
the shell of the American QO. virginiana and the Indian species 
were fully noted by Newton and Smith, and are summarised in the 
paper by Annandale and Kemp. 

The Sumatran shells are closely similar to the Indian forms 
from the Malay Peninsula and other localities in the Indian Museum 
collection. They resemble the photographs on pls. iv and v of 
Newton and Smith’s paper. The specimens were collected by Mr. 
den Doop in the mangrove-swamp region at Belawan (Deli). 
The shells are not much worn, but are parasitised by some species 
of boring sponge of the genus Cliona. The external surface 
of the shell and the inner layer are whitish, the muscle scar is 
somewhat yellowish, while the ligament has a blackish colour. 


/ 


Subgenus Alectryonia, Fischer Waldh. 


Ostrea folium, Linn. 
1897. Ostrea folium, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 222. 

Typical specimens of this species are present from the mouth 
of the Soengei Batang Kwis (Serdang). The specimens were col- 
lected in the estuarine area and are stated to be subfossil in a 
sandy incision of an old pematang. This incision was made for a 
new drain-canal on the estate. 


Ostrea cuculata, Born. 


1897. Ostrea cuculata, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 223. 
1916. Ostrea cuculata, Annandale and Kemp. Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p 
349, pl. xiv, figs. 2. 
This widely distributed species is represented by two partially 
bleached shells from the same locality as the preceding species. 
The specimens are rather broken and imperfect. 


Family UNIONIDAE. 


Many species of this family have been recorded from Sumatra 
by Bruno Strubbel, von Martens and others, but in the present 
collection this family is poorly represented.’ In a recent paper I 


' [ think in the region where I collected this family is very poorly represented. 
Of this the freshwater Neritinas afford another instance. These are entirely 


1g2t.] B. PrasHap: Sumatvan Molluscs. 503 


have dealt with one of the species and here only include a few 
notes on it. There are, however, in the collection a few specimens 
of a species of the genus Contradens, Haas, a short account of 
which is given below. 


Genus Monodontina, Conrad. 


Monodontina vondembuschiana var. chaperi (de Morgan). 
1919. Monodontina vondembuschiana var. chaperi, Prashad, Rec. /nd. 
Mus. XVI, pp. 407, 408. 

In my recent paper I unfortunately missed a reference to one 
of von Marten’s papers! in which he had recorded a Sumatran 
form under the name Pseudodon vondembuschianus. Probably his 
specimens also belonged to the variety chaper. 

In the Sumatran collection the variety is represented by a 
large series of specimens from the Soengei Kalau (a streamlet near 
Bohorok), Soengei Deli at Medan and a few empty shells from 
Bohorok. Mr. den Doop informs me that the empty shells had 
been left there after the soft parts had been eaten. 


Genus Contradens, Haas. 


1913. Conlvadens, Haas, Nachr. Deutsch. Malakozool. Ges. X\.V, 


IQI4. Contador Haas, Mart. Chemn. Conch.-Cab. Unio, p. 173- 
1914. Nodularia (in part), Simpson, Des. Cat. Naiades, p. 108. 

Haas proposed this genus on both shell-characters and soft- 
parts for the species included by Simpson? in his group of Nodula- 
via contvadens. Simpson in his later work, cited above, has not 
accepted Haas’ new genus and contintied his original scheme. 
I have had a chance of examining the shelis of some of the species 
and the soft-parts of C. dimotus var. lugens recorded below, and 
think that the genus is well characterised and should be separated 
from Nodulavia as accepted by Simpson. 


Contradens dimotus var. lugens (Drouet-and Chaper). 


1862. Unio lugens, Drouet and Chaper, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, V, 
p- 147, pl. v, figs. 1-3. 

1914. Contradens dimotus lugens, Haas, op. cit., pp. 182, 183, pl. xix, 
fig. 7. 

1914. Nodularia lugens, Simpson, op. cit., p. 1012. 

A large series of rather young shells from the Soengei Krah 
at Medan, and a young specimen from a fresh-water area near 
Medan, quite resemble Drouet and Chaper’s description and 
figures and also Haas’ figure of one of the co-types. The only 
differences are in the beaks being a little more high and having a 


absent (even in the chalky mountains) from the northern part of the government 
“ Qostkust van Sumatra’? whereas they are abundantly represented in Sabang. 
{den Doop]. 

| Nachr. Deutsch. Malakozool. Ges. XXII, p. 13 (1900). 

2 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XXII, p. 817. 


504 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XXIT, 


distinct sculpture of rather thick wavy lines; they show distinct 
V-shaped curvatures in the upper regions of the umbones, and 
some of the lines extend on to the posterior wing as well. The 
posterior ridge is not single but distinctly double, and in some 
specimens another faint ridge is also indicated above these ridges. 
In outline, as stated above, the specimens quite resemble Drouet 
and Chaper’s figures. The specimens are all quite fresh, and are 
of a brownish yellow colour with a few greenish stripes in the 
region of the posterior wing. The largest specimen does not 
exceed 40 mm. in length. 

This form had hitherto been known from Borneo only but the 
forma typica and other nearly atlied forms have been recorded 
from Sumatra. 

The animal resembles that of the species C. hagent and C. ver- 
becki described by Haas (loc. cit., pp. 175, 199 and 200, text- 
figures 2, 3). 


Family CyRENIDAE. 
Genus Cyrena (Lam.) Gray. 
Cyrena sumatrensis, Sowerby. 
1897- Cyvena sumatrensis, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 92. 
One complete specimen and a few rather worn shells of this 
species were collected from the mangrove-swamps at Belawan 


(Deli). These specimens agree fairly well with the large series of 
this species in the Indian Museum collection. 


Genus Corbicula, Meg. 


In Mr. den Doop’s Sumatran collection the genus is represent- 
ed by dry shells of the four species dealt with below, and a few 
young shells which it is not possible to identify specifically. It 
may also be noted here that the shells of practically all the speci- 
mens are greatly eroded. 


Corbicula moltkeana, Prime. 


1897. Corbicula moltkeana, v. Martens. op. cit., pp. 111, 112. 

This species is represented by a few rather imperfect speci- 
mens from a streamlet at Timbang Langkat. The specimens 
closely agree with a specimen named by the late Prof. EF. von 
Martens. 

Corbicula trapezoidea, v. Martens. 
1897. Corbicula trapezoidea, v. Martens, op.cit., pp. 115, 110, pl. vii, 
figs. 14-19. 

A single specimen from a streamlet at Timbang Langkat 
agrees in shape and hinge-teeth with one of v. Martens’ co-types, 
but the ribs on the surface are more closely situated and not so 
prominent asin that specimen. 


1921. | B. PrasHap : Sumatran Molluscs. 50 


ar 


Corbicula angulifera, v. Martens. 
1897. Corbicula angulifera, vy. Martens. op. cit., p. 116, pl. vil. figs. 
28-31. 

A few specimens from fresh-water areas near Medan and 
Tandjong Djatti, from the Soengei Lepan (Langkat) and a young 
shell from a streamlet at Timbang Langkat agree closely in shape 
with one of yon Martens’ co-types, but the sculpture of all the 
shells, owing to crosion, is very indistinct, and it is, therefore, 
impossible to be quite certain about their identification. 


Corbicula pullata, Phil. 


1897. Corbicula pullata.v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 117, 118. 

I assign a single specimen from a streamlet at Timbang 
Langkat to this species. This specimen agrees with the description 
of the species and also with Issel’s description and figures of 
C. dayakorum, ' which von Martens considers to be only a synonym 
of Philippi’s species. 


Genus Sphaerium, Scopoli. 


So far asI can find no species of this genus of world-wide 
distribution has so far been recorded from Sumatra. This may 
be due to the various collectors having overlooked the rather 
minute sheils. ‘The only species known from the adjacent island 
is P. borneense (Sowerby), but the single shell in the Sumatran col- 
lection found in a tubeful of Limnaea javanica var. subteres, 
v. Martens, is quite different from it. As it does not correspond 
to any previously described form, I have described it here under 
the name Sphaerium ceciliae at the request of Mr. den Doop. 


Sphaerium cecilae, Prashad (sp. nov.;. 
(Plate xiv, fig. 17). 


The shell is ovate, somewhat swollen, subequilateral, rather 
thick, with the anterior margin small and rounded; the posterior 
margin 1s a little longer than the anterior and is broadly rounded ; 
the upper and lower margins are regularly curved, the upper 
curve being deeper than the lower. The umbones are prominent, 
swollen, recurved inwards and separated from one another in the 
middle line by a narrow chink. ‘The epidermis is nearly smooth 
in the umbonal region but has closely situated faint concentric 
striae below on both the valves. The shell is of a pale horny 
colour in the umbonal region, but is much darker in the lower 
region and shows greenish stripes in some places ; the inner surface 
of the valves is dusky bluish. The right valve has two lamellar 
laterals on each side, of these the upper is very feeble; there are 


! Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, VI, p. 410, pl. vii, figs. 25-27 (1874). 


506 Records of the Tudian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


two cardinals, the anterior one being narrow, elongate, somewhat 
triangular, and the posterior thick and tooth-like. The left valve 
has a single lateral on each side; of the two cardinals of this valve 
the anterior is thick and blade-like, while the posterior is small and 
reduced to a knob. 

The single type-shell measures 9°3 mm. in length by 7°44 mm 
in maximum breadth, and is 4 mm. thick. It was collected in the 
valley of the Lau Kling (stream near Brastagei in the Karo-Batak 
High Plain). 

FAMILY SOLENIDAE. 


Genus Cultellus, Schumacher. 
1887. Cultellus, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 263. 
1820. Czltetlus, Ghosh, Rec. Ind. Mus. X1X, pp. 61, 62. 

Three subgenera. Cultellus s.s., Pharella and Enisculus are 
known from the Dutch East Indies, while specimens of the first 
two have been recorded from Sumatra. In Mr. den Doop’s collec- 
tion only specimens of C. (P.) javanicus, a species previously re- 
corded from Sumatra, are represented. 


Subgenus Pharella, Gray. 
1587. Pharella, v. Martens, op. cit., p. 2606. 
1820. Pharella, Ghosh, op. cit., p. 63. 

Von Martens redescribes this subgenus in the paper cited above 
and Ghosh has given a fairly complete description of the gross 
anatomy based on Bloomer’s work.! He considers it with Bloomer 
to be worthy of separate generic rank, but the small differences 
in the gills of Pharella and Cultellus s.s. are not, in my opinion, 
sufficient to separate the two into distinct genera. ‘The shells 
of the two are closely similar and it appears best, therefore, to 
consider the two as subgenera rather than as distinct genera. 


Cultellus javanicus (am). 
1897. Cultellus (Pharella) Favanicus, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 207- 
2609. 
Three specimens of this species collected in the mangrove- 
_ swamps at Belawan (Deli) agree closely with von Martens’ des- 
cription and with the large series of this species from Penang and 
other localities in the Malay Peninsula, preserved in the Indian 
Museum collection. 
Family PHOLADIDAE. 
Genus Teredo, Linn. 


Subgenus Furcella, Iam. 


Teredo arenaria (Linn.). 
1897. Tevedo (Furcella) arenaria, v. Martens, op. cit., pp. 284-286. 
A rather small and somewhat broken specimen is assigned 
with some doubt, to this species. The shape and texture is quite 


| Fourn. Malacol. X pp. 114-121 (1903). 


192I.] B. PrasHap : Sumatran Molluscs. 507 


like the specimens in the Indian Museum collection, but the 
imperfect condition of the shell renders exact identification diffh- 
cult. 

The specimen was obtained by Mr. den Doop in the mangrove- 
swamps at Belawan (Deli). 


aa | > 
4 ae | 
7 - 
a . 
i a " 
. 
‘ 
= 
: 
: 
i 
‘ 
5 
we 
q 
a 


Se | SOE 
re, ie ay he, wel ay whe Pare rhs 


PALE 


i ar isis icy ims 


* i ase co tam 


1 


eet 
Pte f 
re Fat 1? ay ay 
AB GME Ale tak 
SCE Re al a la en 
ts) eae * ’ i 

¥ ies 
ar Oat F 

hil ae a 
nry wey 


ie 


RG 
mh iy 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. 


Auricula limnaetformis, Annandale. 


1 —Dorsal view of the type-shell. 
2.—Ventral view of the same. 


Auricula percha, Annandale. 


. 3.—Dorsal view of the ty pe-shell. 


4.—Ventral view of the same. 


Physastra doopi, Prashad. 


. 5.—Dorsal view of the type-shell. 


6.—Ventral view of the same. 


Vivipara hendrici, Prashad. 


. 7.—Dorsal view of the type-shell. 


8.—Ventral view of the same. 
9.—Outer view of the operculum. 


, 10.—Inner view of the same. 


Melanotdes sluiter: , Prashad. 


;. I1.—Dorsal view of the type-shell. 


I2.—Ventral view of the same. 


Nenitina simon, Prashad. 


. 13.—Dorsal view of the type-shell. 


I14.—Ventral view of the same. 


Neritina webert, Prashad. 


. 15.—Dorsal view of the type-shell. 


16.—Ventral view of the same. 


Sphaerium cecilae, Prashad. 


. 17.—Left valve of the type-specimen. 


Rec. InD. Mus., Von. XXIT, 1921. PLATE XIV. 


y : 
16 14 15 15 


S.C. Mondul, photo: 
NEW SUMATRAN MOLLUSCA. 


Photo -enzraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Caleutta, 12! 


DS DAWG AU O) INO AW SIL Cwiss Oir mR ACiwewS? 
EROMETS OWE ND HVAG 


By FE. Barrarp, B.A., F.E.S., Government Entomologist, 
Madras. 


(Plate X XVII). 


Tn the course of investigation into the infection of young cot- 
ton boils by bacteria the two species of Ragmus described below 
were discovered. They are common on both “country”? and 
Cambodia cotton during most of the season (December to August), 
but become scarce about the end of June. Both species, besides 
being plant feeders, kill and feed on one another and on Thrips, 
Aphids and Mites. They are however primarily plant feeders. 


Ragmus morosus, n. sp. 
(Plate xxvii, figs. r, 2). 


This species is closely allied to R. vmportunitas, Dist. and R. 
pellucidus, Dist. General colour dorsally pate to dark ochraceous. 
Some specimens are virescent and the green colour of the abdo- 
minal segments shows through the hemelytra. This is much 
more noticeable in living than in dry specimens. ‘There is some 
green colouration on the head and the anterior border of the pro- 
notum. Ventrally virescent. 

Antennae.—First joint, partially and entirely black; second 
joint black at the base, otherwise pale ochraceous; shorter and 
thicker than in R. importunitas, slightly thickened distally; third 
joint much longer than half the second joint; third and fourth 
joints, both pale ochraceous. 

Head.— Between the eyes narrow and pilose. Eyes black, often 
reddish-brown in living specimens. 

Pronotum.—Virescent anteriorly. 

Legs.—Spotted with pitchy black. This is much more marked 
in the last pair. First pair almost entirely without spots. Tibiae 
spinulose but more longly spinulose on last pair. 

Length.—1'75-2 mm. 

Food plants.—Cotton (Crotalaria juncea), Cholam (Andropo- 
gon sorghum), Gingelly (Sesamum indicum). 

Localities.—Coimbatore, Samalkota (Madras Presidency). 

Type.—In the collection at Agricultural College, Coimbatore. 

_ Ragmus morosus was fitst found sucking young cotton bolls, 
but it will attack and kill Thrips, Aphids and Mites. When con- 


! Capsidae. Div. Camtotylaria. 


510 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 1921.] 


fined in a tube with others of the same species it will kill them, 
especially if they are already injured. It feeds readily on boll- 
extract-agar medium. One specimen was seen sucking what 
appeared to be the remains of a small lepidopterous larva. It is 
suspected together with the other species of being instrumental in 
introducing pathogenic bacteria into young bolls and causing pre- 
mature boll fall. 


Ragmus flavomaculatus, n. sp. 
(Plate xxvii, fig. 3). 

Colour virescent, head pronotum scutellum and hemelytra 
with large yellow spots arranged as follows :— 

Head.—Anteriorly a f-shaped marking, on the vertex an irre- 
gular spot by each eye. 

Pronotum —Six spots. Two anteriorly, four along the poste- 
rior margin. 

Scutellum.—Two spots. Some specimens show two spots on 
mesonotum. 

Wings.—Hemelytra with ten conspicuous spots, seven on the 
corium, three on the clavus. Clavus, corium and cuneus obscurely 
spetted dark brown. 

Antennae.—Black spot near distal end of first joint; base of ° 
second joint and base of third black. Second joint not so thick as 
in Rk. movosus. Third joint slightly longer than half the second joint. 
In some specimens the distal end of the fourth joint is fuscous. 

Head.—Between the eyes narrow as in R. morosus and hairy; 
on the vertex two irregularly shaped yellow spots bordering the 
eyes, 

Legs.—Last pair of legs have the femora conspicuously spot- 
ted with black asin R. movosus and other species of the genus, 
and in addition a rosette of five spots at distalend. First and 
middle pair obscurely spotted. Tarsi spinulose but more strongly 
so on last pair of legs. 

Wines —Hemelytra with ten conspicuous yellow spots as des- 
cribed above. Posterior margin of the cuneus spotted with black, 
A triangular black spot half way between cuneus and tip of 
membrane. Tip of membrane fuscous. Cells of membrane out- 
lined fuscous. 

Length.—2 mm. 

Food plants.—Cotton bolls and ieaves (Andropogon sorghum). 
Will attack and feed on Aphis and Thrips. 

Locality.—Coimbatore (Madras Presidency). 

Type.—In collection at Agricultural College, Coimbatore. 

Found associated with R. mevosus on cotton bolls. It was 
not found on gingelly. Persists throughout most of the cotton 
season but had practically disappeared by the end of June. 

I wish to express my indebtedness to Dr. G. A. K. Marshall 
for comparing these two species with types of the other species of 
the genus at the British Museum and to Mr. B. P. Uvarov for 
drawing up a list of the chief differences found. 


ia 
vier - ey i" 


Late andl 


AN, 
vs nO 


4 
ei 


Ue ta ge Ah 
A Mh) ae nn 
ie : | : 
. | 
_ “WF 
J ry [ ; 
ik *1; 
e 


es P 
: an 
a eed ol 
ee. 
t 
» 
7 
+ 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII. 


Fics. I, 2.—Ragmus morosus, 0. sp. 
Fic. 3.—Ragmus flavomaculatus, n. sp. 


PLATE XXVIL. 


1921. 


IND. MUS., VOL, XXII, 


REC. 


‘VICNI 


‘S$ WOW SNNOVY 
Kd 


: 


XXVII. ON SOME CAVERNICOLOUS DER- 
MGAV 2 bE RIA wAGN) DEO URS Et © Piss RIA 
FROM ASSAM. 


By J,. CHoparn, D.Sc. 
(Plates XXI—XXIII.) 


In a previous paper (Mem. As. Soc. Beng. VI [t9IQ], pp. 
339-396) I described a Diestvammena from Cherrapunji which was 
the first cavernicolous Orthopteron collected in that region of 
India. Since then, Dr. N. Annandale has had the kindness to send 
me another collection of Orthoptera from caves in Assam, contain- 
ing the following species :— 

Forcipula trispinosa, Dobrn, Siju Cave. 

Chelisoches morio, F , Siju Cave. 

Spelacoblatia (2?) caeca, sp. nov., Rupmath Cave. 

Rhaphidophora rufobrunnea, sp. nov., cave near Yawnghwe. 

Diestrammena brevifrons, Chop., Rupmath Cave. 

Diestrammena indica, sp. nov., cave near Yawnghwe. 

Tachycines adelungi, sp. nov., Ngot bat Cave. 

Arachnomimus sp., Siju Cave. 


It may be seen from this short enumeration how little known 
this cavernicolous fauna is. The Blattid hereafter described is 
particularly of great interest, being completely blind and showing 
remarkable characters of adaptation to cavernicolous life. 


DERMAPTERA. 

The two species of Dermaptera here referred to, as well as 
the other few species of this group recorded from caves in various 
parts of the world, are common lucicolous species. They do not 
show any character of adaptation to cavernicolous life but seem 
nevertheless quite well accustomed to this special habitat. In 
fact both of them are represented by a certain number of indivi- 
duals of both sexes and by immature stages which proves that 
they live completely and reproduce themselves inside the caves. 


Fam. FORFICULIDAE. 
Subfam. LABIDURINAE. 

Gen. Forcipula, Bolivar. 
Forcipula trispinosa, Dohrn. 


Siju Cave, Garo Hills (R. Friel, Nov. 1917); 27,42, 2 young 
individuals. 
This species is found outside of caves in the north of India. 


Ut 
H 
iS) 


Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Subfam. CHELISOCHINAE. 
Gen. Chelisoches, Scudder. 
Chelisoches morio, F. 


Siju Cave, Garo Hills (R. Friel, Nov. 1917): 47, 32 , 4 young 
individuals. 

This species is very common in India. I reported it previously 
from Batu and Jalor Caves (loc. cit., p. 342). 


ORTHOPTERA. 
Fam. BLATTIDAE. 
Subfam. BLATTINAE. 
Gen. Spelaeoblatta, Bolivar. 
Spelaeoblatta (?) caeca, sp. nov. 
(PIP xi igs) se tosis plesxcxii igs 2 atoms) 


Type.—One immature male from Rupmath Cave, north of 
Jaintiapur, Jaintia Hills, Sylhet District [alt. ca. 1000-1500 ft.], 
(R. Friel and W. Ballantine, iii-18). 

Apterous, size medium; coloration rather bright yellow, 
becoming almost orange about the middle of the body, lighter, 
rather greyish and translucid on the sides. Legs and antennae con- 
colourous. Body shining, glabrous; legs with scarce pubescence. 

Head narrow; occiput convex, exposed ; face straw-yellow, 
with scarce pubescence; forehead broad, little convex, united 
with the facial shield without limit; clypeus twice as long as 
broad, almost rectangular, labrum as long as broad, subacute at 
the apex. Eyes, ocellae and ocelliform spots absent. Antennae 
a little longer than the body, yellow, pubescent; Ist joint large 
and thick, almost glabrous; 2nd short, cylindrical; 3rd almost 
thrice as long as broad, smooth, almost glabrous; the following 
joints are very short, with scarce pubescence; little by little 
they become longer and about the middle of the antennae they 
are thrice as long as broad, with an abundant hairy clothing. 
Maxillary palpi rather short, the rst and 2nd joints very short; 3rd 
longer, dilated at the apex; 4th equal to 3rd in length, more 
strongly dilated; 5th a little longer than the preceding joints, 
subtriangular. Labial palpi with rst and 2nd joints short, sub- 
equal to length, 3rd almost equal to them united, rather slender, 
not dilated at the apex. 

Pronotum a little broader than long, with anterior margin 
widely rounded, posterior one weakly convex, posterior angles 
almost right angles, a little rounded; disk of a dark yellow, with a 
very fine longitudinal median keel; surface little convex, smooth, 
glabrous; anterior margin a little thickened; a rather long bristle 
on each posterior angle. Meso- and metanotum rather short, their 


3 


On 


192¢.| I,. CHOPARD: Cavernicolous Orthoptera. 


posterior margin a little sinuated, the angles prominent, provided 
with a bristle. Inferior part of the thorax whitish with a short 
rufous pubescence. 

Abdomen rather narrow, depressed, yellow above, whitish 
beneath, glabrous, with a bristle at the posterior angle of each 
tergite. First tergite very short, the following regular, their 
posterior margin straight, to the 6th; 7th, 8th and gth very short, 
roth forming a small triangular supraanal plate, with sintuated 
margins and rounded apex. Sternites with their posterior margin 
a little concave, the 9th forming a short (incompletely developed) 
subgenital plate with posterior margin convex; style very short, 
bearing a few bristles. Cerci rather long, slender, composed of 
8 joints, the first 3 of which are broader than long, the 4th almost 
square, 5th and following ones longer and longer, Sth slender, 
almost cylindrical; pubescence rather scarce, composed of long 
bristles. 

Legs of the same colour as the body, with a short and scarce 
pubescence. Front femora compressed, armed beneath, at the 
external margin with a single apical spine, the internal margin bear- 
ing, near the base, 4 rather strong spines, then a series of about 
10 spinuliform hairs, I strong enough spine and the apical one 
rather long; above this is a long, curved spur, inserted almost in 
the middle of the apical margin. ‘Tibiae almost as long as the 
femora, cylindrical, with scarce pubescence, armed with 5 apical 
spurs, I external inferior and 3 superior spines (2 int., rext.). Tarsi 
rather long, the rst joint longer than the three following united, 
these equaling together the 5th ; pubescence scarce, almost spinuli- 
form. No arolia between the claws. Intermediate femora com- 
pressed, armed with a long, curved, apical spine on the superior 
external margin; inferior internal margin bearing 4 small spines, 
external margin with 4 or 5 weak spines separated by spinuliform 
hairs, one of which is apical. Tibiae rather long and strong, 
armed with 5 apical spurs, 7 superior (2 int., 2 med., 3 sup.) and 
4 inferior spines (3 ext., I int.). Tarsi rather short, the metatarsus 
equaling the other joints together. Posterior legs similar to the 
intermediate ones; femora armed with a long, superior, internal 
apical spine, their inferior margins bearing 4 to 5 weak, irregular 
spines and I apical, a little stronger one. Tibiae armed with 5 
apical spurs, 12 superior (5 int., 3 med., 4 ext.) and 8 inferior 
spines (4 int., 4 ext.), the external longer than the internal ones. 
Tarsi similar to the intermediate ones. 

Length of body r1°5 mm., length of pronot. 2°6 mm., width 
of pronot. 3°5 mm.: ant. fem. 1°99 mm.; ant. tib. I°5 mm. ; 
interm. fem. 2°4 mm.; interm. tib. 273 mm.; post. fem. 3 mm. ; 
post. tib. 3°5 mm. ; post. tarsi 3°6 mm. ; cerci 3 mm. 

Although represented by a single immature specimen, this 
species is very distinct from all the known cavernicolous Blattids 
and I do not hesitate to describe it. A careful examination of 
the genitalia allows me to suppose that this insect had two moults 
to make before being adult ; very likely the imaginal stage would 


514 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


not be much larger (about 15 mm.) and, as it shows absolutely no 
trace of elytra or wings, it would be apterous. If correct, this 
feature would need the creation of a new genus, the female of 
Spelaeoblatta gestvoi, Bol., showing rudimentary elytra, and consi- 
dering that an apterous male could not enter the same genus as a 
female provided with elytra. Vet, the male of S gestroi being 
unknown, it seems better-to leave the present species in the same 
genus till more abundant material is obtained. 

It would be of the greatest interest to search those remarkable 
species which are known both from a single type-specimen only. 

As I stated before, S. caeca is one of the most interesting 
cavernicolous Orthoptera, as it shows remarkable adaptative char- 
acters consisting in the disappearance of the pigment, the unusual 
length of antennae, legs and cerci and the complete disappearance 
of the organs of sight. From that point of view, it is the most 
adapted cockroach known, as none of the species described til! now 
show completely blind males. 


Fam. PHASGONURIDAE. 
Subfam. RHAPHIDOPHORIN AE. 
Gen. Rhaphidophora, Serville. 
Rhaphidophora rufobrunnea, sp. nov. 
(Pl. xxii, figs. 15 to 17.) 


Type.—One immature male from a cave near Yawnghwe, foot 
of Elephant Hill, S. Shan States (F. H. Gravely, 6‘iii'17). 

Species of a probably medium size, with a very marked colora- 
tion, stout stature, almost without pubescence. 

Head little narrower than the pronotum ; occiput and fore- 
head almost black, rostrum narrow, black, forming two sharp 
tubercles, separated by a very narrow furrow which does not 
extend to the base of the rostrum ; two large whitish ocellar spots. 
Face yellow with two small brown spots beneath the eyes and two 
brown bands beneath the antennae which do not extend to the 
clypeus; anterior part of the face very broad, narrowing suddenly 
at the base of mandibles, clypeus about once and a half broader 
than high, much narrower downwards, presenting two impres- 
sions in its inferior part and two small brown spots in the superior 
part; labrum longer than wide, brown with a short basal keel. 

Mouth parts short, brown ; maxillary palpi long, yellow, the 
three last joints subequal in length (2°2—2°4—3°r mm.) ; labial 
palpi rather long, the 3rd article equaling the other two together. 
Antennae rufous brown, almost glabrous at base, pubescent after, 
very close together at base; first joint big, yellowish, with a 
brown band along the internal border; second joint very short, 
yellow ; third a little longer, brownish ; fourth shorter than the 
third but longer than the following ones. 

Pronotum rather narrow, with anterior and posterior margins 
little convex, lateral lobes moderately high, their inferior margin 


15 


On 


1g21.| L,. CHoparD : Cavernicolous Orthoptera. 


regularly and slightly convex, thickened, anterior angle complete- 
ly obliterated ; colour dark rufous brown, marbled on the disk with 
large brown spots along the anterior and posterior borders. Meso- 
and metanotum coloured like the pronotum; posterior margin 
of mesonotum rather strongly, of metanotum feebly convex ; 
lateral lobes moderately high, their inferior border thickened, 
sub-angulate before the middle. 

Abdomen dark rufous, the tergites posteriorly lined with 
brown; roth tergite presenting a median impression, bordered 
with two little diverging keels and two large lateral facets to which 
the supraanal valve is articulated; this is large, lengthened, sub- 
acute at the apex, with blackish margins ; it is set very exactly on 
the inferior valves which are broad, triangular. Inferior face of 
abdomen yellowish ; subgenital plate forming a little apical pro- 
cess, weakly bilobed, furrowed; styli rather short, cylindrical. 

Cerci moderately long, rather thick at base, yellow, darkened 
near the apex. 

Legs rather short, rufous yellow, the apex of femora and the 
base of front and intermediate tibiae strongly darkened. Front 
coxae exteriorly compressed and bearing a weak spine ; femora a 
little compressed, armed witha rather long, movable internal spine 
and a very short external one; tibiae thick, hairy, armed with 
two subequal apical spurs and 3 inferior spines, r of which internal 
in the midst and 2 external, longer, inserted a little above the 
internal and between that one and the apex. Tarsi short with 
metatarsus very little dilated at the apex, a little shorter than the 
other articles togetaer, carinate beneath in its distal half, the 
basal one bearing small spinules, 2nd and 3rd joints very short, 
carinate beneath, the carina, as well as that of the metatarsus, 
blackish. Intermediate legs similar to anterior ones ; coxae iner- 
mous, femora armed with 2 long, subequal, apical spines; tibiae 
rather thick at base, armed with 4 apical spines, the 2 superior 
of which are shorter than the inferior ones; superior margins 
armed each with 2 spines, the internal a little above the external 
ones; inferior margins armed with 2 external and I internal 
spine, disposed as those of the anterior tibiae. 

Posterior femora short and stout, rufous brown at base, 
blackish at apex, external face presenting oblique blackish bands ; 
tibiae blackish except the apex which is rufous brown ; their 
superior margins armed with about 20 spines (20 ext., 21 int.), 
rather strong and close, the apical one a little remote from the 
preceding ; 6 apical spurs, the superior internal one equaling the 
metatarsus ; tarsi short, the metatarsus equaling the other articles 
together, compressed, feebly dilated at the apex, its superior mar- 
gin little convex, armed with a broad apical yellow tooth and 4 
very little denticulations, inferior margin as that of the other 
metatarsi; 2nd and 3rd article extremely short, 4th rather long 
and slender. 

Length of body 16 mm. ; length of pronot. 5°5 mm. ; width of 
pronot. 5 mm.; cerci 5 mm.; ant. fem. 6 mm. ; ant. tib. 6 mm. ; 


516 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VoL. XXIT, 


interm. fem. 6 mm.; interm. tib. 6 mm.; post. fem. 13 mm.; 
post. tib. 1£2°5 mm. ; post. tarsi 5 mm.; post. metat. 2°5 mm. 

This species is described after a single immature male: from 
what I know of these cavernicolous Orthoptera the mature speci- 
mens must present almost exactly the same characters and their 
size must be about 25 mm. It is closely allied to R. mulmeinensis , 
Chop., having like the latter species very short legs but the ros- 
trum of the vertex is more acute and the coloration Shows a verv 
decided contrast between the rufous ground-colour and the blackish 
markings of the body and legs. 


Gen. Diestrammena, Brunner. 


Diestrammena, Brunner, 1888, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XXXVIII 
. 298. 
piace ein Chopard, 1c19, Mem. As. Soc. Beng., V1, p. 375- 

When I described the genus Paradizstrammena, I explained 
that its creation seemed necessary to me on account of the spe- 
cific identity of Diestrammena marmorata, Haan and Tachycines 
asynamorus, Adel. Since then, Dr. H. Karny had the opportunity 
of examining the types of Haan in the Leyden Museum and he 
wrote to me that D. marmovata was quite a different species of 
the Tachycines found in the hot-houses of Vienna and several 
other towns of Central Europe. A little later Pr. R. Ebner had the 
kindness to send me all the specimens of Diestrammena and 
Tachycines of the Brunner collection and I could ascertain that 
both species are very different from one another. D. marmorata, 
Haan, is a large ‘species of the /ongipes group, known only from 
Haan’s type and 6 specimens (4 of which are very young) in the 
Brunner collection. 

The genotype of Diestrammena, Br., is therefore D. maymorata, 
Haan, and the description I gave for Paradiestyammena can be 
applied exactly to this genus. 

The cavernicolous species of Diestrammena are much smaller 
than the typical species and form a pretty well-defined group. 
Several forms having been described and a few modifications 
made since I published a key for this genus (Bull, Soc. ent. Fr. 
[1916], pp. 154-159) I think it necessary to give a new synopsis 
of its known species. 


Key to the species of Diestrammena, Br. 


1. Anterior and intermediate tibiae armed 
with 2 apical inferior spurs without median spine 
between them * ae are 

—Anterior and intermediate tibiae armed with 
3 and 4 apical spurs with a small median spine 
between the inferior spurs Re 

2. Small size (10 mm.), slender; anterior 
tibiae bearing 1 single spine beneath, intermediate 
ubiae without spine; posterior tibiae unarmed be- 
neath; @ subgenital plate very large, widely 
rounded, epiphallus very small, conical; 9 sub- 


oo 


192I.| [,. CHOPARD : Cavernicolous 


genital plate triangular with convex borders, apex 
subacute, ovipositor rather long, acute at apex... 

—Medium size (r8—20 mm.) ; pes oven fem- 
ora spined beneath; anterior tibiae with 3, inter- 
mediate ones with 2 inferior spines; legs, cerci 
and face whitish : subgenital plate of 2 triangul: Ge 
very narrow, subtrunc: ute at apex 2 : 

3. Posterior femora unarmed beneath ; gen- 
eral colour rufous without brown markings on 
the disk of pronotum; size rather small (12—10 
mm.) 

—Posterior femora armed beneath with small 
spines on one edge at least; body and legs very 
often marbled with fuscous ; size medium or large 
(16—35 mm.) 

4. Frontal rostrum divided into two acute 
tubercles, very widely separated ; epiphailus of © 
cylindrical with its apex free, crescent shaped ; 
subgenital plate of @ triangular, ovipositor short 
with superior valves we: akly excavated near the 
apex 

—Frontal rostrum very ae or truncated at 
apex; epiphallus of @ rather large, depressed, 
trapezoidal or Y-shaped; subgenital plate of @ 
rounded, ovipositor longer than the cerci with 
superior valves regularly incurved 

5. Frontal rostrum short, truncated and feeb- 
ly divided at apex ; intermediate tibiae unarmed 
beneath ; large internal spur of posterior tibiae 
shorter than the metatarsus which is spined be- 
neath on all its length; subgenital plate of @ 
truncated at apex, epiphallus trapezoidal with 
rounded angeles ; inferior valves of ovipositor armed 
with 12 teeth towards the apex 

—Frontal rostrum very short, div ided into two 
small triangular tubercles, almost crushed ; inter- 
mediate tibiae armed beneath with 2 spines on each 
border ; large internal spur of posterior tibiae equal- 
ing the metatarsus which is carinated and unarmed 
in its apical half; subgenital plate of 7 rounded, 
epiphallus Y- shaped (pl. xxii, figs. 21 and 22) ; infe- 
rior valves of ovipositor armed with 6 large denti- 
culations towards the apex -. 

6. Medium sized species (16—20 mm.) ; 7th 
tergite of males without process. General colour 
rufous with fuscous markings a0 aes 

—Large sized species (25—35 mm.); 7th 
tergite of males usually with a long process extend- 
ing to the apex of abdomen; tegument very thick, 
general colour brown or fresons or rather bright, 
mixed with yellow and whitish ! : 

7. Posterior femora armed beneath with 7—8 
small spines on the internal margin. Coloration 
yellowish rufous, marbled with fuscous markings ; 


Orthoptera. 517 


D. minuta, Chop. 


D. apicalis, Br. 


D. fi 


eat, Chop. 


D. brevifrons, Chop. 


D. witalisi, Chop. 


~~ 


QO. 


The Diestrammena of this group are large insects, none of which seem to 
inhabit caves exclusively. Accordingly their tegument is more resisting than that 
of the species of the preceding group. The long process of the 7th abdominal 
tergite of the males is very remarkable and I ‘thought it characteristic of the 
group ~ yet it seems absent in several species, as IKarny does not speak of it in a 
recent description (D. ingens, Karny, 1yr8,) and the male of D. marmorata, Haan, 
of the Brunner collection does not appear to possess such a process, but its posterior 
end being very much damaged does not permit of being quite certain. 


518 Records of the Indian Muscum. [VoL. XXII, 


subgenital plate of Q notched at apex (¢@ un- 
known) e: 5 

—Posterior femora armed beneath with I—3 
very small spines on the internal margin, subgenital 
plate of 2 with 3 or 5 apical lobes 

8. Coloration rufous, rather uniform, thorax 
weakly shining, the tergites bordered in brown 
posteriorly, subgenital plate of 2 with 5 apical lobes, 
cerci shorter than the ovipositor (@ unknown) 

—Coloration less uniform; pronotum marked 
with two large, very neat, yellowish spots near 
the anterior border and presenting, as. well as the 
mesonotum, a median brown band; thoracic and 
three first abdominal tergites very shining ; ; subge- 
nital plate of @ trilobed at apex, the median lobe 
more or less notched at apex; cerci as long as or 
longer than the ovipositor, epiphallus of @ rectan- 
gular with a subacute process oe Se 

g. Large internal spur of posterior tibiae 
shorter than the metatarsus 

—Large internal spur of posterior tibiae fat 
least equal to the metatarsus 4 

10. Posterior femora armed beneath with 
Q—-1o external and 16—17 internal spines ; anterior 
tibiae with 2 spines on each inferior margin; col- 
oration rather bright, mixed with small brown, 
light yellow and whitish spots ; pubescence almost 
maeseibier process— of 7th abdominal tergite of rol 
rounded at apex (2 unknown) : 

—Coloration dull chestnut brown ; armature 
of the posterior femora weaker (unknown in D. 
ingens, Karny) 

11. . Formosan species; subgenital plate ‘of 
3S targe, posteriorly submarginate (QQ  un- 
known) ae8 506 306 
—Tonkinese species ; posterior femora armed 
beneath with 2—3 external, 9—11 internal spines ; 
anterior tibiae with 2 external and 1 internal spine ; 
subgenital plate of 2 square (¢ unknown) : 

12, Face wholly black ; large internal spur 
of posterior tibiae longer than the metatarsus ; 
posterior femora presenting a large fuscous, longi- 
tudinal band on their superior margin; subgenital 
plate of @Q carinated, notched at apex (a un- 
known) 4 ned ne ais 
—Face adorned with longitudinal, blackish 
bands ; large internal spur of posterior tibiae equal 
to the metatarsus; subgenital plate of Q trian- 
gular Par 

12; Pace adorned with 2 longitudinal b: ands ; ; 
7th tergite of G without process, ~subgenital’ plate 
of Q acute at apex, ovipositor short (length of post. 


fem. 31 mm., of ovipositor 12mm.) .. 3 
—Face ‘adorned with 4 longitudinal bands ; 
7th tergite of & with a long process, slightly 


notched at apex . subgenital plate of 9 rounded at 
apex, ovipositor longer (length of post. fem. 32 
mm., of ovipositor 21 mm.) 


D. indica, sp. nov. 


D. annandalei, Wirby. 


D. gvavelyt, Chop. 


Io. 


D. longipes, Rehn 


Il. 


Dd. 


Ne) 


ingens, Sarny.. 


D. maculata, Chop. 


D. griffinit, Chop 


D. marmorata, Haan. 


D. palpata, Rehn. 


Diestrammena brevifrons, Chopard. 


Rupmath Cave, north of Jaintiapur, Jaintia Hills, Sylhet Dis- 
trict [alt. ca. ro00-1500 feet], (R. Friel and W. Ballantine, iii*18) ; 


1g2I.] L. CHoparD: Cavernicolous Orthoptera. 519 


1 adult 2 , 3 immature 2 and 5 immature ™ (stages A and B). 
6 very young examples. 

This species was previously sasondedl from Maosmai Cave, 
Cherrapunji (cf. Chopard, Mem. As. Soc. Bengal VI [1919], p. 
381). 


Diestrammena indica, sp. nov. 
(Pl. xxii, figs. 18 to 20.) 


Type.—One immature female from a dark cave near Yawneg- 
hwe), foot of Elephant Hill, S. Shan States (F. H. Gravely, 6‘iii'17). 

Medium sized species (ca. 16-18 mm.) ; coloration very neat, 
golden, abundant hair-clothing. 

Head with short occiput, spotted with brown behind the eyes ; 
face yellowish with a scarce pubescence, a longitudinal fuscous band 
beneath each eye and two other irregular ones from the internal 
angle of the antennary socket to the external angle of the clypeus; 
this is almost three times as broad as high, weakly carinated in the 
middle in its inferior half; labrum small, rounded, yellow. Mouth 
parts lengthened, yellow ; maxillary palpi very slightly darkened, 
with 2nd joint rather long, the following joints being respectively 
3°5:-3'8 and 6 mm. in length; labial palpi with 3rd joint a little 
longer than the two other ones. Frontal rostrum short, formed of 
two blackish tubercles, broad at base but rather acute, widely 
separated at apex; a big, round, whitish ocellar spot at their base 
on each side. Antennae long, rufous: rst joint large, 2nd thick 
and short, 3rd very long, cylindrical, 4th almost half as long as 
3rd, 5th scarcely longer than the following ones. 

Pronotum strongly convex, anterior border almost straight, 
posterior border very convex, subangulate in the middle; lateral 
iobes high, their inferior margin forming a feebly marked angle. 
Coloration rufous yellow, marbled with fuscous markings, irregularly 
disposed along the anterior and posterior borders; these mark- 
ings are neat, chiefly near the posterior angle of the lateral lobes. 
Mesonotum with posterior margin very convex, coloured as the 
pronotum, its lateral lobes high with inferior margin very strongly 
convex; metanotum similar to the mesonotum but with poste- 
rior margin almost straight and lateral lobes a little high. Meso- 
and metathoracic episterna spotted with fuscous, the inferior 
margin of the mesothoracic episterna a little dilated in an angular 
lamina. 

Abdomen presenting the same system of coloration as the 
thorax ; 3rd tergite showing a fuscous mark larger than on the 
other tergites ; roth tergite emarginate at apex, brown in the middle; 
superior anal valve lengthened with sides a little convex, apex 
acute. Inferior face yellowish; subgenital plate not completely 
developed but its outline truncated and notched in the middle 
atapex. Cerci rather long, yellow, with a wide ring and the apical 
fourth fuscous. 

Anterior coxae spotted with brown with a rather weak spine; 
femora presenting 3 fuscous rings and bearing a long external 


520 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


yellow spine and a very small internal one; tibiae yellow with 
4 fuscous rings, armed with 2 rather long, subequal, inferior apical 
spurs, between which is a small spine, and with a short external 
superior spur; besides their inferior borders bear 2 external spines 
and I internal inserted a little above the inferior external one 
Tarsi long metatarsus longer than the other articles, wholly spined 
beneath except at apex, 2nd and 3rd joints keeled and glabrous 
beneath. Intermediate legs similar to the anterior ones ; apical 
spines of the femora long and movable, the external a little longer 
than the internal one; armature of the tibiae similar but with 
2 small superior spurs. 

Posterior femore adorned with a brown ring and a few brown 
spots, bearing 2- very small genicular and 7-8 very small spines 
on the internal inferior border; tibiae spotted with brown, armed 
on each superior margin with 25-30 spines, one of which is 
stronger than the others and the apical one somewhat distant from 
the preceding. Apical spurs very long, the superior internal a 
littie shorter than the metatarsus; this one is spined beneath and 
armed with a small apical spine. 

Length of body 13 mm.; pronot. 5 mm.; width of pronot. 
5 mm.; ant. fem. II mm.; ant. tib. 1175 mm.; interm. fem. 9°5 
mm, ; interm. tib. Ic mm.; post. fem. 20°5 mm.; post. tib. 21 
mm.; post. tarsi 8°5 mm.; post. metat. 5 mm.; sup. int. spur 4 
mm.; cerci $°5 mm. ; ovipos. 5°5 mm. 

This species belongs to the group of the medium sized 
cavernicolous species of Diestrammena (D. annandaler, Kirby, D. 
evavelyt, Chop., etc.) ; it differs from them in the numerous small 
spines of the inferior internal margin of the posterior femora ; be- 
sides the shape of the subgenital plate must be very different when 
the insect is adult. 


Gen. Tachycines, Adelung. 


Tachycines, Adelung, 1902, Ann. Mus. sool. Ac. Petersbourg VII ,p. 56° 
Diestrammena, Chopard, 1919, Mem. As. Soc. Beng. V1, p. 379. 

This genus, established by Adelung for T. asynamorus, is 
quite well characterised by the disposition of the spines on the 
superior margins of the posterior femora. All the variations 
shown by the species of Diestvammena as to the form of the sub- 
genital plate and anal valves, the presence of a process on the 7th 
tergite of the ~ , the number of spines on the posterior femora, etc. 
may be found in the species of the present genus. A key for the 
determination of these species has been published by me in Bull. 
Soc. ent. Fr. [1916], p. 158. 


Tachycines adelungi, sp. nov. 
(Pl. xxii, figs. 23 to 25; pl. xxiii, figs. 26 to 28.) 


Type.— One male from Ngot bat Cave, Yawnghwe State, S. 
Shan States, ca. 4000 ft. (F. H. Gravely, riii'r7). 


1921. ] L,. CHOPARD: Cavernicolous Orthoptera. 521 


Co-types.—Three adult #7, 1 immature 9 and 3 young ex- 
amples, same locality. 

Size medium, coloration rather high, not shining ; pubescence 
rufous, rather abundant. 

Head rufous; occiput very short with a squamiform, brown- 
ish pubescence; frontal rostrum short, formed of two conical 
tubercles, very obtuse and smooth with a few hairs at apex, 
punctate at base, brown with a large ocellar spot; forehead very 
short and narrow, face uniformly yellowish, long; clypeus about 
twice as broad as high, presenting a slight transverse keel; labrum 
longer than broad. Maxillae with 2 apical and 1 anteapical teeth ; 
palpi very slender, yellowish, each joint weakly darkened at base 
and apex; length of 3rd to 5th joints: 4-4°5-7 mm. Basilar 
almost square, mentum rather long, palpigere and lobes long; 
palpi with 3rd joint a little longer than the other two together. An- 
tennae extremely approximated at base, rufous, internal face of the 
Ist joint almost touching each other. 

Pronotum with anterior border weakly, posterior border 
rather strongly convex, lateral lobes high, their inferior margin 
weakly convex, subangulate in the middle; disk rufous, a little 
darkened in the middle, anterior and posterior margins narrowly 
and not neatly bordered with brown; a rather vague brown spot 
on each side of the median line, near the anterior margin and the 
posterior angle of the lateral lobes. Mesonotum with posterior 
margin rather strongly convex, lateral lobes with inferior margin 
straight, forming a rounded process backwards; colour as that of 
the pronotum with a lerge brownish spot in the middle, lateral 
lobes and 2 small spots near the posterior border brown. Metano- 
tum like mesonotum with lateral lobes regularly rounded and poste- 
rior margin a little convex. Mesothoracic episternum with inferior 
border broadened, subangulate. 

Abdomen rather bright rufous with posterior margin of each 
tergite slightly darkened; roth tergite short, with posterior 
margin laterally keeled; supraanal valve triangular with convex 
sides, inferior anal valves triangular, acute at apex. Inferior face 
yellow, subgenital plate wide, convex at base, emarginate at apex. 

Cerci long, very slender with extremely fine pubescence. 

Genitalia composed of 4 membranous triangular valves and a 
flat, subrectangular epiphallus. 

Legs long and slender; anterior and intermediate femora an- 
nulated with brown, tibiae brownish; anterior femora with a very 
short internal spine and a long external one, anterior tibiae armed 
with 4 apical spurs, the superior external one very small, and T 
short inferior spine between the spurs; inferior margins bearing 2 
external and I internal spine; intermediate tibiae lkewise armed 
but with only r external and 1 internal inferior spine, inserted at 
about the apical third; tarsi slender, the metatarsus equaling the 
other joints together. Posterior femora very slender, annulated 
neat the apex and adorned, at their external face, with a few 
brown spots; inferior margin unarmed; 2 very small apical 


522 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


spines ; tibiae a little longer than the femora, armed with 65 to 75 
very close spines forming very neat increasing series according 
to the formula below ; superior internal spur equal to metatarsus, 
which is armed at apex with a very short spine, wholly keeled 
beneath. 

Individual variations.—The armature of the posterior tibiae 
vary as follows (the series marked in thick cyphers is terminated 
by a spine stronger than the others). 


jint. 3-4-6-7-4-5-6-3-4-5-8-4-4-2-1=66 

Vext. I-3-3-4-2-3-7-4-4-0-50-7-3-34-1—65 

Jint. 2-3-3-2-3-3-4-2-2-2-4-3-5-7-3-8-3-4-2-I-I=67 
lext. I-1-3-4-4-6-4-4-3-5-2-5-3-6-8-9-3-5-2-I=79 
fint. I-1~2—2—-4-3-3-7-3-4-6-4-T-6-2-3-2-1-I=62 
text, 2-2-3-3-3 4533471034102 

(int. 1—2-3-3-3-3-6-3-5-7-6-6-7-12-4-2-1=74 

Vext. 1-2-2-4-4-6-1-6-6-5-8-10-7-2-1-1=66. 

fit 3-43 0-5-9045 4-7-3 3 Ant F065 

lext. I-2-I-3-3-4-3-3-5-4-5—5—4-5—6-3-8-1-1=67 
fint. I-2-2-3-3-3-4-5-3-3-4-0-4-5-3-7-3-33-2-1—70 
text. I-2-2-I-I-4-1-5—3-4—4—4-5-3-4-6-5-5-I-1=62 
Jint. 2-2-1-2-6—-4—2-6-3-6—-4-5-4-5-4-I-3-1I=61. 
lext. I-I-2-I-1-3-4-5-7-5-5-4-4-7T-6-2-4-3-1=66 
jint. I-3-I-2-4-4-5-4-5-9-6-7-8—4-3-2=68. 

‘ext. I-4-3-2-3-7-4-4-5-6—6—6-5—10-5-1-I=73. 

fint. I-I-2-3-1-6-9-5—4-5-3-f-4-7-3-4-3-I-I=609. 
lext. 2-3-4-I-7-5-2-5-7-4-6-5-6-0-4-4-3-I=75 

Jint. I-3-3-2-2-4-5-7-5-4-6—6-3-6-I-1=59 

‘ext. I-I-3-I-3-6-4-3-2-3-6-4-4--6-10-3-2-1=63. 


Length of body 15 mm.; pronot. 5°8 mm. ; width of pronot. 
5'2 mm.; cerci to mm.; ant. fem. Ir mm.; ant. tib. 12°5 mm.; 
interm. fem. Io mm.; interm. tib. II mm.; post. fem. 22 mm.; 
post. tib. 23°5 mm.; post. tarsi 9°6 mm.; post. metat. 5 mm. ; 
sup. jut. spur 5 mm. 

This species is certainly very closely allied to T. (Gymmnaeta) 
beresowskit, Adel., from occidental China and it is most difficult 
to give a good character to separate these forms. The latter is 
described from a single. very probably immature female, and a 
knowledge of the subgenital plate of the 2 and epiphallus of thee 
will be necessary to identify these two species with certainty. Yet 
I do not think there is the least doubt as to the validity of both 
of them as species of this group, chiefly the carvernicolous ones, 
prove to have a very restricted geographical distribution. 


192i. | L. CHoparD: Cavernicolous Orthoptera. 


On 
NS 
Ww 


Fam. GRYLLIDAE. 
Subfam. PHALANGOPSINAE. 
Gen. Arachnomimus, Sauss. 
Arachnomimus sp. 


Siju Cave, Garo Hills (R. Friel, Nov. 1917); two very young 
examples, @ and @. 

These very young specimens may helong either to one of the 
known species or to a hitherto undescribed form; their characters 
which merely allow a recognition of the genus are as follows :— 

Length of body 7 8mm., 2 5 mm.; post. fem. 7 6°5 mm. 
@ 4°95 mm.; post. tib. 7 775 mm. 95 mm. 

Yellowish brown, legs spotted with fuscous, chiefly the posterior 
femora; face yellow ; maxillary palpi with 3rd joint longer than 4th 
and 5th longer than 3rd. Pronotum showing two large brown 
impressions on the disc, lateral lobes with inferior margin strongly 
ascending backward, meso- and metanotum almost uniform dark 
brown. Posterior femora with 3 small internal spines and 3 longer 
and r very short external the latter quite near the apex; external 
spurs short, intermediate and superior ones long, the latter shorter 
than the former; metatarsi very long. 


APPENDIX. 


Two species must be ascribed to the genus Tachycines, both 
of them known only from the types in the Indian Museum collec- 
tions ; one is new, the other having been very shortly described 
by me in Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. [1918], p. 245. Although this latter 
species is described from a specimen having lost its posterior 
limbs, it is so very close to the other that there is little doubt 
that they both belong to Tachycines ; they form a special group 
in that genus characterized by rather stout shape and compara- 
tively short legs. I give hereafter a full description of these two 
species. 


Tachycines cryptopygius, Chopard. 
(Pl. xxiii, figs. 29—33 & 34B.) 


Diestrammena cryptopygia, Chopard, 1918, Bull. Soc. ent. Fr., p 245; 
1920, Recherches sur la conformation et le développement des derniers 
segments abdominaux chez les Orthop'éres, p. 144, fig. 187 et 188. 

Diestrammena palpala ($), Griffini, 1914, Acti Soc. ¢t. Sc. nat., LILI, 
Pp: 30- 

Nemotha, Cachar (Assam); 1 o. 

A rather large-sized, brown-coloured species ; face with 4 longi- 
tudinal brown bands; anterior and intermediate femora darkened 
near the apex and in the middle ; hair clothing little abundant. 

Head with occiput short, showing 4 longitudinal, indistinct, 
lighter lines; vertex terminated in a rather narrow rostrum 
furrowed and divided at apex, forming two rounded, smooth 
tubercles ; face yellowish, presenting 4 longitudinal brown bands, 


524 Records of the Indian Muszum. [Vor. X XIE. 


one beneath each eye, extending to the external angle of man- 
dible, the other two going from internal border of antennal socket 
to inferior angle of clypeus. Eyes rather small, black, broad and 
rounded in their superior portion, narrower inferiorly ; ocellar 
spots scarcely visible at base of rostrum. Antennae rufous. 
approximated at base, Ist joint big, swollen, yellowish beneath, 
darkened above, 2nd joint very short, cylindrical, 3rd iong and 
slender, 4th about half as long as 3rd, 5th and following ones 
short, cylindrical; the 2 first joints bear a short, weak pubescence 
above only, the following to the roth are almost glabrous ; from 
that last one on, each article bears beneath a rather thick tuft of 
rufous hairs ; the antennae are broken off at about the 30th article, 
but it is probable that this special pubescence continues a little 
farther into a general regular pubescence. Mouth parts rather long; 
maxillae with 1 anteapical tooth almost as long as the apical 
ones ; palpi long and very slender, the 3rd to 5th joints being 
respectively 4°5-5°5 and 8 mm. in length; labial palpi with tst 
joint short, dilated at apex, 2nd lengthened, somewhat curved, 
3rd almost as long as both preceding ones together, a little swollen 
and rounded at apex. 

Pronotum rather dark rufous, somewhat darkened anteriorly 
and in the middle ; anterior border weakly convex, postetior one 
subangulate in the middle, concave laterally ; lateral lobes high, 
their inferior margin forming a rounded angle a little before the 
middle, anterior angie completely obliterated, posterior one rounded. 
Mesonotum with posterior margin subangulate in the middle, 
strongly concave laterally, lateral lobes very high ; their inferior 
margin convex. Metanotum a little shorter than the mesonotum, 
with posterior margin regularly convex, lateral lobes not so high, 
their inferior margin weakly convex. 

Abdomen above rufous, each tergite being slightly darkened 
posteriorly ; 7th tergite ending in a long, slightly curved process, 
the margins of which are almost parallel to the base, apex slightly 
emarginate; superior face of this process compressed with a 
rounded shelving ridge; 8th to roth tergites very short, hidden 
under the process of the 7th, toth truncate at apex with lateral 
right angles, feebly projecting; the rth tergite is very small, 
triangular, actually crushed between the inferior anal valves, the 
strange aspect of which has been already pointed out by GRIFFINI 
(l.c., p. 31). They are greatly developed, ending in a process 
rather longer than the body of the valve, somewhat curved, trun- 
cate at apex, pubescent beneath; external and superior faces of 
the valve very strongly rounded, swollen, inferior one flat. Sub- 
genital plate large, swollen at base, regularly convex at apex. 

Cerci rather short, dilated at base, with a short, fine pubes- 
cence and long, scarce bristles, 

Genitalia presenting no sclerified epiphallus, the valves being 
divided into two groups, forming triangular lamellae. 

Anterior and intermediate legs rather long, posterior ones 
failing ; anterior femora armed with 2 apical spines, the internal 


rg2I.] I,. CHOPARD : Cavernicolous Orthoptera. 525 


one being short as is usual in the genus; tibiae slender, somewhat 
compressed, armed with 4 apical spurs, the superior of which are 
very short, and 5 inferior spines of which I apical and 4 disposed 
in pairs a little beneath the middle and the apical third of the 
tibia ; tarsi long, compressed, the metatarsus longer than the other 
articles together, the 3 first joints carinated beneath. Interme- 
diate legs a little shorter than the anterior ones, presenting the 
same features and armature except the femora which bear two 
long apical spines. ! 

Length of body 22 mm.; pronot. 7°5 mm.; width of pronot. 
73mm.; ant. fem. 17°5 mm.; ant. tib. Ig mm. ; interm. fem. 15 
mim. ; interm. tib. 16°5 mm.; process of 7th abd. terg. 4°55 mm. 

This species shows very remarkable characters in the abdom- 
inal end and also in the antennae; it is to be noted that the 
special pubescence of these organs is certainly restricted to the 
male sex, thus showing a link to the much differentiated antennae 
of the Pachyrrhama Br. 


Tachycines validus, sp. nov. 
(Pl. xxiii, figs. 34A and 35 to 38.) 


Type.--One female from Dawna Hills, Misty Hollow to Sukh, 
alt. 2100-2590 ft. (F. H. Gravely, 22-24-xi-11). 

A species remarkable by its large size and chiefly by its stout 
form and relatively short and thick legs; colour rather irregularly 
and probably strongly marbled with brown (the type is much 
discoloured by a long stay in alcohol) ; face showing 6 longitu- 
dinal irregular bands; anterior and intermediate femora a little 
neatly annulated, darkened at apex ; posterior femora almost uni- 
colourous. Pubescence rufous, very caducous. 

Head with occiput short, presenting a brown spot behind 
each eye. Frontal rostrum very narrow and lengthened, furrowed 
on its whole length but very feebly incised at apex, forming two 
acute tubercles. Face wide, yellowish, adorned with 6 longitudi- 
nal, irregular bands, joined to one another in their inferior part. 
Clypeus very broad, its inferior margin scarcely shorter than the 
superior one, adorned with two brown spots. Eyes small, much 
behind the base of antennae; ocellar spots very neat. Antennae 
about three times as long as the body, rufous; Ist joint large, 
cylindrical, 2nd very short, little swollen in the middle, 3rd al- 
most twice as long as the 2nd, 4th a little longer than the follow- 
ing ones. Maxillary palpi long, testaceous, the 3rd and 4th joints 
not very slender, 5th almost twice as long as 4th (their length 
being respectively 3°I-3°7 and 7°5 mm.); labial palpi rather short, 
the 3rd joint a little shorter than the other 2 together. 


! To tell the truth, the specimen described does not bear on the one interme- 
diate femur remaining more than 1 internal, long, movable apical spine, the 
external one being very short ; but it is evident that this is an anomaly caused by 
a Mutilation before the last moult, this spine being thick and yellowish and not 
at all slender and brown as the immovable spines of the anterior femora. 


525 Records of the Indian Museum. {Voy. XXII, 


Pronotum very strongly convex, its anterior border convex, 
the posterior one rather strongly convex in the middle, almost 
straight laterally ; lateral lobes very high, their inferior margin 
rather regularly rounded, anterior and posterior angies obtuse, 
rounded. Coloration rufo-testaceous with interrupted brown 
spots, forming a narrow band along the anterior and posterior 
margins and a large median, irregular fascia. Meso- and meta- 
notum similar to pronotum, the former with posterior margin sub- 
angulate in the middle, very strongly concave laterally, lateral 
lobes rather high, with inferior border weakly convex, the latter 
with its posterior margin almost straight, lateral lobes widely 
rounded, 

Abdomen rufous above with a few irregular brown spots 
along the median line and near the posterior margin of each 
tergite; these margins are regularly convex to the 5th, 6th some- 
what angular in the middle, 7th weakly projecting above the 8th 
and oth, which are very short ; anal valves triangular, acute at 
apex, the superior one very small, and pressed between the infe- 
rior ones which are somewhat projecting at apex. Subgenital 
plate yellowish, large enough, flat, presenting 2 small basal lobes, 
narrowing towards the apex which is rounded, feebly incised in 
the middle. 

Cerci rather short, thick at base, little curved, presenting a 
blackish ring near the middle and darkened at apex. 

Ovipositor somewhat longer than ha!f the body, rather slen- 
der, almost straight; inferior valves bearing a few broad denticu- 
lations near the apex, internal cnes extending almost to the apex. 

Legs relatively short and thick ; anterior femora armed with 
2 apical spines, the external of which is long and movable; tibiae 
slightly longer than the femora, rather slender, armed with 3 or 4 
apical spurs (the superior ones very short, the internal sometimes 
failing), 4 inferior spines disposed in pairs at the basal and api- 
cal thirds and I small spine between the inferior spurs; tarsi 
rather long, compressed, the metatarsus a little longer than the 
other joints together, the 3 first joints wholly carinated beneath. 
Intermediate legs very similar to anterior ones, femora armed 
with 2 movable spines, tibiae bearing 4 apical spurs, 2 external, 
1 internal and 1 apical inferior spine. Posterior femora thick at 
base, their filiform part much shorter than the swallen part, their 
internal inferior margin armed with 9-1o small brown spines in 
their proximal part, genicular lobes armed witha small spine. 
Tibiae scarcely longer than the femora, indistinctly annulated, 
armed with about 80 spines, disposed in increasing series as fol- 
lows .— 


(Gt 2 5459 eet) 0-4 2g 
ext 2553-3 ate 4 4 ae 
(int. 3-4-4-4-6-6-4-5-5-6-6-5-5—5—4-5—4-1-1=83. 
ext, 1-3-5-4-4-3-4-5-5-5-5-5:3 5 + 6044-31-79. 


One of the spines on each margin (marked in thick cyphers) 
is stouter than the others, the apical one is rather strong and 


1g2I.] I,. CHOPARD : Cavernicolous Orthoptera. 527 


separated from the preceding by a small inermous space. Spurs 
long, hairy, the superior internal extending to the apex of meta- 
tarsus ; this is provided at apex with 3 small brown spines. 

Length of body 27 mm. ; pronot. 8°5 mm. ; width of pronot. 
8 mm. ; cerci 7 mm. ; ovipos. 15°5 mm. ; ant. fem. 14°5 mm.; ant. 
tib. 15 mm.; interm. fem. 13 mm. ; interm. tib. 13°5 mm. ; post. 
fem. 30°5 mm.; post. tib. 31 mm.; post. tarsus II°5 mm. ; post. 
metat. 6°5 mm. 

This species is very similar to the preceding one but it cannot 
be the female of that species as it differs from it in many charac- 
ters, chiefly in the length of the maxillary palpi and the shape of 
the pronotum. 


; + on 
a oa ak 
be *, 
of eee vu Biter ree ry ag Ohi 
Va vias ee ‘ . PRA aL Chae nee ose aah 
‘4 3 : * q 
tla Wo ee che atl 
; q ik Get ie PAL GE 11h) PDw\ “eli 7 ea eines 
‘ Shiney h ery | Peet TUie7 
tv NNT MARC T  AS RT Dts AL) ato lal) 
(tis i by iat iP at oem) ehh 
ir, Cid piel Mts) 4 F2 
» ia iil or bith Litre the al 
RL Sat ALT) BD ue ies emg vei) al 
Matar ete ey rk er sHielt ‘det h 19} Bae) Le Te ol 
Mh mei a th Liat Zug dit Sete ka nitys wad Db at a 3 
“a : r : : - Wye 
P : f bre eA aah 
@ ~" 4 
7 } 
; ’ 
om a 
.” 4 
n 
© * 7 
cal 
4 Z ee 
i . " 
= : % 
' ¢' 
% De 
, 
U 
. 
* f ie 
a ; i. Wy y a baie 
@ i j 
UJ ri iy 
A a an! Tk 


ae Ries ry) 


a) 


Fic. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI. 


1.—S pelaeoblatta (2) caeca, sp. nov.—Male, type, dorsal 


nH ef 
H 9 


CPW AMERY Dd 


Id. 
Id. 
Id. 
Id. 
Id. 
Id. 
Id. 
Id. 
Id. 
Id. 


view, X 6. 
Face, front view, X 14. 
Basal joints of right antenna, x 28. 
Joints of the middle part of antenna, x 28. 
Maxilla, x 28. 
Apex of maxilla, x56. 
Labium, x 28. 
Supra-anal plate and cerci, X14. 
Subgenital plate, x Ig. 
Styles, x 28. 
Intermediate leg, x 17. 


Plate XXI, 


f a a ay 
i ' 
i 1 
Bi 
a ¥ Roa 
~ : 
ane ee Ra Nias 
‘ Na 
A ’ ; r 
é } n 
cd f be 4 
y 4 
5 ue 
‘ 7 
te 
Say ae Nl erties tivated 
me i 
ee, 
we 


tr 


=. Fe 


24. 
25. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII. 


Spelaeoblatta (2) caeca, sp. nov.—Anterior leg, X 14. 
Id. Internal inferior margin of anterior femur, 
X 19. 
Id. Posterior leg, X14. 


Rhaphidophora rufobrunnea, sp. nov. 
of head and thorax, 6. 


Id. Frontal rostrum, dorsal view, X 14. 


Lateral view 


Id. Posterior tarsus and spurs of tibia, internal 
view, X7. 
Diestrammena indica, sp. noy.—Head and thorax, 
dorsal view, X 4°5. 
Id. Head and thorax, lateral view, * 4°5. 
Id. Frontal rostrum, dorsal view, X14. 
Diestrammena vitalisi, Chop.— Genitalia, dorsal view, 
X 14. 
Id. Epiphallus isolated, x 28. 
Tachycines adelungi, sp. noy.—Genitalia, dorsal 
view, X14. 
Id. ‘Epiphallus isolated, x 28. 
Id. Frontal rostrum, dorsal view, X 14. 


REC. IND. MUS., VOL. XXII, 1921. Plate XXII. 


or 


a2. 


CAVERNICOLOUS ORTHOPTERA. 


wre 
Saas 5 
aes 
ay 


, hit 


er ALY 


; Pst {AeA Oe we 


{isha ee By has: 


fe Ae 


= 
<0 
it?s x 
Bae 3 
+ new ye 


mU 

= y At - 

ied OF eee ree 
it % iy eee fi 


IG. 26: 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII. 


Tachycines adelungi, sp. nov.—Head and thorax, 


Id. 
Id. 


dorsa! view, X4'5. 
Head and thorax, lateral view, X 4'5. 
Subgenital plate of male, x6. 


Tachycines cryvptopygius, Chop.—-Frontal rostrum, 


Id. 


Id. 


Id. 
Id. 


dorsal view, X6. 


A few joints of the antenna, from the roth 
to the 17th, 14. 


Apex of abdomen of male, showing the 
process of the 7th tergite, x6. 


Apex of abdomen of male, lateral view, x 6. 
Anal valves of male, dorsal view, x 6. 


Outlines of head and thorax, of : A. Tachycines 
validus, sp. nov., B. Tachycines cryptopygius, sp. 
nov., X4. 


Tachycines validus, sp. nov.—Apex of abdomen and 


Id. 


Id. 
Id. 


ovipositor of female, lateral view, X 3. 


Same as the preceding with the cercus cut 
off to show the anal valves, X 4. 


Subgenital plate of female, x 4. 


Disposition of spines of posterior femur, 
x 6. 


REC. IND. MUS., VOL, XXII, 1921. Plate XXIII. 


26. 


CAVERNICOLOUS ORTHOPTERA. 


_ 


a aeene 
. ee SEG 
“A ee 
Ab $e 
y y ‘ - 
Sy > 
a a 
ae 
pe ve 
Sy 43 os 
eee: ve Pe 
- zy * 74 3) 954 
is ae 
: ewes 
i 
. re 
ites £* bs, i 
= oe ; 
. + “J ae 
i al) 
- . ’ 4 
any - i 
e ‘ , “ 
wer is i 
* i ~ ~ 
ay, ‘ 
i 
9, (Fae 
‘ 
LS = ; 
, 7 2 . 
ot i. 
i 
= 
‘ 
: = bs 
7 ‘ r 
: 
+i 
y * 
~ j ‘ 
* a 
* 
¥ 
a na 
Y 7 
Sard ‘ 
a a 
= "3 «@ 
- 
t = i . 
Fu 
» - Va 
a 
E > 
ie el 
ant 
® ; +) - 
mel ee 
4 eons , «he ee 4 
’ 
= ® 
oY 
7 
— 2 Tee 
a 
‘ 7 
ee ae : eos 
= = é a i 
~~ We 4 a t 4 
t “_ 
r =, Pe Me Lo ay 
f ot 7 is 7 
"r : 4 toi 
* ~~ 1% a 
_ . : 
ry aa i 4 7. 
+ a4 
4 = 
we A= 
? 
cy 


Ue 
‘ic ks 


“¥ 


MV THE AQUATIC AND AMPHIB TOUS 
MOLE USCA (OF MANIPUR: 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Director, B. PRAsHAD, D.Sc., 
Assistant Superintendent, and AmiN-up-D1n, M.Sc., Research 
Assistant, Zoological Survey of India. 


(Plates IV—VIII.) 


PREFATORY NOTE. 


The following paper is based on a visit to the Manipur Valley 
paid in February and March, 1920. The party consisted of myself, 
Mr. Sunder Lal Hora and Mr. Amin-ud-Din, Research Assistants, 
and Mr. R. Hodgart, Zoological Collector. I was able, however, to 
spend only a short time in the valley myself and was obliged, in 
order to save time, to travel there and back by motor, while the 
others made short marches and collected on the way. Mr. Sunder 
I,al Hora, moreover, remained in Manipur for three weeks longer 
than the others and visited every part of the valley. A large pro- 
portion of the collections is therefore due to his energy. He has 
himself published an account of the fish-fauna, in which he was 
particularly interested. : 

I have to thank His Highness the Maharajah of Manipur for 
inviting me to visit his State in the interests of science and for 
having aspecial camp put up for our use on Thanga I. in the Loktak 
Lake. I must also express my obligations to Mr. C. W. R. Cosgrave. 
I.C.S., at the time Political Agent, who gave us help in many 
ways. To Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S., I am indebted 
for much advice and assistance. The specimens collected by him 
in Manipur more than fifty years ago and now in the Indian 
Museum have proved very useful in the preparation of this paper 

N. Annandale. 


CONTENTS. 
Introduction. By N. Annandale p- 530 
The Prosobranchia. By N. Annandale p- 538 
Fam. Hydrobiidae ve P- 539 
Fam. Viviparidae P- 543 
Fam. Ampullartidae p- 557 
Fam. Melaniidae ie p- 558 
The Aquatic Pulmonata. By N. Annandale and B. Prashad p- 505 
Fam. Limnaeidae p- 505 
Fam. Planorbidae Sb Syi7/ 
Fam, Ancylidae ... + p- 587 
The Amphibious Pulmonata /Succineidae). By Amin-ud-Din p- 592 
The Pelecypoda. By B. Prashad p- 602 
Fam. Unionidae p. 602 
Fam. Cyrenidae p- 612 
Geographical Distribution and Bionomics. By N. Annandale p- 619 


Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor.. XXII, 


On 
LS3) 
oc 


INTRODUCTION. 
By N. ANNANDALE. 


Among the districts on the frontiers of Burma few have 
ereater interest for the zoologist than Manipur, the position of 
which is thus defined by Mr. B.C. Allen in the official Gazetteer 
of the Naga Hills and Manipur (Calcutta: 1905 ). 

“The Native State of Manipur is situated between 28° 50’ and 
25° 41’ N. and 93° 2’ and 94° 47’ E. and covers an area of 87,456 
square miles. On the north it is bounded by the British district 
of the Naga Hills, on the west by Cachar, on the south by the 
Lushai Hills and Burma, and on the east by Burma.” 

The greater part of the State is occupied by mountainous coun- 
try, which, though of great zoological interest, is less important from 
the point of view of the study of the freshwater molluscs than the 
comparatively small valley that forms the richer and more civilized 
part. I propose, therefore, to say no more than a few words 
about the hill-streams aud their fauna and to devote the greater 
part of this introduction to a succinct account of the valley. 

Within the limits of the State of Manipur small hill-streams 

that belong to several different water-sheds 
Hill-streams of Mani- occur, viz. (I) those that flow down into the 
roe valley ; (2) those that flow northwards to 
join the Brahmaputra system ; (3) those that flow eastwards to 
Burma and (4) those that flow westwards towards Sylhet. The 
fact that the hill-tracts of the state are much more extensive 
though less valuable than the valley renders the number and direc- 
tion of their streams large and varied. Hill-streams, however, 
rarely have a rich molluscan fauna and the only ones in which my 
party was able to make collections were those that entered the 
valley and those that flowed northwards to the other side of the 
Naga Hills. i 

The streams closely resemble those of other hill-ranges in 
yorth-eastern India. They are as a rule little more than mountain 
torrents, though in some of the valleys among the hills they may 
assume for a time a placid and even coutse. Their beds are for 
the most part rocky or stony and there is littie aquatic vegetation. 

The fauna of such streams has a very similar facies all over 

i south-eastern Asia from Nepal to HongKong 

Fauna of Oriental Hill- 44q probably to Formosa and the Philip- 
streams. : . ave 

pines. Its main characteristics are: (1) the 

production of special adhesive apparatus, more particularly in the 

Batrachian larvae, fish and insects, all of which provide numerous 

and highly interesting instances of convergence in this respect, and 


1g2I.| Manipur Molluscs. 531 


(2) the scarcity of molluscan life, to which, however, there are 
exceptions at certain places. These features may be observed in 
the fauna of the hill-streams of Manipur as clearly as in that of the 
streams of Sikkim or southern China, but as the main character of 
the Mollusca is negative, the peculiarities can naturally be discussed 
more appropriately when dealing with the fish than when describ- 
ing this group. 

The Manipur valley is aflat swampy plain lying 2,600 feet above 
sea-level and 50 miles long by 25 miles 
broad. Itis surrounded by mountains consi- 
derably higher than itself and is thus completely isolated from the 
rest of Assam, to which the Manipur State is attached politically. 
The river system has no connection with that of the Brahmaputra, 
but drains through a narrow pass into the Chindwin, the largest 
tributary of the Irrawadi. 

The climate is comparatively temperate and equable. The 
highest and lowest shade temperatures recorded in Imphal, 
the capital, which is situated in the central part of the valley, are 
92° and 30° Fahr. ‘The rainfall is moderate as compared with that 
of some parts of Assam, but varies greatly from year to year. 
The average at Imphal is about 70 inches, but while in 1896-97 it 
was only 57 inches, in 1899-1900 it was over a hundred inches. The 
winter and early spring are usually dry, but in 1920 a considerable 
amount of rain fell at the beginning of March. About half the 
annual rainfall normally takes place between June and August 
inclusive. The prevailing winds are from the south and the west. 
In February and March a strong westerly breeze, apparently 
originating in the ranges of mountains that separate the Manipur 
from the Sylhet valley, almost invariably arises about ro a.m. and 
blows until the evening, putting a stop to all fishery operations and 
transport by boat in the open part of the larger swanips, except at 
night and in the early morning and evening. 

The greater part of the valley is cultivated and is very fertile, 
rice being the principal crop, while even the hill-slopes are also 
utilized in agriculture by the Naga tribes, who burn down the 
jungle in patches, which they use for one year only. On a few of 
the smaller hills that crop up like islands in the valley there is 
fairly high and dense jungle, but the vegetation even here is not 
so luxuriant as perhaps might be expected, the soil being extremely 
friable and apparently incapable of supporting large woods or a 
great profusion of creepers, bamboos being frequently the dominant 
form of plant-life. 

The river-system of the valley is derived mainly from small 
streams that arise in the Naga Huls in the 
northern part of the State. These flow down 
in an almost straight course. A few small 
streams also come from the western slopes, but they are of no great 
importance. No water reaches the valley from Burma and none 
from the Sylhet cr Brahmaputra Valley. 

The whole of the basin is covered by a net-work of wate:- 


Manipur Valley. 


The River-system of the 
Valley. 


532 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VoL. XXII, 


courses and swamps and after prolonged rain a great part of it is 
under water. Several different rivers have local names, but their 
course as indicated on the maps seems to be imperfectly understood. 
Indeed, no part of the State has been properly surveyed except the 
hills to the north and west. It will be sufficient for my purpose 
to say that these streams unite to form the Imphal River, which 
flows out through the hills at the south-east of the valley down 
into the Chindwin. They are all sluggish and turbid and even 
after uniting form, at any rate in the dry season, but a comparatively 
small stream. 

Depressions of various sizes are found all over the valley. In 
the flood-season several of these might be legitimately called lakes, 
but in winter the majority are almost or quite dry and the only 
one of them to which this term can be applied is the Loktak Lake, 
which occupies a considerable but very variable area in the south- 
ern part of the valley. 

Even the Loktak Lake is little more than a large, deep swamp. 
In places the water is as much as Io feet 
deep, but even in such spots it is blocked 
up almost to the surface with submerged vegetation, while a very 
large part of its area is covered with floating islands formed of 
living and decayed plants. The bottom is composed of evil- 
smelling soft mud containing much rotten vegetable matter. In 
the dry weather the lake is normally about 8 miles long by 5 miles 
broad, but its extent probably varies greatly in different years. 

‘Towards the eastern side of the Loktak a chain of small rocky 
islands, the chief of which is called Thanga, rise from the surface 
to a height of several hundred feet. In February, 1920 these 
islands were separated from a broad peaty area, occupying the 
eastern part of the valley, only by a stream of running water. At 
that season only a few small pools remained in the peaty area, but 
in the flood season it must be entirely submerged. 

At no point has the lake definite shores, and even the rocky 
islands are surrounded in winter by flat mud-banks which slope 
down under the water very gradually. On the northern and 
western sides the floating islands become, as it were, gradually 
stranded and changed into grass-land. 

Owing largely to the strong breezes which blow across the 
surface and disturb the water it is more or 
less turbid. At spots where the submerged 
vegetation is particularly dense it is, however, clearer than 
elsewhere. 

I have to thank Sir H.H. Hayden, F.R.S., Directer of the Geo- 
logical Survey of India, for having samples of the water analyzed 
in the laboratory of his department. ‘These analyses show that 
there is no great amount of dissolved mineral matter. They may 
be compared in detail with the analyses of the water of the Inlée 
Lake printed on pp. 2 and 4 of Vol. XIV of the Records of the 
Indian Museum. A general comparison is given later in this In- 
troduction. 


The Loktak Lake. 


Water of the Lake. 


2 


1921.] Mantpur Molluscs. 533 
y , | r 
Water from chan- | Water from open | Water from stream 
nel s. of Thanga| part of Loktak | flowing into Lok- 
Wor Manipur. | Lake. Total | tak Lake — s. 
Total amount] amount received |) of Potsengbam, 
received 554¢.c.; | 1107 c.c.; solid, Manipur. Total 
| solid suspend-| suspended mat-| amount received 
ed matter found | ter found therein 1079 c.c.; solid 
therein ‘o148e@m.| ‘or89 gm. suspended matter 
found therein 
“0134 gm. 
=| = Bett 
Total Solids per litre 0670 *1010—"1240 *1050—' 1040 
Organic matter “0240 "0128—"0237 *0240— ‘0251 
Sulphate (SO,) 0079 0063 “004 —"0057 
Carbonate (CO,) ,, o1so *0480—"0495 "0450—"0435 
Chloride (Cb) ‘0028 *0023—"0024 “0039— 0042 
Silicia (SiO,) uy "0027 *0020—"0062 “0030—"0035 
Fe,O,Al,0O, nil “0075 nil 
Calcium (Ca) “0040 ‘0148 “O11S 
Magnesium (Mg) ae “0053 “0068 —"0134 *O1LO—OL05 


As one of the chief objects of my visit to Manipur was to obtain 
material for a comparison between the fauna 


Fite (ata aa eaaer of the Loktak and that of the Inlé Lake, a 
ie bene, short summary of the physical characters 


of these two bodies of water may be given. 

Both are situated in isolated valleys at altitudes between 2,500 
and 3,000 feet. Their river-systems are connected with adjacent 
watersheds, that of the Irrawadi in the one and that of the Salween 
in the other. The climate of the two valleys also is similar, and they 
are only some 340 miles apart as the crow flies. ven the appearance 
of the two lakes is not dissimilar, for both lie in open plains between 
ranges of rather bare mountains running almost due north and south, 
and both are remarkable for the floating islands which cover a 
considerable part of their surface. Both, moreover, are shallow, 
and neither has well-defined shores or a definite permanent 
area. 

On detailed comparison, however, it becomes clear that, in 
this, as in so many instances the physical differences, though much 
less apparent, are actually of greater importance from a biological! 
point of view than the physical resemblances. The structure of 
the two valleys and of the hills surrounding them, as we shall see 
when discussing the origin of the Loktak Lake, is very different, 
the most important feature characteristic of the Manipur valley 
being probably the absence of limestone, for as a result of this the 
composition of the water of the two lakes is quite unlike. 

This chemical divergence occurs in every particular. The 
percentage of calcium and magnesium salts is very much smaller 


534 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VOL. XXII, 


in the Loktak Lake, in the more open parts of which calcium oc- 
curs only to the extent of 0-0148 per cent as compared with 0°022 
per cent in the Inlé Lake, and magnesium to that of 00068 to 
0'0134 as compared with 0°0279. On the other hand, the amount 
of organic matter in the much more congested Loktak Lake is 
considerably greater than it is in the clear water of the central 
region of the Inlé Lake, while the amount of carbonic acid is more 
than four times as great in the former as in the latter. The percent- 
age of silica, further, is much greater in the Loktak Lake, and 
this is also so, as might be expected, with SO,. These differences 
are due doubtless, so far as most of the mineral salts are concerned, 
mainly to the composition of the surrounding rocks and of those 
amongst which the water-supply of the lakes flows before entering 
them. The larger amount of organic matter, of carbonic acid, of 
SO, and possibly of silica may be accounted for, on the other 
hand, partly by differences in the vegetation, but these again 
are correlated with the chemical composition of their environ- 
ment. 
It is impossible to consider the origin of the Loktak Lake without 
ey considering also that of the Manipur valley 
CEES eee Leckie Nines present condition. Two different views 
; have been held on this point, one, that the 
whole valley is a comparatively recent lake-bed and that the Loktak 
once filled it and has shrunk to its present size, perhaps even in his- 
torical times ; the other, that the valley is of comparatively ancient 
date and has been filled in gradually to its present level by debris 
brought down from the hills by the tributaries of the Imphal 
River. AsI have already said, the valley has never been properly 
surveyed. From a geological point of view its structure is practi- 
cally unknown, but the rocks of the surrounding hills appear to 
resemble closely those of the Naga Hills to the north. I have to 
thank Dr. E. H. Pascoe of the Geological Survey of India for the 
following note on rock-specimens from islands in the Loktak 
Lake. 

“ The rocks consist for the greater part of hard shale but two 
of the specimens are of siliceous sandstone. They belong in all 
probability to the Disang series, about the age of which we know 
nothing definite beyond the fact that it is pre-Tertiary. The 
Disang series is essentially argillaceous and the rocks thereof would 
produce somewhat muddy water but not so muddy as softer 
argillaceous deposits. 

‘© As to any organic connection of Lake Loktak with Assam, 
there is not sufficient evidence to go upon. Anidea which I believe 
is a very old one and mentioned by Ia Touche makes the present 
Chindwin-Irrawadi the former continuation of the Tsang-po or 
Tibetan-Brahmaputra, the upper waters of this large river being 
afterwards captured by the Assam-Brahmaputra. Whether Lake 
Loktak was connected with the Chindwin at the time it was a 
continuation of the Tsang-po I cannot say, nor do I know whether 
this would help you in any way.” 


1g2I.] Manipur Molluscs. 5 


The most important facts about the specimens from my point 
of view are that they certainly represent rocks common all round 
the valley, and that those which represent the rocks most abundant 
in the neighbourhood are extremely friable and readily crumble to 
form a fine soil precisely like that in which the cultivated parts of 
the Manipur valley are deeply buried. Soil of this kind extends on 
the north and west sides of the lake well down to high water-level and 
it is only on the east, and probably also on the south side, that 
large deposits of peat are being formed. The peat in these deposits 
is less coherent than, and not quite so black as that found round 
the Inlé Lake. There is no sign whatsoever of raised beaches at 
any point. 

This last fact induced Col. Godwin-Austen, who was the first 
man with any knowledge of geology to visit Manipur, to doubt 
whether the lake had ever extended much beyond its present high- 
watér limits. The peaty deposits on its eastern shores are very 
like those found in other parts of the valley and known to represent 
swamps that were recently larger than they are now, but even if 
the whole of these swamps were completely submerged the greater 
part of the valley would still be above water. 

All of these facts seem to me to support Col. Godwin-Austen’s 
views, to which Mr. R. D. Oldham gave his adherence. The 
Manipur valley, moreover, although at first sight it closely resembles 
a lake-bed, with its dead level only broken by small island- 
like hills rising abruptly from the plain; nevertheless, on closer 
examination seems to differ in little but its greater extent from 
other swampy valleys in the Naga and Khasi hills which have 
certainly never been lakes but have been filled in to an almost 
equal level by the silt brought down in streams that now meander 
through them with sluggish waters in which flow has been dimi- 
nished by a gradual filling in of their old beds and consequent 
diminution in fall. 

No factor is more important in influencing the fauna of any 

: body of water than its vegetation, and it 
Miceration ae Tok- seems to be a general rule, at any rate in 
warm countries, that over-abundant sub- 
merged plant-life, especially if it includes a luxuriant growth of 
small sessile algae, is inimical to many forms of animal life, partly 
doutbless on account of actual toxins produced by the vital activi- 
ties of certain species and partly on account of the poisonous nature 
of the rotting materialat the bottom. The latter feature, however, 
is of a very complex character, evidently depending at least in part 
on the activities of microscopic organisms. But these again 
are dependant largely on the physical and chemical characters of 
the water. As we shall see later, the fauna of the Loktak Lake, and 
especially the invertebrate fauna, is a rather poor one. I associate 
this fact with the extreme luxuriance of the vegetation. 

As has already been stated, this luxuriance of the vegetation, 
both submerged and floating, gives the lake the character of a 
large swamp. The submerged weeds are of various kinds, but 


536 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


perhaps the most abundant of all is the Water-chestnut (Trapa 
bispinosa)', which has leaves floating on the surface as well as a 
profuse growth under water. The floating leaves dot the whole 
surface of the more open parts of the swamp, growing up through 
dense thickets of Potamogeton and Hydrilla. The leaves and stems 
of these completely submerged plants are as a rule densely covered 
with small algae, and it is quite exceptional to find beds of any 
kind of water-weed that have a clean appearance. 

Inthe channels among the floating islands surface-plants such 
as Pistia, Azolla and Lemna are often fairly abundant, but not 
sufficiently so to play a great part in the formation of the islands. 

These islands are not so coherent and do not support so varied 
and luxuriant a flora as do those of the Inlé Lake. The chief agent 
in their formation is a comparatively small grass which sends out 
long trailers on the surface of the water. A Caladium, several 
species of Polygonum and a fern are common upon them, but the 
bulk of the vegetation consists of grasses and sedges. 

The islands are not used for horticulture or stock-keeping as 
ate those on the Inlé Lake, but occasionally small fishing- huts 
are built on the firmer islands, and pieces are frequently cut off 
from them and towed away to be utilized in forming fishing- 
enclosures. 

A whole volume of these Records was devoted to the fauna of 

the Inlé Lake and the help of a number of 

oeieceral: Sg abbee specialists was invoked in its preparation. 

Lake. It is unnecessary to deal with the fauna of the 

Loktak Lake in the same detail, because itis a 

much less isolated association and does not consist for the most 

part of highly specialized species of animals. It will, therefore, be 

sufficient to have the molluscs and the fish completely worked 

out and to mention here a few salient representatives of other 

groups. The molluscs will be described in full in the succeeding 

paper, and has already Mr. Sunder Lal Hora dealt in detail with 

the fish. HereI shall merely refer to these groups as constituting 

the most important elements in the fauna and give a few facts of 
a general kind about them. 

Conditions in the Loktak Lake are favourable to the growth 
and reproduction of Protozoa and many water-plants were observed 
that bore a profuse growth of Vorticellids. Small masses of sponge 
were found in considerable abundance on the weeds of the open 
parts of the lake. On examination they proved to belong to but 
one species, Spongilla carteri, the commonest and most generally 
distributed of the Indian Spongillidae. They differed, however, 
from the typical form of the species in the small size and irregular 
shape of individual sponges. No Hydrozoa were observed and the 
only polyzoon collected was immature—evidently a species of 


1 This plant is utilized asa vegetable in large quantities by the people of Mani 
pur, who unlike most Indian races, employ the leaves as well as the roots as an 
article of food. 


1921.} Manipur Molluscs. 537 


Pectinatella and probably P. burmanica, but still in a stage in 
which the individual colonies had not become embedded ina 
common jelly. ‘There were no statoblasts in these colonies. Small 
Oligochaete worms were abundant among the weeds and a larger 
form with gills on the sides of its posterior region was obtained from 
mud at the bottom. Leeches of various species were collected, 
but only one, a Glossosiphonia parasitic on Vivipara oxytropis, was 
at all common. 

The Crustacea were less well represented than might perhaps 
have been expected. Small Ostracods were abundant at certain 
spots among the weeds, but few other Entomostraca were observed. 
The Decapoda were singularly scarce, the only species collected 
being a small Palaemon. Crabs were apparently absent, and so 
also were Atyidae, which might have been expected to abound 
among the weeds. Aquatic insects were also rather scarce, the 
commonest being dragonfly larvae of the families Agrionidae and 
Libellulidae. In the smaller channels among the floating islands 
large numbers of mosquito larvae (both Culicinae and Anophelinae) 
were often seen, and larvae of Chaoborus were dredged from the 
bottom of the lake. Several large species of Dytiscidae were 
fairly common, but water-beetles generally were scarce. Although 
the molluscs were rich in number of individuals, the number of 
species that occurred actually in the lake was small. Several 
typically non-lacustrine forms, notably Limnaea acuminata and 
Indoplanorbis exustus, were found all over the lake and the only 
Gastropods that could be regarded as really characteristic were 
two exceptionally large species of Viviparidae (Vivipara oxytropis 
and Lecythoconcha lecythis), hothof which are also paludine. Dead 
shells of Lamellidens corrianus were picked up at the northern end 
of the lake, but Unionidae were evidently very scarce. A species of 
Sphaerium (S. indicum) was, however, fairly common among the 
weeds. All heavy-shelied forms were naturally absent. 

Fish were very abundant, but unlike those of the Inlé Lake, they 
were not highly specialized. Few very small species were 
seen, but the great majority do not grow more than 5 or 6 inches 
long. Except eels, indeed, few fish in this lake attain the length 
of one foot. Cat-fish (Siluridae, sensw Jato) are particularly well 
represented in our collection. A large proportion of the species of 
this and other families are provided with highly developed tactile 
organs, and the enlarged eyes so characteristic of the Inlé fish-fauna 
arenot found among them. The general facies of the specimens is 
that of swamp-fish, and genera peculiar to swamps and similar 
bodies of water are present. 

Frogs and toads are not abundant, at any rate in March and 
April, but Rana limnocharis and Bufo melanostictus, two of the 
most abundant Indian species, were observed on the shores of the 
lake and the tadpoles of the toad were found in a small pool of 
water on one of the islands. We saw no kind of water-tortoise and 
the local fishermen assured us that they were not acquainted wit 
any. 


538 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


It is not in my power to give an account of the water-birds 
of the Loktak Lake, on and around which both swimming and 
wading birds are extraordinarily abundant. On this subject Hume’s 
paper in Stray Feathers, Vol. XI, should be consulted. I have not 
seen any other place in India where such enormous swarms of 
ducks and geese could be observed on the water as was the case 
in February on this lake, and wading birds were almost as 
abundant in the surrounding swamps. Some of the latter, notably 
the smaller Herons, the Open-bill (Anastomus oscitans) and the 
Glossy Ibis (Plagadis falcinellus), were proved by examination of 
their stomach-contents to be feeding mainly on aquatic molluscs, 
and even the ducks and geese must destroy enormous quantities of 
molluscan spawn and young with the weeds on which they depend 
mainly for their food-supply. 

Otters are said to be abundant, but no specimens were 
obtained. 

The fauna of the Loktak Lake must, therefore, be regarded as 
paludine rather than lacustrine. It is comparable to that of the 
marginal zone of the Inlé Lake rather than to that of the central 
region. Even from the former, however, it differs notably. The 
great abundance of different species of small bottom-haunting fish, 
the greater poverty of the arthropod fauna and the absence of 
several molluscan genera (Pachylabra,' all the Hydrobiidae, Seg- 
mentina, ete.) usually found in such situations are noteworthy 
features, and may be correlated directly with the superabundance 
of vegetation and indirectly with the composition of the water 
and therefore, still more indirectly, with the geological formation of 
the surrounding country and the meteorology of the valley. 
The absence of extreme specialization in the aquatic fauna 
may be put down partly to the same causes and partly to 
the absence of complete geographical isolation, while the curious 
fact, amply illustrated in the following paper, that, though the 
Imphal River belongs to the Irrawadi system and is cut off by 
high ranges of mountains from those of Assam, nevertheless the 
aquatic molluscs are essentially Assamese and include very few 
Burmese species—this fact would at any rate suggest that compre- 
hensive physiographical changes have taken place in the Manipur 
valley and the surrounding hills at a date geologically not remote. 


THE PROSOBRANCHIA. 
By N. ANNANDALE. 
This order is represented in the aquatic and amphibious fauna 
of Manipur by eleven species, belonging to the families Hydrobiidae, 
Viviparidae, Melaniidae and Ampullariidae. With one exception, 


that of the Viviparid genus Lecythoconcha, the genera are those 
usually found in the tropical districts of India, and this section of 


| The place of this genus is taken to a large extent by gigantic Viviparidae. 


1921. ] Manipur Molluscs. 539 


the fauna may be regarded on the whole as normal in composition. 
Moreover, with the exception of the Viviparidae, the species are 
but little modified. ‘The majority of them are, indeed, of wide or 
fairly wide geographical distribution, and, considering the isolation 
of the valley, perhaps less remarkable than might be expected. 

The Viviparidae, however, are not only to a large extent 
endemic in the valley, to which two of the four species are apparent- 
ly confined, but also peculiar in anatomical structure as well as in 
shell-sculpture. Two of the four are ornamented with smooth 
spiral ridges on the shell, while I have been obliged to institute 
for a third a new genus, founded mainly on the structure of the 
operculum and mantle. This species (Lecythoconcha lecythts) is, 
however, by no means endemic in Manipur, having a wide range in 
south-eastern Asia and belonging to a group essentially Chinese in 
distribution. 


Family HYDROBIIDAE. 


Three species of this family have been found in Manipur, all in 
the valley. Two belong to a genus recently described as new under 
the name Digoniostoma, but widely distributed in India proper 
and Assam; while the third represents the subgenus Alocinma, 
recently set up as a subgenus of Ammicola by Dr. Baini Prashad and 
myself with a Persian species as type. This genus has a wide 
range, which extends at any rate from Mesopotamia to Upper 
Burma. 

The three genera Bithynia, Leach, Digoniostoma, Annandale, 
and Hydrobioides, Nevill, and the subgenus Alocinma, Annandale 
and Prashad, are so closely allied and so liable to be confused that 
it will be well to give a key to them here. The anatomy of all 
is very similar and they are distinguished mainly by the structure 
of the aperture of the shell and of the operculum. 

A. Periostome continuous; outer lip neither thickened 

nor attenuate; umbilicus closed or rimate, without 
an oblique channel running forward on the lower 
surface of the shell; operculum with a distinct 
but paucispiral figure situated near the middle of 
the lower part and visible on both surfaces Alocinma. 
B,. Operculum concentric, with no spiral figure on the 
lower part or visible on both surfaces. 
1. A well-defined oblique channel running for- 
wards from the umbilicus on the lower 
surface of the shell. 


a. Outer lip thin, not produced or 
angulate at its inner extremity ... Bithynia. 
6. Outer lip slightly thickened, pro- 
duced and angulate or subangulate 
at its inner extremity . Digoniostoma. 


ii. No well-defined channel running forwards 
from the umbilicus. Outer lip distinct- 
ly thickened, but not produced at its 
inner extremity ; asupplementary varix 
often present outside the thickened lip. Hydrobrordes. 


540 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


Genus Amnicola, Gould and Haldeman. 


Subgenus Alocinma, Anvandale and Prashad 


1919. Alocinma, Annandale and Prashad, Rec. Znd. Mus. XV1LI1, p. 23. 
1920. Alocinma, Annandale, zbid., XIX, pp. 43, 44. 

T still think it more convenient to regard Alocinma as generi- 
cally identical with Ammnicola, for the soft parts and radula are 
closely similar and the operculum intermediate between that of 
Ammnicola (s.s.) and that of Pseudamnicola. 


Amnicola (Alocinma) orcula (Frauenfeld). 


1876. Bithynia orcula, Hanley and Theobald, Conch. Jnd. pl. xxxviit, 
figs. 8, 9. 

1885. Bithynia orcula, Nevill, Hand List Moll. Ind. Mus. \1, p. 36. 

1919. Ammicola (Alocinma) orcula, Aunandale and Prashad, op. cit., 
p- 24- 

Frauenfeld was the first to describe this species, though he 
gave it Benson’s name. It is one of the commonest molluscs of 
the Indo-Gangetic plain and is replaced in Peninsular India by A. 
stenothyroides (Dohrn), which is hardly more than a local race. 
Manipur is apparently the limit of the range of the species in a 
south-easterly direction. It has not been found in Burma. 
The radula, operculum and male organ closely resemble those of 
A. sistanica. ‘The last, however, varies in the proportions of its 
different parts, as it does also in other members of the family, in 
accordance with its condition when the animal is killed. 

Nevill has named several ‘‘ varieties’’ and ‘‘subvarieties”’. 
Of these the only one that concerns us here is his ‘‘ var. producta 
(2? dist. sp.)”. It has a much narrower and more elongate shell 
than the forma typica, with which it often occurs, but in my 
opinion is no more than an aberration. 

A. orcula is abundant in ponds and swamps in the Manipur 
valley. In the day-time it is to be found both on mud at the 
bottom and among water-plants, but in the evening rises to the 
surface and crawls, shell downwards, on the surface-film. The form 
producta is not uncommon with the forma typica in Manipur. 


Genus Digoniostoma, Annandale. 


1920. Digoniostoma, Annandale, /nd. Fourn. Med. Research, VI11,p. 104. 


The chief characteristics of this genus have already been 
mentioned in the key ona preceding page. I did not separate it from 
Bithynia, Leach, in my recent paper on the Indian species confused 
under the name of that genus, though I was aware of certain 
peculiarities in the shell, but I have to thank Mr. A. S. Kennard 
for drawing my attention to certain of the differences. These 
lie in the structure of the peristome. The lip is not so distinctly 
thickened as in Hydvobioides and a supplementary varix is never 
present, ‘The columellat callus is thick, broad and prominent and 
always has a laminated appearance. At the point at which it 


1g21.| Manipur Molluscs. 54: 


meets the lip a distinct projection is formed. This feature is dis- 
tinct in D. ceramcopoma (Benson), which I propose as the type- 
species of my new genus, in D. lutea (Gray), D. pulchellum (Benson) 
and the new species here called D. textwm. 


Digoniostoma pulchellum (Benson). 


1836. Paludina pulchella, Benson, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal V, p. 740. 

1870. Bithynia pulchella, Hanley and Theobald, Conch. Ind. pl. 
XXXvill, figs. 5, 6. 

1885. Bithynia pulchella, Nevill, Hand List Moll. Ind. Mus. il, p. 
JO: 

This species is common in all parts of the plains of Assam but 
has not been found in Burma. 

The aperture of the shell and the surrounding parts are not 
quite so characteristic of the genus as in some species, for the 
columella projects less and the umbilicus being practically closed, 
the channel running forward from it is not so deep or well-defined. 
The angle at the inner extremity of the lip is also blunted or 
rounded off. The operculum is distinctly concentric and its exter- 
nal surface is divided into several distinct areas by prominent 
concentric ridges. 

Our specimens from Manipur are smaller than those from 
northern Assam. Several of them are in an interesting stage, 
having evidently been killed at a period of active growth. in 
these shells the lip is still thin as in Bithynia and the operculum, 
which in the fully formed shell cannot be retracted, is drawn in as 
far as the beginning of the new addition to the shell. I have 
observed a similar stage in shells of Hydrobioides. 

The soft parts and radula are very like those of the new 
species (D. textum) now to be described (fig. 1). 

D. pulchellum is much scarcer in the Manipur valley than 
either A. ovcula or D. texium. We took it only in ponds at Imphal. 
Tn habits it resembles these two species. 


Digoniostoma textum, sp. nov. 


The shell is not more than 8 mm. high and 5 mm. in maximum 
diameter. It is broadly and irregulary ovate in outline with the 
apex minutely and obliquely flattened, the whorls moderately 
convex and not at all angulate externally and the inner anterior 
extremity pointed and produced obliquely. There are 44 whorls, 
of which the first whorl and a half are minute and inconspicuous. 
The others increase evenly but rapidly in size. They are slightly 
flattened above and more distinct in the inner than in the outer 
outline. The suture is oblique, linear, and, except at the apex, 
impressed. The spire is shorter than the body-whorl in dorsal view. 
Its whorls are oblique and transverse, more than twice as broad as 
deep. The body-whorl in dorsal view is obliquely trumpet-shaped, 
expanding greatly towards the outer margin. The aperture is 
relatively long, rather narrowly oval, slightly oblique, less than 2 


542 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


as long as the body-whorl. ‘The outer lip turns inwards above and 
meets the inner callus at an angle slightly greater than a right 
angle. The columellar border is arched, prominent and thick, with 
its lamellar structure well developed. The umbilicus is almost 
closed but the channel running forward from it well defined. The 
inner lower angle of the lip is strongly developed. 


Fic. 1—Type-shell of Digentostoma textum. 


The operculum is large, subrhomboidal, moderately thick, testa- 
ceous-translucent when fresh but soon becoming white and dull. 
There is a very delicate brownish periostracum on the external sur- 
face, which is rather deeply concave in the central region. The 
nucleus is subcentral, but situated slightly in front of the middle 
point. The sculptureis poorly developed but several faint concentric 
ridges can be detected round the periphery, while the nucleus re- 
tains traces of a spiral origin. The internal surface is convex and 
faintly granular, with a rather broad flattened border on the outer 
margin. 

The radula is like that of a typical Bithynia. The specific 
characters of the teeth are well shown in fig. 2. 


Fic, 2.—Radular teeth of Digontostoma textum. 


The external soft parts are dull greenish speckled with yellow. 
The feet, snout and tentacles are normal, the foot is rather shorter 
and the operculiferous lobe larger than some species, The male 
organ is densely pigmented, long, coiled, tapering and produced to 
a very fine point. Its subsidiary appendage is colourless, long and 
slender, cylindrical and with a simple cup-shaped depression at the 


1g21.] Mampur Molluscs. 543 


tip. It projects outwards towards the left at a right angle and 
originates near the base of the inner side of the penis. 

Type-series.—No. 11860/2 Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind. Mus.) 

Aiabitat.—The species is abundant and generally distributed 
in the Manipur valley, outside which it has net been found. It 
lives in small sluggish streams, pools and swamps in the plains but 
was not found in the Loktak Lake. It crawls slowly on the lower 
surface of floating grass-stems and water-weeds and can float 
shell downwards on the lower side of the surface film. It is resist- 
ant to drought, and individuals brought dry to Calcutta revived 
on being placed in water after over a fortnight’s desiccation. The 
shell is usually covered with mud. 

Affimties, etc.—As in most Indian species of the genus the 
shell is somewhat variable in shape and the spite is more produced 
in some individuals than in others. In the majority, however, it is 
relatively short and has a rather close resemblance in general out- 
lines to some species of Alocinma. In sculpture it closely re- 
sembles 4. tvavancorica (Benson). Thestructure of the aperture and 
the adjacent parts is, however, eminently characteristic of Digonios- 
toma and the operculum, though like that of Hydvobioides nassa it 
shows traces externally of a spiral origin in the nuclear region, is 
much less spiral than in Alocinma. Iam not acquainted with any 
species to which D. textim is closely related. 


Family VIVIPARIDAE. 


This family may almost be called the dominant one among 
the Gastropods of the Manipur valley, for not only are individuals 
extremely abundant, but the two commonest species attain a size 
quite exceptional. Four species are represented in our collection, 
of which two are rare, while two occur in all suitable bodies of 
water in very large numbers. 


Vivipara, Montfort. 


1920. Vivipara, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. X1X, p. 112. 


In the paper cited I have separated the Indian species of 
this genus into four groups, the Viviparae bengalenses, the Vivi- 
parae oxytropides, the Viviparae dissimiles, and the Viviparae 
sindicae. With the exception of the last, each of these groups 
is represented in the Manipur fauna by one species and all but one 
(V. oxvtropis) of these species are apparently endemic. 


VIVIPARAE BENGALENSES. 


This group has as its Manipur representative a hitherto un- 
described species quite distinct from both V. bengalensis (Lamarck), 
the races and phases of which are scattered over most parts of 
the Indian Empire, and V. nagaensis, Preston, which is known only 
from the Naga Hills. For this new species I propose the name :— 


544 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Vivipara crassispiralis, sp. nov. 
(Plate IV, fig. 1.) 


The shell is ovate-conical, rather bluntly acuminate, from 14 
to 1 times as high as broad, thin, of an almost uniform bright 
olive-green but with faintly darkened spiral bands, with the 
whorls tumid and obliquely, rather broadly flattened outside the 


(hi a 
Me 


/ | 
; / 


BiG. 3.~ Radular teeth of Viviparidae. 


A.—Vivipara crassispiralis. 
B.—V. oxytropis 
C.—Lecythoconcha lecythis. 


suture, which is linearly impressed. The sculpture consists of 
prominent spiral ridges, of which two are visible on the penultimate 
and antepenultimate whorls and three on the upper part of the 
body-whorl, and of numerous fine spiral lines crossed at fairly 
regular intervals by rather coarser oblique vertical lines. The 
ridges are nearly solid. There are 44 whorls in all when the shell 
is complete. The first whorl and a half are smooth except for the 
fine lines. All increase insize gradually and evenly. The body- 
whorl is transverse and oblique, with its anterior margin strongly 
sinuate. It shows no tendency to be biangulate and the peripheral 
tidge is hardly stronger than the others above it; below it there 


1921.3 Mantpur Molluscs. 545 


are about six rather more delicate spiral ridges. The mouth is 
rather small, suboval, oblique, and from 1} to 1? times as high as 
broad. It is evenly rounded below and obliquely, bluntly pointed 
above. ‘The peristome is not continuous. ‘The outer lip is thin, 
evenly and broadly arched. Its outline is rendered irregular by 
the eds of the spiral ridges. The columella is arched, slightly la- 
minated and retroverted, of a bluish white coiour. ‘The umbilicus 
is rimately perforate. The interior of the shell is faintly tinged 
with bluish white. 

The following are the measurements in millimetres of the five 
shells in the type-series :-— 


Height as do AD, |) BOL PB wae’ | AXo) 
Max. diam. =. 36. AOr5 WO) TG gy. ao) 
Height of aperture (oblique) 14 125 12 [2 12 
Maxerdiamn Ofapertune ssi Os5) 0Cr5)= Om 7e5 


The operculum is very thin, of broadly ovate outline, broadly 
and rather deeply concave on the external surface. The scar, 
which is situated much nearer the inner than the outer margin, is 
not greatly thickened but much deeper in colour than the rest of 
the structure and surrounded by an opaque whitish ring. The 
external sculpture consists of fine concentric striae, the margin is 
very thin and slightly recurved. 

The edge of the mantle is thin, with a fairly well-developed 
superior sphincter muscle. Minute papillae are present on the 
margin, corresponding in position to the coarse spiral ridges of the 
shell, but they are rather hard to detect in preserved material. 

The vadula is like that of V. bengalensis, but the lobular cen- 
tral process of the central and marginals is triangular and the 
lateral denticulations of the same teeth fewer and shorter. 

Type-series.—No. M 11738/2 Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind. Mus.). 

Locality.—The five shells which form the type-series were pur- 
chased in the bazaar at Imphal in a living state by Mr. Sundar 
I,al Hora with living specimens of Paludomus pustulosa, sp. nov. 
They were said to have been brought from the Chakpi stream in 
the south of the Manipur valley near the Burmese frontier. I have 
not seen living specimens. 

Affinities. —The species is allied to V. bengalensis doliaris from 
Burma but the spiral ridges are much more strongly developed 
and less darkened, the body-whorl is not at all biangulate and the 
colour is brighter and deeper. Unfortunately we know nething of 
its habits with certainty but its occurrence with a Paludomus of 
the conica group would suggest that it is possibly fuviatile rather 
than paludine. It has no real relation to V. oxytropis in spite of 
its superficial resemblance on account of the thickened spiral rid- 
eves; for the base of the shell is not at all flattened but distinctly 
tumid, while the apical portion is conoidal rather than conical, and 
the peripheral ridge is no more prominent than the others. The 
resemblance to certain Chinese and Philippine shells is probably 
auite superficial. 


546 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


VIVIPARAE OXYTROPIDES. 


Vivipara microchaetophora, sp. nov. 


1877. Palucina bengalensis var. cingulata (in part), Nevill, Cat. Moll. 
Ind. Mus. E, p. 29. 

1885. Paludina bengalensis subsp. cingulata, subvar. Nevill Hand 
List Moil. Ind. II, p. 22. 

Although this species was not found in Manipur it may be con- 
veniently described here as it has a distinct bearing on the origin 
of V. oxytropis, one of the most characteristic of the Manipur 
molluscs. _ 

The sfell is small, thin, sharply acuminate, somewhat elongate 
and imperforate. It is divided into two regions by a blunt peri- 
pheral ridge on the body-whorl, above which it is narrowly conical, 
while below it is broad and rounded. There are 5 whorls. Those 
of the spire are very slightly convex but obliquely and not very 
broadly flattened above. The suture between them is not strongly 
impressed except sometimes in old shells above the body-whorl, 
and they increase in size gradually and evenly. The body-whorl 
is more swollen but transverse and less than twice as deep on the 
outer as on the inner margin. The aperture is of moderate size, 
subrhomboidal, rather narrow, higher than broad, pointed above 
and often subangulate below, slightly oblique. The peristome is 
complete, the outer lip sharp, the columella strongly arched, with 
its fold narrow and by no means prominent. The region to the 
left of the mouth in the natural position of the shell slopes up- 
wards somewhat abruptly and is very slightly convex. In young 
adult shells the colour is a translucent olivaceous yellow, asa rule 
tinged with green on the body-whorl. The apical whorl and a 
half are dull purple and the others are marked with numerous fine 
spiral bands of the same colour, The suture is also deeply tinged 
with purple. ‘The inside of the shell is white and the peristome is 
linearly edged with black. In old shells the distinctive colouration 
is apt to be obscured by a general blackening of the surface and 
this sometimes occurs in quite small specimens. On the body- 
whorl there is not as a rule any very definite trace of thickened 
spiral ridges, except for the peripheral keel, but sometimes the 
dark bands are a little thickened. On the whorls of the spire, 
however, at least two fine spiral ridges can as a rule be detected 
with the aid of a hand lens, while in the embryo there are several 
and even in the adult more than two can be discovered under a high 
power of the microscope. All these ridges are punctate and when 
the shell is fresh bear rows of minute chaetae-like processes of the 
periostracum. The processes are, however, so delicate that they 
usually disappear as the shel dries. 

The embryonic shell differs from that of any form of V. ben- 
galensts in its broader, more conical form, in the produced charac- 
ter of the apical whorl and a half and in the very strong peripher- 
al keel of the body-whorl. 

The operculum is very thin and of a pale golden brown colour. 


1g2t.| Manipur Molluscs. 547 


The outline is ovate and the external surface broadly concave 
with the concentric ridges poorly developed. The internal surface 


Fre. 4.—Shells of Vivipara microchaetophora. 
A.—Young shell. B.—Shell of young adult. 
C.—Old shell. 


is convex as a whole. The muscular scar is poorly developed and 
only a little darker than the rest of the operculum. It covers a 
considerable area as a minutely granular thickening. 


548 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor,. XXII, 


The radula has the denticulations of the teeth rather numer- 
ous and coarse but otherwise offers no particular feature of interest. 

The animal offers no noteworthy particular except that it is 
rather pale in colour. The edge of the mantle is thin and almost 
smooth in the adult, at any rate in preserved specimens. 

Ty pe-sevies.—No. M 11856/2 Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind. Mus.). 

Distribution.—This species is only known from Dimapur, 
which lies in the plains of Assam immediately north of the Naga 
Hills and about roo miles north of the Manipur valley. Nevill 
examined specimens from Assam but of unknown provenance. 

A ffinities.—I do not think that this species has any close rela- 
tionship to the thick-shelled Indo-chinese forms with which Nevill 
associated it under the name Paludina bengalensis var. (or subsp.) 
cingulata. ‘The shelis he examined were old and in them the very 
characteristic sculpture and colouration was obscured. ‘The em- 
bryonic shell is so unlike that of V. bengalensis and so like that of 
V. oxytropis that I believe V. microchaetophora to be related rather 
to the latter species. 

Habits.—The species was found in artificial ponds, particularly 
on floating grass-stems and the lower parts of plants that trail 
on the surface of water. In a rather deep clean pond, with a 
bottom of stiff yellowish clay and a rather profuse growth of 
Hydrilla, veserved for the water-supply of the Manipur Road 
railway station and the surrounding houses, large numbers died 
at the beginning of March, 1920, and by their decay gave the 
water a horrible ammoniacal smell. Ina shallow, swampy pond a 
few hundred yards away many individuals were observed alive and 
active. 


Vivipara oxytropis (Benson). 
(Plate IV, figs. 2-5.) 


1836. Paludina oxytropis, Benson, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal V, p. 745. 

1852. Paludina pyvamidata, Kister, Martini and Chemnitz’s Conch. 
Cab., pp. 27, 28, pl. vi, figs. 1, 2. 

1864. Paludina oxytropis, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. ii, fig. 9 

1909. Vivipara oxytropis, Kobelt, Martini and Chemnitz’s Conch. Cab., 
p- 132, pl. xxiv, figs. 9, 10. 

1915. Vivipara oxytropis, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. Freshw.-Moll., p. 
$4. 

The shell is iarge or very large but thin and delicate, rather 
broadly conical, acuminate, narrowly perforate, ornamented with 
prominent spiral ridges, highly polished and of a bright trans- 
lucent olive-green when clean and fresh. The base is flattened 
and recedes abruptly below the peripheral ridge of the body-whorl, 
especially on the ventral surface. There are 53 whorls, but the 
terminal half whorl is minute. ‘The other whorls of the spire 
increase in size gradually. The suture is very little impressed and 
all the whorls are broadly but a little obliquely flattened outside 
it. The body-whorl as seen in dorsal view is transverse, but 
widens abruptly towards the aperture. It is broadly but obliquely 
flattened above and not at alltumid. The aperture is subcircular or 


1921. | Manipur Molluscs. 549 


broadly oval, slightly narrowed at both extremities. The columel- 
lar margin is sharp and narrowly prominent. The umbilicus, 
though narrow, is circular and is approached from below by a deep 
and clear-cut channel. The aperture extends for some distance 
below the apparent base of the shell. The peristome is continuous. 
The outer lip is thin but not sharp, broadly and regularly arched, 
with a distinct prominence at the termination of the peripheral 
ridge. There are two smooth prominent spiral ridges on the three 
last whorls of the spire, three including the peripheral ridge or 
keel on the upper part of the body-whorl, and three rather less 
prominent ridges below the peripheral keel. All these ridges are 
darkened. Between each pair finer spiral ridges can be detected 
with a low power lens, crossed at regular intervals by straight, 
oblique striae, which do not interrupt the stronger ridges. The 
apex of the spire is darkened and the second complete whorl tinged 
with chestnut. The interior of the shell is washed with bluish 
white and the periphery of the aperture narrowly blackened and 
highly polished. 

The female shell is distinctly broader than the male. The 
embryonic shell is extremely like that of V. micvochaetophora but 
considerably larger. 

The operculum is thin, relatively large and broadly ovate, 
bluntly pointed above, of a pale translucent brown colour, almost 
flat externally, with the concentric ridges feeble, the margin almost 
membranous and the scar small. poorly developed and only slight- 
ly darkened. On the peripheral region of the ventral surface 
radiating striae are well developed. 

The radula is distinguished from that of Vivipara bengalensis 
by the much smaller denticulations of the teeth and narrower 
marginals (fig. 3B). 

The animal is like that of Vivipara bengalensis (fig. 7B), 
except for the strong development on the free edge of the mantle in 
the adult of a number of finger-shaped processes three of which are 
larger and one much larger than the rest. Each process cor- 
responds to a ridge on the shell and its size is proportionate to the 
development of the ridge. ‘These processes are concealed in life 
when the animal is expanded. ‘Their function, as hypertrophied 
structures, is probably that of accessory breathing organs and may 
be correlated with the fact that the branchial chamber is often 
almost completely filled with parasitic iéeches (ude postea). 
There is no material difference in the gross internal anatomy of V. 
bengalensis and V. oxytropis. 

The latter species has frequently been recorded in error from 
Bengal. The Manipur valley is apparently the only district in 
which it is common, but I collected some young shells apparently 
identical in a swampy lake near Kawkareik in the interior of the 
Amherst district of Tenasserim in 1908. 

Two phases can be distinguished in the Manipur valley :— 
(a) the typical phase from the Loktak Lake (pl. IV, figs. 2, 3), in 
which the shell is normally large and well developed, thin, trans- 


550 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


lucent and conical, and (0) a pond phase (pl. IV, figs. 4, 5), in which 
it is usually smaller, thicker, less translucent and less regular in 
form, and has the mouth narrower and more pointed above. In 
the latter phase large individuals occur, but they are never of 
regular trochiform outline and the flattening of the whorls outside 
the outline is much less oblique. The surface in specimens from 
ponds is always more or less eroded. The sexual differences in 
the shell are less marked than in the lake phase. 


Measurements of Shells (in millimetres). 


Lake Phase. Pond Phase. 
oF 2 FF ot Cy 
Height .. -- 37 40 35°5 405 37 3975 | 40 355 31 34°5 29° 30 
Max. diam. oe) | SESH 35 BESS S255 ors sons Nl Sono) 25 2Onbeed eo eezan mean 
Height of spire srl D7) 2006, Petes ol7 Paz ers. ka geo eOseamennuuy 
Height of mouth AE 2Os5 222s goo kT Sy ele 2 on eT Onc mata ice oe 
Max. diam.of mouth.. 17 19 16 17°5 15 17 | L7 I2"5 a4). 2:5) ae Te 


Thus in the lake phase the shell is about 1} times as high as 
broad in females and 1+ times in males, whereas in the pond phase, 
in which sexual differences are concealed by individual variability, 
the height is from 14 to 12 times the breadth. 

The pond phase comes nearer V. microchaetophora than does 
the lake phase and has in all respects a less peculiar shell, nearer 
that of the Viviparae bengalenses, from which the Viviparae 
oxytropides are perhaps derived. The Japanese form that has 
been assigned by some authors to the Manipur species has, as 
Pilsbry has pointed out, no relation to it. 

V. oxytropis attains its maximum development and most 
characteristic form in the more open parts of the Loktak Lake, in 
which it is abundant with Lecythoconcha lecythis. In ponds it is 
much scarcer and it is apparently absent from the smaller swamps 
of the Manipur valley. 

In the lake it is almost invariably infested by a leech of the 
genus Glossosiphonia, which often exists in the branchial cavity in 
such numbers as to occupy practically the whole lumen. Major 
Sewell, moreover, found Trematodes of the genus Leucochloridium 
encysted in the mantle of specimens brought living to Calcutta for 
examination. : 

Males in this mollusc seem to be considerably less abundant 
than females, at any rate in the Loktak Lake. The young are 
more numerous and smaller than those of L. lecythis living in the 
same conditions. 


VIVIPARAE DISSIMILES. 
Vivipara micron, sp. nov. 


The shell is of very smal! size, moderately thick, acuminate, 
narrowly rimate, with the spire and the upper part of the body- 
whorl somewhat elongate but the basal part very short and con- 
vexly flattened from below upwards. There are probably 43 
whorls in the complete shell, but in the only specimen I have 


1921. ] Manipur Molluscs. 551 


examined the apex is eroded. ‘The whorls of the spire are convex 
and transverse, narrowly and somewhat obliquely flattened above, 
and increase in size evenly but rapidly. The suture is deeply but 
narrowly impressed. The body-whorl is almost trumpet-shaped 
as seen from the dorsal surface but with the mouth deeply 
depressed. Its periphery is subangulate and the area beneath the 
imperfectly developed keel is very broadly triangular with the 
apex of the triangle on the inner margin. The upper part of the 
body-whorl is tumid, but below the peripheral angle, which is 
better developed than on the closed surface, the base recedes 
abruptly and is only slightly convex. ‘The aperture is rather 
small, but relatively broad, oblique in both planes, subrhomboidal 
and distinctly angulate on the inner margin, bluntly pointed above 
and narrowly rounded below. ‘The outer lip is thin, broadly anda 
little irregularly arched. The columella is nearly straight. Its 
fold is fairly prominent and slightly reflexed over the narrow 


Fic. 5.—Type-specimen of Vivipara micron. 


umbilicus. The peristome is complete. The colour is a rather 
pale olive-green, tinged with chestnut on the upper part of all the 
whorls and more deeply so over the whole apex. There is a broad 
pale band running round the periphery of the body-whorl. The 
margin of the mouth is very narrowly blackened and the interior 
of the shell is tinged with white. The sculpture consists of rather 
coarse longitudinal curved striae crossed by much finer punctate 
or sinuate spiral striae. The latter are more conspicuous on the 
spire than on the body-whorl. 


Measurements (in millimetres) of Type-shell. 


Height 2 ae sf Ie 
Max. diam. se cP eG) 
Height of spire (dorsal) ay fe) BES 
Height of mouth 6-7 
Max. diam. of mouth aA 25 


Type-specimen.—No. M 11855/2 Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind. Mus.). 


52 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXIT, 


On 


Locality.— A single empty but fresh shell was collected by 
Mr. Sundar Lal Hora in Manipur. 

Affinities.—In spite of its small size this shell does not look 
like a young specimen of the genus, for the shape is too elongate, 
the peripheral keel too poorly deveioped and the aperture too com- 
plete. There can be little doubt that it belongs to the group to 
which I have assigned it, but it is unlike any of the Indian or 
Burmese forms with which I have been able to compare it by 
means of either specimens or figures. On the whole it seems to be 
nearer V. ceylonica (Dohrn) than any other, but the shape is much 
less conical and the base more flattened than in any form of that 
species. 


Fic. 6.—Opercula of Lecythoconcha and Vivipara. A.—L. lecytitis (nat. size). 
B.—V. oxytropis (nat. size). 


Lecythoconcha, Annandale. 


1920. Lecythoconcha, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XIX, p. 114. 

The shell is of large, sometimes of relatively gigantic size, but 
thin, smooth or more or less translucent. It is globose in form, 
with broad swollen whorls, and often bears a striking superficial 
resemblance to that of Pachylabra (Ampullariidae). The colour is 
uniform or very nearly so and dark spiral bands are never present. 
The aperture is large and patent, subcircular or broadly suboval. 
The columellar fold is not strongly developed, the umbilicus is 
narrowly perforate and the outer lip is thin. 

The operculum is large, thin but stiff and rather brittle. Ex- 
ternally it is marked with strong but sharp concentric ridges and 
bears in its central region a deep funnel-shaped pit. There is no 
muscular scar on the internal surface but the pit is represented by 
a prominent rounded boss, round which there may be a ring-shaped 
area on which the surface is slightly roughened. 


1g2t.| Manipur Molluscs. 553 


The animal differs from that of Viv:para in the greatly thick- 
ened and highly muscular free edge of the mantle, the sphincter 
muscle running along which is very strong and conspicuous. The 
radula is identical with that of Viuiparya. 

Type-species.—Paludina lecythis, Benson. 

Geographical Range.—The range of the genus probably ex- 
tends from the Manipur Valley through Upper Burma and possibly 
Yenasserim to Yunnan and Cochin China and thence across China 
to the Philippines, Celebes, Formosa and Japan. But I am not 
quite sure as to the generic identity of some of the Far Eastern 
species. In all those from China and Japan I have examined (ex- 
cept specimens of the type-specics from Yunnan) the operculum 
differs in having the zing-shaped area round the central boss on 
the internal surface much more strongly roughened and scar-like 
than in L. lecythis. 

Anatomically the new genus closely resembles Vivipara, as, 
indeed, do all the Asiatic genera of the family, but the structure 
of the mantle-edge and its sphincter is characteristic.! 

The strong mantle-sphincter has probably a definite function 
to perform, viz. that of protecting the branchial’ chamber from 
the entry of parasites. As my assistant Mr. Amin-ud-Din pointed 
out to me at the Loktak Lake, almost every specimen of Vivipara 
oxytropis we examined there was infested by a leech of the genus 
Glossostphonia, over 30 individuals of which were sometimes found 
in the branchial chamber of a single specimen, while the branchial 
chamber of Lecythoconcha from precisely the same habitat was 
invariably empty. ‘The contraction of the powerful muscle must 
close this chamber much more effectively than that of the com- 
paratively feeble muscle in V. oxytropis. 


Lecythoconcha lecythis (Benson). 


(Plate V and plate VI, figs. i, 2.) 


18560. Paludina lecythis, Benson, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal V, p. 745, 

1852. Paludina ampulliformis, Eydoux and Souleyet, Voy. ‘ Bonite,’ 
Zovl., p. 540, pl. xxxi, figs. 25-27. 

1876. Paludina lecythis and var. ampulliformis, Hanley and Theo- 
bald, Conch. Ind., pl. \xxvi, figs. 6, 7. 

1877. Paludina chinensis varr. ampulliformis and lecythis, P. stamen- 
sis (in part), Nevill, Cat. Moll. Ind. Mus. E, pp. 25, 36. 

1885. Paludina chinensis varr. ampulliformis and lecythis, P. siam- 
ensis var. burmantica, id., Hand List Moll. Ind. Mus. I, pp. 
20, 26. 


The shell is of large or very large size, thin, of a uniform 
olive-green when fresh but often fading to brown, globose, narrow- 
ly perforate. There are 44 or 5 whorls. The apex is acuminate 


! Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. X1X, p. 114, fig. 3 (1920). 

2 Major R. B.S. Sewell found the mantle of both ZL. lecythis and V. oxytro- 
pis from the Loktak Lake and ponds at Imphal infested with an encysted Trema- 
tode (Leucochlovidium), but the orifice of the cyst was always on the external 
surface of the mollusc. I have found a minute parasitic mite among the gill- 
filaments of Z. lecythis. 


554 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


and the spire as a whole conical, but with the whorls tumid and 
flattened above and the suture deeply impressed. The spire, 
measured on the dorsal surface, is about as high as the central part 
of the body-whorlon thesame surface. In this view the body-whorl 
is oblique and spiral and is considerably more than twice as deep 
at its outer as at its inner margin. The whorl is somewhat com- 
pressed from above downwards but strongly cenvex. In ventral 
view the spire is somewhat shorter than in dorsal view and the body- 
whorl, without the mouth, forms almost an equilateral triangle the 
apex of which is directed downwards. The upper part of the 
whorl is greatly swollen but it recedes inwards towards the umbili- 
cus somewhat abruptly. The aperture is large and patent, more 
or less oblique and broadly oval. The outer lip is sharp and more 
or less narrowly tinged with black. The columella is arched and 


Ta B 


Fic. 7.—Living animals of Lecythocuncha lecythis&# (A) and 
Vivipara oxytropis? (B). Nat. size. 


its folds form a prominent ridge which is very little reflected over 
the umbilicus. This ridge is highly polished and of a bluish white 
colour, with which the whole interior of the shell is more or less 
deeply tinged. The sculpture consists of numerous fine, almost 
straight longitudinal ridges and frequently of close-set irregular 
indentations which give the whole shell a malleated appearance. 
These are more commonly present on the penultimate than on the 
body-whorl. In immature specimens a blunt ridge runs round 
the periphery of the latter whorl and even in large shells this is 
sometimes represented by a fine line, which may bear very fine 
cilia-like processes of the periostracum. 

The female shell is a little more globose than the male and 
has the outline of the spire less broken (cf. figs. 1, 2, pl. V). 

The operculum is thin and transparent, but hard and rather 
brittle, of a deep uniform golden brown colour and distinctly 


1g2I.| Manipur Molluscs. 555 


pyriform. The central boss on the internal surface is situated 
nearer the inner than the outer margin. It is highly polished but 
its base is marked with fine radiating, iridescent ridges. The area 
surrounding it is smooth, but fine radiating lines proceed down on 
it from the boss. 

The radular teeth are figured in fig.3, on p.544. They exhibit 
no essential difference from those of Vivipara. 

The animal has the generic characters. It is rather less bright- 
ly coloured than most species of Viviparidae, the body being sooty 
black and the minute spots with which it is covered being dull 
yellow and very small. The tentacles are very long and thin and 
the foot is remarkably stout. Fig. 7 shows the outstanding 
differences between the living animal and that of V. oxytropis, 
which in most respects is a typical Vivipara so far as the soft 
parts are concerned. 

Type-specimens.—No. 2300 Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind. Mus.). 

Geographical Range.—The type-specimens from the Asiatic 
Society’s collection are labelled as being from Sylhet, but they 
agree so closely with shells from the more open part of the 
Loktak Lake! that I think this locality is probably incorrect. 
The species is not represented, so far as I am aware, in any 
recent collection from Syihet and it must be remembered that 
at the time when Benson’s collection was made Sylhet was on 
the way to Manipur. The true range probably extends from 
the Manipur Valley through Upper Burma to the Southern Shan 
States, Yunnan and Cochin China. Nevill records young speci- 
mens from the Philippines, but in view of their immaturity 
the record is open to doubt. 

In Manipur no less than four phases can be distinguished, 
one of which, at one end of the series, is the forma typica, 
while another, at the other end has received the varietal name 
ampulliformis. I shall describe the phases under English names. 

THE OPEN-WATER PHASE (=forma typica): plate V, figs. I, 2. 
The shell is very large, globose, thin and translucent and is of 
a bright olive-green colour externally and only slightly washed 
with bluish white internally. The aperture is subcircular, the outer 
lip strongly arched and very thin. The sculpture is very fine and 
delicate and if varices occur on the body-whorl, as is often the case, 
they are poorly developed and asa rule not blackened. This phase 
js found in the more open parts of the Loktak Lake. 

THE MARGINAL PHASE: plate V, fig.3. ‘The shell is thicker, 
heavier, more opaque and coarser than in the last phase and, 
though individuals grow at least as large, is usually smaller. 
The spire is relatively longer and not quite so broad at the base, 
the whorls are not quite so convex and the aperture rather 


1 Specimens of this phase are not difficult to obtain as they are brought up 
in hundreds by the fishermen in their nets. I have to thank Mr. C. Forster 
Cooper, Superintendent of the Cambridge University Museum, for examining 
the specimens in the Benson collection. He informs me that they also are 
labelled ‘‘ Sylhet.” 


556 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


smaller. The lip is not so thin and has a deeper black border. 
The sculpture is much coarser and blackish varices can usually 
be detected on the body-whorl. This phase is abundant in the 
swamp at the north end of the Loktak Lake 

THE Ponp PHASE: plate VI, figs. 1,2. The shell is smaller 
than in either of the last two phases but more variable both 
in size and shape. It is decidedly narrower than either and has 
the spire relatively longer, the whorls less tumid and less broadly 
flattened above. The mouth is variable in outline but as a rule 
is distinctly emarginate above the umbilicus. The sculpture is 
coarse and irregular and the shell more liable to erosion on the 
surface. This phase is found in ponds and in the smaller swamps 
of the Manipur Valley. Many of the specimens collected by the 
late Dr. John Anderson in Upper Burma and Yunnan also belong 
LOM 

THE RICE-FIELD PHASE. (=var. ampulliformis, Eydoux and 
Souleyet): plate V, fig. 4. This is a small phase in which the 
upper part of the whorls of the shell is much less distinctly 
flattened, the spire is relatively long and the whole shell compara- 
tively narrow. Some specimens of the pond phase approached 
it very closely. It is common in small pools in the rice-fields of 
the Manipur Valley and preponderates ameng the specimens 
collected by the late Dr. John Anderson in Upper Burma and 
Yunnan. It has also been recorded from Cochin China and 
appears to be, as might be expected, the most widely distributed 
phase of the species. 

Halitat and Habits.—The concluding sentences of the preced- 
ing paragraphs indicate in a general way the habitats of the 
different phases, which are also indicated’ in the names given to 
them. ‘There is one further point of interest to be noted, namely 
that the rice-field phase is peculiarly resistant to desiccation. 
A’ specimen was found in dry mud in. February and brought to 
Calcutta dry. In cleaning the shell more than a month later the 
operculum was removed and the animal found to be in a perfectly 
fresh condition though quite immobile and apparently insensible.' 
It was accidently left for the night in a dish of water and gave 
birth to a number of living young. It survived itself for several 
days, in spite of the removal of its operculum, but, probably on 
account of its injuries, did not regain sensibility. 

No other noteworthy difference was observed between the 
habits of this species and those of Vivipara bengalensis and its 
allies. 

The shells from Upper Burma and Tenasserim called Paludina 
stamensis vat. burmanica by Nevill are merely young specimens of 
this species, as is evident from a direct comparison and from an 


' The condition of this mollusc was apparently the same as that of a 


specimen of Pseudovivipara hypocrites examined after being dry two years and 
after a journey from China to Calcutta and from Calcutta to England and back. 
See Mem. As, Soc. Bengal V1, p. 312. 


192. | Manipur Molluscs. 557 


examination of their opercula. Probably the true Paludina sia- 
mensis of Frauenfeld is also the young of some allied species. 


Family AMPULLARIIDAE. 
Genus Pachylabra, Swainson. 


The use of the name Pachylabra for the Oriental and African 
species of Ampullariidae has been discussed by Kobelt in the curr- 
ent edition of Martini and Chemnitz’s Conch. Cab., pp. 44-46 
(1911). The genus is distinguished from the American Ampullaria 
by the structure of the operculum and the inhalent siphon. The 
former in Pachylabra is massive and calcareous with a coarse exter- 
nal horny covering. ‘The siphon when contracted is a prominent 
fold forming an incomplete tube not very much longer than its 
transverse diameter. When expanded it is a funnel-shaped struc- 
ture, considerably broader than long. 

This genus is represented in the Manipur Valley by a single 

species (P. maura, Reeve), which is common throughout the plains 
of Assam. In the Manipur Valley, however, it was found only ina 
few ponds in the immediate vicinity of the capital. The question 
naturally arises, may it not have originally been introduced by 
man, either as food or accidentally ? The Manipuris even now eat 
some kinds of molluscs and the Naga tribes of the surrounding 
hills are fond of all the larger freshwater species. P. maura, how- 
ever, is well within the geographical limits of its range in Manipur, 
for it is found in the valley of the Brahmaputra on the one hand 
and on the Shan Plateau on the other. 


Pachylabra maura (Reeve). 
1856. Ampullaria maura, Reeve, Conch: Icon., pl. xiii, fig. 57. 
1887. Ampullavia maura, Nevill, Cat. Mall. Ind. Mus. E, p. 5. 
1885. Ampullaria maura, id., Hand List Moll. Ind. Mus. XI, p. 4. 
1918. Ampullaria winkley:, Annandale (nec Pilsbry), Rec. Jnd. Mus. 
XIV, p: 138, pl. xii, fig. 10. 

My identification of specimens from the North Shan States as A. 
winkleyt was certainly incorrect and I can find no constant differ- 
ence between them and shells from Assam except that they are paler 
and brighter in colour. Of the true A. winkleyi I have recently 
examined a shell from Patalung in Peninsular Siam.! Its minute 
spiral sculpture is much better developed and its shape different. 

All the specimens examined from Manipur are small and have 
the shell very dark. ‘They agree, however, precisely with some 
individuals from Dimapur and from Gauhati on the Brahmaputra. 

The species is probably no more than an eastern race of P. 
globosa (Swainson), the common Ganges species. Nevill, however 
(op. cit., 1887, p. 5), keeps it distinct on account of its ‘‘ wider um- 
bilicus, more contracted aperture with dark-coloured margins, more 
produced spire and thinner shell.” I doubt whether these dif-. 
ferences will be found to be constant, but until the Indian species 


{ Annandale, Fourn. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam 1V, p. 45 (1920). 


558 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo,. XXII, 


of the genus have been revised, it seems best to regard it provi- 
sionally as a species. I figure the radular teeth. 

In Manipur P. maura was found (in February and March) 
buried in the mud at the edge of certain ponds in or near Imphal, 
the capital. Dead shells were also found round these ponds, but 
not elsewhere in the vallev. In the garden of the Residency the 
species was fairly abundant in one of two ponds, but not in the 
other. Both were shallow and had a dense submerged vegetation 


ii= 


Fire. 8.—Radular teeth of Pachylabra maura. 


of Potamogeton and Hydrilla, with a not very dense floating vege- 
tation of Azolla, etc. ‘The only difference seemed to be that in 
the pond in which Pachylabra occurred lotuses had been planted, 
and that there were none of these plants in the other. The other 
ponds in which the mollusc was found had a still richer submerged 
and floating vegetation with a profuse growth of plants that sent 
out long runners on the top ot the water. Most species of the 
genus are dependent for their food on succulent leaves and stems 
and prefer such vegetation to the ordinary submerged water-weeds. 


Family MELANIIDAE. 
Subfamily MELANINAE. 
Genus Melanoides, Olivier (nec H. and A. Adams). 


1807. Melanoides, Olivier, Voyage l’Emp. Ottoman II, p. 4o. 

1854. Plotia, Tarebia, H. and A. Adams, Gen. Recent Moll., pp. 
295, 304. 

1874. Plotia, Tarebia, Striatella, Brot, Conch. Cab., p. 7- 

1897. Stenomelania, Tarebia, Melanoides, Plotia, von Martens, in 
Weber's Zool. Ergebn. Niederi. Ost. Ind. 1V, pp. 40, 50, 62, 69. 

1898. Neomelanien (in part), P. and F. Sarasin, Sussw. Moll. Celebes, 

pists 

IQ15- Auta. Striatella, Melanella (in part), Tarebia, Plotia, Preston, 
Faun. Brit. Ind., Freshw.-Moll., pp. 10, 15, 32) 33) 35: 

1919. Melanoides, Annandale and Prashad, Rec. nd. Mus. XVIII, p. 28. 

1920. Melanotdes, Annandale, zbzd., XIX, p. 108. 


In the paper by Dr. Baini Prashad and myself cited imme- 
diately above we have given reasons for uniting Melanovdes, s.s. and 


Plotia. Our views on this point are further strengthened by an 
examination of a large collection from various parts of the Madras 


1921.| Manipur Molluscs. 559 


Presidency. In it I find all intermediate stages between the typi- 
cal M. scabra (Miller) and M. acanthica (Lea) in the one direction 
and between M. scabra and the form we called M. pyramis var. 
puteicola on the other. The only constant difference that can now 
be claimed between M. scabra and M. pyramis as species is that in 
the former the lip of the shell is always strongly sinuate, its upper 
extremity as seen in ventral view being situated at a somewhat 
lower level than that of the columellar margin, though the central 
part of its margin lies level. This, as is shown in our original 
figures of the var. puteicola, is a marked feature of that form. The 
variety must, therefore, be retransferred to MV. pyramis, with which 
Nevill originally associated it, and known as M. scabra var. puteicola. 
I can find no justification for separating Tavebia genericaily from 
forms like the typical M. scabra. 


Melanoides tuberculatus (Miller). 


1919. Melanoides tuberculatus, Annandale and Prashad, op. cit., pp. 20, 
31, fig. 3A, pl. iv, fig. 1. 

Specimens from Manipur have no striking peculiarities. The 
species is common in ponds in the valley but was not found in the 
Loktak Lake. 

The processes on the edge of the mantle arise on the ventral 
surface a short distance behind the actual margin. The largest is 
situated on the left side and they grow smaller as the series pro- 
ceeds towards the right. 


Genus Acrostoma, Brot. 


1854. Melanoides, H. and A. Adams (nec Olivier), 

1874. Melanoides, Acrostoma, Brot. Conch. Cab., p. 7. 

1897. Bene up Martens, in Weber's Zool. Ergebn. Niederl. Ost. Ind. 

IQL5. Melee Acrostoma, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind., Freshw.-Moll. 
Dp. 21, 30: 

1920. rat Annandale, Rec. Jnd. Mus. X1X, p. 109. 

I cannot find any constant difference between the shells, oper- 
cula, soft parts or radulae of Bretia, von Martens (=Melanoides, 
auct.) and Acrostoma, Brot. Indeed such forms as the one des- 
cribed here as Acrostoma variabilis var. laevis, though clearly falling 
within the limits of Brotia, are very closely related to A. hugeli, 
the type-species of Acrostoma. 

In this genus some of the heaviest shells among the freshwater 
Gastropods occur. 

The edge of the mantle of A. variabiizs, in living individuals 
as in preserved specimens, is quite smooth. It is marked out, 
however, on the inner surface into well-defined areas by vertical 
lines of bright. yellow pigment on a dark background. In pre- 
served specimens of A. ugeli , the type-species of the genus, a similar 
condition is found. ‘There is no difference in this respect between 
individuals of A. variabilis with smooth and’ those with. highly 
sculptured shells. 


560 Records of the Indian Museum. [Von. XXII, 


Acrostoma variabilis (Benson). 


(Plate VI, figs. 3—6.) 


1836. Melania variabilis, Benson, Fourn As. Soc. Bengal V, p. 746. 

1872. Melanoides spinata, Godwin-Austen, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 
Pp 514, pl. xxx, figs. 1, Ia. 

1876. Melania variabilis, epascopalis, spinata, © aanley and Theobald, 
Conch, Ind.,. pl. Ixxii, fig. 7, pl. Ixxv, figs. 5-7, pl. eix, figs. 1, 3, 


0. 
1885. Melania variabilis, spinata, Nevill, Hand List Moll. Ind. Mus. 
pp- 251-261. ‘ 

This justly named species is represented in the Manipur Val- 
ley by three varieties which link together several forms that have 
sometimes been regarded as distinct species. The varieties, how- 
ever, are by no means constant, though even quite young shells 
can usually be distinguished, for many intermediate individuals 
occur. The three Manipuri forms may be called Jaevis, var. nov. 


Fic. 9,—adular teeth of Melaniidae. 


A. Acrostoma variabile. B. Paludomus pustulosa. 


semilaevigata, Nevill and subspinata, var. nov. I will describe each 
separately. Here I figure a living specimen of the var. subspinata, 
nov., from Dimapur, to show the form of the animal. 

Var. laevis, nov. : pl. vi, figs.3, 4. Under the name semilae- 
vigata Nevill included two forms which seem to me to be distinct 
varieties. In one of them, for which 1 propose the name Jaevis, 
the shell is often almost as smooth as that of Acrostoma hugeli, 
the longitudinal ribs being completely obsolete, while in other 
shells I assign to the same variety they are only obsolescent and 
may even be produced into a small tubercle at the upper extre- 
mity. This may occur either on both the two last whorls or on 
the penultimate whorl only. The longitudinal sculpture in the 
smoothest shells consists merely of coarse striae, while the spiral 
sculpture is represented by ill-defined smooth ridges. The most 
highly sculptured shells of this variety approach the var. psendo- 
spinosa, Nevill. 

Var. semilaevigata, Nevill: pl. vi, fig. 5. In Nevill’s type- 


1g2t.| Manipur Molluscs. 561 


series of this variety 1 find shells of the form here called laevis 
mixed with others to which the definition he adopted from Benson 
applies more exactly, the essential difference being that in the 
obsolescent ribs of semlaevigata both extremities are produced into 
tubercles. Highly sculptured shelis of this variety often approach 
Nevill’s var. binodulifera. 

Var. subspinata, nov.: pl. vi, fig. 6. This form is interesting 
as being precisely intermediate between the var. binoduiifera, 
which occurs in abundance in the river at Dimapur just north 
of the Naga Hills, and Godwin-Austen’s Melanoides spinata from 
horthern Assam. The two rows of spines are nearer together 
than in binodulifeva and the spines are more produced but they 
are not foliaceous as in spinata. 


Fie. 10.—Living animal of Acrostoma variabilis var. subspinata, 
nov., from Dimapur, Assam. 


These three varieties are, as I have said, by no means con- 
stant. The two last occur together and in most individuals can 
be readily distinguished even before the shell has attained a third 
of its full dimensions, the longitudinal ribs being well, developed 
in this stage as strong keels on all but the first four or five whorls 
in subspinata, while the whole shell is smooth in Jaevis. Inter- 
mediate individuals occur, however, not uncommonly. ‘They are 
much commoner among, adult than among young shells, The 
vars. laevis and semilaevigata also occur together, but I have not 
found both semilaevigata and subspinata in any series examined. 
This would suggest that the smooth type oi shell has been derived 
independently along two lines, by the suppression of the lower 
part of the ribs in one line and by that of the middle region in 
another. 


562 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


The young shell removed from the oviduct at full time is 
identical in all the Manipuri varieties. It consists of 434 whorls 
and is conical in outline with the base produced towards the 
outer margin and pointed. The apex is minutely blunted and 
retracted, the apical half-whorl lying in a deeply canaliculate 
suture. Round the other whorls the suture is not impressed. 
The aperture is regularly rhomboidal, narrow, oblique and some- 
what elongate. The colour is pale olivaceous green becoming 
darker and browner towards the apex, which is infuscated. A 
dark brown spiral band embraces both sides of the suture and 
is continued round the periphery of the body-whorl, on which 
a second band of the same colour appears towards the base. 

The sculpture consists of microscopic spiral and longitudinal 
striae. The latter are strongly curved. There is an obscure, 
flattened spiral ridge running just below the suture and round 
the periphery of the body- whorl. 

The Manipuri varieties have much thicker and heavier and, 
generally speaking, larger shells than the forma typica, which is 
common in ponds in the Gaygetic delta. This seems to be so in 
all fluviatile phases of the species In Manipur the varieties 
occur in the beds of the Imphal River and its tributaries, in 
muddy water and on a muddy bottom. Apparently they are not 
found in the swifter, clearer hill-streams. 

The range of A. vaviabilis as a species extends eastwards 
irom the Gangetic Delta, through Assam and Burma and it is 
represented in the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra and Java by very 
closely allied forms. Its ‘‘varieties’”” may be mere phases the 
peculiarities of which are due to some peculiarity (or rather 
combination of peculiarities) in the environment, but on this 
subject little is yet known. The animal is usually if not always 
found on a muddy bottom and obtains its food by scraping the 
surface with its radula. 


Subfamily PALUDOMINAE. 
Genus Paludomus, Swainson. 


The number of the species and subspecies of this genus 
found in Burma and Assam is probably considerable, and some 
species from these countries, notably P. conica (Gray), are parti- 
cularly liable to form local races. Indeed, specimens of P. conica 
seem to differ slightly in every stream in which they occur. 
The whole genus stands, however, in need of revision as far at 
any rate as the Indian forms are concerned, and it is important 
that young as well as adult shells should be examined, for in 
maturity the spire is often so distorted by erosion that the true 
form of the shell completely disappears. I have been unable to 
match a Paludomus fairly common in the southern part of the 
Manipur Valley with any previously described and am there- 
fore obliged to call it new. Fortunately shells in all stages of 
development are available. 


1g21.]| Manipur Molluscs. 563 


Paludomus pustulosa, sp. nov. 


The shell when fully adult is thick and porcellaneous and 
of a uniform blackish colour externally. Only the body-whorl 
and part of the penultimate whorl! usually remain. The former 
is tumid, very oblique and more than twice as deep at its inner 
than at its outer margin as seen from the dorsal surface. The 
inner margin is very broadly rounded. On the ventral surface 
the whorl has an elongate, irregularly oval outline. On the outer 
side it is highly convex above but recedes rather abruptly to- 


B. 
Fic. 11.—Shells of Paludomus pustulosa. 
A. Adult shell. B. Half-grown shell. 


wards the lower margin. On the inner side the region above the 
aperture is short and convex. The ventral surface is swollen 
above, somewhat flattened below. The mouth projects obliquely 
at its upper end. It is slightly pyriform, rather narrow and 
oblique. The upper extremity is sharply pointed, the lower 
evenly and not very broadly rounded. The lip is thin, slightly 
everted and obscurely pleated internally. It forms a well-defined 
margin to the aperture and is highly polished and of a bluish 
white colour with a narrow black border. The columellar margin 
is similar in appearance and forms a continuous ridge with the 


564 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, 


lip. This ridge is, however, broadly excavated above the colu- 
mella. There is hardly any trace of the umbilicus. The sculp- 
ture consists of fine and regular longitudinal striae with coarser 
longitudinal lines set at irregular intervals and of minute, almost 
microscopic pustule-like granules scattered irregularly and some- 
times confined to the ventral surface. Round the upper part of 
the whorl, and sometimes also at its base, there are traces of 
several obsolescent transverse grooves. ‘The interior of the shell 
is olivaceous, sometimes with traces of two or three broad chest- 
nut bands. 

Half-grown shells are very different in appearance. They 
have at least 33 whorls and sometimes traces of afourth. The out- 
line is rather narrowly ovate with the spire tapering and rather 
narrow but blunt at the tip. The colour is dark olivaceous 
green or brown with the internal bands more distinct and the 
shell is much thinner. The whorls of the spire increase evenly 
but rapidly in size and are flattened above, with two or more 
rather deep grooves running round the upper surface. Without 
intermediate individuals I would hardly have thought these two 
types of shell specifically identical, but the series collected by . 
Mr. Sunder Lal Hora leaves no doubt on the point. 

In very young shells, not more than 5 mm. long, there are 
5 whorls and the apex is acuminate. 

The operculum is of the type normal in Paludomus, s.s., being 
of ovate form with a small spiral figure situated in the anterior 
inner region. 

The vadula does not differ materially from that of Melanoides, 
except that the outer lateral and the marginal are more spatu- 
late (fig. gB). 

Type-series.—No. M 11855/2 Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind. Mus.). 

Localities, etc.—Specimens were obtained by Mr. Sunder Lal 
Hora from one stream in the south part of the Manipur Valley. 
Specimens were also purchased, with those of Vivipara crassi- 
spivalis in the Imphal bazaar, but were said to have come from 
the same district. Mr. Hora obtained his specimens on a pebbly 
bottom in clear, rapid-running water. 

Affinities.—The species is closely allied to P. conica (Gray) 
and especially to the race kopiliensis, Nevill, from northern Assam. 
The sculpture is, however, more delicate and the body-whorl as 
seen in ventral view considerably more elongate. Of the shells 
figured in the Conchologia Indica the nearest is paludinoides, 
Reeve (pl. cxxiii, fig. 9), but the aperture in my new species is 
more oblique, longer and narrower, the inner outline more 
irregular and the colour much duller and darker. The young shell 
is not unlike the figure of clavata (fig. 4) from Ceylon on the 
same plate, but its aperture is much larger and more patent. 


1g21.| Manipur Molluses. 565 


AQUATIC PULMONATA. 
By N. ANNANDALE and B, PRASHAD. 


The three families and most of the genera of this order that 
occur in the Oriental Region are well represented in the collection, 
namely the Limnaeidae, the Planorbidae and the Ancylidae, the 
first by four species of Limaea ; the second by the unique species 
of Indoplanorbis and by species of Gyraulus, Segmentina, Hippeutrs 
(?) and the highly peculiar genus Canipioceras ; the third by three 
species of the subgenus Ferrissia of Ancylus. 

This collection has enabled us to discuss plasticity and varia- 
bility in the Limnaeidae, to give particulars about the anatomy 
of the different genera of Planorbidae and to revise the Indian 
species of Ancylidae. Perhaps the most interesting points that 
have become manifest in our investigation are (1) the differences 
in environmental plasticity and individual variability shown by 
different species of Limmnaea; (2) the homogeniety of the anatomy 
of the Indian species of the genus, contrasting with (3) the great 
diversity of structure in the soft partsof the Planorbidae ; (4) the 
generic status of the common Indian ‘! Planorbis’ exustus and of 
the scarce Camptoceras lineatum ; and (5) the precise systematic 
position of the Indian Ancylidae. 


Family LIMNAEIDAE. 
Genus Limnaea, Lamarck. 


Of the four species of the genus found in Manipur two are 
widely distributed in India (L. acuminata and L. ovalis), the 
range of one (L. andersoniana) extends irom south-western China 
to Kashgar and Nepal, while the third, here described as new 
under the name L. ovalioy, has been found outside the Manipur 
Valley only at Dimapur in the plains of Assam on the north side 
of the Naga Hills. 

Small as is the number of species, they include so large a 
proportion of the true Indian Limnacae that it will be worth while 
to discuss here as briefly as possible the species that occur in 
India proper, Assam and Burma, omitting those found only in the 
Himalayas or in the districts west of the Indus. A key to the 
species to be considered will form a suitable basis for discussion. 


Key to the species of Limnaea found inthe Indo-Gangetic Plain, 
Peninsular India, Assam and Burma. 
“i 


Z. Spire of shell narrow and tightly coiled, with the sut- 
ure very oblique and the upper extremity of the 
body-whorl not or hardly broader than the penulti- 
mate whorl. 
A, Apex sharply pointed; shell usually large or of 
moderate size, with at least 5 whorls; columel- 
lar fold coarse and strongly twisted L. acuminata. 
B. Apex minutely rounded; shell small or minute ; 
columellar fold much less strongly developed. 
i. Shell less than 8 mm. high, very fragile, with only 
two whorls in the spire, which is very short ; 
columellar fold narrow and not at all twisted... ZL. mimetica. 


566 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 


i. Shell as a rule more than 8 mm. high, not so 
fragile with the spire normal and consisting 
of at least three whorls; columellar fold 
twisted ee ... L. shanenesis. 
II. Whorls of spire transverse and increasing rapidly in 
size; suture not markedly oblique; at least four 
whorls in spire; columellar callus very coarse and 
broad ; columellar fold coarse. 
A. Apical whorls of spire much narrower than ‘others, 
forming a distinct apical process; penultimate 
whorl of shell much narrower than upper part of 
body-whorl, broader than height of spire ... L. ovalis. 
B. Whorls of spire increasing in size evenly ; penulti- 
mate whorl at least nearly as broad as upper ex- 
ene of body-whorl. 
. Shell almost symmetrical bilaterally and its outline 
forming a remarkably even broad ovate figure, 
with the base of the spire more than twice 
as broad as its height ; umbilicus imperforate L. ovalior. 
. Shell of elongate ovate form, with the spire rela- 
tively long and narrow and the body-whorl 
sub- cylindrical ; umbilicus imperforate ... L. luteola. 
. Shell varying greatly in outline but always opaque, 
with the suture much more impressed and 
more oblique than in the last two species ; the 
umbilicus, though always completely occlud- 
ed by the columella callus, usually forming a 
narrow aperture visible on the dorsal surface ZL. andersoniana. 


There is no genus amongst the Indian molluscs more liable 
both to individual variability and to plasticity in response to en- 
vironment than Limnaea. ‘The two phenomena are not always 
correlated in the same species and both differ greatly in degree in 
different species. Probably neither is ever completely suppressed. 
These facts make it difficult to assign specific limits to the numer- 
ous forms, and at the same time render it probable that the 
number of true species is small. 

Various attempts have been made to solve the taxonomic 
difficulties involved in the study of the Indian Limnaeidae. ‘The 
most successful in practice was that of the late Mr. G. Nevill,’ but 
unfortunately he gave no arguments for adopting the course he 
followed. Von Martens’ Las discussed certain species in detail and 
has given admirable figures, but he had not seen by any means 
all the Indian forms. We have now been able to study Limnaea 
in relation to its environment in many parts of Peninsular India 
and the Indo-Gangetie Plain, on the North West Frontiers and at 
several places in Assam and Burma, and we believe that we have 
seen specimens of almost all the Indian forms to which specific 
names have been given and, with the exception of the Eurasian 
species of the Western Himalayas, have examined the natural 
surroundings of the great majority. This has given us confidence 
to discuss the species on broad lines, both from a geographical 
and a purely taxonomic point of view. 


‘| Hand List Moll. Ind. Mus. 1, pp. 232-234 (1878). 
2 Conch. Mitth. 1, pp. 75-80, pls. xiv, xv (1881). 


1g92I.| Manipur Molluscs. 567 


From a geographical point of view the Indian species fall na- 
turally into four groups, which may be defined as follows :— 

I. THE EURASIAN GRoup.—A small group of species found 
in the higher valleys of the Indus system in the Western Himala- 
yas and consisting of species identical or almost identical with 
those of Europe. 

2. THE AFGHAN GRroup.— Another small group, consisting of 
species that bear considerable resemblance to the L. lagotis and 
L. peregra groups of the Palaearctic Regior. The range of this 
group extends from Afghanistan through the mountains west of 
the Indus in Indian territory and thence across the Perso-Afghan 
desert to Eastern Persia. 

3. THE INDIAN PENINSULAR GRoup.—A group of three spe- 
cies with numerous phases, varieties and mutations. It occupies the 
whole of Peninsular India and the Indo-Gangetic Plain, and ranges 
eastwards to Burma and northwards into the Lower Himalayas 
east of the Indus. 

4. THE BurRMESE GRroup.— We know comparatively little 
about this group, which is probably of Chinese origin in the main. 
Its range probably extends from Upper Burma into Eastern As- 
sam, but it occupies much territory in common with the Indian 
Peninsular group. 

We are at present concerned with species in groups 3 and 4. 
The Afghan forms have recently been discussed by us in another 
volume! of the Recoryds and the Eurasian forms have still to be 
compared in detail with their European representatives. Neither 
of these groups is found in any part of Assam. 

We have stated our opinion that the Indian group consists of 
only three species, thus agreeing with Nevill (oc. cit.) ; but a large 
number of races, phases, varieties and aberrations have received 
specific names. ‘The three species are L. acuminata, Lamarck, L. 
ovalis, Gray and L. Iuteola, Lamarck. ‘The last has been called L. 
succinea, Deshayes, by some authors. We have to discuss here 
only L. acuminata and L. ovalis. 

The Burmese group also comprises. so far as we are aware, 
only three species, viz. L. andersoniana, Nevill, L. shanensis, An- 
nandale and L. mimetica, Annandale. ‘he last is probably derived 
from the Indian L. acuminata, but the other two are probably 
of Chinese origin. We have here to discuss L. andersoniana and 
describe a highly peculiar new species from Assam, probably related 
to L. ovalis. The name we propose for it is L. ovalior. 

Before discussing individual species in detail it will be as well 
to say something of the principles on which we have based their 
classification. We had hoped to find some diagnostic features in 
their anatomy and have examined the radulae and other internal 
organs of most of the Indian forms with this object in view; but 
we have been disappointed and are forced to the conclusion that 
shell-characters, provided that a sufficiently large number of indi- 


| Kec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, pp. 39-52, pls. v—vil (1910). 


508 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


viduals be examined, and due attention paid to the protoconch, 
form the most satisfactory basis for specific identification among 
the Indian species, among which conspicuous anatomical differ- 
ences such as Baker! discovered in the North American Limnaeidae 
do not exist. Anatomical differences of course there are, but they 
are so minute, so difficult to find and above all so inconstant that 
they are of little use in taxonomy. 

The radular teeth in all the Indian, Persian and Mesopotamian 
species we have examined conform to a type somewhat different 
from that described for any European species, differing in detail 
in the different forms, but vary greatly not only in accord with 
race and locality but also with individual idiosyncracy, while small 
specific differences in the genitalia are liable to be obscured by the 
state of sexual activity, especially by protandry. 

In the anatomy of the radula and genitalia the Indian 
Limnaeidae (omitting the Palaearctic Himalayan species) differ 
little from those referred by Baker to the Holarctic genus. or 
subgenus Galba, Schrank, but the shell does not quite conform to 
this type. It is, indeed, of more than one type and Limnaea acu- 
minata stands out very distinct in shell-characters from its con- 
geners and is more like Ga/ba than the other species in our fauna. 


Limnaea acuminata, Lamarck. 
(Plate VII, figs. 1-—3.) 


1878. Limnaeus acuminatus, Nevill, Hand List Moll. Ind. Mus., p. 


922 


1881. Leainaee acuminata, von Martens, Conch. Mitth. 1, p. 75, pl. 
XIV. 

1915. Limnaea acuminata (in part), Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. Freshw.- 
Moll., p. 106. 

1919. Limnaea acuminaia (with var. nana), L. amygdalum and (7) L. 
chlamys, Annandale and Prashad, Rec. /nd. Mus. XV1, pp. 
140-142, figs. 3, 4, pl. iv, fig. 1, pl. v, figs: 1-3. 

Preston, in the Fauna of British India has distributed the forms 
of Limnaea indiscriminately into subgenera and species and several 
of those he attributes to L. acuminata have, as von Martens had 
shown previously, no resemblance to it. We include in it here all 
the forms comprised in the species by Nevill and by von Martens, 
with the possible exception of L. chlamys, Benson. Of all the In- 
dian freshwater Gastropods L. acuminata is the most liable to 
individual variability and it also exhibits considerable plasticity 
in response to environment. It is not surprising, therefore, that 
numerous names have been given to different ‘‘forms.’’ Several 
of these (fatula, Troschel, rufescens, Gray, strigata, Hanley and 
Theobald, gvacilior, v. Martens) refer merely to shapes of shell 
that may be assumed almost anywhere in the normal environ- 
ment of the species, i.e. in a pool of perennial water pro- 
vided with abundant aquatic vegetation of a succulent nature 


! Spec. Pub. Chicago. Acad. Sci. III (1911). 


1921. | Manipur Molluscs. 56g 


and situated in a tropical climate. In many spots, however, one 
or other of these forms may predominate and in some one or other 
may be absent. For example the form gracilioy is far the com- 
monest, though by no means the only one in the pond in the 


¢ 
@ 
@ 
@ 


J SS. 
6 
o> eS oe 


h. 


Fic. 12.—Series of shells of Limnaea acuminata from Manbhum, Bengal. 


Fic. a may be taken to represent var. patula, Troschel and figs. g and h the 
var. gracilioy, von Martens. 


Museum compound, Calcutta, while no shell narrower than that of 
the form rufescens was found at any place in Manipur. 

Other names again belong to phases associated with abnor- 
mal types of environment. The phase nana, Annandale and 


570 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


Prashad, for instance, was described from a small ditch, liable to 
desiccation, in the Western Ghats and has since been found ina 
shallow pond at Rangoon. ‘The phase /ians, Sowerby, originally 
described from “‘ Malabar,” occurs, without much individual varia- 
tion, in a swampy artificial lake situated at an altitude of 7,000 ft. 
in the Nilgiri Hills. A somewhat similar but more delicate phase, 
ventricularis, Kiister, has been found in the Lake Nainital (altitude 
6,400 ft.) in the Western Himalayas, and these two forms may prob- 
ably be regarded as dwarfed mountain phases. 

Differences in shell colour are probably correlated in most cases 
with differences in the water in which the specimens are found. 

We are in some doubt about Benson’s L. chlamys, which dif- 
fers from all other forms of L. acuminata with which we are 
acquainted in the brilliant golden colour of its shell, the relative 
width of the body-whorl and its strong spiral sculpture. On the 
only occasion on which either of us has found L. chlamys it was 
discovered living in abundance on rocks covered with algae in an 
artificial reservoir in the hill-fort of Satara—a type of environment 
very unusual for L. acuminata. The specimens were small and 
rather narrow but exhibited the diagnostic characters clearly. 

L. acuminata is common in the Manipur Valley, in which, how- 
ever, we obtained no specimens of the extreme narrow type (g7a- 
ciltoy, von Martens). Indeed the shells obtained showed less indi- 
vidual variability than in many districts and were for the most 
part of a type approaching the mean in shell form, neither very 
narrow not particularly broad. No very large specimens were seen, 
and none that could be called dwarfed. ‘The averge size of shells 
was, however, distinctly smaller than usual. One or two points of 
interest may be further noted in detail as regards plasticity and 
aberration. 

Our collection is from different parts of the Loktak Lake, from 
ponds, swamps and small bathing-pools and from astream. The 
specimens from the Loktak Lake provide evidence of distinct but 
not extreme plasticity. If shells from clean beds of Potamogeton 
in the lake (pl. VII, fig. 2) be compared with those from its rather 
foul and swampy margin (pl. VII, fig. 1), the following differences 
are apparent :—(1) the shells from the open lake are in most in- 
stances distinctly smaller and have a shorter spire (see table of 
measurements) than those from the margin. In both series the 
colour is a deep chestnut brown, but those from the margin are 
coated externally with a black deposit. The shell in the latter is 
also a little thicker and the sculpture coarser and more regular. 

The most characteristic series in our collection, however, 
consists of specimens from running water. These were found on 
floating grass-stems and among green filamentous algae in the 
small stream that runs past Potsengbam into the north end of the 
Toktak Lake. They occurred only at places at which the water 
was clean and deep and flowed fairly rapidly. The shells in this 
séries are almost colourless and so thin and brittle that we found 
it difficult to secure perfect specimens. ‘Their surface is deeply 


1g2i.] Manipur Molluscs. 571 


but irreguiarly sculptured and may be described as coarsely 
malleated. ‘The shells are narrow, with long spires but not of ex- 
treme type in shell-form. They are rather small. The animals 
in these shells were very pale in colour. 

Two abnormal specimens may now be described. They were 
found together in a bed of Potamogeton at the point at which the 
main outflow leaves the Loktak Lake. One only differed exter- 
nally from the majority found with it in its larger size. It is 
numbered A (1) in the table of measurements. We may note that 
its size was large only in comparison to other individuals found 
with it, for much larger individuals are common at some places. 
On dissection it was found that the body-cavity of this individual 
was occupied by a contorted mass of elongate filiform Trematode 
sporocysts, which completely surrounded the upper part of the 
genital system. All the genital glands were crowded together in 
a degenerate mass, while the female ducts could not be traced. 
The lower part of the vas deferens and muscular penis-sac with 
its retractor muscles were, however, intact. 

The other abnormal specimen (pl VII, fig. 3) was peculiar in 
shell-form. It was remarkable for the very small size of its spire 
and the relatively great length of the aperture of the shell. The 
interesting feature of this abnormality (or ? mutation) is that the 
peculiarities in shell-form are among those commonly found in 
lacustrine species and phases of the genus. ‘The shell, however, 
had not all the characteristics of such forms as it was no paler, 
thinner or smaller than those taken with it. 


Measurements of Shells (in millimetres). 


N B c | D E 1 
1 2 1 2 I 2 I 2 I 2 mj 2 
| 
| | 
Length Sal Sf 25) Ome Roeeeilen Sto) 2722) WeAnAy| 25:0)| 228 | 21 21°5 || 1254 [P18 
Breadth opel eO;-3) OE 7a le nerOn mune OP Nerde 5s lelSe7a || 2.0) MLO) 1373) 1) (O10) 97 
Length of aper- 
ture mt 270) 15 18°4 | 15°3 || 21°2 | 19°6 | 20°6,) 17° || 16°3 | 17'2| 9'6 | 10°9 
Breadth of ap- | 


erture enol) Sak 1 etek aus I (opti! guterts} en 142 OF Sh |e [Os 38l Sp On Oe 
Length of spire | 


(dorsal view).) 5:3) 14) 34) 3:1) 5'4| 3:7) 46) 5 | 379) 36) 25) 2 
Breadth of spire 
(dorsal view). Sie270 (ere salen O25) (SOM Opt We S24) 4c do 5a | emia ako 


A. A small channel south of Thanga Island with bed of clean Potamogeton 
abnormal specimens; (1) is the large specimen and (2) the short- 
spired form. 

Same locality (normal individual). 

Swamp at Thanga Island in the Loktat Lake. 

Small muddy bathing pools Thanga Island. 

Potsengbam, northern end of tke lake. 

Amingaon, near Gauhati, Assam. 


moO w 


572 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo,. XXII, 


Limnaea ovalis, Gray. 


8. Limnaeus ovalis, Nevill, op. cit., p. 233. 
1. Limnaea ovalis, von Martens, op. cit., p. 81, pl. xv, figs. 1-4, 

8, 9. 

This species is much less variable but more sporadic in occur- 
rence than L. acuminata. One adult and two young specimens 
were found at Chigi Turel on the Chugnu Road in Manipur by Mr. 
Sunder Lal Hora in a small shallow channel of water. The adult 
specimen is not quite typical but may be described as intermediate 
between those figured as var. prunum and var. nucleus by von 
Martens in the paper cited. - It is, however, smaller than either, its 
height being 19°5 mm. and its maximum diameter 12° mm. It is 
of a dull opaque purplish brown colour and rather thick. 

L. ovalis has been found at various localities in the Ganges 
Valley and also at Golconda in Hyderabad (Annandale and Kemp). 
It is often abundant where it occurs. It has been recorded, 
doubtfully, from Assam and with less doubt from the lake coun- 
try of Kumaon in the Western Himalayas, but not from Burma. 


Limnaea ovalior, sp. nov. 
(Pl. VII, figs. 4—6.) 


The shell is of moderate size and thickness, of a very regular 
and symmetrical oval shape, of a bright chestnut brown colour 
and unusually opaque when quite fresh and clean. It is about 1} 
times as high as broad. ‘The spire is short and blunt, consisting 
of 34 or 4 whorls and never occupying more than about + of its 
total height. The spiral of the first 2} or 3 whorls is transverse, 
but above the basal whorl of the spire it becomes oblique and 
above the body-whorl still moreso. ‘The suture is impressed round 
the terminal whorls of the spire, but much less so above the two last 
whorls of the shell and the upper part of the whorls is not at all 
shouldered or angulate. The whorls increase in breadth rapidly 
and the basal whorl of the spire is nearly as broad as the upper 
part of the body-whorl. The latter is very regular in outline and 
dorsally is about 14 times as long as broad ; its anterior extremity 
is evenly rounded and very little expanded. ‘The aperture is long 
and rather narrow, extending for about 7% the height of the shell ; it 
has an auriculate outline, is sharply pointed above and very little 
oblique. The outer lip is sharp and evenly arched. The umbili- 
cus is completely occluded by the columellar callus, which is 
broad, coarse and high, extending to the outer lip above and at 
its outer extremity covered over by it. The columella is short and 
twisted and nearly straight as a whole. The sculpture consists of 
fairly regular fine, slightly curved longitudinal ridges, some of 
which, probably representing the growth periods, are coarser than 
others. They are barely visible to the naked eye. The profile 
of the external surface is moderate. 


192I.] Mampur Molluscs. 573 


Shells from Dimapur, Assam, are a little smaller, narrower and 
less symmetrical than those from Manipur. 


Measurements of Shells (in millimetres). 


A B € 
Length .. 17°4 152 16°I 
Breadth et Il'5 0) 10°8 
‘Length of aperture .. 13) Taras 116 
Breadth of aperture 74 2 7-4 
Length of spire (dorsal view) 4:2 26 33 
Breadth of spire (dorsal view) ..  6°5 51 64 


All the above specimens are from a swamp at Thanga Island 


in the Loktak Lake. 


AAO ey AY A 


ini 
A. L. ovalioy, Annandale and Prashad. 
B. L. andersoniana, Nevill. 


The animal is of unusually dark colour with the mantle black, 
unspotted or with faint and relatively small round spots, and 
with pale margin. As in all Indian species examined by us, the 
tentacles seem to be shorter than those of some European forms. 
The cephalic lobes are large and broad and the foot is compara- 
tively small, bluntly pointed behind and somewhat expanded at 
the antero-lateral angles. The eyes are small. 

The mouth is small and the upper jaw stout, semicircular and 
black. The lateral pieces are slender but well cornified and dark 
in colour. The radula is short and broad, narrowing abruptly in 
front and rounded at the tip. The whole buccal mass is relatively 
small. The dental formula is approximately 19.12.1.12.19. The 
lateral and marginal teeth are well differentiated and the latter 
have a deep yellowish tinge. The cusp of the central is stout and 
telatively large, with a distinct lobe on the right side. The later- 
als are distinctly tricuspid, but the entocone is much shorter than 
the other cusps and is apt to be concealed by being turned in 
under the mesocone. The mesocone and ectocone are long and 
sharp. The laterals are unusually stout. They are multicuspid 


574 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


with the outer and inner cusps larger than the others. Their 
bodies are long, narrow and oblique. 

The oesophagus is long and narrow, the gizzard large and 
powerfully developed, occupying the greater part of the stomach. 
The genitalia do not differ materially from those of other Indian 
species. The penis-sheath is large and sausage-shaped, pigmented 
and of a greyish colour. The spermatheca, which is full of sperma- 
tozoa in specimens examined, is pyriform and possesses a duct 
about half as long as itself. : 

Type-specimens.—M 11717/2, Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind. Mus.). 

Locality, etc.—This species was found in fair abundance in a 
drying peat-swamp on the east side of the Loktak Lake, Manipur, 
in February, 1920. It leads an almost amphibious existence in 
and on the damp mud at the edge of buffalo-wallows and other 
small pools. There is no true aquatic vegetation in its haunts and 
it appears to feed on mud and decaying vegetable matter. A 
specimen was found to be heavily parasitized with sporocysts and 
cercariae, but unfortunately all those brought living to Calcutta 
for examination died on the way. Specimens were also obtained 
in a pool of very foul water in the jungle near Dimapur, Assam. 

There can be little doubt about the affinities of L. ovalior, 
which is evidently no more than a final link in the chain of evolu- 
tion of which L. andersoniana with its diverse phases is the predom- 
inant component. We will discuss this point further when deal- 
ing with that species. 


) 


Limnaea andersoniana, Nevill. 


(Pl. VIII, figs. 1—6.) 


1908. Limnaea (Gulnaria) simulans, Preston, Rec. Ind. Mus. II, p. 49, 
fig. 6. 

1918. ee andersoniana, Annandale, Rec. nd. Mus. XIV, pp. 106, 
140, figs. 4a, 40. 

In his original description of L. andersoniana, as one of us 
has pointed out in the paper cited, Nevill included, in addition to 
the central Asiatic form he later recognized as distinct, two that at 
first sight appear rather different. The view that these represent 
respectively a pond and a stream phase of a single species is fully 
borne out by recent observations in Manipur and eastern Assam, 
in which L. andersoniana is abundant. Further particulars may, 
therefore, now be given. 

The forma typica of the species, as represented by Nevill’s 
type-specimen (pl. VIII, fig. 1) from Nantin in Yunnan, has a 
small, rather fragile shell of a pale brownish colour and an ovoid 
form. The spire is acuminate and exserted, but by no means long. 
There are 44 whorls and the spiral is moderately oblique. The 
suture is impressed and the upper extremity of each whorl is 
narrowly flattened outside it. The lowest whorl of the spire is 
much narrower than the body-whorl and is situated on its inner 


1g92I.| Manipur Molluscs. 575 


side. ‘The body-whorl is relatively long and somewhat oblique, 
about I} times as high as broad; its inner outline is distinctly 
sinuate and its anterior extremity is somewhat narrowly rounded 
and a little expanded. The channel leading to the umbilicus can 
be seen from the dorsal view. The ventral surface and the aper- 
ture are in every respect very like those of L. ovalis and L. ovalior, 
except that they are narrower. The sculpture is very like that of 
L. ovalioy, but a little more regular. The height of the type-speci- 
men is Io mm., the minimum diameter 6°4, the height of the spire 
2°5, that of the mouth 7:3 and the maximum diameter of the 
mouth 4°5 mm. 

This description would apply equally well to shells from ponds 
at Imphal in Manipur, except that they are a little larger and the 
body-whortl is a little broader. Shells from ponds in the Yawnghwe 
Valley in the Southern Shan States resemble the type-specimen 
even more closely. Shells from a pond at Dimapur in the plains of 
Assam immediately north of the Naga Hills show greater individual 
variation. In some the difference consists merely in an almost 
imperceptible reclination of the expansion of the anterior margin 
and a slight broadening of the penultimate whorl. In others, how- 
ever, which are invariably larger, the spire is decidedly shorter and 
broader and the body-whorl broader and more oblique. These 
shells form a connecting link between L. andersoniana and L. 
ovalior. We will discuss the conditions in which they were living 
shortly. 

The great majority of Nevill’s specimens from Yunnan (includ- 
ing shells from the same locality as the type-specimen) and also 
one examined by him (and a number examined by us) from the 
Southern Shan States, represent the other phase hitherto unrecog- 
nized, differing in their smaller size, longer and narrower spire, 
narrower aperture and body-whorl. In other words their spiral is 
more tightly coiled and they are reduced in size. Specimens from 
a small muddy stream in the Yawnghwe Valley closely 1esemble 
these shells. 

Shells from a hill-stream with clear water running rapidly 
_ over a stony bed near Bishenpur on the west side of the Manipur 
Valley represent yet a fourth phase. They are still narrower than 
those from the Yawnghwe stream, of more fragile structure and 
of a rich golden brown colour. Some of them are also consiaer- 
ably larger. Shells, however, from the same and adjacent streams 
a little lower down, after they have reached the valley, and from 
rice-fields irrigated from those streams, agree precisely with the 
Yawnghwe phase. 

There can, therefore, no longer be any doubt that L. ander- 
sontana.is a polymorphic species and that its various forms are 
correlated with different types of habitat. It is possible to recog- 
nize four phases, for which it will be convenient to have names, 
though there is no reason why these names should not be English. 
We will give a synopsis of the phases and the circumstances in 
which they have been found. 


576 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 


Phase I (INTERMEDIATE) (pl. VIII, figs. 2-5).—This phase was 
found in a fairly large swampy pond, evidently connected with a 
small stream in the rainy season, at Dimapur and in several 
ponds at Imphal, Manipur, in February and March, 1920. ‘The 
ponds were well supplied with submerged aquatic vegetation 
but the molluscs were most abundant (at Dimapur) in a half isol- 
ated pool with no vegetation of the kind and evidently forming 
part of the bed of a sluggish stream for part of the year. They 
were pairing and ovipositing in March, i.e. some months before it 
is probable that the stream would be running. In these condi- 
tions greater individual variability occurred than among individuals 
living (at Imphal) amongst dense vegetation in permanent ponds. 
Imphal (2,600 ft.) is probably situated at a somewhat higher altitude 
than Dimapur. 

This phase, as we have pointed out above, is a connecting 
link between L. ovalioy and L. andersoniana. Many individuals 
of it come rather close to the former species, but all are much 
smaller, have the body-whorl less inflated and the penultimate 
whorl rather broader. ‘The sculpture is also less coarse aud more 
regular. The shell is usually broader than in the next phase and 
capable of growing larger. 

PHASE II (POND PuASE) (pl. VIII, fig. 1).—This is the forma 
typica of the species and has been found both in Yunnan (in 
unknown circumstances) and also in ponds full of submerged 
vegetation in the Southern Shan States, at altitudes of 3.000 feet 
or over. The shel! is narrower and as a rule move fragile than in 
the former phase. Similar but slightly broader specimens occur - 
in pools at Imphal. 

PHASE }II (STREAM PHASE).—Specimens have been found in 
muddy spots at the edge of streams inthe Southern Shan States 
and in the Manipur Valley, also in rice-fields irrigated from the 
same streams; and in unknown circumstances in Yunnan, Kashgar 
and Nepal at altitudes between 2,600 and 5,000 feet. They occur, 
often in large numbers on bare mud in an entire absence of 
phanerogamic vegetation. The shell is considerably narrower 
and usually smaller than in the preceding phases, rather thicker 
and duller in colour. This phase has been described by Preston 
under the name Limnaea simulans 

PHASE IV (Hii-StREAM Puass (p!. VIII, fig. 6).—Specimens 
of this extreme phase were collected in a hill-stream near Potseng- 
bam on the west side of the Manipur Valley. The strearn has a 
rapid current, very clear water and a bottom of small pebbles and 
stones. ‘The specimens of Limnaea were found attached to the 
pebbles in a shady area along the banks. The shell of these 
specimens is still narrower and more elongate than in the preced- 
ing phase, with the spire smaller and less regular, and the callus 
less indistinctly marked; the mouth is narrower and more pointed. 
The shell itself is paler and more polished. 


1g2I.] Manipur Molluscs. 577 


Measurements of Shells (in millimetres). 


Intermediate Stream Hill-stream 

Phase. Phase. | Phase. 

I | 2 I 2 

Length 15'6 12°9 Il 10'2 11'S 

Breadth 5 ‘ 10°7 8 62 5°6 6 
Length of aperture .. a Il3 8-4 "4 GI 71 
Breadth of aperture .. =] 0-7 Aq 4°9 ais 3°77 
Length of spire (dorsal view) 38 36 30 Bee 34. 
Breadth of spire (dorsal view) ... 56 474 374 31 3°6 


We figure the radula (fig. 13, B) of a specimen of the inter- 
mediate phase from Dimapur, Assam. 


Family PLANORBIDAE. 


As the Manipur Valley is rich in species of this family, and 
as representatives of all the main [ndian types occur in it, we 
have taken the opportunity to carry out, so far as our present 
knowledge permits, a generic revision of the Indian species. 

This revision has had interesting results from a morphological 
point of view, for it shows that branchial structure and shell-form 
are not necessarily correlated. In our new genus Indoplanorbts, 
which has a typical discoidal shell, the branchial process is folded, 
while both in the other Indian genera with shells of the same type 
and in Camptoceras, the shell of which is more or less Physa-like, 
the process is simple as in Planorbis, s.s. The contribution we 
are now able to make to the anatomy of Benson’s peculiar genus 
leaves no doubt that Walker! was right in assigning it to the 
Planorbidae and that its resemblances to the Ancylidae, on which 
we previously ® laid stress, are hardly more than superficial. 

Y. Shell flat and discoidal (Planorbiinae). Anal siphon 
incomplete. 

A. Shell relatively large and thick with the whorls con- 
vex above and below, both animal and shell clearly 
sinistral. Penis without a horny stylet. 

1, Young shell not as a rule Physa-like, animal with 

a simple branchial process. Radula long and 

narrow, the cusps of the teeth thin and set ona 

lower level than their bases. Penis short and 

swollen when retracted, asymmetrical; penis 

sheath, with a thick-walled preputium, two re- 

tractor muscles present ... oa ... Planorbis. 
ii. Young shell Physa-like. Branchial process lobed. 

Radula relatively large and broad, with the 

tips of the cusps of the teeth no thinner than the 


! Occ. pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, No. 64 (1919). 
2 Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal X\V, p. 457 (1919). 


578 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


bases. Penis long, a simple cylindrical tube; 
penis-sheath similar, no retractor muscle ... Indoplanorbis. 
B. Shell thin, as a rulesmall, if more than 1 cm. in maxi- 
mum diameter with the whorls flattened below, 
Branchial process simple. 
i. Shell always, less than 1 cm. in diameter, appar- 
ently dextral (though the animal is sinistral), 
with the whorls convex above and below but 
flattened as a whole, usually with a peripheral 
keel. Radula like that of Planorbis. Penis 
relatively long, provided with a horny stylet ; 
preputium of complicated structure; a single 
retractor muscle present .. Gyraulus. 
i. Shell small or of moderate size, flattened below, 
without internal teeth or folds. Radula ex- 
tremely small with minute teeth; laterals 
twinned. Penis relatively short and stout with- 
out a horny stylet rs . Hippeutis? 
ii. Shell small, resembling that of last genus but 
usually with hard enamel-like vertical ridges. 
Radula as in Gyvaulus but with the lateral and 
marginals more numerous. Penis long and 
narrow, asymmetrical with horny stylet; penis- 
sheath with a pair of lateral lobes at its upper 
extremity; preputium well developed with a 
single retractor muscle.. . Segmentina. 
ZI. Shell ovate or almost cylindrical, sinistral (Bullininae). 
Shell small and thin, elongate, with the suture remark- 
ably broad, deep and oblique. Animal witha simple 
branchial process, and a well developed left epipodial 
leaf-like lobe, whichcan be spirally coiled to form a 
complete anal funnel. Radula like that of Gyraules 
but with broader denticulations on the teeth. Penis 
broad and stout, without a stylet tea ... Camptoceras. 


Indoplanorbis, gen. nov. 


1915. Planorbis, Preston, Fauna. Brit. Ind. Freshw.-Moll., p. 115. 

The adult shell is relatively large and thick and closely resem- 
bles that of Planorbis (s.s). The whole is discoidal, but the 
whorls are convex and the suture deeply impressed. The aperture 
is ear-shaped, with the broader end (morphologically the lower 
extremity) uppermost when the shell is held with the mouth on 
the left. The young shell resembles that of Physa and is ovate, 
with the upper extremity flattened and the lower somewhat point- 
ed, the spire being nearly flat. 

The animal is sinistral. Its foot is relatively broad and short, 
leaf-shaped, broadly rounded in front and pointed behind. The 
head is very broad and has its lower margin expanded and flat- 
tened. ‘The tentacles are elongate and filiform. The eyes lie at the 
inner base of the tentacles and are completely sessile. The mouth 
opens on the lower surface of the head in front of the foot. 

The jaw is narrow and has lateral pieces of the usual type. 
The radula is broad having more than 20 longitudinal rows of 
marginals. The central is relatively large and bicuspid. The 
laterals are tricuspid, short and broad; the free lobe equals the 
base in length. ‘They closely resemble those of Limnaea. The 
transition between the tricuspid laterals and the pectinate margin- 


1921. ] Manipur Molluscs. 575 


als is gradual. ‘The denticulations of the teeth are not separated 
by any sharp line of division from the free lobe, but the whole 
structure is continuous as in Limnaea. 

The genital aperture, which is situated some distance behind 
the left tentacle, is slit-like and relatively large. The vas deferens 
opens directly without in- 
vagination into an elongate 
cylindrical eversible penis 
with a bulky lumen. This 
organ is slender, tubular 
and of considerable length, 
extending practically to the 
end of the penis-sheath 
when contracted. Its ori- 
fice is circular and symme- 
trical. It is similar in form 
to the penis-sheath, which 
isa long, somewhat curved, 
thin-walled tube. There is 
no retractor muscle. The 
whole apparatus is, there- 
fore, much less complicated 
than any of the types recog- 
nized by Simroth. There is 
no penial stylet. The female 


genitalia are of the usual B. 

type. Fic. 143.—A. Penis and end, of vas deferens 
Type-species. — Planor- of Indoplanorbis exustus (Deshayes). 

bis exustus, Deshayes. e.p. external opening ; /. penis.; p.s. 
This genus differs from penis sheath; sp. sperm duct; vd. 

7 . -. vas deferens. 
the true Planorbis of Miller B. Terminal part of the male duct of 
(with the European P. cor- I. exustus. 


neus, Linn., as type-species) 

in the structure of the branchial process, the radula and the 
genitalia. The shell also has a characteristic facies, although it 
is difficult to formulate the differences precisely. The shape of 
the aperture is noteworthy. The branchial process apparently 
resembles that of Bullinus'! and Miratesta,? while the radular 
teeth are not unlike those of the subgenus GaJba* of the genus 
Limnaea. 

As Mons. LL. Germain shows in his catalogue of the Planor- 
bidae in the collection of the Indian Museum (now in the press) 
all of the larger discoidal shells of the family from the Indian 
Empire that are preserved in the collection belong to Planorbis 
exustus, Desh., the type-species of our new genus A consider- 


| Pelseneer, Mollusca, in Lankester’s Treatise on Zoology, p. 186, fig. 175 
(1906). 

2 P. and F. Sarasin, Sussw. Moll. Celebes, pp. 72-77, figs. 165, 166. 

5 Baker, Chicago Acad. Sci. Spec. Pub. No. 3, p. 199 (1911). 


580 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor XXII, 


able number of specific names have been given to varieties and 
phases of J. exustus and we believe that all those forms, 
assigned to Planorbis (s.s.) by Preston are really synonymous, 
with the possible exception of P. hindu, Clessin. As to this form 
nothing is known beyond the original description and figure, 
and we doubt whether it is really Indian. ‘There is, therefore, at 
present no evidence for the occurrence of the true Planorbis in 
India. 

Distribution of the Genus.—The type-species occurs not only 
throughout the plains of the Indian Empire east of the Indus, 
but also in Siam, the Malay Peninsula, French Indo-china and 
Sumatra, whence we have recently examined numerous specimens. 


Indoplanorbis exustus (Desh.). 

1834. Planorbis exustus, Deshayes, Voy. Bell. Indes Orient. Zool., p. 
417, pl. i, figs. 11-13. 

1836. Planorbis indicus, Benson, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal V, p. 743. 

1856. Planorbis coromandelicus, Clessin, Mart. Chemn. Conch.-Cab., 
Limnaeacea XVIII, p. 43, pl. vi, figs. 14-16, 20-22. 

1918. Planorbis exustus, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. X1V, p. 111, pl. 
x1, figs. I, Ia. 

In the paper cited above, one of us referred to J. exustus as 
an example of a species which, comparatively speaking, was neither 
vatiable nor plastic. When series from many different habitats 
are examined it becomes evident that this statement should have 
been qualified by some such phrase as ‘‘ in normal circumstances.” 
Specimens from ordinary ponds and swamps in India, Siam and 
Sumatra are very much alike, but those from pools subject to great 
changes in physical conditions or containing water of very abnor- 
mal chemical composition respond readily in peculiarities of shell- 
structure. In the collection belonging to the Indian Museum Mons. 
I,. Germain has found a number of peculiar phases, some of which 
he has described as varieties. 

An instance has recently come under observation in which a 
distinct seasonal change has been noted in the shells found in a 
certain pool situated on a small island and liable to considerable 
vicissitudes. This pool, which lies in the middle of Barkuda, a 
rocky island in the Chilka Lake, is a small artificial pond dug in 
the rock. In the latter part of the rainy season and for some time 
after it, roughly from the middle of July to December, it contains 
from 12 to 15 feet of water which is only very slightly brackish 
and remains fairly cool, but by April has sunk to a small puddle 
of saline water heated by the sun to a high temperature. The 
early showers which precede the monsoon in May and June fill up 
the pond again, not of course to its level in the rainy season, but 
sufficiently to give a depth of 4 or 5 feet of water and to reduce 
the salinity very considerably. The pond has no visible aquatic 
vegetation at any season, but I. exustus and a form of Limnaeca 
luteola abound on the mud with which its rocky basin is deeply 
covered. Specimens of the Planorbid taken in August are fairly 


MOZHe| Manipur Molluscs. 581 


normal, but rather small. The measurements of a large shell are 
14XIIX6mm. The colour, when the shell is clean, is a deep 
uniform chestnut brown, but the surface is usually covered with a 
black deposit. The aperture is often somewhat contracted and 
shows a slight tendency to be irregularly folded round the margin, 
and the vertical sculpture, though by no means strong, is rather 
irregular. The animal is apparently quite normal. 

The shells taken in the middle of April are considerably smaller, 
the measurements not exceeding I11X9°5X5 mm. The older part 
is like that of individuals collected in summer, but the younger 
part of the body-whorl, often for a length of at least 6 mm, is 
distinctly abnormal. In this region the shell is very thin, strongly 
and irregularly sculptured and often somewhat eroded on the sur- 
face and asa rule much distorted round the aperture, which is 
sometimes thrown into strong folds. At this season the soft parts 
are also abnormal. A greater part of the animal is as a rule pro- 
truded from the shell than is usual, and the mantle seems to have 
shrunk in such a way that the siphon and the branchial process, 
which is very large, are often completely exposed. The tentacles 
also are as arule strongly clavate, having an oval swelling at the 
tip which, as its tip is densely pigmented, has much the appear- 
ance of an eye. Major R.B S. Sewell has kindly examined speci- 
mens of these abnormal tentacles. He finds in the tissues of the 
swollen tips numerous individuals of a parasitic Protozoon, prob- 
ably a Gregarine. Specimens taken at the beginning of June had 
again become normal both as regards their shell and in their soft 
parts. The tentacles were no longer clubbed and were free from 
parasites. 

At least five factors may enter into the question of the origin 
of these changes in the shell and soft parts of I. exustus, namely 
(1) changes in the salinity of the water, (2) abnormally high tem- 
perature, (3) restricted space, (4) restricted food supply, and (5) 
parasitism. The production of clavate tentacles is clearly due to 
the last, but probably the abnormal structure of the youngest 
part of the shell in April is due mainly to the first two. 

I. exustus is common all over the Manipur Valley, in ponds, 
swamps, slugg‘sh streams and in the Loktak Lake. Specimens are 
for the most part normal, all the shells are of a deep chestnut 
brown colour when clean. Some very large specimens with the 
vertical ridges strongly but not excessively developed and the 
central region deeply depressed both above and below, were found 
in small artificial bathing-pools devoid of visible vegetation at the 
edge of the swamp to the east of the Loktak Lake. The mea- 
surements of one of these are 20 X 16°5 X 82 mm. 

Anatomy.—The foot of J. exustus when fully expanded is leaf- 
shaped, not more than twice as long as broad, very broadly round- 
ed or subtruncate in front and bluntly pointed behind. The 
head is broad and short, it has an expanded and flattened lower 
margin and is convex above. ‘The tentacles are not very long and 
are filiform. The eyes are entirely sessile and lie close to the inner 


582 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VoL. XXIT, 


base of the tentacles. The edge of the mantle is somewhat thick- 
ened and the left epipodial lobe is well developed to form an ear- 
shaped incomplete funnel or pulmonary siphon. Lying externally 
and posterior to the siphon a secondary pallial branchial process 
projects outwards and backwards. When fully expanded this process 
is elongate, band-shaped and bluntly pointed. In longitudinal sec- 
tion it would be coarsely 
and strongly sinuate owing 
to alternate convexities and 
concavities on its surface. 
When contracted it has the 
appearance of a_ strongly 
pleated or folded foliate 


CG body; in some cases the 
pleats are large and appear 

ES like lamellae. 
BZ ° \ In the radula there are 
AS 4 about 75 longitudinal rows of 
Zee ae teeth with the approximate 


dental formula 26.12.1.12.26. 
The external marginals are, 
: ie ‘ however, very ill-developed 
Fic. 15.—Longitudinal section of the sec- 4) ne 3 oye 5 
ondary branchial process of /ndoplanorbis ae 1e transition etween 
exustus (Deshayes). the outer laterals and inner 
marginals is so gradual that 
it is difficult to fix the point of separation. ‘The free lobe of the 
central is large and bilobed. Its base is relatively long and narrow. 
The marginals have their cusps long, stout and sharp. In other 
tespects the teeth do not offer any peculiarities beyond those 
noticed in the generic description. 


Gyraulus, Agassiz. 


1837. Gyraulus, Agassiz, De Charpentier Cat. Moll. terr.fluv. Suisse ; 
Neu. Deu. Schw. Ges. Nat. |, p. 21. 
1919. Gyraulus, Annandale and Prashad, Rec. /nd. Mus. XVIII, p. 52. 
We have nothing to add to our recent account of the genus, 
except that Benson’s species Planorbis cantori is not a Segmentina, 
as Preston thought, but belongs to this genus. 


Gyraulus convexiusculus (Hutton). 


1919. Gyraulus convexiusculus, Annandale and Prashad, Rec. Jud. 


Mus. XVIII, pp. 52-54, figs 5E, 7a, 8d. 

In the Manipur Valley the species is not so common as it is in 
other parts of India; and seems to be replaced to a large extent 
by G. cantort. 

The only specimens collected in the valley are from a shallow 
pond in front of the Residency at Imphal and an artificial tank 
at Mingyang Pukri in the same town. 


1g2t.] Manipur Molluscs. 583 


Gyraulus cantori (Benson). 


1850. Planorbis cantori, Benson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) V, p. 349. 

1876. Planorbis cantort, Hanley and Theobald, Conch. Indica, p. XViil, 
and p. 18, pl. xl, figs. 1-3. 

1878. Planorbis (Segmentina) cantori, Nevill, Hand-list Moll. Ind. 
Mus. |, p. 246. 

1915. Planorbis (Segmentina) cantori, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. 
Freshw.-Moll., p. 120. 


Benson in his original description of the species specifically 
mentions partitions or lamellae within the shell ; these like the ones 
described by the same author in another species (Planorbis umbi- 


Fic. 16.—Radular teeth of Planorbidae. 


A. Gyvaulus cantort (Benson). 
B. Hippewtis (?) umbilicalis (Benson). 


licalis) are not to be seen in the specimens which we assign to this 
species. It appears likely that Benson mistook external furrows 
of the shells for internal septa. In other respects our specimens 
agree closely with his description 
and with Hanley and Theobald’s 
figures of this species. The shell 
closely resembles that of G. ewphra- 
ticus but is still more depressed and 
flattered and has an even stronger 
peripheral keel. 

The animal resembles that of 
a true Gyraulus in all respects. The 
branchial process consists of a large 
and well-developed leaf-like pallial 
outgrowth in continuation of the 
left epipodial lobe. It is thick and 
highly vascular. The: pulmonary 
siphon, which is just internal to the 
branchial process, is not well devel- 
oped, and is formed by the epipo- Fic. 17.-—Penial stylet of Gyra- 
dial lobe itself. ulus cantort (Benson). 

The radula has the dental for- 
mula 9.8.1.8.9. The central tooth is bicuspid as other species, 
but the cusps are rather large and pointed. The lateral teeth 
are tricuspid with the cusps resembling those of the central. The 


584 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXIT, 


marginals differ from those of G. convexiusculus described in a pre- 
vious paper } in having only three or at the most four cusps. 

The genitalia resemble those of G. convexiusculus (loc. cit.) in 
allessentials. The stylet, however, is better developed and near the 
tip has the margin on one side produced into a distinct triangular 
flap. This is one of the common species of Planorbidae in the 
Manipur Valley and was collected in large numbers in the Loktak 
Lake, and in the streams and swamps surrounding the lake. 


Hippeutis, Agassiz. 
1837. Aippeutis, Agassiz, op., cit., p. 22- 
1886. Aippeutis, Clessin, op. cit., p. 34. 

The shell of Planorbis umbilicalis, Benson, as Bavay and 
Dautzenberg* have observed, agrees in generic type with that of 
the European species of Hippeutis, of which Planorbis fontanus, 
Lightfoot, is the type. We ‘have been unable to find any account 
of the anatomy of this mollusc and cannot therefore be certain as 
to the generic identity of the form here discussed. In both radula 
and soft parts it differs very widely from the Indian species of 
Segmentina and Gyraulus, which agree, at any rate in the genitalia, 
with S. ntidus and G. albus, respectively the type-species of the 
two genera. 

In shell-characters Planorbis caenosus, Benson, closely resembles 
H. umbilicalis, and the two species are probably congeneric, as 
also appears to be the case with Planorbis sindicus of the same 
author. In the account of the Fauna of the Inle Lake* an unfor- 
tunate confusion between caenosus and trochoideus has occurred. 
The latter is certainly a Segmentina, while the shell of the former 
has no internal ridges and, as stated above, is probably a Hippeu- 
tis. 

Hippeutis (?) umbilicalis (Benson). 

1837. Planorbis umbilicalis, Benson, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal V,p. 471. 

1876. Planorbis umbilicalis, Hanley and Theobald, Conch. Indica, p. 
xviii, p. 18, pl. xl, figs. 7-9 

1878. Planorbis (Segmentina) umbilicalis, Nevill, op. cit., p. 246. 

1886. Planorbis umbilicalis, Clessin, op. cit., p. 136, pl. xv, fig. 6. 

1910. Planorbis (Hippeutis) umbilicalis, Bavay and Dautzenberg, 
Fourn. Conchyliol. LVIII, pp. 18, 19. 

1915. Planorbis (Segmentina) umbilicalis, Preston, op. cit., p. 125. 

No septa are to be seen in the large number of both young 
and very large specimens of this species in the collection. The 
shell in other respects closely agrees with Benson’s original descrip- 
tion and the excellent figures of the species in Hanley and Theo- 
bald’s work. 

The external soft parts generally resemble those of Gyraulus 


1 Rec Ind Mus. XVIII, p. 54, fig. 8B (1919). 

2 Fourn. Conchyliol. \.VI1, pp. 18, 19 (1910). 

3 See also Fourn. Linn. Soc. London XXX1V, p. 213 (1920). 

4 Rec. Ind. Mus. XIV, p. 113; also in Rec. Geo. Surv. Ind. L, p. 219. 


1g2t.| Manipur Molluscs. 585 


except that the branchial process and the pulmonary siphon are 
a little better developed. 

The radula is very minute with the dental formula approxi- 
mately 14.12.1.12.14. The central tooth is comparatively large 
and bicuspid with sharp cusps. ‘The laterals and marginals both 
have a peculiar twinned structure, and the line of demarcation 
between the laterals and marginals is not very sharp. The laterals 
are tricuspid, the central cusps being much the largest. 

The male genitalia generally approximate to Simroth’s Typus 
I,' but differ in details. The vas deferens is very long and coiled. 
The penis-sac is a well developed ovoidal structure with an elong- 
ate tubular preputium in continuation of the sac. The penis is 
massive with a lateral opening and without any stylet. 

H. umbilicalis was originally described from Sylhet, Assam, 
but has also been recorded from Bengal in the plains of the 
Ganges system; it is, however, a scarce species in India proper. 
In the Manipur Valley it is the most abundant Planorbid, occurring 
in the Loktak Lake and in ponds and swamps amidst dense 
vegetation. In the dry swamp east of the Loktak Lake large 
numbers of shells, not long dead, were found in little damp 
pockets under masses of peat. They had evidently migrated 
there in hundreds as the swamp dried up. 

The largest shells obtained in Manipur are from Looshipat, 
where they were found attached to long grass-blades in ponds 
with dirty water. One of them is 98 mm. in maximum diameter, 
83 mm. in minimum diameter and 2°9 mm, in height. 


Segmentina, Fleming. 


1817. Segmentina, Fleming, Conchology in De Brewster's Encyclope- 
dia, 7th ed., VII. 

1878. Planorbis subgen. Segmentina (in part), Nevill, op. cit., p. 240. 

(915. Planorbis subgen. Segmentina (in part), Preston, op. cit., p. 124. 


1919. Segmentina, Annandale and Prashad, Rec. [nd. Mus. XVII, 
p- 50. 

Preston in his account of the subgenus Segmentina has merely 
followed Nevill, and unfortunately at the time of the publication of 
Nevill’s work nothing was known of the anatomy of these forms, 
shell-characters alone being used for the discrimination of the vari- 
ous subgenera. As a result of the study of a large collection 
from Manipur of some of these forms in spirit, we find that the 
positions assigned by Preston to several of the species are unten- 
able. S. wmbilicalis (Benson) is probably a Hippeutis and so are 
S. caenosus and S. sindicus of the same author (see p. 584), while 
S. cantori is a Gyraulus. 


Segmentina calathus (Benson). 


1919. Segmentina calathus, Annandale and Prashad, op. cit., pp. 56, 
57, figs. 5D (wrongly printed as 5E), 7C. 


1 Simreth, Bronn’s Thier-Keichs \11 (supplement), Mollusca, p. 502, fig. 
(1912). 


586 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII 


In the paper cited above some anatomical details are included ; 
there is, however, an unfortunate typographical error in that fig. 
5D has the wrong lettering 5F, placed next to it, and vice versa 
with fig 5F. 

A fair number of specimens of this species were collected at 
Dimapur, Assam, and at Imphal and Mingyang Pukri in the Mani- 
pur Valley. ‘Though the shell of all these specimens is beautifully 
preserved, none of them have the soft parts well preserved. This 
was previously noticed by usin the case of the specimens from 
Seistan and the Punjab, and it appears that the internal partitions 
in the shell are in some way responsible for the poor preservation 
of the soft parts. The species is widely distributed and we have 
recently seen some specimens from Sumatra. 


Camptoceras, Benson. 


1919. Camptoceras hirasei, Walker, op. cit., pp. 1-6, pl. 1. 

1919. Camptoceras, Annandale and Prashad, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal 
XIV, p-. 457. 

1920. Camptoceras, id., ib., XVII, pp. 27-33- 


Camptoceras lineatum, Blanford. 


1g14. Camptoceras lineatum, Gude, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moll. Il, p. 463. 


To Blanford’s original description of the shell, quoted with a 
copy of his figures by Gude, we have nothing to add, except that 
the spiral lines bear minute chaetae when the specimen is quite 
fresh or in a liquid medium. 

The animal agrees with Benson’s description of C. ferebra 
and with Walker’s figures of the Japanese C. hivasei. ‘The foot 
is narrow and tongue-shaped, bluntly pointed behind, relatively 
small and not extending very much beyond the aperture of the 
shell. The tentacles are long and filiform but slightly clavate (? 
always; see p. 581), with the eyes, which are small and sessile, 
situated at their bases internally ; the external base of each ten- 
tacle is slightly swollen. The snout is short, broad and blunt. 
The edge of the mantle is greatly thickened. Some distance 
behind the left tentacle there is a simple vascular fold—the pallial 
branchial process—and the opening of the branchial chamber is 
situated behind it. The aperture is large and, when the animal 
is in a half expanded condition, patent. A fold arises behind and 
below it on the side of the body and grows out as it proceeds 
forward, into a long, almost epipodial process. As the animal 
expands this process curls up in a spiral to form a complete 
branchial siphon with an inferior oval orifice, which is directed 
downwards, outwards and backwards. ‘The faecal pellets are dis- 
charged through this orifice which lies immediately behind the 
anus. The blood is red and gives the whole animal a slightly 
pinkish tinge. The foot and tentacles are suffused with pale olive 
and minutely speckled with black and white, each of the latter has 
in addition an oval black area lying midway between the tips 


1g2!.] Mam pur Molluscs. 587 


and the bases. The snout is dark with an irregular stripe of pale 
specks running forward from each eye. 

The radula is of the same type as that of C. hivasei and C. 
subspinosum, and has the formula approximately 12.9.1.9.12. 
The external marginals are very feebly developed. The jaw con- 
sists of a small central piece, which is rather narrow and deep, and 
two lateral pieces, each of which is very long and thread-like. 
The whole jaw is feebly chitinized. The internal anatomy is of 
the Planorbid type, but it is impossible for us to go into details 
owing to only two specimens being available. The penis-sheath, 
however, is broad and stout with a small penis, without any sty- 
let at the end. 

Walker’s figures of C. /ivaset show the anal siphon, slightly 
clavate tentacles and (in a highly contracted state) the left epi- 
podial lobe. They provide no evidence of any generic difference 
between the species with elongate shells and C. ineatum, in which 
the type of shell-form is much less extreme. As we have shown 
in another paper (of. cit., p. 28) a species (C. subspinosum) occurs 
in Kashmir with a shell in some respects intermediate between 
the two types. We see no reason, therefore, to separate C. linea- 
tum generically from Camptoceras. 

Two specimens of this species were found crawling on the 
underside of floating grass-stems in a small, sluggish muddy 
stream that runs into the north end of the Loktak Lake near 
Potsengbam. They were accompanied by numerous individuals 
of Ancylus viola. ‘Though their progression was slow and An- 
cylus-like, doubtless on account of their small foot, they showed 
great nimbleness in twisting the free part of the body about in 
the mouth of the shell. They remained submerged when placed 
in a vessel of clear water. The only other specimens of this 
species were found many years ago by Col. Godwin-Austen in 
what is now the Dacca District of Eastern Bengal. They were 
aestivating in dry weather among herbage at the edge of a partly 
desiccated pool and had secreted an epiphragm inside the mouth 
of their shells. Though the structure still remains intact, after 
nearly half a century, in specimens in Calcutta and London, the 
soft parts of the animal, at any rate in Calcutta, have completely 
decayed inside it. 


Family ANCYLIDAE. 


The taxonomy of this family is rendered difficult by the 
simple, probably degenerate character of the shell and by the 
habitual smallness of the animals. Walker, in recent volumes of 
Nautilus, has gone to great lengths in separating the species into 
genera and even subfamilies on microscopic characters largely in 
the radula. His classification is, however, impossible to apply 
without much labour and some residue of doubt in many cases. 
Some of the genera he recognizes are undoubtedly distinct, but 
the separation of ‘‘Ferrissiinae’’ from the Ancylinae is fraught 
with more danger than perhaps its intrinsic merit justifies, for the 


588 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


radular teeth in these little molluscs can only be examined under 
an oil-immersion lens and even at the great magnification such a 
lens provides do not give an image beyond the possibilities of 
error in all cases. Moreover, the differences in the minute struc- 
tures hardly seem to be supported by other differences of corre- 
sponding importance in the anatomy or the shell. We found it 
very difficult to convince ourselves, for example, that Walker 
was right in assigning the commen Indian Ancylus verruca to Fer- 
yissta, though there was much less doubt as to the new species 
here described. We propose, therefore, to retain these species in 
Ancylus, but to recognize Ferrissia as a subgenus and assign 
them to it. 

In order to establish their status it was necessary to examine 
also the named and unnamed collections in the Indian Museum, 
including the specimens mentioned by Nevill in his “‘ Hand-List.” 
Among these we found considerable confusion. As all the species 
already known from the Indian Empire were represented in the 
collection, we take this opportunity to revise them here. Shells 
only of A. baconi and C. tenuis are available, but we see no rea- 
son to separate either of these species or A. ceylanicus from the 
others subgenerically and therefore assign all the Indian species 
to the subgenus Ferrissia. 

The shells of these species may be distinguished by the use 
of the following key :— 


Key to the Indian species of Ancylus. 


/. Apex of shell sharply pointed, very little reflected ; 


shell over 5 mm. long * ; A. ceylanicus. 
IT. Apex blunt, reflected to the right ; shell less than 5 
mm. long. 
A. Greatest breadth of shell near the middle; outline 
of shell distinctly asymmetrical bilaterally A. verruca. 


B. Greatest breadth of shell in posterior third ; outline 
of shel! almost symmetrical bilaterally. 
i. Sides of shell not parallel; altitude much less 
than 4 of length “4 A. bacon. 
ii. Sides parallel ; altitude more than 4 ‘of length. 
a. Shell deep violet internally with minute radi- 


ating striae bn ... A. viola. 
5. Shell dull yellowish internally, without distinct 
microscopic sculpture exe .. A. tenuis. 


Genus Ancylus, Geoffroy. 


1903. Ferrissia, Walker, Nautilus XVII, p. 
1917. Ferrissia, id., ibid.. XXXI, p. 3. 

Although Walicer described Fervissia as a subgenus of 
Ancylus only in 1903, he raised it to the rank of a subfamily 
under the name Ferrissiinae in 1917, defining it as follows :— 
““Jaw segmented in plates. Radula with a bicuspid central, 
laterals obliquely deflected with from two to five cusps arranged 
somewhat like the teeth of a comb; marginals also comb-like, 
cusps not (usually) extending to the basal line.” 


1921.} - Manipur Molluscs. 589 


We have examined the radulae of A. verruca, A. viola and 
A. ceylanicus. Although the teeth differ in certain particulars from 
those figured by Walker in the second paper cited above, they 
conform suificiently well to his description. 


Ancylus (Ferrissia) verruca, Benson. 


1855. Ancylus verruca, Benson, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) XV, p- 12. 

1876. Aneylus verruca, Hanley and Theobald, Conch, Jnd., pl. |xxxi, 
figs: 253. 

1914. Ferrissia verruca, Walker, Nautilus XXVII, p. 116. 

1915. Ancylus verruca, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind., Freshw—Moll., 
p. 105. 

Specimens from Imphal, Manipur, agree fairly well with 
Hanley and Theobald’s figures except in being rather higher, 
narrower and taller. There is considerable variation in these 
respects, however, and our specimens are smaller than the one 
figured in the Conch. Indica. 

The animal closely resembles that of A. viola, a new species 
that we describe in greater detail, but has the left epipodial lobe 


UBw wy We WR 
UBWRERQ 


Fie. 18.—Radular teeth of Ancylus. 


A. A. viola, Annandale and Prashad. 
B. A. verruca, Benson. 


relatively larger. We figure the radular teeth as seen under an 

oil-immersion lens. The mouth is a longitudinal slit provided 

with thin lateral lips and with a minute tongue-shaped process 

on the floor. The upper jaw is lunate and, though thin and deli- ° 
cate and Somewhat broken up, has a concrete character as a whole. 

The majority of the side-pieces take the form of saddle-shaped 

denticles arranged in a long single row running parallel to and 

just inside the lip on either side. The uppermost piece on each 

side, however, is plate-like and the lowest is large and curved. 

A. verruca has a wide range in the Indian Empire and Ceylon 
but is somewhat sporadic. In the neighbourhood of Imphal we 
found it not uncommon on the underside of the floating stems 
of water plants and leaves in ponds. 


Ancylus (Ferrissia) viola, sp. nov. 


The shell is smal! and thin but opaque and of a dark brown 
or blackish colour. It is of suboval form, slightly narrower be- 
hind than in front and from 1+ times to twice as long as broad- 


590 Records of the Indian Museum [VoL. XXII, 


The sides are slightly compressed, the anterior slope slightly con- 
vex and the posterior slightly concave. The apex, which is 
slightly eroded in the specimens examined is not greatly elevated, 
blunt, not at all produced or recurved, but turned a little to the 
tight. It is situated in the posterior third of the shell. The 
lower margin is very narrowly flattened and sometimes obscurely 
tetroverted. The whole of the external surface is smooth but 
covered in the specimens examined by a thin minutely rugulose 
deposit apparently of mineral origin. The interior has a dark 
violaceous colour owing to a bluish white glaze on the deep 
brown shell substance. It is marked with numerous concentric 
rather blunt ridges, one of which, situated about 3 up the shell, 
is sharp and more prominent than the others. There is usually a 
band of white pigment inmediately below the ridges. A micro- 
scopic sculpture of very fine straight longitudinal radiating striae 
can be detected under a high power, running from the inner 
surface of the apex to the lip. Near the margin also there are 
tumerous transverse sinuate striae, equally minute, which give 
the interior of the lip a faint iridescence. 


Fic. 19,—Shell of Ancylus viola, Annandale and Prashad. 


Measurements of Shells (in millimetres). 


A (Type). B. (Ce 1D), 13, 


Length -- 47 55 47. idee ae 
Breadth Foo eG ZR) BES: 2A 255 
Height A MAA POS 102 I'y 20 


The animal is small as compared with the shell and no part 
extrudes in progression. The whole surface is rather opaque 
white with a clouding of black pigment on the head. The 
snout is broad and bluntly rounded in front, the tentacles short, 
and the eyes, which are black, are relatively large but not at all 
prominent. ‘The foot is rather narrow and bluntly pointed behind. 
The left epipodial process is long and narrow. 

The buccal mass is stout and broad, ‘The radula is relatively 
large and as seen in a position of rest from above is band-shaped, 
narrowing abruptly behind and apparently truncate in front 
owing to a small anterior portion being bent downwards and in- 
wards. The dental formula is approximately 10.8.1.8.10, but 
the outer marginals are very impertectly developed and the inner 
marginals difficult to distinguish from the outer laterals. The jaw 


1921.| Manipur Molluscs. 591 


resembles that of A. (F.) vervuca, but the central piece is larger 
and more compact, while the lateral pieces are fewer but larger. 

A short but capacious oesophagus leads to the stomach, which 
is divided into three regions by a very stout band of circular 
muscles. This band, which is interrupted on the lower surface, 
forms a kind of gizzard and when constricted gives the lumen of 
tne stomach an hourglass-shape. The intestine has a precisely 
similar course to that of A. fluviatilis as figured by Simroth,' 
but we could not see any processes, in our dissections, at the 
point where the intestine leaves the stomach; Simroth shows 
them as well developed in A. fluviatilis, The anus is situated a 
short distance behind the base of the left tentacle. 

The genital pore is situated immediately in front of the anus. 
The genitalia are imperfectly preserved in our material but the 
female system seems to have been better developed than the male. 
The hermaphrodite gland is full of large ova. The penis is short 
and papilliform and a flagellum is present, but considerably shorter 
than in Ancylus fluviatilis as figured by Simroth (op. czt., pl. 
xxvi, fig. II). 

The kidney is large and occupies the anterior part of the 
branchial cavity. 

The edge of the mantle bears numerous minute conical refrac- 
tile bodies that do not seem to be of parasitical origin. 

Ty pe-specimen.—No. M 11718/2 Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind Mus.). 

Localities, etc.—This species was found in abundance with 
Camptoceras lineatum on the lower side of floating grass-stems in a 
small, sluggish muddy stream running into the north end of the 
Loktak Lake, Manipur, in February, 1920. It was also taken in 
the same situation in a small muddy pond at Dimapur in the 
plains of Assam just north of the Naga Hills. 

The stomach is full of mud containing the tests of numerous 
diatoms. The animal moves rather quickly on a smooth surface 
and can float shell-downwards just below the surface-film of the 
water. 

Affinities.—The shell closely resembles that of A. (F.) tenuts, 
Bourg., from South India but may be distinguished by its brilliant 
internal colour and fine but distinct sculpture. 


Ancylus (Ferrissia) ceylanicus, Benson. 


1876. Ancylus ceylanicus, Hanley and Theobald, Conch. Ind., pl. xxi, 
figs. 1 and 4. 

Among a number of specimens of A. (F.) verruca from a pond 
in Imphal we find a single sheil that agrees closely with the figures 
of A. ceylanicus in the Conch. Indica, which may probably be 
taken as a correct representation of this species. This specimen 
is 6 mm. long, 4 mm. broad and 2°5 mm. high. 


l Bronn’s Thier-Reichs 111 (Supplement), Mollusca, p. 338, fig. 113A (1911). 


592 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


We retain this species as distinct provisionally for the animal 
and radula are very like those of A. {F.) verruca, a species also 
found in Ceylon, and we are not entirely convinced that it may 
not be simply a very old phase of the latter species, perhaps only 
attained occasionally. Much smaller specimens of A. (F.) verruca 
are sexually mature, but this does not preclude the possibility we 
have suggested. 


Ancylus (Ferrissia) baconi, Bourguignat. 
1882. Ancylus bacont, Clessin, in Mart. and Chem., Conch.-Cab., 
Ancylinen, p. 61, pl. vil, fig. 7. 

Among the specimens assigned by Nevill to A. verruca, we 
find a small series from Orissa that differs considerably from 
shells of that species and agrees well with Clessin’s figure and with 
the original description of A. bacont. The species was originally 
described from Bengal and has since been recorded from the Philip- 
pines and Japan. 

The following observation is interesting as illustrating a 
possible mode of dispersion. Some years ago one of us captured 
in the canal at Cuttack in Orissa a large Dysticid beetle the 
elytra of which were covered with a species of Ancylus in consi- 
derabie numbers. ‘The specimens were sent to the late Dr. Gwat- 
kin and were apparently lost in transit. We are unable to say 
whether they belonged to this species or some other. 


Ancylus (Ferrissia) tenuis, Bourguignat. 
1862, Ancylus tenuis, Bourguignat, Spic. Mal., p. 208. 

No figure of this species appears to have been published but 
large numbers of specimens that agree with the original descrip- 
tion were recently found by one of us in small streams at the 
base of the Nilgiri Hills, from which the species was originally 
described. The specimens from South India assigned by Nevill 
to A. (F.) verruca are similar, but seem to have beer completely 
bleached. 

The species probably differs somewhat in habits from other 
Indian representatives of the genus. It was found on dead leaves 


in the pools of small hill-streams, specially those just above water- 
falls. 


THE AMPHIBIOUS PULMONATA (SUCCINEIDAE). 
By Amin-uD-DIN. 


Genus Succinea, Drap. 


The Indian species of Succinea, so far as our knowledge ex- 
tends, seem to fall both anatomically and biologically into two 
groups; but no separation between these groups can be based 
on the shell-characters. Until we know more of the anatomy 


1921.] Manipur Molluscs. 593 


and habits of the species it seems best not to propose taxonomic 
names for the groups, but they may be distinguished as follows :— 

I. Amputsrous Group.—Species that live at the edge of 
marshes and lakes and are amphibious in habits. The dorsal wall 
of the lung is opaque. The radula is comparatively narrow and 
the number of longitudinal rows of marginals never exceeds 40. 
The prostate does not show a spiral torsion and the vas deferens 
is always long and turns up at the end to open at the tip of the 
penis. The penis possesses a single retractor muscle. There is a 
vagina and ghe male and the female ducts open in a common 
atrium. This group is known to include the foilowing Indian spe- 
cies, S. indica, S. clegantior and S. rutilans. 

II. TERRESTRIAL GRroup.—Species fouud living on the leaves 
of trees and bushes, at any rate in rainy weather. ‘The dorsal 
wall of the lung is thin and translucent. The radula is broad 
and has over So longitudinal rows of marginal teeth. The vas 
deferens is rather short and straight. The penis is small and 
without a retractor muscle. ‘The prostate has a spiral torsion. 
There is no distinct vagina or atrium, but the ducts of the recep- 
taculum seminis, the penis and the vagina open separately in a 
shallow slit-like common aperture on the surface of the body. 
The only Indian species of this group so far known anatomically is 
S. semiserica. 

Of the anatomy of most species of Swuccinea very little is 
known and practically no work has been done on the Indian species. 
Von Rieper' has given a full description of the genitalia and 
physiology of S. putris, while Ihering? gives a general account of 
the genitalia of the same species. Jacobiin his paper on Japanese 
Pulmonates® also gives a few notes on the anatomy of S_ horticola, 
Reinh. Both of these Palaearctic forms belong essentially, at any 
rate as regards the radula and the generative apparatus, to my 
Amphibious Group. The small number of marginals, the presence 
of a retractor muscle and the large thick penis-sac are very alike, 
but Jacobi in his figure shows the different sexual ducts as having 
separate external openings. 

At first it was intended to describe only the anatomy of S. ele- 
gantioy, but as many interesting points came out in the dissection 
of other species it was decided to include short notes about them 
also for comparison and further reference. 


Succinea elegantior, Annandale, sp. nov. 


A species resembling S. semiserica, Gould, externally but with 
the shell smaller and narrower and having the spire still further 
reduced. 

The shell is rather small, thin but less fragile than in some 
species, of narrowly ovate form, of a bright golden brown 


! Ann. Soc Roy. Malac. Belgique X\.VII, pp. 125-191 (1912). 
2 Fahrb. Deut. Malakozool. Ges. 1V, pp. 136-142 (1877). 
8 Fourn. Coll. Sci. Tokyo XXI, pp. 82-85 (1898-1900). 


594 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 1921.]} 


colour, highly polished and sculptured with moderately strong, 
curved and sinuate, somewhat irregular striae. The spire is 
reduced to a mere tubercle but consists of two distinct whorls 
and is set on the body-whorl at a slight angle and directed 
outwards. The apex is minutely rounded and the penultimate 
whorl, though very small, swollen and oblique. The body-whorl 
isnot at all tumid, but subcylindrical with nearly parallel sides 
and about twice as high as broad ; its anterior extremity is broad- 
ly rounded. ‘The aperture, which is almost straight, is narrowly 
ovate, pointed above and about twice as high as broad. The 
outer lip i is sharp and nearly straight, as is also the columella, which 
is slightly folded and ridged above. ‘There is a feebly developed 
callus joining the outer lip to the columella. The shell is imper- 
forate. All these characters are very uniform in a large series of 
shells. 


Fie. 20.—Shell of Succinea elegantior, Annandale, from Manipur. 


Measurements of Shells (in millimetres). 


A (Type). B. G D. E. F, 
Height ; 13) 12°5 I4°0 12°9 10°5 Ir4. 
Maximum diameter Fey | 71 71 68 52 6:2 
Height of spire 2°0 ng rs 25 me) Tae 
Height of mouth eee 10°8 ILO 10°0 8°5 g2 
Maximum diameter of mouth ... 56 54 58 56 42 51 


Type-specimen.—No. M 11861/2 Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind. Mus.). 

The species is, so far as we know, confined to Manipur Valley. 
It is found in abundance round the Loktak Lake and has also 
been met with sparsely at other places in the valley. It lives in 
damp localities, at the edge of the lake and other swamps and at- 
tached to various floating objects. Being lighter than water, it 
was frequently observed floating on the surface of water with its 
shell downwards and carried about by wind. Living specimens 
are sluggish on dry land-and leave a trail of mucus behind them. 

Our station-book gives the following particulars :—‘‘ Very 
common on damp mud. Shell fragile and easily removed. Foot 
narrow, extending for some distance behind the shell and bluntly 
pointed posteriorly. Eye-stalks moderately long, tentacles reduced 


Fic. 21.—Genitalia of different species of Succinea.®_—~! 


1. S. elegantior, ventral view. 2. S. vutilans (a) dorsal view, (6) ventral 
view of the terminal portion only. 3. S. semiserica, (a) dorsal view, (6) ventral 
view. 4. S. indica, ventral view. 

a.g. albumen gland; /.d, hermaphrodite duct; /,g. hermaphrodite gland ; 
p.y. prostate; p.s. penis sac; v.m.p. retractor muscle penis: 7s. receptaculum 
seminis ; 7.s.d. duct of the receptaculum seminis; wf. uterus; v. vagina; v.d. vas 
deferens ; v.s. vesicula seminis. 


596 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


to rounded tubercles. Edge of mantle not extending over the shell. 
Dorsal surface and sides of the body infuscated, with a pale 
irregular reticulum. A pale groove extending along the body 
below each eye-stalk. Eye-stalk internally black. Foot whitish 
with a dark reticulum or spots round the upper margin. Edge 
of mantle with black specks or spots.”’ 

The walls of the mantle are moderately thick and quite dark 
owing to a suffusion of black pigment. The mantle edge is thick 
and muscular. 

The pulmonary opening is situated a little behind the middle 
of the body, on the right side. It is placed on the edge of the 


Fic. 22.—Succinea elegantior, Annandale. 


(a) Horizontal longitudinal section of the vesicula seminalis and adjoining 
structures. 
(2) Longitudinal section of the penis-sac. 
a.g.albumen gland; d.a.g. duct of the albumen gland; f.p. fecundation pouch ; 
h.d. hermaphrodite duct; p. penis; ~.s. penis sheath; 7.m.p. retractor muscle of 
penis; 2. uterus: v.d. vas deferens: v.s. vesicula seminalis. 


mantle and is a circular aperture with prominent edges incomplete 
below and with a horseshoe-shaped black band outside it. The 
opening of the ureter is slit-like and lies dorsal to the anus, which 
opens obliquely under the mantle edge. 

It will be convenient to describe the genitalia from above 
downwards. Within the apex of the shell we find firstly the her- 
maphrodite gland, a yellowish white mass of irregular shape, embed- 
ded in the liver and occupying the greater part of the spire. The 
bermaphrodite duct is a long tube, much convoluted and made 
conspicuous by its dark colouration, which is derived from the 
superimposed pigmented cells of the connective tissue. At the 
point at which the duct enters the albumen gland two club-shaped 


192I.] Manipur Molluscs. 507 


structures open into it. These are the so-called seminal vesicles: 
they have thick muscular walls, and a narrow lumen containing 
spermatozoa. The hermaphrodite duct at this place swells up into 
a small pouch called by Ihering (oc. czt.) the fecundation pouch. 
Its internal walls are thrown into complica‘ed folds. On its exit 
from the albumen gland the hermaphrodite duct is continued as 
the uterus on one hand, and the male duct on the other. 

Taking first the female elements, we find the uterus descend- 
ing in numerous coils. Its walls when immersed in water assume 
a transparent gelatinous appearance. Distally it is somewhat di- 
lated and at the point of its junction with the duct of the recepta- 
culum seminis becomes considerably contracted. It is then con- 
tinued forwards as a muscular vagina. The receptaculum seminis 
is subcircular and has a long slender duct. The vagina is short 
but thick. 

The male duct on its exit from the albumen gland bears im- 
mediately a rather large, elliptical gland, the prostate, which lies 
on the right side below the uterus. The vas deferens runs close to 
the inner side of the vagina and at the point where vagina and penis 
meet together, it turns up sharply, and, running internally to the 
walls of the penis-sac, opens finally at the tip of the penis. The 
penis is a thick muscular organ, the internal walls of which are 
thrown into complicated folds and are glandular. The penis-sheath 
is thin and consists mainly of longitudinal muscle-fibres. The re- 
tractor muscle is attached close to the point where the vas deferens 
enters the penis. 

The male and the female ducts open separately into the short 
common atrium, which communicates with the exterior by a nar- 
row slit-like aperture. 

The Alimentary System.—The mouth is situated on the lower 
surface of the extreme anterior 
end of the snout and is bounded 
by fleshy lips. The buccal-sac is 
thick and globular. 

The jaw is black and stout. f 
Its cutting edge is broadly con- NN 
cave and has a rounded projec- ve 
tion in the middie. The acces- i} y 
sory plate is rounded posteriorly 
and quite broad. The radula is & Fic. 23.—Jaws of Suceinea elegan- 
broad ribbon and has approxi- tior, Annandale. 
mately the formula 40.(Io-I2).I. 

(10-12).40. The central tooth has a greatly developed median cusp 
but the side cusps are sub-obsolete. Its base is horizontal and 
slightly concave. The margins of the basal dises are thickened or 
probably folded in, so as to form a vertical ridge on each side. 
They disappear on the upper part of this region of the tooth. The 
laterals are tricuspid, the inner cusp being lung and nearly reaching 
the base. Their bases are not horizontal but obliquely truncate, 
the inner angle being at a considerably higher level than the outer. 


th 


598 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vor. XXII, 


The outer basal angle is lobate and the basal margin bears at least 
two narrow incisions separating blunt processes. The incisions 
are sometimes continued upwards on the side of the tooth as ver- 
tical grooves. The marginals are relatively small and have four 
denticulations. ‘The outer cusps are comparatively longer. ‘Their 
bases are very much reduced. 
Opening into the dorsal portion of the buccal mass are the 
ducts of the salivary glands. ‘These glands are of irregular shape 
and lie one on each side 
if of the oesophagus. ‘Their 
ducts are slender and, pas- 
sing underneath the cerebral 
commissure, open dorsally 
into the buccal-sac. The 
oesophagus arises from the 
dorsal aspect of the mass. 
Its proximal portion is quite 
short and muscular, while 
distally it becomes dilated 
and takes on the structure 
of the crop. The crop is a 
long, straight and thin-wall- 
ed wide tube, filling the 
greater part of the body 
cavity. Its distal end is 
constricted and is in conti- 
nuity with the bulbous stom- 


Fic, 24.—Alimentary canal of Suwecinea i 
elegantioy, Annandale. ach. The stomach turns 
a. anus; b.m. buccal mass; c. crop; 7. sharply to the left and up- 
jaw; oes. oesophagus; 7. rectum; s. wards. ‘The intestine and 
stomach. 


the rectum form a narrow 
tube and lie dorsal to the 
crop and stomach embedded in the substance of the liver. They 
form a double loop. The rectum bends down towards the right 
side and opens by a slit-like opening just under the edge of the 
mantle, near the middle of the body on the right side. 

The excretory system does not show any peculiarity. The 
ureter is closely applied to the dorsal surface of the rectum and 
opens by a separate aperture dorsally to the anus. 


Succinea rutilans, Blanford. 


The range of this species also appears to be restricted. It 
has so far been recorded only from the Khasi Hills in Assam. 
During our recent tour in the Manipur Valley it was occasionally 
found, occurring with the more abundant species S. elegantior, with 
which it is identical in habits and habitual environment. 

The animal resembles S. elegantior, but its tentacles are less 
developed and the body is white, spotted with irregular black 
blotches. A black streak runs on each side of the head extending 
along the eye-stalks. 


192r.| Manipur Molluscs. 599 


The male portion of the genital system is somewhat different. 
The prostate is sub-circular and the vas deferens moderately thick. 
The penis is elongate and has a recurved tip, which is in continuity 
with the vas deferens. The retractor muscle is attached at the 
point of curvature. 

In the female organs the uterus is much coiled on itself and 
becomes considerably narrowed at the point where the duct of the 
receptaculum seminis joins it. The duct of the receptaculum 
seminis is long and narrow. ‘The vagina is elongate and thick. 
The male and the female ducts open in a common vestibulum, 
which is quite short. 

The jaw is slender and has blunt ends. Its cutting margin is 
witbout any irregularities, smooth and evenly concave. The quad- 
rate accessory plate is as broad as the 
jaw itself and rounded posteriorly. 

The radula is a long narrow rib- 
bon with only about 35 teeth in a 
transverserow. The dental formula is 
6.11.1.11.6. The teeth are normal as 
regards shape and structure: it is the 
small number of marginals that is 51. 4. yaw of Succinea ruti 

b i 1G. 25.—Jaw of Suecinea ruti- 
noteworthy. In the single available SEpeeBlentord: 
radula a very interesting abnormality 
was noted in that the seventh lateral tooth on the right side 
throughout the length of the ribbon has assumed to all appear- 
ances the form of a central tooth. 


Succinea semiserica, Gould. 


This species has a fairly wide distribution. It has been found 
in Eastern Bengal, at Calcutta, in Pegu in Burma and in the 
Amherst and Tavoy districts of Tennasserim. Dr, H. H. Marshall 
of Rangoon, who has kindly sent the preserved specimens on which 
this study is based, has supplied the following information about 
its habits and environment :— 

““his species is very common during the rains round Ran 
goon in the islands in Hlewa-ga Lake and in Mr. Taylor’s Islanc 
in the Kokim Lake. They are generally found living on thi 
leaves of various plants, bushes and in moss-grown localities 
They seem to prefer mangoe, plantain and palm leaves.” 

From the above statement it will be seen that the anima. 
lives mainly on fresh leaves and does not frequent dirty marshy 
places like those of the other group, which seem to prefer decay- 
ing vegetable matter as food. This species was found, moreover, 
in the rainy season, from June to September, while those of the 
other group have been commonly met with during the months of 
December to March. 

The animals I have examined are very much contracted and 
probably bleached owing to preservation in strong spirit. The 
body is bulky and the foot is narrowly tongue-shaped. The ven- 


600 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


tral surface of the foot is white. The dorsal surface of the body 
is speckled with black blotches, which are absent on the left side. 
The dorsal wall of the pulmonary chamber is thin and transparent 
and the cavity itself is large. The edge of the mantle thins down 
on the side of the body and lies on it as a thin flap-like membrane. 
This may be a useful adaptation for the storage of moisture. 

The reproductive organs are interesting in many respects, and 
belong essentially to a different type from those of the other spe- 
cies examined. 

The prostate as a whole appears to be sub-elliptical and to 
have an oblique cleft across its dorsal surface. ‘This is due to the 
fact that the gland is twisted spirally 
round the vas deferens which issues 
from the cleft and, proceeding for- 
wards as a stout, straight tube be- 
comes swollen distally to form the 
penis. The penis when retracted lies 
obliquely in a thin-walled sac. It is 
a short muscular organ, sub-triangular 
in longitudinal section. Its lumen is 
narrow but swells up in the middle and 
again continues its course as a narrow 
tube, so that across-like appearance is 
produced. The penis has a thin mus- 
cular sheath but there is no retractor 
muscle. It opens into the shallow slit 
on the right side of the body common 

Fie. 56.—-Penia of Suecinea tO it, the’ duct “of the) receptaculam 
semiserica, Gould. seminis and the female duct. 

The female organs are also some- 
what peculiar. The uterus is much coiled and at its distal end 
becomes constricted and narrow. The receptaculum seminis has 
a long stout duct, as thick as the terminal portion of the uterus. 
The pores of the ducts of the male and female organs and of 


Fic. 27.—Succinea semiserica, Gould. 
(a) Jaw. (b) Radular teeth. 


1g2t. | Mantpur Molluscs. 601 


the receptaculum seminis are contiguous and open in a common 
slit situated on the right side of the body, below the right tent- 
acle. 

The jaw is stout and has a deeply concave cutting edge. 
The margin of this edge is not smooth, but under a low power 
of the microscope shows small irregularities. The quadrate plate 
is broad and truncate behind. 

The radula is broad and moderately long. ‘The teeth are 
normal and do not show any structural peculiarity. The dental 
formula, however, is 85.15.1.15.85, while in all the other species 
examined the marginals do not exceed 40. The large number 
of teeth in a single row may possibly be due to the food requiring 
a broad radula in order that a sufficient quantity of material may 
be rasped from the comparatively hard surface of growing leaves. 


Succinea indica, Pfeiffer. 


This species has hitherto been recorded from Kashmir, the 
Kumaon Hills and the Southern Shan States. It has now been 


Fic. 28.—Succinea indica, Pfeiffer. 


(a) Jaw. (6) Radular teeth. 


found abundantly by Dr. Annandale in the North-West Frontier 
Province near Peshawar, and in the Punjab at Gurdaspur. In 
its general habits it resembles S. elegantior. ‘Near Peshawar it 
was found on decaying reeds in the water of a swamp with very 
little sub-aquatic vegetation. 

Dr. Annandale’s field-book gives the following particulars 
about the living animal :— 

** Animal as a rule dark in colour, almost black, with white 
longitudinal lines on the dorsal surface of the exposed parts of the 
body. Ventral surface of the foot grey, speckled with black. 
Mantle with pale spots. Tentacles reduced to small rounded 
tubercles. Exposed surface irregularly tuberculate. Foot narrow, 
tongue-shaped, broadly rounded in front and narrowly rounded 
behind. Young individuals paler than old ones.” 

The generative organs are slightly different from those of 
S. elegantior. ‘The penis sac is elongately pear-shaped and acumi- 
nate distally. The prostate is narrowly elliptical. 


602 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VoL. XXIT, 


The jaw is small and has rounded extremities. The cutting 
edge is concave and is provided with a central blunt projection and 
a subobsolete accessory projection on either side. The quadrate 
plate is narrow and rounded posteriorly. 

The radula is fairly long and broad and has the formula 28. 
I2.1.12.28. The bases of the marginals are rather short and 
concave, 

LITERATURE. 


1. Annandale, N.,—Jaw and radula of Succinea indica. Rec. 
Ind. Mus. XIV, pl. xi, figs. 5, 6 (1918). 

2. Binney, W.G.,—On the jaw and lingual membrane of 
North American terrestrial Pulmonata. Pvoc. Acad. 
Nat. Sct. Philadelphia XXVII, pp. 230-232 (1875). 

3. Cooke, A. H.—Mollusca, in Cambridge Natural History, 
London (1895). 

4. Fi:cher, P..—Observations anatomiques sur divers Mollus- 
ques des Antilles attribués au genre Succinea. Journ. 
Conchyhol. XXII, pp. 137-155, pl. v (1874). 

5. Ihering, H. von,—Ueber den Geschlechts-apparat von 
Succinea. Jahrb. Deut. Malakozool. Ges. IV, pp. 136- 
142 (1877). 

6. Jacobi, A.,—Japanische Pulmonaten. Journ. College. Sct. 
Tokyo XII, pp. 82-85, pl. vi, figs. 116-119 (1899). 

Riepe1, H. von,—Studien an Succinea. Ann. Soc. Mala- 
col. Belgique XLWVII, pp. 125-101, pl. iii, iv (1912). 


THE PELECYPODA. 
By B, PRASHAD. 


The collection of Lamellibranchs from Manipur described in 
the following pages is of special interest, in that most of the spe- 
cies are represented by large series of both dry shells and speci- 
mens preserved in spirit. This has enabled me to describe the soft 
parts of most of the species investigated. I have also included 
here the description of anew species of the genus Tvapezoideus, 
Simpson, collected by Mr. Sunder Lal Hora at Dimapur in Assam. 

In the collection this class is represented by the two families 
Unionidae and Cyrenidae. Of the former, specimens of the genera 
Indonaia, Lamellidens and Trapezoideus are represented, and of the 
latter there are specimens of Corbicula, Sphaerium and Pisidium. 
The most common genera in the valley are /ndonaia amongst the 
Unionidae and Corbicula and Sphaertum amongst the Cyrenidae. 


Family UNIONIDAE. 


Genus Indonaia, Prashad. 


1018. Jndonaia, Prashad, Rec. Ind. Mus. XV, pp. 146-148, fig. 2. 


In the Manipur Valley the genus Indonata is represented by 
five species. Of these I. theobaldi is apparently confined to the 


1g21I.] Manipur Molluscs. 603 
Manipur Valley, not being known from elsewhere, /. scobina and J. 
lima are found in Burma, Assam and Eastern Bengal, while /. 
bonneaudi and TI. occatus have a very wide range. 


Indonaia occata (Lea). 


1914. Nodularia (Nodularia) occata, Simpson, Descr. Cat. Natades, p. 
85. 
IQI5. Nadu lane (Nagler) occata, Preston, Faun. Brit. Ind. Freshw.- 
Moll., pp. 138, 139. 

The specimens from the Manipur Valley closely resemble those 
of this species from other parts of India and I have no hesitation 
in assigning them to it. 

The soft-parts resemble those of J. caerulea var. gaudichaudt 
described by me in the paper cited, but differ in having the palps 
much longer and ellipsoid in outline, in the anal being compara- 
tively larger, but of about the same size as the supra-anal and in 
the mantle connection between the supra-anal and anal being very 
small. None of the specimens are gravid but all the four gills 
have a marsupial structure. 

Preston (loc. cit ) gives ‘‘Bengal’’ as the range of distribution 
of this species. There ate, however, specimens from various loca- 
lities in the United Provinces, the Central Provinces, Bengal, Assam 
and Burma in the Indian Museum collection. The species, there- 
fore, has a very wide range in India and Burma. 


Indonaia bonneaudi (Eydoux). 


1a14. Nodularia (Nod»laria) bonneaud7, Simpson, op. cit., p. 988. 
1915. Nodularia (Nodularia) bonneaudi, Preston, op. cit., pp. 140, 141. 

Preston has referred to the great variation exhibited by this 
species both as regards shape and in colour, and this is well brought 
out in the series before me. 

The soft parts resemble those of I. occata except that the 
branchial aperture is much larger, and the anal and supra-anal, 
which are of the same size, are about one half of its length. The 
palpi are very elongate, somewhat triangular in outline and have 
a sharp tip. Only the outer pair of gills are fully charged with glo- 
chidia, and the inner pair have only asmall number in them. 

There are only two specimens of this species in the collection, 
one from the Thoba! Stream near Phaidai and the other from Sikmai 
stream six miles from Kakchin on the Manipur-Burma Road. 


Indonaia scobina (Hanley). 


1856. Unio scobina, Hanley, Recent Biv. Shells. p. 382, pl. xxiii, fig. 40. 

1876. Unio scobina, Kkanley and Vheobald, Conch. Jndica, p. 22, pl. 
xlvi, fig. 2. 

Igi4. Nodularia (Nodularia) scobina, Simpson, op. cit., p. 996. 

1915. Nodularia (Nodularia) scobina, Preston, op. cit., pp. 142, 143. 


This species was originally described from a unique specimen 
from Assam, Hanley and Theobald have given a good figure of the 


604 Records of the Indién Museum. [Vo1,. XX, 


shell, but the specimen from Belgaum, Deccan (pl. xlvi, fig. 3), ° 
which they consider as a link between I. occatus and I. scobina | 
does not appear to belong to either species. J. scobina has a 
restricted range in Assam, Manipur and probably Burma, and 
does not occur in Peninsular India. The only two specimens in 
the Indian Museum collection are from Sibsagar, North Eastern 
Assam, and the record of the specimens from the Manipur Valley 
greatly extends the known range of this species. 

Most of the shells collected by Mr. S. L.. Hora from the Sik- 
mai stream are much larger than the Sibsagar specimens; one of 
the largest is 27°38 mm. long, 17 mm. high and 11°5 mm. in 
thickness. 

The animal differs from that of the other species in having the 
outer pair of gills shorter in both length and breadth than the 
inner pair and in the palps being rather small. 


Indonaia theobaldi (Preston). 


1912. Nodularia (Nodulavia) theobaldi, Preston, Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, 
= 202, 

1914. Nadalabie (Nodularia) theobaldi, Simpson. op. cit., p. 1002. 

1915. Vodulavia (Nodularia) theobaldi, Preston, op. cit., pp. 143, 144, 
fig. & (1-3). 

Preston described this species from two specimens in the 
Indian Museum collection from Manipur. The exact locality, 
however, whence these specimens were collected is not known. 
The species is one of the largest of the Indian forms of the genus 
Indonaia. 

Mr. S. L. Hora collected four specimens in the Sikmai Stream 
in the Manipur Valley. All these specimens, though a little 
smaller than the type-specimen, are quite like it in other respects. 
In all the specimens the umbones are much eroded. 

The soft parts resemble those of the other species of the 
genus. None of the specimens are gravid. 


Indonaia lima (Simpson). 


1900. Nodularia (Radiatula) lima, Simpson, op. cit., p. 820. 
1914. Nodularia (Radiatula) lima, Simpson. op. cit., p. 1018. 
1915. Nodularia (Radiatula) lima, Preston, op. cit., pp. 147, 148. 
Simpson in 1900 established a new section Radiatula of the 
genus Nodularia for the two Indian species Unio crispisulcatus 
and Unio vadula of Benson, he also changed the name of the 
latter to Nodularia lima owing tothe specific name radula being 
preoccupied In his later work, however, he expressed a doubt 
as to whether NV. ima did not really belong to the J. caerulea group. 
The sculpture of the shell of this species differs from that of the 
type-species of the Radiatula section and is very like that of occa- 
tus and scobina. The soft parts also resemble those of the two 
species in all essentials. I therefore place N. (R.) Ama of Simp- 
son, with species like occatus and scobina, in my genus Indonaia. 


192I.| Manipur Molluscs. 605 


Preston’s siliguriensis, which is a variety ot L. lima will also have 
to be removed from the Radiatula section. 

It is not possible to decide definitely the exact position and 
relationships of I. crispisulcatus, the only other species left in the 
Radiatula section, as we know nothing of its anatomy, but its 
very characteristic sculpture alone might entitle it to a sectional 
rank. 

The shells collected by Mr. S. L.. Hora are from the Sikmai 
Stream on the Manipur-Burma Road. The specimens are quite 
typical of the species but have the umbones much eroded. 

The soft parts resemble those of J. occatus. 


Genus Lamellidens, Simpson. 


1900. Lamellidens, Simpson, op. cit., p. 854- 

1912. Lamellidens, Ortmann, Ann. Carnegie Mus. VIII, p. 277. 
1914. Lamellidens, Simpson, op. cit., p. 1165. 

1915. Lamellidens, Preston, op. cit., p. 174. 

1918. Lamellidens, Prashad, Rec. Ind. Mus. XV, pp. 1-44, 145. 
1919. Lamellidens, id., 1b., XVI, p. 293, fig. 4. 

Simpson in the two works cited has greatly cleared up the 
synonymy of the various Indian species, but owing to the limited 
material at his disposal his descriptions are not quite accurate 
in all cases. At the time of the publication of his first work 
nothing was known about the animal of any of the species and 
the position assigned by him to this genus in his classification was 
not correct. In his second work, though he included a refer- 
ence to Ortmann’s paper, he still stated that the soft parts 
were not known. Preston has unfortunately created a great 
deal of confusion as to the nomenclature of the various species 
and varieties by indiscriminately combining many good species 
without assigning any reasons and in other cases by describing 
already known species as new. In my papers on the anatomy 
of the genus Lamellidens, I followed Preston’s nomenclature and 
my description of the soft parts of the genus was based on speci- 
mens which could, according to Preston’s identifications, hardly 
be separated from L. marginalis subsp. corrianus. Having now 
carefully studied the large collection in the Indian Museum and the 
fresh collection from Manipur I find that the above conclusions 
were not justified. Preston’s identifications of the Indian 
Museum collection are quite unreliable in many cases, the same 
species having been identified differently on different occasions. 
In this paper I do not attempt any more than to assign the 
Manipur shells to their proper species and to add notes on the 
distinctive characters of these forms. 

On examining fully gravid specimens of the typical L. margi- 
nalis, it was found that the marsupium in this species is not 
formed by the outer pair of gills only but by all the four gills. 
In L. consobrinus and L. corrianus on the other hand only the 
outer pair of gills is marsupial. The soft parts of all these species 
are quite similar in other respects. It appears, therefore, that in 


606 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo,. XXII, 


the genus Lamellidens we have probably two groups of species, 
in one of which the marsupium is formed by all the four gills and 
in the other by the outer pair only, ‘This may possibly be 
correlated with the conditions under which the two groups of 
species are found. JL. marginalis is a stream-form while L. corri- 
anus is commonly found in ponds or very sluggish streams In 
the case of typical stream-forms it may be necessary to produce as 
large a number of glochidia as possible as the chances of their 
being washed away are very great, and probably in response to 
this necessity all the four gills have taken on the marsupial func- 
tion in these forms. 

The formation of the marsupium by all the four gills in 
L. marginalis does not in any way affect the position assigned 
to the genus by Ortmann and myself in the subfamily Unioninae 
of Ortmann’s classification, as the marsupium in this subfamily 
is stated to be formed either by all the four gills or by the outer 
pair of gills only. 


Lamellidens marginalis (Lamarck). 
1914. Lamellidens marginalis, Simpson, op. cit., pp. 1166-1168. 
1919. Lamellidens maryginalis, Prashad, op. cit., p. 293, fig. 4. 

In the paper cited above my description and figure of the 
animal of L. marginalis was based on specimens which I, with 
Preston, considered doubtfully to represent a variety of this spe- 
cies. As a result of a careful study of the whole collection in the 
Museum J find that these specimens really belong to L. corrianus, 
which I consider to be a distinct species. 

‘The description of the shell of this species in Simpson’s mo- 
nograph is fairly complete, but the following distinctive char- 
acters may be noted. The shell is sub-elliptical with slightly in- 
flated but not greatly elevated beaks. ‘The dorsal slope is in most 
specimens a little curved and the posterior wing is very narrow. 
The hinge (fig. 29A) is formed by two lamellar pseudo-cardinals in 
the right valve; these are situated one below the other and the 
lower is better deveioped, both, however, are in continuation of 
the laterals ; in the left valve there is only a single pseudo-car- 
dinal like a feebly developed ridge, simple in most specimens but 
in a few becoming cut up by a notch into two. In the latter case, 
owing to the inclined nature of the notch and the unequal deve- 
lopment of the two component parts of the ridge of the anterior 
edge, the posterior of the two teeth comes to lie at a slightly 
lower level than the anterior tooth and this results in the produc- 
tion of two distinct pseudo-cardinals in the left valve also. The 
gradual evolution of the two teeth can be traced in a large series. 
The lateral teeth are somewhat curved, there being two in the 
left and a single one in the right valve. A trace of a second 
lateral in the form of a minute ridge at the base of the lamellar 
lateral of the right valve can also be seen in some fully grown 
specimens. 


192I.| Manipur Molluscs. 607 


Fic. 29.—Hinge-teeth of Lamellidens. 
A, L. marginalis (Lam.). B. L. consobrinus (Lea). C. ZL. corrianus (Lea). 


608 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VoL. XXII, 


The animal differs from that of L. corrianus described in the 
paper cited in the following characters :—The inner pair of gills is 
broader than the outer throughout its length. Both pairs of gills 
are marsupial and when fully charged with glochidia are of a dull 
brownish colour. The palpi are comparatively larger and elliptic 
in outline. The foot is better developed, being a powerful bur- 
rowing organ in this species. The branchial aperture is about 
one and a half times the size of the anal and has the papillae 
along its border more numerous and much larger. 

Half a dozen specimens of this species were collected by Mr. 
S. I. Hora in a small rapid-running stream at Mara Khong at 
a distance of about six miles from Imphal on the Bishenpur Road. 
The shells of these specimens are quite typical of the species in 
shape but are rather thin. 


Lamellidens consobrinus (Lea). 


1911. Lamellidens consobrinus, Ortmann, Nautilus XXIV, p. 106, pl. 


vil, fig. 4. 

1914. Lamellidens consobrinus (in part), Simpson, op. cit., pp. 1171, 
1172. 

1915. Lamellidens marginalis subsp. consobrina, Preston, op. cit., p. 
180. 


Preston considers L. consobrinus to be a subspecies of L. 
marginalis. After a careful comparison of large series of the two 
species I do not consider that this conclusion is justified. Preston 
was probably led to it by mixing up specimens of the two species 
while identifying the Indian Museum collection. Simpson in- 
cludes L. mainwaring: (Nevill MS.), Preston, as a synonym of L. 
consobrinus. Unfortunately Preston’s figures of the hinge of this 
species are very poor and his description of the shell also lacks 
precision in some important details. It may be noted briefly here 
that L. mainwaringi is a distinct species, not at all allied to L. 
consobrinus, its nearest relation amongst the Indian forms being 
L. corrianus. 

The shell in this species is rhomboidal, rather solid, with 
the beaks more inflated and elevated than in L. marginalis. The 
dorsal slope is curved and obliquely truncate. The hinge (fig. 
29 B) is very different from that of L. marginalis. In the right 
valve there are two widely separated pseudo-cardinals lying one 
below the other, of these the lower is much larger, thicker and 
better developed than the upper. The left valve has two some- 
what ragged pseudo-cardinals more or less in the same line ; the an- 
terior of the two is very much larger and better developed. The 
laterals are distinctly arched, there being a single well developed 
and the rudiment of a second in the right and two fully developed 
ones in the left valve. 

In a sirigle male specimen in spirit the animal conforms to 
Ortmann’s description. 

The species is represented in the Manipur collection by a 
single specimen collected in the Sikmai Stream about six miles 


1921.] Mamipur Molluscs. 609 


from Kakching, on the Burma-Manipur Road, and many empty 
shells from the banks of the Amambi stream some eight miles 
from Imphal. The shells of this species are locally known as 
Shuni-kongrein, and are utilised for the manufacture of lime. 


Lamellidens corrianus (I,ea). 


1914. Lamellidens corrianus, Simpson, op. cit., pp. 1174, 1175. 
1915. Lamellidens marginalis, subsp. corrtanus, Preston, ep. cit., pp- 
183, 184. 

This species is not a form of L. marginalis, as Preston thinks, 
but quite distinct, for not only are the shells different but the 
marsupium also is formed quite differently in the two species. 

The shell of L. corrianus is very thin and delicate, elongate- 
elliptical in form, with the beaks only slightly inflated and not at 
all elevated. The dorsal slope is comparatively long and straight, 
or nearly so, and the posterior wing is much broader than in L. 
marginalis. There are two pseudo-cardinals (fig. 29C) in the right 
valve, the upper of the two being rather small and thin; in the 
left valve also the two pseudo-cardinals are distinct, but the upper 
and posterior one is feebly developed. ‘The lateral teeth, which 
are two in the left and one in the right valve, are only slightly 
arched. 

The soft parts have already been described and figured by 
me as those of a form of L. marginalis. In the Manipur speci- 
mens also the glochidia were found in the outer pair of gills only, 
the inner pair being purely respiratory in function. 

This is the commonest Unionid in the Manipur Valley and is 
the only one found in the Loktak Lake. Large numbers of dead 
shells of this species were found by the Manipur Survey party in 
the swampy area at the north end of that body of water. Mr. S. 
I,. Hora also collected specimens of it in various streams in the 
valley. 


Genus Trapezoideus, Simpson. 


1900. Tvrapezoideus, Simpson, op. cit., p. 858. 
1914. Tvapezoidezs, Simpson, op. cit., p. 1180. 
1915 Tvrapezotdeus, Preston, op. cit., p. 193. 

Simpson established this genus in 1900 for a number of rather 
peculiar Burmese, Siamese, Cambodian and Sumatran Unionids 
and also included in it Benson’s species Unio theca from the Cane 
River, Bundelkhand, Central India. I have not seen specimens 
of this latter species but from the description it is doubtful 
whether the species is congeneric with the Burmese forms.' A few 
specimens from the Koyna Valley, Satara District, Bombay Pre- 
sidency in the collections of the Zoological Survey, which had 
been wrongly identified as Tvapezoideus foliaceus (Gould), do not 
belong to this genus, but are specimens of the interesting form 


! Simpson also on p. 1186 of his Catalogue (/oc. cit.) expresses a doubt as to 
the exact systematic position of Benson’s species. 


610 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Arcidopsis footei (Theobald). The genus therefore appears to be 
a true Eastern one confined to Assam, Burma, Siam, Cambodia 
and Sumatra. 

In the collection the genus is represented by a single shell 
of T. misellus (Morelet) from the Manipur Valley and by many 
specimens of a new species from the base of the Naga Hills, 
Assam. Living specimens of the new species were brought to 
Calcutta by Mr. S. L. Hora and from these I am able to describe 
the hitherto unknown animal of this genus. 

Animal with the outer and inner gills of nearly the same width 
posteriorly, but the outer shorter in length than the inner; inner 
lamellae of the inner pair of gills united in the anterior 3 of their 
length to the abdominal mass on each side while in the posterior 
third the lamellae of the two sides are united with each other to 
the end. Palpi large. Mantle entire with quite simple margin. 
Branchial aperture large, of a light brownish colour, with many 


Fic. 30.—Soft paris of Tvapezoideus dhanushori, Prashad. 


An. Anal aperture; By. branchial aperture; /. foot; 7.G. inner gill; P. palp; 
O. G. outer gill; Sa. supra-anal aperture. 


rows of elongate papillae along the border. Anal aperture about 
3 the size of the branchial, dark brown in colour and with a 
single row of minute papillae on its margins, supra-anal distinct, 
smaller than the anal and separated from it by a mantle connec- 
tion about half the size of the anal. Marsupium formed by all 
the four gills. 


Trapezoideus misellus (Morelet). 
1900. Tvapesoideus misellus, Simpson, op. cit., p. 859. 
1914. Tvapezrideus misellus, Simpson, op. cit., pp. 1182, 1183. 
1915. Trapezoideus misellus, Preston, op. crt., p. 194. 

Mr. S. L. Hora picked up a dead shell of a half-grown speci- 
men of this species at the edge of a swamp about five miles from 
the Thoubal Stream in the Manipur Valley. 

The shell is quite typical in shape and hinge, but does not 
show any sculpture owing to the umbones being eroded. 

The species was previously known from Siam, Tenasserim and 
Burma only. 


1g2I.] Manipur Molluscs, 611 


Trapezoideus dhanushori, sp. nov. 


This interesting species was found by Mr. S. Il. Hora in a 
stream known as Dhanushori at a distance of about a mile from 
Dimapur, Assam, and is not a Manipur species. It may be 
described as follows :— 

Shell (fig. 31) rather small, thin, trapezoidal, somewhat com- 
pressed, with a low posterior ridge and narrow wing. Umbones 
small, slightly tumid and deflexed inwards, sculptured with verti- 
cal ridges radiating outwards, more marked on the two sides than 
in the middle where they are less distinct. Anterior margin 
obliquely truncated rounded above, sharply curved backwards 
below; broadly rounded posteriorly. Ventral margin straight but 
slightly curved in near the middle. Surface concentrically sculp- 
tured with deeply impressed lines, a few radial lines are also to be 


B. 


hic. 31.--Trapeszoideus dhanushori, Prashad., 


A. Photographs of the two valves of the type-shell. 
B.  Flinge-teeth. 


seen on the posterior region. Epidermis brownish yellow. Right 
valve with two pseudo-cardinals, of which the outer is feebly 
developed, and a single slightly arched lateral; left valve with two 
pseudo-cardinals, of these the inner situated under the beak and 
continuous with the outer of the two laterals. Muscle-scars fairly 
impressed, anterior ones separate, posterior confluent; nacre 
greyish-yellow tinged with blue, under the beaks markedly yellow; 
slightly iridescent. 


Measurements of Shells {in millimetres). 


I 2 3 

Length 355 341 35°4 
Breadth 19°7 1773 18-2 
Height | 1g I1'6 13°4 


612 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Type-series.—No. M 11962/2 in the Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind: 
Mus.) 

The soft parts conform to the description of the genus given 
already. 

The type-series was collected in the Dhanushori stream in 
Assam. 

T. dhanushort bears some superficial resemblance to T. 
foliaceus (Gould), but differs in the comparatively more elongate 
shell, more evenly rounded anterior margin, poorly developed 
posterior wing and more prominent umbones. ‘The hinge also is 
different in the two species. 


Family CYRENIDAE. 
Genus Corbicula, Megerle. 


This genus is represented in the collection by three species. 
Of these C. striatella is common throughout India and Burma, 
C. occidens has a wide distribution in the Central Provinces, 
United Provinces, Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, Sikkim and Assam, 
while the exact habitat of C. subradiata was hitherto unknown. 

The only account of the anatomy of any of the Indian species 
is contained in a recent paper’ by myself on the soft parts of 
C. fluminalis—the type-species of the genus. The soft parts of 
the three species here discussed are very like those of C. fluminalis ; 
the differences from it are included in the notes on the different 
species. 


Corbicula occidens, Deshayes. 


1854. Corbicula occidens, Deshayes, Cat. Brit. Mus. Conchifera, p. 223. 
1900. Corbicula occidens, Preston, op. cit., p. 210. 

The range of distribution of the species according to Preston 
is ‘‘Sikkim, Moradabad, Bengal,” but in the collections of the 
Indian Museum there are specimens from various places in the 
Central Provinces, Bihar and Orissa, and Assam in addition to the 
localities given by Preston. 

The only point of interest to note in connection with the 
shell is the slightly discontinuous pallial line. ‘The line runs down 
as a vertical straight line from the lower edge of the impression of 
the posterior adductor muscle, and this part forms a little more 
than aright angle with its horizontal continuation forwards to the 
sear of the anterior adductor muscle. ‘This condition is a little 
more advanced than that in C. largillierti figured by Prime” and 
is correlated with a better development of the siphonal muscles. 

The soft parts generally resemble those of C. fluminalis 
described in the paper cited, but differ in having the siphonal 
muscles, the siphons and the foot a little better developed, in the 
inner pair of gills being much broader (about one and a half times) 


! Rec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, pp. 209-211 (1920). 
? Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. N. York VIII, d. 420, fig. 4 (1867). 


1g2I.| Manipur Molluscs. 613 


than the outer and the outer pair being a little shorter in length. 
‘he palpi, however, are comparatively larger. 


VG. M. 
Fic. 32.—Soft parts of Corbicula occidens, Deshayes. 
F. foot ; 7.G. inner gill; JZ. mantle; O.G. outer gill; P. palp; S. siphons. 


Many specimens of this species were obtained by the Manipur 
Survey party from a muddy channel flowing into the Loktak Lake 
near Potsengbam Bungalow. Specimens were also collected from 
various other streams in the Manipur Valley. 


Corbicula striatella, Deshayes. 
1854. Corbicula striatella, Deshayes, Pyoc. Zool. Soc. London XXII, 


1867. oporets striatella, Prime, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. N. Vork 
VII, p. 74. fig. 22. 

This species is not confined to Pondicherry and Sind as 
Preston states, but is fairly common all over India. The only 
specimens in the present collection are from a small stream near 
Waikhong on the Manipur-Burma Road. 

The sinus of the pallial line is much better marked in this 
species than in C. occidens, and the siphons and siphonal retractor 
muscles are accordingly much better developed and distinctly 
marked off from the pallial muscle. I hope to elaborate this point 
for the other Indian species in another place. 

The soft parts, except for the differences noted above, are 
like those of C. occidens. 


Corbicula subradiata, Prime. 
1867. Corbicula subradiata, Prime, op. cit., p. 75, fig. 23. 
1915. Corbicula subradiata, Preston, op. cit., p. 213. 

The precise locality from which the type-specimens of this 
species were obtained is not given by Prime. In the Conchologia 
Indica Hanley and Theobald state that they never obtained any 
specimens of this species and consider it and C. agrensis to be prob- 


614 lvecords of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


ably based on immature specimens. In the Manipur collection 
there are specimens from small streams near Potsengbam and froma 
large shallow artificial tank called Ningyang Pukri at Imphal. All 
these specimens closely agree with Prime’s description and figures 
and are sexually mature. The shell in this species is rather small 
and apparently does not grow larger than 15 mm. in length. 
The pallial line is a regular curve and does not show any sinus. 

The soft parts resemble those of the other two species des- 
cribed already, but differ in the poor development of the siphonal 
retractor muscles and the siphons. 


Genus Sphaerium, Scopoli. 


1900. Sphaerium, Preston, op. cit., pp. 223, 224. 
Three species of this genus have hitherto been described from 
India; of these S. indicum is a widely distributed species both in 


Fic. 33.—Hinge teeth of Sphaerium. 


A. S. indicum, Deshayes. B. S. austeni, Prashad. 


the plains and in the Himalayas, while S. avanum is only known 
from Ava and Pegu in Burma. ‘The third species, S. montanum, 
Tapparone-Canefri,' is only known from Burma but the original des- 
cription is not sufficient to identify this species. In the collections 
of the Indian Museum I have found specimens of an undescribed 
species from the Naga Hills and Manipur, probably from the collec- 
tions made in these parts by Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen. The 
three species before me may be distinguished from one another by 
the use of the following key :— 


1. Shell large, 9’°5 mm. in length, much swollen, with very 
prominent umbones and with strongly impressed con 
centric sculpture Re ad .. S. avanum. 
Shell smaller and not so much swollen as in S. avanum. 
a. Shell ovato-rhomboid, thin and translucent, with 
the umbones only slightly prominent and with 
very faint sculpture ar RA ... S. indicum. 


nN 


| Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova (2) VII, p. 356 (1889), see Addendum, 
p. 630. 


1921.]| Manipur Molluscs. 615 


b. Shell eclongate-ovate, rather thick and opaque, with 
the umbones more prominent than in S. izdicum, 
but much less so than in S. avanum ; sculpture 
better marked than in S. ¢2dicum ... wes AUSEENT, 


Sphaerium indicum, Deshayes. 


1854. Sphaerium indicum, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London XXII 
1915. Spicer indicum, Preston, op. cit., p. 224. 

Preston is certainly mistaken in assigning this species to A. 
Adams and in considering Deshayes’ name as a manuscript name 
only, for the reference to the original description of the species 
cited above and noted by Preston is a paper by Deshayes on new 
species of shells in Cumming’s collection, and not by A. Adams as 
Preston states. A paper by A. Adams is published immediately 
preceding that of Deshayes and Preston apparently confused 
’ them when citing the references. 


Fig. 34.-—Soft parts of Sphaerium indicum. . 
F. foot; /.G.inner gill; O.G. outer gill; MZ. mantle; P. palp; S. siphons. 


The hinge of this species differs from that of my new species, 
described further on, in the laterals being much better developed 
and less curved and in there being a single well-developed cardinal 
in the right valve, the second cardinal of this valve is much reduced 
or even absent in some specimens. 

The soft parts of this species are described in detail below as 
no account of the anatomy of Indian species has been published 
before 

The animal conforms in shape to that of the shell and is of a 
whitish colour. Of the adductor muscles, the anterior is rather 
small and rounded while the posterior is much larger and somewhat 
quadrangular in outline. The posterior retractor pedals are well 
developed and lie above the posterior adductors. The pallial 
muscles consist of radiating muscle-fibres starting from just 
below the pallial attachment and are continued in the inwardly 
reflected region of the mantle. No siphonal retractors can be 
distinguished from the palliai fibres. 


616 Kecords of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


The mantle is very thin and without any papillae on the edge. 
Its flaps differ from those of the genus Corbicula in having a fairly 
broad portion of the free edge reflected inwards towards each other, 
The siphonal and pedal orifices are formed in the same way as in 
Corbicula by the union of the flaps of the two sides. 

The two siphons, anal and branchial, are quite separate tubu- 
lar structures capable of a fair amount of elongation ; of the two 
the branchial is much better developed. Both siphons have 
smooth edges for the external openings, there being no papillae 
encircling them. Jacobsen! describes the siphons as having 
‘‘filaments encircling the apertures,” this seems to be a mistake as 
none are present in S. indicum and none are shown for the Ameri- 
can species described and figured by Gilmore ;” Fischer ® also des- 
cribes the orifices of the siphons in this genus as simple. 

Jacobsen’s account of the gills in S. cornea is inaccurate when 
he says that “ the interior gills overlap the exterior ones,” and a 
good deal of what he says further on is not easy to follow. F. 
Leidig’s* and Oscar Schmidt’s® papers contain very little on the 
structure of the gills of the European species dealt with by them. 
I have not seen Drew’s paper® on the anatomy of S. sulcatum but 
from the summary in Gilmore’s paper cited already these two 
accounts seem to be the best ones available. Gilmore’s description 
of the attachment of the inner lamellae of the inner gills, how- 
ever, does not appear to be accurate when he says ‘‘ the inner 
lamella of the inner gill is attached to the body,” for in S. indicum, 
as is usual in other Cyrenids, at least a portion of/the inner gills (in 
this case nearly one-fourth of the total length) projects beyond 
the posterior limit of the body-mass. ‘This posterior part of the 
inner lamella is not fused with that of the corresponding part of 
the lamella of the opposite side but is quite free. The two pairs 
of gills differ in length and width. The inner pair of gills is more 
than twice as broad as the outer throughout, while in the anterior 
region it is still broader; anteriorly it also extends a little further 
than the inner pair of gills. 

In the specimens examined the marsupium was found to be 
formed by the cavities of the filaments of the inner pair of gills 
only, as was observed by Gilmore in the American species. ‘The 
Manipur specimens were collected during February and March, 
1920, and it appears, therefore, from the stage of development of 
the embryos in the brood-pouches that the breeding season of this 
species in Manipur starts some time in January if not earlier. 

The labial palps are triangular, slightly elongate structures 
partly covered over by the anterior portion of the inner pair of 


! Proc. Roy. Dan. Soc. Nat. Hist. 111 (1828), translated by Prime in Bull. 
Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard V, pp. 49-54, pl. iii (1878). 

* Nautilus XXXI, pp. 16-31, pls. v, vi (1917). 
° Man. de Concholzol., p. 1093 (1887). 
4 Muller's Arch. Anat. Physiol., pp. 47-66, pl. vi, figs. 8-18 (1855). 
5 Ibid., pp. 428-439, pl. xvi (1854). 
5 Proc. lowa Acad. Sci. 111 (1895). 


1921. ] Manipur Molluscs. 617 


sills. The oesophageal region is short and curves back to open 
iuto the spacious stomach. The intestinal region is comparatively 
short without any loops, and after a postero-dorsal course curves 
back to form the rectum, which after passing through the pericar- 
dium curves down to open at the anus just behind the posterior 
adductor muscle. The liver is large and well developed, the 
ereater part of it lying within the umbonal region. The foot is 
a very elongate, tongue-shaped structure in continuation of the 
abdominal mass and has the statocyst lying just a little below the 
boundary line between the abdominal mass and the foot. 

The nervous and reproductive systems are quite similar to 
those of Calyculina figured by Gilmore. 

The species is quite common in the Manipur Valley, and a 
large number of specimens was collected by the Manipur Survey 
party from various streams and ponds in different places. 


Sphaerium austeni, sp. nov. 


Shell elongate-ovate, swollen, sub-equilateral, comparatively 
thick, opaque ; anterior margin small, broadly rounded; posterior 
margin truncated, nearly straight; lower 
border somewhat curved. Umbones pro- 
minent, somewhat swollen, incurved and 
nearly touching each other in the middle. 
Epidermis rather smooth in young, with 
closely situated concentric striae in full- 
1G. 35.—Shell of Sphaeri- grown specimens; of a dark horny toa 

um austeni, sp. Nov. yellowish-brown in colour, shining; and 
with a distinct pale band along the mar- 
gin. Nacre whitish to light blue. Right valve with two lamellar 
laterals, of which the lower is better developed and has a broad 
triangular flange projecting inwards and upwards, and with two 
cardinals, of which the anterior is large and triangular aud the 
posterior small and rounded. Left valve with a single lateral on 
each side and two cardinals, the anterior rounded and pad-like 
aud the posterior small, thin and lamellar. 


Measurements of Shells (in millimetres). 


ACB NS nics 
Length iy. uy 94 75 5:8 
Breadth Hi ye 73 «50 46 
Thickness : 578 SEA 29 


Type-series.—M 7141-8/1 Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind. Mus.). 

The type-series is from the Naga Hills, Assam, and was prob- 
ably collected by Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin—Austen, with whose name 
I have associated the species There is also another series of this 
species from Manipur in the Indian Museum. 


618 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XXII, 


The species though closely allied to S. indicum differs from 
it in the relative length and breadth of the shell, in the umbones 
being more swollen, in hinge-structure and the sculpture of the 
shells. 


Genus Pisidium, Pfeiffer. 


1913. Pisidium, Woodward, Cat. Brit. Species of Pisidium, pp. 1, 2. 
1915. Pisidium, Preston, op. cit., pp. 224, 225. 

The Indian species of this genus are very imperfectly known, 
the descriptions of older authors being incomplete. A revision 
of the Indian species is in preparation and will be published 
separately ; here I have only assigned the Manipur specimens to 
their proper species. 


Pisidium clarkeanum, G. and H. Nevill. 


1871. Pisidium clarkeanum, G. and H. Nevill, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal 
XL, p. 9, pl. i, figs. 4, 4a-d. 
1915. Pisidim clarkeanum, Preston, op. cit., p. 225- 

The original description of the species by G. and H. Nevill, 
as was pointed out by Theobald,! is inaccurate in that the authors 
have wrongly described the posterior side as longer instead of the 
anterior ; their figures, however, show the posterior side as the 
shorter of the two. 

In the Manipur collection there is a single specimen of this 
species collected by the Survey Party at Potsengbam near the edge 
of the Loktak Lake. I assign this single specimen to this species 
with confidence as I have compared it with the types, which are 
in the collection of the Indian Museum. 


Pisidium hydaspicola, Theobald. 


1878. Pisidium hydaspicola, Theobald, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal 
XLVII, p. 147. 
1915. Pisidium hydaspicola, Preston, op. cit., p. 225, fig- 27. 
The species was originally described from Shupion in Kashmir, 
but there is a specimen of it from Bhagalpur, Bihar, and Mr. S. L. 
Hora also collected many specimens in a stream near the Yaribuk 
Bungalow and also from small streams on the road to Shugui from 
Wai-khong in the Manipur Valley. 
Most of the specimens are very small. Of those in spirit some 
are gravid. An account of their anatomy will be published along 
with the revision of the genus. 


1 Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal, XLV, pt. ti, p. 188 (1876). 


192T.] Manipur Moiluscs. 619 


GEOGRAPHICAL AND ECOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION, 
PLASTICITY AND VARIATION. 


By N. ANNANDALE. 
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 


It will be as well for me to begin this section of our paper 
with a list of the species we have discussed. 


List of the Aquatic and Amphibious Mollusca of the Manipur Valley. 


GASTROPODA. 
Order PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 
HYDROBLIDAE. 


I. Amunicola (Alocinma) orcuia (Frauenteld). 
2. Digoniostoma pulchellum (Benson). 
3. Digoniostoma textum, Annandale. 


VIVIPARIDAE. 


4. Vivipara crassispiralis, Annandale, 
5. Vivipara oxytropis (Benson). 

6. Vivipara micron, Annandale. 

7. Lecythoconcha lecythis (Benson). 


MELANIIDAER. 


8. Melanoides tuberculatus (Muller). 
9g. Acrostoma variabilis (Benson). 
10. Paiudomus pustulosa, Annandale. 


AMPULLARIIDAE. 


tr. Pachylabra maura (Reeve). 


Order PULMONATA. 
SUCCINEIDAE. 


12. Succrnea vutilans, Blanford. 
13. Succinea elegantior, Annandale. 


LIMNAEIDAE. 


14. Limnaea acuminata, Lamarck. 

15. Limnaea ovalis, Gray. 

16. Limnaea andersoniana, Nevill. 

17. Limnaea ovalioy, Annandale and Prashad. 


620 Records of the Indian Museum. {[Vor, XXII, 


PLANORBIDAE. 


18. Indoplanorbis exustus (Deshayes). 
19. Gyraulus convexiusculus (Hutton). 
20. Gyralus cantori (Benson). 

21. Hippeutis (2) wmbilicalis (Benson). 
22. Segmeniina calathus (Benson). 

23. Camptoceras lineatum, Blanford. 


ANCYLIDAE. 


24. Ancylus (Ferrissia) viola, Annandale and Prashad. 
25. Ancylus (Ferrissia) veryuca, Benson, 
26. Ancylus (Ferrissia) ceylanicus, Benson. 


PELECYPODA. 
UNIONIDAE. 


27. Indonata occata (Lea). 

28. Indonata bonneaudi (Simpson). 

29. Indonaia scobina (Hanley). 

30. Indonaia theobaldi (Preston). 

31. Indonaia lima (Simpson). 

32. Lamellidens marginalis (Lamarck). 
33. Lamellidens consobrinus (Lea). 

34. Lamellidens corrianus (Lea). 

35. Trapezoideus misellus (Morelet). 


CYRENIDAE. 


36. Corbicula occidens, Deshayes. 

37. Corbicula striatella, Deshayes. 

38. Corbicula subradiata, Prime. 

39. Sphaerium indicum, Deshayes. 

40. Sphaerium austeni, Prashad. 

41. Pisidium clarkeanum, G. and H. Nevill. 
42. Pisidium hydaspicola, Theobald. 


Twenty-two genera and subgenera are mentioned in this list 
of forty-two species. Of the genera and subgenera only six call 
for any special comment, the remaining fourteen being of wide and 
general distribution in the Oriental Region if not over the whole 
world. ‘The six are Alocinma (subgenus of Ammnicola), Digonio- 
stoma, Lecythoconcha, Camptoceras, Indonaia and Trapezoideus. ‘The 
first of these is known from Mesopotamia Seistan, all parts of 
Peninsular India, Upper Burma and Manipur. Its headquarters 
are in Peninsular India. The genus Digontostoma has recently 
been described to contain certain Peninsular Indian species. It is 
common all over India proper and Assam, but has not been found 
west of the Indus or in Burma. Lecythoconcha, on the other hand, 
is an eastern genus, the range of which extends from Manipur (and 


1921.] Manipur Molluscs. 621 


possibly Sylhet) in the west across Upper Burma and China to the 
Philippines, Formosa and Japan. The precise geographical range, 
which at present appears discontinuous, is probably unknown. 
Species have been found in Kashmir, the valleys of the Ganges 
and Brahmaputra, Manipur and Japan. Our present knowledge 
of the anatomy of the Oriental Unionidae is too incomplete to 
render it possible to lay down exact geographical boundaries for 
the genera, Indonata is apparently characteristic of the eastern 
parts of the Indian Empire, but extends well into Peninsular India, 
while Tvapezoudeus probably does not occur west of Hastern Assam 
and has its headquarters in the Indo-chinese peninsular area. 

The genera of aquatic molluscs found in Manipur do not, there- 
fore, provide any very clear guidance as to the origin of its aqua- 
tic fauna, except in so far as they indicate the presence of a dis- 
tinct Far Eastern element. Lecythoconcha is the most noteworthy 
in this respect. It is also noteworthy, however, that the charac- 
teristic Burmese genera Hydrotioides, Tata and Temnotara have 
not been found in Manipur. 

In analysing the list of species from a geographical point 
of view it will be as well to consider the Gastropoda and the 
Pelecypoda separately, for they follow different rules in their 
dispersal. There are twenty-six names of Gastropod species on the 
list. Three of these have a very wide range in the Oriental 
Region namely Indoplanorbis exustus, which is common all over 
the plains of the Indian Empire east of the Indus, Siam, the 
Sunda Isles, etc.; Melanoides tuberculatus, distributed practi- 
cally all over the Ethiopian and Oriental Regions (except at high 
altitudes) and found also in adjacent parts oi the Palaearctic and 
Australasian Regions, and Gyraulus convexiusculus, the range of 
which extends on the mainland from Mesopotamia to Eastern 
China and includes a considerable part of the Malay Archipelago. 

Nine species may be called ‘‘ Indian,” being found both east 
and west of the Bay of Bengal but not, or oniy a short distance 
beyond, the eastern boundaries of the Indian Empire and not or 
hardly west of the Indus. They are :— 


Amnicola orcula. .  Aippeutis (2) umbilicalis. 
Acrostoma variabilis. Segmentina calathus. 
Limnaea acuminata. Ancylus verruca. 
Limnaea ovalis. Ancylus ceylanicus. 


Gyraulus cantor. 


The first of these species is essentially Gangetic and is re- 
placed in Peninsular India and Ceylon by a closely allied species 
or race, A. stenothyroides (Dohrn). It has not been found in 
Burma. Limmnaea acuminata and L. ovals are found all over the 
Indo-Gangetic plain and Peninsular India. The former is known 
from Upper Burma; the latter has not previously been recorded 
from any place east of the Bay of Bengal, and is very rare in 
Manipur. Gyvaulus cantori is a scarce species, closely related 
to the widely distributed G. convexiusculus and at present known 


622 Records oj the Indian Museum. [VoL Sabie 


only from the Ganges Valley and Manipur. Aippeutis (2?) umbili- 
calis has a similar range but was described from Syihet. It is 
the most abundant Planorbid in the Manipur Valley, but is scarce 
in that of the Ganges. The range of Segmentina calathus extends 
from Seistan, beyond the western frontiers of the Indian Empire, 
to Upper Burma and Sumatra. The two species of Ancylus have 
both been found in Ceylon as weli as in Peninsular India. The 
origin of most of these species is probably to be sought in the 
Gangetic plain or Peninsular India, but the species assigned doubt- 
fully to Hippeutts may be of Assamese origin. This is still more 
probable of Acrostoma variabilis, which is common throughout the 
plains of Burma and Assam but in India west of the Bay of 
Bengal extends only for a short distance up the Gangetic system, 
where its numerous varieties and phases have usually a dwarfed 
facies and do not exhibit the same sturdy appearance that they 
do further east. 

The “‘Indian” element among the freshwater Gastropods 
of Manipur may thus be regarded as of mixed origin, partly 
Indian in a strict sense, partly immigrant into India proper from 
further east. But on the whole the former element predominates. 

The aquatic fauna of Assam has less of an indigenous element 
than that of the Ganges Valley and is, indeed, largely compounded 
of a mixture of that of India proper and that of Burma. The 
indigenous element, however, is not wholly wanting in the Brahma- 
putra watershed, and to this element we must assign three of the 
Manipur Gastropods, viz. Digontostoma pulchelium, which is 
hardly more than a local race of the Gangetic D. cerameopoma, 
Pachyiabra maura, which bears much the same relationship to the 
Gangetic P. globosa, and Camptoceras lineatum. ‘This last species 
was originally discovered in what is now the Dacca District of 
Eastern Bengal, at a place beyond the political frontiers of Assam, 
but within the limits of the Brahmaputra system. It is note- 
worthy as the only species of its genus that has been found at 
more than one place, and its rediscovery in Manipur has, there- 
fore, some interest. The species is abundantly distinct from any 
other. Its nearest ally is C. subspinosum from the valley of 
Kashmir in the western Himalayas. 

Two Gastropod species on our list have as yet been found 
only in the Manipur Valley and at Dimapur in the plains of North- 
eastern Assam just north of the Naga Hills. They are Limnaea 
ovalioy and Ancylus viola. 

The isolation of the Manipur Valley renders the existence in 
it of endemic species by no means surprising. So far as our 
knowledge goes, five Gastropod species on our list belong to this 
category, namely Digoniostoma textum, Vivipara crassispirahs, 
V. micron, Paludomus pustulosa, Succinea elegantioy Half of 
these belong to the genus Vivipara and it is worthy of mention 
that each of the two species belongs to a different section! of the 


! Rec. Ind. Mus. XIX, pp. 112-114 (1920). 


1g2I.| Manipur Molluscs. 623 


genus, V. crassispivalis to the Viviparae bengalenses and V. mic- 
yon to the Viviparae dissimiles. Each species, however, is quite 
distinct from any other, as are also D. ¢extum and S. elegantior, 
the resemblance between the shell of the latter and that of the 
Indo-Burmese S. semisevica being superficial. The Paludomus, 
on the other hand, is closely allied to P. comica, a remarkably 
plastic Assamese species with many local races, amongst which 
the Manipur form might perhaps be included. 

Considered as a whole the Gastropod molluscs of the ponds, 
swamps and streams of Manipur are thus remarkable from a 
geographical point of view in only one feature, in the small 
evidence they afford of a close connection with those of Burma 
such as might have been postulated from the fact that the river- 
system of the Manipur Valley, in which the great majority of 
them live, is directly connected with the largest tributary of 
the Irrawadi and completely isolated from all other systems. 

We may now consider the geographical distribution of the 
bivalve moliuscs of Manipur. Among these six geuera are repre- 
sented, Indonaia, Lamellidens, Trapezoideus, Corbicula, Sphaerium 
and Pisidium. ‘The first three genera belong to the Unionidae, 
the last three to the Cyrenidae. As the two families have 
different means of dispersal and also different limitations in 
their dispersal, we may consider them separately. The parasitic 
period in the life of the Unionidae and the iact that the different 
species are attached to different species of fish in this period give 
the members of the family a peculiar means of progression from 
one part of a river-system to another and at the same time corre- 
late their geographical distribution with that of their hosts. 
We might expect, therefore, that the Unionidae of the Manipur 
Valley would be more exclusively Burmese than either the Gastro- 
pods or the Cyrenidae. Mr. Sunder Lal Hora, who has worked 
out the large collection of fish he made in Manipur, tells me that 
he finds among them a large proportion of Burmese species and 
that he obtained evidence, direct and indirect, that certain species 
migrate up the Imphal River at certain seasons. That such fish 
should bring with them from Burma the glochidia of Burmese 
Unionidae would be what might be expected. But the evidence 
for this is not very strong. The genus Tyvapezovdeus is certainly 
in the main a Burmese and Indo-chinese genus and the only 
species found in Manipur (7. misellus) is a Burmese and Indo- 
chinese species, but the occurrence of another, hitherto undes- 
cribed species (T. dhanushori, Prashad) north of the Naga Hills con- 
siderably discounts the value of this piece of evidence, though 
it does not run counter to it. Judonaia, although it has its 
headquarters in the north-eastern part of the Indian Empire, is 
by no means exclusively Burmese. Three of the four species 
found in Manipur have also been found in Assam if not in India 
proper, and only two of these in Burma, while the fourth is known 
only from the Manipur Valley. 

Even from the Unionidae, therefore, evidence for any but a 


624 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


recent connection with Burma is by no means strong, and the As- 
samese and Bengali element in the fauna is clearly shown. 

The three genera of Cyrenidae represented in the Manipur 
fauna are all of exceedingly wide range, Sphaerium and Pisidium 
being almost cosmopolitan, while Corbicula is found in the warmer 
parts of all regions.' The species of these genera known from 
Manipur, with two possible exceptions, have a wide range in north- 
ern India, the two exceptions being C. subradiata, for which the 
Manipur Valley is the only precise locality recorded, and S. austeni 
which is only known from Manipur and the Naga Hills. Of the 
others, C. occid ms and C_ striatella occur a'l over the plains of In- 
dia, while S. inuicum, P. clarkeanum and P. hydaspicola have been 
found at considerable altitudes in northern India as well as in 
widely separated localities in the Indo-Gangetic plain. 

The Cyrenidae, indeed provide as little evidence for long-estab- 
lished connection between the Manipur Valley and Burma as any 
other family of aquatic molluscs. 

To sum up, therefore, the geographical aftinities of fe aqua- 
tic and amy yhibious Mollusea of Manipur as revealed by the distri- 
bution of genera and species, it may be stated briefly that these 
affinities are rather with the molluscs of Assam and the Gangetic 
Valley than with those of the valley of the Irrawadi or the Salween 
and that the Burmese element is much smailer than might be ex- 
pected from the close connection between the river-system of the 
Manipur Valley and of the Irrawadi. 


ECOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION. 


As might be expected in a swampy valley like that of Manipur, 
the aquatic fauna is largely paludine. Even in the Loktak Lake 
there has been no evolution of a true lacustrine iauna, and, indeed, 
the number of species of aquatic molluscs is comparatively small. 
The species found actually in the lake are— 


Vivipara oxytropis. Gyvaulus cantor. 
Lecythoconcha lecythis. Hippeutis (?) wmbilicalis. 
Lin.maea acuminata. Lamellidens corrianus. 
Indoplanorbis exustus. Sphaerium indicum. 


Pisidium clarkeanum. 


The majority of these species are common in small ponds in 
the Gangetic Delta and none of them have been found in a true 
lake, except Indcplanorbis exustus, which in the Inlé Lake haunts 
only the swampy marginal zone and in the Talé Sap in Siam is 
found only among beds of weeds near the shore. The only species 
that are in any way characteristic of the Loktak Lake are the two 
Viviparidae. These attain their maximum development only in 
the deeper part of the swamp, but both are found also in ponds 
and smaller swamps throughout the valley. No definite zones ot 
life can be recognized here, but Lamellidens marginalis and Pisi- 


£ [t occurred in England in Vertiary times. 


1921.]| Manipur Molluscs. 625 


dium clarkeanum, burrowing species, were found only at the ex- 
treme edge of the northern part of the lake where the vegetation 
is less congested, while the third bivalve (Sphaerium indicum). 
which swarms freely among the branches of water-weeds, was most 
abundant in the deeper parts. 

Limneea ovaitor probably occurs in the Loktak Lake when it 
is full as we found it in small pools that would be included at that 
season, but it is even more of an exclusively paludine species than 
those discussed as inhabitants of the lake. Indeed, it seems to be 
almost amphibious in habits and thus from an ecological point of 
view may almost be classed with Succinea elegans, a species found 
in abundance at the edge of the northern part of the lake. 

Only a few species were found in running water, but here it 
is necessary to recognize a fundamental difference between the 
tapid-running streams of the hills, with their clear water and stony 
bed, and the sluggish, turbid rivers of the valley. In hill-streams 
the only Gastropods commonly observed were Paludomus pustulosa 
and the narrowest phase of Limnaea andevsoniana. Bivalves were 
rather more common and included the following species, Corbicula 
oceidens, Indonaia bonneaudi, I. theobaldi and I. lima, all thick- 
shelled forms, as is also P. pustulosa. At least two other species 
make their way into muddy, comparatively still pools in such 
streams, viz. Melanvuides tuberculatus aud Acrostoma variabilis. 

In the larger rivers of the valley the muddy bottom is fa- 
vourable to these two Melaniidae and also to the thin-shelled Uni- 
onidae of the genus Lamellidens, while in small, sluggish stream: 
lets and water-courses Ancylus viola, Limnaea acuminata, Corbicula 
oceidens and Pisidium clarkeanum are sometimes not uncommon. 
lf was in such a streamlet also that we found Cam*ptoceras lineatum. 

Generally speaking, the species of Paludomus, Acrostoma and 
Indonaia are inhabitants of running water. Paludomus is found 
as a rule in mountain streams or at any rate in running water near 
the base of hills and on a stony bottom, while Acvostoma and In- 
adonata need mud and therefore less rapid water. As is suggested 
in Dr. Baini Prashad’s part of this paper, the genus Lamellidens 
can probably be divided into two sections from an ecological point 
of view, one, which produces very large numbers cf embryos and 
as a rule frequents running water, the other, with a smaller number 
of embryos, that affects ponds and swamps. These observations, 
to which there are of course exceptions, are on the whole substan- 
tiated in Manipur, but in applying them it must be remembered 
that conditions in a very sluggish, weed-choked stream often 
approximate closely to those in a swamp and attract paludine 
forms. 


VARIATION AND PLASTICITY. 


It is particularly interesting to contrast the Manipur Valley 
with that of the Inlé Lake in reference to the variability and plas- 
ticity of the aquatic molluscs. As I have pointed out in the Intro- 
duction to this paper, the two valleys have certain physical fea- 


626 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


tures in common, others, which are perhaps more important, 
widely divergent. Comparatively few species of molluscs are iden- 
tical in the two localities, and the general facies and composition 
of the fauna is very different. In the Inlé Valley the two families 
of molluscs most remarkable for their plasticity are the Vivipari- 
dae and the Limnaeidae. As this is also so in the Manipur Valley, 
it will greatly simplify my comparison if I confine my remarks to 
these two families. I will begin to do so by drawing up in tabular 
form the main differences between the Viviparidae of the Inlé Lake 


INLE VALLEY. | MANIPUR VALLEY. 
Genus represented .. | Tata, Lecythocon- | Vivipara, Lecytho- 
cha. concha. 
Predominant genera... Tama. Vivepara. 
Number of living species | Tata 5, Lecythocon- | Vivipara 3, Lecytho- 
cha ft. concha I. 
Fossil forms known .. | Four (Tata). None. 
Number of species with | 5 recent, 4 fossil 2 recent (Vivipara). 
highly sculptured shells | (Zaza). 
General character of shell- | Nodular, squamose | Smooth ridges. 
sculpture in such forms | or spinose ridges. 


In considering the meaning of the differences thus summarily 
expressed we have to take into account not only the differences in 
environment but also the idiosyncracies of the different genera 
represented, for there is no fact more evident in the study of the 
freshwater molluscs than that different genera have different ten- 
dencies in the matter of variation and plasticity. At present we 
have three genera to consider, Vzvipara, Lecythoconcha and Tara. 
It will be convenient to take Lecythoconcha first. 

Although this genus is present in both valleys it is so scarce 
in the Inlé Valley, and I know so little about it there, that I must 
confine my remarks, so far as my own observations go, to its pecu- 
liarities in Manipur. I have selected this genus as the protagonist 
in my argument because its case is not complicated by the produc- 
tion of an abnormal and exuberant shell-sculpture. We may 
indeed, so far as Manipur is concerned, regard Lecythoconcha as a 
smooth-shelled genus. Further east, especially in Japan, we find 
shells presumably of this genus with a type of sculpture very like 
that of Vivipara oxytropis, but we know nothing of their anatomy 
and they must for the present be ignored. It is probable that 
their case is similar to that of the species of Vivipara already 
mentioned and to be discussed further. 

The one species of Lecythoconcha found in Manipur extends 
the range of the genus a considerable distance westwards from its 


1921. | Manipur Molluscs. 627 


headquarters in China, but it has colonized the Manipur Valley 
successfully and is at home in practically every part of its waters 
except in streams and rivers. Its plasticitv is remarkable, and 
has probably aided it in taking possession of a very large territory. 
In the Manipur Valley we found no less than four phases common, 
each in its proper environment, and, so far as I know, only one of 
these phases has been found outside the valley, unless the locality 
“Sylhet ’’ is correct for the forma typica, which I doubt greatly. 
Should my doubt prove unfounded it will not alter my argument. 
Of the four phases the largest and best developed is the one found 
in the central parts of the Loktak Lake, amidst dense submerged 
vegetation but in comparatively clean water of relatively con- 
siderable depth. ‘The shell in this phase provides less evidence of 
interrupted growth than any of the others, less individual varia- 
tion and as a rule a greater symmetry in proportions. It is, indeed, 
of just such a type as might be expected to occur in conditions in 
every respect favourable to the species. The only approximation, 
however, to a true lacustrine type exhibited by it is its comparative 
thinness. It has no tendency whatever to assume the elongate 
conical outline of the lacustrine species of Taza. Indeed, it is 
more globose than the shell of either the phase found at the edge 
of the great swamp or that found in ponds. The rice-field phase, 
on the other hand, is still more globose than the deep-water one, 
but does not possess its symmetry or constancy to type. 

It is evident that we are here dealing with plasticity of a. 
somewhat different type from that illustrated by the genus Taza 
in the Shan States, and with one in which the direct result of 
environment on the individual may be more safely postulated. 

Indirectly the structure and post-embryonic development of 
L. lecythis cast an interesting sidelight, though the adult shell is 
smooth or nearly so, on the question of the development of promi- 
nent spiral sculpture on the shells of the Viviparidae in certain 
circumstances, but this point can be discussed more clearly after 
the facts about Vivipara oxytropis have been summarized. 

Of the three species of Vivipava found in Manipur two are 
very scarce and have not been seen by me in their natural surround- 
ings. ‘The third (V. oxytropis) is, however, abundant and shares 
with L. lecythis the position of a dominant species throughout the 
valley. Two points have to be considered in reference to this spe- 
cies, its plasticity and its peculiar sculpture, the latter not so much 
for its own sake as for the light it throws, taken with certain facts 
in the life-history of L. lecythis, on larger questions. 

V. oxytropis is not quite so abundant or so universally dis- 
tributed in the Manipur valley as L. lecythis. It is very nearly if 
not quite as common in the Loktak Lake, but much scarcer in most 
ponds and practically absent from the smaller swamps. This may 
perhaps be correlated with two facts, firstly that it is not nearly so 
plastic (i.e. cannot adapt its external form to different types of 
environment so well), and secondly that it is so largely parasitized 
not only by a trematode (Leucochloridium encysted in its mantle, 


628 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL. XXII, 


as is also L. lecythis) but also by a leech of the genus Glossosiphonia 
(against which the Lecythoconcha has a special protection, p. 549) 
that it is probably able to survive only in favourable circumstances. 
Moreover, we may correlate with these phenomena also the fact 
that the species has a very limited range, not having been found 
outside the valley except in one swampin Tenasserim. That it isa 
highly specialized form there can be no doubt. The main features 
in which it differs from the majority of its congeners and of the 
species of Lecythoconcha are the uninterrupted conical outline of 
its sheli, the prominent but hollow spiral ridges on the shell and 
the great relative length of the processes on the edge of its 
mantle. Its large size is also a characteristic feature. 

The conical outline of the shell is a specific, or rather group 
character, not subject to marked individual variation or to 
plasticity. V.oxytropis shares it with the much smaller and less 
highly specialized V. micyochaetophora from the plains of Eastern 
Assam. The spiral ridges on the shell are evidence of higher 
specialization and are not shared with V. microchaetophora: but 
they are remarkably constant in the species and are certainly 
correlated with the third anatomical character already mentioned. 

The processes on the edge of the mantle, though exception- 
ally well developed in V. oxytropis, are not peculiar to that species, 
but are found, in a less highly developed or rather more degenerate 
condition, in V. bengalensis, in which they correspond in position 
with the dark spiral bands on the sheli just as they do with the 
prominent ridges, which are also deeply pigmented, in V. oxytropis. 
Moreover, similar processes are present in young individuals even 
of smooth-shelled species such as L. lecythis and then correspond 
with spiral rows of chaetae on the shell which disappear as matur- 
ity is attained. In the young mollusc, whether ot L. lecythis or 
of V_ oxytropis, there are three such processes, but whereas they 
disappear altogether in the adult of the former species, they be- 
come more numerous both in that of V. oxylropis and of V. ben- 
galensis. In the adult V. bengalensis they are quite short even 
when fully expanded and project from the edge of the mantle, 
but in V. oxytropis they are much longer and are bent back into 
the grooves on the internal surface of the shell that corresponded 
with the raised ridges on the external surface. The primary 
reason for their hypertrophy is probably, as I have pointed out 
on p. 549, that they function as an accessory breathing organ. 
The 1idges on the shell in which they are lodged serve to protect 
them and have thus a definite use, unlike the sculpture on the 
shells of Tata or Margarya. 

As these processes and ridges on the surface of the shell of 
V. oxytropis are constant they have little direct reference to either 
variability or plasticity. Indeed, the species is neither remarkablv 
variable nor remarkably plastic. Male and female shells differ 
somewhat in outline, and individuals from ponds vary more, have 
not, quite the same regularity of outline and do not as a rule grow 
so large as those from the Loktak Lake, but no more can be said. 


1g92T. | Manipur Molluscs. 629 


The importance of V. uxytropis in the study of these phenomena 
only becomes apparent when we compare the structure of its 
mantle and shell with those of the mantle and shell of Taia and 
contrast the constant character of the Manipur species with the 
plasticity and variability of such a species as 7. naticoides. This 
I have done in another paper’ in the Records of the Indian 
Museum. 

We may now turn te the Limnaeidae of the Inlé and Lok- 
tak Lakes. Inthe former body of water three species have been 
found, namely Limnaea shanensis, Annandale, L. andersoniana, 
Nevill and L. mimetica, Annandale. The last is a small and 
highly peculiar species only known from the Inlé Lake and not 
exhibiting noteworthy variability or plasticity, except in so far 
that it is probably as a species ‘the product of plasticity in some 
form of the L. acuminata group. L. shanensis is not. strictly speak- 
ing, a variable species, and we only know that it is or has been 
highly plastic through the existence of fossil or subfossil phases. 
With L. andersoniana I will deal presently. 

In the Loktak Take the only species of Limmnaea collected 
was L. acuminata, but we may consider with it two other species 
found in swamps or ponds in the Manipur Valley. These are 
L. ovaliovy, sp. nov., and L. andersoniana, Nevill. 

L. acuminata provides us with one of the best examples of 
true or individual variability to be found in the genus. In 
some districts (see fig. 12, p. 569) there is a very great difference 
in the shape of different shells from the same environment, but 
this is not so, apart from aberrations or monstrosities, in the Lok- 
tak Lake. A slight plasticity, however, is to be found in that 
individuals from the less congested parts of the swamp have a 
distinctly smaller shell and a shorter spire than those from the 
margin, while those from a small sluggish stream in the vicinity 
have remarkably pale and fragile shells with a strong but irregular 
external sculpture. 

An interesting aberration is represented in our collection by 
a single specimen. It is remarkable for the very poor develop- 
ment of its spire, a feature common in lacustrine forms of the 
genus, 

L. ovalior is known only from the swamps that surround the 
Loktak Lake and from Dimapur in the plains of Assam, north of 
the Naga Hills. In the latter locality it was found in a single 
pool of very foul water. Shells from this situation differ from 
those from the Manipur swamps in the same way as, but to a 
greater extent than, those of L. acuminata from the more con- 
gested part of the Loktak Take do from those of the same species 
from its open region. 

It is in L. andersoniana, however, that plasticity occurs in 
the most highly developed state. In the Inlé Valley two forms of 


| Vol. XXII, pp. 243-266 (1921?. 


630 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


this species have been found—a broad form in ponds and a narrow 
form in a small stream. In the Manipur Valley and at Dimapur 
no less than four such phases occur. Two of these are almost 
identical with the two from the Shan States and inhabit similar 
types of environment. A third phase, still narrower than that 
found in rapid running water in the valley, inhabits higher parts 
of the same streams, where they have the character of mountain 
torrents. Perhaps, however, the most interesting phase is that 
found at Dimapur in small cattle-ponds. It may be described as 
both intermediate in some individuals between the pond phase 
and the ordinary stream phase, and also, in other individuals, as 
a more extreme form of the pond phase. A partial explanation 
is probably to be found in the fact that the ponds it frequents are 
connected in the rainy season with small streams. The narrower 
individuals may be those that have grown up in these temporary 
streams, while the broader individuals are those that have never 
left the ponds 

We thus see that whereas the type of plasticity characteristic 
of L. andersoniana is essentially similar in the Inlé and Manipur 
Valleys, that observed in the Viviparidae is different in kind in the 
two localities. We do not find any species of mollusc in Manipur 
that exhibits the extreme variability in jshell-sculpture of Tata 
naticoides, in the Shan States, and even in L. acuminata variability 
in shell-form is much less marked in the Loktak Lake than it is in 
many other localities. In the present state of our knowledge it 
is as well not to speculate further as to the meaning of these 
observations. 


ADDENDUM. 
Note on Sphaerium montanum, Tapparone-Caneiri. 


Since this paper went to press I have, through the kind 
offices of Dr. R. Gestro of the Genova Museum, had an opportu- 


‘TExt-FIG. 30.—Type-shell of Sphaerium TExT-F1G. 37.—Hinge of the same. 
montanum, Tapparone-Canetri. 


nity of examining the unique type-specimen of Tapparone-Cane- 
fri’s Sphaerium montanum from Tenasserim, Burma, which I had 


1921.]} Mantpur Molluscs. 631 


been unable to include in my revision of the Indian species of the 
genus Sphaerium (supra, p. 614) owing to insufficient information. 
As a result of my examination of the unique type I am now able 
to confirm the author’s opinion of his species from Burma being 
a distinct species. In the Indian Museum I was also fortunate 
in finding a specimen in Theobald’s Burmese collections of Uni- 
onidae which is referrable to this species. Unfortunately the 
exact locality of Theobald’s specimen is not known. 

I have nothing to add to Tapparone-Canefri’s description, 
but give below the measurements of the type-shell and of Theo- 
bald’s specimen. I have also taken this opportunity to publish 
a figure of the shell and the hinge-teeth of the type-specimen. 


Measurements (in millimetres). 


Type-specimen. Theobald’s specimen. 
Length se on 8-2 81 
Breadth * aes PS 74 
Thickness .. i 4 3°9 


Tapparone-Canefri compared his species with S. indicum, 
Deshayes, but was doubtful as to its possible identity with S. 
avanum, Theobald. The species, however, has no relationship 
with S. avanum, and forms a distinct group with S. indicum and 
S. austent. From either of these species it is easily distinguished 
by its subquadrate shape, less tumid shell, less prominent umbones, 
which do not project so far upwards and inwards as in the other 
two species, proportionately larger lateral teeth and in having 
the two lamellar cardinals of the right valve distinctly separated 
from each other by a fairly deep notch. 

[B. PRASHAD. ] 


pT Ho Ke ia 


iv in” fox 10) ly had aly oF 
“ “} =e > is 
ay yi es mT Re a ute my : 


oe 


a 7 
Sa we e 
prc G age 3 el ee 
— ats 4 


td nie 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. 


All the figures are from direct photographs of natural size. 


Vivipara crassispiralis, sp. nov. 


Fic. 1.—Type-specimen, from the Manipur Valley. 


Vivipara oxytropis (Benson). 
Fic. 2.—Male sheil from the Loktak Lake, Manipur. 
3.—Female shell from the same locality. 
4.—Normal female snell of pond phase, from Imphal, 
Manipur. 
5.—Very large maie sheil of the same phase, from the 
same locality. 


LV. 


PLATE 


IND. Mus., Vou. XXII, 1921. 


Rec. 


[ZH BIINOL RO VIPUL JO LOLS Ata JO SooWO Ot TE PorULtd ZW parxwi7Wo~OIOo Yd 


SSICOULAXO “A 


SITVUIASISSVUO VUVdIAIA 


ojoyd upuon 


$ 


bs * 

mS ae 
ites 

a Aes 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. 
All the figures are from direct photographs of natural size. 


Lecythoconcha lecythis (Benson). 
Fic. 1.—Male shell of open-water phase (forma typica) from 
the central part of the Loktak Lake, Manipur. 


5, 2.—Female shell of the same phase from the same local- 
ity. 


5.  3-—Large shell (? a) of the marginal phase from the 


edge of the Loktak Lake, Manipur. 


»  4.—Exceptionally large shell of the rice-field phase 


(= ampulliformis, Eydoux and Souleyet) from the 
Manipur Valley. 


PLATE V. 


XXII, 1921. 


InD. Mus., VOL. 


REC. 


Tan MIMO PEO IPH, JO Tots otf) JO SPOWO PL TE pagLul Wy parwi7tlas Lot 


SIHDAOWT 


VHONOVDOHLAOWT 


oqoud ‘apuoyw 


10) 


< 


rs) 


+6 


— 


xd 


a 


pe BA << & 
aA oe age 


Bai iw's 
:s 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. 


All the figures are from direct photographs of natural size. 


Lecythoconcha lecythis (Benson). 
Fics. 1, 2.—Large shells of pond-phase from Imphal, Mani- 
pur. 


Acrostoma variabilis (Benson). 


3.—Type-specimen of var. laevis, nov., from Sylhet. 
4.—Another specimen of the same variety, from the 


Manipur Valley. 
5.—Cotype of var. semilaevigata, Nevill, from Sylhet. 


6.—Cotype of var. subspinata, nov., from the Manipur 
Valley. 


REG. IND! Mus, Vol. NNIT, 1921. PLATE YI. 


Calentta, 121 


a) 


irvey of In 


ILE. 


, 
> 


& printed at 


ACROSTOMA VARIA] 


ie) 


3-6. 


FIGs. 


CYTHIS. 


4 


LE 


CYTHOCONCHA 


LE 


» 


ile 


IGS. 


“+ 


Ath OLY ATA 


x 
» 


ie = 


; A ou Bay an Sa ) 


USSSA ie ae 


Te 


YT Tea ie a ad? <2 ery Tae esi 
mai spat Liab? M hay vk he aor Al 2 ar ‘ hn 
Hie We eee 1 ie 
Fier hla maa 1 iM) bie Svs | ie 
7 ; iy 
=m re Siecees Sete 5 
as) het Wert (ein 7. 
4 * A : me } 
aban @ be! 2 eit) 2 itp toils" 


y vee ‘oof q Tay ih girs. he inn ite 
aie Wes STIL takes 


; 
ad Vari tay) 
Lee 
an a 
7 
: 
mite 
as 
eof ~ 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. 


The line between the two views of each shell shows the actual 
height of the specimen. ; 


Limnaea acuminata, Lamarck. 


Frc. 1.—Shell from the edge of the Loktak Lake, Manipur. 


,.  2.— Normal shell from a patch of Potamogeton near the 
outflow of the same lake. 


.,  3.—Abnormal shell from the same habitat. 


Limnaea ovaivor, sp. nov. 
Fic. 4.—Shell from a pool of foul water in the jungle near 
Dimapur, EK. Assam. 


Fics 5, 6.—Shells of the type-series, from a buffalo-wallow 
at the edge of the Loktak Lake, Manipur. 


PLATE VII. 


1921. 


XXII, 


C. IND. MUS., VOL. 


RE 


(s 


“AOU 


‘ds ‘YOITVAO 


oS 


Vv 


‘sly ue] “WV. LVNINNOV VAVNIIT ‘§—I 


Pp Aweypmoyg 


2 V 


ro 


Nae ye 


> + 

Pat 
eT cal spel 8; 

Re, Gee pe 

; 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. 


The line beween the two views of each shell shows the actual 
height of the specimen. 


Limnaea andersoniana, Nevill. 
Fic. 1.—Type-specimen (pond-phase) from Nantin, Yunnan 
(Anderson). 


Fics. 2, 3.—Shells of the intermediate phase from a pool at 
Dimapur, Assam. 


Fic, 4.—Shell of stream-phase from the Manipur Valley, 
Assam. 


,» 5-—shell of same phase from Yarkand (Séoliczka). 


,, 6.—Shell of hill-stream phase from the Pagla Nadi near 
Bishenpur, Manipur. 


PLATE VIIL. 


1921. 


IND. MUS:, VOL. XXII. 


REC. 


II4°N “VNVINOSYYGNV VAVNNAIT 


79P Aueyp 


MOU 19) ‘Vv 


DC CIOS IISID TEN ING (EN IE TIN OIID PIS WSO AS | 18}33) = 
A OUN CieN GeO) Seb CE NUS G Au ReAn NV EL 
IVOWIGS OU) WIR INA 1D) Sea (CIaa Sy IV IR) WM 
OTHER COUNTRIES: 


By SUNDER Lau Hora, M.Sc., Assistant Superintendent, 
Zoological Survey of India. 


(Plates XXIV—XXVI). 


CONTENTS. 

PaGt 
Introduction Bae : she aa OSS 
History eee O27: 

Probable evolution of the disc of Garra, as represented by a scries of 
specimens collected in Manipur, Assam wee a . 639 
Skeleton of the mouth-parts ie : a. O43 
Air-bladder and associated skeletal structures a se GAG 
Garra and Discognathus BE MNGAS 
Synopsis of the Indian and some Extra-Indian species of Garra wv “O49 
Part 1. Indian species of Gayra_ .. Bc En ORR 
Part 2. On some Extra-Indian species of Garra 5 ee ORG 
Bibliography ne oo a 4 fx. > “68s 

INTRODUCTION. 


Among the Indian fresh-water fishes few have greater interest 
in the study of evolution than those belonging to the genus 
Garra. Great confusion has prevailed in the taxonomy of this 
genus, partly because many of the species exhibit considerable in- 
dividual variability, and partly because ichthyologists have 
attempted to apply to them specific standards unsuitable for forms 
apparently still in the process of adaptation to their environment. 
Scale-counts, number of fin-rays and proportions are all important 
diagnostic characters in most Cyprinid genera; but in Garra, at 
any rate, they have much less significance than the structure of 
certain organs and appliances modified or produced in correlation 
with the ‘peculiar mode of life adopted, apparently not very long 
ago, by the members of the genus. Before expressing an opinion 
as to how this has come about if is necessary that the genus 
should be investigated as completely as possible on anatomical 
and taxonomic lines. This Annandale attempted to do, so far as 
the taxonomy of the Indian species is concerued, in two recent 
papers (19194, b), while Narayan Rao (1920) has still more recently 
published a third paper on the same subject and Annandale and 
I have discussed the generic position of the fish in a fourth 
(1920). 


634 Records of the Indian Museum. Mora Seeiie 


The great difficulty under which we have laboured hitherto 
has been that the type-specimens of older species were not 
available and that the figures and descriptions previously pub- 
lished were inadequate. ‘This difficulty has now been overcome to 
a great extent, firstly because the old collection of the Indian 
Museuin, including types of the species described by Day, which 
was sent to Dr. V. Pietschmann before the beginning of war, has 
been returned to Calcutta, and secondly because I have been able 
to visit and obtain specimens from the same localities in which 
Hamilton Buchanan found his specimens of Cyprinus (Garra) 
lamta, the genotype of Garra. The collection of the Zoological 
Survey of India has also been very largely augmented by the addi- 
tion of specimens from many parts of the Indian Empire, and we 
have in particular received from Mr. Narayan Rao and Mr. G. E. 
Shaw, to whom our best thanks are due, valuable series from 
Coorg and the Darjiling Himalayas respectively. The Bombay 
Natural History Society has also lent us some interesting forms, 
and practically all the Indian districts whence specimens of the 
genus have been described are now well represented in our colJection. 

My sincere thanks are due to Dr. N. Annandale for placing 
the valuable material in my hands for investigation and descrip- 
tion and for allowing me to visit some hill-streams to study these 
fishes in nature. I am indebted to Dr. S. W. Kemp for going 
through the manuscript with me and also for some valuable sugges- 
tions. I have also to express my obligations to Mr. Tate Regan 
for the courtesy he has shown me in sending at my request a copy 
of Heckel’s original description of the genus Discognathus. 


HISTORY. 

Hamilton Buchanan, in his classical work entitled “ An 
account of the Fishes of the Ganges,’’ published in 1822, was the 
first to describe a species—Cyprinus lamta—with a disc behind the 
lower jaw, which he ‘“‘ found in rivulets, with rocky bottoms, in 
the province of Behar, and in the Rapti River of the Gorakhpur 
District.’’ This characteristic form he referred to his ninth divi- 
sion of Cyprinus which he termed Garra. A decade after this 
Gray (1832) figured a similar species, Cyprinus gotyla, also with a 
disc on the lower jaw, from ‘‘ Mountain Stream, India ’’; while 
McClelland (1838, 1839, 1842) recorded a number of species with 
the same character from streams in the Eastern Himalayas. The 
latter, however, described his specimens under two genera, Gono- 
vyhynchus and Platycava, and seems to have attached no importance 
to the character of the disc. Sykes (1841) also paid little atten- 
tion to this well-marked structure in Chondvostoma mullya from 
South India and it was left to Heckel to recognise its value as a 
generic distinction when he referred his Syrian specimens (1843) 
to the new genus Discognathus. Heckel refers to Gray’s species 
and also to those described by McClelland, but seems to have been 
unaware of the existence of Cyprinus lamta and Chondrostoma 


T921.] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 635 


mullya. In 1844 he described Discognathus fustformis from Bom- 
bay and two years later he recorded similar forms from Abys- 
sinia. Jerdon (1849) recorded Gonorhynchus gotyla and described 
two new species in the same genus from South India; while Blyth 
(1860) adopted Platycava of McClelland in describing a new spe- 
cies from Burma. Bleeker (1863a) recognised Buchanan’s Garra 
as a distinct genus and gave the name of Garra ceylonensis to a 
new species from Ceylon. In the Adlas Ichthyologique, III, p. 24, 
1863, Bleeker described two subgenera of Gavra, Ham. Buch., 
Garva and Discognathus, distinguishing them merely by the number 
of barbels, which are four in the former and two in the latter. 
Day (1865, 1867) in a series of papers on the Fishes of South 
India gave an account of some new species of Gavva, and in 1869 
erected a new genus Mayoa for two specimens he found in the 
Calcutta Museum which probably came from Northern India. 
After the publication of Giinther’s catalogue (1868) Day, when 
writing a ‘‘Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae ’’ (1871), evidently 
recognised only one Indian species of Discognathus, for he places 
all the then known species, with the exception of D. variabilis, 
under the synonymy of D. lamta; at the same time he allowed his 
new genus, Mayoa, to stand with a single species, M. modesia. 
Next year he recorded a peculiar specimen from the Salt Range, 
Punjab, which he referred to D. lamta. In his later works Day 
(1878, 1889) abolished his new genus and recognised three species, 
viz. D. lamta, D. jerdonit and D. medestus. Steindachner (1867) re- 
corded Garva gotyla from Simla and added a few notes on the 
characters of G. lamfa. Giinther (1868) recognised Discognathus 
variabilis and D. nasutus and described D. macrochiy as a new spe- 
cies; all the remaining known forms he regarded as synonymous 
with D. lamta. In 1889 he also referred specimens collected in 
Afghanistan to D. lamta, while Playfair (1870) and Blanford 
(1870) gave on his authority the same name to their Arabian and 
Abyssinian specimens. Sauvage (1874) obtained a new species, 
D. prochilus, in China, while Lortet (1883) and Tristram (1884) 
referred their Palestine examples to D. iamta, the latter author 
pointing out, however, that they might represent the species— 
D. rufus—which Giinther had considered to be a synonym of the 
former. Vinciguerra (1883) recorded D. lamta from Africa and 
described a new species, D. chiarvinii, from the same continent. 
Later on, in 1889, while writing an account of the fishes of Burma, 
he named another new species D. imberbis and recorded D. lamta. 
Nikolsky (1897, 1899) recorded D. variabilis and D. lamta from 
Persia and its vicinity, but later on (1900) described the speci-’ 
mens which he had previously referred to D. vartabilis as a new 
species, D. rossicus, while those referred to D. lamta were made 
the type of another new species, Garra persica, by Berg (1913). 
Boulenger in aseries of papers (I90I, 1903, 1905) and in his two 
works (1907, 1909) on the fishes of Africa stimulated research in 
this genus and himself described and figured as many as seven 
species of Discognathus, while quite recently another species has 


636 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


been described from the same continent by Nichols and Griscom 
(1917). Vaillant (1902) described a new species, D. borneensis, 
from Borneo; this was referred to the genus Garra by Fowler 
(1905) and again placed in the genus Discognathus by Weber and 
Beaufort (1916). Pellegrin in 1905 gave the name of D. rothschildi 
to a species from Abyssinia; this Boulenger in 1909 regarded as 
doubtfully synonymous with D. dembeensis. Regan in 1909 and 
1914 described two new species, one from Yunnan and the other 
from Waziristan respectively. Jenkins (1q09), after having ex- 
amined the specimens in the Indian Museum, preferred to call all of 
them D.lamta and in 1910 he also referred a fish from Baluchistan 
to the same species. In 1912 Garman described a new species, 
G. imberba, from Western Syechuan, China. He referred it toa 
new subgenus of Garva, which he termed Ageneiogarra. This 
subgenus he distinguished from the two others recognised by 
Bleeker (1863) by the absence of barbels. Zugmaver (1913) hesi- 
tatingly referred his examples from Pishin in Baluchistan to two 
species, D. Jamta and D. variabilis; while Chaudhuri in the same 
year recorded D. /amta from the Abor Hills. Annandale (1913), 
when writing notes on the fishes of the Lake of Tiberias, recog- 
nised at least four races of D. lamta and in Chaudhuri’s paper he 
pointed out that the Abor examples might represent the Assa- 
mese race nasutus of McClelland; in two more recent papers (1919) 
he recognised many Indian forms to be specifically distinct. Jor- 
dan and Evermann (1917), when urging the revival of old names, 
pointed out that Gavvais a valid genus, and Rao (1920) has 
quite recently described certain fishes from Mysore under this 
generic name. Still more recently Annandale and myselt (1920) 
discussed the advisability of recognising both Gavra and Discog- 
nathus on certain anatomical grounds. Prashad (1919) described 
a new species from the Kangra Valley, Punjab, and in-1920 I out- 
lined the evolution of Garva from the allied Cyprinid genera. 


The chequered history of the genus Garva, characterised by 
the presence of a mental disc behind the lower jaw, has resulted 
from various causes. ‘The greatest confusion has, however, 
centred round Garra lamta of which a short and inadequate descrip- 
tion without a figure was given in An account of the Fishes of the 
Ganges by Hamilton Buchanan. An illustration of a species with 
the disc-character well marked occurs among the manuscript 
drawings of this author, now preserved in the library of the 
Asiatic Society of Bengal; it is labelled Cyprinus godyart. Both 
godyavi and lamta are local names of the same fish in the Bhagal- 
pur and Gorakhpur districts respectively, and it is clear froma 
remark on page 103 of Day’s volume on the fisheries and botany 
of Bengal (in Hunter’s Statistical Account of Bengal, 1877) that 
the two names refer to the same species. Day, who is quoting 
from a manuscript of Hamilton Buchanan, says, ‘‘ The Godiyari 
of the Bhagalpur list is here called lamta.”’ 

There has also been some confusion as to the exact localities 


1921.] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 637 


whence Buchanan obtained his specimens of godyari and lamta. 
On page 8r of the volume cited above the habitat of the godyari, 
cited under the name sahari, is given as, ‘‘small streams among 
rocks south of Monghir”’; the /amta has been stated to occur 
“in the Rapti River of the Gorakhpur District.’? Nowadays 
Monghyr is not included in the Bhagalpur District but is in a district 
of its own; the hills towards its south, to which Buchanan referred, 
are the well-known Kharagpur Hills. While gathering information 
for a tour in these hills my attention was drawn to a significant 
passage in the District Gazetteer of Monghyr (1909) where the 
author, dealing with the fishes of the Man River, observes that, 
*“The pools below the waterfalls along the latter river are tenanted 
by a little fish which the woodmen declare to be the young tengra. 
When flood comes this little fish finds it very difficult to hold its 
own against the stream; but nature has provided it with a sucker, 
which enables it to fasten itself to the rocks and wait securely 
until the flood has passed.’” This passage proved of great as- 
sistance in determining the habitat of Garvra lamta recorded by Ha- 
milton Buchanai from the then known Bhagalpur District and in 
October 1920 a series of specimens was obtained in the Man River. 
The fish were fairly abundant in small pools below the Katin 
waterfall, but it was very difficult to net them as on the slightest 
provocation they would hide themselves underneath stones. By 
bailing the water from an isolated pool in the course of the Katin 
nallah eight specimens were obtained, one was found in the 
Bhaura Stream, a tributary of the Man River, and another near 
the Uttar band, the canal outlet on the eastern side. From the 
passage quoted from the Gazetteer, it would be inferred that 
the local name of Garva lamta is ‘“‘tengra’’ in these parts. I 
have not been able to verify this, but found two local names 
instead current among the fishermen, Guday' and Patharchat ; in 
the former reference is made to the rounded subcylindrical 
form of the fish and in the latter to its habit of adhering to 
stones. ‘The fish was said to be very common during the rains 
and it is stated that at this season a large number climb up the 
artificial waterfall known as Katin. After having made collections 
at Kharagpur, I went to Gorakhpur to see the fishes of the Rapti 
River, but failed to find a single specimen of Gavra. Moreover the 
name /amta was strange in the town of Gorakhpur and its vicinity. 
Even enquiries from old fishermen elicited no information as to 
the occurrence of a fish with this name in the district, nor did 
they recognise as local fish some specimens of Gavva which I had 
brought with me. It may here be remarked that the Rapti River 
near Gorakhpur is a muddy channel and its bed is nowhere rocky 
within a few miles of the town. 


In giving a synopsis of the species of a genus of fish a good 


! Gudar is also the vernacular name given to all species of Nemachilus in 
the Kumaon Hills. 


638 Records of the Indian Museum. VoL. XXII? 


deal of importance is generally attached to the number of fin rays 
and scales, but in Gavva these characters are variable and it is 
impossible to use them in separating one species from another. 
Jenkins (1909) relied on these very characters and came to the 
conclusion that, ‘‘ there are no specimens of Discognathus in the 
Indian Museum which justify me in considering that there is more 
than one Indian species of this genus.”’ In both the Indian and 
African species the general rule is that there are seven to eight 
branched and two to three unbranched rays in the dorsai, while 
in the anal there are five branched besides one or two that are 
unbranched. ‘The number of scales along the lateral line varies 
from 33 to 44. Marked deviations from these numbers occur only 
as abnormalities and minor diflerences are always bridged over 
when a large series of specimens are examined from the same 
locality. 

In the absence of any well-marked characters, in the number 
of scales and fin-rays, Giinther (1868) attributed to G. lamta a 
very wide range extending from ‘“‘Syria to Assam,” and ever since 
this statement was made, authors in general have attributed any 
species of this genus from any part of this region to G. lamta. 
In particular Day, who had previously recognised several species 
from South India, subsequently (1871) referred them all to G. 
lamta, but later on (1878) insisted on the specific validity of G. 
jervdont. 

No less confusion has been caused by a black spot that is 
present in many species behind the angle of the operculum. Also 
there is often a series of black spots at the base of the fin-rays of 
the dorsal fin. 

In certain species of Gavra a proboscis is present on the snout 
and this has been regarded as a secondary sexual character res- 
tricted to males ; in G. stenorhynchus and G. bicornuta, however, the 
proboscis is known to be common to both sexes. Very little is 
known about the variation of the proboscis or the conditions which 
influence its formation. I have found after examination and 
dissection of a large series of specimens from all parts of India 
that wherever a well-developed proboscis is present it is always 
common to both sexes except in the classical species G. /amta, in 
which a peculiar proboscis is present in the male sex only. 

The credit of stimulating research in this genus belongs to 
Boulenger, who recognised many species of Gavra from’ Oriental 
Africa and pointed out in 1907 that the Asiatic species of the genus 
were much in need of revision. Annandale (1913, 1919) attempted 
to revise the Indian species in a series of valuable papers, but 
unfortunately the old collection of the Indian Museum containing 
Day’s types was at that time interned in Austria, having been 
sent to Dr. V. Pietschmann before the outbreak of war. 


192T.] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 639 


PROBABLE EVOLUTION OF THE DISC IN GARRA, AS 
REPRESENTED BY A SERIES OF SPECIMENS 
COLLECTED IN MANIPUR, ASSAM. 


The young specimens on which the following observations 
were made, were collected in various hill-streams that flow into the 
Manipur Valley from the surrounding Naga Hills. I have figured 
eight stages in the text, seven of which are drawn from the Mani- 
pur specimens white stage 2 is a copy of the illustration previously 
published by Annandale and myself (1920). The original of 
the figure was then referred to Garva nasutius, but I am unable 
to assign it to any species now on account of the immaturity 
of the specimen, which is only 7°4 mm. inlength. The Manipur 
examples are, however, much larger and I have been able to iden- 
tify them as Garra rupeculus. This is one of the smallest known 
species of the genus and is extremely well-adapted for life in 
rapid running streams. ‘The following are the localities and mea- 
surements of these examples :— 


Length without 


SERENE Eocality caudal. 
mm. 

I Small stream, 3 miles N.W. of Potsengbaum | 13°4 
3 Small stream near Kangpokpi | 18'5 
4 | Thaubal stream near Yaribul 200 | 20°0 
5 Sikmai stream near Palel wal 18°5 
6) Thaubal stream near Yaribulk at 21°0 
7 190 
5 25°0 


It is unfortunate that very little attention was paid to the 
preservation of these specimens in the field; I was not aware at 
the time that these young examples would yield such interesting 
results. The region of the head, however, is well preserved in all 
the specimens, but the opening of the mouth, which in some ex- 
amples gapes widely, while in others it is completely closed, consi- 
derably alters the ventral aspect, especially the extent of the 
labial folds and the lips. It is clear from the measurements given 
above that the stages in the development of the disc are not 
necessarily correlated with size, but that they may depend upon 
the age of the fish. We are as yet ignorant of the stimuli that 
hasten or retard the development of this interesting organ in a 
particular environment. 

The figures are semi-diagrammatic and are drawn with the 
help of a camera lucida. 

Great difficulty has been experienced in the terminology of the 
dise and its associated structures. ‘The mouth in this genus is 
situated on the under surface and hence the so-called upper and 
lower lips are really anterior and posterior in relation to the mouth. 
Moreover the true lips are only visible either in the less advanced 
species or in the younger stages of the more advanced forms; with 


640 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo,. XXII, 


the growth of the fish they are in the latter case covered by 
secondary folds. These, the anterior and the posterior labial folds, 
have hitherto been termed the upper and the lower lips. 


Text-riGc. 1.—Development of mental disc in Garra. 


1—8 represent successive developmental stages of the disc in Garra. 

a= rostral barbel; 6 = median portion of posterior lip; ¢ = posterior 
labial fold ; d =connective ; e= callous portion of disc; f= papillate disc 
rudiment; g= anterior labial fold ; = anterior lip ; 7 = mouth; 7 = lateral 
swollen portions of posterior lip; & = maxillary barbels; 7 = branchios- 
tegal rays; m = posterior free margin of disc. 


Although the development is gradual I have thought it con- 
venient to select a number oi representative stages and to describe 
each in detail. 

In stage I the mouth is situated slightly behind the tip of 
the snout and is bordered by the true lips. In front of the ante- 


1921. ] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 641 


rior lip (2) is a narrow groove which separates it from the fold (g) 
covering the tip of the snout. Both the lips are continuous near 
the angle of the mouth. ‘The anterior lip is of almost uniform 
thickness throughout and is partially covered by a flap of the 
posterior lip (7) near the angle of the mouth. The posterior lip 
can be divided for description into three parts, the median narrow 
part (b) and the two swollen bulb-like lateral portions (7). ‘The 
bony elements of the jaws are not visible. There are two pairs 
of short barbels and the eyes are distinctly visible from below. 
There is as yet no indication of the disc and the branchiostegal 
membranes which meet at an acute angle are continued forwards 
for a considerable distance. 

A slightly more advanced stage is shown in figure 2, the only 
noteworthy feature being the presence of an almost circular area 
(represented by dotting in fig. 2) immediately behind the posterior 
lip. This area I consider to be the rudiment of the disc organ. 

In stage 3 the disc rudiment (f) is restricted and is repre- 
sented by a few papillate concentric lines, the squarish area 
between these and the posterior lip may now be called the disc 
proper (¢), At this stage the branchiostegal membranes are slizhtly 
separated and the branchial isthmus has become wide. 

A marked change is shown in stage 4. The disc rudiment is 
now represented by a transverse line of papillae (/) just behind 
the disc proper (e); the anterior portion of the latter is indistinct- 
ly demarcated as a somewhat prominent lobe which ultimately 
develops into the posterior labial fold (c). Changes have also 
taken place in the lateral bulb-like portions of the posterior lip (7). 
A small area on each side is separated off just at the angle of the 
mouth and is represented in the figure as a connective (d) between 
the anterior and the posterior lips. The branchial isthmus is 
still further widened and the branchiostegal rays are slightly re- 
duced with their membranes somewhat separated. By a careful 
comparison of the four stages it can readily be seen that the 
mouth has shifted backwards and that the anterior labial fold is 
coming into prominence. 

Between the fourth and the fifth stage there is a lack of 
continuity. The disc rudiment is entirely absent and the anterior 
labial fold is more extensive ; it has almost covered the anterior 
lip (), of which only the median portion is visible. The mouth 
opening has shifted still further backwards and the disc is well 
marked with lunate anterior (c) and semicircular posterior (7) 
borders. In the development of the branchial isthmis, the 
branchiostegal membranes and rays and the posterior lip, the 
specimen from which this stage is described is less advanced than 
that shown in stage 4. The connectives have not yet been separ- 
ated, though near the angle of the mouth the lip is greatly 
swollen. 

In stage 6 the features of the disc and the anterior labial 
fold (c) are well pronounced, and the connective (d) is a distinct 
structure. Changes have also taken place in the posterior lip and 


642 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 


the branchial region. The antero-median portion of the posterior 
lip (2) has become very thin and in its place the anterior border of 
the disc is coming into prominence. In the branchial region the 
isthmus is wider, and the rays much reduced. 

In stage 7 we are approaching the definitive form. The an- 
terior lip is entirely hidden underneath the labial fold which is 
now distinctly fringed and tuberculate, and the median portion of 
the posterior lip is represented by small prominences in front of 
its posterior swollen region. The connective is well-marked and 
forms an anterior continuation of the posterior border of the disc 
on either side. The posterior jaw is now visible in the middle. 
The branchiostegal membranes no longer meet behind the disc and 
their rays are greatly reduced. 

In the final stage all traces of the posterior lip are gone ex- 
cept for the connective (d) near the angle of the mouth ; the mouth 
is now surrounded by secondary folds both anteriorly and poste- 
riorly. The isthmus is much wider and the rays in the branchi- 
ostegal membranes greatly reduced. From this stage it is but a 
small step to reach the condition found in the adults of the most 
advanced species. The only change is that the isthmus is still 
wider and the rays further reduced. 

It will be advantageous at this point to enumerate the lines 
along which the development of the under surface of head has 
taken place in Garra :— 

(i) The anterior labial fold develops considerably and ultimate- 
ly covers the anterior lip. 

(ii) The anterior lip, though prominent in the younger stages, 
is much reduced in the older and is covered by the anterior labial 
fold. 

(iii) The mouth, which at first oceupies a position near the tip 
of the snout, becomes shifted backwards and in all the older stages 
is clearly ventral in position. 

(iv) The posterior lip in younger stages is narrow in the 
middle, but greatly thickened near the angle of the mouth. Dur- 
ing the development of the fish the median part is replaced by a 
posterior labial fold; but the thickened portions near the angles 
separate off and form definite connectives on either side between 
the upper labial fold and the posterior border of the disc. 

(v) The disc begins as a finely papillate squarish area just 
behind the posterior lip. Its anterior portion is early marked off 
into the disc proper and the papillae (which are probably the disc 
rudiments) are pushed backwards. They ultimately vanish and their 
place is taken by the posterior border of the disc. The anterior 
border of the dise is marked otf as a posterior labial fold having a 
callous circular portion in the middle. 

(vi) The branchial membranes containing the branchiostegal 
rays meet for a considerable distance in young individuals, but 
with the growth of the fish they are widely separated and the 
rays in them greatly reduced. 


Ig21.| S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 643 


(vii) The eyes in the adult are usually invisible from below 
though visible in the first few stages on the under surface. 

It seems quite probable that the various changes enumerated 
above have been brought about by the rolling of the skin cover- 
ing the snout towards the under surface and that the mouth 
changes its position and is being gradually shifted backwards. By 
this process the anterior labial fold is formed and the divergence 
and reduction of the branchiostegal membranes and the rays 
brought about. How the true lips are replaced by secondary folds 
is a matter of detail. The disc develops from the papillate disc 
rudiment. 

In adults of certain less specialised species of the genus, the struc- 
ture of the disc and the associated organs resembles a stage in the 
development of typical species of the genus. Thus G. chaudhunii 
and G, quadrimaculatus are similar to stage 4, while G. vinciguerraz 
shows a considerable resemblance to stage 5. In almost all the 
species that occur in Persia, Syria and Africa the mental disc is 
less specialised and the true lips are usually present. The new 
species from Darjiling is represented by three specimens. two of 
which are mature males and the other a ripe female. The mental 
dise in the three specimens shows progressive specialisation begin- 
ning with stage 4 of the developmental series described above. 
Tt is not uncommion to find one or two specimens in a big collec- 
tion of typical Gavra in which the branchiostegal rays meet at an 
acute angle behind the dise and the branchial isthmus is narrow. 
It is still more common to meet with examples in which the poste- 
rior and the anterior borders of the disc are poorly developed, but it 
is always possible, after examining a large number of individuals 
from the same locality, to refer them along with normal speci- 
mens to their proper species. 

In the collection of the Zoological Survey of India there is a 
series of young specimens from Madras collected by Major Sewell. 
Of these I have been able to determine only four stages which are 
separated from each other by fairly wide gaps. 


SKELETON OF THE MOUTH-PARTS. 


Boulenger (1907), when defining the genus Discognathus, gave 
the following short account of its skeleton :—‘‘ The skeleton is 
very sitnilar to that of Labeo, but the premaxillaries emit short 
ascending processes, the posterior edge of the mandible is raised 
into a process at the symphysis, and the clavicles do not form a 
diaphragm.’’ So far as the skeleton of the mouth-parts is con- 
cerned, I find great dissimilarity between that of Labeo and that of 
Garva. The nearest approach to Garrva is made by Cirrhina and 
Crossochilus. The following are some of the salient points in 
which the mouth-parts of Labeo (fig. 2, 5, 5a) differ from those of 
the other genera enumerated above :— 

(i) The bones are distinct and separate and have not coalesced 
to form a rigid structure. 


644 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


(ii) The maxillae of the two sides are widely separated in the 
middle. 


Tpxv-ric. 2.—Skeleton of mouth-parts of Gavra and allied penera. 


Garra mullya (Sykes), ventral view. 


i 
1a. Same, lateral view of upper and lower jaws. 

2. Garra rossicus (Nikolsky), ventral view. 

2a. Same, lateral view of upper and lower jaws. 

3. Cirrihina mrigala (Ham, Buch,), ventral view. 
3a. Same, lateral view of upper and lower jaws. 

4. Crossochilus latia (Ham. Buch.), ventral view. 
4a. Same, lateral view of upper and lower jaws. 


Labeo rohita (Ham. Buch.), ventral view. 
5a. Same, lateral view of upper and lower jaws. 


Y 


a=maxilla; 6= premaxilla ; c= mouth cavity ; d =lower jaw; e= urohyal ; 
7 = branchiostegal rays ; g= portion of skull; “= preoperculum ; ¢= dentary 
7 =jugal; 1 =splenial: o = interoperculum ; ¢ = quadrate ; s = articular, 


1g2t.] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 645 


(iii) ‘She articular and dentary bones on each side have fused 
to form a single piece, but those of the two sides are distinctly 
separate. 

(iv) The preopercular bones meet or slightly overlap just 
behind the lower jaw, presenting an articular suriace anteriorly. 

(v) The branchiostegeal rays are concealed under the oper- 
cular borders anteriorly and are not visible for a considerable dis- 
tance behind the mouth. 

(vi) The mouth points anteriorly and is considerably nearer 
to the dorsal than to the ventral profile of the fish. y 

From the points enumerated above it is clear that Labeo re- 
presents a skeletal structure of the mouth-parts, which is at a low 
stage of organisation ; but at the same time we must remember 
that in Labeo the mouth is suctorial and this probably accounts 
for the mobility of its component parts. 

Now !et us examine more closely the condition found in a spe- 
cialised member of the genus Garva (fig. 2, 1, 1a). The sutures 
between the various bones are absent and the skeleton presents 
a solid structure. ‘The mouth having been shifted backwards, the 
maxillae and the premaxillae are well developed and are fairly broad. 
The backwardly directed process of the posterior jaw (corresponding 
to the articular bone, etc., of other bony fishes) is short and curved 
instead of being straight as in Labeo ; those of the two sides are 
widely separated and articulate with the quadrate of each side 
respectively. The basihyalis very prominent in the middle behind 
the lower jaw and is distinctly separate from other structures 
throughout its length posteriorly. Anteriorly it is flattened out 
laterally on the dorsal surface and to this are attached the anteri- 
or ends of the branchiostegal rays which are greatly reduced and 
are represented by two or three short bony elements. The rays 
of the two sides are widely separated in the middle. On account 
of the position of the mouth, both the jaws have to be accommo- 
dated in a short space. 

In a less specialised form of the same genus (fig. 2, 2, 2a) the 
fusion of the bony elements is not complete and the position of the 
mouth near the tip of the snout considerably alters the whole 
atrangement. ‘The jugal is visible as a separate bone and a faint 
line of demarcation can be made out between the dentary and the 
articular bones. ‘The articular is almost straight and meets the 
opercular border behind; it is visible on the ventral surface. 
The basihyal is seen as a rounded process behind the posterior 
jaw, but is covered for a greater part of its length by the branchi- 
ostegal rays, which are but slightly reduced. The rays of the 
two sides meet for a considerable distance on the ventral surface. 

The structure met with in Cirrhina (fig. 2, 3, 3a) is not very 
different from that described above, the only difference being that 
more of the opercular elements are visible on the under surface, 
the visible portion of the basihyal is further reduced and the 
branchiostegal rays and the articular bones have become more 
marked. 


646 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


In Crossochilus (fig. 2, 4, 4a) the mouth is situated consider- 
ably behind the tip of the snout and consequently the structure of 
the mouth-parts is different from that found in Czvrhina, and in 
certain respects resembles that of a specialised form of Gavra, It 
may also be pointed out that, like Garra, a fringed, tuberculated, 
well-developed anterior labial fold is present in Crossochilus. The 
articular bone is fairly extensive and only a small portion of the 
basihyal is visible from below. The branchiostegal rays meet for a 
short distance behind the tip of the basihyal and then suddenly 
diverge outwards. The rays are reduced. 


AIR-BLADDER AND ASSOCIATED SKELETAL STRUC- 
TURES. 


The air-bladder has long been considered to be an organ of 
the greatest importance in the taxonomy of the bony fishes and 
especially in distinguishing the families of Cyprinoidea. I have 
carefully examined this organ in the various species of Garva and 
also in Labeo vohita, Civrhina mrigala and Crossochilus latia. ‘The 
comparison is instructive. The normal type of bladder is present 
in Cirrluna (fig. 3, 2) and Labeo (fig. 3, 1) and its length is con- 
tained about 3°3 times in the length of the fish including the 
caudal fin. The anterior chamber is smaller than the posterior 
and is in the form of a short massive cylinder. The posterior 
chamber is almost as broad as the anterior a short distance behind 
its commencement, but thence it gradually tapers to the end. In 
all the less modified species of Garra that I have examined, viz. G. 
adiscus, G. vossicus, G. blanfordi and G. rujus, the bladder agrees 
with this type in form and extent, whereas in all specialised species 
of the genus and in Cvossochilus /atia it is somewhat modified. 
The modifications chiefly consist in the form and extent of the 
posterior chamber, which, instead of being swollen in the middle, 
may be of uniform thickness throughout, with its walls somewhat 
thickened. This condition is found in Garva gravelyi, G. jenkinsoni- 
anum and G. mullya. In the remaining species the whole of the 
bladder is greatly reduced and its length is never contained less 
than 5 times in the length of the fish. The extreme phase of 
reduction within the genus is reached in Garra stenorhynchus, G. 
arabica, G. gotyla and G. nasutus, in which the bladder is contained 
about 15 times in the length of the fish without the caudal. In 
G. gotyla, G. nasutus and G., lissorhynchus, the bladder is covered by 
a thick, fibrous coat and is firmly fixed to the body-wall. In 
some species the posterior chamber is greatly reduced and its cavity 
almost obliterated. 

In Crossochilus (fig. 3, 11) the bladder resembles that of certain 
species of Garra ; its length is contained 5°3 times in the total length 
of the fish. The posterior chamber is long but of uniform thickness 
throughout. 

Having found so much variation in the species of Gayra as 
regards this interesting organ I was almost tempted to regard it 


i 


i) 
= Ow” 


OQ ce 


om 


S) 


3) 


79. 20. 18. a2. 23. 4. RS. 26. 27. 
Texr-riG. 3.—Air-bladder of Garra and allied genera. 
'. Labeo rohita (Ham. Buch.). ‘4. Garra notata (Blyth). 
Cirrhina mrigala (Ham, Buch.). 15. Garra sp. (from Persia). 
Garra rufus (Heckel). 16. Garra naganensis, sp. nov. 
. Garra blanfordi (Boulenger). 17. Garra prashadi, sp. nov. 
. Garra rossicus (Nikolsky). 18. Garra jerdoni, lay. 
- Garra ad7scus (Annandale). 19. Garra kempi, sp. nov. 
- Gavra lamta, Ham. Buch. 20. Garra abhoyat, sp. nov. 
. Garra jenkinsonianum, sp. nov. 21. Garra lissorhynchus (McClelland), 
. Garra gravelyi (Annandale). 22. Garra gotyla (Gray). 
. Garra mullya (Sykes). 23. Garra nasutus (McClelland). 
- Crossochilus latia (Ham. Buch.). 24. Garra stenorhynchus (Jerdon). 
. Garra bicornuta, Rao. 25. Garra arabica, sp. nov. 
- Garra mullya (Sykes), hill-stream 26. Gavra stenorhynchus (}erdon). 
form. 27. Garra rupeculus (McClelland). 


648 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXIT, 


as a specific character; but further examination showed that it is 
not only variable in the different species of the genus, but differs 
in individuals of the same species as well. Moreover, in the young 
individuals it is in all species very much like the normal form. As 
I have already remarked, it is not surprising to find considerable 
variation in an organ which shows retrogressive degeneration. 
I hope to deal with this aspect of the matter shortly in a separate 
paper dealing with the adaptations of the hill-stream fishes. 

I have examined the weberian ossicles in these genera and 
do not find any great departure in any of them from the normal 
form, ‘The platform formed by the transverse processes of the third 
vertebra shows certain modifications, but their discussion is beyond 
the scope of the present enquiry. 


GARRA AND DISCOGNATAUS. 


Quite recently Annandale and myself (1920) recognised Dis- 
cognathus as a separate genus from Garra, basing our distinction 
mainly on the position of the mouth, which in the former is situat- 
ed near the tip of the snout, on the presence of vestigial lips 
and dise in Discognathus and lastly on the fact that in the genus 
Discognathus the ‘‘ opercular and preopercular borders’ meet ‘‘at 
an acute angle on the ventral surface some distance behind the 
adhesive disc.” In view of the developmental series described 
above and also in view of the occurrence in the Darjiling Hima- 
layas of a form very similar to G. guadrimaculatus from Oriental 
Africa, I am unable to retain the view recently expressed by Annan- 
dale and myself. If two genera are adopted the systematic position 
of certain stages in the development of some advanced members. 
of Garrva becomes obscure and certain abnormalities due to restrict- 
ed development cannot easily be referred to their proper genera. 

Garman (1912) divided the species of the genus Garra into 
three groups which he considered as distinct subgenera. He based 
his distinction on the number of barbels and recognised Bleeker’s 
(1863) two subgenera, Gavra and Discognathus, as valid. He at 
the same time proposed a new subgenus, Ageneiogarra (to accom- 
modate his species G. imberba from China), characterised by the 
absence of barbels. The specific name he employed for his new 
species is preoccupied, as Vinciguerra (1889) has described a fish 
from Burma as Discognathus imberbis. ‘The barbels are so minute 
throughout the genus that I do not regard their occasional absence 
as a character of subgeneric importance. 

As tegards the relationship of Garra with other Cyprinid 
genera, it is better to postpone a full discussion until the Malay 
forms assigned to Crossochilus are available for examination. It 
may, however, be pointed out that great similarity exists between 
the mouth-parts of Czvrhina. Crossochilus and Garva and that 
Civrhina holds the same relation to Cyrossochilus which the less 
specialised inembers of Garva hold to the more specialised forms 
in the genus. 


192T.] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 649 


SYNOPSIS OF THE INDIAN AND SOME OF THE 
EXTRA-INDIAN SPECIES OF GARRA. 


In the synopsis I have included 21 Indian and 5 extra-Indian 
species of Garra. With the exception of G. imberbis, which can 
be easily recognised by the total absence of its barbels, I have 
examined specimens of all Indian species. I have not included 
G. wanae from Waziristan because in Regan’s description of the 
species I could not find those characters which I have employed 
in building up the synoptic table. 

The table does not apply to young individuals. The names 
of extra-Indian species are placed in square brackets, 

a. Barbels absent F G, imberbis (Vincigu- 
erra). 
a’. Barbels present. 
6. Pupil of eye wholly in posterior half of head. 
c. Proboscis present. 


d. Proboscis trilobed. 
e. Lateral lobes of proboscis short and in front 


of nostrils LG. arabica, sp. nov. ] 
e’. Lateral lobes of proboscis almost as long as 
central lobe, covering nostrils i G. bicorvnuta, Rao. 
d. Proboscis a single projection without lateral 
lobes. 


e. Proboscis well-developed with well defined 
lateral tubercular areas. 

F Snout as seen from below trenchant and 
bearing a well-defined almost semi-circular 
lobe; space between gill-openings on under 
puttace less than post- -orbital length of head. 

- Snout from below evenly rounded and 
convex; space between gill-openings on 
under surface greater eer post-orbital 
ae of head. 
g. Eyes small, contained 5 to 6 times in 
* length of head; distance between anus 
and origin of anal fin less than 1/3 the 
distance between origins of anal and ven- 
peel fins 
. Byes moderately large, contained 3 oF) to 
Sis 3 times in length of head ; agentes be- 
tween anus and origin of anal fin greater 
than 1/3 the distance between origins of 


anal and ventral fins sd ... G, stenorhynchus (Jer- 
don). 


Dp 
q 


7. monti-salsi, sp. nov. 


lent 


7, gotyla (Gray) 


. Proboscis not well developed, represented by 

a prominent squarish area in front of nostrils ; 

lateral tubercular areas poorly developed. 
jf. Dorsal fin considerably higher than length 
of head; lobes of caudal fin equal .. G.gravelyi & (Annan- 

dale). 
f'. Dorsal fin almost equal to or less high 
than length of head; lobes of caudal fin not 


equal 7. : oe .. G. nasutus (McClell.). 
J - 
ae Proboscis absent. 
Tubercular areas on snout present ... G.7erdont, Day. 
7. Tub ] bsent G dalei, Hore 
é ubercular areas on snout absen .. G. annandalet, Hora. 


b'. Pupil of eye not wholly in posterior half of head. 
c. Pupil of eye nearer posterior margin of opercu- 
lum than tip of snout. 


650 Records of the Indian Museum. 


d, Proboscis present on snout forming a distinct 
median knob ; no groove marking off tip of snout 


d', Proboscis absent or represented by a raised 
area between the nostrils. 
e. Tubercles on snout usually present ; two short 
eee grooves marking off tip of snout 
. Tubercles if present few; no grooves on 
snout (snout smooth)- 
f. Anterior origin of dorsal equidistant from 
tip of snout and base of caudal. 
g. Scales present in post-pelvic region and 
on dorsal surface in front of dorsal 


g. Scales absent in post-pelvic region and 
on dorsal surface in front of dorsal 
Anterior origin of dorsal not equidistant 
‘from tip of snout and base of caudal. 
g. Ventrals distinctly reaching beyond anal 
opening. 
h. Anus situated almost midway between 
anterior origins of anal and ventral fins 
Anus not situated midway between 
anterior origins of anal and ventral fins. 
7. Distance between anus and anterior 
origin of anal fin greater than 1/3 
distance between anterior origins of 
anal and ventral fins 
j'. Distance between anus and anterior 
origin of anal fin less than 1/3 dis- 
tance between anterior origins of 
anal and ventral fins 
g'. Ventrals almost reaching or not reach- 
ing the anal opening 


c’. Pupil of eye almost in middle of head or nearer 
tip of snout than posterior border of operculum. 
d. Belly and dorsal surface in front of dorsal fin 
naked 
d', Belly and dorsal surface in front of dorsal fin 
not naked. 
Anterior origin of dorsal almost equidistant 
from tip of snout and base of caudal. 
f. Maxillary barbels shorter than diameter 
of eye. 
g. Diameter of eye contained 3'9 times in 
length of head 
g'. Diameter of eye contained ‘44 times. in 
length of head .., 
jf. Maxillary barbels longer than diameter of 
eye oo 
Anterior origin of dorsal not equidistant from 
hip of snout and base of caudal. 
Jj. Anterior origin of dorsal nearer tip of snout 
than base of caudal 
g- Mental disc absent or rudimentary 


g'. Mental disc present. 
h. Anterior origin of ventrals distinctly 
nearer base of caudal than tip of snout. 
. Anterior origin of anal, nearer base 
of caudal than anterior origin of 
ventrals 


[Vor. XXII, 


G. lamta 
Buch. 


G. mullya 


G, lissorhy 
Clell.). 


G. abhoyat, 


3&, Ham. 


(Sykes). 


nehus (Mc- 


sp. nov. 


G. kempi, sp. nov. 


G. naganensis, sp. NOV. 


G. prashadi, sp. nov. 


G. gravelyi, 9 (Annan- 


dale). 


G. vossicus (Nikolski). 


[G. sp.] 


G. notata (Blyth). 


G. chaudhurit, sp. nov. 


[G. adiscus (Annan- 


dale). | 


G. lamta. 
Buch. 


9 Ham, 


192T.| S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 651 


j'. Anterior origin of anal nearer ante- 
rior origin of ventrals than base of 
caudal : ... [G. rufus (Heckel).] 
i’. Anterior origin of ventrals almost 
equidistant from base of caudal and tip 
of snout : oe ... G.jJenkinsonianum, sp. 
nov. 
f'. Anterior origin of dorsal nearer base of 
caudal than tip of snout. 
g. Ventrals extending beyond anal open- 
ing; anus considerably removed from 


base of anal fin ... ae . G. rupeculus (Mc- 
Clell.). 
g'. Ventrals just reaching anal opening ; 
anus close to base of anal fin ... [G. blanfordi (Boulen- 
ger).] 


Part 1. INDIAN SPECIES OF GARRA. 


Garra bicornuta, Rao. 
1920. Garra bicornuta, Rao, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), V1, p. 57, pl. i, 
figs. 3, 3a, 30. 

Of this species 1 have examined six specimens; three are 
females and in the remaining three I have not been able to deter- 
mine the sex, 

There is a well-marked trilobed proboscis on the snout. ‘The 
lateral lobes are free and tapering while the median lobe is 
tepresented by an immoveable rectangular prominence. ‘The 
nostrils are situated near the bases of the former and are covered 
over by them. 

The air-bladder is reduced, but its form is of the normal 
Cyprinid type. The following are the dimensions of the air- 
bladder in a specimen 9°7 cm. in length :— 


Length of anterior chamber Be .. 65 mm. 
a +, posterior ,, ’ f a ea) 
Greatest diameter of anterior chamber e 0 450 
3 ae », posterior _,, : acm Ho) 


In another mature female specimen 12°5 cm. in length, the air- 
bladder is contained almost 9 times in the total length of the fish 


Tunga R., Mysore ... Narayan Rao ... 3 syntypes and 3 
other specimens. 


Garra monti-salsi, sp. nov. 


1872. Discognathus lamta, Day, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal XLI (2), 
318- 

1878. Dito nathos lamta, Day (in part), Fish. India II, p. 527, 
pl. exxiil, fig. 1. 

1889. Discognathus lamta, Day (in part), Faun. Brit. Ind. Fish. 1, 
Pp. 340. 

In this characteristic species the dorsal profile is slightly 
arched, the ventral is straight and horizontal anteriorly but rises 
to the base of the caudal fin posteriorly. The head is much 
depressed and is almost rectangular; its iength is contained 3°9 
times in the length of the fish without the caudal ; it is 1°4 times 
as long as broad. The eyes are situated in the posterior half of 


652 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


the head and their superior margin is coterminous with the dorsal 
profile; the diameter is contained 5 times in the length of the 
head. The interorbital space is somewhat concave and is 2°2 
times as broad as the diameter of the eye. The snout is thrice 
the diameter of the eye and bears a well-developed median pro- 
boscis, which extends almost to the anterior end of the snout. 
The dorsal profile of the proboscis is convex and the ventral 
concave; it is constricted in the middle and is tuberculated near 
the anterior swollen end. The snout is marked by a deep trans- 
verse cleft near its anterior end and bears two prominent tuber- 
cular areas; when seen from below the snout appears to be 
trenchant and shows a well-defined almost semicircular lobe near 
its tip. The nostrils are situated externally at the base of the 
proboscis a short distance in front of the eye. The posterior 
nostril of each side is completely covered by a rectangular lid. 
The slit of the mouth is arched and the mental disc is well 
developed. There are two pairs of barbels shorter than the dia- 
meter of the eye. The gill-openings extend for a considerable 
distance on the under surface and are separated from each other 
by a distance slightly greater than the diameter of the eye; the 
opercular bones are not followed by a fleshy flap posteriorly. The 
lateral line is almost straight and is in the middle of the body ; 
there are 32 scales along its length and 7 longitudinal rows between 
the bases of the dorsal and the ventral fins. The dorsal fin is 
situated nearer to the tip of the snout than to the base of the 
caudal fin; its base is equal to the length of the head in front of 
the posterior margin of the orbit; the first branched ray is the 
longest and is much higher than the body; the free margin of the 
fin is concave. There are eight branched rays in the dorsal 
besides three that are not branched. The ventrals are situated 
below the middle of the dorsal and their origin is slightly nearer 
the base of the caudal than the end of the snout; they extend to 
the anus and are somewhat shorter than the pectorals which are 
considerably shorter than the length of the head. ‘The anal almost 
extends to the base of the caudal fin. 

The air-bladder is small and the scales on the chest and on 
the middle of abdomen are poorly developed. 

The unique specimen of the species had been opened out 
and the viscera removed, but still I have been able to find a few 
minute eggs in the oviduct. It is a female tog mm. in length 
without the caudal fin. 

Ty pe-specimen.—F 9953/1, Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Locality.—The specimen was purchased from Day and is the 
original of the figure referred to above. It was collected for him 
‘by Dr. Waagen from the Nilwan ravine near the Shapur salt 
ranges, ’’ Punjab. 

Since the above description was written, I have found several 
specimens of the species in the unnamed collection of the Indian 
Museum from the Khewrah gorge (alt. 2000 ft.) in the Jhelum 


1921.] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 653 


District, Punjab. The adults agree with the type-specimen very 
closely. In the young individuals the proboscis is short and the 
snout when seen from below is not trenchant but is evenly rounded ; 
the first few rays of the dorsal fin are greatly elongated and the 
gill-openings are somewhat wider. 


Garra gotyla (Gray). 

1832. Cyprinus gotyla, Gray, Jil. Ind. Zool., pl. 88, figs. 3, 3a. 

1867. Garva gotyla, Steindachner, Sits. Ak. Wiss. Wien LVI (1), p. 
360, pl. 2. figs. 

1919. Discognathus kangrae, Prashad, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVI, pp. 163— 
165, figs. 1 and fa. 

1919. Discognathus jerdoni var. kangrae, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. 
XVIII, p. 74. 

Tt is after long hesitation and not without reserve that I recog- 
nise this species as valid. Gray has not given any description of his 
species, but as most of his figures are made from specimens col- 
lected in Northern India, I have referred the North Indian speci- 
mens with a well-developed proboscis to this form. The specimens 
from the Eastern Himalayas differ, as regards the shape and pro- 
portions of the head, from those found in the Western Himalayas. 
The eyes in both sets of specimens, are, however, in the posterior 
half of the head and are comparatively smaller than in allied 
species of the genus. 

The air-bladder in a specimen from Kangra, Punjab, is 
minute; its anterior chamber possesses a thick fibrous coat which 
firmly attaches it to the dorsal body-wall. The walls of the pos- 
terior chamber are somewhat thickened. The following are the 
measurements of the bladder in a specimen 14 cm. in length :— 


Length of anterior chamber Lie ae foo ZS eatectn 
7 ,, posterior ,, Eat ae .. 35mm. 
Greatest diameter of anterior chamber ~~ neh BOM 
» ‘i », posterior ,, te 4 TOG Tents 


Garia gotyla has a fairly extensive but restricted range as it 
occurs along the base of the Himalayas throughout their length. 


jJaugal KKhad, Kangra, Panjab... N. Annandale eee 

IXangra Valley, hill-streams .. Punjab Fisheries a des 

Ravi R., near Madhopur, Punjab AA a : Several young. 
Simla) 2. : .. Purchased from Day I 

Chumba ... at * I 

Dhikla, Gharwal Dist., U.P. .... R. Hodgart 42 ohits 

Mahanadi R., Darjiling Dist. G, E. Shaw us) epeveral: 


Garra stenorhynchus (Jerdon). 


1849. Gonorhynchus stenorhynchus, Jerdon, Madyas Fourn. Lit. Sci. 
XV, p. 310. U 

1849. Gonorhynchus gotyla, Jerdon (nec Gray), ibid., p. 300. 

1867. Garra gotyla, Day (nec Gray), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 288. 

1919. Discognathus jerdont, Annandale (zec Day) in part, Rec. Ind. 
Mus. XVI, p. 132. 

1919. Discognathus jerdoni, Annandale (rec Day) in part, Rec. (nd. 
Mus. XVIII, p. 73, pl. ix, fig. 1 and pl. xi, fig. 3. 


654 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


1919. Discognathus stenorhynchus, id., tbid., p. 74, pl. ix, fig. 3, pl- 
xi, fig. 4. 

1919. Discognathus gotyla, id., ibid., p. 75, pl. x, fig. i; pl. xi, fig. 6. 

1920. Carva jerdonia, Rao (nec Gray) in part, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 
(9) VI, p- 53- 

1920. Garra stenorhynchus, id., ibid., p. 53. 

The proboscis on the snout exhibits considerable variation 
and it is on this account that so many different species have been 
recorded or described from South India. Having examined nu- 
merous specimens of this form, I am convinced that all these 
should be referred to G. stenovhynchus. The extent of the snout 
does not depend upon the age or the sexual maturity of the 
specimen as is shown by the collection before me. The specimens 
with a comparatively small proboscis have been referred to B. 
jevdoni (nec Day) both by Annandale and Rao; but on dissection 
some of them have been found to be full of eggs. 

The air-bladder is rather characteristic and provides a good 
specific distinction. Ina ripe female specimen 12 cm. in length, 
the following are the measurements of the bladder :—- 


Length of anterior chamber # Be Pe) 5.0mm 
i ,, posteror ” es 3°5 mm. 
Greatest diameter of anterior chamber 38 mm. 
, nf ,, posterior ,, . ie) 2:Onmim: 


The bladder is provided with a thicker coat; its posterior 
chamber is swollen anteriorly and drawn out into a fine process 
posteriorly, the walls of which are thickened. 


Nierolay Stream, Bhavani R., N. Annandale pn se 
Base of Nilgiris. 
Hill-streams, Coorg, Mysore C. R. Narayan Rao ‘s 18. 
Mettupalaiyam, Dist. Coimba- N. Annandale fe me Fis 
tore. 
Nilgiris, Madras ae bayer 2. 
Madras Poa eS i: 
é JAS HB ic I. 


Garra gravelyi (Annandale). 


1918. Discognathus lamta, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XIV, p. 45. 
1919. Discognathus gravelyi, Annandale, zbid., XVI, p. 133, pl. i, 
figs. 3, 3a. 
Of the five specimens procured by Dr. N. Annandale from the 
Inlé Lake and the He-Ho stream, two are ripe females, one ripe 
male and two immature males. The type specimen of G. gravely: 
is the mature male and differs considerably from the female speci- 
mens, but the presence of two young males serves to a certain ex- 
tent as a connective link between the two forms. In the male the 
mental disc is better developed, the mouth is considerably behind 
the tip of the snout and consequently the labial fold is more ex- 
tensive, the pectoral fins are longer than the head, the snout 
possesses an indistinct proboscis and the head and body are some- 
what depressed with the chest almost naked, while the female 
- Jacks ail these characters. 


192T.| S. L. Hora: Fishes ol the genus Garra. 655 


The air-bladder is quite normal and is not much reduced. In 
a specimen g°7 cm. in length, the following are the measurements of 
the bladder :— 


Length of anterior chamber “3 Sr © ipovtaels 
, posterior ,, : : 22 mm. 


Specimens of this species were examined from the following 
localities :— 


He-Ho stream, S. Shan States ... N, Annandale 3 
Fort Stedman, Inlé Lake, S. Shan 2. 
States. 


Garra nasutus (McClelland). 
Plate XXIV, fig. 4. 


1838. Platycava nasuta, McClelland, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal VII (2), 
Pp: 947, pl. lv, figs. 2, 2a and 26. 
1839. Platycava nasuta, McClelland, Asiatic Res. XIX, p. 300, pl. 
Ixvii, figs. 2. 
1839. Gonorhynchus caudatus, McClelland, ¢bid., p. 375. 
1868. Discognathus nasutus, Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mus. Fish. VMI, p.7o. 
1913. Discognathus lamta, Chaudhuri, Rec. Ind. Mus. VIII, p. 247. 
This species is known to me from one adult specimen from 
the Abor Hills and from numerous young and half-grown speci- 
mens from Manipur, Assam and Manjhitar, Sikkim. As McClel- 
land’s description ot the species is brief and his figures totally 
inaccurate, I take this opportunity to redescribe the species from 
the adult specimen with notes from the young examples. 


D. 2/8—g. A. 2/5. P.14. V. 8. 


In Garra nasutus the head and body are greatly depressed and 
the fish comes to resemble the species of the Homalopterid genus 
Balitorain form. ‘The dorsal profile is slightly arched; the ventral 
is straight and horizontal throughout. The head is almost as 
broad as long ; the length is contained 5°7 times in the total length of 
the fish. The length of the caudal fin is contained 5°4 times and 
the depth of the body near the origin of the dorsal fin 6:2 times in 
the length of the fish. The eyes are dorso-lateral in position and 
are invisible from below; they are situated in the second half of the 
head and their diameter is contained 4:2 times in the length 
of the head, 2.6 times in the length of the snout and twice 
in the interorbital distance. There is a short, broad and indis- 
tinct proboscis on the snout; the tip of the snout is marked 
off into a rounded lobe. ‘There are two pairs of short barbels, 
shorter than the diameter of the eye. ‘The mental disc is almost 
circular and coextensive with the width of the head. The lateral 
line is straight; it is somewhat nearer to the ventral than to the 
dorsal surface. The scales are rather thin and almost indistin- 
guishable; there are 34 scales along the lateral line and 8 longi- 
tudinal series of scales between the bases of the dorsal and the 
ventral fins. The dorsal fin is higher than the body and is almost 
as long as the head; its origin is nearer to the tip of the snout 


656 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


than to the base of caudal fin. There are nine branched and two 
unbranched rays in it and the first branched ray is the longest. "The 
ventrals originate before the fourth branched dorsal ray and extend 
to beyond the anal opening. The caudal fin is deeply emarginate, 
the lower lobe is much the longer. The colour of the body and 
head in spirit is uniformly dark brown with the exception of the 
ventral surface which is dirty-white. The colour of the upper 
and the lower surfaces of the paired fins corresponds to the colour 
of the dorsal and the ventral surfaces of the body respectively. 
There are black spots at the bases of the dorsal! fin rays and the 
membrane between the rays is also blackened. 

Extreme modification of the air-bladder occurs in this species. 
Both the chambers are minute and possess thick walls. There is 
a thick fibrous coat covering the bladder and fixing it firmly to the 
body-wall. The following are the measurements of the bladder in 
the adult specinien :— 


Length of anterioc chamber 


2°5 mm. 
posterior " 7 Si 
2 
I 


mim. 
mm. 
mm. 


Greatest Glare of anterior chamber 
, posterior 


Own Uo 


In the young specimens, the head and body is not greatly 
depressed and the air-bladder is comparatively larger. The two 
lobes of the caudal fin are unequal and aun indistinct proboscis is 
present on the snout. . The head is fairly long and bluntly pointed, 
and the eye in some examples is not wholly in the posterior half 
of the head. ‘The upper surface is dark and the under surface of 
the head and belly is white. ‘The fins are white and at the base of 
the dorsal fin there are small black spots; sometimes a big black 
blotch is present before the base of the caudal fin. In an example 
from Manipur one of the rostral barbels is furcate. 

Annandale (see Chaudhuri, 1913) identified the Abor specimen 
from Siyom River as Discognathus lamta subsp. nasutus (McClel- 
land), 

Distribution.—McClelland recorded it from the Khasi and the 
Mishmi Hill tracts. Specimens of this species have now been 
obtained in the Abor Hills and in the Manipur Valley, Assam. I 
refer numerous young specimens from Sikkim to this species with 
some doubt. 


Siyom R., below Damda, Abor S. W. Kemp ; 5 Te 
Hills. 

Assam ... Purchased from Day 2 

Manjhitar, Sikkim =.) Bol. Chaudhuri . Several. 

Streams in the Manipur Valley S. L. Hora a wees 


Measurements in millimetres. 


Total length, including length of caudal wes 010) 
I.ength of caudal i 25°0 
Depth of body near origin of dorsz is : = 2070 
Length of hez ad + : a, 23°5 
Width of head so PERO 
Diameter of eye 55 


Length of snout ¥ 145 


TQ2I.| S. lL. Hora: Fishes of lhe genus Garra, 657 


Interorbital width A ci .. ia 110 
Length of caudal peduncle a 8 ave 19Q°6 
Height of caudal peduncle de 12°5 
Longest ray of dorsal 23'0 

Mi io) yn) anal é 19'0 
Length of pectoral 24°0 

Fe », ventral 23°0 


Garra jerdoni, Day. 

1867. Garvajerdoni, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 288. 

1878. Discognathus jerdoni, Day, Fish India. II, p- 528, pl. exxii, 
fic. 6. 

1889. Discognathus jerdoni, Day, Faun. Brit. Ind. Fish. 1, p. 247. 

1919. Discognathus elegans, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, p. 76, 
pl. ix, fig. 4; pl. xi, fig. 5. 

1920. Garra platycephala, Rao, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) V1, p. 56, 
pl. i, figs. 2, 2a, 26. 

This species is readily recognised by its flat or slightly con- 
cave head and by the presence of a large number of prominent 
tubercular areas on the otherwise smooth snout. 

Rao described Garra platycephala from young specimens in 
which the tubercular areas are not raised and the snout, though 
marked by a large number of mucous pores, is uniformly flat- 
tened. 

The air-bladder is much reduced; the following are its 
measurements in a female example 13°9 cm. in length :— 


Length of anterior chamber 2 Gr5) min 
ath », posterior ns wae cee > pOemumir 
Greatest diameter of anterior chamber Hf ao. Aes iemene 
a AN », posterior ” Si 2°>5 mm. 


Specimens of this species were examined from the following 
localities :-— 


Bhavani R., Nilgiris, Madras . Purchased from Day I. 
Nierolay Stream, base of Nilgiris N. Annandale Do 
Cavery R., Seringapatam, Mysore C. R. Narayan Rao 


Garra annandalei, sp. nov. 
1878. Discognathus lamta, Day (in part), Fish. India II, p. 527. pl. 
exxil, fig. 4. 
188y. Discognathus lamta, Day (in part), Faun. Brit. Ind. Fish. |, 
p- 246, fig. 87. 

The fish is almost subcylindrical with the head and body 
slightly depressed. The dorsal profile rises considerably from the 
tip of the snout to the base of the dorsal fin beyond which it 
gradually slopes to the base of the caudal fin. The ventral pro- 
file is straight throughout. The length of the head is contained 

- 4°5 times and the depth of the body 4°5 to 5 times in the length of 
the fish without the caudal fin. The head is 1-2 times as long as 
wide. ‘The eyes are laterally placed, slightly below the dorsal pro- 
file of the head, and are invisible from below; the diameter is con- 
tained 5°2 times in the length of the head and about 2°5 times in 
the length of the snout and in the interorbital width. The mouth 


558 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


is small and is situated considerably behind the anterior end of the 
snout ; the mental disc is well developed. There are two pairs of 
short barbels, shorter in length than the diameter of the eye; a 
distinct deep groove runs from the base of the rostral barbels to 
the angle of the mouth. ‘The dorsal fin commences in advance of 
the ventrals and is distinctly nearer the tip of the snout than the 
base of the caudal fin ; its longest ray is shorter than the depth of 
the body below it. The pectorals are shorter than the head and 
are separated from the ventrals by half of their own length. The 
ventrals extend beyond the anus but do not reach the base of the 
anal fin. ‘The caudal fin is deeply emarginate; the caudal pedun- 
cle is I°2 times as long as high. The lateral line is straight and 
runs almost in the middle of the body. There are 34 to 38 scales 
along the lateral line and 8 series of longitudinal rows of scales 
between the bases of the dorsal and ventral fins. ‘There is a scaly 
sheath to the base of the dorsal and a scaly appendage to that of 
the ventrals. ‘The scales are large but inconspicuous on the chest 
while they are fairly well marked on the belly. 

The sides and the upper surface of the head and body, in 
spirit, are dark; the under surface is dirty white. The pectoral, 
dorsal and the caudal fins are dusky; the ventrals and the anal 
whitish. Some of the scales along the lateral line show a pinkish 
tinge in the centre. 

Type-specimen.—F 10071/1, Zoological Survey of India (Ind, 
Mus.). 

There is a mature female purchased from Day which is labelled 
as having come from Assam. Several other specimens have recently 
been sent to us by Mr. G. E. Shaw from various streams at the 
base of the Darjiling Himalayas. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


A. B 
Length of fish without caudal Fe ie duets) 105°5 
a ,, head oes ‘ 20 23 
Width of head He ante oN 18 
Depth of body near origin of dorsal : 23.5 23 
Diameter of eye 5 4°5 
Length of snout ih arn DS i2 alia, 
Interorbital width Bae : 12-0 OL 
Length of caudal peduncle ; 18 ings 
Height of caudal peduncle ; sao 8) 14 
Longest ray of dorsal B20iSe ers 
- ,, anal as) Si Sh bag 17 
Length of pectoral ae Aas 19°60 
», ventral 19°5 19 


Garra mullya (Sykes). 


1841. Chondrostoma miullya, Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc. London II, p. 359, 


pl. Ixii, fig. 3. 
1844. edad fusiformis, Heckel, in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, p. 387, 


1865. Garra malabarica, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 297. 
1865. Garva malabarica, Day, Fish. Malabar, p. 205, pl. xv, fig 1. 
1867. Garra alta, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 349. 


1g2I.] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 659 


1868. 


[oe] 


Discognathus lamta, Ginther (in part), Cat. Brit. Mus. Fisi. 
VII, p. 60. 
1878. Discognathus lamta, Day (in part), Fish. India, II, p. 527. 
1889. Discognathus lamta, Day (in part), Faun. Brit. Ind. Fish., |, 
-2 . 
1910. Discognathus lamta, Annandale, Rec. ‘nd. Mus., XVI, p. 131, 
text-fig. 1, pl. ii, figs. 1, 1a. 
1919. Discognathus jerdoni, Annandale (rec Day) in part, zbid., p. 132. 
1919. Discognathus nasutus, Annandale, (ec McClelland), zbzd., p. 132, 
pl. ii, figs. 2, 2a. 
1919. Discognathus lamta, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, p. 72. 
191g. Discognathus jerdont, Annandale (nec Day) in part, zbid., p. 73, 
l. ix, fig. 2. 
1920. Garra lamta, Rao, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) V1, p. 49. 
1920. Garra jerdonia, Rao, (nec Day) in part, 7bid., p. 53. 
1920. Garra jerdonia var. brevimentalia, id., ibid., pp. 54-56, pl. 1, figs. 
Ia, 16. 

Gayra mullya is the most widely distributed species of the genus 
in India: its range extends from Kathiawar, through the greater 
part of the Central Provinces, to the whole of Peninsular India. 
Consequent upon a wide range it shows a certain amount of 
vatiation. In some examples the disc is greatly reduced and its 
free borders represented by a short fringe. In one example from 
Bombay, the paired fins are extremely small and show a stunted 
erowth. The form is fusiform and the snout is almost smooth. 

Specimens of this species occurring in hill-streams are some- 
what flattened and different looking. The air-bladder exhibits 
considerable variation and in the hill-stream forms it is usually 
reduced. The species seem to be still in process of adaptation to 
hill-stream life. 

The following are the measurements of the bladder in a speci- 
men from Malabar which is ro em. in length without the caudal 
fin :— 


Length of anterior chamber “eS nop Gh Totals 
Pe RPOSteLION ay, tes A seo, UPS Taman 

Streams in Coorg, Mysore ... C. R. Narayan Rao ... Several. 

Kavery Sangam, Mysore aes Chaudhuri 

Malabar ... : .... Purchased from Day 5 I. 

Tenmalai, Madras .., .. N. Annandale Pas is 

Mettupalaityam, Dist. Coimbatore, 2 
Madras. 

Nierolay Stream, base of Nilgiris, yn ae Sent abe 
Madras. 

Cochin Forests, Madras ... J. R. Henderson x oe 

Yenna Valley, Satara Dist., Bom- N. Annandale and F. H. 
bay. Gravely. 

Soype Valley, Satara Dist., Bom- F. H. Gravely . t te 

ay. 

Medha, Satara Dist., Bombay ... S. P. Agharkar. . Be RTS 

Dhoni, near Wai, Krishna R., “ A, Pee TT 
Bombay. 

Vashishti Valley, Ratnagiri Dist., F. H. Gravely ... ie Loe 
Bombay. 3 

Borivli, Thana Dist., Bombay... Bacteriological Laboratory, 2. 

Bombay. , 

Poona = is .. Purchased from Day ie 

Khodmal Hills, Orissa ... J. Taylor 6. 

Chanda, C.P. Ee ... Mus. Goll. ie 

Birbhum i 3 


660 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Base of hills, Chakardharpur Sing- F. H. Gravely ... ob 
bhoom Dist., Chota Nagpur. 
Pachmarhi, C.P. te: ... A. Buchanan, W. H. Kenrick Several. 
and F. H. Gravely. 
Near Sasan, Gir Forests, Kathia- S. P. Agharkar... see ol 
war. 
Streams in Girnar Mt., near Juna- " Met =e weveral. 


gadh, Kathiawar. 
2 A.S.B: Bh patie 


Garra lamta, Ham. Buch. 
Plate XXIV, figs. 2, 2a. 
1822. Cyprinus {Garra) lamta, Hamilton Buchanan, Fish. Gaiges, pp. 
348) 393: 


D. 2/8. A. 2/5. 


As has already been pointed out considerable confusion has 
centred round this histeric species. Having now collected speci- 
mens from the type-locality I take this opportunity to define the 
species precisely. I have compared my specimens with Buchanan’s 
manuscript drawing and find no difference between the tivo. 

Garra lamta is a beautiful little Cyprinid fish with a fusiform 
body, highest near the origin of the dorsal and tapering towards 
both ends. ‘The head and body is depressed but not greatly so. 
The length of the head is contained 4°7 times, of the caudal fin 5 
times and the depth of the body 5:2 times in the length of the fish 
including the caudal fin. The head is 2 times as long as broad. 
The eyes are lateral and are situated slightly below the dorsal 
profile of the head; they are almost invisible from below. Their 
diameter is contained four times in the length of the head, twice 
in the interorbital width and 1°7 times in the length of the snout. 
In the female the eye is almost in the middle of the head, in the 
male, however, it is somewhat in the posterior half. The snout is 
smooth in the female while in the male it is provided with a short 
knob-like median proboscis in front of the nostrils; the tip of the 
snout is also marked off by a groove into a transverse lobe which is 
covered by spiny tubercles. ‘TTubercles are also present on the 
sides of the snout in front of the nostrils. The mouth in both 
sexes is a small, slightly arched transverse opening on the under 
surface considerably behind the anterior end of the snout. In 
the male the mental disc is better developed. There are two 
pairs of short thread-like barbels. In the male the barbels are 
comparatively much tonger than in the female ; the rostral pair 
being Jonger than the diameter of the eve. ‘The origin of the 
dorsal fin is nearer to the tip of the snout than to the hase of the 
caudal; it is not so high as the depth of the body below it; the 
last undivided ray is the longest. In the female its free margin 
is truncate whereas in the male it is slightly concave. The ven- 
trals are situated almost below the middle of the dorsal and their 
origin is equidistant from the tip of the snout and the base of the 
caudal fin in the male, while in the female it is much nearer to the 


1g21.]| S. I.,Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 661 


base of the caudal fin than to the anterior end of the snout. The 
pectorals are shorter than the head and are sharp in the middle. 
They are separated from the ventrals by a distance less than 4 of 
their own length; the ventrals extend to the anal opening. The 
anal fin is short and almost reaches the base of the caudal, which 
is deeply emarginate. There are 20 to 31 scales along the lateral 
line and 8 longitudinal series of scales between the bases of the 
dorsal and ventral fins; a scaly appendage is only present near 
the base of the ventral fin in the female. The scales on the 
chest and the belly in the male are much reduced and, indeed, to 
the naked eye they appear almost absent; in the female con- 
spicuous scales are present on the belly, but on the chest they 
are somewhat reduced. 

The air-bladder, in the young specimens that I have examined, 
is quite normal; its length is coutained about 3 times in the total 
length of the fish. The following are the measurements of the 
bladder in an immature male specimen 54°5 mm. in length :-— 

Length of anterior chamber : , 5 mm. 


5 
+) yy Posterior 3 95 mm 
Greatest diameter of anterior chamber sco Sy a} ea 
,, posterior ,, 4 es Onn 


The following changes in the colour of the fish were noticed 
by keeping it living in water in a small dish :—‘‘ immediately after 
it was removed from the stream the fish was almost transparent, 
but shortly afterwards a black longitudinal streak was observed 
along the lateral line and above it was a whitish band running 
from behind the eye to the base of the caudal fin. An indistinct 
black blotch was also to be seen on the sides of the tail near the 
base of the caudal fin.” On transferring the fish to weak alcohol, 
the upper surface was noticed to be greenish and the belly yellowish- 
white, the fins immaculate except for the few rays in the dorsal 
and the caudal fins which were streaked with black along their 
length. These observations were made on a female specimen in 
the field in October; but since then the specimens have changed 
considerably in spirit and there are marked differences in the 
colouration of the male and the female examples. Ina female 
specimen the whole of the upper surface of the head and body is 
dusky and the ventral dirty white. There is also a longitudinal 
streak on the sides which begins in a prominent black spot near 
the upper margin of the gill-opening and ends in a rounded black 
blotch near the base of the caudal fin which is lightly streaked in 
the middle. In the male the general colouration is very much the 
same, but instead of a longitudinal black stripe there are 5 or 6 
longitudinal wavy black lines, most conspicuous in the tail region, 
and the black blotch near the base of the caudal fin is replaced 
by a short vertical bar. There are minute black spots near the 
bases of the dorsal fin. rays and the membrane between these is 
also blackened in certain regions. 

This species instead of having a very wide range, as stated 
by a number of authors, is restricted to the eastern part of the 


662 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XXII, 


Vindhya Range and the Nepal Terai. Buchanan procured some 
specimens from the Gorakhpur District, probably from the hill- 
streams. 


Measurements in millimetres of a female specimen. 


Total length including caudal : : 4770 mm 
Length of caudal : IS. g 
ss », head oie ; TOS es 
Width of head Ake oe Sonne 
Depth of body near origin of dorsal fin i Soo ELE 
Diameter of eye si 3 26 Ea BOR 
Length of snout ; S58 Aa 
Interorbital width : 550 Sy5) a7 
Length of longest ray of dorsal : 5 GL op 
13 3 . anal 3 =e “3 They 
,, pectoral ; : 05 
,, ventral 78 
3 ,, caudal peduncle yu 
Height of 52 


I have examined specimens of this species from the following 
localities :— 


Bhaura Stream, Kharagpur Hills, South S. I.. Hora its 
of Monghyr. 

Uttar Band, Man R., Kharagpur Hills, oh aa Pe iA 
South of Monghyr. 

KXatin Nallah, Kharagpur Hills, South ifs hse SAGs 
of Monghyr. 

Maldhun, Nainital Dist., U.P. Mus. Coll. 

Narsingpur, C.P. : .. Maj. W. H. Kenrick 

Chandli Deoli, C.P. i ... Col. Biddulph 


Ole ow 


Garra lissorhynchus (McClelland). 
Plate X XVI, figs. 2, 2a. 


1842. Platycara lissorhynchus, McClelland, Calcutta Foiwrn. Nat. Hist. 
II, p. 587, pl. Ixvin, fig. 
1868. Discognathus macrochir, Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mus, Fish. VII, 


Ps 70. 


1869. Mayoa modesta, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 553. 

1871. Mayoa modesta, Day, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal X\. (2) p. 108, 
pl, ix, fig. 2. 

1878. Discognathus modestus, Day, Fish. India Il, p. 528, pl. exxii, 
fig. 5. 


1889. Discognathus modestus, Day, Faun. Brit. Ind. Fish. 1, p. 247. 

Giinther seems to have been unaware of McClelland’s Platycara 
lissorhynchus, as no reference is made to this species in his cata- 
logue. McClelland described his species from specimens obtained 
in the Khasi Hills by Mr. Griffith and from page 574 of the volume 
cited above, it is clear that he forwarded one specimen “ to the 
Museum at the India House.’’ Giinther’s form was known to him 
from two examples, one from the collection of the East India Com- 
pany and the other from Mr. Griffith’s collection. The former 
example is probably that which was despatched to the India 
House by McClelland. Having examined numerous specimens 
from the Khasi Hills and after having carefully compared them with 


1921.] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 663 


the figures of McClelland and the description of Gtinthet I find 
no difference between the various forms. I have also examined 
the type of Day’s D. modestus from Northern India, and cannot 
separate it from other specimens from the Khasi Hills. 

The head and body are greatly depressed in this species and 
the form resembles that of the species of the Homalopterid genus 
Balitora; it was probably the shape which led McClelland to 
regard it as a species of his genus Platycara. The species is also 
distinguished from other species of Garva by the fact that the chest 
and the middle of the abdomen are naked while big scales are 
present on the post-pelvic region. The pectoral fin is greatly 
expanded and is considerably longer than the head. 

There is a marked difference in the colour of male and female 
specimens. Ina female example the colour in spirit of the dorsal 
and lateral surfaces is dark livid grey, obscurely marbled with 
yellowish brown ; the ventrai surface is dull-yellowish. There is a 
dark streak near the free margin of the dorsal and a broad, black, 
W-shaped band on the anterior half of the caudal fin ; an indis- 
tinct black blotch is present near the base of the caudal and a 
small black spot just behind the angle of the operculum. In the 
male the colour of the body is much lighter and the characteristic 
markings on the dorsal and the caudal fins are absent. The speci- 
mens from which the early descriptions were taken were in all 
probability males as no reference to the characteristic colouration 
of the female is made therein. 

The air-bladder in this species has deviated considerably from 
the normal form. Not only is it much reduced but the posterior 
chamber has become thread-like and its walls are greatly thicken- 
ed ; the lumen of the chamber is almost obliterated. The anterior 
chamber is firmly fixed to the body-wall by a fibrous coat which 
covers it. In a mature female 56 mm. in length, the following are 
the measurements of the bladder :— 


Length of anterior chamber So a 2 Qc2amime 
posterior ,, = toy inal 

Greatest diarneter of anterior chamber ane hoo Ff LaoN ale 
” ” ,, posterior ” She ome SOON 


In Day’s type of modestus, however, the bladder is better 
developed and corresponds more closely to the normal form. The 
following are its measurements :— 


fe cats of specimen excluding caudal ie 7o mm. 
i , anterior chamber , 5 6 >. 307) mink. 
3A ,, posterior = a bon SK) (nana 

Greatest diameter of anterior chamber one ae QiOumm, 
” cs i posterior AA far Tees OMIT) 


I have examined specimens of this species from the following 
localities :-— 


Nong-priang Stream, Cherrapunji B. Warren 8. 
Northern India (?) abe Purchased from Day 13 
Assam “ .. Mus, Coll. be He 
Jaintia Hills, “Assam re .. Col. Godwin Austen ah 


664 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL Xo 


Measurements in millimetres. 


Total length including caudal i Pat 90 mm. 
Length of caudal : alee nee ee PSs) 
r ., head te oy ; tet T6255 
Width of head se “i lL wStah: 
Depth of body near base of dorsal.. DASE, 
Diameter of eye Bes 
Length of snout Osha 
Interorbital width Stour 
Length of caudal peduncle 12:0) 
Height of caudal peduncte Oi5ies 
Longest ray of dorsal ... I4°0 ,, 
me 4S 4p anal TIS Hn 
Length of pectoral BS A. 
», ventral LOTS a, 


Garra abhoyai, sp. nov. 
Plate XXVI, figs. 1, ta, 1b. 
D..2/6—7, PS 15—16, V.9. Asaj5: 


7F 


The fish has a characteristic fusiform body; the dorsal profile 
rises considerably from the tip of the snout to the origin of the 
dorsal fin, beyond which it slopes down to the base of the caudal; 
the ventral is almost straight and horizontal in front of the anal 
fin, beyond which it slightly rises to the base of the caudal. 
The under surface of the head and body is flat, but the fish as 
a whole is not greatly depressed. The length of the head is 
almost equal to the depth of the body in front of the base of the 
dorsal and is contained 4°3-4'6 times in the length of the fish. 
The eyes are almost lateral in position and are situated slightly 
below the dorsal profile of the head; they are placed somewhat in 
the posterior half of the head and are invisible from below. The 
diameter of the eye is contained 4°6 times in the length of the 
head, 3°3 times in the length of the snout and 3°3-3°6 times in the 
interorbital width. The snout is smooth and the nostrils are placed 
considerably nearer to the eye than to the tip of the snout. The 
mouth is a slightly arched, transverse opening on the under surface 
and is provided with a well-marked almost circular disc. There are 
two pairs of short barbels; they are shorter than the diameter of the 
eye. ‘The lateral line is straight and runs along the middle of the 
body ; there are 33 to 35 scales along the lateral line. On the 
sides and on the dorsal surface behind the dorsal fin, the scales are 
well-marked and their boundaries easily distinguishable, while in 
front of the dorsal fin they are much reduced and, indeed, to the 
naked eye the surface appears to be absolutely devoid of any scales. 
The under surface in front of the ventrals is naked but ill-defined 
scales are present between the bases of the ventral and anal fins. 
The dorsal fin commences almost in the middle of the distance 
between the tip of the snout and the base of the caudal fin; the 
second branched ray is the longest ; it is not as high as the depth 
of the body below it; its free margin is almost truncate. The 
ventrals commence below the 4th ray of the dorsal. The pectorals 


1g2I.] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 665 


are shorter than the head and are separated from the ventrals by 
a distance equal to the base of the dorsal fin. Both the paired 
fins are horizontally placed and are provided with muscles on the 
ventral aspect of some of the outer rays. The anal fin is consider- 
ably removed from the anal opening and its longest ray is twice 
as high as the shortest. The caudal fin ts evenly lobed and deeply 
emarginate. 

The air-blader is reduced ; it is not greatiy modified in form. 
The following are its measurements in a mature female specimen 
65 mm. in length without the caudal fin :— 


Length of anterior chamber oe spp Gy irebon, 
posterior j 570 
Greatest diz ameter of anterior chamber 2°8 
»» posterior nes 


The fish has a characteristic colouration. ‘The upper surface 
of the head and body are dusky, while the ventral surface and the 
fins are dirty white. There is a light black bar across the dorsal 
and a W-shaped black marking on the caudal fin. 

Locahity.—Three specimens were sent to the Indian Museum by 
Mr. Pettigrew from Manipur, Assam; Dr. N. Annandale informs 
me that Pettigrew made his collection in the neighbourhood of 
Ukhral, which is situated at an altitude of 6000 ft. among the 
Naga Hills. 

Ty pe-spectmen.—F 5307/1, Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Annandale (1913, p. 37) recognised this species to be an un- 
described form, but he then considered it a race of Jamta and did 
not attempt to describe it. He pointed out, however, that the 
Manipur race ‘‘bas the whole of the ventral surface devoid of 
seales and exhibits marked peculiarities in colouration.” 


Measurements in millimetres. 


A. 3 G: 
Yotal length excluding caudal " bee OS 61 O45 
Length of head Ty 14 I4 
Depth of body near base of dors: il , TAsSe ets 50 nS 
Diameter of eye aN 3 3 oi) 
Length of snout 183 7 7 7 
Interorbital width Ate 5 73 WS 
Length of caudal peduncle .. sib Toph een Da 95 
Height Tee 53 ; Be 8-2 7 75 
Longest ray of dorsz i ae nal Il aesloy  3g10 27) 
», anal a5 : I0°5 10 10°7 
[ ‘ength of pectoral ! : : 1375) eS Beas 
, ventral ce Lee 106) 115 


Specimens A and C are females full of eggs; I have not 
opened B and, therefore, cannot give its sex. 
Garra kempi, sp. nov. 


Plate XXVI, figs. 3, 3a. 
1913. Discognathus lamta, Chaudhuri, Rec. Ind. Mus. VIII, p. 247- 


666 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vou. XXII, 


IDA VA, BRe 1H, ias Wo 


In this fish the head and body are greatly depressed and 
flatteied so that the dorsal and ventral profiles are slightly arched 
in front of the ventrals, beyond which they gradually slope to the 
base of the caudal fin. The tail is thick and narrow and almost 
whip-like. The head is almost squarish, its breadth being con- 
tained 1-2 times and its height 1°6 times in thelength. The depth 
of the body is contained 5°6 times and the length of the head 
4°5 times in the length of the fish without the caudal fin. The 
eyes are small, occupy a dorso-lateral position, and are invisible 
from below. ‘They are situated somewhat in the posterior half 
of the head; their diameter is contained 5 times in the length 
of the head, 2 times in the length of the snout and 274 times in 
the interorbital width ; their superior margin is in line with the 
dorsal profile of the head. The snout is broad and semicircular ; 
the nostrils are situated in its posterior half. Slightly in front of 
the nostrils on both sides is a whitish bony area which is some- 
what raised from the general surface. There are two pairs of short 
thick barbels, the rostral being slightly longer than the diameter of 
the eye. The mouth-opening is greatly arched and is as wide as the 
breadth of the head. ‘The mental disc is well-developed and is 1°5 
times as broad as long. ‘The tubercles on the labial fold and on 
the free border of the mental disc are minute. The gill-openings 
extend on the under surface for a short distance and the branchic- 
stegal rays are not visible. 

The origin of the dorsal fin is nearer to the tip of the snout 
than to the base of the caudai fin. Its first divided ray is the 
longest and is higher than the depth of the body below it. The 
ventrals originate sl'ghtly behind the dorsal and their origin is 
also slightly nearer to the anterior end of the snout than to the base 
of the caudal fin. The paired fins are broad and horizontally 
situated. The pectorals are as long as the head and are provided 
with thick pads of muscles on the ventral surface of some of the 
outer rays; they are separated from the ventrals by a considerable 
distance. The ventrals extend beyond the anus, but do not reach 
the base of the anal fin which in its turn does not reach the base 
of the caudal fin. The anus is raised on a papilla and is situated 
almost midway between the origin of the ventral and anal fins. 
The lateral line is almost in the middle of the body and runs 
straight from the angle of the operculum to the middle of the 
base of the caudal fin. The scales are rather small; there are 
39 scales along the lateral line and 8 longitudinal series of scales 
between the bases of the dorsal and the ventral fins. The scales 
are absent on the chest and are much reduced on the belly along 
the middle line. The caudal peduncle is 1'8 times as long as high. 

The air-bladder, though greatly reduced, does not show any _ 
special modification in the form of a thick coating, etc. The 
following are the measurements of the bladder in the type-specimen 
which is about 9 cm. in length including the caudal :— 


1921. | S. IL. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 667 


Length of anterior chamber a Bo OS gaaend 
we ,, posterior _,, oon Bee erie 
Greatest diameter of anterior chamber g25 sa AG) 
* », posterior ,, se 20 BEES 


The colour of the upper surface of the body and head is 
blackish, as is also that of the dorsal, caudal and upper surface 
of the paired fins. On the under surface it is dirty white. The 
scales are distinctly edged with black. 

Type spectmen.—F 7716/1, Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Locality.—Only one specimen has been examined, procured 
by Dr. S. W. Kemp in Siyom R., below Damda at an altitude 
of 1300 ft., among the Abor Hills. 


Measurements in millimetres of the type-specimen. 


Length of fish including length of caudal Pe oOsS 
1” ., head nee set ia.) §20;0 
Width of ,, Pe ae Bay Ho: 
Depth of body near origin of dorsal... ae HOT 
Diameter of eye at ae 40 
Length of snout : 360 208 ee oO. 
Interorbital width oe a ; Be: Q's 
Length of mouth-opening . = Je LO, 
Length of callous portion of disc : 65 
Width: 53-45 iat aN ee AOS) 
Distance of anus from anterior end of snout 420) 
Length of caudal peduncle... rm 18°5 
Height of caudal a 10°O 
Length of pectoral fin Dek SIO 
», Ventral, on oe ech IRS} 


Garra naganensis, sp. nov 
Plate XXV, figs. 2, 2a. 
ID) Agia, ake bees IES ore Wiaasy 


The dorsal profile in this fish rises from the tip of the snout 
te the base of the dorsal fin beyond which it runs straight to 
the base of the caudal fin; the ventral is somewhat convex. 
The head is flattened on the under surface and is 1°2 times as 
long as broad; its length is contained 4°9 times in the length of 
the fish without the caudal. The depth of the body near the 
origin of the dorsal fin is equal to the length of the head. ‘The 
eyes are almost in the posterior half of the head and look out- 
wards and upwards; their diameter is contained 4 times-in the 
length of the head, 2°I times in the length of the snout and 2 times 
in the interorbital width. The snout is broad and semicircular and 
the nostrils are situated in its posterior third. There are two pairs 
of short barbels, shorter than the diameter of the eye in length. 
The mouth is on the under surface considerably behind the anterior 
end of the snout and is provided with weil-developed upper and lower 
labial folds. The mental disc is oval, its longitudinal diameter 
being half the transverse diameter. The origin of the dorsal fin is 


608 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


much nearer the end of the snout than the base of the caudal fin; 
it is not so high as the depth of the body below it. ‘The ventrals 
commence below the middle of the dorsalfin and their origin is 
equidistant from the base of the caudal fin and the tip of the 
snout. The pectorals are as long as the head and are sharp in the 
middle; they are separated from the ventrals by a distance which 
is more than half of their own length The third ray of the 
ventral fin is the longest; the fin extends beyond the anal opening, 
which is situated nearer to the origin of the anal than to that of 
the ventral. The anal fin is short and does not reach the base 
of the caudal fin. The caudal fin is evenly lobed and deeply 
emarginate. The lateral line is straight and runs almost in the 
middle of the body; there are 39 scales along its length and 8 
series of longitudinal scales between the bases of the dorsal and 
anal fins. ‘The scales are absent near the bases of the pectoral 
fins and are greatly reduced on the chest and in the middle of 
the abdomen ; large scales are present in the post-pelvic region. 

The air-bladder is greatly reduced and the posterior chamber 
is narrow and long. In aspecimen 98mm in length, the following 
are the measurements of the bladder :— 


Length of anterior chamber 53 mm 
; : posterior ci tie Bas MORSE AG 
Greatest diameter of anterior chamber 3°83 
posterior 142 


The colour on the upper surface and the sides is black, on the 
under surface whitish. The dorsal and the caudal fins are dusky 
as is also the dorsal surface of the paired fins. The anal and 
the under surface of the paired fins are whitish. There is a 
minute black spot behind the angle of the operculum. 

Type-spectmen.—F 9970/1, Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus ). 

Locality—A single specimen was obtained by myself in 
the Senapati Stream near Kairong, among the Naga Hills, Assam, 
in February, 1920. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


Total length without the caudal ; an Bo.) 2GfsI 
Length of head Bf see RO 
Depth of body near origin 1 of dorsal . Ae ph 320 
Width of head R ae - Ses 
Diameter of eye ae ach ef. Hi 5'0 
Length of snout : & es ie § WOES) 
Interorbital width “f ee a ae 2.0 
Length of caudal peduncle i 305 e210, 
Height of caudal peduncle on ele 75 
Distance of vent from anterior end of ‘snout a : 62°5 
Length of callous portion of disc ae es He 10 
Ww idth cee Shas Pe he ie sy 
Longest ray of dorsz al a dos ‘ ee ee Eepo: 
Steed Say yr i oo 170 


| ength of pectoral fin 
, ventral ,, . oa at Meee 


1g2t. | S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 669 


Garra prashadi, sp. nov. 
Plate XXIV, fig. 3. 
D. 3/7—8. A. 2/5. V.8—9. P. 13. 


The fish is subcylindrical with the head and body some- 
what flattened on the under surface. The dorsal profile rises 
considerably from the tip of the snout to the origin of the dorsal 
fin, beyond which it gradually slopes to the base of the caudal ; 
the ventral profile is straight and horizontal in front of the anal 
fin, beyond whick it rises to the base of the caudal. The head 
is short and bluntly pointed; its length is contained 4°5 to 5 times 
in the length of the fish without the caudal fin ; the head is almost 
I°I times as long as broad. The depth of the body near the 
origin cf the dorsal fin is slightly greater than the length of the 
head. The eyes are lateral and are in the upper half of the head; 
their diameter is contained 4°3 times in the length of the head and 
2to 2° times in thelength of the snout and in the interorbital 
width. The eyes aresituated slightly in the posterior half of the 
head. The mouth is onthe under surface, somewhat behind the 
tip of the snout ; its gapeis half as broad as the width of the head. 
The mental disc is comparatively small but is well developed. 
There are two pairs of short barbels, shorter than the diameter 
of the eye. The dorsal fin commences nearer the tip of the snout 
than the base of the caudal fin ; it is almost as high as the depth 
of the body below it. ‘The ventrals are situated below the middle 
of the dorsal and their commencement is midway between the tip 
of the snout and the base of the caudai fin. The pectorals are 
longer than the head and are horizontally placed; they are sharp 
in the middle and are separated from the ventrals by half their 
own length. The ventrals extend to the anus and are provided 
with scaly appendages near their bases. ‘The anal is considerably 
removed from the ventrals and does not extend to the base of the 
caudal fin. The caudal fin is deeply emarginate; the caudal 
peduncle is 1°2 times as long as high. 

The air-bladder is minute but of the normal Cyprinid type. 
In a male specimen 82 mm. in length the following are its measure- 
ments :-— 


Length of anterior chamber ons 5°55 mm. 
} }, posterior ,, Jon fee LOS: 
Greatest diameter of anterior chamber . £0 
,, posterior ,, ; ee 


The scales in Garva prashadt, though well developed, are rather 
obscure. I have been able to make out 32 along the lateral line 
and 64 longitudinal series of scales between the bases of the dorsal 
and the ventral fins. The scales are poorly developed on the 
abdomen and are absent on the chest. 

The colour is rather characteristic, the dorsal surface of the 
head is dusky; it is dirty white on the under surface. The 
upper surface of the body and its sides above the lateral line are 


670 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XXII, 
dark, the rest of it and the paired and the anal fins whitish. The 
dorsal and the caudal fins are dusky, the latter with an oblique 
black longitudinai bar on its lower lobe. There is a black spot 
behind the angle of the operculum and a short obscure black bar 
near the base of the caudal. On the sides ofthe tail are a number 
of black, wavy longitudinal lines. 

Type specimen.—F 9971/1, Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Locality.—Only three specimens of this interesting species 
have been examined ; they were obtained in Malwa Tal, U.P., in 
May, 1920, by Dr. Baini Prashad and myself. 


Measurements 1n millimetres. 


A B. 
Length of fish without caudal 82 71 
in », head : : 16°5 157 
Width aie, , 5 133 
Depth of body near origin of dorsal 175 16 
Diameter of eye 38 36 
Length of snout iS 8 
Interorbital width 8 69 
Length of caudal peduncle 13 Ts 
Height of * 10° g°4 
Longest ray of dorsal BRS 15 
Sy. agp «pepe cuatel 155 eS) 
Length of pectoral 19°5 16°5 
, ventral 17 I4 


Garra notata (Blyth). 


1860. Platycara notata, Blyth, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal, XXIX, p. 161. 


To this species I refer three young specimens collected by 
Major Berdmore in Tenasserim, Burma. Blyth’s description of the 
species is inadequate and I therefore take this opportunity to add 
a few notes to it. 


D. 2/7--8. A. 2/5. P. t4—15. V.9Q. 


In Garra notata the under surface of the head and body are 
greatly flattened and the ventral profile is straight and horizon- 
tal throughout. The dorsal profile is arched; it rises from the tip 
of the snout to the base of the dorsal fin, beyond which it slopes 
down to the base of the caudal. The head is almost one and 
a half times as long as broad; its length is contained 41 times in 
the length of the fish without the caudal fin and is slightly greater 
than the depth of the body near the origin of the dorsal fin. The 
eyes are almost lateral but invisible from below; their diameter is 
contained about 3°3 times in the length of the head, I3-1°9 . 
times in the length of the snout and 1°8 times in the interorbital 
width. There are two pairs of thread-like barbels; the rostrals 
are longer than the diameter of the eye; the maxillary are very 
small and liable to be overlooked. The eye is situated almost in 
the middle of the head or slightly nearer to its posterior margin. 


1921.] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 671 
The origin of the dorsal is almost equidistant from the tip of the 
snout and the base of the catdal fin or it is somewhat nearer to the 
former. ‘Che scales in front of the ventrals on the under surface 
are greatly reduced and, indeed, to a superficial observer may 
appear to be almost absent. There are 33~34 scales along the 
lateral line and 8 series of longitudinal rows of scales between the 
bases of the dorsal and ventral fins. 

The colour has undergone considerable change as the speci- 
mens have been preserved in spirit for a long time. Except 
for the under surface in front of the ventrals and the cheeks, 
which are whitish, the fish is dark brown. There is a black spot 
near the angle of the opercuium and a series of black markings 
at the base of the dorsal fin-rays. 

Blyth describes the colouration of the fish as follows :— 
“*Colour dusky olive: green above and on the sides, beneath buffy- 
albescent. Base of the dorsal fin whitish, setting off a series of 
black spots, larger anteriorly and the hindmost generally obsolete - 
rest of the fin a little nigrescent. One or more spots also at base 
of the anal fin. Pectorals somewhat yellowish at base, then black- 
ish; a dusky line along each longitudinal row of scales becoming 
gradually visible towards the tail.” The colouration was noted 
from a specimen about 6 in. in length. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


Length of fish without caudal .., 54 545 
0 , head 13 13°5 
Width of head 9 96 
Depth of body D255) ees eS 
Diameter of eye 3 B22 
Length of snout 57 Se 
Interorbital width ... 535 6 
Length of caudal peduncle 05 92 
EVerehts. ah; Rs 6 6°7 
Longest ray of dorsal Il 10°7 
i Pep anal 8 97 
Length of pectoral Ge SLZES 
» ventral 872 10 


Garra chaudhurii, sp. nov. 
Plate XXV, fig. 3. 
D. 2/7—8. A. 2/5. P.13—15. V. 8. 


This species is represented by small individuals from the 
Darjiling District of Northern Bengal. The head and body are 
depressed and the ventral profile is almost straight ; the dorsal 
profile is arched and slopes considerably on both sides from the 
otigin of the dorsal fin. The head is conical and is 1-3 times as 
long as broad ; its length is contained from 4°r to 4’9 times in the 
length of the fish without the caudal. The depth of the body is 
as much greater than the width of the head as it is less than 
its length. The eyes are almost laterai and are invisible from be- 


6 


072 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 
low. ‘They are situated nearer to the tip of the snout than to the 
posterior margin of the operculum; their diameter is contained 
from 4°6 to 5°7 times in the length of the head, 2-21 times in the 
length of the snout and 2°1-2°6 times in the interorbital width. 
There are two pairs of barbels, longer than the diameter of the 
eye. The snout is smooth and the nostrils are situated nearer the 
margin of the orbit than to the tip of the snout. The mouth- 
opening is somewhat arched and is situated slightly behind the tip 
of the snout. ‘The mental disc exhibits considerable variation in 
the three adult specimens examined. In the ripe female it corres- 
ponds to developmental stage 4 and consists of a rectangular 
pad behind the mouth which is separated by a faint line of de- 
marcation into an anterior portion, the posterior labial fold, and 


TeExt-F1G. 4—Form of mental disc in two ripe specimens of Garra 
chaudhurti, sp. nov. 


the posterior portion, the disc proper. In the other two male 
specimens it is more marked, but the true lips are still visible and 
the various components of the disc are not well differentiated. The 
origin of the dorsal jin is slightly nearer to the tip of the snout 
than to the base of the caudal fin and its longest ray is as high as 
the depth of the body below it. The pectorals are shorter than 
the length of the head and are separated from the ventrals by a 
considerable distance. 

In spirit the specimens have lost their nacural colouration. 
They are dusky on the body above the lateral line and on the upper 
surface of the head. The rest is dirty white and the cheeks are 
whitish. 

The air-bladder is of the normal Cyprinid type; its length is 
contained 2°8 times in the length of the fish without the caudal fin. 

The scales are poorly developed on the under surface and are 


1921. | S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 673 


greatly reduced anteriorly. There are 32-33 scales along the 
lateral line and 8 series of longitudinal rows of scales between the 
bases of the dorsal and ventral fins. 

Type-specimen.—F 8146/1, Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Locality.—There are three specimens of this species from the 
Darjiling District, presented to the Indian Museum by Dr. Walker. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


Length of fish without caudal Rae 50°2 
eee head : r3 Tug 
Width ,, a ae - ONG S22 
Depth of body 11'S 0°9 
Diameter of eye 2°8 2 
Length of snout : ; 5:6 ‘2 
Interorbital width 6 573 
Length of caudal peduncle ..,, : Le 9°6 S‘o 
Height, .. F Uae, 077 
Longest ray of dorsal zo ON 9°6 
91 ny) gy cual ; # LOR 7 
Length of pectoral ; ey LS) 10 
,», ventral ace we = UG 8 


Garra jenkinsonianum, sp. nov. 
Plate XOXVi, figy 1. 


1910. Discognathus lamta, Jenkins, Rec. Ind. Mus. V, p. 128. 


D. 2/8. A.1/5. P.12—14. V. 8—9. 


In Garra jenkinsontanum the dorsal profile is greatly arched ; 
it rises from the tip of the snout to the base of the dorsal fin, 
beyond which it slopes gradually to the base of the caudal. 
The ventral profile is straight and horizontal throughout. The 
head is somewhat flattened on the under surface and is short and 
bluntly pointed; its length is contained 4°3 times in the length of 
the fish without the caudal and it is 1°2 times as long as broad. 
The body is slightly flattened ; its depth near the origin of the 
dorsal fin is almost equal to the length of the head. The eyes are 
situated almost in the middle of the head and are !ateral in posi- 
tion; they are slightly visible from above and almost invisible 
from below. ‘The diameter of the eye is contained 4°3 times in 
the length of the head, 1°8 times in the length of the snout and 
2°I times in the interorbital width. The mouth is small and slight- 
ly arched ; it is not situated far behind the tip of the snout. The 
mental disc is small but its various parts are well-marked. There 
are two pairs of short barbels; their length is shorter than the 
diameter of the eye. The snout is smooth and rounded, but near 
the tip it is marked off into a small lobe by two short transverse 
grooves. ‘The origin of the dorsal is nearer the tip of the snout 
than the base of the caudal fin; it is considerably in advance of 
the ventral; its longest ray is shorter than the depth of the body 
below it and its free margin is almost straight. The pectorals are 


674 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


shorter than the head and are separated from the ventrals by a 
distance less than 4 of their length. The ventrals are situated at 
an equal distance from the base of the caudal fin and the tip of 
the snout; they extend to beyond the anal opening. The anal 
does not reach the base of the caudal fin, which is slightly 
emarginate. ‘The lateral line is straight and runs along the side 
of the fish somewhat nearer to the dorsal than to the ventral sur- 
face; there are 33-34 scales along its length and 7% series of 
longitudinal rows of scales between the bases of the dorsal and 
the ventral fins. The scales are absent on the chest but are quite 
normal on the belly. The anus is situated in the beginning of the 
last third of the distance between the origin of the ventral and the 
anal fins. 

The air-bladder in this species is of the normal Cyprinid type ; 
its length is contained 2°7 times in the length of the fish without 
the caudal. 

The sides and the upper surface of the head and body are 
darkish with an indistinct greyis1 band along the lateral line on 
each side. ‘The under surface is dull white. There is a distinct 
black spot just behind the angle of the operculum. 

Type specimen.—F 5736/1, Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Locality.—Numerous specimens were obtained by Dr. Jenkins 
and Dr. Annandale in Sita Nullah, Paresnath Hills, Bengal. 


Measurements tn millimetres. 


A B. 

Length of fish without caudal ses GR 60 

if ,, head ae bet : 15 14 

Width 35", 11'S I! 
Depth of body a snd T5583 14°6 
Diameter of eye ~~ Bas B52 
Length of snout Me 2 Oe 5.3 

Interorbital width ay 75 i 

Length of caudal peduncle. ae som Xe) 12 
Height Of hay AS. mer 8 84 
L ongest ray of dorsal’ 5 RES) 11's 
» 1 anal es a i OLS 10°5 
Length of pectoral ae 14 145 
fe ,, ventral Pe oe Cae I1'5 


Sita Nullah, Paresnath Hills Dr. Jenkins and Dr. Annandale... 14. 
5 *n Dr. Jenkins : 2d) eee 


Garra rupeculus ! (McClelland). 


Piate XXIV, fig. 1. 


1839. Gonorhynchus rupeculus, McClelland, Asiatic Kes, XLX, pp. 281, 


343, pl. xliil, figs. 4, 5. 
1839. Gonorhynchus brachypterus, McClelland, tbid., pp. 253, 374- 


McClelland described both the species from the ‘‘ Mishmee 
Mountains ”’ where they were obtained by Mr. Griffith. McClelland 


! When giving a synopsis of the species on page 281 and 283 McClelland 
spells the name of this species as vupicu/s, while in the description on page 343 
he spells it rupeculis. 


1g21-] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 675 


himself doubted whether the two forms were specifically distinct 
as on p. 283 (footnote) of the work cited above he remarks of 
G. brachypterus,—“It also agrees with that species (G. rupeculus) 
in the form of its fins; the presence of two very minute cirri 
being my chief reason for separating them, I have not thought it 
necessary to give a figure.”” MHaving collected a large number of 
examples of this species, I do not find myself justified in accept- 
ing the two forms as distinct species. The barbels are, undoubt- 
edly, very minute and are apt to be overlooked. As a matter 
of fact there are four short barbels, of which McClelland could see 
only two in certain individuals. Since the publication of Giinther’s 
Catalogue (1868) both these species have been placed under the 
synonymy of G. lamta hy several ichthyologists without com- 
ment. Some of my specimens, though none of them is more than 
2 inches in length, are ripe females as they have been found on 
dissection to contain eggs. This species is a characteristic hill- 
stream form. 

The species is readily distinguished by its small size, 
depressed body and head and almost straight profile. The lergth 
of the head is contained 4°5—5 times, the depth of the body 
near the origin of the dorsal fin 5°3-6'9 times in the length of 
the fish including the caudal fin. The head is 1:2 times as 
long as broad. ‘The eyes are dorso-lateral and are situated in 
the middle of the head; their upper margin is in line with the 
dorsal profile of the head. ‘There are two pairs of minute barbels. 
The mouth jis provided with well-developed labial folds and the 
mental disc is well-marked. There are rows of open pores on the 
snout, one extending from the antero-inferior margin of the eye to 
its tip and another from behind the disc on the under surface, 
coming upwards and backwards and ultimately continued along 
the lateral line. The origin of the dorsal fin is slightly nearer to 
the base of the caudal than to the tip of the snout; it contains 
six branched rays besides one or two that are not branched. The 
pectorals are horizontal and rounded, they are shorter than the 
length of the head and are widely separated from the ventrals. 
Both the paired fins are horizontally placed and are provided 
with muscies on the under surface of some of their outer rays. 
The ventrals extend considerably beyond the anus. The lateral 
line is straight and runs nearer to the dorsal than to the ventral 
surface. There are 32-34 scales along the lateral line and 9 
longitudinal series of scales between the bases of the dorsal and 
ventral fins. The ventral surface is naked. 

The air-bladder is normal in form. In a specimen 30 mm. 
long, the following are the measurements of the bladder. 


Length of anterior chamber 272 mm 
Ws SSppOStetiOn f= 5; 34 3-0 
Greatest diameter of anterior chamber BES 
He »» posterior LIC a Ae 


The colour is variable; generally it is black on the upper 
surface and sides of the body and white below. ‘The fins are all 


676 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


white, except for a light black streak near the free margin of the 
dorsal and a wavy band in the middle of the caudal fin. ‘There 
is a deep black bar across the base of the dorsal and this in some 
specimens is preceded by a narrow white streak. In certain 
examples the colour below the lateral line is very light while in 
others a deep black longitudinal band is present along the lateral 
line and both the surfaces above and below it are light in colour. 

Locality.—My specimens were collected in the hill-streams 
of the Manipur Valley, Assam. It is also known from the 
adjacent Mishmi Hills. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


A. Bye (Egy DY, E. F. 
Length of fish including caudal fin 29°8 30 S072) R454 | BOs 7eoay 
Greatest depth of body i Be lsh ORY iB st 
Length of head : OF Sis) On 17-2 Oa 
Width of head ASS ASSOC ABs ison Shame 


Garra sp. 


I am indebted to my friend Mr. Prashar Bhatia for a young 
specimen of Gavva from the neighbourhood of Bannu City, which 
is situated very near Waziristan. The specimen is only 37 mm. 
in length and differs from G. wanae in the following respects :— 

(i) The eyes are partly visible from below. 

(ii) The origin of the dorsal fin is slightly nearer to the tip 
of the snout than to the base of the caudal fin. 

(iii) There is a well-developed free tubercular border to the dise 
with the posterior and lateral edges free. 

(iv) There is a round black spot on either side of the tail 
near the base of the caudal fin. 

I have not thought it proper to des¢ribe a new species on the 
basis of a single, probably immature, individual. 


Part 2. ON SOME EXTRA-INDIAN SPECIES OF 
GARRA. 


While revising the Indian species of Gavra I have also ex- 
amined some specimens of this genus from outside India proper 
in the collection of the Indian Museum. ‘The specimens dealt 
with in this part are from the following localities :— 

(i) Five specimens (F 8120—24/1) from Lahej near Aden. 

(ii) One specimen (No. 9405) from Baiuchistan, 

(iii) Nine specimens (F 8125—33/1) from the Lake of Tiberias, 
Palestine. 

(iv) Numerous specimens (F 8174—95/1) from the Kushk 
River, Afghanistan. 

(v) Topotypes of G. blanfordi (F 8108—-8119/r) from Abyssinia. 

(vi) Type-series of G. adiscus from Seistan. 

Except G adiscus (Annandale), ail have been referred by 


192I.} S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 677 


various authors to Garva jamta. Blanford' referred those from 
Lahej near Aden to the latter species on the authority of Gtinther 
Annandale,” while recognising that the Palestine species was 
distinct from the Indian one, considered it merely a local race of 
G. lamta which he called vufus (Heck.). Both Lortet ? and 
Tristram * also described and figured their examples from Palestine 
as G. lamta,> while Jenkius® referred the Baluchistan specimen 
to the same species without comment. The Abyssinian form 
previously referred to G. lamta by Blanford (of. cit., p. 460) and 
Vinciguerra ’ has been separated by Boulenger ~ under the name 
G. blanfordi. Numerous examples collected between the Helmand 
and the Kushk Rivers in Afghanistan were recorded by Giinther * 
himself as G. lamtc, but Boulenger in the paper cited above has 
referred the same specimens to G. varialilis, Heck., of which he 
regards Nikolski’s’” G. rossicus as a synonym. 

In my opinion the Arabian form must be described as a new 
species. I agree with Boulenger and Annandale as regards those 
from Abyssinia and Seistan, while G. rufus seems to me to be 
specifically distinct. The single specimen from Persian Baluchis- 
tan probably represents an undescribed species, but I prefer not 
to name it on the basis of a single individual. Boulenger in the 
paper cited above gives a very wide interpretation to the species G. 
variabilis (Heck.), in which Tate Regan" also included the form 
recently described by Annandale “ as G. phryne. Mr. Tate Regan 
has, however, recently informed us that there are no specimens in 
the British Museum that he can refer to G. variabilis, and it is clear 
that several allied forms are capable of specific separation. 


Garra arabica, sp. nov. 


1870. Discognathus lamta, Blanford (in part), Geol. Zool. Abyssinia, 
p. 461. 


ID, Bis AsaS. We @e 125 aéi—ugy 
Garra «avabica is a fairly stout fish with the dorsal profile 
arched and the ventral almost horizontal and straight in front of 
the anal fin, beyond which it rises to the base of the caudal fin. 
The head and body are somewhat depressed. The length of the 
head is contained 4 to 4°3 times and the depth of the body 3°6 to 4 


! Geol. Zool. Abyssinia, p. 401 (1870). 

2 Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal (n.s.) 1X , p. 37. fig. 2 (1913). 

® Arch. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Lyon UII, p. 153, pl. xvi, figs. 4,5 (1883). 

4 Faun. Flor. Palest., p. 172, Xix, fig. 3 (1884). 

6 The specimen figured by Lortet is quite distinct from Annandale’s Palestine 
specimens. 

5 Rec. Ind. Mus. V. p. 124 (1910). 

T Ann. Mus. Genova XVIII, p. 695 (1883). 

3 Proc. Zool. Soc. London II, p. 160 (1901). 

® Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) V, p. 170 (1889). 

19 Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Petersbourg V, p. 239 (1900). 

‘L Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal 1, p. 8 (1906). 

‘2 Rec. Ind. Mus. XV\UII, p. 70, pl. x, fig. 3, pl. xi, fig. 2. 


678 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXI1, 


times in the length of the fish without the caudal fin. The head 
is 1°3 times as long as broad. ‘The eye is in the posterior half of 
the head and is contained 4°5 to 5 times in the length of the head, 
2°4 to 2°8 times in the length of the snout and 1°7 to 2 times in the 
interorbital width. ‘The eyes are dorso-lateral in position and are 
invisible from below. The snout projects considerably beyond 
the mouth and the mental disc is well developed. The tubercles 
on the labial fold and also on the free borders of the disc are com- 
paratively minute. The upper labial fold is fringed. The gape of 
the mouth is slightly less than half the length of the head. There 
are two pairs of barbels ; those at the angle of the mouth are very 


b. 


Text-riG. 5.—Lateral view and under surface of head of Garvra arabica, sp. Nov. 
a, Lateral view of type-specimen. 


6. Under surface of head of same. 


small. The length of the rostral barbels is less than the diameter of 
the eye. There are 33 to 34 scales along the lateral line and 9 lon- 
gitudinal rows between the bases of the dorsal and the ventral fins. 
There are three and a half rows of scales between the lateral line 
and the root of the ventral. The scales are feebly developed in 
the region of the chest and also form appendages to the bases of 
the ventrals. The dorsal fin is situated slightly in advance of the 
ventrals; its first divided ray is the longest and its free margin is 
concave. Its origin is much nearer to the tip of the snout than 
to the base of the caudal. ‘The pectoral fin is sharp in the middle 
and is as long as the head. It is separated from the ventrals by 


1g21I.] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 679 


half its own length. The ventrals extend beyond the anus but 
the anal does not reach the base of the caudal fin. 

In adult specimens there is always a well-developed proboscis, 
studded with hollow tubercles projecting in front of the nares on 
the snout. Similar hollow tubercles are also present on other 
parts of the snout. 

The air-bladder is much reduced and the two chambers are 
separated by a comparatively long and narrow neck. ‘The follow- 
ing are the dimensions of the air-bladder in a specimen ro2 mtn. 
long without the caudal :— 


Length of anterior chamber : 4°5 mm. 
posterior of) 82 
Greatest iaiammeter of anterior chz amber 33 
ae aC posterior 13 


The colour has faded in spirit, but even now indistinct longi- 
tudinal black bands can be seen on the body and an indistinct 
black dot on the operculum neax its angle. 

Type-specimen.—F 8123/1, Zoological Survey of India (Ind. 
Mus.). 

Locality —From Lahej near Aden, where it is said to be very 
common. ‘The specimens were presented to the Indian Museum 
by Dr. W. T. Blanford. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


A. B. (On 

Total length excluding caudal [21 [2 98 
Length of head 29 28 24°5 

W idth 21 25°5 18 

Depth of body 33°75 32 24 

Length of snout 17 10 13 
Diameter of eye 6 55 55 
Interorbital width II {15 95 
Heigth of dorsal fin 27 275 22°0 

Length of anal 23 22°5 =o 

,, pectoral,, ... 28 28 24 

», ventral ,, 26 26 ome 

] sength of caudal peduncle Sa 24 19 17 
Depth Ter 10 10.5 14/5 
Length of rostral barbels 5 4 +3 

Gape of mouth 12 1385 10 


Playfair ' in 1870, recorded from Iahej some fish, which he 
referred to G. Jamta, on the authority of Giinther. He also gave 
a short description of his specimens. My examples do not agree 
with his account of these fishes and, therefore, I suppose that in 
Arabia as in other countries where this genus is found there is 
probably more than one species. Our Arabian specimens certainly 
do not belong to G. lamta, to which they were originally referred. 
The new species differs from Playfair’s description in the following 
characters :— 


(i) The number of the longitudinal series of scales between 


! Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 85, 86 (1870) 


680 Records of the Indian Museum. [Mor exits 


the lateral line and the ventrals is three and a half in G. arabica, 
while it is four and a half in Playfair’s form. 

(ii) In G. arabica the pectoral terminates about a half of its 
own length from the root of the ventral, while in Playfair’s ex- 
amples it terminates “at about its own length before root of 
ventral.” 

(iii) The proportions in the two species do not agree. G. aya- 
bica closely resembles G. stenorhynchus and G. gotyla from India in 
the character of the snout, which in these three species possesses 
a proboscis; but whereas in the two Indian species the proboscis 
is single, in the Arabian species it is provided with two short 
processes near its base, one on each side. The three species also 
differ in proportions and number of fin-rays. 


Garra sp. 


? 1897. Discognathus sp.? Nikolsky, Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Peters- 
bourg II, p. 348. 
1910. Discognathus lamta, Jenkins, Rec. Ind. Mus. V, p. 124. 

In this fish the dorsal profile rises from the anterior end of 
the snout to the origin of the dorsal fin, beyond which it slopes 
down to the base of the caudal fin. The ventral profile 
in front of the ventrals is straight and horizontal. The head and 
body are depressed and the scales on the chest and the middle of 
the abdomen are poorly developed. ‘To the naked eye, indeed, 
the surface appears to be absolutely devoid of scales. ‘The length 
of the head is contained 3°6 in the length of the fish without the 
caudal fin. ‘The head is almost 1°4 times as long as broad. The 
eye is almost in the middle of the head or somewhat in the poste- 
rior half; its diameter is contained 5 times in the length of the 
head. It is dorso-lateral in position and is invisible from below. 
The interorbital space is slightly less than the length of the snout 
and almost equals the gape of the mouth; it is twice the diameter 
of the eye. The snout projects considerably beyond the mouth 
which is provided with a fringed labial fold. ‘The mental disc is 
well developed. There are eight branched rays in the dorsal and 
fiveinthe anal. ‘The origin of the dorsal is equidistant from the 
end of the snout and the base of the caudal fin and is also con- 
siderably in advance of that of the ventral. There are two pairs 
of short barbels. The maxillary barbels are shorter than the 
diameter of the eye, while the rostral barbels are longer. There 
ate 33 scales along the lateral line and 8 rows between the bases 
of the dorsal and the ventral fins. 

The air-bladder is slightly reduced, otherwise it is of the nor- 
mal Cyprinid type. The following are its dimensions in a specimen 
51°5 mm. in length without the caudal :— 


Length of posterior chamber 2H j 975 mm 
Fe ,, anterior . Sek an 
Greatest diameter of posterior chamber 270) 
,, anterior a) 


1g2I.| S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 681 


In spirit the upper surface of the head and body is dusky 
and the belly is white 

Locality.—Only one specimen from Persian Baluchistan 
(W. T. Blanford’s Persian collection) has been examined. It is 
immature and the sex cannot be determined. 

The species differs from G. persica, Berg (1913) in having the 
upper lip fringed, in having no scales on the belly and in pro- 
portions and colouration. In it the eye is situated almost in the 
centre of the head, while in G. persica it is in the posterior 
half. 


Garra rufus (Heckel). 
1843. Discognathus rufus, Heckel, Russegger’s Kets. 1, p. 1071, pl. 8, 


, fig. 2. 

1884. Discognathus lamta, Tristram, Fawn. Flor. Paiest., p. 172, pl. 
XIx, fig. 3. 

1913. Discognathus lamta var. rufus, Annandale, Fourn. As. Soc. 


Bengal (n.s.) 1X, pp. 36—38, fig. 2. 

Through the kindness of Mr. Tate Regan, to whom our best 
thanks are due, we are now in possession of the original description 
of Heckel’s species. After a careful comparison of Dr. Annandale’s 
Palestine specimens with the description of Heckel’s G. rufus 
from Syria, I have not been able to find any specific differences. 

In G. rufus the air-bladder is well-developed and its length is 
contained 2°7 times in the total length of the fish without the 
caudal fin. 


Garra blanfordi (Boulenger). 
1909. Discognathus blanfordi, Boulenger, Cat. Fresh-w. Fish. Africa 
I, p- 240, fig. 263. 

While discussing the distribution and relationship of the 
genus Discognathus , Annandale’ pointed out the possibility that 
the African species ‘‘may be degenerate rather than primitive.” 
He had then no African specimens for examination. I have now 
dissected a specimen of G. blanfordi from Abyssinia in order to see 
the air-bladder and the weberian ossicles and find the structure 
of both to be of normal Cyprinid type. The air-bladder is fairly 
extensive and is not covered by any fibrous coat. The weberian 
ossicles and the bladder are of the normal Cyprinid type. It is 
clear, therefore, that D. blanfordi is not degenerate in so far as the 
air-bladder is concerned. ‘The following are the measurements of a 
specimen 35 mm. in length without the caudal :— 


Length of anterior chamber 5°2 mm 
}, posterior ,, TSS Bp 

Greatest diameter of anterior chamber 36 
a ,, posterior fa Boater 


Garra adiscus (Annandale). 


1919. Discognathus adiscus, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, p. 68 
pl. x, fig. 2; pl. xi, fig. 1. 
1920. Dacia ias adiscus, Annandale and Hora, ibid., p. 165. 


! Rec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, p. 69 (1919). 


682 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Annandale pointed out in the description of the species that 
it ‘“ must be accepted as an extremely primitive representative of 
Discognathus.’’ In another paper in the same volume (p. 165) I 
concurred in the same view. I have now examined the skeleton 
and the air-bladder more closely and find some corroborative evi- 
dence, but as has already been pointed out it is impossible to ex- 
press any final opinion on the subject until the Malayan species as- 
signed to Crossochilus are examined anatomicaliy. 

Ihave prepared skeletons of the jaws in Crossochilus latia, 
Cirrhina mrigala and Garra adiscus for comparison and find great 
similarity as regards their bony structure in G. adiscus and C. mri- 
gala. Both these differ from C. Jatia in having a longer articular 
bone and better developed branchiostegal rays. They also differ 
in the character of the basibranchiostegal bone or urohyal. Cor- 
related with these differences there are others in the air-bladder. 
Whereas the bladder of C. mrigala and G. adiscus are of the nor- 
mal type, in C. /atia it is somewhat reduced and differs considerably 
from the normal form, more closely resembling that of some ad- 
vanced species of Gavra. ‘The posterior chamber has become cylin- 
drical with an almost uniform thickness throughout, and its walls 
are also thickened. It is clear, therefore, that G. adiscus is more 
closely allied to Civrhina than it isto Crossochilus. In this respect 
G. adiscus agrees with other less modified species of Gavra I have 
examined. 

The following are the measurements of the bladder in a speci- 
men 58 mm. in length :— 


Length of anterior chamber a : 6°38 mm. 
°F i Posteriog 4, 11 
Greatest diameter of anterior chamber 4°55 
,, posterior ah 372 


The systematic position of this species is rather doubtful. I 
provisionally include it in the genus Garra. 


Garra rossicus (Nikolsky). 


1889. Discognathus lamta, Giinther, Trans. Linn. Soc. London V (2), 
p- 107. 
%1897. Discognathus variabilis, Nikolsky, Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. Sct. St. 
Petersburgh II, p. 347. 
1899. Discognathus vaviabilis, Nikolsky, zbid., 1V, p. 412. 
1900. Discognathus rossicus, Nikolsky, tbid., V, p. 239- 
1905. Discognathus rvossicus. Berg, /zv. Vost.-stbir. 1V, Vuip. 6, p. 
261, pl. iv. 
1906. Discognathus variabilis, Regan, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal II p. 8. 
1919. Discognathus phryne, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, p. 70, 
pl. x, fig. 3; pl. xi, fig. 2. 
1920. Discognathus phryne, Annandale and Hora, tbzd., p. 166. 
This species is closely allied to G. variabilis, Heck., from 


which it differs in the following characters :— 

(i) The origin of the dorsal fin is considerably nearer the base 
of the caudal fin than the tip of the snout. 

(ii) The minimum height of the dorsal fin is contained more 
than twice in its maximum height. 


1g2I.| S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 683 


(iii) The caudal fin is deeply emarginate. 

(iv) The chest and back are naked. 

(v) The proportions are different in the two species. 

Nikolsky described G. vossicus from the specimen which he 
had previously referred to G. varviabilis. Annandale and myself 
in 1920 regarded Nikolsky’s G. variabilis as a synonym of G. 
phryne but overlooked his later paper (1g00) in which the specti- 
fic name vossicus is proposed. I have now carefully compared the 
descriptions of D. phryne and D. rossicus and do not think that 
there is any difference between the two forms. In his Latin 
description Nikolsky makes no mention of the scales on the chest 
or on the back ; but considering that his specimens were obtained 
from the same locality whence Annandale described his G. phryne, 
i have no doubt that the two species are identical. 

I refer to this species the specimens collected by Aitchison 
when he was attached to the Afghan Delimitation Commission. 
These examples are not in good condition for detailed examina- 
tion ; but so far as I have been able to make out the only differ- 
ence between them and the G. phryne from Seistan lies in the 
structure of the mental disc. In the Afghanistan examples the 
free borders of the dise are well developed. 

I also refer to this species Col. MacMahon’s specimens from 
Seistan and several examples collected by Col. Alcock in the Shila 
and Lora Rivers, Afghanistan. 

This species is fairly common in the hilly country of Baluchis- 
tan but is rare in Seistan and Oriental Persia. 

The air-bladder, like the other less modified species of Garra, 
is fairly extensive and is of the normal form. In a mature female 
55 mm. in total length, the measurements are as follows :— 


Length of anterior chamber 7 eae 6:0 mm. 
= ., posterior . ; ; Ilo 
Greatest diameter of anterior chamber : 50 
,, posterior cr 35 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE GENUS GARRA. 


An asterisk (*) preceding the name of an author indicates 
that the book has not been seen by the writer. 


Annandale, N.. 1913. Notes on Fishes, Batrachia and Reptiles 
of the lake of Tiberias.—Journ. Proc. As. Soc. 
Bengal, (u.s.) IX, pp. 30—38, text-figs. 1, 2. 
1918. Fish and Fisheries of the Inlé Lake.—Rec. 
Ind. Mus., XIV, p. 45. 
A 1919 (a). Notes on Freshwater Fish mostly from 
the Satara and Poona Districts——Rec. Ind. 
Mus., XVI, pp. 129—134, pl. ii. 

a3 1919 (b). Notes on fish of the genus Discogna- 
thus from India and Persia.—Rec. Ind. Mus., 
XVIII, pp 65—78, pls. ix-—x1. 


684 Records of the Indian Museum. [VouL. XXII, 


Annandale, N., and 
Hora, $.L., 1920. The fish of Seistan.—Rec. Ind. Mus., XVIII, 
pp. 161—168, text-figs. 3, 4. 
* Berg, L. S., 1905. Die Fische von Turkestan. [Text in Russian]. 
Mitth. Turkestan. Abh. K. Kuss. Geogr. Gesell. 
IY 5 (Do Aout, youl, shy 
‘5 1913. Description of a new species of Garra(=Dis- 
cognathus) from Kastern Persia.—- Ann Mus. 
Zool. St. Pétersbourg, XVII, pl. 1xi. 
Blanford, W. T., 1870. Observations on the Geology and Zoology of 
Abyssinia (London). 
Bleeker, P.. 1853. Nalezingen op de Ichthyologie Fauna van Ben- 
galen en Hindostan (Batavia). 
» 1863 (a). Description de quelques espéces nouvelles 
de Cyprinoides du Ceylan.—Versl. en Meded., 
Afd. Natuurk. XV, pp. 239—242. 


50 1863 (b). Atlus Ichihyologique , III, p. 24 (Amsterdam) 
tear 1864. Description de quelques espéces de Cobitioides 


et de Cyprinoides de Ceylon.—Nat. Verh Holl. 
Matsch. Wetensch. (2) XX, pp 1—23. 

Blyth, E., 1860. Report on some Fishes received chiefly from 
the Sitang River and its Tributary Streams, 
Tenasserim Provinces.—Journ. As. Soc, Ben- 
gal, XXIX, pp. 160—16r1. 

Boulenger, G. A., t90%. Onasmall collection of Fishes from Laie 
Victoria made by order of Sir H. H. Johnston, 
K.C.B.--Proc. Zool. Soc. London, II, pp. 159 
—r160. 

59 1903. Report on the Fishes collected by Mr. 
Oscar Neumann and Baron Carlo von Erlanger 
in Gallaland and Southern Ethiopia.—Proc. 
Zool. Soc. London 1, pp. 330—331. 

» 1905. On a second collection of Fishes made by 
Mr. S. Ll. Hindein the Kenya District, Kast 


Africa.—Proc. Zoo!. Soc. London, 1, p. 62,pl. 
vii, fig. I. 

2 1907. The Fishes of the Nile, pp.180>—r89, pls. 
(London). 

% 1909. Catalogue of the Fresh-watey Fishes of 


Africa, I, pp. 343—352, text-figs. (London). 
Chaudhuri B. L., 1913. Zoological Results of the Abor Expedi- 
tion, 1911—12, Fish.—Rec. Ind. Mus., VIII, 
Pp. 247. 
Day, F., 1865 (a), On the Fishes of Cochin, on the Malabar Coast 
of India.—Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 349. 
» 1865 (b). The Fishes of Malabar, p. 205, pl. xv, fig. 1 
(London). 
PP 1867 (a). On the Fishes of the Neilgherry Hills and Rivers 
around their Bases.—Pyvoc. Zool. Soc. London, 
p. 288. 


192T.] S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 685 


Day, F., 1867 (b). Onsome Fishes from the Wynaad.—Pyroc. Zool. 

Soc. London, p. 349. 

a 7869. Remarks on some of the Fishes in the Calcutta 
Museum. Part ii—Pyvoc. Zool. Soc. London, 
P. 553. 

Pe 1871. Monograph on Indian Cyprinidae, (Part I).— 
Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, (2) XL, pp. t0o8—111, 
jl, We, He, 2, 3}. 


ab 1872. Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae, (Part vi).— 
Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, (2) XUI1, o. 318. 
ne 1877. On Fisheries and Botany of Bengal, in Hunter’s 


Statistical Account of Bengal (London). 
of 1878. The Fishes of India II, pp. 527—520, pl. cxxii, 
figs. 4, 5, 6, and pl. exxiii, fig. r (London). 
a 1889. The Fauna of British India. Fish, 1, pp. 245— 
247, fig. 87 (London). 
Fowler, H. W., 1905. Some Fishes from Borneo.—Pyvoc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Philadelphila LVI1, p. 482. 
Garman, S., 1912. Some Chinese Vertebrates. Pisces.—Mem. Mus. 
Comp. Zool. Harvard XV, p. 114. 
Gray, J. E., 1832. Illustrations of Indian Zoology I, pl. 88, fig. 
3 (London). 
Ginther, A., 1868. Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum 
VII, pp. 68—71 (Lendon). 
A 1889. The Zoology of the Afghan Delimitation Com- 
mission. Fishes.—Tvans. Linn. Soc. London 
(@)i Veqp 3 Lo7- 
Hamilton, F. B., 1822. An Account of the Fishes of the Ganges, 
PP. 343, 393 (Edinburgh). 
kieckel, J. J.. 1841—8. Ichthyologie. In Russegger’s Revsen in 
Europa, Asien und Africa l, pp. 1027, 1040, 
107L, 1072, pl. 8, figs. x,.3 and II, 3, pp. 262, 
284. 
5 1844. Fische Kaschmir’s nebst einen Anhang von 
drei neuen Arten aus indien, gesammelt von 
Fretherrn Carl v. Hiigel, p. 387. 
Hora, S. L., 1920. Revision of the Indian Homalopteridae and of 
the genus Psilorhyunchus (Cyprinidae).—Rec. 
Ind. Mus. XVX, p. 213. 
Jenkins, J. T., 1909. The Indian species of the genus Discogna 
thus.— Rec. Ind. Mus. III, pp. 290—293. 
an 1gt0. On a collection of Fishes made by W. T. 
Blanford in 1872 in Persia and Baluchistan.— 
Rec. Ind. Mus. V, p. 124. 
Jerdon, ‘IT. C., 1849. On the Fresh Water Fishes of Southern 
India.—Madras Journ. Lit. and Sci., XV, p. 
309—3 10. 
Jordan, D.S., and Ever- 
mann, B. W., 1917. The Genera of Fishes, p. 115 (California). 
Lortet, L., 1883. Poissons et Reptiles du lac de Tiberiade.— 


686 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VoL. XXII, 


Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Lyon III, p. 153, pl. 
xvi, figs. 4, 5. 

McClelland, J., 1838. Observations on six new species of Cypri- 
nidae, with an outline of a new classification 
of the family.—Journ. As. Soc. Bengal (2) 
VII, p. 947, pl. lv, figs. 2, 2a, 2b. 

. 1839. Indian Cyprinidae.—Asiatic Researches 
XIX, pp. 281-—283 ; 373—375; 300 and 328, 
plo xl, figs. 25°20) 4.5 and pla ivinihosec 
2a, 2b. 

% 1842. On the fresh-water Fishes collected by 
William Griffith, Esq., F.L.S., Madras Medical 
Service, during his travels under the ordets 
of the Supreme Government of India, from 
1835—1842 —Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist. Il, 
p. 587, pl. Ixvili, fig. 

Nichols, J. T., and 

Griscom, L., 1917. Fresh-water Fishes of the Congo Basin 

obtained by the American Museum, Congo 
Expedition, rg0og—r1915.—5ull. Amer. Mus. 
Nat. Hist., XXXVII, p. 6096, text-fig. 11. 

Nikolsky, A. M., 1897. Voyage de Zaroudny etc., Reptiles, 
Amphibies et Poissons.—Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. 
Scr. St. Petersburgh 11. pp. 347—348. 


= 1899. Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. Sci St. Pétersburg, IV, 
pp. 411—412 (Title in Russian). 
1900. Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. Sci. St. Pétersburg V, 


pp. 239—241 (Title in Russian). 
O'Malley, I,.S.S., 1909. Bengal District Gazetieers, Monghyr, p. 
25 (Calcutta). 
Pellegrin, J., 1905. Poissons d’Abyssinie et du Lac Rodolphe . 
(Collection Maurice de Rothschild).—Bull. 
Mus. Paris, p. 201. 
Playfair, Ljieut.- 
Col., 1870. Note on a Fresh-water Fish from the Neighbour- 
hood of Aden.—Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 85. 
Prashad, B., 1919. Ona new species of Discognathus from the 
Kangra Valley.—Rec. Ind. Mus. XVI, p.-163, 
text-figs. 
Rao, C. R. N., 1920. Some new species of Cyprinoid Fish from 
Mysore.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) VI, pp. 45 
—59, pl. 1, figs. 1, 2, 3- 
Regan, C. T., 1907. Description of three new Fishes from Yunnan, 
collected by Mr. J. Graham.—Ann. Mag. Nat. 
Hist. (7) XIX, p. 63. 
. 1914. Two new Cyprinid Fishes from Waziristan, 
collected by Major G. E. Bruce.—Ann. Mag. 
Nat. Hist. (8) XIII, p. 263, fig. A. 
Sauvage, H. E., and 
Thiersant, D. de, 1874. Notes sur les Poissons des Kaux Douceg 


1g2I.| S. L. Hora: Fishes of the genus Garra. 087 


de Chine.—Ann. Sct. Nat. Paris (6) I, No. 5, 
[Db ode 

Steindachner, F., 1867. Uber einige Cyprinoiden aus Ostindien.— 
Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. Wien LVI, i, p. 360, 
pl. iit. 

Sykes, W. H., 1841. Onthe Fishes of the Dukhun.—Tvans. Zool. 

Soc. London II, p. 359, p!. ixii, fig. 3. 
Tristram, H. B., 1884. The Fauna and Flora of Palestine, p. 172, 
vl. xix, fig. 3 (London). 

Vaillant, M. L., 1902. Résultats Zoologiques de l Expédition 
Scientifique Néerlandaise au Bornéo Central. 
—Notes Leyden Mus. XXIV, p. QI. 

Vinciguerra, D., 1883. Spedizione Italiana nell’ Africa Equa- 
toriale; Resultati Zoologici; Pesci d’acqua 
dolee—Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova XVIII, 
pp. 695—699, text-figs. 

1889. Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in Birmania e 
Regioni Vicine, Pesci—Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. 
Genova XXIX, pp. 275—280, text-fig. 275, 
plenisce none 


Weber, M., and 
Beaufort, L. F., 1916. The Fishes of the Indo-Australian Archi- 
pelago III, p. 228, fig. 29 (Leiden). 
Zugmayer, KE, 1913. Die Fische von Baluchistan.—Abh. Bayeris- 
chen Ak. Wiss. (Math.-phys. Klasse) XXXVI, 


p. 24. 


‘ 
4 . ca] v 
nay » ee - : 
aft ae ey 
5 re * 
7 " - . fk ‘ 
P - ACYL hy 
vow 
q = fi P 


eee WS peek 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. 


Fic. 1.—G. rupeculus (McClelland). x3. 
»  2.—G. lamta (Ham. Buch.). Female x 2. 


,, 2a.—G. lamta (Ham. Buch.), upper surface of head show- 
ing short, blunt proboscis on the snout in 
male 3. 


3.—G. prashadt, sp. nov. X14. 
»  4-—G. nasutus (McClelland). Nat. size. 


REC. IND. MUS., VOL. XXII, 1921. 


PLATE XXIV. 


ie Chowdhary del. 


INDIAN SPECIES OF GARRA. 


a 
‘ ’ 
= 
= *“- 5 as - ' 
‘ ( 
. fe = ~ F 5 ; 
> “ ? + ~ : 
= oes ‘ ; ( 
. 4 i Te a . J 
sa om 
2 f Ae / , 
‘ E i 
t 
© = _— 
S ‘ _ it 
a 4 . 
Btn 4 
7 aves a . 5 
‘ i 7 . 
i ‘ H 
, ; a ; : 
é : | 
a; 1 L 4 
ee ne 
. z maT By 
‘ < 7 
r 


os i 7 i 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV. 


Fic. 1.—G. jenkinsontanum, sp.nov. X14. 


»» 2.—G,. naganensis, sp.nov. Nat. size. 


2a.—G. naganensis, sp. nov. Ventral view from tip of 
snout to base of anal fin. X14. 


3) 


» 3-—G. chauihuru, sp.nov. 2. 


REC. IND. MUS., VOL. XXII, 1921. 


PLATE XXV. 


fe Bae 


| a 


INDIAN SPECIES OF GARRA. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI. 


Fic. 1.—G. abhoyai, sp. nov. X T4. 

,. 1Ia.—Dorsal surface of Same in front of dorsal fin XT}. 
,, 1b.—-Ventral surface of same in front of anal fin. XT}. 

, 2.—G. lissorhynchus (McClelland). X14. 

,» 2a.—Ventral surface of same in front of anal fin. X23. 
» 3-—-G. kempi,sp. nov. Nat. size. 

, 3a4.—Ventral surface of same in front of «nal fin. X1$. 


REC. IND, MUS. VOL. XXII. 1921, 


PLATE XXVI 


A. Chow 


dhanyadell 


INDIAN SPECIES OF GARRFA. 


MOCO, WOWSS) OW GOW WIV IW CIeIsS IAIN Wish 
COLLECTION OF DHE INDIAN MUSEUM: 


By Toxto Kapurakl, Research Student, Imperval University, 
Tokyo. - 


(From the Zoological Laboratory, the Museums, Cambridge.) 


The present account is the result of the examination of a 
large collection of leeches belonging to the Indian Museum, which 
was placed by Dr. N. Annandale in my hands for identification. 
The material was originally intended for use, in conjunction with 
Mr. W. A. Harding, in the preparation of a volume in the “‘ Fauna 
of British India ”’ series om the said group ; but, as Mr. Harding is 
unable to continue the work, it has become necessary for me to 
take the whole responsibility upon myself, and also to confine my- 
self to a rough investigation, owing to the unavoidable pressure of 
many other studies during my stay iu foreign countries. It is 
hoped, therefore, that at least some of the species wil! be subjected 
to full anatomical investigation in the future. 

Most workers on the systematic side complain of the enormous 
difficulty of determining the species or even the genera of leeches 
owing to the fact that the descriptions of many of the known 
species are based solely upon external characters without any regard 
to internal structure. This seems to me to be more apparent than 
real. It is, however, necessary, as has been mentioned by Oka 
(1917), to submit the group to a thorough revision in reference to 
internal characters. In the present paper, however, I have 
adopted the generic designations in current use, leaving the prob-| 
lem to those who may have occasion to study personally a large 
number of forms and especially to re-examine the species previous- 
ly recorded. 

Yn the leech, as is well known, the large number of rings 
found on the body resolve themselves into a series of regularly 
recurring groups corresponding to the successive somites. It has 
long been recognised that we have to account for twenty-seven 
somites in the body excluding the posterior sucker, the number of 
the somites corresponding with that of the ganglia in the central 
nervous system. Towards the ends of the body the number of 
rings in a somite becomes smaller, and at the extremities one or 
more somites are found represented by only one ring. 

Much debate has arisen as to the determination of somite- 
limits. In this communication, however, I have intentionally 
abstained from taking part in such a discussion and have adopted 
the neuromeric standard of somite-limits advocated by Moore 


690 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


(rg00), Castle (1906) and some others. The sensory ring may be 
regarded as corresponding to the middle ring of each typical so- 
mite, lodging a ganglionic mass of the ventral chain and in several 
cases possessing the ‘‘ metameric sensillae,’’ which are often 
rendered conspicuous by association with special colour markings 
and by elevation upon more or less prominent papillae. Of course 
itis sometimes extremely difficult or nearly impossible to deter- 
mine the somites by this means, because of the indistinctness or 
the entire absence of papillae and colour markings. Here, how- 
ever, I insist upon this conception: the Chinese species My- 
xobdella annandalei, Oka (1917), seems to indicate that the neuro- 
meric standard of somite-limits is true. In this species the 
body, though wholly devoid of segmental papillae, is divided by 
deep furrows into distinctly bounded somites, each being subdivid- 
ed into rings by much shallower ones. The ganglionic mass oc- 
cupies a position in the middle of each typical somite. 

Here I deem it my duty to express my best thanks to Dr. N. 
Annandale for the privilege of allowing me to examine this large 
collection of leeches, and to Professor J. S. Gardiner for providing 
me with accommodation in his laboratory. My thanksare also due 
to Mr. W. A. Harding for giving and lending me some literature. 

The following is a list of the species dealt with in the present 
paper :— 


Sub-order RHYNCHOBDELLAE. 
Family ICH THYOBDELLIDAE. 


1. Ozobranchus jantseanus, Oka. 

2. Ozobranchus papillatus, sp. nov. 
3. Pterobdella amava, Kaburaki. 

4. Cystobranchus anoculatus, sp nov. 
5. Piscicola olivacea, Harding. 

6. Piscicola caeca, Kaburaki. 


Family GLLOSSOSIPHONIDAE. 


7. Hemiclepsis marginata (O. F. Miller). 
8. Glossosiphonia webert, &. Blanchard. 
9. Glossosiphonia lata, Oka. 
to. Glossosiphonia ceylanica, Harding. 
11. Glossosiphoma reticulata, sp. nov. 
12. Placobdella emvydac, Harding. 
13. ? Placobdella gracilis (R Blanchard). 


Sub-order ARHYNCHOBDELLAE. 


Family HERPOBDELLIDAE. 


14. Herpobdella lineata (O. F. Miller). 
15. Herpobdella hexoculata, sp. nov. 
16. Herpobdelloidea latevoculata, gen. et sp. nov. 


rg2i.] T. Kapuraxt: Notes on Leeches. GOI 


17. Nematobdella indica, gen. et sp. nov. 
18. Foraminobdella heptamcrata, gen. et sp. nov. 
19. Scaptobdella horstt, R. Blanchard. 


Family GNATHOBDELLIDAE. 


20. Whitmania laevis (Baird). 

21. Limnatis milotica (Savigny). 

22. Limnatis granulosa (Savigny). 

23. Hacmopis sanguisuga (Linnaeus). 

24. Haemopis biymanica, R. Blanchard. 

25. Haemopis concolor, sp. nov. 

26. Myxobdella annandalet, Oka. 

27. Hacmadipsa zeylanica (Moquin-Tandon). 


Sub-order RHYNCHOBDELLAE. 
Family ICHTHYOBDELLIDAE. 
Genus Ozobranchus, de Quatrefages. 
1. Ozobranchus jantseanus, Oka, I912. 


Numerous specimens of a species identical with Oka’s Ozo- 
branchus jantseanus from China were obtained by Dr. B. L. Chau- 
dhuri from a Kachuga donghoka in the Zoological Gardens of Cal- 
cutta, which was originally brought from Oodhua near Rajmahal. 

The body is depressed and formed of two distinct regions, a 
short narrow neck and a long large abdomen, the former being 
partly invaginated into the abdominal region, as is the case with 
Branchellion. ‘The abdomen is provided with eleven pairs of digi- 
tate branchiae, of which the anterior are much larger and more 
branched than the posterior. The anterior sucker is very small 
and not distinct from the neck, while the posterior represents a 
large cupuliform disc with a diameter about as broad as the abdom- 
inal part of the body. The large examples are about 25 mm. 
in length, without the posterior sucker, and 7 mm. across at 
the middle of the abdomen. 

The complete somite is formed of two rings of different size, 
the first ring being enlarged and the second narrower. In the ab- 
dominal, but not in the neck region, each ring, as stated by Oka 
(1917), is in some cases marked on the dorsal surface with a trans- 
verse row of papillae beset with more than one sharp point. 

In the preserved specimens the body, though colourless in 
most instances, is sometimes of a brownish colour, without any 
trace of markings. 

A pair of eyes lie slightly behind the level of the mouth which 
opens near the centre of the anterior sucker. 

The male and female genital organs open in common at the 
base of the neck, where the latter merges into the abdomen. 

The anus is located on the dorsal surface between the last two 
somites of the body. 


602 Records oj the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


2. Ozobranchus papillatus, sp. nov. 


The collection contains some examples which appear to repre- 
sent a new species, found by Mr. E. A. D’Abreu on the leg of 
Kachuga tectum at Nerbudda, Nagpur. 

The species closely resembles the preceding, in its externai 
features there being distinguished two distinct regions, the neck 
and the abdomen, with the eleven pairs of digitate branchiae. The 
typical somite consists of two rings of nearly similar breadth, each 
ring in the abdomen being provided with conical papillae on the 
dorsal surface. The papillae are of small size and present a single 
sharp end, differing from O. jantseanus. ‘The colour of the body is 
grey and exhibits no trace of markings, except a darker shade in 
the anterior region of the abdomen. All the specimens are strong- 
ly contracted and are about 7 mm. long by 4 mm. broad at 
the middle of the abdomen. ‘The most conspicuous character 
which distinguishes this species from O. jantseanus is the absence of 
any trace of eye-like organs. ' ; 


Genus Pterobdella, Kaburaki. 
3. Pterobdella amara, Kaburaki, 1921. 


In a recent paper !I placed on record in some detail this inter- 
esting species which was found in the Chilka Lake, adhering to the 
mouth o: Hypolophus sephen and Trygon uarnak. ‘The trunk is of 
a peculiar shape, being divided into three distinct regions, of which 
the anterior two each carry a pair of conspicuous lateral fim-like 
bodies. The visual organs are entirely absent. 


Genus Cystobranchus, Diesing. 
4. Cystobranchus anoculatus, sp. nov. 


In the collection there are three specimens which appear to 
represent an interesting member of the genus Cystobranchus, their 
locality being unknown. Hitherto recognised as belonging to 
this genus are four species,—C. vespivans (‘Troschel), C. fasciatus 
(Kollar), C. vividus Verrill and C. mammuiillatus (Malm) ,—all ecto- 
parasitic/on various freshwater fish such as Cyprinus carpio, 
Barbus fluviatilis, Thymallus vulgaris, Rhodens amarus, Trutta 
favio, etc. Of these species C. mammuilatus seems to be by far the 
most closely related to the species here described. 

In shape this leech conforms to the typical Cystobranchus- 
outline, with the short narrow neck, distinctly separated irom the 
abdomen, which is elongate, wide, of a nearly uniform breadth for 
the greater part of its length and is provided, as in all species of 
the genus, with eleven pairs of pulsating vesicles. The suckers 
are large and are centrally attached, the anterior sucker being 
about one-third as wide as the posterior. In no case have I been 


1 See Kaburaki, Mem. Jud. Mus. V, p. 668, figs. 3, 4. 


1921I.] T. KaBuraAk1: Notes on Leeches. 693 


able to observe any trace of the dark spots on the posterior sucker, 
which are to be observed in C. respivans. The body is about 21 
mm. long by 3°5 mm. across in the middle of the abdominal region. 

The complete somite is formed of seven rings. In the first 
eleven somites of the abdominal region each somite carries a pair 
of the pulsating vesicles which, in diastole, arch up the skin, usual- 
ly extending over rings 2 to 5. 

The leech is wholly devoid of any trace of eyes, as is the case 
with C. mammillatus. 

The body in the preserved state is of a dirty brown colour, 
being marked with a darker shade in the region of the genital 
openings, just anterior to the abdomen. 

The mouth lies near the centre of the anterior sucker and 
leads nto the pharyngeal sheath with the pharynx, which is cylin- 
drical in shape and extends over about three somites, viiix. Wide- 
ly distributed on either side of the pharynx are numerous sali- 
vary glands, which make their way to the base of the pharynx. 
The crop represents a distensible part of the digestive tract and is 
provided with seven pairs of subdivided lateral diverticula which 
come off metamerically in each of the first seven somites of the 
abdomen. ‘The last pair are reflected posteriorly and extend into 
somite xxii, giving off a secondary, outwardly directed diverti- 
culum in each somite and appearing to fuse together metamerically , 
as stated by Johansson. ‘The stomach possesses four pairs of near- 
ly pear-shaped lateral pouches, a pair in each of somites xix—xxii. 
The intestine is in the form of a more or less wide canal, passing to 
the dorsally situated anus between somites xxviand xxvii. The 
walls of the stomach and intestine are richly supplied with blood 
vessels. 

The vascular system seems to be similarly constructed to that 
of other Ichthyobdellids, there being the dorsal and ventral vessels, 
which lie respectively in the dorsal and ventral sinuses of the 
coelome. ‘These sinuses give off metamericaily arranged transverse 
branches and communicate with the lateral vesicles, thus forming 
a complete circle. 

The male genital orifice, though I could not determine it with 
certainty, appears to lie between the last two rings of somite xi; the 
female orifice is seven rings behind the male, that is in somite xii. 

The six pairs of testes lie anterior to each of the first six pairs 
of lateral diverticula of the crop. Anteriorly the vasa deferentia 
on each side assume the character of a wide tortuous passage, and 
after uniting to form the ‘“ prostate,’ open to the exterior by the 
male orifice. The female organs appear to be similar in structure 
to those of other Ichthyobdellids. 


Genus Piscicola, Malm. 
5. Piscicola olivacea, Harding, 1920. 


This species, as mentioned in my recent paper (loc. ctt.), is 
fairly common in the Chilka Lake and occurs usually attached to 


694 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXIT, 


the body, or to the palate within the mouth, of fish such as 
Hypolophus sephen, Tetvodon reticularis and Dorosoma indica. In 
shape this leech conforms to the typical P7scicola-outline, with the 
circular suckers, of which the anterior is rather less than half 
the size of the posterior sucker. The eleven pairs of pulsating 
vesicles are conspicuous, especially in the living forms. Situated 
dorsally on the anterior sucker are two pairs of eyes, as in P. 
geometra, Linn. 


6. Piscicola caeca, Kaburaki, 1921. 


This leech inhabits the Chilka Take and was found at- 
tached to the jaw of Hypolophus sephen. It is closely allied to the 
preceding species, but may be easily distinguished from it by the 
absence of eyes. 


Family GLOSSOSIPHONIDAE. 
Genus Hemiclepsis, Vejdovsky. 
7. Hemiclepsis marginata (O. F. Miller), 1774. 
Hivudo marginata (O. F. Miiller), 1774. 
Glossosiphonia marginata, Moquin-Tandon, 1846. 

Some examples of a species identical with Hemiclepsis margin- 
ata were collected by Dr. F. H. Gravely at Bagra in Hoshangabad 
District and also by Dr. T. Southwell from a species of Lamellidens 
at Bhandardaha Beel in the Murshidabad District. The species is 
one of wide distribution, being known to occur throughout the 
greater part of Europe, China and Japan. 

The body in the preserved condition is elongate-lanceolate, the 
head being separated from the trunk by a slight neck-like narrow- 
ing. The dorsal surface is marked with very weakly developed 
papillae. Centrally attached is the posterior sucker, which is of a 
nearly circular shape. The largest specimens are about 7 mm. 
long by 4 mm. across at the middle of the body. 

Counted on the dorsal surface are seventy-two rings, which 
appear to be grouped as follows: somites i and xxvii are unian- 
nulate ; ii, iii, iv, xxv and xxvi biannulate; the twenty somites v— 
xxiv are complete with three rings. 

The two pairs of eyes lie in rings 3 and 4 respectively, the first 
pair being much smaller than the second. 

The body is of a yellowish colour in spirit and is marked 
with pigment-patches which occupy a definite position on the rings, 
so that those on successive somites form seven longitudinal rows, 
three in each half of the body and one median in position. The 
paired rows may be designated as marginal, intermediate and 
paramedian. The patches forming the median and marginal rows 
fall on the second ring of each typical somite, while those compos- 
ing the paramedian and intermediate rows occur on the first ring. 
The median row is much more conspicuous than any of the others. 


1921.|] T. Kapuraxkt: Notes on Leeches. 695 


The mouth is situated near the centre of the anterior sucker. 
Extending over about three somites, vii-ix, is the pharynx, which 
is of a cylindrical shape. The crop is provided with some ten 
pairs of subdivided lateral diverticula, one pair in each of somites 
x-xix. The last pair are reflected posteriorly, giving off four sec- 
ondary, outwardly directed diverticula. The stomach bears four 
pairs of lateral pouches which lie within the three somites xx—xxii. 
Opening on the dorsal surface is the anus, which occurs between 
the last two somites. 

The male genital orifice, though I could not find it out defi- 
nitely, seems to lie between somites xi and xii, and the female ori- 
fice is two rings behind the male, that is between the second and 
third rings of somite xii. 


Genus Glossosiphonia, Johnson. 
8. Glossosiphonia weberi, R. Blanchard, 1897. 
(Text-fig. I.) 


The material was found at the north end of Lake Loktak, 
Manipur, adhering to the body of Vivipara oxytropis (Benson). 

On examination, the species, though exhibiting a small differ- 
ence in the position of the genital orifice, proves to be identical 
with Blanchard’s Glossosiphonia weberi from Sumatra described by 
that author. Gl. weberi is verv closely related to Gl. heteroclita 
(Linn.) which is of wide distribution in Europe and America, but 
it is distinguishable from it by the possession of numerous well- 
developed papillae on the dorsal surface. 

The body is generally of small size, in a full grown condition 
being 8 mm. long, exclusive of the posterior sucker, by 4 mm. 
across at the middle. In the preserved state the body as seen in 
dorsal aspect is ovate-elliptical in form, broadest slightly behind 
the middle, and thence tapering more gradually to the anterior 
than to the posterior end. ‘The dorsal surface is much arched 
and quite rough all over, owing to the presence of numerous well- 
developed conical papillae, while the ventral surface is nearly 
flat and entirely smooth. ‘The anterior sucker, as in all species of 
Glossostphoma, lies on the ventral side of the head, within the 
limits of rings 1-5. ‘The mouth is situated slightly anterior to 
the eves, well forward in the anterior half of the said sucker. The 
posterior sucker is sometimes ventral in position and of a small 
ovate or circular shape, the diameter being about I mm. 

The external rings are rather conspicuous ; counting dorsally, 
so far as my observation goes, there are seventy in front of the pos- 
terior sucker, of which the preocular rings are in most cases five in 
number, and rings 5 and 6 coalesce on the ventral surface, forming 
the posterior margin of the anterior sucker. Blanchard speaks 
of there being four preocular rings in the Sumatran form, but 
the number, as Castle (1905a) has pointed out, is not constant in 
the case of Gl. heleroclita, and no doubt varies to some extent in 


696 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


Gl. weberi. The composition of the somites is practically the same 
in this species as in Gl. heteroclita. There are twenty-seven somites, 
of which somites i, ii, xxvi and xxvii are uniannulate; iii, iv and 
xxv biannulate; the twenty somites are complete, each consisting 
of three rings. 


TeExt-F1G. 1.—Glossusiphonia weberi, R. Blancharc. 


1. Diagram showing the annulation and external features of the dorsal surface. 

2. Diagrammatic representation of the organization, as seen from the dorsal side; 
an., anus ; c.g., cephalic ganglionic mass ; ¢7., crop ; 77., intestine ; 7., mouth ; 

ov., ovary; ph., pharynx; s.g., salivary gland; st., stomach ; ¢., testis ; v.d., vas 

deferens. 


The three pairs of eyes are arranged so as to form three 
eroups. The eyes composing the anterior and smallest pair are 
closely approximated in ring 6, while those forming the second 
and third pairs are wider apart, occurring in rings 7 and 8 


a 


1g2l.] T. KapuraAxi: Nofes on Leeches. 697 


respectively, and are closely apposed on each side. ‘The first two 
pairs are directed obliquely forwards, the last pair obliquely 
backwards; all are turned away from the median plane. 

Dorsally the rings are marked, as stated above, by conical 
papillae, which are of various size, and form a transverse row of 
about I!-17 on every ring. -In each transverse row the papillae 
are arranged, as a rule, symmetrically, some being of larger size 
and occupying a definite position on every ring, so that those on 
successive somites form seven longitudinal rows, thiee in each 
half of the body and one median in position, as is shown in text- 
fig. 1. The paired rows may be designated as paramedian, interme- 
diate, and paramarginal. The paramedian rows of non-pigmented 
papillae are usually constant in occurrence with the intermediate ; 
they fall on the first ring of each somite. The intermediate rows 
occur upon the second ring of each somite, and usually contain 
pigment. The papillae composing a median row exist on every 
ring, though those on the first of each somite are often inconspicuous. 
The paramarginal rows are less well-developed than any of the 
others, occurring on the first ring of each somite. This regularity 
of arrangement loses itself as it proceeds towards both ends of 
the body. 

The body presents a whitish colour in spirit, marked with five 
longitudinal rows of dark-brown or black pigment-patches which 
are arranged metamerically extending backwards almost through- 
out from somite v. These patches mark most often the middle 
ring of each somite in the position of the papillae forming the 
median and intermediate rows, as well as at the lateral edge where 
the dorsal surface passes round to the ventral. On some occasions 
the median row is seen, without being interrupted, as a continuous 
stripe. On the posterior sucker we find pigment-patches arranged 
in some five radia! stripes, which correspond to the median, 
intermediate and marginal rows mentioned. In no case have I 
been able to observe any trace of special sensory spots. 

The specimens had not been preserved in a state fit for the 
purpose of minute examination. The mouth situated anterior to 
the middle of the anterior sucker leads into the pharyngeal sheath 
which extends posteriorly into about somite xii. In it lies the 
pharynx which is of a cylindrical shape, terminating conically at 
the free end. At the base the pharynx is furnished from both 
sides with the ducts of the salivary glands scattered through as 
many as eight somites, usually somites x—xyii. Posteriorly the 
pharynx gives rise to the oesophagus, which is a tubular passage 
opening into the crop, and much longer than that of G/. hetero- 
clita. The wall of the oesophagus is composed of columnar epithe- 
lial cells closely set, surrounded by circular muscles. The crop is 
provided with six pairs of lateral diverticula, one pair in each 
of somites xiv—xix. In these diverticula there cannot be dem- 
onstrated such a tendency to subdivide into two at the tip, as is 
seen in Gl. heteroclita, except in the last pair which extend backwards 
into somite xxiii and gives of about five secondary, outwardly 


698 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


directed diverticula, coming off metamerically in somites xix- 
xxiii. The crop presents a very thin wall and was found to be 
filled with a dense coagulum. Opening from the crop iz somite 
xix is a short tube leading directly into the stomach which is 
provided with four pairs of lateral pouches, jying within somites 
xix-xxii. In structural respects this differs from the crop, pos- 
sessing its wall which is made up of closely apposed, columnar 
epithelial cells, surrounded by two sets of muscular fibres, circular 
and longitudinal. Posteriorly the stomach is continuous with the 
intestine, which in its course is divided into two chambers by a 
constriction and finally opens on the dorsal surface between rings 
69 and 70. 

The vascular and coelomic systems, so far as my observation 
goes, seem to be constructed on the same plan as in most of the 
Glossosiphonids. 

There are some seventeen pairs of nephridia, the ducts of 
which lie in the lateral parts of the body, forming a convolution 
in the central portion. ‘The duct opens ventrally on the middle 
ring of a somite, somewhat nearer the margin than the median 
lige. 

The cephalic ganglionic mass lies for the most part in somite 
viii, consisting, as usual, of the fused ganglia of the first six 
somites. The arrangement of its ganglionis capsules is the same 
as that found in G/. heteroclita, though the most ventral and poste- 
rior capsule of neuromere i in the present ‘species exhibits no 
horn-like process extending backwards laterally into contact with 
the lateral capsules of neuromere iii. Between the cephalic and 
acetabular ganglionic masses there exist ventrally twenty-one dis- 
tinct ganglia, which are metamerically arranged and joined by 
paired connectives. The usual position of the ganglion is in the 
middle ring of each somite. Towards either end of the body, 
however, there can be found a slight centripetal displacement of 
the gangila, as is seen in many leeches. 

The genital organs agree in the main with G/. heteroclita, open- 
ing by a common aperture which at a glance seems to lie in the 
middle of the ring as has been stated by Blanchard. A closer 
examination, however, has revealed that it is situated between 
somites xi and xii. It may be considered probable that Blanchard 
was mistaken, as in the case of Gl. heteroclita, in determining the 
position of the opening. 

The male elements consist of six pairs of follicular testes 
situated intermetamerically on both sides of the median line in 
somites xiii/xiv—xviii/xix. They are connected on each side by 
short vasa efferentia with the vas deferens, which proceeds for- 
wards, pursuing a tortuous course, and then dilates into a thick- 
walled tube, the ‘‘ prostate.’”’ Its entire course could not be 
definitely made out. About the region of somite xi the prostate 
oneach side makes an abrupt turn downwards and inwards, uniting 
into a short common duct, which soon opens to the exterior by 
the common genital aperture from the front. 


192i.| T. KABURAKI: Notes on Leeches. 699 


The female elements are composed of a pair of simple dilated 
sacs lying ventrally on both sides of the crop and extending almost 
throughout its whole length. Before opening out by the common 
aperture from behind, the sac unites with its fellow of the opposite 
side to form a very short single duct. 


g. Glossosiphonia fata, Oka, Igto. 


Only one example, which appears to be identical with this 
species, was collected by Professor N. Gist Gee at Soochow, 
China. 

The body is ovate-elliptical, of a firm consistency and pre- 
sents dorsally a roughened surface owing to the occurrence of 
papillae. The posterior sucker is a small! circular disc, its dia- 
meter being about 1 mm. ‘The specimen is II mm. in length 
and 5 mm. in width at the middle of the body. 

On the dorsal surface there are seventy-two rings, of which 
the preocular number seven. These rings, though I could not 
definitely make them out, appear to resolve themselves into a 
series of somites somewhat as follows : somites i, xxvi and xxvii 
are uniannulate ; ii, iii, and xxv biannulate; and twenty-one so- 
mites complete with three rings. 

The three pairs of eyes are similar in their arrangement to 
those found in the preceding species. The first and smallest 
pair are approximated in ring 8, while the second and third pairs 
are wider apart, lying in rings 9 and Io respectively. 

The dorsal surface is marked all over with numerous well- 
developed papillae which are of various sizes. The larger papil- 
lae on successive somites are arranged symmetrically, so as to form 
seven longitudinal rows, as is seen in G/. webevt. Medially situated 
on the first and second rings of each typical somite are the papillae 
which form the median row. The papillae forming the paramedi- 
an rows fall on the first ring of each somite in association with 
those of the paramarginal, which are less developed and partly 
inconspicuous ; while those composing the intermediate rows are 
situated on the second ring. 

In the preserved state the body is of a dark olive colour, 
marked on the dorsal surface with nine dark brown longitudinal 
stripes, one median in position and four in each halfofthe body. Of 
these four lateral stripes two lie between the median and paramedian 
rows of papillae, and the other two run just inside the intermediate 
and paramarginal rows respectively. Besides these an olive-like 
brown patch marks the middle ring of each somite at the lateral 
edge of the body. On the ventral surface are also found some 
interrupted longitudinal stripes which present no regular arrange- 
ment. 

The crop is provided with six pairs of distally subdivided la- 
teral diverticula, of which the last pair are reflected posteriorly 
and give off four outwardly directed secondary diverticula. The 
stomach gives rise, as is usual, to four pairs of pouches. The anus 


700 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


opens on the dorsal surface between the last two rings of the 
body. 

“The male genital orifice is situated between somites xi and xii, 
and the female orifice appears to open on the first ring of somite 
sii. There are six pairs of testes, which are each placed in front 
of the lateral diverticula of the crop. 

As is evident from the above, the present species is closely 
allied to the preceding, Gl. weberi ; it is distinguished chiefly by 
the different arrangement of the pigment pattern. 


10. Glossosiphonia ceylanica, Harding, 1909. 


This species is not peculiar to Ceylon, as some examples which 
1 have examined were found in the neighbourhood of Lake Chilka 
and at Rawalpindi. A full account has been given in my recent 
paper (oc. cit.). 


11. Glossosiphonia reticulata, sp. nov. 
(Text-fig. 2.) 


A single individual only, which seems to represent a new spe- 
cies, was collected by Dr. B. Prashad at Jullundur, it having been 
found attached to the mantle of a species of Lamellidens. 

The body in the preserved state is slender and broadest at 
the posterior region, from which it tapers graduaily towards the 
anterior end. ‘The head is marked off from the trunk by a slight 
sieck-like narrowing. ‘The dorsal surface presents a roughened 
appearance, due to the presence of papillae of various sizes, of 
which the larger ones are arranged so as to form three longitudinal 
rows, one median and two lateral. The posterior sucker is of a 
circular shape and is almos® centrally attached. The specimen 
is Io mm. in length, exclusive of the posterior sucker, by 2 mm. 
across at the broadest part of the body. 

The body appears to comprise in all seventy-two rings, which 
are grouped somewhat as follows: somitesi and ii are uniannulate ; 
iii, iv, xxv, xxvi and xxvii biannulate; and the twenty somites v— 
xxiv complete with three rings. The papillae occur on almost all 
of the rings. 

There are two pairs of eyes, of which the first and smaller pair 
lie in ring 4, the second and larger in ring 5. 

The preserved specimen is of an olive grey colour due to irre- 
gular pigment present all over in reticular distribution as well as 
to the contents of the crop. 

The mouth opens in front of the centre of the anterior sucker. 
‘The pharynx represents a long cylindrical tube, beginning just be- 
hind the cephalic ganglionic mass situated in somite vii and ex- 
tending behind into somite x. At the base it is supplied with nu- 
merous ducts of the salivary glands which are widely distributed 
in the anterior region. ‘The crop isadistensible part of the digest- 
ive tract and is provided with seven pairs of subdivided diverti- 


192i. ] T. Kapuraxi; Notes on Leeches. 701 


cula, which occur metamerically in each of somites xiii-xix. The 
last pair are reflected posteriorly and extend into somite xxiii, 
sending out four lateral 
pouches in each of somites 
Xix-xxii. The stomach 
bears fours pairs of lat- 
eral pouches and posteri- 
otly joins the wide intes- 
tine which opens dorsally 
between the last two som- 
ites: 

The male genital ori- 
fice is placed between 
somites xi and xii; the 
femate orifice lies two 
rings behind the male, 
that is, between the sec- 
ond and third rings of 
somite Xil. 

The present species 
seems to be allied to Gi. 
smaragdina, Oka, rather 
than to Gl. faludosa, 
Carena, but may be dis- 
tinguished from them 
chiefly by the different 
arrangement of eyes as 
well as in the possession 
of well-developed pigment 
all over the surface. 


Genus Placobdella, R. 
Blanchard. 


12. Placobdella emy- 
dae, Harding, 1921. 


The collection con- 
tains a few individuals 
identical with Harding’s 
Placobdella emydae, des- 
eribed in detail by that 
author from Lake Chilka 
and elsewhere. The ma- 
terial was collected by Dr. 
F. H. Gravely at Hoshan- 


x : TEXxT-¥1G. 2.—Glossosiphonia reticulata, sp. 
gabad, Central Provinces, nov. 
and at an elevation of Diagram showing the annulation and some 


about 2000 ft. in Taloshi, internal features: dorsal aspect. Index letters 
Koyna Valley, in the Sat- 35 '" text-fig. 1. 
ara District. An example 


702 Records of the Indian Musewm. [VoL. XXII, 


found with Limnatis granulosa in Burma seems to be identical 
with the present species. This leech, according to Harding, is 
fairly common in India and is usually to be found attached to 
the mud-turtle. 

The body is flattened and lanceolate, presenting a head region 
which is separated from the trunk by a slight neck-like narrow- 
ing. ‘The dorsal surface exhibits a roughened appearance due to 
the presence on each ring of numerous papillae, which are of various 
size, the larger ones forming some five longitudinal rows, one me- 
dian in position and two lateral in each half of the body. The 
anterior sucker lies on the ventral side of the head, within the li- 
mits of rings 1-6, the mouth opening near the anterior lip. The 
posterior sucker is centrally attached and of a small circular shape. 
The large specimen is about 8 mm. long by 3 mm. across at the 
hind part of the body. 

The colour in spirit is grey or pale olive brown without any 
trace of markings. 

On the dorsal surface seventy-one rings are counted in front of 
the posterior sucker. Somites i, ii and xxvii, are uniannulate; iii, 
iv, xxv and xxvi biannulate; the twenty somites, v-xxiv, are 
complete with three rings. 

A pair of eyes is generally placed in ring 3, but may occa- 
sionally be shifted behind so as to extend over ring 4. 

The crop is provided with seven pairs of lateral diverticula, 
a pair in each of somites xiii-xix, which are sometimes subdivided 
distally. ‘The last pair are, as usual, reflected posteriorly and 
extend into somite xxii, giving off a secondary, outwardly directed 
diverticulum in each of the four somites xix—xxii. The anns is 
situated on the dorsal surface between the last two somites. 

The male and female genital orifices are separated by two 
rings, the male orifice being situated between somites xi and xii, 
the female between the second and third rings of somite xii. 

In one case, attached to the ventral surface of the parent, 
were found numerous larvae which were about I mm. in length. 


13. ?Placobdella gracilis (R. Blanchard), 1897. 


Helobdella gracilis, R. Blanchard, 1897. 

The collection contained a single specimen, which was found at 
Nandi, Mysore State, attached to Limnacea acuminata and was 
not in a state fit for close study and exact identification. The 
body, presenting a dark grey colour in spirit, is fusiform and of 
small size, being about 5 mm. in length. This leech may be 
referred to Blanchard’s Helobdella gracilis from Java described by 
that author. 


1921.|] T. KABURAKI: Notes on Leeches. 703 


Sub-order ARHYNCHOBDELLAE. 
Family HERPOBDELLIDAE. 
Genus Herpobdella, de Blainville. 
14. Herpobdella lineata (O. F. Miiller), 1774. 


Hirudo lineata (O. F. Miller), 1774. 
Nephelis quadristriata, Grube, 1850. 
Nephelis lineata, Budde Lund, 1873. 

Dina blasez, R. Blanchard, 1892, 1893, 1894. 
Dina lineata, tbhid., 1892. 

Nephelis gallica, ibid., 1893. 

Dina quadristriata, ibid.. 1894. 

Nephelis bistyiata, Brandes, 1900. 
Herpobdella bistriata, Johansson, 190g. 

Several specimens of Herpobdella lineata were collected by 
Col. H. T. Pease at Lahore. ‘This species is of wide distribution, 
having been known to occur in Europe, Palestine, Siberia, Mongolia, 
North and Central America, Madeira and the Azores. 

The body in the preserved condition is elongate, flattened, 
and of a uniform width for the greater part of its length, though 
it is attenuated anteriorly. Large specimens are about 25 mm. 
in length by 3 mm. acrossat the middle of the body. 

The colour in spirit is brownish-yellow without any trace of 
the longitudinal stripes which are usually a conspicuous feature 
of the colouration of the typical form. 

Somites i, ii and xxvii are uniannulate; iii, iv and xxvi 
biannulate ; v and xxv triannulate: the nineteen somites vi—-xxiv 
are complete with five rings, of which the last ring, although often 
difficult to detect, is usually enlarged and divided transversely by 
a superficial furrew. Occasionally the same subdivision is true 
of the ring forming somite ii. 

There are in all four pairs of eyes of which the first and 
second pairs lie in a transverse curved line in somite ii and the 
third and fourth are placed in the first ring of somite iv. 

The male genital orifice lies on the second ring of somite xi; 
the female orifice is two rings behind the male, that is between 
the fourth and the last ring of the same somite. 

The anus lies on the dorsal surface between somites xxv and 
XXV1. 

15. Herpodbella hexoculata, sp. nov. 
(Text-fig. 3.) 


Numerous examples of this species, which appears to be new 
to science, were collected by Dr. F. H. Gravely at Burhampur and 
Hoshangabad, as well as by Dr. N. Aunandale from the Baitul- 
gharib stream about eight miles from Nowshera in the Peshawar 
District. 

The body in the preserved state is elongate, flattened, attenu- 
ated anteriorly, bluntly rounded posteriorly, and of nearly similar 
breadth posterior to the genital region. The posterior sucker is 


7O4 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII. 


small and circular in outline, its diameter being about 1 mm, 
The large examples measured about 25 mm. in length and 2 mm. 


Text-riG. 3.—Herpobdella hexoculata, sp. 
nov. 
Diagram of the anterior and posterior 
extremities, as seen from the dorsal side. 


in breadth at the middle of 
the body. 

The colour in spirit is 
light brownish yellow, mark- 
ed with irregular pigment 
present all over in reticular 
distribution. 

The rings forming the 
body number in all 107, 
which appear to resolve 
themselves as follows: som- 
ites i, 1i and xxvii are uni- 
annulate; iii, iv, xxv and 
xxvi biannulate ; v and xxiv 
triannulate; eighteen som- 
ites vi-xxiii are complete 
with five rings, of which the 
last ring in each somite is 
broader than the others, 
being transversely subdivi- 
ded into two primitive rings. 
The same is true of rings 
2, 35 4, 9. ete. 

There are three pairs of 
eyes, the first pair lying in 
somite ii and the second 
and third pairs being situ- 
ated in the first ring of 
somite iv, as is the case 
with Herpobdella weberi (R. 
Blanchard). 

The male genital orifice 
exists on the second ring 
of somite xi; the female 
orifice lies five rings behind 
that of the male, that is 
between the first and second 
rings of somite xii. 


The anus is situated on the dorsal surface between somites 


Xxv and xxvi. 


The present species is nearly allied to Herpobdella webert 
which is known to occur in Java, Sumatra and Celebes, but may 
be distinguished from it chiefly by the absence of the two supple- 
mentary genital orifices on the ventral surface. 


192I.] T. Kapuraxi: Notes on Leeches. 705 


Genus Herpobdelloidea, nov. 


16. Herpobdelloidea lateroculata, sp. nov. 


(Text-fig. 4.) 


Some examples of this interesting species, which seems to be 
new to science, were collected by Dr. F. H. Gravely at Burhampur 
and also at Saugor in the Central Provinces. 


This leech presents a 
great resemblance in its 
form and size to the prece- 
ding two species. The body 
is of nearly similar breadth 
posterior to the genital re- 
gion, from which it tapers 
gradually towards the ante- 
rior end. ‘The dorsal sur- 
face is more or less rough 
all over, owing to the pre- 
sence of minute papillae 
which present no regularity 
in arrangement. Most of 
the specimens are of similar 
dimensions, measuring about 
14 mm. long by 3 mm. 
broad at the middle of the 
body. 

The colour is faded in 
spirit to a pale yellow, on 
some occasions revealing 
the male genital elements 
as an irregular dark longi- 
tudinal stripe on each side 
of the body, extending from 
behind the female orifice to 
the anal region. 

Counting the first ocu- 
liferous ring as the first ring 
there are in all tog rings, 
which appear to be grouped 
somewhat. as follows,— 
somites i, ii, iii and xxvii 
are uniannulate; xxv and 
_ xXxvi biannulate; iv trian- 
nulate; v and xxiv quadri-_ 
annulate, of which the lat- 


Text-ric. 4.—Herpobdelloidea laterocu- 


lata, gen. et sp. nov. 


Diagram of the anterior and posterior ex- 


tremities : dorsal view. 


ter occasionally bears five rings owing to the subdivision of the 
last ring. The eighteen somites vi-xxili are complete, each being 
formed of five rings of nearly similar width. On some occasions 


706 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XXII, 


rngs 2 and 3 are transversely subdivided into two primitive 
rings. 

As is seen from text-fig. 4, there are six pairs of eyes, of 
which the first and largest pair occur dorsally on either side of 
the median line in somite iii, while the other pairs are arranged sub- 
marginally on the ventral side. The second pair lie in the second 
ting of somite iv; the third in the second rings of somite v, the 
remaining three pairs respectively in the middle ring of each 
of somites vi-viii. The last pair represents the smallest spots. 
Occasionally just in front of the first pair occur a small pair of 
provisiona} eye-spots. 

The male genital orifice 
is placed on the middle ring 
of somite xi: the female 
orifice lies two rings behind 
the male, that is between 
somites xi and xii. 

The anus is situated 
dorsally between somites 
Xxiv and xxv. 

As is apparent from the 
above, the present species 
seems to be closely related 
to the genus Herpobdella, 
but stands distinctly at 
variance from it in the six 
pairs of eyes, of which the 
first pair occur dorsally in 
somite ii, the other five 
pairs laterally in each of 
somites iv—viii respectively. 
Tt appears to me that the 
difference is of sufficient 
value to separate the two 
forms generically. 


Genus Nematobdella, nov. 
17. Nematobdella in- 
dica, sp. nov. 


(Text-fig. 5.) 


Some representatives of 
this interesting leech were 
found at the base of the 
Simla Hills near Dhuram- 


Toxv-ric. 5.—Nematobdella indica, gen. 


et sp. nov. pur Kooa, Patiala State. 
Diagram showing the anterior and pos- The body is elongate, 
terior extremities, as seen from the dorsal slender, and of a nearly 
Se uniform breadth for its 


greater length, though it 


1921. | T. KApuraAkt: Notes on Leeches. 707 


tapers towards the anterior more than the posterior end, which is 
bluntly rounded. The papillae are very weakly developed on the 
dorsal surface and present no regularity in arrangement. The 
posterior sucker is a small circular disc witha diameter about half 
as wide as the greatest breadth of the body. ‘The large specimens 
are 45 mm. in length by 4 mm. across at the middle of the body. 

The colour is faded in spirit, being a translucent olive-brown 
without any trace of pattern 

The external rings, numbering about 126, are grouped some- 
what as follows,—somites i, ii and xxvii are uniannulate; 11, xxv 
and xxvi biannulate; iv, v and xxiv triaunulate; the eighteen 
somites vi-xxiii are complete with six rings, which are not of similar 
width, the third ring being enlarged and the last the narrowest 
of all. The enlarged ring in each typical somite is divided trans- 
versely by a superficial furrow. The same is true of the ring 
corresponding to somite il. 

The six pairs of eves are arranged in similar manner to 
those found in the preceding species. The first pair are placed 
dorsally in ring 2, while the other pairs occur on the ventro-lateral 
side of the body. The second pair lie in the second ring of somite 
iv; the third in the first ring of somite v; the other three pairs 
respectively in the third ring of each of somites vi-—viii. 

The male genital orifice is situated between the first and second 
rings of somite xi; the female orifice is five rings behind the male, 
between somites xi and xii. 

The nephridial pores, although difficult to detect, are situated 
in the furrow separating the second and third rings of the com- 
plete somite. 

The anus opens dorsally between somites xxv and xxvi. 

The clitellum embraces about four somites, ix—xit. 

This interesting leech agreees in its arrangement of eyes with 
the preceding species, but it is separable from it chiefly in having 
the complete somite with six rings, which, as mentioned above, 
are not of similar breadth. 


Genus Foraminobdella, nov. 
18. Foraminobdella heptamerata, sp. nov. 
(Text-fig. 6.) 


A single representative of this interesting species was found 
by Capt. R. B. Seymour Sewell, I.MS., in a stream at Neduattan, 
at an altitude of 6200 ft., in the Nilgiri District, Madras. The 
specimen had not been preserved in a state statisfactory for close 
examination 

The body, which is oval or circular in cross section, is smooth 
on the surface and of nearly similar breadth for the greater part 
of its length. The posterior sucker is small and circular in 
outline, its diameter being about half as wide as the greatest width 


708 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXIi, 


of the body. ‘The length of the body is 40 mm. and the breadth 


about 5 mm. at the middle. 


The dorsal surface is of a black colour, while the ventral 


ES) OHIO 


————— 


lext—-Fic. 6.—Foraminobdella heptamer- 
ata, gen, et sp. nov. 
Diagrammatic representation of the ante- 
rior and posterior extremities; dorsal as- 
pect. o., dorsal opening of digestive tract. 


surface is much lighter than 
the dorsal, and of an olivace- 
ous colour. 

The somites, although 
not traced out definitely 
may be regarded as being 
grouped somewhat as fol- 
lows,—somites i, ii and iii 
ate uniannulate;iv, xxvi and 
xXxvli biannulate ; v triannu- 
late ; vi and xxv quadrian- 
nulate ; the eighteen somites 
vii-xxiv are complete with 
seven rings. In each typical 
somite the first four rings 
are enlarged and usually 
divided transversely either 
superficially or completely, 
but the remaining three are 
narrow. In somite v the 
last two rings are fused on 
the ventral surface to form 
the posterior margin of the 
anterior sucker. ‘The super- 
ficial division is to be seen 
in the ring corresponding to 
somite iii, in the first and 
second rings of somite vi as 
well as in the first ring of 
somite xxv. 

There are a pair of eyes 
which are placed in ring 3. 

The male and female 
genital orifices are separated 
by seven rings, being situa- 
ted respectively just behind 
the last ring of somites xi 
and xii. 

Great interest is attach- 
ed to an external opening 


of the digestive tract, which occupies a position on the mid-dorsal 
surface, as is the case with Trematobdella perspicax (R. Blanchard). 
So far as my observation goes, it seems to lie between the fifth and 
sixth rings of somite xiv. Such a peculiar opening of the diges- 
tive tract is also known to occur in Horst’s Nephelis dubia 
from Sumatra, described by that author, in which the tract opens 
to the exterior on the ventral surface by a pair of slender 


192I.] T. Kaspurakt: Notes on Leeches. 709 


passages. ‘The openings lie twenty rings behind the male genital 
orifice. 

The anus lies on the dorsal surface between somites xxv and 
XXVi. 

The clitellum embraces four somites, x—xtii. 

In spite of the existence of a dorsally situated opening of 
the digestive tract, this leech may be distinguished from Tvematob- 
della by the difference in the number and arrangement of rings 
composing the typical somite; in this respect it seems to be 
somewhat related to Mzmobdella. ‘To me it appears to represent 
a new genus of the Herpobdellidae. 


Genus Scaptobdella, R. Blanchard. 
19. Scaptobdella horsti, R. Blanchard, 1897. 


I refer five specimens from Java to Blanchard’s Scaptobdella 
horstt which is known to occur also in Sumatra and Borneo. The 
present material was found at an elevation as high as about 4700- 
6500 ft. in Tjibodas. 

The body, presenting some resemblance in its external feature 
to the earth-worm, is soft, smooth on the whole and oval or 
circular in cross section, its anterior end being narrower than the 
rounded posterior end. ‘The lateral sides of the body are nearly 
parallel for the greater part of its length. The posterior sucker 
is in the form of a shallow circular disc with a diameter rather 
less than the breadth of the body. All the specimens are of 
nearly similar size, about 175 mm. long, exclusive of the posterior 
sucker, by I2 mm. across. 

The ground colour, though faded in spirit for the most part, 
is dark olive without any trace of markings. 

The complete somite is formed of six rings, of which the 
first two rings are broadest, in most instances being divided trans- 
versely by a superficial furrow into primitive rings. On some 
occasions, especially in the hind region of the body, the same 
subdivision is to be found on the other narrower rings of each 
typical somite, excepting the fifth ring. 

No trace of visual organs has been detected in the present 
species. 

The male genital orifice lies between the third and fourth 
tings of somite xi, and the female orifice is six rings behind the 
the male, that is on the third ring of somite xii. In one case 
there is found aminute aperture at the dorso-lateral edge of the 
ring just behind that bearing the female orifice. 

The anus is placed on the dorsal surface just in front of the 
last three rings of the body. 

The clitellum embraces twenty-one rings, as described by 
R. Blanchard, extending from the second ring of somite x to the 
first ring of somite xiii. 


710 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Family GNATHOBDELLIDAE. 
Genus Whitmania, R. Blanchard. 
20. Whitmania laevis (Baird), 1869. 


Hivude laevis, Baird, 1869. 
Leptostoma pigrum, Whitman, 1886. 
Whitmania pigra, R. Blanchard, 1887. 

The two examples which I have identified with Whitmama 
laevis were collected by the Manipur Survey party at Pagla Nadi ~ 
and from Thanga Island. ‘This species is very wide in its dis- 
tribution, being well known to occur in Japan, the Amur region, 
China, the Philippines, Malacca, India, Celebes, Sumatra and 
elsewhere. 

The body is large and tapers considerably towards the anterior 
end. A short distance behind the anterior tip is a slight con- 
striction in the specimen from Thanga Island. The specimen 
from the latter locality is of larger size than that from Pagla Nadi, 
and is about 140 mm. in length and 18 mm. in breadth at the 
middle of the body. 

The anterior sucker is very small, lying ventrally within the 
limits of rings 1-6. The jaws, presenting three small alternate 
folds, are devoid of proper denticles, but are beset with two 
series of irregular, thin denticular plates, which are more or less. 
united, especially at the outer and inner angles, where the two 
series bend, as mentioned by Whitman, into each other. 

‘The posterior sucker is somewhat ventrally attached and 
circular in outline, about 8 mm. in diameter. 

The body is formed of 107 rings, of which rings 6 and 7 are 
fused ventrally to form the posterior boundary of the anterior 
sucker, and rings 8 and g are also united on the ventral side. On 
the dorsal side coalescence is found between the two rings of 
somite xxvi. The same is true of the last two rings. All the 
rings are grouped, as usual, into twenty-seven somites as follows: 
somites i, ii and iii are uniannulate, iv, v, xxvi and xxvii biannul- 
ate; vi triannulate; vii and xxv quadriannulate; the seventeen 
somites viii-xxiv are complete with five rings. 

The five pairs of eyes are arranged as in Hirudo, that is in 
tings 2, 3, 4, 6 and 9 respectively. 

The segmental papillae are so regularly arranged as to exhi- 
bit six longitudinal rows on both sides, dorsal and ventral. In the 
complete somites they occur on the middle ring. 

The male genital orifice in the two examples from Manipur 
occurs in the middle of ring 34, that is on the last ring of somite 
xi, and the female orifice is five rings behind the male, that is 
slightly anterior to the centre of the last ring of somite xii. 
Occasionally both the orifices are displaced near the anterior edge 
of the corresponding rings, appearing, in preserved specimens, to 
lie between the rings. In an example from Japan included in the 
collection the male and female openings appeared to be respec- 
tively between the last two rings of somites xi and xii. 


1921.] T. Kapuraxi: Notes on Lecches. 711 


The nephridial pores comprise in all seventeen pairs, lying in 
the furrow separating the second and third rings of the middle 
seventeen somites. 

The anus opens on the dorsal surface just behind the last 
ring. 

The body, though showing some individual variations in col- 
our and markings, is usually brownish olive or olive-yellow, with 
five black stripes, one median and two lateral, along each of 
which are found, at regular intervals, oval or quadrangular spots 
which are free from pigment. In the second and third rings of 
each somite the spots are divided into two by a transverse line. 
On each side of the median stripe is seen a shadowy stripe, which, 
in some instances, may be marked by clear spots. The margins 
of the body are generally of a lighter colour, bordered on the 
inner side with a narrow stripe of black, or with flecks of the same 
colour. A specimen from Japan is of a greyish-olive colour with 
dark brown stripes, along which the spots are much reduced in 
size Or sometimes wanting. 

The ventral surface is generally dotted with black flecks, 
which alongside the lateral margin are so numerous that they form 
broad black borders. 


Genus Limnatis, Moquin-Tandon. 
21. Limnatis nilotica (Savigny), 1822. 


I have examined a single example! identical with Limmnats 
nilotica, which occasionally attaches itself to the mouth, throat, 
and nasal cavity of human beings and cattle, generally causing 
haemorrhage. It represents one of six specimens obtained at 
Quetta, Baluchistan, from the throat of an Austrian soldier. 

This leech has a wide distribution, extending from the Azores, 
through part of Western Europe as well as Northern Africa, to 
part of Western Asia, and even into the boundaries of the Indian 
Empire. It can be easily distinguished from the following, L. 
granulosa, by the difference in colour markings. 


22. Limnatis granulosa (Savigny), 1820. 


This species represents one of the commonest Indian leeches, 
numerous examples having been collected at several localities: 
Panjab, Bombay, Mysore, Madras, Orissa, Bihar, Assam, Burma, 
Ceylon and elsewhere. As has been mentioned in a recent account 
(loc. cit.), this leech exhibits great variability in colour and mark- 
ings. 

L. javanica (Wahlberg), which is known to occur in Java, 
Borneo. Sumatra, Burma, Bengal, etc., is nearly allied to the pre- 
sent species, but can be easily distinguished from it by the separa- 
tion of the genital orifices by seven instead of five rings as well as 
by the enormous size of its posterior sucker. 


! See Kaburaki, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, p. 213 (1921). 


712 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXI1, 


Genus Haemopis, Savigny. 
23. Haemopis sanguisuga (Linnaeus), 1758. 


The three specimens of this well-known leech which occurs 
throughout the greater part of Europe, were obtained by Capt. R. B. 
Seymour Sewell from the Waddi Gwyzie (Gaza) in Palestine. It 
is of particular interest that its range extends into Transcaucas- 
ia, Syria and Palestine. As is well known the term ‘‘ horse-leech” 
or “‘ cattle-leech”’ is applied to this species more than Limnatis 
nibotica ; it frequently occurs in springs, and thereby causes great 
discomfort and even danger. This species has, especially in the 
last few vears, been subjected to many changes of name (see 
Harding, 1910). 

The body is smooth on the surface, attenuated anteriorly and 
bluntly rounded posteriorly, its lateral sides being more or less 
parallel for the greater part of its length. The posterior sucker 
represents a large circular disc and is almost centrally attached. 
The largest specimen was 30 mm. long, in front of the posterior 
sucker, by :I mm. across at the middle of the body. 

The colour in spirit is dark brownish, appearing to show some 
traces of geometrical patterns on the dorsal surface. 

There are 103 rings, of which rings 6 and 7 are fused ven- 
trally to form the posterior boundary of the anterior sucker. The 
same is true of rings 8 and 9 on the ventral side. Somites i, il, iti 
and xxvii are uniannulate; iv, v and xxvi biannulate; vi, vii and 
xxv triannulate; viii quadriannulate; the sixteen somites ix—xxiv 
are complete with five rings. 

The five pairs of eyes lie respectively in rings 2, 3, 4, 6 and 9. 

The male genital orifice is situated between rings 31 and 32, 
that is between the fourth and fifth rings of somite xi; the female 
orifice lies five rings behind the male, that is between the last two 
rings of somite xii. 

The nephridial pores, numbering in all seventeen pairs, are 
placed in the furrow between the second and third rings of the 
middle seventeen somites. 

The anus opens dorsally just behind the last ring of the body. 


24. Haemopis birmanica, R. Blanchard, 1894. 
Haemopis weberz, R. Blanchard, 1897. 


The collection contains some examples of a species which 
agrees precisely with Blanchard’s Haemopis weberi from Sumatra. 
The latter may be regarded as synonymous with H. biymanica from 
Burma described by the same author, and here I have so treated 
it. This leech is closely allied to Haemopis sanguisuga,so that I 
was for some time inclined to rezard it as a variety of that species. 
The specimens examined were obtained from various parts of the 
Darjiling District, the East Himalayas, at Lahore and also at 
Khunlan in Siam. It is of some interest that an example from 
Lahore was found in the nasal cavity of a horse. 


1921.] T. Kapurak1i: Notes on Leeches. 713 


The body is very closely similar in its external features to 
Haemopis sanguisuga, being entirely devoid of segmental papil- 
lae and possessing a large posterior sucker. The largest specimen 
is I45 mm. in length, exclusive of the posterior sucker, and 18mm. 
in width at the posterior region of the body. 

The colour in spirit is dark grey on the dorsal and lighter on 
the ventral surface, without being marked with any trace of pat- 
tern. 

Counted on the dorsal surface are 104 rings, of which rings 6 
and 7 are fused on the ventral surface to form the posterior mar- 
gin of the anterior sucker. The same is true of rings 8 and g on 
the ventral surface. On some occasions ring 14 is subdivided 
transversely into two on the ventral surface, and rings 96 and 97 
present a tendency to fuse on the dorsal surface. Somites 1, ii 
and iii are uniannulate; iv, v, xxvi and xxvii biannulate; vi, vil 
and xxv triannulate; viii quadriannulate dorsally, but occasionally 
with five rings ventrally owing to the subdivision of the first ring 
(14). The sixteen somites ix--xxiv are complete with five rings. 

The eye-spots are very small and are not discernible easily 
from the exterior, their arrangement quite agreeing with that 
found in Haemopis sanguisuga. 

The male genital orifice is situated near the anterior edge of 
the last ring of somite xi, and the female orifice lies five rings be- 
hind the male, between the fourth and fifth rings of somite xil. 

The anus is situated on the dorsal surface just behind the last 
ring of the body. 

The clitellum extends over four somites, x—Xiii. 


25. Haemopis concolor, sp. nov. 
(Text-fig. 7.) 

The three individuals, which seem to represent a new species, 
were collected by Dr. B. Prashad from a spring at Kasauli in the 
Western Himalayas. 

In shape the body is much like the preceding two species and 
is smooth on the whole, there being neither papillae nor tubercles 
to roughen the surface. The larger specimen is 40 mm. long 
by 6 mm. broad, while the smaller is 5 mm. long by about 1°5 mm. 
across. 

The body is of a dark olive colour, without any trace of mark- 
ings. 

In front of the posterior sucker there are 103 rings, of which 
rings 8 and 9 are fused on the ventral side. Somites 1, ii, iii and 
XXvii are uniannulate; iv, v and xxvi biannulate; vi, vii and xxv 
triannulate; viii quadriannulate; the sixteen somites ix-xxiv are 
complete with five rings. In the small examples the furrows mark- 
ing the boundaries of the somites appeared somewhat conspicuous 
in consequence of the curvature which the body had assumed in 
preservation. It is of some interest that the furrows separating 
the rings in some somites are not of similar depth, differing from 


714 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


the other species of Haemopis. ‘The shallower furrow is the one 
separating some rings of somites vii—xi and xxvi, as is shown in 
text-fig. 7 by the broken line. 

The arrangement of eves is in agreement with that of Haem- 
opis sanguisuga. 

The male and female 
genital orifices occupy a 
position respectively bet- 
ween the last two rings of 
somites xi and xii. 

The nephridial pores 
are situated in the furrow 
between the second and 
third rings of the middle 
seventcen somites 

The anus is located on 
the dorsal surface just be- 
hind the last ring of the 
trunk. 

This leech appears to 
be nearly allied to Haemopis 
sanguisuga, but may be 
distinguished from it by the 
different annulation of the 
body. 


Genus Myxobdella, Oka. 


26. Myxobdella annan- 
dalei, Oka, 1917. 


There was in the collec- 
tion a single example which 
may be identical with Oka’s 
Myxobdella annandalet from 
Hong Kong described by 
that author. The specimen 
was found in a hill stream at 
Yercaud, Madras. 


Text-F1G. 7.—Haemopis concolor, sp. nov. The body is smooth on 
Diagram of the anterior and _ posterior the whole, entirely devoid 
extremities, as seen from the lateral side. of papillae and almost uni- 


formly broad for the most 

part, though it tapers off considerably in front. The dorsal 

surface is convex throughout while the ventral is nearly flat. 

The posterior sucker is circular in outline and in the preserved 

state is entirely hidden when viewed from above. The specimen 

measured 17 mm. in length and about 4 mm. in breadth at the 
middle of the body. 

As has been described by Oka in detail, the most conspicuous 

f the external features is that the body is divided by deep furrows 


1g21.] T. KapuraAxi: Notes on Leeches. 715 


into well-bounded somites. So far as my observation goes, so- 
mites i, ii, iii and xxvii are uniannulate; iv, v and xxvi biannulate; 
vi, vii, xxiv and xxv triannulate; viii and ix quadriannulate; the 
fourteen somites x—xxiii are complete with five rings. In each typi- 
cal somite the furrows separating the rings are not of equal depth, 
the deepest ones being always found between the second and third 
as well as the third and fourth rings. The furrow between the first 
and second rings is, in most instances, the shallowest of all. 

The five pairs of eyes are arranged in the same manner as 
those observed in Hivudo or Haemopis. 

The male and,female genital orifices are placed between the 
fourth and fifth rings of somites xi and xii respectively. 

The anus opens on the dorsal surface just behind the last ring 
of the body. 


Genus Haemadipsa, Tennent. 
27. WHaemadipsa zeylanica (Moquin-Tandon), 1826. 


Hirudo zeylanica, Moquin-Tandon, 1826. 
Hirude flava, Schmarda, 1861. 

Hirudo (Chthonobdella) sumatrana, Horst, 1883. 
Haemodipsa sylvestris, R. Blanchard, 1894. 

In his paper R. Blanchard puts on record a form closely re- 
sembling the present leech as a distinct species, Haemadipsa sylves- 
tris, chiefly on account of the presence of a narrow interpolated ring 
between the two oculiferous tings 4 and 5, which, according to a 
careful examination of a large series of examples, appears not to 
be of a constant occurrence. I am, therefore, of the opinion that 
this difference may be regarded as being of insufficient value to sep- 
arate the two forms specifically. 

As is well-known the species is of wide distribution in the 
Oriental region, it having hitherto been recorded from Ceylon, the 
Himalayas, Burma, Cochin China, Tonkin and also from various 
localities in the Indo-Malayan Archipelago, such as Sumatra, 
Borneo, Celebes, Java, etc. The collection which I have examined 
contained a great number of this species obtained from several lo- 
calities in India and its vicinity: at elevations of 1300--6500 ft. 
in the Darjiling District, the Kast Himalayas, Assam, Central 
Provinces, Madras, Lower Burma and elsewhere. 

The body is nearly cylindrical, tapering gradually towards the 
head end. Centrally attached is a circular posterior sucker which 
is rather less than the greatest width of the body. The large speci- 
mens are about 4o mm. long, excluding the posterior sucker, by 
7 mm. across at the posterior region of the body. 

The body consists generally of g8 rings, of which rings 5 and 6 
coalesce ventrally to form the posterior margin of the anterior 
sucker. Among the examples with the same colour markings from 
Kovalai, at elevations of 1300-3000 ft., in Cochin State, there was 
one individual only in which rings 7 and 8 are also fused on the 
ventral side. On some occasions a narrow ring occurs interpolated 
between the oculiferous rings 4 and 5, but this, so far as my observa- 


716 Records of the Indian Muscum. [VoL. XXII, 
tion goes, is not constant in occurrence, as mentioned above. So- 
mites i, ii, ili, iv, xxvi and xxvii are, it seems to me, uniannulate ; 
v and xxv biannulate; vii and xxiv triannulate ; viii quadriannu- 
late ; the fifteen somites ix—xxili are complete with five rings. Oc- 
casionally somite iv iscomposed of two rings owing to the presence 
of a narrow interpolated ring. 

There are five pairs of eyes, of which the first four pairs are 
usually arranged in a semicircle in rings 2, 3, 4 and 5, and the fifth 
pair lie two rings behind the fourth, that is in ring 8. 

On both sides, dorsal and ventral, are found six segmented 
papillae which generally fall on the middle ring of each typical 
somite. 

The male and female genital orifices are separated by five rings, 
lying between the last two rings of somites xi and xii respect- 
ively. 

The nephridial pores, numbering in ail seventeen pairs, open 
laterally in the furrow separating the second and third rings of the 
middle seventeen somites. 

The anus opens dorsally just behind the last ring of the body. 

The clitellum extends over four somites, x—xii1. 

This species is generally of a yellowish colour variegated with 
brown, but exhibits great variability in markings. So far as my 
observations are concerned, there are distinguishable four varieties, 
which occur associated together, but with some intergrading forms. 

(i) In a few specimens from the East Himalayas and Bengal the 
dorsal surface is divided into three longitudinal areas. a median 
and two lateral. The median area is lighter in colour, and slightly 
narrower than the lateral areas which present a dark brown colour, 
getting lighter towards the iateral margins of the body. The 
median area is traversed longitudinally by a thick dark brown 
median stripe, which extends with the lateral bands throughout 
the whole length of the body, but in some cases it vanishes, or 
neatly so, on the dark head end. 

(ii) Some examples obtained from several localities of the Assam, 
Bengal and Bihar Districts, as well as of Lower Burma, are gener- 
ally marked on the dorsal surface with three fine dark brown stripes, 
one median, and on each side one lateral, in positien corresponding 
to the boundary line between the median and lateral areas men- 
tioned above. On some occasions the median stripe is faint or 
sometimes obsolete. 

(iii) In examples from several places in the East Himalayas 
and Cochin State the markings agree in their plan with the forms 
mentioned above, but may be distinguished from these by the 
different aspect of the lateral bands which are very faint or some- 
times obsolete. 

(iv) In some forms from the East Himalayas, North Kanara, 
Madras and Cochin State the body is marked on both sides, dorsal 
and ventral, with dark brown blotches, which occasionally join to- 
gether in the positions corresponding to the dorsal and lateral 
areas. 


1g2t.| T. Kapuraxkt: Notes on Leeches. 717 


REFERENCES. 


Annandale, N., 1913. ‘The Leeches of the Lake of Tiberias—A 
Report on the Biology of the Lake of 
Tiberias, 2nd series. Journ. As. Soc. 
Bengal, 1X. 

Apathy, S., 1888. Siisswasser-Hirudineen.—Z ool. Jahrb., TI. 

Badham, C., r916. On an Ichthyobdellid parasitic on the Aus- 
tralian Sand Whiting (Szllago cilliata). 
Quart. Journ. Mier. Sct., 1X11. 

Baird, W., T8690. Descriptions of some new suctorial Annelids in 
the collection of the British Museum. 
Proc. Zool. Soc. Londen. 

Blanchard, R., 1887. Hirudinées. Dictonnarre encylop. des sev. 
med. 

a 1891-g. Courtes notices sur les Hirudinées, I-X XVI. 

Bull. Soc. zool. France, XVI-XXIV. 


Fe 18o4(a). Révision des Hirudinces de Musée de Turin. 
Bull. Mus. Zool. Univ. Torino, VIII, 
No. 146. 


1893(b). Hirudinées—Viaggio del Dr. E. Festa in 
Palestina. IJbid., VIII, No. 161. 


. 1893(c). Hirudinées—Voyage du Dr. Th. Barrois en 
Syrie. Rév. biol. Nord. France, V1. 
a 1893(a). Hirudinées de I’ Italie continentale et in- 


sulaire. Boll, Mus. Zool. Univ. Torino, 
IX, No. 192. 

t T894(b). Révision des Hirudinées du Musée de 
Dresde. Abhandl. u. Ber. kon. zool. 
anthrop.-ethnograph. Mus. Dresden, 1892- 
3, No. 4. 

Ss 1894(c). Hirudinées—Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in 
Birmanica e regioni vicine, LViI. Ann. 
Mus. civico Genova (2), XIV. 

ae 1896(a). Description de quelques Hirudinées asiati- 
ques. Mem. soc. Zool. France, IX. 

ur 1896(b). Hirudinées—Viaggio del dott. A. Borelli- 
nella Republica Argentinae nel Paraguay, 
XXI. Boll. Mus. Zool. Umv. Torino, 
XI, No. 263. 


Pe 1897(a). Hirudinées du Musée de Leyde. Notes 
from the Leyden Museum, XIX. 

a 1897(b). Hirudineen Ost-Aftikas. Die Thierwelt Ost- 
Afrikas und der Nachbargebtete, Berlin. 

- 1897(c). Hirudinées des Indes Néerlandaises. Zoolo- 


gische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Nteder- 
landisch Ost-Indien. hevausg. von Dr. Max 
Weber. 

3 1900. Hirudinea. Hamburger Magalhaensische Sam- 
melreise, V, pt. 4. 


718 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voyr. XXII, 


Castle, W. F., 1g00(a). 


+) 


Harding, W.A., 1909. 


IQI3. 


1920. 


+) 


Johansson, L., 1896. 


1898(d). 


ns 1909Q(a). 


se) 1909(0). 


5 1900(c). 


1909(d). 


A Iglo(c). 


_ 1913. 


3 1914. 


1g00(d}. 


IgIO. 


19Il. 


T8g98(a). 


IQIO(d). 


1Qto(b). 


Some North American Fresh-Water Rhyn- 
chobdellidae, and their parasites. Bull 
Mus. Zool. Harvard, XXXVI, No. 2. 

The Metamerism of the Hirudinea. Proc. 
Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., XXV, No. 15. 

Note on two new Leeches from Ceylon. 
Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc., XV, pt. 3. 

A Revision of the British Leeches. Para- 
Sitol., I> No: 2. 

Note on a new Leech (Placobdella aegyp- 
tiaca) from Egypt. Ann. Mag. Nat. 
felis, Seite (Sy WHOL 

On a new Land-Leech from the Seychelles 
—The Percy Sladen Trust Expedition 
to the Indian Ocean in 1905 under the 
leadership of Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner, 
No.3. Trans. Linn. Soc. London., ser. 
2eVile ptes 

Hirudinea—Fauna of the Chilka Take. 
Mem. Ind. Mus., V. 

Bidrag till Kannedomen om Sveriges Ich- 
thyobdeliiden. Akadem. k. afn. Upsala, 
1896. 

Die Ichthyobdelliden im Zool. Reichs- 
museum in Stockholm.’’ Ofvers. af K. 
Vet.-Akad. Forn., LV. 

Finige systematisch wichtige Theile der 
inneren Organisation der Ichthyobdelli- 
den. Zool. Anz., XXI. 

Hirudinea. Die Siisswasserjauna Deuts- 
chlands von Prof. Dr. Brauer, XIIT. 

Uber eine eigentiimliche Offnung des 
Darmes bei einem afrikanischen Egel 
(Salifa perspicax). Zool. Anz. XXXIV. 

Uber die Kiefer der Herpobdelliden. Jbid., 
XXXV. 

Einige neue Arten Glossosiphoniden aus 
dem Sudan. I[bid., XXXV. 

Zur Kenntnis der Herpobdelliden Deutsch- 
lands. Jbid., XXXV. 

Zur Kenntnis der Herpobdelliden Deutsch- 
lands. Jbzd., XXXVI. 

Uberzahlinge Darméffnungen bei Hirudi- 
neen. Ibid., XXXVI. 

Uber eine neue von Dr. K. Absolon in der 
Herzegowina entdeckte h6dhlenbewoh- 
nande Herpobdellidae. Jbzd., XIII. 

Uber den Bau von Trematobdella perspicax. 
Results Swed. Zool. Exped. to Egypt and 
the White Nile, got. 


T921.] T. Kapuraxt: Notes on Leeches. 719 


Tvambert, AdaM., 1898. The Structure of an Australian Land 
Leech. Proc. Rov. Soc. Victoria, X, 
pt. 2. 
1899. Description of two new species of Aus- 
tralian Land Leeches with Notes on their 
Anatomy. Ibid., XI, pt. 2. 
Leigh-Sharpe, W. H., 1915. Ganvmedes cratere,n.g. et sp. Parast- 
tol., VIII. 
1916. Platyobdella anarriuca (with a note, 
erratum, and an appendix). Jbzd., VIII. 
Malm, A. W., 1860. Svenska Iglar. Konel. Vetenskaps och Vit- 
terhets Samhalies Handlingay, VIII. 
Moore, J. P:, rg00. A description of Microbdella biannulata, with 
especial reference to the Constitution of 
the Leech Somite. Pvoc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Philadelphia. 
1912. Classification of the Leeches of Minnesota. 
In: The Leeches of Minnesota. 


” 


» 


a 1913. Hirudinea of Southern Patagonia. Rep. 
Princeton Univ. Exped. Patagonia, 1896- 
@), IQUE 


Moquin-Tandon, A:, 1826. Monographie de la famille des Hiru- 
dinées. Ed. 1. 
Miller, O.F.; 1774. Vermium Terrestrium et Fluviatilium, etc. 
I, pars 2. 
Oka, A., 1895. On some new Japanese Land Leeches. Journ. 
Coll. Sct. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, VII. 
1910. Synopsis der japanischen Hirudineen, mit Diag- 
nosen der neuen Species. Annot. Zool. 
Japon., VIII. 


” 


A 1912. Hine neue Ozobranchus-Art aus China. I[b7d., 
WAC 
* 1917. Hirudinea—Zoological results of a Tour in the 


Far Fast. Mem. As. Soc. Bengal, V1. 
Rousseau, E., 1912. Hirudinées d’eau douce d'Europe. Ann. 
Biol. lacustre, V. 
Savigny, J.C., 1820. Systéme des Annélides, etc. 
Schmarda, L. K., 1861. Neue Wirbellose Thiere. I. 
Verrill, A.E., 1874. Synopsis of the North American Fresh 
Water Leeches. Rep. U. S. Fish Com- 
misstoner for 1872-3, pt. 2. 
Wahiberg, P., 1855. Nya Blodiglar. Ofvers. af K. Vet.-Ahad. 
Foérh., X11. 
1856. Neue Blutegel. Zeitschr. f. d. ges. Natur- 
wiss. VIII. 
Weber, M., 1915. Monographie des Hirudinées Sud-Américaines. 
Neuchatel. 
Whitman, C.O., 1886. The Leeches of Japan. Quart. Journ. 
Micr. Sct. (2), XXVI. 


EY) 


, : i wi ~~ a > aaa 
ng ae ay) vi 
7 ie i" ‘ 
S ae: . € . 
7 7 “Fy 
i? 
i 
D "a3! 
yee { 
fe “a a 
pit fi 
on 
a, wis 
a 
a 
; ” 
‘ 
» 
} 
. > . 
r 2 
daa, 
ri = 
j 
a ’ 
¥ : J 
; ‘ 
. hay a ash 
~~. 
; haiehtiee 5 
* j 
UV Wee F 
et: nee 
: 
_ 7 
' 
7 stay ey 
a) 
. i : 
a) 4 
% r / n 
o] 
ag 
7 C? a4 a 
" 
o : 
id Poe, | bY es 
i 
7 = ~ ' . + ' st 
: " ti ‘ i 
tity At ES 1} 
S * 
f ‘ 
: 
‘ mall i 
Z ‘ 
7 Pr ‘ ‘ 
Woy ’ y Bite j F ; 
i AN, ‘nati ah 
1% ; 
fan ts 
‘s a in Z 
ey i ; ; 
7 4 . 
a4 } 
} y j 
i VS i 
BS cad A eh A o ‘ : ; 
Pee ak <u. f yiatae ' i 
= 2 ~* 4 ~- ‘ 
7 ~ . * 
a) eee Ad he ae Leo OEE Me) ’ Ss Ue ale! 
; as Be 


Wess 


ae. yy 2 


: 3 mn ve jay 


Ses <a) WA 


ry a so 


LAM ine ua t = a ety ba 


4 . Ww i a Se ee Aci wae 


Au wakee 
MANLY 
eee Cth Fas 


ae 


y UL 


LX KI. RECORDS COESSOME INDIAN 
CICINDELIDAE. 


By Cepric Dover and SYDNEY RIBEIRO, Asszstants, Zoological 
Survey of India. 


Having recently had occasion to re-arrange the Cicindelidae in 
the collection of the Zoological Survey of India, we found that it 
contained many specimens from localities unrecorded by Canon 
Fowler in his volume on the Cicindelidae and Paussidae in the 
** Fauna of British India” series; and, asin most other groups of 
Indian insects, much remains to be known about their geogra- 
phical distribution, we have drawn up the following note in the 
hope that it will be useful. We have endeavoured to incorporate 
the few records of Indian species that have been published since 
Fowler’s volume appeared. ¥ 

It may be mentioned that most of the specimens listed here 
have been collected by the officers of this department ; especially 
by Dr. S. W. Kemp, in Assam and elsewhere, and Dr. F. H. Gravely 
in the Darjiling District. Dr. and Mrs. Kemp’s collection from 
the Garo Hills, Assam, made in July and August, 1917 is perhaps 
the most interesting recent addition to the collection, as these hills 
were hitherto practically unexplored. 

The identifications of all the more critical species mentioned 
in this paper have been verified by Dr. Walther Horn. 


Collyris brevipennis, Horn. ‘Talewadi near Castle Rock, N.- 
Kanara Dist. (Kemp, 3-10'x'16) and Castle Rock (11~26°x'r6). 
Dr. Kemp tells us that he took the Talewadi specimen on a small 
bush while it was boring with the posterior end of its body into one 
of the branches, presumably with a view to oviposition. 

Neocollyris vedtenbacheri, Horn. ‘Tura, Garo Hills, Assam, 
200-1500 ft. and above Tura, 3000 ft. ‘This species is not rare in 
the Darjiling Dist., from 1500-5000 ft. It has also been taken 
in Kousanie, Kumaon, 6075 ft. (Tiler, 25'vii'14). 

Neocollyris attenuata, Redt. Darjiling Dist., from 1500-5000 
ft. 

Neocollyris variitarsis, Chaud. Tura, 1200-1500 ft., and 
Singla, Darjiling Dist., 1500 ft. 

Neocollyris varticornis, Chaud. Tura, 1200-1500 ft., Sitong 
near Mungphu, 3800-4000 ft., Darjiling Dist. (Kemp, 2-5’vii' 18) 
and Singla, 1500 ft. The species has also been taken in Tonkin. 

Neocollyris bonelli ,;Guer. Rangamati, Chittagong Hill Tracts, 
(Hodgart, 11-16'vii15), Siripur, and Khargpur, Bengal. Sib- 
sagar, Khasi Hills, and above Tura, Assam, Hills near Taiping, 
Perak (Annandale, 26-30'xii'I5), This species is widely distri- 


722. Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXIT, 


buted in Bengal and Fowler’s doubt of the Calcutta locality 
seems, therefore, uncalled for. he variety ortygia Buq., has 
been taken in Siripur (26-27ix‘1o0), Singla, 1500 ft. and Tura. 
We have specimens from Pashok. 3500 ft., Darjiling dist. and 
Tura under the name ‘“‘ var. diversipes, Fowl.”’, but Dr. Horn 
who examined one of these says that they are really interme- 
diate forms between N. bonelli and distincta. In the ‘ Fauna” 
volume distincta is given specific rank, but it is best consi- 
dered as a subspecies of benelli. We have examples of dis- 
tincta from Balighai near Puri, Orissa (Annandale and Gravely, 
16-20'Viii' IT). 

Neocollyris fuscitarsis, Schm.-Goeb. Singla, Darjiling Dist., 
1500 ft. 

Neocollyris saphyrina, Chaud. Pashok, 2500 ft., Darjiling 
Dist. 

Neocollyris insignis, Chaud. Above Tura, Garo Hills, Assam, 
3900 ft. In India the species appears to be entirely confined to 
the hills, and is rather common in the Darjiling Dist. 

Neocollyris smaragdina, Horn. Soom, Darjiling Dist., 4000- 
5000 ft (7°vii'14). 

Neocollyiys feae, Horn. Rangamati, Chittagong Hill Tracts, 
(Hodgart 11—16'vii'l5). 

Tricondyla gownelli, Horn. ‘Trivandrum, Travancore. 

Tricondyla macroderva. Chaud. A common species in the Dar- 
jiling Dist. and in Assam. Dr Kemp took fifteen examples at 
Tura, and above Tura, on the doorstep of his bungalow and on 
tree-trunks. 

Tricondvia mellyi Chaud. Above Tura, 3500-3900 ft. 

Derocrania longesulcata, Horn. Castle Rock, N. Kanara Dist. 
‘Kemp, I1-26°x"16). 

Therates hennigt, Horn. Above Tura, 3900 ft. Dr. Kemp 
says that the species was rare in the Garo Hills where it occurred 
only in one place, about 100 ft. below the top of the ridge. The 
jungle on either side of the path in this locality consisted of very 
large trees with light undergrowth. 

Thevates dohertyi, Horn. Pashok, 5000 ft., Darjiling Dist. 
(Hartless). 

Therates chenelli, Bates. N. Shan States, U. Burma (Mack- 
wood (4°v't4). 

Therates obliquus, Fleut. Pashok, 5000 ft. (Hartless). 

Therates gestvoi, Horn. A common species above Tura in the 
Garo Hills, 3500-3900 ft. The subspecies annandalei is common 
in damp shady places, among shrubs and herbage, almost through- 
out the Eastern Himalayas. 

Prothyma proxima, Chaud. Balugaon, Puri Dist., Orissa 
(Annandale, 21-30'vii'13) and Coimbatore, S. India (Fletcher, 
18°xi'13) 

Prothyma reconciliatrix, Horn. Above Tura, 3500 ft. 

Heptodonta nodic ilis, Bates. A widely distributed species in 
the Darjiling Dist. and Assam. Fleutiaux records it from Tonkin. 


1gat.] C. Dover & S. Rrperro: Indian Cicindelidae. 723 


Heptodonta kraatzi, Horn. A fairly common species above 
-Tura, 3000-3500 ft. and in the Darjiling Dist. from 1500-5000 ft. 

Heptodonta pulchella, Hope. Not an uncommon species at 
Tura, 1000-1200 ft. H. ferrarit, Gestro, is sunk as a synonym of 
this species by Fowler, but Fleutiauxin a recent paper (1917) seems 
to consider it distinct, and after carefully examining the specimen in 
the Indian Museum we cannot but agree with him. Our example is 
from the N. Shan States, Upper Burma (Mackwood, 4°v'14), and 
the species is also recorded from the Karen Hills in Burma and 
Taos. 

Cicindsla vividicincta, Horn. Mr. Fletcher has taken this 
species in Pollibetta, Coorg, S. India (15-25'v'14). 

Cicindela tetrastacta, Wied. Annandale and Dover record this 
species from Barkuda I., and Gantasila on the Chilka Lake. 

Cicindela dvomicoides, Chaud. Not uncommon in the Darjiling 
Dist., and Kumaon. Dr. Gravely has taken a specimen in Ghumti, 
Darjiling Dist., 4000 ft., with the elytron of a common small 
Chrysomelid in its mandibles. The Cicindela probably feeds on 
the Chrysomelid. 

Cicindela triguttata, Hbst. Rangamati, Chittagong Hil! Tracts, 
(Hodgart, t1-16'vii'15), Siliguri, base of E. Himalayas (Annandale 
and Kemp, 3-4 -vi11), Darjiling Dist., 600-4500 ft., Tura, Garo 
Hills, and Tonkin. 

Cicindela umbropolita, Horn. Mr. Fletcher has taken this 
species at Coorg, S. India, in May, 1914. 

Cicindela foveolata, Schaum. ‘Tura, 1200 ft., Nilgiri Hills, 
3000 ft., and Tonkin. 

Cicindela spinolac, Gestro. Rangamati and Tura, I000- 
1500 ft. A jungle species fairly common in the Eastern Himalayas. 

Cicindela bigemina, Klug. Siliguri (3-4’vii'tr), and Chakra- 
dharpur, Chota Nagpur (Gravely, I'x't1). The habitat of the 
variety brevis, Horn, is given by Fowler as “Indes Orientales.” 
We have specimens from the bank of the River Sohan in Rawal- 
pindi, Punjab (Hodgart, vi-vii'17). 

Cicindela vividilabris, Chaud. Fowler gives the habitat of 
this species as ‘‘East Indes,” but remarks that Dr. Horn thinks 
that'they are probably from North India. Mr. Hodgart has taken 
it in Kalka at the base of the Simla Hills, 2400 ft., in July, 1917. 

Cicindela seriepunctata, Horn. A widely distributed form in 
the Eastern Himalayas. 

Cicindela fastidiosa, Dej. Annandale and Dover record this 
species from Barkuda I., Chilka Lake, where they took brownish, 
greenish and bluish specimens. 

C. decempunctata var. obscure-dilatata, Horn. A species re- 
cently described by Horn (1914, p. 28) from Delhi. We havea 
single specimen from Lahore, Punjab (B. Das, 5x12, “‘ river-side’’). 

Cicindela melancholica, Fabr. Kalka, base of Simla Hills, 
2400 {t. (Annandale, ai'vii't1, “in railway carriage’), Ambala, 
Punjab (Annandale, 16-vii'11, ‘‘ in railway carriage’’), Kaladhungi, 
Naini Val Dist. (Hodgart, 4-6°v 13), and Bushire, Persia. 


724 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo1. XXITP 


Cicindela undulata, Dej. Annandale and Dover record this 
species from Barkuda I., and elsewhere. The variety dubia, Horn 
is recorded doubtfully in the ‘‘ Fauna” from “‘India.”’ We possess 
specimens from Singla, Darjiling Dist., 1500 ft., and Mandalay in 
Upper Burma (Molesworth, 1915, ‘‘ at light’’). 

Cicindela imperfecta, Chaud. Fowler records it from various 
localities, but adds a note to the effect that Dr. Horn says that 
some of these records may be erroneous, as this species is known 
only from Bengal. The Museum possesses two specimens: one 
from Surat in Bombay, and the other from Ranchi, which are 
certainly authentic. 

Cicindela distinguenda, Dej. This species is recorded from 
Pondicherry and Ceylon, and Annandale and Dover record a single 
specimen from the shore of Barkuda I., Lake Chilka. 

Cicindela discreta var. veducia, Horn. ‘Tura, Garo Hills, 
1000-1500 ft. 

Cicindela grammophora, Chaud. Widely distributed in Bengal. 
We have specimens from Kaladhungi, Naini Tal Dist. (Hodgart, 
4-6'v'13). 

Cicindela cognata, Wied. Dr. Gravely has taken this species 
on the banks of the River Mahanadi in Cuttack, Orissa (2I—22° 
viii‘ It) and Mr. Hodgart in Goalbathan, E, Bengal (9‘vii‘og). 

Cicindela nunuta, Oliv. Tura, 1000 ft., and Garobadha (Kemp, 
1ix17), Garo Hills, Assam; Orissa, Delhi, and Satara Dist., 
Bombay Presidency. Apparently widely distributed in India and 
Burma. 

Cicindela mitida, Wied. Naini Tal Dist. and Orissa. The spe- 
cies though widely distributed is, like C. bivamosa, which lives only 
on the seashore, curiously particular in its choice of habitat. 
It inhabits river-banks composed of dry mud with a good amount 
of sand. We have seen it in very large numbers on the bank of 
the River Bhagarati at Berhampur, Murshidabad District, in the 
beginning of July, 1921, where it lives in company with a Muscid 
fly to which it bears a remarkable resemblance on sunny days. 
Both the beetle and the fly are extremely difficult to catch as they 
seem to move by a series of unaccountably swift leaps, and with 
the sun shining on them it is impossible to tell the beetle from the 
fly. In the cabinet they bear no resemblance whatever to each 
other. 

Cicindela angulata, Fabr. ‘Tura, Garo Hills, Assam, 1000 ft., 
Sitong, Darjiling Dist., and Cuttack, Orissa (Gravely, 21-22'viii'I1, 
“on bank of R. Mahanadi’’). 

Cicindela sumatrensis, Hbst. A widely distributed species 
usually abundant where it occurs (cf. Annandale and Dover, 1921). 
The variety imperfecta Horn is found throughout the Bombay 
Presidency, and Dr. Gravely has also taken it in the Cochin State. 
We are of opinion that C. despectata Horn (1892, p. 86) from 
Perak in the Malay Peninsula and the Phillipines will probably 
prove to be only a form of C. sumatrensis. 

Cicindela cardoni, Fleut. Satara Dist., Bombay Presidency, 


19g21,] C. Dover & S. Ripetro: Indian Cicindelidae. 725 


2000 ft. In the Manbhum District of Chota Nagpur the species is 
not uncommon on sand by the river-bank. 

Cicindela chloris, Hope. A common Western Himalayan spe- 
cies, taken also in the Darrang Dist., Assam-Bhutan Frontier 
(Kemp, 26°xii'10). 

Cicindela funerea, McLeay. This form occurs in the Darji- 
ling Dist., from 500-5000 ft., and almost throughout Assam. 
In the Garo Hills it is not uncommon at Tura, tooo ft. Dr. Annan- 
dale has also taken it on the shore of Lake Talé Sap in Patalung, 
Siam. 

Cicindela intermedia, Chaud.'! ‘Taken in Kumaon from 1200- 
6075 ft. 

Cicindela octonotata, Wied. Sukna, 500 ft., E. Himalayas. 
(Annandale, i'viii‘o8), Darjiling, Garobadha (Kemp, 1°x'17) and 
Tura, Garo Hills, Assam, 1200 ft. 

Cicindela duponti, Dej. Tura, tooo-t4o00 ft. and Tonkin. 
The variety baymanica, Gestro, has been taken by Mr. Hannyngton 
at Coorg, 2000 ft., S. India, and by Mr. Mackwood in N. Shan 
States, U. Burma. ‘The Museum possesses an example of C. chin- 
ensis, De Geer, from Simla, but Fowler thinks it probable that 
this locality is incorrect. 

Cicindela aurulenta, Fabr. Hills near Taiping, Perak (Annan- 
dale, 26-30°xii"I5), N. Shan States, U. Burma; Tamansari, 
Idjen Massip, 1600 ft., E. Java (Kloss, i'20). The variety virgula, 
Fleut., is widely distributed in the Rastern Himalayas andin Assam. 
Dr. Kemp found it not uncommon at Tura, rooo-1400 ft. He 
has collected specimens of the variety bates’ Fleut. (cf. Fleutiauxe 
1893, p 491) which is not recorded in the “ Fauna’’, in the 
Doiphang Valley, Darrang Dist., Assam-Bhutan Frontier (21°x" 
2) 2 

Cicindela hamiitoniana, Thoms. Mr. Fletcher has taken this 
form in Pollibetta, Coorg, and we have an example from Nadgani, 
Malabar. 

Cicindela assamensis, Parry. ‘Tura, Garo Hills, Assam, r000— 
1500 ft., above Tura, 3000 ft., Pashok, 2000 ft., Darjiling Dist. , 
and Rungbong Valley in Darjiling. In the Garo Hills the 
species is found in the same situation as Therates hennigi, but at 
lower altitudes. 

Cicindela mouhoti var. caviana, Gestro. N. Shan States, U. 
Burma 

Cicindela vigintiguttata, Hbst. Barkul, Puri Dist., Orissa 
(Gravely, 9-13°xi'12). 

Cicindela striolata, Ul. Wr. Gravely in June, 1914 found this 
species not rare in long grass above jungle in the Darjiling Dist., 


!, It might be of interest to mention here that a common African Cicindelid 
has long been known under the name C. intermedia \Klug (1853), but as Chaudoir 
described the Indian species of this name a year earlier, Dr. Horn proposes to 
call the African form C. intermediola. 1 am indebted to Mr. C. N. Barker of the 
Durban Museum for this information. [C.D.] 


726 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo,. XXII, 


3000-3500 ft. It has also been taken at Coorg and Rangamati. 
The variety Jineifrons Chaud. is represented in our collection from 
above Tura, 2500 ft.( Kemp, 15vii'r7, ‘‘ jungle path’’). 

Cicindela albina, Wied. On banks of River Sohan at Rawal- 
pindi, Punjab, and Lohardaga, Ranchi Dist., Chota Nagpur. At 
Balighai near Puri on the Orissa Coast Dr. Annandale found that 
it occurred only on sand dunes, not on the seashore. 

Cicindela copulata, Schm.-Goeb. Fowler gives the distribution 
as Calcutta and Karachi, but remarks that the former is rather 
doubtful. Schmidt-Goebel described it from ‘‘ Cossipore near 
Calcutta,” but this is undoubtedly an error for Cossipore is on the 
banks of the River Hughli, and fully ninety miles away from the 
sea; there is soft mud on the foreshore, and no sand at all. 
The locality has no resemblance whatever to Karachi. Moreover, 
C. copulata has never again been recorded from near Calcutta, 
while it has often turned up at Karachi. It is thus safe to assume 
that it does not occur in the former locality. The species is gener- 
ally found in open sandy places. Fleutiaux (1917) records what 
he considered this species from Annam, but in a later paper (191g) 
he showed that it was really C. punctatissima, Schaum. 

Cicindela quadrilineata, Fabr. In recording this form and 
C. bivamosa Fabr., from Chandipore on the Orissa sea-coast Dr. 
Gravely (1919, p. 398) remarks : ‘‘ Cicindela quadrilineata, Fabricius 
is sometimes to be found where the ground is muddy. In r1g1qQ it 
was comparatively abundant on muddy sand at the mouth of the 
Burhabalang River. Both species are common seashore insects, 
living near high-tide mark, but I am not aware that they have 
been found so closely associated before. In Annandale and Horn’s 
Annotated List of Indian Museum Cicindelinae (Calcutta, 1909), 
C. biramosa is recorded from various places from N. Kanara on the 
Malabar coast to Java, and C. guadyvilineata from Burma and Bengal 
to south of Madras; and the known range of the latter species is 
extended in the‘ Fauna of British India’ to Sind and Baluchistan. 
More recent observations both by Dr. Annandale and myself sug- 
gest that C. bavamosa is the common seashore species of the east 
and southwest coasts of the Indian Peninsula, and that C. quadvi- 
lineata holds this position on the northern parts of the west coast. 
Mr. Kemp found both on the coast of Portuguese India.” In a 
fortnight’s visit to Chandipore in the latter half of September, 1920, 
we did not see either of these species, but C. limosa, Saund., was 
occasionally observed in the burrows of the crab, Ocypoda 
macroceya, Milne-Edwards, a brilliant red species of considerable 
size, very common on the beach. The beetle probably only goes 
into the burrow for shelter and the case must not be taken as one 
of commensalism. A damaged example of /imosa has been taken 
by Gravely from the nest of a gregarious spider (Stegodyphus) at 
Durgapur, Salt Lakes, near Calcutta. The variety venet, Horn, of 
C. quadrilincata has been taken by Kemp at Pamben in the Gulf 
of Manaar (24°11°13.) 


1921.] C. Dover & S. RrBeEtro: Indian Cicindelidae. 727 


LITERATURE CONSULTED. 


Annandale, N. 
and Horn, W., 1909. An Annotated List of the Asiatic Beetles 
in the collection of the Indian Museum, Pt. 1, Cicindel- 
inae (Calcutta). 
Annandale, N. 
and Dover, C., 1921. The Cicindelid Beetles of Barkuda Island. 
—Rec. Ind. Mus. XX11, pp. 335-337. 
Fletcher, ‘I. B., 1908. Leaves from my Log—Cicindela bivamosa. 
—Spolia Zeylanica V, p. 62. 
=. 1914. Note on Tiger-Beetles from Coorg.—Journ. 
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. XXIII, p. 320. 
Fleutiaux, E., 1893. Remarques sur quelques Cicindelidae et 
descriptions d’Especes Nouvelles.—Ann. Soc. Ent. 
France, p. 483. 
- 1917. Enumération des Cicindelidae récoltés en 
Indo-Chine francaise par M. Vitalis de Salvaza, de 
1914 a 1916.—Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 48. 


a 1917. Nouvelle liste de Cicindelidae de l’Indo- 
Chine.—TIbid., p. 368. 

‘s Igtg. Sur quelques Cicindelidae d’Indo-Chine 
(rectifications).—Ibid., p. 252. 

0 1920. Tableau pour la determination rapide des 
Tricondyla d’Indo-Chine.—bull. Soc. Ent. France, 
p- 308. 


Fowler, W. W.,1912. Fauna of British India, General Introduc- 
tion and Cicindelidae and Paussidae (London). 

Gravely, F. H., 1912. The Habits of some Tiger-Beetles from 
Orissa.—Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, p. 207. 

5 191g. A Note on the Marine Invertebrate Fauna 

of Chandipore, Orissa.—Rec. Ind. Mus. XVI, p. 395. 

Horn, W., 1892. Fiinf Dekaden neuer Cicindeleten.—Deuts. Ent. 
Zetts., p. 65. 

Horn, W., 1914. 50 neue Cicindelidae.—Arch. Nat. Berlin, 79 A, 
II (1913--14). 


XXXIT. REMARKS ON A SPECIMEN OF 
ECALAMARIA JAVANICA. 


By COLONEL F. Wait, I.M.S. 


I have recently examined an example of the genus Calamaria 
belonging to the collection of the Zoological Survey of India. As 
this specimen is a valuable one, the following notes on it should 
I think be placed on record. 

The specimen (No. 4450) was referred by Sclater (List Snakes 
Ind. Mus. 1891) to Calamaria pavimentata. Iam of opinion that 
it should be referred to C. javanica. 

It was obtained from Johore in the Malay Peninsula, and 
measured 142 mm. {53 inches). 

Lepidosis. Rostral— Touching four shields, the  rostro- 
praefrontal sutures longer than the rostro-labials. Portion visible 
above a shade less than its distance to the frontal. Interna- 
sals.—Wanting. Praefrontals—tl,ength greater than the frontal, 
touching the rostral, Ist and 2nd supralabials, eye and supraocular. 
Frontal.—As long as the snout, half the parietals, equal to its 
breadth. Sxpraoculars.—Length one-third the frontal, breadth 
one-fifth the frontal. Nasal.—Verysmall. Loveal.—None. Prac- 
aculay.—None. Postoculay.—None. Supralabials.—Four, the 3rd 
very short, the 4th longer than the 2nd and 3rd taken together, 
two-thirds the parietals; 2nd and 3rd touching the eye. Swublin- 
guals.—Posterior, not separated, touching the 3rd and 4th infra- 
labials. Jnfvalabials—The 1st in contact behind the mental; 4th 
largest, length three-fourths the posterior sublinguals, breadth 
equal to those shields. Costals.—In 13 rows in the whole body 
length, the ultimate row not enlarged, smooth. Ventrals.—187. 
Anal.—Entire. Subcaudals.—15, entire. 

Tail compressed basally. Eye about one-third the length 
of the snout, less than its distance to the edge of the lip. Uniform 
light brown dorsally and ventrally, the costals with rather lighter 
edges. No head marks, nor tail marks. 


1 
; 
J 
: 
< ’ 
- I; 
ii) 
— r - 
£ 
‘ 
i 
< 
= 7 
. 
/ 
ys v 

} 4} ~ 

. iy 

4 
’ 5 
i i a 
1 
‘ 


Loa ON SOME NE We OR RARE, (SP ey CES 
OF FISH FROM THE EASTERN 
HIMALAYAS. 


By SUNDER Lat Hora, M.Sc., Assistant Superiniendent, 
Zoological Survey of India. 


(Plate XXIX.) 


The fish on which the following notes are based formed part 
of a collection recently made by Mr. G. FE. Shaw in the foot-hills 
of the Eastern Himalayas below Darjiling. Mr. Shaw has taken 
great pains to make his collection of the fishes of this area com- 
plete and I am greatly indebted to him for the opportunity of 
examining it. Among the specimens I have found examples of 
Psilorhynchus sucatio and Erethistes clongata which were hitherto 
knewn only from the original descriptions of Hamilton Bucha- 
nan and Day, while there are three species which appear to be 
new. Mr. Shaw has very kindly presented specimens of the 
species he collected to the collection of the Zoological Survey of 
India. 

Psilornhynchus sucatio (Ham. Buch.). 


(G21 DOS DiC alesse ae 3074) 


1822. Cyprinus sucatio, Hamilton Buchanan, Fish. Ganges, pp. 347 
and 303. 

1839. Psilorhynchs sucatio, McClelland, Asiatic Res. XIX pp. 300 
and 428, pl. 50, figs. 1 and ta. [343. 

1868. Psilorhynchus sucatio, Giinther, Faun. rable Ind. Fish. VII, p. 

1871. Psilorhynchus sucatio, Day, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal XL, p. 


1e7, pl. 1x, fig. 1. 

This species has hitherto been known only from Hamilton 
Buchanan’s description published in 1822 and from the manuscript 
drawing preserved in the library of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 
In 1871 Day, in the work cited above, remarked : ‘‘it does not 
appear at all impossible that the other, P. sucatio, H. Buch, 
may be destitute of an air-bladder and would thus form a distinct 
genus appertaining to the subfamily Homalopterinae,”’ but in 
his later work! he suggested that it was synonymous with Homa- 
loptera bilineata. 

I have found three specimens in Mr. Shaw’s collection which 
agree with the description and figure of Hamilton Buchanan’s 
Cyprinus sucatio. ‘The species possesses a fairly well-developed 
bladder of the cyprinid pea and is destitute of barbels. In its 


! Day, Fish India fe p- 526 (1878). 


932 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XXII, 


elongate snout it closely resembles certain species of the genus 
Homaloptera, but it can be readily distinguished by the absence 
of barbels and by the presence of a free air-bladder in the abdom- 
inal cavity. - 

Buchanan found the species in ‘‘ the rivers of Northern 
Bengal,” while his second species, P. balitova, was ‘‘ found in the 
rivers towards the north-east of Bengal.’’ McClelland (op. cit.), 
who had examined only a single specimen of P. balitora for 
warded to him from ‘‘Upper Assam” by Capt. Hannay, gave 
the habitat of both the species as “ north-eastern parts of Bengal.” 
Gtinther (op. cit.) who followed McClelland made the same mistake. 
The specimens of P. balitova in our collection enable me to con- 
firm Buchanan’s statement that the species occurs in the Khasi 
Hills (north-east of Bengal), while P. sucatio is found at the base 
of the Darjiling Himalayas (Northern Bengal). I} referred some 
young specimens collected by Dr. Annandale at Siliguri in the 
Mahanadi River to P. balitora, but on further examination I find 
that they are the young of P. sucatio. ‘The mistake was due 
to the immaturity of the specimens. 

The genus Psilorhynchus comprises three Indian species, 
one of which was recently described by myself (0. czt., p. 208) 
from immature specimens found in the Naga Hills. The new 
species is readily distinguished from those previously known by its 
straight profile, by the absence of any grooves on the under surface 
of the head and by the position of the eye, which is considerably 
nearer to the tip of the snout than to the posterior limit of the 
operculum. P. sucatio differs from P. balitova in possessing a long 
depressed snout and a greatly elevated back fin. 

Annandale * described a species of fish from the Bombay Presi- 
dency under this genus, but quite recently I * have referred it to a 
separate genus for which I have proposed the name Parapsilo- 
vyhynchus, 

In Psilorhynchus sucatio the dorsal profile is greatly arched. 
It is highest near the base of the dorsal fin, whence it slopes con- 
siderably towards both ends. The ventral profile is only slightly 
aiched. The caudal peduncle is narrow and elongated. The head 
is much depressed and both the upper and the lower surfaces 
are greatly flattened ; it is one and a quarter times as long as broad. 
The length of the head is contained about 5 times in the length 
of the body excluding the caudal fin. The depth of the body 
in full grown specimens is slightly less than the length of the 
head and is contained 5°5 times in the length of the body. 
The snout is broad and evenly rounded ; the interorbital space is 
somewhat concave. ‘The eyes are large and globular and are situ- 
ated in the posterior half of the head; they are only slightly 
visible from below. ‘The diameter of the eye is contained almost 


' Hora, Rec. Int. Mus. XUX, p. 210 (1920). 
* Annandale, Rec. /nd, Mus. XVI, p. 128 (1919). 
Hora, Rec. Ind. Mus. X1X, p. 209 (1920). 


1921.] S. L. Hora: Fish from the E. Himalayas. 733 


3 times in the length of the head and the snout is 1°5 times the 
diameter of the eye in length. ‘The interorbital width is greater 
than the diameter of the eye. ‘lhe mouth is situated on the under 
surface of the head considerably behind the tip of the snout and is 
bordered by thick lips. The lower lip and the skin immediately 
behind it is somewhat papillated. There are two curved grooves 
running from the angle of the mouth to the tip of the snout. 
The nostrils are situated considerably nearer to the eye than to 
the tip of the snout. 

The dorsal fin commences in advance of the ventrals, and its 
origin is much nearer to the tip of the snout than to the base 
of the caudal fin ; its free margin is truncate and oblique. The 
longest ray of the dorsal fin is considerably higher than the depth 
of the body below it ; its shortest ray equals the longest ray of the 
anal fin in length. There are two spines and 7 or 8 branched rays 
in the dorsal fin. ‘The pectoral fins are greatly expanded and are 
horizontally placed. They contain 13 or 14 rays, of which the first 
four are not branched. It isseparated from the base of the ventral 
fins by half its own length. The ventrals are only slightly shorter 
than the pectorals; they are expanded and horizontally placed. 
They contain 9 or 10 rays, of which the first two are not branched. 
The ventrals extend considerably beyond the anal opening. The 
anal fin is short and rounded and is placed nearer to the base of the 
caudal than to that of the ventral fin. It contains seven rays, 
of which five are branched. The caudal fin is as long as the length 
of the head and is deeply forked. Beth the lobes are pointed ; 
the upper is slightly longer than the lower. 

The lepidosis is quite normal except on the chest, where the 
scales are either absent or greatly reduced. There are 38 scales 
along the lateral line from the angle of the operculum to the base 
of the caudal fin, and six series of longitudinal rows of scales 
between the bases of the dorsal and the ventral fins. A scale from 
near the base of the dorsal fin is semicircular in outline with an 
almost flat base and an arched apex. ‘The nucleus is eccentric 
and is situated close to the base. ‘There are about 5 or 6 radii to 
the apex and the circular striae are indefinite and closely packed 
together. 

The air-bladder has undergone a certain amount of degenera- 
tion from the normal cyprinid type. The anterior chamber is later- 
ally fattened and covered with a thick fibrous coat. The posterior 
chamber is narrow and elongated and is of uniform thickness 
throughout ; its walls are greatly thickened. It is displaced from 
its original position and comes to lie on one side of the anterior 
chamber. 

Hamilton Buchanan describes the colour of the species as 
follows: ‘‘ Above the colour is greenish, with scattered dots; 
on the sides these are collected into clouds, and below the body is 
whitish and diaphanous. The fins of the back, breast and tail, 
are dotted. The eyes are brown, with a narrow golden circle 
round the pupil.’’ The specimens before me possess five broad, 


734 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


clouded vertical bands on the body and a number of stripes on the 
caudal fin. The membranes between the first few rays of the dor- 
sal fin are black, and here and there are a number of black patches 
on the head and on the body. The under surface of the head and 
body are pale white. 

Locality.—Psilorhynchus sucatio is found in rapids at the 
base of the Darjiling Himalayas. Four young specimens were col- 
lected by Dr. Annandale in the Mahanadi River at Siliguri (alt. 
200 {t.) Mr. Shaw’s specimens are from the Mahanadi River and 
the Sivoke River of the Darjiling District. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


A B. ( 

Total length of body (excluding caudal) a5 (OE 55'5 51:2 
Length of head ce ne 15'o 12°O 10's 
Wardle 3 pe o2 9°2 Sto 
Depth of body ae ; 13°2 12°8 11°6 
Diameter of eye ee i 4°5 43 Ra) 
Length of snout a0 506 dh 5°60 5'0 
Interorbital width 6'9 48 473 
Length of caudal peduncle ae : iVZ7) 7'8 672 
Least height of caudal peduncle a di 5/0 4°8 452 
Distance from tip of snout to anterior origin of 

dorsal fin v 30°0 20°5 24°2 


Distance from base of caudal fin to anterior origin 


of dorsal fin... % ee 8 0e7) 20°7 27°0 
Distance from tip of snout to anal opening ee BOLO 32:6 30°8 
cA ,, base of caudal fin to anal opening 21-0 22'9 20°4 
Longest ray of dorsal oe 17-4 11°6 I1‘2 
A ay. gn EME! ; F 3 ohre) $°8 8°3 
Length of pectoral fin e 14°0 13°5 L258 
a », ventral ,, a Wa RTSSS 12°0 10'2 


Oreinus molesworthi, Chaudhuri. 
1913. Oveinus molesworthi, Chaudhuri, Rec. 7nd. Mus. VIII, p. 243, 
pl. vi, figs. 2, 2a, 2b. 

This species was described by Chaudhuri (op. cit.) from a single 
specimen from Yembung at an altitude of 1100 ft. in the Abor 
Hills. There is one specimen in Mr. Shaw’s collection which I 
refer to this species after having compared it with the type-speci- 
men and with the description and figures given by Chaudhuri. 

Chaudhuri says that ‘‘ the width of the mouth is nearly two 
and a half times the length of the head.’’ Probably he meant 
to say that the width of the mouth was contained nearly two 
anda half times in the length of the head; this is very nearly 
correct. I find that the so-called scaleless portion of the body, 
which is situated behind the opercle and below the lateral line, 
possesses rudimentary scales which in the type-specimen are mostly 
hidden by the slime of the skin. In the specimen from the Dar- 
jiling Himalayas, which is 185 mm. in length including the caudal, 
there are only a few small conical warts on the snout and the 
body is comparatively less deep. The caudal fin is deeply forked 
with both the lobes pointed, the upper longer than the lower. 


1921.] S. L. Hora: Fish from the FE. Himalayas. 735 


Mr. Shaw collected his specimen in the Reang River at an 
altitude of 2000 ft. in the Darjiling District. 


Aborichthys elongatus, sp. nov. 


This species is represented in Mr. Shaw’s collection by three 
specimens, two of which are young and one adult in a bad state of 
preservation, It can, however, be readily distinguished from the 
only other known species of the genus, Aborichthys kempt, Chau- 
dhuri,' in the points tabulated below :— 


A, kempt, Chaudhuri, A. elongatus, sp. nov. 

t. The snout is a little shorter than | The snout is almost equal to the post- 
the post-orbital part of the head. orbital part of the head. 

2, There are 7 branched rays in the | There are only six branched rays in 
dorsal! fin. the dorsal fin. 

3. The dorsal is equidistant between | The dorsal is equidistant from the tip 
the tubular nostrils and the root of of the snout and the base of the caudal 
the caudal.’ fin in the adu!t specimen ; in younger 


specimens it is somewhat nearer to the 
tip of the snout than to the base of the 
caudal. 


Besides these points the proportions and the colouration are 
totally different in the two species. 


Lateral view of Aborichthys elongatus, sp. nov. Slightly enlarged. 


A. elongatus is greatly elongated and compressed from side 
to side. Both the dorsal and the ventral proiiles are straight and 
horizontal behind the pectoral fins and run almost parallel to each 
other to the base of the caudal fin. The head is rounded and 
cylindrical ; its length is contained 6:1 times, the depth of the 
body 8-6 times and the length of the caudal fin 6'5 times in the total 
length including that of the caudal fin. The eyes are situated on 
the dorsal side in the middle of the head and are not visible from 
below; their diameter is contained 7°6 times in the length of the 
head and 3°2 times in that of the snout. The mouth is situated 
on the under surface a short distance behind the tip of the snout 
and is bordered with thick lips; the lower lip is interrupted in 
the middle. The lips are not fringed. The nostrils are close 
together and are situated nearer to the eye than to the tip of the 
snout ; the membranous fold between the two is produced into a 
barbel-like outgrowth on either side. The dorsal fin commences 


! Chaudhuri, Rec. Ind. Mus. VIII, p. 245, pl. vit, figs. 1, 1a, 16 (1913). 


736 Records of the Indian Museum. {[VoL. XXII, 


behind the ventrals and its origin is almost equidistant from the 
tip of the snout and the base of the caudal fin, it contains six 
branched rays besides two unbranched rays anteriorly. The pec- 
torals are shorter than the head and are separated from the ven- 
trals by a distance equal to their length. The ventrals extend 
considerably beyond the vent and are separated from the anal by 
a considerable distance. The anal fin is likewise short and con- 
tains six rays. It isseparated from the root of the caudal fin by a 
distance almost equal to its length. The caudal fin is slightly 
shorter than the length of the head and its free posterior border 
is convex. The caudal peduncle is long and broad; it is 1°7 times 
as long as high. 

Colour —The sides and the upper surface of the head and 
body in front of the dorsal fin are dusky, while the under surface 
in the same region is either white or dull pale-olivaceous. From 
behind the origin of the dorsal fin to the base of the caudal fin 
the body is marked by a number of broad black bands alternating 
with narrow bands of a yellowish-orange colour. The bands form 
almost complete rings with slight interruptions on the extreme 
dorsal and the ventral sides. The pectoral, ventral and the anal 
fins are dull white while the dorsal fin is streaked with black along 
the rays. The caudal fin is dusky with a whitish margin. In 
the middle of the fin there are two short whitish bands. ‘There is 
an intensely black ocellus at the upper corner of the root of the 
caudal fin. 

In young specimens the bands on the body extend forward 
to the middle of the pectoral fins. The caudal fin is marked by a 
number of black blotches forming three bands. 

Ty pe-specimen.—F10087/1, Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind. Mus.) 

Locality.—Two young specimens and one adult were collected 
by Mr. Shaw in the Reang River at an altitude of 2000 ft. in 
the Darjiling District. The only other species of the genus, 4. 
kempi, has been recorded from the Abor country, the Garo Hills 
and the Putao Plains in Upper Burma.! 


Measurements in millimetres. 


‘Yotal length excluding caudal fin 
|.ength ot caudal fin 


eS 


DOO wn Qweoewt 
se 


Depth of body 8 
Length of head 13°0 
y, snout 


Diameter of eye 


Length of pectoral fin I1‘2 
_ ,, ventral 5 
Longest ray of anal fin a) 
dorsal ,, 8 


Macrones (Macronoides) merianiensis, Chaudhuri. 


1913. Macrones merianiensis, Chaudhuri, Rec. 7nd. Mus. VIII, p. 
253, pl. ix, figs. 1, 1a, 16. 


! Chaudhuri, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVI, p. 278 (1919). 


1g21.] S. L. Hora: Fish from the E. Himalayas. FG, 


This interesting species has so far been known from a single 
specimen in our collection found in a pond at Mariani junction, 
Assam. In Mr. Shaw’s collection there are three specimens from 
the Sivoke River (alt. 500 ft.) in the Darjiling District, which 
agree in almost all respects with Chaudhuri’s description of the 
species. They are 70, 60 and 56 millimetres in length respect- 
ively. 

Quite recently’! I have separated this species alcng with 
Macrones affinis (Blyth)* and M. dayi, Vinciguerra,® into a dis- 
tinct subgenus Macronoides. ‘The fishes of this subgenus are readi- 
ly distinguished by their short barbels which do not exceed the 
length of the head, by the possession of pores on the under sur- 
face of the head and by the fact that the mandibular pairs of 
barbels are placed in an almost horizontal line. 

Macrones marianiensis is known from the Abor Hills and the 
base of the Darjiling Himalayas. 


Olyra kempi, Chaudhuri. 
1912. Oiyra kempi, Chaudhuri, Rec. /nd. Mus. VII, p. 443, pl. xl, 
figs. 4, 4a, 4b. 

Chaudhuri (of. cit.) described ihis species from five young 
specimens, the largest measuring 54 mm., which were collected by 
Dr. S. W. Kemp in the Darrang District (Assam-Bhutan Frontier). 
There is one specimen in Mr. Shaw’s collection which measures 
78 mm. in length and which closely resembles the type-series 
except in colour. The Darjiling example is dusky with a black 
caudal fin. ‘The under surface of the head is pale olivaceous while 
the belly is white. The longitudinal stripes on the body, which 
Chaudhuri described, are lacking. 

In the specimen both the pectoral spines are broken which 
shows that the fish is regarded as poisonous by the local fisher- 
men. 

The species closely resembles Olyra longicauda, McClell., 
but in the absence of specimens from the Khasi Hills, it is impossi- 
ble to make a detailed comparison between the two forms. They 
can, however, be distinguished by the number of tays in the anal 
fin. In O. longicauda there are said to be 23, while in O. kempi 
there are only 17-19. 

Mr. Shaw collected his specimen in the Sivoke River at an 
altitude of 500 ft. at the base of the Darjiling Himalayas. 
This is only the second record of this genus from the Eastern 
Himalayas. 


Pseudecheneis sulcatus (McClell.). 


1842. Glyptosternon sulcatus, McClelland, Calcutta Fourn. Nat. Hist. 
II, p. 587, figs. 1, 2 and 3. 


! Hora, Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 179, 180 (1921). 

2 Blyth, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal XXI1X, p. 150 (1860). 

* Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. Nat. Genova XXIX, p. 230, pl. vii, 
fig. 3 (1889). 


738 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


1860, Pseudechenets sulcatus, Blyth, Fourn, As. Soc. Bengal XX1X, 
ae Seb. 
1Q1Q. Peadetenon sulcatus, Chaudhuri, Rec. nd. Mus. XV1, p. 278 
(see references), 

Of all the hill-stream fishes with which I am personally 
acquainted, this species has the widest range. McClelland (op. 
cit.) described it for the first time from the ‘‘ Kasyah mountains.”’ 
Day! recorded it from the Darjiling District and Chaudhuri? 
extended its range to the Abor Hills. Vinciguerra* found some 
specimens of this species in Fea’s collection from Khakhyen 
(<achin) Hills and Chaudhuri (op. cit.) has recently recorded it 
from Upper Burma. It is interesting to find that a fish so highly 
specialized for life in rapid running waters should be distributed 
over so wide an area. 

The only specimen in Mr. Shaw’s collection measures 75 mm. 
including the caudal fin. It was procured by him in the Reang 
River at an altitude of 2000 ft. in the Darjiling District. 


Amblyceps mangois (Ham. Buch.). 
1919. Amblyceps mangois, Chaudhuri, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVI. p. 275 
(see references), 

There is only one specimen of this species from the Sivoke 
River (alt. 500 ft.) in the Dariiling District. It measures 68 mm. in 
length without the caudal fin and is a ripe female. The eggs 
are large and I have been able to count about 36 in this specimen. 
The diameter of the mature egg was found to be 2°2 mm. 

This species is widely distributed in the fresh waters of Northern 
India and Burma and usually occurs along the bases of the hills. 


Erethistes elongata (Day). 
1871. Hara elongata, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 704. 
1878. Evethistes elongata, Day, Fish. Ind. II, p. 453, pl. cli, fig. 5. 
1889. Evethistes elongata, Day, Faun. Brit. Ind. Fish. 1, p. 207. 
Erethistes elongata has hitherto been known froma single spe- 
cimen found in ‘‘a stream near the Garraw Hills.’ Day in his 
later works gives the Naga Hills, probably in error. Mr. Shaw’s 
example was procured in the Mahanadi River near Siliguri, at the 
base of the Darjiling Himalayas; it is 50 mm. in length without 
the caudal fin and is longer than the type-specimen figured by 
Day. I give below the measurements of the two specimens for 
comparison. 
Measurements in millimetres. 


A (type). B. 
Total length of body (excluding caudal) at . 45'0 50°? 
Length of head x , E 0°5 9°6 
Width ,, 5, 0 78 


! Day, Fish. Ind., 1), p. 500, pl. exvi, fig. 1 (1878) ; Faun. Brit. Ind. Fish. 
J, p. 107, fig. 44 (1880). 

2? Chaudhuri, Rec. 7nd. Mus. VIII, p. 255 (1913). 

8 Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. Nat. Genova XXIX, p. 252 (1889-90). 


1921. | S. L. Hora: Fish from the E. Himalayas. 739 


A (type). B. 
Depth of body a “op 67 78 
Diameter of eye sie “4 ES 13 
Length of snout 570 56 
Interorbital width 3:2 Ww 
Length of caudal peduncle 108 13°5 
Least height of caudal peduncle , 2 Pe 
Distance from tip of snout to anterior origin of dorsal fin 17°0 18°2 


Distance from base of caudal fin to anterior origin of dor- 


sal fin 28'5 32°0 
Distance from tip of snout to anal opening ... 24'0 26'8 
Distance from base of caudal fin to anal opening 21°5 23'4 
Length of dorsal spine II‘2 13°5 
pectoral spine 116 12°8 

L ength af ventral fin 68 70 
anal fin : 8-0 


“I 


Erethistes elongata is abundantly distinct from the remaining 
species of this genus and is easily recognised by its elongate form and 
short scapular processes. It also possesses a well-marked tubercle 
in the middle of the upper jaw. In other species of the gents 
the scapular processes are long and the skin covering the belly is 
smooth, but in E. elongata the scapular processes are short and 
the skin on the under surface is thrown into grooves and ridges. 
These longitudinal folds of skin extend from between the bases of 
the pectoral fins to the ventrals; they appear to have a definite 
biological significance, and are probably used by the fish in adher- 
ing to rocks and stones in rapid running waters. 

The fish is black in colour throughout with the exception of 
the chest, which is dirty white. The fins are marked with white 
bands. 


Laguvia, gen. nov. 


The genus Laguvia may be characterized as follows :— 

The head and body are slightly depressed and the skin cover- 
ing the belly is corrugated, suggesting an adherent function. The 
pectoral fins are provided with strong denticulated spines; the 
dorsal spine is strong and bony and may or may not be serrated 
anteriorly. The adipose dorsal is short but well marked. The 
mouth is subterminal and is surrounded by thick lips. There are 
eight barbels, one pair of nasal, one pair of maxillary and two 
pairs of mandibular. The nostrils are situated close together and 
are separated by a flap bearing the nasal barbel. The gill-open- 
ings are wide and almost meet each other in the middle on the 
under surface. The occipital and cubito-humeral process are pre- 
sent. There is a short scapular process which may or may not be 
followed by bony tubercles posteriorly. The eyes are minute and 
are situated on the dorsal surface of the head. The air-bladder is 
divided into two lateral chambers which are not enclosed in bone. 

The new genus comprises small fish inhabiting rapid running 
waters at the base of mountains, It closely resembles Evethistes, 
Mull. and Trosch., from which it can be readily distinguished by 
the nature of its gill-openings which are very wide. From the 
genus Glyptothorax it differs in the possession of scapular, pro- 


740 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


cesses, the presence of free bony tubercles on the sides of the body 
and in the absence of a well-marked adhesive apparatus on the 
chest. In most respects the genus is intermediate between Eve- 
thistes and Glyptothorax. 

Trefer to this genus Pimelodus asperus, McClell.,! besides two 
new species from the base of the Darjiling Himalayas described 
below. McClelland’s species was described from Chusan in China ; 
it has been referred to the genus Hava, Blyth, both by Giinther * 
and Bleeker,*? while Chaudhuri * has quite recently recorded it as 
Erethistes asperus from Upper Burma (N. Frontier). 


Laguvia shawi, sp. nov. 
(Pl. XXIX, fig. 2). 


This species comprises small subcylindrical fish in which the 
head is slightly depressed and the body arched both above and 
below. ‘The dorsal profile rises considerably from the tip of the 
snout to the base of the dorsal, beyond which it slopes down to the 
root of the caudal. ‘The belly bulges somewhat downwards. The 
head is long and broad; its length is contained about 3°3 times 
in the length of the fish without the caudal fin. It is 1-2 times 
as long as broad. The snout is broad and almost semicircular 
in outline; it is as long as the post-orbital part of the head. 
The eyes are minute and are situated on the dorsal surface of 
the head in the middle; they are not visible from below. The 
mouth is a wide transverse slit on the under surface of the head 
a short distance behind the tip of the snout. The nostrils 
are situated close together and are separated from each other 
by a membranous flap bearing the nasal barbel ; they are situated 
at an equal distance from the tip of the snout and the anterior 
margin of the eye. There are eight barbels: those of the maxil- 
lary pair are broad at their bases and reach the bases of the pec- 
toral fins. The outer mandibular barbels are longer than the 
inner and are slightly shorter than the maxillary barbels. The 
nasal barbels are as long as the distance between the nostrils and 
the middle of the eye; they are short and thin and are apt to be 
overlooked. ‘The dorsal fin commences greatly in advance of the 
ventrals and its origin is much nearer to the tip of the snout than 
to the base of the caudal fin; its first divided ray is the longest 
but is not so high as the depth of the body below it ; it contains 5 
or 6 branched rays and two spines anteriorly. The dorsal spine is 
strong and bony ; it is smooth anteriorly but somewhat roughened 
posteriorly. The pectoral fin is almost as long as the head and is 
provided with a strong spine which is serrated externally but inter- 
nally it possesses about 7 hooked spines. The ventrals are not 


! McClelland, Calcutta Fourn. Nat. Hist. 1V, p. 404, pl. xxiv, fig. 2 (1844). 
2 Gunther, Cat. Brit. Mus. Fish. V, p. 189 (1864). 

3 Bleeker, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. 1V, p. 105 (1873). 

+ Chaudhuri, Rec. Jud. Mus. XV1, p. 276, pl. xxii, figs. 2, 2a, 26. 


T92I.| S. L. Hora: Fish from the E. Himalayas. 741 


separated from the pectorals by any great distance; their origin is 
distinctly nearer to the root of the caudal fin than to the tip of 
the snout. The ventrals almost reach the base of the anal fin 
which contains g rays, the anteriormost of which is not branched. 
The caudal fin is long and its free posterior border is almost semi- 
circular; the two extremities are sharp and pointed. 

The air-bladder has receded inwards towards the vertebral 
column and consists of two chambers, one on either side of the 
basioccipital process of the skull. The occipital, cubito-humeral 
and the scapular processes are finely tuberculated and there is a 
bony nodule covered by skin below the base of the dorsal spine. 

Colour.—The sides and dorsal surface of the head are black ; 
the ventral surface is dull white. The general colouration of the 
body is pale yellow, but the sides are marked with two broad 
black bands formed by an aggregation of black dots. The ante- 
rior band is below the bases of the anterior dorsal fins and the pos- 
terior band is situated below the bases of the adipose dorsal and 
the anal fins. ‘The fins are indistinctly marked with black bands. 

Type-specimen.—F 10085/1, Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind Mus.). 

Locality.—There are three specimens in Mr. Shaw’s collection, 
two from the Mahanadi River and one from the Sivoke River. 
Both these rivers flow at a very low altitude at the base of the 
Darjiling Himalayas. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


Total length including caudal fin 
Length of caudal fin 

Depth of body 

Length of head 

Widths, 5, 

Length of snout 

Interorbital width 

Height of dorsal spine 

Length of pectoral spine 


ies) 


AENE Home 
i of 


° 


on 


wm N Ut 


One of the specimens on dissection was found to be full of 
eggs. The eggs are small in this species. 


Laguvia ribeiroi, sp. nov. 
Pl. XXIX, fig. 3. 


This species differs from the preceding in several respects 
and was obtained by Mr. Ribeiro in an adjacent locality. The 
following table shows some of the salient points in which the two 
species differ :— 


L. shawi, sp. nov. | L, ribetvot, sp. nov. 
1. The nostrils are equidistant from | The nostrils are nearer to the tip of the 
the tip of the snout and the anterior | snout than to the anterior margin of 
margin of the eye. | _ the eye. 
The origin of the ventral fin is | The origin of the ventral fin is almost 
distinctly nearer to the base of the | equidistant from the tip of the snout 
caudal than to the tip of the snout. | and the base of the caudal fin. 


to 


742 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


3. The dorsal spine is almost smooth | The dorsal spine is finely serrated 

along both the borders. along the whole of its anterior border 

| and also along the upper one-third 
of the posterior border. 

4. The skin covering the belly is | The skin covering the belly is cor- 

smooth, rugated to form a kind of rudimen- 
tary adhesive apparatus. 


Besides these points the two species differ in proportions and 
colouration. Moreover the eggs of L. shawi are minute whereas 
those of L. vibeivoi are much larger. 

L. ribeivoi is a small subcylindrical fish with the head and 
body slightly depressed. The dorsal profile rises gradually from 
the tip of the snout to the base of the dorsal fin, beyond which it 
falls to the root of the caudal fin. The ventral profile is some- 
what arched. The head is short and broad; its length is contained 
about 3°7 times in the length of the fish without the caudal fin. 
The eyes are minute and are situated almost in the middle of 
the head on the dorsal surface; they are not visible from below. 
The mouth is situated on the under surface slightly behind the 
tip of the snout and is bordered by moderately thick lips. The 
nostrils are situated close together; they are nearer to the tip of 
the snout than to the anterior margin of the eye. The gill- 
openings are very wide. ‘There are 8 barbels; the maxillary 
barbels are provided with broad bases and do not reach the base 
of the pectoral fins. The skin covering the belly is thrown into 
oblique grooves and ridges which form a V-shaped adhesive ap- 
paratus similar to that found in the genus Glyptothorax but not so 
well-developed. ‘The dorsal fin commences somewhat in advance 
of the ventrals and its origin is much nearer to the tip of the 
snout than to the root of the caudal fin; it is provided with a 
strong spine and six rays. The dorsal spine is not so high as the 
depth of the body below it ; it is serrated along the whole of its 
anterior border and along the upper part of its posterior border. 
The pectoral is slightly shorter than the head and is separated 
from the ventrals by a short distance. The pectoral spine is flat 
and strong; externally it is serrated but internally it is provided 
with eight curved spines. The ventrals just extend beyond the 
anus but do not reach the base of the anal fin which contains Io 
rays. The caudal fin is long and its free posterior border is semi- 
circular; the two extremities are sharply pointed, the lower is 
slightly longer than the upper. 

The scapular process is small and there are a number of bony 
tubercles behind the gill-opening in a horizontal line. The bones 
of the head and the various processes are slightly corrugated but 
not distinctly tuberculate. 

Colour.—The sides and the dorsal surface of the head and 
body are dark; the ventral surface is dull white, speckled with 
biack dots. There are two broad yellowish bands on the body; 
the anterior is between the rayed dorsal and the adipose dorsal 
fins and the second is below the posterior half of the base of the 


1921.] S. L. Hora: Fish trom the E. Himalayas. 743 


3) 
adipose fin. The adipose dorsal is dusky, while the other fins 
are distinctly banded. 
Type-specimen.—F 10086/1, Zool. Surv. Ind. (Ind. Mus.). 
Locality.—There is a single specimen collected by Mr. Ribeiro 


in the Khoila River, a tributary of the Tista at Jalpaiguri in the 
Darjiling District. 


Measurements in millimetres. 


Total length including caudal 
Length of caudal fin 

Depth of body 

Length of head 

Width 

Length of snout 

Interorbital width 

Height of dorsal spine 
Length of pectoral spine 


Ww 


Or 
4 U1 


ii NW ANU 
mown Qo 


5) 


‘The specimen is a female and was found on dissection to be full 
of eggs. The eggs are large; the longest diameter being 1'4 mm. 


Besides the ten species of fish discussed in the foregoing 
pages the following species were also represented in Mr. Shaw’s 
collection :— 

Callichrous pabda (Ham. Buch.). 
Macrones vittatus, Bloch. 
Pseudeutropius murius (Ham. Buch.). 
Garra gotyla (Gray). 

Garra annandaler, Hora. 

Semiplotus semiplotus (McClell.). 
Barbus stigma (Ham. Buch.). 

Barbus conchonius (Ham. Buch.). 
Damo aequipinnatus (McClell.). 
Danio rerio (Ham. Buch.). 

Rasbora daniconius (Ham. Buch.). 
Nemachilus botius (Ham. Buch.). 
Nemachilus multifasciatus, Day. 
Lepidocephalichthys guntea (Ham. Buch.). 
Ophiocephalus gachua (Ham. Buch.). 
Glossogobius giuris (Ham. Buch.). 
Dorichthys deocata (Ham. Buch.). 


In addition there are some specimens of the genus Nema- 
chilus which I have not been able to refer to any known species. 


Quite recently Dr. Murray Stuart of the Geological Survey of 
India has brought back a small collection of fish from the North- 
Eastern border of Burma and the Naga Hills. He has very 
kindly presented this collection to the Indian Museum. I have 
been able to identify the following fish in this collection :— 

Garra gotyla (Gray). 
Crossochilus latia (Ham. Buch.). 
Barbus clavatus (McClell.). 


744 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 1921.]} 


Barbus ticto (Ham. Buch.). 
Barbus conchonius (Ham. Buch.). 
Barbus chrysopterus (McClell.). 
Danio aequipinnatus (McClell ). 
Rasbora vasbova (Ham. Buch ). 
Barilius vagra (Ham. Buch.). 
Nemachilus botius (Ham. Buch.). 
Ambassis nama (Ham. Buch.). 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX. 
Fish from the Eastern Himalayas. 


Fic. 1.—Lateral view of Psilorhynchus sucatio (Ham. Buch.). 
x 2. 


;, Ia@.—Under surface of head and chest of same. X 2. 
», 2—Lateral view of Laguvia shawi, sp. nov. X 3. 
3.—Lateral view of Laguvia ribeivoi, sp. nov. X 3. 


33 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XXII, 1921. 


Plate XXIX. 


Bemrose, Collo, Derby. 


FISH FROM THE EASTERN HIMALAYAS. 


S.C.Mondul & D.Bagchi, del. 


¥ 


Jenny 


<>a<~> 


Beas 


HOMME 5 OI UE OW IONIAN VEN ACOVMNE WLAN IN| IE IEMO) 182 
PHE LACCADIVE ISLANDS, MYSORE, 
AUN ED OMS EGE RR] PVACRMIES) <O@)E) 

INDIA. 


By J. StepHenson, M.B., D.Sc., Lieut.-Col., 1.M.S., Lecturer in 
Zoology, the University of Edinburgh. 


(Plate XXVIII). 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 
Introduction ; a 5 ls 
Distribution of the species inv. estigate od : 740 
The Oligochaeta of the Laccadive Islands 746 
The Indian Tubificidae 747 
Some interesting species in the collections 748 
Systematic changes adopted in the present paper 749 

Description of species— 
Nats paraguayensis, Mich 750 
var. barkudensts, var. nov. 751 
Branchiodrilus sp. 752 
Branchiodrilus menoni, Steph. 752 
Branchiura sowerbyi, Bedd. .. 752 
Tubifex (Tubifex) tubifex (O. F. M.) 753 
Aulodrilus vemex, sp. nov. 733 
Dyawida vaul, sp. nov. 755 
Plutellus aquatilis, sp. nov. 756 
Megascolides annandalet, sp. nv. 757 
Megascolex mauritti (Kinb.) 759 
Megascolex konkanensis, Fedarb. ; 759 
Pheretima hawayana (Rosa) 760 
Pheretima heterochaeta ( Mich.) ote ca. (KD 
Perionyx sp. = 760 
Perionyx CATERED: E Bennien 760 
Perionyx saltans, A. G. Bourne 760. 
Pertonyx sansibaricus, Mich. : 761 
Perionyx mysorensis, Sp. nov. : = 762 
Octochaetus barkudensis, Steph. = KB 
Eutyphoeus manipurensis, sp. nov. ook 763 
Eudichogaster barkudensis, sp. nov. 5 705 
Glyphidrilus annandalei, Mich. ae 767 
References to Literature ; «= {07 


INTRODUCTION. 


The present paper deals with Oligochaeta received from the 
three following sources :— 

(1) The majority of the specimens were received from the 
Indian Museum, and a large number of these were brought from 
Manipur by the Manipur Survey Party; others are from the Nil- 
giris in S. India, and a few from other parts. 


746 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


(2) I received a small collection from Mr. R H. Whitehouse, 
Marine Biologist to the Madras Fisheries Department, obtained 
from the Laccadive Islands during a recent visit by one of his 
assistants. 

(3) A tube of specimens, collected in May, 1920 in the forests 
of Shimoga and Kadur Districts, Mysore, which contained three 
interesting species, two of which are new, was forwarded to me, 
at the suggestion of Prof. J. P. Hill, by Mr. A. Subba Rau, a stu- 
dent of University College, London. 

To the Director of the Zoological Survey, and to the other 
gentlemen named, I am much indebted for the opportunity of 
examining these collections. I propose to offer a few general 
remarks on them before passing to the systematic description. 


Distribution of the species investigated. 
The species are distributed as follows :— 


Manipur... ..  Byranchiura sowerbyi, Bedd. 
Pheretima hawayana (Rosa). 
Pheretima heterochaeta (Mich.). 
Perionyx excavatus, E. Perrier. 
Eutyphoeus mani purensis, sp. nov. 
Madras Pres. :— 


MadrasCity .. Branchiodrilus menoni, Steph. 
Branchiura sowerbyi, Bedd. 
Nilgiris .. Tubiferx (Tubifex) tubtfex (O. F.M.). 


Plutellus aquatilis, sp. nov. 
Pheretima heterochaeta (Mich.). 
Perionyx saltans, Bourne. 
Perionyx sansibaricus, Mich.. 

Barkuda 1. .. Nais paraguayensis, Mich. var. barku- 

densis, nov. 

Octochaetus barkudensis, Steph.. 
Eudichogaster barkudensis, sp. nov. 


Godaveri Dist. Megascolides annandalet, sp. nov. 
Megascolex mauritit (Kinb.). 
Mysore .. Drawida ram, sp. nov. 


Perionyx mysorensis, sp. nov. 

Glypidrilus annandalet, Mich.. 
Central Provinces .. Nats paraguayensis, Mich.. 

Branchiodrilus sp. 

Aulodrilus remex, sp. nov. 
Laccadive Islands. ..  Megascolex mauriti (Kinb.). 

Megascolex konkanensis, Fedarb. 


The Oligochaeta of the Laccadive Islands. 


The Laccadives are a group of coral islands, the nearest of 
which is about 150 miles from the Malabar Coast. The only pre- 
vious account of the Oligochaeta of these islands is by Beddard, 


1921. ] J. STEPHENSON: Indian Oligochaeta. G47 


on the basis of Gardiner’s collections from the Maldives and Lacca- 
dives, made in 1899 and 1900 (I). Beddard received two species 
only from the Laccadives, both from Minikoi,—Pontodrilus lacca- 
divensts (united by Michaelsen with Pontodrilus bermudensis, Bedd.), 
and Megascolex mauritii (Kinb.). In the present more extensive 
collection also only two species are found, Megascolex mauritit 
(Kinb.) and Megascolex konkanensis, Fedarb. 

Pontodrilus bermudensis, littoral in habit, as are all the species 
of the genus, has spread widely on the shores of tropical and 
subtropical seas all round the world. Megascolex mauritii is also 
in a special degree peregrine; it is very common in India, and 
inhabits also the lands bordering the Indian Ocean, and S. and 
S.E. Asia generally. Megascolex konkanensis is common on the 
Malabar coast,—z.c. that part of India which is nearest to the 
islands, and with which communication is most frequent. 

It appears therefore that the earthworm fauna of the T,acca- 
dives, as was to be expected, is entirely introduced, and is very 
limited in the number of species. 


The Indian Tubificidae. 


Tubificids appear to be rare in India, and hitherto only four 
species have been recorded, belonging to as many genera :— 
Branchiura sowerbyi, Bedd., Limnodrilus socialis, Stph., Bothrio- 
neurum ivis, Bedd., and Monopylephorus parvus, Ditlevsen. The 
present communication brings a fresh record for Branchiura sow- 
erby: (from Manipur), and adds two more species to the Indian 
list,—Tubifex (T.) tubifex and a new Aulodrilus. 

Branchiura sowerbyi, remarkable for its gills, was discovered 
first by Beddard in the mud of the Victoria regia tank in the 
Royal Botanical Society’s Gardens in London in 1892 ; it was not 
seen again for sixteen years, when Michaelsen found it ina warm 
water tank of the Botanical Gardens at Hamburg; Southern then 
found specimens in the Victoria regia tank at Dublin, and Perrier 
in the Rhone; and in recent years a number of finds have been 
recorded by Keyl and Stephenson from warm houses in Europe, 
and from the open in India, Burma, China and Japan. Indeed it 
appears to be quite common in the East. 

Tubifex (Tubifex) tubifex (O. F. M.), a widely spread European 
species, is now found in the Nilgiris, where it differs but slightly 
from the common form. 

The genus Aulodvilus was established by Bretscher in 1899 (2) 
for A. limnobius, found in Switzerland. Though he places it as an 
appendix to the Tubificidae, he recognizes that it fits in neither 
with that family nor with the Lumbriculidae, and suspects that it 
may be necessary to found a new family for it. The reproduc- 
tive organs are still, as they were to Bretscher, unknown; but 
the genus is distinguished from most other Tubificidae by the 
fact that the needle setae (crotchets) have the upper tooth (the 
one on the outer side of the curve of the shaft) much smaller than 


748 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


the other,—the reverse is the case in most other genera of the 
family. 

A second species was described in 1906 by Piguet (10), who 
placed it among the Naididae as Naidiwm pluriseta, but later (11) 
transferred it to Aulodrilus. 

The justification for the inclusion of these species in the Tubi- 
ficidae is to be found in the absence of asexual reproduction by 
fission, which is a constant characteristic of the Naididae; as well 
as, perhaps, if A. pluriseta resembles A. limnobius and A. remex, 
in the presence of large parietal vascular loops at the hinder end 
of the body. It must however be owned that if, as Piguet states, 
an Aulodrilus from the S. of France, the study of which was not 
completed when he wrote, has retractile penes in front of the ven- 
tral setae of segment vii, the genus is probably nearer to the 
Naididae than to the Tubificidae, though capable of inclusion in 
neither ; and Michaelsen’s caution in placing Aulodrilus as a doubt- 
ful genus (of Tubificidae) (6) is justified. 

A. limnobius and A. pluriseta form tubes, as does perhaps, to 
judge from the foreign matter which adhered to the present speci- 
mens, the Indian species also. ‘The hinder end of both A. pluriseta 
and the present species (and, it may be conjectured, A. lémnobius 
also) is remarkable; the most posterior region shows no prolifera- 
tion, nor even any segmentation; but there is a zone of prolifera- 
tion and formation of numerous new segments some little distance 
an front of the anus. ‘These zones are known in other worms in 
two situations ;—terminal, in probably all Oligochaetes and other 
segmented worms which continue to produce new segments during 
their life; and in the middle of the body, in Aeolosoma and the 
Naididae, where such a production of new segments (a “‘ budding 
zone’’) indicates the site of approaching fission. Such a budding 
zone as that of the present genus is, so far as I know, unique. 

The terminal unsegmented region Piguet looks on as physio- 
logically a gill; it possesses a rich cutaneous vascularization ; and 
during life the anus can dilate, giving rise to a ‘‘ branchial fossa.’ 


Some interesting species in the collections. 


Drawida vaui, sp. nov., described below is interesting from the 
fact that it possesses a well-developed pair of prostates in segment 
ix, equal in size to those insegment x. The anterior pair have no 
direct communication with the male reproductive apparatus, while 
the posterior are, as usual, joined by the vasa deferentia. Mich- 
aelsen has previously (7) found a rudimentary second pair in seg- 
ment ix in D. willsi, and has argued that the genus originally 
possessed two fully-developed pairs, of which the anterior has dis- 
appeared. This anterior pair, in turn, is the index of a formerly 
existing second pair of testes, the ancestors of the genus Drawida 
having been holandric while their present-day representatives are 
metandric (retaining only the posterior of the two criginal pairs 
of testes). The genus Desmogastey (Burma, Sumatra, Borneo) is 


1921. | J. StepHEeNSoN: Indian Oligochaeta. 749 


actually holandric, and is to be looked on as the most primitive 
member of the family. 

Drawina vaui may thus be regarded as the most primitive 
existing member of the genus, at any rate in respect of its male 
reproductive apparatus. There are other primitive features 
also :—(1) In a considerable number of species of the genus seg- 
ment xi, which lodges the ovaries and female funnels, forms an 
“ovarian chamber,” being shut out from the body-wall by the 
meeting and coalescence of the septa which bound it; in the pre- 
sent species however, as in some others, the septa have the usual 
atrangement, and there is no ovarian chamber. (2) In many 
species of the genus the setae are remarkably small, and in some 
may even be absent or unrecognizable in the most anterior seg- 
ments; here however the setae are remarkably large for so small a 
worm. (3) The fact that the spermathecal atrium is large and 
sac-like may not improbably be another primitive feature; in this 
case the numerous species in which it is small, almost or entirely 
hidden in the body-wall, or even absent, would represent a second- 
ary condition. 

A specimen of Branchiodrilus (interesting, like Branchiura, 
from the possession of gills), the species unfortunately indeter- 
minable, comes from Burhanpur in the Central Provinces. ‘The 
genus, so far found only in India, and for long represented only by 
Bourne’s Chaetobranchus semperi (Madras, 1890), has been in recent 
years rediscovered in Madras, and occurs also at I,ahore and 
Lucknow. 

The new species Plutellus aquatilis, Eutyphoeus manipurensis, 
and Eudichogaster barkudensis bring about no change in the 
areas of distribution of these genera as already known. Me- 
gascolides annandalei (Godaveri District, on the E. coast) ex- 
tends the range of this genus to a region where it had not pre- 
viously been found; the genus appears to be widely spread, but 
nowhere abundant. 

The rediscovery of Bourne’s Perionyx saltans after thirty-five 
years, in the Nilgiris, not far from where it was originally found, 
is interesting. 


Systematic changes adopted in the present paper. 


I have, following Michaelsen, restored the worm which for a 
long time has been known as Lampito maurnitii to the genus Me- 
gascolex. Michaelsen, who in the Tierreich volume (6) had united 
Kinberg’s genus Lampito with Megascolex, separated it again in 
1909 (7), in consequence of finding two other worms which agreed 
with L. mauritii in the possession of a peculiar form of nephridial 
system,—micronephridia throughout the body, and meganephridia 
in addition in the postclitellar segments; to these three species 
Stephenson later added two others (13, 14). Michaelsen again 
fused the two genera in 1916 (8), since he had come to believe that 
the coexistence of micro- and meganephridia had no special impor- 


750 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


tance; the peculiarity has arisen at various times, and is found in 
a number of genera of Megascolecinae,—Megascolides, Notoscolex., 
Megascolex, and Phionogastey. With this I agree; there are many 
varieties of nephridial distribution in the genus Megascolex, and 
I see no reason for separating the worms possessing this particular 
form of nephridial distribution as a separate genus; indeed. M. 
escherichi var. papillifey has this special arrangement while the 
type form of the species has not. Nor is there anything in the geo- 
graphical distributicn of the worms with this special arrangement 
to suggest a common origin. 

The genus Eudichogaster I have placed under the subfamily 
Octochaetinae, instead of, as has been done by Michaelsen, under 
the Trigastrinae. I have discussed the question of the descent 
and systematic position of the genus at some length in a recent 
paper (16), and need not refer to it further here. 

Michaelsen has recently (9) united the Glossoscolecidae and 
Lumbricidae as one family, the latter group becoming a subiamily, 
the Lumbricinae, and the several subfamilies of the former becom- 
ing subfamilies of the Lumbricidae, s./. I can have no hesitation 
in adopting the view of one whose experience of these groups 
entitles him to speak with the authority of Dr. Michaelsen. 


Fam. NAIDIDAE. 
Gen. Nais, O. F. M. em. Vejd. 
Nais paraguayensis, Mich. 
Pachmarhi, Satpura Hills, Central Provinces; 300 ft. no date. F. H. 

Gravely. Numerous specimens. 

Indian specimens have been found to be larger than those 
originally described by Michaelsen (5), and the number of their 
segments greater; this is the case also with the present specimens, 
the longest of which measured 13-14 mm. In one example 106 
segments were counted, plus a posterior region of some little 
length in which new segments were about to be differentiated. 
None showed any sign of fission. 

The coelomic corpuscles are large, a fairly large one being 
16» in diameter, and one of average size 12/ ; they are circular in 
shape, with a central nucleus. 

No budding zone, nor any sign of approaching fission has 
apparently as yet been observed in this worm, nor have sexual 
organs been seen. It is therefore a question how the animal 
ordinarily reproduces itself. I think it possible that it does so by 
simple fragmentation,—7.e. without the formation of an internal 
budding zone,—and subsequent regeneration. Thus, in the pre- 
sent batch of material, besides the longer worms are some much 
shorter, with a large number of new segments, evidently rapidly 
produced, at the hinder end; this appearance of a considerable 
length of rapidly produced posterior segments seems to be a 
frequent characteristic (compare, for example, the description 


1921. ] J. StePHENSON: Indian Oligochaeta. 751 


and figure in 12). Others are shorter still,—about 30 segments,— 
with a short stumpy conical “ tail,’’ evidently about to regenerate 
a hinder end. One o1 two fragments have not yet begun to 
regenerate, but these may possibly be simply the result of injury 
at the time of capture. 


vat. barkudensis, nov. 
(V2 SOCWAGNE, saree ae.) 


Pond, Barkuda Island, Chilka Lake, Ganjam Dist., Madras Pres. Aug. 
19 (no year). F.H. Gravely. Three specimens, all disintegrating. 

The condition of the worms was quite useless for any study 
of the anatomy. The discrimination of the species of the Naididae 
however is based largely on setal characters; and since these 
were still discernible in the specimens,—and indeed more easily 
than in better preserved material,—it seems justifiable to offer the 
following description. 

One specimen is a fragment 2 mm. long, incomplete at both 
ends; the other two are incomplete behind, and about 4 mm. long. 
The original length of the worm may thus be about 5 mm. 

The anterior end, comprising the first six segments, is rather 
bulbous. There seem to have been no eyes; the pigment of the 
eyes is usually fairly resistant, and would have been visible if 
eyes had existed. As far as can be seen, there is no stomachal 
dilatation on the alimentary tube. 

In one specimen there are 33 fully developed segments, 
followed by 21 very short and recently produced segments, after 
which the hinder end is broken off. In the other there are 31 
segments, after which two short ones follow; these are apparently 
the beginning of a posterior series of rapidly produced segments, 
the rest of which are wanting. 

The ventral setae of segments ii-v differ from those of the 
remainder of the body. In this anterior group of segments they 
are four per bundle, roo in length and 3 in thickness; the nodulus 
is proximal to the middle of the shaft (proximal portion: distal 
portion :: 4:5); of the two terminal prongs, the distal is nearly 
twice as long as the proximal, and about equal to it in thickness 
at the base, or perhaps slightly thinner. In the rest of the body 
the ventral setae are 4-5 per bundle, their length gov and thickness 
34; the nodulus is distal to the middle of the shaft (proximal 
portion: distal portion: : 5: 3 or almost 2:1); the prongs are 
equal in length, and the proximal is one and a half times as thick 
as the distal. 

The dorsal setae begin in segment vi, and each bundle consists 
of two or three hairs and two or three needles,—perhaps most 
often of two of each. The hairs are about ‘25 mm. long, rather 
less than the diameter of the body. The needles, about 94 in 
length, have a slight sabre-like curve; the nodulus is one-third the 
length of the shaft from the distal end; the tip is bifid, the 
prongs being visible to the ordinary high power, set at an acute 


752 Records of the Indian Museum. | VoL. XXII, 


angle, that on the outer side of the curve of the shaft being rather 
longer and perhaps slightly stouter than the other (fig. I). 

Remarks.—In the absence of the posterior end of any of 
the specimens, there is no strict proof that they may not belong 
to the genus Dero or Aulophorus, which have gills around the anus, 
though their setal characters are similar to those of Nats. The 
existence of along region of newly budded segments posteriorly, 
however, is very suggestive of Nais pavaguayensis; and it is 
difficult to imagine developed gills at the hinder end of a series of 
rudimentary or still undifferentiated segments. 

The three varieties of Nais pavaguayensis form a series 
distinguished by the relative sizes of the inner and outer prongs 
of the dorsal needles :-— 


N. paraguayensis typica....outer prong considerably smaller. 
"e ae var. aequalis....prongs equal. 
a nh var. barkudensis....inner prong smaller. 


The difference between the typical form of the species and 
the present variety is such that, but for the existence of the 
intermediate variety aequalis, it would have been necessary to 
separate them as distinct species. 


Gen. Branchiodrilus, Mich. 


Branchiodrilus sp. 
Burhanpur, Central Provinces. 4-67iiit1919. F.H. Gravely. A small 
fragment, in a tube with Awlodrilus remex. 
The fragment was incomplete at both ends, and the species _ 
therefore indeterminable. 


Branchiodrilus menoni, Steph. 


Madras, Prof. Kk. Ramunni Menon's collection 5-iii-1g12. Seven speci-= 
mens or fragments, in a tube with two specimens of Branchiura sowerbyz. 
One specimen was undergoing fission, but showed no budding 
zone; the gills of the posterior animal began immediately behind 
the point of impending separation. The heads of the other 
specimens showed a prebranchial region of varying extent, some- 
times small, sometimes comprising four seta-bearing segments. 


Fam, TUBIFICIDAR. 
Gen. Branchiura, Bedd. 


Branchiura sowerbyi, Bedd. 


Northern portion of Loktak Lake, Manipur, Assam; 2600 ft. 16-17°ii" 
1920. Three specimens. 

Loktak I.ake, Manipur; on Vrolpara lecythis. 17 11'1920. A single 
specimen. 

Off Thanga Island, Manipur. 247iiittg20. Three specimens, all frag- 
ments, two probably comprising together one individual. 

Madras, Prof, Ik. Ramunni Menon’s collection. 57ili'1912. Two speci- 
mens. 


1g921.] J. StepHEeNson: Indian Oligochaeta. 9753 


The following measurements were made from two specimens 
of the first batch:—(a) Length of animal 62 mm.; whole gill- 
bearing region one-sixth of length of animal; length of gills half 
diameter of body ; hints of gills on seven segments, gills quite small 
in the next seven, of moderate sizeon 51 segments, and small on the 
three last (total 68 segments with gills); (>) length of animal 60 
mm. ; whole gill-bearing region nearly one-third of the length of 
the animal; length of gills half diameter of body ; hints of gills on 
16 segments, gills quite small on the next 19, of moderate size on 
64, and small on the terminal one or two (total 100). 


Gen. Tubifex, Lm. 
Tubifex (Tubifex) tubifex (O. F. M.). 


Law’s Falls below Coonoor, Nilgiris ; ca. 6500 ft., g'iv'1919. N. Annan- 
dale and R. B. S. Sewell. A number of specimens. 

The only difference from the current diagnosis discoverable 
in the present specimens is in the ventral setae. The diagnosis 
gives the upper prong as longer than thelower. I find them usually 
equal, but slightly variable; either one or the other may be slightly 
the longer. 


Gen. Aulodrilus, Bretscher, 
Aulodrilus remex, sp. nov. 
(Pl. XXVIII, figs. 2-6.) 


Burhanpur, Central Provinces. 4-6citi'1919. EF. H. Gravely. Three 
specimens, 

Some yellowish foreign matter had to be pencilled off two of 
the specimens, to which it adhered round a short length of the 
middle of the body in the manner of an incomplete tube. 

Length 12 mm. Diameter -43 mm. anteriorly; the hinder 
portion of the worms was however much thinner, the diameter 
being *25 mm. one-third of the length of the animal from the 
hinder end. Segments 49 plus a considerable region of greater 
opacity where new segments are differentiating, and this again 
followed by a terminal transparent region, not divided into 
segments nor the site of formation of new segments (fig. 2). The 
number of new segments forming in the region of proliferation is 
very large ; in one specimen about 30 can be distinguished, while in 
the type-specimen there are about 40, and even behind these there 
is a cellular mass where no differentiation of segments whatever 
can be made out, before we arrive at the transparent terminal 
region. The worm has thus a characteristic appearance. 

There is no budding zone or sign of fission anywhere in the 
middle of the animal’s length. 

The prostomium has the shape of a blunt equilateral triangle. 
There are no eyes. 

The dorsal setae begin in the second segment. ‘The bundle 
consist of needles and hairs, the latter short, with a bayonet curve 


754 Records of the Indian Museum. {[VoL. XXII, 


(fig. 3); the hairs are only about half as long again as the needles, 
and thus are very much shorter than the diameter of the body. 
In the anterior segments some needles are singly pointed and 
rather blunt, and others, perhaps the majority, double-pointed 
with the outer prong much shorter and less conspicuous than the 
inner. In this anterior region the bundles consist of about seven 
needles with one, two, or tip to four hairs. 

Further back the needle setae of the dorsal bundles are 
peculiar and characteristic. The distal end becomes flattened and 
blade-like or oar-like, the tip being usually rounded in outline 
(fig. 4a); occasionally the flattened part retains a trace of the 
bifid character (fig. 4b). These oar-like setae begin in segment 
xiii in one specimen, in vii in another; they continue to the hinder 
end of the body. ‘The number of setae in a bundle in the hinder 
part of the body is usually 5 needles with two or three hairs. 
The length of the needles in the anterior segments is from 74 to 
a maximum of 98; ; and posteriorly about 60)’. 

Some of the needles in the posterior dorsal bundles seem to 
be of the single-pointed type, but I think this is only the appear- 
ance of the flat blade seen edgewise. Indeed I am not absolutely 
confident that any are truly singly pointed even in the anterior 
dorsal bundles; in one specimen, mounted in glycerin and 
therefore showing details of setae more easily than the balsam 
preparations, I was unable to convince myself with the oil immer- 
sion lens that any of the dorsal setae which were in a favourable 
position for examination were certainly singly pointed. 

The ventral setae are singly or doubly pointed needles, the 
bundles consisting of as many as nine in the anterior, and six or 
seven in the posterior region. In length they are about 86y in 
the anterior, and 51 in the posterior segments. Some setae in 
segments ii, iii and iv are singly pointed; with this exception all 
have a slight second outer prong (fig. 5); one, in an anterior 
segment, appeared to have two small outer prongs (fig. 6). 

The pharynx extends back to the hinder end of segment iii; 
the oesophagus is narrow, and occupies segments iv to vii; then 
a sudden dilatation occurs, and thenceforward the tube is wide 
and occupies most of the available space in the segments. A pair 
of hearts are present in segment vi. The dorsal vessel is ventral 
in position, lying to the left side of the ventral vessel throughout 
most of the body; at the anterior limit of segment vii it mounts 
dorsalward, and becomes dorsal in vi. ‘There are large parietal 
vessels, in complicated loops on the inner surface of the body-wall, 
in the posterior segments. 

There was no trace of sexual organs. 

Remarks.—The present form is at once distinguished from 
the two other species of the genus by the possession of the remark- 
able oar-like setae in the dorsal bundles. 


1921.] J. SterHENsON: Indian Oligochaeta. 755 


Fam. MONILIGASTRIDAE. 
Gen. Drawida, Mich. 
Drawida raui, sp. nov. 
(Pl. XXVIII, fig. 7). 
Forests of Shemoga and [Sadur Districts, Mysore, S. India May, 1920. 
A, Subba Rau. Several specimens. 

External Characters.—lVength 45 mm. Diameter 1°75 mm. 
Colour dark bluish grey to olive, somewhat lighter ventrally. 
Segments ca. 159. Anterior end of the body rather bulbous. 

Prostomium prolobous. 

No dorsal pores. 

Setae closely paired, beginning in ii; remarkably large and 
prominent for so small a worm, especially in the ventral bundles 
of segments iii-xii. In the pregenital segments aa is rather 
greater than bc, or may be about equal to it; in the middle of 
the body aa=bc ; dd is equal to half the circumference. 

The clitellum was not present. 

Over the ventral surface of segment xi, extending to its poste- 
rior limit, and encroaching anteriorly on the hinder end of x, is 
a thickened patch, with a definite and slightly swollen margin, 
rather rectangular in shape with rounded ends. It extends later- 
ally on each side to not far from the line of seta c, and is thus 
broad from side to side and narrow antero-posteriorly. The male 
apertures are situated on small papillae in the antero-lateral cor- 
ners of the patch, and are thus over the situation of furrow 
10/1 and midway between 6 and c, rather nearer b (fig. 7). 

Over furrow 9/10, and taking up the posterior third of segment 
ix and the anterior third of x, are a pair of transversely oval 
papillae, narrower at their internal ends and slightly sunk in their 
centres, while the periphery of each is swollen and definitely 
marked. Each extends from a point between } and c but rather 
nearer 5, to not far from the middle line (fig. 7). 

Neither the female nor the spermathecal apertures were 
visible externally ; from internal dissection the latter open in the 
line of setae ab in groove 7/8. 

Internal Anatomy.—Septum 5/6 is thin ; 6/7, 7/8 and 8/9 are 
considerably thickened ; 9/I0 is somewhat strengthened; 10/11 
11/12 and perhaps 12/13 slightly so. 

There are two gizzards, in segments xili and xiv. 

Some of the nephridiopores are in cd, but I think not all. 

The testis sacs are large, extending into both segments ix 
and x,—-equally into both, or with the larger part in ix; they are 
not constricted by the septum. ‘The vas deferens, narrow and 
coiled, lies on both sides of septum 9/10. The prostates are 
elongated, somewhat cylindrical or pear shaped, rather narrowed 
towards their insertion in the body-wall. There is no distinct 
duct ; the vas deferens, joining the gland below, can be seen 
running up its surface towards the free upper end. ‘The surface of 
the glands is soft, and minutely papillated. 


750 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


A second pair of prostates occurs in segment ix, of the same 
size, shape and appearance as the former in x. ‘They are inserted 
into the body-wall near or in the situation of furrow 9/10, between 
the lines of setae b and c, though nearer, almost in b. 

The ovaries are in segment xi; the septa here are quite normal, 
and there is no ovarian chambe:, as occurs in so many species. 
The ovisacs extend back to segment xv; they are tubular as they 
pass through segments xii, xiii and xiv, and swollen in xv; or they 
may be moniliform, constricted by the septa. 

The spermathecal ampullae are small and spherical, in segment 
viii; the duct is narrow and coiled, lying on the posterior face of 
septum 7/8. The atrium is a relatively large ovoid structure in vil, 
the duct entering near its base; it pierces the body-wall in the 
line ab. 

Remarks.—The well-developed second pair of prostates, and 
the genital markings, are characteristic, and serve at once to dis- 
tinguish the present species. 


Fam. MEGASCOLECIDAE. 
Subfam. MEGASCOLECINAE. 
Gen. Plutellus, E. Perrier. 
Plutellus aquatilis, sp. nov. 
(Pl. XXVIII, fig. 8). 
Small stream below Kotagiri, Nilgiris; ca. 5700 ft. N. Annandale and 

R. B. S. Sewell. A single specimen, broken into two. 

External Characters,—Length of both pieces together 115 mm. 
Diameter 1°75 mm., near anterior end 2 mm.; along thin worm. 
Unpigmented, colour grey, due to the intestinal contents; at 
anterior end quite pale. Segments 162; segment iv biannular, 
v-viii triannular, the rest simple. 

Prostomium small, proepilobous. 

Dorsal pores are present from furrow 8/9. 

The setae are paired; inthe middle of the body ab= 2/5 aa= 
1/2 be = 2/3 cd; behind the genital region ab =1/3 aa = 2/5 bc = 
1/2 cd; in front of the genital region ab = 2/5 aa = 1/2 be = 1/2 cd 
(t.e. the lateral setae are not paired in front of the genital region) ; 
dd is less than half, and in the middle of the body is only one-third 
of the circumference, the setae d being above the lateral line of the 
body. 

No clitellum was visible. 

The male pores are on segment xviii, on small papillae which 
take up the interval between the lines of setae a and 0b; these 
papillae are connected across the middle line by a transverse ridge. 

The female and spermathecal pores were net visible external- 
ly ; from internal dissection the latter are found to open at the 
middle of the length of segments viii and ix, in the setal zone, and 
rather outside the line dD. 


Tg2t. | J. SrepHENSON: Indian Oligochaeta. 757 

There were no genital papillae or other markings. 

Internal Anatomy.—Septum 5/6 is very thin; 6/7 —13/14 are 
all present and all slightly thickened, the first few perhaps a little 
more than the rest. 

The gizzard in segment v is large, firm, elongated, and barrell- 
shaped. . There is a slight swelling of the oesophagus in segment 
xli, with close-set transverse vascular striations. The intestine 
begins in xv. 

The last heart is in xii. 

The excretory system consists of rather small meganephridia. 

The testes and male funnels are free in segments x and xi. 
Seminal vesicles occupy segments xi and xii; they are small, those 
in xi smaller than the posterior pair, are much divided up into 
small lobules and thus have a racemose appearance; in both seg- 
ments they are arranged in the form of a transverse band, contin- 
uous across the middle line, on the posterior surface of the septum 
(10/1I and 11/12). 

The prostates are relatively large ; the twisted tubular glandu- 
lar portion occupies segments xviii-xxi or xviii-xxii. The duct is 
very thin, and much shorter than the gland; it is confined to 
segment xviii, and pursues a twisted course to pierce the body-wall 
in line with setae b. There are no penial setae. 

The female organs have the usual situation. 

The spermathecae are two pairs, in segments viii and ix (fig. 
8). The ampulla is of an oval or inverted pear-shape. The duct 
is about as long as the ampulla, moderately stout, of an equal 
diameter throughout, and either straight or rather twisted in its 
course. The single diverticulum is tubular, as long as the main 
pouch (ampulla plus duct), and arises from the ectal end of the 
duct; in one of the four spermathecae its ental half is rather 
twisted, and showed three small rounded seminal chambers as 
irregularly arranged swellings; this is the organ illustrated in the 
figure, which I take to be the fully developed form. Of the other 
three spermathecae, one appeared to have no diverticulum, and 
in the remaining two the diverticulum was simply tubular and 
transparent. 

Remarks.—This species bears a considerable resemblance to 
P. indicus, Mich.; the latter differs however in having the setae 
ed paired in the preclitellar region, the posterior spermathecal 
apertures in groove 8/g, the seminal vesicles in ix and xii, a straight 
prostatic duct, and a shorter spermathecal diverticulum with a 
single seminal chamber. 


Gen. Megascolides, McCoy. 
Megascolides annandalei, sp. nov. 
(Pl. XXVIII, fig. 9). 


Dowlaishweram, Godaveri Dist. 29'viii't918. N. Annandale. Five 
specimens, all sexual. 


758 Records of the Indian Museum. {VoL. XXII, 


External Characters —length 95 mm. Diameter 5mm. Col- 
our pale, unpigmented, no difference between dorsal and ventral 
sarfaces. Segments 130; segment v is triannular, vi triannular and 
partially (ventrally) 4-annulate; segments vii and onwards to the 
clitellum are triannular, or triannular with one or two second- 
ary tings; while behind the clitellum the segments show three 
annuli with some secondary annuli in addition. 

The prostomium, withdrawn under segment i, appears to bé 
prolobous. There is a short median groove dorsally on segment i, 
which extends backwards from the prostomium over two-thirds 
of its length or more, or even to the hinder end of the segment. 

Dorsal pores begin in groove 12/13. 

The setae are paired; in the middle of the body ab = 1/3 to 
2/7 aa == 1/2 be orslightly less = ed ; behind the clitellum ab = 2/7 
aa = 2/5 bc=cd; in front of the clitellum ab = 1/4 aa= 1/3 be and 
is slightly less than cd ; in the auterior segments ab = 2/5 aa = 1/2 
be=cd. The median dorsal distance dd = 2/3 of the circumfet- 
ence. 

The clitellum is swollen, smooth, without annulation, and 
comprises segments xiii—xvii (= 5). 

The male genital field is a transverse depression on segment 
xviii which extends from a point outside the line ) on one side to a 
corresponding point on the other, and includes the whole length 
of the segment. The male pores appear as pits in line with setae 
b; in front and behind the pores are curved grooves, with the 
concavities facing each other, so that the region of the pore has 
an eye-like appearance. 

The female area is a transverse oval depression on segment xiv 
just in front of the setal zone; the actual apertures were not dis- 
tinguishable. 

The spermathecal apertures are one pair, in groove 7/8, in line 
with 0, or between a and Db. 

Internal Anatomy.—Septum 4/5 is slightly thickened, 5/6—8/9 
considerably, 9/10 and 10/11 moderately and 11/12 and 12/13 
slightly so. 

The gizzard, in segment v, is of moderate size, firm and round- 
ed. ‘There are calciferous glands in xi and xii, stalked, and lamel- 
lated internally. The intestine begins in xv. 

The last heart is in xii. In segment xiii is a large vessel, not 
bulged after the manner of a heart, which runs on each side from 
the middle line in front in a backward, outward and downward 
direction. 

The excretory svstem is micronephridial. Behind the clitel- 
lum the micronephridia are arranged on each side in a transverse 
row of about six, the inner two or three on each side being smaller 
than the rest; in the clitellar region they are considerably more 
numerous, about ten on each side in each segment, and in less 
regular rows than behind the clitellum. Towards the hinder end 
of the body there are about seven or eight on each side, and of 
these the inner three or four are smaller than the rest, except the 


1g2I.| J. STEPHENSON: Indian Oligochaeta. 759 


nnermost of all; this increases in size, and forms a more compact 
coil than the dorsally situated nephridia of the row, though it is 
not so elongated in a transverse direction as these. 

The testes and male funnels are free in segments x and xi. 
Seminal vesicles occupy segments ix and xii, those in the latter 
segment heing large, contiguous in the middle line dorsally, and 
slightly bulging back septum 12/13; the pair in ix are slightly, 
those in xii considerably lobed. 

The prostates are tubular, of moderate size, closely coiled, and 
cause the septa bounding segment xviii to bulge apart somewhat. 
The duct is much narrower than the glandular part, is bent on 
itself, short, slightly shining, the ectal part wider than the rest. 

Ovaries and female funnels are present in segment xiii. 

The spermathecae (fig. 9) are one pair only, in segment viii. 
The ampulla is moderately large, of an inverted pear-shape, and 
marked by a number of slight annulations. The duct is short, 
one-third to a quarter of the length of the ampulla, bulged in its 
upper portion, narrowed at its ectal end, with a row of four or 
five small seminal chambers on its inner side which take up the 
greater part of its length. 

The penial setae are apparently two in each bundle. In 
length they are 66 mm.; in form tapering, slightly bowed, the 
curve more marked towards the distal end, the tip slightly hooked 
and rounded; there is no ornamentation except a few very fine 
transverse markings or slight notches on the distal portion a 
little distance from the tip,—so slight that they might be accidental. 

Remarks.—The nearest ally of the present form appears to 
be M. duodecimalis, from Parambikulam ; but the presence of only 
one pair of spermathecae distinguishes the present species. The 
penial setae, and the curious row of seminal chambers sessile on 
the spermathecal duct, are also characteristic. 


Gen. Megascolex, ‘Templeton. 
Megascolex mauritii (Kinb.). 


Dowlaishweram, Godaveri Dist. 29'viiittg18. N. Annandale. Two 
specimens. 

Amini, Laccadive Islands. 21°x*1920. Madras Fisheries Dept. ‘Three 
specimens. 

Kalpeni. Laccadive Islands, 18*xiit1020. Madras Fisheries Dept. 
Four specimens. 

Agatti, Laccadive Islands. 3°xii'1920. Madras Fisheries Dept. Five 


specimens. 

Kavarti, laccadive Islands.  11°xiittg20, Madras Fisheries Dept. 
‘Three specimens. 

Androth, Laccadive Islands. 23'xii'1g20._ Madras Fisheries Dept. 


Four specimens. 
In addition, three specimens of which the label was lost, probably from 


Androth. 
Megascolex konkanensis, Fedarb. 


Agatti, Laccadive Islands. 3*xii'1920. Madras Fisheries Dept. A 
single specimen. 

A single specimen, probably from Androth, Laccadive Islands (label 
lost.) 


760 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VoL. XXII, 


Gen. Pheretima, Kinb. em. Mich. 


Pheretima hawayana (Rosa). 


‘The Residency, Imphal, Manipur. 2*iii1920. Four specimens. 
Same place. No date. Two specimens. 


Pheretima heterochaeta (Mich.). 


The Residency, Imphal, Manipur. 2iii'1920. Three specimens. 
Small stream running from swamp below Kotagiri, Nilgiris ; ca. 5700 ft. 
3iv'191g. N. Annandale and R. B. S. Sewell. A single specimen. 


Gen. Perionyx, E. Perrier. 
Perionyx sp. 


Khandala, Bombay, under stones and masses of weed at bottom of wet 
rocks near waterfall. July, 1919. R. B. S. Sewell. Several specimens, 
immature. 


Perionyx excavatus, E. Perrier. 


Langol Hills near Lamphal Pat (Lake), close to Bishenpur, Manipur, 
Assam ; 2600 ft. 11ii'rg20. Two specimens. 

The Residency, Imphal, Manipur. 2*iiit1g20. Numerous specimens. 

Same place. No date. Numerous specimens. 

Paddy fields, Potsengbham, N. of Loktak, Manipur. No date. Manipur 
Survey Party. Numerous specimens. 

Swamps round about Thanga Island in Loktak Lake, Manipur. 21‘ii° 
1920. Very numerous specimens. 


Perionyx saltans, A. G. Bourne. 


Small rocky stream below Kotagiri, Nilgiris; ca. 5700 ft. givig1g. N. 
Annandale and R. B. S. Sewell. Two specimens, immature. 

In 1886 Bourne (2) gave a description of a small Perionyx 
from Ootacamund and Naduvatam in the Nilgiris, in which, as in 
P. sansibaricus subsequently described by Michaelsen (4), the 
nephridiopores alternated in position in successive segments. 
Though the resemblance between the two is considerable, Michael- 
sen refrained from uniting his specimens with Bourne’s species, 
since P. saltans has two spermathecal diverticula while P. sansi- 
havicus has only one. 

Though the present specimens are immature, in one there are 
signs of the male pores. This was accordingly opened, and three 
of the spermathecae, still very small, examined microscopically ; 
of these two showed two diverticula each, the third a single one, 
which was however bilobed. It appears therefore that the speci- 
mens belong to P. salians ; the species had not previously been 
found since Bourne’s original discovery. 

The specimens being immature scarcely allow of an extension 
of Bourne’s description. The more advanced of the two was 31 
mm, long, and comprised 66 segments, but the hinder end was 
regenerating ; it was 2mm. in diameter. The other had a length 


192I.] J. STEPHENSON ; Indian Oligochaeta. 761 


of 40 mm., a diameter of 1:75 mm., and 108 segments. Bourne’s 
data are rather unusual,—-length 60 mm., segments 61; it is un- 
common, in a small worm such as this, to find the segments on an 
average I mm. long; his specimens must have been unusually re- 
laxed. The prostomium is epilobous 2/3. The dorsal pores begin 
in one specimen in groove 3/4, in the other in 4/5. 

The numbers of the setae correspond to Bourne’s figures. I 
found 50 in an anterior segment, and 46 and 47 in the middle of 
the body; the ring is closed ventrally, and almost so dorsally (z= 
22). 

It is not always the case, as Bourne says, that a segment 
which has the outer (dorsal) position of the nephridiopore on one 
side has the inner (ventral) on the other; the alternation of the 
position in successive segments is not strict, and hence the above 
statement of Bourne’s sometimes holds and sometimes does not ; 
the rule however is as given by Bourne. The nephridia end in con- 
siderable end-sacs, as in P. sanstbaricus. 

The male pores, as noted by Bourne, are situated in a median 
depression ; this has sloping sides, and takes up the whole length 
of segment xviii. 


Perionyx sansibaricus, Mich. 


Small jungle streamlet, Bandy Shola, near Coonoor, Nilgiris ; ca. 5500 ft. 

Stivirg1g. N. Annandale and R. B.S. Sewell. Eight specimens. 

Small jungle stream, Longwood Shola, near Kotagiri, Nilgiris. 4*1v" 

1919. N. Annandale and R .B. S. Sewell. Three specimens. 

I append a few notes which serve to amplify previous descrip- 
tions. 

The dorsal pores in a number of specimens examined begin 
as far forwards as groove 2/3; in one the pores appeared rudi- 
mentary in 2/3 and 3/4, and were well marked behind this. 

The small male field varies in appearance; it is always 
depressed, but the depression may be rectangular, oval, or nearly 
circular, the bottom flat or marked by a transverse groove at the 
ends of which the pores probably lie; the sides may be steep or 
gradually sloping. I did not in these specimens observe, as I did 
in a previous batch (15), that the setal ring was continued across the 
ventral surface immediately behind the male pores. 

The clitellum, not well marked, extended over segments xiv— 
Xvi (—=3). 

No septa are noticeably thickened. The gizzard, in vi, is ex. 
tremely rudimentary. I found no calciferous gland-like swelling 
of the oesophagus in segment xii. ‘The last heart is in segment Xit. 
The position of the alternating nephridiopores is about 2/5 of the 
half-circumference from the midventral and 1/5 of the half-circum- 
ference from the mid-dorsal line. 

The spermathecal diverticulum consists of three or four close- 
ly aggregated seminal chambers. 

There are no penial setae. 


762 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Perionyx mysorensis, sp. nov. 
(PIS XXVIII fie. ro): 


Forests of Shemoga and Kadur Dists., Mysore, S. India. May, 1920. 
A. Subba Rau. A single specimen, incomplete behind, not fully mature, in 
poor condition, 

I at first decided against describing the present species; but 
the various parts of the sexual apparatus are present (except the 
clitellum) though small, and the penial setae, in conjunction with 
the other characters, will allow of the species being recognized 
when it is met with again. 

External Characters.—Length 38 mm, (incomplete posteriorly), 
Diameter 2 mm. Segments present 90. Colour light brownish 
purple dorsally, pale ventrally. E 

Prostomium rather broad, prolobous or slightly epilobous. 

Dorsal pores present. 

Setae in rings, closed dorsally and ventrally. In segment xix 
they were about 54 in number, in the middle of the body about 62. 

The clitellum was not distinguishable. 

The male pores, in segment xviii, are situated close to the 
middie line, each in a small depression, the depressions themselves 
lying on a transverse ridge across the middle of the segment. 
This ridge is not elevated above the general surface, and comes 
into existence through the presence of two depressions, which have 
the form of short transverse trenches and occupy the anterior and 
posterior fourths of segment xviii, in front of and behind the pores ; 
the trenches are continuous with the intersegmental fissures (17/18 
and 18/19), and in transverse extent are about equal to the antero- 
posterior length of the segment. 

The female apertures were not seen. 

The spermathecal pores are small, in grooves 7/8 and 8/9, 
near the middle line. 

Internal Anatomy.—Septa 6/7-9/t0 are somewhat thickened, 
and also 12/13-15/16. 

The gizzard,—hardly to be called a gizzard,—is quite vesti- 
gial, in segment vi. ‘There are lateral swellings of the oesophagus 
in xiii, and to some degree in xiv, but they cannot be called calci- 
ferous glands. 

The last heart is in segment xil. 

Testes and funnels are free in segments x and xi. Seminal 
vesicles occupy segments xi and xii; they are moderately large, 
but do not meet dorsally in the middle line. 

The prostates are small, and confined to segment xviii ; each is 
a squarish mass, cut into deep lobes. The duct is short, straight, 
moderately stout relatively to the size of the gland, of the same 
diameter throughout, and passes transversely inwards. 

Ovaries and funnels are present in segment xiii. 

The spermathecae are two pairs, small and perhaps not fully 
developed ; they are spherical, sessile on the body-wall, to which 


192I.] J. SteEPHENSON: Indian Oligochaeta. 763 


they are attached by a rather broad base; there is no hint of a 
diverticulum. 

The penial setae (fig. 10) are 44mm. long and 8» thick at the 
middle, slightly bowed, the curvature being more marked at the 
proximal end; the tip is tapering and fairly sharply pointed. 
The ornamentation consists of a few transverse markings irregu- 
larly distributed and each composed of a row of extremely fine teeth. 


Subfam. OCTOCHAETINAE. 
Genus Octochaetus, Bedd. 
Octochaetus barkudensis, Steph. 
Barkuda Island Chilka Lake, Ganjam Dist, Madras Pres. Aug., 1919. 
F. H. Gravely. A single specimen. 
On old brick-field in the same locality. totx*1g2o. N. Annandale. 
Three specimens. 

The variations in the arrangement of the micronephridia in this 
and allied genera are of some interest. In the present species the 
nephridia in the anterior part of the body are small and scattered, 
not arranged in a single row per segment. ‘Towards the hinder end 
they are arranged in two fairly definite rows in each segment, one 
behind the anterior and one in front of the posterior septum ; 
there is no constant difference in size between the nephridia of 
different parts of the row. 

The gizzard in these specimens is an obliquely placed mus- 
cular ring, which leaves the posterior part of the ovoid oesophageal 
swelling quite soit above, and similarly the anterior part of the 
dilatation is quite soft below. 


Gen. Eutyphoeus, Mich, 


Eutyphoeus manipurensis, sp. nov. 
(Pl. XXVIII, fig. 11). 


Swamps round about Thanga Island in Loktak Lake, Manipur. ar: 
ii"1920. Three specimens. 

External Characters —Lengih 120 mm. Diameter 5 mm. Seg- 
ments 162; segment iv is biannular dorsally, v and vi biannular, 
vii triannular but with four annuli dorsally : subsequent segments 
as far as the clitellum are multiannular, the number of annuli 
varying, but as a rule three chief annuli can be distinguished ; 
behind the clitellum the segments are triannular. Colour dark 
erey throughout, rather lighter ventrally. 

Prostomium tanylobous, with a slightly marked transverse 
furrow behind the prostomial lobe, and another similar one half 
way along segment i. Segment i. is fissured radially round its 
anterior border. 

The dorsal pores begin in groove 10/11. 

The setae are paired, In the middle of the body ab=2/5 aa 
=1/2 be=2/3 cd (or sometimes =1/2 cd, 1.e. the lateral setae are 


764 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


then not paired); behind the clitellum ab=2/5 aa=2/5 be=4/7 cd; 
in front of the clitellum ab=1/2 aa=1/2 be=3/5 cd; dd=4/7 of 
the circumference. 

The clitellum includes 2/3 of xtii-2/3 xvii (=4 1/3). 

The male pores are on xvii, on prominent round papillae 
which take up the interval between the lines a and ); round each 
papilla is a deep trench, the outer margin of which is slightly 
swollen and indented. ‘The ventral surface of segment xvi is much 
depressed and fissured; genital markings were present as fol- 
lows:—In one specinien there were none, beyond the irregular 
fissuring. In a second there were a pair of eye-like markings, each 
an oval rather depressed area with raised margin, behiud the 
setal zone and corresponding to the interval ab, and in addition a 
similar but circular marking midventrally and in front of the setal 
zone. In the third specimen the paired markings were present as 
above; andin addition a transverse row of four circular markings, 
totching each other, across the ventral surface in the setil zone. 

The female pores were not made out. 

The spermathecal pores are one pair, in groove 7/8, slit-like, 
with their centre in ab, rather nearer toa than to 6. The middle 
annulus of segment viii may be raised and ‘‘ glandular,’ and 
small papillae occur variously in this region; in one specimen 
there was a small papilla just behind the spermathecal aperture 
of the right side, and another in the midventral line on the glandular 
swelling of segment viii; in another specimen there was a small 
papilla midventrally on segment ix; in the third there were no 
papillae. 

Internal Anafomy.—Septum 4/5 is slightly, 5/6 much thick- 
ened; the next septum is 8/9, which is somewhat strengthened ; 
g/to is considerably thickened, and 10/11 very stout; septum 
11/12 is present, though thin (unlike most species of the genus, in 
which it is absent), and the rest are thin. Septum 8/g is attached 
to the parietes a little in front of groove 9/10; septa 9/10 and 
10/11 are confluent at their insertion into the body-wall, which is 
situated in the middle of segment x as determined externally ,—7.¢. 
midway between furrows 9/10 and 10/11; septum 11/12 is normally 
situated. 

The gizzard occupies the middle of the interval between septa 
5/6 and 8/9; it is large, round and firm; and the oesophagus in 
front of the gizzard, between the gizzard and septum 5/6, is also 
strengthened. There are large dark lateral swellings of the ali- 
mentary tube in segment xii, but they are not set off from the side 
of the canal. ‘The intestine begins in xv. 

The last heart is in segment xiii; that of segment xi is nor- 
mally situated with reference to septum 11/12,—on its anterior 
face. There are two transverse vessels in front of septum 8/9 and 
behind the gizzard (belonging to segments viii and vii), one at the 
anterior border of the gizzard (segment vi), one in front of septum 
5/6 (segment v), but none in front of septum 4/5. ‘The dorsal vessel 
is continued forwards on to the pharynx much diminished in size 


192I.] J. STEPHENSON: Indian Oligochaeta. 765 


The micronephridia are somewhat sparsely scattered. Be- 
hind the clitellum they form a single transverse row in each seg- 
ment, which consists on each side of a number set pretty close 
together ventrally, with four more dorsally placed at considerable 
intervals. 

Testes were not identified; there are two pairs of funnels 
apparently free, in segments x and xi. Seminal vesicles of moder- 
ate size, lobed, are present in segment ix, and also in xii or xii— 
xiii, much lobed and larger than the anterior pair. 

The tubular prostates form a close coil occupying segments xvii 
—xix or xx. The duct is also much coiled, of moderate length, 
narrower than the glandular part, of the same diameter throughout, 
and only slightly shining. 

The female organs have the usual situation. 

The spermathecae are one pair, in the anterior part of the 
interval between septa 5/6 and 8/9. Fach is an ovoid sac, sessile 
on the parietes by a considerable portion of its under surface. 
There is a single diverticulum on the outer, or posterior and outer, 
side, of some size, also practically without stalk, slightly lobulated, 
one-third as broad and half as high as the ampulla. 

The penial setae (fig. 11) are 1°5 mm. long and 47» thick at 
the middle, with straight shaft and slightly curved tip tapering to 
a blunt point. The ornamentation consists of a number of fine 
triangular teeth on the curved tip. 

Remarks.—The present species comes near E. mohammedi, 
from which however it is distinguished by the genital marking and 
the character of the spermathecal diverticulum. 


Gen. Eudichogaster Mich. 
Eudichogaster barkudensis, sp. nov. 
(CAL; ROLQVANOL, aka, 10, 108)))- 


Barkuda Island, Chilka Lake, Ganjam Dist., Madras Pres. Aug. 1919. 
F, H. Gravely. Several specimens. 


External Character.—Length 57 mm. Diameter max. 1°75 
mm. Segments 130; first segment very short. Colour pale, un- 
pigmented, appearing grey from intestinal contents showing 
through. 

Prostomium proepilobous. 

Dorsal pores begin from furrow 11/12. 

The setae are paired. The ratios are nearly the same through 
out the body; in the middle of the body ab=1/2aa or nearly 
so=2/3bc=3/4cd; further back bc and cd may be almost equal; 
behind the clitellum ab=2/5aa=1/2-4/7bc; dd—=half the circum- 
ference in the middle of the body and behind, and 4/7 the 
circumference in the anterior part of the body. 

The clitellum extends over xiii-bxvii (=4}); it is yellowish 
brown in colour, and constricted. 


766 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


The prostatic pores are one pair, on segment xvii, situated on 
round papillae which take up the interval between the lines a 
and 0; they are slit-like, and obliquely placed, diverging from 
each other backwards. 

The femaie apertures are minute pores in a circular white 
patch on the anterior part of segment xiv. 

The spermathecal apertures are represented by a pair of very 
minute white points on segment viii, just in front of setae a. 

Internal Anatomy.—Septum 4/5 is thin, 5/6 extremely tenuous. 
6/7 and 7/8 also very thin; 8/9 is thin, 9/10 and 10/11 slightly 
strengthened; 11/12, 12/13 and 13/14 are thin, but slightly 
strengthened by comparison with those that follow (the specimen 
was in a poor state of preservation, and possibly the septa are 
normally somewhat thicker than the above description would lead 
one to suppose). 

There are two gizzards, in v and vi, of comparatively large 
size, firm and rounded. Calciferous glands are present in segments 
x, xi and xii, not stalked, and diminishing in size backwards. 
The intestine begins in segment xv. 

The last heart is in segment xit. 

The excretory system is micronephridial. The organs are of 
relatively moderate size; in front of and in the clitellar region 
they are scattered ; behind the clitellar region they form a trans- 
verse row of four (three to five) on each side in each segment, 
those towards the ventral end of the row being smaller and closer 
set. About 27 segments from the hinder end the innermost 
nephridium of each row enlarges and the arrangement comes to 
be as follows :—one nephridium, a long thin loop. between seta 
d and the middorsal line ; one small, lying in line c; and one, the 
largest and thickest extending from a outwards to between 5 and 
c; the series thus consists of three on each side. 

There is a pair of large and conspicuous male funnels in 
segment x,anda smaller pairin xi. On the other hand testes were 
identified in xi, but not in x. No seminal vesicles were present. 

The prostates are one pair, in xvii, small, tubular, and placed 
transversely in the segment. ‘The duct, also transversely placed, 
is thin, and in length equal to the glandular portion. 

The female organs have the usual situation. 

The spermathecae (fig. 12) are one pair, situated in segment vii ; 
they open externally as described above, on segment viii, septum 7/8 
being rather obliquely placed. Each is a narrow ‘elongated some- 
what cylindrical tube, ‘66 mm. long, slightly curved, and rather 
wider in its ectal portion; a short terminal section which narrows 
to its insertion into the body-wall, may be described as the duct. 
A small sac-like diverticulum is given off from the junction of 
ampulla and duct. 

The penial setae (fig. 13) are *53 mm. long, and very slender, 
2°5.in thickness; they are bowed towards the distal end, where the 
shaft is twisted and somewhat sinuous in outline; the tip however 
is straight, and ends in a small rounded flat expansion which al- 


1921.] J. StepHENSON: Indian Oligochaeta. 767 


most appears bifid, owing to the thinness of the expansion between 
its thicker margins. 

No copulatory setae were discovered in the spermathecal 
region. 


Fam. LUMBRICIDAE. 
Subfam. MICROCHAETINAE. 
Gen. Glyphidrilus, Horst. 
Glyphidrilus annandalei, Mich. 


Forest of Shemoga and Kadur Dists., Mysore, S. India. May, 1920. 

A. Subba Rau. <A number of specimens. ‘ 

Most of the present specimens appear to have undergone 
autotomy a little distance behind the genital region, or in some 
eases further back, near the hinder end. Two specimens in which 
the characteristic ridges and papillae were only just beginning to 
appear had not broken; possibly the worms are more liable to 
fragmentation at the time of sexual maturity. 

The clitellum begins in these specimens in xvii or even xvi, 
and ends indistinctly about xxxv or xxxvi. The ‘‘wings’’ begin 
in xxv (i.e. rather in front of the usual place); but they are not 
in any of the specimens continued further forwards as lower 
ridges. 

The midventral series of papillae are almost constant in 
position, on segments xiii-xxi (once xii-xxi) ; they regularly dimin- 
isl in size posteriorly. The anterior lateral series also begin constant- 
ly on xiii, and show in every case a peculiar arrangement, not noted 
in any previous account of the species; the first papillae of the series 
are situated between the lines b and c, succeeding ones rapidly 
become more dorsal, so that the fourth and fifth, on segments xvi 
and xvii, are between c and d; the series then returns even more 
rapidly to its original alignment, so that the seventh papilla, on 
segment xix, is again between b andc. This anterior lateral series 
ends on segment xxiv; there is another short series, as usual, 
behind the “‘ wings.” 

In contrast to previous data for the species, the whole papillar 
arrangement is very constant, and peculiar in the respect noted 
above ; but it does not seem worth while establishing a variety 
for the present specimens. 


REFERENCES TO LITERATURE. 


(1) Beddard, F.E. The Earthworms of the Maldive and Lacca- 
dive Islands, in: The Fauna and Geography of the 
Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, ed. J. S. 
Gardiner, I, p. 374. Cambridge, 1903. 

(2) Bourne, A.G. On Indian Earthworms. Part I. Prelimi- 
nary Notice of Earthworms from the Nilgiris and 
Shevaroys. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1886, p. 669. 


708 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XXII, 1g92t.] 


(3) Bretscher, K. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Oligochaetenfauna 
der Schweiz. Rev Suisse Zool., VI, 1899, p. 388. 

(4) Michaelsen, W. Beschreibung der von Herr Dr. Stuhlmann 
auf Zanzibar und dem gegenitiberliegenden Festlande 
gesammelten Terricolen. Mitt. Mus. Hamburg, IX, 


JOKE, wh, eteko)ie. 

(5) ; Zur Kenntnis der Naidideen. Zoologica, Heft 
44, 1905. 

(6) Af Oligochaeta, in: Das Tierreich, Lief. ro. Berlin, 
1900. 

(7) i The Oligochaeta of India, Nepal, Ceylon, Burma 
and the Andaman Islands. Mem. Ind. Mus., I, 
1909. 

(8) 9 Oligochaten, in: Results of Dr. FE. Mjoberg’s 
Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia, 1g10- 
1913, pt. xiii. Stockholm, 1916. 

(9) re Die Lumbriciden. Zool. fahrb., Syst., XII, 


IQI7. 

(ro) Piguet, E. Observations sur les Naididées et revision system- 
atique de quelques espéces de cette famille. Rev. 
Suisse Zool. XIV, 1906, p. 218. 

(11) * Notes sur les Oligochétes. Rev. Suisse Zool., 
XXI, 1913, p. 118. 

(12) Stephenson, J. The Anatomy of some aquatic Oligochaeta 
from the Punjab. Mem.Ind. Mus I, 1909, p. 263. 


(13) be On a Collection of Oligochaeta, mainly from 
Northern India. Rec. Ind Mus. X, 1914. 

(14) bs On a Collection of Oligochaeta belonging to 
the Indian Museum. Rec. Ind. Mus. XII, 1916. 

(15) On a Collection of Oligochaeta from the lesser 


known parts of India and from Eastern Persia. 
Mem. Ind. Mus. VII, 1920, p. 204 

(16) * Contributions to the eee, Classifica- 
tion, and Zoogeography of Indian Oligochaeta. I. 
The Affinities and Systematic Position of the genus 
Eudichogaster, Mchisn., and some related questions. 
Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1921, p. 103. 


ne 
fh Oe ee 


mai aie Ba yet aes 
a Ny ty vee 
if mh ae jr 4 


“alee coc 


;) 


FIG. 


nN 


(Se) 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII. 


.—Nais paraguayensis vat. barkudensis; distal end of 


dorsal needle seta; X 8oo. 


.—Aulodrilus remex; hinder end, showing zone of prolli- 


feration some distance in front of anus; X ca. 70. 


.—The same; dorsal hair seta; X 230. 
.—The sane; a, usual form, and b, exceptional form of 


distal end of oar-shaped setae of dorsal bundles; 
*% C& LT50. 


.—The same; tip of ventral seta; X ca. 1200. 


.—The same; tip of an exceptional form of ventral 


SGral so 16a wLZ00- 


.—Drawida vam ; genital field; x 18. 7, male pore. 
.—Plutellus aquatilis ; spermatheca. 


—Megascolides annandalet ; spermatheca. 


.—Perionyx mysorensts; penial seta; a, general form, 


X 130; D, distal end, more highly magnified; x 
ca. 400. 


—Eutyphoeus mantpurensis ; distal end of penial seta ; 


x ca. 150. 


—Eudichogaster barkudensts ; spermatheca. 
_—The same; penial seta; a, general form, x 125; 5, 


distal end more highly magnified, x 500. 


Plate XXVIII. 


Rec. Ind. Mus.,Vol.XXII,1921. 


4 


{f 
y; / 
Yf 


ert? 2 TE 2X Ay a oes 
AROABE 
—. OT at 


Hh 


pees 


A Chowdhary lith. 


J. Stephenson del. 


NEW INDIAN OLIGOCHAETES. 


i 
} 


: 
' 
*% 
i 
s & 
" 
| 
¥, 
s 


LIST OF LITERATURE REFERRING TO INDIAN 
ZOOLOGY (EXCLUDING INSECTA) RECEIVED 
IN CALCUTTA DURING THE YEAR 102r. 


Compiled by BAINI PRASHAD, D.Sc., and SUNDER I,AL Hora, M.Sc.., 
Assistant Superintendents, Zoological Survey of India. 


[It has been decided that the lists of scientific literature hitherto published in 
the Reports of the Board of Scientific Advice shall in future be issued separately 
by the Departments represented on the Board. 

References to the Insecta are excluded from this list. They will be found in 
the publications of the Entomological Section of the Agricultural Research Insti- 
tute at Pusa.| 


General. 


Annandale, N.—Report on the Zoological Survey of India (1917- 
1920). Supplement to Rec. Ind. Mus. XIX, pp. i-lvi (1920). 

Annandale, N.—The Aquatic Fauna of Seistan.—A Summary. 
Rec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, pp. 235-253 (1921). 

Annandale, N.—The Fauna of an Island in the Chilka Lake. 
Introduction. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 313-322 (1921). 
Hingston, R. W. G.—A Naturalist in the Himalayas. (London: 

1920). 
Jenkins, J. I.—The Sea-Fisheries. (London: 1920). 
Southwell, T.--Notes on the Estuarine Fisheries in the Sunderbans. 
Bengal Fish. Bull. XV, pp. 1-10. Calcutta (1920). 
Southwell, T.—Fish and Mosquito Larvae in Bengal, Bihar and 
Orissa, India. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. XIV, pp. 181-186 
(1920). 
Protozoa, 


Adie, H. A.—A Preliminary Note on the Development of the 
Leishman-Donovan Parasite in the Spleen Juice, and in the 
Alimentary Tract of Cimex lectularia. Ind. Journ. Med. Res. 
IX, pp. 255-260, pl. xxii (1921). 

Bhatia, B. L.—Notes on Freshwater Ciliate Protozoa of India. 
Journ. Roy. Microsc. Soc. pp. 257-267 (1920). 

Chatterjee, G. C.—An atypical Amoeba causing dysenteric lesions. 
Philippine Journ. Sci. XVII, pp. 385-392, pls. i-iii (1920). 
Cutler, W. D.—Observations on the Protozoa parasitic in Archo- 
termopsis wroughtoni, Des., III, Pseudotrichonympha pristina. 
Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sct. LXV, pp. 247-264, pl. x (1921). 

Dehorne, A.—Contribution 4 1’étude comparée de l’appareil nu- 
cléaire des Infusoires Cilits (Paramecium caudatum et Colpi- 
dium truncatum), des Euglénes et des Cyanophycées. Arch. 
Zool. expér. UX, pp. 47-176, pls. i-iv (1920). 


ii Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Ghosh, E. N.—New Hypotrichous Infusoria from Calcutta. Journ. 
Roy. Microsc. Soc. pp. 248-250 (1921). 

Ghosh KE. N.—Infusoria from the environment of Calcutta. Bull. 
Carmichael Med. Coll. Belgachia I1, pp. 6-17, figs. (1921). 

Kudo, R.—Studies on Microsporidia, with special reference to 
those parasitic in Mosquitoes. Journ. Morphol. XXXV, p. 
153. 

de Mello, F.—Sobie algumas triconinfidas do intestino do Leuco- 
termes indicola, Wasm. Arg. Ind.-Portug. Med. Hist. Nat. 
Nova Goa I, pp. 101-136, pls. i-x (1920). 

de Mello, F.—Novas pesquizas sobre os parasitas do intestino du 
Leucotermes indicola, Wasm. Arg. Ind.-Portug. Med. Hist. 
Nat. Nova Goa I, pp. 17~18¢, pls. i-ii (1921). 

de Mello, F.—Ensais lidentifica Cao das Triconifidas sumaria- 
mente descritas pelo Prof. Bugnion em termitas de Ceitao. 
Arch. Ind. Partug, Med. Hist. Nat. Nova Geal, pp 165 169 
pls. i-iv (1921). 

Patton, W. S.—Studies on the Flagellates of the genera Herpeto. 
monas, Crithidia, Rhynchoidomonas. No. 7.—Some Miscella- 
neous notes on Insect Flagellates. Ind. Journ. Med. Res. IX, 
pp. 230-239, pls. xvii—xix (1921). 

Patton, W. S., La Frenais, H. M., and Rao S.—Studies on the 
Flagellates of the genera Herpetomonas, Crithidia, Rhynchoi- 
domonas. No. &8.—Note on the Behaviour of Herpetomonas 
tvopica, Wright, on the parasite of Cutaneous Herpetomonas 
(Oriental Sore) in the Bedbug, Cimex hemiptera, Fabricius. 
Ind. Journ. Med. Res. 1X, pp. 240-251, pls. xx, xxi (1921). 

Patton, W. S., La Frenais, H. M., and Rao, S.—Studies on the 
Flagellates of the genera Herpetomonas, Crithidia, Rhynchoi- 
domonas. No. 9.—-Note on the Behaviour of Herpetomonas, 
Donovan, Laveran and Mensil in the Bedbug, Cimex hemi- 
ptera, Fabricius. Ind. Journ. Med. Res. IX, pp. 252-254 (1921). 


Coelenterata. 


Billard, A.—Notes sur quelques espéces d’ Hydroides de 1’ Expedi- 
tion du ‘ Siboga.’ Arch. Zool expér. LVII, pp. 21-27 (1918). 

Billard, A.—Note sur quelques espéces nouvelles de Sertularella 
de l’Expédition du ‘Siboga.’ Arch. Zool. expér. LVIII, pp. 
18-23 (1910). 

Gravier, C.—Madréporaires provenant des Campagnes des yachts 
‘ Princesse Alice’ et ‘ Hirondelle.’ Res. Camp. sct. Monaco 1,V, 
pp. I-123, pls. i-xvi (1920). 

Gravier, C.—Larves d’Actiniaires provenant de Campagnes scien- 
tifiques de S. A. S. le Prince Albert I* de Monaco. Res. Camp. 
sct. Monaco 1,VII, pp. 1-24, pls. i-vi (1920). 

Hickson, S. J.—On some Alcyonaria in the Cambridge Museum. 
Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. XX, pp. 366-373 (1921). 

Stiasny, G.—Mittheilungen iiber SchiphomedusenI. Zool. Meded. 
Leiden VI, pp. 109-114 (1921). 


1922.] List of Literature: Appendix. iii 


Echinodermata. 


Doderlein, L.—Die Asteriiden der ‘Siboga’ Expedition II, pp. 
193-293, pls. xvili-xx. Leiden (1920). 

Mortensen, T.—Studies on the Development and Larval forms of 
Echinoderms, pp. 1-261, pls. i-xxxiii (Copenhagen: 1921). 


“ Vermidea,”’ 


Bahl, K. N.—On the Blood-Vascular System of the Earthworm 
Pheretima, and the course of Circulation in Earthworms. 
Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sct. LXV, pp. 349-393 (1921). 

Baylis, H. A.—A new genus of Nematodes parasitic in Elephants. 
Parasitology XIII, pp. 57-66 (1921). 

Baylis, H. A., and Lane, C.—A Revision of the Nematode Family 
Gnathostematidae. Proc. Zool Soc. London, pp. 245-310, p!s 
i-viii (1920). 

Benham, W. B.—Australian Antarctic Expedition: Polychaeta, 
pp. 1-128, pls. v—x (1921). 

Boulenger, C. L.—Intestinal Helminths in Indians in Mesopotamia. 
Parasitology XII, pp. 95-97 (1920). 

Boulenger, C. L.—On some Filariid Parasites of Cattle and other 
Ruminants. Parasitology XII, pp. 341-349 (1921). 

Boulenger, C. L.—On some Nematode Parasites of the Camel in 
India. Parasitology XIII, pp. 311-314 (1921). 

Boulenger, C. L.—Strongylid Parasites of Horses in the Punjab. 
Parasitology XIII, pp. 315-326 (1921). 

Fauvel, P.—Annélides polychétes de Madagascar de Djibouti et 
du golfe Persique. Arch. Zool. expér. L.VIII, pp. 315-473, pls. 
XV-Xvii (1919). 

Fischer, W.—Weitere Mitteilungen tiber die Gephyreen des natur- 
historischen (Zoologischen) Museums zu Hamburg. Mutt. nat- 
urh. Mus. damburg XXXI, pp. 1-28 (1914). 

Harding, W. A.—Fauna of the Chilka Lake—Hirudinea. Mem. 
Ind. Mus. V, pp. 509-517 (1920). 

Hertling, H.—Untersuchungen iiber das Blutgefassystem von 
Pheretima heterochaeta, Mich. Zool. Anz. LII, pp. 181-185 
(1921). 

Gasca H. G.—A Revision of the genus Fasciola, with particular 
reference to F. gigantea (Cobbold) and F. nyanzi (Leiper). 
Parasitology XIII, pp. 48-56, pl. iii (1921). 

Kaburaki, T.—Notes on the Leech Limnatis nilotica. Rec. Ind. 
Mus. XVIII, pp. 213-214 (1921). 

Kaburaki, T’.—On some Leeches from the Chilka Lake. Mem. Ind. 
Mus. V, pp. 661-675 (1921). 

Kaburaki, T.—Notes on some Leeches in the collection of the 
Indian Museum. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 689-719 (1921). 

Keilin, D.—On the Pharyngeal or Salivary glands of the Earth- 
worm. Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sct. LXV, pp. 33-60, pl. iii 
(1920). 


iv Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Kemp, S.—Notes on Larval Trematodes from Seistan. Rec. Ind. 
Mus. XVIII, pp. 229-233 (1921). 

Lane, C.—Some Bursate Nematodes from Indian and African 
Elephants. Ind. Journ. Med. Res. 1X, pp. 163-174 (1921). 

Matthai, G.-—Preliminary Observations on Cocoon-formation by 
the common Lahore Ijeech Limnatis (Poecilobdella) granulosa 
(Sav.). Journ. As. Soc. Bengal (n.s.) XVI, pp. 341-346, pl. xvii 
(1921). 

Mehra, Haru Ram.—On the Sexual Phase in certain Indian Nai- 
didae (Oligochaeta). Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 457-465 
(1920). 

Mola, P.—Cestodes Avium. Arch. Parasitology XVI, pp. 557-579, 
pl. ix (1919). 

Rao, C. R. Narayan.—On the Anatomy of some new species of 
Drawida. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) VIII, pp. 496-536, pls. 
XV—XvVill (1921). 

Sewell, R. B. S.—Notes on Mr. Charles’ specimen (Filaria). Ind. 
Med, Gazctte LV, p. 378. Calcutta (1920). 

Sewell, R. B. S.—Vide Annandale and Sewell, p. v. 

Soparkar, M. B.—The Cercaria of Schistosomum spindalis (Mont- 
gomery). Ind. Journ. Med. Res. 1X, pp. 1-22, pls. i-ii (1921). 

Soparkar, M. B.—-Notes on some Furcocercous Cercariae from Bom- 
bay. Ind. Journ. Med. Res. IX, pp. 23-33, pls. iii-vi (1921). 

Southwell, T.—Cestodes from Indian Poultry. Ann. Trop. Med. 
Parastt. XV, pp. 161-166 (1921). 

Southwell, T.—A new species of Cestode from a Cormorant. Ann. 
Trop. Med. Parasitt. XV, pp. 169-171 (1921). 

Steiner, G.—Ost-asiatische marine Nematoden. Zool. Jahrb. Syst. 
XLIV, pp. 195-226, pls. xi—xii (1921). 

Stephenson, J.—Contributions to the Morphology, Classification 
and Zoogeography of Indian Oligochaeta. Proc. Zool. Soc. 
London, pp. 103-143 (1921). 

Stephenson, J.—Oligochaeta from Manipur, the Laccadive Islands, 
Mysore and other parts of India. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 
745-768, pl. xxviii (192T). 


Mollusca. 


Annandale, N.—Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East.—-The 
Viviparous Water-Snail of Lake Biwa, Japan. Mem. As. Soc. 
Bengal V1, pp. 399-401 (1921). 

Annandale, N.—The genus Temmnotaia (Viviparidae). Rec. Ind. 
Mus. XXII, pp. 293-295 (1921). 

Annandale, N.—The Apple-Snails of the Malay Peninsula. Journ. 
Fed. Malay States Mus. X, pp. 193-196 (1921). 

Annandale, N., and Prashad, B.— Observations on the Carnivorous 
Land-Snail (Hnnea bicolor). Rec. Ind. Mus. XIX, pp. 189- 
194 (1920). : Ta 

Annandale, N., and Prashad, B.—Materials for a Generic Revision 
of the Gastropod Molluscs of the Indian Empire. No. 3. The 


1922.] List of Literature: Appendix. Vv 


Freshwater Genera of Hydrobiidae. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, 
pp- 1-6 (1921). 

Annandale, N., and Prashad, B.—Materials for a Generic Revision 
of the Gastropod Molluscs of the Indian Empire. No. 4. The 
Indian Ampullaridae. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 7-12 (1921). 

Annandale, N., and Prashad, B.—The Indian Mollusca of the 
Estuarine sub-family Stenothyrinae. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, 
pp. 121-136, pl. xvi (192T). 

Annandale, N., Prashad, B., and Amin-ud-din.—The Aquatic and 
Amphibious Mollusca of Manipur. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 
529-631, pls. iv—viii (192T). 

Annandale, N., and Sewell, R. B. S.—Progress Report of a Survey 
of the Freshwater Gastropod Molluscs of the Indian Empire 
and their Trematode Parasites. Ind. Journ. Med. Research 
VIII, pp. 93-124 (1920). 

Annandale, N., and Sewell, R. B. S.—The Banded Pond-Snail of 
India (Vivipara bengalensis). Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 215- 
292, pls. i-iii (1921). 

Berry, S. S.—Notes on some Japanese Cephalopods.—A Review 
of Sasakiss Albatross’ Report. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), VIII, 
PP- 351-352 (1921). 

Calman, W. T.—Notes on Wood-boring Animals—I. The Ship- 
worms (Teredinidae). Pvoc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 391-403 
(1920). 

Cooke, A. H.—Evolution in Molluscan Radula. Journ. Conch. 
London XVI, p. 145 (1921). 

Germain, L.—Catalogue of Planorbidae in the Indian Museum 
(Natural History), Calcutta, parti. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXI, 
pp. 1-80 (1921). 

Godwin-Austen, H. H.—Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India, 
Vol. III, pt. 1, pp. 1-61, pls’ clix—clxv (1920). 

Gude, G. K.—Changes in the Classification of Helices during a 
quarter of a Century. Proc. Malacol. Soc. London XIX, pp. 
151-160 (1921). 

Gude, G. K.—Fauna British India, Mollusca I11, London (1921). 

Haas, F.— Martini and Chemnitz Conch. Cab. (N.E.) Unio, Hefts 
LI, LI (1919-1920). 

Joubin, L.—Céphalopodes provenant des Campagnes de la ‘ Prin- 
cesse Alice.’ Res. Camp. sci. Monaco L1V, pp. 1-95, pls. i-xvi 
(1920). 

Leschke, M.—Zur Molluskenfauna von Java und Celebes. Mutt. 
natur. Mus. Hamburg XXXI, pp. 205-284 (1914). 

Prashad, B.—Notes on Lamellibranchs in the Indian Museum—lI. 
Arcidopsis footei (Theobald). II. Lamellidens jenkinsianus 
(Benson) and its subspecies. Rec. Ind. Mus. XIX, pp. 165- 
173 (1920). 

Prashad, B.—The Gross Anatomy of Corbicula fluminalis. Rec. 
Ind. Mus. XVIII, pp. 209-211 (1920). 

Prashad, B.—Report on the Freshwater Gastropod Molluscs of 
Lower Mesopotamia. III, The Families Neritidae, Hydrobii- 


vi Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


dae, and Melantidae. Rec. Ind. Mus. XVIII, pp. 215-227 
(1921). 

Prashad, B.—The Indian species of the genus Tricula. Rec. Ind. 
Mus. XXII, pp. 67-69 (1921). 

Prashad, B.—Notes on Lamellibranchs in the Indian Museum— 
III, Genus Villorita. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 111-119, pl. 
Xv (1921). 

Prashad. B.—Notes on Lamellibranchs in the Indian Museum— 
IV, V (Cyrena and Batissa). Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 137- 
149, pl. xx (1921). 

Prashad, B.—Report on a collection of Sumatran Molluscs from 
Fresh and Brackish Water. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 461- 
508, pl. xiv (1921). 

Robson, G. C.—On the Cephalopods obtained by the Percy Sladen 
Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905. Trans. Linn. Soc. 
London (2) Zool. XVII, pp. 429-442, pls. Ixv-lxvi (1921). 

Schneider, E.—Das Darm System von Cyclophorus ceylanicus. 
Jenaische Zeitschr. Natur. LVII, p. I (1920). 

Tomlin, J. R. Le B.—Description of a new Galeomma from Bom- 
bay. Journ. Conch. London, p. 156 (1921), also Journ. Bom- 
bay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 964-965 (1921). 

Vredenberg, E.—Classification of the recent and fossil Cypraeidae. 
Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. LI, pp. 65-155 (1920). 


Polyzoa. 


Robertson, A.—Report on a collection of Bryozoa from the Bay of 
Bengal and other Eastern Seas. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 
33-65 (1921). 

Crustacea. 

Coutiére, H.—Les Espéces d’Alphaeidae rapportées de 1’Océan 
Indien par M.J.Stanley Gardiner. Tvans. Linn. Soc. London, 
XVII, pp. 413-428, pls. lx—lxiv (1921). 

de Man, J. G.—The Decapoda of the ‘Siboga’ Expedition. IV, 
pp. 1-318, pls. i-xxv (1920). 

de Man, J. G.—Diagnoses of new species of Macrurous Decapod 
Crustacea from the ‘Siboga’ Expedition. Tidj. Nederland. 
Dier. Ver. (iii), XVI, pp. 293-306 (1918). 

de Man, J. G.—On three Macrurous Decapod Crustacea, one of 
which is new to science. Zool. Meded. Leiden V1, pp. 92-96 
(1921). 

Gianferrari, L.—Le Acartie della Spedizone ‘ Valdivia.’ Natura 
XII, pp. 14-31 (1921). 

Gurney, R.—Freshwater Crustacea collected by Dr. P. A. Buxton 
in Mesopotamia and Persia. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 
XXVII, pp. 838-843 (1921). 

Kemp, S.—Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. 
XIV. On the occurrence of the Caridean Genus Discias in 
Indian Waters. Rec. Ind. Mus. XIX, pp. 137-143, pl. viii 
(1920). 


1922. | List of Literature: Appendix. vii 


Kemp, S., and Chopra, B.—NotesonStomatopoda. Rec. Ind. Mus. 
XXII, pp. 297-312 (1921). 

Komai, Taku.—Spermatogenesis of Squilla oratoria, de Haan. 
Journ. Morphology XXXIV, pp. 307-327, pls. i-iii (1920). 
Nilsson-Cantell, C. A.—Cirripeden-Studien. Zur Kenntnis der 
Biologie, Anatomie und Systematik dieser Gruppe. Zool. 

Bidrag Uppsala VII, pp. 76-396, pls. i-iii (1921). 

Pesta, O.—Die auf den Terminfahrten S. M. Schiff ‘‘ Najade”’ 
erbeuteten Decapoden Sergestes, Lucifer and Pasiphaea. 
Sitzungsb. K. Acad. Wiss. Wien CXXIII, pp. 189-219 (1914). 

Pesta, O.—Bemerkungen zu einigen Langusten (Palinuridae) und 
ihrer geographischen Verbreitung. Sztzungsb. K. Acad. Wiss. 
Wien CXXIV, pp. 3-12 (1915). 

Roux, J..—Stisswasserdekapoden von den Aru und Kei-Inseln. 
Abh. Senck. naturf. Ges. XX XV, pp. 315-351 (1920). 

Roux, J.—Crustacéa. Nova. Guinea XIII, pp. 585-606, pl. xvi 
(1921). 

Tattersall, W. M.—Zoological Results of a Tour in the Far East. 
Mysidacea, Tanaidacea and Isopoda. Mem. As. Soc. Bengal 
VI, pp. 405-433, pls. xv—xvil (1921). 

Tattersall, W. M—Report on the Stomatopoda and Macrurous 
Decapoda collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland in the Sudanese 
Red Sea. Journ. Linn. Soc. London XXXIV, pp. 345-308, 
pls. xxvii-xxviii (1921). 


Arachnida and Myriapoda. 


Chamberlain, R. V.—On some new Myriapods collected in India 
in 1916 by C. A. Kofoid. Univ. California Pub. XIX, pp. 
389-402, pls. xxvi-xxviii (1920). 

Chamberlain, R. V.—New Chilopoda and Diplopoda from the East 
Indian Region. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), VII, pp. 50-87 
(1921). 

Gedoelst, L.—Un Linguatulide nouveau Parasite d’un Batracien. 
Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 25-26 (1922). 

Gravely, fF H.—The Fauna of an Island in the Chilka Lake. ‘The 
Spiders and Scorpions of Barkuda Island. Rec. Ind. Mus. 
XXII, pp. 399-422, pls. xvii-xix (1921). 

Gravely, F. H.—Some Indian Spiders of the Subfamily Tetragna- 
thinae. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 423-460 (1921). 

Hett, M. L.—Notes on asmall collection of Pentastomids from 
the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Rec. Ind Mus. XXII, pp. 
163-164 (1921). 

Kopstein, Ph. F.—Die Skorpione des Indo- Australischen Archipels. 
Mit Grundlage der in Hollandischen Sammlungen, vornadmlich 
des Rijks-Museums in Leiden, Vorhandenen Arten. Zool. 
Meded. Leiden VI, pp. 115-144 (1921). 

Silvestri, F.—Descriptions of some Oriental Diplopoda Polydes- 
moidea of the subfamily Pyrgodesminae. Rec. Ind. Mus. 


XIX, pp. 117-135 (1920). 


Vili Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Prochordata. 


Michaelsen, W.—Die Ptychobranchen und Diktyobranchen Asci- 
dien des Westlichen Indischen Ozeans. Mitt. zool. Mus. 
Hamburg XXXV, pp. 1-73 (1918). 

Michaelsen, W.—Die Krikobranchen Ascidien des Westlichen In- 
dischen Ozeans: Claveliniden und Synoiciden. Mitt. zool. 
Mus. Hamburg XXXVI, pp. 71-104, pl. (1919). 

Michaelsen, W.—Die Krikobranchen Ascidien des Westlichen 
Indischen Ozeans: Didemniden. Mitt. zool. Mus. Hamburg 
XXXVII, pp. 1-74, pls. i-ii (1920). 

Stiasny, G.—Eine Neue 7ornaria aus dem Ostindischen Archipel 
(Tornaria Suntert). Zool. Meded. Leiden V1, pp. tox—108 
(1921). 

Pisces. 


Annandale, N. and Hora, S. L.—The Fish of Seistan. Rec. Ind. 
Mus. XVIII, pp. 151-203, pls. xv—xvii (1920). 

Duke, A. H.—Curious Fishing Ceremony on the Upper Mekong. 
Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam IV, pp. 197-198 (1921). 

Diinker, G.—Revision der Syngnathidae.I. Mutt. Nat. Mus. Ham- 
burg, XXXII pp. 9-120 (1915). 

Gilbert, C. H. and Hubbs, C. L.—The Macruroid Fishes of the 
Philippine Islands and the East Indies. Bull. U. S. Nat. 
Mus. Washington C. pp. 369-588 (1920). 

Hankin, E. H.—Observations on the flight of Flying-fishes. Pvoc. 
Zool. Soc. London, pp. 467-474 (1920). 

Hora, S. L.—Revision of the Indian Homalopteridae and of the 
genus Psilorhynchus (Cyprinidae). Rec. Ind. Mus. XIX, pp. 
195-215. pls. x—xi (1920). 

Hora, S. L.—Notes on Fishes in the Indian Museum. 1. Ona 
new genus of Fish closely resembling Pslorhynchus, McClel- 
land. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 13-17 (1921). 

Hora, S. I,.—Notes on Fishes in the Indian Museum. II. Ona 
new species of Nemachilus from the Nilgiri Hills. Rec. Ind. 
Mus. XXII, pp. 19-21 (1921). 

Hora, S. L.—Notes on the occasional absence of the paired fins 
in Freshwater Fishes with some obsetvations on the two 
Apodal Genera Channa, Gronow, and Apua, Blyth. Rec. Ind. 
Mus. XXII, pp. 27-32 (1921). 

Hora, S. L.—Fish and Fisheries of Manipur with some observations 
on those of the Naga Hills. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 165- 
214, pls. ix—xii (1921). 

Hora, S. L,.—Indian Cyprinoid Fishes belonging to the genus Garra, 
with notes on related species from other countries. Rec. Ind. 
Mus. XXII, pp. 633-687, pls. xxiv-xxvi (1921). 

Hora, S. L.—On some new and rare species of Fish from the East- 
ern Himalayas. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 731-744, pl. xxix 
(192r). 

Jordan, D. S.—The Genera of Fishes, Part II (1919). Part III 
(1919). Part IV (1920). Stanford University, California. 


1922. | List of Literature: Appendix. ix 


Jordan, D. S. and Hubbs, C. L.—Studies in Ichthyology. A 
Monographic Review of the Family of Atherinidae or Silver- 
sides [Stanford University, California: 1919]. 

McCulloch, A. R.—Notes and Illustrations of Queensland Fishes. 
No. 2. Mem. Queensland Mus. VII, pp. 164-178, pls. viii-xi 
(1921). 

Mohr, E.—Altershestimmungen bei tropischen Fischen. Zool. Anz. 
LIII, pp. 87-95 (1921). 

Molesworth and Bryant, J. F.—Trout-Culture in the Nilgiris. 
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 898-910 (1921). 

Oshima, M.—-Notes on Freshwater Fishes of Formosa. Pvoc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia XXII, p. 120 (1920). 

Panikkar, N. P.—Notes on the Cichlid Fishes of Malabar—Etyvo- 
polus suratensis and E. maculatus. Madras Fish. Bull. XU, 
pp. 157-166 (1921). 

Popta, C. M. L.—Dritte Fortsetzung der Beschreibung von neuen 
Fischarten der Sunda-Expedition. Zool. Meded. Leiden V1, 
pp. 203-214 (1921). 

Roule, I,.—Description de |’Hippocampus Aimei, sp. nov., espéce 
nouvelle d’eau douce, provenant du Mékong. Bull. Mus. 
Nat. Hist. Naturelle, pp. 11-13 (1916). 

Waite, E. R.—Catalogue of the Fishes of South Australia. Rec. 
South Australian Mus. II, pp. I-199 (1921). 

Weber, Max.—Revision der Indo-Australischen Arten von Ather- 
tna. Zool. Meded. Leiden VI, pp. 45-53 (1921). 

Weber, Max and Beaufort, L. F. de.—Contributions to the know- 
ledge of the Indo-Australian Fishes. Zool. Meded. Leiden 
VI, pp. 64-72 (1921). 


Batrachia and Reptilia. 


Annandale, N.—The Fauna of an Island in the Chilka Lake. The 
Reptiles and Batrachia of Barkuda Island. Rec. Ind. Mus. 
XXII, pp. 331-334 (1921). 

Bhattacharya, D. R., and Das, B. K.—Notes on Persistent Oviduct 
and Abnormal Testes in a male Rana tigrina. Journ. As. Soc. 
Bengal (n.s.), XVI, pp. 293-296 (1921). 

Boulenger, G. A.—A list of Snakes from Mesopotamia collected 
by members of the Mesopotamian Expeditionary Force, 1915— 
1919. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 347-350 
(1920). 

Boulenger, G. A.—A list of Lizards of Mesopotamia collected by 
Members of the Mesopotamian Expeditionary Force, 1915-1919. 
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 351-353 (1920). 

Hora, S. L.—A short note on the structure of the compound 
limb-bones of Rana. Rec. Ind. Mus. XI, pp 183-184 (1920). 

Mawson, Mrs. N.—Breeding habits of the green Turtle (Chelone 
mydas). Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 956-957 
(1921). 

Schmidt, W. J.—Uber Schuppenrudimente und Hautsinnesorgane 
bei Emyda granosa. Zool. Anz. LII, pp. 10-20 (1920). 


x Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XXII, 


Smith, M. A.—New or little-known Reptiles and Batrachians from 
Southern Annam (Indo-China), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 
423-440, pls. i-ti (1921). 

Smith, M. A.—Two New Batrachians and a New Snake from 
Borneo and the Malay Peninsula. Journ. Fed. Malay States 
Mus. X, pp. 197-199, pl. ii (1921). 

Smith, M. A.—A New Name for the Frog Rana pullus. Journ. 
Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam IV, p. 193 (1921). 

Smith, M. A.—Earth Snake Eating a Grass Snake. Journ. Nat. 
Hist. Soc. Siam IV, p. 196 (1921). 

Smith, M. A—Reptiles and Batrachians collected on Pulo Con- 
dore. Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam1V, pp. 93-97, pl. (1921). 

Smith, M. A., and Procter, B. J.—On a collection of Reptiles and 
Batrachians from the Island of Ceram, Indo-Australian Archi- 
pelago. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) VII, p. 352. 

Thapar, G. S.—On the Venous System of the Lizard Varanus 
bengalensis (Daud). Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 487-492 
(1921). 

Wall, F —Phavrea isabellina, Theobald, redescribed. Rec. Ind. 
Mus. XXII, pp. 109-110 (1921) 

Wall, F.—Remarks on the Indian Species of Dendvophis and 
Dendvelaphis. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 151-162 (1921). 
Wall, F.—Notes on Ceylon Snakes. Spolia Zeylanica XI, p. 396 

(1921). 

Wall. F.—Notes on the vertebrae of Cercaspis carinatus vel Lyco- 
don carinatus (Kiithl). Spolia Zeylanica XI, p. 404 (£921). 

Wall, F. —-Notes on some Ceylon Snakes recently acquired by the 
Colombo Museum. Sfolia Zeylanica XI, p. 405 (1921). 

Wall, F.—The Snakes of Ceylon. (Colombo: 1921). 

Wall, F.—Remarks on a specimen of Calamaria javanica. Rec. 
Ind. Mus. XXII, p. 729 (1921). 

Woodland, W. N. F.—On some results of ligaturing the Anterior 
Abdominal Vein in the Indian Toad—Bu/o stomaticus Liitken. 
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 441-447 (1920). 

Woodland, W. N. F.—Some observations on Caudal Autotomy 
and Regeneration in the Gecko (Hemidactylus flaviviridis, 
Riippel) with notes on the tails of Sphenodon and Pygopus. 
Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sct. LXV, pp. 63-100 (1920). 


Aves. 


Annandale, N.—The Fauna of an Island in the Chilka Lake. The 
Birds of Barkuda Island. Rec. Ind. Mus. XXII, pp. 323-330 
(1921). 

Baker, E. C. S$.—The Game-birds of India, Burma and Ceylon. 
XXX. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 193-210, 
plate (1920). 

Baker, E. C. S—The Birds of the Indian Empire. I. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 228-247 (1920). 


1922.] List of Literature: Appendix. xi 


Baker, E. C. S.—The Birds of the Indian Empire. II. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 448-491 (1921). 

Baker, E. C. S.—The Game-birds of India, Burma and Ceylon. 
XXXI. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 417-430 
(1921). 

Baker, E. C. S.—The Birds of the Indian Empire. III. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 692-744 (1921). 

Basil-Edwardes, S.—On the occurrence of the large Brown Thrush 
(Zoothera monticola) in Simla. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 
XXVII, p. 401 (1920). 

Basil-Edwardes, S.—Large Flock of the Comb-Duck (Sarcidiornis 
melanonotus) in the Allahabad District of the U.P. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 638-639 (1921). 

Betham, R. M.—The Desert-Lark (Alaemon desertorum). Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 400-401 (1920). 

Boyd, J. E M.—Abnormal Egg of the Monal (Lophoporus refulgens). 
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 953-954 (1921). 

Bulkley, L. C—The Burmese House-Crow (Cervus splendens inso- 
lens) at Petchaburi. Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam IV, p. 195 
(1921). 

D’Abreau, EK. A.—On the Oology of the Niltavas. Journ. Bombay 
Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, p. 405 (1920). 

Donald, C. H.—The Birds of Prey of the Punjab. VI. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 280-300 (1920). 

Donald, C. H.—The Birds of Prey of the Punjab. VII. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XX VII, pp. 606-615, pls. i, ii (1921). 

Donald, C. H.—Falconry—The catching of Hawks and Falcons. 
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XX VII, pp. 829-834 (1921). 

Donald, C. H.—The Lammergyer (Gypaetus barbatus) and the 
Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaetus). Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. 
Soc. XXVII, p. 952-953 (1921). 

Dover, C., and Basil-Edwardes, $.—A note on the habits of the 
Pariah Kite (Milvus govinda) and Adjutant Stork (Leptoptzilus 
dubius). Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, p. 633 (1921). 

Evans, G. H.—The food of the Burmese Roller (C. affinis) and of 
the Ashy Drongo. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVIII, 
PP- 954-955 (1921). 

Fletcher, T. B., and Inglis, C. M.—Some Common Indian Birds. 
No. 6. Agricultural Journal, XV, pp. 592-594, plate (1920) ; 
wid., wd., ibid., XVI, pp. 4-6, 121-126, 231-234, 359-364, 
479-482 (1921). 

Gill, EK. H.—Nidification of the Himalayan Long-billed Vulture 
(Gyps tenuirostris). Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, 
PP. 951-952 (1921). 

Hingston, R. W. G.—A List of the Birds of Dharmsala. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 555-572, pls. i-iii 
(1921). 

road C.—The nidification of the Masked Finfoot (Heliopais 
personata). Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 634- 


637 (1921). 


xil Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Hudson, C.—Some Birds observed in South Waziristan. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 402-403 (1920). 

Inglis, C. M.—Reoccurrence of the common Indian Pitta (Pitta 
brachyura) in the Darbangha District, Behar. Journ. Bomoay 
Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, p. 402 (1921). 

Inglis, C. M.—Abnormal coloured egg of the Pheasant-tailed Jacana. 
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, p. 403 (1920). 

Jones, A. E.—The breeding of the Eastern Orphean Warbler 
Sylvia jerdont, Blyth, in the N. W. Frontier Province. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVIII, pp. 630-631 (1921). 

Jones, A. E.—Bird Notes from the Campbellpur-Attock District, 
Western Punjab. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, 
pp- 794-802 (1921). 

Jourdain, F. C. R.—White-headed Duck shot near Quetta. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, p. 954 (1921). 

Kinloch, A. P.—Rough Notes on the Avifauna of the Nelliampathy 
Hills. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 939-945 
(1921). 

Kinloch, A. P.—Occurrence of the Pied Ground Thrush (Geocichla 
wardi) on the Nelliampathy Hills. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. 
Soc. XXVII, pp. 939-944 (1921). 

Kloss, ©. B.—A further note on the Red Jungle Fowl. Rec. Ind. 
Mus. XIX, pp. 181-183 (1920). 

Kloss, C. B.—A new race of Nutmeg-Pigeon from Pulo Condore. 
Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam IV, p. 191 (1921) 

Law, S. C.—-Melanism in the Red-vented Bulbul (Molpastes sp.). 
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 629-630 (1921). 

Livesey, ‘I. R.—Nest of Nakta or Comb Duck (S. melanonotus). 
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, p. 637 (1921). 

Livesey, T. R.—Eggs of the Pheasant-tailed Jacana (H. chirurgus). 
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVIII, p. 954 (1921). 

Osmaston, B. B.—Further notes on the Indian Nightjars Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 948-949 (1921). 

Primrose, A. M.—The Spine-tailed Swift (C. indica) and the Bur- 
mese Swift (C. pacificus) in Assam. Journ. Bombay Nat. 
Hist. Soc. XXVII, p. 631 (1921). 

Primrose, A. M.—Notes on the Habits of Amthoceros albirostris, 
the Indo-Burmese pied Hornbill in confinement. Journ. Bom- 
bay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 950-951 (1921). 

Rothschild, Lord.—On a collection of Birds from West-Central 
and North-Western Yunnan, Novit. Zool. XXVIII, pp. 14- 
67 (1921). 

Robinson, H. C., and Kloss, C. B.—Some Birds from Pulo Condore. 
Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam IV, pp. 85-91 (1921). 

Waite, H. W.—Note on the Nidification of Hodgson’s Striated 
Swallow (Hivundo nepalensis). Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. 
Soc. XXVII, pp. 631-632 (1921). 

Waite, W. E.—The Owls and Diurnal Birds of Prey found in Cey- 
lon. Spolia Zeylanica XI, p. 317 (1921). 


1922. | List of Literature: Appendix. xiii 


Waite, W. E.—Occurrence of Hypolais caligata (The Booted Tree- 
Warbler) in Ceylon. Spolia Zeylanica X1, p. 406 (1921). 
Ward, F. K.—Some Observations on the Birds and Mammals of 
Imaw Bum. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 754- 

738 (1921). 

Whistler, H.—Some Notes on the genus Caprimulgus in the Fun- 
jab. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 363-370 
(1920). 

Whistler, H.—Everman’s Redstart (Phoenicicurus erythronota, 
Everman). Journ. Bombay Nat Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 403- 
405 (1920). 

Williamson, W. J. F.—The Giant Ibis (Thaumatibis gigantea) in 
Cambodia. Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam IV, p. 196 (1y2t). 


Mammalia. 


Burton, R. G.—The Hunting Leopard (Cynaelurus jubatus). 
Journ, Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXV11, pp. 397, 398 (1920). 

Capper, A. S.—Measurements of Tigers and Panthers. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVIII, p. 936 (1921). 

Capper, A. S.—A large Bear (U./labiatus) shot near Guna. Jovrn. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. X XVII, p. 937 (1921). 

Cheesman, R. E.—Report on the Mammals of Mesopotamia, col- 
lected by members of the Mesopotamian Expeditionary Force, 
Igt5-1919 Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 323- 
346 (1920). 

Cheesman, R. E.—Report on a collection of Mammals made by 
Col. J. E. B. Hotson in Shiraz, Persia. Journ. Bombay Nat. 
Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 573-581 (1921). 

Copley, H.—Double growth of Horns in Sambhar. /Jouyvn. Bom- 
bay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, p. 938 (1921). 

Donald, C. H.—The occurrence of the Ermine in the Punjab. 
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 624-625 (1921). 

Fenton, L. L.—The Hunting Leopard (Cynaelurus jubatus) in 
Kathiawar. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 398- 
399 (1920). 

Heath, R. H.—Record Female Indian Gazelle (G. benetti). Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. KXVIU, p. 625 (1921). 

Hinton, M. A C., and Wroughton, R. C.--The Synonymies, Charac- 
ters and Distribution of the Macaques included under the 
names Rhesus and Assamensis in Blanford’s Mammals. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 665-672 (1921). 

Hinton, M. A. C., and Wroughton, R. C.—On the nomenclature 
of the South Indian Long-Tailed Macaques. Journ. Bombay 
Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 813-815 (1921). 

Hundley, G.—Twin Calf Elephants. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. 
Soc. XXVII, pp. 628-629 (1921). ‘a 

Kinloch, A. P.—Leopard Cat (F. bengalensis) in captivity. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 623 -624 (1921). 


xiv Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XXII, 


Kloss, C. B.—A new Giant Squirrel from Pulo Condore. Journ. 
Nat. Hast. Soc. Siam IV, pp. 71-72 (1921). 

Kloss, C. B.—The Pulo Condore Group and its Mammals. Journ. 
Nat. Hist Soc. Siam IV, pp. 73-84 (1921). 

Longrigg, J. H.—Panther in a tree with a pig. Journ. Bombay 
Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 935-936 (1921). 

Ludlow, F.—A good head of the Goa or Tibetan Antelope (Pantha- 
lops hodgsoni). Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, p. 
626 (1921). 

McArthur, A. G.—Notes on Panthers. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. 
Soc. XXVII, p. 935 (1921). 

Miller, A. C_—Man-eating Monkeys and Poisonous Locusts. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, p. 629 (1921). 

Pocock, R. I.—The Systematic Value of the Glans Penis in Mac- 
aque Monkeys, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (iz) VII, pp. 224-229 
(1Q@2T). 

Pocock, R. i.---On the external characters of some species of 
Lutrinae (Otters). Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 535-546 
(1921). 

Prater, S. H.—An Old Time Buffalo Hunt. Journ. Bombay Nat. 
Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 627-628 (1921). 

Prater, S. H.—Record Panther Skull (FP. pardus). Journ Bombay 
Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 933-934, plate (1921). 

Robinson, H. C., and Kloss, C. B.—Notes on Viverridae. Rec. 
Ind. Mus. XIX, pp. 175-179 (1920). 

Sountag, C. F.-Comparative Anatomy of the Tongues of Mamma- 
lia.—IV. Families 3 and 4, Cebidae and Hapalidae. Proc. 
Zool. Soc. London, pp. 497-524 (1921). 

Thomas, O.—Scientific Results from the Mammal Survey. No. 
XXIII. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. pp. 248-249 (1920). 

Thomas, O.—On small Mammals from the Kachin Province, North- 
ern Burma. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 499- 
505 (1921). 

Thomas, O.—-Scientific Results from the Mammal Survey. No. 
XXV. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 596-599 
(1921). 

Thomas, O.—Scientific Results from the Mammal Survey. No. 
XXVIII. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 772- 
777 (1921). 

Ward, F. K.—Some observations on the Birds and Mammals of 
Imaw Bum. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 754- 
758 (1921). 

Wroughton, R. C.—Scientific Results from the Mammal Survey. 
No. XXIV. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 249- 
250 (1920). 

Wroughton, R. C.—Summary of the Results from the Indian 
Mammal Survey of the Bombay Natural History Society. 
VII. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 301-313 
(1920). 

Wroughton, R. C.—Bombay Natural History Society’s Mammal 


1922.] List of Literature: Appendix. XV 


Survey of India, Burma and Ceylon. No. XXXII. Journ. 
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 314-322 (1920). 

Wroughton, R. C.—Summary of the Results from the Indian 
Mammal Survey of the Bombay Natural History Society. 
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 520-534 (1921). 

Wroughton, R. C.—Bombay Natural History Society’s Mammal 
Survey of India, Burma and Ceylon. Nos. XX XIII, XXXIV, 
XXXV. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 545-554 
(1921). 

Wroughton, R. C.—Scientific Results from the Mammal Survey. 
No. XXVI. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 599- 
601 (1921). 

Wroughton, R. C.—Scientific Results from the Mammal Survey. 
No. XXVII. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XXVII, pp. 
7732-777 (1921). 


¥ 
= 
A 
- 
j 
Y 


* 


RECORDS &°: 


of the 


INDIAN MUSEUM 


(A JOURNAL OF INDIAN ZOOLOGY) 


“Vol. XXII, Part I. 


APRIL, 1921. 


Materials for a generic Revision of the Freshwater Gastropod 
Molluscs of the Indian Empire. No.3. The Freshwater esnems of nis 
drobiidae. N. Annandale and B. Prashad Ac 


Materials for a generic Revision of the Freshwater Gariropod 
Molluscs of the Indian Empire. No. 4. The Indian Ampullariidae. N. 
Annandale and B. Prashad Be 


Notes on Fishes in the Indian Museum, 1. On a new genus of Fish 
closely resembling Psilorhynchus, McClelland. S. L. Hora .. 


Notes on Fishes in the Indian Museum. HH, On a new species of 
Nemachilus from the Nilgiri Hills. S. ZL. Hora a xe 


Notes on Cryptostome Beetles. S. Maulik .. Ae 
Un Linguatulide nouveau Parasite d’un Batracien. L. Gedoelst 


Notes on the occasional absence of the paired fins in Freshwater 
Fishes, with some observations on the two Apodal Genera Canes 
Gronow and Apua, Blyth. S. L. Hora 


Report on a collection of Bryozoa from the Bay of Bengal ay aie 
Eastern Seas. Alice Robertson Sle <a ate - ce 


Calcutta: 


PAGE 


PUBLISHED BY THE DIRECTOR, ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. 


PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. 


1921. 


‘Price Jwo Rupees. 


ras PWR GAT uly 


adi \¥ q 
He eg 


we 

ij Mek Sty 
Mey ght Ler a 
Re oN 


v 
wi 


oy ty 
merit Tend 


fia 


Fy: ei 
pas 


oe a 


Ceo Ser 


XVI. 


XVII. 


PUBLISHED BY THE DIRECTOR, 


RECORDS 


of the 


(A JOURNAL OF INDIAN ZOOLOGY) 


Vol. XXII, Part Il. 


AUGUST, 1921. 


icy 
“oC 


The Indian species of the genus 7ricala, Benson. B. Prashad -.~ 


A new species of Termitaphis a Ace aa from India. 
F. Silvestri 


A list of the Dragonflies mecha from the lidian Baines with 
special reference to the collection of the Indian Museum. Part IV. 
F. F. Laidlaw .. 


On an seen trots Larva iron the Himalayas (Order ‘Gaviraid: 
R. J. Tillyard . 


Phayrea isabellina, Theobald, re-described. F. Wall 
Notes on Lamellibranchs in the Indian Museum. No.3. B. Prashad 


The Indian Molluscs of the Estuarine Subfamily Stenothyrinae. 
N. Annandale and B. Prashad 


Notes on Lamellibranchs in the Indian Museum. No. 45. B. 
Prashad 


Remarks on the Indian species of Bei geents aid Dendrelaphis. 
F. Wall We we he 


Calcutta: 


PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. 


192i. 


Px ice Jwo Rupees. 


INDIAN MUSEUM 


ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA, 


RECORDS 


of the 


INDIAN MUSEUM 


(A JOURNAL GF INDIAN ZOOLOGY) 


Vol. XXII, Part III. 


OCTOBER, 1921. 


PAGE 

XVill. Notes on a small collection of Pentastomids from the Indian 
Museum, Calcutta. Mary L. Hett ae : 163 

XIX. Fish and Fisheries of Manipur with some YESS on thane of 
the Naga Hills. S.L.Hova .. LOS 

XX. The Banded Pond-Snail of India Potala bengaleni). N. 
Annandale and R. B. Seymour Sewell Me ees 
XXI. The genus Temnofaia (Viviparidae). N. Annandale .. FA r2os 


Calcutta : 


PUBLISHED BY THE DIRECTOR, ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. 
PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. 


Ig2t. 


} 
Price Two Nupees. ; 


ree rh sr iy} 
Tat eT 
hee y 


Fesn' 


3 


Tey 


hue 


io tha the ee 


/ 


RECORDS 


of the 


INDIAN MUSEUM 


XXil. 
XXII. 


XXIV. 


XXY, 


~ XXVI. 
XXVII. 


XXVIII, 


(A JOURNAL GF INDIAN ZOOLOGY) 


Vol. XXII, Part IV. 


DECEMBER, 1921. 


Notes on Stomatopoda. S$, Kemp aud B. Chopra 
The Fauna of an Island in the Chilka Lake. 
Introduction. N. Annandale .. 
Birds. N. Annandale 4 
Reptiles and Batrachia. N. naniate 
Cicindelid Beetles. N. Annandale and C. er 
Carabidae. H. E. Andrewes .. re 
Butterflies. N. Annandale and C. Daven 
Moths. C. Dover ae a 
* Wasps and Bees. C. Dover 
Dipterous Insects. C. Dovey .. 
Neuropteroid Insects. C. Dover 
Spiders and Scorpions. F. H. CPE: p “0 
Some Indian Spiders of the Subfamily Teteapaniguace F. HH. 
Gravely Z 
Report on a collection at Sauistean Maltiiscs fram Fresh me 
Brackish Water. B, Prashad me 
Two new species of Ragmus from South India. E Ballard ee 


On some Cayernicolous Dermaptera and Orthoptera from Assam, 
L. Chopard ‘¢ a 
The Aquatic and Amphibious Moliueis of Mairniie N. Annan- 
dale, B. Prashad and Amin-ud-Din hes Se 


Calcutta : 


529 


PUBLISHED BY THE DIRECTOR, ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. 


PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. 


1g2I. 


Price Jwo Rupees. 


TAM de 


4 
if ASR hay fF 
iy 


7, 

4 
F: 
F 


RECORDS 


of the 


~INDIAN MUSEUM 


(A JOURNAL OF INDIAN ZOOLOGY) 


. 


Vol. XXII, Part V. 


DECEMBER, 1921. 7 
PAGE 

XXIX. Indian Cyprinoid Fishes belonging to the genus Garra, with notes 
on related species from other countries. S. L. Hora Be 055: 

XXX. Notes on some Leeches in the collection of the Indian Museum. 
T. Kaburaki Bie af ae if: eer ai ey OBO 

XXXI. Records of some Indian Cicindelidae. C. Dover and S. 
Ribeiro es ae He bt re oe tigen 72K 


XXXII. Remarks on a specimen of Calamaria javanica. F. Wall .. 729 
XXXII. On some new and rare species of Fish from the Eastern Hima- 
layas. S.L.Hora.. x ce = Shs ae 9 


XXXIV. Oligochaeta from Manipur, the Laccadive Islands, Mysore, and 
other parts of India. 7. Stephenson oe 4 us AD 


Calcutta: 


PUBLISHED BY THE DIRECTOR, ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. 
PRINTED AT THE- BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. 


1g2t. 
Price Two Rupees. 


iy 


¥, 
h eae « 


Lay 


ed 


RECORDS 


of the 


INDIAN MUSEUM 


(A JOURNAL GF INDIAN ZOOLOGY) 


Vol. XXII. 


Calcutta : 


PUBLISHED BY THE DIRECTOR, ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA, . 


PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. 


1922. 


mT mT 
IIIA WAH 
AT 
| | il) | 


| 
HI 


Il